Philips 19PFL3403-55 TCS1[1].0L_LA

57
Published by JY 0866 BU TV Consumer Care Printed in the Netherlands Subject to modification EN 3122 785 18130 © Copyright 2008 Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system or transmitted, in any form or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying, or otherwise without the prior permission of Philips. Color TV Chassis TCS1.0L LA I_17930_000.eps 240408 MG8 MG8 Contents Page Contents Page 1. Technical Specifications, Connections, and Chassis Overview 2 2. Safety Instructions, Warnings, and Notes 5 3. Directions for Use 6 4. Mechanical Instructions 7 5. Service Modes, Error Codes, and Fault Finding 13 6. Block Diagrams, Test Point Overview, and Waveforms Wiring Diagram of Connector for MS19-PH 19" 21 Wiring Diagram of Connector for MS19-PH 26" 22 Block Diagram MS19P Chipset 23 I2C overview 24 7. Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts Diagram PWB Main Power Supply (19") (A) 25 26 Main Power Supply (26") (A1) 27 28-29 Standby Power Supply (26") (A2) 30 31-32 SSB: Control (B01) 33 42-43 SSB: DC - DC (B02) 34 42-43 SSB: MST9E19A Controller (B03) 35 42-43 SSB: HDMI Interface (B04) 36 42-43 SSB: VGA Interface (B05) 37 42-43 SSB: Cinch (B06) 38 42-43 SSB: Tuner (B07) 39 42-43 SSB: Audio Amplifier (B08) 40 42-43 SSB: LVDS Interface (B09) 41 42-43 Keyboard Control Panel (E) 44 44 Inverter Panel (I) 45 46 IR LED Panel (J) 47 47 8. Alignments 49 9. Circuit Descriptions, Abbreviation List, and IC Data Sheets 50 Abbreviation List 51 IC Data Sheets 53 10. Spare Parts List & CTN Overview 57 11. Revision List 57

Transcript of Philips 19PFL3403-55 TCS1[1].0L_LA

Page 1: Philips 19PFL3403-55 TCS1[1].0L_LA

Published by JY 0866 BU TV Consumer Care Printed in the Netherlands Subject to modification EN 3122 785 18130

copyCopyright 2008 Koninklijke Philips Electronics NVAll rights reserved No part of this publication may be reproduced stored in a retrieval system or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic mechanical photocopying or otherwise without the prior permission of Philips

Color TV Chassis

TCS10LLA

I_17930_000eps240408

MG8MG8

Contents Page Contents Page1 Technical Specifications Connections and Chassis

Overview 22 Safety Instructions Warnings and Notes 53 Directions for Use 64 Mechanical Instructions 75 Service Modes Error Codes and Fault Finding 136 Block Diagrams Test Point Overview and

WaveformsWiring Diagram of Connector for MS19-PH 19 21Wiring Diagram of Connector for MS19-PH 26 22Block Diagram MS19P Chipset 23I2C overview 24

7 Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts Diagram PWBMain Power Supply (19) (A) 25 26Main Power Supply (26) (A1) 27 28-29Standby Power Supply (26) (A2) 30 31-32SSB Control (B01) 33 42-43SSB DC - DC (B02) 34 42-43SSB MST9E19A Controller (B03) 35 42-43SSB HDMI Interface (B04) 36 42-43SSB VGA Interface (B05) 37 42-43SSB Cinch (B06) 38 42-43SSB Tuner (B07) 39 42-43SSB Audio Amplifier (B08) 40 42-43SSB LVDS Interface (B09) 41 42-43Keyboard Control Panel (E) 44 44Inverter Panel (I) 45 46IR LED Panel (J) 47 47

8 Alignments 499 Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data

Sheets 50Abbreviation List 51IC Data Sheets 53

10 Spare Parts List amp CTN Overview 5711 Revision List 57

Technical Specifications Connections and Chassis OverviewEN 2 TCS10L LA1

1 Technical Specifications Connections and Chassis Overview

Index of this chapter11 Technical Specifications12 Connection Overview13 Chassis Overview

Notesbull Figures can deviate due to the different set executionsbull Specifications are indicative (subject to change)

11 Technical Specifications

111 Vision

Display type LCDScreen size 19 (51 cm) 16 9

26 (66 cm) 16 9Resolution (H times V pixels) 1440 times 900 (19)

1366 times 768 (26)Light output (cdm2) 300 (19)

450 (26)Typ response time (ms) 8Viewing angle (H times V degrees) 170 times 160 (19)

160 times 160 (26)Tuning system NTSC M PAL NMVideo playback NTSC PAL (all

versions)Tuner bands UHF VHF S amp HyperSupported Computer Formats60 Hz 640 times 48060 Hz 800 times 600 60 Hz 1024 times 76860 Hz 1280 times 1024 (26)50 Hz 75 Hz 1440 times 900 (19)Supported Video Formats60 Hz 480i60 Hz 480p50 Hz 576i50 Hz 576p50 Hz 60 Hz 720p50 Hz 60 Hz 1080i

112 Sound

Sound systems Mono Stereo SAP

Maximum power (W) 2 times 3 (19) 2 times 5 (26)

113 Miscellaneous

Power supply- Mains voltage (VAC) 100 to 240- Mains frequency (Hz) 50 60Power consumption (W) 50 (19)

80 (26)Stand-by (W) lt 03Dimensions (W times H times D in mm) 473 times 353 times 69 (19)

671 times 458 times 90 (26)Weight (kg) 42 (19)

77 (26)

Technical Specifications Connections and Chassis Overview EN 3TCS10L LA 1

12 Connection Overview

Figure 1-1 Rear and side IO connections

Note The following connector color abbreviations are used (acc to DINIEC 757) Bk= Black Bu= Blue Gn= Green Gy= Grey Rd= Red Wh= White and Ye= Yellow

121 Rear Connections

1 - HDMI Digital Video Digital Audio - In

Figure 1-2 HDMI (type A) connector

1 - D2+ Data channel 2 - Shield Gnd

3 - D2- Data channel

4 - D1+ Data channel 5 - Shield Gnd

6 - D1- Data channel

7 - D0+ Data channel 8 - Shield Gnd

9 - D0- Data channel

10 - CLK+ Data channel 11 - Shield Gnd

12 - CLK- Data channel

13 - nc14 - nc15 - DDC_SCL DDC clock

16 - DDC_SDA DDC data 17 - Ground Gnd

18 - +5V

19 - HPD Hot Plug Detect 20 - Ground Gnd

2 - VGA AUDIO Mini Jack VGA Audio - InBk - Audio LR 05 VRMS 10 kΩ

3 - VGA PC Video RGB - In and Service UART

Figure 1-3 VGA Connector

1 - Video Red 07 VPP 75 Ω

2 - Video Green 07 VPP 75 Ω

3 - Video Blue 07 VPP 75 Ω 4 - nc5 - Ground Gnd

6 - Ground Red Gnd 7 - Ground Green Gnd

8 - Ground Blue Gnd

9 - +5V_dc +5 V 10 - Ground Sync Gnd

11 - nc12 - DDC_SDA DDC data 13 - H-sync 0 - 5 V

14 - V-sync 0 - 5 V

15 - DDC_SCL DDC clock

4 - Cinch Video YPbPr - InGn - Video Y 1 VPP 75 Ω

Bu - Video Pb 07 VPP 75 Ω Rd - Video Pr 07 VPP 75 Ω

Wh - Audio L 05 VRMS 10 kΩ

Rd - Audio R 05 VRMS 10 kΩ

5 - AV1 Cinch Video CVBS - In Audio - InYe - Video CVBS 1 VPP 75 Ω

Wh - Audio L 05 VRMS 10 kΩ Rd - Audio R 05 VRMS 10 kΩ

6 - Aerial - In- - F-type (US) Coax 75 Ω

7 - Service Connector (ComPair)1 - SDA-S I2C Data (0 - 5 V)

2 - SCL-S I2C Clock (0 - 5 V) 3 - Ground Gnd

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

8

9

10

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

8

9

10

I_18130_001eps160608

19 1

18 2

E_06532_017eps 250505

1

610

11

5

15

E_06532_002eps050404

Technical Specifications Connections and Chassis OverviewEN 4 TCS10L LA1

122 Side connections

8 - Cinch Video CVBS - In Audio - InYe - Video CVBS 1 VPP 75 Ω Wh - Audio L 05 VRMS 10 kΩ

Rd - Audio R 05 VRMS 10 kΩ

9 - S-Video (Hosiden) Video YC - In1 - Ground Y Gnd

2 - Ground C Gnd 3 - Video Y 1 VPP 75 Ω

4 - Video C 03 VPPP 75 Ω

10 - Mini Jack Audio Head phone - OutBk - Head phone 32 - 600 Ω 10 mW

13 Chassis Overview

Figure 1-4 PWBCBA locations

I_17950_002eps080508

IINVERTER PANEL(OPTONAL)

B SMALL SIGNAL BOARD

A(1) MAIN POWER SUPPLY

EKEYBOARDCONTROL PANEL

A2STANDBY POWER

SUPPLY UNIT(OPTIONAL)

JIR LED PANEL

Safety Instructions Warnings and Notes EN 5TCS10L LA 2

2 Safety Instructions Warnings and Notes

Index of this chapter21 Safety Instructions22 Warnings23 Notes

21 Safety Instructions

Safety regulations require the following during a repairbull Connect the set to the MainsAC Power via an isolation

transformer (gt 800 VA)bull Replace safety components indicated by the symbol

only by components identical to the original ones Any other component substitution (other than original type) may increase risk of fire or electrical shock hazard

Safety regulations require that after a repair the set must be returned in its original condition Pay in particular attention to the following points bull Route the wire trees correctly and fix them with the

mounted cable clampsbull Check the insulation of the MainsAC Power lead for

external damage bull Check the strain relief of the MainsAC Power cord for

proper functionbull Check the electrical DC resistance between the MainsAC

Power plug and the secondary side (only for sets that have a MainsAC Power isolated power supply) 1 Unplug the MainsAC Power cord and connect a wire

between the two pins of the MainsAC Power plug 2 Set the MainsAC Power switch to the ldquoonrdquo position

(keep the MainsAC Power cord unplugged) 3 Measure the resistance value between the pins of the

MainsAC Power plug and the metal shielding of the tuner or the aerial connection on the set The reading should be between 45 MΩ and 12 MΩ

4 Switch ldquooffrdquo the set and remove the wire between the two pins of the MainsAC Power plug

bull Check the cabinet for defects to prevent touching of any inner parts by the customer

22 Warnings

bull All ICs and many other semiconductors are susceptible to electrostatic discharges (ESD ) Careless handling during repair can reduce life drastically Make sure that during repair you are connected with the same potential as the mass of the set by a wristband with resistance Keep components and tools also at this same potential

bull Be careful during measurements in the high voltage section

bull Never replace modules or other components while the unit is switched ldquoonrdquo

bull When you align the set use plastic rather than metal tools This will prevent any short circuits and the danger of a circuit becoming unstable

23 Notes

231 General

bull Measure the voltages and waveforms with regard to the chassis (= tuner) ground () or hot ground () depending on the tested area of circuitry The voltages and waveforms shown in the diagrams are indicative Measure them in the Service Default Mode (see chapter 5) with a color bar signal and stereo sound (L 3 kHz R 1 kHz unless stated otherwise) and picture carrier at 47525 MHz for PAL or 6125 MHz for NTSC (channel 3)

bull Where necessary measure the waveforms and voltages with () and without () aerial signal Measure the voltages in the power supply section both in normal operation (13) and in stand-by () These values are indicated by means of the appropriate symbols

232 Schematic Notes

bull All resistor values are in ohms and the value multiplier is often used to indicate the decimal point location (eg 2K2 indicates 22 kΩ)

bull Resistor values with no multiplier may be indicated with either an ldquoErdquo or an ldquoRrdquo (eg 220E or 220R indicates 220 Ω)

bull All capacitor values are given in micro-farads (μ = times 10-6) nano-farads (n = times 10-9) or pico-farads (p = times 10-12)

bull Capacitor values may also use the value multiplier as the decimal point indication (eg 2p2 indicates 22 pF)

bull An ldquoasteriskrdquo () indicates component usage varies Refer to the diversity tables for the correct values

bull The correct component values are listed in the Spare Parts List Therefore always check this list when there is any doubt

233 BGA (Ball Grid Array) ICs

IntroductionFor more information on how to handle BGA devices visit this URL wwwatyourservicecephilipscom (needs subscription not available for all regions) After log-in select ldquoMagazinerdquo then go to ldquoRepair downloadsrdquo Here you will find Information on how to deal with BGA-ICs

BGA Temperature ProfilesFor BGA-ICs you must use the correct temperature-profile which is coupled to the 12NC For an overview of these profiles visit the website wwwatyourservicecephilipscom (needs subscription but is not available for all regions)You will find this and more technical information within the ldquoMagazinerdquo chapter ldquoRepair downloadsrdquoFor additional questions please contact your local repair help desk

234 Lead-free Soldering

Due to lead-free technology some rules have to be respected by the workshop during a repairbull Use only lead-free soldering tin Philips SAC305 with order

code 0622 149 00106 If lead-free solder paste is required please contact the manufacturer of your soldering equipment In general use of solder paste within workshops should be avoided because paste is not easy to store and to handle

bull Use only adequate solder tools applicable for lead-free soldering tin The solder tool must be ablendash To reach a solder-tip temperature of at least 400degCndash To stabilize the adjusted temperature at the solder-tipndash To exchange solder-tips for different applications

bull Adjust your solder tool so that a temperature of around 360degC - 380degC is reached and stabilized at the solder joint Heating time of the solder-joint should not exceed ~ 4 sec Avoid temperatures above 400degC otherwise wear-out of tips will increase drastically and flux-fluid will be destroyed To avoid wear-out of tips switch ldquooffrdquo unused equipment or reduce heat

bull Mix of lead-free soldering tinparts with leaded soldering tinparts is possible but PHILIPS recommends strongly to avoid mixed regimes If this cannot be avoided carefully clear the solder-joint from old tin and re-solder with new tin

Directions for UseEN 6 TCS10L LA3

235 Alternative BOM identification

The third digit in the serial number (example AG2B0335000001) indicates the number of the alternative BOM (Bill Of Materials) that has been used for producing the specific TV set In general it is possible that the same TV model on the market is produced with eg two different types of displays coming from two different suppliers This will then result in sets which have the same CTN (Commercial Type Number eg 28PW951512) but which have a different BOM numberBy looking at the third digit of the serial number one can identify which BOM is used for the TV set he is working withIf the third digit of the serial number contains the number ldquo1rdquo (example AG1B033500001) then the TV set has been manufactured according to BOM number 1 If the third digit is a ldquo2rdquo (example AG2B0335000001) then the set has been produced according to BOM no 2 This is important for ordering the correct spare partsFor the third digit the numbers 19 and the characters AZ can be used so in total 9 plus 26= 35 different BOMs can be indicated by the third digit of the serial number

Identification The bottom line of a type plate gives a 14-digit serial number Digits 1 and 2 refer to the production centre (eg AG is Bruges) digit 3 refers to the BOM code digit 4 refers to the Service version change code digits 5 and 6 refer to the production year and digits 7 and 8 refer to production week (in example below it is 2006 week 17) The 6 last digits contain the serial number

Figure 2-1 Serial number (example)

236 Board Level Repair (BLR) or Component Level Repair (CLR)

If a board is defective consult your repair procedure to decide if the board has to be exchanged or if it should be repaired on component levelIf your repair procedure says the board should be exchanged completely do not solder on the defective board Otherwise it cannot be returned to the OEM supplier for back charging

237 Practical Service Precautions

bull It makes sense to avoid exposure to electrical shock While some sources are expected to have a possible dangerous impact others of quite high potential are of limited current and are sometimes held in less regard

bull Always respect voltages While some may not be dangerous in themselves they can cause unexpected reactions that are best avoided Before reaching into a powered TV set it is best to test the high voltage insulation It is easy to do and is a good service precaution

3 Directions for Use

You can download this information from the following websiteshttpwwwphilipscomsupporthttpwwwp4cphilipscom

E_06532_024eps260308

MODEL

PRODNO

~

S

32PF996810 MADE IN BELGIUM

220-240V 5060Hz

128W

AG 1A0617 000001 VHF+S+H+UHF

BJ30E LA

Mechanical Instructions EN 7TCS10L LA 4

4 Mechanical Instructions

Index of this chapter41 Cable Dressing42 Service Positions43 AssyPanel Removal44 Set Re-assembly

Notes bull Figures below can deviate slightly from the actual situation

due to the different set executionsbull Follow the disassemble instructions in described order

They apply mostly to the 26 model unless otherwise specified but the described method is comparable for the other screen sizes

41 Cable Dressing

Figure 4-1 Cable dressing (19 model)

I_17950_003eps080508

Mechanical InstructionsEN 8 TCS10L LA4

Figure 4-2 Cable dressing (26 model)

I_17950_004eps080508

Mechanical Instructions EN 9TCS10L LA 4

42 Service Positions

For easy servicing of this set there are a few possibilities createdbull The buffers from the packagingbull Foam bars (created for Service)

421 Foam Bars

Figure 4-3 Foam bars

The foam bars (order code 3122 785 90580 for two pieces) can be used for all types and sizes of Flat TVs See figure ldquoFoam barsrdquo for details Sets with a display of 42rdquo and larger require four foam bars [1] Ensure that the foam bars are always supporting the cabinet and never only the displayCaution Failure to follow these guidelines can seriously damage the displayBy laying the TV face down on the (ESD protective) foam bars a stable situation is created to perform measurements and alignments By placing a mirror under the TV you can monitor the screen

43 AssyPanel Removal

431 Stand

1 Refer to next figure2 Place the TV set upside down on a table top using the

foam bars (see section ldquoService Positionrdquo)3 Remove the screws that secure the stand and remove the

stand

Figure 4-4 Stand

432 Rear Cover

Warning Disconnect the mains power cord before you remove the rear cover1 Refer to next figures2 Place the TV set upside down on a table top using the

foam bars (see section ldquoService Positionsrdquo)3 Remove the screws that secure the rear cover The screws

are located at the sides Be careful Now the rear cover could be lifted but the SSB and power supply panel(s) are mounted in the rear cover and still connected to the LCD panel and other boards Those cables should be released first

4 To release the LVDS cable lift the back cover a few centimetres and move it downwards the set Now unplug the LVDS connector [2]Caution be careful as this is a very fragile connector

5 Remove the screw [3]6 Now the rear cover can be lifted to gain access to the

speaker cables and the IRLED panel cable Release the connectors [4]

Figure 4-5 LVDS release

E_06532_018eps171106

1

Required for sets42

1

I_17950_005eps080508

1

1

1

1

I_17930_041eps240408

2

3

Mechanical InstructionsEN 10 TCS10L LA4

Figure 4-6 Speaker and IRLED panel cable release

433 Keyboard Control Board

1 Refer to next figure2 Unscrew two screws[1]3 Unplug connector [2] and remove the boardWhen defective replace the whole unit

Figure 4-7 Keyboard control board

434 IRLED Board and Speakers

1 Refer to next figure2 Remove the screws [1] and remove the IRLED board3 Remove the screws [2] and remove the speakersWhen defective replace the whole unit

Figure 4-8 IRLED Board and Speakers

I_17930_042eps240408

4

4

4

I_17930_063eps240408

2

1

1

I_17930_043eps240408

1 1

22 22

Mechanical Instructions EN 11TCS10L LA 4

435 Power Supply Board

Due to different set executions this chassis is supplied with one or two power supply boards and figures may differCaution it is absolutely mandatory to remount all different screws and cables at their original position during re-assembly Failure to do so may result in damaging the power supply1 Refer to next figure2 Unplug all the connectors [1]3 Remove the fixation screws [2]4 Remove the main power supply board5 Unplug all the connectors [3]6 Remove the fixation screws [4]7 Remove the stand-by power supply board

Figure 4-9 Power Supply Unit(s)

436 Inverter Board (19 and 22 versions)

Due to different set executions this chassis some versions are supplied with an inverter board Figures may differ1 Refer to next figure2 Unplug all connectors [1]3 Release the clips [2]4 Take out the inverter board

Figure 4-10 Inverter Board

437 Small Signal Board (SSB)

Caution it is absolutely mandatory to remount all different screws at their original position during re-assembly Failure to do so may result in damaging the SSB

Removing the SSB 1 See next figures2 Remove the screws [2] from the SSB3 On the outside of the set lift the rear cover near the tuner

connector approximately 3 mm in the indicated direction and keep it lifted while

4 On the inside of the set slide the metal plate in the indicated direction

5 Gently lift the board from the rear cover6 Now unplug the LVDS connector [3]

Caution be careful as this is a very fragile connector Unplug the rest of the cables [4]

Figure 4-11 SSB connector plate

I_17950_006eps080508

4

4

2 2 4

4

2 2

1

1

3

I_17930_065eps240408

1

1

1

2 2

2

I_18130_002eps170608

Mechanical InstructionsEN 12 TCS10L LA4

Figure 4-12 SSB

44 Set Re-assembly

To re-assemble the whole set execute all processes in reverse order

Notesbull While re-assembling make sure that all cables are placed

and connected in their original position See figure ldquoCable dressingrdquo

bull Pay special attention not to damage the EMC foams at the SB shields Make sure that EMC foams are put correctly on their places

I_17950_008eps080508

22

44

3

22

Service Modes Error Codes and Fault Finding EN 13TCS10L LA 5

5 Service Modes Error Codes and Fault Finding

Index of this chapter51 Test Points52 Service Mode53 Error Codes54 Fault Finding55 Service Tools56 Software Upgrading

51 Test Points

This chassis is NOT equipped with test points in the service printing No test points are mentioned in the service manual

52 Service Mode

521 Service Alignment Mode (SAM)

How to EnterTo enter SAM use the following methodbull Press on the remote control the code ldquo062596rdquo directly

followed by the ldquoINFOrdquo key

After entering SAM the following screen is visible the values can be adjusted according to the requested (see Chapter 8)

Figure 5-1 SAM menu

Figure 5-2 SAM menu White Balance Normal

Figure 5-3 SAM menu White Balance Cool

Figure 5-4 SAM menu White Balance Warm

Figure 5-5 SAM menu Volume Curve

Figure 5-6 SAM menu Picture Curve

I_18130_041eps190608

I_18130_044eps190608

I_18130_043eps190608

I_18130_045eps190608

I_18130_044eps190608

I_18130_048eps190608

Service Modes Error Codes and Fault FindingEN 14 TCS10L LA5

Figure 5-7 SAM menu Picture Mode Natural

Figure 5-8 SAM menu Picture Mode Personal

Figure 5-9 SAM menu Picture Mode Rich

Figure 5-10 SAM menu Picture Mode Soft

Figure 5-11 SAM menu Producting

Figure 5-12 SAM menu Country

I_18130_049eps190608

I_18130_050eps190608

I_18130_051eps190608

I_18130_052eps190608

I_18130_053eps190608

I_18130_054eps190608

Service Modes Error Codes and Fault Finding EN 15TCS10L LA 5

Figure 5-13 SAM menu Setup

Figure 5-14 SAM menu Shop Init Do

Figure 5-15 SAM menu Clear Code gt

How to ExitPress ldquoMENUrdquo on the RC-transmitter

Factory Mode Descriptions

I_18130_055eps190608

I_18130_058eps190608

Item Sub-Item Description

SOURCE Shift among sourcing via pressing Left amp Right key

ADC ADJ Only available in HDTV or PC mode

WB White Balance Calibration setting

SOURCE Shift among sources

COLOR TEMP Normal Warm Cool

WHITE R R Gain adjust manually or automatically

WHITE G G Gain adjust manually or automatically

WHITE B B Gain adjust manually or automatically

BLACK R R Shift adjust manually or automatically

BLACK G G Shift adjust manually or automatically

BLACK B B Shift adjust manually or automatically

VOL CURVE Volume Curve adjustmentX0 X10 X30 X50 X70 X90 X100 on for the usermenu volume value of the 0 10 30 50 70 90 100Only to adjust during production

PICTURE CURVE Analog Picture Curve adjustment X0 X30 X50 X80 X100 on for the usermenu picture value of the 0 30 50 80 100Only to adjust during production

CON Contrast Curve

BRI Brightness Curve

SAT Saturation Curve

SHARP Sharpness Curve

LIGHT Back light Curve

PICTURE MODE Picture modes analog value can be adjusted in this pageincluding SOFT NATURAL BRIGHTE and PERSONAL

I_18130_059eps190608

Service Modes Error Codes and Fault FindingEN 16 TCS10L LA5

Virgin SettingsFirst the country should be set according to the following table

Table 5-1 Country setting

Secondly select ldquoSHOP INITrdquo from the SAM menu Wait until finished and then turn ldquoOffrdquo the set Now the set is put back to virgin settings according to the following table

Table 5-2 Virgin settings

522 Customer Service Mode (CSM)

PurposeWhen a customer is having problems with his TV-set he can call his dealer or the Customer Help desk The service technician can then ask the customer to activate the CSM in order to identify the status of the set Now the service technician can judge the severity of the complaint In many cases he can advise the customer how to solve the problem or he can decide if it is necessary to visit the customer The CSM is a read only mode therefore modifications in this mode are not possible

How to Activate CSMKey in the code ldquo123654rdquo via the standard RC transmitter

Contents of CSM

Figure 5-16 CSM Menu

Menu Explanation1 MODEL Type number and region code2 PROD SN Production code will have 14 characters + 2

reserved (total 16 characters)3 SW ID Software cluster and version is displayed (TC =

TCL 1 = Chassis Number 26 = Screen size L = Latam 090 = software version)

4 CODES Error buffer contents5 SIGNAL PRESENT Presence of RF signal6 SYSTEM Color system7 SOUND Sound system (MonoStereoSAP)8 HDCP KEYS Shows Valid or invalid HDCP key when

HDMI connected Else blank9 HDMI INPUT FORMAT Shows the HDMI input format10 HDMI AUDIO INPUT HDMI audio input HDMI audio stream

detection YES = Audio stream detected NO = No Audio (for example when DVI format is used)

How to ExitPress ldquoMENUrdquo on the RC-transmitter

523 Blinking LED Procedure

The software is capable of identifying different kinds of errors Because it is possible that more than one error can occur over time an error buffer is available which is capable of storing the last five errors that occurred This is useful if the OSD is not working properly

Errors can also be displayed by the blinking LED procedure The method is to repeatedly let the front LED pulse with as many pulses as the error code number followed by a period of 15 seconds in which the LED is ldquooffrdquo Then this sequence is repeated

PRODUCTING FACTURY HOT KEY

Short-cut key to enter factory mode setting GO BACK is the short-cut key if it is ldquoONrdquo Do remember to turn this ldquoOFFrdquo when the set is returned to the customer

WARM UP STATUS

Aging Mode setting ldquoONrdquo means snow picture showing instead of blue background if there is no signal input Do remember to turn this ldquoOFFrdquo when the set is returned to the customer

EEPROM INIT EEPROM initialization1 When the first time to turn on the set please enter this menu and initialize it2 Press LeftRight key and waiting for about 5 seconds until ldquoOKrdquo displayed which means the set finishes the initialization3 Switch off AC power4 Power on the set again the EEPROM will be initialized

LOGO Always leave this setting to the value ldquoOFFrdquo

RF AGC RF Automatic Gain Control default at 16

COUNTRY Select the correct country before doing a SHOP INIT because it puts the set in virgin mode

SET UP POWER MODE LAST

This selects the last power on sequence used

POWER MODE STB

This will put the set in Stand-by whenever the power key is used to turn it on The user now has to turn the set on with the remote control

POWER MODE ON

This will turn on the set whenever the power key is used to turn it on

SHOP INIT DO By selecting this the outgoing factory initialization is selected Always perform this at the end of a repair

CLEAR CODE gt Clears the Error codes

CODES Shows the last 5 error codes

PANEL TYPE Shows the panel type (display only)

SW VER Shows the software version

V8- Shows the BOM number

COMPILE TIME Shows the time the software was compiled

CTN suffix Country

55 Other

77 Argentina

78 Brazil

85 Mexico

Setting 55 77 78 85

PQ Smart Mode Rich Rich Rich Rich

AQ Smart Mode Movie Movie Movie Movie

Sleep Off Off Off Off

Time 0000 0000 0000 0000

Start time ---- ---- ---- ----

Stop time ---- ---- ---- ----

Channel 2 2 2 2

Child lock Off Off Off Off

Parental lock Off Off Off Off

Closed caption Off Off Off Off

RF Channel 2 9 4 2

Volume 30 30 30 30

Item Sub-Item Description

Screen ratio 16 9 16 9 16 9 16 9

OSD language Spanish Spanish Portuguese Spanish

Setting 55 77 78 85

I_18130_060eps190608

Service Modes Error Codes and Fault Finding EN 17TCS10L LA 5

Any RC command terminates the sequence Error code LED blinking is in white colorExample the contents of the error buffer is ldquo013 007 000 000 000rdquoAfter entering SDM the following occursbull 1 long blink of 5 seconds to start the sequencebull 1 medium blink of 3 seconds and then 3 short blinks

followed by a pause of 15 secondsbull 7 short blinks followed by a pause of 15 secondsbull 1 long blink of 15 seconds to finish the sequenceThe sequence starts again with 12 short blinks

53 Error Codes

The error code buffer contains all errors detected since the last time the buffer was erased The buffer is written from left to right When an error occurs that is not yet in the error code buffer it is displayed at the left side and all other errors shift one position to the right

Basically there are six kind of errors

54 Fault Finding

Figure 5-17 No Picture No sound no Back light (19 sets)

Code Description Detection method Type

0 no error - -

1 reserved - -

2 5V failure protection

Power down Protection + blinking

3 μP Control I2C-bus Error log + blinking

4 General I2C bus Error

I2C-bus Protection + blinking

5 reserved - -

6 System EEPROM

I2C-bus Protection + blinking

7 Tuner I2C-bus Error log + blinking

8 HDCP EEPROM

I2C-bus Error log + blinking

No Picture no sound no Back light

Fuse F3(3A) OK

Check circuit of +33V+18V(U5U

6U7) OK Replace the bad

components

For P22 Pin 1~4 is +12V_PWamp Pin7~9

of is +5VSTBOK

Replace F3

Check Q17(Pin5- 8)+12V OK

NO

NO

NO

YES

YES

YES

Check DC-DC circuit(U1U2)

NOCheck Q26 circuit amp Replace the bad

componentsYES

Check PSU

I_18130_066eps180608

Service Modes Error Codes and Fault FindingEN 18 TCS10L LA5

Figure 5-18 Picture OK No sound (19 sets)

Figure 5-19 No Picture Back light amp Sound OK (19 and 26 sets)

Picture OK No sound

Check the voltage ofPin 313 of U19is it 12v Check Q17

Check the wave of pin7475 of U8is it

OK

CheckR amp L speaker

Check wave ofAudio input Pin

U8 pin61~69 OK

CheckQ22

No

Check B of Q22 is Low OK

Yes

No

Check Mute Pin6 of U19is it 12V

Yes

Yes

ReplaceU8

Yes

NO

Yes

Check the AMP- MUTE circuit

No

No

YesCheck SIF circuit Pin 7(SIFOUT) of

Tuner TU1

TV source Checkthe AV input

circuit

No

I_18130_068eps180608

No Picture Back light amp Sound OK

Check the output voltage

of U3 12V is it OK

Check LVDS signal waveform

of P10 is OK

Check the Circuit of12V_PANELamp

PANEL_ONOFF

Yes

No

Yes

Is RP2-RP7 ok

No

check the LVDS cable

Replace U8Yes

I_18130_004eps180608

Service Modes Error Codes and Fault Finding EN 19TCS10L LA 5

Figure 5-20 No color (19 and 26 sets)

Figure 5-21 No Picture No sound no Back light (26 sets)

No color

Color system is Right amp another

channel color is right

Dose the TV signal too weak

CheckPin 17(TV-

CVBS) Wave of TU1 OK

ReplaceTU1

ResetTo

Local system

CheckTuner Input

cable amp antenna

Yes NO NO

No YES YES

Fine tune Frequency

I_18130_006eps180608

No Picture No sound no Back light

Check circuit of +33V +18V (U5U

6U7) OK Replace the bad components

For P22 Pin 1~4 is +12V_PW amp Pin7~9

of is +5VSTBOK

NO

NO

YES

Check DC-DC circuit (U1U2)

YES

Check PSU

I_18130_003eps180608

Service Modes Error Codes and Fault FindingEN 20 TCS10L LA5

Figure 5-22 Picture OK No sound (26 sets)

55 Service Tools

551 ComPair

IntroductionComPair (Computer Aided Repair) is a Service tool for Philips Consumer Electronics products and offers the following1 ComPair helps you to quickly get an understanding on how

to repair the chassis in a short and effective way2 ComPair allows very detailed diagnostics and is therefore

capable of accurately indicating problem areas You do not have to know anything about I2C or UART commands yourself because ComPair takes care of this

3 ComPair speeds up the repair time since it can automatically communicate with the chassis (when the uP is working) and all repair information is directly available

4 ComPair features TV software upgrade possibilities

SpecificationsComPair consists of a Windows based fault finding program and an interface box between PC and the (defective) product The (new) ComPair II interface box is connected to the PC via an USB cable For the TV chassis the ComPair interface box and the TV communicate via a bi-directional cable via the service connector(s)

How to ConnectThis is described in the ComPair chassis fault finding database

Caution It is compulsory to connect the TV to the PC as shown in Figure ldquoComPair II interface connectionrdquo (with the ComPair interface in between) as the ComPair interface acts as a level shifter If one connects the TV directly to the PC (via UART) ICs will be blown

How to OrderComPair II order codes

bull ComPair II interface 3122 785 91020bull For SW see Philips service websitebull ComPair UART interface cable 3122 785 75051bull Software Upgrade VGA interface cables 3122 785 90004

and 3122 785 09269

Note If you encounter any problems contact your local support desk

Figure 5-23 ComPair II interface connection

56 Software Upgrading

561 Introduction

Software upgrading can be done by ComPair This allows to replacement of the software image

Picture OK No sound

Check the voltage ofPin 313 of U19is it 12v Check PSU

Check the wave of pin7475 of U8is it

OK

CheckR amp L speaker

Check wave ofAudio input Pin

U8 pin61~69 OK

CheckQ22

No

Check B of Q22 is Low OK

Yes

No

Check Mute Pin6 of U19is it 12V

Yes

Yes

ReplaceU8

Yes

NO

Yes

Check the AMP- MUTE circuit

No

No

YesCheck SIF circuit Pin 7(SIFOUT) of

Tuner TU1

TV source Checkthe AV input

circuit

No

I_18130_005eps180608

E_06532_036eps150208

TOUART SERVICECONNECTOR

TOUART SERVICECONNECTOR

TOI2C SERVICECONNECTOR

TO TV

PC

HDMII2C only

Optional power5V DC

ComPair II Developed by Philips Brugge

RC outRC in

OptionalSwitch

Power ModeLinkActivity I2C

ComPair IIMulti

function

RS232 UART

Block Diagrams Test Point Overview and Waveforms 21TCS10L LA 6

6 Block Diagrams Test Point Overview and Waveforms

Wiring Diagram of Connector for MS19-PH 19

40-PWL20C-PWI1XG POWER BOARD

1

NU

SE

LEC

T

GN

D

GN

D

P4

1 2 3 5 6 74

BL

ON

OF

F

DIM

MIN

G

INV

ER

TE

R_P

WR

12V

INV

ER

TE

R_P

WR

12V

P5

40-0MS19P-MAE2XGMAIN BOARD

AG

ND

1 2 3 5 6 74

KE

Y0

KE

Y1

AG

ND

IR-I

N

LED

1-IN

LED

2-IN

NC

1 2 3 5 6 7 84

+5V

ST

B

+5V

ST

B

GN

D

GN

D

GN

D

INVERTER BOARD

CN

1

GN

D

1 2 3 5 64

INV

ER

T-S

W

DIM

MIN

G

GN

D

INV

ER

TE

R_P

WR

12V

INV

ER

TE

R_P

WR

12V

8+

5VS

TB

GN

D

1 2 3 5 64

GN

D

GN

D

NC5V

-PW

5V-P

W

40-PF3403-IRC1XG IR BOARD

40-PF3403-KEC1XG KEY BOARD

GN

D

LED

1

IR

+5V

ST

B

1 2 3 54LE

D2

KE

Y1

GN

D

KE

Y0

1 2 3

P10

01

CN

2001 1S

P 22

P

9 10

+12

V-P

W

+12

V-P

W

+12

V-P

W

+12

V-P

W

7 8 9 10

+12

V+

12V

+12

V

+12

V

I_18130_061eps190608

22TCS10L LA 6Block Diagrams Test Point Overview and Waveforms

Wiring Diagram of Connector for MS19-PH 26

40-1PL37C-PWF1XG

1

P5

40-0MS19P-MAE2XGMAIN BOARD

AG

ND

1 2 3 5 6 74

KE

Y0

KE

Y1

AG

ND

IR-I

N

LED

1-IN

LED

2-IN

NC

1 2 3 5 6 7 84

NC

NC

GN

D

GN

D

GN

D

40-PWL01B-STE1X

8+

5VS

TB

1 2 3 5 64

12V-

PW

40-PF3403-IRC1XG IR BOARD

40-PF3403-KEC1XGKEY BOARD

GN

D

LED

1

IR

+5V

ST

B

1 2 3 54LE

D2

KE

Y1

GN

D

KE

Y0

1 2 3

P10

01

CN

2001

P4

9 10

+12

V-P

W

+12

V-P

W

+12

V-P

W

+12

V-P

W

7

10

5P 1P

1 2 3

1 2 3

+5S

TB

AG

ND

PW

-ON

OF

F

+5S

TB

AG

ND

PW

-ON

OF

F

11

12 13 14

GN

D

NC

BL-

AD

JUS

T

BL-

ON

OF

F

11

12

13

14

15

16

P22

8 91 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

12 13 14 15 16

12V-

PW

GN

D

GN

D12

V-P

W

12V-

PW

GN

D

NC

GN

D

NC

NC

NC

NC

NC

BL-

AD

JUS

T

BL-

ON

OF

F

I_18130_062eps190608

Block Diagrams Test Point Overview and Waveforms 23TCS10L LA 6

Block Diagram MS19P Chipset

Panel

810-bit LVDS

2MB

HDMI

HDTVVGA

YC

AV2AV1

AV-OUTTVSIF

PCHDTV-RL

AV2-RLAV1-RL

IRKEY0KEY1

GPIO PWM

Serial-FlashSPI

Speake

Earphone

r

MS19P Chipset Block Diagram

Audio out

EEPROM24C32 SDA

SCL

AMP

TDA7266

MST9U19A

24C02

24C02

24C04SDASCL

U19

U9

U13

U12

U11HDCP

EDID

EDID

U10

Z1

SDASCLExternal device

I_18130_063eps190608

24TCS10L LA 6Block Diagrams Test Point Overview and Waveforms

I2C overview

I2C Device Block Diagram

MST9U19A-LF

24C32 24C04

System EEPROM

I2C AddressA0

HDCP EEPROM

I2C AddressA4

SDA SCL SDA SCL

Tuner integratedIF PLL Demodulator

SDA1 SCL1I2C AddressA0

I_18130_064eps190608

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 25TCS10L LA 7

7 Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Main Power Supply (19)

I_18130_022eps180608

A AMAIN POWER SUPPLY 19rdquo

26TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout Main Power Supply (19) (Top Side)

Layout Main Power Supply (19) (Bottom Side)

I_18130_023eps180608

I_18130_065eps190608

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 27TCS10L LA 7

Main Power Supply (26)

I_18130_024eps180608

A1 A1MAIN POWER SUPPLY 26rdquo

28TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout Main Power Supply (26) (Top Side)

I_18130_028eps180608

40-PWL01B-STE1XG

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 29TCS10L LA 7

Layout Main Power Supply (26) (Bottom Side)

I_18130_029eps180608

40-PWL01B-STE1XG

30TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Standby Power Supply (26)

I_18130_025eps200608

A2 A2STANDBY POWER SUPPLY 26rdquo

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 31TCS10L LA 7

Layout Standby Power Supply (26) (Top Side)

40-1PL37C-PWF1XGI_18130_026eps

180608

32TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout Standby Power Supply (26) (Bottom Side)

I_18130_027eps180608

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 33TCS10L LA 7

SSB Control

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGNDAGND

AGND

AGNDAGNDAGND AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

T

T

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

D1B

D1A

G2

G1

S2

D2B

D2A

S1

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

PGND

PGND

PGND

PGND

PGND

AGND

AGND

T

T

T

T

AGND

T

T

BOOT

DRIVE

FB GND

LGATE

PHASE

VCC

UGATE

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

PGND

AGND

AGND

AGNDAGND

AGND

D2B

D2A

G1

G2

S1

D1B

D1A

S2

T

AGND

D1B

D1A

D2B

G2 D2A

S2

G1

S1

09V

18V

For Tuner 33v

L--Prot

Normal--HProtect--L

Back Light Control

Far from DC-DC amp Tuner

Option

When not use DC-DC+5VSTB_L provide

ON-----LOFF-----H

OptionFar from tuner and power supply (NC)

8

7

6

4 5

3

2

1U3

SP8J3

R234

10R

NC

E

C

B

BT3904

Q21

B

C

E

Q32BT3904

R16

19N

C2

618

KR

919

1K

26

10K

B

C

E

Q2

BT3904

R177

NC

C23

00

1U

10K

R18

0

NC

R17

9 0

R1784K7

+12V

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

P4ON-PBACK

ADJ-PWM2

R181910K26

191

K2

6

R10

Z54

BL-ADJUST

1 2

4

6

8

12

14

10

3

5

7

9

11

13

P22

+5V

+5VSTB_L

C22

2

01U

R70R (FOR 26ONLY)

7

8

4

2

3

5

6

1

A04803

Q17

+12V

+12V_PW

+12V_PW

C24

10

01U

BL-ADJUST

+5V

ST

B_L

C14

01U

BL-ONOFF

C22

40

1U

+5VSTB

R24

8N

C

+12V_PW

C220220U

25V

F250A

F150A

47K

R18

2

L8200R

R2413K9

C23

6

1U

C24

3

1U

C244

01U

C242

470U

16V

+5V

ST

B

PRORECT_12V

R29

720

K

+33V

+33V

B

E

CQ31

BT3906R298

NC

+12V

R299

4K7

R301

4K7

R30

010

K

R29

6

4K7

D14 8V

2

B

C

E

Q26BT3904

R3

4K7

B

E

CQ13

BT3906

C64

3 1U

C20A1U

C21

A 1U

NCC

21

R18

147

K

C24

00

01U

R22

330K

33V

+5V

+5V

12V_PANEL

21

P20

01UC

231

NC

C8

01U

C3

01U

L49200R

L47200R

21

P19

01UC

20

5V_PANEL

4K7R15

D11

LL4148

D45LL4148

PW_ONOFF

+5VSTB1

2

3

P1

POWER-ONOFFB

C

E

Q30BT3904

R26610K

GPIO_PROTECT

+5VSTB

R24

70R

D10LL4148

+12V

C201U

SELECT

R20

510

0K

R2041K

D47 33

V

R27

92K

2R

242

2K2

+12V

1

2

3 6

5

8

4

7

U1

RT8110

R50R PROTPW_ONOFF

R2NC

Z58

Z56

B

C

E

Q27BT3904

BL-ONOFF

R12100R

PW_CTRL

Z51

R24

0 0

Z52

Z53

Z60

L530R

L330R

01U

C23

401UC

232

C23

3 1U

R234K7

5V_PANEL

C22

60

1U

L50200R

+5V

C235470U

16V

200RL54

C23

70

1U

L9200R

+5V

R4

10K

R6NC

+12V_INVERTER

B

C

E

Q6BT3904

68K

R37

NCR17

0RR14

16V

470UC

17A

C27

01U

2U2C16

01UC

15

R8

NC

R194K7

R132NC

R143100K

R14K

7

B

C

E

Q14BT3904

R2110K

+12V

D1LL4148

R14210K

+5VSTB

B

C

E

Q3BT3904NC

+12V

C1810U

50V

L6100UH

D5LL4148

B

C

E

Q5SC1815

NCR

24

B

C

E

Q1

BT3904

B

C

E

Q4BT3904

PWM3

SHUT_EEP

200RL56

L55200R

R23

91K

2

R23

8N

C

R235

10R

R23

6N

C

L115UH

R23

322

K

C23

91U

R237

220R

7

8

4

2

3

5

6

1

U2PHKD13N03LT

C23801U

D50LL4148

L53200R

+12V_INVERTER

C22

70

1U

C22

80

1U

L52200R

L51200R

C22

90

1U

L48200R

C22

50

1U

12V_PANEL

L1230R

PANEL-ONOFF

Z59

Z50

PW_ONOFF R26

368

0R

R2618K2

R26010K

R26

710

K

R26

810

K

R26

247

K

R25910K

R25

810

0K

D41LL4148

+12V

R2783K9

TUNER_5V

+5V

40V

C18

70

1U

R2000R

R6390R

R60422K

L6061000UR

C60

40

1U

D61

433

VC63

047

00P

C63

2 270P

C633

01U 50V

L613

1000UH

NC

L6041000UH

100KR

630

NC

C63

6

C63

50

01U

C63

40

1U

C631200P

B

C

E

Q612BC846B

R63147K

12

3

D61

30B

AV

99

33V

+5V

C1

01U

5V_PANEL

+12V_PW

+5VSTB

12V_PANEL

C223

220U25V

+5VSTB

01U

C22

1

+12V

PW_ONOFF

VCC_PANEL

B01 B01

I_18130_011eps180608

CONTROL

34TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

SSB DC - DC

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGNDAGND

GN

DA

DJ

OU

T

VIN

4

OU

T

VIN

AD

JG

ND

VO

UT

VIN

AD

JG

ND

VCC18V FOR MST9E19A

pin36

VDDC for MST9E19A Core

+33V for VDD_MPLL

+33AVDD FOR AVDD_SIF

+33AVDD FOR AVDD_AU

pin6 pin12

+33AVDD for AVDD_HDMI

Vcc33for MST9E19A analog

+33AVDD for AVDDA

33V for AVDDPLL2

Vcc33 for MST9E19A Digital

10RR

31

F330A

+33V

L16100R+5VST

R28NC

23

1

U6

AIC

1084

FM120D8

FM120D6

23

1

U7

KD

1084

AD

2T18

+33V

VDDP

FM120D7

+5VSTB_L

1 2 3

4

U5AS1117-33

L18FB

FBL17

+18V

VDDC

L11

100R

L10100R+33V

L24

100R

FBL23

16V

47UC

37

C67

01U

01UC

62

C61

01U

01UC

60

C59

01U

16V

100UC

53

C48100U

16V

NCR30

R29

0RL41

FB

16V

100UC

33

C31100U

16V

C49 0

1U

01U

C52

01U

C36

C34 0

1U

01U

C42

C58 0

1U16V

47UC

57

C51 0

1U

AVDD_SIF

+33VA

AVDD_AU

+33VA

AVDDA

+33VA

AVDD_MEMPLL

+33VA

C56 0

1U

01U

C552U

2C

54

C47 0

1U

C46 2U

2

L21FB

2U2

C41

FBL19

C50 2U

2

L22FB

FBL20

01U

C452U

2C

44

C39 0

1U

C38 2U

2

AVDD_HDMI

01U

C40

+33VA

01U

C32

C30 0

1U

+33VA

+33VA

VDD_MPLL

+18V

C35100U

16V

C63

01U

01UC

64

C65

01U

01UC

66

01UC

68

C69

01U

01UC

70

C71

01U

01UC

72

C73

01U

+5VST

+5VSTB

FM120D9

B02 B02

I_18130_012eps180608

DC - DC

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 35TCS10L LA 7

SSB MST9E19A Controller

AG

ND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AG

ND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

SDA

SCL

WC

VCC

VSS

E2NC

E1NC

E0NC AGND

VCC

HOLD

SCK

GND SI

WP

SO

CE

SDA

SCL

WC

VCC

VSS

E2NC

E1NC

E0NC

AD

0A

D1

AD

2A

D3

AD

4A

D5

AD

6A

D7

ALE

AUCOM

AUL0

AUL1

AUL2

AUL3

AUOUTL

AUOUTL2

AUOUTL3

AUOUTR

AUOUTR2

AUOUTR3

AUOUTS

AUR0

AUR1

AUR2

AUR3

AUVRADNAUVRADPAUVREF

AV

DD

_AD

C

AV

DD

_AU

AV

DD

_DV

IA

VD

D_D

VI1

AV

DD

_ME

MP

LL

AV

DD

_MP

LLA

VD

D_M

PLL

1

AV

DD

_SIF

BIN0MBIN0P

BIN1MBIN1P

C0

C1

CSZ

CVBS0

CVBS1CVBS2CVBS3

CVBSOUT

DD

CA

_CK

DD

CA

_DA

DDCD_CKDDCD_DA

DD

CR

_CK

DD

CR

_DA

DI0DI1DI2DI3DI4DI5DI6DI7

DIG

O0

DIG

O1

DIG

O2

DIG

O3

DIG

O4

DIG

O5

DIG

O6

DIG

O7

DIG

O8

DIG

O9

GIN0MGIN0P

GIN1MGIN1P

GN

DG

ND

1

GN

D10

GN

D11

GN

D12

GN

D13

GN

D14

GN

D15

GN

D2

GN

D3

GN

D4

GN

D5

GN

D6

GN

D7

GN

D8

GN

D9

GPIOE0LVSYNCGPIOE1LHSYNC

GPIOE2LDEGPIOE3LCK

GPIOF10GPIOF11

GPIOF12GPIOF13GPIOF14GPIOF15GPIOF16GPIOF17GPIOF18GPIOF19

GPIOF2GPIOF3GPIOF4GPIOF5GPIOF6GPIOF7GPIOF8GPIOF9

HSYNC0

HSYNC1

HW

RE

SE

T

ICLK

IHSYNC

INT

IRIN

IVSYNC

LA0MG3LA0PG2LA1MG1LA1PG0LA2MB7LA2PB6

LA3MB3LA3PB2LA4MB1LA4PB0

LACKMB5LACKPB4

LB0MR7LB0PR6LB1MR5LB1PR4LB2MR3LB2PR2

LB3MG7LB3PG6LB4MG5LB4PG4

LBCKMR1LBCKPR0

PW

M0

PW

M1

PW

M2

PW

M3

PWM_DRVPWM_FB

PWM_SENSE

RD

Z

REFMREFP

REXT

RIN0MRIN0P

RIN1MRIN1P

RMID

RX0NRX0PRX1NRX1PRX2NRX2P

RXCKNRXCKP

SA

R0

SA

R1

SA

R2

SA

R3

SCKSDI

SDO

SIF1MSIF1P

SOGIN0

SOGIN1

VCLAMP

VCOM0

VCOM1

VCOM2

VD

DC

VD

DC

1V

DD

C2

VD

DC

3V

DD

C4

VD

DC

5

VD

DP

VD

DP

1V

DD

P2

VD

DP

3V

DD

P4

VD

DP

5V

DD

P6

VD

DP

7V

DD

P8

VD

DP

9

VSYNC0

VSYNC1

WR

Z

XIN

XO

UT

Y0

Y1

AGND

T

T

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

Mode Selection

I2C address at A0

Location Near IC PinLocation Near IC Pin

SST PULL DOWNMSTAR PULL UP

DVI INPUT

VGA INPUT

For TTL output

Audio Output(to Amp) AV Output(Audio)

Debug Port

For Philps debug

HDCP I2C address at A4

VID

EO

INP

UT

HDTV INPUT

C212NC

C7822P

01UC11

2

2U2 C247

C1072U2

01U C114

PW_CTRL

PRORECT_12V

54

72 13

6 8

RP

84K

7

KEY0-IN

LED2-IN

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

P5

POWER-ONOFF

54

72 13

6 8

RP

124K

7

LED1-IN

NC

L43

+5VSTB

4K7

R55

LED2R13

4K7

R584K7

B

C

E

Q9BT3904

1

2

3

4

5

P14

WP

SDA

SCL

+33V

1

2

3

4

P6

10RR41

SHUT_EEP

D4 NC

WP

C20

110

0P

RXD

TXD1

2

3

P2

ZX

Z62

WP

+33V

+33V+5VSTB

RS

20R

RS

3N

C

RS

11K

10K

R32

10K

R42

01UC86

47RR64

NC

R63

R62

NC

R52100R

R51 22

K

R50 22

K

100RR49

100RR40

C83

001

U

001

UC82

R67

0R

001

UC76

2U2C115

R47100R

R45100R

100RR34100R

R33

2U2C104

C1052U2PC-LIN

2U2C106

C1112U2

2U2C110

C11901U

R57 8K

2

8K2

R56

C1092U2

2U2C108

124578

101113141516171819202122232425262728

293031323334353839

404142434445464748495051

5455575859

61626364656667686970717273747576

78798081828384858687

131

132

133

134

125

126

127

128

129

130

155

156

136 3 9 37 52 56 89 99 101

104

106

120

141

152

173

187

204

143

144

145

146

147

148

149

150

153

154

116

117

118

135

124123122121

9796959493929190

139138137

191190189188

185184183182181180179178177176175174171170169168167166165164163162161160

202201200199198197196195

192

194193

207

206

205

36 53 60 105

6 12 157

208

77 98 107

142

158

203

88 100

102

103

119

140

151

159

172

186

115

114

113

112

111

110

109

108

U8

MST9E19A

R54

4K7

R36

22K

100P C79

01UC11

7

C116

01U

R7510K

R38 22

K

C10201U

C89 0

1U

1

3

2

D40

0BA

V99

+5VST

R53

390R

CVBSOUT

LED2

5

6

7

8

4

3

2

1U10

M24C32MN

IR_SYNC

KEY0

LED1

KEY1

WP_FSH

TV1-VIN- VCOM0

AV1-YIN-

AV1-YIN

VCOM2

SV_Y0

R_TX2+

C920047U

C930047U

0047UC94

0047UC96

C970047U

0047UC98

C1010047U

0047UC100

C990047U

SV_C0

TXD

RXD

100P

C20

2

8

7

6

4 5

3

2

1U9

W25X40

+33V

L26 F

B

100RR77

SDA

SCL

SHUT_EEPR76

100R

5

6

7

8

4

3

2

1U11

M24C04MN

SDA

SCL

100RR70

R69100R

+33V

R68

10K

SPI_CZ

SPI_DI

SPI_CK

54

72

1

3 6

8

RP933R

NCR

65R

661K

8

C90 10

0P

R6110R

1KR60

R591K

100P

C91

C95 10

0P

SYS_RST

R391K

B

E

CQ8

BT3906

C8010U

16V

C7447U

16V

R48

1M

Y1

14M

3

22PC84

AVDDA

AVDD_SIF

AVDD_MEMPLL

AVDD_HDMIVDDC VDDP

SDA_EXT

SCL_EXT

+33V

R43

10K

10KR

44

RXE3+B2

RXE4+B0

RXE4-B1

RXE3-B3

RXEC+B4

RXEC-B5

RXE2+B6

RXE2-B7

RXE1+G0

RXE1-G1

RXE0+G2

RXE0-G3

RXO4+G4

RXO4-G5

RXO3+G6

RXO3-G7

RXOC+R0

RXOC-R1

RXO2+R2

RXO2-R3

RXO1+R4

RXO1-R5

RXO0+R6

RXO0-R7

TTL-BLUE2

TTL-BLUE1

TTL-BLUE0

TTL-BLUE3

TTL-BLUE4

TTL-BLUE5

TTL-BLUE6

TTL-BLUE7

TTL-GREEN0

TTL-GREEN1

TTL-GREEN2

TTL-GREEN3

TTL-GREEN4

TTL-GREEN5

TTL-GREEN6

TTL-GREEN7

TTL-RED6

TTL-RED0

TTL-RED1

TTL-RED2

TTL-RED3

TTL-RED4

TTL-RED5

TTL-RED7

54

72

1

3 6

8

RP40R

8

63

1

2 7

4 5

0RRP7

54

72

1

3 6

8

RP60R

8

63

1

2 7

4 5

0RRP3

8

63

1

2 7

4 5

0RRP5

54

72

1

3 6

8

RP20R

SPI_CKSPI_DISPI_CZ

SPI_DO

AMP-MUTE

PANEL-ONOFF

LED1

HPDCTRL

ON-PBACK

863 12

7

45

4K7

RP

13

PWM0

ADJ-PWM2

NCR

85

NCR

82

NCR

80

NCR

79

R84

1K

R83

1K

R81

1K

R78

1K

PWM0

WP_FSH

ADJ-PWM2

PWM3

IR_SYNC

KEY1

KEY0

RXD

TXD

SCL

SDA

DDC-RDX

DDC-TXD

I2C-SCL

I2C-SDA

+33V

54

721 3

68

RP

104K

7

R7410R

10RR73

10RR72

R7110R

AUCOM

16V

10UC

118

AUVRADN

AUVRADP

C11310U

16V

L250

AMP-ROUT

AMP-LOUT

PH-ROUTPH-LOUT

PC-RIN

SIFM

SIFP

01UC103

01U

C88

AUCOM

AUVREFAUVRADPAUVRADN

SIFM

SIFP

TUNER_CVBS

SV_C0

SV_Y0

VCOM2

CVBS2CVBS1

VCOM0

VCOM1

CVBS3

SCG+

SCR+SCR-

SC_SOG

SCG-

SCB-

RIN-

RIN+GIN-

GIN+SOG

BIN-BIN+

01UC85

C8701U

VS_RGBHS_RGB

HDMI_SCLHDMI_SDA

AVDD_HDMI TXCLK-

R_TX2+

R_TX2-G_TX1+

G_TX1-B_TX0+

B_TX0-TXCLK+

AUVREF

PWM3

+33V

VDD_MPLL

AVDD_AU

TV1-VIN+ TUNER_CVBS

VCOM1

AV1-CIN

TV-SIFP

TV-SIFM

HDMI_SCLHDMI_SDA

TXCLK-

R_TX2-G_TX1+

G_TX1-B_TX0+

B_TX0-TXCLK+

VS_RGBHS_RGB

RIN-

RIN+GIN-

GIN+SOG

BIN-BIN+

SCG+

SCR+SCR-

SC_SOG

SCG-SCB+SCB-

AV1-VIN+

AV2-VIN+

AV3-VIN+ CVBS1

CVBS2

CVBS3

SPI_DO

WP_FSH

CVBSOUT

PH-LOUT

PH-ROUTAMP-ROUT AMP-R

AMP-LAMP-LOUTPH-L1OUT

AFT

SCB+

KEY1-IN

+33V

PH-R1OUT

C77

1000

P

E

C

B BT3904Q7

R114K7

+5VSTB

GPIO_PROTECT

+33V

IR-IN

C248

2U2

2U2 C249

C250

2U2

2U2 C251

C252

2U2

DVI-RINDVI-LINAV2-RIN

AV2-LIN

AV1-RINAV1-LIN

B03 B03

I_18130_013eps180608

MST9E19A CONTROLLER

36TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

SSB HDMI Interface

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

SDA

SCL

WC

VCC

VSS

E2NC

E1NC

E0NC

RX2+

GND1

RX2-

RX1+

GND2

RX1-

RX0+

GND3

RX0-

RXC+

GND4

RXC-

NC1

NC2

DDCCLK

DDCDA

GND5

VCC

HPD

AGND

HDMI-RX2-

HDMI-RX1+

+5V

+5V

5

6

43

2

1

U17

PRTR5V0U4D

5

6

43

2

1

U18

PRTR5V0U4D

1KR101

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

P12

01UC

120

5

6

7

8

4

3

2

1U12

M24C02MN

RLZ

5B6

D18

HDMI-DDC-SDA

HDMI-DDC-SCL

HDMI-HPD

HDMI5V

HPDCTRLB

C

E

Q10BT3904

4K7R96

R95

4K7

R1000R

NCR

97

R94

1K

+5V

100RR99

R98100R

12

3

D17

BAT

54C

D19

RLZ

5B6

TXCLK-

TXCLK+

B_TX0-

B_TX0+

G_TX1-

G_TX1+

R_TX2-

R_TX2+

10RR93

R9210R

10RR91

R9010R

10RR89

R8810R

10RR87

R8610R

HDMI_SDA

HDMI_SCL

HDMI-RXC-

HDMI-RXC+

HDMI-RX0+

HDMI-RX0-

HDMI-RX1-

HDMI-RX2+

B04 B04

I_18130_014eps180608

HDMI INTERFACE

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 37TCS10L LA 7

SSB VGA Interface

AGND

AGND

AGND

SDA

SCL

WC

VCC

VSS

E2NC

E1NC

E0NC

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGNDProgram Control

To main chip(when updateit is I2Cwhen debug it is RXTX)

LED2

R12

110

0RR12

010

0R

+33V

RXD

TXD

R170

4K7

1

3

2

D2

100RR144

NCR123

4K7R12

2

75R

R10

9

R10

8 75R

01UC

130

10K

R17

4

75R

R10

7

10K

R17

2

P13-11

R11

8 4K7

4K7

R11

9

PROTECT

VGA5V

VGA-SCL

PROTECT

13

2

D25

1

3

2

D20

C19 N

C

Q182N7002

10RR175

R171NC

R17310R

C12

9 NC

C1270047U

VGA-R+

VGA-G+

VGA-B+

+5VST1

32

D24

1KR115

R1141K

123

D23BAT54C

5

6

7

8

4

3

2

1U13

M24C02MN

R11

74K

7NC

C12

8R11

610

K

6

4

11

14

15

7

12

8

5

13

3

10

9

1

2

16

17

P13

C1230047U

C1241000P

C1210047U

R10510R

10RR104

R10310R

0047UC126

C1250047U

0047UC122

1

3

2

D22

2

3

1

D21

R11347R

47RR111

R11047R

R106330R

HS_RGB

VS_RGB

Q192N7002

B

C

E

Q25BT3904

VGA-HS

VGA-VS

VGA-SDA

RIN+

SOG

BIN-

GIN-

RIN-

BIN+

GIN+

VGA-SDA

VGA-SCL

+5VSTB

+5VSTB

B05 B05

I_18130_015eps180608

VGA INTERFACE

38TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

SSB Cinch

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND AGNDAGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

VDD

OUTB

INB-

VSS INB+

INA+

INA-

OUTA

AGNDAGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

WHITE

RED

YELLOWGREEN

BLUE

RED

WHITE

RED

RED

WHITE

YELLOW

AGND

AGND

AGND

HDTV IN

AV OUTPUT AUDIO AMP

For PCampYPbPr Audio Input(RL)

For Philips Upgrade

S-VIDEO amp AV2 In Side

Earphone Outuput In Side

AV1 In Rear

AV OUTPUT

For DVI Audio Input(35mm Jack)

2

1

3

P17

DVI_R

DVI_L

AV2-V

AV_ROUT

AV2-R

C13 47

0P

12K

R15

2

C17 47

0P

560P

C16

356

0PC

162

3

2

1

4P15

C14

156

0P

PC-R

560P

C14

3C

134

560P

560P

C13

8

2

3

1

D37

NC

C14

256

0P56

0PC

146

C6 10

0P

3

1

2

P11

TXD

3

1

2

P7

PR1

PB1

AVOUT_L

Y1

AVOUT

1

4

2

5

3

6P21

1

2

3

4

5

6P8

8 56 7 9

P15

BUF2

1

3

2

D31

2

3

1

D28

NC

1

3

2

D33

NC

2

3

1

D55

NC

2

3

1

D54

NC

2

3

1

D52

NC

2

3

1

D51

NC

2

3

1

D34

1

3

2

D36

NC

C5 10

0P

13

2

D12

R18

8 75R

R2855K1

R2845K1

R2805K1

R2815K1

L6130R

AV1-CL60

30R

AV1-YL59

30R

75R

R14

9

C19

810

00P

C14

068

0P

680P

C15

5

10RR186

680P

C13

6

OP_VCC2

C13

168

0P

2

3

1

D53

2

3

1

D27

FB

L42

10KR230

12K

R20

1R

197 12

K

R15

9 12K

R15

522

0R

220RR153

75R

R14

0

75R

R13

9

R13

6 75R

75R

R12

8

2U2C188

R14

5 12K

12K

R15

7

12K

R13

5C191

2U2

10K

R15

6R

147 10

K

330R

R14

6

R18510RY1

75RR151

R141

75R

C1452U2

2U2C144

01UC

139

12K

R16

1

AV2-VIN+

CVBSOUT

AV1-CIN

AV1-YIN-

1

3

2

D38

2

3

1

D39

PH-R1OUTR226

10K

AV_LOUT

R22447K

+5V

R22

547

K

C18

347

U

16V

100P

C18

9

33KR

229

C18547U

16V

C18

40

1U

C19

310

0P

R23

233

K

8

7

6

4 5

3

2

1U16

TDA1308T

SCB-

SCG-

SCR-

C1580047U

SCG+

SCR+

SCB+

SC_SOG

PR1

PB1

C1540047U

0047UC153

C1520047U

C1511000P

0047UC159

0047UC156

R19547R

47RR191

R18947R

R18410R

10RR183

R14810R

1

3

2

D35

B

E

CQ11

BT3906C218

10U

16V

B

C

E

Q12BT3904

2

3

1

D32

2

3

1

D30

1

3

2

D29

R13347R

10RR137

R12610R

+5V

AV1-YIN

Y1R176

470R

PH-L1OUT

AV_LOUT

AV_ROUT

AV1-VIN+

L63 30

R

30R

L62

330RR

249

R25

133

0R

C196

033U50V

C197

033U50V

7

654

89

3

1

2

P18

1000

PC

199

AMP-PROUT+AMP-LIN

AMP-PLOUT+AMP-RIN

EARPHONE-RA

EARPHONE-LA

30RL44

AV1-RIN

R2825K1

R2835K1 AV1-LIN

AV2-LIN

R2865K1

R2875K1 AV2-RIN

R2885K1

R2895K1 DVI-RIN

R2905K1

R2915K1 DVI-LIN

R2925K1

R2935K1 PC-RIN

R2945K1

R2955K1 PC-LIN

AV1_V

AVOUT_R

RXD

C4 47

0P47

0PC

7

AV1_R

AV1_L

C9 47

0P47

0PC

10

C11 47

0P47

0PC

12

PC-L

AV2-L

B06 B06

I_18130_016eps180608

CINCH

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 39TCS10L LA 7

SSB Tuner

AGND

AGND

AGND

AG

ND

AGNDAGND

AGND

AGND

COMMON

IN OUT

VID

EO

NC

1

NC

2

AU

DIO

AG

C

SD

A

TU

MB

GN

D2

SIF

OU

T

GN

D1

NC

3

NC

4

NC

5

SC

L

NC

6

AF

T

CLOSE RO MST IC

R21127R

171 2 6 1110 1412 157 83 4 5 9 13 16

TU1

2

1 3

U15KIA78D05

TUNER_SDA

TUNER_SCL

SIF_OUT

TV_CVBSC

172

01U

33V

B

C

E

Q20

BT3904

TV-SIFPNCR213

10RR220

001UC181

TV-SIFP

R194100R

330R

R19

3R

192

10R

R19

81K

R19

91K

L2722UH

+12V

R20

7 NC

100K

R20

3

2200

PC

200

R209120R

R20610R

C17

4N

C3

30P

NC

330

PC

175

C171220U

16V

L28120R

R20251K

C17

710

0P

C17

615

0P

SDA_EXT

SCL_EXT

C168220U

16V

16V

220UC

169

TV1-VIN-

TV1-VIN+

R21047R

C16

60

01UC16

44U

7

50V

C16

50

01U

C16

70

1U

TUNER_5V

AFT

120RR212

TUNER_5V

TV-SIFM

001UC170

B07 B07

I_18130_017eps180608

TUNER

40TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

SSB Audio Amplifier

PGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

PGND

PGND

AGND

AGND

OUT2+

OUT2-

NC3

IN2

VCC2

NC2

OUT1+

VCC1

IN1

NC1

MUTE

STBY

PW_GND

S_GND

OUT1-

TO SPEAKER

TO SPEAKER

0RR

162

AMP-PROUT-

2

1

H8

15

14

11

12

13

10

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

2

U19

TD

A7266

1

2

3

4

P9

AMP-PLOUT-

L45200R

L46200R

C219220U

16V

27UHL31

C217220U

16V

AMP-LIN

R253NC

01U C209

D3LL4148

C20

610

00P

1U

C211

0022U

C26 1000

PC

204

0022U

C25

C22

470U16V

+5VST

R164100K

R16510K

R16

8N

C

R16

9N

C

R1663K3

3K3R167

10KR244

B

E

CQ15

BT3906

B

C

E

Q16BT3904

C19

5 NC

NC

C19

4

B

C

E

Q24BT3904NC

0RR257

10KR254

E

C

B BT3904Q23

B

C

E

Q22BT3904

R25210K

R255100R

R24310K

2U2C205

R2560R

C2032U2

+12V

AMP-PROUT-

AMP-PROUT+

AMP-PLOUT-

AMP-PLOUT+

POWER-ONOFF

AMP-MUTE

AMP-R

AMP-L

12V-AMP

+12V

AMP-RIN

B08 B08

I_18130_018eps180608

AUDIO AMPLIFIER

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 41TCS10L LA 7

SSB LVDS Interface

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

VCC_PANEL

C246

10U 16V

C245

01U

R277 0NC

+33V

R27

2

0N

C

R275 0NC

RXE4+B0 RXE4-B1

RXE3+B2 RXE3-B3

RXEC+B4 RXEC-B5

RXE2+B6 RXE2-B7

RXE1+G0 RXE1-G1

RXE0+G2 RXE0-G3

RXO4+G4 RXO4-G5

RXO3+G6 RXO3-G7

RXOC+R0 RXOC-R1

RXO2+R2 RXO2-R3

RXO1+R4 RXO1-R5

RXO0+R6 RXO0-R7

1 2

4

6

8

12

14

16

18

20

10

22

24

26

28

3

5

7

9

11

13

15

17

19

21

23

25

27

29 30

32

34

36

38

40

31

33

35

37

39

P10

R276 0NC

R27

3

0N

CR

274

0N

C

B09 B09

I_18130_019eps180608

LVDS INTERFACE Personal Notes

E_06532_012eps131004

42TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout Small Signal Board (Top Side)

I_18130_020eps180608

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 43TCS10L LA 7

Layout Small Signal Board (Bottom Side)

I_18130_021eps180608

44TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Keyboard Control Panel

Layout Keyboard Control Panel (Top Side)

Layout Keyboard Control Panel (Bottom Side)

AGND

AGND AGNDAGND

AGND

R10072K

R10061K5

R10011K2

12 4

3K1001

1

2

3

P1001

KEY0

R1008NC

R10051K2

R1004NC

R10032K

R10021K5

D10

02

HS

5V6B

D10

01H

S5V

6B

12 4

3K1003

12 4

3K1002

12 4

3K1006

12 4

3K1005

12 4

3K1004

KEY1

I_18130_030eps180608

E EKEYBOARD CONTROL PANEL

I_18130_031eps180608

I_18130_032eps180608

Personal Notes

E_06532_012eps131004

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 45TCS10L LA 7

Inverter Panel

1 2

A

B

C

D

4321

D

C

B

A

F1FUSE-1

C2104

C1220uF250V

C3104

R1200

Q1

DTA143

E1

9

E2

10

C2

11

VC

C12

OU

TP

UT

C13

VR

EF

14

A1+

1

A1-

2

CO

MP

3

DT

C4

CT

5

RT

6

GN

D7

C1

8

A2-

15

A2+

16

U1

TL494

R2200

Q32222

C8

223

C7103

R847K

R7120K

C4

104C5104

D1

68V

C9104

D2

1N4148

Q8DTC143

123456

CN1

R20470K

R21

33K

C16

330pF

C15NC

R13100K

R10

68K

R11

68K

R12

15K

C10104

R2627K

C20223

R18560

Q22222

Q62907

R142K

R1622K

R27 10

R28 10

D4

BAW56K

S11

G12

S23

G24

D1 8

D1 7

D2 6

D2 5

U2

4606

C21223

Q42222

Q72907

R152K

R1722K

R29 10

R30 10

D5

BAW56K

S11

G12

S23

G24

D1 8

D1 7

D2 6

D2 5

U3

4606

R19560

C6

105

R231M

Q52N7002

R22

1M

R9

47K

R25

100KR24270K

D6NCBAW56K

D7NCBAW56K

P1

P2

P3

P4

C17225

C18

225

10

1 7

6

T1

T01

10

1 7

6

T2

T01

C2222pF

12

CON1

12

CON2

D9BAV99

R41K

R36820

R32

10KC12104

D8BAV99

R31K

R35820

R31

10KC11104

P2

P1

C2322pF

12

CON3

12

CON4

D11

BAV99

R61K

R38820

R34

10KC14104

D10BAV99

R51K

R37820

R33

10KC13104

P4

P3

VREF

VREF

C19NC

C26

222C27NC

D13BAV99

D15BAV99

C2422pF

C2522pF

C28

222C29NC

C30222 C31

NC

C32

222C33NC

OVP

OVP

OV

P

R602K

R61510K

C38105

Q10

DTA143

Q112222

R6330K

R62 1K

VCC

VCC

P5

P5

R64

1K

C34221

C35 221

C37

221

C39104

C36

221U4A

LM393

U4B

LM393

Vref

D3

1N4148

R65

3K R663K

C41 104

R67

10K

I_18130_033eps180608

I IINVERTER PANEL 19rdquo

46TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout Inverter Panel (Top Side)

Layout Inverter Panel (Bottom Side)

I_18130_034eps190608

I_18130_035eps190608

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 47TCS10L LA 7

IR LED Panel

AGND

AGND

AGNDIRVC

C

GN

D

RW

R20

031K

2

R20

04

1K2

LED1

1

2

3

4

5

CN2001

E

C

B

BC847AQ2001

B

C

E

Q2002

BC847A

2

13

D2001

LED2

G2001

R20024K7

5V16

V10

0UC

2001

5V

IR

IR

C20

03 47P

LED1R2001

4K7

C2002

47P

LED2

I_18130_036eps180608

J JIR amp LED PANELLayout IR LED Panel (Top Side)

Layout IR LED Panel (Bottom Side)

I_18130_037eps180608

I_18130_038eps180608

48TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Personal Notes

E_06532_013eps131004

Alignments EN 49TCS10L LA 8

8 Alignments

Index of this chapter81 Electrical Alignments82 Hardware Alignments

NoteThe Service Modes are described in chapter 5 Menu navigation is done with the CURSOR UP DOWN LEFT or RIGHT keys of the remote control transmitter

81 Electrical Alignments

Perform all electrical adjustments under the following conditionsbull Power supply voltage (depends on region)

ndash AP-NTSC 120 VAC or 230 VAC 50 Hz (plusmn 10)ndash AP-PAL-multi 120 - 230 VAC 50 Hz (plusmn 10)ndash EU 230 VAC 50 Hz (plusmn 10)ndash LATAM-NTSC 120 - 230 VAC 50 Hz (plusmn 10)ndash US 120 VAC 60 Hz (plusmn 10)

bull Connect the set to the mains via an isolation transformer with low internal resistance

bull Allow the set to warm up for approximately 60 minutesbull Measure voltages and waveforms in relation to correct

ground (eg measure audio signals in relation to AUDIO_GND) Caution It is not allowed to use heatsinks as ground

bull Test probe Ri gt 10 MΩ Ci lt 20 pFbull Use an isolated trimmerscrewdriver to perform

alignments

82 Hardware Alignments

Not applicable

821 Aging

Enter TV mode Set warm up status to ldquoOnrdquo Aging time at least 12 minutes

822 ADC Adjustment

The chassis can execute ADC auto-tune in YPbPr amp PC sourcing modes Enter SAM select YPbPr or PC as source then select AUTOTUNE in ADC ADJ press ldquoRight keyrdquo to run waiting for about 5 seconds until ldquoOKrdquo is displayed which means the set finished the ADC adjustment With an YPbPr source use a 100 color bar pattern with a PC source use a 16-scale grey pattern

823 White Balance Adjustment

Adjust the NORMAL WARM COOL temperature in White balance according to company regular Make sure ADC adjustments have done successfully before doing white balance adjustments and use the ldquoNaturalrdquo picture mode White balance adjustment should be performed with three different sources1 AVTVSVIDEO source reunification under the AV

adjustment apply a NTSC-M system signal with 8-scale grey pattern

2 YPbPrHDMI source reunification under the YPbPr adjustment apply an 8-scale grey pattern

3 PC source should adjust single apply a 8-scale grey pattern

If case of manual adjustment please use the WB page in SAMWhile adjusting White Balance do not change White G or Black G only adjust White R White B Black R and Black B

Table 8-1 Color Temperature Setting 19

Table 8-2 Color Temperature Setting 26

Color mode X Y Color Temperature (K)

Normal 296plusmn4 299plusmn4 8000

Warm 314plusmn4 319plusmn4 6500

Cool 289plusmn4 291plusmn4 9000

Color mode X Y Color Temperature (K)

Normal 289plusmn4 291plusmn4 9000

Warm 314plusmn4 319plusmn4 6500

Cool 278plusmn4 278plusmn4 11000

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data SheetsEN 50 TCS10L LA9

9 Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data Sheets

Index of this chapter91 Introduction92 Abbreviation List93 IC Data Sheets

Notes bull Only new circuits (circuits that are not published recently)

are described bull Figures can deviate slightly from the actual situation due

to different set executions

91 Introduction

This chassis uses the MStar MST9U19A main chip with the following features bull Multi-Standard TV decoding with 2-D comb filterbull Multi-Standard TV sound demodulator and decoderbull Triple ADC fro TV and RGBYPbPrbull Integrated DVIHDCPHDMI compliant receiverbull High quality scaling enginebull 3-D video de-interlacer and video noise reductionbull Embedded On Screen Display controllerbull NTSCPALSecam Video decoder with automatic standard

detectionbull CVBS video outputbull Multi standard TV sound decoderbull FM stereo and SAP demodulationbull Digital audio interfacebull Analog RGB Compliant Input Portsbull DVIHDCPHDMI Compliant input portbull Auto tuning function including phasing positioning offset

gain and jitter detectionbull Automatic color correction

The MST9U19A is a high performance and fully integrated IC for multi-function LCD monitorTV with resolutions up to WSXGA (1680 times 1050) It is configured with an integrated triple-ADCPLL an integrated DVIHDCPHDMI receiver a multi standard TV video and audio decoder a video de-interlacer a scaling engine the MStarACE-3 color engine an On Screen Display controller an 8-bit MCU and a built-in output panel interface It also incorporates an intelligent power management control system for green-mode requirements and spread-spectrum support for EMI management

For a block diagram refer to chapter 6 ldquoBlock diagrams Test Point Overviews and Waveformsrdquo

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data Sheets EN 51TCS10L LA 9

92 Abbreviation List

1080i 1080 visible lines interlaced1080p 1080 visible lines progressive scan2CS 2 Carrier Sound2DNR Spatial (2D) Noise Reduction3DNR Temporal (3D) Noise Reduction480i 480 visible lines interlaced480p 480 visible lines progressive scanAARA Automatic Aspect Ratio Adaptation

algorithm that adapts aspect ratio to remove horizontal black bars keeping up the original aspect ratio

ACI Automatic Channel Installation algorithm that installs TV channels directly from a cable network by means of a predefined TXT page

ADC Analogue to Digital ConverterAFC Automatic Frequency Control control

signal used to tune to the correct frequency

AGC Automatic Gain Control algorithm that controls the video input of the feature box

AM Amplitude ModulationAUO Acer Unipack OptronicsAP Asia PacificAR Aspect Ratio 4 by 3 or 16 by 9ASD Automatic Standard DetectionAV Audio VideoB-SC1-IN Blue SCART1 inB-SC2-IN Blue SCART2 inB-TXT Blue teletextBG Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 55 MHzBTSC Broadcast Television System

CommitteeC-FRONT Chrominance front inputCBA Circuit Board Assembly (or PWB)CL Constant Level audio output to

connect with an external amplifierCLUT Color Look Up TableComPair Computer aided rePairCSM Customer Service ModeCVBS Composite Video Blanking and

SynchronizationCVBS-EXT CVBS signal from external source

(VCR VCD etc)CVBS-INT CVBS signal from TunerCVBS-MON CVBS monitor signalCVBS-TER-OUT CVBS terrestrial outDAC Digital to Analogue ConverterDBE Dynamic Bass Enhancement extra

low frequency amplificationDFU Directions For Use owners manualDNR Dynamic Noise ReductionDRAM Dynamic RAMDSP Digital Signal ProcessingDST Dealer Service Tool special

(European) remote control designed for service technicians

DTS Digital Theatre SoundDVD Digital Versatile DiscDVI Digital Visual InterfaceDW Double WindowED Enhanced Definition 480p 576pEEPROM Electrically Erasable and

Programmable Read Only MemoryEU EUropeEXT EXTernal (source) entering the set by

SCART or by cinches (jacks)FBL Fast Blanking DC signal

accompanying RGB signalsFBL-SC1-IN Fast blanking signal for SCART1 in

FBL-SC2-IN Fast blanking signal for SCART2 inFBL-TXT Fast Blanking TeletextFLASH FLASH memoryFM Field Memory Frequency ModulationFMR FM RadioFRC Frame Rate ConverterFRONT-C Front input chrominance (SVHS)FRONT-DETECT Front input detectionFRONT-Y_CVBS Front input luminance or CVBS

(SVHS)FTV Flat TeleVisionG-SC1-IN Green SCART1 inG-SC2-IN Green SCART2 inG-TXT Green teletextH H_sync to the module HD High Definition 720p 1080i 1080pHDMI High Definition Multimedia Interface

digital audio and video interfaceHP Head PhoneI Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 60 MHzI2C Integrated IC busI2S Integrated IC Sound busIC Integrated CircuitIF Intermediate FrequencyInterlaced Scan mode where two fields are used

to form one frame Each field contains half the number of the total amount of lines The fields are written in ldquopairsrdquo causing line flicker

IR Infra RedIRQ Interrupt ReQuestLast Status The settings last chosen by the

customer and read and stored in RAM or in the NVM They are called at start-up of the set to configure it according the customers wishes

LATAM LATin AMericaLC04 Philips chassis name for LCD TV 2004

projectLCD Liquid Crystal DisplayLED Light Emitting DiodeLL Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 65 MHz L is Band I L is all bands except for Band I

LPL LG Philips LCDLS Loud SpeakerLVDS Low Voltage Differential Signalling

data transmission system for high speed and low EMI communication

MN Monochrome TV system Sound carrier distance is 45 MHz

MOSFET Metal Oxide Semiconductor Field Effect Transistor

MPEG Motion Pictures Experts GroupMSP Multi-standard Sound Processor ITT

sound decoderMUTE MUTE LineNAFTA North American Free Trade

Association Trade agreement between Canada USA and Mexico

NC Not ConnectedNICAM Near Instantaneous Compounded

Audio Multiplexing This is a digital sound system used mainly in Europe

NTSC National Television Standard Committee Color system used mainly in North America and Japan Color carrier NTSC MN = 3579545 MHz NTSC 443 = 4433619 MHz (this is a VCR norm it is not transmitted off-air)

NVM Non Volatile Memory IC containing TV related data (for example options)

OC Open CircuitONOFF LED OnOff control signal for the LED

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data SheetsEN 52 TCS10L LA9

OSD On Screen DisplayPAL Phase Alternating Line Color system

used mainly in Western Europe (color carrier = 4433619 MHz) and South America (color carrier PAL M = 3575612 MHz and PAL N = 3582056 MHz)

PC Personal ComputerPCB Printed Circuit Board (or PWB)PDP Plasma Display PanelPIG Picture In GraphicPIP Picture In PicturePLL Phase Locked Loop Used for

example in FST tuning systems The customer can directly provide the desired frequency

Progressive Scan Scan mode where all scan lines are displayed in one frame at the same time creating a double vertical resolution

PWB Printed Wiring Board (or PCB)RAM Random Access MemoryRC Remote Control transmitterRC5 (6) Remote Control system 5 (6) the

signal from the remote control receiver RGB Red Green and Blue The primary

color signals for TV By mixing levels of R G and B all colors (YC) are reproduced

RGBHV Red Green Blue Horizontal sync and Vertical sync

ROM Read Only MemorySAM Service Alignment ModeSC SandCastle two-level pulse derived

from sync signalsSC1-OUT SCART output of the MSP audio ICSC2-B-IN SCART2 Blue inSC2-C-IN SCART2 chrominance inSC2-OUT SCART output of the MSP audio ICSC Short CircuitSCL Clock signal on I2C busSD Standard Definition 480i 576iSDA Data signal on I2C busSDI Samsung Display IndustrySDM Service Default ModeSDRAM Synchronous DRAMSECAM SEequence Couleur Avec Memoire

Color system used mainly in France and Eastern Europe Color carriers = 4406250 MHz and 4250000 MHz

SIF Sound Intermediate FrequencySMPS Switch Mode Power SupplySND SouNDSNDL-SC1-IN Sound left SCART1 inSNDL-SC1-OUT Sound left SCART1 outSNDL-SC2-IN Sound left SCART2 inSNDL-SC2-OUT Sound left SCART2 outSNDR-SC1-IN Sound right SCART1 inSNDR-SC1-OUT Sound right SCART1 outSNDR-SC2-IN Sound right SCART2 outSNDR-SC2-OUT Sound right SCART2 outSNDS-VL-OUT Surround sound left variable level outSNDS-VR-OUT Surround sound right variable level outSOPS Self Oscillating Power SupplySPDIF Sony Philips Digital InterFaceSRAM Static RAMSTBY Stand-bySVHS Super Video Home SystemSW Sub Woofer SoftWareTHD Total Harmonic DistortionTXT TeleteXTuP MicroprocessorVL Variable Level out processed audio

output toward external amplifierVCR Video Cassette Recorder

VGA Video Graphics ArrayWD Watch DogWYSIWYR What You See Is What You Record

record selection that follows main picture and sound

XTAL Quartz crystalYPbPr Component video (Y= Luminance Pb

Pr= Color difference signals B-Y and R-Y other amplitudes wrt to YUV)

YC Video related signals Y consists of luminance signal blanking level and sync C consists of color signal

Y-OUT Luminance-signalYUV Baseband component video (Y=

Luminance UV= Color difference signals)

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data Sheets EN 53TCS10L LA 9

93 IC Data Sheets

This section shows the internal block diagrams and pin layouts of ICs that are drawn as ldquoblack boxesrdquo in the electrical diagrams (with the exception of ldquomemoryrdquo and ldquologicrdquo ICs)

931 Diagram B MST9U19A

Figure 9-1 Pin configuration

Pin 1

123

45

7

9

11

1314

1718

21

23

25

2728

30

32

34

36

39

41

43

6

8

10

12

1516

1920

22

24

26

29

31

33

35

3738

40

42

4445464748

505152

49

53 54 55 56 57 59 61 63 65 66 69 70 73 75 77 79 80 82 84 86 88 91 93 9558 60 62 64 67 68 71 72 74 76 78 81 83 85 87 89 90 92 94 96 97 98 99 100

102

103

104

101

208

207

206

205

204

202

200

198

196

195

192

191

188

186

184

182

181

179

177

175

173

170

168

166

203

201

199

197

194

193

190

189

187

185

183

180

178

176

174

172

171

169

167

165

164

163

162

161

159

158

157

160

156155154

153152

150

148

146

144143

140139

136

134

132

130129

127

125

123

121

118

116

114

151

149

147

145

142141

138137

135

133

131

128

126

124

122

120119

117

115

113112111110109

107106105

108

MST9U19A

XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX

GN

D

AUR1

AUL2

AUL3

AUL1

AUCO

M

AUR2

AUR3

DIGO[8]

GNDAVDD_MEMPLL

PWM3PWM2DIGO[9]

SIF1

MSI

F1P

AVD

D_S

IF

AUO

UTL

AUO

UTR

AUO

UTS

VDD

CG

PIO

F[2]

GPI

OF[

3]G

PIO

F[4]

GPI

OF[

5]G

PIO

F[6]

GPI

OF[

7]G

PIO

F[8]

GPI

OF[

9]G

PIO

F[10

]G

PIO

F[11

]VD

DP

GN

DG

PIO

F[12

]

GPI

OF[

14]

GPI

OF[

15]

GPI

OF[

16]

GPI

OF[

17]

GPI

OF[

18]

GN

D

GPI

OF[

19]

VDD

C

VDD

PG

ND

VDD

PVD

DP

GPI

OF[

13]

GN

D

DIGO[7]

DIGO[5]

DIGO[3]

DIGO[1]

VDDC

VDDPPWM_SENSE

DIGO[6]

DIGO[4]

DIGO[2]

DIGO[0]

GND

PWM_DRVPWM_FBIRININT

PWM1PWM0

GNDVDDPALERDZWRZ

VDDC

GNDVDDP

VDD

PLV

A0M

LVA0

PLV

A1M

LVA1

PLV

A2M

LVA2

PLV

ACKM

LVAC

KPLV

A3M

LVA4

PVD

DP

VDD

CAV

DD

_MPL

L

LVA3

PLV

A4M

GPI

OE[

0]

IHSY

NC

ICLK

DI[

1]D

I[0]

IVYS

NC

GPI

OE[

1]G

PIO

E[2]

GPI

OE[

3]G

ND

VDD

P

AVD

D_M

PLL

XIN

XOU

TH

WR

ESET

GN

D

DI[

7]D

I[6]

DI[

5]D

I[4]

DI[

2]D

I[3]

VDD

C

AUO

UTL

3AU

OU

TR3

RXCKPGND

RX0NRX0P

AVDD_DVIRX1NRX1P

RX2P

REXT

DDCD_CK

VSYNC1

VCLAMP

REFM

BIN1M

GNDRX2N

AVDD_DVI

DDCD_DA

HSYNC1

RMID

REFP

BIN1P

SOGIN1GIN1PGIN1MRIN1PRIN1MBIN0MBIN0PGIN0MGIN0P

SOGIN0RIN0MRIN0P

HSYNC0VSYNC0

RXCKN

AVDD_ADCGND

C1Y1C0Y0

CVBS2CVBS1

VCOM1CVBS0

VCOM0CVBSOUT

GND

VCOM2CVBS3

GN

D

AVD

D_A

UAU

L0AU

R0

AUVR

EFAU

VRAD

PAU

VRAD

N

AUO

UTL

2AU

OU

TR2

AD[7]AD[6]AD[5]AD[4]AD[3]AD[2]AD[1]AD[0]

SDOCSZSDISCK

SAR3

SAR1SAR2

SAR0

DDCA_CK

DDCR_CKDDCA_DA

DDCR_DA

LVB0

MLV

B0P

LVB1

MLV

B1P

LVB2

MLV

B2P

LVBC

KMLV

BCKP

LVB3

M

LVB4

P

LVB3

PLV

B4M

I_18130_008eps200608

Pin Configuration

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data SheetsEN 54 TCS10L LA9

932 Diagram B TDA1308

Figure 9-2 Block diagram and pin configuration

Block diagram

Pinning information

2

1

3

4

8

7

65

INA(neg)

TDA1308(A)OUTA

VSS

VDD

INA(pos)

INB(neg)

INB(pos)

OUTB

TDA1308(A)

VATUO DD

BTUO)gen(ANI

)gen(BNI)sop(ANI

VSS INB(pos)

1

2

3

4

6

5

8

7

I_18130_007eps190608

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data Sheets EN 55TCS10L LA 9

933 Diagram B NCP1377B

Figure 9-3 Block diagram and pin configuration

Block diagram

Pinning information

I_18130_009eps190608

HV

VCC

GND

Demag

4 mA

To InternalSupply

+

+

125 V75 V56 V (Fault)

FaultMngt

PON

5 V+

OVP

+

144

45 usDelay

15 us for B Version

Demag

8 usBlanking

S

SR R

Q

Q

+

3 us forB Version

+minus

Overload

5 usTimeout

TimeReset

Demag

380 nsLEB

1 V3

200 Awhen DRV

is OFF

FB

42 V

Driver src = 20 sink = 10

DrvVCC

CS

+50 mV 10 V Rint

1Dmg 8 HV

7 NC2FB

3CS

4GND

6 VCC

5 Drv

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data SheetsEN 56 TCS10L LA9

934 Diagram B TDA7266

Figure 9-4 Block diagram and pin configuration

1

2

4

Vref

7YB-TS

IN1

022microF

VCC

133

+

-

-

+

OUT1+

OUT1-

15

14

12

6ETUM

IN2

022microF

+

-

-

+

OUT2+

OUT2-

8

9S-GND

PW-GND

470microF 100nF

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

9

10

11

8

NC

NC

S-GND

PW-GND

OUT2+

OUT2-

VCC

IN2

ST-BY

MUTE

NC

IN1

VCCOUT1-

OUT1+

13

14

15

12

I_17950_054eps090508

Block Diagram

Pin Configuration

Spare Parts List amp CTN Overview EN 57TCS10L LA 10

10 Spare Parts List amp CTN OverviewFor the latest spare part overview please consult the Philips Service website

Table 10-1 Sets described in this manual

11 Revision ListManual xxxx xxx xxxx0bull First release

CTN Styling

19PFL340355 MG8

19PFL340377 MG8

19PFL340378 MG8

19PFL340385 MG8

26PFL340385 MG8

  • Content
  • 1 Technical Specifications Connections and Chassis Overview
    • 11 Technical Specifications
      • 111 Vision
      • 112 Sound
      • 113 Miscellaneous
        • 12 Connection Overview
          • Figure 1-1 Rear and side IO connections
          • 121 Rear Connections
            • 1 - HDMI Digital Video Digital Audio - In
              • Figure 1-2 HDMI (type A) connector
                • 2 - VGA AUDIO Mini Jack VGA Audio - In
                • 3 - VGA PC Video RGB - In and Service UART
                  • Figure 1-3 VGA Connector
                    • 4 - Cinch Video YPbPr - In
                    • 5 - AV1 Cinch Video CVBS - In Audio - In
                    • 6 - Aerial - In
                    • 7 - Service Connector (ComPair)
                      • 122 Side connections
                        • 8 - Cinch Video CVBS - In Audio - In
                        • 9 - S-Video (Hosiden) Video YC - In
                        • 10 - Mini Jack Audio Head phone - Out
                            • 13 Chassis Overview
                              • Figure 1-4 PWBCBA locations
                                  • 2 Safety Instructions Warnings and Notes
                                    • 21 Safety Instructions
                                    • 22 Warnings
                                    • 23 Notes
                                      • 231 General
                                      • 232 Schematic Notes
                                      • 233 BGA (Ball Grid Array) ICs
                                        • Introduction
                                        • BGA Temperature Profiles
                                          • 234 Lead-free Soldering
                                          • 235 Alternative BOM identification
                                            • Figure 2-1 Serial number (example)
                                              • 236 Board Level Repair (BLR) or Component Level Repair (CLR)
                                              • 237 Practical Service Precautions
                                                  • 3 Directions for Use
                                                  • 4 Mechanical Instructions
                                                    • 41 Cable Dressing
                                                      • Figure 4-1 Cable dressing (19 model)
                                                      • Figure 4-2 Cable dressing (26 model)
                                                        • 42 Service Positions
                                                          • 421 Foam Bars
                                                            • Figure 4-3 Foam bars
                                                                • 43 AssyPanel Removal
                                                                  • 431 Stand
                                                                    • Figure 4-4 Stand
                                                                      • 432 Rear Cover
                                                                        • Figure 4-5 LVDS release
                                                                        • Figure 4-6 Speaker and IRLED panel cable release
                                                                          • 433 Keyboard Control Board
                                                                            • Figure 4-7 Keyboard control board
                                                                              • 434 IRLED Board and Speakers
                                                                                • Figure 4-8 IRLED Board and Speakers
                                                                                  • 435 Power Supply Board
                                                                                    • Figure 4-9 Power Supply Unit(s)
                                                                                      • 436 Inverter Board (19 and 22 versions)
                                                                                        • Figure 4-10 Inverter Board
                                                                                          • 437 Small Signal Board (SSB)
                                                                                            • Removing the SSB
                                                                                              • Figure 4-11 SSB connector plate
                                                                                              • Figure 4-12 SSB
                                                                                                • 44 Set Re-assembly
                                                                                                  • 5 Service Modes Error Codes and Fault Finding
                                                                                                    • 51 Test Points
                                                                                                    • 52 Service Mode
                                                                                                      • 521 Service Alignment Mode (SAM)
                                                                                                        • How to Enter
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-1 SAM menu
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-2 SAM menu White Balance Normal
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-3 SAM menu White Balance Cool
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-4 SAM menu White Balance Warm
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-5 SAM menu Volume Curve
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-6 SAM menu Picture Curve
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-7 SAM menu Picture Mode Natural
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-8 SAM menu Picture Mode Personal
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-9 SAM menu Picture Mode Rich
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-10 SAM menu Picture Mode Soft
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-11 SAM menu Producting
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-12 SAM menu Country
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-13 SAM menu Setup
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-14 SAM menu Shop Init Do
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-15 SAM menu Clear Code gt
                                                                                                            • How to Exit
                                                                                                            • Factory Mode Descriptions
                                                                                                              • ltTABLEgt
                                                                                                              • Virgin Settings
                                                                                                                • Table 5-1 Country setting
                                                                                                                • Table 5-2 Virgin settings
                                                                                                                  • 522 Customer Service Mode (CSM)
                                                                                                                    • Purpose
                                                                                                                    • How to Activate CSM
                                                                                                                    • Contents of CSM
                                                                                                                      • Figure 5-16 CSM Menu
                                                                                                                        • Menu Explanation
                                                                                                                        • How to Exit
                                                                                                                          • 523 Blinking LED Procedure
                                                                                                                            • 53 Error Codes
                                                                                                                              • ltTABLEgt
                                                                                                                                • 54 Fault Finding
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-17 No Picture No sound no Back light (19 sets)
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-18 Picture OK No sound (19 sets)
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-19 No Picture Back light amp Sound OK (19 and 26 sets)
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-20 No color (19 and 26 sets)
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-21 No Picture No sound no Back light (26 sets)
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-22 Picture OK No sound (26 sets)
                                                                                                                                    • 55 Service Tools
                                                                                                                                      • 551 ComPair
                                                                                                                                        • Introduction
                                                                                                                                        • Specifications
                                                                                                                                        • How to Connect
                                                                                                                                        • How to Order
                                                                                                                                          • Figure 5-23 ComPair II interface connection
                                                                                                                                            • 56 Software Upgrading
                                                                                                                                              • 561 Introduction
                                                                                                                                                  • 6 Block Diagrams Test Point Overview and Waveforms
                                                                                                                                                    • Wiring Diagram of Connector for MS19-PH 19
                                                                                                                                                    • Wiring Diagram of Connector for MS19-PH 26
                                                                                                                                                    • Block Diagram MS19P Chipset
                                                                                                                                                    • I2C overview
                                                                                                                                                      • 7 Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts
                                                                                                                                                        • Main Power Supply (19)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Main Power Supply (19) (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Main Power Supply (19) (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Main Power Supply (26)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Main Power Supply (26) (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Main Power Supply (26) (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Standby Power Supply (26)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Standby Power Supply (26) (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Standby Power Supply (26) (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB Control
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB DC - DC
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB MST9E19A Controller
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB HDMI Interface
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB VGA Interface
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB Cinch
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB Tuner
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB Audio Amplifier
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB LVDS Interface
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Small Signal Board (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Small Signal Board (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Keyboard Control Panel
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Keyboard Control Panel (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Keyboard Control Panel (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Inverter Panel
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Inverter Panel (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Inverter Panel (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • IR LED Panel
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout IR LED Panel (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout IR LED Panel (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                          • 8 Alignments
                                                                                                                                                            • 81 Electrical Alignments
                                                                                                                                                            • 82 Hardware Alignments
                                                                                                                                                              • 821 Aging
                                                                                                                                                              • 822 ADC Adjustment
                                                                                                                                                              • 823 White Balance Adjustment
                                                                                                                                                                • Table 8-1 Color Temperature Setting 19
                                                                                                                                                                • Table 8-2 Color Temperature Setting 26
                                                                                                                                                                  • 9 Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data Sheets
                                                                                                                                                                    • 91 Introduction
                                                                                                                                                                    • 92 Abbreviation List
                                                                                                                                                                    • 93 IC Data Sheets
                                                                                                                                                                      • 931 Diagram B MST9U19A
                                                                                                                                                                        • Figure 9-1 Pin configuration
                                                                                                                                                                          • 932 Diagram B TDA1308
                                                                                                                                                                            • Figure 9-2 Block diagram and pin configuration
                                                                                                                                                                              • 933 Diagram B NCP1377B
                                                                                                                                                                                • Figure 9-3 Block diagram and pin configuration
                                                                                                                                                                                  • 934 Diagram B TDA7266
                                                                                                                                                                                    • Figure 9-4 Block diagram and pin configuration
                                                                                                                                                                                      • 10 Spare Parts List amp CTN Overview
                                                                                                                                                                                        • Table 10-1 Sets described in this manual
                                                                                                                                                                                          • 11 Revision List
Page 2: Philips 19PFL3403-55 TCS1[1].0L_LA

Technical Specifications Connections and Chassis OverviewEN 2 TCS10L LA1

1 Technical Specifications Connections and Chassis Overview

Index of this chapter11 Technical Specifications12 Connection Overview13 Chassis Overview

Notesbull Figures can deviate due to the different set executionsbull Specifications are indicative (subject to change)

11 Technical Specifications

111 Vision

Display type LCDScreen size 19 (51 cm) 16 9

26 (66 cm) 16 9Resolution (H times V pixels) 1440 times 900 (19)

1366 times 768 (26)Light output (cdm2) 300 (19)

450 (26)Typ response time (ms) 8Viewing angle (H times V degrees) 170 times 160 (19)

160 times 160 (26)Tuning system NTSC M PAL NMVideo playback NTSC PAL (all

versions)Tuner bands UHF VHF S amp HyperSupported Computer Formats60 Hz 640 times 48060 Hz 800 times 600 60 Hz 1024 times 76860 Hz 1280 times 1024 (26)50 Hz 75 Hz 1440 times 900 (19)Supported Video Formats60 Hz 480i60 Hz 480p50 Hz 576i50 Hz 576p50 Hz 60 Hz 720p50 Hz 60 Hz 1080i

112 Sound

Sound systems Mono Stereo SAP

Maximum power (W) 2 times 3 (19) 2 times 5 (26)

113 Miscellaneous

Power supply- Mains voltage (VAC) 100 to 240- Mains frequency (Hz) 50 60Power consumption (W) 50 (19)

80 (26)Stand-by (W) lt 03Dimensions (W times H times D in mm) 473 times 353 times 69 (19)

671 times 458 times 90 (26)Weight (kg) 42 (19)

77 (26)

Technical Specifications Connections and Chassis Overview EN 3TCS10L LA 1

12 Connection Overview

Figure 1-1 Rear and side IO connections

Note The following connector color abbreviations are used (acc to DINIEC 757) Bk= Black Bu= Blue Gn= Green Gy= Grey Rd= Red Wh= White and Ye= Yellow

121 Rear Connections

1 - HDMI Digital Video Digital Audio - In

Figure 1-2 HDMI (type A) connector

1 - D2+ Data channel 2 - Shield Gnd

3 - D2- Data channel

4 - D1+ Data channel 5 - Shield Gnd

6 - D1- Data channel

7 - D0+ Data channel 8 - Shield Gnd

9 - D0- Data channel

10 - CLK+ Data channel 11 - Shield Gnd

12 - CLK- Data channel

13 - nc14 - nc15 - DDC_SCL DDC clock

16 - DDC_SDA DDC data 17 - Ground Gnd

18 - +5V

19 - HPD Hot Plug Detect 20 - Ground Gnd

2 - VGA AUDIO Mini Jack VGA Audio - InBk - Audio LR 05 VRMS 10 kΩ

3 - VGA PC Video RGB - In and Service UART

Figure 1-3 VGA Connector

1 - Video Red 07 VPP 75 Ω

2 - Video Green 07 VPP 75 Ω

3 - Video Blue 07 VPP 75 Ω 4 - nc5 - Ground Gnd

6 - Ground Red Gnd 7 - Ground Green Gnd

8 - Ground Blue Gnd

9 - +5V_dc +5 V 10 - Ground Sync Gnd

11 - nc12 - DDC_SDA DDC data 13 - H-sync 0 - 5 V

14 - V-sync 0 - 5 V

15 - DDC_SCL DDC clock

4 - Cinch Video YPbPr - InGn - Video Y 1 VPP 75 Ω

Bu - Video Pb 07 VPP 75 Ω Rd - Video Pr 07 VPP 75 Ω

Wh - Audio L 05 VRMS 10 kΩ

Rd - Audio R 05 VRMS 10 kΩ

5 - AV1 Cinch Video CVBS - In Audio - InYe - Video CVBS 1 VPP 75 Ω

Wh - Audio L 05 VRMS 10 kΩ Rd - Audio R 05 VRMS 10 kΩ

6 - Aerial - In- - F-type (US) Coax 75 Ω

7 - Service Connector (ComPair)1 - SDA-S I2C Data (0 - 5 V)

2 - SCL-S I2C Clock (0 - 5 V) 3 - Ground Gnd

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

8

9

10

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

8

9

10

I_18130_001eps160608

19 1

18 2

E_06532_017eps 250505

1

610

11

5

15

E_06532_002eps050404

Technical Specifications Connections and Chassis OverviewEN 4 TCS10L LA1

122 Side connections

8 - Cinch Video CVBS - In Audio - InYe - Video CVBS 1 VPP 75 Ω Wh - Audio L 05 VRMS 10 kΩ

Rd - Audio R 05 VRMS 10 kΩ

9 - S-Video (Hosiden) Video YC - In1 - Ground Y Gnd

2 - Ground C Gnd 3 - Video Y 1 VPP 75 Ω

4 - Video C 03 VPPP 75 Ω

10 - Mini Jack Audio Head phone - OutBk - Head phone 32 - 600 Ω 10 mW

13 Chassis Overview

Figure 1-4 PWBCBA locations

I_17950_002eps080508

IINVERTER PANEL(OPTONAL)

B SMALL SIGNAL BOARD

A(1) MAIN POWER SUPPLY

EKEYBOARDCONTROL PANEL

A2STANDBY POWER

SUPPLY UNIT(OPTIONAL)

JIR LED PANEL

Safety Instructions Warnings and Notes EN 5TCS10L LA 2

2 Safety Instructions Warnings and Notes

Index of this chapter21 Safety Instructions22 Warnings23 Notes

21 Safety Instructions

Safety regulations require the following during a repairbull Connect the set to the MainsAC Power via an isolation

transformer (gt 800 VA)bull Replace safety components indicated by the symbol

only by components identical to the original ones Any other component substitution (other than original type) may increase risk of fire or electrical shock hazard

Safety regulations require that after a repair the set must be returned in its original condition Pay in particular attention to the following points bull Route the wire trees correctly and fix them with the

mounted cable clampsbull Check the insulation of the MainsAC Power lead for

external damage bull Check the strain relief of the MainsAC Power cord for

proper functionbull Check the electrical DC resistance between the MainsAC

Power plug and the secondary side (only for sets that have a MainsAC Power isolated power supply) 1 Unplug the MainsAC Power cord and connect a wire

between the two pins of the MainsAC Power plug 2 Set the MainsAC Power switch to the ldquoonrdquo position

(keep the MainsAC Power cord unplugged) 3 Measure the resistance value between the pins of the

MainsAC Power plug and the metal shielding of the tuner or the aerial connection on the set The reading should be between 45 MΩ and 12 MΩ

4 Switch ldquooffrdquo the set and remove the wire between the two pins of the MainsAC Power plug

bull Check the cabinet for defects to prevent touching of any inner parts by the customer

22 Warnings

bull All ICs and many other semiconductors are susceptible to electrostatic discharges (ESD ) Careless handling during repair can reduce life drastically Make sure that during repair you are connected with the same potential as the mass of the set by a wristband with resistance Keep components and tools also at this same potential

bull Be careful during measurements in the high voltage section

bull Never replace modules or other components while the unit is switched ldquoonrdquo

bull When you align the set use plastic rather than metal tools This will prevent any short circuits and the danger of a circuit becoming unstable

23 Notes

231 General

bull Measure the voltages and waveforms with regard to the chassis (= tuner) ground () or hot ground () depending on the tested area of circuitry The voltages and waveforms shown in the diagrams are indicative Measure them in the Service Default Mode (see chapter 5) with a color bar signal and stereo sound (L 3 kHz R 1 kHz unless stated otherwise) and picture carrier at 47525 MHz for PAL or 6125 MHz for NTSC (channel 3)

bull Where necessary measure the waveforms and voltages with () and without () aerial signal Measure the voltages in the power supply section both in normal operation (13) and in stand-by () These values are indicated by means of the appropriate symbols

232 Schematic Notes

bull All resistor values are in ohms and the value multiplier is often used to indicate the decimal point location (eg 2K2 indicates 22 kΩ)

bull Resistor values with no multiplier may be indicated with either an ldquoErdquo or an ldquoRrdquo (eg 220E or 220R indicates 220 Ω)

bull All capacitor values are given in micro-farads (μ = times 10-6) nano-farads (n = times 10-9) or pico-farads (p = times 10-12)

bull Capacitor values may also use the value multiplier as the decimal point indication (eg 2p2 indicates 22 pF)

bull An ldquoasteriskrdquo () indicates component usage varies Refer to the diversity tables for the correct values

bull The correct component values are listed in the Spare Parts List Therefore always check this list when there is any doubt

233 BGA (Ball Grid Array) ICs

IntroductionFor more information on how to handle BGA devices visit this URL wwwatyourservicecephilipscom (needs subscription not available for all regions) After log-in select ldquoMagazinerdquo then go to ldquoRepair downloadsrdquo Here you will find Information on how to deal with BGA-ICs

BGA Temperature ProfilesFor BGA-ICs you must use the correct temperature-profile which is coupled to the 12NC For an overview of these profiles visit the website wwwatyourservicecephilipscom (needs subscription but is not available for all regions)You will find this and more technical information within the ldquoMagazinerdquo chapter ldquoRepair downloadsrdquoFor additional questions please contact your local repair help desk

234 Lead-free Soldering

Due to lead-free technology some rules have to be respected by the workshop during a repairbull Use only lead-free soldering tin Philips SAC305 with order

code 0622 149 00106 If lead-free solder paste is required please contact the manufacturer of your soldering equipment In general use of solder paste within workshops should be avoided because paste is not easy to store and to handle

bull Use only adequate solder tools applicable for lead-free soldering tin The solder tool must be ablendash To reach a solder-tip temperature of at least 400degCndash To stabilize the adjusted temperature at the solder-tipndash To exchange solder-tips for different applications

bull Adjust your solder tool so that a temperature of around 360degC - 380degC is reached and stabilized at the solder joint Heating time of the solder-joint should not exceed ~ 4 sec Avoid temperatures above 400degC otherwise wear-out of tips will increase drastically and flux-fluid will be destroyed To avoid wear-out of tips switch ldquooffrdquo unused equipment or reduce heat

bull Mix of lead-free soldering tinparts with leaded soldering tinparts is possible but PHILIPS recommends strongly to avoid mixed regimes If this cannot be avoided carefully clear the solder-joint from old tin and re-solder with new tin

Directions for UseEN 6 TCS10L LA3

235 Alternative BOM identification

The third digit in the serial number (example AG2B0335000001) indicates the number of the alternative BOM (Bill Of Materials) that has been used for producing the specific TV set In general it is possible that the same TV model on the market is produced with eg two different types of displays coming from two different suppliers This will then result in sets which have the same CTN (Commercial Type Number eg 28PW951512) but which have a different BOM numberBy looking at the third digit of the serial number one can identify which BOM is used for the TV set he is working withIf the third digit of the serial number contains the number ldquo1rdquo (example AG1B033500001) then the TV set has been manufactured according to BOM number 1 If the third digit is a ldquo2rdquo (example AG2B0335000001) then the set has been produced according to BOM no 2 This is important for ordering the correct spare partsFor the third digit the numbers 19 and the characters AZ can be used so in total 9 plus 26= 35 different BOMs can be indicated by the third digit of the serial number

Identification The bottom line of a type plate gives a 14-digit serial number Digits 1 and 2 refer to the production centre (eg AG is Bruges) digit 3 refers to the BOM code digit 4 refers to the Service version change code digits 5 and 6 refer to the production year and digits 7 and 8 refer to production week (in example below it is 2006 week 17) The 6 last digits contain the serial number

Figure 2-1 Serial number (example)

236 Board Level Repair (BLR) or Component Level Repair (CLR)

If a board is defective consult your repair procedure to decide if the board has to be exchanged or if it should be repaired on component levelIf your repair procedure says the board should be exchanged completely do not solder on the defective board Otherwise it cannot be returned to the OEM supplier for back charging

237 Practical Service Precautions

bull It makes sense to avoid exposure to electrical shock While some sources are expected to have a possible dangerous impact others of quite high potential are of limited current and are sometimes held in less regard

bull Always respect voltages While some may not be dangerous in themselves they can cause unexpected reactions that are best avoided Before reaching into a powered TV set it is best to test the high voltage insulation It is easy to do and is a good service precaution

3 Directions for Use

You can download this information from the following websiteshttpwwwphilipscomsupporthttpwwwp4cphilipscom

E_06532_024eps260308

MODEL

PRODNO

~

S

32PF996810 MADE IN BELGIUM

220-240V 5060Hz

128W

AG 1A0617 000001 VHF+S+H+UHF

BJ30E LA

Mechanical Instructions EN 7TCS10L LA 4

4 Mechanical Instructions

Index of this chapter41 Cable Dressing42 Service Positions43 AssyPanel Removal44 Set Re-assembly

Notes bull Figures below can deviate slightly from the actual situation

due to the different set executionsbull Follow the disassemble instructions in described order

They apply mostly to the 26 model unless otherwise specified but the described method is comparable for the other screen sizes

41 Cable Dressing

Figure 4-1 Cable dressing (19 model)

I_17950_003eps080508

Mechanical InstructionsEN 8 TCS10L LA4

Figure 4-2 Cable dressing (26 model)

I_17950_004eps080508

Mechanical Instructions EN 9TCS10L LA 4

42 Service Positions

For easy servicing of this set there are a few possibilities createdbull The buffers from the packagingbull Foam bars (created for Service)

421 Foam Bars

Figure 4-3 Foam bars

The foam bars (order code 3122 785 90580 for two pieces) can be used for all types and sizes of Flat TVs See figure ldquoFoam barsrdquo for details Sets with a display of 42rdquo and larger require four foam bars [1] Ensure that the foam bars are always supporting the cabinet and never only the displayCaution Failure to follow these guidelines can seriously damage the displayBy laying the TV face down on the (ESD protective) foam bars a stable situation is created to perform measurements and alignments By placing a mirror under the TV you can monitor the screen

43 AssyPanel Removal

431 Stand

1 Refer to next figure2 Place the TV set upside down on a table top using the

foam bars (see section ldquoService Positionrdquo)3 Remove the screws that secure the stand and remove the

stand

Figure 4-4 Stand

432 Rear Cover

Warning Disconnect the mains power cord before you remove the rear cover1 Refer to next figures2 Place the TV set upside down on a table top using the

foam bars (see section ldquoService Positionsrdquo)3 Remove the screws that secure the rear cover The screws

are located at the sides Be careful Now the rear cover could be lifted but the SSB and power supply panel(s) are mounted in the rear cover and still connected to the LCD panel and other boards Those cables should be released first

4 To release the LVDS cable lift the back cover a few centimetres and move it downwards the set Now unplug the LVDS connector [2]Caution be careful as this is a very fragile connector

5 Remove the screw [3]6 Now the rear cover can be lifted to gain access to the

speaker cables and the IRLED panel cable Release the connectors [4]

Figure 4-5 LVDS release

E_06532_018eps171106

1

Required for sets42

1

I_17950_005eps080508

1

1

1

1

I_17930_041eps240408

2

3

Mechanical InstructionsEN 10 TCS10L LA4

Figure 4-6 Speaker and IRLED panel cable release

433 Keyboard Control Board

1 Refer to next figure2 Unscrew two screws[1]3 Unplug connector [2] and remove the boardWhen defective replace the whole unit

Figure 4-7 Keyboard control board

434 IRLED Board and Speakers

1 Refer to next figure2 Remove the screws [1] and remove the IRLED board3 Remove the screws [2] and remove the speakersWhen defective replace the whole unit

Figure 4-8 IRLED Board and Speakers

I_17930_042eps240408

4

4

4

I_17930_063eps240408

2

1

1

I_17930_043eps240408

1 1

22 22

Mechanical Instructions EN 11TCS10L LA 4

435 Power Supply Board

Due to different set executions this chassis is supplied with one or two power supply boards and figures may differCaution it is absolutely mandatory to remount all different screws and cables at their original position during re-assembly Failure to do so may result in damaging the power supply1 Refer to next figure2 Unplug all the connectors [1]3 Remove the fixation screws [2]4 Remove the main power supply board5 Unplug all the connectors [3]6 Remove the fixation screws [4]7 Remove the stand-by power supply board

Figure 4-9 Power Supply Unit(s)

436 Inverter Board (19 and 22 versions)

Due to different set executions this chassis some versions are supplied with an inverter board Figures may differ1 Refer to next figure2 Unplug all connectors [1]3 Release the clips [2]4 Take out the inverter board

Figure 4-10 Inverter Board

437 Small Signal Board (SSB)

Caution it is absolutely mandatory to remount all different screws at their original position during re-assembly Failure to do so may result in damaging the SSB

Removing the SSB 1 See next figures2 Remove the screws [2] from the SSB3 On the outside of the set lift the rear cover near the tuner

connector approximately 3 mm in the indicated direction and keep it lifted while

4 On the inside of the set slide the metal plate in the indicated direction

5 Gently lift the board from the rear cover6 Now unplug the LVDS connector [3]

Caution be careful as this is a very fragile connector Unplug the rest of the cables [4]

Figure 4-11 SSB connector plate

I_17950_006eps080508

4

4

2 2 4

4

2 2

1

1

3

I_17930_065eps240408

1

1

1

2 2

2

I_18130_002eps170608

Mechanical InstructionsEN 12 TCS10L LA4

Figure 4-12 SSB

44 Set Re-assembly

To re-assemble the whole set execute all processes in reverse order

Notesbull While re-assembling make sure that all cables are placed

and connected in their original position See figure ldquoCable dressingrdquo

bull Pay special attention not to damage the EMC foams at the SB shields Make sure that EMC foams are put correctly on their places

I_17950_008eps080508

22

44

3

22

Service Modes Error Codes and Fault Finding EN 13TCS10L LA 5

5 Service Modes Error Codes and Fault Finding

Index of this chapter51 Test Points52 Service Mode53 Error Codes54 Fault Finding55 Service Tools56 Software Upgrading

51 Test Points

This chassis is NOT equipped with test points in the service printing No test points are mentioned in the service manual

52 Service Mode

521 Service Alignment Mode (SAM)

How to EnterTo enter SAM use the following methodbull Press on the remote control the code ldquo062596rdquo directly

followed by the ldquoINFOrdquo key

After entering SAM the following screen is visible the values can be adjusted according to the requested (see Chapter 8)

Figure 5-1 SAM menu

Figure 5-2 SAM menu White Balance Normal

Figure 5-3 SAM menu White Balance Cool

Figure 5-4 SAM menu White Balance Warm

Figure 5-5 SAM menu Volume Curve

Figure 5-6 SAM menu Picture Curve

I_18130_041eps190608

I_18130_044eps190608

I_18130_043eps190608

I_18130_045eps190608

I_18130_044eps190608

I_18130_048eps190608

Service Modes Error Codes and Fault FindingEN 14 TCS10L LA5

Figure 5-7 SAM menu Picture Mode Natural

Figure 5-8 SAM menu Picture Mode Personal

Figure 5-9 SAM menu Picture Mode Rich

Figure 5-10 SAM menu Picture Mode Soft

Figure 5-11 SAM menu Producting

Figure 5-12 SAM menu Country

I_18130_049eps190608

I_18130_050eps190608

I_18130_051eps190608

I_18130_052eps190608

I_18130_053eps190608

I_18130_054eps190608

Service Modes Error Codes and Fault Finding EN 15TCS10L LA 5

Figure 5-13 SAM menu Setup

Figure 5-14 SAM menu Shop Init Do

Figure 5-15 SAM menu Clear Code gt

How to ExitPress ldquoMENUrdquo on the RC-transmitter

Factory Mode Descriptions

I_18130_055eps190608

I_18130_058eps190608

Item Sub-Item Description

SOURCE Shift among sourcing via pressing Left amp Right key

ADC ADJ Only available in HDTV or PC mode

WB White Balance Calibration setting

SOURCE Shift among sources

COLOR TEMP Normal Warm Cool

WHITE R R Gain adjust manually or automatically

WHITE G G Gain adjust manually or automatically

WHITE B B Gain adjust manually or automatically

BLACK R R Shift adjust manually or automatically

BLACK G G Shift adjust manually or automatically

BLACK B B Shift adjust manually or automatically

VOL CURVE Volume Curve adjustmentX0 X10 X30 X50 X70 X90 X100 on for the usermenu volume value of the 0 10 30 50 70 90 100Only to adjust during production

PICTURE CURVE Analog Picture Curve adjustment X0 X30 X50 X80 X100 on for the usermenu picture value of the 0 30 50 80 100Only to adjust during production

CON Contrast Curve

BRI Brightness Curve

SAT Saturation Curve

SHARP Sharpness Curve

LIGHT Back light Curve

PICTURE MODE Picture modes analog value can be adjusted in this pageincluding SOFT NATURAL BRIGHTE and PERSONAL

I_18130_059eps190608

Service Modes Error Codes and Fault FindingEN 16 TCS10L LA5

Virgin SettingsFirst the country should be set according to the following table

Table 5-1 Country setting

Secondly select ldquoSHOP INITrdquo from the SAM menu Wait until finished and then turn ldquoOffrdquo the set Now the set is put back to virgin settings according to the following table

Table 5-2 Virgin settings

522 Customer Service Mode (CSM)

PurposeWhen a customer is having problems with his TV-set he can call his dealer or the Customer Help desk The service technician can then ask the customer to activate the CSM in order to identify the status of the set Now the service technician can judge the severity of the complaint In many cases he can advise the customer how to solve the problem or he can decide if it is necessary to visit the customer The CSM is a read only mode therefore modifications in this mode are not possible

How to Activate CSMKey in the code ldquo123654rdquo via the standard RC transmitter

Contents of CSM

Figure 5-16 CSM Menu

Menu Explanation1 MODEL Type number and region code2 PROD SN Production code will have 14 characters + 2

reserved (total 16 characters)3 SW ID Software cluster and version is displayed (TC =

TCL 1 = Chassis Number 26 = Screen size L = Latam 090 = software version)

4 CODES Error buffer contents5 SIGNAL PRESENT Presence of RF signal6 SYSTEM Color system7 SOUND Sound system (MonoStereoSAP)8 HDCP KEYS Shows Valid or invalid HDCP key when

HDMI connected Else blank9 HDMI INPUT FORMAT Shows the HDMI input format10 HDMI AUDIO INPUT HDMI audio input HDMI audio stream

detection YES = Audio stream detected NO = No Audio (for example when DVI format is used)

How to ExitPress ldquoMENUrdquo on the RC-transmitter

523 Blinking LED Procedure

The software is capable of identifying different kinds of errors Because it is possible that more than one error can occur over time an error buffer is available which is capable of storing the last five errors that occurred This is useful if the OSD is not working properly

Errors can also be displayed by the blinking LED procedure The method is to repeatedly let the front LED pulse with as many pulses as the error code number followed by a period of 15 seconds in which the LED is ldquooffrdquo Then this sequence is repeated

PRODUCTING FACTURY HOT KEY

Short-cut key to enter factory mode setting GO BACK is the short-cut key if it is ldquoONrdquo Do remember to turn this ldquoOFFrdquo when the set is returned to the customer

WARM UP STATUS

Aging Mode setting ldquoONrdquo means snow picture showing instead of blue background if there is no signal input Do remember to turn this ldquoOFFrdquo when the set is returned to the customer

EEPROM INIT EEPROM initialization1 When the first time to turn on the set please enter this menu and initialize it2 Press LeftRight key and waiting for about 5 seconds until ldquoOKrdquo displayed which means the set finishes the initialization3 Switch off AC power4 Power on the set again the EEPROM will be initialized

LOGO Always leave this setting to the value ldquoOFFrdquo

RF AGC RF Automatic Gain Control default at 16

COUNTRY Select the correct country before doing a SHOP INIT because it puts the set in virgin mode

SET UP POWER MODE LAST

This selects the last power on sequence used

POWER MODE STB

This will put the set in Stand-by whenever the power key is used to turn it on The user now has to turn the set on with the remote control

POWER MODE ON

This will turn on the set whenever the power key is used to turn it on

SHOP INIT DO By selecting this the outgoing factory initialization is selected Always perform this at the end of a repair

CLEAR CODE gt Clears the Error codes

CODES Shows the last 5 error codes

PANEL TYPE Shows the panel type (display only)

SW VER Shows the software version

V8- Shows the BOM number

COMPILE TIME Shows the time the software was compiled

CTN suffix Country

55 Other

77 Argentina

78 Brazil

85 Mexico

Setting 55 77 78 85

PQ Smart Mode Rich Rich Rich Rich

AQ Smart Mode Movie Movie Movie Movie

Sleep Off Off Off Off

Time 0000 0000 0000 0000

Start time ---- ---- ---- ----

Stop time ---- ---- ---- ----

Channel 2 2 2 2

Child lock Off Off Off Off

Parental lock Off Off Off Off

Closed caption Off Off Off Off

RF Channel 2 9 4 2

Volume 30 30 30 30

Item Sub-Item Description

Screen ratio 16 9 16 9 16 9 16 9

OSD language Spanish Spanish Portuguese Spanish

Setting 55 77 78 85

I_18130_060eps190608

Service Modes Error Codes and Fault Finding EN 17TCS10L LA 5

Any RC command terminates the sequence Error code LED blinking is in white colorExample the contents of the error buffer is ldquo013 007 000 000 000rdquoAfter entering SDM the following occursbull 1 long blink of 5 seconds to start the sequencebull 1 medium blink of 3 seconds and then 3 short blinks

followed by a pause of 15 secondsbull 7 short blinks followed by a pause of 15 secondsbull 1 long blink of 15 seconds to finish the sequenceThe sequence starts again with 12 short blinks

53 Error Codes

The error code buffer contains all errors detected since the last time the buffer was erased The buffer is written from left to right When an error occurs that is not yet in the error code buffer it is displayed at the left side and all other errors shift one position to the right

Basically there are six kind of errors

54 Fault Finding

Figure 5-17 No Picture No sound no Back light (19 sets)

Code Description Detection method Type

0 no error - -

1 reserved - -

2 5V failure protection

Power down Protection + blinking

3 μP Control I2C-bus Error log + blinking

4 General I2C bus Error

I2C-bus Protection + blinking

5 reserved - -

6 System EEPROM

I2C-bus Protection + blinking

7 Tuner I2C-bus Error log + blinking

8 HDCP EEPROM

I2C-bus Error log + blinking

No Picture no sound no Back light

Fuse F3(3A) OK

Check circuit of +33V+18V(U5U

6U7) OK Replace the bad

components

For P22 Pin 1~4 is +12V_PWamp Pin7~9

of is +5VSTBOK

Replace F3

Check Q17(Pin5- 8)+12V OK

NO

NO

NO

YES

YES

YES

Check DC-DC circuit(U1U2)

NOCheck Q26 circuit amp Replace the bad

componentsYES

Check PSU

I_18130_066eps180608

Service Modes Error Codes and Fault FindingEN 18 TCS10L LA5

Figure 5-18 Picture OK No sound (19 sets)

Figure 5-19 No Picture Back light amp Sound OK (19 and 26 sets)

Picture OK No sound

Check the voltage ofPin 313 of U19is it 12v Check Q17

Check the wave of pin7475 of U8is it

OK

CheckR amp L speaker

Check wave ofAudio input Pin

U8 pin61~69 OK

CheckQ22

No

Check B of Q22 is Low OK

Yes

No

Check Mute Pin6 of U19is it 12V

Yes

Yes

ReplaceU8

Yes

NO

Yes

Check the AMP- MUTE circuit

No

No

YesCheck SIF circuit Pin 7(SIFOUT) of

Tuner TU1

TV source Checkthe AV input

circuit

No

I_18130_068eps180608

No Picture Back light amp Sound OK

Check the output voltage

of U3 12V is it OK

Check LVDS signal waveform

of P10 is OK

Check the Circuit of12V_PANELamp

PANEL_ONOFF

Yes

No

Yes

Is RP2-RP7 ok

No

check the LVDS cable

Replace U8Yes

I_18130_004eps180608

Service Modes Error Codes and Fault Finding EN 19TCS10L LA 5

Figure 5-20 No color (19 and 26 sets)

Figure 5-21 No Picture No sound no Back light (26 sets)

No color

Color system is Right amp another

channel color is right

Dose the TV signal too weak

CheckPin 17(TV-

CVBS) Wave of TU1 OK

ReplaceTU1

ResetTo

Local system

CheckTuner Input

cable amp antenna

Yes NO NO

No YES YES

Fine tune Frequency

I_18130_006eps180608

No Picture No sound no Back light

Check circuit of +33V +18V (U5U

6U7) OK Replace the bad components

For P22 Pin 1~4 is +12V_PW amp Pin7~9

of is +5VSTBOK

NO

NO

YES

Check DC-DC circuit (U1U2)

YES

Check PSU

I_18130_003eps180608

Service Modes Error Codes and Fault FindingEN 20 TCS10L LA5

Figure 5-22 Picture OK No sound (26 sets)

55 Service Tools

551 ComPair

IntroductionComPair (Computer Aided Repair) is a Service tool for Philips Consumer Electronics products and offers the following1 ComPair helps you to quickly get an understanding on how

to repair the chassis in a short and effective way2 ComPair allows very detailed diagnostics and is therefore

capable of accurately indicating problem areas You do not have to know anything about I2C or UART commands yourself because ComPair takes care of this

3 ComPair speeds up the repair time since it can automatically communicate with the chassis (when the uP is working) and all repair information is directly available

4 ComPair features TV software upgrade possibilities

SpecificationsComPair consists of a Windows based fault finding program and an interface box between PC and the (defective) product The (new) ComPair II interface box is connected to the PC via an USB cable For the TV chassis the ComPair interface box and the TV communicate via a bi-directional cable via the service connector(s)

How to ConnectThis is described in the ComPair chassis fault finding database

Caution It is compulsory to connect the TV to the PC as shown in Figure ldquoComPair II interface connectionrdquo (with the ComPair interface in between) as the ComPair interface acts as a level shifter If one connects the TV directly to the PC (via UART) ICs will be blown

How to OrderComPair II order codes

bull ComPair II interface 3122 785 91020bull For SW see Philips service websitebull ComPair UART interface cable 3122 785 75051bull Software Upgrade VGA interface cables 3122 785 90004

and 3122 785 09269

Note If you encounter any problems contact your local support desk

Figure 5-23 ComPair II interface connection

56 Software Upgrading

561 Introduction

Software upgrading can be done by ComPair This allows to replacement of the software image

Picture OK No sound

Check the voltage ofPin 313 of U19is it 12v Check PSU

Check the wave of pin7475 of U8is it

OK

CheckR amp L speaker

Check wave ofAudio input Pin

U8 pin61~69 OK

CheckQ22

No

Check B of Q22 is Low OK

Yes

No

Check Mute Pin6 of U19is it 12V

Yes

Yes

ReplaceU8

Yes

NO

Yes

Check the AMP- MUTE circuit

No

No

YesCheck SIF circuit Pin 7(SIFOUT) of

Tuner TU1

TV source Checkthe AV input

circuit

No

I_18130_005eps180608

E_06532_036eps150208

TOUART SERVICECONNECTOR

TOUART SERVICECONNECTOR

TOI2C SERVICECONNECTOR

TO TV

PC

HDMII2C only

Optional power5V DC

ComPair II Developed by Philips Brugge

RC outRC in

OptionalSwitch

Power ModeLinkActivity I2C

ComPair IIMulti

function

RS232 UART

Block Diagrams Test Point Overview and Waveforms 21TCS10L LA 6

6 Block Diagrams Test Point Overview and Waveforms

Wiring Diagram of Connector for MS19-PH 19

40-PWL20C-PWI1XG POWER BOARD

1

NU

SE

LEC

T

GN

D

GN

D

P4

1 2 3 5 6 74

BL

ON

OF

F

DIM

MIN

G

INV

ER

TE

R_P

WR

12V

INV

ER

TE

R_P

WR

12V

P5

40-0MS19P-MAE2XGMAIN BOARD

AG

ND

1 2 3 5 6 74

KE

Y0

KE

Y1

AG

ND

IR-I

N

LED

1-IN

LED

2-IN

NC

1 2 3 5 6 7 84

+5V

ST

B

+5V

ST

B

GN

D

GN

D

GN

D

INVERTER BOARD

CN

1

GN

D

1 2 3 5 64

INV

ER

T-S

W

DIM

MIN

G

GN

D

INV

ER

TE

R_P

WR

12V

INV

ER

TE

R_P

WR

12V

8+

5VS

TB

GN

D

1 2 3 5 64

GN

D

GN

D

NC5V

-PW

5V-P

W

40-PF3403-IRC1XG IR BOARD

40-PF3403-KEC1XG KEY BOARD

GN

D

LED

1

IR

+5V

ST

B

1 2 3 54LE

D2

KE

Y1

GN

D

KE

Y0

1 2 3

P10

01

CN

2001 1S

P 22

P

9 10

+12

V-P

W

+12

V-P

W

+12

V-P

W

+12

V-P

W

7 8 9 10

+12

V+

12V

+12

V

+12

V

I_18130_061eps190608

22TCS10L LA 6Block Diagrams Test Point Overview and Waveforms

Wiring Diagram of Connector for MS19-PH 26

40-1PL37C-PWF1XG

1

P5

40-0MS19P-MAE2XGMAIN BOARD

AG

ND

1 2 3 5 6 74

KE

Y0

KE

Y1

AG

ND

IR-I

N

LED

1-IN

LED

2-IN

NC

1 2 3 5 6 7 84

NC

NC

GN

D

GN

D

GN

D

40-PWL01B-STE1X

8+

5VS

TB

1 2 3 5 64

12V-

PW

40-PF3403-IRC1XG IR BOARD

40-PF3403-KEC1XGKEY BOARD

GN

D

LED

1

IR

+5V

ST

B

1 2 3 54LE

D2

KE

Y1

GN

D

KE

Y0

1 2 3

P10

01

CN

2001

P4

9 10

+12

V-P

W

+12

V-P

W

+12

V-P

W

+12

V-P

W

7

10

5P 1P

1 2 3

1 2 3

+5S

TB

AG

ND

PW

-ON

OF

F

+5S

TB

AG

ND

PW

-ON

OF

F

11

12 13 14

GN

D

NC

BL-

AD

JUS

T

BL-

ON

OF

F

11

12

13

14

15

16

P22

8 91 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

12 13 14 15 16

12V-

PW

GN

D

GN

D12

V-P

W

12V-

PW

GN

D

NC

GN

D

NC

NC

NC

NC

NC

BL-

AD

JUS

T

BL-

ON

OF

F

I_18130_062eps190608

Block Diagrams Test Point Overview and Waveforms 23TCS10L LA 6

Block Diagram MS19P Chipset

Panel

810-bit LVDS

2MB

HDMI

HDTVVGA

YC

AV2AV1

AV-OUTTVSIF

PCHDTV-RL

AV2-RLAV1-RL

IRKEY0KEY1

GPIO PWM

Serial-FlashSPI

Speake

Earphone

r

MS19P Chipset Block Diagram

Audio out

EEPROM24C32 SDA

SCL

AMP

TDA7266

MST9U19A

24C02

24C02

24C04SDASCL

U19

U9

U13

U12

U11HDCP

EDID

EDID

U10

Z1

SDASCLExternal device

I_18130_063eps190608

24TCS10L LA 6Block Diagrams Test Point Overview and Waveforms

I2C overview

I2C Device Block Diagram

MST9U19A-LF

24C32 24C04

System EEPROM

I2C AddressA0

HDCP EEPROM

I2C AddressA4

SDA SCL SDA SCL

Tuner integratedIF PLL Demodulator

SDA1 SCL1I2C AddressA0

I_18130_064eps190608

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 25TCS10L LA 7

7 Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Main Power Supply (19)

I_18130_022eps180608

A AMAIN POWER SUPPLY 19rdquo

26TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout Main Power Supply (19) (Top Side)

Layout Main Power Supply (19) (Bottom Side)

I_18130_023eps180608

I_18130_065eps190608

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 27TCS10L LA 7

Main Power Supply (26)

I_18130_024eps180608

A1 A1MAIN POWER SUPPLY 26rdquo

28TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout Main Power Supply (26) (Top Side)

I_18130_028eps180608

40-PWL01B-STE1XG

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 29TCS10L LA 7

Layout Main Power Supply (26) (Bottom Side)

I_18130_029eps180608

40-PWL01B-STE1XG

30TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Standby Power Supply (26)

I_18130_025eps200608

A2 A2STANDBY POWER SUPPLY 26rdquo

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 31TCS10L LA 7

Layout Standby Power Supply (26) (Top Side)

40-1PL37C-PWF1XGI_18130_026eps

180608

32TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout Standby Power Supply (26) (Bottom Side)

I_18130_027eps180608

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 33TCS10L LA 7

SSB Control

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGNDAGND

AGND

AGNDAGNDAGND AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

T

T

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

D1B

D1A

G2

G1

S2

D2B

D2A

S1

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

PGND

PGND

PGND

PGND

PGND

AGND

AGND

T

T

T

T

AGND

T

T

BOOT

DRIVE

FB GND

LGATE

PHASE

VCC

UGATE

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

PGND

AGND

AGND

AGNDAGND

AGND

D2B

D2A

G1

G2

S1

D1B

D1A

S2

T

AGND

D1B

D1A

D2B

G2 D2A

S2

G1

S1

09V

18V

For Tuner 33v

L--Prot

Normal--HProtect--L

Back Light Control

Far from DC-DC amp Tuner

Option

When not use DC-DC+5VSTB_L provide

ON-----LOFF-----H

OptionFar from tuner and power supply (NC)

8

7

6

4 5

3

2

1U3

SP8J3

R234

10R

NC

E

C

B

BT3904

Q21

B

C

E

Q32BT3904

R16

19N

C2

618

KR

919

1K

26

10K

B

C

E

Q2

BT3904

R177

NC

C23

00

1U

10K

R18

0

NC

R17

9 0

R1784K7

+12V

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

P4ON-PBACK

ADJ-PWM2

R181910K26

191

K2

6

R10

Z54

BL-ADJUST

1 2

4

6

8

12

14

10

3

5

7

9

11

13

P22

+5V

+5VSTB_L

C22

2

01U

R70R (FOR 26ONLY)

7

8

4

2

3

5

6

1

A04803

Q17

+12V

+12V_PW

+12V_PW

C24

10

01U

BL-ADJUST

+5V

ST

B_L

C14

01U

BL-ONOFF

C22

40

1U

+5VSTB

R24

8N

C

+12V_PW

C220220U

25V

F250A

F150A

47K

R18

2

L8200R

R2413K9

C23

6

1U

C24

3

1U

C244

01U

C242

470U

16V

+5V

ST

B

PRORECT_12V

R29

720

K

+33V

+33V

B

E

CQ31

BT3906R298

NC

+12V

R299

4K7

R301

4K7

R30

010

K

R29

6

4K7

D14 8V

2

B

C

E

Q26BT3904

R3

4K7

B

E

CQ13

BT3906

C64

3 1U

C20A1U

C21

A 1U

NCC

21

R18

147

K

C24

00

01U

R22

330K

33V

+5V

+5V

12V_PANEL

21

P20

01UC

231

NC

C8

01U

C3

01U

L49200R

L47200R

21

P19

01UC

20

5V_PANEL

4K7R15

D11

LL4148

D45LL4148

PW_ONOFF

+5VSTB1

2

3

P1

POWER-ONOFFB

C

E

Q30BT3904

R26610K

GPIO_PROTECT

+5VSTB

R24

70R

D10LL4148

+12V

C201U

SELECT

R20

510

0K

R2041K

D47 33

V

R27

92K

2R

242

2K2

+12V

1

2

3 6

5

8

4

7

U1

RT8110

R50R PROTPW_ONOFF

R2NC

Z58

Z56

B

C

E

Q27BT3904

BL-ONOFF

R12100R

PW_CTRL

Z51

R24

0 0

Z52

Z53

Z60

L530R

L330R

01U

C23

401UC

232

C23

3 1U

R234K7

5V_PANEL

C22

60

1U

L50200R

+5V

C235470U

16V

200RL54

C23

70

1U

L9200R

+5V

R4

10K

R6NC

+12V_INVERTER

B

C

E

Q6BT3904

68K

R37

NCR17

0RR14

16V

470UC

17A

C27

01U

2U2C16

01UC

15

R8

NC

R194K7

R132NC

R143100K

R14K

7

B

C

E

Q14BT3904

R2110K

+12V

D1LL4148

R14210K

+5VSTB

B

C

E

Q3BT3904NC

+12V

C1810U

50V

L6100UH

D5LL4148

B

C

E

Q5SC1815

NCR

24

B

C

E

Q1

BT3904

B

C

E

Q4BT3904

PWM3

SHUT_EEP

200RL56

L55200R

R23

91K

2

R23

8N

C

R235

10R

R23

6N

C

L115UH

R23

322

K

C23

91U

R237

220R

7

8

4

2

3

5

6

1

U2PHKD13N03LT

C23801U

D50LL4148

L53200R

+12V_INVERTER

C22

70

1U

C22

80

1U

L52200R

L51200R

C22

90

1U

L48200R

C22

50

1U

12V_PANEL

L1230R

PANEL-ONOFF

Z59

Z50

PW_ONOFF R26

368

0R

R2618K2

R26010K

R26

710

K

R26

810

K

R26

247

K

R25910K

R25

810

0K

D41LL4148

+12V

R2783K9

TUNER_5V

+5V

40V

C18

70

1U

R2000R

R6390R

R60422K

L6061000UR

C60

40

1U

D61

433

VC63

047

00P

C63

2 270P

C633

01U 50V

L613

1000UH

NC

L6041000UH

100KR

630

NC

C63

6

C63

50

01U

C63

40

1U

C631200P

B

C

E

Q612BC846B

R63147K

12

3

D61

30B

AV

99

33V

+5V

C1

01U

5V_PANEL

+12V_PW

+5VSTB

12V_PANEL

C223

220U25V

+5VSTB

01U

C22

1

+12V

PW_ONOFF

VCC_PANEL

B01 B01

I_18130_011eps180608

CONTROL

34TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

SSB DC - DC

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGNDAGND

GN

DA

DJ

OU

T

VIN

4

OU

T

VIN

AD

JG

ND

VO

UT

VIN

AD

JG

ND

VCC18V FOR MST9E19A

pin36

VDDC for MST9E19A Core

+33V for VDD_MPLL

+33AVDD FOR AVDD_SIF

+33AVDD FOR AVDD_AU

pin6 pin12

+33AVDD for AVDD_HDMI

Vcc33for MST9E19A analog

+33AVDD for AVDDA

33V for AVDDPLL2

Vcc33 for MST9E19A Digital

10RR

31

F330A

+33V

L16100R+5VST

R28NC

23

1

U6

AIC

1084

FM120D8

FM120D6

23

1

U7

KD

1084

AD

2T18

+33V

VDDP

FM120D7

+5VSTB_L

1 2 3

4

U5AS1117-33

L18FB

FBL17

+18V

VDDC

L11

100R

L10100R+33V

L24

100R

FBL23

16V

47UC

37

C67

01U

01UC

62

C61

01U

01UC

60

C59

01U

16V

100UC

53

C48100U

16V

NCR30

R29

0RL41

FB

16V

100UC

33

C31100U

16V

C49 0

1U

01U

C52

01U

C36

C34 0

1U

01U

C42

C58 0

1U16V

47UC

57

C51 0

1U

AVDD_SIF

+33VA

AVDD_AU

+33VA

AVDDA

+33VA

AVDD_MEMPLL

+33VA

C56 0

1U

01U

C552U

2C

54

C47 0

1U

C46 2U

2

L21FB

2U2

C41

FBL19

C50 2U

2

L22FB

FBL20

01U

C452U

2C

44

C39 0

1U

C38 2U

2

AVDD_HDMI

01U

C40

+33VA

01U

C32

C30 0

1U

+33VA

+33VA

VDD_MPLL

+18V

C35100U

16V

C63

01U

01UC

64

C65

01U

01UC

66

01UC

68

C69

01U

01UC

70

C71

01U

01UC

72

C73

01U

+5VST

+5VSTB

FM120D9

B02 B02

I_18130_012eps180608

DC - DC

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 35TCS10L LA 7

SSB MST9E19A Controller

AG

ND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AG

ND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

SDA

SCL

WC

VCC

VSS

E2NC

E1NC

E0NC AGND

VCC

HOLD

SCK

GND SI

WP

SO

CE

SDA

SCL

WC

VCC

VSS

E2NC

E1NC

E0NC

AD

0A

D1

AD

2A

D3

AD

4A

D5

AD

6A

D7

ALE

AUCOM

AUL0

AUL1

AUL2

AUL3

AUOUTL

AUOUTL2

AUOUTL3

AUOUTR

AUOUTR2

AUOUTR3

AUOUTS

AUR0

AUR1

AUR2

AUR3

AUVRADNAUVRADPAUVREF

AV

DD

_AD

C

AV

DD

_AU

AV

DD

_DV

IA

VD

D_D

VI1

AV

DD

_ME

MP

LL

AV

DD

_MP

LLA

VD

D_M

PLL

1

AV

DD

_SIF

BIN0MBIN0P

BIN1MBIN1P

C0

C1

CSZ

CVBS0

CVBS1CVBS2CVBS3

CVBSOUT

DD

CA

_CK

DD

CA

_DA

DDCD_CKDDCD_DA

DD

CR

_CK

DD

CR

_DA

DI0DI1DI2DI3DI4DI5DI6DI7

DIG

O0

DIG

O1

DIG

O2

DIG

O3

DIG

O4

DIG

O5

DIG

O6

DIG

O7

DIG

O8

DIG

O9

GIN0MGIN0P

GIN1MGIN1P

GN

DG

ND

1

GN

D10

GN

D11

GN

D12

GN

D13

GN

D14

GN

D15

GN

D2

GN

D3

GN

D4

GN

D5

GN

D6

GN

D7

GN

D8

GN

D9

GPIOE0LVSYNCGPIOE1LHSYNC

GPIOE2LDEGPIOE3LCK

GPIOF10GPIOF11

GPIOF12GPIOF13GPIOF14GPIOF15GPIOF16GPIOF17GPIOF18GPIOF19

GPIOF2GPIOF3GPIOF4GPIOF5GPIOF6GPIOF7GPIOF8GPIOF9

HSYNC0

HSYNC1

HW

RE

SE

T

ICLK

IHSYNC

INT

IRIN

IVSYNC

LA0MG3LA0PG2LA1MG1LA1PG0LA2MB7LA2PB6

LA3MB3LA3PB2LA4MB1LA4PB0

LACKMB5LACKPB4

LB0MR7LB0PR6LB1MR5LB1PR4LB2MR3LB2PR2

LB3MG7LB3PG6LB4MG5LB4PG4

LBCKMR1LBCKPR0

PW

M0

PW

M1

PW

M2

PW

M3

PWM_DRVPWM_FB

PWM_SENSE

RD

Z

REFMREFP

REXT

RIN0MRIN0P

RIN1MRIN1P

RMID

RX0NRX0PRX1NRX1PRX2NRX2P

RXCKNRXCKP

SA

R0

SA

R1

SA

R2

SA

R3

SCKSDI

SDO

SIF1MSIF1P

SOGIN0

SOGIN1

VCLAMP

VCOM0

VCOM1

VCOM2

VD

DC

VD

DC

1V

DD

C2

VD

DC

3V

DD

C4

VD

DC

5

VD

DP

VD

DP

1V

DD

P2

VD

DP

3V

DD

P4

VD

DP

5V

DD

P6

VD

DP

7V

DD

P8

VD

DP

9

VSYNC0

VSYNC1

WR

Z

XIN

XO

UT

Y0

Y1

AGND

T

T

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

Mode Selection

I2C address at A0

Location Near IC PinLocation Near IC Pin

SST PULL DOWNMSTAR PULL UP

DVI INPUT

VGA INPUT

For TTL output

Audio Output(to Amp) AV Output(Audio)

Debug Port

For Philps debug

HDCP I2C address at A4

VID

EO

INP

UT

HDTV INPUT

C212NC

C7822P

01UC11

2

2U2 C247

C1072U2

01U C114

PW_CTRL

PRORECT_12V

54

72 13

6 8

RP

84K

7

KEY0-IN

LED2-IN

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

P5

POWER-ONOFF

54

72 13

6 8

RP

124K

7

LED1-IN

NC

L43

+5VSTB

4K7

R55

LED2R13

4K7

R584K7

B

C

E

Q9BT3904

1

2

3

4

5

P14

WP

SDA

SCL

+33V

1

2

3

4

P6

10RR41

SHUT_EEP

D4 NC

WP

C20

110

0P

RXD

TXD1

2

3

P2

ZX

Z62

WP

+33V

+33V+5VSTB

RS

20R

RS

3N

C

RS

11K

10K

R32

10K

R42

01UC86

47RR64

NC

R63

R62

NC

R52100R

R51 22

K

R50 22

K

100RR49

100RR40

C83

001

U

001

UC82

R67

0R

001

UC76

2U2C115

R47100R

R45100R

100RR34100R

R33

2U2C104

C1052U2PC-LIN

2U2C106

C1112U2

2U2C110

C11901U

R57 8K

2

8K2

R56

C1092U2

2U2C108

124578

101113141516171819202122232425262728

293031323334353839

404142434445464748495051

5455575859

61626364656667686970717273747576

78798081828384858687

131

132

133

134

125

126

127

128

129

130

155

156

136 3 9 37 52 56 89 99 101

104

106

120

141

152

173

187

204

143

144

145

146

147

148

149

150

153

154

116

117

118

135

124123122121

9796959493929190

139138137

191190189188

185184183182181180179178177176175174171170169168167166165164163162161160

202201200199198197196195

192

194193

207

206

205

36 53 60 105

6 12 157

208

77 98 107

142

158

203

88 100

102

103

119

140

151

159

172

186

115

114

113

112

111

110

109

108

U8

MST9E19A

R54

4K7

R36

22K

100P C79

01UC11

7

C116

01U

R7510K

R38 22

K

C10201U

C89 0

1U

1

3

2

D40

0BA

V99

+5VST

R53

390R

CVBSOUT

LED2

5

6

7

8

4

3

2

1U10

M24C32MN

IR_SYNC

KEY0

LED1

KEY1

WP_FSH

TV1-VIN- VCOM0

AV1-YIN-

AV1-YIN

VCOM2

SV_Y0

R_TX2+

C920047U

C930047U

0047UC94

0047UC96

C970047U

0047UC98

C1010047U

0047UC100

C990047U

SV_C0

TXD

RXD

100P

C20

2

8

7

6

4 5

3

2

1U9

W25X40

+33V

L26 F

B

100RR77

SDA

SCL

SHUT_EEPR76

100R

5

6

7

8

4

3

2

1U11

M24C04MN

SDA

SCL

100RR70

R69100R

+33V

R68

10K

SPI_CZ

SPI_DI

SPI_CK

54

72

1

3 6

8

RP933R

NCR

65R

661K

8

C90 10

0P

R6110R

1KR60

R591K

100P

C91

C95 10

0P

SYS_RST

R391K

B

E

CQ8

BT3906

C8010U

16V

C7447U

16V

R48

1M

Y1

14M

3

22PC84

AVDDA

AVDD_SIF

AVDD_MEMPLL

AVDD_HDMIVDDC VDDP

SDA_EXT

SCL_EXT

+33V

R43

10K

10KR

44

RXE3+B2

RXE4+B0

RXE4-B1

RXE3-B3

RXEC+B4

RXEC-B5

RXE2+B6

RXE2-B7

RXE1+G0

RXE1-G1

RXE0+G2

RXE0-G3

RXO4+G4

RXO4-G5

RXO3+G6

RXO3-G7

RXOC+R0

RXOC-R1

RXO2+R2

RXO2-R3

RXO1+R4

RXO1-R5

RXO0+R6

RXO0-R7

TTL-BLUE2

TTL-BLUE1

TTL-BLUE0

TTL-BLUE3

TTL-BLUE4

TTL-BLUE5

TTL-BLUE6

TTL-BLUE7

TTL-GREEN0

TTL-GREEN1

TTL-GREEN2

TTL-GREEN3

TTL-GREEN4

TTL-GREEN5

TTL-GREEN6

TTL-GREEN7

TTL-RED6

TTL-RED0

TTL-RED1

TTL-RED2

TTL-RED3

TTL-RED4

TTL-RED5

TTL-RED7

54

72

1

3 6

8

RP40R

8

63

1

2 7

4 5

0RRP7

54

72

1

3 6

8

RP60R

8

63

1

2 7

4 5

0RRP3

8

63

1

2 7

4 5

0RRP5

54

72

1

3 6

8

RP20R

SPI_CKSPI_DISPI_CZ

SPI_DO

AMP-MUTE

PANEL-ONOFF

LED1

HPDCTRL

ON-PBACK

863 12

7

45

4K7

RP

13

PWM0

ADJ-PWM2

NCR

85

NCR

82

NCR

80

NCR

79

R84

1K

R83

1K

R81

1K

R78

1K

PWM0

WP_FSH

ADJ-PWM2

PWM3

IR_SYNC

KEY1

KEY0

RXD

TXD

SCL

SDA

DDC-RDX

DDC-TXD

I2C-SCL

I2C-SDA

+33V

54

721 3

68

RP

104K

7

R7410R

10RR73

10RR72

R7110R

AUCOM

16V

10UC

118

AUVRADN

AUVRADP

C11310U

16V

L250

AMP-ROUT

AMP-LOUT

PH-ROUTPH-LOUT

PC-RIN

SIFM

SIFP

01UC103

01U

C88

AUCOM

AUVREFAUVRADPAUVRADN

SIFM

SIFP

TUNER_CVBS

SV_C0

SV_Y0

VCOM2

CVBS2CVBS1

VCOM0

VCOM1

CVBS3

SCG+

SCR+SCR-

SC_SOG

SCG-

SCB-

RIN-

RIN+GIN-

GIN+SOG

BIN-BIN+

01UC85

C8701U

VS_RGBHS_RGB

HDMI_SCLHDMI_SDA

AVDD_HDMI TXCLK-

R_TX2+

R_TX2-G_TX1+

G_TX1-B_TX0+

B_TX0-TXCLK+

AUVREF

PWM3

+33V

VDD_MPLL

AVDD_AU

TV1-VIN+ TUNER_CVBS

VCOM1

AV1-CIN

TV-SIFP

TV-SIFM

HDMI_SCLHDMI_SDA

TXCLK-

R_TX2-G_TX1+

G_TX1-B_TX0+

B_TX0-TXCLK+

VS_RGBHS_RGB

RIN-

RIN+GIN-

GIN+SOG

BIN-BIN+

SCG+

SCR+SCR-

SC_SOG

SCG-SCB+SCB-

AV1-VIN+

AV2-VIN+

AV3-VIN+ CVBS1

CVBS2

CVBS3

SPI_DO

WP_FSH

CVBSOUT

PH-LOUT

PH-ROUTAMP-ROUT AMP-R

AMP-LAMP-LOUTPH-L1OUT

AFT

SCB+

KEY1-IN

+33V

PH-R1OUT

C77

1000

P

E

C

B BT3904Q7

R114K7

+5VSTB

GPIO_PROTECT

+33V

IR-IN

C248

2U2

2U2 C249

C250

2U2

2U2 C251

C252

2U2

DVI-RINDVI-LINAV2-RIN

AV2-LIN

AV1-RINAV1-LIN

B03 B03

I_18130_013eps180608

MST9E19A CONTROLLER

36TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

SSB HDMI Interface

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

SDA

SCL

WC

VCC

VSS

E2NC

E1NC

E0NC

RX2+

GND1

RX2-

RX1+

GND2

RX1-

RX0+

GND3

RX0-

RXC+

GND4

RXC-

NC1

NC2

DDCCLK

DDCDA

GND5

VCC

HPD

AGND

HDMI-RX2-

HDMI-RX1+

+5V

+5V

5

6

43

2

1

U17

PRTR5V0U4D

5

6

43

2

1

U18

PRTR5V0U4D

1KR101

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

P12

01UC

120

5

6

7

8

4

3

2

1U12

M24C02MN

RLZ

5B6

D18

HDMI-DDC-SDA

HDMI-DDC-SCL

HDMI-HPD

HDMI5V

HPDCTRLB

C

E

Q10BT3904

4K7R96

R95

4K7

R1000R

NCR

97

R94

1K

+5V

100RR99

R98100R

12

3

D17

BAT

54C

D19

RLZ

5B6

TXCLK-

TXCLK+

B_TX0-

B_TX0+

G_TX1-

G_TX1+

R_TX2-

R_TX2+

10RR93

R9210R

10RR91

R9010R

10RR89

R8810R

10RR87

R8610R

HDMI_SDA

HDMI_SCL

HDMI-RXC-

HDMI-RXC+

HDMI-RX0+

HDMI-RX0-

HDMI-RX1-

HDMI-RX2+

B04 B04

I_18130_014eps180608

HDMI INTERFACE

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 37TCS10L LA 7

SSB VGA Interface

AGND

AGND

AGND

SDA

SCL

WC

VCC

VSS

E2NC

E1NC

E0NC

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGNDProgram Control

To main chip(when updateit is I2Cwhen debug it is RXTX)

LED2

R12

110

0RR12

010

0R

+33V

RXD

TXD

R170

4K7

1

3

2

D2

100RR144

NCR123

4K7R12

2

75R

R10

9

R10

8 75R

01UC

130

10K

R17

4

75R

R10

7

10K

R17

2

P13-11

R11

8 4K7

4K7

R11

9

PROTECT

VGA5V

VGA-SCL

PROTECT

13

2

D25

1

3

2

D20

C19 N

C

Q182N7002

10RR175

R171NC

R17310R

C12

9 NC

C1270047U

VGA-R+

VGA-G+

VGA-B+

+5VST1

32

D24

1KR115

R1141K

123

D23BAT54C

5

6

7

8

4

3

2

1U13

M24C02MN

R11

74K

7NC

C12

8R11

610

K

6

4

11

14

15

7

12

8

5

13

3

10

9

1

2

16

17

P13

C1230047U

C1241000P

C1210047U

R10510R

10RR104

R10310R

0047UC126

C1250047U

0047UC122

1

3

2

D22

2

3

1

D21

R11347R

47RR111

R11047R

R106330R

HS_RGB

VS_RGB

Q192N7002

B

C

E

Q25BT3904

VGA-HS

VGA-VS

VGA-SDA

RIN+

SOG

BIN-

GIN-

RIN-

BIN+

GIN+

VGA-SDA

VGA-SCL

+5VSTB

+5VSTB

B05 B05

I_18130_015eps180608

VGA INTERFACE

38TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

SSB Cinch

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND AGNDAGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

VDD

OUTB

INB-

VSS INB+

INA+

INA-

OUTA

AGNDAGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

WHITE

RED

YELLOWGREEN

BLUE

RED

WHITE

RED

RED

WHITE

YELLOW

AGND

AGND

AGND

HDTV IN

AV OUTPUT AUDIO AMP

For PCampYPbPr Audio Input(RL)

For Philips Upgrade

S-VIDEO amp AV2 In Side

Earphone Outuput In Side

AV1 In Rear

AV OUTPUT

For DVI Audio Input(35mm Jack)

2

1

3

P17

DVI_R

DVI_L

AV2-V

AV_ROUT

AV2-R

C13 47

0P

12K

R15

2

C17 47

0P

560P

C16

356

0PC

162

3

2

1

4P15

C14

156

0P

PC-R

560P

C14

3C

134

560P

560P

C13

8

2

3

1

D37

NC

C14

256

0P56

0PC

146

C6 10

0P

3

1

2

P11

TXD

3

1

2

P7

PR1

PB1

AVOUT_L

Y1

AVOUT

1

4

2

5

3

6P21

1

2

3

4

5

6P8

8 56 7 9

P15

BUF2

1

3

2

D31

2

3

1

D28

NC

1

3

2

D33

NC

2

3

1

D55

NC

2

3

1

D54

NC

2

3

1

D52

NC

2

3

1

D51

NC

2

3

1

D34

1

3

2

D36

NC

C5 10

0P

13

2

D12

R18

8 75R

R2855K1

R2845K1

R2805K1

R2815K1

L6130R

AV1-CL60

30R

AV1-YL59

30R

75R

R14

9

C19

810

00P

C14

068

0P

680P

C15

5

10RR186

680P

C13

6

OP_VCC2

C13

168

0P

2

3

1

D53

2

3

1

D27

FB

L42

10KR230

12K

R20

1R

197 12

K

R15

9 12K

R15

522

0R

220RR153

75R

R14

0

75R

R13

9

R13

6 75R

75R

R12

8

2U2C188

R14

5 12K

12K

R15

7

12K

R13

5C191

2U2

10K

R15

6R

147 10

K

330R

R14

6

R18510RY1

75RR151

R141

75R

C1452U2

2U2C144

01UC

139

12K

R16

1

AV2-VIN+

CVBSOUT

AV1-CIN

AV1-YIN-

1

3

2

D38

2

3

1

D39

PH-R1OUTR226

10K

AV_LOUT

R22447K

+5V

R22

547

K

C18

347

U

16V

100P

C18

9

33KR

229

C18547U

16V

C18

40

1U

C19

310

0P

R23

233

K

8

7

6

4 5

3

2

1U16

TDA1308T

SCB-

SCG-

SCR-

C1580047U

SCG+

SCR+

SCB+

SC_SOG

PR1

PB1

C1540047U

0047UC153

C1520047U

C1511000P

0047UC159

0047UC156

R19547R

47RR191

R18947R

R18410R

10RR183

R14810R

1

3

2

D35

B

E

CQ11

BT3906C218

10U

16V

B

C

E

Q12BT3904

2

3

1

D32

2

3

1

D30

1

3

2

D29

R13347R

10RR137

R12610R

+5V

AV1-YIN

Y1R176

470R

PH-L1OUT

AV_LOUT

AV_ROUT

AV1-VIN+

L63 30

R

30R

L62

330RR

249

R25

133

0R

C196

033U50V

C197

033U50V

7

654

89

3

1

2

P18

1000

PC

199

AMP-PROUT+AMP-LIN

AMP-PLOUT+AMP-RIN

EARPHONE-RA

EARPHONE-LA

30RL44

AV1-RIN

R2825K1

R2835K1 AV1-LIN

AV2-LIN

R2865K1

R2875K1 AV2-RIN

R2885K1

R2895K1 DVI-RIN

R2905K1

R2915K1 DVI-LIN

R2925K1

R2935K1 PC-RIN

R2945K1

R2955K1 PC-LIN

AV1_V

AVOUT_R

RXD

C4 47

0P47

0PC

7

AV1_R

AV1_L

C9 47

0P47

0PC

10

C11 47

0P47

0PC

12

PC-L

AV2-L

B06 B06

I_18130_016eps180608

CINCH

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 39TCS10L LA 7

SSB Tuner

AGND

AGND

AGND

AG

ND

AGNDAGND

AGND

AGND

COMMON

IN OUT

VID

EO

NC

1

NC

2

AU

DIO

AG

C

SD

A

TU

MB

GN

D2

SIF

OU

T

GN

D1

NC

3

NC

4

NC

5

SC

L

NC

6

AF

T

CLOSE RO MST IC

R21127R

171 2 6 1110 1412 157 83 4 5 9 13 16

TU1

2

1 3

U15KIA78D05

TUNER_SDA

TUNER_SCL

SIF_OUT

TV_CVBSC

172

01U

33V

B

C

E

Q20

BT3904

TV-SIFPNCR213

10RR220

001UC181

TV-SIFP

R194100R

330R

R19

3R

192

10R

R19

81K

R19

91K

L2722UH

+12V

R20

7 NC

100K

R20

3

2200

PC

200

R209120R

R20610R

C17

4N

C3

30P

NC

330

PC

175

C171220U

16V

L28120R

R20251K

C17

710

0P

C17

615

0P

SDA_EXT

SCL_EXT

C168220U

16V

16V

220UC

169

TV1-VIN-

TV1-VIN+

R21047R

C16

60

01UC16

44U

7

50V

C16

50

01U

C16

70

1U

TUNER_5V

AFT

120RR212

TUNER_5V

TV-SIFM

001UC170

B07 B07

I_18130_017eps180608

TUNER

40TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

SSB Audio Amplifier

PGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

PGND

PGND

AGND

AGND

OUT2+

OUT2-

NC3

IN2

VCC2

NC2

OUT1+

VCC1

IN1

NC1

MUTE

STBY

PW_GND

S_GND

OUT1-

TO SPEAKER

TO SPEAKER

0RR

162

AMP-PROUT-

2

1

H8

15

14

11

12

13

10

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

2

U19

TD

A7266

1

2

3

4

P9

AMP-PLOUT-

L45200R

L46200R

C219220U

16V

27UHL31

C217220U

16V

AMP-LIN

R253NC

01U C209

D3LL4148

C20

610

00P

1U

C211

0022U

C26 1000

PC

204

0022U

C25

C22

470U16V

+5VST

R164100K

R16510K

R16

8N

C

R16

9N

C

R1663K3

3K3R167

10KR244

B

E

CQ15

BT3906

B

C

E

Q16BT3904

C19

5 NC

NC

C19

4

B

C

E

Q24BT3904NC

0RR257

10KR254

E

C

B BT3904Q23

B

C

E

Q22BT3904

R25210K

R255100R

R24310K

2U2C205

R2560R

C2032U2

+12V

AMP-PROUT-

AMP-PROUT+

AMP-PLOUT-

AMP-PLOUT+

POWER-ONOFF

AMP-MUTE

AMP-R

AMP-L

12V-AMP

+12V

AMP-RIN

B08 B08

I_18130_018eps180608

AUDIO AMPLIFIER

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 41TCS10L LA 7

SSB LVDS Interface

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

VCC_PANEL

C246

10U 16V

C245

01U

R277 0NC

+33V

R27

2

0N

C

R275 0NC

RXE4+B0 RXE4-B1

RXE3+B2 RXE3-B3

RXEC+B4 RXEC-B5

RXE2+B6 RXE2-B7

RXE1+G0 RXE1-G1

RXE0+G2 RXE0-G3

RXO4+G4 RXO4-G5

RXO3+G6 RXO3-G7

RXOC+R0 RXOC-R1

RXO2+R2 RXO2-R3

RXO1+R4 RXO1-R5

RXO0+R6 RXO0-R7

1 2

4

6

8

12

14

16

18

20

10

22

24

26

28

3

5

7

9

11

13

15

17

19

21

23

25

27

29 30

32

34

36

38

40

31

33

35

37

39

P10

R276 0NC

R27

3

0N

CR

274

0N

C

B09 B09

I_18130_019eps180608

LVDS INTERFACE Personal Notes

E_06532_012eps131004

42TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout Small Signal Board (Top Side)

I_18130_020eps180608

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 43TCS10L LA 7

Layout Small Signal Board (Bottom Side)

I_18130_021eps180608

44TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Keyboard Control Panel

Layout Keyboard Control Panel (Top Side)

Layout Keyboard Control Panel (Bottom Side)

AGND

AGND AGNDAGND

AGND

R10072K

R10061K5

R10011K2

12 4

3K1001

1

2

3

P1001

KEY0

R1008NC

R10051K2

R1004NC

R10032K

R10021K5

D10

02

HS

5V6B

D10

01H

S5V

6B

12 4

3K1003

12 4

3K1002

12 4

3K1006

12 4

3K1005

12 4

3K1004

KEY1

I_18130_030eps180608

E EKEYBOARD CONTROL PANEL

I_18130_031eps180608

I_18130_032eps180608

Personal Notes

E_06532_012eps131004

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 45TCS10L LA 7

Inverter Panel

1 2

A

B

C

D

4321

D

C

B

A

F1FUSE-1

C2104

C1220uF250V

C3104

R1200

Q1

DTA143

E1

9

E2

10

C2

11

VC

C12

OU

TP

UT

C13

VR

EF

14

A1+

1

A1-

2

CO

MP

3

DT

C4

CT

5

RT

6

GN

D7

C1

8

A2-

15

A2+

16

U1

TL494

R2200

Q32222

C8

223

C7103

R847K

R7120K

C4

104C5104

D1

68V

C9104

D2

1N4148

Q8DTC143

123456

CN1

R20470K

R21

33K

C16

330pF

C15NC

R13100K

R10

68K

R11

68K

R12

15K

C10104

R2627K

C20223

R18560

Q22222

Q62907

R142K

R1622K

R27 10

R28 10

D4

BAW56K

S11

G12

S23

G24

D1 8

D1 7

D2 6

D2 5

U2

4606

C21223

Q42222

Q72907

R152K

R1722K

R29 10

R30 10

D5

BAW56K

S11

G12

S23

G24

D1 8

D1 7

D2 6

D2 5

U3

4606

R19560

C6

105

R231M

Q52N7002

R22

1M

R9

47K

R25

100KR24270K

D6NCBAW56K

D7NCBAW56K

P1

P2

P3

P4

C17225

C18

225

10

1 7

6

T1

T01

10

1 7

6

T2

T01

C2222pF

12

CON1

12

CON2

D9BAV99

R41K

R36820

R32

10KC12104

D8BAV99

R31K

R35820

R31

10KC11104

P2

P1

C2322pF

12

CON3

12

CON4

D11

BAV99

R61K

R38820

R34

10KC14104

D10BAV99

R51K

R37820

R33

10KC13104

P4

P3

VREF

VREF

C19NC

C26

222C27NC

D13BAV99

D15BAV99

C2422pF

C2522pF

C28

222C29NC

C30222 C31

NC

C32

222C33NC

OVP

OVP

OV

P

R602K

R61510K

C38105

Q10

DTA143

Q112222

R6330K

R62 1K

VCC

VCC

P5

P5

R64

1K

C34221

C35 221

C37

221

C39104

C36

221U4A

LM393

U4B

LM393

Vref

D3

1N4148

R65

3K R663K

C41 104

R67

10K

I_18130_033eps180608

I IINVERTER PANEL 19rdquo

46TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout Inverter Panel (Top Side)

Layout Inverter Panel (Bottom Side)

I_18130_034eps190608

I_18130_035eps190608

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 47TCS10L LA 7

IR LED Panel

AGND

AGND

AGNDIRVC

C

GN

D

RW

R20

031K

2

R20

04

1K2

LED1

1

2

3

4

5

CN2001

E

C

B

BC847AQ2001

B

C

E

Q2002

BC847A

2

13

D2001

LED2

G2001

R20024K7

5V16

V10

0UC

2001

5V

IR

IR

C20

03 47P

LED1R2001

4K7

C2002

47P

LED2

I_18130_036eps180608

J JIR amp LED PANELLayout IR LED Panel (Top Side)

Layout IR LED Panel (Bottom Side)

I_18130_037eps180608

I_18130_038eps180608

48TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Personal Notes

E_06532_013eps131004

Alignments EN 49TCS10L LA 8

8 Alignments

Index of this chapter81 Electrical Alignments82 Hardware Alignments

NoteThe Service Modes are described in chapter 5 Menu navigation is done with the CURSOR UP DOWN LEFT or RIGHT keys of the remote control transmitter

81 Electrical Alignments

Perform all electrical adjustments under the following conditionsbull Power supply voltage (depends on region)

ndash AP-NTSC 120 VAC or 230 VAC 50 Hz (plusmn 10)ndash AP-PAL-multi 120 - 230 VAC 50 Hz (plusmn 10)ndash EU 230 VAC 50 Hz (plusmn 10)ndash LATAM-NTSC 120 - 230 VAC 50 Hz (plusmn 10)ndash US 120 VAC 60 Hz (plusmn 10)

bull Connect the set to the mains via an isolation transformer with low internal resistance

bull Allow the set to warm up for approximately 60 minutesbull Measure voltages and waveforms in relation to correct

ground (eg measure audio signals in relation to AUDIO_GND) Caution It is not allowed to use heatsinks as ground

bull Test probe Ri gt 10 MΩ Ci lt 20 pFbull Use an isolated trimmerscrewdriver to perform

alignments

82 Hardware Alignments

Not applicable

821 Aging

Enter TV mode Set warm up status to ldquoOnrdquo Aging time at least 12 minutes

822 ADC Adjustment

The chassis can execute ADC auto-tune in YPbPr amp PC sourcing modes Enter SAM select YPbPr or PC as source then select AUTOTUNE in ADC ADJ press ldquoRight keyrdquo to run waiting for about 5 seconds until ldquoOKrdquo is displayed which means the set finished the ADC adjustment With an YPbPr source use a 100 color bar pattern with a PC source use a 16-scale grey pattern

823 White Balance Adjustment

Adjust the NORMAL WARM COOL temperature in White balance according to company regular Make sure ADC adjustments have done successfully before doing white balance adjustments and use the ldquoNaturalrdquo picture mode White balance adjustment should be performed with three different sources1 AVTVSVIDEO source reunification under the AV

adjustment apply a NTSC-M system signal with 8-scale grey pattern

2 YPbPrHDMI source reunification under the YPbPr adjustment apply an 8-scale grey pattern

3 PC source should adjust single apply a 8-scale grey pattern

If case of manual adjustment please use the WB page in SAMWhile adjusting White Balance do not change White G or Black G only adjust White R White B Black R and Black B

Table 8-1 Color Temperature Setting 19

Table 8-2 Color Temperature Setting 26

Color mode X Y Color Temperature (K)

Normal 296plusmn4 299plusmn4 8000

Warm 314plusmn4 319plusmn4 6500

Cool 289plusmn4 291plusmn4 9000

Color mode X Y Color Temperature (K)

Normal 289plusmn4 291plusmn4 9000

Warm 314plusmn4 319plusmn4 6500

Cool 278plusmn4 278plusmn4 11000

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data SheetsEN 50 TCS10L LA9

9 Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data Sheets

Index of this chapter91 Introduction92 Abbreviation List93 IC Data Sheets

Notes bull Only new circuits (circuits that are not published recently)

are described bull Figures can deviate slightly from the actual situation due

to different set executions

91 Introduction

This chassis uses the MStar MST9U19A main chip with the following features bull Multi-Standard TV decoding with 2-D comb filterbull Multi-Standard TV sound demodulator and decoderbull Triple ADC fro TV and RGBYPbPrbull Integrated DVIHDCPHDMI compliant receiverbull High quality scaling enginebull 3-D video de-interlacer and video noise reductionbull Embedded On Screen Display controllerbull NTSCPALSecam Video decoder with automatic standard

detectionbull CVBS video outputbull Multi standard TV sound decoderbull FM stereo and SAP demodulationbull Digital audio interfacebull Analog RGB Compliant Input Portsbull DVIHDCPHDMI Compliant input portbull Auto tuning function including phasing positioning offset

gain and jitter detectionbull Automatic color correction

The MST9U19A is a high performance and fully integrated IC for multi-function LCD monitorTV with resolutions up to WSXGA (1680 times 1050) It is configured with an integrated triple-ADCPLL an integrated DVIHDCPHDMI receiver a multi standard TV video and audio decoder a video de-interlacer a scaling engine the MStarACE-3 color engine an On Screen Display controller an 8-bit MCU and a built-in output panel interface It also incorporates an intelligent power management control system for green-mode requirements and spread-spectrum support for EMI management

For a block diagram refer to chapter 6 ldquoBlock diagrams Test Point Overviews and Waveformsrdquo

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data Sheets EN 51TCS10L LA 9

92 Abbreviation List

1080i 1080 visible lines interlaced1080p 1080 visible lines progressive scan2CS 2 Carrier Sound2DNR Spatial (2D) Noise Reduction3DNR Temporal (3D) Noise Reduction480i 480 visible lines interlaced480p 480 visible lines progressive scanAARA Automatic Aspect Ratio Adaptation

algorithm that adapts aspect ratio to remove horizontal black bars keeping up the original aspect ratio

ACI Automatic Channel Installation algorithm that installs TV channels directly from a cable network by means of a predefined TXT page

ADC Analogue to Digital ConverterAFC Automatic Frequency Control control

signal used to tune to the correct frequency

AGC Automatic Gain Control algorithm that controls the video input of the feature box

AM Amplitude ModulationAUO Acer Unipack OptronicsAP Asia PacificAR Aspect Ratio 4 by 3 or 16 by 9ASD Automatic Standard DetectionAV Audio VideoB-SC1-IN Blue SCART1 inB-SC2-IN Blue SCART2 inB-TXT Blue teletextBG Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 55 MHzBTSC Broadcast Television System

CommitteeC-FRONT Chrominance front inputCBA Circuit Board Assembly (or PWB)CL Constant Level audio output to

connect with an external amplifierCLUT Color Look Up TableComPair Computer aided rePairCSM Customer Service ModeCVBS Composite Video Blanking and

SynchronizationCVBS-EXT CVBS signal from external source

(VCR VCD etc)CVBS-INT CVBS signal from TunerCVBS-MON CVBS monitor signalCVBS-TER-OUT CVBS terrestrial outDAC Digital to Analogue ConverterDBE Dynamic Bass Enhancement extra

low frequency amplificationDFU Directions For Use owners manualDNR Dynamic Noise ReductionDRAM Dynamic RAMDSP Digital Signal ProcessingDST Dealer Service Tool special

(European) remote control designed for service technicians

DTS Digital Theatre SoundDVD Digital Versatile DiscDVI Digital Visual InterfaceDW Double WindowED Enhanced Definition 480p 576pEEPROM Electrically Erasable and

Programmable Read Only MemoryEU EUropeEXT EXTernal (source) entering the set by

SCART or by cinches (jacks)FBL Fast Blanking DC signal

accompanying RGB signalsFBL-SC1-IN Fast blanking signal for SCART1 in

FBL-SC2-IN Fast blanking signal for SCART2 inFBL-TXT Fast Blanking TeletextFLASH FLASH memoryFM Field Memory Frequency ModulationFMR FM RadioFRC Frame Rate ConverterFRONT-C Front input chrominance (SVHS)FRONT-DETECT Front input detectionFRONT-Y_CVBS Front input luminance or CVBS

(SVHS)FTV Flat TeleVisionG-SC1-IN Green SCART1 inG-SC2-IN Green SCART2 inG-TXT Green teletextH H_sync to the module HD High Definition 720p 1080i 1080pHDMI High Definition Multimedia Interface

digital audio and video interfaceHP Head PhoneI Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 60 MHzI2C Integrated IC busI2S Integrated IC Sound busIC Integrated CircuitIF Intermediate FrequencyInterlaced Scan mode where two fields are used

to form one frame Each field contains half the number of the total amount of lines The fields are written in ldquopairsrdquo causing line flicker

IR Infra RedIRQ Interrupt ReQuestLast Status The settings last chosen by the

customer and read and stored in RAM or in the NVM They are called at start-up of the set to configure it according the customers wishes

LATAM LATin AMericaLC04 Philips chassis name for LCD TV 2004

projectLCD Liquid Crystal DisplayLED Light Emitting DiodeLL Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 65 MHz L is Band I L is all bands except for Band I

LPL LG Philips LCDLS Loud SpeakerLVDS Low Voltage Differential Signalling

data transmission system for high speed and low EMI communication

MN Monochrome TV system Sound carrier distance is 45 MHz

MOSFET Metal Oxide Semiconductor Field Effect Transistor

MPEG Motion Pictures Experts GroupMSP Multi-standard Sound Processor ITT

sound decoderMUTE MUTE LineNAFTA North American Free Trade

Association Trade agreement between Canada USA and Mexico

NC Not ConnectedNICAM Near Instantaneous Compounded

Audio Multiplexing This is a digital sound system used mainly in Europe

NTSC National Television Standard Committee Color system used mainly in North America and Japan Color carrier NTSC MN = 3579545 MHz NTSC 443 = 4433619 MHz (this is a VCR norm it is not transmitted off-air)

NVM Non Volatile Memory IC containing TV related data (for example options)

OC Open CircuitONOFF LED OnOff control signal for the LED

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data SheetsEN 52 TCS10L LA9

OSD On Screen DisplayPAL Phase Alternating Line Color system

used mainly in Western Europe (color carrier = 4433619 MHz) and South America (color carrier PAL M = 3575612 MHz and PAL N = 3582056 MHz)

PC Personal ComputerPCB Printed Circuit Board (or PWB)PDP Plasma Display PanelPIG Picture In GraphicPIP Picture In PicturePLL Phase Locked Loop Used for

example in FST tuning systems The customer can directly provide the desired frequency

Progressive Scan Scan mode where all scan lines are displayed in one frame at the same time creating a double vertical resolution

PWB Printed Wiring Board (or PCB)RAM Random Access MemoryRC Remote Control transmitterRC5 (6) Remote Control system 5 (6) the

signal from the remote control receiver RGB Red Green and Blue The primary

color signals for TV By mixing levels of R G and B all colors (YC) are reproduced

RGBHV Red Green Blue Horizontal sync and Vertical sync

ROM Read Only MemorySAM Service Alignment ModeSC SandCastle two-level pulse derived

from sync signalsSC1-OUT SCART output of the MSP audio ICSC2-B-IN SCART2 Blue inSC2-C-IN SCART2 chrominance inSC2-OUT SCART output of the MSP audio ICSC Short CircuitSCL Clock signal on I2C busSD Standard Definition 480i 576iSDA Data signal on I2C busSDI Samsung Display IndustrySDM Service Default ModeSDRAM Synchronous DRAMSECAM SEequence Couleur Avec Memoire

Color system used mainly in France and Eastern Europe Color carriers = 4406250 MHz and 4250000 MHz

SIF Sound Intermediate FrequencySMPS Switch Mode Power SupplySND SouNDSNDL-SC1-IN Sound left SCART1 inSNDL-SC1-OUT Sound left SCART1 outSNDL-SC2-IN Sound left SCART2 inSNDL-SC2-OUT Sound left SCART2 outSNDR-SC1-IN Sound right SCART1 inSNDR-SC1-OUT Sound right SCART1 outSNDR-SC2-IN Sound right SCART2 outSNDR-SC2-OUT Sound right SCART2 outSNDS-VL-OUT Surround sound left variable level outSNDS-VR-OUT Surround sound right variable level outSOPS Self Oscillating Power SupplySPDIF Sony Philips Digital InterFaceSRAM Static RAMSTBY Stand-bySVHS Super Video Home SystemSW Sub Woofer SoftWareTHD Total Harmonic DistortionTXT TeleteXTuP MicroprocessorVL Variable Level out processed audio

output toward external amplifierVCR Video Cassette Recorder

VGA Video Graphics ArrayWD Watch DogWYSIWYR What You See Is What You Record

record selection that follows main picture and sound

XTAL Quartz crystalYPbPr Component video (Y= Luminance Pb

Pr= Color difference signals B-Y and R-Y other amplitudes wrt to YUV)

YC Video related signals Y consists of luminance signal blanking level and sync C consists of color signal

Y-OUT Luminance-signalYUV Baseband component video (Y=

Luminance UV= Color difference signals)

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data Sheets EN 53TCS10L LA 9

93 IC Data Sheets

This section shows the internal block diagrams and pin layouts of ICs that are drawn as ldquoblack boxesrdquo in the electrical diagrams (with the exception of ldquomemoryrdquo and ldquologicrdquo ICs)

931 Diagram B MST9U19A

Figure 9-1 Pin configuration

Pin 1

123

45

7

9

11

1314

1718

21

23

25

2728

30

32

34

36

39

41

43

6

8

10

12

1516

1920

22

24

26

29

31

33

35

3738

40

42

4445464748

505152

49

53 54 55 56 57 59 61 63 65 66 69 70 73 75 77 79 80 82 84 86 88 91 93 9558 60 62 64 67 68 71 72 74 76 78 81 83 85 87 89 90 92 94 96 97 98 99 100

102

103

104

101

208

207

206

205

204

202

200

198

196

195

192

191

188

186

184

182

181

179

177

175

173

170

168

166

203

201

199

197

194

193

190

189

187

185

183

180

178

176

174

172

171

169

167

165

164

163

162

161

159

158

157

160

156155154

153152

150

148

146

144143

140139

136

134

132

130129

127

125

123

121

118

116

114

151

149

147

145

142141

138137

135

133

131

128

126

124

122

120119

117

115

113112111110109

107106105

108

MST9U19A

XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX

GN

D

AUR1

AUL2

AUL3

AUL1

AUCO

M

AUR2

AUR3

DIGO[8]

GNDAVDD_MEMPLL

PWM3PWM2DIGO[9]

SIF1

MSI

F1P

AVD

D_S

IF

AUO

UTL

AUO

UTR

AUO

UTS

VDD

CG

PIO

F[2]

GPI

OF[

3]G

PIO

F[4]

GPI

OF[

5]G

PIO

F[6]

GPI

OF[

7]G

PIO

F[8]

GPI

OF[

9]G

PIO

F[10

]G

PIO

F[11

]VD

DP

GN

DG

PIO

F[12

]

GPI

OF[

14]

GPI

OF[

15]

GPI

OF[

16]

GPI

OF[

17]

GPI

OF[

18]

GN

D

GPI

OF[

19]

VDD

C

VDD

PG

ND

VDD

PVD

DP

GPI

OF[

13]

GN

D

DIGO[7]

DIGO[5]

DIGO[3]

DIGO[1]

VDDC

VDDPPWM_SENSE

DIGO[6]

DIGO[4]

DIGO[2]

DIGO[0]

GND

PWM_DRVPWM_FBIRININT

PWM1PWM0

GNDVDDPALERDZWRZ

VDDC

GNDVDDP

VDD

PLV

A0M

LVA0

PLV

A1M

LVA1

PLV

A2M

LVA2

PLV

ACKM

LVAC

KPLV

A3M

LVA4

PVD

DP

VDD

CAV

DD

_MPL

L

LVA3

PLV

A4M

GPI

OE[

0]

IHSY

NC

ICLK

DI[

1]D

I[0]

IVYS

NC

GPI

OE[

1]G

PIO

E[2]

GPI

OE[

3]G

ND

VDD

P

AVD

D_M

PLL

XIN

XOU

TH

WR

ESET

GN

D

DI[

7]D

I[6]

DI[

5]D

I[4]

DI[

2]D

I[3]

VDD

C

AUO

UTL

3AU

OU

TR3

RXCKPGND

RX0NRX0P

AVDD_DVIRX1NRX1P

RX2P

REXT

DDCD_CK

VSYNC1

VCLAMP

REFM

BIN1M

GNDRX2N

AVDD_DVI

DDCD_DA

HSYNC1

RMID

REFP

BIN1P

SOGIN1GIN1PGIN1MRIN1PRIN1MBIN0MBIN0PGIN0MGIN0P

SOGIN0RIN0MRIN0P

HSYNC0VSYNC0

RXCKN

AVDD_ADCGND

C1Y1C0Y0

CVBS2CVBS1

VCOM1CVBS0

VCOM0CVBSOUT

GND

VCOM2CVBS3

GN

D

AVD

D_A

UAU

L0AU

R0

AUVR

EFAU

VRAD

PAU

VRAD

N

AUO

UTL

2AU

OU

TR2

AD[7]AD[6]AD[5]AD[4]AD[3]AD[2]AD[1]AD[0]

SDOCSZSDISCK

SAR3

SAR1SAR2

SAR0

DDCA_CK

DDCR_CKDDCA_DA

DDCR_DA

LVB0

MLV

B0P

LVB1

MLV

B1P

LVB2

MLV

B2P

LVBC

KMLV

BCKP

LVB3

M

LVB4

P

LVB3

PLV

B4M

I_18130_008eps200608

Pin Configuration

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data SheetsEN 54 TCS10L LA9

932 Diagram B TDA1308

Figure 9-2 Block diagram and pin configuration

Block diagram

Pinning information

2

1

3

4

8

7

65

INA(neg)

TDA1308(A)OUTA

VSS

VDD

INA(pos)

INB(neg)

INB(pos)

OUTB

TDA1308(A)

VATUO DD

BTUO)gen(ANI

)gen(BNI)sop(ANI

VSS INB(pos)

1

2

3

4

6

5

8

7

I_18130_007eps190608

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data Sheets EN 55TCS10L LA 9

933 Diagram B NCP1377B

Figure 9-3 Block diagram and pin configuration

Block diagram

Pinning information

I_18130_009eps190608

HV

VCC

GND

Demag

4 mA

To InternalSupply

+

+

125 V75 V56 V (Fault)

FaultMngt

PON

5 V+

OVP

+

144

45 usDelay

15 us for B Version

Demag

8 usBlanking

S

SR R

Q

Q

+

3 us forB Version

+minus

Overload

5 usTimeout

TimeReset

Demag

380 nsLEB

1 V3

200 Awhen DRV

is OFF

FB

42 V

Driver src = 20 sink = 10

DrvVCC

CS

+50 mV 10 V Rint

1Dmg 8 HV

7 NC2FB

3CS

4GND

6 VCC

5 Drv

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data SheetsEN 56 TCS10L LA9

934 Diagram B TDA7266

Figure 9-4 Block diagram and pin configuration

1

2

4

Vref

7YB-TS

IN1

022microF

VCC

133

+

-

-

+

OUT1+

OUT1-

15

14

12

6ETUM

IN2

022microF

+

-

-

+

OUT2+

OUT2-

8

9S-GND

PW-GND

470microF 100nF

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

9

10

11

8

NC

NC

S-GND

PW-GND

OUT2+

OUT2-

VCC

IN2

ST-BY

MUTE

NC

IN1

VCCOUT1-

OUT1+

13

14

15

12

I_17950_054eps090508

Block Diagram

Pin Configuration

Spare Parts List amp CTN Overview EN 57TCS10L LA 10

10 Spare Parts List amp CTN OverviewFor the latest spare part overview please consult the Philips Service website

Table 10-1 Sets described in this manual

11 Revision ListManual xxxx xxx xxxx0bull First release

CTN Styling

19PFL340355 MG8

19PFL340377 MG8

19PFL340378 MG8

19PFL340385 MG8

26PFL340385 MG8

  • Content
  • 1 Technical Specifications Connections and Chassis Overview
    • 11 Technical Specifications
      • 111 Vision
      • 112 Sound
      • 113 Miscellaneous
        • 12 Connection Overview
          • Figure 1-1 Rear and side IO connections
          • 121 Rear Connections
            • 1 - HDMI Digital Video Digital Audio - In
              • Figure 1-2 HDMI (type A) connector
                • 2 - VGA AUDIO Mini Jack VGA Audio - In
                • 3 - VGA PC Video RGB - In and Service UART
                  • Figure 1-3 VGA Connector
                    • 4 - Cinch Video YPbPr - In
                    • 5 - AV1 Cinch Video CVBS - In Audio - In
                    • 6 - Aerial - In
                    • 7 - Service Connector (ComPair)
                      • 122 Side connections
                        • 8 - Cinch Video CVBS - In Audio - In
                        • 9 - S-Video (Hosiden) Video YC - In
                        • 10 - Mini Jack Audio Head phone - Out
                            • 13 Chassis Overview
                              • Figure 1-4 PWBCBA locations
                                  • 2 Safety Instructions Warnings and Notes
                                    • 21 Safety Instructions
                                    • 22 Warnings
                                    • 23 Notes
                                      • 231 General
                                      • 232 Schematic Notes
                                      • 233 BGA (Ball Grid Array) ICs
                                        • Introduction
                                        • BGA Temperature Profiles
                                          • 234 Lead-free Soldering
                                          • 235 Alternative BOM identification
                                            • Figure 2-1 Serial number (example)
                                              • 236 Board Level Repair (BLR) or Component Level Repair (CLR)
                                              • 237 Practical Service Precautions
                                                  • 3 Directions for Use
                                                  • 4 Mechanical Instructions
                                                    • 41 Cable Dressing
                                                      • Figure 4-1 Cable dressing (19 model)
                                                      • Figure 4-2 Cable dressing (26 model)
                                                        • 42 Service Positions
                                                          • 421 Foam Bars
                                                            • Figure 4-3 Foam bars
                                                                • 43 AssyPanel Removal
                                                                  • 431 Stand
                                                                    • Figure 4-4 Stand
                                                                      • 432 Rear Cover
                                                                        • Figure 4-5 LVDS release
                                                                        • Figure 4-6 Speaker and IRLED panel cable release
                                                                          • 433 Keyboard Control Board
                                                                            • Figure 4-7 Keyboard control board
                                                                              • 434 IRLED Board and Speakers
                                                                                • Figure 4-8 IRLED Board and Speakers
                                                                                  • 435 Power Supply Board
                                                                                    • Figure 4-9 Power Supply Unit(s)
                                                                                      • 436 Inverter Board (19 and 22 versions)
                                                                                        • Figure 4-10 Inverter Board
                                                                                          • 437 Small Signal Board (SSB)
                                                                                            • Removing the SSB
                                                                                              • Figure 4-11 SSB connector plate
                                                                                              • Figure 4-12 SSB
                                                                                                • 44 Set Re-assembly
                                                                                                  • 5 Service Modes Error Codes and Fault Finding
                                                                                                    • 51 Test Points
                                                                                                    • 52 Service Mode
                                                                                                      • 521 Service Alignment Mode (SAM)
                                                                                                        • How to Enter
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-1 SAM menu
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-2 SAM menu White Balance Normal
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-3 SAM menu White Balance Cool
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-4 SAM menu White Balance Warm
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-5 SAM menu Volume Curve
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-6 SAM menu Picture Curve
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-7 SAM menu Picture Mode Natural
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-8 SAM menu Picture Mode Personal
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-9 SAM menu Picture Mode Rich
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-10 SAM menu Picture Mode Soft
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-11 SAM menu Producting
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-12 SAM menu Country
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-13 SAM menu Setup
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-14 SAM menu Shop Init Do
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-15 SAM menu Clear Code gt
                                                                                                            • How to Exit
                                                                                                            • Factory Mode Descriptions
                                                                                                              • ltTABLEgt
                                                                                                              • Virgin Settings
                                                                                                                • Table 5-1 Country setting
                                                                                                                • Table 5-2 Virgin settings
                                                                                                                  • 522 Customer Service Mode (CSM)
                                                                                                                    • Purpose
                                                                                                                    • How to Activate CSM
                                                                                                                    • Contents of CSM
                                                                                                                      • Figure 5-16 CSM Menu
                                                                                                                        • Menu Explanation
                                                                                                                        • How to Exit
                                                                                                                          • 523 Blinking LED Procedure
                                                                                                                            • 53 Error Codes
                                                                                                                              • ltTABLEgt
                                                                                                                                • 54 Fault Finding
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-17 No Picture No sound no Back light (19 sets)
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-18 Picture OK No sound (19 sets)
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-19 No Picture Back light amp Sound OK (19 and 26 sets)
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-20 No color (19 and 26 sets)
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-21 No Picture No sound no Back light (26 sets)
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-22 Picture OK No sound (26 sets)
                                                                                                                                    • 55 Service Tools
                                                                                                                                      • 551 ComPair
                                                                                                                                        • Introduction
                                                                                                                                        • Specifications
                                                                                                                                        • How to Connect
                                                                                                                                        • How to Order
                                                                                                                                          • Figure 5-23 ComPair II interface connection
                                                                                                                                            • 56 Software Upgrading
                                                                                                                                              • 561 Introduction
                                                                                                                                                  • 6 Block Diagrams Test Point Overview and Waveforms
                                                                                                                                                    • Wiring Diagram of Connector for MS19-PH 19
                                                                                                                                                    • Wiring Diagram of Connector for MS19-PH 26
                                                                                                                                                    • Block Diagram MS19P Chipset
                                                                                                                                                    • I2C overview
                                                                                                                                                      • 7 Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts
                                                                                                                                                        • Main Power Supply (19)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Main Power Supply (19) (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Main Power Supply (19) (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Main Power Supply (26)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Main Power Supply (26) (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Main Power Supply (26) (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Standby Power Supply (26)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Standby Power Supply (26) (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Standby Power Supply (26) (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB Control
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB DC - DC
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB MST9E19A Controller
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB HDMI Interface
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB VGA Interface
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB Cinch
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB Tuner
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB Audio Amplifier
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB LVDS Interface
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Small Signal Board (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Small Signal Board (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Keyboard Control Panel
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Keyboard Control Panel (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Keyboard Control Panel (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Inverter Panel
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Inverter Panel (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Inverter Panel (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • IR LED Panel
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout IR LED Panel (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout IR LED Panel (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                          • 8 Alignments
                                                                                                                                                            • 81 Electrical Alignments
                                                                                                                                                            • 82 Hardware Alignments
                                                                                                                                                              • 821 Aging
                                                                                                                                                              • 822 ADC Adjustment
                                                                                                                                                              • 823 White Balance Adjustment
                                                                                                                                                                • Table 8-1 Color Temperature Setting 19
                                                                                                                                                                • Table 8-2 Color Temperature Setting 26
                                                                                                                                                                  • 9 Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data Sheets
                                                                                                                                                                    • 91 Introduction
                                                                                                                                                                    • 92 Abbreviation List
                                                                                                                                                                    • 93 IC Data Sheets
                                                                                                                                                                      • 931 Diagram B MST9U19A
                                                                                                                                                                        • Figure 9-1 Pin configuration
                                                                                                                                                                          • 932 Diagram B TDA1308
                                                                                                                                                                            • Figure 9-2 Block diagram and pin configuration
                                                                                                                                                                              • 933 Diagram B NCP1377B
                                                                                                                                                                                • Figure 9-3 Block diagram and pin configuration
                                                                                                                                                                                  • 934 Diagram B TDA7266
                                                                                                                                                                                    • Figure 9-4 Block diagram and pin configuration
                                                                                                                                                                                      • 10 Spare Parts List amp CTN Overview
                                                                                                                                                                                        • Table 10-1 Sets described in this manual
                                                                                                                                                                                          • 11 Revision List
Page 3: Philips 19PFL3403-55 TCS1[1].0L_LA

Technical Specifications Connections and Chassis Overview EN 3TCS10L LA 1

12 Connection Overview

Figure 1-1 Rear and side IO connections

Note The following connector color abbreviations are used (acc to DINIEC 757) Bk= Black Bu= Blue Gn= Green Gy= Grey Rd= Red Wh= White and Ye= Yellow

121 Rear Connections

1 - HDMI Digital Video Digital Audio - In

Figure 1-2 HDMI (type A) connector

1 - D2+ Data channel 2 - Shield Gnd

3 - D2- Data channel

4 - D1+ Data channel 5 - Shield Gnd

6 - D1- Data channel

7 - D0+ Data channel 8 - Shield Gnd

9 - D0- Data channel

10 - CLK+ Data channel 11 - Shield Gnd

12 - CLK- Data channel

13 - nc14 - nc15 - DDC_SCL DDC clock

16 - DDC_SDA DDC data 17 - Ground Gnd

18 - +5V

19 - HPD Hot Plug Detect 20 - Ground Gnd

2 - VGA AUDIO Mini Jack VGA Audio - InBk - Audio LR 05 VRMS 10 kΩ

3 - VGA PC Video RGB - In and Service UART

Figure 1-3 VGA Connector

1 - Video Red 07 VPP 75 Ω

2 - Video Green 07 VPP 75 Ω

3 - Video Blue 07 VPP 75 Ω 4 - nc5 - Ground Gnd

6 - Ground Red Gnd 7 - Ground Green Gnd

8 - Ground Blue Gnd

9 - +5V_dc +5 V 10 - Ground Sync Gnd

11 - nc12 - DDC_SDA DDC data 13 - H-sync 0 - 5 V

14 - V-sync 0 - 5 V

15 - DDC_SCL DDC clock

4 - Cinch Video YPbPr - InGn - Video Y 1 VPP 75 Ω

Bu - Video Pb 07 VPP 75 Ω Rd - Video Pr 07 VPP 75 Ω

Wh - Audio L 05 VRMS 10 kΩ

Rd - Audio R 05 VRMS 10 kΩ

5 - AV1 Cinch Video CVBS - In Audio - InYe - Video CVBS 1 VPP 75 Ω

Wh - Audio L 05 VRMS 10 kΩ Rd - Audio R 05 VRMS 10 kΩ

6 - Aerial - In- - F-type (US) Coax 75 Ω

7 - Service Connector (ComPair)1 - SDA-S I2C Data (0 - 5 V)

2 - SCL-S I2C Clock (0 - 5 V) 3 - Ground Gnd

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

8

9

10

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

8

9

10

I_18130_001eps160608

19 1

18 2

E_06532_017eps 250505

1

610

11

5

15

E_06532_002eps050404

Technical Specifications Connections and Chassis OverviewEN 4 TCS10L LA1

122 Side connections

8 - Cinch Video CVBS - In Audio - InYe - Video CVBS 1 VPP 75 Ω Wh - Audio L 05 VRMS 10 kΩ

Rd - Audio R 05 VRMS 10 kΩ

9 - S-Video (Hosiden) Video YC - In1 - Ground Y Gnd

2 - Ground C Gnd 3 - Video Y 1 VPP 75 Ω

4 - Video C 03 VPPP 75 Ω

10 - Mini Jack Audio Head phone - OutBk - Head phone 32 - 600 Ω 10 mW

13 Chassis Overview

Figure 1-4 PWBCBA locations

I_17950_002eps080508

IINVERTER PANEL(OPTONAL)

B SMALL SIGNAL BOARD

A(1) MAIN POWER SUPPLY

EKEYBOARDCONTROL PANEL

A2STANDBY POWER

SUPPLY UNIT(OPTIONAL)

JIR LED PANEL

Safety Instructions Warnings and Notes EN 5TCS10L LA 2

2 Safety Instructions Warnings and Notes

Index of this chapter21 Safety Instructions22 Warnings23 Notes

21 Safety Instructions

Safety regulations require the following during a repairbull Connect the set to the MainsAC Power via an isolation

transformer (gt 800 VA)bull Replace safety components indicated by the symbol

only by components identical to the original ones Any other component substitution (other than original type) may increase risk of fire or electrical shock hazard

Safety regulations require that after a repair the set must be returned in its original condition Pay in particular attention to the following points bull Route the wire trees correctly and fix them with the

mounted cable clampsbull Check the insulation of the MainsAC Power lead for

external damage bull Check the strain relief of the MainsAC Power cord for

proper functionbull Check the electrical DC resistance between the MainsAC

Power plug and the secondary side (only for sets that have a MainsAC Power isolated power supply) 1 Unplug the MainsAC Power cord and connect a wire

between the two pins of the MainsAC Power plug 2 Set the MainsAC Power switch to the ldquoonrdquo position

(keep the MainsAC Power cord unplugged) 3 Measure the resistance value between the pins of the

MainsAC Power plug and the metal shielding of the tuner or the aerial connection on the set The reading should be between 45 MΩ and 12 MΩ

4 Switch ldquooffrdquo the set and remove the wire between the two pins of the MainsAC Power plug

bull Check the cabinet for defects to prevent touching of any inner parts by the customer

22 Warnings

bull All ICs and many other semiconductors are susceptible to electrostatic discharges (ESD ) Careless handling during repair can reduce life drastically Make sure that during repair you are connected with the same potential as the mass of the set by a wristband with resistance Keep components and tools also at this same potential

bull Be careful during measurements in the high voltage section

bull Never replace modules or other components while the unit is switched ldquoonrdquo

bull When you align the set use plastic rather than metal tools This will prevent any short circuits and the danger of a circuit becoming unstable

23 Notes

231 General

bull Measure the voltages and waveforms with regard to the chassis (= tuner) ground () or hot ground () depending on the tested area of circuitry The voltages and waveforms shown in the diagrams are indicative Measure them in the Service Default Mode (see chapter 5) with a color bar signal and stereo sound (L 3 kHz R 1 kHz unless stated otherwise) and picture carrier at 47525 MHz for PAL or 6125 MHz for NTSC (channel 3)

bull Where necessary measure the waveforms and voltages with () and without () aerial signal Measure the voltages in the power supply section both in normal operation (13) and in stand-by () These values are indicated by means of the appropriate symbols

232 Schematic Notes

bull All resistor values are in ohms and the value multiplier is often used to indicate the decimal point location (eg 2K2 indicates 22 kΩ)

bull Resistor values with no multiplier may be indicated with either an ldquoErdquo or an ldquoRrdquo (eg 220E or 220R indicates 220 Ω)

bull All capacitor values are given in micro-farads (μ = times 10-6) nano-farads (n = times 10-9) or pico-farads (p = times 10-12)

bull Capacitor values may also use the value multiplier as the decimal point indication (eg 2p2 indicates 22 pF)

bull An ldquoasteriskrdquo () indicates component usage varies Refer to the diversity tables for the correct values

bull The correct component values are listed in the Spare Parts List Therefore always check this list when there is any doubt

233 BGA (Ball Grid Array) ICs

IntroductionFor more information on how to handle BGA devices visit this URL wwwatyourservicecephilipscom (needs subscription not available for all regions) After log-in select ldquoMagazinerdquo then go to ldquoRepair downloadsrdquo Here you will find Information on how to deal with BGA-ICs

BGA Temperature ProfilesFor BGA-ICs you must use the correct temperature-profile which is coupled to the 12NC For an overview of these profiles visit the website wwwatyourservicecephilipscom (needs subscription but is not available for all regions)You will find this and more technical information within the ldquoMagazinerdquo chapter ldquoRepair downloadsrdquoFor additional questions please contact your local repair help desk

234 Lead-free Soldering

Due to lead-free technology some rules have to be respected by the workshop during a repairbull Use only lead-free soldering tin Philips SAC305 with order

code 0622 149 00106 If lead-free solder paste is required please contact the manufacturer of your soldering equipment In general use of solder paste within workshops should be avoided because paste is not easy to store and to handle

bull Use only adequate solder tools applicable for lead-free soldering tin The solder tool must be ablendash To reach a solder-tip temperature of at least 400degCndash To stabilize the adjusted temperature at the solder-tipndash To exchange solder-tips for different applications

bull Adjust your solder tool so that a temperature of around 360degC - 380degC is reached and stabilized at the solder joint Heating time of the solder-joint should not exceed ~ 4 sec Avoid temperatures above 400degC otherwise wear-out of tips will increase drastically and flux-fluid will be destroyed To avoid wear-out of tips switch ldquooffrdquo unused equipment or reduce heat

bull Mix of lead-free soldering tinparts with leaded soldering tinparts is possible but PHILIPS recommends strongly to avoid mixed regimes If this cannot be avoided carefully clear the solder-joint from old tin and re-solder with new tin

Directions for UseEN 6 TCS10L LA3

235 Alternative BOM identification

The third digit in the serial number (example AG2B0335000001) indicates the number of the alternative BOM (Bill Of Materials) that has been used for producing the specific TV set In general it is possible that the same TV model on the market is produced with eg two different types of displays coming from two different suppliers This will then result in sets which have the same CTN (Commercial Type Number eg 28PW951512) but which have a different BOM numberBy looking at the third digit of the serial number one can identify which BOM is used for the TV set he is working withIf the third digit of the serial number contains the number ldquo1rdquo (example AG1B033500001) then the TV set has been manufactured according to BOM number 1 If the third digit is a ldquo2rdquo (example AG2B0335000001) then the set has been produced according to BOM no 2 This is important for ordering the correct spare partsFor the third digit the numbers 19 and the characters AZ can be used so in total 9 plus 26= 35 different BOMs can be indicated by the third digit of the serial number

Identification The bottom line of a type plate gives a 14-digit serial number Digits 1 and 2 refer to the production centre (eg AG is Bruges) digit 3 refers to the BOM code digit 4 refers to the Service version change code digits 5 and 6 refer to the production year and digits 7 and 8 refer to production week (in example below it is 2006 week 17) The 6 last digits contain the serial number

Figure 2-1 Serial number (example)

236 Board Level Repair (BLR) or Component Level Repair (CLR)

If a board is defective consult your repair procedure to decide if the board has to be exchanged or if it should be repaired on component levelIf your repair procedure says the board should be exchanged completely do not solder on the defective board Otherwise it cannot be returned to the OEM supplier for back charging

237 Practical Service Precautions

bull It makes sense to avoid exposure to electrical shock While some sources are expected to have a possible dangerous impact others of quite high potential are of limited current and are sometimes held in less regard

bull Always respect voltages While some may not be dangerous in themselves they can cause unexpected reactions that are best avoided Before reaching into a powered TV set it is best to test the high voltage insulation It is easy to do and is a good service precaution

3 Directions for Use

You can download this information from the following websiteshttpwwwphilipscomsupporthttpwwwp4cphilipscom

E_06532_024eps260308

MODEL

PRODNO

~

S

32PF996810 MADE IN BELGIUM

220-240V 5060Hz

128W

AG 1A0617 000001 VHF+S+H+UHF

BJ30E LA

Mechanical Instructions EN 7TCS10L LA 4

4 Mechanical Instructions

Index of this chapter41 Cable Dressing42 Service Positions43 AssyPanel Removal44 Set Re-assembly

Notes bull Figures below can deviate slightly from the actual situation

due to the different set executionsbull Follow the disassemble instructions in described order

They apply mostly to the 26 model unless otherwise specified but the described method is comparable for the other screen sizes

41 Cable Dressing

Figure 4-1 Cable dressing (19 model)

I_17950_003eps080508

Mechanical InstructionsEN 8 TCS10L LA4

Figure 4-2 Cable dressing (26 model)

I_17950_004eps080508

Mechanical Instructions EN 9TCS10L LA 4

42 Service Positions

For easy servicing of this set there are a few possibilities createdbull The buffers from the packagingbull Foam bars (created for Service)

421 Foam Bars

Figure 4-3 Foam bars

The foam bars (order code 3122 785 90580 for two pieces) can be used for all types and sizes of Flat TVs See figure ldquoFoam barsrdquo for details Sets with a display of 42rdquo and larger require four foam bars [1] Ensure that the foam bars are always supporting the cabinet and never only the displayCaution Failure to follow these guidelines can seriously damage the displayBy laying the TV face down on the (ESD protective) foam bars a stable situation is created to perform measurements and alignments By placing a mirror under the TV you can monitor the screen

43 AssyPanel Removal

431 Stand

1 Refer to next figure2 Place the TV set upside down on a table top using the

foam bars (see section ldquoService Positionrdquo)3 Remove the screws that secure the stand and remove the

stand

Figure 4-4 Stand

432 Rear Cover

Warning Disconnect the mains power cord before you remove the rear cover1 Refer to next figures2 Place the TV set upside down on a table top using the

foam bars (see section ldquoService Positionsrdquo)3 Remove the screws that secure the rear cover The screws

are located at the sides Be careful Now the rear cover could be lifted but the SSB and power supply panel(s) are mounted in the rear cover and still connected to the LCD panel and other boards Those cables should be released first

4 To release the LVDS cable lift the back cover a few centimetres and move it downwards the set Now unplug the LVDS connector [2]Caution be careful as this is a very fragile connector

5 Remove the screw [3]6 Now the rear cover can be lifted to gain access to the

speaker cables and the IRLED panel cable Release the connectors [4]

Figure 4-5 LVDS release

E_06532_018eps171106

1

Required for sets42

1

I_17950_005eps080508

1

1

1

1

I_17930_041eps240408

2

3

Mechanical InstructionsEN 10 TCS10L LA4

Figure 4-6 Speaker and IRLED panel cable release

433 Keyboard Control Board

1 Refer to next figure2 Unscrew two screws[1]3 Unplug connector [2] and remove the boardWhen defective replace the whole unit

Figure 4-7 Keyboard control board

434 IRLED Board and Speakers

1 Refer to next figure2 Remove the screws [1] and remove the IRLED board3 Remove the screws [2] and remove the speakersWhen defective replace the whole unit

Figure 4-8 IRLED Board and Speakers

I_17930_042eps240408

4

4

4

I_17930_063eps240408

2

1

1

I_17930_043eps240408

1 1

22 22

Mechanical Instructions EN 11TCS10L LA 4

435 Power Supply Board

Due to different set executions this chassis is supplied with one or two power supply boards and figures may differCaution it is absolutely mandatory to remount all different screws and cables at their original position during re-assembly Failure to do so may result in damaging the power supply1 Refer to next figure2 Unplug all the connectors [1]3 Remove the fixation screws [2]4 Remove the main power supply board5 Unplug all the connectors [3]6 Remove the fixation screws [4]7 Remove the stand-by power supply board

Figure 4-9 Power Supply Unit(s)

436 Inverter Board (19 and 22 versions)

Due to different set executions this chassis some versions are supplied with an inverter board Figures may differ1 Refer to next figure2 Unplug all connectors [1]3 Release the clips [2]4 Take out the inverter board

Figure 4-10 Inverter Board

437 Small Signal Board (SSB)

Caution it is absolutely mandatory to remount all different screws at their original position during re-assembly Failure to do so may result in damaging the SSB

Removing the SSB 1 See next figures2 Remove the screws [2] from the SSB3 On the outside of the set lift the rear cover near the tuner

connector approximately 3 mm in the indicated direction and keep it lifted while

4 On the inside of the set slide the metal plate in the indicated direction

5 Gently lift the board from the rear cover6 Now unplug the LVDS connector [3]

Caution be careful as this is a very fragile connector Unplug the rest of the cables [4]

Figure 4-11 SSB connector plate

I_17950_006eps080508

4

4

2 2 4

4

2 2

1

1

3

I_17930_065eps240408

1

1

1

2 2

2

I_18130_002eps170608

Mechanical InstructionsEN 12 TCS10L LA4

Figure 4-12 SSB

44 Set Re-assembly

To re-assemble the whole set execute all processes in reverse order

Notesbull While re-assembling make sure that all cables are placed

and connected in their original position See figure ldquoCable dressingrdquo

bull Pay special attention not to damage the EMC foams at the SB shields Make sure that EMC foams are put correctly on their places

I_17950_008eps080508

22

44

3

22

Service Modes Error Codes and Fault Finding EN 13TCS10L LA 5

5 Service Modes Error Codes and Fault Finding

Index of this chapter51 Test Points52 Service Mode53 Error Codes54 Fault Finding55 Service Tools56 Software Upgrading

51 Test Points

This chassis is NOT equipped with test points in the service printing No test points are mentioned in the service manual

52 Service Mode

521 Service Alignment Mode (SAM)

How to EnterTo enter SAM use the following methodbull Press on the remote control the code ldquo062596rdquo directly

followed by the ldquoINFOrdquo key

After entering SAM the following screen is visible the values can be adjusted according to the requested (see Chapter 8)

Figure 5-1 SAM menu

Figure 5-2 SAM menu White Balance Normal

Figure 5-3 SAM menu White Balance Cool

Figure 5-4 SAM menu White Balance Warm

Figure 5-5 SAM menu Volume Curve

Figure 5-6 SAM menu Picture Curve

I_18130_041eps190608

I_18130_044eps190608

I_18130_043eps190608

I_18130_045eps190608

I_18130_044eps190608

I_18130_048eps190608

Service Modes Error Codes and Fault FindingEN 14 TCS10L LA5

Figure 5-7 SAM menu Picture Mode Natural

Figure 5-8 SAM menu Picture Mode Personal

Figure 5-9 SAM menu Picture Mode Rich

Figure 5-10 SAM menu Picture Mode Soft

Figure 5-11 SAM menu Producting

Figure 5-12 SAM menu Country

I_18130_049eps190608

I_18130_050eps190608

I_18130_051eps190608

I_18130_052eps190608

I_18130_053eps190608

I_18130_054eps190608

Service Modes Error Codes and Fault Finding EN 15TCS10L LA 5

Figure 5-13 SAM menu Setup

Figure 5-14 SAM menu Shop Init Do

Figure 5-15 SAM menu Clear Code gt

How to ExitPress ldquoMENUrdquo on the RC-transmitter

Factory Mode Descriptions

I_18130_055eps190608

I_18130_058eps190608

Item Sub-Item Description

SOURCE Shift among sourcing via pressing Left amp Right key

ADC ADJ Only available in HDTV or PC mode

WB White Balance Calibration setting

SOURCE Shift among sources

COLOR TEMP Normal Warm Cool

WHITE R R Gain adjust manually or automatically

WHITE G G Gain adjust manually or automatically

WHITE B B Gain adjust manually or automatically

BLACK R R Shift adjust manually or automatically

BLACK G G Shift adjust manually or automatically

BLACK B B Shift adjust manually or automatically

VOL CURVE Volume Curve adjustmentX0 X10 X30 X50 X70 X90 X100 on for the usermenu volume value of the 0 10 30 50 70 90 100Only to adjust during production

PICTURE CURVE Analog Picture Curve adjustment X0 X30 X50 X80 X100 on for the usermenu picture value of the 0 30 50 80 100Only to adjust during production

CON Contrast Curve

BRI Brightness Curve

SAT Saturation Curve

SHARP Sharpness Curve

LIGHT Back light Curve

PICTURE MODE Picture modes analog value can be adjusted in this pageincluding SOFT NATURAL BRIGHTE and PERSONAL

I_18130_059eps190608

Service Modes Error Codes and Fault FindingEN 16 TCS10L LA5

Virgin SettingsFirst the country should be set according to the following table

Table 5-1 Country setting

Secondly select ldquoSHOP INITrdquo from the SAM menu Wait until finished and then turn ldquoOffrdquo the set Now the set is put back to virgin settings according to the following table

Table 5-2 Virgin settings

522 Customer Service Mode (CSM)

PurposeWhen a customer is having problems with his TV-set he can call his dealer or the Customer Help desk The service technician can then ask the customer to activate the CSM in order to identify the status of the set Now the service technician can judge the severity of the complaint In many cases he can advise the customer how to solve the problem or he can decide if it is necessary to visit the customer The CSM is a read only mode therefore modifications in this mode are not possible

How to Activate CSMKey in the code ldquo123654rdquo via the standard RC transmitter

Contents of CSM

Figure 5-16 CSM Menu

Menu Explanation1 MODEL Type number and region code2 PROD SN Production code will have 14 characters + 2

reserved (total 16 characters)3 SW ID Software cluster and version is displayed (TC =

TCL 1 = Chassis Number 26 = Screen size L = Latam 090 = software version)

4 CODES Error buffer contents5 SIGNAL PRESENT Presence of RF signal6 SYSTEM Color system7 SOUND Sound system (MonoStereoSAP)8 HDCP KEYS Shows Valid or invalid HDCP key when

HDMI connected Else blank9 HDMI INPUT FORMAT Shows the HDMI input format10 HDMI AUDIO INPUT HDMI audio input HDMI audio stream

detection YES = Audio stream detected NO = No Audio (for example when DVI format is used)

How to ExitPress ldquoMENUrdquo on the RC-transmitter

523 Blinking LED Procedure

The software is capable of identifying different kinds of errors Because it is possible that more than one error can occur over time an error buffer is available which is capable of storing the last five errors that occurred This is useful if the OSD is not working properly

Errors can also be displayed by the blinking LED procedure The method is to repeatedly let the front LED pulse with as many pulses as the error code number followed by a period of 15 seconds in which the LED is ldquooffrdquo Then this sequence is repeated

PRODUCTING FACTURY HOT KEY

Short-cut key to enter factory mode setting GO BACK is the short-cut key if it is ldquoONrdquo Do remember to turn this ldquoOFFrdquo when the set is returned to the customer

WARM UP STATUS

Aging Mode setting ldquoONrdquo means snow picture showing instead of blue background if there is no signal input Do remember to turn this ldquoOFFrdquo when the set is returned to the customer

EEPROM INIT EEPROM initialization1 When the first time to turn on the set please enter this menu and initialize it2 Press LeftRight key and waiting for about 5 seconds until ldquoOKrdquo displayed which means the set finishes the initialization3 Switch off AC power4 Power on the set again the EEPROM will be initialized

LOGO Always leave this setting to the value ldquoOFFrdquo

RF AGC RF Automatic Gain Control default at 16

COUNTRY Select the correct country before doing a SHOP INIT because it puts the set in virgin mode

SET UP POWER MODE LAST

This selects the last power on sequence used

POWER MODE STB

This will put the set in Stand-by whenever the power key is used to turn it on The user now has to turn the set on with the remote control

POWER MODE ON

This will turn on the set whenever the power key is used to turn it on

SHOP INIT DO By selecting this the outgoing factory initialization is selected Always perform this at the end of a repair

CLEAR CODE gt Clears the Error codes

CODES Shows the last 5 error codes

PANEL TYPE Shows the panel type (display only)

SW VER Shows the software version

V8- Shows the BOM number

COMPILE TIME Shows the time the software was compiled

CTN suffix Country

55 Other

77 Argentina

78 Brazil

85 Mexico

Setting 55 77 78 85

PQ Smart Mode Rich Rich Rich Rich

AQ Smart Mode Movie Movie Movie Movie

Sleep Off Off Off Off

Time 0000 0000 0000 0000

Start time ---- ---- ---- ----

Stop time ---- ---- ---- ----

Channel 2 2 2 2

Child lock Off Off Off Off

Parental lock Off Off Off Off

Closed caption Off Off Off Off

RF Channel 2 9 4 2

Volume 30 30 30 30

Item Sub-Item Description

Screen ratio 16 9 16 9 16 9 16 9

OSD language Spanish Spanish Portuguese Spanish

Setting 55 77 78 85

I_18130_060eps190608

Service Modes Error Codes and Fault Finding EN 17TCS10L LA 5

Any RC command terminates the sequence Error code LED blinking is in white colorExample the contents of the error buffer is ldquo013 007 000 000 000rdquoAfter entering SDM the following occursbull 1 long blink of 5 seconds to start the sequencebull 1 medium blink of 3 seconds and then 3 short blinks

followed by a pause of 15 secondsbull 7 short blinks followed by a pause of 15 secondsbull 1 long blink of 15 seconds to finish the sequenceThe sequence starts again with 12 short blinks

53 Error Codes

The error code buffer contains all errors detected since the last time the buffer was erased The buffer is written from left to right When an error occurs that is not yet in the error code buffer it is displayed at the left side and all other errors shift one position to the right

Basically there are six kind of errors

54 Fault Finding

Figure 5-17 No Picture No sound no Back light (19 sets)

Code Description Detection method Type

0 no error - -

1 reserved - -

2 5V failure protection

Power down Protection + blinking

3 μP Control I2C-bus Error log + blinking

4 General I2C bus Error

I2C-bus Protection + blinking

5 reserved - -

6 System EEPROM

I2C-bus Protection + blinking

7 Tuner I2C-bus Error log + blinking

8 HDCP EEPROM

I2C-bus Error log + blinking

No Picture no sound no Back light

Fuse F3(3A) OK

Check circuit of +33V+18V(U5U

6U7) OK Replace the bad

components

For P22 Pin 1~4 is +12V_PWamp Pin7~9

of is +5VSTBOK

Replace F3

Check Q17(Pin5- 8)+12V OK

NO

NO

NO

YES

YES

YES

Check DC-DC circuit(U1U2)

NOCheck Q26 circuit amp Replace the bad

componentsYES

Check PSU

I_18130_066eps180608

Service Modes Error Codes and Fault FindingEN 18 TCS10L LA5

Figure 5-18 Picture OK No sound (19 sets)

Figure 5-19 No Picture Back light amp Sound OK (19 and 26 sets)

Picture OK No sound

Check the voltage ofPin 313 of U19is it 12v Check Q17

Check the wave of pin7475 of U8is it

OK

CheckR amp L speaker

Check wave ofAudio input Pin

U8 pin61~69 OK

CheckQ22

No

Check B of Q22 is Low OK

Yes

No

Check Mute Pin6 of U19is it 12V

Yes

Yes

ReplaceU8

Yes

NO

Yes

Check the AMP- MUTE circuit

No

No

YesCheck SIF circuit Pin 7(SIFOUT) of

Tuner TU1

TV source Checkthe AV input

circuit

No

I_18130_068eps180608

No Picture Back light amp Sound OK

Check the output voltage

of U3 12V is it OK

Check LVDS signal waveform

of P10 is OK

Check the Circuit of12V_PANELamp

PANEL_ONOFF

Yes

No

Yes

Is RP2-RP7 ok

No

check the LVDS cable

Replace U8Yes

I_18130_004eps180608

Service Modes Error Codes and Fault Finding EN 19TCS10L LA 5

Figure 5-20 No color (19 and 26 sets)

Figure 5-21 No Picture No sound no Back light (26 sets)

No color

Color system is Right amp another

channel color is right

Dose the TV signal too weak

CheckPin 17(TV-

CVBS) Wave of TU1 OK

ReplaceTU1

ResetTo

Local system

CheckTuner Input

cable amp antenna

Yes NO NO

No YES YES

Fine tune Frequency

I_18130_006eps180608

No Picture No sound no Back light

Check circuit of +33V +18V (U5U

6U7) OK Replace the bad components

For P22 Pin 1~4 is +12V_PW amp Pin7~9

of is +5VSTBOK

NO

NO

YES

Check DC-DC circuit (U1U2)

YES

Check PSU

I_18130_003eps180608

Service Modes Error Codes and Fault FindingEN 20 TCS10L LA5

Figure 5-22 Picture OK No sound (26 sets)

55 Service Tools

551 ComPair

IntroductionComPair (Computer Aided Repair) is a Service tool for Philips Consumer Electronics products and offers the following1 ComPair helps you to quickly get an understanding on how

to repair the chassis in a short and effective way2 ComPair allows very detailed diagnostics and is therefore

capable of accurately indicating problem areas You do not have to know anything about I2C or UART commands yourself because ComPair takes care of this

3 ComPair speeds up the repair time since it can automatically communicate with the chassis (when the uP is working) and all repair information is directly available

4 ComPair features TV software upgrade possibilities

SpecificationsComPair consists of a Windows based fault finding program and an interface box between PC and the (defective) product The (new) ComPair II interface box is connected to the PC via an USB cable For the TV chassis the ComPair interface box and the TV communicate via a bi-directional cable via the service connector(s)

How to ConnectThis is described in the ComPair chassis fault finding database

Caution It is compulsory to connect the TV to the PC as shown in Figure ldquoComPair II interface connectionrdquo (with the ComPair interface in between) as the ComPair interface acts as a level shifter If one connects the TV directly to the PC (via UART) ICs will be blown

How to OrderComPair II order codes

bull ComPair II interface 3122 785 91020bull For SW see Philips service websitebull ComPair UART interface cable 3122 785 75051bull Software Upgrade VGA interface cables 3122 785 90004

and 3122 785 09269

Note If you encounter any problems contact your local support desk

Figure 5-23 ComPair II interface connection

56 Software Upgrading

561 Introduction

Software upgrading can be done by ComPair This allows to replacement of the software image

Picture OK No sound

Check the voltage ofPin 313 of U19is it 12v Check PSU

Check the wave of pin7475 of U8is it

OK

CheckR amp L speaker

Check wave ofAudio input Pin

U8 pin61~69 OK

CheckQ22

No

Check B of Q22 is Low OK

Yes

No

Check Mute Pin6 of U19is it 12V

Yes

Yes

ReplaceU8

Yes

NO

Yes

Check the AMP- MUTE circuit

No

No

YesCheck SIF circuit Pin 7(SIFOUT) of

Tuner TU1

TV source Checkthe AV input

circuit

No

I_18130_005eps180608

E_06532_036eps150208

TOUART SERVICECONNECTOR

TOUART SERVICECONNECTOR

TOI2C SERVICECONNECTOR

TO TV

PC

HDMII2C only

Optional power5V DC

ComPair II Developed by Philips Brugge

RC outRC in

OptionalSwitch

Power ModeLinkActivity I2C

ComPair IIMulti

function

RS232 UART

Block Diagrams Test Point Overview and Waveforms 21TCS10L LA 6

6 Block Diagrams Test Point Overview and Waveforms

Wiring Diagram of Connector for MS19-PH 19

40-PWL20C-PWI1XG POWER BOARD

1

NU

SE

LEC

T

GN

D

GN

D

P4

1 2 3 5 6 74

BL

ON

OF

F

DIM

MIN

G

INV

ER

TE

R_P

WR

12V

INV

ER

TE

R_P

WR

12V

P5

40-0MS19P-MAE2XGMAIN BOARD

AG

ND

1 2 3 5 6 74

KE

Y0

KE

Y1

AG

ND

IR-I

N

LED

1-IN

LED

2-IN

NC

1 2 3 5 6 7 84

+5V

ST

B

+5V

ST

B

GN

D

GN

D

GN

D

INVERTER BOARD

CN

1

GN

D

1 2 3 5 64

INV

ER

T-S

W

DIM

MIN

G

GN

D

INV

ER

TE

R_P

WR

12V

INV

ER

TE

R_P

WR

12V

8+

5VS

TB

GN

D

1 2 3 5 64

GN

D

GN

D

NC5V

-PW

5V-P

W

40-PF3403-IRC1XG IR BOARD

40-PF3403-KEC1XG KEY BOARD

GN

D

LED

1

IR

+5V

ST

B

1 2 3 54LE

D2

KE

Y1

GN

D

KE

Y0

1 2 3

P10

01

CN

2001 1S

P 22

P

9 10

+12

V-P

W

+12

V-P

W

+12

V-P

W

+12

V-P

W

7 8 9 10

+12

V+

12V

+12

V

+12

V

I_18130_061eps190608

22TCS10L LA 6Block Diagrams Test Point Overview and Waveforms

Wiring Diagram of Connector for MS19-PH 26

40-1PL37C-PWF1XG

1

P5

40-0MS19P-MAE2XGMAIN BOARD

AG

ND

1 2 3 5 6 74

KE

Y0

KE

Y1

AG

ND

IR-I

N

LED

1-IN

LED

2-IN

NC

1 2 3 5 6 7 84

NC

NC

GN

D

GN

D

GN

D

40-PWL01B-STE1X

8+

5VS

TB

1 2 3 5 64

12V-

PW

40-PF3403-IRC1XG IR BOARD

40-PF3403-KEC1XGKEY BOARD

GN

D

LED

1

IR

+5V

ST

B

1 2 3 54LE

D2

KE

Y1

GN

D

KE

Y0

1 2 3

P10

01

CN

2001

P4

9 10

+12

V-P

W

+12

V-P

W

+12

V-P

W

+12

V-P

W

7

10

5P 1P

1 2 3

1 2 3

+5S

TB

AG

ND

PW

-ON

OF

F

+5S

TB

AG

ND

PW

-ON

OF

F

11

12 13 14

GN

D

NC

BL-

AD

JUS

T

BL-

ON

OF

F

11

12

13

14

15

16

P22

8 91 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

12 13 14 15 16

12V-

PW

GN

D

GN

D12

V-P

W

12V-

PW

GN

D

NC

GN

D

NC

NC

NC

NC

NC

BL-

AD

JUS

T

BL-

ON

OF

F

I_18130_062eps190608

Block Diagrams Test Point Overview and Waveforms 23TCS10L LA 6

Block Diagram MS19P Chipset

Panel

810-bit LVDS

2MB

HDMI

HDTVVGA

YC

AV2AV1

AV-OUTTVSIF

PCHDTV-RL

AV2-RLAV1-RL

IRKEY0KEY1

GPIO PWM

Serial-FlashSPI

Speake

Earphone

r

MS19P Chipset Block Diagram

Audio out

EEPROM24C32 SDA

SCL

AMP

TDA7266

MST9U19A

24C02

24C02

24C04SDASCL

U19

U9

U13

U12

U11HDCP

EDID

EDID

U10

Z1

SDASCLExternal device

I_18130_063eps190608

24TCS10L LA 6Block Diagrams Test Point Overview and Waveforms

I2C overview

I2C Device Block Diagram

MST9U19A-LF

24C32 24C04

System EEPROM

I2C AddressA0

HDCP EEPROM

I2C AddressA4

SDA SCL SDA SCL

Tuner integratedIF PLL Demodulator

SDA1 SCL1I2C AddressA0

I_18130_064eps190608

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 25TCS10L LA 7

7 Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Main Power Supply (19)

I_18130_022eps180608

A AMAIN POWER SUPPLY 19rdquo

26TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout Main Power Supply (19) (Top Side)

Layout Main Power Supply (19) (Bottom Side)

I_18130_023eps180608

I_18130_065eps190608

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 27TCS10L LA 7

Main Power Supply (26)

I_18130_024eps180608

A1 A1MAIN POWER SUPPLY 26rdquo

28TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout Main Power Supply (26) (Top Side)

I_18130_028eps180608

40-PWL01B-STE1XG

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 29TCS10L LA 7

Layout Main Power Supply (26) (Bottom Side)

I_18130_029eps180608

40-PWL01B-STE1XG

30TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Standby Power Supply (26)

I_18130_025eps200608

A2 A2STANDBY POWER SUPPLY 26rdquo

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 31TCS10L LA 7

Layout Standby Power Supply (26) (Top Side)

40-1PL37C-PWF1XGI_18130_026eps

180608

32TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout Standby Power Supply (26) (Bottom Side)

I_18130_027eps180608

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 33TCS10L LA 7

SSB Control

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGNDAGND

AGND

AGNDAGNDAGND AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

T

T

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

D1B

D1A

G2

G1

S2

D2B

D2A

S1

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

PGND

PGND

PGND

PGND

PGND

AGND

AGND

T

T

T

T

AGND

T

T

BOOT

DRIVE

FB GND

LGATE

PHASE

VCC

UGATE

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

PGND

AGND

AGND

AGNDAGND

AGND

D2B

D2A

G1

G2

S1

D1B

D1A

S2

T

AGND

D1B

D1A

D2B

G2 D2A

S2

G1

S1

09V

18V

For Tuner 33v

L--Prot

Normal--HProtect--L

Back Light Control

Far from DC-DC amp Tuner

Option

When not use DC-DC+5VSTB_L provide

ON-----LOFF-----H

OptionFar from tuner and power supply (NC)

8

7

6

4 5

3

2

1U3

SP8J3

R234

10R

NC

E

C

B

BT3904

Q21

B

C

E

Q32BT3904

R16

19N

C2

618

KR

919

1K

26

10K

B

C

E

Q2

BT3904

R177

NC

C23

00

1U

10K

R18

0

NC

R17

9 0

R1784K7

+12V

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

P4ON-PBACK

ADJ-PWM2

R181910K26

191

K2

6

R10

Z54

BL-ADJUST

1 2

4

6

8

12

14

10

3

5

7

9

11

13

P22

+5V

+5VSTB_L

C22

2

01U

R70R (FOR 26ONLY)

7

8

4

2

3

5

6

1

A04803

Q17

+12V

+12V_PW

+12V_PW

C24

10

01U

BL-ADJUST

+5V

ST

B_L

C14

01U

BL-ONOFF

C22

40

1U

+5VSTB

R24

8N

C

+12V_PW

C220220U

25V

F250A

F150A

47K

R18

2

L8200R

R2413K9

C23

6

1U

C24

3

1U

C244

01U

C242

470U

16V

+5V

ST

B

PRORECT_12V

R29

720

K

+33V

+33V

B

E

CQ31

BT3906R298

NC

+12V

R299

4K7

R301

4K7

R30

010

K

R29

6

4K7

D14 8V

2

B

C

E

Q26BT3904

R3

4K7

B

E

CQ13

BT3906

C64

3 1U

C20A1U

C21

A 1U

NCC

21

R18

147

K

C24

00

01U

R22

330K

33V

+5V

+5V

12V_PANEL

21

P20

01UC

231

NC

C8

01U

C3

01U

L49200R

L47200R

21

P19

01UC

20

5V_PANEL

4K7R15

D11

LL4148

D45LL4148

PW_ONOFF

+5VSTB1

2

3

P1

POWER-ONOFFB

C

E

Q30BT3904

R26610K

GPIO_PROTECT

+5VSTB

R24

70R

D10LL4148

+12V

C201U

SELECT

R20

510

0K

R2041K

D47 33

V

R27

92K

2R

242

2K2

+12V

1

2

3 6

5

8

4

7

U1

RT8110

R50R PROTPW_ONOFF

R2NC

Z58

Z56

B

C

E

Q27BT3904

BL-ONOFF

R12100R

PW_CTRL

Z51

R24

0 0

Z52

Z53

Z60

L530R

L330R

01U

C23

401UC

232

C23

3 1U

R234K7

5V_PANEL

C22

60

1U

L50200R

+5V

C235470U

16V

200RL54

C23

70

1U

L9200R

+5V

R4

10K

R6NC

+12V_INVERTER

B

C

E

Q6BT3904

68K

R37

NCR17

0RR14

16V

470UC

17A

C27

01U

2U2C16

01UC

15

R8

NC

R194K7

R132NC

R143100K

R14K

7

B

C

E

Q14BT3904

R2110K

+12V

D1LL4148

R14210K

+5VSTB

B

C

E

Q3BT3904NC

+12V

C1810U

50V

L6100UH

D5LL4148

B

C

E

Q5SC1815

NCR

24

B

C

E

Q1

BT3904

B

C

E

Q4BT3904

PWM3

SHUT_EEP

200RL56

L55200R

R23

91K

2

R23

8N

C

R235

10R

R23

6N

C

L115UH

R23

322

K

C23

91U

R237

220R

7

8

4

2

3

5

6

1

U2PHKD13N03LT

C23801U

D50LL4148

L53200R

+12V_INVERTER

C22

70

1U

C22

80

1U

L52200R

L51200R

C22

90

1U

L48200R

C22

50

1U

12V_PANEL

L1230R

PANEL-ONOFF

Z59

Z50

PW_ONOFF R26

368

0R

R2618K2

R26010K

R26

710

K

R26

810

K

R26

247

K

R25910K

R25

810

0K

D41LL4148

+12V

R2783K9

TUNER_5V

+5V

40V

C18

70

1U

R2000R

R6390R

R60422K

L6061000UR

C60

40

1U

D61

433

VC63

047

00P

C63

2 270P

C633

01U 50V

L613

1000UH

NC

L6041000UH

100KR

630

NC

C63

6

C63

50

01U

C63

40

1U

C631200P

B

C

E

Q612BC846B

R63147K

12

3

D61

30B

AV

99

33V

+5V

C1

01U

5V_PANEL

+12V_PW

+5VSTB

12V_PANEL

C223

220U25V

+5VSTB

01U

C22

1

+12V

PW_ONOFF

VCC_PANEL

B01 B01

I_18130_011eps180608

CONTROL

34TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

SSB DC - DC

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGNDAGND

GN

DA

DJ

OU

T

VIN

4

OU

T

VIN

AD

JG

ND

VO

UT

VIN

AD

JG

ND

VCC18V FOR MST9E19A

pin36

VDDC for MST9E19A Core

+33V for VDD_MPLL

+33AVDD FOR AVDD_SIF

+33AVDD FOR AVDD_AU

pin6 pin12

+33AVDD for AVDD_HDMI

Vcc33for MST9E19A analog

+33AVDD for AVDDA

33V for AVDDPLL2

Vcc33 for MST9E19A Digital

10RR

31

F330A

+33V

L16100R+5VST

R28NC

23

1

U6

AIC

1084

FM120D8

FM120D6

23

1

U7

KD

1084

AD

2T18

+33V

VDDP

FM120D7

+5VSTB_L

1 2 3

4

U5AS1117-33

L18FB

FBL17

+18V

VDDC

L11

100R

L10100R+33V

L24

100R

FBL23

16V

47UC

37

C67

01U

01UC

62

C61

01U

01UC

60

C59

01U

16V

100UC

53

C48100U

16V

NCR30

R29

0RL41

FB

16V

100UC

33

C31100U

16V

C49 0

1U

01U

C52

01U

C36

C34 0

1U

01U

C42

C58 0

1U16V

47UC

57

C51 0

1U

AVDD_SIF

+33VA

AVDD_AU

+33VA

AVDDA

+33VA

AVDD_MEMPLL

+33VA

C56 0

1U

01U

C552U

2C

54

C47 0

1U

C46 2U

2

L21FB

2U2

C41

FBL19

C50 2U

2

L22FB

FBL20

01U

C452U

2C

44

C39 0

1U

C38 2U

2

AVDD_HDMI

01U

C40

+33VA

01U

C32

C30 0

1U

+33VA

+33VA

VDD_MPLL

+18V

C35100U

16V

C63

01U

01UC

64

C65

01U

01UC

66

01UC

68

C69

01U

01UC

70

C71

01U

01UC

72

C73

01U

+5VST

+5VSTB

FM120D9

B02 B02

I_18130_012eps180608

DC - DC

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 35TCS10L LA 7

SSB MST9E19A Controller

AG

ND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AG

ND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

SDA

SCL

WC

VCC

VSS

E2NC

E1NC

E0NC AGND

VCC

HOLD

SCK

GND SI

WP

SO

CE

SDA

SCL

WC

VCC

VSS

E2NC

E1NC

E0NC

AD

0A

D1

AD

2A

D3

AD

4A

D5

AD

6A

D7

ALE

AUCOM

AUL0

AUL1

AUL2

AUL3

AUOUTL

AUOUTL2

AUOUTL3

AUOUTR

AUOUTR2

AUOUTR3

AUOUTS

AUR0

AUR1

AUR2

AUR3

AUVRADNAUVRADPAUVREF

AV

DD

_AD

C

AV

DD

_AU

AV

DD

_DV

IA

VD

D_D

VI1

AV

DD

_ME

MP

LL

AV

DD

_MP

LLA

VD

D_M

PLL

1

AV

DD

_SIF

BIN0MBIN0P

BIN1MBIN1P

C0

C1

CSZ

CVBS0

CVBS1CVBS2CVBS3

CVBSOUT

DD

CA

_CK

DD

CA

_DA

DDCD_CKDDCD_DA

DD

CR

_CK

DD

CR

_DA

DI0DI1DI2DI3DI4DI5DI6DI7

DIG

O0

DIG

O1

DIG

O2

DIG

O3

DIG

O4

DIG

O5

DIG

O6

DIG

O7

DIG

O8

DIG

O9

GIN0MGIN0P

GIN1MGIN1P

GN

DG

ND

1

GN

D10

GN

D11

GN

D12

GN

D13

GN

D14

GN

D15

GN

D2

GN

D3

GN

D4

GN

D5

GN

D6

GN

D7

GN

D8

GN

D9

GPIOE0LVSYNCGPIOE1LHSYNC

GPIOE2LDEGPIOE3LCK

GPIOF10GPIOF11

GPIOF12GPIOF13GPIOF14GPIOF15GPIOF16GPIOF17GPIOF18GPIOF19

GPIOF2GPIOF3GPIOF4GPIOF5GPIOF6GPIOF7GPIOF8GPIOF9

HSYNC0

HSYNC1

HW

RE

SE

T

ICLK

IHSYNC

INT

IRIN

IVSYNC

LA0MG3LA0PG2LA1MG1LA1PG0LA2MB7LA2PB6

LA3MB3LA3PB2LA4MB1LA4PB0

LACKMB5LACKPB4

LB0MR7LB0PR6LB1MR5LB1PR4LB2MR3LB2PR2

LB3MG7LB3PG6LB4MG5LB4PG4

LBCKMR1LBCKPR0

PW

M0

PW

M1

PW

M2

PW

M3

PWM_DRVPWM_FB

PWM_SENSE

RD

Z

REFMREFP

REXT

RIN0MRIN0P

RIN1MRIN1P

RMID

RX0NRX0PRX1NRX1PRX2NRX2P

RXCKNRXCKP

SA

R0

SA

R1

SA

R2

SA

R3

SCKSDI

SDO

SIF1MSIF1P

SOGIN0

SOGIN1

VCLAMP

VCOM0

VCOM1

VCOM2

VD

DC

VD

DC

1V

DD

C2

VD

DC

3V

DD

C4

VD

DC

5

VD

DP

VD

DP

1V

DD

P2

VD

DP

3V

DD

P4

VD

DP

5V

DD

P6

VD

DP

7V

DD

P8

VD

DP

9

VSYNC0

VSYNC1

WR

Z

XIN

XO

UT

Y0

Y1

AGND

T

T

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

Mode Selection

I2C address at A0

Location Near IC PinLocation Near IC Pin

SST PULL DOWNMSTAR PULL UP

DVI INPUT

VGA INPUT

For TTL output

Audio Output(to Amp) AV Output(Audio)

Debug Port

For Philps debug

HDCP I2C address at A4

VID

EO

INP

UT

HDTV INPUT

C212NC

C7822P

01UC11

2

2U2 C247

C1072U2

01U C114

PW_CTRL

PRORECT_12V

54

72 13

6 8

RP

84K

7

KEY0-IN

LED2-IN

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

P5

POWER-ONOFF

54

72 13

6 8

RP

124K

7

LED1-IN

NC

L43

+5VSTB

4K7

R55

LED2R13

4K7

R584K7

B

C

E

Q9BT3904

1

2

3

4

5

P14

WP

SDA

SCL

+33V

1

2

3

4

P6

10RR41

SHUT_EEP

D4 NC

WP

C20

110

0P

RXD

TXD1

2

3

P2

ZX

Z62

WP

+33V

+33V+5VSTB

RS

20R

RS

3N

C

RS

11K

10K

R32

10K

R42

01UC86

47RR64

NC

R63

R62

NC

R52100R

R51 22

K

R50 22

K

100RR49

100RR40

C83

001

U

001

UC82

R67

0R

001

UC76

2U2C115

R47100R

R45100R

100RR34100R

R33

2U2C104

C1052U2PC-LIN

2U2C106

C1112U2

2U2C110

C11901U

R57 8K

2

8K2

R56

C1092U2

2U2C108

124578

101113141516171819202122232425262728

293031323334353839

404142434445464748495051

5455575859

61626364656667686970717273747576

78798081828384858687

131

132

133

134

125

126

127

128

129

130

155

156

136 3 9 37 52 56 89 99 101

104

106

120

141

152

173

187

204

143

144

145

146

147

148

149

150

153

154

116

117

118

135

124123122121

9796959493929190

139138137

191190189188

185184183182181180179178177176175174171170169168167166165164163162161160

202201200199198197196195

192

194193

207

206

205

36 53 60 105

6 12 157

208

77 98 107

142

158

203

88 100

102

103

119

140

151

159

172

186

115

114

113

112

111

110

109

108

U8

MST9E19A

R54

4K7

R36

22K

100P C79

01UC11

7

C116

01U

R7510K

R38 22

K

C10201U

C89 0

1U

1

3

2

D40

0BA

V99

+5VST

R53

390R

CVBSOUT

LED2

5

6

7

8

4

3

2

1U10

M24C32MN

IR_SYNC

KEY0

LED1

KEY1

WP_FSH

TV1-VIN- VCOM0

AV1-YIN-

AV1-YIN

VCOM2

SV_Y0

R_TX2+

C920047U

C930047U

0047UC94

0047UC96

C970047U

0047UC98

C1010047U

0047UC100

C990047U

SV_C0

TXD

RXD

100P

C20

2

8

7

6

4 5

3

2

1U9

W25X40

+33V

L26 F

B

100RR77

SDA

SCL

SHUT_EEPR76

100R

5

6

7

8

4

3

2

1U11

M24C04MN

SDA

SCL

100RR70

R69100R

+33V

R68

10K

SPI_CZ

SPI_DI

SPI_CK

54

72

1

3 6

8

RP933R

NCR

65R

661K

8

C90 10

0P

R6110R

1KR60

R591K

100P

C91

C95 10

0P

SYS_RST

R391K

B

E

CQ8

BT3906

C8010U

16V

C7447U

16V

R48

1M

Y1

14M

3

22PC84

AVDDA

AVDD_SIF

AVDD_MEMPLL

AVDD_HDMIVDDC VDDP

SDA_EXT

SCL_EXT

+33V

R43

10K

10KR

44

RXE3+B2

RXE4+B0

RXE4-B1

RXE3-B3

RXEC+B4

RXEC-B5

RXE2+B6

RXE2-B7

RXE1+G0

RXE1-G1

RXE0+G2

RXE0-G3

RXO4+G4

RXO4-G5

RXO3+G6

RXO3-G7

RXOC+R0

RXOC-R1

RXO2+R2

RXO2-R3

RXO1+R4

RXO1-R5

RXO0+R6

RXO0-R7

TTL-BLUE2

TTL-BLUE1

TTL-BLUE0

TTL-BLUE3

TTL-BLUE4

TTL-BLUE5

TTL-BLUE6

TTL-BLUE7

TTL-GREEN0

TTL-GREEN1

TTL-GREEN2

TTL-GREEN3

TTL-GREEN4

TTL-GREEN5

TTL-GREEN6

TTL-GREEN7

TTL-RED6

TTL-RED0

TTL-RED1

TTL-RED2

TTL-RED3

TTL-RED4

TTL-RED5

TTL-RED7

54

72

1

3 6

8

RP40R

8

63

1

2 7

4 5

0RRP7

54

72

1

3 6

8

RP60R

8

63

1

2 7

4 5

0RRP3

8

63

1

2 7

4 5

0RRP5

54

72

1

3 6

8

RP20R

SPI_CKSPI_DISPI_CZ

SPI_DO

AMP-MUTE

PANEL-ONOFF

LED1

HPDCTRL

ON-PBACK

863 12

7

45

4K7

RP

13

PWM0

ADJ-PWM2

NCR

85

NCR

82

NCR

80

NCR

79

R84

1K

R83

1K

R81

1K

R78

1K

PWM0

WP_FSH

ADJ-PWM2

PWM3

IR_SYNC

KEY1

KEY0

RXD

TXD

SCL

SDA

DDC-RDX

DDC-TXD

I2C-SCL

I2C-SDA

+33V

54

721 3

68

RP

104K

7

R7410R

10RR73

10RR72

R7110R

AUCOM

16V

10UC

118

AUVRADN

AUVRADP

C11310U

16V

L250

AMP-ROUT

AMP-LOUT

PH-ROUTPH-LOUT

PC-RIN

SIFM

SIFP

01UC103

01U

C88

AUCOM

AUVREFAUVRADPAUVRADN

SIFM

SIFP

TUNER_CVBS

SV_C0

SV_Y0

VCOM2

CVBS2CVBS1

VCOM0

VCOM1

CVBS3

SCG+

SCR+SCR-

SC_SOG

SCG-

SCB-

RIN-

RIN+GIN-

GIN+SOG

BIN-BIN+

01UC85

C8701U

VS_RGBHS_RGB

HDMI_SCLHDMI_SDA

AVDD_HDMI TXCLK-

R_TX2+

R_TX2-G_TX1+

G_TX1-B_TX0+

B_TX0-TXCLK+

AUVREF

PWM3

+33V

VDD_MPLL

AVDD_AU

TV1-VIN+ TUNER_CVBS

VCOM1

AV1-CIN

TV-SIFP

TV-SIFM

HDMI_SCLHDMI_SDA

TXCLK-

R_TX2-G_TX1+

G_TX1-B_TX0+

B_TX0-TXCLK+

VS_RGBHS_RGB

RIN-

RIN+GIN-

GIN+SOG

BIN-BIN+

SCG+

SCR+SCR-

SC_SOG

SCG-SCB+SCB-

AV1-VIN+

AV2-VIN+

AV3-VIN+ CVBS1

CVBS2

CVBS3

SPI_DO

WP_FSH

CVBSOUT

PH-LOUT

PH-ROUTAMP-ROUT AMP-R

AMP-LAMP-LOUTPH-L1OUT

AFT

SCB+

KEY1-IN

+33V

PH-R1OUT

C77

1000

P

E

C

B BT3904Q7

R114K7

+5VSTB

GPIO_PROTECT

+33V

IR-IN

C248

2U2

2U2 C249

C250

2U2

2U2 C251

C252

2U2

DVI-RINDVI-LINAV2-RIN

AV2-LIN

AV1-RINAV1-LIN

B03 B03

I_18130_013eps180608

MST9E19A CONTROLLER

36TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

SSB HDMI Interface

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

SDA

SCL

WC

VCC

VSS

E2NC

E1NC

E0NC

RX2+

GND1

RX2-

RX1+

GND2

RX1-

RX0+

GND3

RX0-

RXC+

GND4

RXC-

NC1

NC2

DDCCLK

DDCDA

GND5

VCC

HPD

AGND

HDMI-RX2-

HDMI-RX1+

+5V

+5V

5

6

43

2

1

U17

PRTR5V0U4D

5

6

43

2

1

U18

PRTR5V0U4D

1KR101

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

P12

01UC

120

5

6

7

8

4

3

2

1U12

M24C02MN

RLZ

5B6

D18

HDMI-DDC-SDA

HDMI-DDC-SCL

HDMI-HPD

HDMI5V

HPDCTRLB

C

E

Q10BT3904

4K7R96

R95

4K7

R1000R

NCR

97

R94

1K

+5V

100RR99

R98100R

12

3

D17

BAT

54C

D19

RLZ

5B6

TXCLK-

TXCLK+

B_TX0-

B_TX0+

G_TX1-

G_TX1+

R_TX2-

R_TX2+

10RR93

R9210R

10RR91

R9010R

10RR89

R8810R

10RR87

R8610R

HDMI_SDA

HDMI_SCL

HDMI-RXC-

HDMI-RXC+

HDMI-RX0+

HDMI-RX0-

HDMI-RX1-

HDMI-RX2+

B04 B04

I_18130_014eps180608

HDMI INTERFACE

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 37TCS10L LA 7

SSB VGA Interface

AGND

AGND

AGND

SDA

SCL

WC

VCC

VSS

E2NC

E1NC

E0NC

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGNDProgram Control

To main chip(when updateit is I2Cwhen debug it is RXTX)

LED2

R12

110

0RR12

010

0R

+33V

RXD

TXD

R170

4K7

1

3

2

D2

100RR144

NCR123

4K7R12

2

75R

R10

9

R10

8 75R

01UC

130

10K

R17

4

75R

R10

7

10K

R17

2

P13-11

R11

8 4K7

4K7

R11

9

PROTECT

VGA5V

VGA-SCL

PROTECT

13

2

D25

1

3

2

D20

C19 N

C

Q182N7002

10RR175

R171NC

R17310R

C12

9 NC

C1270047U

VGA-R+

VGA-G+

VGA-B+

+5VST1

32

D24

1KR115

R1141K

123

D23BAT54C

5

6

7

8

4

3

2

1U13

M24C02MN

R11

74K

7NC

C12

8R11

610

K

6

4

11

14

15

7

12

8

5

13

3

10

9

1

2

16

17

P13

C1230047U

C1241000P

C1210047U

R10510R

10RR104

R10310R

0047UC126

C1250047U

0047UC122

1

3

2

D22

2

3

1

D21

R11347R

47RR111

R11047R

R106330R

HS_RGB

VS_RGB

Q192N7002

B

C

E

Q25BT3904

VGA-HS

VGA-VS

VGA-SDA

RIN+

SOG

BIN-

GIN-

RIN-

BIN+

GIN+

VGA-SDA

VGA-SCL

+5VSTB

+5VSTB

B05 B05

I_18130_015eps180608

VGA INTERFACE

38TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

SSB Cinch

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND AGNDAGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

VDD

OUTB

INB-

VSS INB+

INA+

INA-

OUTA

AGNDAGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

WHITE

RED

YELLOWGREEN

BLUE

RED

WHITE

RED

RED

WHITE

YELLOW

AGND

AGND

AGND

HDTV IN

AV OUTPUT AUDIO AMP

For PCampYPbPr Audio Input(RL)

For Philips Upgrade

S-VIDEO amp AV2 In Side

Earphone Outuput In Side

AV1 In Rear

AV OUTPUT

For DVI Audio Input(35mm Jack)

2

1

3

P17

DVI_R

DVI_L

AV2-V

AV_ROUT

AV2-R

C13 47

0P

12K

R15

2

C17 47

0P

560P

C16

356

0PC

162

3

2

1

4P15

C14

156

0P

PC-R

560P

C14

3C

134

560P

560P

C13

8

2

3

1

D37

NC

C14

256

0P56

0PC

146

C6 10

0P

3

1

2

P11

TXD

3

1

2

P7

PR1

PB1

AVOUT_L

Y1

AVOUT

1

4

2

5

3

6P21

1

2

3

4

5

6P8

8 56 7 9

P15

BUF2

1

3

2

D31

2

3

1

D28

NC

1

3

2

D33

NC

2

3

1

D55

NC

2

3

1

D54

NC

2

3

1

D52

NC

2

3

1

D51

NC

2

3

1

D34

1

3

2

D36

NC

C5 10

0P

13

2

D12

R18

8 75R

R2855K1

R2845K1

R2805K1

R2815K1

L6130R

AV1-CL60

30R

AV1-YL59

30R

75R

R14

9

C19

810

00P

C14

068

0P

680P

C15

5

10RR186

680P

C13

6

OP_VCC2

C13

168

0P

2

3

1

D53

2

3

1

D27

FB

L42

10KR230

12K

R20

1R

197 12

K

R15

9 12K

R15

522

0R

220RR153

75R

R14

0

75R

R13

9

R13

6 75R

75R

R12

8

2U2C188

R14

5 12K

12K

R15

7

12K

R13

5C191

2U2

10K

R15

6R

147 10

K

330R

R14

6

R18510RY1

75RR151

R141

75R

C1452U2

2U2C144

01UC

139

12K

R16

1

AV2-VIN+

CVBSOUT

AV1-CIN

AV1-YIN-

1

3

2

D38

2

3

1

D39

PH-R1OUTR226

10K

AV_LOUT

R22447K

+5V

R22

547

K

C18

347

U

16V

100P

C18

9

33KR

229

C18547U

16V

C18

40

1U

C19

310

0P

R23

233

K

8

7

6

4 5

3

2

1U16

TDA1308T

SCB-

SCG-

SCR-

C1580047U

SCG+

SCR+

SCB+

SC_SOG

PR1

PB1

C1540047U

0047UC153

C1520047U

C1511000P

0047UC159

0047UC156

R19547R

47RR191

R18947R

R18410R

10RR183

R14810R

1

3

2

D35

B

E

CQ11

BT3906C218

10U

16V

B

C

E

Q12BT3904

2

3

1

D32

2

3

1

D30

1

3

2

D29

R13347R

10RR137

R12610R

+5V

AV1-YIN

Y1R176

470R

PH-L1OUT

AV_LOUT

AV_ROUT

AV1-VIN+

L63 30

R

30R

L62

330RR

249

R25

133

0R

C196

033U50V

C197

033U50V

7

654

89

3

1

2

P18

1000

PC

199

AMP-PROUT+AMP-LIN

AMP-PLOUT+AMP-RIN

EARPHONE-RA

EARPHONE-LA

30RL44

AV1-RIN

R2825K1

R2835K1 AV1-LIN

AV2-LIN

R2865K1

R2875K1 AV2-RIN

R2885K1

R2895K1 DVI-RIN

R2905K1

R2915K1 DVI-LIN

R2925K1

R2935K1 PC-RIN

R2945K1

R2955K1 PC-LIN

AV1_V

AVOUT_R

RXD

C4 47

0P47

0PC

7

AV1_R

AV1_L

C9 47

0P47

0PC

10

C11 47

0P47

0PC

12

PC-L

AV2-L

B06 B06

I_18130_016eps180608

CINCH

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 39TCS10L LA 7

SSB Tuner

AGND

AGND

AGND

AG

ND

AGNDAGND

AGND

AGND

COMMON

IN OUT

VID

EO

NC

1

NC

2

AU

DIO

AG

C

SD

A

TU

MB

GN

D2

SIF

OU

T

GN

D1

NC

3

NC

4

NC

5

SC

L

NC

6

AF

T

CLOSE RO MST IC

R21127R

171 2 6 1110 1412 157 83 4 5 9 13 16

TU1

2

1 3

U15KIA78D05

TUNER_SDA

TUNER_SCL

SIF_OUT

TV_CVBSC

172

01U

33V

B

C

E

Q20

BT3904

TV-SIFPNCR213

10RR220

001UC181

TV-SIFP

R194100R

330R

R19

3R

192

10R

R19

81K

R19

91K

L2722UH

+12V

R20

7 NC

100K

R20

3

2200

PC

200

R209120R

R20610R

C17

4N

C3

30P

NC

330

PC

175

C171220U

16V

L28120R

R20251K

C17

710

0P

C17

615

0P

SDA_EXT

SCL_EXT

C168220U

16V

16V

220UC

169

TV1-VIN-

TV1-VIN+

R21047R

C16

60

01UC16

44U

7

50V

C16

50

01U

C16

70

1U

TUNER_5V

AFT

120RR212

TUNER_5V

TV-SIFM

001UC170

B07 B07

I_18130_017eps180608

TUNER

40TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

SSB Audio Amplifier

PGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

PGND

PGND

AGND

AGND

OUT2+

OUT2-

NC3

IN2

VCC2

NC2

OUT1+

VCC1

IN1

NC1

MUTE

STBY

PW_GND

S_GND

OUT1-

TO SPEAKER

TO SPEAKER

0RR

162

AMP-PROUT-

2

1

H8

15

14

11

12

13

10

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

2

U19

TD

A7266

1

2

3

4

P9

AMP-PLOUT-

L45200R

L46200R

C219220U

16V

27UHL31

C217220U

16V

AMP-LIN

R253NC

01U C209

D3LL4148

C20

610

00P

1U

C211

0022U

C26 1000

PC

204

0022U

C25

C22

470U16V

+5VST

R164100K

R16510K

R16

8N

C

R16

9N

C

R1663K3

3K3R167

10KR244

B

E

CQ15

BT3906

B

C

E

Q16BT3904

C19

5 NC

NC

C19

4

B

C

E

Q24BT3904NC

0RR257

10KR254

E

C

B BT3904Q23

B

C

E

Q22BT3904

R25210K

R255100R

R24310K

2U2C205

R2560R

C2032U2

+12V

AMP-PROUT-

AMP-PROUT+

AMP-PLOUT-

AMP-PLOUT+

POWER-ONOFF

AMP-MUTE

AMP-R

AMP-L

12V-AMP

+12V

AMP-RIN

B08 B08

I_18130_018eps180608

AUDIO AMPLIFIER

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 41TCS10L LA 7

SSB LVDS Interface

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

VCC_PANEL

C246

10U 16V

C245

01U

R277 0NC

+33V

R27

2

0N

C

R275 0NC

RXE4+B0 RXE4-B1

RXE3+B2 RXE3-B3

RXEC+B4 RXEC-B5

RXE2+B6 RXE2-B7

RXE1+G0 RXE1-G1

RXE0+G2 RXE0-G3

RXO4+G4 RXO4-G5

RXO3+G6 RXO3-G7

RXOC+R0 RXOC-R1

RXO2+R2 RXO2-R3

RXO1+R4 RXO1-R5

RXO0+R6 RXO0-R7

1 2

4

6

8

12

14

16

18

20

10

22

24

26

28

3

5

7

9

11

13

15

17

19

21

23

25

27

29 30

32

34

36

38

40

31

33

35

37

39

P10

R276 0NC

R27

3

0N

CR

274

0N

C

B09 B09

I_18130_019eps180608

LVDS INTERFACE Personal Notes

E_06532_012eps131004

42TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout Small Signal Board (Top Side)

I_18130_020eps180608

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 43TCS10L LA 7

Layout Small Signal Board (Bottom Side)

I_18130_021eps180608

44TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Keyboard Control Panel

Layout Keyboard Control Panel (Top Side)

Layout Keyboard Control Panel (Bottom Side)

AGND

AGND AGNDAGND

AGND

R10072K

R10061K5

R10011K2

12 4

3K1001

1

2

3

P1001

KEY0

R1008NC

R10051K2

R1004NC

R10032K

R10021K5

D10

02

HS

5V6B

D10

01H

S5V

6B

12 4

3K1003

12 4

3K1002

12 4

3K1006

12 4

3K1005

12 4

3K1004

KEY1

I_18130_030eps180608

E EKEYBOARD CONTROL PANEL

I_18130_031eps180608

I_18130_032eps180608

Personal Notes

E_06532_012eps131004

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 45TCS10L LA 7

Inverter Panel

1 2

A

B

C

D

4321

D

C

B

A

F1FUSE-1

C2104

C1220uF250V

C3104

R1200

Q1

DTA143

E1

9

E2

10

C2

11

VC

C12

OU

TP

UT

C13

VR

EF

14

A1+

1

A1-

2

CO

MP

3

DT

C4

CT

5

RT

6

GN

D7

C1

8

A2-

15

A2+

16

U1

TL494

R2200

Q32222

C8

223

C7103

R847K

R7120K

C4

104C5104

D1

68V

C9104

D2

1N4148

Q8DTC143

123456

CN1

R20470K

R21

33K

C16

330pF

C15NC

R13100K

R10

68K

R11

68K

R12

15K

C10104

R2627K

C20223

R18560

Q22222

Q62907

R142K

R1622K

R27 10

R28 10

D4

BAW56K

S11

G12

S23

G24

D1 8

D1 7

D2 6

D2 5

U2

4606

C21223

Q42222

Q72907

R152K

R1722K

R29 10

R30 10

D5

BAW56K

S11

G12

S23

G24

D1 8

D1 7

D2 6

D2 5

U3

4606

R19560

C6

105

R231M

Q52N7002

R22

1M

R9

47K

R25

100KR24270K

D6NCBAW56K

D7NCBAW56K

P1

P2

P3

P4

C17225

C18

225

10

1 7

6

T1

T01

10

1 7

6

T2

T01

C2222pF

12

CON1

12

CON2

D9BAV99

R41K

R36820

R32

10KC12104

D8BAV99

R31K

R35820

R31

10KC11104

P2

P1

C2322pF

12

CON3

12

CON4

D11

BAV99

R61K

R38820

R34

10KC14104

D10BAV99

R51K

R37820

R33

10KC13104

P4

P3

VREF

VREF

C19NC

C26

222C27NC

D13BAV99

D15BAV99

C2422pF

C2522pF

C28

222C29NC

C30222 C31

NC

C32

222C33NC

OVP

OVP

OV

P

R602K

R61510K

C38105

Q10

DTA143

Q112222

R6330K

R62 1K

VCC

VCC

P5

P5

R64

1K

C34221

C35 221

C37

221

C39104

C36

221U4A

LM393

U4B

LM393

Vref

D3

1N4148

R65

3K R663K

C41 104

R67

10K

I_18130_033eps180608

I IINVERTER PANEL 19rdquo

46TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout Inverter Panel (Top Side)

Layout Inverter Panel (Bottom Side)

I_18130_034eps190608

I_18130_035eps190608

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 47TCS10L LA 7

IR LED Panel

AGND

AGND

AGNDIRVC

C

GN

D

RW

R20

031K

2

R20

04

1K2

LED1

1

2

3

4

5

CN2001

E

C

B

BC847AQ2001

B

C

E

Q2002

BC847A

2

13

D2001

LED2

G2001

R20024K7

5V16

V10

0UC

2001

5V

IR

IR

C20

03 47P

LED1R2001

4K7

C2002

47P

LED2

I_18130_036eps180608

J JIR amp LED PANELLayout IR LED Panel (Top Side)

Layout IR LED Panel (Bottom Side)

I_18130_037eps180608

I_18130_038eps180608

48TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Personal Notes

E_06532_013eps131004

Alignments EN 49TCS10L LA 8

8 Alignments

Index of this chapter81 Electrical Alignments82 Hardware Alignments

NoteThe Service Modes are described in chapter 5 Menu navigation is done with the CURSOR UP DOWN LEFT or RIGHT keys of the remote control transmitter

81 Electrical Alignments

Perform all electrical adjustments under the following conditionsbull Power supply voltage (depends on region)

ndash AP-NTSC 120 VAC or 230 VAC 50 Hz (plusmn 10)ndash AP-PAL-multi 120 - 230 VAC 50 Hz (plusmn 10)ndash EU 230 VAC 50 Hz (plusmn 10)ndash LATAM-NTSC 120 - 230 VAC 50 Hz (plusmn 10)ndash US 120 VAC 60 Hz (plusmn 10)

bull Connect the set to the mains via an isolation transformer with low internal resistance

bull Allow the set to warm up for approximately 60 minutesbull Measure voltages and waveforms in relation to correct

ground (eg measure audio signals in relation to AUDIO_GND) Caution It is not allowed to use heatsinks as ground

bull Test probe Ri gt 10 MΩ Ci lt 20 pFbull Use an isolated trimmerscrewdriver to perform

alignments

82 Hardware Alignments

Not applicable

821 Aging

Enter TV mode Set warm up status to ldquoOnrdquo Aging time at least 12 minutes

822 ADC Adjustment

The chassis can execute ADC auto-tune in YPbPr amp PC sourcing modes Enter SAM select YPbPr or PC as source then select AUTOTUNE in ADC ADJ press ldquoRight keyrdquo to run waiting for about 5 seconds until ldquoOKrdquo is displayed which means the set finished the ADC adjustment With an YPbPr source use a 100 color bar pattern with a PC source use a 16-scale grey pattern

823 White Balance Adjustment

Adjust the NORMAL WARM COOL temperature in White balance according to company regular Make sure ADC adjustments have done successfully before doing white balance adjustments and use the ldquoNaturalrdquo picture mode White balance adjustment should be performed with three different sources1 AVTVSVIDEO source reunification under the AV

adjustment apply a NTSC-M system signal with 8-scale grey pattern

2 YPbPrHDMI source reunification under the YPbPr adjustment apply an 8-scale grey pattern

3 PC source should adjust single apply a 8-scale grey pattern

If case of manual adjustment please use the WB page in SAMWhile adjusting White Balance do not change White G or Black G only adjust White R White B Black R and Black B

Table 8-1 Color Temperature Setting 19

Table 8-2 Color Temperature Setting 26

Color mode X Y Color Temperature (K)

Normal 296plusmn4 299plusmn4 8000

Warm 314plusmn4 319plusmn4 6500

Cool 289plusmn4 291plusmn4 9000

Color mode X Y Color Temperature (K)

Normal 289plusmn4 291plusmn4 9000

Warm 314plusmn4 319plusmn4 6500

Cool 278plusmn4 278plusmn4 11000

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data SheetsEN 50 TCS10L LA9

9 Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data Sheets

Index of this chapter91 Introduction92 Abbreviation List93 IC Data Sheets

Notes bull Only new circuits (circuits that are not published recently)

are described bull Figures can deviate slightly from the actual situation due

to different set executions

91 Introduction

This chassis uses the MStar MST9U19A main chip with the following features bull Multi-Standard TV decoding with 2-D comb filterbull Multi-Standard TV sound demodulator and decoderbull Triple ADC fro TV and RGBYPbPrbull Integrated DVIHDCPHDMI compliant receiverbull High quality scaling enginebull 3-D video de-interlacer and video noise reductionbull Embedded On Screen Display controllerbull NTSCPALSecam Video decoder with automatic standard

detectionbull CVBS video outputbull Multi standard TV sound decoderbull FM stereo and SAP demodulationbull Digital audio interfacebull Analog RGB Compliant Input Portsbull DVIHDCPHDMI Compliant input portbull Auto tuning function including phasing positioning offset

gain and jitter detectionbull Automatic color correction

The MST9U19A is a high performance and fully integrated IC for multi-function LCD monitorTV with resolutions up to WSXGA (1680 times 1050) It is configured with an integrated triple-ADCPLL an integrated DVIHDCPHDMI receiver a multi standard TV video and audio decoder a video de-interlacer a scaling engine the MStarACE-3 color engine an On Screen Display controller an 8-bit MCU and a built-in output panel interface It also incorporates an intelligent power management control system for green-mode requirements and spread-spectrum support for EMI management

For a block diagram refer to chapter 6 ldquoBlock diagrams Test Point Overviews and Waveformsrdquo

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data Sheets EN 51TCS10L LA 9

92 Abbreviation List

1080i 1080 visible lines interlaced1080p 1080 visible lines progressive scan2CS 2 Carrier Sound2DNR Spatial (2D) Noise Reduction3DNR Temporal (3D) Noise Reduction480i 480 visible lines interlaced480p 480 visible lines progressive scanAARA Automatic Aspect Ratio Adaptation

algorithm that adapts aspect ratio to remove horizontal black bars keeping up the original aspect ratio

ACI Automatic Channel Installation algorithm that installs TV channels directly from a cable network by means of a predefined TXT page

ADC Analogue to Digital ConverterAFC Automatic Frequency Control control

signal used to tune to the correct frequency

AGC Automatic Gain Control algorithm that controls the video input of the feature box

AM Amplitude ModulationAUO Acer Unipack OptronicsAP Asia PacificAR Aspect Ratio 4 by 3 or 16 by 9ASD Automatic Standard DetectionAV Audio VideoB-SC1-IN Blue SCART1 inB-SC2-IN Blue SCART2 inB-TXT Blue teletextBG Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 55 MHzBTSC Broadcast Television System

CommitteeC-FRONT Chrominance front inputCBA Circuit Board Assembly (or PWB)CL Constant Level audio output to

connect with an external amplifierCLUT Color Look Up TableComPair Computer aided rePairCSM Customer Service ModeCVBS Composite Video Blanking and

SynchronizationCVBS-EXT CVBS signal from external source

(VCR VCD etc)CVBS-INT CVBS signal from TunerCVBS-MON CVBS monitor signalCVBS-TER-OUT CVBS terrestrial outDAC Digital to Analogue ConverterDBE Dynamic Bass Enhancement extra

low frequency amplificationDFU Directions For Use owners manualDNR Dynamic Noise ReductionDRAM Dynamic RAMDSP Digital Signal ProcessingDST Dealer Service Tool special

(European) remote control designed for service technicians

DTS Digital Theatre SoundDVD Digital Versatile DiscDVI Digital Visual InterfaceDW Double WindowED Enhanced Definition 480p 576pEEPROM Electrically Erasable and

Programmable Read Only MemoryEU EUropeEXT EXTernal (source) entering the set by

SCART or by cinches (jacks)FBL Fast Blanking DC signal

accompanying RGB signalsFBL-SC1-IN Fast blanking signal for SCART1 in

FBL-SC2-IN Fast blanking signal for SCART2 inFBL-TXT Fast Blanking TeletextFLASH FLASH memoryFM Field Memory Frequency ModulationFMR FM RadioFRC Frame Rate ConverterFRONT-C Front input chrominance (SVHS)FRONT-DETECT Front input detectionFRONT-Y_CVBS Front input luminance or CVBS

(SVHS)FTV Flat TeleVisionG-SC1-IN Green SCART1 inG-SC2-IN Green SCART2 inG-TXT Green teletextH H_sync to the module HD High Definition 720p 1080i 1080pHDMI High Definition Multimedia Interface

digital audio and video interfaceHP Head PhoneI Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 60 MHzI2C Integrated IC busI2S Integrated IC Sound busIC Integrated CircuitIF Intermediate FrequencyInterlaced Scan mode where two fields are used

to form one frame Each field contains half the number of the total amount of lines The fields are written in ldquopairsrdquo causing line flicker

IR Infra RedIRQ Interrupt ReQuestLast Status The settings last chosen by the

customer and read and stored in RAM or in the NVM They are called at start-up of the set to configure it according the customers wishes

LATAM LATin AMericaLC04 Philips chassis name for LCD TV 2004

projectLCD Liquid Crystal DisplayLED Light Emitting DiodeLL Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 65 MHz L is Band I L is all bands except for Band I

LPL LG Philips LCDLS Loud SpeakerLVDS Low Voltage Differential Signalling

data transmission system for high speed and low EMI communication

MN Monochrome TV system Sound carrier distance is 45 MHz

MOSFET Metal Oxide Semiconductor Field Effect Transistor

MPEG Motion Pictures Experts GroupMSP Multi-standard Sound Processor ITT

sound decoderMUTE MUTE LineNAFTA North American Free Trade

Association Trade agreement between Canada USA and Mexico

NC Not ConnectedNICAM Near Instantaneous Compounded

Audio Multiplexing This is a digital sound system used mainly in Europe

NTSC National Television Standard Committee Color system used mainly in North America and Japan Color carrier NTSC MN = 3579545 MHz NTSC 443 = 4433619 MHz (this is a VCR norm it is not transmitted off-air)

NVM Non Volatile Memory IC containing TV related data (for example options)

OC Open CircuitONOFF LED OnOff control signal for the LED

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data SheetsEN 52 TCS10L LA9

OSD On Screen DisplayPAL Phase Alternating Line Color system

used mainly in Western Europe (color carrier = 4433619 MHz) and South America (color carrier PAL M = 3575612 MHz and PAL N = 3582056 MHz)

PC Personal ComputerPCB Printed Circuit Board (or PWB)PDP Plasma Display PanelPIG Picture In GraphicPIP Picture In PicturePLL Phase Locked Loop Used for

example in FST tuning systems The customer can directly provide the desired frequency

Progressive Scan Scan mode where all scan lines are displayed in one frame at the same time creating a double vertical resolution

PWB Printed Wiring Board (or PCB)RAM Random Access MemoryRC Remote Control transmitterRC5 (6) Remote Control system 5 (6) the

signal from the remote control receiver RGB Red Green and Blue The primary

color signals for TV By mixing levels of R G and B all colors (YC) are reproduced

RGBHV Red Green Blue Horizontal sync and Vertical sync

ROM Read Only MemorySAM Service Alignment ModeSC SandCastle two-level pulse derived

from sync signalsSC1-OUT SCART output of the MSP audio ICSC2-B-IN SCART2 Blue inSC2-C-IN SCART2 chrominance inSC2-OUT SCART output of the MSP audio ICSC Short CircuitSCL Clock signal on I2C busSD Standard Definition 480i 576iSDA Data signal on I2C busSDI Samsung Display IndustrySDM Service Default ModeSDRAM Synchronous DRAMSECAM SEequence Couleur Avec Memoire

Color system used mainly in France and Eastern Europe Color carriers = 4406250 MHz and 4250000 MHz

SIF Sound Intermediate FrequencySMPS Switch Mode Power SupplySND SouNDSNDL-SC1-IN Sound left SCART1 inSNDL-SC1-OUT Sound left SCART1 outSNDL-SC2-IN Sound left SCART2 inSNDL-SC2-OUT Sound left SCART2 outSNDR-SC1-IN Sound right SCART1 inSNDR-SC1-OUT Sound right SCART1 outSNDR-SC2-IN Sound right SCART2 outSNDR-SC2-OUT Sound right SCART2 outSNDS-VL-OUT Surround sound left variable level outSNDS-VR-OUT Surround sound right variable level outSOPS Self Oscillating Power SupplySPDIF Sony Philips Digital InterFaceSRAM Static RAMSTBY Stand-bySVHS Super Video Home SystemSW Sub Woofer SoftWareTHD Total Harmonic DistortionTXT TeleteXTuP MicroprocessorVL Variable Level out processed audio

output toward external amplifierVCR Video Cassette Recorder

VGA Video Graphics ArrayWD Watch DogWYSIWYR What You See Is What You Record

record selection that follows main picture and sound

XTAL Quartz crystalYPbPr Component video (Y= Luminance Pb

Pr= Color difference signals B-Y and R-Y other amplitudes wrt to YUV)

YC Video related signals Y consists of luminance signal blanking level and sync C consists of color signal

Y-OUT Luminance-signalYUV Baseband component video (Y=

Luminance UV= Color difference signals)

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data Sheets EN 53TCS10L LA 9

93 IC Data Sheets

This section shows the internal block diagrams and pin layouts of ICs that are drawn as ldquoblack boxesrdquo in the electrical diagrams (with the exception of ldquomemoryrdquo and ldquologicrdquo ICs)

931 Diagram B MST9U19A

Figure 9-1 Pin configuration

Pin 1

123

45

7

9

11

1314

1718

21

23

25

2728

30

32

34

36

39

41

43

6

8

10

12

1516

1920

22

24

26

29

31

33

35

3738

40

42

4445464748

505152

49

53 54 55 56 57 59 61 63 65 66 69 70 73 75 77 79 80 82 84 86 88 91 93 9558 60 62 64 67 68 71 72 74 76 78 81 83 85 87 89 90 92 94 96 97 98 99 100

102

103

104

101

208

207

206

205

204

202

200

198

196

195

192

191

188

186

184

182

181

179

177

175

173

170

168

166

203

201

199

197

194

193

190

189

187

185

183

180

178

176

174

172

171

169

167

165

164

163

162

161

159

158

157

160

156155154

153152

150

148

146

144143

140139

136

134

132

130129

127

125

123

121

118

116

114

151

149

147

145

142141

138137

135

133

131

128

126

124

122

120119

117

115

113112111110109

107106105

108

MST9U19A

XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX

GN

D

AUR1

AUL2

AUL3

AUL1

AUCO

M

AUR2

AUR3

DIGO[8]

GNDAVDD_MEMPLL

PWM3PWM2DIGO[9]

SIF1

MSI

F1P

AVD

D_S

IF

AUO

UTL

AUO

UTR

AUO

UTS

VDD

CG

PIO

F[2]

GPI

OF[

3]G

PIO

F[4]

GPI

OF[

5]G

PIO

F[6]

GPI

OF[

7]G

PIO

F[8]

GPI

OF[

9]G

PIO

F[10

]G

PIO

F[11

]VD

DP

GN

DG

PIO

F[12

]

GPI

OF[

14]

GPI

OF[

15]

GPI

OF[

16]

GPI

OF[

17]

GPI

OF[

18]

GN

D

GPI

OF[

19]

VDD

C

VDD

PG

ND

VDD

PVD

DP

GPI

OF[

13]

GN

D

DIGO[7]

DIGO[5]

DIGO[3]

DIGO[1]

VDDC

VDDPPWM_SENSE

DIGO[6]

DIGO[4]

DIGO[2]

DIGO[0]

GND

PWM_DRVPWM_FBIRININT

PWM1PWM0

GNDVDDPALERDZWRZ

VDDC

GNDVDDP

VDD

PLV

A0M

LVA0

PLV

A1M

LVA1

PLV

A2M

LVA2

PLV

ACKM

LVAC

KPLV

A3M

LVA4

PVD

DP

VDD

CAV

DD

_MPL

L

LVA3

PLV

A4M

GPI

OE[

0]

IHSY

NC

ICLK

DI[

1]D

I[0]

IVYS

NC

GPI

OE[

1]G

PIO

E[2]

GPI

OE[

3]G

ND

VDD

P

AVD

D_M

PLL

XIN

XOU

TH

WR

ESET

GN

D

DI[

7]D

I[6]

DI[

5]D

I[4]

DI[

2]D

I[3]

VDD

C

AUO

UTL

3AU

OU

TR3

RXCKPGND

RX0NRX0P

AVDD_DVIRX1NRX1P

RX2P

REXT

DDCD_CK

VSYNC1

VCLAMP

REFM

BIN1M

GNDRX2N

AVDD_DVI

DDCD_DA

HSYNC1

RMID

REFP

BIN1P

SOGIN1GIN1PGIN1MRIN1PRIN1MBIN0MBIN0PGIN0MGIN0P

SOGIN0RIN0MRIN0P

HSYNC0VSYNC0

RXCKN

AVDD_ADCGND

C1Y1C0Y0

CVBS2CVBS1

VCOM1CVBS0

VCOM0CVBSOUT

GND

VCOM2CVBS3

GN

D

AVD

D_A

UAU

L0AU

R0

AUVR

EFAU

VRAD

PAU

VRAD

N

AUO

UTL

2AU

OU

TR2

AD[7]AD[6]AD[5]AD[4]AD[3]AD[2]AD[1]AD[0]

SDOCSZSDISCK

SAR3

SAR1SAR2

SAR0

DDCA_CK

DDCR_CKDDCA_DA

DDCR_DA

LVB0

MLV

B0P

LVB1

MLV

B1P

LVB2

MLV

B2P

LVBC

KMLV

BCKP

LVB3

M

LVB4

P

LVB3

PLV

B4M

I_18130_008eps200608

Pin Configuration

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data SheetsEN 54 TCS10L LA9

932 Diagram B TDA1308

Figure 9-2 Block diagram and pin configuration

Block diagram

Pinning information

2

1

3

4

8

7

65

INA(neg)

TDA1308(A)OUTA

VSS

VDD

INA(pos)

INB(neg)

INB(pos)

OUTB

TDA1308(A)

VATUO DD

BTUO)gen(ANI

)gen(BNI)sop(ANI

VSS INB(pos)

1

2

3

4

6

5

8

7

I_18130_007eps190608

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data Sheets EN 55TCS10L LA 9

933 Diagram B NCP1377B

Figure 9-3 Block diagram and pin configuration

Block diagram

Pinning information

I_18130_009eps190608

HV

VCC

GND

Demag

4 mA

To InternalSupply

+

+

125 V75 V56 V (Fault)

FaultMngt

PON

5 V+

OVP

+

144

45 usDelay

15 us for B Version

Demag

8 usBlanking

S

SR R

Q

Q

+

3 us forB Version

+minus

Overload

5 usTimeout

TimeReset

Demag

380 nsLEB

1 V3

200 Awhen DRV

is OFF

FB

42 V

Driver src = 20 sink = 10

DrvVCC

CS

+50 mV 10 V Rint

1Dmg 8 HV

7 NC2FB

3CS

4GND

6 VCC

5 Drv

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data SheetsEN 56 TCS10L LA9

934 Diagram B TDA7266

Figure 9-4 Block diagram and pin configuration

1

2

4

Vref

7YB-TS

IN1

022microF

VCC

133

+

-

-

+

OUT1+

OUT1-

15

14

12

6ETUM

IN2

022microF

+

-

-

+

OUT2+

OUT2-

8

9S-GND

PW-GND

470microF 100nF

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

9

10

11

8

NC

NC

S-GND

PW-GND

OUT2+

OUT2-

VCC

IN2

ST-BY

MUTE

NC

IN1

VCCOUT1-

OUT1+

13

14

15

12

I_17950_054eps090508

Block Diagram

Pin Configuration

Spare Parts List amp CTN Overview EN 57TCS10L LA 10

10 Spare Parts List amp CTN OverviewFor the latest spare part overview please consult the Philips Service website

Table 10-1 Sets described in this manual

11 Revision ListManual xxxx xxx xxxx0bull First release

CTN Styling

19PFL340355 MG8

19PFL340377 MG8

19PFL340378 MG8

19PFL340385 MG8

26PFL340385 MG8

  • Content
  • 1 Technical Specifications Connections and Chassis Overview
    • 11 Technical Specifications
      • 111 Vision
      • 112 Sound
      • 113 Miscellaneous
        • 12 Connection Overview
          • Figure 1-1 Rear and side IO connections
          • 121 Rear Connections
            • 1 - HDMI Digital Video Digital Audio - In
              • Figure 1-2 HDMI (type A) connector
                • 2 - VGA AUDIO Mini Jack VGA Audio - In
                • 3 - VGA PC Video RGB - In and Service UART
                  • Figure 1-3 VGA Connector
                    • 4 - Cinch Video YPbPr - In
                    • 5 - AV1 Cinch Video CVBS - In Audio - In
                    • 6 - Aerial - In
                    • 7 - Service Connector (ComPair)
                      • 122 Side connections
                        • 8 - Cinch Video CVBS - In Audio - In
                        • 9 - S-Video (Hosiden) Video YC - In
                        • 10 - Mini Jack Audio Head phone - Out
                            • 13 Chassis Overview
                              • Figure 1-4 PWBCBA locations
                                  • 2 Safety Instructions Warnings and Notes
                                    • 21 Safety Instructions
                                    • 22 Warnings
                                    • 23 Notes
                                      • 231 General
                                      • 232 Schematic Notes
                                      • 233 BGA (Ball Grid Array) ICs
                                        • Introduction
                                        • BGA Temperature Profiles
                                          • 234 Lead-free Soldering
                                          • 235 Alternative BOM identification
                                            • Figure 2-1 Serial number (example)
                                              • 236 Board Level Repair (BLR) or Component Level Repair (CLR)
                                              • 237 Practical Service Precautions
                                                  • 3 Directions for Use
                                                  • 4 Mechanical Instructions
                                                    • 41 Cable Dressing
                                                      • Figure 4-1 Cable dressing (19 model)
                                                      • Figure 4-2 Cable dressing (26 model)
                                                        • 42 Service Positions
                                                          • 421 Foam Bars
                                                            • Figure 4-3 Foam bars
                                                                • 43 AssyPanel Removal
                                                                  • 431 Stand
                                                                    • Figure 4-4 Stand
                                                                      • 432 Rear Cover
                                                                        • Figure 4-5 LVDS release
                                                                        • Figure 4-6 Speaker and IRLED panel cable release
                                                                          • 433 Keyboard Control Board
                                                                            • Figure 4-7 Keyboard control board
                                                                              • 434 IRLED Board and Speakers
                                                                                • Figure 4-8 IRLED Board and Speakers
                                                                                  • 435 Power Supply Board
                                                                                    • Figure 4-9 Power Supply Unit(s)
                                                                                      • 436 Inverter Board (19 and 22 versions)
                                                                                        • Figure 4-10 Inverter Board
                                                                                          • 437 Small Signal Board (SSB)
                                                                                            • Removing the SSB
                                                                                              • Figure 4-11 SSB connector plate
                                                                                              • Figure 4-12 SSB
                                                                                                • 44 Set Re-assembly
                                                                                                  • 5 Service Modes Error Codes and Fault Finding
                                                                                                    • 51 Test Points
                                                                                                    • 52 Service Mode
                                                                                                      • 521 Service Alignment Mode (SAM)
                                                                                                        • How to Enter
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-1 SAM menu
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-2 SAM menu White Balance Normal
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-3 SAM menu White Balance Cool
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-4 SAM menu White Balance Warm
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-5 SAM menu Volume Curve
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-6 SAM menu Picture Curve
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-7 SAM menu Picture Mode Natural
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-8 SAM menu Picture Mode Personal
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-9 SAM menu Picture Mode Rich
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-10 SAM menu Picture Mode Soft
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-11 SAM menu Producting
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-12 SAM menu Country
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-13 SAM menu Setup
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-14 SAM menu Shop Init Do
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-15 SAM menu Clear Code gt
                                                                                                            • How to Exit
                                                                                                            • Factory Mode Descriptions
                                                                                                              • ltTABLEgt
                                                                                                              • Virgin Settings
                                                                                                                • Table 5-1 Country setting
                                                                                                                • Table 5-2 Virgin settings
                                                                                                                  • 522 Customer Service Mode (CSM)
                                                                                                                    • Purpose
                                                                                                                    • How to Activate CSM
                                                                                                                    • Contents of CSM
                                                                                                                      • Figure 5-16 CSM Menu
                                                                                                                        • Menu Explanation
                                                                                                                        • How to Exit
                                                                                                                          • 523 Blinking LED Procedure
                                                                                                                            • 53 Error Codes
                                                                                                                              • ltTABLEgt
                                                                                                                                • 54 Fault Finding
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-17 No Picture No sound no Back light (19 sets)
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-18 Picture OK No sound (19 sets)
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-19 No Picture Back light amp Sound OK (19 and 26 sets)
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-20 No color (19 and 26 sets)
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-21 No Picture No sound no Back light (26 sets)
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-22 Picture OK No sound (26 sets)
                                                                                                                                    • 55 Service Tools
                                                                                                                                      • 551 ComPair
                                                                                                                                        • Introduction
                                                                                                                                        • Specifications
                                                                                                                                        • How to Connect
                                                                                                                                        • How to Order
                                                                                                                                          • Figure 5-23 ComPair II interface connection
                                                                                                                                            • 56 Software Upgrading
                                                                                                                                              • 561 Introduction
                                                                                                                                                  • 6 Block Diagrams Test Point Overview and Waveforms
                                                                                                                                                    • Wiring Diagram of Connector for MS19-PH 19
                                                                                                                                                    • Wiring Diagram of Connector for MS19-PH 26
                                                                                                                                                    • Block Diagram MS19P Chipset
                                                                                                                                                    • I2C overview
                                                                                                                                                      • 7 Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts
                                                                                                                                                        • Main Power Supply (19)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Main Power Supply (19) (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Main Power Supply (19) (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Main Power Supply (26)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Main Power Supply (26) (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Main Power Supply (26) (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Standby Power Supply (26)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Standby Power Supply (26) (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Standby Power Supply (26) (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB Control
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB DC - DC
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB MST9E19A Controller
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB HDMI Interface
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB VGA Interface
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB Cinch
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB Tuner
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB Audio Amplifier
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB LVDS Interface
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Small Signal Board (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Small Signal Board (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Keyboard Control Panel
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Keyboard Control Panel (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Keyboard Control Panel (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Inverter Panel
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Inverter Panel (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Inverter Panel (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • IR LED Panel
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout IR LED Panel (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout IR LED Panel (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                          • 8 Alignments
                                                                                                                                                            • 81 Electrical Alignments
                                                                                                                                                            • 82 Hardware Alignments
                                                                                                                                                              • 821 Aging
                                                                                                                                                              • 822 ADC Adjustment
                                                                                                                                                              • 823 White Balance Adjustment
                                                                                                                                                                • Table 8-1 Color Temperature Setting 19
                                                                                                                                                                • Table 8-2 Color Temperature Setting 26
                                                                                                                                                                  • 9 Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data Sheets
                                                                                                                                                                    • 91 Introduction
                                                                                                                                                                    • 92 Abbreviation List
                                                                                                                                                                    • 93 IC Data Sheets
                                                                                                                                                                      • 931 Diagram B MST9U19A
                                                                                                                                                                        • Figure 9-1 Pin configuration
                                                                                                                                                                          • 932 Diagram B TDA1308
                                                                                                                                                                            • Figure 9-2 Block diagram and pin configuration
                                                                                                                                                                              • 933 Diagram B NCP1377B
                                                                                                                                                                                • Figure 9-3 Block diagram and pin configuration
                                                                                                                                                                                  • 934 Diagram B TDA7266
                                                                                                                                                                                    • Figure 9-4 Block diagram and pin configuration
                                                                                                                                                                                      • 10 Spare Parts List amp CTN Overview
                                                                                                                                                                                        • Table 10-1 Sets described in this manual
                                                                                                                                                                                          • 11 Revision List
Page 4: Philips 19PFL3403-55 TCS1[1].0L_LA

Technical Specifications Connections and Chassis OverviewEN 4 TCS10L LA1

122 Side connections

8 - Cinch Video CVBS - In Audio - InYe - Video CVBS 1 VPP 75 Ω Wh - Audio L 05 VRMS 10 kΩ

Rd - Audio R 05 VRMS 10 kΩ

9 - S-Video (Hosiden) Video YC - In1 - Ground Y Gnd

2 - Ground C Gnd 3 - Video Y 1 VPP 75 Ω

4 - Video C 03 VPPP 75 Ω

10 - Mini Jack Audio Head phone - OutBk - Head phone 32 - 600 Ω 10 mW

13 Chassis Overview

Figure 1-4 PWBCBA locations

I_17950_002eps080508

IINVERTER PANEL(OPTONAL)

B SMALL SIGNAL BOARD

A(1) MAIN POWER SUPPLY

EKEYBOARDCONTROL PANEL

A2STANDBY POWER

SUPPLY UNIT(OPTIONAL)

JIR LED PANEL

Safety Instructions Warnings and Notes EN 5TCS10L LA 2

2 Safety Instructions Warnings and Notes

Index of this chapter21 Safety Instructions22 Warnings23 Notes

21 Safety Instructions

Safety regulations require the following during a repairbull Connect the set to the MainsAC Power via an isolation

transformer (gt 800 VA)bull Replace safety components indicated by the symbol

only by components identical to the original ones Any other component substitution (other than original type) may increase risk of fire or electrical shock hazard

Safety regulations require that after a repair the set must be returned in its original condition Pay in particular attention to the following points bull Route the wire trees correctly and fix them with the

mounted cable clampsbull Check the insulation of the MainsAC Power lead for

external damage bull Check the strain relief of the MainsAC Power cord for

proper functionbull Check the electrical DC resistance between the MainsAC

Power plug and the secondary side (only for sets that have a MainsAC Power isolated power supply) 1 Unplug the MainsAC Power cord and connect a wire

between the two pins of the MainsAC Power plug 2 Set the MainsAC Power switch to the ldquoonrdquo position

(keep the MainsAC Power cord unplugged) 3 Measure the resistance value between the pins of the

MainsAC Power plug and the metal shielding of the tuner or the aerial connection on the set The reading should be between 45 MΩ and 12 MΩ

4 Switch ldquooffrdquo the set and remove the wire between the two pins of the MainsAC Power plug

bull Check the cabinet for defects to prevent touching of any inner parts by the customer

22 Warnings

bull All ICs and many other semiconductors are susceptible to electrostatic discharges (ESD ) Careless handling during repair can reduce life drastically Make sure that during repair you are connected with the same potential as the mass of the set by a wristband with resistance Keep components and tools also at this same potential

bull Be careful during measurements in the high voltage section

bull Never replace modules or other components while the unit is switched ldquoonrdquo

bull When you align the set use plastic rather than metal tools This will prevent any short circuits and the danger of a circuit becoming unstable

23 Notes

231 General

bull Measure the voltages and waveforms with regard to the chassis (= tuner) ground () or hot ground () depending on the tested area of circuitry The voltages and waveforms shown in the diagrams are indicative Measure them in the Service Default Mode (see chapter 5) with a color bar signal and stereo sound (L 3 kHz R 1 kHz unless stated otherwise) and picture carrier at 47525 MHz for PAL or 6125 MHz for NTSC (channel 3)

bull Where necessary measure the waveforms and voltages with () and without () aerial signal Measure the voltages in the power supply section both in normal operation (13) and in stand-by () These values are indicated by means of the appropriate symbols

232 Schematic Notes

bull All resistor values are in ohms and the value multiplier is often used to indicate the decimal point location (eg 2K2 indicates 22 kΩ)

bull Resistor values with no multiplier may be indicated with either an ldquoErdquo or an ldquoRrdquo (eg 220E or 220R indicates 220 Ω)

bull All capacitor values are given in micro-farads (μ = times 10-6) nano-farads (n = times 10-9) or pico-farads (p = times 10-12)

bull Capacitor values may also use the value multiplier as the decimal point indication (eg 2p2 indicates 22 pF)

bull An ldquoasteriskrdquo () indicates component usage varies Refer to the diversity tables for the correct values

bull The correct component values are listed in the Spare Parts List Therefore always check this list when there is any doubt

233 BGA (Ball Grid Array) ICs

IntroductionFor more information on how to handle BGA devices visit this URL wwwatyourservicecephilipscom (needs subscription not available for all regions) After log-in select ldquoMagazinerdquo then go to ldquoRepair downloadsrdquo Here you will find Information on how to deal with BGA-ICs

BGA Temperature ProfilesFor BGA-ICs you must use the correct temperature-profile which is coupled to the 12NC For an overview of these profiles visit the website wwwatyourservicecephilipscom (needs subscription but is not available for all regions)You will find this and more technical information within the ldquoMagazinerdquo chapter ldquoRepair downloadsrdquoFor additional questions please contact your local repair help desk

234 Lead-free Soldering

Due to lead-free technology some rules have to be respected by the workshop during a repairbull Use only lead-free soldering tin Philips SAC305 with order

code 0622 149 00106 If lead-free solder paste is required please contact the manufacturer of your soldering equipment In general use of solder paste within workshops should be avoided because paste is not easy to store and to handle

bull Use only adequate solder tools applicable for lead-free soldering tin The solder tool must be ablendash To reach a solder-tip temperature of at least 400degCndash To stabilize the adjusted temperature at the solder-tipndash To exchange solder-tips for different applications

bull Adjust your solder tool so that a temperature of around 360degC - 380degC is reached and stabilized at the solder joint Heating time of the solder-joint should not exceed ~ 4 sec Avoid temperatures above 400degC otherwise wear-out of tips will increase drastically and flux-fluid will be destroyed To avoid wear-out of tips switch ldquooffrdquo unused equipment or reduce heat

bull Mix of lead-free soldering tinparts with leaded soldering tinparts is possible but PHILIPS recommends strongly to avoid mixed regimes If this cannot be avoided carefully clear the solder-joint from old tin and re-solder with new tin

Directions for UseEN 6 TCS10L LA3

235 Alternative BOM identification

The third digit in the serial number (example AG2B0335000001) indicates the number of the alternative BOM (Bill Of Materials) that has been used for producing the specific TV set In general it is possible that the same TV model on the market is produced with eg two different types of displays coming from two different suppliers This will then result in sets which have the same CTN (Commercial Type Number eg 28PW951512) but which have a different BOM numberBy looking at the third digit of the serial number one can identify which BOM is used for the TV set he is working withIf the third digit of the serial number contains the number ldquo1rdquo (example AG1B033500001) then the TV set has been manufactured according to BOM number 1 If the third digit is a ldquo2rdquo (example AG2B0335000001) then the set has been produced according to BOM no 2 This is important for ordering the correct spare partsFor the third digit the numbers 19 and the characters AZ can be used so in total 9 plus 26= 35 different BOMs can be indicated by the third digit of the serial number

Identification The bottom line of a type plate gives a 14-digit serial number Digits 1 and 2 refer to the production centre (eg AG is Bruges) digit 3 refers to the BOM code digit 4 refers to the Service version change code digits 5 and 6 refer to the production year and digits 7 and 8 refer to production week (in example below it is 2006 week 17) The 6 last digits contain the serial number

Figure 2-1 Serial number (example)

236 Board Level Repair (BLR) or Component Level Repair (CLR)

If a board is defective consult your repair procedure to decide if the board has to be exchanged or if it should be repaired on component levelIf your repair procedure says the board should be exchanged completely do not solder on the defective board Otherwise it cannot be returned to the OEM supplier for back charging

237 Practical Service Precautions

bull It makes sense to avoid exposure to electrical shock While some sources are expected to have a possible dangerous impact others of quite high potential are of limited current and are sometimes held in less regard

bull Always respect voltages While some may not be dangerous in themselves they can cause unexpected reactions that are best avoided Before reaching into a powered TV set it is best to test the high voltage insulation It is easy to do and is a good service precaution

3 Directions for Use

You can download this information from the following websiteshttpwwwphilipscomsupporthttpwwwp4cphilipscom

E_06532_024eps260308

MODEL

PRODNO

~

S

32PF996810 MADE IN BELGIUM

220-240V 5060Hz

128W

AG 1A0617 000001 VHF+S+H+UHF

BJ30E LA

Mechanical Instructions EN 7TCS10L LA 4

4 Mechanical Instructions

Index of this chapter41 Cable Dressing42 Service Positions43 AssyPanel Removal44 Set Re-assembly

Notes bull Figures below can deviate slightly from the actual situation

due to the different set executionsbull Follow the disassemble instructions in described order

They apply mostly to the 26 model unless otherwise specified but the described method is comparable for the other screen sizes

41 Cable Dressing

Figure 4-1 Cable dressing (19 model)

I_17950_003eps080508

Mechanical InstructionsEN 8 TCS10L LA4

Figure 4-2 Cable dressing (26 model)

I_17950_004eps080508

Mechanical Instructions EN 9TCS10L LA 4

42 Service Positions

For easy servicing of this set there are a few possibilities createdbull The buffers from the packagingbull Foam bars (created for Service)

421 Foam Bars

Figure 4-3 Foam bars

The foam bars (order code 3122 785 90580 for two pieces) can be used for all types and sizes of Flat TVs See figure ldquoFoam barsrdquo for details Sets with a display of 42rdquo and larger require four foam bars [1] Ensure that the foam bars are always supporting the cabinet and never only the displayCaution Failure to follow these guidelines can seriously damage the displayBy laying the TV face down on the (ESD protective) foam bars a stable situation is created to perform measurements and alignments By placing a mirror under the TV you can monitor the screen

43 AssyPanel Removal

431 Stand

1 Refer to next figure2 Place the TV set upside down on a table top using the

foam bars (see section ldquoService Positionrdquo)3 Remove the screws that secure the stand and remove the

stand

Figure 4-4 Stand

432 Rear Cover

Warning Disconnect the mains power cord before you remove the rear cover1 Refer to next figures2 Place the TV set upside down on a table top using the

foam bars (see section ldquoService Positionsrdquo)3 Remove the screws that secure the rear cover The screws

are located at the sides Be careful Now the rear cover could be lifted but the SSB and power supply panel(s) are mounted in the rear cover and still connected to the LCD panel and other boards Those cables should be released first

4 To release the LVDS cable lift the back cover a few centimetres and move it downwards the set Now unplug the LVDS connector [2]Caution be careful as this is a very fragile connector

5 Remove the screw [3]6 Now the rear cover can be lifted to gain access to the

speaker cables and the IRLED panel cable Release the connectors [4]

Figure 4-5 LVDS release

E_06532_018eps171106

1

Required for sets42

1

I_17950_005eps080508

1

1

1

1

I_17930_041eps240408

2

3

Mechanical InstructionsEN 10 TCS10L LA4

Figure 4-6 Speaker and IRLED panel cable release

433 Keyboard Control Board

1 Refer to next figure2 Unscrew two screws[1]3 Unplug connector [2] and remove the boardWhen defective replace the whole unit

Figure 4-7 Keyboard control board

434 IRLED Board and Speakers

1 Refer to next figure2 Remove the screws [1] and remove the IRLED board3 Remove the screws [2] and remove the speakersWhen defective replace the whole unit

Figure 4-8 IRLED Board and Speakers

I_17930_042eps240408

4

4

4

I_17930_063eps240408

2

1

1

I_17930_043eps240408

1 1

22 22

Mechanical Instructions EN 11TCS10L LA 4

435 Power Supply Board

Due to different set executions this chassis is supplied with one or two power supply boards and figures may differCaution it is absolutely mandatory to remount all different screws and cables at their original position during re-assembly Failure to do so may result in damaging the power supply1 Refer to next figure2 Unplug all the connectors [1]3 Remove the fixation screws [2]4 Remove the main power supply board5 Unplug all the connectors [3]6 Remove the fixation screws [4]7 Remove the stand-by power supply board

Figure 4-9 Power Supply Unit(s)

436 Inverter Board (19 and 22 versions)

Due to different set executions this chassis some versions are supplied with an inverter board Figures may differ1 Refer to next figure2 Unplug all connectors [1]3 Release the clips [2]4 Take out the inverter board

Figure 4-10 Inverter Board

437 Small Signal Board (SSB)

Caution it is absolutely mandatory to remount all different screws at their original position during re-assembly Failure to do so may result in damaging the SSB

Removing the SSB 1 See next figures2 Remove the screws [2] from the SSB3 On the outside of the set lift the rear cover near the tuner

connector approximately 3 mm in the indicated direction and keep it lifted while

4 On the inside of the set slide the metal plate in the indicated direction

5 Gently lift the board from the rear cover6 Now unplug the LVDS connector [3]

Caution be careful as this is a very fragile connector Unplug the rest of the cables [4]

Figure 4-11 SSB connector plate

I_17950_006eps080508

4

4

2 2 4

4

2 2

1

1

3

I_17930_065eps240408

1

1

1

2 2

2

I_18130_002eps170608

Mechanical InstructionsEN 12 TCS10L LA4

Figure 4-12 SSB

44 Set Re-assembly

To re-assemble the whole set execute all processes in reverse order

Notesbull While re-assembling make sure that all cables are placed

and connected in their original position See figure ldquoCable dressingrdquo

bull Pay special attention not to damage the EMC foams at the SB shields Make sure that EMC foams are put correctly on their places

I_17950_008eps080508

22

44

3

22

Service Modes Error Codes and Fault Finding EN 13TCS10L LA 5

5 Service Modes Error Codes and Fault Finding

Index of this chapter51 Test Points52 Service Mode53 Error Codes54 Fault Finding55 Service Tools56 Software Upgrading

51 Test Points

This chassis is NOT equipped with test points in the service printing No test points are mentioned in the service manual

52 Service Mode

521 Service Alignment Mode (SAM)

How to EnterTo enter SAM use the following methodbull Press on the remote control the code ldquo062596rdquo directly

followed by the ldquoINFOrdquo key

After entering SAM the following screen is visible the values can be adjusted according to the requested (see Chapter 8)

Figure 5-1 SAM menu

Figure 5-2 SAM menu White Balance Normal

Figure 5-3 SAM menu White Balance Cool

Figure 5-4 SAM menu White Balance Warm

Figure 5-5 SAM menu Volume Curve

Figure 5-6 SAM menu Picture Curve

I_18130_041eps190608

I_18130_044eps190608

I_18130_043eps190608

I_18130_045eps190608

I_18130_044eps190608

I_18130_048eps190608

Service Modes Error Codes and Fault FindingEN 14 TCS10L LA5

Figure 5-7 SAM menu Picture Mode Natural

Figure 5-8 SAM menu Picture Mode Personal

Figure 5-9 SAM menu Picture Mode Rich

Figure 5-10 SAM menu Picture Mode Soft

Figure 5-11 SAM menu Producting

Figure 5-12 SAM menu Country

I_18130_049eps190608

I_18130_050eps190608

I_18130_051eps190608

I_18130_052eps190608

I_18130_053eps190608

I_18130_054eps190608

Service Modes Error Codes and Fault Finding EN 15TCS10L LA 5

Figure 5-13 SAM menu Setup

Figure 5-14 SAM menu Shop Init Do

Figure 5-15 SAM menu Clear Code gt

How to ExitPress ldquoMENUrdquo on the RC-transmitter

Factory Mode Descriptions

I_18130_055eps190608

I_18130_058eps190608

Item Sub-Item Description

SOURCE Shift among sourcing via pressing Left amp Right key

ADC ADJ Only available in HDTV or PC mode

WB White Balance Calibration setting

SOURCE Shift among sources

COLOR TEMP Normal Warm Cool

WHITE R R Gain adjust manually or automatically

WHITE G G Gain adjust manually or automatically

WHITE B B Gain adjust manually or automatically

BLACK R R Shift adjust manually or automatically

BLACK G G Shift adjust manually or automatically

BLACK B B Shift adjust manually or automatically

VOL CURVE Volume Curve adjustmentX0 X10 X30 X50 X70 X90 X100 on for the usermenu volume value of the 0 10 30 50 70 90 100Only to adjust during production

PICTURE CURVE Analog Picture Curve adjustment X0 X30 X50 X80 X100 on for the usermenu picture value of the 0 30 50 80 100Only to adjust during production

CON Contrast Curve

BRI Brightness Curve

SAT Saturation Curve

SHARP Sharpness Curve

LIGHT Back light Curve

PICTURE MODE Picture modes analog value can be adjusted in this pageincluding SOFT NATURAL BRIGHTE and PERSONAL

I_18130_059eps190608

Service Modes Error Codes and Fault FindingEN 16 TCS10L LA5

Virgin SettingsFirst the country should be set according to the following table

Table 5-1 Country setting

Secondly select ldquoSHOP INITrdquo from the SAM menu Wait until finished and then turn ldquoOffrdquo the set Now the set is put back to virgin settings according to the following table

Table 5-2 Virgin settings

522 Customer Service Mode (CSM)

PurposeWhen a customer is having problems with his TV-set he can call his dealer or the Customer Help desk The service technician can then ask the customer to activate the CSM in order to identify the status of the set Now the service technician can judge the severity of the complaint In many cases he can advise the customer how to solve the problem or he can decide if it is necessary to visit the customer The CSM is a read only mode therefore modifications in this mode are not possible

How to Activate CSMKey in the code ldquo123654rdquo via the standard RC transmitter

Contents of CSM

Figure 5-16 CSM Menu

Menu Explanation1 MODEL Type number and region code2 PROD SN Production code will have 14 characters + 2

reserved (total 16 characters)3 SW ID Software cluster and version is displayed (TC =

TCL 1 = Chassis Number 26 = Screen size L = Latam 090 = software version)

4 CODES Error buffer contents5 SIGNAL PRESENT Presence of RF signal6 SYSTEM Color system7 SOUND Sound system (MonoStereoSAP)8 HDCP KEYS Shows Valid or invalid HDCP key when

HDMI connected Else blank9 HDMI INPUT FORMAT Shows the HDMI input format10 HDMI AUDIO INPUT HDMI audio input HDMI audio stream

detection YES = Audio stream detected NO = No Audio (for example when DVI format is used)

How to ExitPress ldquoMENUrdquo on the RC-transmitter

523 Blinking LED Procedure

The software is capable of identifying different kinds of errors Because it is possible that more than one error can occur over time an error buffer is available which is capable of storing the last five errors that occurred This is useful if the OSD is not working properly

Errors can also be displayed by the blinking LED procedure The method is to repeatedly let the front LED pulse with as many pulses as the error code number followed by a period of 15 seconds in which the LED is ldquooffrdquo Then this sequence is repeated

PRODUCTING FACTURY HOT KEY

Short-cut key to enter factory mode setting GO BACK is the short-cut key if it is ldquoONrdquo Do remember to turn this ldquoOFFrdquo when the set is returned to the customer

WARM UP STATUS

Aging Mode setting ldquoONrdquo means snow picture showing instead of blue background if there is no signal input Do remember to turn this ldquoOFFrdquo when the set is returned to the customer

EEPROM INIT EEPROM initialization1 When the first time to turn on the set please enter this menu and initialize it2 Press LeftRight key and waiting for about 5 seconds until ldquoOKrdquo displayed which means the set finishes the initialization3 Switch off AC power4 Power on the set again the EEPROM will be initialized

LOGO Always leave this setting to the value ldquoOFFrdquo

RF AGC RF Automatic Gain Control default at 16

COUNTRY Select the correct country before doing a SHOP INIT because it puts the set in virgin mode

SET UP POWER MODE LAST

This selects the last power on sequence used

POWER MODE STB

This will put the set in Stand-by whenever the power key is used to turn it on The user now has to turn the set on with the remote control

POWER MODE ON

This will turn on the set whenever the power key is used to turn it on

SHOP INIT DO By selecting this the outgoing factory initialization is selected Always perform this at the end of a repair

CLEAR CODE gt Clears the Error codes

CODES Shows the last 5 error codes

PANEL TYPE Shows the panel type (display only)

SW VER Shows the software version

V8- Shows the BOM number

COMPILE TIME Shows the time the software was compiled

CTN suffix Country

55 Other

77 Argentina

78 Brazil

85 Mexico

Setting 55 77 78 85

PQ Smart Mode Rich Rich Rich Rich

AQ Smart Mode Movie Movie Movie Movie

Sleep Off Off Off Off

Time 0000 0000 0000 0000

Start time ---- ---- ---- ----

Stop time ---- ---- ---- ----

Channel 2 2 2 2

Child lock Off Off Off Off

Parental lock Off Off Off Off

Closed caption Off Off Off Off

RF Channel 2 9 4 2

Volume 30 30 30 30

Item Sub-Item Description

Screen ratio 16 9 16 9 16 9 16 9

OSD language Spanish Spanish Portuguese Spanish

Setting 55 77 78 85

I_18130_060eps190608

Service Modes Error Codes and Fault Finding EN 17TCS10L LA 5

Any RC command terminates the sequence Error code LED blinking is in white colorExample the contents of the error buffer is ldquo013 007 000 000 000rdquoAfter entering SDM the following occursbull 1 long blink of 5 seconds to start the sequencebull 1 medium blink of 3 seconds and then 3 short blinks

followed by a pause of 15 secondsbull 7 short blinks followed by a pause of 15 secondsbull 1 long blink of 15 seconds to finish the sequenceThe sequence starts again with 12 short blinks

53 Error Codes

The error code buffer contains all errors detected since the last time the buffer was erased The buffer is written from left to right When an error occurs that is not yet in the error code buffer it is displayed at the left side and all other errors shift one position to the right

Basically there are six kind of errors

54 Fault Finding

Figure 5-17 No Picture No sound no Back light (19 sets)

Code Description Detection method Type

0 no error - -

1 reserved - -

2 5V failure protection

Power down Protection + blinking

3 μP Control I2C-bus Error log + blinking

4 General I2C bus Error

I2C-bus Protection + blinking

5 reserved - -

6 System EEPROM

I2C-bus Protection + blinking

7 Tuner I2C-bus Error log + blinking

8 HDCP EEPROM

I2C-bus Error log + blinking

No Picture no sound no Back light

Fuse F3(3A) OK

Check circuit of +33V+18V(U5U

6U7) OK Replace the bad

components

For P22 Pin 1~4 is +12V_PWamp Pin7~9

of is +5VSTBOK

Replace F3

Check Q17(Pin5- 8)+12V OK

NO

NO

NO

YES

YES

YES

Check DC-DC circuit(U1U2)

NOCheck Q26 circuit amp Replace the bad

componentsYES

Check PSU

I_18130_066eps180608

Service Modes Error Codes and Fault FindingEN 18 TCS10L LA5

Figure 5-18 Picture OK No sound (19 sets)

Figure 5-19 No Picture Back light amp Sound OK (19 and 26 sets)

Picture OK No sound

Check the voltage ofPin 313 of U19is it 12v Check Q17

Check the wave of pin7475 of U8is it

OK

CheckR amp L speaker

Check wave ofAudio input Pin

U8 pin61~69 OK

CheckQ22

No

Check B of Q22 is Low OK

Yes

No

Check Mute Pin6 of U19is it 12V

Yes

Yes

ReplaceU8

Yes

NO

Yes

Check the AMP- MUTE circuit

No

No

YesCheck SIF circuit Pin 7(SIFOUT) of

Tuner TU1

TV source Checkthe AV input

circuit

No

I_18130_068eps180608

No Picture Back light amp Sound OK

Check the output voltage

of U3 12V is it OK

Check LVDS signal waveform

of P10 is OK

Check the Circuit of12V_PANELamp

PANEL_ONOFF

Yes

No

Yes

Is RP2-RP7 ok

No

check the LVDS cable

Replace U8Yes

I_18130_004eps180608

Service Modes Error Codes and Fault Finding EN 19TCS10L LA 5

Figure 5-20 No color (19 and 26 sets)

Figure 5-21 No Picture No sound no Back light (26 sets)

No color

Color system is Right amp another

channel color is right

Dose the TV signal too weak

CheckPin 17(TV-

CVBS) Wave of TU1 OK

ReplaceTU1

ResetTo

Local system

CheckTuner Input

cable amp antenna

Yes NO NO

No YES YES

Fine tune Frequency

I_18130_006eps180608

No Picture No sound no Back light

Check circuit of +33V +18V (U5U

6U7) OK Replace the bad components

For P22 Pin 1~4 is +12V_PW amp Pin7~9

of is +5VSTBOK

NO

NO

YES

Check DC-DC circuit (U1U2)

YES

Check PSU

I_18130_003eps180608

Service Modes Error Codes and Fault FindingEN 20 TCS10L LA5

Figure 5-22 Picture OK No sound (26 sets)

55 Service Tools

551 ComPair

IntroductionComPair (Computer Aided Repair) is a Service tool for Philips Consumer Electronics products and offers the following1 ComPair helps you to quickly get an understanding on how

to repair the chassis in a short and effective way2 ComPair allows very detailed diagnostics and is therefore

capable of accurately indicating problem areas You do not have to know anything about I2C or UART commands yourself because ComPair takes care of this

3 ComPair speeds up the repair time since it can automatically communicate with the chassis (when the uP is working) and all repair information is directly available

4 ComPair features TV software upgrade possibilities

SpecificationsComPair consists of a Windows based fault finding program and an interface box between PC and the (defective) product The (new) ComPair II interface box is connected to the PC via an USB cable For the TV chassis the ComPair interface box and the TV communicate via a bi-directional cable via the service connector(s)

How to ConnectThis is described in the ComPair chassis fault finding database

Caution It is compulsory to connect the TV to the PC as shown in Figure ldquoComPair II interface connectionrdquo (with the ComPair interface in between) as the ComPair interface acts as a level shifter If one connects the TV directly to the PC (via UART) ICs will be blown

How to OrderComPair II order codes

bull ComPair II interface 3122 785 91020bull For SW see Philips service websitebull ComPair UART interface cable 3122 785 75051bull Software Upgrade VGA interface cables 3122 785 90004

and 3122 785 09269

Note If you encounter any problems contact your local support desk

Figure 5-23 ComPair II interface connection

56 Software Upgrading

561 Introduction

Software upgrading can be done by ComPair This allows to replacement of the software image

Picture OK No sound

Check the voltage ofPin 313 of U19is it 12v Check PSU

Check the wave of pin7475 of U8is it

OK

CheckR amp L speaker

Check wave ofAudio input Pin

U8 pin61~69 OK

CheckQ22

No

Check B of Q22 is Low OK

Yes

No

Check Mute Pin6 of U19is it 12V

Yes

Yes

ReplaceU8

Yes

NO

Yes

Check the AMP- MUTE circuit

No

No

YesCheck SIF circuit Pin 7(SIFOUT) of

Tuner TU1

TV source Checkthe AV input

circuit

No

I_18130_005eps180608

E_06532_036eps150208

TOUART SERVICECONNECTOR

TOUART SERVICECONNECTOR

TOI2C SERVICECONNECTOR

TO TV

PC

HDMII2C only

Optional power5V DC

ComPair II Developed by Philips Brugge

RC outRC in

OptionalSwitch

Power ModeLinkActivity I2C

ComPair IIMulti

function

RS232 UART

Block Diagrams Test Point Overview and Waveforms 21TCS10L LA 6

6 Block Diagrams Test Point Overview and Waveforms

Wiring Diagram of Connector for MS19-PH 19

40-PWL20C-PWI1XG POWER BOARD

1

NU

SE

LEC

T

GN

D

GN

D

P4

1 2 3 5 6 74

BL

ON

OF

F

DIM

MIN

G

INV

ER

TE

R_P

WR

12V

INV

ER

TE

R_P

WR

12V

P5

40-0MS19P-MAE2XGMAIN BOARD

AG

ND

1 2 3 5 6 74

KE

Y0

KE

Y1

AG

ND

IR-I

N

LED

1-IN

LED

2-IN

NC

1 2 3 5 6 7 84

+5V

ST

B

+5V

ST

B

GN

D

GN

D

GN

D

INVERTER BOARD

CN

1

GN

D

1 2 3 5 64

INV

ER

T-S

W

DIM

MIN

G

GN

D

INV

ER

TE

R_P

WR

12V

INV

ER

TE

R_P

WR

12V

8+

5VS

TB

GN

D

1 2 3 5 64

GN

D

GN

D

NC5V

-PW

5V-P

W

40-PF3403-IRC1XG IR BOARD

40-PF3403-KEC1XG KEY BOARD

GN

D

LED

1

IR

+5V

ST

B

1 2 3 54LE

D2

KE

Y1

GN

D

KE

Y0

1 2 3

P10

01

CN

2001 1S

P 22

P

9 10

+12

V-P

W

+12

V-P

W

+12

V-P

W

+12

V-P

W

7 8 9 10

+12

V+

12V

+12

V

+12

V

I_18130_061eps190608

22TCS10L LA 6Block Diagrams Test Point Overview and Waveforms

Wiring Diagram of Connector for MS19-PH 26

40-1PL37C-PWF1XG

1

P5

40-0MS19P-MAE2XGMAIN BOARD

AG

ND

1 2 3 5 6 74

KE

Y0

KE

Y1

AG

ND

IR-I

N

LED

1-IN

LED

2-IN

NC

1 2 3 5 6 7 84

NC

NC

GN

D

GN

D

GN

D

40-PWL01B-STE1X

8+

5VS

TB

1 2 3 5 64

12V-

PW

40-PF3403-IRC1XG IR BOARD

40-PF3403-KEC1XGKEY BOARD

GN

D

LED

1

IR

+5V

ST

B

1 2 3 54LE

D2

KE

Y1

GN

D

KE

Y0

1 2 3

P10

01

CN

2001

P4

9 10

+12

V-P

W

+12

V-P

W

+12

V-P

W

+12

V-P

W

7

10

5P 1P

1 2 3

1 2 3

+5S

TB

AG

ND

PW

-ON

OF

F

+5S

TB

AG

ND

PW

-ON

OF

F

11

12 13 14

GN

D

NC

BL-

AD

JUS

T

BL-

ON

OF

F

11

12

13

14

15

16

P22

8 91 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

12 13 14 15 16

12V-

PW

GN

D

GN

D12

V-P

W

12V-

PW

GN

D

NC

GN

D

NC

NC

NC

NC

NC

BL-

AD

JUS

T

BL-

ON

OF

F

I_18130_062eps190608

Block Diagrams Test Point Overview and Waveforms 23TCS10L LA 6

Block Diagram MS19P Chipset

Panel

810-bit LVDS

2MB

HDMI

HDTVVGA

YC

AV2AV1

AV-OUTTVSIF

PCHDTV-RL

AV2-RLAV1-RL

IRKEY0KEY1

GPIO PWM

Serial-FlashSPI

Speake

Earphone

r

MS19P Chipset Block Diagram

Audio out

EEPROM24C32 SDA

SCL

AMP

TDA7266

MST9U19A

24C02

24C02

24C04SDASCL

U19

U9

U13

U12

U11HDCP

EDID

EDID

U10

Z1

SDASCLExternal device

I_18130_063eps190608

24TCS10L LA 6Block Diagrams Test Point Overview and Waveforms

I2C overview

I2C Device Block Diagram

MST9U19A-LF

24C32 24C04

System EEPROM

I2C AddressA0

HDCP EEPROM

I2C AddressA4

SDA SCL SDA SCL

Tuner integratedIF PLL Demodulator

SDA1 SCL1I2C AddressA0

I_18130_064eps190608

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 25TCS10L LA 7

7 Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Main Power Supply (19)

I_18130_022eps180608

A AMAIN POWER SUPPLY 19rdquo

26TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout Main Power Supply (19) (Top Side)

Layout Main Power Supply (19) (Bottom Side)

I_18130_023eps180608

I_18130_065eps190608

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 27TCS10L LA 7

Main Power Supply (26)

I_18130_024eps180608

A1 A1MAIN POWER SUPPLY 26rdquo

28TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout Main Power Supply (26) (Top Side)

I_18130_028eps180608

40-PWL01B-STE1XG

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 29TCS10L LA 7

Layout Main Power Supply (26) (Bottom Side)

I_18130_029eps180608

40-PWL01B-STE1XG

30TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Standby Power Supply (26)

I_18130_025eps200608

A2 A2STANDBY POWER SUPPLY 26rdquo

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 31TCS10L LA 7

Layout Standby Power Supply (26) (Top Side)

40-1PL37C-PWF1XGI_18130_026eps

180608

32TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout Standby Power Supply (26) (Bottom Side)

I_18130_027eps180608

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 33TCS10L LA 7

SSB Control

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGNDAGND

AGND

AGNDAGNDAGND AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

T

T

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

D1B

D1A

G2

G1

S2

D2B

D2A

S1

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

PGND

PGND

PGND

PGND

PGND

AGND

AGND

T

T

T

T

AGND

T

T

BOOT

DRIVE

FB GND

LGATE

PHASE

VCC

UGATE

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

PGND

AGND

AGND

AGNDAGND

AGND

D2B

D2A

G1

G2

S1

D1B

D1A

S2

T

AGND

D1B

D1A

D2B

G2 D2A

S2

G1

S1

09V

18V

For Tuner 33v

L--Prot

Normal--HProtect--L

Back Light Control

Far from DC-DC amp Tuner

Option

When not use DC-DC+5VSTB_L provide

ON-----LOFF-----H

OptionFar from tuner and power supply (NC)

8

7

6

4 5

3

2

1U3

SP8J3

R234

10R

NC

E

C

B

BT3904

Q21

B

C

E

Q32BT3904

R16

19N

C2

618

KR

919

1K

26

10K

B

C

E

Q2

BT3904

R177

NC

C23

00

1U

10K

R18

0

NC

R17

9 0

R1784K7

+12V

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

P4ON-PBACK

ADJ-PWM2

R181910K26

191

K2

6

R10

Z54

BL-ADJUST

1 2

4

6

8

12

14

10

3

5

7

9

11

13

P22

+5V

+5VSTB_L

C22

2

01U

R70R (FOR 26ONLY)

7

8

4

2

3

5

6

1

A04803

Q17

+12V

+12V_PW

+12V_PW

C24

10

01U

BL-ADJUST

+5V

ST

B_L

C14

01U

BL-ONOFF

C22

40

1U

+5VSTB

R24

8N

C

+12V_PW

C220220U

25V

F250A

F150A

47K

R18

2

L8200R

R2413K9

C23

6

1U

C24

3

1U

C244

01U

C242

470U

16V

+5V

ST

B

PRORECT_12V

R29

720

K

+33V

+33V

B

E

CQ31

BT3906R298

NC

+12V

R299

4K7

R301

4K7

R30

010

K

R29

6

4K7

D14 8V

2

B

C

E

Q26BT3904

R3

4K7

B

E

CQ13

BT3906

C64

3 1U

C20A1U

C21

A 1U

NCC

21

R18

147

K

C24

00

01U

R22

330K

33V

+5V

+5V

12V_PANEL

21

P20

01UC

231

NC

C8

01U

C3

01U

L49200R

L47200R

21

P19

01UC

20

5V_PANEL

4K7R15

D11

LL4148

D45LL4148

PW_ONOFF

+5VSTB1

2

3

P1

POWER-ONOFFB

C

E

Q30BT3904

R26610K

GPIO_PROTECT

+5VSTB

R24

70R

D10LL4148

+12V

C201U

SELECT

R20

510

0K

R2041K

D47 33

V

R27

92K

2R

242

2K2

+12V

1

2

3 6

5

8

4

7

U1

RT8110

R50R PROTPW_ONOFF

R2NC

Z58

Z56

B

C

E

Q27BT3904

BL-ONOFF

R12100R

PW_CTRL

Z51

R24

0 0

Z52

Z53

Z60

L530R

L330R

01U

C23

401UC

232

C23

3 1U

R234K7

5V_PANEL

C22

60

1U

L50200R

+5V

C235470U

16V

200RL54

C23

70

1U

L9200R

+5V

R4

10K

R6NC

+12V_INVERTER

B

C

E

Q6BT3904

68K

R37

NCR17

0RR14

16V

470UC

17A

C27

01U

2U2C16

01UC

15

R8

NC

R194K7

R132NC

R143100K

R14K

7

B

C

E

Q14BT3904

R2110K

+12V

D1LL4148

R14210K

+5VSTB

B

C

E

Q3BT3904NC

+12V

C1810U

50V

L6100UH

D5LL4148

B

C

E

Q5SC1815

NCR

24

B

C

E

Q1

BT3904

B

C

E

Q4BT3904

PWM3

SHUT_EEP

200RL56

L55200R

R23

91K

2

R23

8N

C

R235

10R

R23

6N

C

L115UH

R23

322

K

C23

91U

R237

220R

7

8

4

2

3

5

6

1

U2PHKD13N03LT

C23801U

D50LL4148

L53200R

+12V_INVERTER

C22

70

1U

C22

80

1U

L52200R

L51200R

C22

90

1U

L48200R

C22

50

1U

12V_PANEL

L1230R

PANEL-ONOFF

Z59

Z50

PW_ONOFF R26

368

0R

R2618K2

R26010K

R26

710

K

R26

810

K

R26

247

K

R25910K

R25

810

0K

D41LL4148

+12V

R2783K9

TUNER_5V

+5V

40V

C18

70

1U

R2000R

R6390R

R60422K

L6061000UR

C60

40

1U

D61

433

VC63

047

00P

C63

2 270P

C633

01U 50V

L613

1000UH

NC

L6041000UH

100KR

630

NC

C63

6

C63

50

01U

C63

40

1U

C631200P

B

C

E

Q612BC846B

R63147K

12

3

D61

30B

AV

99

33V

+5V

C1

01U

5V_PANEL

+12V_PW

+5VSTB

12V_PANEL

C223

220U25V

+5VSTB

01U

C22

1

+12V

PW_ONOFF

VCC_PANEL

B01 B01

I_18130_011eps180608

CONTROL

34TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

SSB DC - DC

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGNDAGND

GN

DA

DJ

OU

T

VIN

4

OU

T

VIN

AD

JG

ND

VO

UT

VIN

AD

JG

ND

VCC18V FOR MST9E19A

pin36

VDDC for MST9E19A Core

+33V for VDD_MPLL

+33AVDD FOR AVDD_SIF

+33AVDD FOR AVDD_AU

pin6 pin12

+33AVDD for AVDD_HDMI

Vcc33for MST9E19A analog

+33AVDD for AVDDA

33V for AVDDPLL2

Vcc33 for MST9E19A Digital

10RR

31

F330A

+33V

L16100R+5VST

R28NC

23

1

U6

AIC

1084

FM120D8

FM120D6

23

1

U7

KD

1084

AD

2T18

+33V

VDDP

FM120D7

+5VSTB_L

1 2 3

4

U5AS1117-33

L18FB

FBL17

+18V

VDDC

L11

100R

L10100R+33V

L24

100R

FBL23

16V

47UC

37

C67

01U

01UC

62

C61

01U

01UC

60

C59

01U

16V

100UC

53

C48100U

16V

NCR30

R29

0RL41

FB

16V

100UC

33

C31100U

16V

C49 0

1U

01U

C52

01U

C36

C34 0

1U

01U

C42

C58 0

1U16V

47UC

57

C51 0

1U

AVDD_SIF

+33VA

AVDD_AU

+33VA

AVDDA

+33VA

AVDD_MEMPLL

+33VA

C56 0

1U

01U

C552U

2C

54

C47 0

1U

C46 2U

2

L21FB

2U2

C41

FBL19

C50 2U

2

L22FB

FBL20

01U

C452U

2C

44

C39 0

1U

C38 2U

2

AVDD_HDMI

01U

C40

+33VA

01U

C32

C30 0

1U

+33VA

+33VA

VDD_MPLL

+18V

C35100U

16V

C63

01U

01UC

64

C65

01U

01UC

66

01UC

68

C69

01U

01UC

70

C71

01U

01UC

72

C73

01U

+5VST

+5VSTB

FM120D9

B02 B02

I_18130_012eps180608

DC - DC

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 35TCS10L LA 7

SSB MST9E19A Controller

AG

ND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AG

ND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

SDA

SCL

WC

VCC

VSS

E2NC

E1NC

E0NC AGND

VCC

HOLD

SCK

GND SI

WP

SO

CE

SDA

SCL

WC

VCC

VSS

E2NC

E1NC

E0NC

AD

0A

D1

AD

2A

D3

AD

4A

D5

AD

6A

D7

ALE

AUCOM

AUL0

AUL1

AUL2

AUL3

AUOUTL

AUOUTL2

AUOUTL3

AUOUTR

AUOUTR2

AUOUTR3

AUOUTS

AUR0

AUR1

AUR2

AUR3

AUVRADNAUVRADPAUVREF

AV

DD

_AD

C

AV

DD

_AU

AV

DD

_DV

IA

VD

D_D

VI1

AV

DD

_ME

MP

LL

AV

DD

_MP

LLA

VD

D_M

PLL

1

AV

DD

_SIF

BIN0MBIN0P

BIN1MBIN1P

C0

C1

CSZ

CVBS0

CVBS1CVBS2CVBS3

CVBSOUT

DD

CA

_CK

DD

CA

_DA

DDCD_CKDDCD_DA

DD

CR

_CK

DD

CR

_DA

DI0DI1DI2DI3DI4DI5DI6DI7

DIG

O0

DIG

O1

DIG

O2

DIG

O3

DIG

O4

DIG

O5

DIG

O6

DIG

O7

DIG

O8

DIG

O9

GIN0MGIN0P

GIN1MGIN1P

GN

DG

ND

1

GN

D10

GN

D11

GN

D12

GN

D13

GN

D14

GN

D15

GN

D2

GN

D3

GN

D4

GN

D5

GN

D6

GN

D7

GN

D8

GN

D9

GPIOE0LVSYNCGPIOE1LHSYNC

GPIOE2LDEGPIOE3LCK

GPIOF10GPIOF11

GPIOF12GPIOF13GPIOF14GPIOF15GPIOF16GPIOF17GPIOF18GPIOF19

GPIOF2GPIOF3GPIOF4GPIOF5GPIOF6GPIOF7GPIOF8GPIOF9

HSYNC0

HSYNC1

HW

RE

SE

T

ICLK

IHSYNC

INT

IRIN

IVSYNC

LA0MG3LA0PG2LA1MG1LA1PG0LA2MB7LA2PB6

LA3MB3LA3PB2LA4MB1LA4PB0

LACKMB5LACKPB4

LB0MR7LB0PR6LB1MR5LB1PR4LB2MR3LB2PR2

LB3MG7LB3PG6LB4MG5LB4PG4

LBCKMR1LBCKPR0

PW

M0

PW

M1

PW

M2

PW

M3

PWM_DRVPWM_FB

PWM_SENSE

RD

Z

REFMREFP

REXT

RIN0MRIN0P

RIN1MRIN1P

RMID

RX0NRX0PRX1NRX1PRX2NRX2P

RXCKNRXCKP

SA

R0

SA

R1

SA

R2

SA

R3

SCKSDI

SDO

SIF1MSIF1P

SOGIN0

SOGIN1

VCLAMP

VCOM0

VCOM1

VCOM2

VD

DC

VD

DC

1V

DD

C2

VD

DC

3V

DD

C4

VD

DC

5

VD

DP

VD

DP

1V

DD

P2

VD

DP

3V

DD

P4

VD

DP

5V

DD

P6

VD

DP

7V

DD

P8

VD

DP

9

VSYNC0

VSYNC1

WR

Z

XIN

XO

UT

Y0

Y1

AGND

T

T

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

Mode Selection

I2C address at A0

Location Near IC PinLocation Near IC Pin

SST PULL DOWNMSTAR PULL UP

DVI INPUT

VGA INPUT

For TTL output

Audio Output(to Amp) AV Output(Audio)

Debug Port

For Philps debug

HDCP I2C address at A4

VID

EO

INP

UT

HDTV INPUT

C212NC

C7822P

01UC11

2

2U2 C247

C1072U2

01U C114

PW_CTRL

PRORECT_12V

54

72 13

6 8

RP

84K

7

KEY0-IN

LED2-IN

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

P5

POWER-ONOFF

54

72 13

6 8

RP

124K

7

LED1-IN

NC

L43

+5VSTB

4K7

R55

LED2R13

4K7

R584K7

B

C

E

Q9BT3904

1

2

3

4

5

P14

WP

SDA

SCL

+33V

1

2

3

4

P6

10RR41

SHUT_EEP

D4 NC

WP

C20

110

0P

RXD

TXD1

2

3

P2

ZX

Z62

WP

+33V

+33V+5VSTB

RS

20R

RS

3N

C

RS

11K

10K

R32

10K

R42

01UC86

47RR64

NC

R63

R62

NC

R52100R

R51 22

K

R50 22

K

100RR49

100RR40

C83

001

U

001

UC82

R67

0R

001

UC76

2U2C115

R47100R

R45100R

100RR34100R

R33

2U2C104

C1052U2PC-LIN

2U2C106

C1112U2

2U2C110

C11901U

R57 8K

2

8K2

R56

C1092U2

2U2C108

124578

101113141516171819202122232425262728

293031323334353839

404142434445464748495051

5455575859

61626364656667686970717273747576

78798081828384858687

131

132

133

134

125

126

127

128

129

130

155

156

136 3 9 37 52 56 89 99 101

104

106

120

141

152

173

187

204

143

144

145

146

147

148

149

150

153

154

116

117

118

135

124123122121

9796959493929190

139138137

191190189188

185184183182181180179178177176175174171170169168167166165164163162161160

202201200199198197196195

192

194193

207

206

205

36 53 60 105

6 12 157

208

77 98 107

142

158

203

88 100

102

103

119

140

151

159

172

186

115

114

113

112

111

110

109

108

U8

MST9E19A

R54

4K7

R36

22K

100P C79

01UC11

7

C116

01U

R7510K

R38 22

K

C10201U

C89 0

1U

1

3

2

D40

0BA

V99

+5VST

R53

390R

CVBSOUT

LED2

5

6

7

8

4

3

2

1U10

M24C32MN

IR_SYNC

KEY0

LED1

KEY1

WP_FSH

TV1-VIN- VCOM0

AV1-YIN-

AV1-YIN

VCOM2

SV_Y0

R_TX2+

C920047U

C930047U

0047UC94

0047UC96

C970047U

0047UC98

C1010047U

0047UC100

C990047U

SV_C0

TXD

RXD

100P

C20

2

8

7

6

4 5

3

2

1U9

W25X40

+33V

L26 F

B

100RR77

SDA

SCL

SHUT_EEPR76

100R

5

6

7

8

4

3

2

1U11

M24C04MN

SDA

SCL

100RR70

R69100R

+33V

R68

10K

SPI_CZ

SPI_DI

SPI_CK

54

72

1

3 6

8

RP933R

NCR

65R

661K

8

C90 10

0P

R6110R

1KR60

R591K

100P

C91

C95 10

0P

SYS_RST

R391K

B

E

CQ8

BT3906

C8010U

16V

C7447U

16V

R48

1M

Y1

14M

3

22PC84

AVDDA

AVDD_SIF

AVDD_MEMPLL

AVDD_HDMIVDDC VDDP

SDA_EXT

SCL_EXT

+33V

R43

10K

10KR

44

RXE3+B2

RXE4+B0

RXE4-B1

RXE3-B3

RXEC+B4

RXEC-B5

RXE2+B6

RXE2-B7

RXE1+G0

RXE1-G1

RXE0+G2

RXE0-G3

RXO4+G4

RXO4-G5

RXO3+G6

RXO3-G7

RXOC+R0

RXOC-R1

RXO2+R2

RXO2-R3

RXO1+R4

RXO1-R5

RXO0+R6

RXO0-R7

TTL-BLUE2

TTL-BLUE1

TTL-BLUE0

TTL-BLUE3

TTL-BLUE4

TTL-BLUE5

TTL-BLUE6

TTL-BLUE7

TTL-GREEN0

TTL-GREEN1

TTL-GREEN2

TTL-GREEN3

TTL-GREEN4

TTL-GREEN5

TTL-GREEN6

TTL-GREEN7

TTL-RED6

TTL-RED0

TTL-RED1

TTL-RED2

TTL-RED3

TTL-RED4

TTL-RED5

TTL-RED7

54

72

1

3 6

8

RP40R

8

63

1

2 7

4 5

0RRP7

54

72

1

3 6

8

RP60R

8

63

1

2 7

4 5

0RRP3

8

63

1

2 7

4 5

0RRP5

54

72

1

3 6

8

RP20R

SPI_CKSPI_DISPI_CZ

SPI_DO

AMP-MUTE

PANEL-ONOFF

LED1

HPDCTRL

ON-PBACK

863 12

7

45

4K7

RP

13

PWM0

ADJ-PWM2

NCR

85

NCR

82

NCR

80

NCR

79

R84

1K

R83

1K

R81

1K

R78

1K

PWM0

WP_FSH

ADJ-PWM2

PWM3

IR_SYNC

KEY1

KEY0

RXD

TXD

SCL

SDA

DDC-RDX

DDC-TXD

I2C-SCL

I2C-SDA

+33V

54

721 3

68

RP

104K

7

R7410R

10RR73

10RR72

R7110R

AUCOM

16V

10UC

118

AUVRADN

AUVRADP

C11310U

16V

L250

AMP-ROUT

AMP-LOUT

PH-ROUTPH-LOUT

PC-RIN

SIFM

SIFP

01UC103

01U

C88

AUCOM

AUVREFAUVRADPAUVRADN

SIFM

SIFP

TUNER_CVBS

SV_C0

SV_Y0

VCOM2

CVBS2CVBS1

VCOM0

VCOM1

CVBS3

SCG+

SCR+SCR-

SC_SOG

SCG-

SCB-

RIN-

RIN+GIN-

GIN+SOG

BIN-BIN+

01UC85

C8701U

VS_RGBHS_RGB

HDMI_SCLHDMI_SDA

AVDD_HDMI TXCLK-

R_TX2+

R_TX2-G_TX1+

G_TX1-B_TX0+

B_TX0-TXCLK+

AUVREF

PWM3

+33V

VDD_MPLL

AVDD_AU

TV1-VIN+ TUNER_CVBS

VCOM1

AV1-CIN

TV-SIFP

TV-SIFM

HDMI_SCLHDMI_SDA

TXCLK-

R_TX2-G_TX1+

G_TX1-B_TX0+

B_TX0-TXCLK+

VS_RGBHS_RGB

RIN-

RIN+GIN-

GIN+SOG

BIN-BIN+

SCG+

SCR+SCR-

SC_SOG

SCG-SCB+SCB-

AV1-VIN+

AV2-VIN+

AV3-VIN+ CVBS1

CVBS2

CVBS3

SPI_DO

WP_FSH

CVBSOUT

PH-LOUT

PH-ROUTAMP-ROUT AMP-R

AMP-LAMP-LOUTPH-L1OUT

AFT

SCB+

KEY1-IN

+33V

PH-R1OUT

C77

1000

P

E

C

B BT3904Q7

R114K7

+5VSTB

GPIO_PROTECT

+33V

IR-IN

C248

2U2

2U2 C249

C250

2U2

2U2 C251

C252

2U2

DVI-RINDVI-LINAV2-RIN

AV2-LIN

AV1-RINAV1-LIN

B03 B03

I_18130_013eps180608

MST9E19A CONTROLLER

36TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

SSB HDMI Interface

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

SDA

SCL

WC

VCC

VSS

E2NC

E1NC

E0NC

RX2+

GND1

RX2-

RX1+

GND2

RX1-

RX0+

GND3

RX0-

RXC+

GND4

RXC-

NC1

NC2

DDCCLK

DDCDA

GND5

VCC

HPD

AGND

HDMI-RX2-

HDMI-RX1+

+5V

+5V

5

6

43

2

1

U17

PRTR5V0U4D

5

6

43

2

1

U18

PRTR5V0U4D

1KR101

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

P12

01UC

120

5

6

7

8

4

3

2

1U12

M24C02MN

RLZ

5B6

D18

HDMI-DDC-SDA

HDMI-DDC-SCL

HDMI-HPD

HDMI5V

HPDCTRLB

C

E

Q10BT3904

4K7R96

R95

4K7

R1000R

NCR

97

R94

1K

+5V

100RR99

R98100R

12

3

D17

BAT

54C

D19

RLZ

5B6

TXCLK-

TXCLK+

B_TX0-

B_TX0+

G_TX1-

G_TX1+

R_TX2-

R_TX2+

10RR93

R9210R

10RR91

R9010R

10RR89

R8810R

10RR87

R8610R

HDMI_SDA

HDMI_SCL

HDMI-RXC-

HDMI-RXC+

HDMI-RX0+

HDMI-RX0-

HDMI-RX1-

HDMI-RX2+

B04 B04

I_18130_014eps180608

HDMI INTERFACE

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 37TCS10L LA 7

SSB VGA Interface

AGND

AGND

AGND

SDA

SCL

WC

VCC

VSS

E2NC

E1NC

E0NC

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGNDProgram Control

To main chip(when updateit is I2Cwhen debug it is RXTX)

LED2

R12

110

0RR12

010

0R

+33V

RXD

TXD

R170

4K7

1

3

2

D2

100RR144

NCR123

4K7R12

2

75R

R10

9

R10

8 75R

01UC

130

10K

R17

4

75R

R10

7

10K

R17

2

P13-11

R11

8 4K7

4K7

R11

9

PROTECT

VGA5V

VGA-SCL

PROTECT

13

2

D25

1

3

2

D20

C19 N

C

Q182N7002

10RR175

R171NC

R17310R

C12

9 NC

C1270047U

VGA-R+

VGA-G+

VGA-B+

+5VST1

32

D24

1KR115

R1141K

123

D23BAT54C

5

6

7

8

4

3

2

1U13

M24C02MN

R11

74K

7NC

C12

8R11

610

K

6

4

11

14

15

7

12

8

5

13

3

10

9

1

2

16

17

P13

C1230047U

C1241000P

C1210047U

R10510R

10RR104

R10310R

0047UC126

C1250047U

0047UC122

1

3

2

D22

2

3

1

D21

R11347R

47RR111

R11047R

R106330R

HS_RGB

VS_RGB

Q192N7002

B

C

E

Q25BT3904

VGA-HS

VGA-VS

VGA-SDA

RIN+

SOG

BIN-

GIN-

RIN-

BIN+

GIN+

VGA-SDA

VGA-SCL

+5VSTB

+5VSTB

B05 B05

I_18130_015eps180608

VGA INTERFACE

38TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

SSB Cinch

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND AGNDAGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

VDD

OUTB

INB-

VSS INB+

INA+

INA-

OUTA

AGNDAGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

WHITE

RED

YELLOWGREEN

BLUE

RED

WHITE

RED

RED

WHITE

YELLOW

AGND

AGND

AGND

HDTV IN

AV OUTPUT AUDIO AMP

For PCampYPbPr Audio Input(RL)

For Philips Upgrade

S-VIDEO amp AV2 In Side

Earphone Outuput In Side

AV1 In Rear

AV OUTPUT

For DVI Audio Input(35mm Jack)

2

1

3

P17

DVI_R

DVI_L

AV2-V

AV_ROUT

AV2-R

C13 47

0P

12K

R15

2

C17 47

0P

560P

C16

356

0PC

162

3

2

1

4P15

C14

156

0P

PC-R

560P

C14

3C

134

560P

560P

C13

8

2

3

1

D37

NC

C14

256

0P56

0PC

146

C6 10

0P

3

1

2

P11

TXD

3

1

2

P7

PR1

PB1

AVOUT_L

Y1

AVOUT

1

4

2

5

3

6P21

1

2

3

4

5

6P8

8 56 7 9

P15

BUF2

1

3

2

D31

2

3

1

D28

NC

1

3

2

D33

NC

2

3

1

D55

NC

2

3

1

D54

NC

2

3

1

D52

NC

2

3

1

D51

NC

2

3

1

D34

1

3

2

D36

NC

C5 10

0P

13

2

D12

R18

8 75R

R2855K1

R2845K1

R2805K1

R2815K1

L6130R

AV1-CL60

30R

AV1-YL59

30R

75R

R14

9

C19

810

00P

C14

068

0P

680P

C15

5

10RR186

680P

C13

6

OP_VCC2

C13

168

0P

2

3

1

D53

2

3

1

D27

FB

L42

10KR230

12K

R20

1R

197 12

K

R15

9 12K

R15

522

0R

220RR153

75R

R14

0

75R

R13

9

R13

6 75R

75R

R12

8

2U2C188

R14

5 12K

12K

R15

7

12K

R13

5C191

2U2

10K

R15

6R

147 10

K

330R

R14

6

R18510RY1

75RR151

R141

75R

C1452U2

2U2C144

01UC

139

12K

R16

1

AV2-VIN+

CVBSOUT

AV1-CIN

AV1-YIN-

1

3

2

D38

2

3

1

D39

PH-R1OUTR226

10K

AV_LOUT

R22447K

+5V

R22

547

K

C18

347

U

16V

100P

C18

9

33KR

229

C18547U

16V

C18

40

1U

C19

310

0P

R23

233

K

8

7

6

4 5

3

2

1U16

TDA1308T

SCB-

SCG-

SCR-

C1580047U

SCG+

SCR+

SCB+

SC_SOG

PR1

PB1

C1540047U

0047UC153

C1520047U

C1511000P

0047UC159

0047UC156

R19547R

47RR191

R18947R

R18410R

10RR183

R14810R

1

3

2

D35

B

E

CQ11

BT3906C218

10U

16V

B

C

E

Q12BT3904

2

3

1

D32

2

3

1

D30

1

3

2

D29

R13347R

10RR137

R12610R

+5V

AV1-YIN

Y1R176

470R

PH-L1OUT

AV_LOUT

AV_ROUT

AV1-VIN+

L63 30

R

30R

L62

330RR

249

R25

133

0R

C196

033U50V

C197

033U50V

7

654

89

3

1

2

P18

1000

PC

199

AMP-PROUT+AMP-LIN

AMP-PLOUT+AMP-RIN

EARPHONE-RA

EARPHONE-LA

30RL44

AV1-RIN

R2825K1

R2835K1 AV1-LIN

AV2-LIN

R2865K1

R2875K1 AV2-RIN

R2885K1

R2895K1 DVI-RIN

R2905K1

R2915K1 DVI-LIN

R2925K1

R2935K1 PC-RIN

R2945K1

R2955K1 PC-LIN

AV1_V

AVOUT_R

RXD

C4 47

0P47

0PC

7

AV1_R

AV1_L

C9 47

0P47

0PC

10

C11 47

0P47

0PC

12

PC-L

AV2-L

B06 B06

I_18130_016eps180608

CINCH

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 39TCS10L LA 7

SSB Tuner

AGND

AGND

AGND

AG

ND

AGNDAGND

AGND

AGND

COMMON

IN OUT

VID

EO

NC

1

NC

2

AU

DIO

AG

C

SD

A

TU

MB

GN

D2

SIF

OU

T

GN

D1

NC

3

NC

4

NC

5

SC

L

NC

6

AF

T

CLOSE RO MST IC

R21127R

171 2 6 1110 1412 157 83 4 5 9 13 16

TU1

2

1 3

U15KIA78D05

TUNER_SDA

TUNER_SCL

SIF_OUT

TV_CVBSC

172

01U

33V

B

C

E

Q20

BT3904

TV-SIFPNCR213

10RR220

001UC181

TV-SIFP

R194100R

330R

R19

3R

192

10R

R19

81K

R19

91K

L2722UH

+12V

R20

7 NC

100K

R20

3

2200

PC

200

R209120R

R20610R

C17

4N

C3

30P

NC

330

PC

175

C171220U

16V

L28120R

R20251K

C17

710

0P

C17

615

0P

SDA_EXT

SCL_EXT

C168220U

16V

16V

220UC

169

TV1-VIN-

TV1-VIN+

R21047R

C16

60

01UC16

44U

7

50V

C16

50

01U

C16

70

1U

TUNER_5V

AFT

120RR212

TUNER_5V

TV-SIFM

001UC170

B07 B07

I_18130_017eps180608

TUNER

40TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

SSB Audio Amplifier

PGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

PGND

PGND

AGND

AGND

OUT2+

OUT2-

NC3

IN2

VCC2

NC2

OUT1+

VCC1

IN1

NC1

MUTE

STBY

PW_GND

S_GND

OUT1-

TO SPEAKER

TO SPEAKER

0RR

162

AMP-PROUT-

2

1

H8

15

14

11

12

13

10

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

2

U19

TD

A7266

1

2

3

4

P9

AMP-PLOUT-

L45200R

L46200R

C219220U

16V

27UHL31

C217220U

16V

AMP-LIN

R253NC

01U C209

D3LL4148

C20

610

00P

1U

C211

0022U

C26 1000

PC

204

0022U

C25

C22

470U16V

+5VST

R164100K

R16510K

R16

8N

C

R16

9N

C

R1663K3

3K3R167

10KR244

B

E

CQ15

BT3906

B

C

E

Q16BT3904

C19

5 NC

NC

C19

4

B

C

E

Q24BT3904NC

0RR257

10KR254

E

C

B BT3904Q23

B

C

E

Q22BT3904

R25210K

R255100R

R24310K

2U2C205

R2560R

C2032U2

+12V

AMP-PROUT-

AMP-PROUT+

AMP-PLOUT-

AMP-PLOUT+

POWER-ONOFF

AMP-MUTE

AMP-R

AMP-L

12V-AMP

+12V

AMP-RIN

B08 B08

I_18130_018eps180608

AUDIO AMPLIFIER

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 41TCS10L LA 7

SSB LVDS Interface

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

VCC_PANEL

C246

10U 16V

C245

01U

R277 0NC

+33V

R27

2

0N

C

R275 0NC

RXE4+B0 RXE4-B1

RXE3+B2 RXE3-B3

RXEC+B4 RXEC-B5

RXE2+B6 RXE2-B7

RXE1+G0 RXE1-G1

RXE0+G2 RXE0-G3

RXO4+G4 RXO4-G5

RXO3+G6 RXO3-G7

RXOC+R0 RXOC-R1

RXO2+R2 RXO2-R3

RXO1+R4 RXO1-R5

RXO0+R6 RXO0-R7

1 2

4

6

8

12

14

16

18

20

10

22

24

26

28

3

5

7

9

11

13

15

17

19

21

23

25

27

29 30

32

34

36

38

40

31

33

35

37

39

P10

R276 0NC

R27

3

0N

CR

274

0N

C

B09 B09

I_18130_019eps180608

LVDS INTERFACE Personal Notes

E_06532_012eps131004

42TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout Small Signal Board (Top Side)

I_18130_020eps180608

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 43TCS10L LA 7

Layout Small Signal Board (Bottom Side)

I_18130_021eps180608

44TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Keyboard Control Panel

Layout Keyboard Control Panel (Top Side)

Layout Keyboard Control Panel (Bottom Side)

AGND

AGND AGNDAGND

AGND

R10072K

R10061K5

R10011K2

12 4

3K1001

1

2

3

P1001

KEY0

R1008NC

R10051K2

R1004NC

R10032K

R10021K5

D10

02

HS

5V6B

D10

01H

S5V

6B

12 4

3K1003

12 4

3K1002

12 4

3K1006

12 4

3K1005

12 4

3K1004

KEY1

I_18130_030eps180608

E EKEYBOARD CONTROL PANEL

I_18130_031eps180608

I_18130_032eps180608

Personal Notes

E_06532_012eps131004

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 45TCS10L LA 7

Inverter Panel

1 2

A

B

C

D

4321

D

C

B

A

F1FUSE-1

C2104

C1220uF250V

C3104

R1200

Q1

DTA143

E1

9

E2

10

C2

11

VC

C12

OU

TP

UT

C13

VR

EF

14

A1+

1

A1-

2

CO

MP

3

DT

C4

CT

5

RT

6

GN

D7

C1

8

A2-

15

A2+

16

U1

TL494

R2200

Q32222

C8

223

C7103

R847K

R7120K

C4

104C5104

D1

68V

C9104

D2

1N4148

Q8DTC143

123456

CN1

R20470K

R21

33K

C16

330pF

C15NC

R13100K

R10

68K

R11

68K

R12

15K

C10104

R2627K

C20223

R18560

Q22222

Q62907

R142K

R1622K

R27 10

R28 10

D4

BAW56K

S11

G12

S23

G24

D1 8

D1 7

D2 6

D2 5

U2

4606

C21223

Q42222

Q72907

R152K

R1722K

R29 10

R30 10

D5

BAW56K

S11

G12

S23

G24

D1 8

D1 7

D2 6

D2 5

U3

4606

R19560

C6

105

R231M

Q52N7002

R22

1M

R9

47K

R25

100KR24270K

D6NCBAW56K

D7NCBAW56K

P1

P2

P3

P4

C17225

C18

225

10

1 7

6

T1

T01

10

1 7

6

T2

T01

C2222pF

12

CON1

12

CON2

D9BAV99

R41K

R36820

R32

10KC12104

D8BAV99

R31K

R35820

R31

10KC11104

P2

P1

C2322pF

12

CON3

12

CON4

D11

BAV99

R61K

R38820

R34

10KC14104

D10BAV99

R51K

R37820

R33

10KC13104

P4

P3

VREF

VREF

C19NC

C26

222C27NC

D13BAV99

D15BAV99

C2422pF

C2522pF

C28

222C29NC

C30222 C31

NC

C32

222C33NC

OVP

OVP

OV

P

R602K

R61510K

C38105

Q10

DTA143

Q112222

R6330K

R62 1K

VCC

VCC

P5

P5

R64

1K

C34221

C35 221

C37

221

C39104

C36

221U4A

LM393

U4B

LM393

Vref

D3

1N4148

R65

3K R663K

C41 104

R67

10K

I_18130_033eps180608

I IINVERTER PANEL 19rdquo

46TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout Inverter Panel (Top Side)

Layout Inverter Panel (Bottom Side)

I_18130_034eps190608

I_18130_035eps190608

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 47TCS10L LA 7

IR LED Panel

AGND

AGND

AGNDIRVC

C

GN

D

RW

R20

031K

2

R20

04

1K2

LED1

1

2

3

4

5

CN2001

E

C

B

BC847AQ2001

B

C

E

Q2002

BC847A

2

13

D2001

LED2

G2001

R20024K7

5V16

V10

0UC

2001

5V

IR

IR

C20

03 47P

LED1R2001

4K7

C2002

47P

LED2

I_18130_036eps180608

J JIR amp LED PANELLayout IR LED Panel (Top Side)

Layout IR LED Panel (Bottom Side)

I_18130_037eps180608

I_18130_038eps180608

48TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Personal Notes

E_06532_013eps131004

Alignments EN 49TCS10L LA 8

8 Alignments

Index of this chapter81 Electrical Alignments82 Hardware Alignments

NoteThe Service Modes are described in chapter 5 Menu navigation is done with the CURSOR UP DOWN LEFT or RIGHT keys of the remote control transmitter

81 Electrical Alignments

Perform all electrical adjustments under the following conditionsbull Power supply voltage (depends on region)

ndash AP-NTSC 120 VAC or 230 VAC 50 Hz (plusmn 10)ndash AP-PAL-multi 120 - 230 VAC 50 Hz (plusmn 10)ndash EU 230 VAC 50 Hz (plusmn 10)ndash LATAM-NTSC 120 - 230 VAC 50 Hz (plusmn 10)ndash US 120 VAC 60 Hz (plusmn 10)

bull Connect the set to the mains via an isolation transformer with low internal resistance

bull Allow the set to warm up for approximately 60 minutesbull Measure voltages and waveforms in relation to correct

ground (eg measure audio signals in relation to AUDIO_GND) Caution It is not allowed to use heatsinks as ground

bull Test probe Ri gt 10 MΩ Ci lt 20 pFbull Use an isolated trimmerscrewdriver to perform

alignments

82 Hardware Alignments

Not applicable

821 Aging

Enter TV mode Set warm up status to ldquoOnrdquo Aging time at least 12 minutes

822 ADC Adjustment

The chassis can execute ADC auto-tune in YPbPr amp PC sourcing modes Enter SAM select YPbPr or PC as source then select AUTOTUNE in ADC ADJ press ldquoRight keyrdquo to run waiting for about 5 seconds until ldquoOKrdquo is displayed which means the set finished the ADC adjustment With an YPbPr source use a 100 color bar pattern with a PC source use a 16-scale grey pattern

823 White Balance Adjustment

Adjust the NORMAL WARM COOL temperature in White balance according to company regular Make sure ADC adjustments have done successfully before doing white balance adjustments and use the ldquoNaturalrdquo picture mode White balance adjustment should be performed with three different sources1 AVTVSVIDEO source reunification under the AV

adjustment apply a NTSC-M system signal with 8-scale grey pattern

2 YPbPrHDMI source reunification under the YPbPr adjustment apply an 8-scale grey pattern

3 PC source should adjust single apply a 8-scale grey pattern

If case of manual adjustment please use the WB page in SAMWhile adjusting White Balance do not change White G or Black G only adjust White R White B Black R and Black B

Table 8-1 Color Temperature Setting 19

Table 8-2 Color Temperature Setting 26

Color mode X Y Color Temperature (K)

Normal 296plusmn4 299plusmn4 8000

Warm 314plusmn4 319plusmn4 6500

Cool 289plusmn4 291plusmn4 9000

Color mode X Y Color Temperature (K)

Normal 289plusmn4 291plusmn4 9000

Warm 314plusmn4 319plusmn4 6500

Cool 278plusmn4 278plusmn4 11000

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data SheetsEN 50 TCS10L LA9

9 Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data Sheets

Index of this chapter91 Introduction92 Abbreviation List93 IC Data Sheets

Notes bull Only new circuits (circuits that are not published recently)

are described bull Figures can deviate slightly from the actual situation due

to different set executions

91 Introduction

This chassis uses the MStar MST9U19A main chip with the following features bull Multi-Standard TV decoding with 2-D comb filterbull Multi-Standard TV sound demodulator and decoderbull Triple ADC fro TV and RGBYPbPrbull Integrated DVIHDCPHDMI compliant receiverbull High quality scaling enginebull 3-D video de-interlacer and video noise reductionbull Embedded On Screen Display controllerbull NTSCPALSecam Video decoder with automatic standard

detectionbull CVBS video outputbull Multi standard TV sound decoderbull FM stereo and SAP demodulationbull Digital audio interfacebull Analog RGB Compliant Input Portsbull DVIHDCPHDMI Compliant input portbull Auto tuning function including phasing positioning offset

gain and jitter detectionbull Automatic color correction

The MST9U19A is a high performance and fully integrated IC for multi-function LCD monitorTV with resolutions up to WSXGA (1680 times 1050) It is configured with an integrated triple-ADCPLL an integrated DVIHDCPHDMI receiver a multi standard TV video and audio decoder a video de-interlacer a scaling engine the MStarACE-3 color engine an On Screen Display controller an 8-bit MCU and a built-in output panel interface It also incorporates an intelligent power management control system for green-mode requirements and spread-spectrum support for EMI management

For a block diagram refer to chapter 6 ldquoBlock diagrams Test Point Overviews and Waveformsrdquo

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data Sheets EN 51TCS10L LA 9

92 Abbreviation List

1080i 1080 visible lines interlaced1080p 1080 visible lines progressive scan2CS 2 Carrier Sound2DNR Spatial (2D) Noise Reduction3DNR Temporal (3D) Noise Reduction480i 480 visible lines interlaced480p 480 visible lines progressive scanAARA Automatic Aspect Ratio Adaptation

algorithm that adapts aspect ratio to remove horizontal black bars keeping up the original aspect ratio

ACI Automatic Channel Installation algorithm that installs TV channels directly from a cable network by means of a predefined TXT page

ADC Analogue to Digital ConverterAFC Automatic Frequency Control control

signal used to tune to the correct frequency

AGC Automatic Gain Control algorithm that controls the video input of the feature box

AM Amplitude ModulationAUO Acer Unipack OptronicsAP Asia PacificAR Aspect Ratio 4 by 3 or 16 by 9ASD Automatic Standard DetectionAV Audio VideoB-SC1-IN Blue SCART1 inB-SC2-IN Blue SCART2 inB-TXT Blue teletextBG Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 55 MHzBTSC Broadcast Television System

CommitteeC-FRONT Chrominance front inputCBA Circuit Board Assembly (or PWB)CL Constant Level audio output to

connect with an external amplifierCLUT Color Look Up TableComPair Computer aided rePairCSM Customer Service ModeCVBS Composite Video Blanking and

SynchronizationCVBS-EXT CVBS signal from external source

(VCR VCD etc)CVBS-INT CVBS signal from TunerCVBS-MON CVBS monitor signalCVBS-TER-OUT CVBS terrestrial outDAC Digital to Analogue ConverterDBE Dynamic Bass Enhancement extra

low frequency amplificationDFU Directions For Use owners manualDNR Dynamic Noise ReductionDRAM Dynamic RAMDSP Digital Signal ProcessingDST Dealer Service Tool special

(European) remote control designed for service technicians

DTS Digital Theatre SoundDVD Digital Versatile DiscDVI Digital Visual InterfaceDW Double WindowED Enhanced Definition 480p 576pEEPROM Electrically Erasable and

Programmable Read Only MemoryEU EUropeEXT EXTernal (source) entering the set by

SCART or by cinches (jacks)FBL Fast Blanking DC signal

accompanying RGB signalsFBL-SC1-IN Fast blanking signal for SCART1 in

FBL-SC2-IN Fast blanking signal for SCART2 inFBL-TXT Fast Blanking TeletextFLASH FLASH memoryFM Field Memory Frequency ModulationFMR FM RadioFRC Frame Rate ConverterFRONT-C Front input chrominance (SVHS)FRONT-DETECT Front input detectionFRONT-Y_CVBS Front input luminance or CVBS

(SVHS)FTV Flat TeleVisionG-SC1-IN Green SCART1 inG-SC2-IN Green SCART2 inG-TXT Green teletextH H_sync to the module HD High Definition 720p 1080i 1080pHDMI High Definition Multimedia Interface

digital audio and video interfaceHP Head PhoneI Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 60 MHzI2C Integrated IC busI2S Integrated IC Sound busIC Integrated CircuitIF Intermediate FrequencyInterlaced Scan mode where two fields are used

to form one frame Each field contains half the number of the total amount of lines The fields are written in ldquopairsrdquo causing line flicker

IR Infra RedIRQ Interrupt ReQuestLast Status The settings last chosen by the

customer and read and stored in RAM or in the NVM They are called at start-up of the set to configure it according the customers wishes

LATAM LATin AMericaLC04 Philips chassis name for LCD TV 2004

projectLCD Liquid Crystal DisplayLED Light Emitting DiodeLL Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 65 MHz L is Band I L is all bands except for Band I

LPL LG Philips LCDLS Loud SpeakerLVDS Low Voltage Differential Signalling

data transmission system for high speed and low EMI communication

MN Monochrome TV system Sound carrier distance is 45 MHz

MOSFET Metal Oxide Semiconductor Field Effect Transistor

MPEG Motion Pictures Experts GroupMSP Multi-standard Sound Processor ITT

sound decoderMUTE MUTE LineNAFTA North American Free Trade

Association Trade agreement between Canada USA and Mexico

NC Not ConnectedNICAM Near Instantaneous Compounded

Audio Multiplexing This is a digital sound system used mainly in Europe

NTSC National Television Standard Committee Color system used mainly in North America and Japan Color carrier NTSC MN = 3579545 MHz NTSC 443 = 4433619 MHz (this is a VCR norm it is not transmitted off-air)

NVM Non Volatile Memory IC containing TV related data (for example options)

OC Open CircuitONOFF LED OnOff control signal for the LED

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data SheetsEN 52 TCS10L LA9

OSD On Screen DisplayPAL Phase Alternating Line Color system

used mainly in Western Europe (color carrier = 4433619 MHz) and South America (color carrier PAL M = 3575612 MHz and PAL N = 3582056 MHz)

PC Personal ComputerPCB Printed Circuit Board (or PWB)PDP Plasma Display PanelPIG Picture In GraphicPIP Picture In PicturePLL Phase Locked Loop Used for

example in FST tuning systems The customer can directly provide the desired frequency

Progressive Scan Scan mode where all scan lines are displayed in one frame at the same time creating a double vertical resolution

PWB Printed Wiring Board (or PCB)RAM Random Access MemoryRC Remote Control transmitterRC5 (6) Remote Control system 5 (6) the

signal from the remote control receiver RGB Red Green and Blue The primary

color signals for TV By mixing levels of R G and B all colors (YC) are reproduced

RGBHV Red Green Blue Horizontal sync and Vertical sync

ROM Read Only MemorySAM Service Alignment ModeSC SandCastle two-level pulse derived

from sync signalsSC1-OUT SCART output of the MSP audio ICSC2-B-IN SCART2 Blue inSC2-C-IN SCART2 chrominance inSC2-OUT SCART output of the MSP audio ICSC Short CircuitSCL Clock signal on I2C busSD Standard Definition 480i 576iSDA Data signal on I2C busSDI Samsung Display IndustrySDM Service Default ModeSDRAM Synchronous DRAMSECAM SEequence Couleur Avec Memoire

Color system used mainly in France and Eastern Europe Color carriers = 4406250 MHz and 4250000 MHz

SIF Sound Intermediate FrequencySMPS Switch Mode Power SupplySND SouNDSNDL-SC1-IN Sound left SCART1 inSNDL-SC1-OUT Sound left SCART1 outSNDL-SC2-IN Sound left SCART2 inSNDL-SC2-OUT Sound left SCART2 outSNDR-SC1-IN Sound right SCART1 inSNDR-SC1-OUT Sound right SCART1 outSNDR-SC2-IN Sound right SCART2 outSNDR-SC2-OUT Sound right SCART2 outSNDS-VL-OUT Surround sound left variable level outSNDS-VR-OUT Surround sound right variable level outSOPS Self Oscillating Power SupplySPDIF Sony Philips Digital InterFaceSRAM Static RAMSTBY Stand-bySVHS Super Video Home SystemSW Sub Woofer SoftWareTHD Total Harmonic DistortionTXT TeleteXTuP MicroprocessorVL Variable Level out processed audio

output toward external amplifierVCR Video Cassette Recorder

VGA Video Graphics ArrayWD Watch DogWYSIWYR What You See Is What You Record

record selection that follows main picture and sound

XTAL Quartz crystalYPbPr Component video (Y= Luminance Pb

Pr= Color difference signals B-Y and R-Y other amplitudes wrt to YUV)

YC Video related signals Y consists of luminance signal blanking level and sync C consists of color signal

Y-OUT Luminance-signalYUV Baseband component video (Y=

Luminance UV= Color difference signals)

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data Sheets EN 53TCS10L LA 9

93 IC Data Sheets

This section shows the internal block diagrams and pin layouts of ICs that are drawn as ldquoblack boxesrdquo in the electrical diagrams (with the exception of ldquomemoryrdquo and ldquologicrdquo ICs)

931 Diagram B MST9U19A

Figure 9-1 Pin configuration

Pin 1

123

45

7

9

11

1314

1718

21

23

25

2728

30

32

34

36

39

41

43

6

8

10

12

1516

1920

22

24

26

29

31

33

35

3738

40

42

4445464748

505152

49

53 54 55 56 57 59 61 63 65 66 69 70 73 75 77 79 80 82 84 86 88 91 93 9558 60 62 64 67 68 71 72 74 76 78 81 83 85 87 89 90 92 94 96 97 98 99 100

102

103

104

101

208

207

206

205

204

202

200

198

196

195

192

191

188

186

184

182

181

179

177

175

173

170

168

166

203

201

199

197

194

193

190

189

187

185

183

180

178

176

174

172

171

169

167

165

164

163

162

161

159

158

157

160

156155154

153152

150

148

146

144143

140139

136

134

132

130129

127

125

123

121

118

116

114

151

149

147

145

142141

138137

135

133

131

128

126

124

122

120119

117

115

113112111110109

107106105

108

MST9U19A

XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX

GN

D

AUR1

AUL2

AUL3

AUL1

AUCO

M

AUR2

AUR3

DIGO[8]

GNDAVDD_MEMPLL

PWM3PWM2DIGO[9]

SIF1

MSI

F1P

AVD

D_S

IF

AUO

UTL

AUO

UTR

AUO

UTS

VDD

CG

PIO

F[2]

GPI

OF[

3]G

PIO

F[4]

GPI

OF[

5]G

PIO

F[6]

GPI

OF[

7]G

PIO

F[8]

GPI

OF[

9]G

PIO

F[10

]G

PIO

F[11

]VD

DP

GN

DG

PIO

F[12

]

GPI

OF[

14]

GPI

OF[

15]

GPI

OF[

16]

GPI

OF[

17]

GPI

OF[

18]

GN

D

GPI

OF[

19]

VDD

C

VDD

PG

ND

VDD

PVD

DP

GPI

OF[

13]

GN

D

DIGO[7]

DIGO[5]

DIGO[3]

DIGO[1]

VDDC

VDDPPWM_SENSE

DIGO[6]

DIGO[4]

DIGO[2]

DIGO[0]

GND

PWM_DRVPWM_FBIRININT

PWM1PWM0

GNDVDDPALERDZWRZ

VDDC

GNDVDDP

VDD

PLV

A0M

LVA0

PLV

A1M

LVA1

PLV

A2M

LVA2

PLV

ACKM

LVAC

KPLV

A3M

LVA4

PVD

DP

VDD

CAV

DD

_MPL

L

LVA3

PLV

A4M

GPI

OE[

0]

IHSY

NC

ICLK

DI[

1]D

I[0]

IVYS

NC

GPI

OE[

1]G

PIO

E[2]

GPI

OE[

3]G

ND

VDD

P

AVD

D_M

PLL

XIN

XOU

TH

WR

ESET

GN

D

DI[

7]D

I[6]

DI[

5]D

I[4]

DI[

2]D

I[3]

VDD

C

AUO

UTL

3AU

OU

TR3

RXCKPGND

RX0NRX0P

AVDD_DVIRX1NRX1P

RX2P

REXT

DDCD_CK

VSYNC1

VCLAMP

REFM

BIN1M

GNDRX2N

AVDD_DVI

DDCD_DA

HSYNC1

RMID

REFP

BIN1P

SOGIN1GIN1PGIN1MRIN1PRIN1MBIN0MBIN0PGIN0MGIN0P

SOGIN0RIN0MRIN0P

HSYNC0VSYNC0

RXCKN

AVDD_ADCGND

C1Y1C0Y0

CVBS2CVBS1

VCOM1CVBS0

VCOM0CVBSOUT

GND

VCOM2CVBS3

GN

D

AVD

D_A

UAU

L0AU

R0

AUVR

EFAU

VRAD

PAU

VRAD

N

AUO

UTL

2AU

OU

TR2

AD[7]AD[6]AD[5]AD[4]AD[3]AD[2]AD[1]AD[0]

SDOCSZSDISCK

SAR3

SAR1SAR2

SAR0

DDCA_CK

DDCR_CKDDCA_DA

DDCR_DA

LVB0

MLV

B0P

LVB1

MLV

B1P

LVB2

MLV

B2P

LVBC

KMLV

BCKP

LVB3

M

LVB4

P

LVB3

PLV

B4M

I_18130_008eps200608

Pin Configuration

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data SheetsEN 54 TCS10L LA9

932 Diagram B TDA1308

Figure 9-2 Block diagram and pin configuration

Block diagram

Pinning information

2

1

3

4

8

7

65

INA(neg)

TDA1308(A)OUTA

VSS

VDD

INA(pos)

INB(neg)

INB(pos)

OUTB

TDA1308(A)

VATUO DD

BTUO)gen(ANI

)gen(BNI)sop(ANI

VSS INB(pos)

1

2

3

4

6

5

8

7

I_18130_007eps190608

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data Sheets EN 55TCS10L LA 9

933 Diagram B NCP1377B

Figure 9-3 Block diagram and pin configuration

Block diagram

Pinning information

I_18130_009eps190608

HV

VCC

GND

Demag

4 mA

To InternalSupply

+

+

125 V75 V56 V (Fault)

FaultMngt

PON

5 V+

OVP

+

144

45 usDelay

15 us for B Version

Demag

8 usBlanking

S

SR R

Q

Q

+

3 us forB Version

+minus

Overload

5 usTimeout

TimeReset

Demag

380 nsLEB

1 V3

200 Awhen DRV

is OFF

FB

42 V

Driver src = 20 sink = 10

DrvVCC

CS

+50 mV 10 V Rint

1Dmg 8 HV

7 NC2FB

3CS

4GND

6 VCC

5 Drv

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data SheetsEN 56 TCS10L LA9

934 Diagram B TDA7266

Figure 9-4 Block diagram and pin configuration

1

2

4

Vref

7YB-TS

IN1

022microF

VCC

133

+

-

-

+

OUT1+

OUT1-

15

14

12

6ETUM

IN2

022microF

+

-

-

+

OUT2+

OUT2-

8

9S-GND

PW-GND

470microF 100nF

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

9

10

11

8

NC

NC

S-GND

PW-GND

OUT2+

OUT2-

VCC

IN2

ST-BY

MUTE

NC

IN1

VCCOUT1-

OUT1+

13

14

15

12

I_17950_054eps090508

Block Diagram

Pin Configuration

Spare Parts List amp CTN Overview EN 57TCS10L LA 10

10 Spare Parts List amp CTN OverviewFor the latest spare part overview please consult the Philips Service website

Table 10-1 Sets described in this manual

11 Revision ListManual xxxx xxx xxxx0bull First release

CTN Styling

19PFL340355 MG8

19PFL340377 MG8

19PFL340378 MG8

19PFL340385 MG8

26PFL340385 MG8

  • Content
  • 1 Technical Specifications Connections and Chassis Overview
    • 11 Technical Specifications
      • 111 Vision
      • 112 Sound
      • 113 Miscellaneous
        • 12 Connection Overview
          • Figure 1-1 Rear and side IO connections
          • 121 Rear Connections
            • 1 - HDMI Digital Video Digital Audio - In
              • Figure 1-2 HDMI (type A) connector
                • 2 - VGA AUDIO Mini Jack VGA Audio - In
                • 3 - VGA PC Video RGB - In and Service UART
                  • Figure 1-3 VGA Connector
                    • 4 - Cinch Video YPbPr - In
                    • 5 - AV1 Cinch Video CVBS - In Audio - In
                    • 6 - Aerial - In
                    • 7 - Service Connector (ComPair)
                      • 122 Side connections
                        • 8 - Cinch Video CVBS - In Audio - In
                        • 9 - S-Video (Hosiden) Video YC - In
                        • 10 - Mini Jack Audio Head phone - Out
                            • 13 Chassis Overview
                              • Figure 1-4 PWBCBA locations
                                  • 2 Safety Instructions Warnings and Notes
                                    • 21 Safety Instructions
                                    • 22 Warnings
                                    • 23 Notes
                                      • 231 General
                                      • 232 Schematic Notes
                                      • 233 BGA (Ball Grid Array) ICs
                                        • Introduction
                                        • BGA Temperature Profiles
                                          • 234 Lead-free Soldering
                                          • 235 Alternative BOM identification
                                            • Figure 2-1 Serial number (example)
                                              • 236 Board Level Repair (BLR) or Component Level Repair (CLR)
                                              • 237 Practical Service Precautions
                                                  • 3 Directions for Use
                                                  • 4 Mechanical Instructions
                                                    • 41 Cable Dressing
                                                      • Figure 4-1 Cable dressing (19 model)
                                                      • Figure 4-2 Cable dressing (26 model)
                                                        • 42 Service Positions
                                                          • 421 Foam Bars
                                                            • Figure 4-3 Foam bars
                                                                • 43 AssyPanel Removal
                                                                  • 431 Stand
                                                                    • Figure 4-4 Stand
                                                                      • 432 Rear Cover
                                                                        • Figure 4-5 LVDS release
                                                                        • Figure 4-6 Speaker and IRLED panel cable release
                                                                          • 433 Keyboard Control Board
                                                                            • Figure 4-7 Keyboard control board
                                                                              • 434 IRLED Board and Speakers
                                                                                • Figure 4-8 IRLED Board and Speakers
                                                                                  • 435 Power Supply Board
                                                                                    • Figure 4-9 Power Supply Unit(s)
                                                                                      • 436 Inverter Board (19 and 22 versions)
                                                                                        • Figure 4-10 Inverter Board
                                                                                          • 437 Small Signal Board (SSB)
                                                                                            • Removing the SSB
                                                                                              • Figure 4-11 SSB connector plate
                                                                                              • Figure 4-12 SSB
                                                                                                • 44 Set Re-assembly
                                                                                                  • 5 Service Modes Error Codes and Fault Finding
                                                                                                    • 51 Test Points
                                                                                                    • 52 Service Mode
                                                                                                      • 521 Service Alignment Mode (SAM)
                                                                                                        • How to Enter
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-1 SAM menu
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-2 SAM menu White Balance Normal
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-3 SAM menu White Balance Cool
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-4 SAM menu White Balance Warm
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-5 SAM menu Volume Curve
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-6 SAM menu Picture Curve
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-7 SAM menu Picture Mode Natural
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-8 SAM menu Picture Mode Personal
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-9 SAM menu Picture Mode Rich
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-10 SAM menu Picture Mode Soft
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-11 SAM menu Producting
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-12 SAM menu Country
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-13 SAM menu Setup
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-14 SAM menu Shop Init Do
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-15 SAM menu Clear Code gt
                                                                                                            • How to Exit
                                                                                                            • Factory Mode Descriptions
                                                                                                              • ltTABLEgt
                                                                                                              • Virgin Settings
                                                                                                                • Table 5-1 Country setting
                                                                                                                • Table 5-2 Virgin settings
                                                                                                                  • 522 Customer Service Mode (CSM)
                                                                                                                    • Purpose
                                                                                                                    • How to Activate CSM
                                                                                                                    • Contents of CSM
                                                                                                                      • Figure 5-16 CSM Menu
                                                                                                                        • Menu Explanation
                                                                                                                        • How to Exit
                                                                                                                          • 523 Blinking LED Procedure
                                                                                                                            • 53 Error Codes
                                                                                                                              • ltTABLEgt
                                                                                                                                • 54 Fault Finding
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-17 No Picture No sound no Back light (19 sets)
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-18 Picture OK No sound (19 sets)
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-19 No Picture Back light amp Sound OK (19 and 26 sets)
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-20 No color (19 and 26 sets)
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-21 No Picture No sound no Back light (26 sets)
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-22 Picture OK No sound (26 sets)
                                                                                                                                    • 55 Service Tools
                                                                                                                                      • 551 ComPair
                                                                                                                                        • Introduction
                                                                                                                                        • Specifications
                                                                                                                                        • How to Connect
                                                                                                                                        • How to Order
                                                                                                                                          • Figure 5-23 ComPair II interface connection
                                                                                                                                            • 56 Software Upgrading
                                                                                                                                              • 561 Introduction
                                                                                                                                                  • 6 Block Diagrams Test Point Overview and Waveforms
                                                                                                                                                    • Wiring Diagram of Connector for MS19-PH 19
                                                                                                                                                    • Wiring Diagram of Connector for MS19-PH 26
                                                                                                                                                    • Block Diagram MS19P Chipset
                                                                                                                                                    • I2C overview
                                                                                                                                                      • 7 Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts
                                                                                                                                                        • Main Power Supply (19)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Main Power Supply (19) (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Main Power Supply (19) (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Main Power Supply (26)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Main Power Supply (26) (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Main Power Supply (26) (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Standby Power Supply (26)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Standby Power Supply (26) (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Standby Power Supply (26) (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB Control
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB DC - DC
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB MST9E19A Controller
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB HDMI Interface
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB VGA Interface
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB Cinch
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB Tuner
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB Audio Amplifier
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB LVDS Interface
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Small Signal Board (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Small Signal Board (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Keyboard Control Panel
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Keyboard Control Panel (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Keyboard Control Panel (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Inverter Panel
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Inverter Panel (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Inverter Panel (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • IR LED Panel
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout IR LED Panel (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout IR LED Panel (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                          • 8 Alignments
                                                                                                                                                            • 81 Electrical Alignments
                                                                                                                                                            • 82 Hardware Alignments
                                                                                                                                                              • 821 Aging
                                                                                                                                                              • 822 ADC Adjustment
                                                                                                                                                              • 823 White Balance Adjustment
                                                                                                                                                                • Table 8-1 Color Temperature Setting 19
                                                                                                                                                                • Table 8-2 Color Temperature Setting 26
                                                                                                                                                                  • 9 Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data Sheets
                                                                                                                                                                    • 91 Introduction
                                                                                                                                                                    • 92 Abbreviation List
                                                                                                                                                                    • 93 IC Data Sheets
                                                                                                                                                                      • 931 Diagram B MST9U19A
                                                                                                                                                                        • Figure 9-1 Pin configuration
                                                                                                                                                                          • 932 Diagram B TDA1308
                                                                                                                                                                            • Figure 9-2 Block diagram and pin configuration
                                                                                                                                                                              • 933 Diagram B NCP1377B
                                                                                                                                                                                • Figure 9-3 Block diagram and pin configuration
                                                                                                                                                                                  • 934 Diagram B TDA7266
                                                                                                                                                                                    • Figure 9-4 Block diagram and pin configuration
                                                                                                                                                                                      • 10 Spare Parts List amp CTN Overview
                                                                                                                                                                                        • Table 10-1 Sets described in this manual
                                                                                                                                                                                          • 11 Revision List
Page 5: Philips 19PFL3403-55 TCS1[1].0L_LA

Safety Instructions Warnings and Notes EN 5TCS10L LA 2

2 Safety Instructions Warnings and Notes

Index of this chapter21 Safety Instructions22 Warnings23 Notes

21 Safety Instructions

Safety regulations require the following during a repairbull Connect the set to the MainsAC Power via an isolation

transformer (gt 800 VA)bull Replace safety components indicated by the symbol

only by components identical to the original ones Any other component substitution (other than original type) may increase risk of fire or electrical shock hazard

Safety regulations require that after a repair the set must be returned in its original condition Pay in particular attention to the following points bull Route the wire trees correctly and fix them with the

mounted cable clampsbull Check the insulation of the MainsAC Power lead for

external damage bull Check the strain relief of the MainsAC Power cord for

proper functionbull Check the electrical DC resistance between the MainsAC

Power plug and the secondary side (only for sets that have a MainsAC Power isolated power supply) 1 Unplug the MainsAC Power cord and connect a wire

between the two pins of the MainsAC Power plug 2 Set the MainsAC Power switch to the ldquoonrdquo position

(keep the MainsAC Power cord unplugged) 3 Measure the resistance value between the pins of the

MainsAC Power plug and the metal shielding of the tuner or the aerial connection on the set The reading should be between 45 MΩ and 12 MΩ

4 Switch ldquooffrdquo the set and remove the wire between the two pins of the MainsAC Power plug

bull Check the cabinet for defects to prevent touching of any inner parts by the customer

22 Warnings

bull All ICs and many other semiconductors are susceptible to electrostatic discharges (ESD ) Careless handling during repair can reduce life drastically Make sure that during repair you are connected with the same potential as the mass of the set by a wristband with resistance Keep components and tools also at this same potential

bull Be careful during measurements in the high voltage section

bull Never replace modules or other components while the unit is switched ldquoonrdquo

bull When you align the set use plastic rather than metal tools This will prevent any short circuits and the danger of a circuit becoming unstable

23 Notes

231 General

bull Measure the voltages and waveforms with regard to the chassis (= tuner) ground () or hot ground () depending on the tested area of circuitry The voltages and waveforms shown in the diagrams are indicative Measure them in the Service Default Mode (see chapter 5) with a color bar signal and stereo sound (L 3 kHz R 1 kHz unless stated otherwise) and picture carrier at 47525 MHz for PAL or 6125 MHz for NTSC (channel 3)

bull Where necessary measure the waveforms and voltages with () and without () aerial signal Measure the voltages in the power supply section both in normal operation (13) and in stand-by () These values are indicated by means of the appropriate symbols

232 Schematic Notes

bull All resistor values are in ohms and the value multiplier is often used to indicate the decimal point location (eg 2K2 indicates 22 kΩ)

bull Resistor values with no multiplier may be indicated with either an ldquoErdquo or an ldquoRrdquo (eg 220E or 220R indicates 220 Ω)

bull All capacitor values are given in micro-farads (μ = times 10-6) nano-farads (n = times 10-9) or pico-farads (p = times 10-12)

bull Capacitor values may also use the value multiplier as the decimal point indication (eg 2p2 indicates 22 pF)

bull An ldquoasteriskrdquo () indicates component usage varies Refer to the diversity tables for the correct values

bull The correct component values are listed in the Spare Parts List Therefore always check this list when there is any doubt

233 BGA (Ball Grid Array) ICs

IntroductionFor more information on how to handle BGA devices visit this URL wwwatyourservicecephilipscom (needs subscription not available for all regions) After log-in select ldquoMagazinerdquo then go to ldquoRepair downloadsrdquo Here you will find Information on how to deal with BGA-ICs

BGA Temperature ProfilesFor BGA-ICs you must use the correct temperature-profile which is coupled to the 12NC For an overview of these profiles visit the website wwwatyourservicecephilipscom (needs subscription but is not available for all regions)You will find this and more technical information within the ldquoMagazinerdquo chapter ldquoRepair downloadsrdquoFor additional questions please contact your local repair help desk

234 Lead-free Soldering

Due to lead-free technology some rules have to be respected by the workshop during a repairbull Use only lead-free soldering tin Philips SAC305 with order

code 0622 149 00106 If lead-free solder paste is required please contact the manufacturer of your soldering equipment In general use of solder paste within workshops should be avoided because paste is not easy to store and to handle

bull Use only adequate solder tools applicable for lead-free soldering tin The solder tool must be ablendash To reach a solder-tip temperature of at least 400degCndash To stabilize the adjusted temperature at the solder-tipndash To exchange solder-tips for different applications

bull Adjust your solder tool so that a temperature of around 360degC - 380degC is reached and stabilized at the solder joint Heating time of the solder-joint should not exceed ~ 4 sec Avoid temperatures above 400degC otherwise wear-out of tips will increase drastically and flux-fluid will be destroyed To avoid wear-out of tips switch ldquooffrdquo unused equipment or reduce heat

bull Mix of lead-free soldering tinparts with leaded soldering tinparts is possible but PHILIPS recommends strongly to avoid mixed regimes If this cannot be avoided carefully clear the solder-joint from old tin and re-solder with new tin

Directions for UseEN 6 TCS10L LA3

235 Alternative BOM identification

The third digit in the serial number (example AG2B0335000001) indicates the number of the alternative BOM (Bill Of Materials) that has been used for producing the specific TV set In general it is possible that the same TV model on the market is produced with eg two different types of displays coming from two different suppliers This will then result in sets which have the same CTN (Commercial Type Number eg 28PW951512) but which have a different BOM numberBy looking at the third digit of the serial number one can identify which BOM is used for the TV set he is working withIf the third digit of the serial number contains the number ldquo1rdquo (example AG1B033500001) then the TV set has been manufactured according to BOM number 1 If the third digit is a ldquo2rdquo (example AG2B0335000001) then the set has been produced according to BOM no 2 This is important for ordering the correct spare partsFor the third digit the numbers 19 and the characters AZ can be used so in total 9 plus 26= 35 different BOMs can be indicated by the third digit of the serial number

Identification The bottom line of a type plate gives a 14-digit serial number Digits 1 and 2 refer to the production centre (eg AG is Bruges) digit 3 refers to the BOM code digit 4 refers to the Service version change code digits 5 and 6 refer to the production year and digits 7 and 8 refer to production week (in example below it is 2006 week 17) The 6 last digits contain the serial number

Figure 2-1 Serial number (example)

236 Board Level Repair (BLR) or Component Level Repair (CLR)

If a board is defective consult your repair procedure to decide if the board has to be exchanged or if it should be repaired on component levelIf your repair procedure says the board should be exchanged completely do not solder on the defective board Otherwise it cannot be returned to the OEM supplier for back charging

237 Practical Service Precautions

bull It makes sense to avoid exposure to electrical shock While some sources are expected to have a possible dangerous impact others of quite high potential are of limited current and are sometimes held in less regard

bull Always respect voltages While some may not be dangerous in themselves they can cause unexpected reactions that are best avoided Before reaching into a powered TV set it is best to test the high voltage insulation It is easy to do and is a good service precaution

3 Directions for Use

You can download this information from the following websiteshttpwwwphilipscomsupporthttpwwwp4cphilipscom

E_06532_024eps260308

MODEL

PRODNO

~

S

32PF996810 MADE IN BELGIUM

220-240V 5060Hz

128W

AG 1A0617 000001 VHF+S+H+UHF

BJ30E LA

Mechanical Instructions EN 7TCS10L LA 4

4 Mechanical Instructions

Index of this chapter41 Cable Dressing42 Service Positions43 AssyPanel Removal44 Set Re-assembly

Notes bull Figures below can deviate slightly from the actual situation

due to the different set executionsbull Follow the disassemble instructions in described order

They apply mostly to the 26 model unless otherwise specified but the described method is comparable for the other screen sizes

41 Cable Dressing

Figure 4-1 Cable dressing (19 model)

I_17950_003eps080508

Mechanical InstructionsEN 8 TCS10L LA4

Figure 4-2 Cable dressing (26 model)

I_17950_004eps080508

Mechanical Instructions EN 9TCS10L LA 4

42 Service Positions

For easy servicing of this set there are a few possibilities createdbull The buffers from the packagingbull Foam bars (created for Service)

421 Foam Bars

Figure 4-3 Foam bars

The foam bars (order code 3122 785 90580 for two pieces) can be used for all types and sizes of Flat TVs See figure ldquoFoam barsrdquo for details Sets with a display of 42rdquo and larger require four foam bars [1] Ensure that the foam bars are always supporting the cabinet and never only the displayCaution Failure to follow these guidelines can seriously damage the displayBy laying the TV face down on the (ESD protective) foam bars a stable situation is created to perform measurements and alignments By placing a mirror under the TV you can monitor the screen

43 AssyPanel Removal

431 Stand

1 Refer to next figure2 Place the TV set upside down on a table top using the

foam bars (see section ldquoService Positionrdquo)3 Remove the screws that secure the stand and remove the

stand

Figure 4-4 Stand

432 Rear Cover

Warning Disconnect the mains power cord before you remove the rear cover1 Refer to next figures2 Place the TV set upside down on a table top using the

foam bars (see section ldquoService Positionsrdquo)3 Remove the screws that secure the rear cover The screws

are located at the sides Be careful Now the rear cover could be lifted but the SSB and power supply panel(s) are mounted in the rear cover and still connected to the LCD panel and other boards Those cables should be released first

4 To release the LVDS cable lift the back cover a few centimetres and move it downwards the set Now unplug the LVDS connector [2]Caution be careful as this is a very fragile connector

5 Remove the screw [3]6 Now the rear cover can be lifted to gain access to the

speaker cables and the IRLED panel cable Release the connectors [4]

Figure 4-5 LVDS release

E_06532_018eps171106

1

Required for sets42

1

I_17950_005eps080508

1

1

1

1

I_17930_041eps240408

2

3

Mechanical InstructionsEN 10 TCS10L LA4

Figure 4-6 Speaker and IRLED panel cable release

433 Keyboard Control Board

1 Refer to next figure2 Unscrew two screws[1]3 Unplug connector [2] and remove the boardWhen defective replace the whole unit

Figure 4-7 Keyboard control board

434 IRLED Board and Speakers

1 Refer to next figure2 Remove the screws [1] and remove the IRLED board3 Remove the screws [2] and remove the speakersWhen defective replace the whole unit

Figure 4-8 IRLED Board and Speakers

I_17930_042eps240408

4

4

4

I_17930_063eps240408

2

1

1

I_17930_043eps240408

1 1

22 22

Mechanical Instructions EN 11TCS10L LA 4

435 Power Supply Board

Due to different set executions this chassis is supplied with one or two power supply boards and figures may differCaution it is absolutely mandatory to remount all different screws and cables at their original position during re-assembly Failure to do so may result in damaging the power supply1 Refer to next figure2 Unplug all the connectors [1]3 Remove the fixation screws [2]4 Remove the main power supply board5 Unplug all the connectors [3]6 Remove the fixation screws [4]7 Remove the stand-by power supply board

Figure 4-9 Power Supply Unit(s)

436 Inverter Board (19 and 22 versions)

Due to different set executions this chassis some versions are supplied with an inverter board Figures may differ1 Refer to next figure2 Unplug all connectors [1]3 Release the clips [2]4 Take out the inverter board

Figure 4-10 Inverter Board

437 Small Signal Board (SSB)

Caution it is absolutely mandatory to remount all different screws at their original position during re-assembly Failure to do so may result in damaging the SSB

Removing the SSB 1 See next figures2 Remove the screws [2] from the SSB3 On the outside of the set lift the rear cover near the tuner

connector approximately 3 mm in the indicated direction and keep it lifted while

4 On the inside of the set slide the metal plate in the indicated direction

5 Gently lift the board from the rear cover6 Now unplug the LVDS connector [3]

Caution be careful as this is a very fragile connector Unplug the rest of the cables [4]

Figure 4-11 SSB connector plate

I_17950_006eps080508

4

4

2 2 4

4

2 2

1

1

3

I_17930_065eps240408

1

1

1

2 2

2

I_18130_002eps170608

Mechanical InstructionsEN 12 TCS10L LA4

Figure 4-12 SSB

44 Set Re-assembly

To re-assemble the whole set execute all processes in reverse order

Notesbull While re-assembling make sure that all cables are placed

and connected in their original position See figure ldquoCable dressingrdquo

bull Pay special attention not to damage the EMC foams at the SB shields Make sure that EMC foams are put correctly on their places

I_17950_008eps080508

22

44

3

22

Service Modes Error Codes and Fault Finding EN 13TCS10L LA 5

5 Service Modes Error Codes and Fault Finding

Index of this chapter51 Test Points52 Service Mode53 Error Codes54 Fault Finding55 Service Tools56 Software Upgrading

51 Test Points

This chassis is NOT equipped with test points in the service printing No test points are mentioned in the service manual

52 Service Mode

521 Service Alignment Mode (SAM)

How to EnterTo enter SAM use the following methodbull Press on the remote control the code ldquo062596rdquo directly

followed by the ldquoINFOrdquo key

After entering SAM the following screen is visible the values can be adjusted according to the requested (see Chapter 8)

Figure 5-1 SAM menu

Figure 5-2 SAM menu White Balance Normal

Figure 5-3 SAM menu White Balance Cool

Figure 5-4 SAM menu White Balance Warm

Figure 5-5 SAM menu Volume Curve

Figure 5-6 SAM menu Picture Curve

I_18130_041eps190608

I_18130_044eps190608

I_18130_043eps190608

I_18130_045eps190608

I_18130_044eps190608

I_18130_048eps190608

Service Modes Error Codes and Fault FindingEN 14 TCS10L LA5

Figure 5-7 SAM menu Picture Mode Natural

Figure 5-8 SAM menu Picture Mode Personal

Figure 5-9 SAM menu Picture Mode Rich

Figure 5-10 SAM menu Picture Mode Soft

Figure 5-11 SAM menu Producting

Figure 5-12 SAM menu Country

I_18130_049eps190608

I_18130_050eps190608

I_18130_051eps190608

I_18130_052eps190608

I_18130_053eps190608

I_18130_054eps190608

Service Modes Error Codes and Fault Finding EN 15TCS10L LA 5

Figure 5-13 SAM menu Setup

Figure 5-14 SAM menu Shop Init Do

Figure 5-15 SAM menu Clear Code gt

How to ExitPress ldquoMENUrdquo on the RC-transmitter

Factory Mode Descriptions

I_18130_055eps190608

I_18130_058eps190608

Item Sub-Item Description

SOURCE Shift among sourcing via pressing Left amp Right key

ADC ADJ Only available in HDTV or PC mode

WB White Balance Calibration setting

SOURCE Shift among sources

COLOR TEMP Normal Warm Cool

WHITE R R Gain adjust manually or automatically

WHITE G G Gain adjust manually or automatically

WHITE B B Gain adjust manually or automatically

BLACK R R Shift adjust manually or automatically

BLACK G G Shift adjust manually or automatically

BLACK B B Shift adjust manually or automatically

VOL CURVE Volume Curve adjustmentX0 X10 X30 X50 X70 X90 X100 on for the usermenu volume value of the 0 10 30 50 70 90 100Only to adjust during production

PICTURE CURVE Analog Picture Curve adjustment X0 X30 X50 X80 X100 on for the usermenu picture value of the 0 30 50 80 100Only to adjust during production

CON Contrast Curve

BRI Brightness Curve

SAT Saturation Curve

SHARP Sharpness Curve

LIGHT Back light Curve

PICTURE MODE Picture modes analog value can be adjusted in this pageincluding SOFT NATURAL BRIGHTE and PERSONAL

I_18130_059eps190608

Service Modes Error Codes and Fault FindingEN 16 TCS10L LA5

Virgin SettingsFirst the country should be set according to the following table

Table 5-1 Country setting

Secondly select ldquoSHOP INITrdquo from the SAM menu Wait until finished and then turn ldquoOffrdquo the set Now the set is put back to virgin settings according to the following table

Table 5-2 Virgin settings

522 Customer Service Mode (CSM)

PurposeWhen a customer is having problems with his TV-set he can call his dealer or the Customer Help desk The service technician can then ask the customer to activate the CSM in order to identify the status of the set Now the service technician can judge the severity of the complaint In many cases he can advise the customer how to solve the problem or he can decide if it is necessary to visit the customer The CSM is a read only mode therefore modifications in this mode are not possible

How to Activate CSMKey in the code ldquo123654rdquo via the standard RC transmitter

Contents of CSM

Figure 5-16 CSM Menu

Menu Explanation1 MODEL Type number and region code2 PROD SN Production code will have 14 characters + 2

reserved (total 16 characters)3 SW ID Software cluster and version is displayed (TC =

TCL 1 = Chassis Number 26 = Screen size L = Latam 090 = software version)

4 CODES Error buffer contents5 SIGNAL PRESENT Presence of RF signal6 SYSTEM Color system7 SOUND Sound system (MonoStereoSAP)8 HDCP KEYS Shows Valid or invalid HDCP key when

HDMI connected Else blank9 HDMI INPUT FORMAT Shows the HDMI input format10 HDMI AUDIO INPUT HDMI audio input HDMI audio stream

detection YES = Audio stream detected NO = No Audio (for example when DVI format is used)

How to ExitPress ldquoMENUrdquo on the RC-transmitter

523 Blinking LED Procedure

The software is capable of identifying different kinds of errors Because it is possible that more than one error can occur over time an error buffer is available which is capable of storing the last five errors that occurred This is useful if the OSD is not working properly

Errors can also be displayed by the blinking LED procedure The method is to repeatedly let the front LED pulse with as many pulses as the error code number followed by a period of 15 seconds in which the LED is ldquooffrdquo Then this sequence is repeated

PRODUCTING FACTURY HOT KEY

Short-cut key to enter factory mode setting GO BACK is the short-cut key if it is ldquoONrdquo Do remember to turn this ldquoOFFrdquo when the set is returned to the customer

WARM UP STATUS

Aging Mode setting ldquoONrdquo means snow picture showing instead of blue background if there is no signal input Do remember to turn this ldquoOFFrdquo when the set is returned to the customer

EEPROM INIT EEPROM initialization1 When the first time to turn on the set please enter this menu and initialize it2 Press LeftRight key and waiting for about 5 seconds until ldquoOKrdquo displayed which means the set finishes the initialization3 Switch off AC power4 Power on the set again the EEPROM will be initialized

LOGO Always leave this setting to the value ldquoOFFrdquo

RF AGC RF Automatic Gain Control default at 16

COUNTRY Select the correct country before doing a SHOP INIT because it puts the set in virgin mode

SET UP POWER MODE LAST

This selects the last power on sequence used

POWER MODE STB

This will put the set in Stand-by whenever the power key is used to turn it on The user now has to turn the set on with the remote control

POWER MODE ON

This will turn on the set whenever the power key is used to turn it on

SHOP INIT DO By selecting this the outgoing factory initialization is selected Always perform this at the end of a repair

CLEAR CODE gt Clears the Error codes

CODES Shows the last 5 error codes

PANEL TYPE Shows the panel type (display only)

SW VER Shows the software version

V8- Shows the BOM number

COMPILE TIME Shows the time the software was compiled

CTN suffix Country

55 Other

77 Argentina

78 Brazil

85 Mexico

Setting 55 77 78 85

PQ Smart Mode Rich Rich Rich Rich

AQ Smart Mode Movie Movie Movie Movie

Sleep Off Off Off Off

Time 0000 0000 0000 0000

Start time ---- ---- ---- ----

Stop time ---- ---- ---- ----

Channel 2 2 2 2

Child lock Off Off Off Off

Parental lock Off Off Off Off

Closed caption Off Off Off Off

RF Channel 2 9 4 2

Volume 30 30 30 30

Item Sub-Item Description

Screen ratio 16 9 16 9 16 9 16 9

OSD language Spanish Spanish Portuguese Spanish

Setting 55 77 78 85

I_18130_060eps190608

Service Modes Error Codes and Fault Finding EN 17TCS10L LA 5

Any RC command terminates the sequence Error code LED blinking is in white colorExample the contents of the error buffer is ldquo013 007 000 000 000rdquoAfter entering SDM the following occursbull 1 long blink of 5 seconds to start the sequencebull 1 medium blink of 3 seconds and then 3 short blinks

followed by a pause of 15 secondsbull 7 short blinks followed by a pause of 15 secondsbull 1 long blink of 15 seconds to finish the sequenceThe sequence starts again with 12 short blinks

53 Error Codes

The error code buffer contains all errors detected since the last time the buffer was erased The buffer is written from left to right When an error occurs that is not yet in the error code buffer it is displayed at the left side and all other errors shift one position to the right

Basically there are six kind of errors

54 Fault Finding

Figure 5-17 No Picture No sound no Back light (19 sets)

Code Description Detection method Type

0 no error - -

1 reserved - -

2 5V failure protection

Power down Protection + blinking

3 μP Control I2C-bus Error log + blinking

4 General I2C bus Error

I2C-bus Protection + blinking

5 reserved - -

6 System EEPROM

I2C-bus Protection + blinking

7 Tuner I2C-bus Error log + blinking

8 HDCP EEPROM

I2C-bus Error log + blinking

No Picture no sound no Back light

Fuse F3(3A) OK

Check circuit of +33V+18V(U5U

6U7) OK Replace the bad

components

For P22 Pin 1~4 is +12V_PWamp Pin7~9

of is +5VSTBOK

Replace F3

Check Q17(Pin5- 8)+12V OK

NO

NO

NO

YES

YES

YES

Check DC-DC circuit(U1U2)

NOCheck Q26 circuit amp Replace the bad

componentsYES

Check PSU

I_18130_066eps180608

Service Modes Error Codes and Fault FindingEN 18 TCS10L LA5

Figure 5-18 Picture OK No sound (19 sets)

Figure 5-19 No Picture Back light amp Sound OK (19 and 26 sets)

Picture OK No sound

Check the voltage ofPin 313 of U19is it 12v Check Q17

Check the wave of pin7475 of U8is it

OK

CheckR amp L speaker

Check wave ofAudio input Pin

U8 pin61~69 OK

CheckQ22

No

Check B of Q22 is Low OK

Yes

No

Check Mute Pin6 of U19is it 12V

Yes

Yes

ReplaceU8

Yes

NO

Yes

Check the AMP- MUTE circuit

No

No

YesCheck SIF circuit Pin 7(SIFOUT) of

Tuner TU1

TV source Checkthe AV input

circuit

No

I_18130_068eps180608

No Picture Back light amp Sound OK

Check the output voltage

of U3 12V is it OK

Check LVDS signal waveform

of P10 is OK

Check the Circuit of12V_PANELamp

PANEL_ONOFF

Yes

No

Yes

Is RP2-RP7 ok

No

check the LVDS cable

Replace U8Yes

I_18130_004eps180608

Service Modes Error Codes and Fault Finding EN 19TCS10L LA 5

Figure 5-20 No color (19 and 26 sets)

Figure 5-21 No Picture No sound no Back light (26 sets)

No color

Color system is Right amp another

channel color is right

Dose the TV signal too weak

CheckPin 17(TV-

CVBS) Wave of TU1 OK

ReplaceTU1

ResetTo

Local system

CheckTuner Input

cable amp antenna

Yes NO NO

No YES YES

Fine tune Frequency

I_18130_006eps180608

No Picture No sound no Back light

Check circuit of +33V +18V (U5U

6U7) OK Replace the bad components

For P22 Pin 1~4 is +12V_PW amp Pin7~9

of is +5VSTBOK

NO

NO

YES

Check DC-DC circuit (U1U2)

YES

Check PSU

I_18130_003eps180608

Service Modes Error Codes and Fault FindingEN 20 TCS10L LA5

Figure 5-22 Picture OK No sound (26 sets)

55 Service Tools

551 ComPair

IntroductionComPair (Computer Aided Repair) is a Service tool for Philips Consumer Electronics products and offers the following1 ComPair helps you to quickly get an understanding on how

to repair the chassis in a short and effective way2 ComPair allows very detailed diagnostics and is therefore

capable of accurately indicating problem areas You do not have to know anything about I2C or UART commands yourself because ComPair takes care of this

3 ComPair speeds up the repair time since it can automatically communicate with the chassis (when the uP is working) and all repair information is directly available

4 ComPair features TV software upgrade possibilities

SpecificationsComPair consists of a Windows based fault finding program and an interface box between PC and the (defective) product The (new) ComPair II interface box is connected to the PC via an USB cable For the TV chassis the ComPair interface box and the TV communicate via a bi-directional cable via the service connector(s)

How to ConnectThis is described in the ComPair chassis fault finding database

Caution It is compulsory to connect the TV to the PC as shown in Figure ldquoComPair II interface connectionrdquo (with the ComPair interface in between) as the ComPair interface acts as a level shifter If one connects the TV directly to the PC (via UART) ICs will be blown

How to OrderComPair II order codes

bull ComPair II interface 3122 785 91020bull For SW see Philips service websitebull ComPair UART interface cable 3122 785 75051bull Software Upgrade VGA interface cables 3122 785 90004

and 3122 785 09269

Note If you encounter any problems contact your local support desk

Figure 5-23 ComPair II interface connection

56 Software Upgrading

561 Introduction

Software upgrading can be done by ComPair This allows to replacement of the software image

Picture OK No sound

Check the voltage ofPin 313 of U19is it 12v Check PSU

Check the wave of pin7475 of U8is it

OK

CheckR amp L speaker

Check wave ofAudio input Pin

U8 pin61~69 OK

CheckQ22

No

Check B of Q22 is Low OK

Yes

No

Check Mute Pin6 of U19is it 12V

Yes

Yes

ReplaceU8

Yes

NO

Yes

Check the AMP- MUTE circuit

No

No

YesCheck SIF circuit Pin 7(SIFOUT) of

Tuner TU1

TV source Checkthe AV input

circuit

No

I_18130_005eps180608

E_06532_036eps150208

TOUART SERVICECONNECTOR

TOUART SERVICECONNECTOR

TOI2C SERVICECONNECTOR

TO TV

PC

HDMII2C only

Optional power5V DC

ComPair II Developed by Philips Brugge

RC outRC in

OptionalSwitch

Power ModeLinkActivity I2C

ComPair IIMulti

function

RS232 UART

Block Diagrams Test Point Overview and Waveforms 21TCS10L LA 6

6 Block Diagrams Test Point Overview and Waveforms

Wiring Diagram of Connector for MS19-PH 19

40-PWL20C-PWI1XG POWER BOARD

1

NU

SE

LEC

T

GN

D

GN

D

P4

1 2 3 5 6 74

BL

ON

OF

F

DIM

MIN

G

INV

ER

TE

R_P

WR

12V

INV

ER

TE

R_P

WR

12V

P5

40-0MS19P-MAE2XGMAIN BOARD

AG

ND

1 2 3 5 6 74

KE

Y0

KE

Y1

AG

ND

IR-I

N

LED

1-IN

LED

2-IN

NC

1 2 3 5 6 7 84

+5V

ST

B

+5V

ST

B

GN

D

GN

D

GN

D

INVERTER BOARD

CN

1

GN

D

1 2 3 5 64

INV

ER

T-S

W

DIM

MIN

G

GN

D

INV

ER

TE

R_P

WR

12V

INV

ER

TE

R_P

WR

12V

8+

5VS

TB

GN

D

1 2 3 5 64

GN

D

GN

D

NC5V

-PW

5V-P

W

40-PF3403-IRC1XG IR BOARD

40-PF3403-KEC1XG KEY BOARD

GN

D

LED

1

IR

+5V

ST

B

1 2 3 54LE

D2

KE

Y1

GN

D

KE

Y0

1 2 3

P10

01

CN

2001 1S

P 22

P

9 10

+12

V-P

W

+12

V-P

W

+12

V-P

W

+12

V-P

W

7 8 9 10

+12

V+

12V

+12

V

+12

V

I_18130_061eps190608

22TCS10L LA 6Block Diagrams Test Point Overview and Waveforms

Wiring Diagram of Connector for MS19-PH 26

40-1PL37C-PWF1XG

1

P5

40-0MS19P-MAE2XGMAIN BOARD

AG

ND

1 2 3 5 6 74

KE

Y0

KE

Y1

AG

ND

IR-I

N

LED

1-IN

LED

2-IN

NC

1 2 3 5 6 7 84

NC

NC

GN

D

GN

D

GN

D

40-PWL01B-STE1X

8+

5VS

TB

1 2 3 5 64

12V-

PW

40-PF3403-IRC1XG IR BOARD

40-PF3403-KEC1XGKEY BOARD

GN

D

LED

1

IR

+5V

ST

B

1 2 3 54LE

D2

KE

Y1

GN

D

KE

Y0

1 2 3

P10

01

CN

2001

P4

9 10

+12

V-P

W

+12

V-P

W

+12

V-P

W

+12

V-P

W

7

10

5P 1P

1 2 3

1 2 3

+5S

TB

AG

ND

PW

-ON

OF

F

+5S

TB

AG

ND

PW

-ON

OF

F

11

12 13 14

GN

D

NC

BL-

AD

JUS

T

BL-

ON

OF

F

11

12

13

14

15

16

P22

8 91 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

12 13 14 15 16

12V-

PW

GN

D

GN

D12

V-P

W

12V-

PW

GN

D

NC

GN

D

NC

NC

NC

NC

NC

BL-

AD

JUS

T

BL-

ON

OF

F

I_18130_062eps190608

Block Diagrams Test Point Overview and Waveforms 23TCS10L LA 6

Block Diagram MS19P Chipset

Panel

810-bit LVDS

2MB

HDMI

HDTVVGA

YC

AV2AV1

AV-OUTTVSIF

PCHDTV-RL

AV2-RLAV1-RL

IRKEY0KEY1

GPIO PWM

Serial-FlashSPI

Speake

Earphone

r

MS19P Chipset Block Diagram

Audio out

EEPROM24C32 SDA

SCL

AMP

TDA7266

MST9U19A

24C02

24C02

24C04SDASCL

U19

U9

U13

U12

U11HDCP

EDID

EDID

U10

Z1

SDASCLExternal device

I_18130_063eps190608

24TCS10L LA 6Block Diagrams Test Point Overview and Waveforms

I2C overview

I2C Device Block Diagram

MST9U19A-LF

24C32 24C04

System EEPROM

I2C AddressA0

HDCP EEPROM

I2C AddressA4

SDA SCL SDA SCL

Tuner integratedIF PLL Demodulator

SDA1 SCL1I2C AddressA0

I_18130_064eps190608

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 25TCS10L LA 7

7 Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Main Power Supply (19)

I_18130_022eps180608

A AMAIN POWER SUPPLY 19rdquo

26TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout Main Power Supply (19) (Top Side)

Layout Main Power Supply (19) (Bottom Side)

I_18130_023eps180608

I_18130_065eps190608

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 27TCS10L LA 7

Main Power Supply (26)

I_18130_024eps180608

A1 A1MAIN POWER SUPPLY 26rdquo

28TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout Main Power Supply (26) (Top Side)

I_18130_028eps180608

40-PWL01B-STE1XG

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 29TCS10L LA 7

Layout Main Power Supply (26) (Bottom Side)

I_18130_029eps180608

40-PWL01B-STE1XG

30TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Standby Power Supply (26)

I_18130_025eps200608

A2 A2STANDBY POWER SUPPLY 26rdquo

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 31TCS10L LA 7

Layout Standby Power Supply (26) (Top Side)

40-1PL37C-PWF1XGI_18130_026eps

180608

32TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout Standby Power Supply (26) (Bottom Side)

I_18130_027eps180608

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 33TCS10L LA 7

SSB Control

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGNDAGND

AGND

AGNDAGNDAGND AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

T

T

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

D1B

D1A

G2

G1

S2

D2B

D2A

S1

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

PGND

PGND

PGND

PGND

PGND

AGND

AGND

T

T

T

T

AGND

T

T

BOOT

DRIVE

FB GND

LGATE

PHASE

VCC

UGATE

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

PGND

AGND

AGND

AGNDAGND

AGND

D2B

D2A

G1

G2

S1

D1B

D1A

S2

T

AGND

D1B

D1A

D2B

G2 D2A

S2

G1

S1

09V

18V

For Tuner 33v

L--Prot

Normal--HProtect--L

Back Light Control

Far from DC-DC amp Tuner

Option

When not use DC-DC+5VSTB_L provide

ON-----LOFF-----H

OptionFar from tuner and power supply (NC)

8

7

6

4 5

3

2

1U3

SP8J3

R234

10R

NC

E

C

B

BT3904

Q21

B

C

E

Q32BT3904

R16

19N

C2

618

KR

919

1K

26

10K

B

C

E

Q2

BT3904

R177

NC

C23

00

1U

10K

R18

0

NC

R17

9 0

R1784K7

+12V

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

P4ON-PBACK

ADJ-PWM2

R181910K26

191

K2

6

R10

Z54

BL-ADJUST

1 2

4

6

8

12

14

10

3

5

7

9

11

13

P22

+5V

+5VSTB_L

C22

2

01U

R70R (FOR 26ONLY)

7

8

4

2

3

5

6

1

A04803

Q17

+12V

+12V_PW

+12V_PW

C24

10

01U

BL-ADJUST

+5V

ST

B_L

C14

01U

BL-ONOFF

C22

40

1U

+5VSTB

R24

8N

C

+12V_PW

C220220U

25V

F250A

F150A

47K

R18

2

L8200R

R2413K9

C23

6

1U

C24

3

1U

C244

01U

C242

470U

16V

+5V

ST

B

PRORECT_12V

R29

720

K

+33V

+33V

B

E

CQ31

BT3906R298

NC

+12V

R299

4K7

R301

4K7

R30

010

K

R29

6

4K7

D14 8V

2

B

C

E

Q26BT3904

R3

4K7

B

E

CQ13

BT3906

C64

3 1U

C20A1U

C21

A 1U

NCC

21

R18

147

K

C24

00

01U

R22

330K

33V

+5V

+5V

12V_PANEL

21

P20

01UC

231

NC

C8

01U

C3

01U

L49200R

L47200R

21

P19

01UC

20

5V_PANEL

4K7R15

D11

LL4148

D45LL4148

PW_ONOFF

+5VSTB1

2

3

P1

POWER-ONOFFB

C

E

Q30BT3904

R26610K

GPIO_PROTECT

+5VSTB

R24

70R

D10LL4148

+12V

C201U

SELECT

R20

510

0K

R2041K

D47 33

V

R27

92K

2R

242

2K2

+12V

1

2

3 6

5

8

4

7

U1

RT8110

R50R PROTPW_ONOFF

R2NC

Z58

Z56

B

C

E

Q27BT3904

BL-ONOFF

R12100R

PW_CTRL

Z51

R24

0 0

Z52

Z53

Z60

L530R

L330R

01U

C23

401UC

232

C23

3 1U

R234K7

5V_PANEL

C22

60

1U

L50200R

+5V

C235470U

16V

200RL54

C23

70

1U

L9200R

+5V

R4

10K

R6NC

+12V_INVERTER

B

C

E

Q6BT3904

68K

R37

NCR17

0RR14

16V

470UC

17A

C27

01U

2U2C16

01UC

15

R8

NC

R194K7

R132NC

R143100K

R14K

7

B

C

E

Q14BT3904

R2110K

+12V

D1LL4148

R14210K

+5VSTB

B

C

E

Q3BT3904NC

+12V

C1810U

50V

L6100UH

D5LL4148

B

C

E

Q5SC1815

NCR

24

B

C

E

Q1

BT3904

B

C

E

Q4BT3904

PWM3

SHUT_EEP

200RL56

L55200R

R23

91K

2

R23

8N

C

R235

10R

R23

6N

C

L115UH

R23

322

K

C23

91U

R237

220R

7

8

4

2

3

5

6

1

U2PHKD13N03LT

C23801U

D50LL4148

L53200R

+12V_INVERTER

C22

70

1U

C22

80

1U

L52200R

L51200R

C22

90

1U

L48200R

C22

50

1U

12V_PANEL

L1230R

PANEL-ONOFF

Z59

Z50

PW_ONOFF R26

368

0R

R2618K2

R26010K

R26

710

K

R26

810

K

R26

247

K

R25910K

R25

810

0K

D41LL4148

+12V

R2783K9

TUNER_5V

+5V

40V

C18

70

1U

R2000R

R6390R

R60422K

L6061000UR

C60

40

1U

D61

433

VC63

047

00P

C63

2 270P

C633

01U 50V

L613

1000UH

NC

L6041000UH

100KR

630

NC

C63

6

C63

50

01U

C63

40

1U

C631200P

B

C

E

Q612BC846B

R63147K

12

3

D61

30B

AV

99

33V

+5V

C1

01U

5V_PANEL

+12V_PW

+5VSTB

12V_PANEL

C223

220U25V

+5VSTB

01U

C22

1

+12V

PW_ONOFF

VCC_PANEL

B01 B01

I_18130_011eps180608

CONTROL

34TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

SSB DC - DC

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGNDAGND

GN

DA

DJ

OU

T

VIN

4

OU

T

VIN

AD

JG

ND

VO

UT

VIN

AD

JG

ND

VCC18V FOR MST9E19A

pin36

VDDC for MST9E19A Core

+33V for VDD_MPLL

+33AVDD FOR AVDD_SIF

+33AVDD FOR AVDD_AU

pin6 pin12

+33AVDD for AVDD_HDMI

Vcc33for MST9E19A analog

+33AVDD for AVDDA

33V for AVDDPLL2

Vcc33 for MST9E19A Digital

10RR

31

F330A

+33V

L16100R+5VST

R28NC

23

1

U6

AIC

1084

FM120D8

FM120D6

23

1

U7

KD

1084

AD

2T18

+33V

VDDP

FM120D7

+5VSTB_L

1 2 3

4

U5AS1117-33

L18FB

FBL17

+18V

VDDC

L11

100R

L10100R+33V

L24

100R

FBL23

16V

47UC

37

C67

01U

01UC

62

C61

01U

01UC

60

C59

01U

16V

100UC

53

C48100U

16V

NCR30

R29

0RL41

FB

16V

100UC

33

C31100U

16V

C49 0

1U

01U

C52

01U

C36

C34 0

1U

01U

C42

C58 0

1U16V

47UC

57

C51 0

1U

AVDD_SIF

+33VA

AVDD_AU

+33VA

AVDDA

+33VA

AVDD_MEMPLL

+33VA

C56 0

1U

01U

C552U

2C

54

C47 0

1U

C46 2U

2

L21FB

2U2

C41

FBL19

C50 2U

2

L22FB

FBL20

01U

C452U

2C

44

C39 0

1U

C38 2U

2

AVDD_HDMI

01U

C40

+33VA

01U

C32

C30 0

1U

+33VA

+33VA

VDD_MPLL

+18V

C35100U

16V

C63

01U

01UC

64

C65

01U

01UC

66

01UC

68

C69

01U

01UC

70

C71

01U

01UC

72

C73

01U

+5VST

+5VSTB

FM120D9

B02 B02

I_18130_012eps180608

DC - DC

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 35TCS10L LA 7

SSB MST9E19A Controller

AG

ND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AG

ND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

SDA

SCL

WC

VCC

VSS

E2NC

E1NC

E0NC AGND

VCC

HOLD

SCK

GND SI

WP

SO

CE

SDA

SCL

WC

VCC

VSS

E2NC

E1NC

E0NC

AD

0A

D1

AD

2A

D3

AD

4A

D5

AD

6A

D7

ALE

AUCOM

AUL0

AUL1

AUL2

AUL3

AUOUTL

AUOUTL2

AUOUTL3

AUOUTR

AUOUTR2

AUOUTR3

AUOUTS

AUR0

AUR1

AUR2

AUR3

AUVRADNAUVRADPAUVREF

AV

DD

_AD

C

AV

DD

_AU

AV

DD

_DV

IA

VD

D_D

VI1

AV

DD

_ME

MP

LL

AV

DD

_MP

LLA

VD

D_M

PLL

1

AV

DD

_SIF

BIN0MBIN0P

BIN1MBIN1P

C0

C1

CSZ

CVBS0

CVBS1CVBS2CVBS3

CVBSOUT

DD

CA

_CK

DD

CA

_DA

DDCD_CKDDCD_DA

DD

CR

_CK

DD

CR

_DA

DI0DI1DI2DI3DI4DI5DI6DI7

DIG

O0

DIG

O1

DIG

O2

DIG

O3

DIG

O4

DIG

O5

DIG

O6

DIG

O7

DIG

O8

DIG

O9

GIN0MGIN0P

GIN1MGIN1P

GN

DG

ND

1

GN

D10

GN

D11

GN

D12

GN

D13

GN

D14

GN

D15

GN

D2

GN

D3

GN

D4

GN

D5

GN

D6

GN

D7

GN

D8

GN

D9

GPIOE0LVSYNCGPIOE1LHSYNC

GPIOE2LDEGPIOE3LCK

GPIOF10GPIOF11

GPIOF12GPIOF13GPIOF14GPIOF15GPIOF16GPIOF17GPIOF18GPIOF19

GPIOF2GPIOF3GPIOF4GPIOF5GPIOF6GPIOF7GPIOF8GPIOF9

HSYNC0

HSYNC1

HW

RE

SE

T

ICLK

IHSYNC

INT

IRIN

IVSYNC

LA0MG3LA0PG2LA1MG1LA1PG0LA2MB7LA2PB6

LA3MB3LA3PB2LA4MB1LA4PB0

LACKMB5LACKPB4

LB0MR7LB0PR6LB1MR5LB1PR4LB2MR3LB2PR2

LB3MG7LB3PG6LB4MG5LB4PG4

LBCKMR1LBCKPR0

PW

M0

PW

M1

PW

M2

PW

M3

PWM_DRVPWM_FB

PWM_SENSE

RD

Z

REFMREFP

REXT

RIN0MRIN0P

RIN1MRIN1P

RMID

RX0NRX0PRX1NRX1PRX2NRX2P

RXCKNRXCKP

SA

R0

SA

R1

SA

R2

SA

R3

SCKSDI

SDO

SIF1MSIF1P

SOGIN0

SOGIN1

VCLAMP

VCOM0

VCOM1

VCOM2

VD

DC

VD

DC

1V

DD

C2

VD

DC

3V

DD

C4

VD

DC

5

VD

DP

VD

DP

1V

DD

P2

VD

DP

3V

DD

P4

VD

DP

5V

DD

P6

VD

DP

7V

DD

P8

VD

DP

9

VSYNC0

VSYNC1

WR

Z

XIN

XO

UT

Y0

Y1

AGND

T

T

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

Mode Selection

I2C address at A0

Location Near IC PinLocation Near IC Pin

SST PULL DOWNMSTAR PULL UP

DVI INPUT

VGA INPUT

For TTL output

Audio Output(to Amp) AV Output(Audio)

Debug Port

For Philps debug

HDCP I2C address at A4

VID

EO

INP

UT

HDTV INPUT

C212NC

C7822P

01UC11

2

2U2 C247

C1072U2

01U C114

PW_CTRL

PRORECT_12V

54

72 13

6 8

RP

84K

7

KEY0-IN

LED2-IN

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

P5

POWER-ONOFF

54

72 13

6 8

RP

124K

7

LED1-IN

NC

L43

+5VSTB

4K7

R55

LED2R13

4K7

R584K7

B

C

E

Q9BT3904

1

2

3

4

5

P14

WP

SDA

SCL

+33V

1

2

3

4

P6

10RR41

SHUT_EEP

D4 NC

WP

C20

110

0P

RXD

TXD1

2

3

P2

ZX

Z62

WP

+33V

+33V+5VSTB

RS

20R

RS

3N

C

RS

11K

10K

R32

10K

R42

01UC86

47RR64

NC

R63

R62

NC

R52100R

R51 22

K

R50 22

K

100RR49

100RR40

C83

001

U

001

UC82

R67

0R

001

UC76

2U2C115

R47100R

R45100R

100RR34100R

R33

2U2C104

C1052U2PC-LIN

2U2C106

C1112U2

2U2C110

C11901U

R57 8K

2

8K2

R56

C1092U2

2U2C108

124578

101113141516171819202122232425262728

293031323334353839

404142434445464748495051

5455575859

61626364656667686970717273747576

78798081828384858687

131

132

133

134

125

126

127

128

129

130

155

156

136 3 9 37 52 56 89 99 101

104

106

120

141

152

173

187

204

143

144

145

146

147

148

149

150

153

154

116

117

118

135

124123122121

9796959493929190

139138137

191190189188

185184183182181180179178177176175174171170169168167166165164163162161160

202201200199198197196195

192

194193

207

206

205

36 53 60 105

6 12 157

208

77 98 107

142

158

203

88 100

102

103

119

140

151

159

172

186

115

114

113

112

111

110

109

108

U8

MST9E19A

R54

4K7

R36

22K

100P C79

01UC11

7

C116

01U

R7510K

R38 22

K

C10201U

C89 0

1U

1

3

2

D40

0BA

V99

+5VST

R53

390R

CVBSOUT

LED2

5

6

7

8

4

3

2

1U10

M24C32MN

IR_SYNC

KEY0

LED1

KEY1

WP_FSH

TV1-VIN- VCOM0

AV1-YIN-

AV1-YIN

VCOM2

SV_Y0

R_TX2+

C920047U

C930047U

0047UC94

0047UC96

C970047U

0047UC98

C1010047U

0047UC100

C990047U

SV_C0

TXD

RXD

100P

C20

2

8

7

6

4 5

3

2

1U9

W25X40

+33V

L26 F

B

100RR77

SDA

SCL

SHUT_EEPR76

100R

5

6

7

8

4

3

2

1U11

M24C04MN

SDA

SCL

100RR70

R69100R

+33V

R68

10K

SPI_CZ

SPI_DI

SPI_CK

54

72

1

3 6

8

RP933R

NCR

65R

661K

8

C90 10

0P

R6110R

1KR60

R591K

100P

C91

C95 10

0P

SYS_RST

R391K

B

E

CQ8

BT3906

C8010U

16V

C7447U

16V

R48

1M

Y1

14M

3

22PC84

AVDDA

AVDD_SIF

AVDD_MEMPLL

AVDD_HDMIVDDC VDDP

SDA_EXT

SCL_EXT

+33V

R43

10K

10KR

44

RXE3+B2

RXE4+B0

RXE4-B1

RXE3-B3

RXEC+B4

RXEC-B5

RXE2+B6

RXE2-B7

RXE1+G0

RXE1-G1

RXE0+G2

RXE0-G3

RXO4+G4

RXO4-G5

RXO3+G6

RXO3-G7

RXOC+R0

RXOC-R1

RXO2+R2

RXO2-R3

RXO1+R4

RXO1-R5

RXO0+R6

RXO0-R7

TTL-BLUE2

TTL-BLUE1

TTL-BLUE0

TTL-BLUE3

TTL-BLUE4

TTL-BLUE5

TTL-BLUE6

TTL-BLUE7

TTL-GREEN0

TTL-GREEN1

TTL-GREEN2

TTL-GREEN3

TTL-GREEN4

TTL-GREEN5

TTL-GREEN6

TTL-GREEN7

TTL-RED6

TTL-RED0

TTL-RED1

TTL-RED2

TTL-RED3

TTL-RED4

TTL-RED5

TTL-RED7

54

72

1

3 6

8

RP40R

8

63

1

2 7

4 5

0RRP7

54

72

1

3 6

8

RP60R

8

63

1

2 7

4 5

0RRP3

8

63

1

2 7

4 5

0RRP5

54

72

1

3 6

8

RP20R

SPI_CKSPI_DISPI_CZ

SPI_DO

AMP-MUTE

PANEL-ONOFF

LED1

HPDCTRL

ON-PBACK

863 12

7

45

4K7

RP

13

PWM0

ADJ-PWM2

NCR

85

NCR

82

NCR

80

NCR

79

R84

1K

R83

1K

R81

1K

R78

1K

PWM0

WP_FSH

ADJ-PWM2

PWM3

IR_SYNC

KEY1

KEY0

RXD

TXD

SCL

SDA

DDC-RDX

DDC-TXD

I2C-SCL

I2C-SDA

+33V

54

721 3

68

RP

104K

7

R7410R

10RR73

10RR72

R7110R

AUCOM

16V

10UC

118

AUVRADN

AUVRADP

C11310U

16V

L250

AMP-ROUT

AMP-LOUT

PH-ROUTPH-LOUT

PC-RIN

SIFM

SIFP

01UC103

01U

C88

AUCOM

AUVREFAUVRADPAUVRADN

SIFM

SIFP

TUNER_CVBS

SV_C0

SV_Y0

VCOM2

CVBS2CVBS1

VCOM0

VCOM1

CVBS3

SCG+

SCR+SCR-

SC_SOG

SCG-

SCB-

RIN-

RIN+GIN-

GIN+SOG

BIN-BIN+

01UC85

C8701U

VS_RGBHS_RGB

HDMI_SCLHDMI_SDA

AVDD_HDMI TXCLK-

R_TX2+

R_TX2-G_TX1+

G_TX1-B_TX0+

B_TX0-TXCLK+

AUVREF

PWM3

+33V

VDD_MPLL

AVDD_AU

TV1-VIN+ TUNER_CVBS

VCOM1

AV1-CIN

TV-SIFP

TV-SIFM

HDMI_SCLHDMI_SDA

TXCLK-

R_TX2-G_TX1+

G_TX1-B_TX0+

B_TX0-TXCLK+

VS_RGBHS_RGB

RIN-

RIN+GIN-

GIN+SOG

BIN-BIN+

SCG+

SCR+SCR-

SC_SOG

SCG-SCB+SCB-

AV1-VIN+

AV2-VIN+

AV3-VIN+ CVBS1

CVBS2

CVBS3

SPI_DO

WP_FSH

CVBSOUT

PH-LOUT

PH-ROUTAMP-ROUT AMP-R

AMP-LAMP-LOUTPH-L1OUT

AFT

SCB+

KEY1-IN

+33V

PH-R1OUT

C77

1000

P

E

C

B BT3904Q7

R114K7

+5VSTB

GPIO_PROTECT

+33V

IR-IN

C248

2U2

2U2 C249

C250

2U2

2U2 C251

C252

2U2

DVI-RINDVI-LINAV2-RIN

AV2-LIN

AV1-RINAV1-LIN

B03 B03

I_18130_013eps180608

MST9E19A CONTROLLER

36TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

SSB HDMI Interface

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

SDA

SCL

WC

VCC

VSS

E2NC

E1NC

E0NC

RX2+

GND1

RX2-

RX1+

GND2

RX1-

RX0+

GND3

RX0-

RXC+

GND4

RXC-

NC1

NC2

DDCCLK

DDCDA

GND5

VCC

HPD

AGND

HDMI-RX2-

HDMI-RX1+

+5V

+5V

5

6

43

2

1

U17

PRTR5V0U4D

5

6

43

2

1

U18

PRTR5V0U4D

1KR101

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

P12

01UC

120

5

6

7

8

4

3

2

1U12

M24C02MN

RLZ

5B6

D18

HDMI-DDC-SDA

HDMI-DDC-SCL

HDMI-HPD

HDMI5V

HPDCTRLB

C

E

Q10BT3904

4K7R96

R95

4K7

R1000R

NCR

97

R94

1K

+5V

100RR99

R98100R

12

3

D17

BAT

54C

D19

RLZ

5B6

TXCLK-

TXCLK+

B_TX0-

B_TX0+

G_TX1-

G_TX1+

R_TX2-

R_TX2+

10RR93

R9210R

10RR91

R9010R

10RR89

R8810R

10RR87

R8610R

HDMI_SDA

HDMI_SCL

HDMI-RXC-

HDMI-RXC+

HDMI-RX0+

HDMI-RX0-

HDMI-RX1-

HDMI-RX2+

B04 B04

I_18130_014eps180608

HDMI INTERFACE

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 37TCS10L LA 7

SSB VGA Interface

AGND

AGND

AGND

SDA

SCL

WC

VCC

VSS

E2NC

E1NC

E0NC

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGNDProgram Control

To main chip(when updateit is I2Cwhen debug it is RXTX)

LED2

R12

110

0RR12

010

0R

+33V

RXD

TXD

R170

4K7

1

3

2

D2

100RR144

NCR123

4K7R12

2

75R

R10

9

R10

8 75R

01UC

130

10K

R17

4

75R

R10

7

10K

R17

2

P13-11

R11

8 4K7

4K7

R11

9

PROTECT

VGA5V

VGA-SCL

PROTECT

13

2

D25

1

3

2

D20

C19 N

C

Q182N7002

10RR175

R171NC

R17310R

C12

9 NC

C1270047U

VGA-R+

VGA-G+

VGA-B+

+5VST1

32

D24

1KR115

R1141K

123

D23BAT54C

5

6

7

8

4

3

2

1U13

M24C02MN

R11

74K

7NC

C12

8R11

610

K

6

4

11

14

15

7

12

8

5

13

3

10

9

1

2

16

17

P13

C1230047U

C1241000P

C1210047U

R10510R

10RR104

R10310R

0047UC126

C1250047U

0047UC122

1

3

2

D22

2

3

1

D21

R11347R

47RR111

R11047R

R106330R

HS_RGB

VS_RGB

Q192N7002

B

C

E

Q25BT3904

VGA-HS

VGA-VS

VGA-SDA

RIN+

SOG

BIN-

GIN-

RIN-

BIN+

GIN+

VGA-SDA

VGA-SCL

+5VSTB

+5VSTB

B05 B05

I_18130_015eps180608

VGA INTERFACE

38TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

SSB Cinch

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND AGNDAGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

VDD

OUTB

INB-

VSS INB+

INA+

INA-

OUTA

AGNDAGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

WHITE

RED

YELLOWGREEN

BLUE

RED

WHITE

RED

RED

WHITE

YELLOW

AGND

AGND

AGND

HDTV IN

AV OUTPUT AUDIO AMP

For PCampYPbPr Audio Input(RL)

For Philips Upgrade

S-VIDEO amp AV2 In Side

Earphone Outuput In Side

AV1 In Rear

AV OUTPUT

For DVI Audio Input(35mm Jack)

2

1

3

P17

DVI_R

DVI_L

AV2-V

AV_ROUT

AV2-R

C13 47

0P

12K

R15

2

C17 47

0P

560P

C16

356

0PC

162

3

2

1

4P15

C14

156

0P

PC-R

560P

C14

3C

134

560P

560P

C13

8

2

3

1

D37

NC

C14

256

0P56

0PC

146

C6 10

0P

3

1

2

P11

TXD

3

1

2

P7

PR1

PB1

AVOUT_L

Y1

AVOUT

1

4

2

5

3

6P21

1

2

3

4

5

6P8

8 56 7 9

P15

BUF2

1

3

2

D31

2

3

1

D28

NC

1

3

2

D33

NC

2

3

1

D55

NC

2

3

1

D54

NC

2

3

1

D52

NC

2

3

1

D51

NC

2

3

1

D34

1

3

2

D36

NC

C5 10

0P

13

2

D12

R18

8 75R

R2855K1

R2845K1

R2805K1

R2815K1

L6130R

AV1-CL60

30R

AV1-YL59

30R

75R

R14

9

C19

810

00P

C14

068

0P

680P

C15

5

10RR186

680P

C13

6

OP_VCC2

C13

168

0P

2

3

1

D53

2

3

1

D27

FB

L42

10KR230

12K

R20

1R

197 12

K

R15

9 12K

R15

522

0R

220RR153

75R

R14

0

75R

R13

9

R13

6 75R

75R

R12

8

2U2C188

R14

5 12K

12K

R15

7

12K

R13

5C191

2U2

10K

R15

6R

147 10

K

330R

R14

6

R18510RY1

75RR151

R141

75R

C1452U2

2U2C144

01UC

139

12K

R16

1

AV2-VIN+

CVBSOUT

AV1-CIN

AV1-YIN-

1

3

2

D38

2

3

1

D39

PH-R1OUTR226

10K

AV_LOUT

R22447K

+5V

R22

547

K

C18

347

U

16V

100P

C18

9

33KR

229

C18547U

16V

C18

40

1U

C19

310

0P

R23

233

K

8

7

6

4 5

3

2

1U16

TDA1308T

SCB-

SCG-

SCR-

C1580047U

SCG+

SCR+

SCB+

SC_SOG

PR1

PB1

C1540047U

0047UC153

C1520047U

C1511000P

0047UC159

0047UC156

R19547R

47RR191

R18947R

R18410R

10RR183

R14810R

1

3

2

D35

B

E

CQ11

BT3906C218

10U

16V

B

C

E

Q12BT3904

2

3

1

D32

2

3

1

D30

1

3

2

D29

R13347R

10RR137

R12610R

+5V

AV1-YIN

Y1R176

470R

PH-L1OUT

AV_LOUT

AV_ROUT

AV1-VIN+

L63 30

R

30R

L62

330RR

249

R25

133

0R

C196

033U50V

C197

033U50V

7

654

89

3

1

2

P18

1000

PC

199

AMP-PROUT+AMP-LIN

AMP-PLOUT+AMP-RIN

EARPHONE-RA

EARPHONE-LA

30RL44

AV1-RIN

R2825K1

R2835K1 AV1-LIN

AV2-LIN

R2865K1

R2875K1 AV2-RIN

R2885K1

R2895K1 DVI-RIN

R2905K1

R2915K1 DVI-LIN

R2925K1

R2935K1 PC-RIN

R2945K1

R2955K1 PC-LIN

AV1_V

AVOUT_R

RXD

C4 47

0P47

0PC

7

AV1_R

AV1_L

C9 47

0P47

0PC

10

C11 47

0P47

0PC

12

PC-L

AV2-L

B06 B06

I_18130_016eps180608

CINCH

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 39TCS10L LA 7

SSB Tuner

AGND

AGND

AGND

AG

ND

AGNDAGND

AGND

AGND

COMMON

IN OUT

VID

EO

NC

1

NC

2

AU

DIO

AG

C

SD

A

TU

MB

GN

D2

SIF

OU

T

GN

D1

NC

3

NC

4

NC

5

SC

L

NC

6

AF

T

CLOSE RO MST IC

R21127R

171 2 6 1110 1412 157 83 4 5 9 13 16

TU1

2

1 3

U15KIA78D05

TUNER_SDA

TUNER_SCL

SIF_OUT

TV_CVBSC

172

01U

33V

B

C

E

Q20

BT3904

TV-SIFPNCR213

10RR220

001UC181

TV-SIFP

R194100R

330R

R19

3R

192

10R

R19

81K

R19

91K

L2722UH

+12V

R20

7 NC

100K

R20

3

2200

PC

200

R209120R

R20610R

C17

4N

C3

30P

NC

330

PC

175

C171220U

16V

L28120R

R20251K

C17

710

0P

C17

615

0P

SDA_EXT

SCL_EXT

C168220U

16V

16V

220UC

169

TV1-VIN-

TV1-VIN+

R21047R

C16

60

01UC16

44U

7

50V

C16

50

01U

C16

70

1U

TUNER_5V

AFT

120RR212

TUNER_5V

TV-SIFM

001UC170

B07 B07

I_18130_017eps180608

TUNER

40TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

SSB Audio Amplifier

PGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

PGND

PGND

AGND

AGND

OUT2+

OUT2-

NC3

IN2

VCC2

NC2

OUT1+

VCC1

IN1

NC1

MUTE

STBY

PW_GND

S_GND

OUT1-

TO SPEAKER

TO SPEAKER

0RR

162

AMP-PROUT-

2

1

H8

15

14

11

12

13

10

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

2

U19

TD

A7266

1

2

3

4

P9

AMP-PLOUT-

L45200R

L46200R

C219220U

16V

27UHL31

C217220U

16V

AMP-LIN

R253NC

01U C209

D3LL4148

C20

610

00P

1U

C211

0022U

C26 1000

PC

204

0022U

C25

C22

470U16V

+5VST

R164100K

R16510K

R16

8N

C

R16

9N

C

R1663K3

3K3R167

10KR244

B

E

CQ15

BT3906

B

C

E

Q16BT3904

C19

5 NC

NC

C19

4

B

C

E

Q24BT3904NC

0RR257

10KR254

E

C

B BT3904Q23

B

C

E

Q22BT3904

R25210K

R255100R

R24310K

2U2C205

R2560R

C2032U2

+12V

AMP-PROUT-

AMP-PROUT+

AMP-PLOUT-

AMP-PLOUT+

POWER-ONOFF

AMP-MUTE

AMP-R

AMP-L

12V-AMP

+12V

AMP-RIN

B08 B08

I_18130_018eps180608

AUDIO AMPLIFIER

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 41TCS10L LA 7

SSB LVDS Interface

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

VCC_PANEL

C246

10U 16V

C245

01U

R277 0NC

+33V

R27

2

0N

C

R275 0NC

RXE4+B0 RXE4-B1

RXE3+B2 RXE3-B3

RXEC+B4 RXEC-B5

RXE2+B6 RXE2-B7

RXE1+G0 RXE1-G1

RXE0+G2 RXE0-G3

RXO4+G4 RXO4-G5

RXO3+G6 RXO3-G7

RXOC+R0 RXOC-R1

RXO2+R2 RXO2-R3

RXO1+R4 RXO1-R5

RXO0+R6 RXO0-R7

1 2

4

6

8

12

14

16

18

20

10

22

24

26

28

3

5

7

9

11

13

15

17

19

21

23

25

27

29 30

32

34

36

38

40

31

33

35

37

39

P10

R276 0NC

R27

3

0N

CR

274

0N

C

B09 B09

I_18130_019eps180608

LVDS INTERFACE Personal Notes

E_06532_012eps131004

42TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout Small Signal Board (Top Side)

I_18130_020eps180608

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 43TCS10L LA 7

Layout Small Signal Board (Bottom Side)

I_18130_021eps180608

44TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Keyboard Control Panel

Layout Keyboard Control Panel (Top Side)

Layout Keyboard Control Panel (Bottom Side)

AGND

AGND AGNDAGND

AGND

R10072K

R10061K5

R10011K2

12 4

3K1001

1

2

3

P1001

KEY0

R1008NC

R10051K2

R1004NC

R10032K

R10021K5

D10

02

HS

5V6B

D10

01H

S5V

6B

12 4

3K1003

12 4

3K1002

12 4

3K1006

12 4

3K1005

12 4

3K1004

KEY1

I_18130_030eps180608

E EKEYBOARD CONTROL PANEL

I_18130_031eps180608

I_18130_032eps180608

Personal Notes

E_06532_012eps131004

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 45TCS10L LA 7

Inverter Panel

1 2

A

B

C

D

4321

D

C

B

A

F1FUSE-1

C2104

C1220uF250V

C3104

R1200

Q1

DTA143

E1

9

E2

10

C2

11

VC

C12

OU

TP

UT

C13

VR

EF

14

A1+

1

A1-

2

CO

MP

3

DT

C4

CT

5

RT

6

GN

D7

C1

8

A2-

15

A2+

16

U1

TL494

R2200

Q32222

C8

223

C7103

R847K

R7120K

C4

104C5104

D1

68V

C9104

D2

1N4148

Q8DTC143

123456

CN1

R20470K

R21

33K

C16

330pF

C15NC

R13100K

R10

68K

R11

68K

R12

15K

C10104

R2627K

C20223

R18560

Q22222

Q62907

R142K

R1622K

R27 10

R28 10

D4

BAW56K

S11

G12

S23

G24

D1 8

D1 7

D2 6

D2 5

U2

4606

C21223

Q42222

Q72907

R152K

R1722K

R29 10

R30 10

D5

BAW56K

S11

G12

S23

G24

D1 8

D1 7

D2 6

D2 5

U3

4606

R19560

C6

105

R231M

Q52N7002

R22

1M

R9

47K

R25

100KR24270K

D6NCBAW56K

D7NCBAW56K

P1

P2

P3

P4

C17225

C18

225

10

1 7

6

T1

T01

10

1 7

6

T2

T01

C2222pF

12

CON1

12

CON2

D9BAV99

R41K

R36820

R32

10KC12104

D8BAV99

R31K

R35820

R31

10KC11104

P2

P1

C2322pF

12

CON3

12

CON4

D11

BAV99

R61K

R38820

R34

10KC14104

D10BAV99

R51K

R37820

R33

10KC13104

P4

P3

VREF

VREF

C19NC

C26

222C27NC

D13BAV99

D15BAV99

C2422pF

C2522pF

C28

222C29NC

C30222 C31

NC

C32

222C33NC

OVP

OVP

OV

P

R602K

R61510K

C38105

Q10

DTA143

Q112222

R6330K

R62 1K

VCC

VCC

P5

P5

R64

1K

C34221

C35 221

C37

221

C39104

C36

221U4A

LM393

U4B

LM393

Vref

D3

1N4148

R65

3K R663K

C41 104

R67

10K

I_18130_033eps180608

I IINVERTER PANEL 19rdquo

46TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout Inverter Panel (Top Side)

Layout Inverter Panel (Bottom Side)

I_18130_034eps190608

I_18130_035eps190608

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 47TCS10L LA 7

IR LED Panel

AGND

AGND

AGNDIRVC

C

GN

D

RW

R20

031K

2

R20

04

1K2

LED1

1

2

3

4

5

CN2001

E

C

B

BC847AQ2001

B

C

E

Q2002

BC847A

2

13

D2001

LED2

G2001

R20024K7

5V16

V10

0UC

2001

5V

IR

IR

C20

03 47P

LED1R2001

4K7

C2002

47P

LED2

I_18130_036eps180608

J JIR amp LED PANELLayout IR LED Panel (Top Side)

Layout IR LED Panel (Bottom Side)

I_18130_037eps180608

I_18130_038eps180608

48TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Personal Notes

E_06532_013eps131004

Alignments EN 49TCS10L LA 8

8 Alignments

Index of this chapter81 Electrical Alignments82 Hardware Alignments

NoteThe Service Modes are described in chapter 5 Menu navigation is done with the CURSOR UP DOWN LEFT or RIGHT keys of the remote control transmitter

81 Electrical Alignments

Perform all electrical adjustments under the following conditionsbull Power supply voltage (depends on region)

ndash AP-NTSC 120 VAC or 230 VAC 50 Hz (plusmn 10)ndash AP-PAL-multi 120 - 230 VAC 50 Hz (plusmn 10)ndash EU 230 VAC 50 Hz (plusmn 10)ndash LATAM-NTSC 120 - 230 VAC 50 Hz (plusmn 10)ndash US 120 VAC 60 Hz (plusmn 10)

bull Connect the set to the mains via an isolation transformer with low internal resistance

bull Allow the set to warm up for approximately 60 minutesbull Measure voltages and waveforms in relation to correct

ground (eg measure audio signals in relation to AUDIO_GND) Caution It is not allowed to use heatsinks as ground

bull Test probe Ri gt 10 MΩ Ci lt 20 pFbull Use an isolated trimmerscrewdriver to perform

alignments

82 Hardware Alignments

Not applicable

821 Aging

Enter TV mode Set warm up status to ldquoOnrdquo Aging time at least 12 minutes

822 ADC Adjustment

The chassis can execute ADC auto-tune in YPbPr amp PC sourcing modes Enter SAM select YPbPr or PC as source then select AUTOTUNE in ADC ADJ press ldquoRight keyrdquo to run waiting for about 5 seconds until ldquoOKrdquo is displayed which means the set finished the ADC adjustment With an YPbPr source use a 100 color bar pattern with a PC source use a 16-scale grey pattern

823 White Balance Adjustment

Adjust the NORMAL WARM COOL temperature in White balance according to company regular Make sure ADC adjustments have done successfully before doing white balance adjustments and use the ldquoNaturalrdquo picture mode White balance adjustment should be performed with three different sources1 AVTVSVIDEO source reunification under the AV

adjustment apply a NTSC-M system signal with 8-scale grey pattern

2 YPbPrHDMI source reunification under the YPbPr adjustment apply an 8-scale grey pattern

3 PC source should adjust single apply a 8-scale grey pattern

If case of manual adjustment please use the WB page in SAMWhile adjusting White Balance do not change White G or Black G only adjust White R White B Black R and Black B

Table 8-1 Color Temperature Setting 19

Table 8-2 Color Temperature Setting 26

Color mode X Y Color Temperature (K)

Normal 296plusmn4 299plusmn4 8000

Warm 314plusmn4 319plusmn4 6500

Cool 289plusmn4 291plusmn4 9000

Color mode X Y Color Temperature (K)

Normal 289plusmn4 291plusmn4 9000

Warm 314plusmn4 319plusmn4 6500

Cool 278plusmn4 278plusmn4 11000

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data SheetsEN 50 TCS10L LA9

9 Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data Sheets

Index of this chapter91 Introduction92 Abbreviation List93 IC Data Sheets

Notes bull Only new circuits (circuits that are not published recently)

are described bull Figures can deviate slightly from the actual situation due

to different set executions

91 Introduction

This chassis uses the MStar MST9U19A main chip with the following features bull Multi-Standard TV decoding with 2-D comb filterbull Multi-Standard TV sound demodulator and decoderbull Triple ADC fro TV and RGBYPbPrbull Integrated DVIHDCPHDMI compliant receiverbull High quality scaling enginebull 3-D video de-interlacer and video noise reductionbull Embedded On Screen Display controllerbull NTSCPALSecam Video decoder with automatic standard

detectionbull CVBS video outputbull Multi standard TV sound decoderbull FM stereo and SAP demodulationbull Digital audio interfacebull Analog RGB Compliant Input Portsbull DVIHDCPHDMI Compliant input portbull Auto tuning function including phasing positioning offset

gain and jitter detectionbull Automatic color correction

The MST9U19A is a high performance and fully integrated IC for multi-function LCD monitorTV with resolutions up to WSXGA (1680 times 1050) It is configured with an integrated triple-ADCPLL an integrated DVIHDCPHDMI receiver a multi standard TV video and audio decoder a video de-interlacer a scaling engine the MStarACE-3 color engine an On Screen Display controller an 8-bit MCU and a built-in output panel interface It also incorporates an intelligent power management control system for green-mode requirements and spread-spectrum support for EMI management

For a block diagram refer to chapter 6 ldquoBlock diagrams Test Point Overviews and Waveformsrdquo

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data Sheets EN 51TCS10L LA 9

92 Abbreviation List

1080i 1080 visible lines interlaced1080p 1080 visible lines progressive scan2CS 2 Carrier Sound2DNR Spatial (2D) Noise Reduction3DNR Temporal (3D) Noise Reduction480i 480 visible lines interlaced480p 480 visible lines progressive scanAARA Automatic Aspect Ratio Adaptation

algorithm that adapts aspect ratio to remove horizontal black bars keeping up the original aspect ratio

ACI Automatic Channel Installation algorithm that installs TV channels directly from a cable network by means of a predefined TXT page

ADC Analogue to Digital ConverterAFC Automatic Frequency Control control

signal used to tune to the correct frequency

AGC Automatic Gain Control algorithm that controls the video input of the feature box

AM Amplitude ModulationAUO Acer Unipack OptronicsAP Asia PacificAR Aspect Ratio 4 by 3 or 16 by 9ASD Automatic Standard DetectionAV Audio VideoB-SC1-IN Blue SCART1 inB-SC2-IN Blue SCART2 inB-TXT Blue teletextBG Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 55 MHzBTSC Broadcast Television System

CommitteeC-FRONT Chrominance front inputCBA Circuit Board Assembly (or PWB)CL Constant Level audio output to

connect with an external amplifierCLUT Color Look Up TableComPair Computer aided rePairCSM Customer Service ModeCVBS Composite Video Blanking and

SynchronizationCVBS-EXT CVBS signal from external source

(VCR VCD etc)CVBS-INT CVBS signal from TunerCVBS-MON CVBS monitor signalCVBS-TER-OUT CVBS terrestrial outDAC Digital to Analogue ConverterDBE Dynamic Bass Enhancement extra

low frequency amplificationDFU Directions For Use owners manualDNR Dynamic Noise ReductionDRAM Dynamic RAMDSP Digital Signal ProcessingDST Dealer Service Tool special

(European) remote control designed for service technicians

DTS Digital Theatre SoundDVD Digital Versatile DiscDVI Digital Visual InterfaceDW Double WindowED Enhanced Definition 480p 576pEEPROM Electrically Erasable and

Programmable Read Only MemoryEU EUropeEXT EXTernal (source) entering the set by

SCART or by cinches (jacks)FBL Fast Blanking DC signal

accompanying RGB signalsFBL-SC1-IN Fast blanking signal for SCART1 in

FBL-SC2-IN Fast blanking signal for SCART2 inFBL-TXT Fast Blanking TeletextFLASH FLASH memoryFM Field Memory Frequency ModulationFMR FM RadioFRC Frame Rate ConverterFRONT-C Front input chrominance (SVHS)FRONT-DETECT Front input detectionFRONT-Y_CVBS Front input luminance or CVBS

(SVHS)FTV Flat TeleVisionG-SC1-IN Green SCART1 inG-SC2-IN Green SCART2 inG-TXT Green teletextH H_sync to the module HD High Definition 720p 1080i 1080pHDMI High Definition Multimedia Interface

digital audio and video interfaceHP Head PhoneI Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 60 MHzI2C Integrated IC busI2S Integrated IC Sound busIC Integrated CircuitIF Intermediate FrequencyInterlaced Scan mode where two fields are used

to form one frame Each field contains half the number of the total amount of lines The fields are written in ldquopairsrdquo causing line flicker

IR Infra RedIRQ Interrupt ReQuestLast Status The settings last chosen by the

customer and read and stored in RAM or in the NVM They are called at start-up of the set to configure it according the customers wishes

LATAM LATin AMericaLC04 Philips chassis name for LCD TV 2004

projectLCD Liquid Crystal DisplayLED Light Emitting DiodeLL Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 65 MHz L is Band I L is all bands except for Band I

LPL LG Philips LCDLS Loud SpeakerLVDS Low Voltage Differential Signalling

data transmission system for high speed and low EMI communication

MN Monochrome TV system Sound carrier distance is 45 MHz

MOSFET Metal Oxide Semiconductor Field Effect Transistor

MPEG Motion Pictures Experts GroupMSP Multi-standard Sound Processor ITT

sound decoderMUTE MUTE LineNAFTA North American Free Trade

Association Trade agreement between Canada USA and Mexico

NC Not ConnectedNICAM Near Instantaneous Compounded

Audio Multiplexing This is a digital sound system used mainly in Europe

NTSC National Television Standard Committee Color system used mainly in North America and Japan Color carrier NTSC MN = 3579545 MHz NTSC 443 = 4433619 MHz (this is a VCR norm it is not transmitted off-air)

NVM Non Volatile Memory IC containing TV related data (for example options)

OC Open CircuitONOFF LED OnOff control signal for the LED

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data SheetsEN 52 TCS10L LA9

OSD On Screen DisplayPAL Phase Alternating Line Color system

used mainly in Western Europe (color carrier = 4433619 MHz) and South America (color carrier PAL M = 3575612 MHz and PAL N = 3582056 MHz)

PC Personal ComputerPCB Printed Circuit Board (or PWB)PDP Plasma Display PanelPIG Picture In GraphicPIP Picture In PicturePLL Phase Locked Loop Used for

example in FST tuning systems The customer can directly provide the desired frequency

Progressive Scan Scan mode where all scan lines are displayed in one frame at the same time creating a double vertical resolution

PWB Printed Wiring Board (or PCB)RAM Random Access MemoryRC Remote Control transmitterRC5 (6) Remote Control system 5 (6) the

signal from the remote control receiver RGB Red Green and Blue The primary

color signals for TV By mixing levels of R G and B all colors (YC) are reproduced

RGBHV Red Green Blue Horizontal sync and Vertical sync

ROM Read Only MemorySAM Service Alignment ModeSC SandCastle two-level pulse derived

from sync signalsSC1-OUT SCART output of the MSP audio ICSC2-B-IN SCART2 Blue inSC2-C-IN SCART2 chrominance inSC2-OUT SCART output of the MSP audio ICSC Short CircuitSCL Clock signal on I2C busSD Standard Definition 480i 576iSDA Data signal on I2C busSDI Samsung Display IndustrySDM Service Default ModeSDRAM Synchronous DRAMSECAM SEequence Couleur Avec Memoire

Color system used mainly in France and Eastern Europe Color carriers = 4406250 MHz and 4250000 MHz

SIF Sound Intermediate FrequencySMPS Switch Mode Power SupplySND SouNDSNDL-SC1-IN Sound left SCART1 inSNDL-SC1-OUT Sound left SCART1 outSNDL-SC2-IN Sound left SCART2 inSNDL-SC2-OUT Sound left SCART2 outSNDR-SC1-IN Sound right SCART1 inSNDR-SC1-OUT Sound right SCART1 outSNDR-SC2-IN Sound right SCART2 outSNDR-SC2-OUT Sound right SCART2 outSNDS-VL-OUT Surround sound left variable level outSNDS-VR-OUT Surround sound right variable level outSOPS Self Oscillating Power SupplySPDIF Sony Philips Digital InterFaceSRAM Static RAMSTBY Stand-bySVHS Super Video Home SystemSW Sub Woofer SoftWareTHD Total Harmonic DistortionTXT TeleteXTuP MicroprocessorVL Variable Level out processed audio

output toward external amplifierVCR Video Cassette Recorder

VGA Video Graphics ArrayWD Watch DogWYSIWYR What You See Is What You Record

record selection that follows main picture and sound

XTAL Quartz crystalYPbPr Component video (Y= Luminance Pb

Pr= Color difference signals B-Y and R-Y other amplitudes wrt to YUV)

YC Video related signals Y consists of luminance signal blanking level and sync C consists of color signal

Y-OUT Luminance-signalYUV Baseband component video (Y=

Luminance UV= Color difference signals)

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data Sheets EN 53TCS10L LA 9

93 IC Data Sheets

This section shows the internal block diagrams and pin layouts of ICs that are drawn as ldquoblack boxesrdquo in the electrical diagrams (with the exception of ldquomemoryrdquo and ldquologicrdquo ICs)

931 Diagram B MST9U19A

Figure 9-1 Pin configuration

Pin 1

123

45

7

9

11

1314

1718

21

23

25

2728

30

32

34

36

39

41

43

6

8

10

12

1516

1920

22

24

26

29

31

33

35

3738

40

42

4445464748

505152

49

53 54 55 56 57 59 61 63 65 66 69 70 73 75 77 79 80 82 84 86 88 91 93 9558 60 62 64 67 68 71 72 74 76 78 81 83 85 87 89 90 92 94 96 97 98 99 100

102

103

104

101

208

207

206

205

204

202

200

198

196

195

192

191

188

186

184

182

181

179

177

175

173

170

168

166

203

201

199

197

194

193

190

189

187

185

183

180

178

176

174

172

171

169

167

165

164

163

162

161

159

158

157

160

156155154

153152

150

148

146

144143

140139

136

134

132

130129

127

125

123

121

118

116

114

151

149

147

145

142141

138137

135

133

131

128

126

124

122

120119

117

115

113112111110109

107106105

108

MST9U19A

XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX

GN

D

AUR1

AUL2

AUL3

AUL1

AUCO

M

AUR2

AUR3

DIGO[8]

GNDAVDD_MEMPLL

PWM3PWM2DIGO[9]

SIF1

MSI

F1P

AVD

D_S

IF

AUO

UTL

AUO

UTR

AUO

UTS

VDD

CG

PIO

F[2]

GPI

OF[

3]G

PIO

F[4]

GPI

OF[

5]G

PIO

F[6]

GPI

OF[

7]G

PIO

F[8]

GPI

OF[

9]G

PIO

F[10

]G

PIO

F[11

]VD

DP

GN

DG

PIO

F[12

]

GPI

OF[

14]

GPI

OF[

15]

GPI

OF[

16]

GPI

OF[

17]

GPI

OF[

18]

GN

D

GPI

OF[

19]

VDD

C

VDD

PG

ND

VDD

PVD

DP

GPI

OF[

13]

GN

D

DIGO[7]

DIGO[5]

DIGO[3]

DIGO[1]

VDDC

VDDPPWM_SENSE

DIGO[6]

DIGO[4]

DIGO[2]

DIGO[0]

GND

PWM_DRVPWM_FBIRININT

PWM1PWM0

GNDVDDPALERDZWRZ

VDDC

GNDVDDP

VDD

PLV

A0M

LVA0

PLV

A1M

LVA1

PLV

A2M

LVA2

PLV

ACKM

LVAC

KPLV

A3M

LVA4

PVD

DP

VDD

CAV

DD

_MPL

L

LVA3

PLV

A4M

GPI

OE[

0]

IHSY

NC

ICLK

DI[

1]D

I[0]

IVYS

NC

GPI

OE[

1]G

PIO

E[2]

GPI

OE[

3]G

ND

VDD

P

AVD

D_M

PLL

XIN

XOU

TH

WR

ESET

GN

D

DI[

7]D

I[6]

DI[

5]D

I[4]

DI[

2]D

I[3]

VDD

C

AUO

UTL

3AU

OU

TR3

RXCKPGND

RX0NRX0P

AVDD_DVIRX1NRX1P

RX2P

REXT

DDCD_CK

VSYNC1

VCLAMP

REFM

BIN1M

GNDRX2N

AVDD_DVI

DDCD_DA

HSYNC1

RMID

REFP

BIN1P

SOGIN1GIN1PGIN1MRIN1PRIN1MBIN0MBIN0PGIN0MGIN0P

SOGIN0RIN0MRIN0P

HSYNC0VSYNC0

RXCKN

AVDD_ADCGND

C1Y1C0Y0

CVBS2CVBS1

VCOM1CVBS0

VCOM0CVBSOUT

GND

VCOM2CVBS3

GN

D

AVD

D_A

UAU

L0AU

R0

AUVR

EFAU

VRAD

PAU

VRAD

N

AUO

UTL

2AU

OU

TR2

AD[7]AD[6]AD[5]AD[4]AD[3]AD[2]AD[1]AD[0]

SDOCSZSDISCK

SAR3

SAR1SAR2

SAR0

DDCA_CK

DDCR_CKDDCA_DA

DDCR_DA

LVB0

MLV

B0P

LVB1

MLV

B1P

LVB2

MLV

B2P

LVBC

KMLV

BCKP

LVB3

M

LVB4

P

LVB3

PLV

B4M

I_18130_008eps200608

Pin Configuration

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data SheetsEN 54 TCS10L LA9

932 Diagram B TDA1308

Figure 9-2 Block diagram and pin configuration

Block diagram

Pinning information

2

1

3

4

8

7

65

INA(neg)

TDA1308(A)OUTA

VSS

VDD

INA(pos)

INB(neg)

INB(pos)

OUTB

TDA1308(A)

VATUO DD

BTUO)gen(ANI

)gen(BNI)sop(ANI

VSS INB(pos)

1

2

3

4

6

5

8

7

I_18130_007eps190608

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data Sheets EN 55TCS10L LA 9

933 Diagram B NCP1377B

Figure 9-3 Block diagram and pin configuration

Block diagram

Pinning information

I_18130_009eps190608

HV

VCC

GND

Demag

4 mA

To InternalSupply

+

+

125 V75 V56 V (Fault)

FaultMngt

PON

5 V+

OVP

+

144

45 usDelay

15 us for B Version

Demag

8 usBlanking

S

SR R

Q

Q

+

3 us forB Version

+minus

Overload

5 usTimeout

TimeReset

Demag

380 nsLEB

1 V3

200 Awhen DRV

is OFF

FB

42 V

Driver src = 20 sink = 10

DrvVCC

CS

+50 mV 10 V Rint

1Dmg 8 HV

7 NC2FB

3CS

4GND

6 VCC

5 Drv

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data SheetsEN 56 TCS10L LA9

934 Diagram B TDA7266

Figure 9-4 Block diagram and pin configuration

1

2

4

Vref

7YB-TS

IN1

022microF

VCC

133

+

-

-

+

OUT1+

OUT1-

15

14

12

6ETUM

IN2

022microF

+

-

-

+

OUT2+

OUT2-

8

9S-GND

PW-GND

470microF 100nF

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

9

10

11

8

NC

NC

S-GND

PW-GND

OUT2+

OUT2-

VCC

IN2

ST-BY

MUTE

NC

IN1

VCCOUT1-

OUT1+

13

14

15

12

I_17950_054eps090508

Block Diagram

Pin Configuration

Spare Parts List amp CTN Overview EN 57TCS10L LA 10

10 Spare Parts List amp CTN OverviewFor the latest spare part overview please consult the Philips Service website

Table 10-1 Sets described in this manual

11 Revision ListManual xxxx xxx xxxx0bull First release

CTN Styling

19PFL340355 MG8

19PFL340377 MG8

19PFL340378 MG8

19PFL340385 MG8

26PFL340385 MG8

  • Content
  • 1 Technical Specifications Connections and Chassis Overview
    • 11 Technical Specifications
      • 111 Vision
      • 112 Sound
      • 113 Miscellaneous
        • 12 Connection Overview
          • Figure 1-1 Rear and side IO connections
          • 121 Rear Connections
            • 1 - HDMI Digital Video Digital Audio - In
              • Figure 1-2 HDMI (type A) connector
                • 2 - VGA AUDIO Mini Jack VGA Audio - In
                • 3 - VGA PC Video RGB - In and Service UART
                  • Figure 1-3 VGA Connector
                    • 4 - Cinch Video YPbPr - In
                    • 5 - AV1 Cinch Video CVBS - In Audio - In
                    • 6 - Aerial - In
                    • 7 - Service Connector (ComPair)
                      • 122 Side connections
                        • 8 - Cinch Video CVBS - In Audio - In
                        • 9 - S-Video (Hosiden) Video YC - In
                        • 10 - Mini Jack Audio Head phone - Out
                            • 13 Chassis Overview
                              • Figure 1-4 PWBCBA locations
                                  • 2 Safety Instructions Warnings and Notes
                                    • 21 Safety Instructions
                                    • 22 Warnings
                                    • 23 Notes
                                      • 231 General
                                      • 232 Schematic Notes
                                      • 233 BGA (Ball Grid Array) ICs
                                        • Introduction
                                        • BGA Temperature Profiles
                                          • 234 Lead-free Soldering
                                          • 235 Alternative BOM identification
                                            • Figure 2-1 Serial number (example)
                                              • 236 Board Level Repair (BLR) or Component Level Repair (CLR)
                                              • 237 Practical Service Precautions
                                                  • 3 Directions for Use
                                                  • 4 Mechanical Instructions
                                                    • 41 Cable Dressing
                                                      • Figure 4-1 Cable dressing (19 model)
                                                      • Figure 4-2 Cable dressing (26 model)
                                                        • 42 Service Positions
                                                          • 421 Foam Bars
                                                            • Figure 4-3 Foam bars
                                                                • 43 AssyPanel Removal
                                                                  • 431 Stand
                                                                    • Figure 4-4 Stand
                                                                      • 432 Rear Cover
                                                                        • Figure 4-5 LVDS release
                                                                        • Figure 4-6 Speaker and IRLED panel cable release
                                                                          • 433 Keyboard Control Board
                                                                            • Figure 4-7 Keyboard control board
                                                                              • 434 IRLED Board and Speakers
                                                                                • Figure 4-8 IRLED Board and Speakers
                                                                                  • 435 Power Supply Board
                                                                                    • Figure 4-9 Power Supply Unit(s)
                                                                                      • 436 Inverter Board (19 and 22 versions)
                                                                                        • Figure 4-10 Inverter Board
                                                                                          • 437 Small Signal Board (SSB)
                                                                                            • Removing the SSB
                                                                                              • Figure 4-11 SSB connector plate
                                                                                              • Figure 4-12 SSB
                                                                                                • 44 Set Re-assembly
                                                                                                  • 5 Service Modes Error Codes and Fault Finding
                                                                                                    • 51 Test Points
                                                                                                    • 52 Service Mode
                                                                                                      • 521 Service Alignment Mode (SAM)
                                                                                                        • How to Enter
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-1 SAM menu
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-2 SAM menu White Balance Normal
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-3 SAM menu White Balance Cool
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-4 SAM menu White Balance Warm
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-5 SAM menu Volume Curve
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-6 SAM menu Picture Curve
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-7 SAM menu Picture Mode Natural
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-8 SAM menu Picture Mode Personal
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-9 SAM menu Picture Mode Rich
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-10 SAM menu Picture Mode Soft
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-11 SAM menu Producting
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-12 SAM menu Country
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-13 SAM menu Setup
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-14 SAM menu Shop Init Do
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-15 SAM menu Clear Code gt
                                                                                                            • How to Exit
                                                                                                            • Factory Mode Descriptions
                                                                                                              • ltTABLEgt
                                                                                                              • Virgin Settings
                                                                                                                • Table 5-1 Country setting
                                                                                                                • Table 5-2 Virgin settings
                                                                                                                  • 522 Customer Service Mode (CSM)
                                                                                                                    • Purpose
                                                                                                                    • How to Activate CSM
                                                                                                                    • Contents of CSM
                                                                                                                      • Figure 5-16 CSM Menu
                                                                                                                        • Menu Explanation
                                                                                                                        • How to Exit
                                                                                                                          • 523 Blinking LED Procedure
                                                                                                                            • 53 Error Codes
                                                                                                                              • ltTABLEgt
                                                                                                                                • 54 Fault Finding
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-17 No Picture No sound no Back light (19 sets)
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-18 Picture OK No sound (19 sets)
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-19 No Picture Back light amp Sound OK (19 and 26 sets)
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-20 No color (19 and 26 sets)
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-21 No Picture No sound no Back light (26 sets)
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-22 Picture OK No sound (26 sets)
                                                                                                                                    • 55 Service Tools
                                                                                                                                      • 551 ComPair
                                                                                                                                        • Introduction
                                                                                                                                        • Specifications
                                                                                                                                        • How to Connect
                                                                                                                                        • How to Order
                                                                                                                                          • Figure 5-23 ComPair II interface connection
                                                                                                                                            • 56 Software Upgrading
                                                                                                                                              • 561 Introduction
                                                                                                                                                  • 6 Block Diagrams Test Point Overview and Waveforms
                                                                                                                                                    • Wiring Diagram of Connector for MS19-PH 19
                                                                                                                                                    • Wiring Diagram of Connector for MS19-PH 26
                                                                                                                                                    • Block Diagram MS19P Chipset
                                                                                                                                                    • I2C overview
                                                                                                                                                      • 7 Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts
                                                                                                                                                        • Main Power Supply (19)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Main Power Supply (19) (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Main Power Supply (19) (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Main Power Supply (26)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Main Power Supply (26) (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Main Power Supply (26) (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Standby Power Supply (26)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Standby Power Supply (26) (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Standby Power Supply (26) (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB Control
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB DC - DC
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB MST9E19A Controller
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB HDMI Interface
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB VGA Interface
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB Cinch
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB Tuner
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB Audio Amplifier
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB LVDS Interface
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Small Signal Board (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Small Signal Board (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Keyboard Control Panel
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Keyboard Control Panel (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Keyboard Control Panel (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Inverter Panel
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Inverter Panel (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Inverter Panel (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • IR LED Panel
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout IR LED Panel (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout IR LED Panel (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                          • 8 Alignments
                                                                                                                                                            • 81 Electrical Alignments
                                                                                                                                                            • 82 Hardware Alignments
                                                                                                                                                              • 821 Aging
                                                                                                                                                              • 822 ADC Adjustment
                                                                                                                                                              • 823 White Balance Adjustment
                                                                                                                                                                • Table 8-1 Color Temperature Setting 19
                                                                                                                                                                • Table 8-2 Color Temperature Setting 26
                                                                                                                                                                  • 9 Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data Sheets
                                                                                                                                                                    • 91 Introduction
                                                                                                                                                                    • 92 Abbreviation List
                                                                                                                                                                    • 93 IC Data Sheets
                                                                                                                                                                      • 931 Diagram B MST9U19A
                                                                                                                                                                        • Figure 9-1 Pin configuration
                                                                                                                                                                          • 932 Diagram B TDA1308
                                                                                                                                                                            • Figure 9-2 Block diagram and pin configuration
                                                                                                                                                                              • 933 Diagram B NCP1377B
                                                                                                                                                                                • Figure 9-3 Block diagram and pin configuration
                                                                                                                                                                                  • 934 Diagram B TDA7266
                                                                                                                                                                                    • Figure 9-4 Block diagram and pin configuration
                                                                                                                                                                                      • 10 Spare Parts List amp CTN Overview
                                                                                                                                                                                        • Table 10-1 Sets described in this manual
                                                                                                                                                                                          • 11 Revision List
Page 6: Philips 19PFL3403-55 TCS1[1].0L_LA

Directions for UseEN 6 TCS10L LA3

235 Alternative BOM identification

The third digit in the serial number (example AG2B0335000001) indicates the number of the alternative BOM (Bill Of Materials) that has been used for producing the specific TV set In general it is possible that the same TV model on the market is produced with eg two different types of displays coming from two different suppliers This will then result in sets which have the same CTN (Commercial Type Number eg 28PW951512) but which have a different BOM numberBy looking at the third digit of the serial number one can identify which BOM is used for the TV set he is working withIf the third digit of the serial number contains the number ldquo1rdquo (example AG1B033500001) then the TV set has been manufactured according to BOM number 1 If the third digit is a ldquo2rdquo (example AG2B0335000001) then the set has been produced according to BOM no 2 This is important for ordering the correct spare partsFor the third digit the numbers 19 and the characters AZ can be used so in total 9 plus 26= 35 different BOMs can be indicated by the third digit of the serial number

Identification The bottom line of a type plate gives a 14-digit serial number Digits 1 and 2 refer to the production centre (eg AG is Bruges) digit 3 refers to the BOM code digit 4 refers to the Service version change code digits 5 and 6 refer to the production year and digits 7 and 8 refer to production week (in example below it is 2006 week 17) The 6 last digits contain the serial number

Figure 2-1 Serial number (example)

236 Board Level Repair (BLR) or Component Level Repair (CLR)

If a board is defective consult your repair procedure to decide if the board has to be exchanged or if it should be repaired on component levelIf your repair procedure says the board should be exchanged completely do not solder on the defective board Otherwise it cannot be returned to the OEM supplier for back charging

237 Practical Service Precautions

bull It makes sense to avoid exposure to electrical shock While some sources are expected to have a possible dangerous impact others of quite high potential are of limited current and are sometimes held in less regard

bull Always respect voltages While some may not be dangerous in themselves they can cause unexpected reactions that are best avoided Before reaching into a powered TV set it is best to test the high voltage insulation It is easy to do and is a good service precaution

3 Directions for Use

You can download this information from the following websiteshttpwwwphilipscomsupporthttpwwwp4cphilipscom

E_06532_024eps260308

MODEL

PRODNO

~

S

32PF996810 MADE IN BELGIUM

220-240V 5060Hz

128W

AG 1A0617 000001 VHF+S+H+UHF

BJ30E LA

Mechanical Instructions EN 7TCS10L LA 4

4 Mechanical Instructions

Index of this chapter41 Cable Dressing42 Service Positions43 AssyPanel Removal44 Set Re-assembly

Notes bull Figures below can deviate slightly from the actual situation

due to the different set executionsbull Follow the disassemble instructions in described order

They apply mostly to the 26 model unless otherwise specified but the described method is comparable for the other screen sizes

41 Cable Dressing

Figure 4-1 Cable dressing (19 model)

I_17950_003eps080508

Mechanical InstructionsEN 8 TCS10L LA4

Figure 4-2 Cable dressing (26 model)

I_17950_004eps080508

Mechanical Instructions EN 9TCS10L LA 4

42 Service Positions

For easy servicing of this set there are a few possibilities createdbull The buffers from the packagingbull Foam bars (created for Service)

421 Foam Bars

Figure 4-3 Foam bars

The foam bars (order code 3122 785 90580 for two pieces) can be used for all types and sizes of Flat TVs See figure ldquoFoam barsrdquo for details Sets with a display of 42rdquo and larger require four foam bars [1] Ensure that the foam bars are always supporting the cabinet and never only the displayCaution Failure to follow these guidelines can seriously damage the displayBy laying the TV face down on the (ESD protective) foam bars a stable situation is created to perform measurements and alignments By placing a mirror under the TV you can monitor the screen

43 AssyPanel Removal

431 Stand

1 Refer to next figure2 Place the TV set upside down on a table top using the

foam bars (see section ldquoService Positionrdquo)3 Remove the screws that secure the stand and remove the

stand

Figure 4-4 Stand

432 Rear Cover

Warning Disconnect the mains power cord before you remove the rear cover1 Refer to next figures2 Place the TV set upside down on a table top using the

foam bars (see section ldquoService Positionsrdquo)3 Remove the screws that secure the rear cover The screws

are located at the sides Be careful Now the rear cover could be lifted but the SSB and power supply panel(s) are mounted in the rear cover and still connected to the LCD panel and other boards Those cables should be released first

4 To release the LVDS cable lift the back cover a few centimetres and move it downwards the set Now unplug the LVDS connector [2]Caution be careful as this is a very fragile connector

5 Remove the screw [3]6 Now the rear cover can be lifted to gain access to the

speaker cables and the IRLED panel cable Release the connectors [4]

Figure 4-5 LVDS release

E_06532_018eps171106

1

Required for sets42

1

I_17950_005eps080508

1

1

1

1

I_17930_041eps240408

2

3

Mechanical InstructionsEN 10 TCS10L LA4

Figure 4-6 Speaker and IRLED panel cable release

433 Keyboard Control Board

1 Refer to next figure2 Unscrew two screws[1]3 Unplug connector [2] and remove the boardWhen defective replace the whole unit

Figure 4-7 Keyboard control board

434 IRLED Board and Speakers

1 Refer to next figure2 Remove the screws [1] and remove the IRLED board3 Remove the screws [2] and remove the speakersWhen defective replace the whole unit

Figure 4-8 IRLED Board and Speakers

I_17930_042eps240408

4

4

4

I_17930_063eps240408

2

1

1

I_17930_043eps240408

1 1

22 22

Mechanical Instructions EN 11TCS10L LA 4

435 Power Supply Board

Due to different set executions this chassis is supplied with one or two power supply boards and figures may differCaution it is absolutely mandatory to remount all different screws and cables at their original position during re-assembly Failure to do so may result in damaging the power supply1 Refer to next figure2 Unplug all the connectors [1]3 Remove the fixation screws [2]4 Remove the main power supply board5 Unplug all the connectors [3]6 Remove the fixation screws [4]7 Remove the stand-by power supply board

Figure 4-9 Power Supply Unit(s)

436 Inverter Board (19 and 22 versions)

Due to different set executions this chassis some versions are supplied with an inverter board Figures may differ1 Refer to next figure2 Unplug all connectors [1]3 Release the clips [2]4 Take out the inverter board

Figure 4-10 Inverter Board

437 Small Signal Board (SSB)

Caution it is absolutely mandatory to remount all different screws at their original position during re-assembly Failure to do so may result in damaging the SSB

Removing the SSB 1 See next figures2 Remove the screws [2] from the SSB3 On the outside of the set lift the rear cover near the tuner

connector approximately 3 mm in the indicated direction and keep it lifted while

4 On the inside of the set slide the metal plate in the indicated direction

5 Gently lift the board from the rear cover6 Now unplug the LVDS connector [3]

Caution be careful as this is a very fragile connector Unplug the rest of the cables [4]

Figure 4-11 SSB connector plate

I_17950_006eps080508

4

4

2 2 4

4

2 2

1

1

3

I_17930_065eps240408

1

1

1

2 2

2

I_18130_002eps170608

Mechanical InstructionsEN 12 TCS10L LA4

Figure 4-12 SSB

44 Set Re-assembly

To re-assemble the whole set execute all processes in reverse order

Notesbull While re-assembling make sure that all cables are placed

and connected in their original position See figure ldquoCable dressingrdquo

bull Pay special attention not to damage the EMC foams at the SB shields Make sure that EMC foams are put correctly on their places

I_17950_008eps080508

22

44

3

22

Service Modes Error Codes and Fault Finding EN 13TCS10L LA 5

5 Service Modes Error Codes and Fault Finding

Index of this chapter51 Test Points52 Service Mode53 Error Codes54 Fault Finding55 Service Tools56 Software Upgrading

51 Test Points

This chassis is NOT equipped with test points in the service printing No test points are mentioned in the service manual

52 Service Mode

521 Service Alignment Mode (SAM)

How to EnterTo enter SAM use the following methodbull Press on the remote control the code ldquo062596rdquo directly

followed by the ldquoINFOrdquo key

After entering SAM the following screen is visible the values can be adjusted according to the requested (see Chapter 8)

Figure 5-1 SAM menu

Figure 5-2 SAM menu White Balance Normal

Figure 5-3 SAM menu White Balance Cool

Figure 5-4 SAM menu White Balance Warm

Figure 5-5 SAM menu Volume Curve

Figure 5-6 SAM menu Picture Curve

I_18130_041eps190608

I_18130_044eps190608

I_18130_043eps190608

I_18130_045eps190608

I_18130_044eps190608

I_18130_048eps190608

Service Modes Error Codes and Fault FindingEN 14 TCS10L LA5

Figure 5-7 SAM menu Picture Mode Natural

Figure 5-8 SAM menu Picture Mode Personal

Figure 5-9 SAM menu Picture Mode Rich

Figure 5-10 SAM menu Picture Mode Soft

Figure 5-11 SAM menu Producting

Figure 5-12 SAM menu Country

I_18130_049eps190608

I_18130_050eps190608

I_18130_051eps190608

I_18130_052eps190608

I_18130_053eps190608

I_18130_054eps190608

Service Modes Error Codes and Fault Finding EN 15TCS10L LA 5

Figure 5-13 SAM menu Setup

Figure 5-14 SAM menu Shop Init Do

Figure 5-15 SAM menu Clear Code gt

How to ExitPress ldquoMENUrdquo on the RC-transmitter

Factory Mode Descriptions

I_18130_055eps190608

I_18130_058eps190608

Item Sub-Item Description

SOURCE Shift among sourcing via pressing Left amp Right key

ADC ADJ Only available in HDTV or PC mode

WB White Balance Calibration setting

SOURCE Shift among sources

COLOR TEMP Normal Warm Cool

WHITE R R Gain adjust manually or automatically

WHITE G G Gain adjust manually or automatically

WHITE B B Gain adjust manually or automatically

BLACK R R Shift adjust manually or automatically

BLACK G G Shift adjust manually or automatically

BLACK B B Shift adjust manually or automatically

VOL CURVE Volume Curve adjustmentX0 X10 X30 X50 X70 X90 X100 on for the usermenu volume value of the 0 10 30 50 70 90 100Only to adjust during production

PICTURE CURVE Analog Picture Curve adjustment X0 X30 X50 X80 X100 on for the usermenu picture value of the 0 30 50 80 100Only to adjust during production

CON Contrast Curve

BRI Brightness Curve

SAT Saturation Curve

SHARP Sharpness Curve

LIGHT Back light Curve

PICTURE MODE Picture modes analog value can be adjusted in this pageincluding SOFT NATURAL BRIGHTE and PERSONAL

I_18130_059eps190608

Service Modes Error Codes and Fault FindingEN 16 TCS10L LA5

Virgin SettingsFirst the country should be set according to the following table

Table 5-1 Country setting

Secondly select ldquoSHOP INITrdquo from the SAM menu Wait until finished and then turn ldquoOffrdquo the set Now the set is put back to virgin settings according to the following table

Table 5-2 Virgin settings

522 Customer Service Mode (CSM)

PurposeWhen a customer is having problems with his TV-set he can call his dealer or the Customer Help desk The service technician can then ask the customer to activate the CSM in order to identify the status of the set Now the service technician can judge the severity of the complaint In many cases he can advise the customer how to solve the problem or he can decide if it is necessary to visit the customer The CSM is a read only mode therefore modifications in this mode are not possible

How to Activate CSMKey in the code ldquo123654rdquo via the standard RC transmitter

Contents of CSM

Figure 5-16 CSM Menu

Menu Explanation1 MODEL Type number and region code2 PROD SN Production code will have 14 characters + 2

reserved (total 16 characters)3 SW ID Software cluster and version is displayed (TC =

TCL 1 = Chassis Number 26 = Screen size L = Latam 090 = software version)

4 CODES Error buffer contents5 SIGNAL PRESENT Presence of RF signal6 SYSTEM Color system7 SOUND Sound system (MonoStereoSAP)8 HDCP KEYS Shows Valid or invalid HDCP key when

HDMI connected Else blank9 HDMI INPUT FORMAT Shows the HDMI input format10 HDMI AUDIO INPUT HDMI audio input HDMI audio stream

detection YES = Audio stream detected NO = No Audio (for example when DVI format is used)

How to ExitPress ldquoMENUrdquo on the RC-transmitter

523 Blinking LED Procedure

The software is capable of identifying different kinds of errors Because it is possible that more than one error can occur over time an error buffer is available which is capable of storing the last five errors that occurred This is useful if the OSD is not working properly

Errors can also be displayed by the blinking LED procedure The method is to repeatedly let the front LED pulse with as many pulses as the error code number followed by a period of 15 seconds in which the LED is ldquooffrdquo Then this sequence is repeated

PRODUCTING FACTURY HOT KEY

Short-cut key to enter factory mode setting GO BACK is the short-cut key if it is ldquoONrdquo Do remember to turn this ldquoOFFrdquo when the set is returned to the customer

WARM UP STATUS

Aging Mode setting ldquoONrdquo means snow picture showing instead of blue background if there is no signal input Do remember to turn this ldquoOFFrdquo when the set is returned to the customer

EEPROM INIT EEPROM initialization1 When the first time to turn on the set please enter this menu and initialize it2 Press LeftRight key and waiting for about 5 seconds until ldquoOKrdquo displayed which means the set finishes the initialization3 Switch off AC power4 Power on the set again the EEPROM will be initialized

LOGO Always leave this setting to the value ldquoOFFrdquo

RF AGC RF Automatic Gain Control default at 16

COUNTRY Select the correct country before doing a SHOP INIT because it puts the set in virgin mode

SET UP POWER MODE LAST

This selects the last power on sequence used

POWER MODE STB

This will put the set in Stand-by whenever the power key is used to turn it on The user now has to turn the set on with the remote control

POWER MODE ON

This will turn on the set whenever the power key is used to turn it on

SHOP INIT DO By selecting this the outgoing factory initialization is selected Always perform this at the end of a repair

CLEAR CODE gt Clears the Error codes

CODES Shows the last 5 error codes

PANEL TYPE Shows the panel type (display only)

SW VER Shows the software version

V8- Shows the BOM number

COMPILE TIME Shows the time the software was compiled

CTN suffix Country

55 Other

77 Argentina

78 Brazil

85 Mexico

Setting 55 77 78 85

PQ Smart Mode Rich Rich Rich Rich

AQ Smart Mode Movie Movie Movie Movie

Sleep Off Off Off Off

Time 0000 0000 0000 0000

Start time ---- ---- ---- ----

Stop time ---- ---- ---- ----

Channel 2 2 2 2

Child lock Off Off Off Off

Parental lock Off Off Off Off

Closed caption Off Off Off Off

RF Channel 2 9 4 2

Volume 30 30 30 30

Item Sub-Item Description

Screen ratio 16 9 16 9 16 9 16 9

OSD language Spanish Spanish Portuguese Spanish

Setting 55 77 78 85

I_18130_060eps190608

Service Modes Error Codes and Fault Finding EN 17TCS10L LA 5

Any RC command terminates the sequence Error code LED blinking is in white colorExample the contents of the error buffer is ldquo013 007 000 000 000rdquoAfter entering SDM the following occursbull 1 long blink of 5 seconds to start the sequencebull 1 medium blink of 3 seconds and then 3 short blinks

followed by a pause of 15 secondsbull 7 short blinks followed by a pause of 15 secondsbull 1 long blink of 15 seconds to finish the sequenceThe sequence starts again with 12 short blinks

53 Error Codes

The error code buffer contains all errors detected since the last time the buffer was erased The buffer is written from left to right When an error occurs that is not yet in the error code buffer it is displayed at the left side and all other errors shift one position to the right

Basically there are six kind of errors

54 Fault Finding

Figure 5-17 No Picture No sound no Back light (19 sets)

Code Description Detection method Type

0 no error - -

1 reserved - -

2 5V failure protection

Power down Protection + blinking

3 μP Control I2C-bus Error log + blinking

4 General I2C bus Error

I2C-bus Protection + blinking

5 reserved - -

6 System EEPROM

I2C-bus Protection + blinking

7 Tuner I2C-bus Error log + blinking

8 HDCP EEPROM

I2C-bus Error log + blinking

No Picture no sound no Back light

Fuse F3(3A) OK

Check circuit of +33V+18V(U5U

6U7) OK Replace the bad

components

For P22 Pin 1~4 is +12V_PWamp Pin7~9

of is +5VSTBOK

Replace F3

Check Q17(Pin5- 8)+12V OK

NO

NO

NO

YES

YES

YES

Check DC-DC circuit(U1U2)

NOCheck Q26 circuit amp Replace the bad

componentsYES

Check PSU

I_18130_066eps180608

Service Modes Error Codes and Fault FindingEN 18 TCS10L LA5

Figure 5-18 Picture OK No sound (19 sets)

Figure 5-19 No Picture Back light amp Sound OK (19 and 26 sets)

Picture OK No sound

Check the voltage ofPin 313 of U19is it 12v Check Q17

Check the wave of pin7475 of U8is it

OK

CheckR amp L speaker

Check wave ofAudio input Pin

U8 pin61~69 OK

CheckQ22

No

Check B of Q22 is Low OK

Yes

No

Check Mute Pin6 of U19is it 12V

Yes

Yes

ReplaceU8

Yes

NO

Yes

Check the AMP- MUTE circuit

No

No

YesCheck SIF circuit Pin 7(SIFOUT) of

Tuner TU1

TV source Checkthe AV input

circuit

No

I_18130_068eps180608

No Picture Back light amp Sound OK

Check the output voltage

of U3 12V is it OK

Check LVDS signal waveform

of P10 is OK

Check the Circuit of12V_PANELamp

PANEL_ONOFF

Yes

No

Yes

Is RP2-RP7 ok

No

check the LVDS cable

Replace U8Yes

I_18130_004eps180608

Service Modes Error Codes and Fault Finding EN 19TCS10L LA 5

Figure 5-20 No color (19 and 26 sets)

Figure 5-21 No Picture No sound no Back light (26 sets)

No color

Color system is Right amp another

channel color is right

Dose the TV signal too weak

CheckPin 17(TV-

CVBS) Wave of TU1 OK

ReplaceTU1

ResetTo

Local system

CheckTuner Input

cable amp antenna

Yes NO NO

No YES YES

Fine tune Frequency

I_18130_006eps180608

No Picture No sound no Back light

Check circuit of +33V +18V (U5U

6U7) OK Replace the bad components

For P22 Pin 1~4 is +12V_PW amp Pin7~9

of is +5VSTBOK

NO

NO

YES

Check DC-DC circuit (U1U2)

YES

Check PSU

I_18130_003eps180608

Service Modes Error Codes and Fault FindingEN 20 TCS10L LA5

Figure 5-22 Picture OK No sound (26 sets)

55 Service Tools

551 ComPair

IntroductionComPair (Computer Aided Repair) is a Service tool for Philips Consumer Electronics products and offers the following1 ComPair helps you to quickly get an understanding on how

to repair the chassis in a short and effective way2 ComPair allows very detailed diagnostics and is therefore

capable of accurately indicating problem areas You do not have to know anything about I2C or UART commands yourself because ComPair takes care of this

3 ComPair speeds up the repair time since it can automatically communicate with the chassis (when the uP is working) and all repair information is directly available

4 ComPair features TV software upgrade possibilities

SpecificationsComPair consists of a Windows based fault finding program and an interface box between PC and the (defective) product The (new) ComPair II interface box is connected to the PC via an USB cable For the TV chassis the ComPair interface box and the TV communicate via a bi-directional cable via the service connector(s)

How to ConnectThis is described in the ComPair chassis fault finding database

Caution It is compulsory to connect the TV to the PC as shown in Figure ldquoComPair II interface connectionrdquo (with the ComPair interface in between) as the ComPair interface acts as a level shifter If one connects the TV directly to the PC (via UART) ICs will be blown

How to OrderComPair II order codes

bull ComPair II interface 3122 785 91020bull For SW see Philips service websitebull ComPair UART interface cable 3122 785 75051bull Software Upgrade VGA interface cables 3122 785 90004

and 3122 785 09269

Note If you encounter any problems contact your local support desk

Figure 5-23 ComPair II interface connection

56 Software Upgrading

561 Introduction

Software upgrading can be done by ComPair This allows to replacement of the software image

Picture OK No sound

Check the voltage ofPin 313 of U19is it 12v Check PSU

Check the wave of pin7475 of U8is it

OK

CheckR amp L speaker

Check wave ofAudio input Pin

U8 pin61~69 OK

CheckQ22

No

Check B of Q22 is Low OK

Yes

No

Check Mute Pin6 of U19is it 12V

Yes

Yes

ReplaceU8

Yes

NO

Yes

Check the AMP- MUTE circuit

No

No

YesCheck SIF circuit Pin 7(SIFOUT) of

Tuner TU1

TV source Checkthe AV input

circuit

No

I_18130_005eps180608

E_06532_036eps150208

TOUART SERVICECONNECTOR

TOUART SERVICECONNECTOR

TOI2C SERVICECONNECTOR

TO TV

PC

HDMII2C only

Optional power5V DC

ComPair II Developed by Philips Brugge

RC outRC in

OptionalSwitch

Power ModeLinkActivity I2C

ComPair IIMulti

function

RS232 UART

Block Diagrams Test Point Overview and Waveforms 21TCS10L LA 6

6 Block Diagrams Test Point Overview and Waveforms

Wiring Diagram of Connector for MS19-PH 19

40-PWL20C-PWI1XG POWER BOARD

1

NU

SE

LEC

T

GN

D

GN

D

P4

1 2 3 5 6 74

BL

ON

OF

F

DIM

MIN

G

INV

ER

TE

R_P

WR

12V

INV

ER

TE

R_P

WR

12V

P5

40-0MS19P-MAE2XGMAIN BOARD

AG

ND

1 2 3 5 6 74

KE

Y0

KE

Y1

AG

ND

IR-I

N

LED

1-IN

LED

2-IN

NC

1 2 3 5 6 7 84

+5V

ST

B

+5V

ST

B

GN

D

GN

D

GN

D

INVERTER BOARD

CN

1

GN

D

1 2 3 5 64

INV

ER

T-S

W

DIM

MIN

G

GN

D

INV

ER

TE

R_P

WR

12V

INV

ER

TE

R_P

WR

12V

8+

5VS

TB

GN

D

1 2 3 5 64

GN

D

GN

D

NC5V

-PW

5V-P

W

40-PF3403-IRC1XG IR BOARD

40-PF3403-KEC1XG KEY BOARD

GN

D

LED

1

IR

+5V

ST

B

1 2 3 54LE

D2

KE

Y1

GN

D

KE

Y0

1 2 3

P10

01

CN

2001 1S

P 22

P

9 10

+12

V-P

W

+12

V-P

W

+12

V-P

W

+12

V-P

W

7 8 9 10

+12

V+

12V

+12

V

+12

V

I_18130_061eps190608

22TCS10L LA 6Block Diagrams Test Point Overview and Waveforms

Wiring Diagram of Connector for MS19-PH 26

40-1PL37C-PWF1XG

1

P5

40-0MS19P-MAE2XGMAIN BOARD

AG

ND

1 2 3 5 6 74

KE

Y0

KE

Y1

AG

ND

IR-I

N

LED

1-IN

LED

2-IN

NC

1 2 3 5 6 7 84

NC

NC

GN

D

GN

D

GN

D

40-PWL01B-STE1X

8+

5VS

TB

1 2 3 5 64

12V-

PW

40-PF3403-IRC1XG IR BOARD

40-PF3403-KEC1XGKEY BOARD

GN

D

LED

1

IR

+5V

ST

B

1 2 3 54LE

D2

KE

Y1

GN

D

KE

Y0

1 2 3

P10

01

CN

2001

P4

9 10

+12

V-P

W

+12

V-P

W

+12

V-P

W

+12

V-P

W

7

10

5P 1P

1 2 3

1 2 3

+5S

TB

AG

ND

PW

-ON

OF

F

+5S

TB

AG

ND

PW

-ON

OF

F

11

12 13 14

GN

D

NC

BL-

AD

JUS

T

BL-

ON

OF

F

11

12

13

14

15

16

P22

8 91 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

12 13 14 15 16

12V-

PW

GN

D

GN

D12

V-P

W

12V-

PW

GN

D

NC

GN

D

NC

NC

NC

NC

NC

BL-

AD

JUS

T

BL-

ON

OF

F

I_18130_062eps190608

Block Diagrams Test Point Overview and Waveforms 23TCS10L LA 6

Block Diagram MS19P Chipset

Panel

810-bit LVDS

2MB

HDMI

HDTVVGA

YC

AV2AV1

AV-OUTTVSIF

PCHDTV-RL

AV2-RLAV1-RL

IRKEY0KEY1

GPIO PWM

Serial-FlashSPI

Speake

Earphone

r

MS19P Chipset Block Diagram

Audio out

EEPROM24C32 SDA

SCL

AMP

TDA7266

MST9U19A

24C02

24C02

24C04SDASCL

U19

U9

U13

U12

U11HDCP

EDID

EDID

U10

Z1

SDASCLExternal device

I_18130_063eps190608

24TCS10L LA 6Block Diagrams Test Point Overview and Waveforms

I2C overview

I2C Device Block Diagram

MST9U19A-LF

24C32 24C04

System EEPROM

I2C AddressA0

HDCP EEPROM

I2C AddressA4

SDA SCL SDA SCL

Tuner integratedIF PLL Demodulator

SDA1 SCL1I2C AddressA0

I_18130_064eps190608

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 25TCS10L LA 7

7 Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Main Power Supply (19)

I_18130_022eps180608

A AMAIN POWER SUPPLY 19rdquo

26TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout Main Power Supply (19) (Top Side)

Layout Main Power Supply (19) (Bottom Side)

I_18130_023eps180608

I_18130_065eps190608

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 27TCS10L LA 7

Main Power Supply (26)

I_18130_024eps180608

A1 A1MAIN POWER SUPPLY 26rdquo

28TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout Main Power Supply (26) (Top Side)

I_18130_028eps180608

40-PWL01B-STE1XG

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 29TCS10L LA 7

Layout Main Power Supply (26) (Bottom Side)

I_18130_029eps180608

40-PWL01B-STE1XG

30TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Standby Power Supply (26)

I_18130_025eps200608

A2 A2STANDBY POWER SUPPLY 26rdquo

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 31TCS10L LA 7

Layout Standby Power Supply (26) (Top Side)

40-1PL37C-PWF1XGI_18130_026eps

180608

32TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout Standby Power Supply (26) (Bottom Side)

I_18130_027eps180608

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 33TCS10L LA 7

SSB Control

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGNDAGND

AGND

AGNDAGNDAGND AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

T

T

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

D1B

D1A

G2

G1

S2

D2B

D2A

S1

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

PGND

PGND

PGND

PGND

PGND

AGND

AGND

T

T

T

T

AGND

T

T

BOOT

DRIVE

FB GND

LGATE

PHASE

VCC

UGATE

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

PGND

AGND

AGND

AGNDAGND

AGND

D2B

D2A

G1

G2

S1

D1B

D1A

S2

T

AGND

D1B

D1A

D2B

G2 D2A

S2

G1

S1

09V

18V

For Tuner 33v

L--Prot

Normal--HProtect--L

Back Light Control

Far from DC-DC amp Tuner

Option

When not use DC-DC+5VSTB_L provide

ON-----LOFF-----H

OptionFar from tuner and power supply (NC)

8

7

6

4 5

3

2

1U3

SP8J3

R234

10R

NC

E

C

B

BT3904

Q21

B

C

E

Q32BT3904

R16

19N

C2

618

KR

919

1K

26

10K

B

C

E

Q2

BT3904

R177

NC

C23

00

1U

10K

R18

0

NC

R17

9 0

R1784K7

+12V

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

P4ON-PBACK

ADJ-PWM2

R181910K26

191

K2

6

R10

Z54

BL-ADJUST

1 2

4

6

8

12

14

10

3

5

7

9

11

13

P22

+5V

+5VSTB_L

C22

2

01U

R70R (FOR 26ONLY)

7

8

4

2

3

5

6

1

A04803

Q17

+12V

+12V_PW

+12V_PW

C24

10

01U

BL-ADJUST

+5V

ST

B_L

C14

01U

BL-ONOFF

C22

40

1U

+5VSTB

R24

8N

C

+12V_PW

C220220U

25V

F250A

F150A

47K

R18

2

L8200R

R2413K9

C23

6

1U

C24

3

1U

C244

01U

C242

470U

16V

+5V

ST

B

PRORECT_12V

R29

720

K

+33V

+33V

B

E

CQ31

BT3906R298

NC

+12V

R299

4K7

R301

4K7

R30

010

K

R29

6

4K7

D14 8V

2

B

C

E

Q26BT3904

R3

4K7

B

E

CQ13

BT3906

C64

3 1U

C20A1U

C21

A 1U

NCC

21

R18

147

K

C24

00

01U

R22

330K

33V

+5V

+5V

12V_PANEL

21

P20

01UC

231

NC

C8

01U

C3

01U

L49200R

L47200R

21

P19

01UC

20

5V_PANEL

4K7R15

D11

LL4148

D45LL4148

PW_ONOFF

+5VSTB1

2

3

P1

POWER-ONOFFB

C

E

Q30BT3904

R26610K

GPIO_PROTECT

+5VSTB

R24

70R

D10LL4148

+12V

C201U

SELECT

R20

510

0K

R2041K

D47 33

V

R27

92K

2R

242

2K2

+12V

1

2

3 6

5

8

4

7

U1

RT8110

R50R PROTPW_ONOFF

R2NC

Z58

Z56

B

C

E

Q27BT3904

BL-ONOFF

R12100R

PW_CTRL

Z51

R24

0 0

Z52

Z53

Z60

L530R

L330R

01U

C23

401UC

232

C23

3 1U

R234K7

5V_PANEL

C22

60

1U

L50200R

+5V

C235470U

16V

200RL54

C23

70

1U

L9200R

+5V

R4

10K

R6NC

+12V_INVERTER

B

C

E

Q6BT3904

68K

R37

NCR17

0RR14

16V

470UC

17A

C27

01U

2U2C16

01UC

15

R8

NC

R194K7

R132NC

R143100K

R14K

7

B

C

E

Q14BT3904

R2110K

+12V

D1LL4148

R14210K

+5VSTB

B

C

E

Q3BT3904NC

+12V

C1810U

50V

L6100UH

D5LL4148

B

C

E

Q5SC1815

NCR

24

B

C

E

Q1

BT3904

B

C

E

Q4BT3904

PWM3

SHUT_EEP

200RL56

L55200R

R23

91K

2

R23

8N

C

R235

10R

R23

6N

C

L115UH

R23

322

K

C23

91U

R237

220R

7

8

4

2

3

5

6

1

U2PHKD13N03LT

C23801U

D50LL4148

L53200R

+12V_INVERTER

C22

70

1U

C22

80

1U

L52200R

L51200R

C22

90

1U

L48200R

C22

50

1U

12V_PANEL

L1230R

PANEL-ONOFF

Z59

Z50

PW_ONOFF R26

368

0R

R2618K2

R26010K

R26

710

K

R26

810

K

R26

247

K

R25910K

R25

810

0K

D41LL4148

+12V

R2783K9

TUNER_5V

+5V

40V

C18

70

1U

R2000R

R6390R

R60422K

L6061000UR

C60

40

1U

D61

433

VC63

047

00P

C63

2 270P

C633

01U 50V

L613

1000UH

NC

L6041000UH

100KR

630

NC

C63

6

C63

50

01U

C63

40

1U

C631200P

B

C

E

Q612BC846B

R63147K

12

3

D61

30B

AV

99

33V

+5V

C1

01U

5V_PANEL

+12V_PW

+5VSTB

12V_PANEL

C223

220U25V

+5VSTB

01U

C22

1

+12V

PW_ONOFF

VCC_PANEL

B01 B01

I_18130_011eps180608

CONTROL

34TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

SSB DC - DC

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGNDAGND

GN

DA

DJ

OU

T

VIN

4

OU

T

VIN

AD

JG

ND

VO

UT

VIN

AD

JG

ND

VCC18V FOR MST9E19A

pin36

VDDC for MST9E19A Core

+33V for VDD_MPLL

+33AVDD FOR AVDD_SIF

+33AVDD FOR AVDD_AU

pin6 pin12

+33AVDD for AVDD_HDMI

Vcc33for MST9E19A analog

+33AVDD for AVDDA

33V for AVDDPLL2

Vcc33 for MST9E19A Digital

10RR

31

F330A

+33V

L16100R+5VST

R28NC

23

1

U6

AIC

1084

FM120D8

FM120D6

23

1

U7

KD

1084

AD

2T18

+33V

VDDP

FM120D7

+5VSTB_L

1 2 3

4

U5AS1117-33

L18FB

FBL17

+18V

VDDC

L11

100R

L10100R+33V

L24

100R

FBL23

16V

47UC

37

C67

01U

01UC

62

C61

01U

01UC

60

C59

01U

16V

100UC

53

C48100U

16V

NCR30

R29

0RL41

FB

16V

100UC

33

C31100U

16V

C49 0

1U

01U

C52

01U

C36

C34 0

1U

01U

C42

C58 0

1U16V

47UC

57

C51 0

1U

AVDD_SIF

+33VA

AVDD_AU

+33VA

AVDDA

+33VA

AVDD_MEMPLL

+33VA

C56 0

1U

01U

C552U

2C

54

C47 0

1U

C46 2U

2

L21FB

2U2

C41

FBL19

C50 2U

2

L22FB

FBL20

01U

C452U

2C

44

C39 0

1U

C38 2U

2

AVDD_HDMI

01U

C40

+33VA

01U

C32

C30 0

1U

+33VA

+33VA

VDD_MPLL

+18V

C35100U

16V

C63

01U

01UC

64

C65

01U

01UC

66

01UC

68

C69

01U

01UC

70

C71

01U

01UC

72

C73

01U

+5VST

+5VSTB

FM120D9

B02 B02

I_18130_012eps180608

DC - DC

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 35TCS10L LA 7

SSB MST9E19A Controller

AG

ND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AG

ND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

SDA

SCL

WC

VCC

VSS

E2NC

E1NC

E0NC AGND

VCC

HOLD

SCK

GND SI

WP

SO

CE

SDA

SCL

WC

VCC

VSS

E2NC

E1NC

E0NC

AD

0A

D1

AD

2A

D3

AD

4A

D5

AD

6A

D7

ALE

AUCOM

AUL0

AUL1

AUL2

AUL3

AUOUTL

AUOUTL2

AUOUTL3

AUOUTR

AUOUTR2

AUOUTR3

AUOUTS

AUR0

AUR1

AUR2

AUR3

AUVRADNAUVRADPAUVREF

AV

DD

_AD

C

AV

DD

_AU

AV

DD

_DV

IA

VD

D_D

VI1

AV

DD

_ME

MP

LL

AV

DD

_MP

LLA

VD

D_M

PLL

1

AV

DD

_SIF

BIN0MBIN0P

BIN1MBIN1P

C0

C1

CSZ

CVBS0

CVBS1CVBS2CVBS3

CVBSOUT

DD

CA

_CK

DD

CA

_DA

DDCD_CKDDCD_DA

DD

CR

_CK

DD

CR

_DA

DI0DI1DI2DI3DI4DI5DI6DI7

DIG

O0

DIG

O1

DIG

O2

DIG

O3

DIG

O4

DIG

O5

DIG

O6

DIG

O7

DIG

O8

DIG

O9

GIN0MGIN0P

GIN1MGIN1P

GN

DG

ND

1

GN

D10

GN

D11

GN

D12

GN

D13

GN

D14

GN

D15

GN

D2

GN

D3

GN

D4

GN

D5

GN

D6

GN

D7

GN

D8

GN

D9

GPIOE0LVSYNCGPIOE1LHSYNC

GPIOE2LDEGPIOE3LCK

GPIOF10GPIOF11

GPIOF12GPIOF13GPIOF14GPIOF15GPIOF16GPIOF17GPIOF18GPIOF19

GPIOF2GPIOF3GPIOF4GPIOF5GPIOF6GPIOF7GPIOF8GPIOF9

HSYNC0

HSYNC1

HW

RE

SE

T

ICLK

IHSYNC

INT

IRIN

IVSYNC

LA0MG3LA0PG2LA1MG1LA1PG0LA2MB7LA2PB6

LA3MB3LA3PB2LA4MB1LA4PB0

LACKMB5LACKPB4

LB0MR7LB0PR6LB1MR5LB1PR4LB2MR3LB2PR2

LB3MG7LB3PG6LB4MG5LB4PG4

LBCKMR1LBCKPR0

PW

M0

PW

M1

PW

M2

PW

M3

PWM_DRVPWM_FB

PWM_SENSE

RD

Z

REFMREFP

REXT

RIN0MRIN0P

RIN1MRIN1P

RMID

RX0NRX0PRX1NRX1PRX2NRX2P

RXCKNRXCKP

SA

R0

SA

R1

SA

R2

SA

R3

SCKSDI

SDO

SIF1MSIF1P

SOGIN0

SOGIN1

VCLAMP

VCOM0

VCOM1

VCOM2

VD

DC

VD

DC

1V

DD

C2

VD

DC

3V

DD

C4

VD

DC

5

VD

DP

VD

DP

1V

DD

P2

VD

DP

3V

DD

P4

VD

DP

5V

DD

P6

VD

DP

7V

DD

P8

VD

DP

9

VSYNC0

VSYNC1

WR

Z

XIN

XO

UT

Y0

Y1

AGND

T

T

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

Mode Selection

I2C address at A0

Location Near IC PinLocation Near IC Pin

SST PULL DOWNMSTAR PULL UP

DVI INPUT

VGA INPUT

For TTL output

Audio Output(to Amp) AV Output(Audio)

Debug Port

For Philps debug

HDCP I2C address at A4

VID

EO

INP

UT

HDTV INPUT

C212NC

C7822P

01UC11

2

2U2 C247

C1072U2

01U C114

PW_CTRL

PRORECT_12V

54

72 13

6 8

RP

84K

7

KEY0-IN

LED2-IN

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

P5

POWER-ONOFF

54

72 13

6 8

RP

124K

7

LED1-IN

NC

L43

+5VSTB

4K7

R55

LED2R13

4K7

R584K7

B

C

E

Q9BT3904

1

2

3

4

5

P14

WP

SDA

SCL

+33V

1

2

3

4

P6

10RR41

SHUT_EEP

D4 NC

WP

C20

110

0P

RXD

TXD1

2

3

P2

ZX

Z62

WP

+33V

+33V+5VSTB

RS

20R

RS

3N

C

RS

11K

10K

R32

10K

R42

01UC86

47RR64

NC

R63

R62

NC

R52100R

R51 22

K

R50 22

K

100RR49

100RR40

C83

001

U

001

UC82

R67

0R

001

UC76

2U2C115

R47100R

R45100R

100RR34100R

R33

2U2C104

C1052U2PC-LIN

2U2C106

C1112U2

2U2C110

C11901U

R57 8K

2

8K2

R56

C1092U2

2U2C108

124578

101113141516171819202122232425262728

293031323334353839

404142434445464748495051

5455575859

61626364656667686970717273747576

78798081828384858687

131

132

133

134

125

126

127

128

129

130

155

156

136 3 9 37 52 56 89 99 101

104

106

120

141

152

173

187

204

143

144

145

146

147

148

149

150

153

154

116

117

118

135

124123122121

9796959493929190

139138137

191190189188

185184183182181180179178177176175174171170169168167166165164163162161160

202201200199198197196195

192

194193

207

206

205

36 53 60 105

6 12 157

208

77 98 107

142

158

203

88 100

102

103

119

140

151

159

172

186

115

114

113

112

111

110

109

108

U8

MST9E19A

R54

4K7

R36

22K

100P C79

01UC11

7

C116

01U

R7510K

R38 22

K

C10201U

C89 0

1U

1

3

2

D40

0BA

V99

+5VST

R53

390R

CVBSOUT

LED2

5

6

7

8

4

3

2

1U10

M24C32MN

IR_SYNC

KEY0

LED1

KEY1

WP_FSH

TV1-VIN- VCOM0

AV1-YIN-

AV1-YIN

VCOM2

SV_Y0

R_TX2+

C920047U

C930047U

0047UC94

0047UC96

C970047U

0047UC98

C1010047U

0047UC100

C990047U

SV_C0

TXD

RXD

100P

C20

2

8

7

6

4 5

3

2

1U9

W25X40

+33V

L26 F

B

100RR77

SDA

SCL

SHUT_EEPR76

100R

5

6

7

8

4

3

2

1U11

M24C04MN

SDA

SCL

100RR70

R69100R

+33V

R68

10K

SPI_CZ

SPI_DI

SPI_CK

54

72

1

3 6

8

RP933R

NCR

65R

661K

8

C90 10

0P

R6110R

1KR60

R591K

100P

C91

C95 10

0P

SYS_RST

R391K

B

E

CQ8

BT3906

C8010U

16V

C7447U

16V

R48

1M

Y1

14M

3

22PC84

AVDDA

AVDD_SIF

AVDD_MEMPLL

AVDD_HDMIVDDC VDDP

SDA_EXT

SCL_EXT

+33V

R43

10K

10KR

44

RXE3+B2

RXE4+B0

RXE4-B1

RXE3-B3

RXEC+B4

RXEC-B5

RXE2+B6

RXE2-B7

RXE1+G0

RXE1-G1

RXE0+G2

RXE0-G3

RXO4+G4

RXO4-G5

RXO3+G6

RXO3-G7

RXOC+R0

RXOC-R1

RXO2+R2

RXO2-R3

RXO1+R4

RXO1-R5

RXO0+R6

RXO0-R7

TTL-BLUE2

TTL-BLUE1

TTL-BLUE0

TTL-BLUE3

TTL-BLUE4

TTL-BLUE5

TTL-BLUE6

TTL-BLUE7

TTL-GREEN0

TTL-GREEN1

TTL-GREEN2

TTL-GREEN3

TTL-GREEN4

TTL-GREEN5

TTL-GREEN6

TTL-GREEN7

TTL-RED6

TTL-RED0

TTL-RED1

TTL-RED2

TTL-RED3

TTL-RED4

TTL-RED5

TTL-RED7

54

72

1

3 6

8

RP40R

8

63

1

2 7

4 5

0RRP7

54

72

1

3 6

8

RP60R

8

63

1

2 7

4 5

0RRP3

8

63

1

2 7

4 5

0RRP5

54

72

1

3 6

8

RP20R

SPI_CKSPI_DISPI_CZ

SPI_DO

AMP-MUTE

PANEL-ONOFF

LED1

HPDCTRL

ON-PBACK

863 12

7

45

4K7

RP

13

PWM0

ADJ-PWM2

NCR

85

NCR

82

NCR

80

NCR

79

R84

1K

R83

1K

R81

1K

R78

1K

PWM0

WP_FSH

ADJ-PWM2

PWM3

IR_SYNC

KEY1

KEY0

RXD

TXD

SCL

SDA

DDC-RDX

DDC-TXD

I2C-SCL

I2C-SDA

+33V

54

721 3

68

RP

104K

7

R7410R

10RR73

10RR72

R7110R

AUCOM

16V

10UC

118

AUVRADN

AUVRADP

C11310U

16V

L250

AMP-ROUT

AMP-LOUT

PH-ROUTPH-LOUT

PC-RIN

SIFM

SIFP

01UC103

01U

C88

AUCOM

AUVREFAUVRADPAUVRADN

SIFM

SIFP

TUNER_CVBS

SV_C0

SV_Y0

VCOM2

CVBS2CVBS1

VCOM0

VCOM1

CVBS3

SCG+

SCR+SCR-

SC_SOG

SCG-

SCB-

RIN-

RIN+GIN-

GIN+SOG

BIN-BIN+

01UC85

C8701U

VS_RGBHS_RGB

HDMI_SCLHDMI_SDA

AVDD_HDMI TXCLK-

R_TX2+

R_TX2-G_TX1+

G_TX1-B_TX0+

B_TX0-TXCLK+

AUVREF

PWM3

+33V

VDD_MPLL

AVDD_AU

TV1-VIN+ TUNER_CVBS

VCOM1

AV1-CIN

TV-SIFP

TV-SIFM

HDMI_SCLHDMI_SDA

TXCLK-

R_TX2-G_TX1+

G_TX1-B_TX0+

B_TX0-TXCLK+

VS_RGBHS_RGB

RIN-

RIN+GIN-

GIN+SOG

BIN-BIN+

SCG+

SCR+SCR-

SC_SOG

SCG-SCB+SCB-

AV1-VIN+

AV2-VIN+

AV3-VIN+ CVBS1

CVBS2

CVBS3

SPI_DO

WP_FSH

CVBSOUT

PH-LOUT

PH-ROUTAMP-ROUT AMP-R

AMP-LAMP-LOUTPH-L1OUT

AFT

SCB+

KEY1-IN

+33V

PH-R1OUT

C77

1000

P

E

C

B BT3904Q7

R114K7

+5VSTB

GPIO_PROTECT

+33V

IR-IN

C248

2U2

2U2 C249

C250

2U2

2U2 C251

C252

2U2

DVI-RINDVI-LINAV2-RIN

AV2-LIN

AV1-RINAV1-LIN

B03 B03

I_18130_013eps180608

MST9E19A CONTROLLER

36TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

SSB HDMI Interface

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

SDA

SCL

WC

VCC

VSS

E2NC

E1NC

E0NC

RX2+

GND1

RX2-

RX1+

GND2

RX1-

RX0+

GND3

RX0-

RXC+

GND4

RXC-

NC1

NC2

DDCCLK

DDCDA

GND5

VCC

HPD

AGND

HDMI-RX2-

HDMI-RX1+

+5V

+5V

5

6

43

2

1

U17

PRTR5V0U4D

5

6

43

2

1

U18

PRTR5V0U4D

1KR101

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

P12

01UC

120

5

6

7

8

4

3

2

1U12

M24C02MN

RLZ

5B6

D18

HDMI-DDC-SDA

HDMI-DDC-SCL

HDMI-HPD

HDMI5V

HPDCTRLB

C

E

Q10BT3904

4K7R96

R95

4K7

R1000R

NCR

97

R94

1K

+5V

100RR99

R98100R

12

3

D17

BAT

54C

D19

RLZ

5B6

TXCLK-

TXCLK+

B_TX0-

B_TX0+

G_TX1-

G_TX1+

R_TX2-

R_TX2+

10RR93

R9210R

10RR91

R9010R

10RR89

R8810R

10RR87

R8610R

HDMI_SDA

HDMI_SCL

HDMI-RXC-

HDMI-RXC+

HDMI-RX0+

HDMI-RX0-

HDMI-RX1-

HDMI-RX2+

B04 B04

I_18130_014eps180608

HDMI INTERFACE

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 37TCS10L LA 7

SSB VGA Interface

AGND

AGND

AGND

SDA

SCL

WC

VCC

VSS

E2NC

E1NC

E0NC

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGNDProgram Control

To main chip(when updateit is I2Cwhen debug it is RXTX)

LED2

R12

110

0RR12

010

0R

+33V

RXD

TXD

R170

4K7

1

3

2

D2

100RR144

NCR123

4K7R12

2

75R

R10

9

R10

8 75R

01UC

130

10K

R17

4

75R

R10

7

10K

R17

2

P13-11

R11

8 4K7

4K7

R11

9

PROTECT

VGA5V

VGA-SCL

PROTECT

13

2

D25

1

3

2

D20

C19 N

C

Q182N7002

10RR175

R171NC

R17310R

C12

9 NC

C1270047U

VGA-R+

VGA-G+

VGA-B+

+5VST1

32

D24

1KR115

R1141K

123

D23BAT54C

5

6

7

8

4

3

2

1U13

M24C02MN

R11

74K

7NC

C12

8R11

610

K

6

4

11

14

15

7

12

8

5

13

3

10

9

1

2

16

17

P13

C1230047U

C1241000P

C1210047U

R10510R

10RR104

R10310R

0047UC126

C1250047U

0047UC122

1

3

2

D22

2

3

1

D21

R11347R

47RR111

R11047R

R106330R

HS_RGB

VS_RGB

Q192N7002

B

C

E

Q25BT3904

VGA-HS

VGA-VS

VGA-SDA

RIN+

SOG

BIN-

GIN-

RIN-

BIN+

GIN+

VGA-SDA

VGA-SCL

+5VSTB

+5VSTB

B05 B05

I_18130_015eps180608

VGA INTERFACE

38TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

SSB Cinch

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND AGNDAGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

VDD

OUTB

INB-

VSS INB+

INA+

INA-

OUTA

AGNDAGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

WHITE

RED

YELLOWGREEN

BLUE

RED

WHITE

RED

RED

WHITE

YELLOW

AGND

AGND

AGND

HDTV IN

AV OUTPUT AUDIO AMP

For PCampYPbPr Audio Input(RL)

For Philips Upgrade

S-VIDEO amp AV2 In Side

Earphone Outuput In Side

AV1 In Rear

AV OUTPUT

For DVI Audio Input(35mm Jack)

2

1

3

P17

DVI_R

DVI_L

AV2-V

AV_ROUT

AV2-R

C13 47

0P

12K

R15

2

C17 47

0P

560P

C16

356

0PC

162

3

2

1

4P15

C14

156

0P

PC-R

560P

C14

3C

134

560P

560P

C13

8

2

3

1

D37

NC

C14

256

0P56

0PC

146

C6 10

0P

3

1

2

P11

TXD

3

1

2

P7

PR1

PB1

AVOUT_L

Y1

AVOUT

1

4

2

5

3

6P21

1

2

3

4

5

6P8

8 56 7 9

P15

BUF2

1

3

2

D31

2

3

1

D28

NC

1

3

2

D33

NC

2

3

1

D55

NC

2

3

1

D54

NC

2

3

1

D52

NC

2

3

1

D51

NC

2

3

1

D34

1

3

2

D36

NC

C5 10

0P

13

2

D12

R18

8 75R

R2855K1

R2845K1

R2805K1

R2815K1

L6130R

AV1-CL60

30R

AV1-YL59

30R

75R

R14

9

C19

810

00P

C14

068

0P

680P

C15

5

10RR186

680P

C13

6

OP_VCC2

C13

168

0P

2

3

1

D53

2

3

1

D27

FB

L42

10KR230

12K

R20

1R

197 12

K

R15

9 12K

R15

522

0R

220RR153

75R

R14

0

75R

R13

9

R13

6 75R

75R

R12

8

2U2C188

R14

5 12K

12K

R15

7

12K

R13

5C191

2U2

10K

R15

6R

147 10

K

330R

R14

6

R18510RY1

75RR151

R141

75R

C1452U2

2U2C144

01UC

139

12K

R16

1

AV2-VIN+

CVBSOUT

AV1-CIN

AV1-YIN-

1

3

2

D38

2

3

1

D39

PH-R1OUTR226

10K

AV_LOUT

R22447K

+5V

R22

547

K

C18

347

U

16V

100P

C18

9

33KR

229

C18547U

16V

C18

40

1U

C19

310

0P

R23

233

K

8

7

6

4 5

3

2

1U16

TDA1308T

SCB-

SCG-

SCR-

C1580047U

SCG+

SCR+

SCB+

SC_SOG

PR1

PB1

C1540047U

0047UC153

C1520047U

C1511000P

0047UC159

0047UC156

R19547R

47RR191

R18947R

R18410R

10RR183

R14810R

1

3

2

D35

B

E

CQ11

BT3906C218

10U

16V

B

C

E

Q12BT3904

2

3

1

D32

2

3

1

D30

1

3

2

D29

R13347R

10RR137

R12610R

+5V

AV1-YIN

Y1R176

470R

PH-L1OUT

AV_LOUT

AV_ROUT

AV1-VIN+

L63 30

R

30R

L62

330RR

249

R25

133

0R

C196

033U50V

C197

033U50V

7

654

89

3

1

2

P18

1000

PC

199

AMP-PROUT+AMP-LIN

AMP-PLOUT+AMP-RIN

EARPHONE-RA

EARPHONE-LA

30RL44

AV1-RIN

R2825K1

R2835K1 AV1-LIN

AV2-LIN

R2865K1

R2875K1 AV2-RIN

R2885K1

R2895K1 DVI-RIN

R2905K1

R2915K1 DVI-LIN

R2925K1

R2935K1 PC-RIN

R2945K1

R2955K1 PC-LIN

AV1_V

AVOUT_R

RXD

C4 47

0P47

0PC

7

AV1_R

AV1_L

C9 47

0P47

0PC

10

C11 47

0P47

0PC

12

PC-L

AV2-L

B06 B06

I_18130_016eps180608

CINCH

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 39TCS10L LA 7

SSB Tuner

AGND

AGND

AGND

AG

ND

AGNDAGND

AGND

AGND

COMMON

IN OUT

VID

EO

NC

1

NC

2

AU

DIO

AG

C

SD

A

TU

MB

GN

D2

SIF

OU

T

GN

D1

NC

3

NC

4

NC

5

SC

L

NC

6

AF

T

CLOSE RO MST IC

R21127R

171 2 6 1110 1412 157 83 4 5 9 13 16

TU1

2

1 3

U15KIA78D05

TUNER_SDA

TUNER_SCL

SIF_OUT

TV_CVBSC

172

01U

33V

B

C

E

Q20

BT3904

TV-SIFPNCR213

10RR220

001UC181

TV-SIFP

R194100R

330R

R19

3R

192

10R

R19

81K

R19

91K

L2722UH

+12V

R20

7 NC

100K

R20

3

2200

PC

200

R209120R

R20610R

C17

4N

C3

30P

NC

330

PC

175

C171220U

16V

L28120R

R20251K

C17

710

0P

C17

615

0P

SDA_EXT

SCL_EXT

C168220U

16V

16V

220UC

169

TV1-VIN-

TV1-VIN+

R21047R

C16

60

01UC16

44U

7

50V

C16

50

01U

C16

70

1U

TUNER_5V

AFT

120RR212

TUNER_5V

TV-SIFM

001UC170

B07 B07

I_18130_017eps180608

TUNER

40TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

SSB Audio Amplifier

PGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

PGND

PGND

AGND

AGND

OUT2+

OUT2-

NC3

IN2

VCC2

NC2

OUT1+

VCC1

IN1

NC1

MUTE

STBY

PW_GND

S_GND

OUT1-

TO SPEAKER

TO SPEAKER

0RR

162

AMP-PROUT-

2

1

H8

15

14

11

12

13

10

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

2

U19

TD

A7266

1

2

3

4

P9

AMP-PLOUT-

L45200R

L46200R

C219220U

16V

27UHL31

C217220U

16V

AMP-LIN

R253NC

01U C209

D3LL4148

C20

610

00P

1U

C211

0022U

C26 1000

PC

204

0022U

C25

C22

470U16V

+5VST

R164100K

R16510K

R16

8N

C

R16

9N

C

R1663K3

3K3R167

10KR244

B

E

CQ15

BT3906

B

C

E

Q16BT3904

C19

5 NC

NC

C19

4

B

C

E

Q24BT3904NC

0RR257

10KR254

E

C

B BT3904Q23

B

C

E

Q22BT3904

R25210K

R255100R

R24310K

2U2C205

R2560R

C2032U2

+12V

AMP-PROUT-

AMP-PROUT+

AMP-PLOUT-

AMP-PLOUT+

POWER-ONOFF

AMP-MUTE

AMP-R

AMP-L

12V-AMP

+12V

AMP-RIN

B08 B08

I_18130_018eps180608

AUDIO AMPLIFIER

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 41TCS10L LA 7

SSB LVDS Interface

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

VCC_PANEL

C246

10U 16V

C245

01U

R277 0NC

+33V

R27

2

0N

C

R275 0NC

RXE4+B0 RXE4-B1

RXE3+B2 RXE3-B3

RXEC+B4 RXEC-B5

RXE2+B6 RXE2-B7

RXE1+G0 RXE1-G1

RXE0+G2 RXE0-G3

RXO4+G4 RXO4-G5

RXO3+G6 RXO3-G7

RXOC+R0 RXOC-R1

RXO2+R2 RXO2-R3

RXO1+R4 RXO1-R5

RXO0+R6 RXO0-R7

1 2

4

6

8

12

14

16

18

20

10

22

24

26

28

3

5

7

9

11

13

15

17

19

21

23

25

27

29 30

32

34

36

38

40

31

33

35

37

39

P10

R276 0NC

R27

3

0N

CR

274

0N

C

B09 B09

I_18130_019eps180608

LVDS INTERFACE Personal Notes

E_06532_012eps131004

42TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout Small Signal Board (Top Side)

I_18130_020eps180608

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 43TCS10L LA 7

Layout Small Signal Board (Bottom Side)

I_18130_021eps180608

44TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Keyboard Control Panel

Layout Keyboard Control Panel (Top Side)

Layout Keyboard Control Panel (Bottom Side)

AGND

AGND AGNDAGND

AGND

R10072K

R10061K5

R10011K2

12 4

3K1001

1

2

3

P1001

KEY0

R1008NC

R10051K2

R1004NC

R10032K

R10021K5

D10

02

HS

5V6B

D10

01H

S5V

6B

12 4

3K1003

12 4

3K1002

12 4

3K1006

12 4

3K1005

12 4

3K1004

KEY1

I_18130_030eps180608

E EKEYBOARD CONTROL PANEL

I_18130_031eps180608

I_18130_032eps180608

Personal Notes

E_06532_012eps131004

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 45TCS10L LA 7

Inverter Panel

1 2

A

B

C

D

4321

D

C

B

A

F1FUSE-1

C2104

C1220uF250V

C3104

R1200

Q1

DTA143

E1

9

E2

10

C2

11

VC

C12

OU

TP

UT

C13

VR

EF

14

A1+

1

A1-

2

CO

MP

3

DT

C4

CT

5

RT

6

GN

D7

C1

8

A2-

15

A2+

16

U1

TL494

R2200

Q32222

C8

223

C7103

R847K

R7120K

C4

104C5104

D1

68V

C9104

D2

1N4148

Q8DTC143

123456

CN1

R20470K

R21

33K

C16

330pF

C15NC

R13100K

R10

68K

R11

68K

R12

15K

C10104

R2627K

C20223

R18560

Q22222

Q62907

R142K

R1622K

R27 10

R28 10

D4

BAW56K

S11

G12

S23

G24

D1 8

D1 7

D2 6

D2 5

U2

4606

C21223

Q42222

Q72907

R152K

R1722K

R29 10

R30 10

D5

BAW56K

S11

G12

S23

G24

D1 8

D1 7

D2 6

D2 5

U3

4606

R19560

C6

105

R231M

Q52N7002

R22

1M

R9

47K

R25

100KR24270K

D6NCBAW56K

D7NCBAW56K

P1

P2

P3

P4

C17225

C18

225

10

1 7

6

T1

T01

10

1 7

6

T2

T01

C2222pF

12

CON1

12

CON2

D9BAV99

R41K

R36820

R32

10KC12104

D8BAV99

R31K

R35820

R31

10KC11104

P2

P1

C2322pF

12

CON3

12

CON4

D11

BAV99

R61K

R38820

R34

10KC14104

D10BAV99

R51K

R37820

R33

10KC13104

P4

P3

VREF

VREF

C19NC

C26

222C27NC

D13BAV99

D15BAV99

C2422pF

C2522pF

C28

222C29NC

C30222 C31

NC

C32

222C33NC

OVP

OVP

OV

P

R602K

R61510K

C38105

Q10

DTA143

Q112222

R6330K

R62 1K

VCC

VCC

P5

P5

R64

1K

C34221

C35 221

C37

221

C39104

C36

221U4A

LM393

U4B

LM393

Vref

D3

1N4148

R65

3K R663K

C41 104

R67

10K

I_18130_033eps180608

I IINVERTER PANEL 19rdquo

46TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout Inverter Panel (Top Side)

Layout Inverter Panel (Bottom Side)

I_18130_034eps190608

I_18130_035eps190608

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 47TCS10L LA 7

IR LED Panel

AGND

AGND

AGNDIRVC

C

GN

D

RW

R20

031K

2

R20

04

1K2

LED1

1

2

3

4

5

CN2001

E

C

B

BC847AQ2001

B

C

E

Q2002

BC847A

2

13

D2001

LED2

G2001

R20024K7

5V16

V10

0UC

2001

5V

IR

IR

C20

03 47P

LED1R2001

4K7

C2002

47P

LED2

I_18130_036eps180608

J JIR amp LED PANELLayout IR LED Panel (Top Side)

Layout IR LED Panel (Bottom Side)

I_18130_037eps180608

I_18130_038eps180608

48TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Personal Notes

E_06532_013eps131004

Alignments EN 49TCS10L LA 8

8 Alignments

Index of this chapter81 Electrical Alignments82 Hardware Alignments

NoteThe Service Modes are described in chapter 5 Menu navigation is done with the CURSOR UP DOWN LEFT or RIGHT keys of the remote control transmitter

81 Electrical Alignments

Perform all electrical adjustments under the following conditionsbull Power supply voltage (depends on region)

ndash AP-NTSC 120 VAC or 230 VAC 50 Hz (plusmn 10)ndash AP-PAL-multi 120 - 230 VAC 50 Hz (plusmn 10)ndash EU 230 VAC 50 Hz (plusmn 10)ndash LATAM-NTSC 120 - 230 VAC 50 Hz (plusmn 10)ndash US 120 VAC 60 Hz (plusmn 10)

bull Connect the set to the mains via an isolation transformer with low internal resistance

bull Allow the set to warm up for approximately 60 minutesbull Measure voltages and waveforms in relation to correct

ground (eg measure audio signals in relation to AUDIO_GND) Caution It is not allowed to use heatsinks as ground

bull Test probe Ri gt 10 MΩ Ci lt 20 pFbull Use an isolated trimmerscrewdriver to perform

alignments

82 Hardware Alignments

Not applicable

821 Aging

Enter TV mode Set warm up status to ldquoOnrdquo Aging time at least 12 minutes

822 ADC Adjustment

The chassis can execute ADC auto-tune in YPbPr amp PC sourcing modes Enter SAM select YPbPr or PC as source then select AUTOTUNE in ADC ADJ press ldquoRight keyrdquo to run waiting for about 5 seconds until ldquoOKrdquo is displayed which means the set finished the ADC adjustment With an YPbPr source use a 100 color bar pattern with a PC source use a 16-scale grey pattern

823 White Balance Adjustment

Adjust the NORMAL WARM COOL temperature in White balance according to company regular Make sure ADC adjustments have done successfully before doing white balance adjustments and use the ldquoNaturalrdquo picture mode White balance adjustment should be performed with three different sources1 AVTVSVIDEO source reunification under the AV

adjustment apply a NTSC-M system signal with 8-scale grey pattern

2 YPbPrHDMI source reunification under the YPbPr adjustment apply an 8-scale grey pattern

3 PC source should adjust single apply a 8-scale grey pattern

If case of manual adjustment please use the WB page in SAMWhile adjusting White Balance do not change White G or Black G only adjust White R White B Black R and Black B

Table 8-1 Color Temperature Setting 19

Table 8-2 Color Temperature Setting 26

Color mode X Y Color Temperature (K)

Normal 296plusmn4 299plusmn4 8000

Warm 314plusmn4 319plusmn4 6500

Cool 289plusmn4 291plusmn4 9000

Color mode X Y Color Temperature (K)

Normal 289plusmn4 291plusmn4 9000

Warm 314plusmn4 319plusmn4 6500

Cool 278plusmn4 278plusmn4 11000

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data SheetsEN 50 TCS10L LA9

9 Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data Sheets

Index of this chapter91 Introduction92 Abbreviation List93 IC Data Sheets

Notes bull Only new circuits (circuits that are not published recently)

are described bull Figures can deviate slightly from the actual situation due

to different set executions

91 Introduction

This chassis uses the MStar MST9U19A main chip with the following features bull Multi-Standard TV decoding with 2-D comb filterbull Multi-Standard TV sound demodulator and decoderbull Triple ADC fro TV and RGBYPbPrbull Integrated DVIHDCPHDMI compliant receiverbull High quality scaling enginebull 3-D video de-interlacer and video noise reductionbull Embedded On Screen Display controllerbull NTSCPALSecam Video decoder with automatic standard

detectionbull CVBS video outputbull Multi standard TV sound decoderbull FM stereo and SAP demodulationbull Digital audio interfacebull Analog RGB Compliant Input Portsbull DVIHDCPHDMI Compliant input portbull Auto tuning function including phasing positioning offset

gain and jitter detectionbull Automatic color correction

The MST9U19A is a high performance and fully integrated IC for multi-function LCD monitorTV with resolutions up to WSXGA (1680 times 1050) It is configured with an integrated triple-ADCPLL an integrated DVIHDCPHDMI receiver a multi standard TV video and audio decoder a video de-interlacer a scaling engine the MStarACE-3 color engine an On Screen Display controller an 8-bit MCU and a built-in output panel interface It also incorporates an intelligent power management control system for green-mode requirements and spread-spectrum support for EMI management

For a block diagram refer to chapter 6 ldquoBlock diagrams Test Point Overviews and Waveformsrdquo

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data Sheets EN 51TCS10L LA 9

92 Abbreviation List

1080i 1080 visible lines interlaced1080p 1080 visible lines progressive scan2CS 2 Carrier Sound2DNR Spatial (2D) Noise Reduction3DNR Temporal (3D) Noise Reduction480i 480 visible lines interlaced480p 480 visible lines progressive scanAARA Automatic Aspect Ratio Adaptation

algorithm that adapts aspect ratio to remove horizontal black bars keeping up the original aspect ratio

ACI Automatic Channel Installation algorithm that installs TV channels directly from a cable network by means of a predefined TXT page

ADC Analogue to Digital ConverterAFC Automatic Frequency Control control

signal used to tune to the correct frequency

AGC Automatic Gain Control algorithm that controls the video input of the feature box

AM Amplitude ModulationAUO Acer Unipack OptronicsAP Asia PacificAR Aspect Ratio 4 by 3 or 16 by 9ASD Automatic Standard DetectionAV Audio VideoB-SC1-IN Blue SCART1 inB-SC2-IN Blue SCART2 inB-TXT Blue teletextBG Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 55 MHzBTSC Broadcast Television System

CommitteeC-FRONT Chrominance front inputCBA Circuit Board Assembly (or PWB)CL Constant Level audio output to

connect with an external amplifierCLUT Color Look Up TableComPair Computer aided rePairCSM Customer Service ModeCVBS Composite Video Blanking and

SynchronizationCVBS-EXT CVBS signal from external source

(VCR VCD etc)CVBS-INT CVBS signal from TunerCVBS-MON CVBS monitor signalCVBS-TER-OUT CVBS terrestrial outDAC Digital to Analogue ConverterDBE Dynamic Bass Enhancement extra

low frequency amplificationDFU Directions For Use owners manualDNR Dynamic Noise ReductionDRAM Dynamic RAMDSP Digital Signal ProcessingDST Dealer Service Tool special

(European) remote control designed for service technicians

DTS Digital Theatre SoundDVD Digital Versatile DiscDVI Digital Visual InterfaceDW Double WindowED Enhanced Definition 480p 576pEEPROM Electrically Erasable and

Programmable Read Only MemoryEU EUropeEXT EXTernal (source) entering the set by

SCART or by cinches (jacks)FBL Fast Blanking DC signal

accompanying RGB signalsFBL-SC1-IN Fast blanking signal for SCART1 in

FBL-SC2-IN Fast blanking signal for SCART2 inFBL-TXT Fast Blanking TeletextFLASH FLASH memoryFM Field Memory Frequency ModulationFMR FM RadioFRC Frame Rate ConverterFRONT-C Front input chrominance (SVHS)FRONT-DETECT Front input detectionFRONT-Y_CVBS Front input luminance or CVBS

(SVHS)FTV Flat TeleVisionG-SC1-IN Green SCART1 inG-SC2-IN Green SCART2 inG-TXT Green teletextH H_sync to the module HD High Definition 720p 1080i 1080pHDMI High Definition Multimedia Interface

digital audio and video interfaceHP Head PhoneI Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 60 MHzI2C Integrated IC busI2S Integrated IC Sound busIC Integrated CircuitIF Intermediate FrequencyInterlaced Scan mode where two fields are used

to form one frame Each field contains half the number of the total amount of lines The fields are written in ldquopairsrdquo causing line flicker

IR Infra RedIRQ Interrupt ReQuestLast Status The settings last chosen by the

customer and read and stored in RAM or in the NVM They are called at start-up of the set to configure it according the customers wishes

LATAM LATin AMericaLC04 Philips chassis name for LCD TV 2004

projectLCD Liquid Crystal DisplayLED Light Emitting DiodeLL Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 65 MHz L is Band I L is all bands except for Band I

LPL LG Philips LCDLS Loud SpeakerLVDS Low Voltage Differential Signalling

data transmission system for high speed and low EMI communication

MN Monochrome TV system Sound carrier distance is 45 MHz

MOSFET Metal Oxide Semiconductor Field Effect Transistor

MPEG Motion Pictures Experts GroupMSP Multi-standard Sound Processor ITT

sound decoderMUTE MUTE LineNAFTA North American Free Trade

Association Trade agreement between Canada USA and Mexico

NC Not ConnectedNICAM Near Instantaneous Compounded

Audio Multiplexing This is a digital sound system used mainly in Europe

NTSC National Television Standard Committee Color system used mainly in North America and Japan Color carrier NTSC MN = 3579545 MHz NTSC 443 = 4433619 MHz (this is a VCR norm it is not transmitted off-air)

NVM Non Volatile Memory IC containing TV related data (for example options)

OC Open CircuitONOFF LED OnOff control signal for the LED

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data SheetsEN 52 TCS10L LA9

OSD On Screen DisplayPAL Phase Alternating Line Color system

used mainly in Western Europe (color carrier = 4433619 MHz) and South America (color carrier PAL M = 3575612 MHz and PAL N = 3582056 MHz)

PC Personal ComputerPCB Printed Circuit Board (or PWB)PDP Plasma Display PanelPIG Picture In GraphicPIP Picture In PicturePLL Phase Locked Loop Used for

example in FST tuning systems The customer can directly provide the desired frequency

Progressive Scan Scan mode where all scan lines are displayed in one frame at the same time creating a double vertical resolution

PWB Printed Wiring Board (or PCB)RAM Random Access MemoryRC Remote Control transmitterRC5 (6) Remote Control system 5 (6) the

signal from the remote control receiver RGB Red Green and Blue The primary

color signals for TV By mixing levels of R G and B all colors (YC) are reproduced

RGBHV Red Green Blue Horizontal sync and Vertical sync

ROM Read Only MemorySAM Service Alignment ModeSC SandCastle two-level pulse derived

from sync signalsSC1-OUT SCART output of the MSP audio ICSC2-B-IN SCART2 Blue inSC2-C-IN SCART2 chrominance inSC2-OUT SCART output of the MSP audio ICSC Short CircuitSCL Clock signal on I2C busSD Standard Definition 480i 576iSDA Data signal on I2C busSDI Samsung Display IndustrySDM Service Default ModeSDRAM Synchronous DRAMSECAM SEequence Couleur Avec Memoire

Color system used mainly in France and Eastern Europe Color carriers = 4406250 MHz and 4250000 MHz

SIF Sound Intermediate FrequencySMPS Switch Mode Power SupplySND SouNDSNDL-SC1-IN Sound left SCART1 inSNDL-SC1-OUT Sound left SCART1 outSNDL-SC2-IN Sound left SCART2 inSNDL-SC2-OUT Sound left SCART2 outSNDR-SC1-IN Sound right SCART1 inSNDR-SC1-OUT Sound right SCART1 outSNDR-SC2-IN Sound right SCART2 outSNDR-SC2-OUT Sound right SCART2 outSNDS-VL-OUT Surround sound left variable level outSNDS-VR-OUT Surround sound right variable level outSOPS Self Oscillating Power SupplySPDIF Sony Philips Digital InterFaceSRAM Static RAMSTBY Stand-bySVHS Super Video Home SystemSW Sub Woofer SoftWareTHD Total Harmonic DistortionTXT TeleteXTuP MicroprocessorVL Variable Level out processed audio

output toward external amplifierVCR Video Cassette Recorder

VGA Video Graphics ArrayWD Watch DogWYSIWYR What You See Is What You Record

record selection that follows main picture and sound

XTAL Quartz crystalYPbPr Component video (Y= Luminance Pb

Pr= Color difference signals B-Y and R-Y other amplitudes wrt to YUV)

YC Video related signals Y consists of luminance signal blanking level and sync C consists of color signal

Y-OUT Luminance-signalYUV Baseband component video (Y=

Luminance UV= Color difference signals)

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data Sheets EN 53TCS10L LA 9

93 IC Data Sheets

This section shows the internal block diagrams and pin layouts of ICs that are drawn as ldquoblack boxesrdquo in the electrical diagrams (with the exception of ldquomemoryrdquo and ldquologicrdquo ICs)

931 Diagram B MST9U19A

Figure 9-1 Pin configuration

Pin 1

123

45

7

9

11

1314

1718

21

23

25

2728

30

32

34

36

39

41

43

6

8

10

12

1516

1920

22

24

26

29

31

33

35

3738

40

42

4445464748

505152

49

53 54 55 56 57 59 61 63 65 66 69 70 73 75 77 79 80 82 84 86 88 91 93 9558 60 62 64 67 68 71 72 74 76 78 81 83 85 87 89 90 92 94 96 97 98 99 100

102

103

104

101

208

207

206

205

204

202

200

198

196

195

192

191

188

186

184

182

181

179

177

175

173

170

168

166

203

201

199

197

194

193

190

189

187

185

183

180

178

176

174

172

171

169

167

165

164

163

162

161

159

158

157

160

156155154

153152

150

148

146

144143

140139

136

134

132

130129

127

125

123

121

118

116

114

151

149

147

145

142141

138137

135

133

131

128

126

124

122

120119

117

115

113112111110109

107106105

108

MST9U19A

XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX

GN

D

AUR1

AUL2

AUL3

AUL1

AUCO

M

AUR2

AUR3

DIGO[8]

GNDAVDD_MEMPLL

PWM3PWM2DIGO[9]

SIF1

MSI

F1P

AVD

D_S

IF

AUO

UTL

AUO

UTR

AUO

UTS

VDD

CG

PIO

F[2]

GPI

OF[

3]G

PIO

F[4]

GPI

OF[

5]G

PIO

F[6]

GPI

OF[

7]G

PIO

F[8]

GPI

OF[

9]G

PIO

F[10

]G

PIO

F[11

]VD

DP

GN

DG

PIO

F[12

]

GPI

OF[

14]

GPI

OF[

15]

GPI

OF[

16]

GPI

OF[

17]

GPI

OF[

18]

GN

D

GPI

OF[

19]

VDD

C

VDD

PG

ND

VDD

PVD

DP

GPI

OF[

13]

GN

D

DIGO[7]

DIGO[5]

DIGO[3]

DIGO[1]

VDDC

VDDPPWM_SENSE

DIGO[6]

DIGO[4]

DIGO[2]

DIGO[0]

GND

PWM_DRVPWM_FBIRININT

PWM1PWM0

GNDVDDPALERDZWRZ

VDDC

GNDVDDP

VDD

PLV

A0M

LVA0

PLV

A1M

LVA1

PLV

A2M

LVA2

PLV

ACKM

LVAC

KPLV

A3M

LVA4

PVD

DP

VDD

CAV

DD

_MPL

L

LVA3

PLV

A4M

GPI

OE[

0]

IHSY

NC

ICLK

DI[

1]D

I[0]

IVYS

NC

GPI

OE[

1]G

PIO

E[2]

GPI

OE[

3]G

ND

VDD

P

AVD

D_M

PLL

XIN

XOU

TH

WR

ESET

GN

D

DI[

7]D

I[6]

DI[

5]D

I[4]

DI[

2]D

I[3]

VDD

C

AUO

UTL

3AU

OU

TR3

RXCKPGND

RX0NRX0P

AVDD_DVIRX1NRX1P

RX2P

REXT

DDCD_CK

VSYNC1

VCLAMP

REFM

BIN1M

GNDRX2N

AVDD_DVI

DDCD_DA

HSYNC1

RMID

REFP

BIN1P

SOGIN1GIN1PGIN1MRIN1PRIN1MBIN0MBIN0PGIN0MGIN0P

SOGIN0RIN0MRIN0P

HSYNC0VSYNC0

RXCKN

AVDD_ADCGND

C1Y1C0Y0

CVBS2CVBS1

VCOM1CVBS0

VCOM0CVBSOUT

GND

VCOM2CVBS3

GN

D

AVD

D_A

UAU

L0AU

R0

AUVR

EFAU

VRAD

PAU

VRAD

N

AUO

UTL

2AU

OU

TR2

AD[7]AD[6]AD[5]AD[4]AD[3]AD[2]AD[1]AD[0]

SDOCSZSDISCK

SAR3

SAR1SAR2

SAR0

DDCA_CK

DDCR_CKDDCA_DA

DDCR_DA

LVB0

MLV

B0P

LVB1

MLV

B1P

LVB2

MLV

B2P

LVBC

KMLV

BCKP

LVB3

M

LVB4

P

LVB3

PLV

B4M

I_18130_008eps200608

Pin Configuration

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data SheetsEN 54 TCS10L LA9

932 Diagram B TDA1308

Figure 9-2 Block diagram and pin configuration

Block diagram

Pinning information

2

1

3

4

8

7

65

INA(neg)

TDA1308(A)OUTA

VSS

VDD

INA(pos)

INB(neg)

INB(pos)

OUTB

TDA1308(A)

VATUO DD

BTUO)gen(ANI

)gen(BNI)sop(ANI

VSS INB(pos)

1

2

3

4

6

5

8

7

I_18130_007eps190608

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data Sheets EN 55TCS10L LA 9

933 Diagram B NCP1377B

Figure 9-3 Block diagram and pin configuration

Block diagram

Pinning information

I_18130_009eps190608

HV

VCC

GND

Demag

4 mA

To InternalSupply

+

+

125 V75 V56 V (Fault)

FaultMngt

PON

5 V+

OVP

+

144

45 usDelay

15 us for B Version

Demag

8 usBlanking

S

SR R

Q

Q

+

3 us forB Version

+minus

Overload

5 usTimeout

TimeReset

Demag

380 nsLEB

1 V3

200 Awhen DRV

is OFF

FB

42 V

Driver src = 20 sink = 10

DrvVCC

CS

+50 mV 10 V Rint

1Dmg 8 HV

7 NC2FB

3CS

4GND

6 VCC

5 Drv

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data SheetsEN 56 TCS10L LA9

934 Diagram B TDA7266

Figure 9-4 Block diagram and pin configuration

1

2

4

Vref

7YB-TS

IN1

022microF

VCC

133

+

-

-

+

OUT1+

OUT1-

15

14

12

6ETUM

IN2

022microF

+

-

-

+

OUT2+

OUT2-

8

9S-GND

PW-GND

470microF 100nF

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

9

10

11

8

NC

NC

S-GND

PW-GND

OUT2+

OUT2-

VCC

IN2

ST-BY

MUTE

NC

IN1

VCCOUT1-

OUT1+

13

14

15

12

I_17950_054eps090508

Block Diagram

Pin Configuration

Spare Parts List amp CTN Overview EN 57TCS10L LA 10

10 Spare Parts List amp CTN OverviewFor the latest spare part overview please consult the Philips Service website

Table 10-1 Sets described in this manual

11 Revision ListManual xxxx xxx xxxx0bull First release

CTN Styling

19PFL340355 MG8

19PFL340377 MG8

19PFL340378 MG8

19PFL340385 MG8

26PFL340385 MG8

  • Content
  • 1 Technical Specifications Connections and Chassis Overview
    • 11 Technical Specifications
      • 111 Vision
      • 112 Sound
      • 113 Miscellaneous
        • 12 Connection Overview
          • Figure 1-1 Rear and side IO connections
          • 121 Rear Connections
            • 1 - HDMI Digital Video Digital Audio - In
              • Figure 1-2 HDMI (type A) connector
                • 2 - VGA AUDIO Mini Jack VGA Audio - In
                • 3 - VGA PC Video RGB - In and Service UART
                  • Figure 1-3 VGA Connector
                    • 4 - Cinch Video YPbPr - In
                    • 5 - AV1 Cinch Video CVBS - In Audio - In
                    • 6 - Aerial - In
                    • 7 - Service Connector (ComPair)
                      • 122 Side connections
                        • 8 - Cinch Video CVBS - In Audio - In
                        • 9 - S-Video (Hosiden) Video YC - In
                        • 10 - Mini Jack Audio Head phone - Out
                            • 13 Chassis Overview
                              • Figure 1-4 PWBCBA locations
                                  • 2 Safety Instructions Warnings and Notes
                                    • 21 Safety Instructions
                                    • 22 Warnings
                                    • 23 Notes
                                      • 231 General
                                      • 232 Schematic Notes
                                      • 233 BGA (Ball Grid Array) ICs
                                        • Introduction
                                        • BGA Temperature Profiles
                                          • 234 Lead-free Soldering
                                          • 235 Alternative BOM identification
                                            • Figure 2-1 Serial number (example)
                                              • 236 Board Level Repair (BLR) or Component Level Repair (CLR)
                                              • 237 Practical Service Precautions
                                                  • 3 Directions for Use
                                                  • 4 Mechanical Instructions
                                                    • 41 Cable Dressing
                                                      • Figure 4-1 Cable dressing (19 model)
                                                      • Figure 4-2 Cable dressing (26 model)
                                                        • 42 Service Positions
                                                          • 421 Foam Bars
                                                            • Figure 4-3 Foam bars
                                                                • 43 AssyPanel Removal
                                                                  • 431 Stand
                                                                    • Figure 4-4 Stand
                                                                      • 432 Rear Cover
                                                                        • Figure 4-5 LVDS release
                                                                        • Figure 4-6 Speaker and IRLED panel cable release
                                                                          • 433 Keyboard Control Board
                                                                            • Figure 4-7 Keyboard control board
                                                                              • 434 IRLED Board and Speakers
                                                                                • Figure 4-8 IRLED Board and Speakers
                                                                                  • 435 Power Supply Board
                                                                                    • Figure 4-9 Power Supply Unit(s)
                                                                                      • 436 Inverter Board (19 and 22 versions)
                                                                                        • Figure 4-10 Inverter Board
                                                                                          • 437 Small Signal Board (SSB)
                                                                                            • Removing the SSB
                                                                                              • Figure 4-11 SSB connector plate
                                                                                              • Figure 4-12 SSB
                                                                                                • 44 Set Re-assembly
                                                                                                  • 5 Service Modes Error Codes and Fault Finding
                                                                                                    • 51 Test Points
                                                                                                    • 52 Service Mode
                                                                                                      • 521 Service Alignment Mode (SAM)
                                                                                                        • How to Enter
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-1 SAM menu
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-2 SAM menu White Balance Normal
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-3 SAM menu White Balance Cool
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-4 SAM menu White Balance Warm
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-5 SAM menu Volume Curve
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-6 SAM menu Picture Curve
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-7 SAM menu Picture Mode Natural
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-8 SAM menu Picture Mode Personal
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-9 SAM menu Picture Mode Rich
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-10 SAM menu Picture Mode Soft
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-11 SAM menu Producting
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-12 SAM menu Country
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-13 SAM menu Setup
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-14 SAM menu Shop Init Do
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-15 SAM menu Clear Code gt
                                                                                                            • How to Exit
                                                                                                            • Factory Mode Descriptions
                                                                                                              • ltTABLEgt
                                                                                                              • Virgin Settings
                                                                                                                • Table 5-1 Country setting
                                                                                                                • Table 5-2 Virgin settings
                                                                                                                  • 522 Customer Service Mode (CSM)
                                                                                                                    • Purpose
                                                                                                                    • How to Activate CSM
                                                                                                                    • Contents of CSM
                                                                                                                      • Figure 5-16 CSM Menu
                                                                                                                        • Menu Explanation
                                                                                                                        • How to Exit
                                                                                                                          • 523 Blinking LED Procedure
                                                                                                                            • 53 Error Codes
                                                                                                                              • ltTABLEgt
                                                                                                                                • 54 Fault Finding
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-17 No Picture No sound no Back light (19 sets)
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-18 Picture OK No sound (19 sets)
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-19 No Picture Back light amp Sound OK (19 and 26 sets)
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-20 No color (19 and 26 sets)
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-21 No Picture No sound no Back light (26 sets)
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-22 Picture OK No sound (26 sets)
                                                                                                                                    • 55 Service Tools
                                                                                                                                      • 551 ComPair
                                                                                                                                        • Introduction
                                                                                                                                        • Specifications
                                                                                                                                        • How to Connect
                                                                                                                                        • How to Order
                                                                                                                                          • Figure 5-23 ComPair II interface connection
                                                                                                                                            • 56 Software Upgrading
                                                                                                                                              • 561 Introduction
                                                                                                                                                  • 6 Block Diagrams Test Point Overview and Waveforms
                                                                                                                                                    • Wiring Diagram of Connector for MS19-PH 19
                                                                                                                                                    • Wiring Diagram of Connector for MS19-PH 26
                                                                                                                                                    • Block Diagram MS19P Chipset
                                                                                                                                                    • I2C overview
                                                                                                                                                      • 7 Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts
                                                                                                                                                        • Main Power Supply (19)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Main Power Supply (19) (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Main Power Supply (19) (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Main Power Supply (26)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Main Power Supply (26) (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Main Power Supply (26) (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Standby Power Supply (26)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Standby Power Supply (26) (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Standby Power Supply (26) (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB Control
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB DC - DC
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB MST9E19A Controller
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB HDMI Interface
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB VGA Interface
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB Cinch
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB Tuner
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB Audio Amplifier
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB LVDS Interface
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Small Signal Board (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Small Signal Board (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Keyboard Control Panel
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Keyboard Control Panel (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Keyboard Control Panel (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Inverter Panel
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Inverter Panel (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Inverter Panel (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • IR LED Panel
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout IR LED Panel (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout IR LED Panel (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                          • 8 Alignments
                                                                                                                                                            • 81 Electrical Alignments
                                                                                                                                                            • 82 Hardware Alignments
                                                                                                                                                              • 821 Aging
                                                                                                                                                              • 822 ADC Adjustment
                                                                                                                                                              • 823 White Balance Adjustment
                                                                                                                                                                • Table 8-1 Color Temperature Setting 19
                                                                                                                                                                • Table 8-2 Color Temperature Setting 26
                                                                                                                                                                  • 9 Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data Sheets
                                                                                                                                                                    • 91 Introduction
                                                                                                                                                                    • 92 Abbreviation List
                                                                                                                                                                    • 93 IC Data Sheets
                                                                                                                                                                      • 931 Diagram B MST9U19A
                                                                                                                                                                        • Figure 9-1 Pin configuration
                                                                                                                                                                          • 932 Diagram B TDA1308
                                                                                                                                                                            • Figure 9-2 Block diagram and pin configuration
                                                                                                                                                                              • 933 Diagram B NCP1377B
                                                                                                                                                                                • Figure 9-3 Block diagram and pin configuration
                                                                                                                                                                                  • 934 Diagram B TDA7266
                                                                                                                                                                                    • Figure 9-4 Block diagram and pin configuration
                                                                                                                                                                                      • 10 Spare Parts List amp CTN Overview
                                                                                                                                                                                        • Table 10-1 Sets described in this manual
                                                                                                                                                                                          • 11 Revision List
Page 7: Philips 19PFL3403-55 TCS1[1].0L_LA

Mechanical Instructions EN 7TCS10L LA 4

4 Mechanical Instructions

Index of this chapter41 Cable Dressing42 Service Positions43 AssyPanel Removal44 Set Re-assembly

Notes bull Figures below can deviate slightly from the actual situation

due to the different set executionsbull Follow the disassemble instructions in described order

They apply mostly to the 26 model unless otherwise specified but the described method is comparable for the other screen sizes

41 Cable Dressing

Figure 4-1 Cable dressing (19 model)

I_17950_003eps080508

Mechanical InstructionsEN 8 TCS10L LA4

Figure 4-2 Cable dressing (26 model)

I_17950_004eps080508

Mechanical Instructions EN 9TCS10L LA 4

42 Service Positions

For easy servicing of this set there are a few possibilities createdbull The buffers from the packagingbull Foam bars (created for Service)

421 Foam Bars

Figure 4-3 Foam bars

The foam bars (order code 3122 785 90580 for two pieces) can be used for all types and sizes of Flat TVs See figure ldquoFoam barsrdquo for details Sets with a display of 42rdquo and larger require four foam bars [1] Ensure that the foam bars are always supporting the cabinet and never only the displayCaution Failure to follow these guidelines can seriously damage the displayBy laying the TV face down on the (ESD protective) foam bars a stable situation is created to perform measurements and alignments By placing a mirror under the TV you can monitor the screen

43 AssyPanel Removal

431 Stand

1 Refer to next figure2 Place the TV set upside down on a table top using the

foam bars (see section ldquoService Positionrdquo)3 Remove the screws that secure the stand and remove the

stand

Figure 4-4 Stand

432 Rear Cover

Warning Disconnect the mains power cord before you remove the rear cover1 Refer to next figures2 Place the TV set upside down on a table top using the

foam bars (see section ldquoService Positionsrdquo)3 Remove the screws that secure the rear cover The screws

are located at the sides Be careful Now the rear cover could be lifted but the SSB and power supply panel(s) are mounted in the rear cover and still connected to the LCD panel and other boards Those cables should be released first

4 To release the LVDS cable lift the back cover a few centimetres and move it downwards the set Now unplug the LVDS connector [2]Caution be careful as this is a very fragile connector

5 Remove the screw [3]6 Now the rear cover can be lifted to gain access to the

speaker cables and the IRLED panel cable Release the connectors [4]

Figure 4-5 LVDS release

E_06532_018eps171106

1

Required for sets42

1

I_17950_005eps080508

1

1

1

1

I_17930_041eps240408

2

3

Mechanical InstructionsEN 10 TCS10L LA4

Figure 4-6 Speaker and IRLED panel cable release

433 Keyboard Control Board

1 Refer to next figure2 Unscrew two screws[1]3 Unplug connector [2] and remove the boardWhen defective replace the whole unit

Figure 4-7 Keyboard control board

434 IRLED Board and Speakers

1 Refer to next figure2 Remove the screws [1] and remove the IRLED board3 Remove the screws [2] and remove the speakersWhen defective replace the whole unit

Figure 4-8 IRLED Board and Speakers

I_17930_042eps240408

4

4

4

I_17930_063eps240408

2

1

1

I_17930_043eps240408

1 1

22 22

Mechanical Instructions EN 11TCS10L LA 4

435 Power Supply Board

Due to different set executions this chassis is supplied with one or two power supply boards and figures may differCaution it is absolutely mandatory to remount all different screws and cables at their original position during re-assembly Failure to do so may result in damaging the power supply1 Refer to next figure2 Unplug all the connectors [1]3 Remove the fixation screws [2]4 Remove the main power supply board5 Unplug all the connectors [3]6 Remove the fixation screws [4]7 Remove the stand-by power supply board

Figure 4-9 Power Supply Unit(s)

436 Inverter Board (19 and 22 versions)

Due to different set executions this chassis some versions are supplied with an inverter board Figures may differ1 Refer to next figure2 Unplug all connectors [1]3 Release the clips [2]4 Take out the inverter board

Figure 4-10 Inverter Board

437 Small Signal Board (SSB)

Caution it is absolutely mandatory to remount all different screws at their original position during re-assembly Failure to do so may result in damaging the SSB

Removing the SSB 1 See next figures2 Remove the screws [2] from the SSB3 On the outside of the set lift the rear cover near the tuner

connector approximately 3 mm in the indicated direction and keep it lifted while

4 On the inside of the set slide the metal plate in the indicated direction

5 Gently lift the board from the rear cover6 Now unplug the LVDS connector [3]

Caution be careful as this is a very fragile connector Unplug the rest of the cables [4]

Figure 4-11 SSB connector plate

I_17950_006eps080508

4

4

2 2 4

4

2 2

1

1

3

I_17930_065eps240408

1

1

1

2 2

2

I_18130_002eps170608

Mechanical InstructionsEN 12 TCS10L LA4

Figure 4-12 SSB

44 Set Re-assembly

To re-assemble the whole set execute all processes in reverse order

Notesbull While re-assembling make sure that all cables are placed

and connected in their original position See figure ldquoCable dressingrdquo

bull Pay special attention not to damage the EMC foams at the SB shields Make sure that EMC foams are put correctly on their places

I_17950_008eps080508

22

44

3

22

Service Modes Error Codes and Fault Finding EN 13TCS10L LA 5

5 Service Modes Error Codes and Fault Finding

Index of this chapter51 Test Points52 Service Mode53 Error Codes54 Fault Finding55 Service Tools56 Software Upgrading

51 Test Points

This chassis is NOT equipped with test points in the service printing No test points are mentioned in the service manual

52 Service Mode

521 Service Alignment Mode (SAM)

How to EnterTo enter SAM use the following methodbull Press on the remote control the code ldquo062596rdquo directly

followed by the ldquoINFOrdquo key

After entering SAM the following screen is visible the values can be adjusted according to the requested (see Chapter 8)

Figure 5-1 SAM menu

Figure 5-2 SAM menu White Balance Normal

Figure 5-3 SAM menu White Balance Cool

Figure 5-4 SAM menu White Balance Warm

Figure 5-5 SAM menu Volume Curve

Figure 5-6 SAM menu Picture Curve

I_18130_041eps190608

I_18130_044eps190608

I_18130_043eps190608

I_18130_045eps190608

I_18130_044eps190608

I_18130_048eps190608

Service Modes Error Codes and Fault FindingEN 14 TCS10L LA5

Figure 5-7 SAM menu Picture Mode Natural

Figure 5-8 SAM menu Picture Mode Personal

Figure 5-9 SAM menu Picture Mode Rich

Figure 5-10 SAM menu Picture Mode Soft

Figure 5-11 SAM menu Producting

Figure 5-12 SAM menu Country

I_18130_049eps190608

I_18130_050eps190608

I_18130_051eps190608

I_18130_052eps190608

I_18130_053eps190608

I_18130_054eps190608

Service Modes Error Codes and Fault Finding EN 15TCS10L LA 5

Figure 5-13 SAM menu Setup

Figure 5-14 SAM menu Shop Init Do

Figure 5-15 SAM menu Clear Code gt

How to ExitPress ldquoMENUrdquo on the RC-transmitter

Factory Mode Descriptions

I_18130_055eps190608

I_18130_058eps190608

Item Sub-Item Description

SOURCE Shift among sourcing via pressing Left amp Right key

ADC ADJ Only available in HDTV or PC mode

WB White Balance Calibration setting

SOURCE Shift among sources

COLOR TEMP Normal Warm Cool

WHITE R R Gain adjust manually or automatically

WHITE G G Gain adjust manually or automatically

WHITE B B Gain adjust manually or automatically

BLACK R R Shift adjust manually or automatically

BLACK G G Shift adjust manually or automatically

BLACK B B Shift adjust manually or automatically

VOL CURVE Volume Curve adjustmentX0 X10 X30 X50 X70 X90 X100 on for the usermenu volume value of the 0 10 30 50 70 90 100Only to adjust during production

PICTURE CURVE Analog Picture Curve adjustment X0 X30 X50 X80 X100 on for the usermenu picture value of the 0 30 50 80 100Only to adjust during production

CON Contrast Curve

BRI Brightness Curve

SAT Saturation Curve

SHARP Sharpness Curve

LIGHT Back light Curve

PICTURE MODE Picture modes analog value can be adjusted in this pageincluding SOFT NATURAL BRIGHTE and PERSONAL

I_18130_059eps190608

Service Modes Error Codes and Fault FindingEN 16 TCS10L LA5

Virgin SettingsFirst the country should be set according to the following table

Table 5-1 Country setting

Secondly select ldquoSHOP INITrdquo from the SAM menu Wait until finished and then turn ldquoOffrdquo the set Now the set is put back to virgin settings according to the following table

Table 5-2 Virgin settings

522 Customer Service Mode (CSM)

PurposeWhen a customer is having problems with his TV-set he can call his dealer or the Customer Help desk The service technician can then ask the customer to activate the CSM in order to identify the status of the set Now the service technician can judge the severity of the complaint In many cases he can advise the customer how to solve the problem or he can decide if it is necessary to visit the customer The CSM is a read only mode therefore modifications in this mode are not possible

How to Activate CSMKey in the code ldquo123654rdquo via the standard RC transmitter

Contents of CSM

Figure 5-16 CSM Menu

Menu Explanation1 MODEL Type number and region code2 PROD SN Production code will have 14 characters + 2

reserved (total 16 characters)3 SW ID Software cluster and version is displayed (TC =

TCL 1 = Chassis Number 26 = Screen size L = Latam 090 = software version)

4 CODES Error buffer contents5 SIGNAL PRESENT Presence of RF signal6 SYSTEM Color system7 SOUND Sound system (MonoStereoSAP)8 HDCP KEYS Shows Valid or invalid HDCP key when

HDMI connected Else blank9 HDMI INPUT FORMAT Shows the HDMI input format10 HDMI AUDIO INPUT HDMI audio input HDMI audio stream

detection YES = Audio stream detected NO = No Audio (for example when DVI format is used)

How to ExitPress ldquoMENUrdquo on the RC-transmitter

523 Blinking LED Procedure

The software is capable of identifying different kinds of errors Because it is possible that more than one error can occur over time an error buffer is available which is capable of storing the last five errors that occurred This is useful if the OSD is not working properly

Errors can also be displayed by the blinking LED procedure The method is to repeatedly let the front LED pulse with as many pulses as the error code number followed by a period of 15 seconds in which the LED is ldquooffrdquo Then this sequence is repeated

PRODUCTING FACTURY HOT KEY

Short-cut key to enter factory mode setting GO BACK is the short-cut key if it is ldquoONrdquo Do remember to turn this ldquoOFFrdquo when the set is returned to the customer

WARM UP STATUS

Aging Mode setting ldquoONrdquo means snow picture showing instead of blue background if there is no signal input Do remember to turn this ldquoOFFrdquo when the set is returned to the customer

EEPROM INIT EEPROM initialization1 When the first time to turn on the set please enter this menu and initialize it2 Press LeftRight key and waiting for about 5 seconds until ldquoOKrdquo displayed which means the set finishes the initialization3 Switch off AC power4 Power on the set again the EEPROM will be initialized

LOGO Always leave this setting to the value ldquoOFFrdquo

RF AGC RF Automatic Gain Control default at 16

COUNTRY Select the correct country before doing a SHOP INIT because it puts the set in virgin mode

SET UP POWER MODE LAST

This selects the last power on sequence used

POWER MODE STB

This will put the set in Stand-by whenever the power key is used to turn it on The user now has to turn the set on with the remote control

POWER MODE ON

This will turn on the set whenever the power key is used to turn it on

SHOP INIT DO By selecting this the outgoing factory initialization is selected Always perform this at the end of a repair

CLEAR CODE gt Clears the Error codes

CODES Shows the last 5 error codes

PANEL TYPE Shows the panel type (display only)

SW VER Shows the software version

V8- Shows the BOM number

COMPILE TIME Shows the time the software was compiled

CTN suffix Country

55 Other

77 Argentina

78 Brazil

85 Mexico

Setting 55 77 78 85

PQ Smart Mode Rich Rich Rich Rich

AQ Smart Mode Movie Movie Movie Movie

Sleep Off Off Off Off

Time 0000 0000 0000 0000

Start time ---- ---- ---- ----

Stop time ---- ---- ---- ----

Channel 2 2 2 2

Child lock Off Off Off Off

Parental lock Off Off Off Off

Closed caption Off Off Off Off

RF Channel 2 9 4 2

Volume 30 30 30 30

Item Sub-Item Description

Screen ratio 16 9 16 9 16 9 16 9

OSD language Spanish Spanish Portuguese Spanish

Setting 55 77 78 85

I_18130_060eps190608

Service Modes Error Codes and Fault Finding EN 17TCS10L LA 5

Any RC command terminates the sequence Error code LED blinking is in white colorExample the contents of the error buffer is ldquo013 007 000 000 000rdquoAfter entering SDM the following occursbull 1 long blink of 5 seconds to start the sequencebull 1 medium blink of 3 seconds and then 3 short blinks

followed by a pause of 15 secondsbull 7 short blinks followed by a pause of 15 secondsbull 1 long blink of 15 seconds to finish the sequenceThe sequence starts again with 12 short blinks

53 Error Codes

The error code buffer contains all errors detected since the last time the buffer was erased The buffer is written from left to right When an error occurs that is not yet in the error code buffer it is displayed at the left side and all other errors shift one position to the right

Basically there are six kind of errors

54 Fault Finding

Figure 5-17 No Picture No sound no Back light (19 sets)

Code Description Detection method Type

0 no error - -

1 reserved - -

2 5V failure protection

Power down Protection + blinking

3 μP Control I2C-bus Error log + blinking

4 General I2C bus Error

I2C-bus Protection + blinking

5 reserved - -

6 System EEPROM

I2C-bus Protection + blinking

7 Tuner I2C-bus Error log + blinking

8 HDCP EEPROM

I2C-bus Error log + blinking

No Picture no sound no Back light

Fuse F3(3A) OK

Check circuit of +33V+18V(U5U

6U7) OK Replace the bad

components

For P22 Pin 1~4 is +12V_PWamp Pin7~9

of is +5VSTBOK

Replace F3

Check Q17(Pin5- 8)+12V OK

NO

NO

NO

YES

YES

YES

Check DC-DC circuit(U1U2)

NOCheck Q26 circuit amp Replace the bad

componentsYES

Check PSU

I_18130_066eps180608

Service Modes Error Codes and Fault FindingEN 18 TCS10L LA5

Figure 5-18 Picture OK No sound (19 sets)

Figure 5-19 No Picture Back light amp Sound OK (19 and 26 sets)

Picture OK No sound

Check the voltage ofPin 313 of U19is it 12v Check Q17

Check the wave of pin7475 of U8is it

OK

CheckR amp L speaker

Check wave ofAudio input Pin

U8 pin61~69 OK

CheckQ22

No

Check B of Q22 is Low OK

Yes

No

Check Mute Pin6 of U19is it 12V

Yes

Yes

ReplaceU8

Yes

NO

Yes

Check the AMP- MUTE circuit

No

No

YesCheck SIF circuit Pin 7(SIFOUT) of

Tuner TU1

TV source Checkthe AV input

circuit

No

I_18130_068eps180608

No Picture Back light amp Sound OK

Check the output voltage

of U3 12V is it OK

Check LVDS signal waveform

of P10 is OK

Check the Circuit of12V_PANELamp

PANEL_ONOFF

Yes

No

Yes

Is RP2-RP7 ok

No

check the LVDS cable

Replace U8Yes

I_18130_004eps180608

Service Modes Error Codes and Fault Finding EN 19TCS10L LA 5

Figure 5-20 No color (19 and 26 sets)

Figure 5-21 No Picture No sound no Back light (26 sets)

No color

Color system is Right amp another

channel color is right

Dose the TV signal too weak

CheckPin 17(TV-

CVBS) Wave of TU1 OK

ReplaceTU1

ResetTo

Local system

CheckTuner Input

cable amp antenna

Yes NO NO

No YES YES

Fine tune Frequency

I_18130_006eps180608

No Picture No sound no Back light

Check circuit of +33V +18V (U5U

6U7) OK Replace the bad components

For P22 Pin 1~4 is +12V_PW amp Pin7~9

of is +5VSTBOK

NO

NO

YES

Check DC-DC circuit (U1U2)

YES

Check PSU

I_18130_003eps180608

Service Modes Error Codes and Fault FindingEN 20 TCS10L LA5

Figure 5-22 Picture OK No sound (26 sets)

55 Service Tools

551 ComPair

IntroductionComPair (Computer Aided Repair) is a Service tool for Philips Consumer Electronics products and offers the following1 ComPair helps you to quickly get an understanding on how

to repair the chassis in a short and effective way2 ComPair allows very detailed diagnostics and is therefore

capable of accurately indicating problem areas You do not have to know anything about I2C or UART commands yourself because ComPair takes care of this

3 ComPair speeds up the repair time since it can automatically communicate with the chassis (when the uP is working) and all repair information is directly available

4 ComPair features TV software upgrade possibilities

SpecificationsComPair consists of a Windows based fault finding program and an interface box between PC and the (defective) product The (new) ComPair II interface box is connected to the PC via an USB cable For the TV chassis the ComPair interface box and the TV communicate via a bi-directional cable via the service connector(s)

How to ConnectThis is described in the ComPair chassis fault finding database

Caution It is compulsory to connect the TV to the PC as shown in Figure ldquoComPair II interface connectionrdquo (with the ComPair interface in between) as the ComPair interface acts as a level shifter If one connects the TV directly to the PC (via UART) ICs will be blown

How to OrderComPair II order codes

bull ComPair II interface 3122 785 91020bull For SW see Philips service websitebull ComPair UART interface cable 3122 785 75051bull Software Upgrade VGA interface cables 3122 785 90004

and 3122 785 09269

Note If you encounter any problems contact your local support desk

Figure 5-23 ComPair II interface connection

56 Software Upgrading

561 Introduction

Software upgrading can be done by ComPair This allows to replacement of the software image

Picture OK No sound

Check the voltage ofPin 313 of U19is it 12v Check PSU

Check the wave of pin7475 of U8is it

OK

CheckR amp L speaker

Check wave ofAudio input Pin

U8 pin61~69 OK

CheckQ22

No

Check B of Q22 is Low OK

Yes

No

Check Mute Pin6 of U19is it 12V

Yes

Yes

ReplaceU8

Yes

NO

Yes

Check the AMP- MUTE circuit

No

No

YesCheck SIF circuit Pin 7(SIFOUT) of

Tuner TU1

TV source Checkthe AV input

circuit

No

I_18130_005eps180608

E_06532_036eps150208

TOUART SERVICECONNECTOR

TOUART SERVICECONNECTOR

TOI2C SERVICECONNECTOR

TO TV

PC

HDMII2C only

Optional power5V DC

ComPair II Developed by Philips Brugge

RC outRC in

OptionalSwitch

Power ModeLinkActivity I2C

ComPair IIMulti

function

RS232 UART

Block Diagrams Test Point Overview and Waveforms 21TCS10L LA 6

6 Block Diagrams Test Point Overview and Waveforms

Wiring Diagram of Connector for MS19-PH 19

40-PWL20C-PWI1XG POWER BOARD

1

NU

SE

LEC

T

GN

D

GN

D

P4

1 2 3 5 6 74

BL

ON

OF

F

DIM

MIN

G

INV

ER

TE

R_P

WR

12V

INV

ER

TE

R_P

WR

12V

P5

40-0MS19P-MAE2XGMAIN BOARD

AG

ND

1 2 3 5 6 74

KE

Y0

KE

Y1

AG

ND

IR-I

N

LED

1-IN

LED

2-IN

NC

1 2 3 5 6 7 84

+5V

ST

B

+5V

ST

B

GN

D

GN

D

GN

D

INVERTER BOARD

CN

1

GN

D

1 2 3 5 64

INV

ER

T-S

W

DIM

MIN

G

GN

D

INV

ER

TE

R_P

WR

12V

INV

ER

TE

R_P

WR

12V

8+

5VS

TB

GN

D

1 2 3 5 64

GN

D

GN

D

NC5V

-PW

5V-P

W

40-PF3403-IRC1XG IR BOARD

40-PF3403-KEC1XG KEY BOARD

GN

D

LED

1

IR

+5V

ST

B

1 2 3 54LE

D2

KE

Y1

GN

D

KE

Y0

1 2 3

P10

01

CN

2001 1S

P 22

P

9 10

+12

V-P

W

+12

V-P

W

+12

V-P

W

+12

V-P

W

7 8 9 10

+12

V+

12V

+12

V

+12

V

I_18130_061eps190608

22TCS10L LA 6Block Diagrams Test Point Overview and Waveforms

Wiring Diagram of Connector for MS19-PH 26

40-1PL37C-PWF1XG

1

P5

40-0MS19P-MAE2XGMAIN BOARD

AG

ND

1 2 3 5 6 74

KE

Y0

KE

Y1

AG

ND

IR-I

N

LED

1-IN

LED

2-IN

NC

1 2 3 5 6 7 84

NC

NC

GN

D

GN

D

GN

D

40-PWL01B-STE1X

8+

5VS

TB

1 2 3 5 64

12V-

PW

40-PF3403-IRC1XG IR BOARD

40-PF3403-KEC1XGKEY BOARD

GN

D

LED

1

IR

+5V

ST

B

1 2 3 54LE

D2

KE

Y1

GN

D

KE

Y0

1 2 3

P10

01

CN

2001

P4

9 10

+12

V-P

W

+12

V-P

W

+12

V-P

W

+12

V-P

W

7

10

5P 1P

1 2 3

1 2 3

+5S

TB

AG

ND

PW

-ON

OF

F

+5S

TB

AG

ND

PW

-ON

OF

F

11

12 13 14

GN

D

NC

BL-

AD

JUS

T

BL-

ON

OF

F

11

12

13

14

15

16

P22

8 91 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

12 13 14 15 16

12V-

PW

GN

D

GN

D12

V-P

W

12V-

PW

GN

D

NC

GN

D

NC

NC

NC

NC

NC

BL-

AD

JUS

T

BL-

ON

OF

F

I_18130_062eps190608

Block Diagrams Test Point Overview and Waveforms 23TCS10L LA 6

Block Diagram MS19P Chipset

Panel

810-bit LVDS

2MB

HDMI

HDTVVGA

YC

AV2AV1

AV-OUTTVSIF

PCHDTV-RL

AV2-RLAV1-RL

IRKEY0KEY1

GPIO PWM

Serial-FlashSPI

Speake

Earphone

r

MS19P Chipset Block Diagram

Audio out

EEPROM24C32 SDA

SCL

AMP

TDA7266

MST9U19A

24C02

24C02

24C04SDASCL

U19

U9

U13

U12

U11HDCP

EDID

EDID

U10

Z1

SDASCLExternal device

I_18130_063eps190608

24TCS10L LA 6Block Diagrams Test Point Overview and Waveforms

I2C overview

I2C Device Block Diagram

MST9U19A-LF

24C32 24C04

System EEPROM

I2C AddressA0

HDCP EEPROM

I2C AddressA4

SDA SCL SDA SCL

Tuner integratedIF PLL Demodulator

SDA1 SCL1I2C AddressA0

I_18130_064eps190608

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 25TCS10L LA 7

7 Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Main Power Supply (19)

I_18130_022eps180608

A AMAIN POWER SUPPLY 19rdquo

26TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout Main Power Supply (19) (Top Side)

Layout Main Power Supply (19) (Bottom Side)

I_18130_023eps180608

I_18130_065eps190608

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 27TCS10L LA 7

Main Power Supply (26)

I_18130_024eps180608

A1 A1MAIN POWER SUPPLY 26rdquo

28TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout Main Power Supply (26) (Top Side)

I_18130_028eps180608

40-PWL01B-STE1XG

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 29TCS10L LA 7

Layout Main Power Supply (26) (Bottom Side)

I_18130_029eps180608

40-PWL01B-STE1XG

30TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Standby Power Supply (26)

I_18130_025eps200608

A2 A2STANDBY POWER SUPPLY 26rdquo

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 31TCS10L LA 7

Layout Standby Power Supply (26) (Top Side)

40-1PL37C-PWF1XGI_18130_026eps

180608

32TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout Standby Power Supply (26) (Bottom Side)

I_18130_027eps180608

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 33TCS10L LA 7

SSB Control

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGNDAGND

AGND

AGNDAGNDAGND AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

T

T

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

D1B

D1A

G2

G1

S2

D2B

D2A

S1

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

PGND

PGND

PGND

PGND

PGND

AGND

AGND

T

T

T

T

AGND

T

T

BOOT

DRIVE

FB GND

LGATE

PHASE

VCC

UGATE

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

PGND

AGND

AGND

AGNDAGND

AGND

D2B

D2A

G1

G2

S1

D1B

D1A

S2

T

AGND

D1B

D1A

D2B

G2 D2A

S2

G1

S1

09V

18V

For Tuner 33v

L--Prot

Normal--HProtect--L

Back Light Control

Far from DC-DC amp Tuner

Option

When not use DC-DC+5VSTB_L provide

ON-----LOFF-----H

OptionFar from tuner and power supply (NC)

8

7

6

4 5

3

2

1U3

SP8J3

R234

10R

NC

E

C

B

BT3904

Q21

B

C

E

Q32BT3904

R16

19N

C2

618

KR

919

1K

26

10K

B

C

E

Q2

BT3904

R177

NC

C23

00

1U

10K

R18

0

NC

R17

9 0

R1784K7

+12V

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

P4ON-PBACK

ADJ-PWM2

R181910K26

191

K2

6

R10

Z54

BL-ADJUST

1 2

4

6

8

12

14

10

3

5

7

9

11

13

P22

+5V

+5VSTB_L

C22

2

01U

R70R (FOR 26ONLY)

7

8

4

2

3

5

6

1

A04803

Q17

+12V

+12V_PW

+12V_PW

C24

10

01U

BL-ADJUST

+5V

ST

B_L

C14

01U

BL-ONOFF

C22

40

1U

+5VSTB

R24

8N

C

+12V_PW

C220220U

25V

F250A

F150A

47K

R18

2

L8200R

R2413K9

C23

6

1U

C24

3

1U

C244

01U

C242

470U

16V

+5V

ST

B

PRORECT_12V

R29

720

K

+33V

+33V

B

E

CQ31

BT3906R298

NC

+12V

R299

4K7

R301

4K7

R30

010

K

R29

6

4K7

D14 8V

2

B

C

E

Q26BT3904

R3

4K7

B

E

CQ13

BT3906

C64

3 1U

C20A1U

C21

A 1U

NCC

21

R18

147

K

C24

00

01U

R22

330K

33V

+5V

+5V

12V_PANEL

21

P20

01UC

231

NC

C8

01U

C3

01U

L49200R

L47200R

21

P19

01UC

20

5V_PANEL

4K7R15

D11

LL4148

D45LL4148

PW_ONOFF

+5VSTB1

2

3

P1

POWER-ONOFFB

C

E

Q30BT3904

R26610K

GPIO_PROTECT

+5VSTB

R24

70R

D10LL4148

+12V

C201U

SELECT

R20

510

0K

R2041K

D47 33

V

R27

92K

2R

242

2K2

+12V

1

2

3 6

5

8

4

7

U1

RT8110

R50R PROTPW_ONOFF

R2NC

Z58

Z56

B

C

E

Q27BT3904

BL-ONOFF

R12100R

PW_CTRL

Z51

R24

0 0

Z52

Z53

Z60

L530R

L330R

01U

C23

401UC

232

C23

3 1U

R234K7

5V_PANEL

C22

60

1U

L50200R

+5V

C235470U

16V

200RL54

C23

70

1U

L9200R

+5V

R4

10K

R6NC

+12V_INVERTER

B

C

E

Q6BT3904

68K

R37

NCR17

0RR14

16V

470UC

17A

C27

01U

2U2C16

01UC

15

R8

NC

R194K7

R132NC

R143100K

R14K

7

B

C

E

Q14BT3904

R2110K

+12V

D1LL4148

R14210K

+5VSTB

B

C

E

Q3BT3904NC

+12V

C1810U

50V

L6100UH

D5LL4148

B

C

E

Q5SC1815

NCR

24

B

C

E

Q1

BT3904

B

C

E

Q4BT3904

PWM3

SHUT_EEP

200RL56

L55200R

R23

91K

2

R23

8N

C

R235

10R

R23

6N

C

L115UH

R23

322

K

C23

91U

R237

220R

7

8

4

2

3

5

6

1

U2PHKD13N03LT

C23801U

D50LL4148

L53200R

+12V_INVERTER

C22

70

1U

C22

80

1U

L52200R

L51200R

C22

90

1U

L48200R

C22

50

1U

12V_PANEL

L1230R

PANEL-ONOFF

Z59

Z50

PW_ONOFF R26

368

0R

R2618K2

R26010K

R26

710

K

R26

810

K

R26

247

K

R25910K

R25

810

0K

D41LL4148

+12V

R2783K9

TUNER_5V

+5V

40V

C18

70

1U

R2000R

R6390R

R60422K

L6061000UR

C60

40

1U

D61

433

VC63

047

00P

C63

2 270P

C633

01U 50V

L613

1000UH

NC

L6041000UH

100KR

630

NC

C63

6

C63

50

01U

C63

40

1U

C631200P

B

C

E

Q612BC846B

R63147K

12

3

D61

30B

AV

99

33V

+5V

C1

01U

5V_PANEL

+12V_PW

+5VSTB

12V_PANEL

C223

220U25V

+5VSTB

01U

C22

1

+12V

PW_ONOFF

VCC_PANEL

B01 B01

I_18130_011eps180608

CONTROL

34TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

SSB DC - DC

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGNDAGND

GN

DA

DJ

OU

T

VIN

4

OU

T

VIN

AD

JG

ND

VO

UT

VIN

AD

JG

ND

VCC18V FOR MST9E19A

pin36

VDDC for MST9E19A Core

+33V for VDD_MPLL

+33AVDD FOR AVDD_SIF

+33AVDD FOR AVDD_AU

pin6 pin12

+33AVDD for AVDD_HDMI

Vcc33for MST9E19A analog

+33AVDD for AVDDA

33V for AVDDPLL2

Vcc33 for MST9E19A Digital

10RR

31

F330A

+33V

L16100R+5VST

R28NC

23

1

U6

AIC

1084

FM120D8

FM120D6

23

1

U7

KD

1084

AD

2T18

+33V

VDDP

FM120D7

+5VSTB_L

1 2 3

4

U5AS1117-33

L18FB

FBL17

+18V

VDDC

L11

100R

L10100R+33V

L24

100R

FBL23

16V

47UC

37

C67

01U

01UC

62

C61

01U

01UC

60

C59

01U

16V

100UC

53

C48100U

16V

NCR30

R29

0RL41

FB

16V

100UC

33

C31100U

16V

C49 0

1U

01U

C52

01U

C36

C34 0

1U

01U

C42

C58 0

1U16V

47UC

57

C51 0

1U

AVDD_SIF

+33VA

AVDD_AU

+33VA

AVDDA

+33VA

AVDD_MEMPLL

+33VA

C56 0

1U

01U

C552U

2C

54

C47 0

1U

C46 2U

2

L21FB

2U2

C41

FBL19

C50 2U

2

L22FB

FBL20

01U

C452U

2C

44

C39 0

1U

C38 2U

2

AVDD_HDMI

01U

C40

+33VA

01U

C32

C30 0

1U

+33VA

+33VA

VDD_MPLL

+18V

C35100U

16V

C63

01U

01UC

64

C65

01U

01UC

66

01UC

68

C69

01U

01UC

70

C71

01U

01UC

72

C73

01U

+5VST

+5VSTB

FM120D9

B02 B02

I_18130_012eps180608

DC - DC

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 35TCS10L LA 7

SSB MST9E19A Controller

AG

ND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AG

ND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

SDA

SCL

WC

VCC

VSS

E2NC

E1NC

E0NC AGND

VCC

HOLD

SCK

GND SI

WP

SO

CE

SDA

SCL

WC

VCC

VSS

E2NC

E1NC

E0NC

AD

0A

D1

AD

2A

D3

AD

4A

D5

AD

6A

D7

ALE

AUCOM

AUL0

AUL1

AUL2

AUL3

AUOUTL

AUOUTL2

AUOUTL3

AUOUTR

AUOUTR2

AUOUTR3

AUOUTS

AUR0

AUR1

AUR2

AUR3

AUVRADNAUVRADPAUVREF

AV

DD

_AD

C

AV

DD

_AU

AV

DD

_DV

IA

VD

D_D

VI1

AV

DD

_ME

MP

LL

AV

DD

_MP

LLA

VD

D_M

PLL

1

AV

DD

_SIF

BIN0MBIN0P

BIN1MBIN1P

C0

C1

CSZ

CVBS0

CVBS1CVBS2CVBS3

CVBSOUT

DD

CA

_CK

DD

CA

_DA

DDCD_CKDDCD_DA

DD

CR

_CK

DD

CR

_DA

DI0DI1DI2DI3DI4DI5DI6DI7

DIG

O0

DIG

O1

DIG

O2

DIG

O3

DIG

O4

DIG

O5

DIG

O6

DIG

O7

DIG

O8

DIG

O9

GIN0MGIN0P

GIN1MGIN1P

GN

DG

ND

1

GN

D10

GN

D11

GN

D12

GN

D13

GN

D14

GN

D15

GN

D2

GN

D3

GN

D4

GN

D5

GN

D6

GN

D7

GN

D8

GN

D9

GPIOE0LVSYNCGPIOE1LHSYNC

GPIOE2LDEGPIOE3LCK

GPIOF10GPIOF11

GPIOF12GPIOF13GPIOF14GPIOF15GPIOF16GPIOF17GPIOF18GPIOF19

GPIOF2GPIOF3GPIOF4GPIOF5GPIOF6GPIOF7GPIOF8GPIOF9

HSYNC0

HSYNC1

HW

RE

SE

T

ICLK

IHSYNC

INT

IRIN

IVSYNC

LA0MG3LA0PG2LA1MG1LA1PG0LA2MB7LA2PB6

LA3MB3LA3PB2LA4MB1LA4PB0

LACKMB5LACKPB4

LB0MR7LB0PR6LB1MR5LB1PR4LB2MR3LB2PR2

LB3MG7LB3PG6LB4MG5LB4PG4

LBCKMR1LBCKPR0

PW

M0

PW

M1

PW

M2

PW

M3

PWM_DRVPWM_FB

PWM_SENSE

RD

Z

REFMREFP

REXT

RIN0MRIN0P

RIN1MRIN1P

RMID

RX0NRX0PRX1NRX1PRX2NRX2P

RXCKNRXCKP

SA

R0

SA

R1

SA

R2

SA

R3

SCKSDI

SDO

SIF1MSIF1P

SOGIN0

SOGIN1

VCLAMP

VCOM0

VCOM1

VCOM2

VD

DC

VD

DC

1V

DD

C2

VD

DC

3V

DD

C4

VD

DC

5

VD

DP

VD

DP

1V

DD

P2

VD

DP

3V

DD

P4

VD

DP

5V

DD

P6

VD

DP

7V

DD

P8

VD

DP

9

VSYNC0

VSYNC1

WR

Z

XIN

XO

UT

Y0

Y1

AGND

T

T

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

Mode Selection

I2C address at A0

Location Near IC PinLocation Near IC Pin

SST PULL DOWNMSTAR PULL UP

DVI INPUT

VGA INPUT

For TTL output

Audio Output(to Amp) AV Output(Audio)

Debug Port

For Philps debug

HDCP I2C address at A4

VID

EO

INP

UT

HDTV INPUT

C212NC

C7822P

01UC11

2

2U2 C247

C1072U2

01U C114

PW_CTRL

PRORECT_12V

54

72 13

6 8

RP

84K

7

KEY0-IN

LED2-IN

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

P5

POWER-ONOFF

54

72 13

6 8

RP

124K

7

LED1-IN

NC

L43

+5VSTB

4K7

R55

LED2R13

4K7

R584K7

B

C

E

Q9BT3904

1

2

3

4

5

P14

WP

SDA

SCL

+33V

1

2

3

4

P6

10RR41

SHUT_EEP

D4 NC

WP

C20

110

0P

RXD

TXD1

2

3

P2

ZX

Z62

WP

+33V

+33V+5VSTB

RS

20R

RS

3N

C

RS

11K

10K

R32

10K

R42

01UC86

47RR64

NC

R63

R62

NC

R52100R

R51 22

K

R50 22

K

100RR49

100RR40

C83

001

U

001

UC82

R67

0R

001

UC76

2U2C115

R47100R

R45100R

100RR34100R

R33

2U2C104

C1052U2PC-LIN

2U2C106

C1112U2

2U2C110

C11901U

R57 8K

2

8K2

R56

C1092U2

2U2C108

124578

101113141516171819202122232425262728

293031323334353839

404142434445464748495051

5455575859

61626364656667686970717273747576

78798081828384858687

131

132

133

134

125

126

127

128

129

130

155

156

136 3 9 37 52 56 89 99 101

104

106

120

141

152

173

187

204

143

144

145

146

147

148

149

150

153

154

116

117

118

135

124123122121

9796959493929190

139138137

191190189188

185184183182181180179178177176175174171170169168167166165164163162161160

202201200199198197196195

192

194193

207

206

205

36 53 60 105

6 12 157

208

77 98 107

142

158

203

88 100

102

103

119

140

151

159

172

186

115

114

113

112

111

110

109

108

U8

MST9E19A

R54

4K7

R36

22K

100P C79

01UC11

7

C116

01U

R7510K

R38 22

K

C10201U

C89 0

1U

1

3

2

D40

0BA

V99

+5VST

R53

390R

CVBSOUT

LED2

5

6

7

8

4

3

2

1U10

M24C32MN

IR_SYNC

KEY0

LED1

KEY1

WP_FSH

TV1-VIN- VCOM0

AV1-YIN-

AV1-YIN

VCOM2

SV_Y0

R_TX2+

C920047U

C930047U

0047UC94

0047UC96

C970047U

0047UC98

C1010047U

0047UC100

C990047U

SV_C0

TXD

RXD

100P

C20

2

8

7

6

4 5

3

2

1U9

W25X40

+33V

L26 F

B

100RR77

SDA

SCL

SHUT_EEPR76

100R

5

6

7

8

4

3

2

1U11

M24C04MN

SDA

SCL

100RR70

R69100R

+33V

R68

10K

SPI_CZ

SPI_DI

SPI_CK

54

72

1

3 6

8

RP933R

NCR

65R

661K

8

C90 10

0P

R6110R

1KR60

R591K

100P

C91

C95 10

0P

SYS_RST

R391K

B

E

CQ8

BT3906

C8010U

16V

C7447U

16V

R48

1M

Y1

14M

3

22PC84

AVDDA

AVDD_SIF

AVDD_MEMPLL

AVDD_HDMIVDDC VDDP

SDA_EXT

SCL_EXT

+33V

R43

10K

10KR

44

RXE3+B2

RXE4+B0

RXE4-B1

RXE3-B3

RXEC+B4

RXEC-B5

RXE2+B6

RXE2-B7

RXE1+G0

RXE1-G1

RXE0+G2

RXE0-G3

RXO4+G4

RXO4-G5

RXO3+G6

RXO3-G7

RXOC+R0

RXOC-R1

RXO2+R2

RXO2-R3

RXO1+R4

RXO1-R5

RXO0+R6

RXO0-R7

TTL-BLUE2

TTL-BLUE1

TTL-BLUE0

TTL-BLUE3

TTL-BLUE4

TTL-BLUE5

TTL-BLUE6

TTL-BLUE7

TTL-GREEN0

TTL-GREEN1

TTL-GREEN2

TTL-GREEN3

TTL-GREEN4

TTL-GREEN5

TTL-GREEN6

TTL-GREEN7

TTL-RED6

TTL-RED0

TTL-RED1

TTL-RED2

TTL-RED3

TTL-RED4

TTL-RED5

TTL-RED7

54

72

1

3 6

8

RP40R

8

63

1

2 7

4 5

0RRP7

54

72

1

3 6

8

RP60R

8

63

1

2 7

4 5

0RRP3

8

63

1

2 7

4 5

0RRP5

54

72

1

3 6

8

RP20R

SPI_CKSPI_DISPI_CZ

SPI_DO

AMP-MUTE

PANEL-ONOFF

LED1

HPDCTRL

ON-PBACK

863 12

7

45

4K7

RP

13

PWM0

ADJ-PWM2

NCR

85

NCR

82

NCR

80

NCR

79

R84

1K

R83

1K

R81

1K

R78

1K

PWM0

WP_FSH

ADJ-PWM2

PWM3

IR_SYNC

KEY1

KEY0

RXD

TXD

SCL

SDA

DDC-RDX

DDC-TXD

I2C-SCL

I2C-SDA

+33V

54

721 3

68

RP

104K

7

R7410R

10RR73

10RR72

R7110R

AUCOM

16V

10UC

118

AUVRADN

AUVRADP

C11310U

16V

L250

AMP-ROUT

AMP-LOUT

PH-ROUTPH-LOUT

PC-RIN

SIFM

SIFP

01UC103

01U

C88

AUCOM

AUVREFAUVRADPAUVRADN

SIFM

SIFP

TUNER_CVBS

SV_C0

SV_Y0

VCOM2

CVBS2CVBS1

VCOM0

VCOM1

CVBS3

SCG+

SCR+SCR-

SC_SOG

SCG-

SCB-

RIN-

RIN+GIN-

GIN+SOG

BIN-BIN+

01UC85

C8701U

VS_RGBHS_RGB

HDMI_SCLHDMI_SDA

AVDD_HDMI TXCLK-

R_TX2+

R_TX2-G_TX1+

G_TX1-B_TX0+

B_TX0-TXCLK+

AUVREF

PWM3

+33V

VDD_MPLL

AVDD_AU

TV1-VIN+ TUNER_CVBS

VCOM1

AV1-CIN

TV-SIFP

TV-SIFM

HDMI_SCLHDMI_SDA

TXCLK-

R_TX2-G_TX1+

G_TX1-B_TX0+

B_TX0-TXCLK+

VS_RGBHS_RGB

RIN-

RIN+GIN-

GIN+SOG

BIN-BIN+

SCG+

SCR+SCR-

SC_SOG

SCG-SCB+SCB-

AV1-VIN+

AV2-VIN+

AV3-VIN+ CVBS1

CVBS2

CVBS3

SPI_DO

WP_FSH

CVBSOUT

PH-LOUT

PH-ROUTAMP-ROUT AMP-R

AMP-LAMP-LOUTPH-L1OUT

AFT

SCB+

KEY1-IN

+33V

PH-R1OUT

C77

1000

P

E

C

B BT3904Q7

R114K7

+5VSTB

GPIO_PROTECT

+33V

IR-IN

C248

2U2

2U2 C249

C250

2U2

2U2 C251

C252

2U2

DVI-RINDVI-LINAV2-RIN

AV2-LIN

AV1-RINAV1-LIN

B03 B03

I_18130_013eps180608

MST9E19A CONTROLLER

36TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

SSB HDMI Interface

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

SDA

SCL

WC

VCC

VSS

E2NC

E1NC

E0NC

RX2+

GND1

RX2-

RX1+

GND2

RX1-

RX0+

GND3

RX0-

RXC+

GND4

RXC-

NC1

NC2

DDCCLK

DDCDA

GND5

VCC

HPD

AGND

HDMI-RX2-

HDMI-RX1+

+5V

+5V

5

6

43

2

1

U17

PRTR5V0U4D

5

6

43

2

1

U18

PRTR5V0U4D

1KR101

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

P12

01UC

120

5

6

7

8

4

3

2

1U12

M24C02MN

RLZ

5B6

D18

HDMI-DDC-SDA

HDMI-DDC-SCL

HDMI-HPD

HDMI5V

HPDCTRLB

C

E

Q10BT3904

4K7R96

R95

4K7

R1000R

NCR

97

R94

1K

+5V

100RR99

R98100R

12

3

D17

BAT

54C

D19

RLZ

5B6

TXCLK-

TXCLK+

B_TX0-

B_TX0+

G_TX1-

G_TX1+

R_TX2-

R_TX2+

10RR93

R9210R

10RR91

R9010R

10RR89

R8810R

10RR87

R8610R

HDMI_SDA

HDMI_SCL

HDMI-RXC-

HDMI-RXC+

HDMI-RX0+

HDMI-RX0-

HDMI-RX1-

HDMI-RX2+

B04 B04

I_18130_014eps180608

HDMI INTERFACE

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 37TCS10L LA 7

SSB VGA Interface

AGND

AGND

AGND

SDA

SCL

WC

VCC

VSS

E2NC

E1NC

E0NC

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGNDProgram Control

To main chip(when updateit is I2Cwhen debug it is RXTX)

LED2

R12

110

0RR12

010

0R

+33V

RXD

TXD

R170

4K7

1

3

2

D2

100RR144

NCR123

4K7R12

2

75R

R10

9

R10

8 75R

01UC

130

10K

R17

4

75R

R10

7

10K

R17

2

P13-11

R11

8 4K7

4K7

R11

9

PROTECT

VGA5V

VGA-SCL

PROTECT

13

2

D25

1

3

2

D20

C19 N

C

Q182N7002

10RR175

R171NC

R17310R

C12

9 NC

C1270047U

VGA-R+

VGA-G+

VGA-B+

+5VST1

32

D24

1KR115

R1141K

123

D23BAT54C

5

6

7

8

4

3

2

1U13

M24C02MN

R11

74K

7NC

C12

8R11

610

K

6

4

11

14

15

7

12

8

5

13

3

10

9

1

2

16

17

P13

C1230047U

C1241000P

C1210047U

R10510R

10RR104

R10310R

0047UC126

C1250047U

0047UC122

1

3

2

D22

2

3

1

D21

R11347R

47RR111

R11047R

R106330R

HS_RGB

VS_RGB

Q192N7002

B

C

E

Q25BT3904

VGA-HS

VGA-VS

VGA-SDA

RIN+

SOG

BIN-

GIN-

RIN-

BIN+

GIN+

VGA-SDA

VGA-SCL

+5VSTB

+5VSTB

B05 B05

I_18130_015eps180608

VGA INTERFACE

38TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

SSB Cinch

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND AGNDAGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

VDD

OUTB

INB-

VSS INB+

INA+

INA-

OUTA

AGNDAGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

WHITE

RED

YELLOWGREEN

BLUE

RED

WHITE

RED

RED

WHITE

YELLOW

AGND

AGND

AGND

HDTV IN

AV OUTPUT AUDIO AMP

For PCampYPbPr Audio Input(RL)

For Philips Upgrade

S-VIDEO amp AV2 In Side

Earphone Outuput In Side

AV1 In Rear

AV OUTPUT

For DVI Audio Input(35mm Jack)

2

1

3

P17

DVI_R

DVI_L

AV2-V

AV_ROUT

AV2-R

C13 47

0P

12K

R15

2

C17 47

0P

560P

C16

356

0PC

162

3

2

1

4P15

C14

156

0P

PC-R

560P

C14

3C

134

560P

560P

C13

8

2

3

1

D37

NC

C14

256

0P56

0PC

146

C6 10

0P

3

1

2

P11

TXD

3

1

2

P7

PR1

PB1

AVOUT_L

Y1

AVOUT

1

4

2

5

3

6P21

1

2

3

4

5

6P8

8 56 7 9

P15

BUF2

1

3

2

D31

2

3

1

D28

NC

1

3

2

D33

NC

2

3

1

D55

NC

2

3

1

D54

NC

2

3

1

D52

NC

2

3

1

D51

NC

2

3

1

D34

1

3

2

D36

NC

C5 10

0P

13

2

D12

R18

8 75R

R2855K1

R2845K1

R2805K1

R2815K1

L6130R

AV1-CL60

30R

AV1-YL59

30R

75R

R14

9

C19

810

00P

C14

068

0P

680P

C15

5

10RR186

680P

C13

6

OP_VCC2

C13

168

0P

2

3

1

D53

2

3

1

D27

FB

L42

10KR230

12K

R20

1R

197 12

K

R15

9 12K

R15

522

0R

220RR153

75R

R14

0

75R

R13

9

R13

6 75R

75R

R12

8

2U2C188

R14

5 12K

12K

R15

7

12K

R13

5C191

2U2

10K

R15

6R

147 10

K

330R

R14

6

R18510RY1

75RR151

R141

75R

C1452U2

2U2C144

01UC

139

12K

R16

1

AV2-VIN+

CVBSOUT

AV1-CIN

AV1-YIN-

1

3

2

D38

2

3

1

D39

PH-R1OUTR226

10K

AV_LOUT

R22447K

+5V

R22

547

K

C18

347

U

16V

100P

C18

9

33KR

229

C18547U

16V

C18

40

1U

C19

310

0P

R23

233

K

8

7

6

4 5

3

2

1U16

TDA1308T

SCB-

SCG-

SCR-

C1580047U

SCG+

SCR+

SCB+

SC_SOG

PR1

PB1

C1540047U

0047UC153

C1520047U

C1511000P

0047UC159

0047UC156

R19547R

47RR191

R18947R

R18410R

10RR183

R14810R

1

3

2

D35

B

E

CQ11

BT3906C218

10U

16V

B

C

E

Q12BT3904

2

3

1

D32

2

3

1

D30

1

3

2

D29

R13347R

10RR137

R12610R

+5V

AV1-YIN

Y1R176

470R

PH-L1OUT

AV_LOUT

AV_ROUT

AV1-VIN+

L63 30

R

30R

L62

330RR

249

R25

133

0R

C196

033U50V

C197

033U50V

7

654

89

3

1

2

P18

1000

PC

199

AMP-PROUT+AMP-LIN

AMP-PLOUT+AMP-RIN

EARPHONE-RA

EARPHONE-LA

30RL44

AV1-RIN

R2825K1

R2835K1 AV1-LIN

AV2-LIN

R2865K1

R2875K1 AV2-RIN

R2885K1

R2895K1 DVI-RIN

R2905K1

R2915K1 DVI-LIN

R2925K1

R2935K1 PC-RIN

R2945K1

R2955K1 PC-LIN

AV1_V

AVOUT_R

RXD

C4 47

0P47

0PC

7

AV1_R

AV1_L

C9 47

0P47

0PC

10

C11 47

0P47

0PC

12

PC-L

AV2-L

B06 B06

I_18130_016eps180608

CINCH

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 39TCS10L LA 7

SSB Tuner

AGND

AGND

AGND

AG

ND

AGNDAGND

AGND

AGND

COMMON

IN OUT

VID

EO

NC

1

NC

2

AU

DIO

AG

C

SD

A

TU

MB

GN

D2

SIF

OU

T

GN

D1

NC

3

NC

4

NC

5

SC

L

NC

6

AF

T

CLOSE RO MST IC

R21127R

171 2 6 1110 1412 157 83 4 5 9 13 16

TU1

2

1 3

U15KIA78D05

TUNER_SDA

TUNER_SCL

SIF_OUT

TV_CVBSC

172

01U

33V

B

C

E

Q20

BT3904

TV-SIFPNCR213

10RR220

001UC181

TV-SIFP

R194100R

330R

R19

3R

192

10R

R19

81K

R19

91K

L2722UH

+12V

R20

7 NC

100K

R20

3

2200

PC

200

R209120R

R20610R

C17

4N

C3

30P

NC

330

PC

175

C171220U

16V

L28120R

R20251K

C17

710

0P

C17

615

0P

SDA_EXT

SCL_EXT

C168220U

16V

16V

220UC

169

TV1-VIN-

TV1-VIN+

R21047R

C16

60

01UC16

44U

7

50V

C16

50

01U

C16

70

1U

TUNER_5V

AFT

120RR212

TUNER_5V

TV-SIFM

001UC170

B07 B07

I_18130_017eps180608

TUNER

40TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

SSB Audio Amplifier

PGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

PGND

PGND

AGND

AGND

OUT2+

OUT2-

NC3

IN2

VCC2

NC2

OUT1+

VCC1

IN1

NC1

MUTE

STBY

PW_GND

S_GND

OUT1-

TO SPEAKER

TO SPEAKER

0RR

162

AMP-PROUT-

2

1

H8

15

14

11

12

13

10

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

2

U19

TD

A7266

1

2

3

4

P9

AMP-PLOUT-

L45200R

L46200R

C219220U

16V

27UHL31

C217220U

16V

AMP-LIN

R253NC

01U C209

D3LL4148

C20

610

00P

1U

C211

0022U

C26 1000

PC

204

0022U

C25

C22

470U16V

+5VST

R164100K

R16510K

R16

8N

C

R16

9N

C

R1663K3

3K3R167

10KR244

B

E

CQ15

BT3906

B

C

E

Q16BT3904

C19

5 NC

NC

C19

4

B

C

E

Q24BT3904NC

0RR257

10KR254

E

C

B BT3904Q23

B

C

E

Q22BT3904

R25210K

R255100R

R24310K

2U2C205

R2560R

C2032U2

+12V

AMP-PROUT-

AMP-PROUT+

AMP-PLOUT-

AMP-PLOUT+

POWER-ONOFF

AMP-MUTE

AMP-R

AMP-L

12V-AMP

+12V

AMP-RIN

B08 B08

I_18130_018eps180608

AUDIO AMPLIFIER

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 41TCS10L LA 7

SSB LVDS Interface

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

VCC_PANEL

C246

10U 16V

C245

01U

R277 0NC

+33V

R27

2

0N

C

R275 0NC

RXE4+B0 RXE4-B1

RXE3+B2 RXE3-B3

RXEC+B4 RXEC-B5

RXE2+B6 RXE2-B7

RXE1+G0 RXE1-G1

RXE0+G2 RXE0-G3

RXO4+G4 RXO4-G5

RXO3+G6 RXO3-G7

RXOC+R0 RXOC-R1

RXO2+R2 RXO2-R3

RXO1+R4 RXO1-R5

RXO0+R6 RXO0-R7

1 2

4

6

8

12

14

16

18

20

10

22

24

26

28

3

5

7

9

11

13

15

17

19

21

23

25

27

29 30

32

34

36

38

40

31

33

35

37

39

P10

R276 0NC

R27

3

0N

CR

274

0N

C

B09 B09

I_18130_019eps180608

LVDS INTERFACE Personal Notes

E_06532_012eps131004

42TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout Small Signal Board (Top Side)

I_18130_020eps180608

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 43TCS10L LA 7

Layout Small Signal Board (Bottom Side)

I_18130_021eps180608

44TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Keyboard Control Panel

Layout Keyboard Control Panel (Top Side)

Layout Keyboard Control Panel (Bottom Side)

AGND

AGND AGNDAGND

AGND

R10072K

R10061K5

R10011K2

12 4

3K1001

1

2

3

P1001

KEY0

R1008NC

R10051K2

R1004NC

R10032K

R10021K5

D10

02

HS

5V6B

D10

01H

S5V

6B

12 4

3K1003

12 4

3K1002

12 4

3K1006

12 4

3K1005

12 4

3K1004

KEY1

I_18130_030eps180608

E EKEYBOARD CONTROL PANEL

I_18130_031eps180608

I_18130_032eps180608

Personal Notes

E_06532_012eps131004

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 45TCS10L LA 7

Inverter Panel

1 2

A

B

C

D

4321

D

C

B

A

F1FUSE-1

C2104

C1220uF250V

C3104

R1200

Q1

DTA143

E1

9

E2

10

C2

11

VC

C12

OU

TP

UT

C13

VR

EF

14

A1+

1

A1-

2

CO

MP

3

DT

C4

CT

5

RT

6

GN

D7

C1

8

A2-

15

A2+

16

U1

TL494

R2200

Q32222

C8

223

C7103

R847K

R7120K

C4

104C5104

D1

68V

C9104

D2

1N4148

Q8DTC143

123456

CN1

R20470K

R21

33K

C16

330pF

C15NC

R13100K

R10

68K

R11

68K

R12

15K

C10104

R2627K

C20223

R18560

Q22222

Q62907

R142K

R1622K

R27 10

R28 10

D4

BAW56K

S11

G12

S23

G24

D1 8

D1 7

D2 6

D2 5

U2

4606

C21223

Q42222

Q72907

R152K

R1722K

R29 10

R30 10

D5

BAW56K

S11

G12

S23

G24

D1 8

D1 7

D2 6

D2 5

U3

4606

R19560

C6

105

R231M

Q52N7002

R22

1M

R9

47K

R25

100KR24270K

D6NCBAW56K

D7NCBAW56K

P1

P2

P3

P4

C17225

C18

225

10

1 7

6

T1

T01

10

1 7

6

T2

T01

C2222pF

12

CON1

12

CON2

D9BAV99

R41K

R36820

R32

10KC12104

D8BAV99

R31K

R35820

R31

10KC11104

P2

P1

C2322pF

12

CON3

12

CON4

D11

BAV99

R61K

R38820

R34

10KC14104

D10BAV99

R51K

R37820

R33

10KC13104

P4

P3

VREF

VREF

C19NC

C26

222C27NC

D13BAV99

D15BAV99

C2422pF

C2522pF

C28

222C29NC

C30222 C31

NC

C32

222C33NC

OVP

OVP

OV

P

R602K

R61510K

C38105

Q10

DTA143

Q112222

R6330K

R62 1K

VCC

VCC

P5

P5

R64

1K

C34221

C35 221

C37

221

C39104

C36

221U4A

LM393

U4B

LM393

Vref

D3

1N4148

R65

3K R663K

C41 104

R67

10K

I_18130_033eps180608

I IINVERTER PANEL 19rdquo

46TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout Inverter Panel (Top Side)

Layout Inverter Panel (Bottom Side)

I_18130_034eps190608

I_18130_035eps190608

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 47TCS10L LA 7

IR LED Panel

AGND

AGND

AGNDIRVC

C

GN

D

RW

R20

031K

2

R20

04

1K2

LED1

1

2

3

4

5

CN2001

E

C

B

BC847AQ2001

B

C

E

Q2002

BC847A

2

13

D2001

LED2

G2001

R20024K7

5V16

V10

0UC

2001

5V

IR

IR

C20

03 47P

LED1R2001

4K7

C2002

47P

LED2

I_18130_036eps180608

J JIR amp LED PANELLayout IR LED Panel (Top Side)

Layout IR LED Panel (Bottom Side)

I_18130_037eps180608

I_18130_038eps180608

48TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Personal Notes

E_06532_013eps131004

Alignments EN 49TCS10L LA 8

8 Alignments

Index of this chapter81 Electrical Alignments82 Hardware Alignments

NoteThe Service Modes are described in chapter 5 Menu navigation is done with the CURSOR UP DOWN LEFT or RIGHT keys of the remote control transmitter

81 Electrical Alignments

Perform all electrical adjustments under the following conditionsbull Power supply voltage (depends on region)

ndash AP-NTSC 120 VAC or 230 VAC 50 Hz (plusmn 10)ndash AP-PAL-multi 120 - 230 VAC 50 Hz (plusmn 10)ndash EU 230 VAC 50 Hz (plusmn 10)ndash LATAM-NTSC 120 - 230 VAC 50 Hz (plusmn 10)ndash US 120 VAC 60 Hz (plusmn 10)

bull Connect the set to the mains via an isolation transformer with low internal resistance

bull Allow the set to warm up for approximately 60 minutesbull Measure voltages and waveforms in relation to correct

ground (eg measure audio signals in relation to AUDIO_GND) Caution It is not allowed to use heatsinks as ground

bull Test probe Ri gt 10 MΩ Ci lt 20 pFbull Use an isolated trimmerscrewdriver to perform

alignments

82 Hardware Alignments

Not applicable

821 Aging

Enter TV mode Set warm up status to ldquoOnrdquo Aging time at least 12 minutes

822 ADC Adjustment

The chassis can execute ADC auto-tune in YPbPr amp PC sourcing modes Enter SAM select YPbPr or PC as source then select AUTOTUNE in ADC ADJ press ldquoRight keyrdquo to run waiting for about 5 seconds until ldquoOKrdquo is displayed which means the set finished the ADC adjustment With an YPbPr source use a 100 color bar pattern with a PC source use a 16-scale grey pattern

823 White Balance Adjustment

Adjust the NORMAL WARM COOL temperature in White balance according to company regular Make sure ADC adjustments have done successfully before doing white balance adjustments and use the ldquoNaturalrdquo picture mode White balance adjustment should be performed with three different sources1 AVTVSVIDEO source reunification under the AV

adjustment apply a NTSC-M system signal with 8-scale grey pattern

2 YPbPrHDMI source reunification under the YPbPr adjustment apply an 8-scale grey pattern

3 PC source should adjust single apply a 8-scale grey pattern

If case of manual adjustment please use the WB page in SAMWhile adjusting White Balance do not change White G or Black G only adjust White R White B Black R and Black B

Table 8-1 Color Temperature Setting 19

Table 8-2 Color Temperature Setting 26

Color mode X Y Color Temperature (K)

Normal 296plusmn4 299plusmn4 8000

Warm 314plusmn4 319plusmn4 6500

Cool 289plusmn4 291plusmn4 9000

Color mode X Y Color Temperature (K)

Normal 289plusmn4 291plusmn4 9000

Warm 314plusmn4 319plusmn4 6500

Cool 278plusmn4 278plusmn4 11000

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data SheetsEN 50 TCS10L LA9

9 Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data Sheets

Index of this chapter91 Introduction92 Abbreviation List93 IC Data Sheets

Notes bull Only new circuits (circuits that are not published recently)

are described bull Figures can deviate slightly from the actual situation due

to different set executions

91 Introduction

This chassis uses the MStar MST9U19A main chip with the following features bull Multi-Standard TV decoding with 2-D comb filterbull Multi-Standard TV sound demodulator and decoderbull Triple ADC fro TV and RGBYPbPrbull Integrated DVIHDCPHDMI compliant receiverbull High quality scaling enginebull 3-D video de-interlacer and video noise reductionbull Embedded On Screen Display controllerbull NTSCPALSecam Video decoder with automatic standard

detectionbull CVBS video outputbull Multi standard TV sound decoderbull FM stereo and SAP demodulationbull Digital audio interfacebull Analog RGB Compliant Input Portsbull DVIHDCPHDMI Compliant input portbull Auto tuning function including phasing positioning offset

gain and jitter detectionbull Automatic color correction

The MST9U19A is a high performance and fully integrated IC for multi-function LCD monitorTV with resolutions up to WSXGA (1680 times 1050) It is configured with an integrated triple-ADCPLL an integrated DVIHDCPHDMI receiver a multi standard TV video and audio decoder a video de-interlacer a scaling engine the MStarACE-3 color engine an On Screen Display controller an 8-bit MCU and a built-in output panel interface It also incorporates an intelligent power management control system for green-mode requirements and spread-spectrum support for EMI management

For a block diagram refer to chapter 6 ldquoBlock diagrams Test Point Overviews and Waveformsrdquo

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data Sheets EN 51TCS10L LA 9

92 Abbreviation List

1080i 1080 visible lines interlaced1080p 1080 visible lines progressive scan2CS 2 Carrier Sound2DNR Spatial (2D) Noise Reduction3DNR Temporal (3D) Noise Reduction480i 480 visible lines interlaced480p 480 visible lines progressive scanAARA Automatic Aspect Ratio Adaptation

algorithm that adapts aspect ratio to remove horizontal black bars keeping up the original aspect ratio

ACI Automatic Channel Installation algorithm that installs TV channels directly from a cable network by means of a predefined TXT page

ADC Analogue to Digital ConverterAFC Automatic Frequency Control control

signal used to tune to the correct frequency

AGC Automatic Gain Control algorithm that controls the video input of the feature box

AM Amplitude ModulationAUO Acer Unipack OptronicsAP Asia PacificAR Aspect Ratio 4 by 3 or 16 by 9ASD Automatic Standard DetectionAV Audio VideoB-SC1-IN Blue SCART1 inB-SC2-IN Blue SCART2 inB-TXT Blue teletextBG Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 55 MHzBTSC Broadcast Television System

CommitteeC-FRONT Chrominance front inputCBA Circuit Board Assembly (or PWB)CL Constant Level audio output to

connect with an external amplifierCLUT Color Look Up TableComPair Computer aided rePairCSM Customer Service ModeCVBS Composite Video Blanking and

SynchronizationCVBS-EXT CVBS signal from external source

(VCR VCD etc)CVBS-INT CVBS signal from TunerCVBS-MON CVBS monitor signalCVBS-TER-OUT CVBS terrestrial outDAC Digital to Analogue ConverterDBE Dynamic Bass Enhancement extra

low frequency amplificationDFU Directions For Use owners manualDNR Dynamic Noise ReductionDRAM Dynamic RAMDSP Digital Signal ProcessingDST Dealer Service Tool special

(European) remote control designed for service technicians

DTS Digital Theatre SoundDVD Digital Versatile DiscDVI Digital Visual InterfaceDW Double WindowED Enhanced Definition 480p 576pEEPROM Electrically Erasable and

Programmable Read Only MemoryEU EUropeEXT EXTernal (source) entering the set by

SCART or by cinches (jacks)FBL Fast Blanking DC signal

accompanying RGB signalsFBL-SC1-IN Fast blanking signal for SCART1 in

FBL-SC2-IN Fast blanking signal for SCART2 inFBL-TXT Fast Blanking TeletextFLASH FLASH memoryFM Field Memory Frequency ModulationFMR FM RadioFRC Frame Rate ConverterFRONT-C Front input chrominance (SVHS)FRONT-DETECT Front input detectionFRONT-Y_CVBS Front input luminance or CVBS

(SVHS)FTV Flat TeleVisionG-SC1-IN Green SCART1 inG-SC2-IN Green SCART2 inG-TXT Green teletextH H_sync to the module HD High Definition 720p 1080i 1080pHDMI High Definition Multimedia Interface

digital audio and video interfaceHP Head PhoneI Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 60 MHzI2C Integrated IC busI2S Integrated IC Sound busIC Integrated CircuitIF Intermediate FrequencyInterlaced Scan mode where two fields are used

to form one frame Each field contains half the number of the total amount of lines The fields are written in ldquopairsrdquo causing line flicker

IR Infra RedIRQ Interrupt ReQuestLast Status The settings last chosen by the

customer and read and stored in RAM or in the NVM They are called at start-up of the set to configure it according the customers wishes

LATAM LATin AMericaLC04 Philips chassis name for LCD TV 2004

projectLCD Liquid Crystal DisplayLED Light Emitting DiodeLL Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 65 MHz L is Band I L is all bands except for Band I

LPL LG Philips LCDLS Loud SpeakerLVDS Low Voltage Differential Signalling

data transmission system for high speed and low EMI communication

MN Monochrome TV system Sound carrier distance is 45 MHz

MOSFET Metal Oxide Semiconductor Field Effect Transistor

MPEG Motion Pictures Experts GroupMSP Multi-standard Sound Processor ITT

sound decoderMUTE MUTE LineNAFTA North American Free Trade

Association Trade agreement between Canada USA and Mexico

NC Not ConnectedNICAM Near Instantaneous Compounded

Audio Multiplexing This is a digital sound system used mainly in Europe

NTSC National Television Standard Committee Color system used mainly in North America and Japan Color carrier NTSC MN = 3579545 MHz NTSC 443 = 4433619 MHz (this is a VCR norm it is not transmitted off-air)

NVM Non Volatile Memory IC containing TV related data (for example options)

OC Open CircuitONOFF LED OnOff control signal for the LED

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data SheetsEN 52 TCS10L LA9

OSD On Screen DisplayPAL Phase Alternating Line Color system

used mainly in Western Europe (color carrier = 4433619 MHz) and South America (color carrier PAL M = 3575612 MHz and PAL N = 3582056 MHz)

PC Personal ComputerPCB Printed Circuit Board (or PWB)PDP Plasma Display PanelPIG Picture In GraphicPIP Picture In PicturePLL Phase Locked Loop Used for

example in FST tuning systems The customer can directly provide the desired frequency

Progressive Scan Scan mode where all scan lines are displayed in one frame at the same time creating a double vertical resolution

PWB Printed Wiring Board (or PCB)RAM Random Access MemoryRC Remote Control transmitterRC5 (6) Remote Control system 5 (6) the

signal from the remote control receiver RGB Red Green and Blue The primary

color signals for TV By mixing levels of R G and B all colors (YC) are reproduced

RGBHV Red Green Blue Horizontal sync and Vertical sync

ROM Read Only MemorySAM Service Alignment ModeSC SandCastle two-level pulse derived

from sync signalsSC1-OUT SCART output of the MSP audio ICSC2-B-IN SCART2 Blue inSC2-C-IN SCART2 chrominance inSC2-OUT SCART output of the MSP audio ICSC Short CircuitSCL Clock signal on I2C busSD Standard Definition 480i 576iSDA Data signal on I2C busSDI Samsung Display IndustrySDM Service Default ModeSDRAM Synchronous DRAMSECAM SEequence Couleur Avec Memoire

Color system used mainly in France and Eastern Europe Color carriers = 4406250 MHz and 4250000 MHz

SIF Sound Intermediate FrequencySMPS Switch Mode Power SupplySND SouNDSNDL-SC1-IN Sound left SCART1 inSNDL-SC1-OUT Sound left SCART1 outSNDL-SC2-IN Sound left SCART2 inSNDL-SC2-OUT Sound left SCART2 outSNDR-SC1-IN Sound right SCART1 inSNDR-SC1-OUT Sound right SCART1 outSNDR-SC2-IN Sound right SCART2 outSNDR-SC2-OUT Sound right SCART2 outSNDS-VL-OUT Surround sound left variable level outSNDS-VR-OUT Surround sound right variable level outSOPS Self Oscillating Power SupplySPDIF Sony Philips Digital InterFaceSRAM Static RAMSTBY Stand-bySVHS Super Video Home SystemSW Sub Woofer SoftWareTHD Total Harmonic DistortionTXT TeleteXTuP MicroprocessorVL Variable Level out processed audio

output toward external amplifierVCR Video Cassette Recorder

VGA Video Graphics ArrayWD Watch DogWYSIWYR What You See Is What You Record

record selection that follows main picture and sound

XTAL Quartz crystalYPbPr Component video (Y= Luminance Pb

Pr= Color difference signals B-Y and R-Y other amplitudes wrt to YUV)

YC Video related signals Y consists of luminance signal blanking level and sync C consists of color signal

Y-OUT Luminance-signalYUV Baseband component video (Y=

Luminance UV= Color difference signals)

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data Sheets EN 53TCS10L LA 9

93 IC Data Sheets

This section shows the internal block diagrams and pin layouts of ICs that are drawn as ldquoblack boxesrdquo in the electrical diagrams (with the exception of ldquomemoryrdquo and ldquologicrdquo ICs)

931 Diagram B MST9U19A

Figure 9-1 Pin configuration

Pin 1

123

45

7

9

11

1314

1718

21

23

25

2728

30

32

34

36

39

41

43

6

8

10

12

1516

1920

22

24

26

29

31

33

35

3738

40

42

4445464748

505152

49

53 54 55 56 57 59 61 63 65 66 69 70 73 75 77 79 80 82 84 86 88 91 93 9558 60 62 64 67 68 71 72 74 76 78 81 83 85 87 89 90 92 94 96 97 98 99 100

102

103

104

101

208

207

206

205

204

202

200

198

196

195

192

191

188

186

184

182

181

179

177

175

173

170

168

166

203

201

199

197

194

193

190

189

187

185

183

180

178

176

174

172

171

169

167

165

164

163

162

161

159

158

157

160

156155154

153152

150

148

146

144143

140139

136

134

132

130129

127

125

123

121

118

116

114

151

149

147

145

142141

138137

135

133

131

128

126

124

122

120119

117

115

113112111110109

107106105

108

MST9U19A

XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX

GN

D

AUR1

AUL2

AUL3

AUL1

AUCO

M

AUR2

AUR3

DIGO[8]

GNDAVDD_MEMPLL

PWM3PWM2DIGO[9]

SIF1

MSI

F1P

AVD

D_S

IF

AUO

UTL

AUO

UTR

AUO

UTS

VDD

CG

PIO

F[2]

GPI

OF[

3]G

PIO

F[4]

GPI

OF[

5]G

PIO

F[6]

GPI

OF[

7]G

PIO

F[8]

GPI

OF[

9]G

PIO

F[10

]G

PIO

F[11

]VD

DP

GN

DG

PIO

F[12

]

GPI

OF[

14]

GPI

OF[

15]

GPI

OF[

16]

GPI

OF[

17]

GPI

OF[

18]

GN

D

GPI

OF[

19]

VDD

C

VDD

PG

ND

VDD

PVD

DP

GPI

OF[

13]

GN

D

DIGO[7]

DIGO[5]

DIGO[3]

DIGO[1]

VDDC

VDDPPWM_SENSE

DIGO[6]

DIGO[4]

DIGO[2]

DIGO[0]

GND

PWM_DRVPWM_FBIRININT

PWM1PWM0

GNDVDDPALERDZWRZ

VDDC

GNDVDDP

VDD

PLV

A0M

LVA0

PLV

A1M

LVA1

PLV

A2M

LVA2

PLV

ACKM

LVAC

KPLV

A3M

LVA4

PVD

DP

VDD

CAV

DD

_MPL

L

LVA3

PLV

A4M

GPI

OE[

0]

IHSY

NC

ICLK

DI[

1]D

I[0]

IVYS

NC

GPI

OE[

1]G

PIO

E[2]

GPI

OE[

3]G

ND

VDD

P

AVD

D_M

PLL

XIN

XOU

TH

WR

ESET

GN

D

DI[

7]D

I[6]

DI[

5]D

I[4]

DI[

2]D

I[3]

VDD

C

AUO

UTL

3AU

OU

TR3

RXCKPGND

RX0NRX0P

AVDD_DVIRX1NRX1P

RX2P

REXT

DDCD_CK

VSYNC1

VCLAMP

REFM

BIN1M

GNDRX2N

AVDD_DVI

DDCD_DA

HSYNC1

RMID

REFP

BIN1P

SOGIN1GIN1PGIN1MRIN1PRIN1MBIN0MBIN0PGIN0MGIN0P

SOGIN0RIN0MRIN0P

HSYNC0VSYNC0

RXCKN

AVDD_ADCGND

C1Y1C0Y0

CVBS2CVBS1

VCOM1CVBS0

VCOM0CVBSOUT

GND

VCOM2CVBS3

GN

D

AVD

D_A

UAU

L0AU

R0

AUVR

EFAU

VRAD

PAU

VRAD

N

AUO

UTL

2AU

OU

TR2

AD[7]AD[6]AD[5]AD[4]AD[3]AD[2]AD[1]AD[0]

SDOCSZSDISCK

SAR3

SAR1SAR2

SAR0

DDCA_CK

DDCR_CKDDCA_DA

DDCR_DA

LVB0

MLV

B0P

LVB1

MLV

B1P

LVB2

MLV

B2P

LVBC

KMLV

BCKP

LVB3

M

LVB4

P

LVB3

PLV

B4M

I_18130_008eps200608

Pin Configuration

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data SheetsEN 54 TCS10L LA9

932 Diagram B TDA1308

Figure 9-2 Block diagram and pin configuration

Block diagram

Pinning information

2

1

3

4

8

7

65

INA(neg)

TDA1308(A)OUTA

VSS

VDD

INA(pos)

INB(neg)

INB(pos)

OUTB

TDA1308(A)

VATUO DD

BTUO)gen(ANI

)gen(BNI)sop(ANI

VSS INB(pos)

1

2

3

4

6

5

8

7

I_18130_007eps190608

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data Sheets EN 55TCS10L LA 9

933 Diagram B NCP1377B

Figure 9-3 Block diagram and pin configuration

Block diagram

Pinning information

I_18130_009eps190608

HV

VCC

GND

Demag

4 mA

To InternalSupply

+

+

125 V75 V56 V (Fault)

FaultMngt

PON

5 V+

OVP

+

144

45 usDelay

15 us for B Version

Demag

8 usBlanking

S

SR R

Q

Q

+

3 us forB Version

+minus

Overload

5 usTimeout

TimeReset

Demag

380 nsLEB

1 V3

200 Awhen DRV

is OFF

FB

42 V

Driver src = 20 sink = 10

DrvVCC

CS

+50 mV 10 V Rint

1Dmg 8 HV

7 NC2FB

3CS

4GND

6 VCC

5 Drv

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data SheetsEN 56 TCS10L LA9

934 Diagram B TDA7266

Figure 9-4 Block diagram and pin configuration

1

2

4

Vref

7YB-TS

IN1

022microF

VCC

133

+

-

-

+

OUT1+

OUT1-

15

14

12

6ETUM

IN2

022microF

+

-

-

+

OUT2+

OUT2-

8

9S-GND

PW-GND

470microF 100nF

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

9

10

11

8

NC

NC

S-GND

PW-GND

OUT2+

OUT2-

VCC

IN2

ST-BY

MUTE

NC

IN1

VCCOUT1-

OUT1+

13

14

15

12

I_17950_054eps090508

Block Diagram

Pin Configuration

Spare Parts List amp CTN Overview EN 57TCS10L LA 10

10 Spare Parts List amp CTN OverviewFor the latest spare part overview please consult the Philips Service website

Table 10-1 Sets described in this manual

11 Revision ListManual xxxx xxx xxxx0bull First release

CTN Styling

19PFL340355 MG8

19PFL340377 MG8

19PFL340378 MG8

19PFL340385 MG8

26PFL340385 MG8

  • Content
  • 1 Technical Specifications Connections and Chassis Overview
    • 11 Technical Specifications
      • 111 Vision
      • 112 Sound
      • 113 Miscellaneous
        • 12 Connection Overview
          • Figure 1-1 Rear and side IO connections
          • 121 Rear Connections
            • 1 - HDMI Digital Video Digital Audio - In
              • Figure 1-2 HDMI (type A) connector
                • 2 - VGA AUDIO Mini Jack VGA Audio - In
                • 3 - VGA PC Video RGB - In and Service UART
                  • Figure 1-3 VGA Connector
                    • 4 - Cinch Video YPbPr - In
                    • 5 - AV1 Cinch Video CVBS - In Audio - In
                    • 6 - Aerial - In
                    • 7 - Service Connector (ComPair)
                      • 122 Side connections
                        • 8 - Cinch Video CVBS - In Audio - In
                        • 9 - S-Video (Hosiden) Video YC - In
                        • 10 - Mini Jack Audio Head phone - Out
                            • 13 Chassis Overview
                              • Figure 1-4 PWBCBA locations
                                  • 2 Safety Instructions Warnings and Notes
                                    • 21 Safety Instructions
                                    • 22 Warnings
                                    • 23 Notes
                                      • 231 General
                                      • 232 Schematic Notes
                                      • 233 BGA (Ball Grid Array) ICs
                                        • Introduction
                                        • BGA Temperature Profiles
                                          • 234 Lead-free Soldering
                                          • 235 Alternative BOM identification
                                            • Figure 2-1 Serial number (example)
                                              • 236 Board Level Repair (BLR) or Component Level Repair (CLR)
                                              • 237 Practical Service Precautions
                                                  • 3 Directions for Use
                                                  • 4 Mechanical Instructions
                                                    • 41 Cable Dressing
                                                      • Figure 4-1 Cable dressing (19 model)
                                                      • Figure 4-2 Cable dressing (26 model)
                                                        • 42 Service Positions
                                                          • 421 Foam Bars
                                                            • Figure 4-3 Foam bars
                                                                • 43 AssyPanel Removal
                                                                  • 431 Stand
                                                                    • Figure 4-4 Stand
                                                                      • 432 Rear Cover
                                                                        • Figure 4-5 LVDS release
                                                                        • Figure 4-6 Speaker and IRLED panel cable release
                                                                          • 433 Keyboard Control Board
                                                                            • Figure 4-7 Keyboard control board
                                                                              • 434 IRLED Board and Speakers
                                                                                • Figure 4-8 IRLED Board and Speakers
                                                                                  • 435 Power Supply Board
                                                                                    • Figure 4-9 Power Supply Unit(s)
                                                                                      • 436 Inverter Board (19 and 22 versions)
                                                                                        • Figure 4-10 Inverter Board
                                                                                          • 437 Small Signal Board (SSB)
                                                                                            • Removing the SSB
                                                                                              • Figure 4-11 SSB connector plate
                                                                                              • Figure 4-12 SSB
                                                                                                • 44 Set Re-assembly
                                                                                                  • 5 Service Modes Error Codes and Fault Finding
                                                                                                    • 51 Test Points
                                                                                                    • 52 Service Mode
                                                                                                      • 521 Service Alignment Mode (SAM)
                                                                                                        • How to Enter
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-1 SAM menu
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-2 SAM menu White Balance Normal
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-3 SAM menu White Balance Cool
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-4 SAM menu White Balance Warm
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-5 SAM menu Volume Curve
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-6 SAM menu Picture Curve
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-7 SAM menu Picture Mode Natural
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-8 SAM menu Picture Mode Personal
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-9 SAM menu Picture Mode Rich
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-10 SAM menu Picture Mode Soft
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-11 SAM menu Producting
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-12 SAM menu Country
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-13 SAM menu Setup
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-14 SAM menu Shop Init Do
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-15 SAM menu Clear Code gt
                                                                                                            • How to Exit
                                                                                                            • Factory Mode Descriptions
                                                                                                              • ltTABLEgt
                                                                                                              • Virgin Settings
                                                                                                                • Table 5-1 Country setting
                                                                                                                • Table 5-2 Virgin settings
                                                                                                                  • 522 Customer Service Mode (CSM)
                                                                                                                    • Purpose
                                                                                                                    • How to Activate CSM
                                                                                                                    • Contents of CSM
                                                                                                                      • Figure 5-16 CSM Menu
                                                                                                                        • Menu Explanation
                                                                                                                        • How to Exit
                                                                                                                          • 523 Blinking LED Procedure
                                                                                                                            • 53 Error Codes
                                                                                                                              • ltTABLEgt
                                                                                                                                • 54 Fault Finding
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-17 No Picture No sound no Back light (19 sets)
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-18 Picture OK No sound (19 sets)
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-19 No Picture Back light amp Sound OK (19 and 26 sets)
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-20 No color (19 and 26 sets)
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-21 No Picture No sound no Back light (26 sets)
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-22 Picture OK No sound (26 sets)
                                                                                                                                    • 55 Service Tools
                                                                                                                                      • 551 ComPair
                                                                                                                                        • Introduction
                                                                                                                                        • Specifications
                                                                                                                                        • How to Connect
                                                                                                                                        • How to Order
                                                                                                                                          • Figure 5-23 ComPair II interface connection
                                                                                                                                            • 56 Software Upgrading
                                                                                                                                              • 561 Introduction
                                                                                                                                                  • 6 Block Diagrams Test Point Overview and Waveforms
                                                                                                                                                    • Wiring Diagram of Connector for MS19-PH 19
                                                                                                                                                    • Wiring Diagram of Connector for MS19-PH 26
                                                                                                                                                    • Block Diagram MS19P Chipset
                                                                                                                                                    • I2C overview
                                                                                                                                                      • 7 Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts
                                                                                                                                                        • Main Power Supply (19)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Main Power Supply (19) (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Main Power Supply (19) (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Main Power Supply (26)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Main Power Supply (26) (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Main Power Supply (26) (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Standby Power Supply (26)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Standby Power Supply (26) (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Standby Power Supply (26) (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB Control
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB DC - DC
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB MST9E19A Controller
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB HDMI Interface
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB VGA Interface
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB Cinch
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB Tuner
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB Audio Amplifier
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB LVDS Interface
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Small Signal Board (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Small Signal Board (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Keyboard Control Panel
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Keyboard Control Panel (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Keyboard Control Panel (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Inverter Panel
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Inverter Panel (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Inverter Panel (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • IR LED Panel
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout IR LED Panel (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout IR LED Panel (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                          • 8 Alignments
                                                                                                                                                            • 81 Electrical Alignments
                                                                                                                                                            • 82 Hardware Alignments
                                                                                                                                                              • 821 Aging
                                                                                                                                                              • 822 ADC Adjustment
                                                                                                                                                              • 823 White Balance Adjustment
                                                                                                                                                                • Table 8-1 Color Temperature Setting 19
                                                                                                                                                                • Table 8-2 Color Temperature Setting 26
                                                                                                                                                                  • 9 Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data Sheets
                                                                                                                                                                    • 91 Introduction
                                                                                                                                                                    • 92 Abbreviation List
                                                                                                                                                                    • 93 IC Data Sheets
                                                                                                                                                                      • 931 Diagram B MST9U19A
                                                                                                                                                                        • Figure 9-1 Pin configuration
                                                                                                                                                                          • 932 Diagram B TDA1308
                                                                                                                                                                            • Figure 9-2 Block diagram and pin configuration
                                                                                                                                                                              • 933 Diagram B NCP1377B
                                                                                                                                                                                • Figure 9-3 Block diagram and pin configuration
                                                                                                                                                                                  • 934 Diagram B TDA7266
                                                                                                                                                                                    • Figure 9-4 Block diagram and pin configuration
                                                                                                                                                                                      • 10 Spare Parts List amp CTN Overview
                                                                                                                                                                                        • Table 10-1 Sets described in this manual
                                                                                                                                                                                          • 11 Revision List
Page 8: Philips 19PFL3403-55 TCS1[1].0L_LA

Mechanical InstructionsEN 8 TCS10L LA4

Figure 4-2 Cable dressing (26 model)

I_17950_004eps080508

Mechanical Instructions EN 9TCS10L LA 4

42 Service Positions

For easy servicing of this set there are a few possibilities createdbull The buffers from the packagingbull Foam bars (created for Service)

421 Foam Bars

Figure 4-3 Foam bars

The foam bars (order code 3122 785 90580 for two pieces) can be used for all types and sizes of Flat TVs See figure ldquoFoam barsrdquo for details Sets with a display of 42rdquo and larger require four foam bars [1] Ensure that the foam bars are always supporting the cabinet and never only the displayCaution Failure to follow these guidelines can seriously damage the displayBy laying the TV face down on the (ESD protective) foam bars a stable situation is created to perform measurements and alignments By placing a mirror under the TV you can monitor the screen

43 AssyPanel Removal

431 Stand

1 Refer to next figure2 Place the TV set upside down on a table top using the

foam bars (see section ldquoService Positionrdquo)3 Remove the screws that secure the stand and remove the

stand

Figure 4-4 Stand

432 Rear Cover

Warning Disconnect the mains power cord before you remove the rear cover1 Refer to next figures2 Place the TV set upside down on a table top using the

foam bars (see section ldquoService Positionsrdquo)3 Remove the screws that secure the rear cover The screws

are located at the sides Be careful Now the rear cover could be lifted but the SSB and power supply panel(s) are mounted in the rear cover and still connected to the LCD panel and other boards Those cables should be released first

4 To release the LVDS cable lift the back cover a few centimetres and move it downwards the set Now unplug the LVDS connector [2]Caution be careful as this is a very fragile connector

5 Remove the screw [3]6 Now the rear cover can be lifted to gain access to the

speaker cables and the IRLED panel cable Release the connectors [4]

Figure 4-5 LVDS release

E_06532_018eps171106

1

Required for sets42

1

I_17950_005eps080508

1

1

1

1

I_17930_041eps240408

2

3

Mechanical InstructionsEN 10 TCS10L LA4

Figure 4-6 Speaker and IRLED panel cable release

433 Keyboard Control Board

1 Refer to next figure2 Unscrew two screws[1]3 Unplug connector [2] and remove the boardWhen defective replace the whole unit

Figure 4-7 Keyboard control board

434 IRLED Board and Speakers

1 Refer to next figure2 Remove the screws [1] and remove the IRLED board3 Remove the screws [2] and remove the speakersWhen defective replace the whole unit

Figure 4-8 IRLED Board and Speakers

I_17930_042eps240408

4

4

4

I_17930_063eps240408

2

1

1

I_17930_043eps240408

1 1

22 22

Mechanical Instructions EN 11TCS10L LA 4

435 Power Supply Board

Due to different set executions this chassis is supplied with one or two power supply boards and figures may differCaution it is absolutely mandatory to remount all different screws and cables at their original position during re-assembly Failure to do so may result in damaging the power supply1 Refer to next figure2 Unplug all the connectors [1]3 Remove the fixation screws [2]4 Remove the main power supply board5 Unplug all the connectors [3]6 Remove the fixation screws [4]7 Remove the stand-by power supply board

Figure 4-9 Power Supply Unit(s)

436 Inverter Board (19 and 22 versions)

Due to different set executions this chassis some versions are supplied with an inverter board Figures may differ1 Refer to next figure2 Unplug all connectors [1]3 Release the clips [2]4 Take out the inverter board

Figure 4-10 Inverter Board

437 Small Signal Board (SSB)

Caution it is absolutely mandatory to remount all different screws at their original position during re-assembly Failure to do so may result in damaging the SSB

Removing the SSB 1 See next figures2 Remove the screws [2] from the SSB3 On the outside of the set lift the rear cover near the tuner

connector approximately 3 mm in the indicated direction and keep it lifted while

4 On the inside of the set slide the metal plate in the indicated direction

5 Gently lift the board from the rear cover6 Now unplug the LVDS connector [3]

Caution be careful as this is a very fragile connector Unplug the rest of the cables [4]

Figure 4-11 SSB connector plate

I_17950_006eps080508

4

4

2 2 4

4

2 2

1

1

3

I_17930_065eps240408

1

1

1

2 2

2

I_18130_002eps170608

Mechanical InstructionsEN 12 TCS10L LA4

Figure 4-12 SSB

44 Set Re-assembly

To re-assemble the whole set execute all processes in reverse order

Notesbull While re-assembling make sure that all cables are placed

and connected in their original position See figure ldquoCable dressingrdquo

bull Pay special attention not to damage the EMC foams at the SB shields Make sure that EMC foams are put correctly on their places

I_17950_008eps080508

22

44

3

22

Service Modes Error Codes and Fault Finding EN 13TCS10L LA 5

5 Service Modes Error Codes and Fault Finding

Index of this chapter51 Test Points52 Service Mode53 Error Codes54 Fault Finding55 Service Tools56 Software Upgrading

51 Test Points

This chassis is NOT equipped with test points in the service printing No test points are mentioned in the service manual

52 Service Mode

521 Service Alignment Mode (SAM)

How to EnterTo enter SAM use the following methodbull Press on the remote control the code ldquo062596rdquo directly

followed by the ldquoINFOrdquo key

After entering SAM the following screen is visible the values can be adjusted according to the requested (see Chapter 8)

Figure 5-1 SAM menu

Figure 5-2 SAM menu White Balance Normal

Figure 5-3 SAM menu White Balance Cool

Figure 5-4 SAM menu White Balance Warm

Figure 5-5 SAM menu Volume Curve

Figure 5-6 SAM menu Picture Curve

I_18130_041eps190608

I_18130_044eps190608

I_18130_043eps190608

I_18130_045eps190608

I_18130_044eps190608

I_18130_048eps190608

Service Modes Error Codes and Fault FindingEN 14 TCS10L LA5

Figure 5-7 SAM menu Picture Mode Natural

Figure 5-8 SAM menu Picture Mode Personal

Figure 5-9 SAM menu Picture Mode Rich

Figure 5-10 SAM menu Picture Mode Soft

Figure 5-11 SAM menu Producting

Figure 5-12 SAM menu Country

I_18130_049eps190608

I_18130_050eps190608

I_18130_051eps190608

I_18130_052eps190608

I_18130_053eps190608

I_18130_054eps190608

Service Modes Error Codes and Fault Finding EN 15TCS10L LA 5

Figure 5-13 SAM menu Setup

Figure 5-14 SAM menu Shop Init Do

Figure 5-15 SAM menu Clear Code gt

How to ExitPress ldquoMENUrdquo on the RC-transmitter

Factory Mode Descriptions

I_18130_055eps190608

I_18130_058eps190608

Item Sub-Item Description

SOURCE Shift among sourcing via pressing Left amp Right key

ADC ADJ Only available in HDTV or PC mode

WB White Balance Calibration setting

SOURCE Shift among sources

COLOR TEMP Normal Warm Cool

WHITE R R Gain adjust manually or automatically

WHITE G G Gain adjust manually or automatically

WHITE B B Gain adjust manually or automatically

BLACK R R Shift adjust manually or automatically

BLACK G G Shift adjust manually or automatically

BLACK B B Shift adjust manually or automatically

VOL CURVE Volume Curve adjustmentX0 X10 X30 X50 X70 X90 X100 on for the usermenu volume value of the 0 10 30 50 70 90 100Only to adjust during production

PICTURE CURVE Analog Picture Curve adjustment X0 X30 X50 X80 X100 on for the usermenu picture value of the 0 30 50 80 100Only to adjust during production

CON Contrast Curve

BRI Brightness Curve

SAT Saturation Curve

SHARP Sharpness Curve

LIGHT Back light Curve

PICTURE MODE Picture modes analog value can be adjusted in this pageincluding SOFT NATURAL BRIGHTE and PERSONAL

I_18130_059eps190608

Service Modes Error Codes and Fault FindingEN 16 TCS10L LA5

Virgin SettingsFirst the country should be set according to the following table

Table 5-1 Country setting

Secondly select ldquoSHOP INITrdquo from the SAM menu Wait until finished and then turn ldquoOffrdquo the set Now the set is put back to virgin settings according to the following table

Table 5-2 Virgin settings

522 Customer Service Mode (CSM)

PurposeWhen a customer is having problems with his TV-set he can call his dealer or the Customer Help desk The service technician can then ask the customer to activate the CSM in order to identify the status of the set Now the service technician can judge the severity of the complaint In many cases he can advise the customer how to solve the problem or he can decide if it is necessary to visit the customer The CSM is a read only mode therefore modifications in this mode are not possible

How to Activate CSMKey in the code ldquo123654rdquo via the standard RC transmitter

Contents of CSM

Figure 5-16 CSM Menu

Menu Explanation1 MODEL Type number and region code2 PROD SN Production code will have 14 characters + 2

reserved (total 16 characters)3 SW ID Software cluster and version is displayed (TC =

TCL 1 = Chassis Number 26 = Screen size L = Latam 090 = software version)

4 CODES Error buffer contents5 SIGNAL PRESENT Presence of RF signal6 SYSTEM Color system7 SOUND Sound system (MonoStereoSAP)8 HDCP KEYS Shows Valid or invalid HDCP key when

HDMI connected Else blank9 HDMI INPUT FORMAT Shows the HDMI input format10 HDMI AUDIO INPUT HDMI audio input HDMI audio stream

detection YES = Audio stream detected NO = No Audio (for example when DVI format is used)

How to ExitPress ldquoMENUrdquo on the RC-transmitter

523 Blinking LED Procedure

The software is capable of identifying different kinds of errors Because it is possible that more than one error can occur over time an error buffer is available which is capable of storing the last five errors that occurred This is useful if the OSD is not working properly

Errors can also be displayed by the blinking LED procedure The method is to repeatedly let the front LED pulse with as many pulses as the error code number followed by a period of 15 seconds in which the LED is ldquooffrdquo Then this sequence is repeated

PRODUCTING FACTURY HOT KEY

Short-cut key to enter factory mode setting GO BACK is the short-cut key if it is ldquoONrdquo Do remember to turn this ldquoOFFrdquo when the set is returned to the customer

WARM UP STATUS

Aging Mode setting ldquoONrdquo means snow picture showing instead of blue background if there is no signal input Do remember to turn this ldquoOFFrdquo when the set is returned to the customer

EEPROM INIT EEPROM initialization1 When the first time to turn on the set please enter this menu and initialize it2 Press LeftRight key and waiting for about 5 seconds until ldquoOKrdquo displayed which means the set finishes the initialization3 Switch off AC power4 Power on the set again the EEPROM will be initialized

LOGO Always leave this setting to the value ldquoOFFrdquo

RF AGC RF Automatic Gain Control default at 16

COUNTRY Select the correct country before doing a SHOP INIT because it puts the set in virgin mode

SET UP POWER MODE LAST

This selects the last power on sequence used

POWER MODE STB

This will put the set in Stand-by whenever the power key is used to turn it on The user now has to turn the set on with the remote control

POWER MODE ON

This will turn on the set whenever the power key is used to turn it on

SHOP INIT DO By selecting this the outgoing factory initialization is selected Always perform this at the end of a repair

CLEAR CODE gt Clears the Error codes

CODES Shows the last 5 error codes

PANEL TYPE Shows the panel type (display only)

SW VER Shows the software version

V8- Shows the BOM number

COMPILE TIME Shows the time the software was compiled

CTN suffix Country

55 Other

77 Argentina

78 Brazil

85 Mexico

Setting 55 77 78 85

PQ Smart Mode Rich Rich Rich Rich

AQ Smart Mode Movie Movie Movie Movie

Sleep Off Off Off Off

Time 0000 0000 0000 0000

Start time ---- ---- ---- ----

Stop time ---- ---- ---- ----

Channel 2 2 2 2

Child lock Off Off Off Off

Parental lock Off Off Off Off

Closed caption Off Off Off Off

RF Channel 2 9 4 2

Volume 30 30 30 30

Item Sub-Item Description

Screen ratio 16 9 16 9 16 9 16 9

OSD language Spanish Spanish Portuguese Spanish

Setting 55 77 78 85

I_18130_060eps190608

Service Modes Error Codes and Fault Finding EN 17TCS10L LA 5

Any RC command terminates the sequence Error code LED blinking is in white colorExample the contents of the error buffer is ldquo013 007 000 000 000rdquoAfter entering SDM the following occursbull 1 long blink of 5 seconds to start the sequencebull 1 medium blink of 3 seconds and then 3 short blinks

followed by a pause of 15 secondsbull 7 short blinks followed by a pause of 15 secondsbull 1 long blink of 15 seconds to finish the sequenceThe sequence starts again with 12 short blinks

53 Error Codes

The error code buffer contains all errors detected since the last time the buffer was erased The buffer is written from left to right When an error occurs that is not yet in the error code buffer it is displayed at the left side and all other errors shift one position to the right

Basically there are six kind of errors

54 Fault Finding

Figure 5-17 No Picture No sound no Back light (19 sets)

Code Description Detection method Type

0 no error - -

1 reserved - -

2 5V failure protection

Power down Protection + blinking

3 μP Control I2C-bus Error log + blinking

4 General I2C bus Error

I2C-bus Protection + blinking

5 reserved - -

6 System EEPROM

I2C-bus Protection + blinking

7 Tuner I2C-bus Error log + blinking

8 HDCP EEPROM

I2C-bus Error log + blinking

No Picture no sound no Back light

Fuse F3(3A) OK

Check circuit of +33V+18V(U5U

6U7) OK Replace the bad

components

For P22 Pin 1~4 is +12V_PWamp Pin7~9

of is +5VSTBOK

Replace F3

Check Q17(Pin5- 8)+12V OK

NO

NO

NO

YES

YES

YES

Check DC-DC circuit(U1U2)

NOCheck Q26 circuit amp Replace the bad

componentsYES

Check PSU

I_18130_066eps180608

Service Modes Error Codes and Fault FindingEN 18 TCS10L LA5

Figure 5-18 Picture OK No sound (19 sets)

Figure 5-19 No Picture Back light amp Sound OK (19 and 26 sets)

Picture OK No sound

Check the voltage ofPin 313 of U19is it 12v Check Q17

Check the wave of pin7475 of U8is it

OK

CheckR amp L speaker

Check wave ofAudio input Pin

U8 pin61~69 OK

CheckQ22

No

Check B of Q22 is Low OK

Yes

No

Check Mute Pin6 of U19is it 12V

Yes

Yes

ReplaceU8

Yes

NO

Yes

Check the AMP- MUTE circuit

No

No

YesCheck SIF circuit Pin 7(SIFOUT) of

Tuner TU1

TV source Checkthe AV input

circuit

No

I_18130_068eps180608

No Picture Back light amp Sound OK

Check the output voltage

of U3 12V is it OK

Check LVDS signal waveform

of P10 is OK

Check the Circuit of12V_PANELamp

PANEL_ONOFF

Yes

No

Yes

Is RP2-RP7 ok

No

check the LVDS cable

Replace U8Yes

I_18130_004eps180608

Service Modes Error Codes and Fault Finding EN 19TCS10L LA 5

Figure 5-20 No color (19 and 26 sets)

Figure 5-21 No Picture No sound no Back light (26 sets)

No color

Color system is Right amp another

channel color is right

Dose the TV signal too weak

CheckPin 17(TV-

CVBS) Wave of TU1 OK

ReplaceTU1

ResetTo

Local system

CheckTuner Input

cable amp antenna

Yes NO NO

No YES YES

Fine tune Frequency

I_18130_006eps180608

No Picture No sound no Back light

Check circuit of +33V +18V (U5U

6U7) OK Replace the bad components

For P22 Pin 1~4 is +12V_PW amp Pin7~9

of is +5VSTBOK

NO

NO

YES

Check DC-DC circuit (U1U2)

YES

Check PSU

I_18130_003eps180608

Service Modes Error Codes and Fault FindingEN 20 TCS10L LA5

Figure 5-22 Picture OK No sound (26 sets)

55 Service Tools

551 ComPair

IntroductionComPair (Computer Aided Repair) is a Service tool for Philips Consumer Electronics products and offers the following1 ComPair helps you to quickly get an understanding on how

to repair the chassis in a short and effective way2 ComPair allows very detailed diagnostics and is therefore

capable of accurately indicating problem areas You do not have to know anything about I2C or UART commands yourself because ComPair takes care of this

3 ComPair speeds up the repair time since it can automatically communicate with the chassis (when the uP is working) and all repair information is directly available

4 ComPair features TV software upgrade possibilities

SpecificationsComPair consists of a Windows based fault finding program and an interface box between PC and the (defective) product The (new) ComPair II interface box is connected to the PC via an USB cable For the TV chassis the ComPair interface box and the TV communicate via a bi-directional cable via the service connector(s)

How to ConnectThis is described in the ComPair chassis fault finding database

Caution It is compulsory to connect the TV to the PC as shown in Figure ldquoComPair II interface connectionrdquo (with the ComPair interface in between) as the ComPair interface acts as a level shifter If one connects the TV directly to the PC (via UART) ICs will be blown

How to OrderComPair II order codes

bull ComPair II interface 3122 785 91020bull For SW see Philips service websitebull ComPair UART interface cable 3122 785 75051bull Software Upgrade VGA interface cables 3122 785 90004

and 3122 785 09269

Note If you encounter any problems contact your local support desk

Figure 5-23 ComPair II interface connection

56 Software Upgrading

561 Introduction

Software upgrading can be done by ComPair This allows to replacement of the software image

Picture OK No sound

Check the voltage ofPin 313 of U19is it 12v Check PSU

Check the wave of pin7475 of U8is it

OK

CheckR amp L speaker

Check wave ofAudio input Pin

U8 pin61~69 OK

CheckQ22

No

Check B of Q22 is Low OK

Yes

No

Check Mute Pin6 of U19is it 12V

Yes

Yes

ReplaceU8

Yes

NO

Yes

Check the AMP- MUTE circuit

No

No

YesCheck SIF circuit Pin 7(SIFOUT) of

Tuner TU1

TV source Checkthe AV input

circuit

No

I_18130_005eps180608

E_06532_036eps150208

TOUART SERVICECONNECTOR

TOUART SERVICECONNECTOR

TOI2C SERVICECONNECTOR

TO TV

PC

HDMII2C only

Optional power5V DC

ComPair II Developed by Philips Brugge

RC outRC in

OptionalSwitch

Power ModeLinkActivity I2C

ComPair IIMulti

function

RS232 UART

Block Diagrams Test Point Overview and Waveforms 21TCS10L LA 6

6 Block Diagrams Test Point Overview and Waveforms

Wiring Diagram of Connector for MS19-PH 19

40-PWL20C-PWI1XG POWER BOARD

1

NU

SE

LEC

T

GN

D

GN

D

P4

1 2 3 5 6 74

BL

ON

OF

F

DIM

MIN

G

INV

ER

TE

R_P

WR

12V

INV

ER

TE

R_P

WR

12V

P5

40-0MS19P-MAE2XGMAIN BOARD

AG

ND

1 2 3 5 6 74

KE

Y0

KE

Y1

AG

ND

IR-I

N

LED

1-IN

LED

2-IN

NC

1 2 3 5 6 7 84

+5V

ST

B

+5V

ST

B

GN

D

GN

D

GN

D

INVERTER BOARD

CN

1

GN

D

1 2 3 5 64

INV

ER

T-S

W

DIM

MIN

G

GN

D

INV

ER

TE

R_P

WR

12V

INV

ER

TE

R_P

WR

12V

8+

5VS

TB

GN

D

1 2 3 5 64

GN

D

GN

D

NC5V

-PW

5V-P

W

40-PF3403-IRC1XG IR BOARD

40-PF3403-KEC1XG KEY BOARD

GN

D

LED

1

IR

+5V

ST

B

1 2 3 54LE

D2

KE

Y1

GN

D

KE

Y0

1 2 3

P10

01

CN

2001 1S

P 22

P

9 10

+12

V-P

W

+12

V-P

W

+12

V-P

W

+12

V-P

W

7 8 9 10

+12

V+

12V

+12

V

+12

V

I_18130_061eps190608

22TCS10L LA 6Block Diagrams Test Point Overview and Waveforms

Wiring Diagram of Connector for MS19-PH 26

40-1PL37C-PWF1XG

1

P5

40-0MS19P-MAE2XGMAIN BOARD

AG

ND

1 2 3 5 6 74

KE

Y0

KE

Y1

AG

ND

IR-I

N

LED

1-IN

LED

2-IN

NC

1 2 3 5 6 7 84

NC

NC

GN

D

GN

D

GN

D

40-PWL01B-STE1X

8+

5VS

TB

1 2 3 5 64

12V-

PW

40-PF3403-IRC1XG IR BOARD

40-PF3403-KEC1XGKEY BOARD

GN

D

LED

1

IR

+5V

ST

B

1 2 3 54LE

D2

KE

Y1

GN

D

KE

Y0

1 2 3

P10

01

CN

2001

P4

9 10

+12

V-P

W

+12

V-P

W

+12

V-P

W

+12

V-P

W

7

10

5P 1P

1 2 3

1 2 3

+5S

TB

AG

ND

PW

-ON

OF

F

+5S

TB

AG

ND

PW

-ON

OF

F

11

12 13 14

GN

D

NC

BL-

AD

JUS

T

BL-

ON

OF

F

11

12

13

14

15

16

P22

8 91 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

12 13 14 15 16

12V-

PW

GN

D

GN

D12

V-P

W

12V-

PW

GN

D

NC

GN

D

NC

NC

NC

NC

NC

BL-

AD

JUS

T

BL-

ON

OF

F

I_18130_062eps190608

Block Diagrams Test Point Overview and Waveforms 23TCS10L LA 6

Block Diagram MS19P Chipset

Panel

810-bit LVDS

2MB

HDMI

HDTVVGA

YC

AV2AV1

AV-OUTTVSIF

PCHDTV-RL

AV2-RLAV1-RL

IRKEY0KEY1

GPIO PWM

Serial-FlashSPI

Speake

Earphone

r

MS19P Chipset Block Diagram

Audio out

EEPROM24C32 SDA

SCL

AMP

TDA7266

MST9U19A

24C02

24C02

24C04SDASCL

U19

U9

U13

U12

U11HDCP

EDID

EDID

U10

Z1

SDASCLExternal device

I_18130_063eps190608

24TCS10L LA 6Block Diagrams Test Point Overview and Waveforms

I2C overview

I2C Device Block Diagram

MST9U19A-LF

24C32 24C04

System EEPROM

I2C AddressA0

HDCP EEPROM

I2C AddressA4

SDA SCL SDA SCL

Tuner integratedIF PLL Demodulator

SDA1 SCL1I2C AddressA0

I_18130_064eps190608

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 25TCS10L LA 7

7 Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Main Power Supply (19)

I_18130_022eps180608

A AMAIN POWER SUPPLY 19rdquo

26TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout Main Power Supply (19) (Top Side)

Layout Main Power Supply (19) (Bottom Side)

I_18130_023eps180608

I_18130_065eps190608

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 27TCS10L LA 7

Main Power Supply (26)

I_18130_024eps180608

A1 A1MAIN POWER SUPPLY 26rdquo

28TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout Main Power Supply (26) (Top Side)

I_18130_028eps180608

40-PWL01B-STE1XG

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 29TCS10L LA 7

Layout Main Power Supply (26) (Bottom Side)

I_18130_029eps180608

40-PWL01B-STE1XG

30TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Standby Power Supply (26)

I_18130_025eps200608

A2 A2STANDBY POWER SUPPLY 26rdquo

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 31TCS10L LA 7

Layout Standby Power Supply (26) (Top Side)

40-1PL37C-PWF1XGI_18130_026eps

180608

32TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout Standby Power Supply (26) (Bottom Side)

I_18130_027eps180608

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 33TCS10L LA 7

SSB Control

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGNDAGND

AGND

AGNDAGNDAGND AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

T

T

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

D1B

D1A

G2

G1

S2

D2B

D2A

S1

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

PGND

PGND

PGND

PGND

PGND

AGND

AGND

T

T

T

T

AGND

T

T

BOOT

DRIVE

FB GND

LGATE

PHASE

VCC

UGATE

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

PGND

AGND

AGND

AGNDAGND

AGND

D2B

D2A

G1

G2

S1

D1B

D1A

S2

T

AGND

D1B

D1A

D2B

G2 D2A

S2

G1

S1

09V

18V

For Tuner 33v

L--Prot

Normal--HProtect--L

Back Light Control

Far from DC-DC amp Tuner

Option

When not use DC-DC+5VSTB_L provide

ON-----LOFF-----H

OptionFar from tuner and power supply (NC)

8

7

6

4 5

3

2

1U3

SP8J3

R234

10R

NC

E

C

B

BT3904

Q21

B

C

E

Q32BT3904

R16

19N

C2

618

KR

919

1K

26

10K

B

C

E

Q2

BT3904

R177

NC

C23

00

1U

10K

R18

0

NC

R17

9 0

R1784K7

+12V

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

P4ON-PBACK

ADJ-PWM2

R181910K26

191

K2

6

R10

Z54

BL-ADJUST

1 2

4

6

8

12

14

10

3

5

7

9

11

13

P22

+5V

+5VSTB_L

C22

2

01U

R70R (FOR 26ONLY)

7

8

4

2

3

5

6

1

A04803

Q17

+12V

+12V_PW

+12V_PW

C24

10

01U

BL-ADJUST

+5V

ST

B_L

C14

01U

BL-ONOFF

C22

40

1U

+5VSTB

R24

8N

C

+12V_PW

C220220U

25V

F250A

F150A

47K

R18

2

L8200R

R2413K9

C23

6

1U

C24

3

1U

C244

01U

C242

470U

16V

+5V

ST

B

PRORECT_12V

R29

720

K

+33V

+33V

B

E

CQ31

BT3906R298

NC

+12V

R299

4K7

R301

4K7

R30

010

K

R29

6

4K7

D14 8V

2

B

C

E

Q26BT3904

R3

4K7

B

E

CQ13

BT3906

C64

3 1U

C20A1U

C21

A 1U

NCC

21

R18

147

K

C24

00

01U

R22

330K

33V

+5V

+5V

12V_PANEL

21

P20

01UC

231

NC

C8

01U

C3

01U

L49200R

L47200R

21

P19

01UC

20

5V_PANEL

4K7R15

D11

LL4148

D45LL4148

PW_ONOFF

+5VSTB1

2

3

P1

POWER-ONOFFB

C

E

Q30BT3904

R26610K

GPIO_PROTECT

+5VSTB

R24

70R

D10LL4148

+12V

C201U

SELECT

R20

510

0K

R2041K

D47 33

V

R27

92K

2R

242

2K2

+12V

1

2

3 6

5

8

4

7

U1

RT8110

R50R PROTPW_ONOFF

R2NC

Z58

Z56

B

C

E

Q27BT3904

BL-ONOFF

R12100R

PW_CTRL

Z51

R24

0 0

Z52

Z53

Z60

L530R

L330R

01U

C23

401UC

232

C23

3 1U

R234K7

5V_PANEL

C22

60

1U

L50200R

+5V

C235470U

16V

200RL54

C23

70

1U

L9200R

+5V

R4

10K

R6NC

+12V_INVERTER

B

C

E

Q6BT3904

68K

R37

NCR17

0RR14

16V

470UC

17A

C27

01U

2U2C16

01UC

15

R8

NC

R194K7

R132NC

R143100K

R14K

7

B

C

E

Q14BT3904

R2110K

+12V

D1LL4148

R14210K

+5VSTB

B

C

E

Q3BT3904NC

+12V

C1810U

50V

L6100UH

D5LL4148

B

C

E

Q5SC1815

NCR

24

B

C

E

Q1

BT3904

B

C

E

Q4BT3904

PWM3

SHUT_EEP

200RL56

L55200R

R23

91K

2

R23

8N

C

R235

10R

R23

6N

C

L115UH

R23

322

K

C23

91U

R237

220R

7

8

4

2

3

5

6

1

U2PHKD13N03LT

C23801U

D50LL4148

L53200R

+12V_INVERTER

C22

70

1U

C22

80

1U

L52200R

L51200R

C22

90

1U

L48200R

C22

50

1U

12V_PANEL

L1230R

PANEL-ONOFF

Z59

Z50

PW_ONOFF R26

368

0R

R2618K2

R26010K

R26

710

K

R26

810

K

R26

247

K

R25910K

R25

810

0K

D41LL4148

+12V

R2783K9

TUNER_5V

+5V

40V

C18

70

1U

R2000R

R6390R

R60422K

L6061000UR

C60

40

1U

D61

433

VC63

047

00P

C63

2 270P

C633

01U 50V

L613

1000UH

NC

L6041000UH

100KR

630

NC

C63

6

C63

50

01U

C63

40

1U

C631200P

B

C

E

Q612BC846B

R63147K

12

3

D61

30B

AV

99

33V

+5V

C1

01U

5V_PANEL

+12V_PW

+5VSTB

12V_PANEL

C223

220U25V

+5VSTB

01U

C22

1

+12V

PW_ONOFF

VCC_PANEL

B01 B01

I_18130_011eps180608

CONTROL

34TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

SSB DC - DC

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGNDAGND

GN

DA

DJ

OU

T

VIN

4

OU

T

VIN

AD

JG

ND

VO

UT

VIN

AD

JG

ND

VCC18V FOR MST9E19A

pin36

VDDC for MST9E19A Core

+33V for VDD_MPLL

+33AVDD FOR AVDD_SIF

+33AVDD FOR AVDD_AU

pin6 pin12

+33AVDD for AVDD_HDMI

Vcc33for MST9E19A analog

+33AVDD for AVDDA

33V for AVDDPLL2

Vcc33 for MST9E19A Digital

10RR

31

F330A

+33V

L16100R+5VST

R28NC

23

1

U6

AIC

1084

FM120D8

FM120D6

23

1

U7

KD

1084

AD

2T18

+33V

VDDP

FM120D7

+5VSTB_L

1 2 3

4

U5AS1117-33

L18FB

FBL17

+18V

VDDC

L11

100R

L10100R+33V

L24

100R

FBL23

16V

47UC

37

C67

01U

01UC

62

C61

01U

01UC

60

C59

01U

16V

100UC

53

C48100U

16V

NCR30

R29

0RL41

FB

16V

100UC

33

C31100U

16V

C49 0

1U

01U

C52

01U

C36

C34 0

1U

01U

C42

C58 0

1U16V

47UC

57

C51 0

1U

AVDD_SIF

+33VA

AVDD_AU

+33VA

AVDDA

+33VA

AVDD_MEMPLL

+33VA

C56 0

1U

01U

C552U

2C

54

C47 0

1U

C46 2U

2

L21FB

2U2

C41

FBL19

C50 2U

2

L22FB

FBL20

01U

C452U

2C

44

C39 0

1U

C38 2U

2

AVDD_HDMI

01U

C40

+33VA

01U

C32

C30 0

1U

+33VA

+33VA

VDD_MPLL

+18V

C35100U

16V

C63

01U

01UC

64

C65

01U

01UC

66

01UC

68

C69

01U

01UC

70

C71

01U

01UC

72

C73

01U

+5VST

+5VSTB

FM120D9

B02 B02

I_18130_012eps180608

DC - DC

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 35TCS10L LA 7

SSB MST9E19A Controller

AG

ND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AG

ND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

SDA

SCL

WC

VCC

VSS

E2NC

E1NC

E0NC AGND

VCC

HOLD

SCK

GND SI

WP

SO

CE

SDA

SCL

WC

VCC

VSS

E2NC

E1NC

E0NC

AD

0A

D1

AD

2A

D3

AD

4A

D5

AD

6A

D7

ALE

AUCOM

AUL0

AUL1

AUL2

AUL3

AUOUTL

AUOUTL2

AUOUTL3

AUOUTR

AUOUTR2

AUOUTR3

AUOUTS

AUR0

AUR1

AUR2

AUR3

AUVRADNAUVRADPAUVREF

AV

DD

_AD

C

AV

DD

_AU

AV

DD

_DV

IA

VD

D_D

VI1

AV

DD

_ME

MP

LL

AV

DD

_MP

LLA

VD

D_M

PLL

1

AV

DD

_SIF

BIN0MBIN0P

BIN1MBIN1P

C0

C1

CSZ

CVBS0

CVBS1CVBS2CVBS3

CVBSOUT

DD

CA

_CK

DD

CA

_DA

DDCD_CKDDCD_DA

DD

CR

_CK

DD

CR

_DA

DI0DI1DI2DI3DI4DI5DI6DI7

DIG

O0

DIG

O1

DIG

O2

DIG

O3

DIG

O4

DIG

O5

DIG

O6

DIG

O7

DIG

O8

DIG

O9

GIN0MGIN0P

GIN1MGIN1P

GN

DG

ND

1

GN

D10

GN

D11

GN

D12

GN

D13

GN

D14

GN

D15

GN

D2

GN

D3

GN

D4

GN

D5

GN

D6

GN

D7

GN

D8

GN

D9

GPIOE0LVSYNCGPIOE1LHSYNC

GPIOE2LDEGPIOE3LCK

GPIOF10GPIOF11

GPIOF12GPIOF13GPIOF14GPIOF15GPIOF16GPIOF17GPIOF18GPIOF19

GPIOF2GPIOF3GPIOF4GPIOF5GPIOF6GPIOF7GPIOF8GPIOF9

HSYNC0

HSYNC1

HW

RE

SE

T

ICLK

IHSYNC

INT

IRIN

IVSYNC

LA0MG3LA0PG2LA1MG1LA1PG0LA2MB7LA2PB6

LA3MB3LA3PB2LA4MB1LA4PB0

LACKMB5LACKPB4

LB0MR7LB0PR6LB1MR5LB1PR4LB2MR3LB2PR2

LB3MG7LB3PG6LB4MG5LB4PG4

LBCKMR1LBCKPR0

PW

M0

PW

M1

PW

M2

PW

M3

PWM_DRVPWM_FB

PWM_SENSE

RD

Z

REFMREFP

REXT

RIN0MRIN0P

RIN1MRIN1P

RMID

RX0NRX0PRX1NRX1PRX2NRX2P

RXCKNRXCKP

SA

R0

SA

R1

SA

R2

SA

R3

SCKSDI

SDO

SIF1MSIF1P

SOGIN0

SOGIN1

VCLAMP

VCOM0

VCOM1

VCOM2

VD

DC

VD

DC

1V

DD

C2

VD

DC

3V

DD

C4

VD

DC

5

VD

DP

VD

DP

1V

DD

P2

VD

DP

3V

DD

P4

VD

DP

5V

DD

P6

VD

DP

7V

DD

P8

VD

DP

9

VSYNC0

VSYNC1

WR

Z

XIN

XO

UT

Y0

Y1

AGND

T

T

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

Mode Selection

I2C address at A0

Location Near IC PinLocation Near IC Pin

SST PULL DOWNMSTAR PULL UP

DVI INPUT

VGA INPUT

For TTL output

Audio Output(to Amp) AV Output(Audio)

Debug Port

For Philps debug

HDCP I2C address at A4

VID

EO

INP

UT

HDTV INPUT

C212NC

C7822P

01UC11

2

2U2 C247

C1072U2

01U C114

PW_CTRL

PRORECT_12V

54

72 13

6 8

RP

84K

7

KEY0-IN

LED2-IN

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

P5

POWER-ONOFF

54

72 13

6 8

RP

124K

7

LED1-IN

NC

L43

+5VSTB

4K7

R55

LED2R13

4K7

R584K7

B

C

E

Q9BT3904

1

2

3

4

5

P14

WP

SDA

SCL

+33V

1

2

3

4

P6

10RR41

SHUT_EEP

D4 NC

WP

C20

110

0P

RXD

TXD1

2

3

P2

ZX

Z62

WP

+33V

+33V+5VSTB

RS

20R

RS

3N

C

RS

11K

10K

R32

10K

R42

01UC86

47RR64

NC

R63

R62

NC

R52100R

R51 22

K

R50 22

K

100RR49

100RR40

C83

001

U

001

UC82

R67

0R

001

UC76

2U2C115

R47100R

R45100R

100RR34100R

R33

2U2C104

C1052U2PC-LIN

2U2C106

C1112U2

2U2C110

C11901U

R57 8K

2

8K2

R56

C1092U2

2U2C108

124578

101113141516171819202122232425262728

293031323334353839

404142434445464748495051

5455575859

61626364656667686970717273747576

78798081828384858687

131

132

133

134

125

126

127

128

129

130

155

156

136 3 9 37 52 56 89 99 101

104

106

120

141

152

173

187

204

143

144

145

146

147

148

149

150

153

154

116

117

118

135

124123122121

9796959493929190

139138137

191190189188

185184183182181180179178177176175174171170169168167166165164163162161160

202201200199198197196195

192

194193

207

206

205

36 53 60 105

6 12 157

208

77 98 107

142

158

203

88 100

102

103

119

140

151

159

172

186

115

114

113

112

111

110

109

108

U8

MST9E19A

R54

4K7

R36

22K

100P C79

01UC11

7

C116

01U

R7510K

R38 22

K

C10201U

C89 0

1U

1

3

2

D40

0BA

V99

+5VST

R53

390R

CVBSOUT

LED2

5

6

7

8

4

3

2

1U10

M24C32MN

IR_SYNC

KEY0

LED1

KEY1

WP_FSH

TV1-VIN- VCOM0

AV1-YIN-

AV1-YIN

VCOM2

SV_Y0

R_TX2+

C920047U

C930047U

0047UC94

0047UC96

C970047U

0047UC98

C1010047U

0047UC100

C990047U

SV_C0

TXD

RXD

100P

C20

2

8

7

6

4 5

3

2

1U9

W25X40

+33V

L26 F

B

100RR77

SDA

SCL

SHUT_EEPR76

100R

5

6

7

8

4

3

2

1U11

M24C04MN

SDA

SCL

100RR70

R69100R

+33V

R68

10K

SPI_CZ

SPI_DI

SPI_CK

54

72

1

3 6

8

RP933R

NCR

65R

661K

8

C90 10

0P

R6110R

1KR60

R591K

100P

C91

C95 10

0P

SYS_RST

R391K

B

E

CQ8

BT3906

C8010U

16V

C7447U

16V

R48

1M

Y1

14M

3

22PC84

AVDDA

AVDD_SIF

AVDD_MEMPLL

AVDD_HDMIVDDC VDDP

SDA_EXT

SCL_EXT

+33V

R43

10K

10KR

44

RXE3+B2

RXE4+B0

RXE4-B1

RXE3-B3

RXEC+B4

RXEC-B5

RXE2+B6

RXE2-B7

RXE1+G0

RXE1-G1

RXE0+G2

RXE0-G3

RXO4+G4

RXO4-G5

RXO3+G6

RXO3-G7

RXOC+R0

RXOC-R1

RXO2+R2

RXO2-R3

RXO1+R4

RXO1-R5

RXO0+R6

RXO0-R7

TTL-BLUE2

TTL-BLUE1

TTL-BLUE0

TTL-BLUE3

TTL-BLUE4

TTL-BLUE5

TTL-BLUE6

TTL-BLUE7

TTL-GREEN0

TTL-GREEN1

TTL-GREEN2

TTL-GREEN3

TTL-GREEN4

TTL-GREEN5

TTL-GREEN6

TTL-GREEN7

TTL-RED6

TTL-RED0

TTL-RED1

TTL-RED2

TTL-RED3

TTL-RED4

TTL-RED5

TTL-RED7

54

72

1

3 6

8

RP40R

8

63

1

2 7

4 5

0RRP7

54

72

1

3 6

8

RP60R

8

63

1

2 7

4 5

0RRP3

8

63

1

2 7

4 5

0RRP5

54

72

1

3 6

8

RP20R

SPI_CKSPI_DISPI_CZ

SPI_DO

AMP-MUTE

PANEL-ONOFF

LED1

HPDCTRL

ON-PBACK

863 12

7

45

4K7

RP

13

PWM0

ADJ-PWM2

NCR

85

NCR

82

NCR

80

NCR

79

R84

1K

R83

1K

R81

1K

R78

1K

PWM0

WP_FSH

ADJ-PWM2

PWM3

IR_SYNC

KEY1

KEY0

RXD

TXD

SCL

SDA

DDC-RDX

DDC-TXD

I2C-SCL

I2C-SDA

+33V

54

721 3

68

RP

104K

7

R7410R

10RR73

10RR72

R7110R

AUCOM

16V

10UC

118

AUVRADN

AUVRADP

C11310U

16V

L250

AMP-ROUT

AMP-LOUT

PH-ROUTPH-LOUT

PC-RIN

SIFM

SIFP

01UC103

01U

C88

AUCOM

AUVREFAUVRADPAUVRADN

SIFM

SIFP

TUNER_CVBS

SV_C0

SV_Y0

VCOM2

CVBS2CVBS1

VCOM0

VCOM1

CVBS3

SCG+

SCR+SCR-

SC_SOG

SCG-

SCB-

RIN-

RIN+GIN-

GIN+SOG

BIN-BIN+

01UC85

C8701U

VS_RGBHS_RGB

HDMI_SCLHDMI_SDA

AVDD_HDMI TXCLK-

R_TX2+

R_TX2-G_TX1+

G_TX1-B_TX0+

B_TX0-TXCLK+

AUVREF

PWM3

+33V

VDD_MPLL

AVDD_AU

TV1-VIN+ TUNER_CVBS

VCOM1

AV1-CIN

TV-SIFP

TV-SIFM

HDMI_SCLHDMI_SDA

TXCLK-

R_TX2-G_TX1+

G_TX1-B_TX0+

B_TX0-TXCLK+

VS_RGBHS_RGB

RIN-

RIN+GIN-

GIN+SOG

BIN-BIN+

SCG+

SCR+SCR-

SC_SOG

SCG-SCB+SCB-

AV1-VIN+

AV2-VIN+

AV3-VIN+ CVBS1

CVBS2

CVBS3

SPI_DO

WP_FSH

CVBSOUT

PH-LOUT

PH-ROUTAMP-ROUT AMP-R

AMP-LAMP-LOUTPH-L1OUT

AFT

SCB+

KEY1-IN

+33V

PH-R1OUT

C77

1000

P

E

C

B BT3904Q7

R114K7

+5VSTB

GPIO_PROTECT

+33V

IR-IN

C248

2U2

2U2 C249

C250

2U2

2U2 C251

C252

2U2

DVI-RINDVI-LINAV2-RIN

AV2-LIN

AV1-RINAV1-LIN

B03 B03

I_18130_013eps180608

MST9E19A CONTROLLER

36TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

SSB HDMI Interface

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

SDA

SCL

WC

VCC

VSS

E2NC

E1NC

E0NC

RX2+

GND1

RX2-

RX1+

GND2

RX1-

RX0+

GND3

RX0-

RXC+

GND4

RXC-

NC1

NC2

DDCCLK

DDCDA

GND5

VCC

HPD

AGND

HDMI-RX2-

HDMI-RX1+

+5V

+5V

5

6

43

2

1

U17

PRTR5V0U4D

5

6

43

2

1

U18

PRTR5V0U4D

1KR101

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

P12

01UC

120

5

6

7

8

4

3

2

1U12

M24C02MN

RLZ

5B6

D18

HDMI-DDC-SDA

HDMI-DDC-SCL

HDMI-HPD

HDMI5V

HPDCTRLB

C

E

Q10BT3904

4K7R96

R95

4K7

R1000R

NCR

97

R94

1K

+5V

100RR99

R98100R

12

3

D17

BAT

54C

D19

RLZ

5B6

TXCLK-

TXCLK+

B_TX0-

B_TX0+

G_TX1-

G_TX1+

R_TX2-

R_TX2+

10RR93

R9210R

10RR91

R9010R

10RR89

R8810R

10RR87

R8610R

HDMI_SDA

HDMI_SCL

HDMI-RXC-

HDMI-RXC+

HDMI-RX0+

HDMI-RX0-

HDMI-RX1-

HDMI-RX2+

B04 B04

I_18130_014eps180608

HDMI INTERFACE

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 37TCS10L LA 7

SSB VGA Interface

AGND

AGND

AGND

SDA

SCL

WC

VCC

VSS

E2NC

E1NC

E0NC

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGNDProgram Control

To main chip(when updateit is I2Cwhen debug it is RXTX)

LED2

R12

110

0RR12

010

0R

+33V

RXD

TXD

R170

4K7

1

3

2

D2

100RR144

NCR123

4K7R12

2

75R

R10

9

R10

8 75R

01UC

130

10K

R17

4

75R

R10

7

10K

R17

2

P13-11

R11

8 4K7

4K7

R11

9

PROTECT

VGA5V

VGA-SCL

PROTECT

13

2

D25

1

3

2

D20

C19 N

C

Q182N7002

10RR175

R171NC

R17310R

C12

9 NC

C1270047U

VGA-R+

VGA-G+

VGA-B+

+5VST1

32

D24

1KR115

R1141K

123

D23BAT54C

5

6

7

8

4

3

2

1U13

M24C02MN

R11

74K

7NC

C12

8R11

610

K

6

4

11

14

15

7

12

8

5

13

3

10

9

1

2

16

17

P13

C1230047U

C1241000P

C1210047U

R10510R

10RR104

R10310R

0047UC126

C1250047U

0047UC122

1

3

2

D22

2

3

1

D21

R11347R

47RR111

R11047R

R106330R

HS_RGB

VS_RGB

Q192N7002

B

C

E

Q25BT3904

VGA-HS

VGA-VS

VGA-SDA

RIN+

SOG

BIN-

GIN-

RIN-

BIN+

GIN+

VGA-SDA

VGA-SCL

+5VSTB

+5VSTB

B05 B05

I_18130_015eps180608

VGA INTERFACE

38TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

SSB Cinch

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND AGNDAGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

VDD

OUTB

INB-

VSS INB+

INA+

INA-

OUTA

AGNDAGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

WHITE

RED

YELLOWGREEN

BLUE

RED

WHITE

RED

RED

WHITE

YELLOW

AGND

AGND

AGND

HDTV IN

AV OUTPUT AUDIO AMP

For PCampYPbPr Audio Input(RL)

For Philips Upgrade

S-VIDEO amp AV2 In Side

Earphone Outuput In Side

AV1 In Rear

AV OUTPUT

For DVI Audio Input(35mm Jack)

2

1

3

P17

DVI_R

DVI_L

AV2-V

AV_ROUT

AV2-R

C13 47

0P

12K

R15

2

C17 47

0P

560P

C16

356

0PC

162

3

2

1

4P15

C14

156

0P

PC-R

560P

C14

3C

134

560P

560P

C13

8

2

3

1

D37

NC

C14

256

0P56

0PC

146

C6 10

0P

3

1

2

P11

TXD

3

1

2

P7

PR1

PB1

AVOUT_L

Y1

AVOUT

1

4

2

5

3

6P21

1

2

3

4

5

6P8

8 56 7 9

P15

BUF2

1

3

2

D31

2

3

1

D28

NC

1

3

2

D33

NC

2

3

1

D55

NC

2

3

1

D54

NC

2

3

1

D52

NC

2

3

1

D51

NC

2

3

1

D34

1

3

2

D36

NC

C5 10

0P

13

2

D12

R18

8 75R

R2855K1

R2845K1

R2805K1

R2815K1

L6130R

AV1-CL60

30R

AV1-YL59

30R

75R

R14

9

C19

810

00P

C14

068

0P

680P

C15

5

10RR186

680P

C13

6

OP_VCC2

C13

168

0P

2

3

1

D53

2

3

1

D27

FB

L42

10KR230

12K

R20

1R

197 12

K

R15

9 12K

R15

522

0R

220RR153

75R

R14

0

75R

R13

9

R13

6 75R

75R

R12

8

2U2C188

R14

5 12K

12K

R15

7

12K

R13

5C191

2U2

10K

R15

6R

147 10

K

330R

R14

6

R18510RY1

75RR151

R141

75R

C1452U2

2U2C144

01UC

139

12K

R16

1

AV2-VIN+

CVBSOUT

AV1-CIN

AV1-YIN-

1

3

2

D38

2

3

1

D39

PH-R1OUTR226

10K

AV_LOUT

R22447K

+5V

R22

547

K

C18

347

U

16V

100P

C18

9

33KR

229

C18547U

16V

C18

40

1U

C19

310

0P

R23

233

K

8

7

6

4 5

3

2

1U16

TDA1308T

SCB-

SCG-

SCR-

C1580047U

SCG+

SCR+

SCB+

SC_SOG

PR1

PB1

C1540047U

0047UC153

C1520047U

C1511000P

0047UC159

0047UC156

R19547R

47RR191

R18947R

R18410R

10RR183

R14810R

1

3

2

D35

B

E

CQ11

BT3906C218

10U

16V

B

C

E

Q12BT3904

2

3

1

D32

2

3

1

D30

1

3

2

D29

R13347R

10RR137

R12610R

+5V

AV1-YIN

Y1R176

470R

PH-L1OUT

AV_LOUT

AV_ROUT

AV1-VIN+

L63 30

R

30R

L62

330RR

249

R25

133

0R

C196

033U50V

C197

033U50V

7

654

89

3

1

2

P18

1000

PC

199

AMP-PROUT+AMP-LIN

AMP-PLOUT+AMP-RIN

EARPHONE-RA

EARPHONE-LA

30RL44

AV1-RIN

R2825K1

R2835K1 AV1-LIN

AV2-LIN

R2865K1

R2875K1 AV2-RIN

R2885K1

R2895K1 DVI-RIN

R2905K1

R2915K1 DVI-LIN

R2925K1

R2935K1 PC-RIN

R2945K1

R2955K1 PC-LIN

AV1_V

AVOUT_R

RXD

C4 47

0P47

0PC

7

AV1_R

AV1_L

C9 47

0P47

0PC

10

C11 47

0P47

0PC

12

PC-L

AV2-L

B06 B06

I_18130_016eps180608

CINCH

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 39TCS10L LA 7

SSB Tuner

AGND

AGND

AGND

AG

ND

AGNDAGND

AGND

AGND

COMMON

IN OUT

VID

EO

NC

1

NC

2

AU

DIO

AG

C

SD

A

TU

MB

GN

D2

SIF

OU

T

GN

D1

NC

3

NC

4

NC

5

SC

L

NC

6

AF

T

CLOSE RO MST IC

R21127R

171 2 6 1110 1412 157 83 4 5 9 13 16

TU1

2

1 3

U15KIA78D05

TUNER_SDA

TUNER_SCL

SIF_OUT

TV_CVBSC

172

01U

33V

B

C

E

Q20

BT3904

TV-SIFPNCR213

10RR220

001UC181

TV-SIFP

R194100R

330R

R19

3R

192

10R

R19

81K

R19

91K

L2722UH

+12V

R20

7 NC

100K

R20

3

2200

PC

200

R209120R

R20610R

C17

4N

C3

30P

NC

330

PC

175

C171220U

16V

L28120R

R20251K

C17

710

0P

C17

615

0P

SDA_EXT

SCL_EXT

C168220U

16V

16V

220UC

169

TV1-VIN-

TV1-VIN+

R21047R

C16

60

01UC16

44U

7

50V

C16

50

01U

C16

70

1U

TUNER_5V

AFT

120RR212

TUNER_5V

TV-SIFM

001UC170

B07 B07

I_18130_017eps180608

TUNER

40TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

SSB Audio Amplifier

PGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

PGND

PGND

AGND

AGND

OUT2+

OUT2-

NC3

IN2

VCC2

NC2

OUT1+

VCC1

IN1

NC1

MUTE

STBY

PW_GND

S_GND

OUT1-

TO SPEAKER

TO SPEAKER

0RR

162

AMP-PROUT-

2

1

H8

15

14

11

12

13

10

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

2

U19

TD

A7266

1

2

3

4

P9

AMP-PLOUT-

L45200R

L46200R

C219220U

16V

27UHL31

C217220U

16V

AMP-LIN

R253NC

01U C209

D3LL4148

C20

610

00P

1U

C211

0022U

C26 1000

PC

204

0022U

C25

C22

470U16V

+5VST

R164100K

R16510K

R16

8N

C

R16

9N

C

R1663K3

3K3R167

10KR244

B

E

CQ15

BT3906

B

C

E

Q16BT3904

C19

5 NC

NC

C19

4

B

C

E

Q24BT3904NC

0RR257

10KR254

E

C

B BT3904Q23

B

C

E

Q22BT3904

R25210K

R255100R

R24310K

2U2C205

R2560R

C2032U2

+12V

AMP-PROUT-

AMP-PROUT+

AMP-PLOUT-

AMP-PLOUT+

POWER-ONOFF

AMP-MUTE

AMP-R

AMP-L

12V-AMP

+12V

AMP-RIN

B08 B08

I_18130_018eps180608

AUDIO AMPLIFIER

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 41TCS10L LA 7

SSB LVDS Interface

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

VCC_PANEL

C246

10U 16V

C245

01U

R277 0NC

+33V

R27

2

0N

C

R275 0NC

RXE4+B0 RXE4-B1

RXE3+B2 RXE3-B3

RXEC+B4 RXEC-B5

RXE2+B6 RXE2-B7

RXE1+G0 RXE1-G1

RXE0+G2 RXE0-G3

RXO4+G4 RXO4-G5

RXO3+G6 RXO3-G7

RXOC+R0 RXOC-R1

RXO2+R2 RXO2-R3

RXO1+R4 RXO1-R5

RXO0+R6 RXO0-R7

1 2

4

6

8

12

14

16

18

20

10

22

24

26

28

3

5

7

9

11

13

15

17

19

21

23

25

27

29 30

32

34

36

38

40

31

33

35

37

39

P10

R276 0NC

R27

3

0N

CR

274

0N

C

B09 B09

I_18130_019eps180608

LVDS INTERFACE Personal Notes

E_06532_012eps131004

42TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout Small Signal Board (Top Side)

I_18130_020eps180608

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 43TCS10L LA 7

Layout Small Signal Board (Bottom Side)

I_18130_021eps180608

44TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Keyboard Control Panel

Layout Keyboard Control Panel (Top Side)

Layout Keyboard Control Panel (Bottom Side)

AGND

AGND AGNDAGND

AGND

R10072K

R10061K5

R10011K2

12 4

3K1001

1

2

3

P1001

KEY0

R1008NC

R10051K2

R1004NC

R10032K

R10021K5

D10

02

HS

5V6B

D10

01H

S5V

6B

12 4

3K1003

12 4

3K1002

12 4

3K1006

12 4

3K1005

12 4

3K1004

KEY1

I_18130_030eps180608

E EKEYBOARD CONTROL PANEL

I_18130_031eps180608

I_18130_032eps180608

Personal Notes

E_06532_012eps131004

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 45TCS10L LA 7

Inverter Panel

1 2

A

B

C

D

4321

D

C

B

A

F1FUSE-1

C2104

C1220uF250V

C3104

R1200

Q1

DTA143

E1

9

E2

10

C2

11

VC

C12

OU

TP

UT

C13

VR

EF

14

A1+

1

A1-

2

CO

MP

3

DT

C4

CT

5

RT

6

GN

D7

C1

8

A2-

15

A2+

16

U1

TL494

R2200

Q32222

C8

223

C7103

R847K

R7120K

C4

104C5104

D1

68V

C9104

D2

1N4148

Q8DTC143

123456

CN1

R20470K

R21

33K

C16

330pF

C15NC

R13100K

R10

68K

R11

68K

R12

15K

C10104

R2627K

C20223

R18560

Q22222

Q62907

R142K

R1622K

R27 10

R28 10

D4

BAW56K

S11

G12

S23

G24

D1 8

D1 7

D2 6

D2 5

U2

4606

C21223

Q42222

Q72907

R152K

R1722K

R29 10

R30 10

D5

BAW56K

S11

G12

S23

G24

D1 8

D1 7

D2 6

D2 5

U3

4606

R19560

C6

105

R231M

Q52N7002

R22

1M

R9

47K

R25

100KR24270K

D6NCBAW56K

D7NCBAW56K

P1

P2

P3

P4

C17225

C18

225

10

1 7

6

T1

T01

10

1 7

6

T2

T01

C2222pF

12

CON1

12

CON2

D9BAV99

R41K

R36820

R32

10KC12104

D8BAV99

R31K

R35820

R31

10KC11104

P2

P1

C2322pF

12

CON3

12

CON4

D11

BAV99

R61K

R38820

R34

10KC14104

D10BAV99

R51K

R37820

R33

10KC13104

P4

P3

VREF

VREF

C19NC

C26

222C27NC

D13BAV99

D15BAV99

C2422pF

C2522pF

C28

222C29NC

C30222 C31

NC

C32

222C33NC

OVP

OVP

OV

P

R602K

R61510K

C38105

Q10

DTA143

Q112222

R6330K

R62 1K

VCC

VCC

P5

P5

R64

1K

C34221

C35 221

C37

221

C39104

C36

221U4A

LM393

U4B

LM393

Vref

D3

1N4148

R65

3K R663K

C41 104

R67

10K

I_18130_033eps180608

I IINVERTER PANEL 19rdquo

46TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout Inverter Panel (Top Side)

Layout Inverter Panel (Bottom Side)

I_18130_034eps190608

I_18130_035eps190608

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 47TCS10L LA 7

IR LED Panel

AGND

AGND

AGNDIRVC

C

GN

D

RW

R20

031K

2

R20

04

1K2

LED1

1

2

3

4

5

CN2001

E

C

B

BC847AQ2001

B

C

E

Q2002

BC847A

2

13

D2001

LED2

G2001

R20024K7

5V16

V10

0UC

2001

5V

IR

IR

C20

03 47P

LED1R2001

4K7

C2002

47P

LED2

I_18130_036eps180608

J JIR amp LED PANELLayout IR LED Panel (Top Side)

Layout IR LED Panel (Bottom Side)

I_18130_037eps180608

I_18130_038eps180608

48TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Personal Notes

E_06532_013eps131004

Alignments EN 49TCS10L LA 8

8 Alignments

Index of this chapter81 Electrical Alignments82 Hardware Alignments

NoteThe Service Modes are described in chapter 5 Menu navigation is done with the CURSOR UP DOWN LEFT or RIGHT keys of the remote control transmitter

81 Electrical Alignments

Perform all electrical adjustments under the following conditionsbull Power supply voltage (depends on region)

ndash AP-NTSC 120 VAC or 230 VAC 50 Hz (plusmn 10)ndash AP-PAL-multi 120 - 230 VAC 50 Hz (plusmn 10)ndash EU 230 VAC 50 Hz (plusmn 10)ndash LATAM-NTSC 120 - 230 VAC 50 Hz (plusmn 10)ndash US 120 VAC 60 Hz (plusmn 10)

bull Connect the set to the mains via an isolation transformer with low internal resistance

bull Allow the set to warm up for approximately 60 minutesbull Measure voltages and waveforms in relation to correct

ground (eg measure audio signals in relation to AUDIO_GND) Caution It is not allowed to use heatsinks as ground

bull Test probe Ri gt 10 MΩ Ci lt 20 pFbull Use an isolated trimmerscrewdriver to perform

alignments

82 Hardware Alignments

Not applicable

821 Aging

Enter TV mode Set warm up status to ldquoOnrdquo Aging time at least 12 minutes

822 ADC Adjustment

The chassis can execute ADC auto-tune in YPbPr amp PC sourcing modes Enter SAM select YPbPr or PC as source then select AUTOTUNE in ADC ADJ press ldquoRight keyrdquo to run waiting for about 5 seconds until ldquoOKrdquo is displayed which means the set finished the ADC adjustment With an YPbPr source use a 100 color bar pattern with a PC source use a 16-scale grey pattern

823 White Balance Adjustment

Adjust the NORMAL WARM COOL temperature in White balance according to company regular Make sure ADC adjustments have done successfully before doing white balance adjustments and use the ldquoNaturalrdquo picture mode White balance adjustment should be performed with three different sources1 AVTVSVIDEO source reunification under the AV

adjustment apply a NTSC-M system signal with 8-scale grey pattern

2 YPbPrHDMI source reunification under the YPbPr adjustment apply an 8-scale grey pattern

3 PC source should adjust single apply a 8-scale grey pattern

If case of manual adjustment please use the WB page in SAMWhile adjusting White Balance do not change White G or Black G only adjust White R White B Black R and Black B

Table 8-1 Color Temperature Setting 19

Table 8-2 Color Temperature Setting 26

Color mode X Y Color Temperature (K)

Normal 296plusmn4 299plusmn4 8000

Warm 314plusmn4 319plusmn4 6500

Cool 289plusmn4 291plusmn4 9000

Color mode X Y Color Temperature (K)

Normal 289plusmn4 291plusmn4 9000

Warm 314plusmn4 319plusmn4 6500

Cool 278plusmn4 278plusmn4 11000

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data SheetsEN 50 TCS10L LA9

9 Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data Sheets

Index of this chapter91 Introduction92 Abbreviation List93 IC Data Sheets

Notes bull Only new circuits (circuits that are not published recently)

are described bull Figures can deviate slightly from the actual situation due

to different set executions

91 Introduction

This chassis uses the MStar MST9U19A main chip with the following features bull Multi-Standard TV decoding with 2-D comb filterbull Multi-Standard TV sound demodulator and decoderbull Triple ADC fro TV and RGBYPbPrbull Integrated DVIHDCPHDMI compliant receiverbull High quality scaling enginebull 3-D video de-interlacer and video noise reductionbull Embedded On Screen Display controllerbull NTSCPALSecam Video decoder with automatic standard

detectionbull CVBS video outputbull Multi standard TV sound decoderbull FM stereo and SAP demodulationbull Digital audio interfacebull Analog RGB Compliant Input Portsbull DVIHDCPHDMI Compliant input portbull Auto tuning function including phasing positioning offset

gain and jitter detectionbull Automatic color correction

The MST9U19A is a high performance and fully integrated IC for multi-function LCD monitorTV with resolutions up to WSXGA (1680 times 1050) It is configured with an integrated triple-ADCPLL an integrated DVIHDCPHDMI receiver a multi standard TV video and audio decoder a video de-interlacer a scaling engine the MStarACE-3 color engine an On Screen Display controller an 8-bit MCU and a built-in output panel interface It also incorporates an intelligent power management control system for green-mode requirements and spread-spectrum support for EMI management

For a block diagram refer to chapter 6 ldquoBlock diagrams Test Point Overviews and Waveformsrdquo

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data Sheets EN 51TCS10L LA 9

92 Abbreviation List

1080i 1080 visible lines interlaced1080p 1080 visible lines progressive scan2CS 2 Carrier Sound2DNR Spatial (2D) Noise Reduction3DNR Temporal (3D) Noise Reduction480i 480 visible lines interlaced480p 480 visible lines progressive scanAARA Automatic Aspect Ratio Adaptation

algorithm that adapts aspect ratio to remove horizontal black bars keeping up the original aspect ratio

ACI Automatic Channel Installation algorithm that installs TV channels directly from a cable network by means of a predefined TXT page

ADC Analogue to Digital ConverterAFC Automatic Frequency Control control

signal used to tune to the correct frequency

AGC Automatic Gain Control algorithm that controls the video input of the feature box

AM Amplitude ModulationAUO Acer Unipack OptronicsAP Asia PacificAR Aspect Ratio 4 by 3 or 16 by 9ASD Automatic Standard DetectionAV Audio VideoB-SC1-IN Blue SCART1 inB-SC2-IN Blue SCART2 inB-TXT Blue teletextBG Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 55 MHzBTSC Broadcast Television System

CommitteeC-FRONT Chrominance front inputCBA Circuit Board Assembly (or PWB)CL Constant Level audio output to

connect with an external amplifierCLUT Color Look Up TableComPair Computer aided rePairCSM Customer Service ModeCVBS Composite Video Blanking and

SynchronizationCVBS-EXT CVBS signal from external source

(VCR VCD etc)CVBS-INT CVBS signal from TunerCVBS-MON CVBS monitor signalCVBS-TER-OUT CVBS terrestrial outDAC Digital to Analogue ConverterDBE Dynamic Bass Enhancement extra

low frequency amplificationDFU Directions For Use owners manualDNR Dynamic Noise ReductionDRAM Dynamic RAMDSP Digital Signal ProcessingDST Dealer Service Tool special

(European) remote control designed for service technicians

DTS Digital Theatre SoundDVD Digital Versatile DiscDVI Digital Visual InterfaceDW Double WindowED Enhanced Definition 480p 576pEEPROM Electrically Erasable and

Programmable Read Only MemoryEU EUropeEXT EXTernal (source) entering the set by

SCART or by cinches (jacks)FBL Fast Blanking DC signal

accompanying RGB signalsFBL-SC1-IN Fast blanking signal for SCART1 in

FBL-SC2-IN Fast blanking signal for SCART2 inFBL-TXT Fast Blanking TeletextFLASH FLASH memoryFM Field Memory Frequency ModulationFMR FM RadioFRC Frame Rate ConverterFRONT-C Front input chrominance (SVHS)FRONT-DETECT Front input detectionFRONT-Y_CVBS Front input luminance or CVBS

(SVHS)FTV Flat TeleVisionG-SC1-IN Green SCART1 inG-SC2-IN Green SCART2 inG-TXT Green teletextH H_sync to the module HD High Definition 720p 1080i 1080pHDMI High Definition Multimedia Interface

digital audio and video interfaceHP Head PhoneI Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 60 MHzI2C Integrated IC busI2S Integrated IC Sound busIC Integrated CircuitIF Intermediate FrequencyInterlaced Scan mode where two fields are used

to form one frame Each field contains half the number of the total amount of lines The fields are written in ldquopairsrdquo causing line flicker

IR Infra RedIRQ Interrupt ReQuestLast Status The settings last chosen by the

customer and read and stored in RAM or in the NVM They are called at start-up of the set to configure it according the customers wishes

LATAM LATin AMericaLC04 Philips chassis name for LCD TV 2004

projectLCD Liquid Crystal DisplayLED Light Emitting DiodeLL Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 65 MHz L is Band I L is all bands except for Band I

LPL LG Philips LCDLS Loud SpeakerLVDS Low Voltage Differential Signalling

data transmission system for high speed and low EMI communication

MN Monochrome TV system Sound carrier distance is 45 MHz

MOSFET Metal Oxide Semiconductor Field Effect Transistor

MPEG Motion Pictures Experts GroupMSP Multi-standard Sound Processor ITT

sound decoderMUTE MUTE LineNAFTA North American Free Trade

Association Trade agreement between Canada USA and Mexico

NC Not ConnectedNICAM Near Instantaneous Compounded

Audio Multiplexing This is a digital sound system used mainly in Europe

NTSC National Television Standard Committee Color system used mainly in North America and Japan Color carrier NTSC MN = 3579545 MHz NTSC 443 = 4433619 MHz (this is a VCR norm it is not transmitted off-air)

NVM Non Volatile Memory IC containing TV related data (for example options)

OC Open CircuitONOFF LED OnOff control signal for the LED

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data SheetsEN 52 TCS10L LA9

OSD On Screen DisplayPAL Phase Alternating Line Color system

used mainly in Western Europe (color carrier = 4433619 MHz) and South America (color carrier PAL M = 3575612 MHz and PAL N = 3582056 MHz)

PC Personal ComputerPCB Printed Circuit Board (or PWB)PDP Plasma Display PanelPIG Picture In GraphicPIP Picture In PicturePLL Phase Locked Loop Used for

example in FST tuning systems The customer can directly provide the desired frequency

Progressive Scan Scan mode where all scan lines are displayed in one frame at the same time creating a double vertical resolution

PWB Printed Wiring Board (or PCB)RAM Random Access MemoryRC Remote Control transmitterRC5 (6) Remote Control system 5 (6) the

signal from the remote control receiver RGB Red Green and Blue The primary

color signals for TV By mixing levels of R G and B all colors (YC) are reproduced

RGBHV Red Green Blue Horizontal sync and Vertical sync

ROM Read Only MemorySAM Service Alignment ModeSC SandCastle two-level pulse derived

from sync signalsSC1-OUT SCART output of the MSP audio ICSC2-B-IN SCART2 Blue inSC2-C-IN SCART2 chrominance inSC2-OUT SCART output of the MSP audio ICSC Short CircuitSCL Clock signal on I2C busSD Standard Definition 480i 576iSDA Data signal on I2C busSDI Samsung Display IndustrySDM Service Default ModeSDRAM Synchronous DRAMSECAM SEequence Couleur Avec Memoire

Color system used mainly in France and Eastern Europe Color carriers = 4406250 MHz and 4250000 MHz

SIF Sound Intermediate FrequencySMPS Switch Mode Power SupplySND SouNDSNDL-SC1-IN Sound left SCART1 inSNDL-SC1-OUT Sound left SCART1 outSNDL-SC2-IN Sound left SCART2 inSNDL-SC2-OUT Sound left SCART2 outSNDR-SC1-IN Sound right SCART1 inSNDR-SC1-OUT Sound right SCART1 outSNDR-SC2-IN Sound right SCART2 outSNDR-SC2-OUT Sound right SCART2 outSNDS-VL-OUT Surround sound left variable level outSNDS-VR-OUT Surround sound right variable level outSOPS Self Oscillating Power SupplySPDIF Sony Philips Digital InterFaceSRAM Static RAMSTBY Stand-bySVHS Super Video Home SystemSW Sub Woofer SoftWareTHD Total Harmonic DistortionTXT TeleteXTuP MicroprocessorVL Variable Level out processed audio

output toward external amplifierVCR Video Cassette Recorder

VGA Video Graphics ArrayWD Watch DogWYSIWYR What You See Is What You Record

record selection that follows main picture and sound

XTAL Quartz crystalYPbPr Component video (Y= Luminance Pb

Pr= Color difference signals B-Y and R-Y other amplitudes wrt to YUV)

YC Video related signals Y consists of luminance signal blanking level and sync C consists of color signal

Y-OUT Luminance-signalYUV Baseband component video (Y=

Luminance UV= Color difference signals)

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data Sheets EN 53TCS10L LA 9

93 IC Data Sheets

This section shows the internal block diagrams and pin layouts of ICs that are drawn as ldquoblack boxesrdquo in the electrical diagrams (with the exception of ldquomemoryrdquo and ldquologicrdquo ICs)

931 Diagram B MST9U19A

Figure 9-1 Pin configuration

Pin 1

123

45

7

9

11

1314

1718

21

23

25

2728

30

32

34

36

39

41

43

6

8

10

12

1516

1920

22

24

26

29

31

33

35

3738

40

42

4445464748

505152

49

53 54 55 56 57 59 61 63 65 66 69 70 73 75 77 79 80 82 84 86 88 91 93 9558 60 62 64 67 68 71 72 74 76 78 81 83 85 87 89 90 92 94 96 97 98 99 100

102

103

104

101

208

207

206

205

204

202

200

198

196

195

192

191

188

186

184

182

181

179

177

175

173

170

168

166

203

201

199

197

194

193

190

189

187

185

183

180

178

176

174

172

171

169

167

165

164

163

162

161

159

158

157

160

156155154

153152

150

148

146

144143

140139

136

134

132

130129

127

125

123

121

118

116

114

151

149

147

145

142141

138137

135

133

131

128

126

124

122

120119

117

115

113112111110109

107106105

108

MST9U19A

XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX

GN

D

AUR1

AUL2

AUL3

AUL1

AUCO

M

AUR2

AUR3

DIGO[8]

GNDAVDD_MEMPLL

PWM3PWM2DIGO[9]

SIF1

MSI

F1P

AVD

D_S

IF

AUO

UTL

AUO

UTR

AUO

UTS

VDD

CG

PIO

F[2]

GPI

OF[

3]G

PIO

F[4]

GPI

OF[

5]G

PIO

F[6]

GPI

OF[

7]G

PIO

F[8]

GPI

OF[

9]G

PIO

F[10

]G

PIO

F[11

]VD

DP

GN

DG

PIO

F[12

]

GPI

OF[

14]

GPI

OF[

15]

GPI

OF[

16]

GPI

OF[

17]

GPI

OF[

18]

GN

D

GPI

OF[

19]

VDD

C

VDD

PG

ND

VDD

PVD

DP

GPI

OF[

13]

GN

D

DIGO[7]

DIGO[5]

DIGO[3]

DIGO[1]

VDDC

VDDPPWM_SENSE

DIGO[6]

DIGO[4]

DIGO[2]

DIGO[0]

GND

PWM_DRVPWM_FBIRININT

PWM1PWM0

GNDVDDPALERDZWRZ

VDDC

GNDVDDP

VDD

PLV

A0M

LVA0

PLV

A1M

LVA1

PLV

A2M

LVA2

PLV

ACKM

LVAC

KPLV

A3M

LVA4

PVD

DP

VDD

CAV

DD

_MPL

L

LVA3

PLV

A4M

GPI

OE[

0]

IHSY

NC

ICLK

DI[

1]D

I[0]

IVYS

NC

GPI

OE[

1]G

PIO

E[2]

GPI

OE[

3]G

ND

VDD

P

AVD

D_M

PLL

XIN

XOU

TH

WR

ESET

GN

D

DI[

7]D

I[6]

DI[

5]D

I[4]

DI[

2]D

I[3]

VDD

C

AUO

UTL

3AU

OU

TR3

RXCKPGND

RX0NRX0P

AVDD_DVIRX1NRX1P

RX2P

REXT

DDCD_CK

VSYNC1

VCLAMP

REFM

BIN1M

GNDRX2N

AVDD_DVI

DDCD_DA

HSYNC1

RMID

REFP

BIN1P

SOGIN1GIN1PGIN1MRIN1PRIN1MBIN0MBIN0PGIN0MGIN0P

SOGIN0RIN0MRIN0P

HSYNC0VSYNC0

RXCKN

AVDD_ADCGND

C1Y1C0Y0

CVBS2CVBS1

VCOM1CVBS0

VCOM0CVBSOUT

GND

VCOM2CVBS3

GN

D

AVD

D_A

UAU

L0AU

R0

AUVR

EFAU

VRAD

PAU

VRAD

N

AUO

UTL

2AU

OU

TR2

AD[7]AD[6]AD[5]AD[4]AD[3]AD[2]AD[1]AD[0]

SDOCSZSDISCK

SAR3

SAR1SAR2

SAR0

DDCA_CK

DDCR_CKDDCA_DA

DDCR_DA

LVB0

MLV

B0P

LVB1

MLV

B1P

LVB2

MLV

B2P

LVBC

KMLV

BCKP

LVB3

M

LVB4

P

LVB3

PLV

B4M

I_18130_008eps200608

Pin Configuration

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data SheetsEN 54 TCS10L LA9

932 Diagram B TDA1308

Figure 9-2 Block diagram and pin configuration

Block diagram

Pinning information

2

1

3

4

8

7

65

INA(neg)

TDA1308(A)OUTA

VSS

VDD

INA(pos)

INB(neg)

INB(pos)

OUTB

TDA1308(A)

VATUO DD

BTUO)gen(ANI

)gen(BNI)sop(ANI

VSS INB(pos)

1

2

3

4

6

5

8

7

I_18130_007eps190608

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data Sheets EN 55TCS10L LA 9

933 Diagram B NCP1377B

Figure 9-3 Block diagram and pin configuration

Block diagram

Pinning information

I_18130_009eps190608

HV

VCC

GND

Demag

4 mA

To InternalSupply

+

+

125 V75 V56 V (Fault)

FaultMngt

PON

5 V+

OVP

+

144

45 usDelay

15 us for B Version

Demag

8 usBlanking

S

SR R

Q

Q

+

3 us forB Version

+minus

Overload

5 usTimeout

TimeReset

Demag

380 nsLEB

1 V3

200 Awhen DRV

is OFF

FB

42 V

Driver src = 20 sink = 10

DrvVCC

CS

+50 mV 10 V Rint

1Dmg 8 HV

7 NC2FB

3CS

4GND

6 VCC

5 Drv

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data SheetsEN 56 TCS10L LA9

934 Diagram B TDA7266

Figure 9-4 Block diagram and pin configuration

1

2

4

Vref

7YB-TS

IN1

022microF

VCC

133

+

-

-

+

OUT1+

OUT1-

15

14

12

6ETUM

IN2

022microF

+

-

-

+

OUT2+

OUT2-

8

9S-GND

PW-GND

470microF 100nF

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

9

10

11

8

NC

NC

S-GND

PW-GND

OUT2+

OUT2-

VCC

IN2

ST-BY

MUTE

NC

IN1

VCCOUT1-

OUT1+

13

14

15

12

I_17950_054eps090508

Block Diagram

Pin Configuration

Spare Parts List amp CTN Overview EN 57TCS10L LA 10

10 Spare Parts List amp CTN OverviewFor the latest spare part overview please consult the Philips Service website

Table 10-1 Sets described in this manual

11 Revision ListManual xxxx xxx xxxx0bull First release

CTN Styling

19PFL340355 MG8

19PFL340377 MG8

19PFL340378 MG8

19PFL340385 MG8

26PFL340385 MG8

  • Content
  • 1 Technical Specifications Connections and Chassis Overview
    • 11 Technical Specifications
      • 111 Vision
      • 112 Sound
      • 113 Miscellaneous
        • 12 Connection Overview
          • Figure 1-1 Rear and side IO connections
          • 121 Rear Connections
            • 1 - HDMI Digital Video Digital Audio - In
              • Figure 1-2 HDMI (type A) connector
                • 2 - VGA AUDIO Mini Jack VGA Audio - In
                • 3 - VGA PC Video RGB - In and Service UART
                  • Figure 1-3 VGA Connector
                    • 4 - Cinch Video YPbPr - In
                    • 5 - AV1 Cinch Video CVBS - In Audio - In
                    • 6 - Aerial - In
                    • 7 - Service Connector (ComPair)
                      • 122 Side connections
                        • 8 - Cinch Video CVBS - In Audio - In
                        • 9 - S-Video (Hosiden) Video YC - In
                        • 10 - Mini Jack Audio Head phone - Out
                            • 13 Chassis Overview
                              • Figure 1-4 PWBCBA locations
                                  • 2 Safety Instructions Warnings and Notes
                                    • 21 Safety Instructions
                                    • 22 Warnings
                                    • 23 Notes
                                      • 231 General
                                      • 232 Schematic Notes
                                      • 233 BGA (Ball Grid Array) ICs
                                        • Introduction
                                        • BGA Temperature Profiles
                                          • 234 Lead-free Soldering
                                          • 235 Alternative BOM identification
                                            • Figure 2-1 Serial number (example)
                                              • 236 Board Level Repair (BLR) or Component Level Repair (CLR)
                                              • 237 Practical Service Precautions
                                                  • 3 Directions for Use
                                                  • 4 Mechanical Instructions
                                                    • 41 Cable Dressing
                                                      • Figure 4-1 Cable dressing (19 model)
                                                      • Figure 4-2 Cable dressing (26 model)
                                                        • 42 Service Positions
                                                          • 421 Foam Bars
                                                            • Figure 4-3 Foam bars
                                                                • 43 AssyPanel Removal
                                                                  • 431 Stand
                                                                    • Figure 4-4 Stand
                                                                      • 432 Rear Cover
                                                                        • Figure 4-5 LVDS release
                                                                        • Figure 4-6 Speaker and IRLED panel cable release
                                                                          • 433 Keyboard Control Board
                                                                            • Figure 4-7 Keyboard control board
                                                                              • 434 IRLED Board and Speakers
                                                                                • Figure 4-8 IRLED Board and Speakers
                                                                                  • 435 Power Supply Board
                                                                                    • Figure 4-9 Power Supply Unit(s)
                                                                                      • 436 Inverter Board (19 and 22 versions)
                                                                                        • Figure 4-10 Inverter Board
                                                                                          • 437 Small Signal Board (SSB)
                                                                                            • Removing the SSB
                                                                                              • Figure 4-11 SSB connector plate
                                                                                              • Figure 4-12 SSB
                                                                                                • 44 Set Re-assembly
                                                                                                  • 5 Service Modes Error Codes and Fault Finding
                                                                                                    • 51 Test Points
                                                                                                    • 52 Service Mode
                                                                                                      • 521 Service Alignment Mode (SAM)
                                                                                                        • How to Enter
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-1 SAM menu
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-2 SAM menu White Balance Normal
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-3 SAM menu White Balance Cool
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-4 SAM menu White Balance Warm
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-5 SAM menu Volume Curve
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-6 SAM menu Picture Curve
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-7 SAM menu Picture Mode Natural
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-8 SAM menu Picture Mode Personal
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-9 SAM menu Picture Mode Rich
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-10 SAM menu Picture Mode Soft
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-11 SAM menu Producting
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-12 SAM menu Country
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-13 SAM menu Setup
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-14 SAM menu Shop Init Do
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-15 SAM menu Clear Code gt
                                                                                                            • How to Exit
                                                                                                            • Factory Mode Descriptions
                                                                                                              • ltTABLEgt
                                                                                                              • Virgin Settings
                                                                                                                • Table 5-1 Country setting
                                                                                                                • Table 5-2 Virgin settings
                                                                                                                  • 522 Customer Service Mode (CSM)
                                                                                                                    • Purpose
                                                                                                                    • How to Activate CSM
                                                                                                                    • Contents of CSM
                                                                                                                      • Figure 5-16 CSM Menu
                                                                                                                        • Menu Explanation
                                                                                                                        • How to Exit
                                                                                                                          • 523 Blinking LED Procedure
                                                                                                                            • 53 Error Codes
                                                                                                                              • ltTABLEgt
                                                                                                                                • 54 Fault Finding
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-17 No Picture No sound no Back light (19 sets)
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-18 Picture OK No sound (19 sets)
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-19 No Picture Back light amp Sound OK (19 and 26 sets)
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-20 No color (19 and 26 sets)
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-21 No Picture No sound no Back light (26 sets)
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-22 Picture OK No sound (26 sets)
                                                                                                                                    • 55 Service Tools
                                                                                                                                      • 551 ComPair
                                                                                                                                        • Introduction
                                                                                                                                        • Specifications
                                                                                                                                        • How to Connect
                                                                                                                                        • How to Order
                                                                                                                                          • Figure 5-23 ComPair II interface connection
                                                                                                                                            • 56 Software Upgrading
                                                                                                                                              • 561 Introduction
                                                                                                                                                  • 6 Block Diagrams Test Point Overview and Waveforms
                                                                                                                                                    • Wiring Diagram of Connector for MS19-PH 19
                                                                                                                                                    • Wiring Diagram of Connector for MS19-PH 26
                                                                                                                                                    • Block Diagram MS19P Chipset
                                                                                                                                                    • I2C overview
                                                                                                                                                      • 7 Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts
                                                                                                                                                        • Main Power Supply (19)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Main Power Supply (19) (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Main Power Supply (19) (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Main Power Supply (26)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Main Power Supply (26) (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Main Power Supply (26) (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Standby Power Supply (26)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Standby Power Supply (26) (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Standby Power Supply (26) (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB Control
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB DC - DC
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB MST9E19A Controller
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB HDMI Interface
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB VGA Interface
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB Cinch
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB Tuner
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB Audio Amplifier
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB LVDS Interface
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Small Signal Board (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Small Signal Board (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Keyboard Control Panel
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Keyboard Control Panel (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Keyboard Control Panel (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Inverter Panel
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Inverter Panel (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Inverter Panel (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • IR LED Panel
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout IR LED Panel (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout IR LED Panel (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                          • 8 Alignments
                                                                                                                                                            • 81 Electrical Alignments
                                                                                                                                                            • 82 Hardware Alignments
                                                                                                                                                              • 821 Aging
                                                                                                                                                              • 822 ADC Adjustment
                                                                                                                                                              • 823 White Balance Adjustment
                                                                                                                                                                • Table 8-1 Color Temperature Setting 19
                                                                                                                                                                • Table 8-2 Color Temperature Setting 26
                                                                                                                                                                  • 9 Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data Sheets
                                                                                                                                                                    • 91 Introduction
                                                                                                                                                                    • 92 Abbreviation List
                                                                                                                                                                    • 93 IC Data Sheets
                                                                                                                                                                      • 931 Diagram B MST9U19A
                                                                                                                                                                        • Figure 9-1 Pin configuration
                                                                                                                                                                          • 932 Diagram B TDA1308
                                                                                                                                                                            • Figure 9-2 Block diagram and pin configuration
                                                                                                                                                                              • 933 Diagram B NCP1377B
                                                                                                                                                                                • Figure 9-3 Block diagram and pin configuration
                                                                                                                                                                                  • 934 Diagram B TDA7266
                                                                                                                                                                                    • Figure 9-4 Block diagram and pin configuration
                                                                                                                                                                                      • 10 Spare Parts List amp CTN Overview
                                                                                                                                                                                        • Table 10-1 Sets described in this manual
                                                                                                                                                                                          • 11 Revision List
Page 9: Philips 19PFL3403-55 TCS1[1].0L_LA

Mechanical Instructions EN 9TCS10L LA 4

42 Service Positions

For easy servicing of this set there are a few possibilities createdbull The buffers from the packagingbull Foam bars (created for Service)

421 Foam Bars

Figure 4-3 Foam bars

The foam bars (order code 3122 785 90580 for two pieces) can be used for all types and sizes of Flat TVs See figure ldquoFoam barsrdquo for details Sets with a display of 42rdquo and larger require four foam bars [1] Ensure that the foam bars are always supporting the cabinet and never only the displayCaution Failure to follow these guidelines can seriously damage the displayBy laying the TV face down on the (ESD protective) foam bars a stable situation is created to perform measurements and alignments By placing a mirror under the TV you can monitor the screen

43 AssyPanel Removal

431 Stand

1 Refer to next figure2 Place the TV set upside down on a table top using the

foam bars (see section ldquoService Positionrdquo)3 Remove the screws that secure the stand and remove the

stand

Figure 4-4 Stand

432 Rear Cover

Warning Disconnect the mains power cord before you remove the rear cover1 Refer to next figures2 Place the TV set upside down on a table top using the

foam bars (see section ldquoService Positionsrdquo)3 Remove the screws that secure the rear cover The screws

are located at the sides Be careful Now the rear cover could be lifted but the SSB and power supply panel(s) are mounted in the rear cover and still connected to the LCD panel and other boards Those cables should be released first

4 To release the LVDS cable lift the back cover a few centimetres and move it downwards the set Now unplug the LVDS connector [2]Caution be careful as this is a very fragile connector

5 Remove the screw [3]6 Now the rear cover can be lifted to gain access to the

speaker cables and the IRLED panel cable Release the connectors [4]

Figure 4-5 LVDS release

E_06532_018eps171106

1

Required for sets42

1

I_17950_005eps080508

1

1

1

1

I_17930_041eps240408

2

3

Mechanical InstructionsEN 10 TCS10L LA4

Figure 4-6 Speaker and IRLED panel cable release

433 Keyboard Control Board

1 Refer to next figure2 Unscrew two screws[1]3 Unplug connector [2] and remove the boardWhen defective replace the whole unit

Figure 4-7 Keyboard control board

434 IRLED Board and Speakers

1 Refer to next figure2 Remove the screws [1] and remove the IRLED board3 Remove the screws [2] and remove the speakersWhen defective replace the whole unit

Figure 4-8 IRLED Board and Speakers

I_17930_042eps240408

4

4

4

I_17930_063eps240408

2

1

1

I_17930_043eps240408

1 1

22 22

Mechanical Instructions EN 11TCS10L LA 4

435 Power Supply Board

Due to different set executions this chassis is supplied with one or two power supply boards and figures may differCaution it is absolutely mandatory to remount all different screws and cables at their original position during re-assembly Failure to do so may result in damaging the power supply1 Refer to next figure2 Unplug all the connectors [1]3 Remove the fixation screws [2]4 Remove the main power supply board5 Unplug all the connectors [3]6 Remove the fixation screws [4]7 Remove the stand-by power supply board

Figure 4-9 Power Supply Unit(s)

436 Inverter Board (19 and 22 versions)

Due to different set executions this chassis some versions are supplied with an inverter board Figures may differ1 Refer to next figure2 Unplug all connectors [1]3 Release the clips [2]4 Take out the inverter board

Figure 4-10 Inverter Board

437 Small Signal Board (SSB)

Caution it is absolutely mandatory to remount all different screws at their original position during re-assembly Failure to do so may result in damaging the SSB

Removing the SSB 1 See next figures2 Remove the screws [2] from the SSB3 On the outside of the set lift the rear cover near the tuner

connector approximately 3 mm in the indicated direction and keep it lifted while

4 On the inside of the set slide the metal plate in the indicated direction

5 Gently lift the board from the rear cover6 Now unplug the LVDS connector [3]

Caution be careful as this is a very fragile connector Unplug the rest of the cables [4]

Figure 4-11 SSB connector plate

I_17950_006eps080508

4

4

2 2 4

4

2 2

1

1

3

I_17930_065eps240408

1

1

1

2 2

2

I_18130_002eps170608

Mechanical InstructionsEN 12 TCS10L LA4

Figure 4-12 SSB

44 Set Re-assembly

To re-assemble the whole set execute all processes in reverse order

Notesbull While re-assembling make sure that all cables are placed

and connected in their original position See figure ldquoCable dressingrdquo

bull Pay special attention not to damage the EMC foams at the SB shields Make sure that EMC foams are put correctly on their places

I_17950_008eps080508

22

44

3

22

Service Modes Error Codes and Fault Finding EN 13TCS10L LA 5

5 Service Modes Error Codes and Fault Finding

Index of this chapter51 Test Points52 Service Mode53 Error Codes54 Fault Finding55 Service Tools56 Software Upgrading

51 Test Points

This chassis is NOT equipped with test points in the service printing No test points are mentioned in the service manual

52 Service Mode

521 Service Alignment Mode (SAM)

How to EnterTo enter SAM use the following methodbull Press on the remote control the code ldquo062596rdquo directly

followed by the ldquoINFOrdquo key

After entering SAM the following screen is visible the values can be adjusted according to the requested (see Chapter 8)

Figure 5-1 SAM menu

Figure 5-2 SAM menu White Balance Normal

Figure 5-3 SAM menu White Balance Cool

Figure 5-4 SAM menu White Balance Warm

Figure 5-5 SAM menu Volume Curve

Figure 5-6 SAM menu Picture Curve

I_18130_041eps190608

I_18130_044eps190608

I_18130_043eps190608

I_18130_045eps190608

I_18130_044eps190608

I_18130_048eps190608

Service Modes Error Codes and Fault FindingEN 14 TCS10L LA5

Figure 5-7 SAM menu Picture Mode Natural

Figure 5-8 SAM menu Picture Mode Personal

Figure 5-9 SAM menu Picture Mode Rich

Figure 5-10 SAM menu Picture Mode Soft

Figure 5-11 SAM menu Producting

Figure 5-12 SAM menu Country

I_18130_049eps190608

I_18130_050eps190608

I_18130_051eps190608

I_18130_052eps190608

I_18130_053eps190608

I_18130_054eps190608

Service Modes Error Codes and Fault Finding EN 15TCS10L LA 5

Figure 5-13 SAM menu Setup

Figure 5-14 SAM menu Shop Init Do

Figure 5-15 SAM menu Clear Code gt

How to ExitPress ldquoMENUrdquo on the RC-transmitter

Factory Mode Descriptions

I_18130_055eps190608

I_18130_058eps190608

Item Sub-Item Description

SOURCE Shift among sourcing via pressing Left amp Right key

ADC ADJ Only available in HDTV or PC mode

WB White Balance Calibration setting

SOURCE Shift among sources

COLOR TEMP Normal Warm Cool

WHITE R R Gain adjust manually or automatically

WHITE G G Gain adjust manually or automatically

WHITE B B Gain adjust manually or automatically

BLACK R R Shift adjust manually or automatically

BLACK G G Shift adjust manually or automatically

BLACK B B Shift adjust manually or automatically

VOL CURVE Volume Curve adjustmentX0 X10 X30 X50 X70 X90 X100 on for the usermenu volume value of the 0 10 30 50 70 90 100Only to adjust during production

PICTURE CURVE Analog Picture Curve adjustment X0 X30 X50 X80 X100 on for the usermenu picture value of the 0 30 50 80 100Only to adjust during production

CON Contrast Curve

BRI Brightness Curve

SAT Saturation Curve

SHARP Sharpness Curve

LIGHT Back light Curve

PICTURE MODE Picture modes analog value can be adjusted in this pageincluding SOFT NATURAL BRIGHTE and PERSONAL

I_18130_059eps190608

Service Modes Error Codes and Fault FindingEN 16 TCS10L LA5

Virgin SettingsFirst the country should be set according to the following table

Table 5-1 Country setting

Secondly select ldquoSHOP INITrdquo from the SAM menu Wait until finished and then turn ldquoOffrdquo the set Now the set is put back to virgin settings according to the following table

Table 5-2 Virgin settings

522 Customer Service Mode (CSM)

PurposeWhen a customer is having problems with his TV-set he can call his dealer or the Customer Help desk The service technician can then ask the customer to activate the CSM in order to identify the status of the set Now the service technician can judge the severity of the complaint In many cases he can advise the customer how to solve the problem or he can decide if it is necessary to visit the customer The CSM is a read only mode therefore modifications in this mode are not possible

How to Activate CSMKey in the code ldquo123654rdquo via the standard RC transmitter

Contents of CSM

Figure 5-16 CSM Menu

Menu Explanation1 MODEL Type number and region code2 PROD SN Production code will have 14 characters + 2

reserved (total 16 characters)3 SW ID Software cluster and version is displayed (TC =

TCL 1 = Chassis Number 26 = Screen size L = Latam 090 = software version)

4 CODES Error buffer contents5 SIGNAL PRESENT Presence of RF signal6 SYSTEM Color system7 SOUND Sound system (MonoStereoSAP)8 HDCP KEYS Shows Valid or invalid HDCP key when

HDMI connected Else blank9 HDMI INPUT FORMAT Shows the HDMI input format10 HDMI AUDIO INPUT HDMI audio input HDMI audio stream

detection YES = Audio stream detected NO = No Audio (for example when DVI format is used)

How to ExitPress ldquoMENUrdquo on the RC-transmitter

523 Blinking LED Procedure

The software is capable of identifying different kinds of errors Because it is possible that more than one error can occur over time an error buffer is available which is capable of storing the last five errors that occurred This is useful if the OSD is not working properly

Errors can also be displayed by the blinking LED procedure The method is to repeatedly let the front LED pulse with as many pulses as the error code number followed by a period of 15 seconds in which the LED is ldquooffrdquo Then this sequence is repeated

PRODUCTING FACTURY HOT KEY

Short-cut key to enter factory mode setting GO BACK is the short-cut key if it is ldquoONrdquo Do remember to turn this ldquoOFFrdquo when the set is returned to the customer

WARM UP STATUS

Aging Mode setting ldquoONrdquo means snow picture showing instead of blue background if there is no signal input Do remember to turn this ldquoOFFrdquo when the set is returned to the customer

EEPROM INIT EEPROM initialization1 When the first time to turn on the set please enter this menu and initialize it2 Press LeftRight key and waiting for about 5 seconds until ldquoOKrdquo displayed which means the set finishes the initialization3 Switch off AC power4 Power on the set again the EEPROM will be initialized

LOGO Always leave this setting to the value ldquoOFFrdquo

RF AGC RF Automatic Gain Control default at 16

COUNTRY Select the correct country before doing a SHOP INIT because it puts the set in virgin mode

SET UP POWER MODE LAST

This selects the last power on sequence used

POWER MODE STB

This will put the set in Stand-by whenever the power key is used to turn it on The user now has to turn the set on with the remote control

POWER MODE ON

This will turn on the set whenever the power key is used to turn it on

SHOP INIT DO By selecting this the outgoing factory initialization is selected Always perform this at the end of a repair

CLEAR CODE gt Clears the Error codes

CODES Shows the last 5 error codes

PANEL TYPE Shows the panel type (display only)

SW VER Shows the software version

V8- Shows the BOM number

COMPILE TIME Shows the time the software was compiled

CTN suffix Country

55 Other

77 Argentina

78 Brazil

85 Mexico

Setting 55 77 78 85

PQ Smart Mode Rich Rich Rich Rich

AQ Smart Mode Movie Movie Movie Movie

Sleep Off Off Off Off

Time 0000 0000 0000 0000

Start time ---- ---- ---- ----

Stop time ---- ---- ---- ----

Channel 2 2 2 2

Child lock Off Off Off Off

Parental lock Off Off Off Off

Closed caption Off Off Off Off

RF Channel 2 9 4 2

Volume 30 30 30 30

Item Sub-Item Description

Screen ratio 16 9 16 9 16 9 16 9

OSD language Spanish Spanish Portuguese Spanish

Setting 55 77 78 85

I_18130_060eps190608

Service Modes Error Codes and Fault Finding EN 17TCS10L LA 5

Any RC command terminates the sequence Error code LED blinking is in white colorExample the contents of the error buffer is ldquo013 007 000 000 000rdquoAfter entering SDM the following occursbull 1 long blink of 5 seconds to start the sequencebull 1 medium blink of 3 seconds and then 3 short blinks

followed by a pause of 15 secondsbull 7 short blinks followed by a pause of 15 secondsbull 1 long blink of 15 seconds to finish the sequenceThe sequence starts again with 12 short blinks

53 Error Codes

The error code buffer contains all errors detected since the last time the buffer was erased The buffer is written from left to right When an error occurs that is not yet in the error code buffer it is displayed at the left side and all other errors shift one position to the right

Basically there are six kind of errors

54 Fault Finding

Figure 5-17 No Picture No sound no Back light (19 sets)

Code Description Detection method Type

0 no error - -

1 reserved - -

2 5V failure protection

Power down Protection + blinking

3 μP Control I2C-bus Error log + blinking

4 General I2C bus Error

I2C-bus Protection + blinking

5 reserved - -

6 System EEPROM

I2C-bus Protection + blinking

7 Tuner I2C-bus Error log + blinking

8 HDCP EEPROM

I2C-bus Error log + blinking

No Picture no sound no Back light

Fuse F3(3A) OK

Check circuit of +33V+18V(U5U

6U7) OK Replace the bad

components

For P22 Pin 1~4 is +12V_PWamp Pin7~9

of is +5VSTBOK

Replace F3

Check Q17(Pin5- 8)+12V OK

NO

NO

NO

YES

YES

YES

Check DC-DC circuit(U1U2)

NOCheck Q26 circuit amp Replace the bad

componentsYES

Check PSU

I_18130_066eps180608

Service Modes Error Codes and Fault FindingEN 18 TCS10L LA5

Figure 5-18 Picture OK No sound (19 sets)

Figure 5-19 No Picture Back light amp Sound OK (19 and 26 sets)

Picture OK No sound

Check the voltage ofPin 313 of U19is it 12v Check Q17

Check the wave of pin7475 of U8is it

OK

CheckR amp L speaker

Check wave ofAudio input Pin

U8 pin61~69 OK

CheckQ22

No

Check B of Q22 is Low OK

Yes

No

Check Mute Pin6 of U19is it 12V

Yes

Yes

ReplaceU8

Yes

NO

Yes

Check the AMP- MUTE circuit

No

No

YesCheck SIF circuit Pin 7(SIFOUT) of

Tuner TU1

TV source Checkthe AV input

circuit

No

I_18130_068eps180608

No Picture Back light amp Sound OK

Check the output voltage

of U3 12V is it OK

Check LVDS signal waveform

of P10 is OK

Check the Circuit of12V_PANELamp

PANEL_ONOFF

Yes

No

Yes

Is RP2-RP7 ok

No

check the LVDS cable

Replace U8Yes

I_18130_004eps180608

Service Modes Error Codes and Fault Finding EN 19TCS10L LA 5

Figure 5-20 No color (19 and 26 sets)

Figure 5-21 No Picture No sound no Back light (26 sets)

No color

Color system is Right amp another

channel color is right

Dose the TV signal too weak

CheckPin 17(TV-

CVBS) Wave of TU1 OK

ReplaceTU1

ResetTo

Local system

CheckTuner Input

cable amp antenna

Yes NO NO

No YES YES

Fine tune Frequency

I_18130_006eps180608

No Picture No sound no Back light

Check circuit of +33V +18V (U5U

6U7) OK Replace the bad components

For P22 Pin 1~4 is +12V_PW amp Pin7~9

of is +5VSTBOK

NO

NO

YES

Check DC-DC circuit (U1U2)

YES

Check PSU

I_18130_003eps180608

Service Modes Error Codes and Fault FindingEN 20 TCS10L LA5

Figure 5-22 Picture OK No sound (26 sets)

55 Service Tools

551 ComPair

IntroductionComPair (Computer Aided Repair) is a Service tool for Philips Consumer Electronics products and offers the following1 ComPair helps you to quickly get an understanding on how

to repair the chassis in a short and effective way2 ComPair allows very detailed diagnostics and is therefore

capable of accurately indicating problem areas You do not have to know anything about I2C or UART commands yourself because ComPair takes care of this

3 ComPair speeds up the repair time since it can automatically communicate with the chassis (when the uP is working) and all repair information is directly available

4 ComPair features TV software upgrade possibilities

SpecificationsComPair consists of a Windows based fault finding program and an interface box between PC and the (defective) product The (new) ComPair II interface box is connected to the PC via an USB cable For the TV chassis the ComPair interface box and the TV communicate via a bi-directional cable via the service connector(s)

How to ConnectThis is described in the ComPair chassis fault finding database

Caution It is compulsory to connect the TV to the PC as shown in Figure ldquoComPair II interface connectionrdquo (with the ComPair interface in between) as the ComPair interface acts as a level shifter If one connects the TV directly to the PC (via UART) ICs will be blown

How to OrderComPair II order codes

bull ComPair II interface 3122 785 91020bull For SW see Philips service websitebull ComPair UART interface cable 3122 785 75051bull Software Upgrade VGA interface cables 3122 785 90004

and 3122 785 09269

Note If you encounter any problems contact your local support desk

Figure 5-23 ComPair II interface connection

56 Software Upgrading

561 Introduction

Software upgrading can be done by ComPair This allows to replacement of the software image

Picture OK No sound

Check the voltage ofPin 313 of U19is it 12v Check PSU

Check the wave of pin7475 of U8is it

OK

CheckR amp L speaker

Check wave ofAudio input Pin

U8 pin61~69 OK

CheckQ22

No

Check B of Q22 is Low OK

Yes

No

Check Mute Pin6 of U19is it 12V

Yes

Yes

ReplaceU8

Yes

NO

Yes

Check the AMP- MUTE circuit

No

No

YesCheck SIF circuit Pin 7(SIFOUT) of

Tuner TU1

TV source Checkthe AV input

circuit

No

I_18130_005eps180608

E_06532_036eps150208

TOUART SERVICECONNECTOR

TOUART SERVICECONNECTOR

TOI2C SERVICECONNECTOR

TO TV

PC

HDMII2C only

Optional power5V DC

ComPair II Developed by Philips Brugge

RC outRC in

OptionalSwitch

Power ModeLinkActivity I2C

ComPair IIMulti

function

RS232 UART

Block Diagrams Test Point Overview and Waveforms 21TCS10L LA 6

6 Block Diagrams Test Point Overview and Waveforms

Wiring Diagram of Connector for MS19-PH 19

40-PWL20C-PWI1XG POWER BOARD

1

NU

SE

LEC

T

GN

D

GN

D

P4

1 2 3 5 6 74

BL

ON

OF

F

DIM

MIN

G

INV

ER

TE

R_P

WR

12V

INV

ER

TE

R_P

WR

12V

P5

40-0MS19P-MAE2XGMAIN BOARD

AG

ND

1 2 3 5 6 74

KE

Y0

KE

Y1

AG

ND

IR-I

N

LED

1-IN

LED

2-IN

NC

1 2 3 5 6 7 84

+5V

ST

B

+5V

ST

B

GN

D

GN

D

GN

D

INVERTER BOARD

CN

1

GN

D

1 2 3 5 64

INV

ER

T-S

W

DIM

MIN

G

GN

D

INV

ER

TE

R_P

WR

12V

INV

ER

TE

R_P

WR

12V

8+

5VS

TB

GN

D

1 2 3 5 64

GN

D

GN

D

NC5V

-PW

5V-P

W

40-PF3403-IRC1XG IR BOARD

40-PF3403-KEC1XG KEY BOARD

GN

D

LED

1

IR

+5V

ST

B

1 2 3 54LE

D2

KE

Y1

GN

D

KE

Y0

1 2 3

P10

01

CN

2001 1S

P 22

P

9 10

+12

V-P

W

+12

V-P

W

+12

V-P

W

+12

V-P

W

7 8 9 10

+12

V+

12V

+12

V

+12

V

I_18130_061eps190608

22TCS10L LA 6Block Diagrams Test Point Overview and Waveforms

Wiring Diagram of Connector for MS19-PH 26

40-1PL37C-PWF1XG

1

P5

40-0MS19P-MAE2XGMAIN BOARD

AG

ND

1 2 3 5 6 74

KE

Y0

KE

Y1

AG

ND

IR-I

N

LED

1-IN

LED

2-IN

NC

1 2 3 5 6 7 84

NC

NC

GN

D

GN

D

GN

D

40-PWL01B-STE1X

8+

5VS

TB

1 2 3 5 64

12V-

PW

40-PF3403-IRC1XG IR BOARD

40-PF3403-KEC1XGKEY BOARD

GN

D

LED

1

IR

+5V

ST

B

1 2 3 54LE

D2

KE

Y1

GN

D

KE

Y0

1 2 3

P10

01

CN

2001

P4

9 10

+12

V-P

W

+12

V-P

W

+12

V-P

W

+12

V-P

W

7

10

5P 1P

1 2 3

1 2 3

+5S

TB

AG

ND

PW

-ON

OF

F

+5S

TB

AG

ND

PW

-ON

OF

F

11

12 13 14

GN

D

NC

BL-

AD

JUS

T

BL-

ON

OF

F

11

12

13

14

15

16

P22

8 91 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

12 13 14 15 16

12V-

PW

GN

D

GN

D12

V-P

W

12V-

PW

GN

D

NC

GN

D

NC

NC

NC

NC

NC

BL-

AD

JUS

T

BL-

ON

OF

F

I_18130_062eps190608

Block Diagrams Test Point Overview and Waveforms 23TCS10L LA 6

Block Diagram MS19P Chipset

Panel

810-bit LVDS

2MB

HDMI

HDTVVGA

YC

AV2AV1

AV-OUTTVSIF

PCHDTV-RL

AV2-RLAV1-RL

IRKEY0KEY1

GPIO PWM

Serial-FlashSPI

Speake

Earphone

r

MS19P Chipset Block Diagram

Audio out

EEPROM24C32 SDA

SCL

AMP

TDA7266

MST9U19A

24C02

24C02

24C04SDASCL

U19

U9

U13

U12

U11HDCP

EDID

EDID

U10

Z1

SDASCLExternal device

I_18130_063eps190608

24TCS10L LA 6Block Diagrams Test Point Overview and Waveforms

I2C overview

I2C Device Block Diagram

MST9U19A-LF

24C32 24C04

System EEPROM

I2C AddressA0

HDCP EEPROM

I2C AddressA4

SDA SCL SDA SCL

Tuner integratedIF PLL Demodulator

SDA1 SCL1I2C AddressA0

I_18130_064eps190608

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 25TCS10L LA 7

7 Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Main Power Supply (19)

I_18130_022eps180608

A AMAIN POWER SUPPLY 19rdquo

26TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout Main Power Supply (19) (Top Side)

Layout Main Power Supply (19) (Bottom Side)

I_18130_023eps180608

I_18130_065eps190608

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 27TCS10L LA 7

Main Power Supply (26)

I_18130_024eps180608

A1 A1MAIN POWER SUPPLY 26rdquo

28TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout Main Power Supply (26) (Top Side)

I_18130_028eps180608

40-PWL01B-STE1XG

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 29TCS10L LA 7

Layout Main Power Supply (26) (Bottom Side)

I_18130_029eps180608

40-PWL01B-STE1XG

30TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Standby Power Supply (26)

I_18130_025eps200608

A2 A2STANDBY POWER SUPPLY 26rdquo

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 31TCS10L LA 7

Layout Standby Power Supply (26) (Top Side)

40-1PL37C-PWF1XGI_18130_026eps

180608

32TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout Standby Power Supply (26) (Bottom Side)

I_18130_027eps180608

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 33TCS10L LA 7

SSB Control

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGNDAGND

AGND

AGNDAGNDAGND AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

T

T

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

D1B

D1A

G2

G1

S2

D2B

D2A

S1

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

PGND

PGND

PGND

PGND

PGND

AGND

AGND

T

T

T

T

AGND

T

T

BOOT

DRIVE

FB GND

LGATE

PHASE

VCC

UGATE

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

PGND

AGND

AGND

AGNDAGND

AGND

D2B

D2A

G1

G2

S1

D1B

D1A

S2

T

AGND

D1B

D1A

D2B

G2 D2A

S2

G1

S1

09V

18V

For Tuner 33v

L--Prot

Normal--HProtect--L

Back Light Control

Far from DC-DC amp Tuner

Option

When not use DC-DC+5VSTB_L provide

ON-----LOFF-----H

OptionFar from tuner and power supply (NC)

8

7

6

4 5

3

2

1U3

SP8J3

R234

10R

NC

E

C

B

BT3904

Q21

B

C

E

Q32BT3904

R16

19N

C2

618

KR

919

1K

26

10K

B

C

E

Q2

BT3904

R177

NC

C23

00

1U

10K

R18

0

NC

R17

9 0

R1784K7

+12V

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

P4ON-PBACK

ADJ-PWM2

R181910K26

191

K2

6

R10

Z54

BL-ADJUST

1 2

4

6

8

12

14

10

3

5

7

9

11

13

P22

+5V

+5VSTB_L

C22

2

01U

R70R (FOR 26ONLY)

7

8

4

2

3

5

6

1

A04803

Q17

+12V

+12V_PW

+12V_PW

C24

10

01U

BL-ADJUST

+5V

ST

B_L

C14

01U

BL-ONOFF

C22

40

1U

+5VSTB

R24

8N

C

+12V_PW

C220220U

25V

F250A

F150A

47K

R18

2

L8200R

R2413K9

C23

6

1U

C24

3

1U

C244

01U

C242

470U

16V

+5V

ST

B

PRORECT_12V

R29

720

K

+33V

+33V

B

E

CQ31

BT3906R298

NC

+12V

R299

4K7

R301

4K7

R30

010

K

R29

6

4K7

D14 8V

2

B

C

E

Q26BT3904

R3

4K7

B

E

CQ13

BT3906

C64

3 1U

C20A1U

C21

A 1U

NCC

21

R18

147

K

C24

00

01U

R22

330K

33V

+5V

+5V

12V_PANEL

21

P20

01UC

231

NC

C8

01U

C3

01U

L49200R

L47200R

21

P19

01UC

20

5V_PANEL

4K7R15

D11

LL4148

D45LL4148

PW_ONOFF

+5VSTB1

2

3

P1

POWER-ONOFFB

C

E

Q30BT3904

R26610K

GPIO_PROTECT

+5VSTB

R24

70R

D10LL4148

+12V

C201U

SELECT

R20

510

0K

R2041K

D47 33

V

R27

92K

2R

242

2K2

+12V

1

2

3 6

5

8

4

7

U1

RT8110

R50R PROTPW_ONOFF

R2NC

Z58

Z56

B

C

E

Q27BT3904

BL-ONOFF

R12100R

PW_CTRL

Z51

R24

0 0

Z52

Z53

Z60

L530R

L330R

01U

C23

401UC

232

C23

3 1U

R234K7

5V_PANEL

C22

60

1U

L50200R

+5V

C235470U

16V

200RL54

C23

70

1U

L9200R

+5V

R4

10K

R6NC

+12V_INVERTER

B

C

E

Q6BT3904

68K

R37

NCR17

0RR14

16V

470UC

17A

C27

01U

2U2C16

01UC

15

R8

NC

R194K7

R132NC

R143100K

R14K

7

B

C

E

Q14BT3904

R2110K

+12V

D1LL4148

R14210K

+5VSTB

B

C

E

Q3BT3904NC

+12V

C1810U

50V

L6100UH

D5LL4148

B

C

E

Q5SC1815

NCR

24

B

C

E

Q1

BT3904

B

C

E

Q4BT3904

PWM3

SHUT_EEP

200RL56

L55200R

R23

91K

2

R23

8N

C

R235

10R

R23

6N

C

L115UH

R23

322

K

C23

91U

R237

220R

7

8

4

2

3

5

6

1

U2PHKD13N03LT

C23801U

D50LL4148

L53200R

+12V_INVERTER

C22

70

1U

C22

80

1U

L52200R

L51200R

C22

90

1U

L48200R

C22

50

1U

12V_PANEL

L1230R

PANEL-ONOFF

Z59

Z50

PW_ONOFF R26

368

0R

R2618K2

R26010K

R26

710

K

R26

810

K

R26

247

K

R25910K

R25

810

0K

D41LL4148

+12V

R2783K9

TUNER_5V

+5V

40V

C18

70

1U

R2000R

R6390R

R60422K

L6061000UR

C60

40

1U

D61

433

VC63

047

00P

C63

2 270P

C633

01U 50V

L613

1000UH

NC

L6041000UH

100KR

630

NC

C63

6

C63

50

01U

C63

40

1U

C631200P

B

C

E

Q612BC846B

R63147K

12

3

D61

30B

AV

99

33V

+5V

C1

01U

5V_PANEL

+12V_PW

+5VSTB

12V_PANEL

C223

220U25V

+5VSTB

01U

C22

1

+12V

PW_ONOFF

VCC_PANEL

B01 B01

I_18130_011eps180608

CONTROL

34TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

SSB DC - DC

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGNDAGND

GN

DA

DJ

OU

T

VIN

4

OU

T

VIN

AD

JG

ND

VO

UT

VIN

AD

JG

ND

VCC18V FOR MST9E19A

pin36

VDDC for MST9E19A Core

+33V for VDD_MPLL

+33AVDD FOR AVDD_SIF

+33AVDD FOR AVDD_AU

pin6 pin12

+33AVDD for AVDD_HDMI

Vcc33for MST9E19A analog

+33AVDD for AVDDA

33V for AVDDPLL2

Vcc33 for MST9E19A Digital

10RR

31

F330A

+33V

L16100R+5VST

R28NC

23

1

U6

AIC

1084

FM120D8

FM120D6

23

1

U7

KD

1084

AD

2T18

+33V

VDDP

FM120D7

+5VSTB_L

1 2 3

4

U5AS1117-33

L18FB

FBL17

+18V

VDDC

L11

100R

L10100R+33V

L24

100R

FBL23

16V

47UC

37

C67

01U

01UC

62

C61

01U

01UC

60

C59

01U

16V

100UC

53

C48100U

16V

NCR30

R29

0RL41

FB

16V

100UC

33

C31100U

16V

C49 0

1U

01U

C52

01U

C36

C34 0

1U

01U

C42

C58 0

1U16V

47UC

57

C51 0

1U

AVDD_SIF

+33VA

AVDD_AU

+33VA

AVDDA

+33VA

AVDD_MEMPLL

+33VA

C56 0

1U

01U

C552U

2C

54

C47 0

1U

C46 2U

2

L21FB

2U2

C41

FBL19

C50 2U

2

L22FB

FBL20

01U

C452U

2C

44

C39 0

1U

C38 2U

2

AVDD_HDMI

01U

C40

+33VA

01U

C32

C30 0

1U

+33VA

+33VA

VDD_MPLL

+18V

C35100U

16V

C63

01U

01UC

64

C65

01U

01UC

66

01UC

68

C69

01U

01UC

70

C71

01U

01UC

72

C73

01U

+5VST

+5VSTB

FM120D9

B02 B02

I_18130_012eps180608

DC - DC

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 35TCS10L LA 7

SSB MST9E19A Controller

AG

ND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AG

ND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

SDA

SCL

WC

VCC

VSS

E2NC

E1NC

E0NC AGND

VCC

HOLD

SCK

GND SI

WP

SO

CE

SDA

SCL

WC

VCC

VSS

E2NC

E1NC

E0NC

AD

0A

D1

AD

2A

D3

AD

4A

D5

AD

6A

D7

ALE

AUCOM

AUL0

AUL1

AUL2

AUL3

AUOUTL

AUOUTL2

AUOUTL3

AUOUTR

AUOUTR2

AUOUTR3

AUOUTS

AUR0

AUR1

AUR2

AUR3

AUVRADNAUVRADPAUVREF

AV

DD

_AD

C

AV

DD

_AU

AV

DD

_DV

IA

VD

D_D

VI1

AV

DD

_ME

MP

LL

AV

DD

_MP

LLA

VD

D_M

PLL

1

AV

DD

_SIF

BIN0MBIN0P

BIN1MBIN1P

C0

C1

CSZ

CVBS0

CVBS1CVBS2CVBS3

CVBSOUT

DD

CA

_CK

DD

CA

_DA

DDCD_CKDDCD_DA

DD

CR

_CK

DD

CR

_DA

DI0DI1DI2DI3DI4DI5DI6DI7

DIG

O0

DIG

O1

DIG

O2

DIG

O3

DIG

O4

DIG

O5

DIG

O6

DIG

O7

DIG

O8

DIG

O9

GIN0MGIN0P

GIN1MGIN1P

GN

DG

ND

1

GN

D10

GN

D11

GN

D12

GN

D13

GN

D14

GN

D15

GN

D2

GN

D3

GN

D4

GN

D5

GN

D6

GN

D7

GN

D8

GN

D9

GPIOE0LVSYNCGPIOE1LHSYNC

GPIOE2LDEGPIOE3LCK

GPIOF10GPIOF11

GPIOF12GPIOF13GPIOF14GPIOF15GPIOF16GPIOF17GPIOF18GPIOF19

GPIOF2GPIOF3GPIOF4GPIOF5GPIOF6GPIOF7GPIOF8GPIOF9

HSYNC0

HSYNC1

HW

RE

SE

T

ICLK

IHSYNC

INT

IRIN

IVSYNC

LA0MG3LA0PG2LA1MG1LA1PG0LA2MB7LA2PB6

LA3MB3LA3PB2LA4MB1LA4PB0

LACKMB5LACKPB4

LB0MR7LB0PR6LB1MR5LB1PR4LB2MR3LB2PR2

LB3MG7LB3PG6LB4MG5LB4PG4

LBCKMR1LBCKPR0

PW

M0

PW

M1

PW

M2

PW

M3

PWM_DRVPWM_FB

PWM_SENSE

RD

Z

REFMREFP

REXT

RIN0MRIN0P

RIN1MRIN1P

RMID

RX0NRX0PRX1NRX1PRX2NRX2P

RXCKNRXCKP

SA

R0

SA

R1

SA

R2

SA

R3

SCKSDI

SDO

SIF1MSIF1P

SOGIN0

SOGIN1

VCLAMP

VCOM0

VCOM1

VCOM2

VD

DC

VD

DC

1V

DD

C2

VD

DC

3V

DD

C4

VD

DC

5

VD

DP

VD

DP

1V

DD

P2

VD

DP

3V

DD

P4

VD

DP

5V

DD

P6

VD

DP

7V

DD

P8

VD

DP

9

VSYNC0

VSYNC1

WR

Z

XIN

XO

UT

Y0

Y1

AGND

T

T

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

Mode Selection

I2C address at A0

Location Near IC PinLocation Near IC Pin

SST PULL DOWNMSTAR PULL UP

DVI INPUT

VGA INPUT

For TTL output

Audio Output(to Amp) AV Output(Audio)

Debug Port

For Philps debug

HDCP I2C address at A4

VID

EO

INP

UT

HDTV INPUT

C212NC

C7822P

01UC11

2

2U2 C247

C1072U2

01U C114

PW_CTRL

PRORECT_12V

54

72 13

6 8

RP

84K

7

KEY0-IN

LED2-IN

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

P5

POWER-ONOFF

54

72 13

6 8

RP

124K

7

LED1-IN

NC

L43

+5VSTB

4K7

R55

LED2R13

4K7

R584K7

B

C

E

Q9BT3904

1

2

3

4

5

P14

WP

SDA

SCL

+33V

1

2

3

4

P6

10RR41

SHUT_EEP

D4 NC

WP

C20

110

0P

RXD

TXD1

2

3

P2

ZX

Z62

WP

+33V

+33V+5VSTB

RS

20R

RS

3N

C

RS

11K

10K

R32

10K

R42

01UC86

47RR64

NC

R63

R62

NC

R52100R

R51 22

K

R50 22

K

100RR49

100RR40

C83

001

U

001

UC82

R67

0R

001

UC76

2U2C115

R47100R

R45100R

100RR34100R

R33

2U2C104

C1052U2PC-LIN

2U2C106

C1112U2

2U2C110

C11901U

R57 8K

2

8K2

R56

C1092U2

2U2C108

124578

101113141516171819202122232425262728

293031323334353839

404142434445464748495051

5455575859

61626364656667686970717273747576

78798081828384858687

131

132

133

134

125

126

127

128

129

130

155

156

136 3 9 37 52 56 89 99 101

104

106

120

141

152

173

187

204

143

144

145

146

147

148

149

150

153

154

116

117

118

135

124123122121

9796959493929190

139138137

191190189188

185184183182181180179178177176175174171170169168167166165164163162161160

202201200199198197196195

192

194193

207

206

205

36 53 60 105

6 12 157

208

77 98 107

142

158

203

88 100

102

103

119

140

151

159

172

186

115

114

113

112

111

110

109

108

U8

MST9E19A

R54

4K7

R36

22K

100P C79

01UC11

7

C116

01U

R7510K

R38 22

K

C10201U

C89 0

1U

1

3

2

D40

0BA

V99

+5VST

R53

390R

CVBSOUT

LED2

5

6

7

8

4

3

2

1U10

M24C32MN

IR_SYNC

KEY0

LED1

KEY1

WP_FSH

TV1-VIN- VCOM0

AV1-YIN-

AV1-YIN

VCOM2

SV_Y0

R_TX2+

C920047U

C930047U

0047UC94

0047UC96

C970047U

0047UC98

C1010047U

0047UC100

C990047U

SV_C0

TXD

RXD

100P

C20

2

8

7

6

4 5

3

2

1U9

W25X40

+33V

L26 F

B

100RR77

SDA

SCL

SHUT_EEPR76

100R

5

6

7

8

4

3

2

1U11

M24C04MN

SDA

SCL

100RR70

R69100R

+33V

R68

10K

SPI_CZ

SPI_DI

SPI_CK

54

72

1

3 6

8

RP933R

NCR

65R

661K

8

C90 10

0P

R6110R

1KR60

R591K

100P

C91

C95 10

0P

SYS_RST

R391K

B

E

CQ8

BT3906

C8010U

16V

C7447U

16V

R48

1M

Y1

14M

3

22PC84

AVDDA

AVDD_SIF

AVDD_MEMPLL

AVDD_HDMIVDDC VDDP

SDA_EXT

SCL_EXT

+33V

R43

10K

10KR

44

RXE3+B2

RXE4+B0

RXE4-B1

RXE3-B3

RXEC+B4

RXEC-B5

RXE2+B6

RXE2-B7

RXE1+G0

RXE1-G1

RXE0+G2

RXE0-G3

RXO4+G4

RXO4-G5

RXO3+G6

RXO3-G7

RXOC+R0

RXOC-R1

RXO2+R2

RXO2-R3

RXO1+R4

RXO1-R5

RXO0+R6

RXO0-R7

TTL-BLUE2

TTL-BLUE1

TTL-BLUE0

TTL-BLUE3

TTL-BLUE4

TTL-BLUE5

TTL-BLUE6

TTL-BLUE7

TTL-GREEN0

TTL-GREEN1

TTL-GREEN2

TTL-GREEN3

TTL-GREEN4

TTL-GREEN5

TTL-GREEN6

TTL-GREEN7

TTL-RED6

TTL-RED0

TTL-RED1

TTL-RED2

TTL-RED3

TTL-RED4

TTL-RED5

TTL-RED7

54

72

1

3 6

8

RP40R

8

63

1

2 7

4 5

0RRP7

54

72

1

3 6

8

RP60R

8

63

1

2 7

4 5

0RRP3

8

63

1

2 7

4 5

0RRP5

54

72

1

3 6

8

RP20R

SPI_CKSPI_DISPI_CZ

SPI_DO

AMP-MUTE

PANEL-ONOFF

LED1

HPDCTRL

ON-PBACK

863 12

7

45

4K7

RP

13

PWM0

ADJ-PWM2

NCR

85

NCR

82

NCR

80

NCR

79

R84

1K

R83

1K

R81

1K

R78

1K

PWM0

WP_FSH

ADJ-PWM2

PWM3

IR_SYNC

KEY1

KEY0

RXD

TXD

SCL

SDA

DDC-RDX

DDC-TXD

I2C-SCL

I2C-SDA

+33V

54

721 3

68

RP

104K

7

R7410R

10RR73

10RR72

R7110R

AUCOM

16V

10UC

118

AUVRADN

AUVRADP

C11310U

16V

L250

AMP-ROUT

AMP-LOUT

PH-ROUTPH-LOUT

PC-RIN

SIFM

SIFP

01UC103

01U

C88

AUCOM

AUVREFAUVRADPAUVRADN

SIFM

SIFP

TUNER_CVBS

SV_C0

SV_Y0

VCOM2

CVBS2CVBS1

VCOM0

VCOM1

CVBS3

SCG+

SCR+SCR-

SC_SOG

SCG-

SCB-

RIN-

RIN+GIN-

GIN+SOG

BIN-BIN+

01UC85

C8701U

VS_RGBHS_RGB

HDMI_SCLHDMI_SDA

AVDD_HDMI TXCLK-

R_TX2+

R_TX2-G_TX1+

G_TX1-B_TX0+

B_TX0-TXCLK+

AUVREF

PWM3

+33V

VDD_MPLL

AVDD_AU

TV1-VIN+ TUNER_CVBS

VCOM1

AV1-CIN

TV-SIFP

TV-SIFM

HDMI_SCLHDMI_SDA

TXCLK-

R_TX2-G_TX1+

G_TX1-B_TX0+

B_TX0-TXCLK+

VS_RGBHS_RGB

RIN-

RIN+GIN-

GIN+SOG

BIN-BIN+

SCG+

SCR+SCR-

SC_SOG

SCG-SCB+SCB-

AV1-VIN+

AV2-VIN+

AV3-VIN+ CVBS1

CVBS2

CVBS3

SPI_DO

WP_FSH

CVBSOUT

PH-LOUT

PH-ROUTAMP-ROUT AMP-R

AMP-LAMP-LOUTPH-L1OUT

AFT

SCB+

KEY1-IN

+33V

PH-R1OUT

C77

1000

P

E

C

B BT3904Q7

R114K7

+5VSTB

GPIO_PROTECT

+33V

IR-IN

C248

2U2

2U2 C249

C250

2U2

2U2 C251

C252

2U2

DVI-RINDVI-LINAV2-RIN

AV2-LIN

AV1-RINAV1-LIN

B03 B03

I_18130_013eps180608

MST9E19A CONTROLLER

36TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

SSB HDMI Interface

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

SDA

SCL

WC

VCC

VSS

E2NC

E1NC

E0NC

RX2+

GND1

RX2-

RX1+

GND2

RX1-

RX0+

GND3

RX0-

RXC+

GND4

RXC-

NC1

NC2

DDCCLK

DDCDA

GND5

VCC

HPD

AGND

HDMI-RX2-

HDMI-RX1+

+5V

+5V

5

6

43

2

1

U17

PRTR5V0U4D

5

6

43

2

1

U18

PRTR5V0U4D

1KR101

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

P12

01UC

120

5

6

7

8

4

3

2

1U12

M24C02MN

RLZ

5B6

D18

HDMI-DDC-SDA

HDMI-DDC-SCL

HDMI-HPD

HDMI5V

HPDCTRLB

C

E

Q10BT3904

4K7R96

R95

4K7

R1000R

NCR

97

R94

1K

+5V

100RR99

R98100R

12

3

D17

BAT

54C

D19

RLZ

5B6

TXCLK-

TXCLK+

B_TX0-

B_TX0+

G_TX1-

G_TX1+

R_TX2-

R_TX2+

10RR93

R9210R

10RR91

R9010R

10RR89

R8810R

10RR87

R8610R

HDMI_SDA

HDMI_SCL

HDMI-RXC-

HDMI-RXC+

HDMI-RX0+

HDMI-RX0-

HDMI-RX1-

HDMI-RX2+

B04 B04

I_18130_014eps180608

HDMI INTERFACE

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 37TCS10L LA 7

SSB VGA Interface

AGND

AGND

AGND

SDA

SCL

WC

VCC

VSS

E2NC

E1NC

E0NC

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGNDProgram Control

To main chip(when updateit is I2Cwhen debug it is RXTX)

LED2

R12

110

0RR12

010

0R

+33V

RXD

TXD

R170

4K7

1

3

2

D2

100RR144

NCR123

4K7R12

2

75R

R10

9

R10

8 75R

01UC

130

10K

R17

4

75R

R10

7

10K

R17

2

P13-11

R11

8 4K7

4K7

R11

9

PROTECT

VGA5V

VGA-SCL

PROTECT

13

2

D25

1

3

2

D20

C19 N

C

Q182N7002

10RR175

R171NC

R17310R

C12

9 NC

C1270047U

VGA-R+

VGA-G+

VGA-B+

+5VST1

32

D24

1KR115

R1141K

123

D23BAT54C

5

6

7

8

4

3

2

1U13

M24C02MN

R11

74K

7NC

C12

8R11

610

K

6

4

11

14

15

7

12

8

5

13

3

10

9

1

2

16

17

P13

C1230047U

C1241000P

C1210047U

R10510R

10RR104

R10310R

0047UC126

C1250047U

0047UC122

1

3

2

D22

2

3

1

D21

R11347R

47RR111

R11047R

R106330R

HS_RGB

VS_RGB

Q192N7002

B

C

E

Q25BT3904

VGA-HS

VGA-VS

VGA-SDA

RIN+

SOG

BIN-

GIN-

RIN-

BIN+

GIN+

VGA-SDA

VGA-SCL

+5VSTB

+5VSTB

B05 B05

I_18130_015eps180608

VGA INTERFACE

38TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

SSB Cinch

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND AGNDAGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

VDD

OUTB

INB-

VSS INB+

INA+

INA-

OUTA

AGNDAGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

WHITE

RED

YELLOWGREEN

BLUE

RED

WHITE

RED

RED

WHITE

YELLOW

AGND

AGND

AGND

HDTV IN

AV OUTPUT AUDIO AMP

For PCampYPbPr Audio Input(RL)

For Philips Upgrade

S-VIDEO amp AV2 In Side

Earphone Outuput In Side

AV1 In Rear

AV OUTPUT

For DVI Audio Input(35mm Jack)

2

1

3

P17

DVI_R

DVI_L

AV2-V

AV_ROUT

AV2-R

C13 47

0P

12K

R15

2

C17 47

0P

560P

C16

356

0PC

162

3

2

1

4P15

C14

156

0P

PC-R

560P

C14

3C

134

560P

560P

C13

8

2

3

1

D37

NC

C14

256

0P56

0PC

146

C6 10

0P

3

1

2

P11

TXD

3

1

2

P7

PR1

PB1

AVOUT_L

Y1

AVOUT

1

4

2

5

3

6P21

1

2

3

4

5

6P8

8 56 7 9

P15

BUF2

1

3

2

D31

2

3

1

D28

NC

1

3

2

D33

NC

2

3

1

D55

NC

2

3

1

D54

NC

2

3

1

D52

NC

2

3

1

D51

NC

2

3

1

D34

1

3

2

D36

NC

C5 10

0P

13

2

D12

R18

8 75R

R2855K1

R2845K1

R2805K1

R2815K1

L6130R

AV1-CL60

30R

AV1-YL59

30R

75R

R14

9

C19

810

00P

C14

068

0P

680P

C15

5

10RR186

680P

C13

6

OP_VCC2

C13

168

0P

2

3

1

D53

2

3

1

D27

FB

L42

10KR230

12K

R20

1R

197 12

K

R15

9 12K

R15

522

0R

220RR153

75R

R14

0

75R

R13

9

R13

6 75R

75R

R12

8

2U2C188

R14

5 12K

12K

R15

7

12K

R13

5C191

2U2

10K

R15

6R

147 10

K

330R

R14

6

R18510RY1

75RR151

R141

75R

C1452U2

2U2C144

01UC

139

12K

R16

1

AV2-VIN+

CVBSOUT

AV1-CIN

AV1-YIN-

1

3

2

D38

2

3

1

D39

PH-R1OUTR226

10K

AV_LOUT

R22447K

+5V

R22

547

K

C18

347

U

16V

100P

C18

9

33KR

229

C18547U

16V

C18

40

1U

C19

310

0P

R23

233

K

8

7

6

4 5

3

2

1U16

TDA1308T

SCB-

SCG-

SCR-

C1580047U

SCG+

SCR+

SCB+

SC_SOG

PR1

PB1

C1540047U

0047UC153

C1520047U

C1511000P

0047UC159

0047UC156

R19547R

47RR191

R18947R

R18410R

10RR183

R14810R

1

3

2

D35

B

E

CQ11

BT3906C218

10U

16V

B

C

E

Q12BT3904

2

3

1

D32

2

3

1

D30

1

3

2

D29

R13347R

10RR137

R12610R

+5V

AV1-YIN

Y1R176

470R

PH-L1OUT

AV_LOUT

AV_ROUT

AV1-VIN+

L63 30

R

30R

L62

330RR

249

R25

133

0R

C196

033U50V

C197

033U50V

7

654

89

3

1

2

P18

1000

PC

199

AMP-PROUT+AMP-LIN

AMP-PLOUT+AMP-RIN

EARPHONE-RA

EARPHONE-LA

30RL44

AV1-RIN

R2825K1

R2835K1 AV1-LIN

AV2-LIN

R2865K1

R2875K1 AV2-RIN

R2885K1

R2895K1 DVI-RIN

R2905K1

R2915K1 DVI-LIN

R2925K1

R2935K1 PC-RIN

R2945K1

R2955K1 PC-LIN

AV1_V

AVOUT_R

RXD

C4 47

0P47

0PC

7

AV1_R

AV1_L

C9 47

0P47

0PC

10

C11 47

0P47

0PC

12

PC-L

AV2-L

B06 B06

I_18130_016eps180608

CINCH

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 39TCS10L LA 7

SSB Tuner

AGND

AGND

AGND

AG

ND

AGNDAGND

AGND

AGND

COMMON

IN OUT

VID

EO

NC

1

NC

2

AU

DIO

AG

C

SD

A

TU

MB

GN

D2

SIF

OU

T

GN

D1

NC

3

NC

4

NC

5

SC

L

NC

6

AF

T

CLOSE RO MST IC

R21127R

171 2 6 1110 1412 157 83 4 5 9 13 16

TU1

2

1 3

U15KIA78D05

TUNER_SDA

TUNER_SCL

SIF_OUT

TV_CVBSC

172

01U

33V

B

C

E

Q20

BT3904

TV-SIFPNCR213

10RR220

001UC181

TV-SIFP

R194100R

330R

R19

3R

192

10R

R19

81K

R19

91K

L2722UH

+12V

R20

7 NC

100K

R20

3

2200

PC

200

R209120R

R20610R

C17

4N

C3

30P

NC

330

PC

175

C171220U

16V

L28120R

R20251K

C17

710

0P

C17

615

0P

SDA_EXT

SCL_EXT

C168220U

16V

16V

220UC

169

TV1-VIN-

TV1-VIN+

R21047R

C16

60

01UC16

44U

7

50V

C16

50

01U

C16

70

1U

TUNER_5V

AFT

120RR212

TUNER_5V

TV-SIFM

001UC170

B07 B07

I_18130_017eps180608

TUNER

40TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

SSB Audio Amplifier

PGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

PGND

PGND

AGND

AGND

OUT2+

OUT2-

NC3

IN2

VCC2

NC2

OUT1+

VCC1

IN1

NC1

MUTE

STBY

PW_GND

S_GND

OUT1-

TO SPEAKER

TO SPEAKER

0RR

162

AMP-PROUT-

2

1

H8

15

14

11

12

13

10

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

2

U19

TD

A7266

1

2

3

4

P9

AMP-PLOUT-

L45200R

L46200R

C219220U

16V

27UHL31

C217220U

16V

AMP-LIN

R253NC

01U C209

D3LL4148

C20

610

00P

1U

C211

0022U

C26 1000

PC

204

0022U

C25

C22

470U16V

+5VST

R164100K

R16510K

R16

8N

C

R16

9N

C

R1663K3

3K3R167

10KR244

B

E

CQ15

BT3906

B

C

E

Q16BT3904

C19

5 NC

NC

C19

4

B

C

E

Q24BT3904NC

0RR257

10KR254

E

C

B BT3904Q23

B

C

E

Q22BT3904

R25210K

R255100R

R24310K

2U2C205

R2560R

C2032U2

+12V

AMP-PROUT-

AMP-PROUT+

AMP-PLOUT-

AMP-PLOUT+

POWER-ONOFF

AMP-MUTE

AMP-R

AMP-L

12V-AMP

+12V

AMP-RIN

B08 B08

I_18130_018eps180608

AUDIO AMPLIFIER

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 41TCS10L LA 7

SSB LVDS Interface

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

VCC_PANEL

C246

10U 16V

C245

01U

R277 0NC

+33V

R27

2

0N

C

R275 0NC

RXE4+B0 RXE4-B1

RXE3+B2 RXE3-B3

RXEC+B4 RXEC-B5

RXE2+B6 RXE2-B7

RXE1+G0 RXE1-G1

RXE0+G2 RXE0-G3

RXO4+G4 RXO4-G5

RXO3+G6 RXO3-G7

RXOC+R0 RXOC-R1

RXO2+R2 RXO2-R3

RXO1+R4 RXO1-R5

RXO0+R6 RXO0-R7

1 2

4

6

8

12

14

16

18

20

10

22

24

26

28

3

5

7

9

11

13

15

17

19

21

23

25

27

29 30

32

34

36

38

40

31

33

35

37

39

P10

R276 0NC

R27

3

0N

CR

274

0N

C

B09 B09

I_18130_019eps180608

LVDS INTERFACE Personal Notes

E_06532_012eps131004

42TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout Small Signal Board (Top Side)

I_18130_020eps180608

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 43TCS10L LA 7

Layout Small Signal Board (Bottom Side)

I_18130_021eps180608

44TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Keyboard Control Panel

Layout Keyboard Control Panel (Top Side)

Layout Keyboard Control Panel (Bottom Side)

AGND

AGND AGNDAGND

AGND

R10072K

R10061K5

R10011K2

12 4

3K1001

1

2

3

P1001

KEY0

R1008NC

R10051K2

R1004NC

R10032K

R10021K5

D10

02

HS

5V6B

D10

01H

S5V

6B

12 4

3K1003

12 4

3K1002

12 4

3K1006

12 4

3K1005

12 4

3K1004

KEY1

I_18130_030eps180608

E EKEYBOARD CONTROL PANEL

I_18130_031eps180608

I_18130_032eps180608

Personal Notes

E_06532_012eps131004

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 45TCS10L LA 7

Inverter Panel

1 2

A

B

C

D

4321

D

C

B

A

F1FUSE-1

C2104

C1220uF250V

C3104

R1200

Q1

DTA143

E1

9

E2

10

C2

11

VC

C12

OU

TP

UT

C13

VR

EF

14

A1+

1

A1-

2

CO

MP

3

DT

C4

CT

5

RT

6

GN

D7

C1

8

A2-

15

A2+

16

U1

TL494

R2200

Q32222

C8

223

C7103

R847K

R7120K

C4

104C5104

D1

68V

C9104

D2

1N4148

Q8DTC143

123456

CN1

R20470K

R21

33K

C16

330pF

C15NC

R13100K

R10

68K

R11

68K

R12

15K

C10104

R2627K

C20223

R18560

Q22222

Q62907

R142K

R1622K

R27 10

R28 10

D4

BAW56K

S11

G12

S23

G24

D1 8

D1 7

D2 6

D2 5

U2

4606

C21223

Q42222

Q72907

R152K

R1722K

R29 10

R30 10

D5

BAW56K

S11

G12

S23

G24

D1 8

D1 7

D2 6

D2 5

U3

4606

R19560

C6

105

R231M

Q52N7002

R22

1M

R9

47K

R25

100KR24270K

D6NCBAW56K

D7NCBAW56K

P1

P2

P3

P4

C17225

C18

225

10

1 7

6

T1

T01

10

1 7

6

T2

T01

C2222pF

12

CON1

12

CON2

D9BAV99

R41K

R36820

R32

10KC12104

D8BAV99

R31K

R35820

R31

10KC11104

P2

P1

C2322pF

12

CON3

12

CON4

D11

BAV99

R61K

R38820

R34

10KC14104

D10BAV99

R51K

R37820

R33

10KC13104

P4

P3

VREF

VREF

C19NC

C26

222C27NC

D13BAV99

D15BAV99

C2422pF

C2522pF

C28

222C29NC

C30222 C31

NC

C32

222C33NC

OVP

OVP

OV

P

R602K

R61510K

C38105

Q10

DTA143

Q112222

R6330K

R62 1K

VCC

VCC

P5

P5

R64

1K

C34221

C35 221

C37

221

C39104

C36

221U4A

LM393

U4B

LM393

Vref

D3

1N4148

R65

3K R663K

C41 104

R67

10K

I_18130_033eps180608

I IINVERTER PANEL 19rdquo

46TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout Inverter Panel (Top Side)

Layout Inverter Panel (Bottom Side)

I_18130_034eps190608

I_18130_035eps190608

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 47TCS10L LA 7

IR LED Panel

AGND

AGND

AGNDIRVC

C

GN

D

RW

R20

031K

2

R20

04

1K2

LED1

1

2

3

4

5

CN2001

E

C

B

BC847AQ2001

B

C

E

Q2002

BC847A

2

13

D2001

LED2

G2001

R20024K7

5V16

V10

0UC

2001

5V

IR

IR

C20

03 47P

LED1R2001

4K7

C2002

47P

LED2

I_18130_036eps180608

J JIR amp LED PANELLayout IR LED Panel (Top Side)

Layout IR LED Panel (Bottom Side)

I_18130_037eps180608

I_18130_038eps180608

48TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Personal Notes

E_06532_013eps131004

Alignments EN 49TCS10L LA 8

8 Alignments

Index of this chapter81 Electrical Alignments82 Hardware Alignments

NoteThe Service Modes are described in chapter 5 Menu navigation is done with the CURSOR UP DOWN LEFT or RIGHT keys of the remote control transmitter

81 Electrical Alignments

Perform all electrical adjustments under the following conditionsbull Power supply voltage (depends on region)

ndash AP-NTSC 120 VAC or 230 VAC 50 Hz (plusmn 10)ndash AP-PAL-multi 120 - 230 VAC 50 Hz (plusmn 10)ndash EU 230 VAC 50 Hz (plusmn 10)ndash LATAM-NTSC 120 - 230 VAC 50 Hz (plusmn 10)ndash US 120 VAC 60 Hz (plusmn 10)

bull Connect the set to the mains via an isolation transformer with low internal resistance

bull Allow the set to warm up for approximately 60 minutesbull Measure voltages and waveforms in relation to correct

ground (eg measure audio signals in relation to AUDIO_GND) Caution It is not allowed to use heatsinks as ground

bull Test probe Ri gt 10 MΩ Ci lt 20 pFbull Use an isolated trimmerscrewdriver to perform

alignments

82 Hardware Alignments

Not applicable

821 Aging

Enter TV mode Set warm up status to ldquoOnrdquo Aging time at least 12 minutes

822 ADC Adjustment

The chassis can execute ADC auto-tune in YPbPr amp PC sourcing modes Enter SAM select YPbPr or PC as source then select AUTOTUNE in ADC ADJ press ldquoRight keyrdquo to run waiting for about 5 seconds until ldquoOKrdquo is displayed which means the set finished the ADC adjustment With an YPbPr source use a 100 color bar pattern with a PC source use a 16-scale grey pattern

823 White Balance Adjustment

Adjust the NORMAL WARM COOL temperature in White balance according to company regular Make sure ADC adjustments have done successfully before doing white balance adjustments and use the ldquoNaturalrdquo picture mode White balance adjustment should be performed with three different sources1 AVTVSVIDEO source reunification under the AV

adjustment apply a NTSC-M system signal with 8-scale grey pattern

2 YPbPrHDMI source reunification under the YPbPr adjustment apply an 8-scale grey pattern

3 PC source should adjust single apply a 8-scale grey pattern

If case of manual adjustment please use the WB page in SAMWhile adjusting White Balance do not change White G or Black G only adjust White R White B Black R and Black B

Table 8-1 Color Temperature Setting 19

Table 8-2 Color Temperature Setting 26

Color mode X Y Color Temperature (K)

Normal 296plusmn4 299plusmn4 8000

Warm 314plusmn4 319plusmn4 6500

Cool 289plusmn4 291plusmn4 9000

Color mode X Y Color Temperature (K)

Normal 289plusmn4 291plusmn4 9000

Warm 314plusmn4 319plusmn4 6500

Cool 278plusmn4 278plusmn4 11000

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data SheetsEN 50 TCS10L LA9

9 Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data Sheets

Index of this chapter91 Introduction92 Abbreviation List93 IC Data Sheets

Notes bull Only new circuits (circuits that are not published recently)

are described bull Figures can deviate slightly from the actual situation due

to different set executions

91 Introduction

This chassis uses the MStar MST9U19A main chip with the following features bull Multi-Standard TV decoding with 2-D comb filterbull Multi-Standard TV sound demodulator and decoderbull Triple ADC fro TV and RGBYPbPrbull Integrated DVIHDCPHDMI compliant receiverbull High quality scaling enginebull 3-D video de-interlacer and video noise reductionbull Embedded On Screen Display controllerbull NTSCPALSecam Video decoder with automatic standard

detectionbull CVBS video outputbull Multi standard TV sound decoderbull FM stereo and SAP demodulationbull Digital audio interfacebull Analog RGB Compliant Input Portsbull DVIHDCPHDMI Compliant input portbull Auto tuning function including phasing positioning offset

gain and jitter detectionbull Automatic color correction

The MST9U19A is a high performance and fully integrated IC for multi-function LCD monitorTV with resolutions up to WSXGA (1680 times 1050) It is configured with an integrated triple-ADCPLL an integrated DVIHDCPHDMI receiver a multi standard TV video and audio decoder a video de-interlacer a scaling engine the MStarACE-3 color engine an On Screen Display controller an 8-bit MCU and a built-in output panel interface It also incorporates an intelligent power management control system for green-mode requirements and spread-spectrum support for EMI management

For a block diagram refer to chapter 6 ldquoBlock diagrams Test Point Overviews and Waveformsrdquo

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data Sheets EN 51TCS10L LA 9

92 Abbreviation List

1080i 1080 visible lines interlaced1080p 1080 visible lines progressive scan2CS 2 Carrier Sound2DNR Spatial (2D) Noise Reduction3DNR Temporal (3D) Noise Reduction480i 480 visible lines interlaced480p 480 visible lines progressive scanAARA Automatic Aspect Ratio Adaptation

algorithm that adapts aspect ratio to remove horizontal black bars keeping up the original aspect ratio

ACI Automatic Channel Installation algorithm that installs TV channels directly from a cable network by means of a predefined TXT page

ADC Analogue to Digital ConverterAFC Automatic Frequency Control control

signal used to tune to the correct frequency

AGC Automatic Gain Control algorithm that controls the video input of the feature box

AM Amplitude ModulationAUO Acer Unipack OptronicsAP Asia PacificAR Aspect Ratio 4 by 3 or 16 by 9ASD Automatic Standard DetectionAV Audio VideoB-SC1-IN Blue SCART1 inB-SC2-IN Blue SCART2 inB-TXT Blue teletextBG Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 55 MHzBTSC Broadcast Television System

CommitteeC-FRONT Chrominance front inputCBA Circuit Board Assembly (or PWB)CL Constant Level audio output to

connect with an external amplifierCLUT Color Look Up TableComPair Computer aided rePairCSM Customer Service ModeCVBS Composite Video Blanking and

SynchronizationCVBS-EXT CVBS signal from external source

(VCR VCD etc)CVBS-INT CVBS signal from TunerCVBS-MON CVBS monitor signalCVBS-TER-OUT CVBS terrestrial outDAC Digital to Analogue ConverterDBE Dynamic Bass Enhancement extra

low frequency amplificationDFU Directions For Use owners manualDNR Dynamic Noise ReductionDRAM Dynamic RAMDSP Digital Signal ProcessingDST Dealer Service Tool special

(European) remote control designed for service technicians

DTS Digital Theatre SoundDVD Digital Versatile DiscDVI Digital Visual InterfaceDW Double WindowED Enhanced Definition 480p 576pEEPROM Electrically Erasable and

Programmable Read Only MemoryEU EUropeEXT EXTernal (source) entering the set by

SCART or by cinches (jacks)FBL Fast Blanking DC signal

accompanying RGB signalsFBL-SC1-IN Fast blanking signal for SCART1 in

FBL-SC2-IN Fast blanking signal for SCART2 inFBL-TXT Fast Blanking TeletextFLASH FLASH memoryFM Field Memory Frequency ModulationFMR FM RadioFRC Frame Rate ConverterFRONT-C Front input chrominance (SVHS)FRONT-DETECT Front input detectionFRONT-Y_CVBS Front input luminance or CVBS

(SVHS)FTV Flat TeleVisionG-SC1-IN Green SCART1 inG-SC2-IN Green SCART2 inG-TXT Green teletextH H_sync to the module HD High Definition 720p 1080i 1080pHDMI High Definition Multimedia Interface

digital audio and video interfaceHP Head PhoneI Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 60 MHzI2C Integrated IC busI2S Integrated IC Sound busIC Integrated CircuitIF Intermediate FrequencyInterlaced Scan mode where two fields are used

to form one frame Each field contains half the number of the total amount of lines The fields are written in ldquopairsrdquo causing line flicker

IR Infra RedIRQ Interrupt ReQuestLast Status The settings last chosen by the

customer and read and stored in RAM or in the NVM They are called at start-up of the set to configure it according the customers wishes

LATAM LATin AMericaLC04 Philips chassis name for LCD TV 2004

projectLCD Liquid Crystal DisplayLED Light Emitting DiodeLL Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 65 MHz L is Band I L is all bands except for Band I

LPL LG Philips LCDLS Loud SpeakerLVDS Low Voltage Differential Signalling

data transmission system for high speed and low EMI communication

MN Monochrome TV system Sound carrier distance is 45 MHz

MOSFET Metal Oxide Semiconductor Field Effect Transistor

MPEG Motion Pictures Experts GroupMSP Multi-standard Sound Processor ITT

sound decoderMUTE MUTE LineNAFTA North American Free Trade

Association Trade agreement between Canada USA and Mexico

NC Not ConnectedNICAM Near Instantaneous Compounded

Audio Multiplexing This is a digital sound system used mainly in Europe

NTSC National Television Standard Committee Color system used mainly in North America and Japan Color carrier NTSC MN = 3579545 MHz NTSC 443 = 4433619 MHz (this is a VCR norm it is not transmitted off-air)

NVM Non Volatile Memory IC containing TV related data (for example options)

OC Open CircuitONOFF LED OnOff control signal for the LED

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data SheetsEN 52 TCS10L LA9

OSD On Screen DisplayPAL Phase Alternating Line Color system

used mainly in Western Europe (color carrier = 4433619 MHz) and South America (color carrier PAL M = 3575612 MHz and PAL N = 3582056 MHz)

PC Personal ComputerPCB Printed Circuit Board (or PWB)PDP Plasma Display PanelPIG Picture In GraphicPIP Picture In PicturePLL Phase Locked Loop Used for

example in FST tuning systems The customer can directly provide the desired frequency

Progressive Scan Scan mode where all scan lines are displayed in one frame at the same time creating a double vertical resolution

PWB Printed Wiring Board (or PCB)RAM Random Access MemoryRC Remote Control transmitterRC5 (6) Remote Control system 5 (6) the

signal from the remote control receiver RGB Red Green and Blue The primary

color signals for TV By mixing levels of R G and B all colors (YC) are reproduced

RGBHV Red Green Blue Horizontal sync and Vertical sync

ROM Read Only MemorySAM Service Alignment ModeSC SandCastle two-level pulse derived

from sync signalsSC1-OUT SCART output of the MSP audio ICSC2-B-IN SCART2 Blue inSC2-C-IN SCART2 chrominance inSC2-OUT SCART output of the MSP audio ICSC Short CircuitSCL Clock signal on I2C busSD Standard Definition 480i 576iSDA Data signal on I2C busSDI Samsung Display IndustrySDM Service Default ModeSDRAM Synchronous DRAMSECAM SEequence Couleur Avec Memoire

Color system used mainly in France and Eastern Europe Color carriers = 4406250 MHz and 4250000 MHz

SIF Sound Intermediate FrequencySMPS Switch Mode Power SupplySND SouNDSNDL-SC1-IN Sound left SCART1 inSNDL-SC1-OUT Sound left SCART1 outSNDL-SC2-IN Sound left SCART2 inSNDL-SC2-OUT Sound left SCART2 outSNDR-SC1-IN Sound right SCART1 inSNDR-SC1-OUT Sound right SCART1 outSNDR-SC2-IN Sound right SCART2 outSNDR-SC2-OUT Sound right SCART2 outSNDS-VL-OUT Surround sound left variable level outSNDS-VR-OUT Surround sound right variable level outSOPS Self Oscillating Power SupplySPDIF Sony Philips Digital InterFaceSRAM Static RAMSTBY Stand-bySVHS Super Video Home SystemSW Sub Woofer SoftWareTHD Total Harmonic DistortionTXT TeleteXTuP MicroprocessorVL Variable Level out processed audio

output toward external amplifierVCR Video Cassette Recorder

VGA Video Graphics ArrayWD Watch DogWYSIWYR What You See Is What You Record

record selection that follows main picture and sound

XTAL Quartz crystalYPbPr Component video (Y= Luminance Pb

Pr= Color difference signals B-Y and R-Y other amplitudes wrt to YUV)

YC Video related signals Y consists of luminance signal blanking level and sync C consists of color signal

Y-OUT Luminance-signalYUV Baseband component video (Y=

Luminance UV= Color difference signals)

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data Sheets EN 53TCS10L LA 9

93 IC Data Sheets

This section shows the internal block diagrams and pin layouts of ICs that are drawn as ldquoblack boxesrdquo in the electrical diagrams (with the exception of ldquomemoryrdquo and ldquologicrdquo ICs)

931 Diagram B MST9U19A

Figure 9-1 Pin configuration

Pin 1

123

45

7

9

11

1314

1718

21

23

25

2728

30

32

34

36

39

41

43

6

8

10

12

1516

1920

22

24

26

29

31

33

35

3738

40

42

4445464748

505152

49

53 54 55 56 57 59 61 63 65 66 69 70 73 75 77 79 80 82 84 86 88 91 93 9558 60 62 64 67 68 71 72 74 76 78 81 83 85 87 89 90 92 94 96 97 98 99 100

102

103

104

101

208

207

206

205

204

202

200

198

196

195

192

191

188

186

184

182

181

179

177

175

173

170

168

166

203

201

199

197

194

193

190

189

187

185

183

180

178

176

174

172

171

169

167

165

164

163

162

161

159

158

157

160

156155154

153152

150

148

146

144143

140139

136

134

132

130129

127

125

123

121

118

116

114

151

149

147

145

142141

138137

135

133

131

128

126

124

122

120119

117

115

113112111110109

107106105

108

MST9U19A

XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX

GN

D

AUR1

AUL2

AUL3

AUL1

AUCO

M

AUR2

AUR3

DIGO[8]

GNDAVDD_MEMPLL

PWM3PWM2DIGO[9]

SIF1

MSI

F1P

AVD

D_S

IF

AUO

UTL

AUO

UTR

AUO

UTS

VDD

CG

PIO

F[2]

GPI

OF[

3]G

PIO

F[4]

GPI

OF[

5]G

PIO

F[6]

GPI

OF[

7]G

PIO

F[8]

GPI

OF[

9]G

PIO

F[10

]G

PIO

F[11

]VD

DP

GN

DG

PIO

F[12

]

GPI

OF[

14]

GPI

OF[

15]

GPI

OF[

16]

GPI

OF[

17]

GPI

OF[

18]

GN

D

GPI

OF[

19]

VDD

C

VDD

PG

ND

VDD

PVD

DP

GPI

OF[

13]

GN

D

DIGO[7]

DIGO[5]

DIGO[3]

DIGO[1]

VDDC

VDDPPWM_SENSE

DIGO[6]

DIGO[4]

DIGO[2]

DIGO[0]

GND

PWM_DRVPWM_FBIRININT

PWM1PWM0

GNDVDDPALERDZWRZ

VDDC

GNDVDDP

VDD

PLV

A0M

LVA0

PLV

A1M

LVA1

PLV

A2M

LVA2

PLV

ACKM

LVAC

KPLV

A3M

LVA4

PVD

DP

VDD

CAV

DD

_MPL

L

LVA3

PLV

A4M

GPI

OE[

0]

IHSY

NC

ICLK

DI[

1]D

I[0]

IVYS

NC

GPI

OE[

1]G

PIO

E[2]

GPI

OE[

3]G

ND

VDD

P

AVD

D_M

PLL

XIN

XOU

TH

WR

ESET

GN

D

DI[

7]D

I[6]

DI[

5]D

I[4]

DI[

2]D

I[3]

VDD

C

AUO

UTL

3AU

OU

TR3

RXCKPGND

RX0NRX0P

AVDD_DVIRX1NRX1P

RX2P

REXT

DDCD_CK

VSYNC1

VCLAMP

REFM

BIN1M

GNDRX2N

AVDD_DVI

DDCD_DA

HSYNC1

RMID

REFP

BIN1P

SOGIN1GIN1PGIN1MRIN1PRIN1MBIN0MBIN0PGIN0MGIN0P

SOGIN0RIN0MRIN0P

HSYNC0VSYNC0

RXCKN

AVDD_ADCGND

C1Y1C0Y0

CVBS2CVBS1

VCOM1CVBS0

VCOM0CVBSOUT

GND

VCOM2CVBS3

GN

D

AVD

D_A

UAU

L0AU

R0

AUVR

EFAU

VRAD

PAU

VRAD

N

AUO

UTL

2AU

OU

TR2

AD[7]AD[6]AD[5]AD[4]AD[3]AD[2]AD[1]AD[0]

SDOCSZSDISCK

SAR3

SAR1SAR2

SAR0

DDCA_CK

DDCR_CKDDCA_DA

DDCR_DA

LVB0

MLV

B0P

LVB1

MLV

B1P

LVB2

MLV

B2P

LVBC

KMLV

BCKP

LVB3

M

LVB4

P

LVB3

PLV

B4M

I_18130_008eps200608

Pin Configuration

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data SheetsEN 54 TCS10L LA9

932 Diagram B TDA1308

Figure 9-2 Block diagram and pin configuration

Block diagram

Pinning information

2

1

3

4

8

7

65

INA(neg)

TDA1308(A)OUTA

VSS

VDD

INA(pos)

INB(neg)

INB(pos)

OUTB

TDA1308(A)

VATUO DD

BTUO)gen(ANI

)gen(BNI)sop(ANI

VSS INB(pos)

1

2

3

4

6

5

8

7

I_18130_007eps190608

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data Sheets EN 55TCS10L LA 9

933 Diagram B NCP1377B

Figure 9-3 Block diagram and pin configuration

Block diagram

Pinning information

I_18130_009eps190608

HV

VCC

GND

Demag

4 mA

To InternalSupply

+

+

125 V75 V56 V (Fault)

FaultMngt

PON

5 V+

OVP

+

144

45 usDelay

15 us for B Version

Demag

8 usBlanking

S

SR R

Q

Q

+

3 us forB Version

+minus

Overload

5 usTimeout

TimeReset

Demag

380 nsLEB

1 V3

200 Awhen DRV

is OFF

FB

42 V

Driver src = 20 sink = 10

DrvVCC

CS

+50 mV 10 V Rint

1Dmg 8 HV

7 NC2FB

3CS

4GND

6 VCC

5 Drv

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data SheetsEN 56 TCS10L LA9

934 Diagram B TDA7266

Figure 9-4 Block diagram and pin configuration

1

2

4

Vref

7YB-TS

IN1

022microF

VCC

133

+

-

-

+

OUT1+

OUT1-

15

14

12

6ETUM

IN2

022microF

+

-

-

+

OUT2+

OUT2-

8

9S-GND

PW-GND

470microF 100nF

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

9

10

11

8

NC

NC

S-GND

PW-GND

OUT2+

OUT2-

VCC

IN2

ST-BY

MUTE

NC

IN1

VCCOUT1-

OUT1+

13

14

15

12

I_17950_054eps090508

Block Diagram

Pin Configuration

Spare Parts List amp CTN Overview EN 57TCS10L LA 10

10 Spare Parts List amp CTN OverviewFor the latest spare part overview please consult the Philips Service website

Table 10-1 Sets described in this manual

11 Revision ListManual xxxx xxx xxxx0bull First release

CTN Styling

19PFL340355 MG8

19PFL340377 MG8

19PFL340378 MG8

19PFL340385 MG8

26PFL340385 MG8

  • Content
  • 1 Technical Specifications Connections and Chassis Overview
    • 11 Technical Specifications
      • 111 Vision
      • 112 Sound
      • 113 Miscellaneous
        • 12 Connection Overview
          • Figure 1-1 Rear and side IO connections
          • 121 Rear Connections
            • 1 - HDMI Digital Video Digital Audio - In
              • Figure 1-2 HDMI (type A) connector
                • 2 - VGA AUDIO Mini Jack VGA Audio - In
                • 3 - VGA PC Video RGB - In and Service UART
                  • Figure 1-3 VGA Connector
                    • 4 - Cinch Video YPbPr - In
                    • 5 - AV1 Cinch Video CVBS - In Audio - In
                    • 6 - Aerial - In
                    • 7 - Service Connector (ComPair)
                      • 122 Side connections
                        • 8 - Cinch Video CVBS - In Audio - In
                        • 9 - S-Video (Hosiden) Video YC - In
                        • 10 - Mini Jack Audio Head phone - Out
                            • 13 Chassis Overview
                              • Figure 1-4 PWBCBA locations
                                  • 2 Safety Instructions Warnings and Notes
                                    • 21 Safety Instructions
                                    • 22 Warnings
                                    • 23 Notes
                                      • 231 General
                                      • 232 Schematic Notes
                                      • 233 BGA (Ball Grid Array) ICs
                                        • Introduction
                                        • BGA Temperature Profiles
                                          • 234 Lead-free Soldering
                                          • 235 Alternative BOM identification
                                            • Figure 2-1 Serial number (example)
                                              • 236 Board Level Repair (BLR) or Component Level Repair (CLR)
                                              • 237 Practical Service Precautions
                                                  • 3 Directions for Use
                                                  • 4 Mechanical Instructions
                                                    • 41 Cable Dressing
                                                      • Figure 4-1 Cable dressing (19 model)
                                                      • Figure 4-2 Cable dressing (26 model)
                                                        • 42 Service Positions
                                                          • 421 Foam Bars
                                                            • Figure 4-3 Foam bars
                                                                • 43 AssyPanel Removal
                                                                  • 431 Stand
                                                                    • Figure 4-4 Stand
                                                                      • 432 Rear Cover
                                                                        • Figure 4-5 LVDS release
                                                                        • Figure 4-6 Speaker and IRLED panel cable release
                                                                          • 433 Keyboard Control Board
                                                                            • Figure 4-7 Keyboard control board
                                                                              • 434 IRLED Board and Speakers
                                                                                • Figure 4-8 IRLED Board and Speakers
                                                                                  • 435 Power Supply Board
                                                                                    • Figure 4-9 Power Supply Unit(s)
                                                                                      • 436 Inverter Board (19 and 22 versions)
                                                                                        • Figure 4-10 Inverter Board
                                                                                          • 437 Small Signal Board (SSB)
                                                                                            • Removing the SSB
                                                                                              • Figure 4-11 SSB connector plate
                                                                                              • Figure 4-12 SSB
                                                                                                • 44 Set Re-assembly
                                                                                                  • 5 Service Modes Error Codes and Fault Finding
                                                                                                    • 51 Test Points
                                                                                                    • 52 Service Mode
                                                                                                      • 521 Service Alignment Mode (SAM)
                                                                                                        • How to Enter
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-1 SAM menu
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-2 SAM menu White Balance Normal
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-3 SAM menu White Balance Cool
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-4 SAM menu White Balance Warm
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-5 SAM menu Volume Curve
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-6 SAM menu Picture Curve
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-7 SAM menu Picture Mode Natural
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-8 SAM menu Picture Mode Personal
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-9 SAM menu Picture Mode Rich
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-10 SAM menu Picture Mode Soft
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-11 SAM menu Producting
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-12 SAM menu Country
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-13 SAM menu Setup
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-14 SAM menu Shop Init Do
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-15 SAM menu Clear Code gt
                                                                                                            • How to Exit
                                                                                                            • Factory Mode Descriptions
                                                                                                              • ltTABLEgt
                                                                                                              • Virgin Settings
                                                                                                                • Table 5-1 Country setting
                                                                                                                • Table 5-2 Virgin settings
                                                                                                                  • 522 Customer Service Mode (CSM)
                                                                                                                    • Purpose
                                                                                                                    • How to Activate CSM
                                                                                                                    • Contents of CSM
                                                                                                                      • Figure 5-16 CSM Menu
                                                                                                                        • Menu Explanation
                                                                                                                        • How to Exit
                                                                                                                          • 523 Blinking LED Procedure
                                                                                                                            • 53 Error Codes
                                                                                                                              • ltTABLEgt
                                                                                                                                • 54 Fault Finding
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-17 No Picture No sound no Back light (19 sets)
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-18 Picture OK No sound (19 sets)
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-19 No Picture Back light amp Sound OK (19 and 26 sets)
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-20 No color (19 and 26 sets)
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-21 No Picture No sound no Back light (26 sets)
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-22 Picture OK No sound (26 sets)
                                                                                                                                    • 55 Service Tools
                                                                                                                                      • 551 ComPair
                                                                                                                                        • Introduction
                                                                                                                                        • Specifications
                                                                                                                                        • How to Connect
                                                                                                                                        • How to Order
                                                                                                                                          • Figure 5-23 ComPair II interface connection
                                                                                                                                            • 56 Software Upgrading
                                                                                                                                              • 561 Introduction
                                                                                                                                                  • 6 Block Diagrams Test Point Overview and Waveforms
                                                                                                                                                    • Wiring Diagram of Connector for MS19-PH 19
                                                                                                                                                    • Wiring Diagram of Connector for MS19-PH 26
                                                                                                                                                    • Block Diagram MS19P Chipset
                                                                                                                                                    • I2C overview
                                                                                                                                                      • 7 Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts
                                                                                                                                                        • Main Power Supply (19)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Main Power Supply (19) (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Main Power Supply (19) (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Main Power Supply (26)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Main Power Supply (26) (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Main Power Supply (26) (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Standby Power Supply (26)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Standby Power Supply (26) (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Standby Power Supply (26) (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB Control
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB DC - DC
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB MST9E19A Controller
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB HDMI Interface
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB VGA Interface
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB Cinch
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB Tuner
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB Audio Amplifier
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB LVDS Interface
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Small Signal Board (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Small Signal Board (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Keyboard Control Panel
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Keyboard Control Panel (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Keyboard Control Panel (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Inverter Panel
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Inverter Panel (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Inverter Panel (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • IR LED Panel
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout IR LED Panel (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout IR LED Panel (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                          • 8 Alignments
                                                                                                                                                            • 81 Electrical Alignments
                                                                                                                                                            • 82 Hardware Alignments
                                                                                                                                                              • 821 Aging
                                                                                                                                                              • 822 ADC Adjustment
                                                                                                                                                              • 823 White Balance Adjustment
                                                                                                                                                                • Table 8-1 Color Temperature Setting 19
                                                                                                                                                                • Table 8-2 Color Temperature Setting 26
                                                                                                                                                                  • 9 Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data Sheets
                                                                                                                                                                    • 91 Introduction
                                                                                                                                                                    • 92 Abbreviation List
                                                                                                                                                                    • 93 IC Data Sheets
                                                                                                                                                                      • 931 Diagram B MST9U19A
                                                                                                                                                                        • Figure 9-1 Pin configuration
                                                                                                                                                                          • 932 Diagram B TDA1308
                                                                                                                                                                            • Figure 9-2 Block diagram and pin configuration
                                                                                                                                                                              • 933 Diagram B NCP1377B
                                                                                                                                                                                • Figure 9-3 Block diagram and pin configuration
                                                                                                                                                                                  • 934 Diagram B TDA7266
                                                                                                                                                                                    • Figure 9-4 Block diagram and pin configuration
                                                                                                                                                                                      • 10 Spare Parts List amp CTN Overview
                                                                                                                                                                                        • Table 10-1 Sets described in this manual
                                                                                                                                                                                          • 11 Revision List
Page 10: Philips 19PFL3403-55 TCS1[1].0L_LA

Mechanical InstructionsEN 10 TCS10L LA4

Figure 4-6 Speaker and IRLED panel cable release

433 Keyboard Control Board

1 Refer to next figure2 Unscrew two screws[1]3 Unplug connector [2] and remove the boardWhen defective replace the whole unit

Figure 4-7 Keyboard control board

434 IRLED Board and Speakers

1 Refer to next figure2 Remove the screws [1] and remove the IRLED board3 Remove the screws [2] and remove the speakersWhen defective replace the whole unit

Figure 4-8 IRLED Board and Speakers

I_17930_042eps240408

4

4

4

I_17930_063eps240408

2

1

1

I_17930_043eps240408

1 1

22 22

Mechanical Instructions EN 11TCS10L LA 4

435 Power Supply Board

Due to different set executions this chassis is supplied with one or two power supply boards and figures may differCaution it is absolutely mandatory to remount all different screws and cables at their original position during re-assembly Failure to do so may result in damaging the power supply1 Refer to next figure2 Unplug all the connectors [1]3 Remove the fixation screws [2]4 Remove the main power supply board5 Unplug all the connectors [3]6 Remove the fixation screws [4]7 Remove the stand-by power supply board

Figure 4-9 Power Supply Unit(s)

436 Inverter Board (19 and 22 versions)

Due to different set executions this chassis some versions are supplied with an inverter board Figures may differ1 Refer to next figure2 Unplug all connectors [1]3 Release the clips [2]4 Take out the inverter board

Figure 4-10 Inverter Board

437 Small Signal Board (SSB)

Caution it is absolutely mandatory to remount all different screws at their original position during re-assembly Failure to do so may result in damaging the SSB

Removing the SSB 1 See next figures2 Remove the screws [2] from the SSB3 On the outside of the set lift the rear cover near the tuner

connector approximately 3 mm in the indicated direction and keep it lifted while

4 On the inside of the set slide the metal plate in the indicated direction

5 Gently lift the board from the rear cover6 Now unplug the LVDS connector [3]

Caution be careful as this is a very fragile connector Unplug the rest of the cables [4]

Figure 4-11 SSB connector plate

I_17950_006eps080508

4

4

2 2 4

4

2 2

1

1

3

I_17930_065eps240408

1

1

1

2 2

2

I_18130_002eps170608

Mechanical InstructionsEN 12 TCS10L LA4

Figure 4-12 SSB

44 Set Re-assembly

To re-assemble the whole set execute all processes in reverse order

Notesbull While re-assembling make sure that all cables are placed

and connected in their original position See figure ldquoCable dressingrdquo

bull Pay special attention not to damage the EMC foams at the SB shields Make sure that EMC foams are put correctly on their places

I_17950_008eps080508

22

44

3

22

Service Modes Error Codes and Fault Finding EN 13TCS10L LA 5

5 Service Modes Error Codes and Fault Finding

Index of this chapter51 Test Points52 Service Mode53 Error Codes54 Fault Finding55 Service Tools56 Software Upgrading

51 Test Points

This chassis is NOT equipped with test points in the service printing No test points are mentioned in the service manual

52 Service Mode

521 Service Alignment Mode (SAM)

How to EnterTo enter SAM use the following methodbull Press on the remote control the code ldquo062596rdquo directly

followed by the ldquoINFOrdquo key

After entering SAM the following screen is visible the values can be adjusted according to the requested (see Chapter 8)

Figure 5-1 SAM menu

Figure 5-2 SAM menu White Balance Normal

Figure 5-3 SAM menu White Balance Cool

Figure 5-4 SAM menu White Balance Warm

Figure 5-5 SAM menu Volume Curve

Figure 5-6 SAM menu Picture Curve

I_18130_041eps190608

I_18130_044eps190608

I_18130_043eps190608

I_18130_045eps190608

I_18130_044eps190608

I_18130_048eps190608

Service Modes Error Codes and Fault FindingEN 14 TCS10L LA5

Figure 5-7 SAM menu Picture Mode Natural

Figure 5-8 SAM menu Picture Mode Personal

Figure 5-9 SAM menu Picture Mode Rich

Figure 5-10 SAM menu Picture Mode Soft

Figure 5-11 SAM menu Producting

Figure 5-12 SAM menu Country

I_18130_049eps190608

I_18130_050eps190608

I_18130_051eps190608

I_18130_052eps190608

I_18130_053eps190608

I_18130_054eps190608

Service Modes Error Codes and Fault Finding EN 15TCS10L LA 5

Figure 5-13 SAM menu Setup

Figure 5-14 SAM menu Shop Init Do

Figure 5-15 SAM menu Clear Code gt

How to ExitPress ldquoMENUrdquo on the RC-transmitter

Factory Mode Descriptions

I_18130_055eps190608

I_18130_058eps190608

Item Sub-Item Description

SOURCE Shift among sourcing via pressing Left amp Right key

ADC ADJ Only available in HDTV or PC mode

WB White Balance Calibration setting

SOURCE Shift among sources

COLOR TEMP Normal Warm Cool

WHITE R R Gain adjust manually or automatically

WHITE G G Gain adjust manually or automatically

WHITE B B Gain adjust manually or automatically

BLACK R R Shift adjust manually or automatically

BLACK G G Shift adjust manually or automatically

BLACK B B Shift adjust manually or automatically

VOL CURVE Volume Curve adjustmentX0 X10 X30 X50 X70 X90 X100 on for the usermenu volume value of the 0 10 30 50 70 90 100Only to adjust during production

PICTURE CURVE Analog Picture Curve adjustment X0 X30 X50 X80 X100 on for the usermenu picture value of the 0 30 50 80 100Only to adjust during production

CON Contrast Curve

BRI Brightness Curve

SAT Saturation Curve

SHARP Sharpness Curve

LIGHT Back light Curve

PICTURE MODE Picture modes analog value can be adjusted in this pageincluding SOFT NATURAL BRIGHTE and PERSONAL

I_18130_059eps190608

Service Modes Error Codes and Fault FindingEN 16 TCS10L LA5

Virgin SettingsFirst the country should be set according to the following table

Table 5-1 Country setting

Secondly select ldquoSHOP INITrdquo from the SAM menu Wait until finished and then turn ldquoOffrdquo the set Now the set is put back to virgin settings according to the following table

Table 5-2 Virgin settings

522 Customer Service Mode (CSM)

PurposeWhen a customer is having problems with his TV-set he can call his dealer or the Customer Help desk The service technician can then ask the customer to activate the CSM in order to identify the status of the set Now the service technician can judge the severity of the complaint In many cases he can advise the customer how to solve the problem or he can decide if it is necessary to visit the customer The CSM is a read only mode therefore modifications in this mode are not possible

How to Activate CSMKey in the code ldquo123654rdquo via the standard RC transmitter

Contents of CSM

Figure 5-16 CSM Menu

Menu Explanation1 MODEL Type number and region code2 PROD SN Production code will have 14 characters + 2

reserved (total 16 characters)3 SW ID Software cluster and version is displayed (TC =

TCL 1 = Chassis Number 26 = Screen size L = Latam 090 = software version)

4 CODES Error buffer contents5 SIGNAL PRESENT Presence of RF signal6 SYSTEM Color system7 SOUND Sound system (MonoStereoSAP)8 HDCP KEYS Shows Valid or invalid HDCP key when

HDMI connected Else blank9 HDMI INPUT FORMAT Shows the HDMI input format10 HDMI AUDIO INPUT HDMI audio input HDMI audio stream

detection YES = Audio stream detected NO = No Audio (for example when DVI format is used)

How to ExitPress ldquoMENUrdquo on the RC-transmitter

523 Blinking LED Procedure

The software is capable of identifying different kinds of errors Because it is possible that more than one error can occur over time an error buffer is available which is capable of storing the last five errors that occurred This is useful if the OSD is not working properly

Errors can also be displayed by the blinking LED procedure The method is to repeatedly let the front LED pulse with as many pulses as the error code number followed by a period of 15 seconds in which the LED is ldquooffrdquo Then this sequence is repeated

PRODUCTING FACTURY HOT KEY

Short-cut key to enter factory mode setting GO BACK is the short-cut key if it is ldquoONrdquo Do remember to turn this ldquoOFFrdquo when the set is returned to the customer

WARM UP STATUS

Aging Mode setting ldquoONrdquo means snow picture showing instead of blue background if there is no signal input Do remember to turn this ldquoOFFrdquo when the set is returned to the customer

EEPROM INIT EEPROM initialization1 When the first time to turn on the set please enter this menu and initialize it2 Press LeftRight key and waiting for about 5 seconds until ldquoOKrdquo displayed which means the set finishes the initialization3 Switch off AC power4 Power on the set again the EEPROM will be initialized

LOGO Always leave this setting to the value ldquoOFFrdquo

RF AGC RF Automatic Gain Control default at 16

COUNTRY Select the correct country before doing a SHOP INIT because it puts the set in virgin mode

SET UP POWER MODE LAST

This selects the last power on sequence used

POWER MODE STB

This will put the set in Stand-by whenever the power key is used to turn it on The user now has to turn the set on with the remote control

POWER MODE ON

This will turn on the set whenever the power key is used to turn it on

SHOP INIT DO By selecting this the outgoing factory initialization is selected Always perform this at the end of a repair

CLEAR CODE gt Clears the Error codes

CODES Shows the last 5 error codes

PANEL TYPE Shows the panel type (display only)

SW VER Shows the software version

V8- Shows the BOM number

COMPILE TIME Shows the time the software was compiled

CTN suffix Country

55 Other

77 Argentina

78 Brazil

85 Mexico

Setting 55 77 78 85

PQ Smart Mode Rich Rich Rich Rich

AQ Smart Mode Movie Movie Movie Movie

Sleep Off Off Off Off

Time 0000 0000 0000 0000

Start time ---- ---- ---- ----

Stop time ---- ---- ---- ----

Channel 2 2 2 2

Child lock Off Off Off Off

Parental lock Off Off Off Off

Closed caption Off Off Off Off

RF Channel 2 9 4 2

Volume 30 30 30 30

Item Sub-Item Description

Screen ratio 16 9 16 9 16 9 16 9

OSD language Spanish Spanish Portuguese Spanish

Setting 55 77 78 85

I_18130_060eps190608

Service Modes Error Codes and Fault Finding EN 17TCS10L LA 5

Any RC command terminates the sequence Error code LED blinking is in white colorExample the contents of the error buffer is ldquo013 007 000 000 000rdquoAfter entering SDM the following occursbull 1 long blink of 5 seconds to start the sequencebull 1 medium blink of 3 seconds and then 3 short blinks

followed by a pause of 15 secondsbull 7 short blinks followed by a pause of 15 secondsbull 1 long blink of 15 seconds to finish the sequenceThe sequence starts again with 12 short blinks

53 Error Codes

The error code buffer contains all errors detected since the last time the buffer was erased The buffer is written from left to right When an error occurs that is not yet in the error code buffer it is displayed at the left side and all other errors shift one position to the right

Basically there are six kind of errors

54 Fault Finding

Figure 5-17 No Picture No sound no Back light (19 sets)

Code Description Detection method Type

0 no error - -

1 reserved - -

2 5V failure protection

Power down Protection + blinking

3 μP Control I2C-bus Error log + blinking

4 General I2C bus Error

I2C-bus Protection + blinking

5 reserved - -

6 System EEPROM

I2C-bus Protection + blinking

7 Tuner I2C-bus Error log + blinking

8 HDCP EEPROM

I2C-bus Error log + blinking

No Picture no sound no Back light

Fuse F3(3A) OK

Check circuit of +33V+18V(U5U

6U7) OK Replace the bad

components

For P22 Pin 1~4 is +12V_PWamp Pin7~9

of is +5VSTBOK

Replace F3

Check Q17(Pin5- 8)+12V OK

NO

NO

NO

YES

YES

YES

Check DC-DC circuit(U1U2)

NOCheck Q26 circuit amp Replace the bad

componentsYES

Check PSU

I_18130_066eps180608

Service Modes Error Codes and Fault FindingEN 18 TCS10L LA5

Figure 5-18 Picture OK No sound (19 sets)

Figure 5-19 No Picture Back light amp Sound OK (19 and 26 sets)

Picture OK No sound

Check the voltage ofPin 313 of U19is it 12v Check Q17

Check the wave of pin7475 of U8is it

OK

CheckR amp L speaker

Check wave ofAudio input Pin

U8 pin61~69 OK

CheckQ22

No

Check B of Q22 is Low OK

Yes

No

Check Mute Pin6 of U19is it 12V

Yes

Yes

ReplaceU8

Yes

NO

Yes

Check the AMP- MUTE circuit

No

No

YesCheck SIF circuit Pin 7(SIFOUT) of

Tuner TU1

TV source Checkthe AV input

circuit

No

I_18130_068eps180608

No Picture Back light amp Sound OK

Check the output voltage

of U3 12V is it OK

Check LVDS signal waveform

of P10 is OK

Check the Circuit of12V_PANELamp

PANEL_ONOFF

Yes

No

Yes

Is RP2-RP7 ok

No

check the LVDS cable

Replace U8Yes

I_18130_004eps180608

Service Modes Error Codes and Fault Finding EN 19TCS10L LA 5

Figure 5-20 No color (19 and 26 sets)

Figure 5-21 No Picture No sound no Back light (26 sets)

No color

Color system is Right amp another

channel color is right

Dose the TV signal too weak

CheckPin 17(TV-

CVBS) Wave of TU1 OK

ReplaceTU1

ResetTo

Local system

CheckTuner Input

cable amp antenna

Yes NO NO

No YES YES

Fine tune Frequency

I_18130_006eps180608

No Picture No sound no Back light

Check circuit of +33V +18V (U5U

6U7) OK Replace the bad components

For P22 Pin 1~4 is +12V_PW amp Pin7~9

of is +5VSTBOK

NO

NO

YES

Check DC-DC circuit (U1U2)

YES

Check PSU

I_18130_003eps180608

Service Modes Error Codes and Fault FindingEN 20 TCS10L LA5

Figure 5-22 Picture OK No sound (26 sets)

55 Service Tools

551 ComPair

IntroductionComPair (Computer Aided Repair) is a Service tool for Philips Consumer Electronics products and offers the following1 ComPair helps you to quickly get an understanding on how

to repair the chassis in a short and effective way2 ComPair allows very detailed diagnostics and is therefore

capable of accurately indicating problem areas You do not have to know anything about I2C or UART commands yourself because ComPair takes care of this

3 ComPair speeds up the repair time since it can automatically communicate with the chassis (when the uP is working) and all repair information is directly available

4 ComPair features TV software upgrade possibilities

SpecificationsComPair consists of a Windows based fault finding program and an interface box between PC and the (defective) product The (new) ComPair II interface box is connected to the PC via an USB cable For the TV chassis the ComPair interface box and the TV communicate via a bi-directional cable via the service connector(s)

How to ConnectThis is described in the ComPair chassis fault finding database

Caution It is compulsory to connect the TV to the PC as shown in Figure ldquoComPair II interface connectionrdquo (with the ComPair interface in between) as the ComPair interface acts as a level shifter If one connects the TV directly to the PC (via UART) ICs will be blown

How to OrderComPair II order codes

bull ComPair II interface 3122 785 91020bull For SW see Philips service websitebull ComPair UART interface cable 3122 785 75051bull Software Upgrade VGA interface cables 3122 785 90004

and 3122 785 09269

Note If you encounter any problems contact your local support desk

Figure 5-23 ComPair II interface connection

56 Software Upgrading

561 Introduction

Software upgrading can be done by ComPair This allows to replacement of the software image

Picture OK No sound

Check the voltage ofPin 313 of U19is it 12v Check PSU

Check the wave of pin7475 of U8is it

OK

CheckR amp L speaker

Check wave ofAudio input Pin

U8 pin61~69 OK

CheckQ22

No

Check B of Q22 is Low OK

Yes

No

Check Mute Pin6 of U19is it 12V

Yes

Yes

ReplaceU8

Yes

NO

Yes

Check the AMP- MUTE circuit

No

No

YesCheck SIF circuit Pin 7(SIFOUT) of

Tuner TU1

TV source Checkthe AV input

circuit

No

I_18130_005eps180608

E_06532_036eps150208

TOUART SERVICECONNECTOR

TOUART SERVICECONNECTOR

TOI2C SERVICECONNECTOR

TO TV

PC

HDMII2C only

Optional power5V DC

ComPair II Developed by Philips Brugge

RC outRC in

OptionalSwitch

Power ModeLinkActivity I2C

ComPair IIMulti

function

RS232 UART

Block Diagrams Test Point Overview and Waveforms 21TCS10L LA 6

6 Block Diagrams Test Point Overview and Waveforms

Wiring Diagram of Connector for MS19-PH 19

40-PWL20C-PWI1XG POWER BOARD

1

NU

SE

LEC

T

GN

D

GN

D

P4

1 2 3 5 6 74

BL

ON

OF

F

DIM

MIN

G

INV

ER

TE

R_P

WR

12V

INV

ER

TE

R_P

WR

12V

P5

40-0MS19P-MAE2XGMAIN BOARD

AG

ND

1 2 3 5 6 74

KE

Y0

KE

Y1

AG

ND

IR-I

N

LED

1-IN

LED

2-IN

NC

1 2 3 5 6 7 84

+5V

ST

B

+5V

ST

B

GN

D

GN

D

GN

D

INVERTER BOARD

CN

1

GN

D

1 2 3 5 64

INV

ER

T-S

W

DIM

MIN

G

GN

D

INV

ER

TE

R_P

WR

12V

INV

ER

TE

R_P

WR

12V

8+

5VS

TB

GN

D

1 2 3 5 64

GN

D

GN

D

NC5V

-PW

5V-P

W

40-PF3403-IRC1XG IR BOARD

40-PF3403-KEC1XG KEY BOARD

GN

D

LED

1

IR

+5V

ST

B

1 2 3 54LE

D2

KE

Y1

GN

D

KE

Y0

1 2 3

P10

01

CN

2001 1S

P 22

P

9 10

+12

V-P

W

+12

V-P

W

+12

V-P

W

+12

V-P

W

7 8 9 10

+12

V+

12V

+12

V

+12

V

I_18130_061eps190608

22TCS10L LA 6Block Diagrams Test Point Overview and Waveforms

Wiring Diagram of Connector for MS19-PH 26

40-1PL37C-PWF1XG

1

P5

40-0MS19P-MAE2XGMAIN BOARD

AG

ND

1 2 3 5 6 74

KE

Y0

KE

Y1

AG

ND

IR-I

N

LED

1-IN

LED

2-IN

NC

1 2 3 5 6 7 84

NC

NC

GN

D

GN

D

GN

D

40-PWL01B-STE1X

8+

5VS

TB

1 2 3 5 64

12V-

PW

40-PF3403-IRC1XG IR BOARD

40-PF3403-KEC1XGKEY BOARD

GN

D

LED

1

IR

+5V

ST

B

1 2 3 54LE

D2

KE

Y1

GN

D

KE

Y0

1 2 3

P10

01

CN

2001

P4

9 10

+12

V-P

W

+12

V-P

W

+12

V-P

W

+12

V-P

W

7

10

5P 1P

1 2 3

1 2 3

+5S

TB

AG

ND

PW

-ON

OF

F

+5S

TB

AG

ND

PW

-ON

OF

F

11

12 13 14

GN

D

NC

BL-

AD

JUS

T

BL-

ON

OF

F

11

12

13

14

15

16

P22

8 91 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

12 13 14 15 16

12V-

PW

GN

D

GN

D12

V-P

W

12V-

PW

GN

D

NC

GN

D

NC

NC

NC

NC

NC

BL-

AD

JUS

T

BL-

ON

OF

F

I_18130_062eps190608

Block Diagrams Test Point Overview and Waveforms 23TCS10L LA 6

Block Diagram MS19P Chipset

Panel

810-bit LVDS

2MB

HDMI

HDTVVGA

YC

AV2AV1

AV-OUTTVSIF

PCHDTV-RL

AV2-RLAV1-RL

IRKEY0KEY1

GPIO PWM

Serial-FlashSPI

Speake

Earphone

r

MS19P Chipset Block Diagram

Audio out

EEPROM24C32 SDA

SCL

AMP

TDA7266

MST9U19A

24C02

24C02

24C04SDASCL

U19

U9

U13

U12

U11HDCP

EDID

EDID

U10

Z1

SDASCLExternal device

I_18130_063eps190608

24TCS10L LA 6Block Diagrams Test Point Overview and Waveforms

I2C overview

I2C Device Block Diagram

MST9U19A-LF

24C32 24C04

System EEPROM

I2C AddressA0

HDCP EEPROM

I2C AddressA4

SDA SCL SDA SCL

Tuner integratedIF PLL Demodulator

SDA1 SCL1I2C AddressA0

I_18130_064eps190608

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 25TCS10L LA 7

7 Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Main Power Supply (19)

I_18130_022eps180608

A AMAIN POWER SUPPLY 19rdquo

26TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout Main Power Supply (19) (Top Side)

Layout Main Power Supply (19) (Bottom Side)

I_18130_023eps180608

I_18130_065eps190608

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 27TCS10L LA 7

Main Power Supply (26)

I_18130_024eps180608

A1 A1MAIN POWER SUPPLY 26rdquo

28TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout Main Power Supply (26) (Top Side)

I_18130_028eps180608

40-PWL01B-STE1XG

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 29TCS10L LA 7

Layout Main Power Supply (26) (Bottom Side)

I_18130_029eps180608

40-PWL01B-STE1XG

30TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Standby Power Supply (26)

I_18130_025eps200608

A2 A2STANDBY POWER SUPPLY 26rdquo

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 31TCS10L LA 7

Layout Standby Power Supply (26) (Top Side)

40-1PL37C-PWF1XGI_18130_026eps

180608

32TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout Standby Power Supply (26) (Bottom Side)

I_18130_027eps180608

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 33TCS10L LA 7

SSB Control

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGNDAGND

AGND

AGNDAGNDAGND AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

T

T

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

D1B

D1A

G2

G1

S2

D2B

D2A

S1

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

PGND

PGND

PGND

PGND

PGND

AGND

AGND

T

T

T

T

AGND

T

T

BOOT

DRIVE

FB GND

LGATE

PHASE

VCC

UGATE

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

PGND

AGND

AGND

AGNDAGND

AGND

D2B

D2A

G1

G2

S1

D1B

D1A

S2

T

AGND

D1B

D1A

D2B

G2 D2A

S2

G1

S1

09V

18V

For Tuner 33v

L--Prot

Normal--HProtect--L

Back Light Control

Far from DC-DC amp Tuner

Option

When not use DC-DC+5VSTB_L provide

ON-----LOFF-----H

OptionFar from tuner and power supply (NC)

8

7

6

4 5

3

2

1U3

SP8J3

R234

10R

NC

E

C

B

BT3904

Q21

B

C

E

Q32BT3904

R16

19N

C2

618

KR

919

1K

26

10K

B

C

E

Q2

BT3904

R177

NC

C23

00

1U

10K

R18

0

NC

R17

9 0

R1784K7

+12V

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

P4ON-PBACK

ADJ-PWM2

R181910K26

191

K2

6

R10

Z54

BL-ADJUST

1 2

4

6

8

12

14

10

3

5

7

9

11

13

P22

+5V

+5VSTB_L

C22

2

01U

R70R (FOR 26ONLY)

7

8

4

2

3

5

6

1

A04803

Q17

+12V

+12V_PW

+12V_PW

C24

10

01U

BL-ADJUST

+5V

ST

B_L

C14

01U

BL-ONOFF

C22

40

1U

+5VSTB

R24

8N

C

+12V_PW

C220220U

25V

F250A

F150A

47K

R18

2

L8200R

R2413K9

C23

6

1U

C24

3

1U

C244

01U

C242

470U

16V

+5V

ST

B

PRORECT_12V

R29

720

K

+33V

+33V

B

E

CQ31

BT3906R298

NC

+12V

R299

4K7

R301

4K7

R30

010

K

R29

6

4K7

D14 8V

2

B

C

E

Q26BT3904

R3

4K7

B

E

CQ13

BT3906

C64

3 1U

C20A1U

C21

A 1U

NCC

21

R18

147

K

C24

00

01U

R22

330K

33V

+5V

+5V

12V_PANEL

21

P20

01UC

231

NC

C8

01U

C3

01U

L49200R

L47200R

21

P19

01UC

20

5V_PANEL

4K7R15

D11

LL4148

D45LL4148

PW_ONOFF

+5VSTB1

2

3

P1

POWER-ONOFFB

C

E

Q30BT3904

R26610K

GPIO_PROTECT

+5VSTB

R24

70R

D10LL4148

+12V

C201U

SELECT

R20

510

0K

R2041K

D47 33

V

R27

92K

2R

242

2K2

+12V

1

2

3 6

5

8

4

7

U1

RT8110

R50R PROTPW_ONOFF

R2NC

Z58

Z56

B

C

E

Q27BT3904

BL-ONOFF

R12100R

PW_CTRL

Z51

R24

0 0

Z52

Z53

Z60

L530R

L330R

01U

C23

401UC

232

C23

3 1U

R234K7

5V_PANEL

C22

60

1U

L50200R

+5V

C235470U

16V

200RL54

C23

70

1U

L9200R

+5V

R4

10K

R6NC

+12V_INVERTER

B

C

E

Q6BT3904

68K

R37

NCR17

0RR14

16V

470UC

17A

C27

01U

2U2C16

01UC

15

R8

NC

R194K7

R132NC

R143100K

R14K

7

B

C

E

Q14BT3904

R2110K

+12V

D1LL4148

R14210K

+5VSTB

B

C

E

Q3BT3904NC

+12V

C1810U

50V

L6100UH

D5LL4148

B

C

E

Q5SC1815

NCR

24

B

C

E

Q1

BT3904

B

C

E

Q4BT3904

PWM3

SHUT_EEP

200RL56

L55200R

R23

91K

2

R23

8N

C

R235

10R

R23

6N

C

L115UH

R23

322

K

C23

91U

R237

220R

7

8

4

2

3

5

6

1

U2PHKD13N03LT

C23801U

D50LL4148

L53200R

+12V_INVERTER

C22

70

1U

C22

80

1U

L52200R

L51200R

C22

90

1U

L48200R

C22

50

1U

12V_PANEL

L1230R

PANEL-ONOFF

Z59

Z50

PW_ONOFF R26

368

0R

R2618K2

R26010K

R26

710

K

R26

810

K

R26

247

K

R25910K

R25

810

0K

D41LL4148

+12V

R2783K9

TUNER_5V

+5V

40V

C18

70

1U

R2000R

R6390R

R60422K

L6061000UR

C60

40

1U

D61

433

VC63

047

00P

C63

2 270P

C633

01U 50V

L613

1000UH

NC

L6041000UH

100KR

630

NC

C63

6

C63

50

01U

C63

40

1U

C631200P

B

C

E

Q612BC846B

R63147K

12

3

D61

30B

AV

99

33V

+5V

C1

01U

5V_PANEL

+12V_PW

+5VSTB

12V_PANEL

C223

220U25V

+5VSTB

01U

C22

1

+12V

PW_ONOFF

VCC_PANEL

B01 B01

I_18130_011eps180608

CONTROL

34TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

SSB DC - DC

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGNDAGND

GN

DA

DJ

OU

T

VIN

4

OU

T

VIN

AD

JG

ND

VO

UT

VIN

AD

JG

ND

VCC18V FOR MST9E19A

pin36

VDDC for MST9E19A Core

+33V for VDD_MPLL

+33AVDD FOR AVDD_SIF

+33AVDD FOR AVDD_AU

pin6 pin12

+33AVDD for AVDD_HDMI

Vcc33for MST9E19A analog

+33AVDD for AVDDA

33V for AVDDPLL2

Vcc33 for MST9E19A Digital

10RR

31

F330A

+33V

L16100R+5VST

R28NC

23

1

U6

AIC

1084

FM120D8

FM120D6

23

1

U7

KD

1084

AD

2T18

+33V

VDDP

FM120D7

+5VSTB_L

1 2 3

4

U5AS1117-33

L18FB

FBL17

+18V

VDDC

L11

100R

L10100R+33V

L24

100R

FBL23

16V

47UC

37

C67

01U

01UC

62

C61

01U

01UC

60

C59

01U

16V

100UC

53

C48100U

16V

NCR30

R29

0RL41

FB

16V

100UC

33

C31100U

16V

C49 0

1U

01U

C52

01U

C36

C34 0

1U

01U

C42

C58 0

1U16V

47UC

57

C51 0

1U

AVDD_SIF

+33VA

AVDD_AU

+33VA

AVDDA

+33VA

AVDD_MEMPLL

+33VA

C56 0

1U

01U

C552U

2C

54

C47 0

1U

C46 2U

2

L21FB

2U2

C41

FBL19

C50 2U

2

L22FB

FBL20

01U

C452U

2C

44

C39 0

1U

C38 2U

2

AVDD_HDMI

01U

C40

+33VA

01U

C32

C30 0

1U

+33VA

+33VA

VDD_MPLL

+18V

C35100U

16V

C63

01U

01UC

64

C65

01U

01UC

66

01UC

68

C69

01U

01UC

70

C71

01U

01UC

72

C73

01U

+5VST

+5VSTB

FM120D9

B02 B02

I_18130_012eps180608

DC - DC

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 35TCS10L LA 7

SSB MST9E19A Controller

AG

ND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AG

ND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

SDA

SCL

WC

VCC

VSS

E2NC

E1NC

E0NC AGND

VCC

HOLD

SCK

GND SI

WP

SO

CE

SDA

SCL

WC

VCC

VSS

E2NC

E1NC

E0NC

AD

0A

D1

AD

2A

D3

AD

4A

D5

AD

6A

D7

ALE

AUCOM

AUL0

AUL1

AUL2

AUL3

AUOUTL

AUOUTL2

AUOUTL3

AUOUTR

AUOUTR2

AUOUTR3

AUOUTS

AUR0

AUR1

AUR2

AUR3

AUVRADNAUVRADPAUVREF

AV

DD

_AD

C

AV

DD

_AU

AV

DD

_DV

IA

VD

D_D

VI1

AV

DD

_ME

MP

LL

AV

DD

_MP

LLA

VD

D_M

PLL

1

AV

DD

_SIF

BIN0MBIN0P

BIN1MBIN1P

C0

C1

CSZ

CVBS0

CVBS1CVBS2CVBS3

CVBSOUT

DD

CA

_CK

DD

CA

_DA

DDCD_CKDDCD_DA

DD

CR

_CK

DD

CR

_DA

DI0DI1DI2DI3DI4DI5DI6DI7

DIG

O0

DIG

O1

DIG

O2

DIG

O3

DIG

O4

DIG

O5

DIG

O6

DIG

O7

DIG

O8

DIG

O9

GIN0MGIN0P

GIN1MGIN1P

GN

DG

ND

1

GN

D10

GN

D11

GN

D12

GN

D13

GN

D14

GN

D15

GN

D2

GN

D3

GN

D4

GN

D5

GN

D6

GN

D7

GN

D8

GN

D9

GPIOE0LVSYNCGPIOE1LHSYNC

GPIOE2LDEGPIOE3LCK

GPIOF10GPIOF11

GPIOF12GPIOF13GPIOF14GPIOF15GPIOF16GPIOF17GPIOF18GPIOF19

GPIOF2GPIOF3GPIOF4GPIOF5GPIOF6GPIOF7GPIOF8GPIOF9

HSYNC0

HSYNC1

HW

RE

SE

T

ICLK

IHSYNC

INT

IRIN

IVSYNC

LA0MG3LA0PG2LA1MG1LA1PG0LA2MB7LA2PB6

LA3MB3LA3PB2LA4MB1LA4PB0

LACKMB5LACKPB4

LB0MR7LB0PR6LB1MR5LB1PR4LB2MR3LB2PR2

LB3MG7LB3PG6LB4MG5LB4PG4

LBCKMR1LBCKPR0

PW

M0

PW

M1

PW

M2

PW

M3

PWM_DRVPWM_FB

PWM_SENSE

RD

Z

REFMREFP

REXT

RIN0MRIN0P

RIN1MRIN1P

RMID

RX0NRX0PRX1NRX1PRX2NRX2P

RXCKNRXCKP

SA

R0

SA

R1

SA

R2

SA

R3

SCKSDI

SDO

SIF1MSIF1P

SOGIN0

SOGIN1

VCLAMP

VCOM0

VCOM1

VCOM2

VD

DC

VD

DC

1V

DD

C2

VD

DC

3V

DD

C4

VD

DC

5

VD

DP

VD

DP

1V

DD

P2

VD

DP

3V

DD

P4

VD

DP

5V

DD

P6

VD

DP

7V

DD

P8

VD

DP

9

VSYNC0

VSYNC1

WR

Z

XIN

XO

UT

Y0

Y1

AGND

T

T

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

Mode Selection

I2C address at A0

Location Near IC PinLocation Near IC Pin

SST PULL DOWNMSTAR PULL UP

DVI INPUT

VGA INPUT

For TTL output

Audio Output(to Amp) AV Output(Audio)

Debug Port

For Philps debug

HDCP I2C address at A4

VID

EO

INP

UT

HDTV INPUT

C212NC

C7822P

01UC11

2

2U2 C247

C1072U2

01U C114

PW_CTRL

PRORECT_12V

54

72 13

6 8

RP

84K

7

KEY0-IN

LED2-IN

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

P5

POWER-ONOFF

54

72 13

6 8

RP

124K

7

LED1-IN

NC

L43

+5VSTB

4K7

R55

LED2R13

4K7

R584K7

B

C

E

Q9BT3904

1

2

3

4

5

P14

WP

SDA

SCL

+33V

1

2

3

4

P6

10RR41

SHUT_EEP

D4 NC

WP

C20

110

0P

RXD

TXD1

2

3

P2

ZX

Z62

WP

+33V

+33V+5VSTB

RS

20R

RS

3N

C

RS

11K

10K

R32

10K

R42

01UC86

47RR64

NC

R63

R62

NC

R52100R

R51 22

K

R50 22

K

100RR49

100RR40

C83

001

U

001

UC82

R67

0R

001

UC76

2U2C115

R47100R

R45100R

100RR34100R

R33

2U2C104

C1052U2PC-LIN

2U2C106

C1112U2

2U2C110

C11901U

R57 8K

2

8K2

R56

C1092U2

2U2C108

124578

101113141516171819202122232425262728

293031323334353839

404142434445464748495051

5455575859

61626364656667686970717273747576

78798081828384858687

131

132

133

134

125

126

127

128

129

130

155

156

136 3 9 37 52 56 89 99 101

104

106

120

141

152

173

187

204

143

144

145

146

147

148

149

150

153

154

116

117

118

135

124123122121

9796959493929190

139138137

191190189188

185184183182181180179178177176175174171170169168167166165164163162161160

202201200199198197196195

192

194193

207

206

205

36 53 60 105

6 12 157

208

77 98 107

142

158

203

88 100

102

103

119

140

151

159

172

186

115

114

113

112

111

110

109

108

U8

MST9E19A

R54

4K7

R36

22K

100P C79

01UC11

7

C116

01U

R7510K

R38 22

K

C10201U

C89 0

1U

1

3

2

D40

0BA

V99

+5VST

R53

390R

CVBSOUT

LED2

5

6

7

8

4

3

2

1U10

M24C32MN

IR_SYNC

KEY0

LED1

KEY1

WP_FSH

TV1-VIN- VCOM0

AV1-YIN-

AV1-YIN

VCOM2

SV_Y0

R_TX2+

C920047U

C930047U

0047UC94

0047UC96

C970047U

0047UC98

C1010047U

0047UC100

C990047U

SV_C0

TXD

RXD

100P

C20

2

8

7

6

4 5

3

2

1U9

W25X40

+33V

L26 F

B

100RR77

SDA

SCL

SHUT_EEPR76

100R

5

6

7

8

4

3

2

1U11

M24C04MN

SDA

SCL

100RR70

R69100R

+33V

R68

10K

SPI_CZ

SPI_DI

SPI_CK

54

72

1

3 6

8

RP933R

NCR

65R

661K

8

C90 10

0P

R6110R

1KR60

R591K

100P

C91

C95 10

0P

SYS_RST

R391K

B

E

CQ8

BT3906

C8010U

16V

C7447U

16V

R48

1M

Y1

14M

3

22PC84

AVDDA

AVDD_SIF

AVDD_MEMPLL

AVDD_HDMIVDDC VDDP

SDA_EXT

SCL_EXT

+33V

R43

10K

10KR

44

RXE3+B2

RXE4+B0

RXE4-B1

RXE3-B3

RXEC+B4

RXEC-B5

RXE2+B6

RXE2-B7

RXE1+G0

RXE1-G1

RXE0+G2

RXE0-G3

RXO4+G4

RXO4-G5

RXO3+G6

RXO3-G7

RXOC+R0

RXOC-R1

RXO2+R2

RXO2-R3

RXO1+R4

RXO1-R5

RXO0+R6

RXO0-R7

TTL-BLUE2

TTL-BLUE1

TTL-BLUE0

TTL-BLUE3

TTL-BLUE4

TTL-BLUE5

TTL-BLUE6

TTL-BLUE7

TTL-GREEN0

TTL-GREEN1

TTL-GREEN2

TTL-GREEN3

TTL-GREEN4

TTL-GREEN5

TTL-GREEN6

TTL-GREEN7

TTL-RED6

TTL-RED0

TTL-RED1

TTL-RED2

TTL-RED3

TTL-RED4

TTL-RED5

TTL-RED7

54

72

1

3 6

8

RP40R

8

63

1

2 7

4 5

0RRP7

54

72

1

3 6

8

RP60R

8

63

1

2 7

4 5

0RRP3

8

63

1

2 7

4 5

0RRP5

54

72

1

3 6

8

RP20R

SPI_CKSPI_DISPI_CZ

SPI_DO

AMP-MUTE

PANEL-ONOFF

LED1

HPDCTRL

ON-PBACK

863 12

7

45

4K7

RP

13

PWM0

ADJ-PWM2

NCR

85

NCR

82

NCR

80

NCR

79

R84

1K

R83

1K

R81

1K

R78

1K

PWM0

WP_FSH

ADJ-PWM2

PWM3

IR_SYNC

KEY1

KEY0

RXD

TXD

SCL

SDA

DDC-RDX

DDC-TXD

I2C-SCL

I2C-SDA

+33V

54

721 3

68

RP

104K

7

R7410R

10RR73

10RR72

R7110R

AUCOM

16V

10UC

118

AUVRADN

AUVRADP

C11310U

16V

L250

AMP-ROUT

AMP-LOUT

PH-ROUTPH-LOUT

PC-RIN

SIFM

SIFP

01UC103

01U

C88

AUCOM

AUVREFAUVRADPAUVRADN

SIFM

SIFP

TUNER_CVBS

SV_C0

SV_Y0

VCOM2

CVBS2CVBS1

VCOM0

VCOM1

CVBS3

SCG+

SCR+SCR-

SC_SOG

SCG-

SCB-

RIN-

RIN+GIN-

GIN+SOG

BIN-BIN+

01UC85

C8701U

VS_RGBHS_RGB

HDMI_SCLHDMI_SDA

AVDD_HDMI TXCLK-

R_TX2+

R_TX2-G_TX1+

G_TX1-B_TX0+

B_TX0-TXCLK+

AUVREF

PWM3

+33V

VDD_MPLL

AVDD_AU

TV1-VIN+ TUNER_CVBS

VCOM1

AV1-CIN

TV-SIFP

TV-SIFM

HDMI_SCLHDMI_SDA

TXCLK-

R_TX2-G_TX1+

G_TX1-B_TX0+

B_TX0-TXCLK+

VS_RGBHS_RGB

RIN-

RIN+GIN-

GIN+SOG

BIN-BIN+

SCG+

SCR+SCR-

SC_SOG

SCG-SCB+SCB-

AV1-VIN+

AV2-VIN+

AV3-VIN+ CVBS1

CVBS2

CVBS3

SPI_DO

WP_FSH

CVBSOUT

PH-LOUT

PH-ROUTAMP-ROUT AMP-R

AMP-LAMP-LOUTPH-L1OUT

AFT

SCB+

KEY1-IN

+33V

PH-R1OUT

C77

1000

P

E

C

B BT3904Q7

R114K7

+5VSTB

GPIO_PROTECT

+33V

IR-IN

C248

2U2

2U2 C249

C250

2U2

2U2 C251

C252

2U2

DVI-RINDVI-LINAV2-RIN

AV2-LIN

AV1-RINAV1-LIN

B03 B03

I_18130_013eps180608

MST9E19A CONTROLLER

36TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

SSB HDMI Interface

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

SDA

SCL

WC

VCC

VSS

E2NC

E1NC

E0NC

RX2+

GND1

RX2-

RX1+

GND2

RX1-

RX0+

GND3

RX0-

RXC+

GND4

RXC-

NC1

NC2

DDCCLK

DDCDA

GND5

VCC

HPD

AGND

HDMI-RX2-

HDMI-RX1+

+5V

+5V

5

6

43

2

1

U17

PRTR5V0U4D

5

6

43

2

1

U18

PRTR5V0U4D

1KR101

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

P12

01UC

120

5

6

7

8

4

3

2

1U12

M24C02MN

RLZ

5B6

D18

HDMI-DDC-SDA

HDMI-DDC-SCL

HDMI-HPD

HDMI5V

HPDCTRLB

C

E

Q10BT3904

4K7R96

R95

4K7

R1000R

NCR

97

R94

1K

+5V

100RR99

R98100R

12

3

D17

BAT

54C

D19

RLZ

5B6

TXCLK-

TXCLK+

B_TX0-

B_TX0+

G_TX1-

G_TX1+

R_TX2-

R_TX2+

10RR93

R9210R

10RR91

R9010R

10RR89

R8810R

10RR87

R8610R

HDMI_SDA

HDMI_SCL

HDMI-RXC-

HDMI-RXC+

HDMI-RX0+

HDMI-RX0-

HDMI-RX1-

HDMI-RX2+

B04 B04

I_18130_014eps180608

HDMI INTERFACE

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 37TCS10L LA 7

SSB VGA Interface

AGND

AGND

AGND

SDA

SCL

WC

VCC

VSS

E2NC

E1NC

E0NC

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGNDProgram Control

To main chip(when updateit is I2Cwhen debug it is RXTX)

LED2

R12

110

0RR12

010

0R

+33V

RXD

TXD

R170

4K7

1

3

2

D2

100RR144

NCR123

4K7R12

2

75R

R10

9

R10

8 75R

01UC

130

10K

R17

4

75R

R10

7

10K

R17

2

P13-11

R11

8 4K7

4K7

R11

9

PROTECT

VGA5V

VGA-SCL

PROTECT

13

2

D25

1

3

2

D20

C19 N

C

Q182N7002

10RR175

R171NC

R17310R

C12

9 NC

C1270047U

VGA-R+

VGA-G+

VGA-B+

+5VST1

32

D24

1KR115

R1141K

123

D23BAT54C

5

6

7

8

4

3

2

1U13

M24C02MN

R11

74K

7NC

C12

8R11

610

K

6

4

11

14

15

7

12

8

5

13

3

10

9

1

2

16

17

P13

C1230047U

C1241000P

C1210047U

R10510R

10RR104

R10310R

0047UC126

C1250047U

0047UC122

1

3

2

D22

2

3

1

D21

R11347R

47RR111

R11047R

R106330R

HS_RGB

VS_RGB

Q192N7002

B

C

E

Q25BT3904

VGA-HS

VGA-VS

VGA-SDA

RIN+

SOG

BIN-

GIN-

RIN-

BIN+

GIN+

VGA-SDA

VGA-SCL

+5VSTB

+5VSTB

B05 B05

I_18130_015eps180608

VGA INTERFACE

38TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

SSB Cinch

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND AGNDAGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

VDD

OUTB

INB-

VSS INB+

INA+

INA-

OUTA

AGNDAGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

WHITE

RED

YELLOWGREEN

BLUE

RED

WHITE

RED

RED

WHITE

YELLOW

AGND

AGND

AGND

HDTV IN

AV OUTPUT AUDIO AMP

For PCampYPbPr Audio Input(RL)

For Philips Upgrade

S-VIDEO amp AV2 In Side

Earphone Outuput In Side

AV1 In Rear

AV OUTPUT

For DVI Audio Input(35mm Jack)

2

1

3

P17

DVI_R

DVI_L

AV2-V

AV_ROUT

AV2-R

C13 47

0P

12K

R15

2

C17 47

0P

560P

C16

356

0PC

162

3

2

1

4P15

C14

156

0P

PC-R

560P

C14

3C

134

560P

560P

C13

8

2

3

1

D37

NC

C14

256

0P56

0PC

146

C6 10

0P

3

1

2

P11

TXD

3

1

2

P7

PR1

PB1

AVOUT_L

Y1

AVOUT

1

4

2

5

3

6P21

1

2

3

4

5

6P8

8 56 7 9

P15

BUF2

1

3

2

D31

2

3

1

D28

NC

1

3

2

D33

NC

2

3

1

D55

NC

2

3

1

D54

NC

2

3

1

D52

NC

2

3

1

D51

NC

2

3

1

D34

1

3

2

D36

NC

C5 10

0P

13

2

D12

R18

8 75R

R2855K1

R2845K1

R2805K1

R2815K1

L6130R

AV1-CL60

30R

AV1-YL59

30R

75R

R14

9

C19

810

00P

C14

068

0P

680P

C15

5

10RR186

680P

C13

6

OP_VCC2

C13

168

0P

2

3

1

D53

2

3

1

D27

FB

L42

10KR230

12K

R20

1R

197 12

K

R15

9 12K

R15

522

0R

220RR153

75R

R14

0

75R

R13

9

R13

6 75R

75R

R12

8

2U2C188

R14

5 12K

12K

R15

7

12K

R13

5C191

2U2

10K

R15

6R

147 10

K

330R

R14

6

R18510RY1

75RR151

R141

75R

C1452U2

2U2C144

01UC

139

12K

R16

1

AV2-VIN+

CVBSOUT

AV1-CIN

AV1-YIN-

1

3

2

D38

2

3

1

D39

PH-R1OUTR226

10K

AV_LOUT

R22447K

+5V

R22

547

K

C18

347

U

16V

100P

C18

9

33KR

229

C18547U

16V

C18

40

1U

C19

310

0P

R23

233

K

8

7

6

4 5

3

2

1U16

TDA1308T

SCB-

SCG-

SCR-

C1580047U

SCG+

SCR+

SCB+

SC_SOG

PR1

PB1

C1540047U

0047UC153

C1520047U

C1511000P

0047UC159

0047UC156

R19547R

47RR191

R18947R

R18410R

10RR183

R14810R

1

3

2

D35

B

E

CQ11

BT3906C218

10U

16V

B

C

E

Q12BT3904

2

3

1

D32

2

3

1

D30

1

3

2

D29

R13347R

10RR137

R12610R

+5V

AV1-YIN

Y1R176

470R

PH-L1OUT

AV_LOUT

AV_ROUT

AV1-VIN+

L63 30

R

30R

L62

330RR

249

R25

133

0R

C196

033U50V

C197

033U50V

7

654

89

3

1

2

P18

1000

PC

199

AMP-PROUT+AMP-LIN

AMP-PLOUT+AMP-RIN

EARPHONE-RA

EARPHONE-LA

30RL44

AV1-RIN

R2825K1

R2835K1 AV1-LIN

AV2-LIN

R2865K1

R2875K1 AV2-RIN

R2885K1

R2895K1 DVI-RIN

R2905K1

R2915K1 DVI-LIN

R2925K1

R2935K1 PC-RIN

R2945K1

R2955K1 PC-LIN

AV1_V

AVOUT_R

RXD

C4 47

0P47

0PC

7

AV1_R

AV1_L

C9 47

0P47

0PC

10

C11 47

0P47

0PC

12

PC-L

AV2-L

B06 B06

I_18130_016eps180608

CINCH

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 39TCS10L LA 7

SSB Tuner

AGND

AGND

AGND

AG

ND

AGNDAGND

AGND

AGND

COMMON

IN OUT

VID

EO

NC

1

NC

2

AU

DIO

AG

C

SD

A

TU

MB

GN

D2

SIF

OU

T

GN

D1

NC

3

NC

4

NC

5

SC

L

NC

6

AF

T

CLOSE RO MST IC

R21127R

171 2 6 1110 1412 157 83 4 5 9 13 16

TU1

2

1 3

U15KIA78D05

TUNER_SDA

TUNER_SCL

SIF_OUT

TV_CVBSC

172

01U

33V

B

C

E

Q20

BT3904

TV-SIFPNCR213

10RR220

001UC181

TV-SIFP

R194100R

330R

R19

3R

192

10R

R19

81K

R19

91K

L2722UH

+12V

R20

7 NC

100K

R20

3

2200

PC

200

R209120R

R20610R

C17

4N

C3

30P

NC

330

PC

175

C171220U

16V

L28120R

R20251K

C17

710

0P

C17

615

0P

SDA_EXT

SCL_EXT

C168220U

16V

16V

220UC

169

TV1-VIN-

TV1-VIN+

R21047R

C16

60

01UC16

44U

7

50V

C16

50

01U

C16

70

1U

TUNER_5V

AFT

120RR212

TUNER_5V

TV-SIFM

001UC170

B07 B07

I_18130_017eps180608

TUNER

40TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

SSB Audio Amplifier

PGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

PGND

PGND

AGND

AGND

OUT2+

OUT2-

NC3

IN2

VCC2

NC2

OUT1+

VCC1

IN1

NC1

MUTE

STBY

PW_GND

S_GND

OUT1-

TO SPEAKER

TO SPEAKER

0RR

162

AMP-PROUT-

2

1

H8

15

14

11

12

13

10

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

2

U19

TD

A7266

1

2

3

4

P9

AMP-PLOUT-

L45200R

L46200R

C219220U

16V

27UHL31

C217220U

16V

AMP-LIN

R253NC

01U C209

D3LL4148

C20

610

00P

1U

C211

0022U

C26 1000

PC

204

0022U

C25

C22

470U16V

+5VST

R164100K

R16510K

R16

8N

C

R16

9N

C

R1663K3

3K3R167

10KR244

B

E

CQ15

BT3906

B

C

E

Q16BT3904

C19

5 NC

NC

C19

4

B

C

E

Q24BT3904NC

0RR257

10KR254

E

C

B BT3904Q23

B

C

E

Q22BT3904

R25210K

R255100R

R24310K

2U2C205

R2560R

C2032U2

+12V

AMP-PROUT-

AMP-PROUT+

AMP-PLOUT-

AMP-PLOUT+

POWER-ONOFF

AMP-MUTE

AMP-R

AMP-L

12V-AMP

+12V

AMP-RIN

B08 B08

I_18130_018eps180608

AUDIO AMPLIFIER

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 41TCS10L LA 7

SSB LVDS Interface

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

VCC_PANEL

C246

10U 16V

C245

01U

R277 0NC

+33V

R27

2

0N

C

R275 0NC

RXE4+B0 RXE4-B1

RXE3+B2 RXE3-B3

RXEC+B4 RXEC-B5

RXE2+B6 RXE2-B7

RXE1+G0 RXE1-G1

RXE0+G2 RXE0-G3

RXO4+G4 RXO4-G5

RXO3+G6 RXO3-G7

RXOC+R0 RXOC-R1

RXO2+R2 RXO2-R3

RXO1+R4 RXO1-R5

RXO0+R6 RXO0-R7

1 2

4

6

8

12

14

16

18

20

10

22

24

26

28

3

5

7

9

11

13

15

17

19

21

23

25

27

29 30

32

34

36

38

40

31

33

35

37

39

P10

R276 0NC

R27

3

0N

CR

274

0N

C

B09 B09

I_18130_019eps180608

LVDS INTERFACE Personal Notes

E_06532_012eps131004

42TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout Small Signal Board (Top Side)

I_18130_020eps180608

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 43TCS10L LA 7

Layout Small Signal Board (Bottom Side)

I_18130_021eps180608

44TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Keyboard Control Panel

Layout Keyboard Control Panel (Top Side)

Layout Keyboard Control Panel (Bottom Side)

AGND

AGND AGNDAGND

AGND

R10072K

R10061K5

R10011K2

12 4

3K1001

1

2

3

P1001

KEY0

R1008NC

R10051K2

R1004NC

R10032K

R10021K5

D10

02

HS

5V6B

D10

01H

S5V

6B

12 4

3K1003

12 4

3K1002

12 4

3K1006

12 4

3K1005

12 4

3K1004

KEY1

I_18130_030eps180608

E EKEYBOARD CONTROL PANEL

I_18130_031eps180608

I_18130_032eps180608

Personal Notes

E_06532_012eps131004

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 45TCS10L LA 7

Inverter Panel

1 2

A

B

C

D

4321

D

C

B

A

F1FUSE-1

C2104

C1220uF250V

C3104

R1200

Q1

DTA143

E1

9

E2

10

C2

11

VC

C12

OU

TP

UT

C13

VR

EF

14

A1+

1

A1-

2

CO

MP

3

DT

C4

CT

5

RT

6

GN

D7

C1

8

A2-

15

A2+

16

U1

TL494

R2200

Q32222

C8

223

C7103

R847K

R7120K

C4

104C5104

D1

68V

C9104

D2

1N4148

Q8DTC143

123456

CN1

R20470K

R21

33K

C16

330pF

C15NC

R13100K

R10

68K

R11

68K

R12

15K

C10104

R2627K

C20223

R18560

Q22222

Q62907

R142K

R1622K

R27 10

R28 10

D4

BAW56K

S11

G12

S23

G24

D1 8

D1 7

D2 6

D2 5

U2

4606

C21223

Q42222

Q72907

R152K

R1722K

R29 10

R30 10

D5

BAW56K

S11

G12

S23

G24

D1 8

D1 7

D2 6

D2 5

U3

4606

R19560

C6

105

R231M

Q52N7002

R22

1M

R9

47K

R25

100KR24270K

D6NCBAW56K

D7NCBAW56K

P1

P2

P3

P4

C17225

C18

225

10

1 7

6

T1

T01

10

1 7

6

T2

T01

C2222pF

12

CON1

12

CON2

D9BAV99

R41K

R36820

R32

10KC12104

D8BAV99

R31K

R35820

R31

10KC11104

P2

P1

C2322pF

12

CON3

12

CON4

D11

BAV99

R61K

R38820

R34

10KC14104

D10BAV99

R51K

R37820

R33

10KC13104

P4

P3

VREF

VREF

C19NC

C26

222C27NC

D13BAV99

D15BAV99

C2422pF

C2522pF

C28

222C29NC

C30222 C31

NC

C32

222C33NC

OVP

OVP

OV

P

R602K

R61510K

C38105

Q10

DTA143

Q112222

R6330K

R62 1K

VCC

VCC

P5

P5

R64

1K

C34221

C35 221

C37

221

C39104

C36

221U4A

LM393

U4B

LM393

Vref

D3

1N4148

R65

3K R663K

C41 104

R67

10K

I_18130_033eps180608

I IINVERTER PANEL 19rdquo

46TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout Inverter Panel (Top Side)

Layout Inverter Panel (Bottom Side)

I_18130_034eps190608

I_18130_035eps190608

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 47TCS10L LA 7

IR LED Panel

AGND

AGND

AGNDIRVC

C

GN

D

RW

R20

031K

2

R20

04

1K2

LED1

1

2

3

4

5

CN2001

E

C

B

BC847AQ2001

B

C

E

Q2002

BC847A

2

13

D2001

LED2

G2001

R20024K7

5V16

V10

0UC

2001

5V

IR

IR

C20

03 47P

LED1R2001

4K7

C2002

47P

LED2

I_18130_036eps180608

J JIR amp LED PANELLayout IR LED Panel (Top Side)

Layout IR LED Panel (Bottom Side)

I_18130_037eps180608

I_18130_038eps180608

48TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Personal Notes

E_06532_013eps131004

Alignments EN 49TCS10L LA 8

8 Alignments

Index of this chapter81 Electrical Alignments82 Hardware Alignments

NoteThe Service Modes are described in chapter 5 Menu navigation is done with the CURSOR UP DOWN LEFT or RIGHT keys of the remote control transmitter

81 Electrical Alignments

Perform all electrical adjustments under the following conditionsbull Power supply voltage (depends on region)

ndash AP-NTSC 120 VAC or 230 VAC 50 Hz (plusmn 10)ndash AP-PAL-multi 120 - 230 VAC 50 Hz (plusmn 10)ndash EU 230 VAC 50 Hz (plusmn 10)ndash LATAM-NTSC 120 - 230 VAC 50 Hz (plusmn 10)ndash US 120 VAC 60 Hz (plusmn 10)

bull Connect the set to the mains via an isolation transformer with low internal resistance

bull Allow the set to warm up for approximately 60 minutesbull Measure voltages and waveforms in relation to correct

ground (eg measure audio signals in relation to AUDIO_GND) Caution It is not allowed to use heatsinks as ground

bull Test probe Ri gt 10 MΩ Ci lt 20 pFbull Use an isolated trimmerscrewdriver to perform

alignments

82 Hardware Alignments

Not applicable

821 Aging

Enter TV mode Set warm up status to ldquoOnrdquo Aging time at least 12 minutes

822 ADC Adjustment

The chassis can execute ADC auto-tune in YPbPr amp PC sourcing modes Enter SAM select YPbPr or PC as source then select AUTOTUNE in ADC ADJ press ldquoRight keyrdquo to run waiting for about 5 seconds until ldquoOKrdquo is displayed which means the set finished the ADC adjustment With an YPbPr source use a 100 color bar pattern with a PC source use a 16-scale grey pattern

823 White Balance Adjustment

Adjust the NORMAL WARM COOL temperature in White balance according to company regular Make sure ADC adjustments have done successfully before doing white balance adjustments and use the ldquoNaturalrdquo picture mode White balance adjustment should be performed with three different sources1 AVTVSVIDEO source reunification under the AV

adjustment apply a NTSC-M system signal with 8-scale grey pattern

2 YPbPrHDMI source reunification under the YPbPr adjustment apply an 8-scale grey pattern

3 PC source should adjust single apply a 8-scale grey pattern

If case of manual adjustment please use the WB page in SAMWhile adjusting White Balance do not change White G or Black G only adjust White R White B Black R and Black B

Table 8-1 Color Temperature Setting 19

Table 8-2 Color Temperature Setting 26

Color mode X Y Color Temperature (K)

Normal 296plusmn4 299plusmn4 8000

Warm 314plusmn4 319plusmn4 6500

Cool 289plusmn4 291plusmn4 9000

Color mode X Y Color Temperature (K)

Normal 289plusmn4 291plusmn4 9000

Warm 314plusmn4 319plusmn4 6500

Cool 278plusmn4 278plusmn4 11000

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data SheetsEN 50 TCS10L LA9

9 Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data Sheets

Index of this chapter91 Introduction92 Abbreviation List93 IC Data Sheets

Notes bull Only new circuits (circuits that are not published recently)

are described bull Figures can deviate slightly from the actual situation due

to different set executions

91 Introduction

This chassis uses the MStar MST9U19A main chip with the following features bull Multi-Standard TV decoding with 2-D comb filterbull Multi-Standard TV sound demodulator and decoderbull Triple ADC fro TV and RGBYPbPrbull Integrated DVIHDCPHDMI compliant receiverbull High quality scaling enginebull 3-D video de-interlacer and video noise reductionbull Embedded On Screen Display controllerbull NTSCPALSecam Video decoder with automatic standard

detectionbull CVBS video outputbull Multi standard TV sound decoderbull FM stereo and SAP demodulationbull Digital audio interfacebull Analog RGB Compliant Input Portsbull DVIHDCPHDMI Compliant input portbull Auto tuning function including phasing positioning offset

gain and jitter detectionbull Automatic color correction

The MST9U19A is a high performance and fully integrated IC for multi-function LCD monitorTV with resolutions up to WSXGA (1680 times 1050) It is configured with an integrated triple-ADCPLL an integrated DVIHDCPHDMI receiver a multi standard TV video and audio decoder a video de-interlacer a scaling engine the MStarACE-3 color engine an On Screen Display controller an 8-bit MCU and a built-in output panel interface It also incorporates an intelligent power management control system for green-mode requirements and spread-spectrum support for EMI management

For a block diagram refer to chapter 6 ldquoBlock diagrams Test Point Overviews and Waveformsrdquo

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data Sheets EN 51TCS10L LA 9

92 Abbreviation List

1080i 1080 visible lines interlaced1080p 1080 visible lines progressive scan2CS 2 Carrier Sound2DNR Spatial (2D) Noise Reduction3DNR Temporal (3D) Noise Reduction480i 480 visible lines interlaced480p 480 visible lines progressive scanAARA Automatic Aspect Ratio Adaptation

algorithm that adapts aspect ratio to remove horizontal black bars keeping up the original aspect ratio

ACI Automatic Channel Installation algorithm that installs TV channels directly from a cable network by means of a predefined TXT page

ADC Analogue to Digital ConverterAFC Automatic Frequency Control control

signal used to tune to the correct frequency

AGC Automatic Gain Control algorithm that controls the video input of the feature box

AM Amplitude ModulationAUO Acer Unipack OptronicsAP Asia PacificAR Aspect Ratio 4 by 3 or 16 by 9ASD Automatic Standard DetectionAV Audio VideoB-SC1-IN Blue SCART1 inB-SC2-IN Blue SCART2 inB-TXT Blue teletextBG Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 55 MHzBTSC Broadcast Television System

CommitteeC-FRONT Chrominance front inputCBA Circuit Board Assembly (or PWB)CL Constant Level audio output to

connect with an external amplifierCLUT Color Look Up TableComPair Computer aided rePairCSM Customer Service ModeCVBS Composite Video Blanking and

SynchronizationCVBS-EXT CVBS signal from external source

(VCR VCD etc)CVBS-INT CVBS signal from TunerCVBS-MON CVBS monitor signalCVBS-TER-OUT CVBS terrestrial outDAC Digital to Analogue ConverterDBE Dynamic Bass Enhancement extra

low frequency amplificationDFU Directions For Use owners manualDNR Dynamic Noise ReductionDRAM Dynamic RAMDSP Digital Signal ProcessingDST Dealer Service Tool special

(European) remote control designed for service technicians

DTS Digital Theatre SoundDVD Digital Versatile DiscDVI Digital Visual InterfaceDW Double WindowED Enhanced Definition 480p 576pEEPROM Electrically Erasable and

Programmable Read Only MemoryEU EUropeEXT EXTernal (source) entering the set by

SCART or by cinches (jacks)FBL Fast Blanking DC signal

accompanying RGB signalsFBL-SC1-IN Fast blanking signal for SCART1 in

FBL-SC2-IN Fast blanking signal for SCART2 inFBL-TXT Fast Blanking TeletextFLASH FLASH memoryFM Field Memory Frequency ModulationFMR FM RadioFRC Frame Rate ConverterFRONT-C Front input chrominance (SVHS)FRONT-DETECT Front input detectionFRONT-Y_CVBS Front input luminance or CVBS

(SVHS)FTV Flat TeleVisionG-SC1-IN Green SCART1 inG-SC2-IN Green SCART2 inG-TXT Green teletextH H_sync to the module HD High Definition 720p 1080i 1080pHDMI High Definition Multimedia Interface

digital audio and video interfaceHP Head PhoneI Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 60 MHzI2C Integrated IC busI2S Integrated IC Sound busIC Integrated CircuitIF Intermediate FrequencyInterlaced Scan mode where two fields are used

to form one frame Each field contains half the number of the total amount of lines The fields are written in ldquopairsrdquo causing line flicker

IR Infra RedIRQ Interrupt ReQuestLast Status The settings last chosen by the

customer and read and stored in RAM or in the NVM They are called at start-up of the set to configure it according the customers wishes

LATAM LATin AMericaLC04 Philips chassis name for LCD TV 2004

projectLCD Liquid Crystal DisplayLED Light Emitting DiodeLL Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 65 MHz L is Band I L is all bands except for Band I

LPL LG Philips LCDLS Loud SpeakerLVDS Low Voltage Differential Signalling

data transmission system for high speed and low EMI communication

MN Monochrome TV system Sound carrier distance is 45 MHz

MOSFET Metal Oxide Semiconductor Field Effect Transistor

MPEG Motion Pictures Experts GroupMSP Multi-standard Sound Processor ITT

sound decoderMUTE MUTE LineNAFTA North American Free Trade

Association Trade agreement between Canada USA and Mexico

NC Not ConnectedNICAM Near Instantaneous Compounded

Audio Multiplexing This is a digital sound system used mainly in Europe

NTSC National Television Standard Committee Color system used mainly in North America and Japan Color carrier NTSC MN = 3579545 MHz NTSC 443 = 4433619 MHz (this is a VCR norm it is not transmitted off-air)

NVM Non Volatile Memory IC containing TV related data (for example options)

OC Open CircuitONOFF LED OnOff control signal for the LED

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data SheetsEN 52 TCS10L LA9

OSD On Screen DisplayPAL Phase Alternating Line Color system

used mainly in Western Europe (color carrier = 4433619 MHz) and South America (color carrier PAL M = 3575612 MHz and PAL N = 3582056 MHz)

PC Personal ComputerPCB Printed Circuit Board (or PWB)PDP Plasma Display PanelPIG Picture In GraphicPIP Picture In PicturePLL Phase Locked Loop Used for

example in FST tuning systems The customer can directly provide the desired frequency

Progressive Scan Scan mode where all scan lines are displayed in one frame at the same time creating a double vertical resolution

PWB Printed Wiring Board (or PCB)RAM Random Access MemoryRC Remote Control transmitterRC5 (6) Remote Control system 5 (6) the

signal from the remote control receiver RGB Red Green and Blue The primary

color signals for TV By mixing levels of R G and B all colors (YC) are reproduced

RGBHV Red Green Blue Horizontal sync and Vertical sync

ROM Read Only MemorySAM Service Alignment ModeSC SandCastle two-level pulse derived

from sync signalsSC1-OUT SCART output of the MSP audio ICSC2-B-IN SCART2 Blue inSC2-C-IN SCART2 chrominance inSC2-OUT SCART output of the MSP audio ICSC Short CircuitSCL Clock signal on I2C busSD Standard Definition 480i 576iSDA Data signal on I2C busSDI Samsung Display IndustrySDM Service Default ModeSDRAM Synchronous DRAMSECAM SEequence Couleur Avec Memoire

Color system used mainly in France and Eastern Europe Color carriers = 4406250 MHz and 4250000 MHz

SIF Sound Intermediate FrequencySMPS Switch Mode Power SupplySND SouNDSNDL-SC1-IN Sound left SCART1 inSNDL-SC1-OUT Sound left SCART1 outSNDL-SC2-IN Sound left SCART2 inSNDL-SC2-OUT Sound left SCART2 outSNDR-SC1-IN Sound right SCART1 inSNDR-SC1-OUT Sound right SCART1 outSNDR-SC2-IN Sound right SCART2 outSNDR-SC2-OUT Sound right SCART2 outSNDS-VL-OUT Surround sound left variable level outSNDS-VR-OUT Surround sound right variable level outSOPS Self Oscillating Power SupplySPDIF Sony Philips Digital InterFaceSRAM Static RAMSTBY Stand-bySVHS Super Video Home SystemSW Sub Woofer SoftWareTHD Total Harmonic DistortionTXT TeleteXTuP MicroprocessorVL Variable Level out processed audio

output toward external amplifierVCR Video Cassette Recorder

VGA Video Graphics ArrayWD Watch DogWYSIWYR What You See Is What You Record

record selection that follows main picture and sound

XTAL Quartz crystalYPbPr Component video (Y= Luminance Pb

Pr= Color difference signals B-Y and R-Y other amplitudes wrt to YUV)

YC Video related signals Y consists of luminance signal blanking level and sync C consists of color signal

Y-OUT Luminance-signalYUV Baseband component video (Y=

Luminance UV= Color difference signals)

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data Sheets EN 53TCS10L LA 9

93 IC Data Sheets

This section shows the internal block diagrams and pin layouts of ICs that are drawn as ldquoblack boxesrdquo in the electrical diagrams (with the exception of ldquomemoryrdquo and ldquologicrdquo ICs)

931 Diagram B MST9U19A

Figure 9-1 Pin configuration

Pin 1

123

45

7

9

11

1314

1718

21

23

25

2728

30

32

34

36

39

41

43

6

8

10

12

1516

1920

22

24

26

29

31

33

35

3738

40

42

4445464748

505152

49

53 54 55 56 57 59 61 63 65 66 69 70 73 75 77 79 80 82 84 86 88 91 93 9558 60 62 64 67 68 71 72 74 76 78 81 83 85 87 89 90 92 94 96 97 98 99 100

102

103

104

101

208

207

206

205

204

202

200

198

196

195

192

191

188

186

184

182

181

179

177

175

173

170

168

166

203

201

199

197

194

193

190

189

187

185

183

180

178

176

174

172

171

169

167

165

164

163

162

161

159

158

157

160

156155154

153152

150

148

146

144143

140139

136

134

132

130129

127

125

123

121

118

116

114

151

149

147

145

142141

138137

135

133

131

128

126

124

122

120119

117

115

113112111110109

107106105

108

MST9U19A

XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX

GN

D

AUR1

AUL2

AUL3

AUL1

AUCO

M

AUR2

AUR3

DIGO[8]

GNDAVDD_MEMPLL

PWM3PWM2DIGO[9]

SIF1

MSI

F1P

AVD

D_S

IF

AUO

UTL

AUO

UTR

AUO

UTS

VDD

CG

PIO

F[2]

GPI

OF[

3]G

PIO

F[4]

GPI

OF[

5]G

PIO

F[6]

GPI

OF[

7]G

PIO

F[8]

GPI

OF[

9]G

PIO

F[10

]G

PIO

F[11

]VD

DP

GN

DG

PIO

F[12

]

GPI

OF[

14]

GPI

OF[

15]

GPI

OF[

16]

GPI

OF[

17]

GPI

OF[

18]

GN

D

GPI

OF[

19]

VDD

C

VDD

PG

ND

VDD

PVD

DP

GPI

OF[

13]

GN

D

DIGO[7]

DIGO[5]

DIGO[3]

DIGO[1]

VDDC

VDDPPWM_SENSE

DIGO[6]

DIGO[4]

DIGO[2]

DIGO[0]

GND

PWM_DRVPWM_FBIRININT

PWM1PWM0

GNDVDDPALERDZWRZ

VDDC

GNDVDDP

VDD

PLV

A0M

LVA0

PLV

A1M

LVA1

PLV

A2M

LVA2

PLV

ACKM

LVAC

KPLV

A3M

LVA4

PVD

DP

VDD

CAV

DD

_MPL

L

LVA3

PLV

A4M

GPI

OE[

0]

IHSY

NC

ICLK

DI[

1]D

I[0]

IVYS

NC

GPI

OE[

1]G

PIO

E[2]

GPI

OE[

3]G

ND

VDD

P

AVD

D_M

PLL

XIN

XOU

TH

WR

ESET

GN

D

DI[

7]D

I[6]

DI[

5]D

I[4]

DI[

2]D

I[3]

VDD

C

AUO

UTL

3AU

OU

TR3

RXCKPGND

RX0NRX0P

AVDD_DVIRX1NRX1P

RX2P

REXT

DDCD_CK

VSYNC1

VCLAMP

REFM

BIN1M

GNDRX2N

AVDD_DVI

DDCD_DA

HSYNC1

RMID

REFP

BIN1P

SOGIN1GIN1PGIN1MRIN1PRIN1MBIN0MBIN0PGIN0MGIN0P

SOGIN0RIN0MRIN0P

HSYNC0VSYNC0

RXCKN

AVDD_ADCGND

C1Y1C0Y0

CVBS2CVBS1

VCOM1CVBS0

VCOM0CVBSOUT

GND

VCOM2CVBS3

GN

D

AVD

D_A

UAU

L0AU

R0

AUVR

EFAU

VRAD

PAU

VRAD

N

AUO

UTL

2AU

OU

TR2

AD[7]AD[6]AD[5]AD[4]AD[3]AD[2]AD[1]AD[0]

SDOCSZSDISCK

SAR3

SAR1SAR2

SAR0

DDCA_CK

DDCR_CKDDCA_DA

DDCR_DA

LVB0

MLV

B0P

LVB1

MLV

B1P

LVB2

MLV

B2P

LVBC

KMLV

BCKP

LVB3

M

LVB4

P

LVB3

PLV

B4M

I_18130_008eps200608

Pin Configuration

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data SheetsEN 54 TCS10L LA9

932 Diagram B TDA1308

Figure 9-2 Block diagram and pin configuration

Block diagram

Pinning information

2

1

3

4

8

7

65

INA(neg)

TDA1308(A)OUTA

VSS

VDD

INA(pos)

INB(neg)

INB(pos)

OUTB

TDA1308(A)

VATUO DD

BTUO)gen(ANI

)gen(BNI)sop(ANI

VSS INB(pos)

1

2

3

4

6

5

8

7

I_18130_007eps190608

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data Sheets EN 55TCS10L LA 9

933 Diagram B NCP1377B

Figure 9-3 Block diagram and pin configuration

Block diagram

Pinning information

I_18130_009eps190608

HV

VCC

GND

Demag

4 mA

To InternalSupply

+

+

125 V75 V56 V (Fault)

FaultMngt

PON

5 V+

OVP

+

144

45 usDelay

15 us for B Version

Demag

8 usBlanking

S

SR R

Q

Q

+

3 us forB Version

+minus

Overload

5 usTimeout

TimeReset

Demag

380 nsLEB

1 V3

200 Awhen DRV

is OFF

FB

42 V

Driver src = 20 sink = 10

DrvVCC

CS

+50 mV 10 V Rint

1Dmg 8 HV

7 NC2FB

3CS

4GND

6 VCC

5 Drv

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data SheetsEN 56 TCS10L LA9

934 Diagram B TDA7266

Figure 9-4 Block diagram and pin configuration

1

2

4

Vref

7YB-TS

IN1

022microF

VCC

133

+

-

-

+

OUT1+

OUT1-

15

14

12

6ETUM

IN2

022microF

+

-

-

+

OUT2+

OUT2-

8

9S-GND

PW-GND

470microF 100nF

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

9

10

11

8

NC

NC

S-GND

PW-GND

OUT2+

OUT2-

VCC

IN2

ST-BY

MUTE

NC

IN1

VCCOUT1-

OUT1+

13

14

15

12

I_17950_054eps090508

Block Diagram

Pin Configuration

Spare Parts List amp CTN Overview EN 57TCS10L LA 10

10 Spare Parts List amp CTN OverviewFor the latest spare part overview please consult the Philips Service website

Table 10-1 Sets described in this manual

11 Revision ListManual xxxx xxx xxxx0bull First release

CTN Styling

19PFL340355 MG8

19PFL340377 MG8

19PFL340378 MG8

19PFL340385 MG8

26PFL340385 MG8

  • Content
  • 1 Technical Specifications Connections and Chassis Overview
    • 11 Technical Specifications
      • 111 Vision
      • 112 Sound
      • 113 Miscellaneous
        • 12 Connection Overview
          • Figure 1-1 Rear and side IO connections
          • 121 Rear Connections
            • 1 - HDMI Digital Video Digital Audio - In
              • Figure 1-2 HDMI (type A) connector
                • 2 - VGA AUDIO Mini Jack VGA Audio - In
                • 3 - VGA PC Video RGB - In and Service UART
                  • Figure 1-3 VGA Connector
                    • 4 - Cinch Video YPbPr - In
                    • 5 - AV1 Cinch Video CVBS - In Audio - In
                    • 6 - Aerial - In
                    • 7 - Service Connector (ComPair)
                      • 122 Side connections
                        • 8 - Cinch Video CVBS - In Audio - In
                        • 9 - S-Video (Hosiden) Video YC - In
                        • 10 - Mini Jack Audio Head phone - Out
                            • 13 Chassis Overview
                              • Figure 1-4 PWBCBA locations
                                  • 2 Safety Instructions Warnings and Notes
                                    • 21 Safety Instructions
                                    • 22 Warnings
                                    • 23 Notes
                                      • 231 General
                                      • 232 Schematic Notes
                                      • 233 BGA (Ball Grid Array) ICs
                                        • Introduction
                                        • BGA Temperature Profiles
                                          • 234 Lead-free Soldering
                                          • 235 Alternative BOM identification
                                            • Figure 2-1 Serial number (example)
                                              • 236 Board Level Repair (BLR) or Component Level Repair (CLR)
                                              • 237 Practical Service Precautions
                                                  • 3 Directions for Use
                                                  • 4 Mechanical Instructions
                                                    • 41 Cable Dressing
                                                      • Figure 4-1 Cable dressing (19 model)
                                                      • Figure 4-2 Cable dressing (26 model)
                                                        • 42 Service Positions
                                                          • 421 Foam Bars
                                                            • Figure 4-3 Foam bars
                                                                • 43 AssyPanel Removal
                                                                  • 431 Stand
                                                                    • Figure 4-4 Stand
                                                                      • 432 Rear Cover
                                                                        • Figure 4-5 LVDS release
                                                                        • Figure 4-6 Speaker and IRLED panel cable release
                                                                          • 433 Keyboard Control Board
                                                                            • Figure 4-7 Keyboard control board
                                                                              • 434 IRLED Board and Speakers
                                                                                • Figure 4-8 IRLED Board and Speakers
                                                                                  • 435 Power Supply Board
                                                                                    • Figure 4-9 Power Supply Unit(s)
                                                                                      • 436 Inverter Board (19 and 22 versions)
                                                                                        • Figure 4-10 Inverter Board
                                                                                          • 437 Small Signal Board (SSB)
                                                                                            • Removing the SSB
                                                                                              • Figure 4-11 SSB connector plate
                                                                                              • Figure 4-12 SSB
                                                                                                • 44 Set Re-assembly
                                                                                                  • 5 Service Modes Error Codes and Fault Finding
                                                                                                    • 51 Test Points
                                                                                                    • 52 Service Mode
                                                                                                      • 521 Service Alignment Mode (SAM)
                                                                                                        • How to Enter
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-1 SAM menu
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-2 SAM menu White Balance Normal
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-3 SAM menu White Balance Cool
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-4 SAM menu White Balance Warm
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-5 SAM menu Volume Curve
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-6 SAM menu Picture Curve
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-7 SAM menu Picture Mode Natural
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-8 SAM menu Picture Mode Personal
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-9 SAM menu Picture Mode Rich
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-10 SAM menu Picture Mode Soft
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-11 SAM menu Producting
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-12 SAM menu Country
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-13 SAM menu Setup
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-14 SAM menu Shop Init Do
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-15 SAM menu Clear Code gt
                                                                                                            • How to Exit
                                                                                                            • Factory Mode Descriptions
                                                                                                              • ltTABLEgt
                                                                                                              • Virgin Settings
                                                                                                                • Table 5-1 Country setting
                                                                                                                • Table 5-2 Virgin settings
                                                                                                                  • 522 Customer Service Mode (CSM)
                                                                                                                    • Purpose
                                                                                                                    • How to Activate CSM
                                                                                                                    • Contents of CSM
                                                                                                                      • Figure 5-16 CSM Menu
                                                                                                                        • Menu Explanation
                                                                                                                        • How to Exit
                                                                                                                          • 523 Blinking LED Procedure
                                                                                                                            • 53 Error Codes
                                                                                                                              • ltTABLEgt
                                                                                                                                • 54 Fault Finding
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-17 No Picture No sound no Back light (19 sets)
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-18 Picture OK No sound (19 sets)
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-19 No Picture Back light amp Sound OK (19 and 26 sets)
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-20 No color (19 and 26 sets)
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-21 No Picture No sound no Back light (26 sets)
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-22 Picture OK No sound (26 sets)
                                                                                                                                    • 55 Service Tools
                                                                                                                                      • 551 ComPair
                                                                                                                                        • Introduction
                                                                                                                                        • Specifications
                                                                                                                                        • How to Connect
                                                                                                                                        • How to Order
                                                                                                                                          • Figure 5-23 ComPair II interface connection
                                                                                                                                            • 56 Software Upgrading
                                                                                                                                              • 561 Introduction
                                                                                                                                                  • 6 Block Diagrams Test Point Overview and Waveforms
                                                                                                                                                    • Wiring Diagram of Connector for MS19-PH 19
                                                                                                                                                    • Wiring Diagram of Connector for MS19-PH 26
                                                                                                                                                    • Block Diagram MS19P Chipset
                                                                                                                                                    • I2C overview
                                                                                                                                                      • 7 Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts
                                                                                                                                                        • Main Power Supply (19)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Main Power Supply (19) (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Main Power Supply (19) (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Main Power Supply (26)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Main Power Supply (26) (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Main Power Supply (26) (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Standby Power Supply (26)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Standby Power Supply (26) (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Standby Power Supply (26) (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB Control
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB DC - DC
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB MST9E19A Controller
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB HDMI Interface
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB VGA Interface
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB Cinch
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB Tuner
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB Audio Amplifier
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB LVDS Interface
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Small Signal Board (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Small Signal Board (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Keyboard Control Panel
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Keyboard Control Panel (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Keyboard Control Panel (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Inverter Panel
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Inverter Panel (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Inverter Panel (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • IR LED Panel
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout IR LED Panel (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout IR LED Panel (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                          • 8 Alignments
                                                                                                                                                            • 81 Electrical Alignments
                                                                                                                                                            • 82 Hardware Alignments
                                                                                                                                                              • 821 Aging
                                                                                                                                                              • 822 ADC Adjustment
                                                                                                                                                              • 823 White Balance Adjustment
                                                                                                                                                                • Table 8-1 Color Temperature Setting 19
                                                                                                                                                                • Table 8-2 Color Temperature Setting 26
                                                                                                                                                                  • 9 Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data Sheets
                                                                                                                                                                    • 91 Introduction
                                                                                                                                                                    • 92 Abbreviation List
                                                                                                                                                                    • 93 IC Data Sheets
                                                                                                                                                                      • 931 Diagram B MST9U19A
                                                                                                                                                                        • Figure 9-1 Pin configuration
                                                                                                                                                                          • 932 Diagram B TDA1308
                                                                                                                                                                            • Figure 9-2 Block diagram and pin configuration
                                                                                                                                                                              • 933 Diagram B NCP1377B
                                                                                                                                                                                • Figure 9-3 Block diagram and pin configuration
                                                                                                                                                                                  • 934 Diagram B TDA7266
                                                                                                                                                                                    • Figure 9-4 Block diagram and pin configuration
                                                                                                                                                                                      • 10 Spare Parts List amp CTN Overview
                                                                                                                                                                                        • Table 10-1 Sets described in this manual
                                                                                                                                                                                          • 11 Revision List
Page 11: Philips 19PFL3403-55 TCS1[1].0L_LA

Mechanical Instructions EN 11TCS10L LA 4

435 Power Supply Board

Due to different set executions this chassis is supplied with one or two power supply boards and figures may differCaution it is absolutely mandatory to remount all different screws and cables at their original position during re-assembly Failure to do so may result in damaging the power supply1 Refer to next figure2 Unplug all the connectors [1]3 Remove the fixation screws [2]4 Remove the main power supply board5 Unplug all the connectors [3]6 Remove the fixation screws [4]7 Remove the stand-by power supply board

Figure 4-9 Power Supply Unit(s)

436 Inverter Board (19 and 22 versions)

Due to different set executions this chassis some versions are supplied with an inverter board Figures may differ1 Refer to next figure2 Unplug all connectors [1]3 Release the clips [2]4 Take out the inverter board

Figure 4-10 Inverter Board

437 Small Signal Board (SSB)

Caution it is absolutely mandatory to remount all different screws at their original position during re-assembly Failure to do so may result in damaging the SSB

Removing the SSB 1 See next figures2 Remove the screws [2] from the SSB3 On the outside of the set lift the rear cover near the tuner

connector approximately 3 mm in the indicated direction and keep it lifted while

4 On the inside of the set slide the metal plate in the indicated direction

5 Gently lift the board from the rear cover6 Now unplug the LVDS connector [3]

Caution be careful as this is a very fragile connector Unplug the rest of the cables [4]

Figure 4-11 SSB connector plate

I_17950_006eps080508

4

4

2 2 4

4

2 2

1

1

3

I_17930_065eps240408

1

1

1

2 2

2

I_18130_002eps170608

Mechanical InstructionsEN 12 TCS10L LA4

Figure 4-12 SSB

44 Set Re-assembly

To re-assemble the whole set execute all processes in reverse order

Notesbull While re-assembling make sure that all cables are placed

and connected in their original position See figure ldquoCable dressingrdquo

bull Pay special attention not to damage the EMC foams at the SB shields Make sure that EMC foams are put correctly on their places

I_17950_008eps080508

22

44

3

22

Service Modes Error Codes and Fault Finding EN 13TCS10L LA 5

5 Service Modes Error Codes and Fault Finding

Index of this chapter51 Test Points52 Service Mode53 Error Codes54 Fault Finding55 Service Tools56 Software Upgrading

51 Test Points

This chassis is NOT equipped with test points in the service printing No test points are mentioned in the service manual

52 Service Mode

521 Service Alignment Mode (SAM)

How to EnterTo enter SAM use the following methodbull Press on the remote control the code ldquo062596rdquo directly

followed by the ldquoINFOrdquo key

After entering SAM the following screen is visible the values can be adjusted according to the requested (see Chapter 8)

Figure 5-1 SAM menu

Figure 5-2 SAM menu White Balance Normal

Figure 5-3 SAM menu White Balance Cool

Figure 5-4 SAM menu White Balance Warm

Figure 5-5 SAM menu Volume Curve

Figure 5-6 SAM menu Picture Curve

I_18130_041eps190608

I_18130_044eps190608

I_18130_043eps190608

I_18130_045eps190608

I_18130_044eps190608

I_18130_048eps190608

Service Modes Error Codes and Fault FindingEN 14 TCS10L LA5

Figure 5-7 SAM menu Picture Mode Natural

Figure 5-8 SAM menu Picture Mode Personal

Figure 5-9 SAM menu Picture Mode Rich

Figure 5-10 SAM menu Picture Mode Soft

Figure 5-11 SAM menu Producting

Figure 5-12 SAM menu Country

I_18130_049eps190608

I_18130_050eps190608

I_18130_051eps190608

I_18130_052eps190608

I_18130_053eps190608

I_18130_054eps190608

Service Modes Error Codes and Fault Finding EN 15TCS10L LA 5

Figure 5-13 SAM menu Setup

Figure 5-14 SAM menu Shop Init Do

Figure 5-15 SAM menu Clear Code gt

How to ExitPress ldquoMENUrdquo on the RC-transmitter

Factory Mode Descriptions

I_18130_055eps190608

I_18130_058eps190608

Item Sub-Item Description

SOURCE Shift among sourcing via pressing Left amp Right key

ADC ADJ Only available in HDTV or PC mode

WB White Balance Calibration setting

SOURCE Shift among sources

COLOR TEMP Normal Warm Cool

WHITE R R Gain adjust manually or automatically

WHITE G G Gain adjust manually or automatically

WHITE B B Gain adjust manually or automatically

BLACK R R Shift adjust manually or automatically

BLACK G G Shift adjust manually or automatically

BLACK B B Shift adjust manually or automatically

VOL CURVE Volume Curve adjustmentX0 X10 X30 X50 X70 X90 X100 on for the usermenu volume value of the 0 10 30 50 70 90 100Only to adjust during production

PICTURE CURVE Analog Picture Curve adjustment X0 X30 X50 X80 X100 on for the usermenu picture value of the 0 30 50 80 100Only to adjust during production

CON Contrast Curve

BRI Brightness Curve

SAT Saturation Curve

SHARP Sharpness Curve

LIGHT Back light Curve

PICTURE MODE Picture modes analog value can be adjusted in this pageincluding SOFT NATURAL BRIGHTE and PERSONAL

I_18130_059eps190608

Service Modes Error Codes and Fault FindingEN 16 TCS10L LA5

Virgin SettingsFirst the country should be set according to the following table

Table 5-1 Country setting

Secondly select ldquoSHOP INITrdquo from the SAM menu Wait until finished and then turn ldquoOffrdquo the set Now the set is put back to virgin settings according to the following table

Table 5-2 Virgin settings

522 Customer Service Mode (CSM)

PurposeWhen a customer is having problems with his TV-set he can call his dealer or the Customer Help desk The service technician can then ask the customer to activate the CSM in order to identify the status of the set Now the service technician can judge the severity of the complaint In many cases he can advise the customer how to solve the problem or he can decide if it is necessary to visit the customer The CSM is a read only mode therefore modifications in this mode are not possible

How to Activate CSMKey in the code ldquo123654rdquo via the standard RC transmitter

Contents of CSM

Figure 5-16 CSM Menu

Menu Explanation1 MODEL Type number and region code2 PROD SN Production code will have 14 characters + 2

reserved (total 16 characters)3 SW ID Software cluster and version is displayed (TC =

TCL 1 = Chassis Number 26 = Screen size L = Latam 090 = software version)

4 CODES Error buffer contents5 SIGNAL PRESENT Presence of RF signal6 SYSTEM Color system7 SOUND Sound system (MonoStereoSAP)8 HDCP KEYS Shows Valid or invalid HDCP key when

HDMI connected Else blank9 HDMI INPUT FORMAT Shows the HDMI input format10 HDMI AUDIO INPUT HDMI audio input HDMI audio stream

detection YES = Audio stream detected NO = No Audio (for example when DVI format is used)

How to ExitPress ldquoMENUrdquo on the RC-transmitter

523 Blinking LED Procedure

The software is capable of identifying different kinds of errors Because it is possible that more than one error can occur over time an error buffer is available which is capable of storing the last five errors that occurred This is useful if the OSD is not working properly

Errors can also be displayed by the blinking LED procedure The method is to repeatedly let the front LED pulse with as many pulses as the error code number followed by a period of 15 seconds in which the LED is ldquooffrdquo Then this sequence is repeated

PRODUCTING FACTURY HOT KEY

Short-cut key to enter factory mode setting GO BACK is the short-cut key if it is ldquoONrdquo Do remember to turn this ldquoOFFrdquo when the set is returned to the customer

WARM UP STATUS

Aging Mode setting ldquoONrdquo means snow picture showing instead of blue background if there is no signal input Do remember to turn this ldquoOFFrdquo when the set is returned to the customer

EEPROM INIT EEPROM initialization1 When the first time to turn on the set please enter this menu and initialize it2 Press LeftRight key and waiting for about 5 seconds until ldquoOKrdquo displayed which means the set finishes the initialization3 Switch off AC power4 Power on the set again the EEPROM will be initialized

LOGO Always leave this setting to the value ldquoOFFrdquo

RF AGC RF Automatic Gain Control default at 16

COUNTRY Select the correct country before doing a SHOP INIT because it puts the set in virgin mode

SET UP POWER MODE LAST

This selects the last power on sequence used

POWER MODE STB

This will put the set in Stand-by whenever the power key is used to turn it on The user now has to turn the set on with the remote control

POWER MODE ON

This will turn on the set whenever the power key is used to turn it on

SHOP INIT DO By selecting this the outgoing factory initialization is selected Always perform this at the end of a repair

CLEAR CODE gt Clears the Error codes

CODES Shows the last 5 error codes

PANEL TYPE Shows the panel type (display only)

SW VER Shows the software version

V8- Shows the BOM number

COMPILE TIME Shows the time the software was compiled

CTN suffix Country

55 Other

77 Argentina

78 Brazil

85 Mexico

Setting 55 77 78 85

PQ Smart Mode Rich Rich Rich Rich

AQ Smart Mode Movie Movie Movie Movie

Sleep Off Off Off Off

Time 0000 0000 0000 0000

Start time ---- ---- ---- ----

Stop time ---- ---- ---- ----

Channel 2 2 2 2

Child lock Off Off Off Off

Parental lock Off Off Off Off

Closed caption Off Off Off Off

RF Channel 2 9 4 2

Volume 30 30 30 30

Item Sub-Item Description

Screen ratio 16 9 16 9 16 9 16 9

OSD language Spanish Spanish Portuguese Spanish

Setting 55 77 78 85

I_18130_060eps190608

Service Modes Error Codes and Fault Finding EN 17TCS10L LA 5

Any RC command terminates the sequence Error code LED blinking is in white colorExample the contents of the error buffer is ldquo013 007 000 000 000rdquoAfter entering SDM the following occursbull 1 long blink of 5 seconds to start the sequencebull 1 medium blink of 3 seconds and then 3 short blinks

followed by a pause of 15 secondsbull 7 short blinks followed by a pause of 15 secondsbull 1 long blink of 15 seconds to finish the sequenceThe sequence starts again with 12 short blinks

53 Error Codes

The error code buffer contains all errors detected since the last time the buffer was erased The buffer is written from left to right When an error occurs that is not yet in the error code buffer it is displayed at the left side and all other errors shift one position to the right

Basically there are six kind of errors

54 Fault Finding

Figure 5-17 No Picture No sound no Back light (19 sets)

Code Description Detection method Type

0 no error - -

1 reserved - -

2 5V failure protection

Power down Protection + blinking

3 μP Control I2C-bus Error log + blinking

4 General I2C bus Error

I2C-bus Protection + blinking

5 reserved - -

6 System EEPROM

I2C-bus Protection + blinking

7 Tuner I2C-bus Error log + blinking

8 HDCP EEPROM

I2C-bus Error log + blinking

No Picture no sound no Back light

Fuse F3(3A) OK

Check circuit of +33V+18V(U5U

6U7) OK Replace the bad

components

For P22 Pin 1~4 is +12V_PWamp Pin7~9

of is +5VSTBOK

Replace F3

Check Q17(Pin5- 8)+12V OK

NO

NO

NO

YES

YES

YES

Check DC-DC circuit(U1U2)

NOCheck Q26 circuit amp Replace the bad

componentsYES

Check PSU

I_18130_066eps180608

Service Modes Error Codes and Fault FindingEN 18 TCS10L LA5

Figure 5-18 Picture OK No sound (19 sets)

Figure 5-19 No Picture Back light amp Sound OK (19 and 26 sets)

Picture OK No sound

Check the voltage ofPin 313 of U19is it 12v Check Q17

Check the wave of pin7475 of U8is it

OK

CheckR amp L speaker

Check wave ofAudio input Pin

U8 pin61~69 OK

CheckQ22

No

Check B of Q22 is Low OK

Yes

No

Check Mute Pin6 of U19is it 12V

Yes

Yes

ReplaceU8

Yes

NO

Yes

Check the AMP- MUTE circuit

No

No

YesCheck SIF circuit Pin 7(SIFOUT) of

Tuner TU1

TV source Checkthe AV input

circuit

No

I_18130_068eps180608

No Picture Back light amp Sound OK

Check the output voltage

of U3 12V is it OK

Check LVDS signal waveform

of P10 is OK

Check the Circuit of12V_PANELamp

PANEL_ONOFF

Yes

No

Yes

Is RP2-RP7 ok

No

check the LVDS cable

Replace U8Yes

I_18130_004eps180608

Service Modes Error Codes and Fault Finding EN 19TCS10L LA 5

Figure 5-20 No color (19 and 26 sets)

Figure 5-21 No Picture No sound no Back light (26 sets)

No color

Color system is Right amp another

channel color is right

Dose the TV signal too weak

CheckPin 17(TV-

CVBS) Wave of TU1 OK

ReplaceTU1

ResetTo

Local system

CheckTuner Input

cable amp antenna

Yes NO NO

No YES YES

Fine tune Frequency

I_18130_006eps180608

No Picture No sound no Back light

Check circuit of +33V +18V (U5U

6U7) OK Replace the bad components

For P22 Pin 1~4 is +12V_PW amp Pin7~9

of is +5VSTBOK

NO

NO

YES

Check DC-DC circuit (U1U2)

YES

Check PSU

I_18130_003eps180608

Service Modes Error Codes and Fault FindingEN 20 TCS10L LA5

Figure 5-22 Picture OK No sound (26 sets)

55 Service Tools

551 ComPair

IntroductionComPair (Computer Aided Repair) is a Service tool for Philips Consumer Electronics products and offers the following1 ComPair helps you to quickly get an understanding on how

to repair the chassis in a short and effective way2 ComPair allows very detailed diagnostics and is therefore

capable of accurately indicating problem areas You do not have to know anything about I2C or UART commands yourself because ComPair takes care of this

3 ComPair speeds up the repair time since it can automatically communicate with the chassis (when the uP is working) and all repair information is directly available

4 ComPair features TV software upgrade possibilities

SpecificationsComPair consists of a Windows based fault finding program and an interface box between PC and the (defective) product The (new) ComPair II interface box is connected to the PC via an USB cable For the TV chassis the ComPair interface box and the TV communicate via a bi-directional cable via the service connector(s)

How to ConnectThis is described in the ComPair chassis fault finding database

Caution It is compulsory to connect the TV to the PC as shown in Figure ldquoComPair II interface connectionrdquo (with the ComPair interface in between) as the ComPair interface acts as a level shifter If one connects the TV directly to the PC (via UART) ICs will be blown

How to OrderComPair II order codes

bull ComPair II interface 3122 785 91020bull For SW see Philips service websitebull ComPair UART interface cable 3122 785 75051bull Software Upgrade VGA interface cables 3122 785 90004

and 3122 785 09269

Note If you encounter any problems contact your local support desk

Figure 5-23 ComPair II interface connection

56 Software Upgrading

561 Introduction

Software upgrading can be done by ComPair This allows to replacement of the software image

Picture OK No sound

Check the voltage ofPin 313 of U19is it 12v Check PSU

Check the wave of pin7475 of U8is it

OK

CheckR amp L speaker

Check wave ofAudio input Pin

U8 pin61~69 OK

CheckQ22

No

Check B of Q22 is Low OK

Yes

No

Check Mute Pin6 of U19is it 12V

Yes

Yes

ReplaceU8

Yes

NO

Yes

Check the AMP- MUTE circuit

No

No

YesCheck SIF circuit Pin 7(SIFOUT) of

Tuner TU1

TV source Checkthe AV input

circuit

No

I_18130_005eps180608

E_06532_036eps150208

TOUART SERVICECONNECTOR

TOUART SERVICECONNECTOR

TOI2C SERVICECONNECTOR

TO TV

PC

HDMII2C only

Optional power5V DC

ComPair II Developed by Philips Brugge

RC outRC in

OptionalSwitch

Power ModeLinkActivity I2C

ComPair IIMulti

function

RS232 UART

Block Diagrams Test Point Overview and Waveforms 21TCS10L LA 6

6 Block Diagrams Test Point Overview and Waveforms

Wiring Diagram of Connector for MS19-PH 19

40-PWL20C-PWI1XG POWER BOARD

1

NU

SE

LEC

T

GN

D

GN

D

P4

1 2 3 5 6 74

BL

ON

OF

F

DIM

MIN

G

INV

ER

TE

R_P

WR

12V

INV

ER

TE

R_P

WR

12V

P5

40-0MS19P-MAE2XGMAIN BOARD

AG

ND

1 2 3 5 6 74

KE

Y0

KE

Y1

AG

ND

IR-I

N

LED

1-IN

LED

2-IN

NC

1 2 3 5 6 7 84

+5V

ST

B

+5V

ST

B

GN

D

GN

D

GN

D

INVERTER BOARD

CN

1

GN

D

1 2 3 5 64

INV

ER

T-S

W

DIM

MIN

G

GN

D

INV

ER

TE

R_P

WR

12V

INV

ER

TE

R_P

WR

12V

8+

5VS

TB

GN

D

1 2 3 5 64

GN

D

GN

D

NC5V

-PW

5V-P

W

40-PF3403-IRC1XG IR BOARD

40-PF3403-KEC1XG KEY BOARD

GN

D

LED

1

IR

+5V

ST

B

1 2 3 54LE

D2

KE

Y1

GN

D

KE

Y0

1 2 3

P10

01

CN

2001 1S

P 22

P

9 10

+12

V-P

W

+12

V-P

W

+12

V-P

W

+12

V-P

W

7 8 9 10

+12

V+

12V

+12

V

+12

V

I_18130_061eps190608

22TCS10L LA 6Block Diagrams Test Point Overview and Waveforms

Wiring Diagram of Connector for MS19-PH 26

40-1PL37C-PWF1XG

1

P5

40-0MS19P-MAE2XGMAIN BOARD

AG

ND

1 2 3 5 6 74

KE

Y0

KE

Y1

AG

ND

IR-I

N

LED

1-IN

LED

2-IN

NC

1 2 3 5 6 7 84

NC

NC

GN

D

GN

D

GN

D

40-PWL01B-STE1X

8+

5VS

TB

1 2 3 5 64

12V-

PW

40-PF3403-IRC1XG IR BOARD

40-PF3403-KEC1XGKEY BOARD

GN

D

LED

1

IR

+5V

ST

B

1 2 3 54LE

D2

KE

Y1

GN

D

KE

Y0

1 2 3

P10

01

CN

2001

P4

9 10

+12

V-P

W

+12

V-P

W

+12

V-P

W

+12

V-P

W

7

10

5P 1P

1 2 3

1 2 3

+5S

TB

AG

ND

PW

-ON

OF

F

+5S

TB

AG

ND

PW

-ON

OF

F

11

12 13 14

GN

D

NC

BL-

AD

JUS

T

BL-

ON

OF

F

11

12

13

14

15

16

P22

8 91 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

12 13 14 15 16

12V-

PW

GN

D

GN

D12

V-P

W

12V-

PW

GN

D

NC

GN

D

NC

NC

NC

NC

NC

BL-

AD

JUS

T

BL-

ON

OF

F

I_18130_062eps190608

Block Diagrams Test Point Overview and Waveforms 23TCS10L LA 6

Block Diagram MS19P Chipset

Panel

810-bit LVDS

2MB

HDMI

HDTVVGA

YC

AV2AV1

AV-OUTTVSIF

PCHDTV-RL

AV2-RLAV1-RL

IRKEY0KEY1

GPIO PWM

Serial-FlashSPI

Speake

Earphone

r

MS19P Chipset Block Diagram

Audio out

EEPROM24C32 SDA

SCL

AMP

TDA7266

MST9U19A

24C02

24C02

24C04SDASCL

U19

U9

U13

U12

U11HDCP

EDID

EDID

U10

Z1

SDASCLExternal device

I_18130_063eps190608

24TCS10L LA 6Block Diagrams Test Point Overview and Waveforms

I2C overview

I2C Device Block Diagram

MST9U19A-LF

24C32 24C04

System EEPROM

I2C AddressA0

HDCP EEPROM

I2C AddressA4

SDA SCL SDA SCL

Tuner integratedIF PLL Demodulator

SDA1 SCL1I2C AddressA0

I_18130_064eps190608

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 25TCS10L LA 7

7 Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Main Power Supply (19)

I_18130_022eps180608

A AMAIN POWER SUPPLY 19rdquo

26TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout Main Power Supply (19) (Top Side)

Layout Main Power Supply (19) (Bottom Side)

I_18130_023eps180608

I_18130_065eps190608

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 27TCS10L LA 7

Main Power Supply (26)

I_18130_024eps180608

A1 A1MAIN POWER SUPPLY 26rdquo

28TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout Main Power Supply (26) (Top Side)

I_18130_028eps180608

40-PWL01B-STE1XG

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 29TCS10L LA 7

Layout Main Power Supply (26) (Bottom Side)

I_18130_029eps180608

40-PWL01B-STE1XG

30TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Standby Power Supply (26)

I_18130_025eps200608

A2 A2STANDBY POWER SUPPLY 26rdquo

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 31TCS10L LA 7

Layout Standby Power Supply (26) (Top Side)

40-1PL37C-PWF1XGI_18130_026eps

180608

32TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout Standby Power Supply (26) (Bottom Side)

I_18130_027eps180608

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 33TCS10L LA 7

SSB Control

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGNDAGND

AGND

AGNDAGNDAGND AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

T

T

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

D1B

D1A

G2

G1

S2

D2B

D2A

S1

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

PGND

PGND

PGND

PGND

PGND

AGND

AGND

T

T

T

T

AGND

T

T

BOOT

DRIVE

FB GND

LGATE

PHASE

VCC

UGATE

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

PGND

AGND

AGND

AGNDAGND

AGND

D2B

D2A

G1

G2

S1

D1B

D1A

S2

T

AGND

D1B

D1A

D2B

G2 D2A

S2

G1

S1

09V

18V

For Tuner 33v

L--Prot

Normal--HProtect--L

Back Light Control

Far from DC-DC amp Tuner

Option

When not use DC-DC+5VSTB_L provide

ON-----LOFF-----H

OptionFar from tuner and power supply (NC)

8

7

6

4 5

3

2

1U3

SP8J3

R234

10R

NC

E

C

B

BT3904

Q21

B

C

E

Q32BT3904

R16

19N

C2

618

KR

919

1K

26

10K

B

C

E

Q2

BT3904

R177

NC

C23

00

1U

10K

R18

0

NC

R17

9 0

R1784K7

+12V

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

P4ON-PBACK

ADJ-PWM2

R181910K26

191

K2

6

R10

Z54

BL-ADJUST

1 2

4

6

8

12

14

10

3

5

7

9

11

13

P22

+5V

+5VSTB_L

C22

2

01U

R70R (FOR 26ONLY)

7

8

4

2

3

5

6

1

A04803

Q17

+12V

+12V_PW

+12V_PW

C24

10

01U

BL-ADJUST

+5V

ST

B_L

C14

01U

BL-ONOFF

C22

40

1U

+5VSTB

R24

8N

C

+12V_PW

C220220U

25V

F250A

F150A

47K

R18

2

L8200R

R2413K9

C23

6

1U

C24

3

1U

C244

01U

C242

470U

16V

+5V

ST

B

PRORECT_12V

R29

720

K

+33V

+33V

B

E

CQ31

BT3906R298

NC

+12V

R299

4K7

R301

4K7

R30

010

K

R29

6

4K7

D14 8V

2

B

C

E

Q26BT3904

R3

4K7

B

E

CQ13

BT3906

C64

3 1U

C20A1U

C21

A 1U

NCC

21

R18

147

K

C24

00

01U

R22

330K

33V

+5V

+5V

12V_PANEL

21

P20

01UC

231

NC

C8

01U

C3

01U

L49200R

L47200R

21

P19

01UC

20

5V_PANEL

4K7R15

D11

LL4148

D45LL4148

PW_ONOFF

+5VSTB1

2

3

P1

POWER-ONOFFB

C

E

Q30BT3904

R26610K

GPIO_PROTECT

+5VSTB

R24

70R

D10LL4148

+12V

C201U

SELECT

R20

510

0K

R2041K

D47 33

V

R27

92K

2R

242

2K2

+12V

1

2

3 6

5

8

4

7

U1

RT8110

R50R PROTPW_ONOFF

R2NC

Z58

Z56

B

C

E

Q27BT3904

BL-ONOFF

R12100R

PW_CTRL

Z51

R24

0 0

Z52

Z53

Z60

L530R

L330R

01U

C23

401UC

232

C23

3 1U

R234K7

5V_PANEL

C22

60

1U

L50200R

+5V

C235470U

16V

200RL54

C23

70

1U

L9200R

+5V

R4

10K

R6NC

+12V_INVERTER

B

C

E

Q6BT3904

68K

R37

NCR17

0RR14

16V

470UC

17A

C27

01U

2U2C16

01UC

15

R8

NC

R194K7

R132NC

R143100K

R14K

7

B

C

E

Q14BT3904

R2110K

+12V

D1LL4148

R14210K

+5VSTB

B

C

E

Q3BT3904NC

+12V

C1810U

50V

L6100UH

D5LL4148

B

C

E

Q5SC1815

NCR

24

B

C

E

Q1

BT3904

B

C

E

Q4BT3904

PWM3

SHUT_EEP

200RL56

L55200R

R23

91K

2

R23

8N

C

R235

10R

R23

6N

C

L115UH

R23

322

K

C23

91U

R237

220R

7

8

4

2

3

5

6

1

U2PHKD13N03LT

C23801U

D50LL4148

L53200R

+12V_INVERTER

C22

70

1U

C22

80

1U

L52200R

L51200R

C22

90

1U

L48200R

C22

50

1U

12V_PANEL

L1230R

PANEL-ONOFF

Z59

Z50

PW_ONOFF R26

368

0R

R2618K2

R26010K

R26

710

K

R26

810

K

R26

247

K

R25910K

R25

810

0K

D41LL4148

+12V

R2783K9

TUNER_5V

+5V

40V

C18

70

1U

R2000R

R6390R

R60422K

L6061000UR

C60

40

1U

D61

433

VC63

047

00P

C63

2 270P

C633

01U 50V

L613

1000UH

NC

L6041000UH

100KR

630

NC

C63

6

C63

50

01U

C63

40

1U

C631200P

B

C

E

Q612BC846B

R63147K

12

3

D61

30B

AV

99

33V

+5V

C1

01U

5V_PANEL

+12V_PW

+5VSTB

12V_PANEL

C223

220U25V

+5VSTB

01U

C22

1

+12V

PW_ONOFF

VCC_PANEL

B01 B01

I_18130_011eps180608

CONTROL

34TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

SSB DC - DC

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGNDAGND

GN

DA

DJ

OU

T

VIN

4

OU

T

VIN

AD

JG

ND

VO

UT

VIN

AD

JG

ND

VCC18V FOR MST9E19A

pin36

VDDC for MST9E19A Core

+33V for VDD_MPLL

+33AVDD FOR AVDD_SIF

+33AVDD FOR AVDD_AU

pin6 pin12

+33AVDD for AVDD_HDMI

Vcc33for MST9E19A analog

+33AVDD for AVDDA

33V for AVDDPLL2

Vcc33 for MST9E19A Digital

10RR

31

F330A

+33V

L16100R+5VST

R28NC

23

1

U6

AIC

1084

FM120D8

FM120D6

23

1

U7

KD

1084

AD

2T18

+33V

VDDP

FM120D7

+5VSTB_L

1 2 3

4

U5AS1117-33

L18FB

FBL17

+18V

VDDC

L11

100R

L10100R+33V

L24

100R

FBL23

16V

47UC

37

C67

01U

01UC

62

C61

01U

01UC

60

C59

01U

16V

100UC

53

C48100U

16V

NCR30

R29

0RL41

FB

16V

100UC

33

C31100U

16V

C49 0

1U

01U

C52

01U

C36

C34 0

1U

01U

C42

C58 0

1U16V

47UC

57

C51 0

1U

AVDD_SIF

+33VA

AVDD_AU

+33VA

AVDDA

+33VA

AVDD_MEMPLL

+33VA

C56 0

1U

01U

C552U

2C

54

C47 0

1U

C46 2U

2

L21FB

2U2

C41

FBL19

C50 2U

2

L22FB

FBL20

01U

C452U

2C

44

C39 0

1U

C38 2U

2

AVDD_HDMI

01U

C40

+33VA

01U

C32

C30 0

1U

+33VA

+33VA

VDD_MPLL

+18V

C35100U

16V

C63

01U

01UC

64

C65

01U

01UC

66

01UC

68

C69

01U

01UC

70

C71

01U

01UC

72

C73

01U

+5VST

+5VSTB

FM120D9

B02 B02

I_18130_012eps180608

DC - DC

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 35TCS10L LA 7

SSB MST9E19A Controller

AG

ND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AG

ND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

SDA

SCL

WC

VCC

VSS

E2NC

E1NC

E0NC AGND

VCC

HOLD

SCK

GND SI

WP

SO

CE

SDA

SCL

WC

VCC

VSS

E2NC

E1NC

E0NC

AD

0A

D1

AD

2A

D3

AD

4A

D5

AD

6A

D7

ALE

AUCOM

AUL0

AUL1

AUL2

AUL3

AUOUTL

AUOUTL2

AUOUTL3

AUOUTR

AUOUTR2

AUOUTR3

AUOUTS

AUR0

AUR1

AUR2

AUR3

AUVRADNAUVRADPAUVREF

AV

DD

_AD

C

AV

DD

_AU

AV

DD

_DV

IA

VD

D_D

VI1

AV

DD

_ME

MP

LL

AV

DD

_MP

LLA

VD

D_M

PLL

1

AV

DD

_SIF

BIN0MBIN0P

BIN1MBIN1P

C0

C1

CSZ

CVBS0

CVBS1CVBS2CVBS3

CVBSOUT

DD

CA

_CK

DD

CA

_DA

DDCD_CKDDCD_DA

DD

CR

_CK

DD

CR

_DA

DI0DI1DI2DI3DI4DI5DI6DI7

DIG

O0

DIG

O1

DIG

O2

DIG

O3

DIG

O4

DIG

O5

DIG

O6

DIG

O7

DIG

O8

DIG

O9

GIN0MGIN0P

GIN1MGIN1P

GN

DG

ND

1

GN

D10

GN

D11

GN

D12

GN

D13

GN

D14

GN

D15

GN

D2

GN

D3

GN

D4

GN

D5

GN

D6

GN

D7

GN

D8

GN

D9

GPIOE0LVSYNCGPIOE1LHSYNC

GPIOE2LDEGPIOE3LCK

GPIOF10GPIOF11

GPIOF12GPIOF13GPIOF14GPIOF15GPIOF16GPIOF17GPIOF18GPIOF19

GPIOF2GPIOF3GPIOF4GPIOF5GPIOF6GPIOF7GPIOF8GPIOF9

HSYNC0

HSYNC1

HW

RE

SE

T

ICLK

IHSYNC

INT

IRIN

IVSYNC

LA0MG3LA0PG2LA1MG1LA1PG0LA2MB7LA2PB6

LA3MB3LA3PB2LA4MB1LA4PB0

LACKMB5LACKPB4

LB0MR7LB0PR6LB1MR5LB1PR4LB2MR3LB2PR2

LB3MG7LB3PG6LB4MG5LB4PG4

LBCKMR1LBCKPR0

PW

M0

PW

M1

PW

M2

PW

M3

PWM_DRVPWM_FB

PWM_SENSE

RD

Z

REFMREFP

REXT

RIN0MRIN0P

RIN1MRIN1P

RMID

RX0NRX0PRX1NRX1PRX2NRX2P

RXCKNRXCKP

SA

R0

SA

R1

SA

R2

SA

R3

SCKSDI

SDO

SIF1MSIF1P

SOGIN0

SOGIN1

VCLAMP

VCOM0

VCOM1

VCOM2

VD

DC

VD

DC

1V

DD

C2

VD

DC

3V

DD

C4

VD

DC

5

VD

DP

VD

DP

1V

DD

P2

VD

DP

3V

DD

P4

VD

DP

5V

DD

P6

VD

DP

7V

DD

P8

VD

DP

9

VSYNC0

VSYNC1

WR

Z

XIN

XO

UT

Y0

Y1

AGND

T

T

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

Mode Selection

I2C address at A0

Location Near IC PinLocation Near IC Pin

SST PULL DOWNMSTAR PULL UP

DVI INPUT

VGA INPUT

For TTL output

Audio Output(to Amp) AV Output(Audio)

Debug Port

For Philps debug

HDCP I2C address at A4

VID

EO

INP

UT

HDTV INPUT

C212NC

C7822P

01UC11

2

2U2 C247

C1072U2

01U C114

PW_CTRL

PRORECT_12V

54

72 13

6 8

RP

84K

7

KEY0-IN

LED2-IN

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

P5

POWER-ONOFF

54

72 13

6 8

RP

124K

7

LED1-IN

NC

L43

+5VSTB

4K7

R55

LED2R13

4K7

R584K7

B

C

E

Q9BT3904

1

2

3

4

5

P14

WP

SDA

SCL

+33V

1

2

3

4

P6

10RR41

SHUT_EEP

D4 NC

WP

C20

110

0P

RXD

TXD1

2

3

P2

ZX

Z62

WP

+33V

+33V+5VSTB

RS

20R

RS

3N

C

RS

11K

10K

R32

10K

R42

01UC86

47RR64

NC

R63

R62

NC

R52100R

R51 22

K

R50 22

K

100RR49

100RR40

C83

001

U

001

UC82

R67

0R

001

UC76

2U2C115

R47100R

R45100R

100RR34100R

R33

2U2C104

C1052U2PC-LIN

2U2C106

C1112U2

2U2C110

C11901U

R57 8K

2

8K2

R56

C1092U2

2U2C108

124578

101113141516171819202122232425262728

293031323334353839

404142434445464748495051

5455575859

61626364656667686970717273747576

78798081828384858687

131

132

133

134

125

126

127

128

129

130

155

156

136 3 9 37 52 56 89 99 101

104

106

120

141

152

173

187

204

143

144

145

146

147

148

149

150

153

154

116

117

118

135

124123122121

9796959493929190

139138137

191190189188

185184183182181180179178177176175174171170169168167166165164163162161160

202201200199198197196195

192

194193

207

206

205

36 53 60 105

6 12 157

208

77 98 107

142

158

203

88 100

102

103

119

140

151

159

172

186

115

114

113

112

111

110

109

108

U8

MST9E19A

R54

4K7

R36

22K

100P C79

01UC11

7

C116

01U

R7510K

R38 22

K

C10201U

C89 0

1U

1

3

2

D40

0BA

V99

+5VST

R53

390R

CVBSOUT

LED2

5

6

7

8

4

3

2

1U10

M24C32MN

IR_SYNC

KEY0

LED1

KEY1

WP_FSH

TV1-VIN- VCOM0

AV1-YIN-

AV1-YIN

VCOM2

SV_Y0

R_TX2+

C920047U

C930047U

0047UC94

0047UC96

C970047U

0047UC98

C1010047U

0047UC100

C990047U

SV_C0

TXD

RXD

100P

C20

2

8

7

6

4 5

3

2

1U9

W25X40

+33V

L26 F

B

100RR77

SDA

SCL

SHUT_EEPR76

100R

5

6

7

8

4

3

2

1U11

M24C04MN

SDA

SCL

100RR70

R69100R

+33V

R68

10K

SPI_CZ

SPI_DI

SPI_CK

54

72

1

3 6

8

RP933R

NCR

65R

661K

8

C90 10

0P

R6110R

1KR60

R591K

100P

C91

C95 10

0P

SYS_RST

R391K

B

E

CQ8

BT3906

C8010U

16V

C7447U

16V

R48

1M

Y1

14M

3

22PC84

AVDDA

AVDD_SIF

AVDD_MEMPLL

AVDD_HDMIVDDC VDDP

SDA_EXT

SCL_EXT

+33V

R43

10K

10KR

44

RXE3+B2

RXE4+B0

RXE4-B1

RXE3-B3

RXEC+B4

RXEC-B5

RXE2+B6

RXE2-B7

RXE1+G0

RXE1-G1

RXE0+G2

RXE0-G3

RXO4+G4

RXO4-G5

RXO3+G6

RXO3-G7

RXOC+R0

RXOC-R1

RXO2+R2

RXO2-R3

RXO1+R4

RXO1-R5

RXO0+R6

RXO0-R7

TTL-BLUE2

TTL-BLUE1

TTL-BLUE0

TTL-BLUE3

TTL-BLUE4

TTL-BLUE5

TTL-BLUE6

TTL-BLUE7

TTL-GREEN0

TTL-GREEN1

TTL-GREEN2

TTL-GREEN3

TTL-GREEN4

TTL-GREEN5

TTL-GREEN6

TTL-GREEN7

TTL-RED6

TTL-RED0

TTL-RED1

TTL-RED2

TTL-RED3

TTL-RED4

TTL-RED5

TTL-RED7

54

72

1

3 6

8

RP40R

8

63

1

2 7

4 5

0RRP7

54

72

1

3 6

8

RP60R

8

63

1

2 7

4 5

0RRP3

8

63

1

2 7

4 5

0RRP5

54

72

1

3 6

8

RP20R

SPI_CKSPI_DISPI_CZ

SPI_DO

AMP-MUTE

PANEL-ONOFF

LED1

HPDCTRL

ON-PBACK

863 12

7

45

4K7

RP

13

PWM0

ADJ-PWM2

NCR

85

NCR

82

NCR

80

NCR

79

R84

1K

R83

1K

R81

1K

R78

1K

PWM0

WP_FSH

ADJ-PWM2

PWM3

IR_SYNC

KEY1

KEY0

RXD

TXD

SCL

SDA

DDC-RDX

DDC-TXD

I2C-SCL

I2C-SDA

+33V

54

721 3

68

RP

104K

7

R7410R

10RR73

10RR72

R7110R

AUCOM

16V

10UC

118

AUVRADN

AUVRADP

C11310U

16V

L250

AMP-ROUT

AMP-LOUT

PH-ROUTPH-LOUT

PC-RIN

SIFM

SIFP

01UC103

01U

C88

AUCOM

AUVREFAUVRADPAUVRADN

SIFM

SIFP

TUNER_CVBS

SV_C0

SV_Y0

VCOM2

CVBS2CVBS1

VCOM0

VCOM1

CVBS3

SCG+

SCR+SCR-

SC_SOG

SCG-

SCB-

RIN-

RIN+GIN-

GIN+SOG

BIN-BIN+

01UC85

C8701U

VS_RGBHS_RGB

HDMI_SCLHDMI_SDA

AVDD_HDMI TXCLK-

R_TX2+

R_TX2-G_TX1+

G_TX1-B_TX0+

B_TX0-TXCLK+

AUVREF

PWM3

+33V

VDD_MPLL

AVDD_AU

TV1-VIN+ TUNER_CVBS

VCOM1

AV1-CIN

TV-SIFP

TV-SIFM

HDMI_SCLHDMI_SDA

TXCLK-

R_TX2-G_TX1+

G_TX1-B_TX0+

B_TX0-TXCLK+

VS_RGBHS_RGB

RIN-

RIN+GIN-

GIN+SOG

BIN-BIN+

SCG+

SCR+SCR-

SC_SOG

SCG-SCB+SCB-

AV1-VIN+

AV2-VIN+

AV3-VIN+ CVBS1

CVBS2

CVBS3

SPI_DO

WP_FSH

CVBSOUT

PH-LOUT

PH-ROUTAMP-ROUT AMP-R

AMP-LAMP-LOUTPH-L1OUT

AFT

SCB+

KEY1-IN

+33V

PH-R1OUT

C77

1000

P

E

C

B BT3904Q7

R114K7

+5VSTB

GPIO_PROTECT

+33V

IR-IN

C248

2U2

2U2 C249

C250

2U2

2U2 C251

C252

2U2

DVI-RINDVI-LINAV2-RIN

AV2-LIN

AV1-RINAV1-LIN

B03 B03

I_18130_013eps180608

MST9E19A CONTROLLER

36TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

SSB HDMI Interface

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

SDA

SCL

WC

VCC

VSS

E2NC

E1NC

E0NC

RX2+

GND1

RX2-

RX1+

GND2

RX1-

RX0+

GND3

RX0-

RXC+

GND4

RXC-

NC1

NC2

DDCCLK

DDCDA

GND5

VCC

HPD

AGND

HDMI-RX2-

HDMI-RX1+

+5V

+5V

5

6

43

2

1

U17

PRTR5V0U4D

5

6

43

2

1

U18

PRTR5V0U4D

1KR101

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

P12

01UC

120

5

6

7

8

4

3

2

1U12

M24C02MN

RLZ

5B6

D18

HDMI-DDC-SDA

HDMI-DDC-SCL

HDMI-HPD

HDMI5V

HPDCTRLB

C

E

Q10BT3904

4K7R96

R95

4K7

R1000R

NCR

97

R94

1K

+5V

100RR99

R98100R

12

3

D17

BAT

54C

D19

RLZ

5B6

TXCLK-

TXCLK+

B_TX0-

B_TX0+

G_TX1-

G_TX1+

R_TX2-

R_TX2+

10RR93

R9210R

10RR91

R9010R

10RR89

R8810R

10RR87

R8610R

HDMI_SDA

HDMI_SCL

HDMI-RXC-

HDMI-RXC+

HDMI-RX0+

HDMI-RX0-

HDMI-RX1-

HDMI-RX2+

B04 B04

I_18130_014eps180608

HDMI INTERFACE

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 37TCS10L LA 7

SSB VGA Interface

AGND

AGND

AGND

SDA

SCL

WC

VCC

VSS

E2NC

E1NC

E0NC

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGNDProgram Control

To main chip(when updateit is I2Cwhen debug it is RXTX)

LED2

R12

110

0RR12

010

0R

+33V

RXD

TXD

R170

4K7

1

3

2

D2

100RR144

NCR123

4K7R12

2

75R

R10

9

R10

8 75R

01UC

130

10K

R17

4

75R

R10

7

10K

R17

2

P13-11

R11

8 4K7

4K7

R11

9

PROTECT

VGA5V

VGA-SCL

PROTECT

13

2

D25

1

3

2

D20

C19 N

C

Q182N7002

10RR175

R171NC

R17310R

C12

9 NC

C1270047U

VGA-R+

VGA-G+

VGA-B+

+5VST1

32

D24

1KR115

R1141K

123

D23BAT54C

5

6

7

8

4

3

2

1U13

M24C02MN

R11

74K

7NC

C12

8R11

610

K

6

4

11

14

15

7

12

8

5

13

3

10

9

1

2

16

17

P13

C1230047U

C1241000P

C1210047U

R10510R

10RR104

R10310R

0047UC126

C1250047U

0047UC122

1

3

2

D22

2

3

1

D21

R11347R

47RR111

R11047R

R106330R

HS_RGB

VS_RGB

Q192N7002

B

C

E

Q25BT3904

VGA-HS

VGA-VS

VGA-SDA

RIN+

SOG

BIN-

GIN-

RIN-

BIN+

GIN+

VGA-SDA

VGA-SCL

+5VSTB

+5VSTB

B05 B05

I_18130_015eps180608

VGA INTERFACE

38TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

SSB Cinch

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND AGNDAGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

VDD

OUTB

INB-

VSS INB+

INA+

INA-

OUTA

AGNDAGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

WHITE

RED

YELLOWGREEN

BLUE

RED

WHITE

RED

RED

WHITE

YELLOW

AGND

AGND

AGND

HDTV IN

AV OUTPUT AUDIO AMP

For PCampYPbPr Audio Input(RL)

For Philips Upgrade

S-VIDEO amp AV2 In Side

Earphone Outuput In Side

AV1 In Rear

AV OUTPUT

For DVI Audio Input(35mm Jack)

2

1

3

P17

DVI_R

DVI_L

AV2-V

AV_ROUT

AV2-R

C13 47

0P

12K

R15

2

C17 47

0P

560P

C16

356

0PC

162

3

2

1

4P15

C14

156

0P

PC-R

560P

C14

3C

134

560P

560P

C13

8

2

3

1

D37

NC

C14

256

0P56

0PC

146

C6 10

0P

3

1

2

P11

TXD

3

1

2

P7

PR1

PB1

AVOUT_L

Y1

AVOUT

1

4

2

5

3

6P21

1

2

3

4

5

6P8

8 56 7 9

P15

BUF2

1

3

2

D31

2

3

1

D28

NC

1

3

2

D33

NC

2

3

1

D55

NC

2

3

1

D54

NC

2

3

1

D52

NC

2

3

1

D51

NC

2

3

1

D34

1

3

2

D36

NC

C5 10

0P

13

2

D12

R18

8 75R

R2855K1

R2845K1

R2805K1

R2815K1

L6130R

AV1-CL60

30R

AV1-YL59

30R

75R

R14

9

C19

810

00P

C14

068

0P

680P

C15

5

10RR186

680P

C13

6

OP_VCC2

C13

168

0P

2

3

1

D53

2

3

1

D27

FB

L42

10KR230

12K

R20

1R

197 12

K

R15

9 12K

R15

522

0R

220RR153

75R

R14

0

75R

R13

9

R13

6 75R

75R

R12

8

2U2C188

R14

5 12K

12K

R15

7

12K

R13

5C191

2U2

10K

R15

6R

147 10

K

330R

R14

6

R18510RY1

75RR151

R141

75R

C1452U2

2U2C144

01UC

139

12K

R16

1

AV2-VIN+

CVBSOUT

AV1-CIN

AV1-YIN-

1

3

2

D38

2

3

1

D39

PH-R1OUTR226

10K

AV_LOUT

R22447K

+5V

R22

547

K

C18

347

U

16V

100P

C18

9

33KR

229

C18547U

16V

C18

40

1U

C19

310

0P

R23

233

K

8

7

6

4 5

3

2

1U16

TDA1308T

SCB-

SCG-

SCR-

C1580047U

SCG+

SCR+

SCB+

SC_SOG

PR1

PB1

C1540047U

0047UC153

C1520047U

C1511000P

0047UC159

0047UC156

R19547R

47RR191

R18947R

R18410R

10RR183

R14810R

1

3

2

D35

B

E

CQ11

BT3906C218

10U

16V

B

C

E

Q12BT3904

2

3

1

D32

2

3

1

D30

1

3

2

D29

R13347R

10RR137

R12610R

+5V

AV1-YIN

Y1R176

470R

PH-L1OUT

AV_LOUT

AV_ROUT

AV1-VIN+

L63 30

R

30R

L62

330RR

249

R25

133

0R

C196

033U50V

C197

033U50V

7

654

89

3

1

2

P18

1000

PC

199

AMP-PROUT+AMP-LIN

AMP-PLOUT+AMP-RIN

EARPHONE-RA

EARPHONE-LA

30RL44

AV1-RIN

R2825K1

R2835K1 AV1-LIN

AV2-LIN

R2865K1

R2875K1 AV2-RIN

R2885K1

R2895K1 DVI-RIN

R2905K1

R2915K1 DVI-LIN

R2925K1

R2935K1 PC-RIN

R2945K1

R2955K1 PC-LIN

AV1_V

AVOUT_R

RXD

C4 47

0P47

0PC

7

AV1_R

AV1_L

C9 47

0P47

0PC

10

C11 47

0P47

0PC

12

PC-L

AV2-L

B06 B06

I_18130_016eps180608

CINCH

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 39TCS10L LA 7

SSB Tuner

AGND

AGND

AGND

AG

ND

AGNDAGND

AGND

AGND

COMMON

IN OUT

VID

EO

NC

1

NC

2

AU

DIO

AG

C

SD

A

TU

MB

GN

D2

SIF

OU

T

GN

D1

NC

3

NC

4

NC

5

SC

L

NC

6

AF

T

CLOSE RO MST IC

R21127R

171 2 6 1110 1412 157 83 4 5 9 13 16

TU1

2

1 3

U15KIA78D05

TUNER_SDA

TUNER_SCL

SIF_OUT

TV_CVBSC

172

01U

33V

B

C

E

Q20

BT3904

TV-SIFPNCR213

10RR220

001UC181

TV-SIFP

R194100R

330R

R19

3R

192

10R

R19

81K

R19

91K

L2722UH

+12V

R20

7 NC

100K

R20

3

2200

PC

200

R209120R

R20610R

C17

4N

C3

30P

NC

330

PC

175

C171220U

16V

L28120R

R20251K

C17

710

0P

C17

615

0P

SDA_EXT

SCL_EXT

C168220U

16V

16V

220UC

169

TV1-VIN-

TV1-VIN+

R21047R

C16

60

01UC16

44U

7

50V

C16

50

01U

C16

70

1U

TUNER_5V

AFT

120RR212

TUNER_5V

TV-SIFM

001UC170

B07 B07

I_18130_017eps180608

TUNER

40TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

SSB Audio Amplifier

PGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

PGND

PGND

AGND

AGND

OUT2+

OUT2-

NC3

IN2

VCC2

NC2

OUT1+

VCC1

IN1

NC1

MUTE

STBY

PW_GND

S_GND

OUT1-

TO SPEAKER

TO SPEAKER

0RR

162

AMP-PROUT-

2

1

H8

15

14

11

12

13

10

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

2

U19

TD

A7266

1

2

3

4

P9

AMP-PLOUT-

L45200R

L46200R

C219220U

16V

27UHL31

C217220U

16V

AMP-LIN

R253NC

01U C209

D3LL4148

C20

610

00P

1U

C211

0022U

C26 1000

PC

204

0022U

C25

C22

470U16V

+5VST

R164100K

R16510K

R16

8N

C

R16

9N

C

R1663K3

3K3R167

10KR244

B

E

CQ15

BT3906

B

C

E

Q16BT3904

C19

5 NC

NC

C19

4

B

C

E

Q24BT3904NC

0RR257

10KR254

E

C

B BT3904Q23

B

C

E

Q22BT3904

R25210K

R255100R

R24310K

2U2C205

R2560R

C2032U2

+12V

AMP-PROUT-

AMP-PROUT+

AMP-PLOUT-

AMP-PLOUT+

POWER-ONOFF

AMP-MUTE

AMP-R

AMP-L

12V-AMP

+12V

AMP-RIN

B08 B08

I_18130_018eps180608

AUDIO AMPLIFIER

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 41TCS10L LA 7

SSB LVDS Interface

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

VCC_PANEL

C246

10U 16V

C245

01U

R277 0NC

+33V

R27

2

0N

C

R275 0NC

RXE4+B0 RXE4-B1

RXE3+B2 RXE3-B3

RXEC+B4 RXEC-B5

RXE2+B6 RXE2-B7

RXE1+G0 RXE1-G1

RXE0+G2 RXE0-G3

RXO4+G4 RXO4-G5

RXO3+G6 RXO3-G7

RXOC+R0 RXOC-R1

RXO2+R2 RXO2-R3

RXO1+R4 RXO1-R5

RXO0+R6 RXO0-R7

1 2

4

6

8

12

14

16

18

20

10

22

24

26

28

3

5

7

9

11

13

15

17

19

21

23

25

27

29 30

32

34

36

38

40

31

33

35

37

39

P10

R276 0NC

R27

3

0N

CR

274

0N

C

B09 B09

I_18130_019eps180608

LVDS INTERFACE Personal Notes

E_06532_012eps131004

42TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout Small Signal Board (Top Side)

I_18130_020eps180608

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 43TCS10L LA 7

Layout Small Signal Board (Bottom Side)

I_18130_021eps180608

44TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Keyboard Control Panel

Layout Keyboard Control Panel (Top Side)

Layout Keyboard Control Panel (Bottom Side)

AGND

AGND AGNDAGND

AGND

R10072K

R10061K5

R10011K2

12 4

3K1001

1

2

3

P1001

KEY0

R1008NC

R10051K2

R1004NC

R10032K

R10021K5

D10

02

HS

5V6B

D10

01H

S5V

6B

12 4

3K1003

12 4

3K1002

12 4

3K1006

12 4

3K1005

12 4

3K1004

KEY1

I_18130_030eps180608

E EKEYBOARD CONTROL PANEL

I_18130_031eps180608

I_18130_032eps180608

Personal Notes

E_06532_012eps131004

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 45TCS10L LA 7

Inverter Panel

1 2

A

B

C

D

4321

D

C

B

A

F1FUSE-1

C2104

C1220uF250V

C3104

R1200

Q1

DTA143

E1

9

E2

10

C2

11

VC

C12

OU

TP

UT

C13

VR

EF

14

A1+

1

A1-

2

CO

MP

3

DT

C4

CT

5

RT

6

GN

D7

C1

8

A2-

15

A2+

16

U1

TL494

R2200

Q32222

C8

223

C7103

R847K

R7120K

C4

104C5104

D1

68V

C9104

D2

1N4148

Q8DTC143

123456

CN1

R20470K

R21

33K

C16

330pF

C15NC

R13100K

R10

68K

R11

68K

R12

15K

C10104

R2627K

C20223

R18560

Q22222

Q62907

R142K

R1622K

R27 10

R28 10

D4

BAW56K

S11

G12

S23

G24

D1 8

D1 7

D2 6

D2 5

U2

4606

C21223

Q42222

Q72907

R152K

R1722K

R29 10

R30 10

D5

BAW56K

S11

G12

S23

G24

D1 8

D1 7

D2 6

D2 5

U3

4606

R19560

C6

105

R231M

Q52N7002

R22

1M

R9

47K

R25

100KR24270K

D6NCBAW56K

D7NCBAW56K

P1

P2

P3

P4

C17225

C18

225

10

1 7

6

T1

T01

10

1 7

6

T2

T01

C2222pF

12

CON1

12

CON2

D9BAV99

R41K

R36820

R32

10KC12104

D8BAV99

R31K

R35820

R31

10KC11104

P2

P1

C2322pF

12

CON3

12

CON4

D11

BAV99

R61K

R38820

R34

10KC14104

D10BAV99

R51K

R37820

R33

10KC13104

P4

P3

VREF

VREF

C19NC

C26

222C27NC

D13BAV99

D15BAV99

C2422pF

C2522pF

C28

222C29NC

C30222 C31

NC

C32

222C33NC

OVP

OVP

OV

P

R602K

R61510K

C38105

Q10

DTA143

Q112222

R6330K

R62 1K

VCC

VCC

P5

P5

R64

1K

C34221

C35 221

C37

221

C39104

C36

221U4A

LM393

U4B

LM393

Vref

D3

1N4148

R65

3K R663K

C41 104

R67

10K

I_18130_033eps180608

I IINVERTER PANEL 19rdquo

46TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout Inverter Panel (Top Side)

Layout Inverter Panel (Bottom Side)

I_18130_034eps190608

I_18130_035eps190608

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 47TCS10L LA 7

IR LED Panel

AGND

AGND

AGNDIRVC

C

GN

D

RW

R20

031K

2

R20

04

1K2

LED1

1

2

3

4

5

CN2001

E

C

B

BC847AQ2001

B

C

E

Q2002

BC847A

2

13

D2001

LED2

G2001

R20024K7

5V16

V10

0UC

2001

5V

IR

IR

C20

03 47P

LED1R2001

4K7

C2002

47P

LED2

I_18130_036eps180608

J JIR amp LED PANELLayout IR LED Panel (Top Side)

Layout IR LED Panel (Bottom Side)

I_18130_037eps180608

I_18130_038eps180608

48TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Personal Notes

E_06532_013eps131004

Alignments EN 49TCS10L LA 8

8 Alignments

Index of this chapter81 Electrical Alignments82 Hardware Alignments

NoteThe Service Modes are described in chapter 5 Menu navigation is done with the CURSOR UP DOWN LEFT or RIGHT keys of the remote control transmitter

81 Electrical Alignments

Perform all electrical adjustments under the following conditionsbull Power supply voltage (depends on region)

ndash AP-NTSC 120 VAC or 230 VAC 50 Hz (plusmn 10)ndash AP-PAL-multi 120 - 230 VAC 50 Hz (plusmn 10)ndash EU 230 VAC 50 Hz (plusmn 10)ndash LATAM-NTSC 120 - 230 VAC 50 Hz (plusmn 10)ndash US 120 VAC 60 Hz (plusmn 10)

bull Connect the set to the mains via an isolation transformer with low internal resistance

bull Allow the set to warm up for approximately 60 minutesbull Measure voltages and waveforms in relation to correct

ground (eg measure audio signals in relation to AUDIO_GND) Caution It is not allowed to use heatsinks as ground

bull Test probe Ri gt 10 MΩ Ci lt 20 pFbull Use an isolated trimmerscrewdriver to perform

alignments

82 Hardware Alignments

Not applicable

821 Aging

Enter TV mode Set warm up status to ldquoOnrdquo Aging time at least 12 minutes

822 ADC Adjustment

The chassis can execute ADC auto-tune in YPbPr amp PC sourcing modes Enter SAM select YPbPr or PC as source then select AUTOTUNE in ADC ADJ press ldquoRight keyrdquo to run waiting for about 5 seconds until ldquoOKrdquo is displayed which means the set finished the ADC adjustment With an YPbPr source use a 100 color bar pattern with a PC source use a 16-scale grey pattern

823 White Balance Adjustment

Adjust the NORMAL WARM COOL temperature in White balance according to company regular Make sure ADC adjustments have done successfully before doing white balance adjustments and use the ldquoNaturalrdquo picture mode White balance adjustment should be performed with three different sources1 AVTVSVIDEO source reunification under the AV

adjustment apply a NTSC-M system signal with 8-scale grey pattern

2 YPbPrHDMI source reunification under the YPbPr adjustment apply an 8-scale grey pattern

3 PC source should adjust single apply a 8-scale grey pattern

If case of manual adjustment please use the WB page in SAMWhile adjusting White Balance do not change White G or Black G only adjust White R White B Black R and Black B

Table 8-1 Color Temperature Setting 19

Table 8-2 Color Temperature Setting 26

Color mode X Y Color Temperature (K)

Normal 296plusmn4 299plusmn4 8000

Warm 314plusmn4 319plusmn4 6500

Cool 289plusmn4 291plusmn4 9000

Color mode X Y Color Temperature (K)

Normal 289plusmn4 291plusmn4 9000

Warm 314plusmn4 319plusmn4 6500

Cool 278plusmn4 278plusmn4 11000

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data SheetsEN 50 TCS10L LA9

9 Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data Sheets

Index of this chapter91 Introduction92 Abbreviation List93 IC Data Sheets

Notes bull Only new circuits (circuits that are not published recently)

are described bull Figures can deviate slightly from the actual situation due

to different set executions

91 Introduction

This chassis uses the MStar MST9U19A main chip with the following features bull Multi-Standard TV decoding with 2-D comb filterbull Multi-Standard TV sound demodulator and decoderbull Triple ADC fro TV and RGBYPbPrbull Integrated DVIHDCPHDMI compliant receiverbull High quality scaling enginebull 3-D video de-interlacer and video noise reductionbull Embedded On Screen Display controllerbull NTSCPALSecam Video decoder with automatic standard

detectionbull CVBS video outputbull Multi standard TV sound decoderbull FM stereo and SAP demodulationbull Digital audio interfacebull Analog RGB Compliant Input Portsbull DVIHDCPHDMI Compliant input portbull Auto tuning function including phasing positioning offset

gain and jitter detectionbull Automatic color correction

The MST9U19A is a high performance and fully integrated IC for multi-function LCD monitorTV with resolutions up to WSXGA (1680 times 1050) It is configured with an integrated triple-ADCPLL an integrated DVIHDCPHDMI receiver a multi standard TV video and audio decoder a video de-interlacer a scaling engine the MStarACE-3 color engine an On Screen Display controller an 8-bit MCU and a built-in output panel interface It also incorporates an intelligent power management control system for green-mode requirements and spread-spectrum support for EMI management

For a block diagram refer to chapter 6 ldquoBlock diagrams Test Point Overviews and Waveformsrdquo

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data Sheets EN 51TCS10L LA 9

92 Abbreviation List

1080i 1080 visible lines interlaced1080p 1080 visible lines progressive scan2CS 2 Carrier Sound2DNR Spatial (2D) Noise Reduction3DNR Temporal (3D) Noise Reduction480i 480 visible lines interlaced480p 480 visible lines progressive scanAARA Automatic Aspect Ratio Adaptation

algorithm that adapts aspect ratio to remove horizontal black bars keeping up the original aspect ratio

ACI Automatic Channel Installation algorithm that installs TV channels directly from a cable network by means of a predefined TXT page

ADC Analogue to Digital ConverterAFC Automatic Frequency Control control

signal used to tune to the correct frequency

AGC Automatic Gain Control algorithm that controls the video input of the feature box

AM Amplitude ModulationAUO Acer Unipack OptronicsAP Asia PacificAR Aspect Ratio 4 by 3 or 16 by 9ASD Automatic Standard DetectionAV Audio VideoB-SC1-IN Blue SCART1 inB-SC2-IN Blue SCART2 inB-TXT Blue teletextBG Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 55 MHzBTSC Broadcast Television System

CommitteeC-FRONT Chrominance front inputCBA Circuit Board Assembly (or PWB)CL Constant Level audio output to

connect with an external amplifierCLUT Color Look Up TableComPair Computer aided rePairCSM Customer Service ModeCVBS Composite Video Blanking and

SynchronizationCVBS-EXT CVBS signal from external source

(VCR VCD etc)CVBS-INT CVBS signal from TunerCVBS-MON CVBS monitor signalCVBS-TER-OUT CVBS terrestrial outDAC Digital to Analogue ConverterDBE Dynamic Bass Enhancement extra

low frequency amplificationDFU Directions For Use owners manualDNR Dynamic Noise ReductionDRAM Dynamic RAMDSP Digital Signal ProcessingDST Dealer Service Tool special

(European) remote control designed for service technicians

DTS Digital Theatre SoundDVD Digital Versatile DiscDVI Digital Visual InterfaceDW Double WindowED Enhanced Definition 480p 576pEEPROM Electrically Erasable and

Programmable Read Only MemoryEU EUropeEXT EXTernal (source) entering the set by

SCART or by cinches (jacks)FBL Fast Blanking DC signal

accompanying RGB signalsFBL-SC1-IN Fast blanking signal for SCART1 in

FBL-SC2-IN Fast blanking signal for SCART2 inFBL-TXT Fast Blanking TeletextFLASH FLASH memoryFM Field Memory Frequency ModulationFMR FM RadioFRC Frame Rate ConverterFRONT-C Front input chrominance (SVHS)FRONT-DETECT Front input detectionFRONT-Y_CVBS Front input luminance or CVBS

(SVHS)FTV Flat TeleVisionG-SC1-IN Green SCART1 inG-SC2-IN Green SCART2 inG-TXT Green teletextH H_sync to the module HD High Definition 720p 1080i 1080pHDMI High Definition Multimedia Interface

digital audio and video interfaceHP Head PhoneI Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 60 MHzI2C Integrated IC busI2S Integrated IC Sound busIC Integrated CircuitIF Intermediate FrequencyInterlaced Scan mode where two fields are used

to form one frame Each field contains half the number of the total amount of lines The fields are written in ldquopairsrdquo causing line flicker

IR Infra RedIRQ Interrupt ReQuestLast Status The settings last chosen by the

customer and read and stored in RAM or in the NVM They are called at start-up of the set to configure it according the customers wishes

LATAM LATin AMericaLC04 Philips chassis name for LCD TV 2004

projectLCD Liquid Crystal DisplayLED Light Emitting DiodeLL Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 65 MHz L is Band I L is all bands except for Band I

LPL LG Philips LCDLS Loud SpeakerLVDS Low Voltage Differential Signalling

data transmission system for high speed and low EMI communication

MN Monochrome TV system Sound carrier distance is 45 MHz

MOSFET Metal Oxide Semiconductor Field Effect Transistor

MPEG Motion Pictures Experts GroupMSP Multi-standard Sound Processor ITT

sound decoderMUTE MUTE LineNAFTA North American Free Trade

Association Trade agreement between Canada USA and Mexico

NC Not ConnectedNICAM Near Instantaneous Compounded

Audio Multiplexing This is a digital sound system used mainly in Europe

NTSC National Television Standard Committee Color system used mainly in North America and Japan Color carrier NTSC MN = 3579545 MHz NTSC 443 = 4433619 MHz (this is a VCR norm it is not transmitted off-air)

NVM Non Volatile Memory IC containing TV related data (for example options)

OC Open CircuitONOFF LED OnOff control signal for the LED

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data SheetsEN 52 TCS10L LA9

OSD On Screen DisplayPAL Phase Alternating Line Color system

used mainly in Western Europe (color carrier = 4433619 MHz) and South America (color carrier PAL M = 3575612 MHz and PAL N = 3582056 MHz)

PC Personal ComputerPCB Printed Circuit Board (or PWB)PDP Plasma Display PanelPIG Picture In GraphicPIP Picture In PicturePLL Phase Locked Loop Used for

example in FST tuning systems The customer can directly provide the desired frequency

Progressive Scan Scan mode where all scan lines are displayed in one frame at the same time creating a double vertical resolution

PWB Printed Wiring Board (or PCB)RAM Random Access MemoryRC Remote Control transmitterRC5 (6) Remote Control system 5 (6) the

signal from the remote control receiver RGB Red Green and Blue The primary

color signals for TV By mixing levels of R G and B all colors (YC) are reproduced

RGBHV Red Green Blue Horizontal sync and Vertical sync

ROM Read Only MemorySAM Service Alignment ModeSC SandCastle two-level pulse derived

from sync signalsSC1-OUT SCART output of the MSP audio ICSC2-B-IN SCART2 Blue inSC2-C-IN SCART2 chrominance inSC2-OUT SCART output of the MSP audio ICSC Short CircuitSCL Clock signal on I2C busSD Standard Definition 480i 576iSDA Data signal on I2C busSDI Samsung Display IndustrySDM Service Default ModeSDRAM Synchronous DRAMSECAM SEequence Couleur Avec Memoire

Color system used mainly in France and Eastern Europe Color carriers = 4406250 MHz and 4250000 MHz

SIF Sound Intermediate FrequencySMPS Switch Mode Power SupplySND SouNDSNDL-SC1-IN Sound left SCART1 inSNDL-SC1-OUT Sound left SCART1 outSNDL-SC2-IN Sound left SCART2 inSNDL-SC2-OUT Sound left SCART2 outSNDR-SC1-IN Sound right SCART1 inSNDR-SC1-OUT Sound right SCART1 outSNDR-SC2-IN Sound right SCART2 outSNDR-SC2-OUT Sound right SCART2 outSNDS-VL-OUT Surround sound left variable level outSNDS-VR-OUT Surround sound right variable level outSOPS Self Oscillating Power SupplySPDIF Sony Philips Digital InterFaceSRAM Static RAMSTBY Stand-bySVHS Super Video Home SystemSW Sub Woofer SoftWareTHD Total Harmonic DistortionTXT TeleteXTuP MicroprocessorVL Variable Level out processed audio

output toward external amplifierVCR Video Cassette Recorder

VGA Video Graphics ArrayWD Watch DogWYSIWYR What You See Is What You Record

record selection that follows main picture and sound

XTAL Quartz crystalYPbPr Component video (Y= Luminance Pb

Pr= Color difference signals B-Y and R-Y other amplitudes wrt to YUV)

YC Video related signals Y consists of luminance signal blanking level and sync C consists of color signal

Y-OUT Luminance-signalYUV Baseband component video (Y=

Luminance UV= Color difference signals)

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data Sheets EN 53TCS10L LA 9

93 IC Data Sheets

This section shows the internal block diagrams and pin layouts of ICs that are drawn as ldquoblack boxesrdquo in the electrical diagrams (with the exception of ldquomemoryrdquo and ldquologicrdquo ICs)

931 Diagram B MST9U19A

Figure 9-1 Pin configuration

Pin 1

123

45

7

9

11

1314

1718

21

23

25

2728

30

32

34

36

39

41

43

6

8

10

12

1516

1920

22

24

26

29

31

33

35

3738

40

42

4445464748

505152

49

53 54 55 56 57 59 61 63 65 66 69 70 73 75 77 79 80 82 84 86 88 91 93 9558 60 62 64 67 68 71 72 74 76 78 81 83 85 87 89 90 92 94 96 97 98 99 100

102

103

104

101

208

207

206

205

204

202

200

198

196

195

192

191

188

186

184

182

181

179

177

175

173

170

168

166

203

201

199

197

194

193

190

189

187

185

183

180

178

176

174

172

171

169

167

165

164

163

162

161

159

158

157

160

156155154

153152

150

148

146

144143

140139

136

134

132

130129

127

125

123

121

118

116

114

151

149

147

145

142141

138137

135

133

131

128

126

124

122

120119

117

115

113112111110109

107106105

108

MST9U19A

XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX

GN

D

AUR1

AUL2

AUL3

AUL1

AUCO

M

AUR2

AUR3

DIGO[8]

GNDAVDD_MEMPLL

PWM3PWM2DIGO[9]

SIF1

MSI

F1P

AVD

D_S

IF

AUO

UTL

AUO

UTR

AUO

UTS

VDD

CG

PIO

F[2]

GPI

OF[

3]G

PIO

F[4]

GPI

OF[

5]G

PIO

F[6]

GPI

OF[

7]G

PIO

F[8]

GPI

OF[

9]G

PIO

F[10

]G

PIO

F[11

]VD

DP

GN

DG

PIO

F[12

]

GPI

OF[

14]

GPI

OF[

15]

GPI

OF[

16]

GPI

OF[

17]

GPI

OF[

18]

GN

D

GPI

OF[

19]

VDD

C

VDD

PG

ND

VDD

PVD

DP

GPI

OF[

13]

GN

D

DIGO[7]

DIGO[5]

DIGO[3]

DIGO[1]

VDDC

VDDPPWM_SENSE

DIGO[6]

DIGO[4]

DIGO[2]

DIGO[0]

GND

PWM_DRVPWM_FBIRININT

PWM1PWM0

GNDVDDPALERDZWRZ

VDDC

GNDVDDP

VDD

PLV

A0M

LVA0

PLV

A1M

LVA1

PLV

A2M

LVA2

PLV

ACKM

LVAC

KPLV

A3M

LVA4

PVD

DP

VDD

CAV

DD

_MPL

L

LVA3

PLV

A4M

GPI

OE[

0]

IHSY

NC

ICLK

DI[

1]D

I[0]

IVYS

NC

GPI

OE[

1]G

PIO

E[2]

GPI

OE[

3]G

ND

VDD

P

AVD

D_M

PLL

XIN

XOU

TH

WR

ESET

GN

D

DI[

7]D

I[6]

DI[

5]D

I[4]

DI[

2]D

I[3]

VDD

C

AUO

UTL

3AU

OU

TR3

RXCKPGND

RX0NRX0P

AVDD_DVIRX1NRX1P

RX2P

REXT

DDCD_CK

VSYNC1

VCLAMP

REFM

BIN1M

GNDRX2N

AVDD_DVI

DDCD_DA

HSYNC1

RMID

REFP

BIN1P

SOGIN1GIN1PGIN1MRIN1PRIN1MBIN0MBIN0PGIN0MGIN0P

SOGIN0RIN0MRIN0P

HSYNC0VSYNC0

RXCKN

AVDD_ADCGND

C1Y1C0Y0

CVBS2CVBS1

VCOM1CVBS0

VCOM0CVBSOUT

GND

VCOM2CVBS3

GN

D

AVD

D_A

UAU

L0AU

R0

AUVR

EFAU

VRAD

PAU

VRAD

N

AUO

UTL

2AU

OU

TR2

AD[7]AD[6]AD[5]AD[4]AD[3]AD[2]AD[1]AD[0]

SDOCSZSDISCK

SAR3

SAR1SAR2

SAR0

DDCA_CK

DDCR_CKDDCA_DA

DDCR_DA

LVB0

MLV

B0P

LVB1

MLV

B1P

LVB2

MLV

B2P

LVBC

KMLV

BCKP

LVB3

M

LVB4

P

LVB3

PLV

B4M

I_18130_008eps200608

Pin Configuration

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data SheetsEN 54 TCS10L LA9

932 Diagram B TDA1308

Figure 9-2 Block diagram and pin configuration

Block diagram

Pinning information

2

1

3

4

8

7

65

INA(neg)

TDA1308(A)OUTA

VSS

VDD

INA(pos)

INB(neg)

INB(pos)

OUTB

TDA1308(A)

VATUO DD

BTUO)gen(ANI

)gen(BNI)sop(ANI

VSS INB(pos)

1

2

3

4

6

5

8

7

I_18130_007eps190608

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data Sheets EN 55TCS10L LA 9

933 Diagram B NCP1377B

Figure 9-3 Block diagram and pin configuration

Block diagram

Pinning information

I_18130_009eps190608

HV

VCC

GND

Demag

4 mA

To InternalSupply

+

+

125 V75 V56 V (Fault)

FaultMngt

PON

5 V+

OVP

+

144

45 usDelay

15 us for B Version

Demag

8 usBlanking

S

SR R

Q

Q

+

3 us forB Version

+minus

Overload

5 usTimeout

TimeReset

Demag

380 nsLEB

1 V3

200 Awhen DRV

is OFF

FB

42 V

Driver src = 20 sink = 10

DrvVCC

CS

+50 mV 10 V Rint

1Dmg 8 HV

7 NC2FB

3CS

4GND

6 VCC

5 Drv

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data SheetsEN 56 TCS10L LA9

934 Diagram B TDA7266

Figure 9-4 Block diagram and pin configuration

1

2

4

Vref

7YB-TS

IN1

022microF

VCC

133

+

-

-

+

OUT1+

OUT1-

15

14

12

6ETUM

IN2

022microF

+

-

-

+

OUT2+

OUT2-

8

9S-GND

PW-GND

470microF 100nF

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

9

10

11

8

NC

NC

S-GND

PW-GND

OUT2+

OUT2-

VCC

IN2

ST-BY

MUTE

NC

IN1

VCCOUT1-

OUT1+

13

14

15

12

I_17950_054eps090508

Block Diagram

Pin Configuration

Spare Parts List amp CTN Overview EN 57TCS10L LA 10

10 Spare Parts List amp CTN OverviewFor the latest spare part overview please consult the Philips Service website

Table 10-1 Sets described in this manual

11 Revision ListManual xxxx xxx xxxx0bull First release

CTN Styling

19PFL340355 MG8

19PFL340377 MG8

19PFL340378 MG8

19PFL340385 MG8

26PFL340385 MG8

  • Content
  • 1 Technical Specifications Connections and Chassis Overview
    • 11 Technical Specifications
      • 111 Vision
      • 112 Sound
      • 113 Miscellaneous
        • 12 Connection Overview
          • Figure 1-1 Rear and side IO connections
          • 121 Rear Connections
            • 1 - HDMI Digital Video Digital Audio - In
              • Figure 1-2 HDMI (type A) connector
                • 2 - VGA AUDIO Mini Jack VGA Audio - In
                • 3 - VGA PC Video RGB - In and Service UART
                  • Figure 1-3 VGA Connector
                    • 4 - Cinch Video YPbPr - In
                    • 5 - AV1 Cinch Video CVBS - In Audio - In
                    • 6 - Aerial - In
                    • 7 - Service Connector (ComPair)
                      • 122 Side connections
                        • 8 - Cinch Video CVBS - In Audio - In
                        • 9 - S-Video (Hosiden) Video YC - In
                        • 10 - Mini Jack Audio Head phone - Out
                            • 13 Chassis Overview
                              • Figure 1-4 PWBCBA locations
                                  • 2 Safety Instructions Warnings and Notes
                                    • 21 Safety Instructions
                                    • 22 Warnings
                                    • 23 Notes
                                      • 231 General
                                      • 232 Schematic Notes
                                      • 233 BGA (Ball Grid Array) ICs
                                        • Introduction
                                        • BGA Temperature Profiles
                                          • 234 Lead-free Soldering
                                          • 235 Alternative BOM identification
                                            • Figure 2-1 Serial number (example)
                                              • 236 Board Level Repair (BLR) or Component Level Repair (CLR)
                                              • 237 Practical Service Precautions
                                                  • 3 Directions for Use
                                                  • 4 Mechanical Instructions
                                                    • 41 Cable Dressing
                                                      • Figure 4-1 Cable dressing (19 model)
                                                      • Figure 4-2 Cable dressing (26 model)
                                                        • 42 Service Positions
                                                          • 421 Foam Bars
                                                            • Figure 4-3 Foam bars
                                                                • 43 AssyPanel Removal
                                                                  • 431 Stand
                                                                    • Figure 4-4 Stand
                                                                      • 432 Rear Cover
                                                                        • Figure 4-5 LVDS release
                                                                        • Figure 4-6 Speaker and IRLED panel cable release
                                                                          • 433 Keyboard Control Board
                                                                            • Figure 4-7 Keyboard control board
                                                                              • 434 IRLED Board and Speakers
                                                                                • Figure 4-8 IRLED Board and Speakers
                                                                                  • 435 Power Supply Board
                                                                                    • Figure 4-9 Power Supply Unit(s)
                                                                                      • 436 Inverter Board (19 and 22 versions)
                                                                                        • Figure 4-10 Inverter Board
                                                                                          • 437 Small Signal Board (SSB)
                                                                                            • Removing the SSB
                                                                                              • Figure 4-11 SSB connector plate
                                                                                              • Figure 4-12 SSB
                                                                                                • 44 Set Re-assembly
                                                                                                  • 5 Service Modes Error Codes and Fault Finding
                                                                                                    • 51 Test Points
                                                                                                    • 52 Service Mode
                                                                                                      • 521 Service Alignment Mode (SAM)
                                                                                                        • How to Enter
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-1 SAM menu
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-2 SAM menu White Balance Normal
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-3 SAM menu White Balance Cool
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-4 SAM menu White Balance Warm
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-5 SAM menu Volume Curve
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-6 SAM menu Picture Curve
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-7 SAM menu Picture Mode Natural
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-8 SAM menu Picture Mode Personal
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-9 SAM menu Picture Mode Rich
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-10 SAM menu Picture Mode Soft
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-11 SAM menu Producting
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-12 SAM menu Country
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-13 SAM menu Setup
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-14 SAM menu Shop Init Do
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-15 SAM menu Clear Code gt
                                                                                                            • How to Exit
                                                                                                            • Factory Mode Descriptions
                                                                                                              • ltTABLEgt
                                                                                                              • Virgin Settings
                                                                                                                • Table 5-1 Country setting
                                                                                                                • Table 5-2 Virgin settings
                                                                                                                  • 522 Customer Service Mode (CSM)
                                                                                                                    • Purpose
                                                                                                                    • How to Activate CSM
                                                                                                                    • Contents of CSM
                                                                                                                      • Figure 5-16 CSM Menu
                                                                                                                        • Menu Explanation
                                                                                                                        • How to Exit
                                                                                                                          • 523 Blinking LED Procedure
                                                                                                                            • 53 Error Codes
                                                                                                                              • ltTABLEgt
                                                                                                                                • 54 Fault Finding
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-17 No Picture No sound no Back light (19 sets)
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-18 Picture OK No sound (19 sets)
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-19 No Picture Back light amp Sound OK (19 and 26 sets)
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-20 No color (19 and 26 sets)
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-21 No Picture No sound no Back light (26 sets)
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-22 Picture OK No sound (26 sets)
                                                                                                                                    • 55 Service Tools
                                                                                                                                      • 551 ComPair
                                                                                                                                        • Introduction
                                                                                                                                        • Specifications
                                                                                                                                        • How to Connect
                                                                                                                                        • How to Order
                                                                                                                                          • Figure 5-23 ComPair II interface connection
                                                                                                                                            • 56 Software Upgrading
                                                                                                                                              • 561 Introduction
                                                                                                                                                  • 6 Block Diagrams Test Point Overview and Waveforms
                                                                                                                                                    • Wiring Diagram of Connector for MS19-PH 19
                                                                                                                                                    • Wiring Diagram of Connector for MS19-PH 26
                                                                                                                                                    • Block Diagram MS19P Chipset
                                                                                                                                                    • I2C overview
                                                                                                                                                      • 7 Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts
                                                                                                                                                        • Main Power Supply (19)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Main Power Supply (19) (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Main Power Supply (19) (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Main Power Supply (26)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Main Power Supply (26) (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Main Power Supply (26) (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Standby Power Supply (26)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Standby Power Supply (26) (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Standby Power Supply (26) (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB Control
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB DC - DC
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB MST9E19A Controller
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB HDMI Interface
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB VGA Interface
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB Cinch
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB Tuner
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB Audio Amplifier
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB LVDS Interface
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Small Signal Board (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Small Signal Board (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Keyboard Control Panel
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Keyboard Control Panel (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Keyboard Control Panel (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Inverter Panel
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Inverter Panel (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Inverter Panel (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • IR LED Panel
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout IR LED Panel (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout IR LED Panel (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                          • 8 Alignments
                                                                                                                                                            • 81 Electrical Alignments
                                                                                                                                                            • 82 Hardware Alignments
                                                                                                                                                              • 821 Aging
                                                                                                                                                              • 822 ADC Adjustment
                                                                                                                                                              • 823 White Balance Adjustment
                                                                                                                                                                • Table 8-1 Color Temperature Setting 19
                                                                                                                                                                • Table 8-2 Color Temperature Setting 26
                                                                                                                                                                  • 9 Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data Sheets
                                                                                                                                                                    • 91 Introduction
                                                                                                                                                                    • 92 Abbreviation List
                                                                                                                                                                    • 93 IC Data Sheets
                                                                                                                                                                      • 931 Diagram B MST9U19A
                                                                                                                                                                        • Figure 9-1 Pin configuration
                                                                                                                                                                          • 932 Diagram B TDA1308
                                                                                                                                                                            • Figure 9-2 Block diagram and pin configuration
                                                                                                                                                                              • 933 Diagram B NCP1377B
                                                                                                                                                                                • Figure 9-3 Block diagram and pin configuration
                                                                                                                                                                                  • 934 Diagram B TDA7266
                                                                                                                                                                                    • Figure 9-4 Block diagram and pin configuration
                                                                                                                                                                                      • 10 Spare Parts List amp CTN Overview
                                                                                                                                                                                        • Table 10-1 Sets described in this manual
                                                                                                                                                                                          • 11 Revision List
Page 12: Philips 19PFL3403-55 TCS1[1].0L_LA

Mechanical InstructionsEN 12 TCS10L LA4

Figure 4-12 SSB

44 Set Re-assembly

To re-assemble the whole set execute all processes in reverse order

Notesbull While re-assembling make sure that all cables are placed

and connected in their original position See figure ldquoCable dressingrdquo

bull Pay special attention not to damage the EMC foams at the SB shields Make sure that EMC foams are put correctly on their places

I_17950_008eps080508

22

44

3

22

Service Modes Error Codes and Fault Finding EN 13TCS10L LA 5

5 Service Modes Error Codes and Fault Finding

Index of this chapter51 Test Points52 Service Mode53 Error Codes54 Fault Finding55 Service Tools56 Software Upgrading

51 Test Points

This chassis is NOT equipped with test points in the service printing No test points are mentioned in the service manual

52 Service Mode

521 Service Alignment Mode (SAM)

How to EnterTo enter SAM use the following methodbull Press on the remote control the code ldquo062596rdquo directly

followed by the ldquoINFOrdquo key

After entering SAM the following screen is visible the values can be adjusted according to the requested (see Chapter 8)

Figure 5-1 SAM menu

Figure 5-2 SAM menu White Balance Normal

Figure 5-3 SAM menu White Balance Cool

Figure 5-4 SAM menu White Balance Warm

Figure 5-5 SAM menu Volume Curve

Figure 5-6 SAM menu Picture Curve

I_18130_041eps190608

I_18130_044eps190608

I_18130_043eps190608

I_18130_045eps190608

I_18130_044eps190608

I_18130_048eps190608

Service Modes Error Codes and Fault FindingEN 14 TCS10L LA5

Figure 5-7 SAM menu Picture Mode Natural

Figure 5-8 SAM menu Picture Mode Personal

Figure 5-9 SAM menu Picture Mode Rich

Figure 5-10 SAM menu Picture Mode Soft

Figure 5-11 SAM menu Producting

Figure 5-12 SAM menu Country

I_18130_049eps190608

I_18130_050eps190608

I_18130_051eps190608

I_18130_052eps190608

I_18130_053eps190608

I_18130_054eps190608

Service Modes Error Codes and Fault Finding EN 15TCS10L LA 5

Figure 5-13 SAM menu Setup

Figure 5-14 SAM menu Shop Init Do

Figure 5-15 SAM menu Clear Code gt

How to ExitPress ldquoMENUrdquo on the RC-transmitter

Factory Mode Descriptions

I_18130_055eps190608

I_18130_058eps190608

Item Sub-Item Description

SOURCE Shift among sourcing via pressing Left amp Right key

ADC ADJ Only available in HDTV or PC mode

WB White Balance Calibration setting

SOURCE Shift among sources

COLOR TEMP Normal Warm Cool

WHITE R R Gain adjust manually or automatically

WHITE G G Gain adjust manually or automatically

WHITE B B Gain adjust manually or automatically

BLACK R R Shift adjust manually or automatically

BLACK G G Shift adjust manually or automatically

BLACK B B Shift adjust manually or automatically

VOL CURVE Volume Curve adjustmentX0 X10 X30 X50 X70 X90 X100 on for the usermenu volume value of the 0 10 30 50 70 90 100Only to adjust during production

PICTURE CURVE Analog Picture Curve adjustment X0 X30 X50 X80 X100 on for the usermenu picture value of the 0 30 50 80 100Only to adjust during production

CON Contrast Curve

BRI Brightness Curve

SAT Saturation Curve

SHARP Sharpness Curve

LIGHT Back light Curve

PICTURE MODE Picture modes analog value can be adjusted in this pageincluding SOFT NATURAL BRIGHTE and PERSONAL

I_18130_059eps190608

Service Modes Error Codes and Fault FindingEN 16 TCS10L LA5

Virgin SettingsFirst the country should be set according to the following table

Table 5-1 Country setting

Secondly select ldquoSHOP INITrdquo from the SAM menu Wait until finished and then turn ldquoOffrdquo the set Now the set is put back to virgin settings according to the following table

Table 5-2 Virgin settings

522 Customer Service Mode (CSM)

PurposeWhen a customer is having problems with his TV-set he can call his dealer or the Customer Help desk The service technician can then ask the customer to activate the CSM in order to identify the status of the set Now the service technician can judge the severity of the complaint In many cases he can advise the customer how to solve the problem or he can decide if it is necessary to visit the customer The CSM is a read only mode therefore modifications in this mode are not possible

How to Activate CSMKey in the code ldquo123654rdquo via the standard RC transmitter

Contents of CSM

Figure 5-16 CSM Menu

Menu Explanation1 MODEL Type number and region code2 PROD SN Production code will have 14 characters + 2

reserved (total 16 characters)3 SW ID Software cluster and version is displayed (TC =

TCL 1 = Chassis Number 26 = Screen size L = Latam 090 = software version)

4 CODES Error buffer contents5 SIGNAL PRESENT Presence of RF signal6 SYSTEM Color system7 SOUND Sound system (MonoStereoSAP)8 HDCP KEYS Shows Valid or invalid HDCP key when

HDMI connected Else blank9 HDMI INPUT FORMAT Shows the HDMI input format10 HDMI AUDIO INPUT HDMI audio input HDMI audio stream

detection YES = Audio stream detected NO = No Audio (for example when DVI format is used)

How to ExitPress ldquoMENUrdquo on the RC-transmitter

523 Blinking LED Procedure

The software is capable of identifying different kinds of errors Because it is possible that more than one error can occur over time an error buffer is available which is capable of storing the last five errors that occurred This is useful if the OSD is not working properly

Errors can also be displayed by the blinking LED procedure The method is to repeatedly let the front LED pulse with as many pulses as the error code number followed by a period of 15 seconds in which the LED is ldquooffrdquo Then this sequence is repeated

PRODUCTING FACTURY HOT KEY

Short-cut key to enter factory mode setting GO BACK is the short-cut key if it is ldquoONrdquo Do remember to turn this ldquoOFFrdquo when the set is returned to the customer

WARM UP STATUS

Aging Mode setting ldquoONrdquo means snow picture showing instead of blue background if there is no signal input Do remember to turn this ldquoOFFrdquo when the set is returned to the customer

EEPROM INIT EEPROM initialization1 When the first time to turn on the set please enter this menu and initialize it2 Press LeftRight key and waiting for about 5 seconds until ldquoOKrdquo displayed which means the set finishes the initialization3 Switch off AC power4 Power on the set again the EEPROM will be initialized

LOGO Always leave this setting to the value ldquoOFFrdquo

RF AGC RF Automatic Gain Control default at 16

COUNTRY Select the correct country before doing a SHOP INIT because it puts the set in virgin mode

SET UP POWER MODE LAST

This selects the last power on sequence used

POWER MODE STB

This will put the set in Stand-by whenever the power key is used to turn it on The user now has to turn the set on with the remote control

POWER MODE ON

This will turn on the set whenever the power key is used to turn it on

SHOP INIT DO By selecting this the outgoing factory initialization is selected Always perform this at the end of a repair

CLEAR CODE gt Clears the Error codes

CODES Shows the last 5 error codes

PANEL TYPE Shows the panel type (display only)

SW VER Shows the software version

V8- Shows the BOM number

COMPILE TIME Shows the time the software was compiled

CTN suffix Country

55 Other

77 Argentina

78 Brazil

85 Mexico

Setting 55 77 78 85

PQ Smart Mode Rich Rich Rich Rich

AQ Smart Mode Movie Movie Movie Movie

Sleep Off Off Off Off

Time 0000 0000 0000 0000

Start time ---- ---- ---- ----

Stop time ---- ---- ---- ----

Channel 2 2 2 2

Child lock Off Off Off Off

Parental lock Off Off Off Off

Closed caption Off Off Off Off

RF Channel 2 9 4 2

Volume 30 30 30 30

Item Sub-Item Description

Screen ratio 16 9 16 9 16 9 16 9

OSD language Spanish Spanish Portuguese Spanish

Setting 55 77 78 85

I_18130_060eps190608

Service Modes Error Codes and Fault Finding EN 17TCS10L LA 5

Any RC command terminates the sequence Error code LED blinking is in white colorExample the contents of the error buffer is ldquo013 007 000 000 000rdquoAfter entering SDM the following occursbull 1 long blink of 5 seconds to start the sequencebull 1 medium blink of 3 seconds and then 3 short blinks

followed by a pause of 15 secondsbull 7 short blinks followed by a pause of 15 secondsbull 1 long blink of 15 seconds to finish the sequenceThe sequence starts again with 12 short blinks

53 Error Codes

The error code buffer contains all errors detected since the last time the buffer was erased The buffer is written from left to right When an error occurs that is not yet in the error code buffer it is displayed at the left side and all other errors shift one position to the right

Basically there are six kind of errors

54 Fault Finding

Figure 5-17 No Picture No sound no Back light (19 sets)

Code Description Detection method Type

0 no error - -

1 reserved - -

2 5V failure protection

Power down Protection + blinking

3 μP Control I2C-bus Error log + blinking

4 General I2C bus Error

I2C-bus Protection + blinking

5 reserved - -

6 System EEPROM

I2C-bus Protection + blinking

7 Tuner I2C-bus Error log + blinking

8 HDCP EEPROM

I2C-bus Error log + blinking

No Picture no sound no Back light

Fuse F3(3A) OK

Check circuit of +33V+18V(U5U

6U7) OK Replace the bad

components

For P22 Pin 1~4 is +12V_PWamp Pin7~9

of is +5VSTBOK

Replace F3

Check Q17(Pin5- 8)+12V OK

NO

NO

NO

YES

YES

YES

Check DC-DC circuit(U1U2)

NOCheck Q26 circuit amp Replace the bad

componentsYES

Check PSU

I_18130_066eps180608

Service Modes Error Codes and Fault FindingEN 18 TCS10L LA5

Figure 5-18 Picture OK No sound (19 sets)

Figure 5-19 No Picture Back light amp Sound OK (19 and 26 sets)

Picture OK No sound

Check the voltage ofPin 313 of U19is it 12v Check Q17

Check the wave of pin7475 of U8is it

OK

CheckR amp L speaker

Check wave ofAudio input Pin

U8 pin61~69 OK

CheckQ22

No

Check B of Q22 is Low OK

Yes

No

Check Mute Pin6 of U19is it 12V

Yes

Yes

ReplaceU8

Yes

NO

Yes

Check the AMP- MUTE circuit

No

No

YesCheck SIF circuit Pin 7(SIFOUT) of

Tuner TU1

TV source Checkthe AV input

circuit

No

I_18130_068eps180608

No Picture Back light amp Sound OK

Check the output voltage

of U3 12V is it OK

Check LVDS signal waveform

of P10 is OK

Check the Circuit of12V_PANELamp

PANEL_ONOFF

Yes

No

Yes

Is RP2-RP7 ok

No

check the LVDS cable

Replace U8Yes

I_18130_004eps180608

Service Modes Error Codes and Fault Finding EN 19TCS10L LA 5

Figure 5-20 No color (19 and 26 sets)

Figure 5-21 No Picture No sound no Back light (26 sets)

No color

Color system is Right amp another

channel color is right

Dose the TV signal too weak

CheckPin 17(TV-

CVBS) Wave of TU1 OK

ReplaceTU1

ResetTo

Local system

CheckTuner Input

cable amp antenna

Yes NO NO

No YES YES

Fine tune Frequency

I_18130_006eps180608

No Picture No sound no Back light

Check circuit of +33V +18V (U5U

6U7) OK Replace the bad components

For P22 Pin 1~4 is +12V_PW amp Pin7~9

of is +5VSTBOK

NO

NO

YES

Check DC-DC circuit (U1U2)

YES

Check PSU

I_18130_003eps180608

Service Modes Error Codes and Fault FindingEN 20 TCS10L LA5

Figure 5-22 Picture OK No sound (26 sets)

55 Service Tools

551 ComPair

IntroductionComPair (Computer Aided Repair) is a Service tool for Philips Consumer Electronics products and offers the following1 ComPair helps you to quickly get an understanding on how

to repair the chassis in a short and effective way2 ComPair allows very detailed diagnostics and is therefore

capable of accurately indicating problem areas You do not have to know anything about I2C or UART commands yourself because ComPair takes care of this

3 ComPair speeds up the repair time since it can automatically communicate with the chassis (when the uP is working) and all repair information is directly available

4 ComPair features TV software upgrade possibilities

SpecificationsComPair consists of a Windows based fault finding program and an interface box between PC and the (defective) product The (new) ComPair II interface box is connected to the PC via an USB cable For the TV chassis the ComPair interface box and the TV communicate via a bi-directional cable via the service connector(s)

How to ConnectThis is described in the ComPair chassis fault finding database

Caution It is compulsory to connect the TV to the PC as shown in Figure ldquoComPair II interface connectionrdquo (with the ComPair interface in between) as the ComPair interface acts as a level shifter If one connects the TV directly to the PC (via UART) ICs will be blown

How to OrderComPair II order codes

bull ComPair II interface 3122 785 91020bull For SW see Philips service websitebull ComPair UART interface cable 3122 785 75051bull Software Upgrade VGA interface cables 3122 785 90004

and 3122 785 09269

Note If you encounter any problems contact your local support desk

Figure 5-23 ComPair II interface connection

56 Software Upgrading

561 Introduction

Software upgrading can be done by ComPair This allows to replacement of the software image

Picture OK No sound

Check the voltage ofPin 313 of U19is it 12v Check PSU

Check the wave of pin7475 of U8is it

OK

CheckR amp L speaker

Check wave ofAudio input Pin

U8 pin61~69 OK

CheckQ22

No

Check B of Q22 is Low OK

Yes

No

Check Mute Pin6 of U19is it 12V

Yes

Yes

ReplaceU8

Yes

NO

Yes

Check the AMP- MUTE circuit

No

No

YesCheck SIF circuit Pin 7(SIFOUT) of

Tuner TU1

TV source Checkthe AV input

circuit

No

I_18130_005eps180608

E_06532_036eps150208

TOUART SERVICECONNECTOR

TOUART SERVICECONNECTOR

TOI2C SERVICECONNECTOR

TO TV

PC

HDMII2C only

Optional power5V DC

ComPair II Developed by Philips Brugge

RC outRC in

OptionalSwitch

Power ModeLinkActivity I2C

ComPair IIMulti

function

RS232 UART

Block Diagrams Test Point Overview and Waveforms 21TCS10L LA 6

6 Block Diagrams Test Point Overview and Waveforms

Wiring Diagram of Connector for MS19-PH 19

40-PWL20C-PWI1XG POWER BOARD

1

NU

SE

LEC

T

GN

D

GN

D

P4

1 2 3 5 6 74

BL

ON

OF

F

DIM

MIN

G

INV

ER

TE

R_P

WR

12V

INV

ER

TE

R_P

WR

12V

P5

40-0MS19P-MAE2XGMAIN BOARD

AG

ND

1 2 3 5 6 74

KE

Y0

KE

Y1

AG

ND

IR-I

N

LED

1-IN

LED

2-IN

NC

1 2 3 5 6 7 84

+5V

ST

B

+5V

ST

B

GN

D

GN

D

GN

D

INVERTER BOARD

CN

1

GN

D

1 2 3 5 64

INV

ER

T-S

W

DIM

MIN

G

GN

D

INV

ER

TE

R_P

WR

12V

INV

ER

TE

R_P

WR

12V

8+

5VS

TB

GN

D

1 2 3 5 64

GN

D

GN

D

NC5V

-PW

5V-P

W

40-PF3403-IRC1XG IR BOARD

40-PF3403-KEC1XG KEY BOARD

GN

D

LED

1

IR

+5V

ST

B

1 2 3 54LE

D2

KE

Y1

GN

D

KE

Y0

1 2 3

P10

01

CN

2001 1S

P 22

P

9 10

+12

V-P

W

+12

V-P

W

+12

V-P

W

+12

V-P

W

7 8 9 10

+12

V+

12V

+12

V

+12

V

I_18130_061eps190608

22TCS10L LA 6Block Diagrams Test Point Overview and Waveforms

Wiring Diagram of Connector for MS19-PH 26

40-1PL37C-PWF1XG

1

P5

40-0MS19P-MAE2XGMAIN BOARD

AG

ND

1 2 3 5 6 74

KE

Y0

KE

Y1

AG

ND

IR-I

N

LED

1-IN

LED

2-IN

NC

1 2 3 5 6 7 84

NC

NC

GN

D

GN

D

GN

D

40-PWL01B-STE1X

8+

5VS

TB

1 2 3 5 64

12V-

PW

40-PF3403-IRC1XG IR BOARD

40-PF3403-KEC1XGKEY BOARD

GN

D

LED

1

IR

+5V

ST

B

1 2 3 54LE

D2

KE

Y1

GN

D

KE

Y0

1 2 3

P10

01

CN

2001

P4

9 10

+12

V-P

W

+12

V-P

W

+12

V-P

W

+12

V-P

W

7

10

5P 1P

1 2 3

1 2 3

+5S

TB

AG

ND

PW

-ON

OF

F

+5S

TB

AG

ND

PW

-ON

OF

F

11

12 13 14

GN

D

NC

BL-

AD

JUS

T

BL-

ON

OF

F

11

12

13

14

15

16

P22

8 91 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

12 13 14 15 16

12V-

PW

GN

D

GN

D12

V-P

W

12V-

PW

GN

D

NC

GN

D

NC

NC

NC

NC

NC

BL-

AD

JUS

T

BL-

ON

OF

F

I_18130_062eps190608

Block Diagrams Test Point Overview and Waveforms 23TCS10L LA 6

Block Diagram MS19P Chipset

Panel

810-bit LVDS

2MB

HDMI

HDTVVGA

YC

AV2AV1

AV-OUTTVSIF

PCHDTV-RL

AV2-RLAV1-RL

IRKEY0KEY1

GPIO PWM

Serial-FlashSPI

Speake

Earphone

r

MS19P Chipset Block Diagram

Audio out

EEPROM24C32 SDA

SCL

AMP

TDA7266

MST9U19A

24C02

24C02

24C04SDASCL

U19

U9

U13

U12

U11HDCP

EDID

EDID

U10

Z1

SDASCLExternal device

I_18130_063eps190608

24TCS10L LA 6Block Diagrams Test Point Overview and Waveforms

I2C overview

I2C Device Block Diagram

MST9U19A-LF

24C32 24C04

System EEPROM

I2C AddressA0

HDCP EEPROM

I2C AddressA4

SDA SCL SDA SCL

Tuner integratedIF PLL Demodulator

SDA1 SCL1I2C AddressA0

I_18130_064eps190608

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 25TCS10L LA 7

7 Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Main Power Supply (19)

I_18130_022eps180608

A AMAIN POWER SUPPLY 19rdquo

26TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout Main Power Supply (19) (Top Side)

Layout Main Power Supply (19) (Bottom Side)

I_18130_023eps180608

I_18130_065eps190608

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 27TCS10L LA 7

Main Power Supply (26)

I_18130_024eps180608

A1 A1MAIN POWER SUPPLY 26rdquo

28TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout Main Power Supply (26) (Top Side)

I_18130_028eps180608

40-PWL01B-STE1XG

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 29TCS10L LA 7

Layout Main Power Supply (26) (Bottom Side)

I_18130_029eps180608

40-PWL01B-STE1XG

30TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Standby Power Supply (26)

I_18130_025eps200608

A2 A2STANDBY POWER SUPPLY 26rdquo

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 31TCS10L LA 7

Layout Standby Power Supply (26) (Top Side)

40-1PL37C-PWF1XGI_18130_026eps

180608

32TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout Standby Power Supply (26) (Bottom Side)

I_18130_027eps180608

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 33TCS10L LA 7

SSB Control

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGNDAGND

AGND

AGNDAGNDAGND AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

T

T

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

D1B

D1A

G2

G1

S2

D2B

D2A

S1

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

PGND

PGND

PGND

PGND

PGND

AGND

AGND

T

T

T

T

AGND

T

T

BOOT

DRIVE

FB GND

LGATE

PHASE

VCC

UGATE

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

PGND

AGND

AGND

AGNDAGND

AGND

D2B

D2A

G1

G2

S1

D1B

D1A

S2

T

AGND

D1B

D1A

D2B

G2 D2A

S2

G1

S1

09V

18V

For Tuner 33v

L--Prot

Normal--HProtect--L

Back Light Control

Far from DC-DC amp Tuner

Option

When not use DC-DC+5VSTB_L provide

ON-----LOFF-----H

OptionFar from tuner and power supply (NC)

8

7

6

4 5

3

2

1U3

SP8J3

R234

10R

NC

E

C

B

BT3904

Q21

B

C

E

Q32BT3904

R16

19N

C2

618

KR

919

1K

26

10K

B

C

E

Q2

BT3904

R177

NC

C23

00

1U

10K

R18

0

NC

R17

9 0

R1784K7

+12V

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

P4ON-PBACK

ADJ-PWM2

R181910K26

191

K2

6

R10

Z54

BL-ADJUST

1 2

4

6

8

12

14

10

3

5

7

9

11

13

P22

+5V

+5VSTB_L

C22

2

01U

R70R (FOR 26ONLY)

7

8

4

2

3

5

6

1

A04803

Q17

+12V

+12V_PW

+12V_PW

C24

10

01U

BL-ADJUST

+5V

ST

B_L

C14

01U

BL-ONOFF

C22

40

1U

+5VSTB

R24

8N

C

+12V_PW

C220220U

25V

F250A

F150A

47K

R18

2

L8200R

R2413K9

C23

6

1U

C24

3

1U

C244

01U

C242

470U

16V

+5V

ST

B

PRORECT_12V

R29

720

K

+33V

+33V

B

E

CQ31

BT3906R298

NC

+12V

R299

4K7

R301

4K7

R30

010

K

R29

6

4K7

D14 8V

2

B

C

E

Q26BT3904

R3

4K7

B

E

CQ13

BT3906

C64

3 1U

C20A1U

C21

A 1U

NCC

21

R18

147

K

C24

00

01U

R22

330K

33V

+5V

+5V

12V_PANEL

21

P20

01UC

231

NC

C8

01U

C3

01U

L49200R

L47200R

21

P19

01UC

20

5V_PANEL

4K7R15

D11

LL4148

D45LL4148

PW_ONOFF

+5VSTB1

2

3

P1

POWER-ONOFFB

C

E

Q30BT3904

R26610K

GPIO_PROTECT

+5VSTB

R24

70R

D10LL4148

+12V

C201U

SELECT

R20

510

0K

R2041K

D47 33

V

R27

92K

2R

242

2K2

+12V

1

2

3 6

5

8

4

7

U1

RT8110

R50R PROTPW_ONOFF

R2NC

Z58

Z56

B

C

E

Q27BT3904

BL-ONOFF

R12100R

PW_CTRL

Z51

R24

0 0

Z52

Z53

Z60

L530R

L330R

01U

C23

401UC

232

C23

3 1U

R234K7

5V_PANEL

C22

60

1U

L50200R

+5V

C235470U

16V

200RL54

C23

70

1U

L9200R

+5V

R4

10K

R6NC

+12V_INVERTER

B

C

E

Q6BT3904

68K

R37

NCR17

0RR14

16V

470UC

17A

C27

01U

2U2C16

01UC

15

R8

NC

R194K7

R132NC

R143100K

R14K

7

B

C

E

Q14BT3904

R2110K

+12V

D1LL4148

R14210K

+5VSTB

B

C

E

Q3BT3904NC

+12V

C1810U

50V

L6100UH

D5LL4148

B

C

E

Q5SC1815

NCR

24

B

C

E

Q1

BT3904

B

C

E

Q4BT3904

PWM3

SHUT_EEP

200RL56

L55200R

R23

91K

2

R23

8N

C

R235

10R

R23

6N

C

L115UH

R23

322

K

C23

91U

R237

220R

7

8

4

2

3

5

6

1

U2PHKD13N03LT

C23801U

D50LL4148

L53200R

+12V_INVERTER

C22

70

1U

C22

80

1U

L52200R

L51200R

C22

90

1U

L48200R

C22

50

1U

12V_PANEL

L1230R

PANEL-ONOFF

Z59

Z50

PW_ONOFF R26

368

0R

R2618K2

R26010K

R26

710

K

R26

810

K

R26

247

K

R25910K

R25

810

0K

D41LL4148

+12V

R2783K9

TUNER_5V

+5V

40V

C18

70

1U

R2000R

R6390R

R60422K

L6061000UR

C60

40

1U

D61

433

VC63

047

00P

C63

2 270P

C633

01U 50V

L613

1000UH

NC

L6041000UH

100KR

630

NC

C63

6

C63

50

01U

C63

40

1U

C631200P

B

C

E

Q612BC846B

R63147K

12

3

D61

30B

AV

99

33V

+5V

C1

01U

5V_PANEL

+12V_PW

+5VSTB

12V_PANEL

C223

220U25V

+5VSTB

01U

C22

1

+12V

PW_ONOFF

VCC_PANEL

B01 B01

I_18130_011eps180608

CONTROL

34TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

SSB DC - DC

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGNDAGND

GN

DA

DJ

OU

T

VIN

4

OU

T

VIN

AD

JG

ND

VO

UT

VIN

AD

JG

ND

VCC18V FOR MST9E19A

pin36

VDDC for MST9E19A Core

+33V for VDD_MPLL

+33AVDD FOR AVDD_SIF

+33AVDD FOR AVDD_AU

pin6 pin12

+33AVDD for AVDD_HDMI

Vcc33for MST9E19A analog

+33AVDD for AVDDA

33V for AVDDPLL2

Vcc33 for MST9E19A Digital

10RR

31

F330A

+33V

L16100R+5VST

R28NC

23

1

U6

AIC

1084

FM120D8

FM120D6

23

1

U7

KD

1084

AD

2T18

+33V

VDDP

FM120D7

+5VSTB_L

1 2 3

4

U5AS1117-33

L18FB

FBL17

+18V

VDDC

L11

100R

L10100R+33V

L24

100R

FBL23

16V

47UC

37

C67

01U

01UC

62

C61

01U

01UC

60

C59

01U

16V

100UC

53

C48100U

16V

NCR30

R29

0RL41

FB

16V

100UC

33

C31100U

16V

C49 0

1U

01U

C52

01U

C36

C34 0

1U

01U

C42

C58 0

1U16V

47UC

57

C51 0

1U

AVDD_SIF

+33VA

AVDD_AU

+33VA

AVDDA

+33VA

AVDD_MEMPLL

+33VA

C56 0

1U

01U

C552U

2C

54

C47 0

1U

C46 2U

2

L21FB

2U2

C41

FBL19

C50 2U

2

L22FB

FBL20

01U

C452U

2C

44

C39 0

1U

C38 2U

2

AVDD_HDMI

01U

C40

+33VA

01U

C32

C30 0

1U

+33VA

+33VA

VDD_MPLL

+18V

C35100U

16V

C63

01U

01UC

64

C65

01U

01UC

66

01UC

68

C69

01U

01UC

70

C71

01U

01UC

72

C73

01U

+5VST

+5VSTB

FM120D9

B02 B02

I_18130_012eps180608

DC - DC

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 35TCS10L LA 7

SSB MST9E19A Controller

AG

ND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AG

ND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

SDA

SCL

WC

VCC

VSS

E2NC

E1NC

E0NC AGND

VCC

HOLD

SCK

GND SI

WP

SO

CE

SDA

SCL

WC

VCC

VSS

E2NC

E1NC

E0NC

AD

0A

D1

AD

2A

D3

AD

4A

D5

AD

6A

D7

ALE

AUCOM

AUL0

AUL1

AUL2

AUL3

AUOUTL

AUOUTL2

AUOUTL3

AUOUTR

AUOUTR2

AUOUTR3

AUOUTS

AUR0

AUR1

AUR2

AUR3

AUVRADNAUVRADPAUVREF

AV

DD

_AD

C

AV

DD

_AU

AV

DD

_DV

IA

VD

D_D

VI1

AV

DD

_ME

MP

LL

AV

DD

_MP

LLA

VD

D_M

PLL

1

AV

DD

_SIF

BIN0MBIN0P

BIN1MBIN1P

C0

C1

CSZ

CVBS0

CVBS1CVBS2CVBS3

CVBSOUT

DD

CA

_CK

DD

CA

_DA

DDCD_CKDDCD_DA

DD

CR

_CK

DD

CR

_DA

DI0DI1DI2DI3DI4DI5DI6DI7

DIG

O0

DIG

O1

DIG

O2

DIG

O3

DIG

O4

DIG

O5

DIG

O6

DIG

O7

DIG

O8

DIG

O9

GIN0MGIN0P

GIN1MGIN1P

GN

DG

ND

1

GN

D10

GN

D11

GN

D12

GN

D13

GN

D14

GN

D15

GN

D2

GN

D3

GN

D4

GN

D5

GN

D6

GN

D7

GN

D8

GN

D9

GPIOE0LVSYNCGPIOE1LHSYNC

GPIOE2LDEGPIOE3LCK

GPIOF10GPIOF11

GPIOF12GPIOF13GPIOF14GPIOF15GPIOF16GPIOF17GPIOF18GPIOF19

GPIOF2GPIOF3GPIOF4GPIOF5GPIOF6GPIOF7GPIOF8GPIOF9

HSYNC0

HSYNC1

HW

RE

SE

T

ICLK

IHSYNC

INT

IRIN

IVSYNC

LA0MG3LA0PG2LA1MG1LA1PG0LA2MB7LA2PB6

LA3MB3LA3PB2LA4MB1LA4PB0

LACKMB5LACKPB4

LB0MR7LB0PR6LB1MR5LB1PR4LB2MR3LB2PR2

LB3MG7LB3PG6LB4MG5LB4PG4

LBCKMR1LBCKPR0

PW

M0

PW

M1

PW

M2

PW

M3

PWM_DRVPWM_FB

PWM_SENSE

RD

Z

REFMREFP

REXT

RIN0MRIN0P

RIN1MRIN1P

RMID

RX0NRX0PRX1NRX1PRX2NRX2P

RXCKNRXCKP

SA

R0

SA

R1

SA

R2

SA

R3

SCKSDI

SDO

SIF1MSIF1P

SOGIN0

SOGIN1

VCLAMP

VCOM0

VCOM1

VCOM2

VD

DC

VD

DC

1V

DD

C2

VD

DC

3V

DD

C4

VD

DC

5

VD

DP

VD

DP

1V

DD

P2

VD

DP

3V

DD

P4

VD

DP

5V

DD

P6

VD

DP

7V

DD

P8

VD

DP

9

VSYNC0

VSYNC1

WR

Z

XIN

XO

UT

Y0

Y1

AGND

T

T

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

Mode Selection

I2C address at A0

Location Near IC PinLocation Near IC Pin

SST PULL DOWNMSTAR PULL UP

DVI INPUT

VGA INPUT

For TTL output

Audio Output(to Amp) AV Output(Audio)

Debug Port

For Philps debug

HDCP I2C address at A4

VID

EO

INP

UT

HDTV INPUT

C212NC

C7822P

01UC11

2

2U2 C247

C1072U2

01U C114

PW_CTRL

PRORECT_12V

54

72 13

6 8

RP

84K

7

KEY0-IN

LED2-IN

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

P5

POWER-ONOFF

54

72 13

6 8

RP

124K

7

LED1-IN

NC

L43

+5VSTB

4K7

R55

LED2R13

4K7

R584K7

B

C

E

Q9BT3904

1

2

3

4

5

P14

WP

SDA

SCL

+33V

1

2

3

4

P6

10RR41

SHUT_EEP

D4 NC

WP

C20

110

0P

RXD

TXD1

2

3

P2

ZX

Z62

WP

+33V

+33V+5VSTB

RS

20R

RS

3N

C

RS

11K

10K

R32

10K

R42

01UC86

47RR64

NC

R63

R62

NC

R52100R

R51 22

K

R50 22

K

100RR49

100RR40

C83

001

U

001

UC82

R67

0R

001

UC76

2U2C115

R47100R

R45100R

100RR34100R

R33

2U2C104

C1052U2PC-LIN

2U2C106

C1112U2

2U2C110

C11901U

R57 8K

2

8K2

R56

C1092U2

2U2C108

124578

101113141516171819202122232425262728

293031323334353839

404142434445464748495051

5455575859

61626364656667686970717273747576

78798081828384858687

131

132

133

134

125

126

127

128

129

130

155

156

136 3 9 37 52 56 89 99 101

104

106

120

141

152

173

187

204

143

144

145

146

147

148

149

150

153

154

116

117

118

135

124123122121

9796959493929190

139138137

191190189188

185184183182181180179178177176175174171170169168167166165164163162161160

202201200199198197196195

192

194193

207

206

205

36 53 60 105

6 12 157

208

77 98 107

142

158

203

88 100

102

103

119

140

151

159

172

186

115

114

113

112

111

110

109

108

U8

MST9E19A

R54

4K7

R36

22K

100P C79

01UC11

7

C116

01U

R7510K

R38 22

K

C10201U

C89 0

1U

1

3

2

D40

0BA

V99

+5VST

R53

390R

CVBSOUT

LED2

5

6

7

8

4

3

2

1U10

M24C32MN

IR_SYNC

KEY0

LED1

KEY1

WP_FSH

TV1-VIN- VCOM0

AV1-YIN-

AV1-YIN

VCOM2

SV_Y0

R_TX2+

C920047U

C930047U

0047UC94

0047UC96

C970047U

0047UC98

C1010047U

0047UC100

C990047U

SV_C0

TXD

RXD

100P

C20

2

8

7

6

4 5

3

2

1U9

W25X40

+33V

L26 F

B

100RR77

SDA

SCL

SHUT_EEPR76

100R

5

6

7

8

4

3

2

1U11

M24C04MN

SDA

SCL

100RR70

R69100R

+33V

R68

10K

SPI_CZ

SPI_DI

SPI_CK

54

72

1

3 6

8

RP933R

NCR

65R

661K

8

C90 10

0P

R6110R

1KR60

R591K

100P

C91

C95 10

0P

SYS_RST

R391K

B

E

CQ8

BT3906

C8010U

16V

C7447U

16V

R48

1M

Y1

14M

3

22PC84

AVDDA

AVDD_SIF

AVDD_MEMPLL

AVDD_HDMIVDDC VDDP

SDA_EXT

SCL_EXT

+33V

R43

10K

10KR

44

RXE3+B2

RXE4+B0

RXE4-B1

RXE3-B3

RXEC+B4

RXEC-B5

RXE2+B6

RXE2-B7

RXE1+G0

RXE1-G1

RXE0+G2

RXE0-G3

RXO4+G4

RXO4-G5

RXO3+G6

RXO3-G7

RXOC+R0

RXOC-R1

RXO2+R2

RXO2-R3

RXO1+R4

RXO1-R5

RXO0+R6

RXO0-R7

TTL-BLUE2

TTL-BLUE1

TTL-BLUE0

TTL-BLUE3

TTL-BLUE4

TTL-BLUE5

TTL-BLUE6

TTL-BLUE7

TTL-GREEN0

TTL-GREEN1

TTL-GREEN2

TTL-GREEN3

TTL-GREEN4

TTL-GREEN5

TTL-GREEN6

TTL-GREEN7

TTL-RED6

TTL-RED0

TTL-RED1

TTL-RED2

TTL-RED3

TTL-RED4

TTL-RED5

TTL-RED7

54

72

1

3 6

8

RP40R

8

63

1

2 7

4 5

0RRP7

54

72

1

3 6

8

RP60R

8

63

1

2 7

4 5

0RRP3

8

63

1

2 7

4 5

0RRP5

54

72

1

3 6

8

RP20R

SPI_CKSPI_DISPI_CZ

SPI_DO

AMP-MUTE

PANEL-ONOFF

LED1

HPDCTRL

ON-PBACK

863 12

7

45

4K7

RP

13

PWM0

ADJ-PWM2

NCR

85

NCR

82

NCR

80

NCR

79

R84

1K

R83

1K

R81

1K

R78

1K

PWM0

WP_FSH

ADJ-PWM2

PWM3

IR_SYNC

KEY1

KEY0

RXD

TXD

SCL

SDA

DDC-RDX

DDC-TXD

I2C-SCL

I2C-SDA

+33V

54

721 3

68

RP

104K

7

R7410R

10RR73

10RR72

R7110R

AUCOM

16V

10UC

118

AUVRADN

AUVRADP

C11310U

16V

L250

AMP-ROUT

AMP-LOUT

PH-ROUTPH-LOUT

PC-RIN

SIFM

SIFP

01UC103

01U

C88

AUCOM

AUVREFAUVRADPAUVRADN

SIFM

SIFP

TUNER_CVBS

SV_C0

SV_Y0

VCOM2

CVBS2CVBS1

VCOM0

VCOM1

CVBS3

SCG+

SCR+SCR-

SC_SOG

SCG-

SCB-

RIN-

RIN+GIN-

GIN+SOG

BIN-BIN+

01UC85

C8701U

VS_RGBHS_RGB

HDMI_SCLHDMI_SDA

AVDD_HDMI TXCLK-

R_TX2+

R_TX2-G_TX1+

G_TX1-B_TX0+

B_TX0-TXCLK+

AUVREF

PWM3

+33V

VDD_MPLL

AVDD_AU

TV1-VIN+ TUNER_CVBS

VCOM1

AV1-CIN

TV-SIFP

TV-SIFM

HDMI_SCLHDMI_SDA

TXCLK-

R_TX2-G_TX1+

G_TX1-B_TX0+

B_TX0-TXCLK+

VS_RGBHS_RGB

RIN-

RIN+GIN-

GIN+SOG

BIN-BIN+

SCG+

SCR+SCR-

SC_SOG

SCG-SCB+SCB-

AV1-VIN+

AV2-VIN+

AV3-VIN+ CVBS1

CVBS2

CVBS3

SPI_DO

WP_FSH

CVBSOUT

PH-LOUT

PH-ROUTAMP-ROUT AMP-R

AMP-LAMP-LOUTPH-L1OUT

AFT

SCB+

KEY1-IN

+33V

PH-R1OUT

C77

1000

P

E

C

B BT3904Q7

R114K7

+5VSTB

GPIO_PROTECT

+33V

IR-IN

C248

2U2

2U2 C249

C250

2U2

2U2 C251

C252

2U2

DVI-RINDVI-LINAV2-RIN

AV2-LIN

AV1-RINAV1-LIN

B03 B03

I_18130_013eps180608

MST9E19A CONTROLLER

36TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

SSB HDMI Interface

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

SDA

SCL

WC

VCC

VSS

E2NC

E1NC

E0NC

RX2+

GND1

RX2-

RX1+

GND2

RX1-

RX0+

GND3

RX0-

RXC+

GND4

RXC-

NC1

NC2

DDCCLK

DDCDA

GND5

VCC

HPD

AGND

HDMI-RX2-

HDMI-RX1+

+5V

+5V

5

6

43

2

1

U17

PRTR5V0U4D

5

6

43

2

1

U18

PRTR5V0U4D

1KR101

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

P12

01UC

120

5

6

7

8

4

3

2

1U12

M24C02MN

RLZ

5B6

D18

HDMI-DDC-SDA

HDMI-DDC-SCL

HDMI-HPD

HDMI5V

HPDCTRLB

C

E

Q10BT3904

4K7R96

R95

4K7

R1000R

NCR

97

R94

1K

+5V

100RR99

R98100R

12

3

D17

BAT

54C

D19

RLZ

5B6

TXCLK-

TXCLK+

B_TX0-

B_TX0+

G_TX1-

G_TX1+

R_TX2-

R_TX2+

10RR93

R9210R

10RR91

R9010R

10RR89

R8810R

10RR87

R8610R

HDMI_SDA

HDMI_SCL

HDMI-RXC-

HDMI-RXC+

HDMI-RX0+

HDMI-RX0-

HDMI-RX1-

HDMI-RX2+

B04 B04

I_18130_014eps180608

HDMI INTERFACE

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 37TCS10L LA 7

SSB VGA Interface

AGND

AGND

AGND

SDA

SCL

WC

VCC

VSS

E2NC

E1NC

E0NC

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGNDProgram Control

To main chip(when updateit is I2Cwhen debug it is RXTX)

LED2

R12

110

0RR12

010

0R

+33V

RXD

TXD

R170

4K7

1

3

2

D2

100RR144

NCR123

4K7R12

2

75R

R10

9

R10

8 75R

01UC

130

10K

R17

4

75R

R10

7

10K

R17

2

P13-11

R11

8 4K7

4K7

R11

9

PROTECT

VGA5V

VGA-SCL

PROTECT

13

2

D25

1

3

2

D20

C19 N

C

Q182N7002

10RR175

R171NC

R17310R

C12

9 NC

C1270047U

VGA-R+

VGA-G+

VGA-B+

+5VST1

32

D24

1KR115

R1141K

123

D23BAT54C

5

6

7

8

4

3

2

1U13

M24C02MN

R11

74K

7NC

C12

8R11

610

K

6

4

11

14

15

7

12

8

5

13

3

10

9

1

2

16

17

P13

C1230047U

C1241000P

C1210047U

R10510R

10RR104

R10310R

0047UC126

C1250047U

0047UC122

1

3

2

D22

2

3

1

D21

R11347R

47RR111

R11047R

R106330R

HS_RGB

VS_RGB

Q192N7002

B

C

E

Q25BT3904

VGA-HS

VGA-VS

VGA-SDA

RIN+

SOG

BIN-

GIN-

RIN-

BIN+

GIN+

VGA-SDA

VGA-SCL

+5VSTB

+5VSTB

B05 B05

I_18130_015eps180608

VGA INTERFACE

38TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

SSB Cinch

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND AGNDAGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

VDD

OUTB

INB-

VSS INB+

INA+

INA-

OUTA

AGNDAGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

WHITE

RED

YELLOWGREEN

BLUE

RED

WHITE

RED

RED

WHITE

YELLOW

AGND

AGND

AGND

HDTV IN

AV OUTPUT AUDIO AMP

For PCampYPbPr Audio Input(RL)

For Philips Upgrade

S-VIDEO amp AV2 In Side

Earphone Outuput In Side

AV1 In Rear

AV OUTPUT

For DVI Audio Input(35mm Jack)

2

1

3

P17

DVI_R

DVI_L

AV2-V

AV_ROUT

AV2-R

C13 47

0P

12K

R15

2

C17 47

0P

560P

C16

356

0PC

162

3

2

1

4P15

C14

156

0P

PC-R

560P

C14

3C

134

560P

560P

C13

8

2

3

1

D37

NC

C14

256

0P56

0PC

146

C6 10

0P

3

1

2

P11

TXD

3

1

2

P7

PR1

PB1

AVOUT_L

Y1

AVOUT

1

4

2

5

3

6P21

1

2

3

4

5

6P8

8 56 7 9

P15

BUF2

1

3

2

D31

2

3

1

D28

NC

1

3

2

D33

NC

2

3

1

D55

NC

2

3

1

D54

NC

2

3

1

D52

NC

2

3

1

D51

NC

2

3

1

D34

1

3

2

D36

NC

C5 10

0P

13

2

D12

R18

8 75R

R2855K1

R2845K1

R2805K1

R2815K1

L6130R

AV1-CL60

30R

AV1-YL59

30R

75R

R14

9

C19

810

00P

C14

068

0P

680P

C15

5

10RR186

680P

C13

6

OP_VCC2

C13

168

0P

2

3

1

D53

2

3

1

D27

FB

L42

10KR230

12K

R20

1R

197 12

K

R15

9 12K

R15

522

0R

220RR153

75R

R14

0

75R

R13

9

R13

6 75R

75R

R12

8

2U2C188

R14

5 12K

12K

R15

7

12K

R13

5C191

2U2

10K

R15

6R

147 10

K

330R

R14

6

R18510RY1

75RR151

R141

75R

C1452U2

2U2C144

01UC

139

12K

R16

1

AV2-VIN+

CVBSOUT

AV1-CIN

AV1-YIN-

1

3

2

D38

2

3

1

D39

PH-R1OUTR226

10K

AV_LOUT

R22447K

+5V

R22

547

K

C18

347

U

16V

100P

C18

9

33KR

229

C18547U

16V

C18

40

1U

C19

310

0P

R23

233

K

8

7

6

4 5

3

2

1U16

TDA1308T

SCB-

SCG-

SCR-

C1580047U

SCG+

SCR+

SCB+

SC_SOG

PR1

PB1

C1540047U

0047UC153

C1520047U

C1511000P

0047UC159

0047UC156

R19547R

47RR191

R18947R

R18410R

10RR183

R14810R

1

3

2

D35

B

E

CQ11

BT3906C218

10U

16V

B

C

E

Q12BT3904

2

3

1

D32

2

3

1

D30

1

3

2

D29

R13347R

10RR137

R12610R

+5V

AV1-YIN

Y1R176

470R

PH-L1OUT

AV_LOUT

AV_ROUT

AV1-VIN+

L63 30

R

30R

L62

330RR

249

R25

133

0R

C196

033U50V

C197

033U50V

7

654

89

3

1

2

P18

1000

PC

199

AMP-PROUT+AMP-LIN

AMP-PLOUT+AMP-RIN

EARPHONE-RA

EARPHONE-LA

30RL44

AV1-RIN

R2825K1

R2835K1 AV1-LIN

AV2-LIN

R2865K1

R2875K1 AV2-RIN

R2885K1

R2895K1 DVI-RIN

R2905K1

R2915K1 DVI-LIN

R2925K1

R2935K1 PC-RIN

R2945K1

R2955K1 PC-LIN

AV1_V

AVOUT_R

RXD

C4 47

0P47

0PC

7

AV1_R

AV1_L

C9 47

0P47

0PC

10

C11 47

0P47

0PC

12

PC-L

AV2-L

B06 B06

I_18130_016eps180608

CINCH

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 39TCS10L LA 7

SSB Tuner

AGND

AGND

AGND

AG

ND

AGNDAGND

AGND

AGND

COMMON

IN OUT

VID

EO

NC

1

NC

2

AU

DIO

AG

C

SD

A

TU

MB

GN

D2

SIF

OU

T

GN

D1

NC

3

NC

4

NC

5

SC

L

NC

6

AF

T

CLOSE RO MST IC

R21127R

171 2 6 1110 1412 157 83 4 5 9 13 16

TU1

2

1 3

U15KIA78D05

TUNER_SDA

TUNER_SCL

SIF_OUT

TV_CVBSC

172

01U

33V

B

C

E

Q20

BT3904

TV-SIFPNCR213

10RR220

001UC181

TV-SIFP

R194100R

330R

R19

3R

192

10R

R19

81K

R19

91K

L2722UH

+12V

R20

7 NC

100K

R20

3

2200

PC

200

R209120R

R20610R

C17

4N

C3

30P

NC

330

PC

175

C171220U

16V

L28120R

R20251K

C17

710

0P

C17

615

0P

SDA_EXT

SCL_EXT

C168220U

16V

16V

220UC

169

TV1-VIN-

TV1-VIN+

R21047R

C16

60

01UC16

44U

7

50V

C16

50

01U

C16

70

1U

TUNER_5V

AFT

120RR212

TUNER_5V

TV-SIFM

001UC170

B07 B07

I_18130_017eps180608

TUNER

40TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

SSB Audio Amplifier

PGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

PGND

PGND

AGND

AGND

OUT2+

OUT2-

NC3

IN2

VCC2

NC2

OUT1+

VCC1

IN1

NC1

MUTE

STBY

PW_GND

S_GND

OUT1-

TO SPEAKER

TO SPEAKER

0RR

162

AMP-PROUT-

2

1

H8

15

14

11

12

13

10

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

2

U19

TD

A7266

1

2

3

4

P9

AMP-PLOUT-

L45200R

L46200R

C219220U

16V

27UHL31

C217220U

16V

AMP-LIN

R253NC

01U C209

D3LL4148

C20

610

00P

1U

C211

0022U

C26 1000

PC

204

0022U

C25

C22

470U16V

+5VST

R164100K

R16510K

R16

8N

C

R16

9N

C

R1663K3

3K3R167

10KR244

B

E

CQ15

BT3906

B

C

E

Q16BT3904

C19

5 NC

NC

C19

4

B

C

E

Q24BT3904NC

0RR257

10KR254

E

C

B BT3904Q23

B

C

E

Q22BT3904

R25210K

R255100R

R24310K

2U2C205

R2560R

C2032U2

+12V

AMP-PROUT-

AMP-PROUT+

AMP-PLOUT-

AMP-PLOUT+

POWER-ONOFF

AMP-MUTE

AMP-R

AMP-L

12V-AMP

+12V

AMP-RIN

B08 B08

I_18130_018eps180608

AUDIO AMPLIFIER

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 41TCS10L LA 7

SSB LVDS Interface

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

VCC_PANEL

C246

10U 16V

C245

01U

R277 0NC

+33V

R27

2

0N

C

R275 0NC

RXE4+B0 RXE4-B1

RXE3+B2 RXE3-B3

RXEC+B4 RXEC-B5

RXE2+B6 RXE2-B7

RXE1+G0 RXE1-G1

RXE0+G2 RXE0-G3

RXO4+G4 RXO4-G5

RXO3+G6 RXO3-G7

RXOC+R0 RXOC-R1

RXO2+R2 RXO2-R3

RXO1+R4 RXO1-R5

RXO0+R6 RXO0-R7

1 2

4

6

8

12

14

16

18

20

10

22

24

26

28

3

5

7

9

11

13

15

17

19

21

23

25

27

29 30

32

34

36

38

40

31

33

35

37

39

P10

R276 0NC

R27

3

0N

CR

274

0N

C

B09 B09

I_18130_019eps180608

LVDS INTERFACE Personal Notes

E_06532_012eps131004

42TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout Small Signal Board (Top Side)

I_18130_020eps180608

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 43TCS10L LA 7

Layout Small Signal Board (Bottom Side)

I_18130_021eps180608

44TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Keyboard Control Panel

Layout Keyboard Control Panel (Top Side)

Layout Keyboard Control Panel (Bottom Side)

AGND

AGND AGNDAGND

AGND

R10072K

R10061K5

R10011K2

12 4

3K1001

1

2

3

P1001

KEY0

R1008NC

R10051K2

R1004NC

R10032K

R10021K5

D10

02

HS

5V6B

D10

01H

S5V

6B

12 4

3K1003

12 4

3K1002

12 4

3K1006

12 4

3K1005

12 4

3K1004

KEY1

I_18130_030eps180608

E EKEYBOARD CONTROL PANEL

I_18130_031eps180608

I_18130_032eps180608

Personal Notes

E_06532_012eps131004

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 45TCS10L LA 7

Inverter Panel

1 2

A

B

C

D

4321

D

C

B

A

F1FUSE-1

C2104

C1220uF250V

C3104

R1200

Q1

DTA143

E1

9

E2

10

C2

11

VC

C12

OU

TP

UT

C13

VR

EF

14

A1+

1

A1-

2

CO

MP

3

DT

C4

CT

5

RT

6

GN

D7

C1

8

A2-

15

A2+

16

U1

TL494

R2200

Q32222

C8

223

C7103

R847K

R7120K

C4

104C5104

D1

68V

C9104

D2

1N4148

Q8DTC143

123456

CN1

R20470K

R21

33K

C16

330pF

C15NC

R13100K

R10

68K

R11

68K

R12

15K

C10104

R2627K

C20223

R18560

Q22222

Q62907

R142K

R1622K

R27 10

R28 10

D4

BAW56K

S11

G12

S23

G24

D1 8

D1 7

D2 6

D2 5

U2

4606

C21223

Q42222

Q72907

R152K

R1722K

R29 10

R30 10

D5

BAW56K

S11

G12

S23

G24

D1 8

D1 7

D2 6

D2 5

U3

4606

R19560

C6

105

R231M

Q52N7002

R22

1M

R9

47K

R25

100KR24270K

D6NCBAW56K

D7NCBAW56K

P1

P2

P3

P4

C17225

C18

225

10

1 7

6

T1

T01

10

1 7

6

T2

T01

C2222pF

12

CON1

12

CON2

D9BAV99

R41K

R36820

R32

10KC12104

D8BAV99

R31K

R35820

R31

10KC11104

P2

P1

C2322pF

12

CON3

12

CON4

D11

BAV99

R61K

R38820

R34

10KC14104

D10BAV99

R51K

R37820

R33

10KC13104

P4

P3

VREF

VREF

C19NC

C26

222C27NC

D13BAV99

D15BAV99

C2422pF

C2522pF

C28

222C29NC

C30222 C31

NC

C32

222C33NC

OVP

OVP

OV

P

R602K

R61510K

C38105

Q10

DTA143

Q112222

R6330K

R62 1K

VCC

VCC

P5

P5

R64

1K

C34221

C35 221

C37

221

C39104

C36

221U4A

LM393

U4B

LM393

Vref

D3

1N4148

R65

3K R663K

C41 104

R67

10K

I_18130_033eps180608

I IINVERTER PANEL 19rdquo

46TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout Inverter Panel (Top Side)

Layout Inverter Panel (Bottom Side)

I_18130_034eps190608

I_18130_035eps190608

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 47TCS10L LA 7

IR LED Panel

AGND

AGND

AGNDIRVC

C

GN

D

RW

R20

031K

2

R20

04

1K2

LED1

1

2

3

4

5

CN2001

E

C

B

BC847AQ2001

B

C

E

Q2002

BC847A

2

13

D2001

LED2

G2001

R20024K7

5V16

V10

0UC

2001

5V

IR

IR

C20

03 47P

LED1R2001

4K7

C2002

47P

LED2

I_18130_036eps180608

J JIR amp LED PANELLayout IR LED Panel (Top Side)

Layout IR LED Panel (Bottom Side)

I_18130_037eps180608

I_18130_038eps180608

48TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Personal Notes

E_06532_013eps131004

Alignments EN 49TCS10L LA 8

8 Alignments

Index of this chapter81 Electrical Alignments82 Hardware Alignments

NoteThe Service Modes are described in chapter 5 Menu navigation is done with the CURSOR UP DOWN LEFT or RIGHT keys of the remote control transmitter

81 Electrical Alignments

Perform all electrical adjustments under the following conditionsbull Power supply voltage (depends on region)

ndash AP-NTSC 120 VAC or 230 VAC 50 Hz (plusmn 10)ndash AP-PAL-multi 120 - 230 VAC 50 Hz (plusmn 10)ndash EU 230 VAC 50 Hz (plusmn 10)ndash LATAM-NTSC 120 - 230 VAC 50 Hz (plusmn 10)ndash US 120 VAC 60 Hz (plusmn 10)

bull Connect the set to the mains via an isolation transformer with low internal resistance

bull Allow the set to warm up for approximately 60 minutesbull Measure voltages and waveforms in relation to correct

ground (eg measure audio signals in relation to AUDIO_GND) Caution It is not allowed to use heatsinks as ground

bull Test probe Ri gt 10 MΩ Ci lt 20 pFbull Use an isolated trimmerscrewdriver to perform

alignments

82 Hardware Alignments

Not applicable

821 Aging

Enter TV mode Set warm up status to ldquoOnrdquo Aging time at least 12 minutes

822 ADC Adjustment

The chassis can execute ADC auto-tune in YPbPr amp PC sourcing modes Enter SAM select YPbPr or PC as source then select AUTOTUNE in ADC ADJ press ldquoRight keyrdquo to run waiting for about 5 seconds until ldquoOKrdquo is displayed which means the set finished the ADC adjustment With an YPbPr source use a 100 color bar pattern with a PC source use a 16-scale grey pattern

823 White Balance Adjustment

Adjust the NORMAL WARM COOL temperature in White balance according to company regular Make sure ADC adjustments have done successfully before doing white balance adjustments and use the ldquoNaturalrdquo picture mode White balance adjustment should be performed with three different sources1 AVTVSVIDEO source reunification under the AV

adjustment apply a NTSC-M system signal with 8-scale grey pattern

2 YPbPrHDMI source reunification under the YPbPr adjustment apply an 8-scale grey pattern

3 PC source should adjust single apply a 8-scale grey pattern

If case of manual adjustment please use the WB page in SAMWhile adjusting White Balance do not change White G or Black G only adjust White R White B Black R and Black B

Table 8-1 Color Temperature Setting 19

Table 8-2 Color Temperature Setting 26

Color mode X Y Color Temperature (K)

Normal 296plusmn4 299plusmn4 8000

Warm 314plusmn4 319plusmn4 6500

Cool 289plusmn4 291plusmn4 9000

Color mode X Y Color Temperature (K)

Normal 289plusmn4 291plusmn4 9000

Warm 314plusmn4 319plusmn4 6500

Cool 278plusmn4 278plusmn4 11000

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data SheetsEN 50 TCS10L LA9

9 Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data Sheets

Index of this chapter91 Introduction92 Abbreviation List93 IC Data Sheets

Notes bull Only new circuits (circuits that are not published recently)

are described bull Figures can deviate slightly from the actual situation due

to different set executions

91 Introduction

This chassis uses the MStar MST9U19A main chip with the following features bull Multi-Standard TV decoding with 2-D comb filterbull Multi-Standard TV sound demodulator and decoderbull Triple ADC fro TV and RGBYPbPrbull Integrated DVIHDCPHDMI compliant receiverbull High quality scaling enginebull 3-D video de-interlacer and video noise reductionbull Embedded On Screen Display controllerbull NTSCPALSecam Video decoder with automatic standard

detectionbull CVBS video outputbull Multi standard TV sound decoderbull FM stereo and SAP demodulationbull Digital audio interfacebull Analog RGB Compliant Input Portsbull DVIHDCPHDMI Compliant input portbull Auto tuning function including phasing positioning offset

gain and jitter detectionbull Automatic color correction

The MST9U19A is a high performance and fully integrated IC for multi-function LCD monitorTV with resolutions up to WSXGA (1680 times 1050) It is configured with an integrated triple-ADCPLL an integrated DVIHDCPHDMI receiver a multi standard TV video and audio decoder a video de-interlacer a scaling engine the MStarACE-3 color engine an On Screen Display controller an 8-bit MCU and a built-in output panel interface It also incorporates an intelligent power management control system for green-mode requirements and spread-spectrum support for EMI management

For a block diagram refer to chapter 6 ldquoBlock diagrams Test Point Overviews and Waveformsrdquo

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data Sheets EN 51TCS10L LA 9

92 Abbreviation List

1080i 1080 visible lines interlaced1080p 1080 visible lines progressive scan2CS 2 Carrier Sound2DNR Spatial (2D) Noise Reduction3DNR Temporal (3D) Noise Reduction480i 480 visible lines interlaced480p 480 visible lines progressive scanAARA Automatic Aspect Ratio Adaptation

algorithm that adapts aspect ratio to remove horizontal black bars keeping up the original aspect ratio

ACI Automatic Channel Installation algorithm that installs TV channels directly from a cable network by means of a predefined TXT page

ADC Analogue to Digital ConverterAFC Automatic Frequency Control control

signal used to tune to the correct frequency

AGC Automatic Gain Control algorithm that controls the video input of the feature box

AM Amplitude ModulationAUO Acer Unipack OptronicsAP Asia PacificAR Aspect Ratio 4 by 3 or 16 by 9ASD Automatic Standard DetectionAV Audio VideoB-SC1-IN Blue SCART1 inB-SC2-IN Blue SCART2 inB-TXT Blue teletextBG Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 55 MHzBTSC Broadcast Television System

CommitteeC-FRONT Chrominance front inputCBA Circuit Board Assembly (or PWB)CL Constant Level audio output to

connect with an external amplifierCLUT Color Look Up TableComPair Computer aided rePairCSM Customer Service ModeCVBS Composite Video Blanking and

SynchronizationCVBS-EXT CVBS signal from external source

(VCR VCD etc)CVBS-INT CVBS signal from TunerCVBS-MON CVBS monitor signalCVBS-TER-OUT CVBS terrestrial outDAC Digital to Analogue ConverterDBE Dynamic Bass Enhancement extra

low frequency amplificationDFU Directions For Use owners manualDNR Dynamic Noise ReductionDRAM Dynamic RAMDSP Digital Signal ProcessingDST Dealer Service Tool special

(European) remote control designed for service technicians

DTS Digital Theatre SoundDVD Digital Versatile DiscDVI Digital Visual InterfaceDW Double WindowED Enhanced Definition 480p 576pEEPROM Electrically Erasable and

Programmable Read Only MemoryEU EUropeEXT EXTernal (source) entering the set by

SCART or by cinches (jacks)FBL Fast Blanking DC signal

accompanying RGB signalsFBL-SC1-IN Fast blanking signal for SCART1 in

FBL-SC2-IN Fast blanking signal for SCART2 inFBL-TXT Fast Blanking TeletextFLASH FLASH memoryFM Field Memory Frequency ModulationFMR FM RadioFRC Frame Rate ConverterFRONT-C Front input chrominance (SVHS)FRONT-DETECT Front input detectionFRONT-Y_CVBS Front input luminance or CVBS

(SVHS)FTV Flat TeleVisionG-SC1-IN Green SCART1 inG-SC2-IN Green SCART2 inG-TXT Green teletextH H_sync to the module HD High Definition 720p 1080i 1080pHDMI High Definition Multimedia Interface

digital audio and video interfaceHP Head PhoneI Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 60 MHzI2C Integrated IC busI2S Integrated IC Sound busIC Integrated CircuitIF Intermediate FrequencyInterlaced Scan mode where two fields are used

to form one frame Each field contains half the number of the total amount of lines The fields are written in ldquopairsrdquo causing line flicker

IR Infra RedIRQ Interrupt ReQuestLast Status The settings last chosen by the

customer and read and stored in RAM or in the NVM They are called at start-up of the set to configure it according the customers wishes

LATAM LATin AMericaLC04 Philips chassis name for LCD TV 2004

projectLCD Liquid Crystal DisplayLED Light Emitting DiodeLL Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 65 MHz L is Band I L is all bands except for Band I

LPL LG Philips LCDLS Loud SpeakerLVDS Low Voltage Differential Signalling

data transmission system for high speed and low EMI communication

MN Monochrome TV system Sound carrier distance is 45 MHz

MOSFET Metal Oxide Semiconductor Field Effect Transistor

MPEG Motion Pictures Experts GroupMSP Multi-standard Sound Processor ITT

sound decoderMUTE MUTE LineNAFTA North American Free Trade

Association Trade agreement between Canada USA and Mexico

NC Not ConnectedNICAM Near Instantaneous Compounded

Audio Multiplexing This is a digital sound system used mainly in Europe

NTSC National Television Standard Committee Color system used mainly in North America and Japan Color carrier NTSC MN = 3579545 MHz NTSC 443 = 4433619 MHz (this is a VCR norm it is not transmitted off-air)

NVM Non Volatile Memory IC containing TV related data (for example options)

OC Open CircuitONOFF LED OnOff control signal for the LED

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data SheetsEN 52 TCS10L LA9

OSD On Screen DisplayPAL Phase Alternating Line Color system

used mainly in Western Europe (color carrier = 4433619 MHz) and South America (color carrier PAL M = 3575612 MHz and PAL N = 3582056 MHz)

PC Personal ComputerPCB Printed Circuit Board (or PWB)PDP Plasma Display PanelPIG Picture In GraphicPIP Picture In PicturePLL Phase Locked Loop Used for

example in FST tuning systems The customer can directly provide the desired frequency

Progressive Scan Scan mode where all scan lines are displayed in one frame at the same time creating a double vertical resolution

PWB Printed Wiring Board (or PCB)RAM Random Access MemoryRC Remote Control transmitterRC5 (6) Remote Control system 5 (6) the

signal from the remote control receiver RGB Red Green and Blue The primary

color signals for TV By mixing levels of R G and B all colors (YC) are reproduced

RGBHV Red Green Blue Horizontal sync and Vertical sync

ROM Read Only MemorySAM Service Alignment ModeSC SandCastle two-level pulse derived

from sync signalsSC1-OUT SCART output of the MSP audio ICSC2-B-IN SCART2 Blue inSC2-C-IN SCART2 chrominance inSC2-OUT SCART output of the MSP audio ICSC Short CircuitSCL Clock signal on I2C busSD Standard Definition 480i 576iSDA Data signal on I2C busSDI Samsung Display IndustrySDM Service Default ModeSDRAM Synchronous DRAMSECAM SEequence Couleur Avec Memoire

Color system used mainly in France and Eastern Europe Color carriers = 4406250 MHz and 4250000 MHz

SIF Sound Intermediate FrequencySMPS Switch Mode Power SupplySND SouNDSNDL-SC1-IN Sound left SCART1 inSNDL-SC1-OUT Sound left SCART1 outSNDL-SC2-IN Sound left SCART2 inSNDL-SC2-OUT Sound left SCART2 outSNDR-SC1-IN Sound right SCART1 inSNDR-SC1-OUT Sound right SCART1 outSNDR-SC2-IN Sound right SCART2 outSNDR-SC2-OUT Sound right SCART2 outSNDS-VL-OUT Surround sound left variable level outSNDS-VR-OUT Surround sound right variable level outSOPS Self Oscillating Power SupplySPDIF Sony Philips Digital InterFaceSRAM Static RAMSTBY Stand-bySVHS Super Video Home SystemSW Sub Woofer SoftWareTHD Total Harmonic DistortionTXT TeleteXTuP MicroprocessorVL Variable Level out processed audio

output toward external amplifierVCR Video Cassette Recorder

VGA Video Graphics ArrayWD Watch DogWYSIWYR What You See Is What You Record

record selection that follows main picture and sound

XTAL Quartz crystalYPbPr Component video (Y= Luminance Pb

Pr= Color difference signals B-Y and R-Y other amplitudes wrt to YUV)

YC Video related signals Y consists of luminance signal blanking level and sync C consists of color signal

Y-OUT Luminance-signalYUV Baseband component video (Y=

Luminance UV= Color difference signals)

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data Sheets EN 53TCS10L LA 9

93 IC Data Sheets

This section shows the internal block diagrams and pin layouts of ICs that are drawn as ldquoblack boxesrdquo in the electrical diagrams (with the exception of ldquomemoryrdquo and ldquologicrdquo ICs)

931 Diagram B MST9U19A

Figure 9-1 Pin configuration

Pin 1

123

45

7

9

11

1314

1718

21

23

25

2728

30

32

34

36

39

41

43

6

8

10

12

1516

1920

22

24

26

29

31

33

35

3738

40

42

4445464748

505152

49

53 54 55 56 57 59 61 63 65 66 69 70 73 75 77 79 80 82 84 86 88 91 93 9558 60 62 64 67 68 71 72 74 76 78 81 83 85 87 89 90 92 94 96 97 98 99 100

102

103

104

101

208

207

206

205

204

202

200

198

196

195

192

191

188

186

184

182

181

179

177

175

173

170

168

166

203

201

199

197

194

193

190

189

187

185

183

180

178

176

174

172

171

169

167

165

164

163

162

161

159

158

157

160

156155154

153152

150

148

146

144143

140139

136

134

132

130129

127

125

123

121

118

116

114

151

149

147

145

142141

138137

135

133

131

128

126

124

122

120119

117

115

113112111110109

107106105

108

MST9U19A

XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX

GN

D

AUR1

AUL2

AUL3

AUL1

AUCO

M

AUR2

AUR3

DIGO[8]

GNDAVDD_MEMPLL

PWM3PWM2DIGO[9]

SIF1

MSI

F1P

AVD

D_S

IF

AUO

UTL

AUO

UTR

AUO

UTS

VDD

CG

PIO

F[2]

GPI

OF[

3]G

PIO

F[4]

GPI

OF[

5]G

PIO

F[6]

GPI

OF[

7]G

PIO

F[8]

GPI

OF[

9]G

PIO

F[10

]G

PIO

F[11

]VD

DP

GN

DG

PIO

F[12

]

GPI

OF[

14]

GPI

OF[

15]

GPI

OF[

16]

GPI

OF[

17]

GPI

OF[

18]

GN

D

GPI

OF[

19]

VDD

C

VDD

PG

ND

VDD

PVD

DP

GPI

OF[

13]

GN

D

DIGO[7]

DIGO[5]

DIGO[3]

DIGO[1]

VDDC

VDDPPWM_SENSE

DIGO[6]

DIGO[4]

DIGO[2]

DIGO[0]

GND

PWM_DRVPWM_FBIRININT

PWM1PWM0

GNDVDDPALERDZWRZ

VDDC

GNDVDDP

VDD

PLV

A0M

LVA0

PLV

A1M

LVA1

PLV

A2M

LVA2

PLV

ACKM

LVAC

KPLV

A3M

LVA4

PVD

DP

VDD

CAV

DD

_MPL

L

LVA3

PLV

A4M

GPI

OE[

0]

IHSY

NC

ICLK

DI[

1]D

I[0]

IVYS

NC

GPI

OE[

1]G

PIO

E[2]

GPI

OE[

3]G

ND

VDD

P

AVD

D_M

PLL

XIN

XOU

TH

WR

ESET

GN

D

DI[

7]D

I[6]

DI[

5]D

I[4]

DI[

2]D

I[3]

VDD

C

AUO

UTL

3AU

OU

TR3

RXCKPGND

RX0NRX0P

AVDD_DVIRX1NRX1P

RX2P

REXT

DDCD_CK

VSYNC1

VCLAMP

REFM

BIN1M

GNDRX2N

AVDD_DVI

DDCD_DA

HSYNC1

RMID

REFP

BIN1P

SOGIN1GIN1PGIN1MRIN1PRIN1MBIN0MBIN0PGIN0MGIN0P

SOGIN0RIN0MRIN0P

HSYNC0VSYNC0

RXCKN

AVDD_ADCGND

C1Y1C0Y0

CVBS2CVBS1

VCOM1CVBS0

VCOM0CVBSOUT

GND

VCOM2CVBS3

GN

D

AVD

D_A

UAU

L0AU

R0

AUVR

EFAU

VRAD

PAU

VRAD

N

AUO

UTL

2AU

OU

TR2

AD[7]AD[6]AD[5]AD[4]AD[3]AD[2]AD[1]AD[0]

SDOCSZSDISCK

SAR3

SAR1SAR2

SAR0

DDCA_CK

DDCR_CKDDCA_DA

DDCR_DA

LVB0

MLV

B0P

LVB1

MLV

B1P

LVB2

MLV

B2P

LVBC

KMLV

BCKP

LVB3

M

LVB4

P

LVB3

PLV

B4M

I_18130_008eps200608

Pin Configuration

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data SheetsEN 54 TCS10L LA9

932 Diagram B TDA1308

Figure 9-2 Block diagram and pin configuration

Block diagram

Pinning information

2

1

3

4

8

7

65

INA(neg)

TDA1308(A)OUTA

VSS

VDD

INA(pos)

INB(neg)

INB(pos)

OUTB

TDA1308(A)

VATUO DD

BTUO)gen(ANI

)gen(BNI)sop(ANI

VSS INB(pos)

1

2

3

4

6

5

8

7

I_18130_007eps190608

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data Sheets EN 55TCS10L LA 9

933 Diagram B NCP1377B

Figure 9-3 Block diagram and pin configuration

Block diagram

Pinning information

I_18130_009eps190608

HV

VCC

GND

Demag

4 mA

To InternalSupply

+

+

125 V75 V56 V (Fault)

FaultMngt

PON

5 V+

OVP

+

144

45 usDelay

15 us for B Version

Demag

8 usBlanking

S

SR R

Q

Q

+

3 us forB Version

+minus

Overload

5 usTimeout

TimeReset

Demag

380 nsLEB

1 V3

200 Awhen DRV

is OFF

FB

42 V

Driver src = 20 sink = 10

DrvVCC

CS

+50 mV 10 V Rint

1Dmg 8 HV

7 NC2FB

3CS

4GND

6 VCC

5 Drv

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data SheetsEN 56 TCS10L LA9

934 Diagram B TDA7266

Figure 9-4 Block diagram and pin configuration

1

2

4

Vref

7YB-TS

IN1

022microF

VCC

133

+

-

-

+

OUT1+

OUT1-

15

14

12

6ETUM

IN2

022microF

+

-

-

+

OUT2+

OUT2-

8

9S-GND

PW-GND

470microF 100nF

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

9

10

11

8

NC

NC

S-GND

PW-GND

OUT2+

OUT2-

VCC

IN2

ST-BY

MUTE

NC

IN1

VCCOUT1-

OUT1+

13

14

15

12

I_17950_054eps090508

Block Diagram

Pin Configuration

Spare Parts List amp CTN Overview EN 57TCS10L LA 10

10 Spare Parts List amp CTN OverviewFor the latest spare part overview please consult the Philips Service website

Table 10-1 Sets described in this manual

11 Revision ListManual xxxx xxx xxxx0bull First release

CTN Styling

19PFL340355 MG8

19PFL340377 MG8

19PFL340378 MG8

19PFL340385 MG8

26PFL340385 MG8

  • Content
  • 1 Technical Specifications Connections and Chassis Overview
    • 11 Technical Specifications
      • 111 Vision
      • 112 Sound
      • 113 Miscellaneous
        • 12 Connection Overview
          • Figure 1-1 Rear and side IO connections
          • 121 Rear Connections
            • 1 - HDMI Digital Video Digital Audio - In
              • Figure 1-2 HDMI (type A) connector
                • 2 - VGA AUDIO Mini Jack VGA Audio - In
                • 3 - VGA PC Video RGB - In and Service UART
                  • Figure 1-3 VGA Connector
                    • 4 - Cinch Video YPbPr - In
                    • 5 - AV1 Cinch Video CVBS - In Audio - In
                    • 6 - Aerial - In
                    • 7 - Service Connector (ComPair)
                      • 122 Side connections
                        • 8 - Cinch Video CVBS - In Audio - In
                        • 9 - S-Video (Hosiden) Video YC - In
                        • 10 - Mini Jack Audio Head phone - Out
                            • 13 Chassis Overview
                              • Figure 1-4 PWBCBA locations
                                  • 2 Safety Instructions Warnings and Notes
                                    • 21 Safety Instructions
                                    • 22 Warnings
                                    • 23 Notes
                                      • 231 General
                                      • 232 Schematic Notes
                                      • 233 BGA (Ball Grid Array) ICs
                                        • Introduction
                                        • BGA Temperature Profiles
                                          • 234 Lead-free Soldering
                                          • 235 Alternative BOM identification
                                            • Figure 2-1 Serial number (example)
                                              • 236 Board Level Repair (BLR) or Component Level Repair (CLR)
                                              • 237 Practical Service Precautions
                                                  • 3 Directions for Use
                                                  • 4 Mechanical Instructions
                                                    • 41 Cable Dressing
                                                      • Figure 4-1 Cable dressing (19 model)
                                                      • Figure 4-2 Cable dressing (26 model)
                                                        • 42 Service Positions
                                                          • 421 Foam Bars
                                                            • Figure 4-3 Foam bars
                                                                • 43 AssyPanel Removal
                                                                  • 431 Stand
                                                                    • Figure 4-4 Stand
                                                                      • 432 Rear Cover
                                                                        • Figure 4-5 LVDS release
                                                                        • Figure 4-6 Speaker and IRLED panel cable release
                                                                          • 433 Keyboard Control Board
                                                                            • Figure 4-7 Keyboard control board
                                                                              • 434 IRLED Board and Speakers
                                                                                • Figure 4-8 IRLED Board and Speakers
                                                                                  • 435 Power Supply Board
                                                                                    • Figure 4-9 Power Supply Unit(s)
                                                                                      • 436 Inverter Board (19 and 22 versions)
                                                                                        • Figure 4-10 Inverter Board
                                                                                          • 437 Small Signal Board (SSB)
                                                                                            • Removing the SSB
                                                                                              • Figure 4-11 SSB connector plate
                                                                                              • Figure 4-12 SSB
                                                                                                • 44 Set Re-assembly
                                                                                                  • 5 Service Modes Error Codes and Fault Finding
                                                                                                    • 51 Test Points
                                                                                                    • 52 Service Mode
                                                                                                      • 521 Service Alignment Mode (SAM)
                                                                                                        • How to Enter
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-1 SAM menu
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-2 SAM menu White Balance Normal
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-3 SAM menu White Balance Cool
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-4 SAM menu White Balance Warm
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-5 SAM menu Volume Curve
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-6 SAM menu Picture Curve
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-7 SAM menu Picture Mode Natural
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-8 SAM menu Picture Mode Personal
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-9 SAM menu Picture Mode Rich
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-10 SAM menu Picture Mode Soft
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-11 SAM menu Producting
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-12 SAM menu Country
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-13 SAM menu Setup
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-14 SAM menu Shop Init Do
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-15 SAM menu Clear Code gt
                                                                                                            • How to Exit
                                                                                                            • Factory Mode Descriptions
                                                                                                              • ltTABLEgt
                                                                                                              • Virgin Settings
                                                                                                                • Table 5-1 Country setting
                                                                                                                • Table 5-2 Virgin settings
                                                                                                                  • 522 Customer Service Mode (CSM)
                                                                                                                    • Purpose
                                                                                                                    • How to Activate CSM
                                                                                                                    • Contents of CSM
                                                                                                                      • Figure 5-16 CSM Menu
                                                                                                                        • Menu Explanation
                                                                                                                        • How to Exit
                                                                                                                          • 523 Blinking LED Procedure
                                                                                                                            • 53 Error Codes
                                                                                                                              • ltTABLEgt
                                                                                                                                • 54 Fault Finding
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-17 No Picture No sound no Back light (19 sets)
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-18 Picture OK No sound (19 sets)
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-19 No Picture Back light amp Sound OK (19 and 26 sets)
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-20 No color (19 and 26 sets)
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-21 No Picture No sound no Back light (26 sets)
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-22 Picture OK No sound (26 sets)
                                                                                                                                    • 55 Service Tools
                                                                                                                                      • 551 ComPair
                                                                                                                                        • Introduction
                                                                                                                                        • Specifications
                                                                                                                                        • How to Connect
                                                                                                                                        • How to Order
                                                                                                                                          • Figure 5-23 ComPair II interface connection
                                                                                                                                            • 56 Software Upgrading
                                                                                                                                              • 561 Introduction
                                                                                                                                                  • 6 Block Diagrams Test Point Overview and Waveforms
                                                                                                                                                    • Wiring Diagram of Connector for MS19-PH 19
                                                                                                                                                    • Wiring Diagram of Connector for MS19-PH 26
                                                                                                                                                    • Block Diagram MS19P Chipset
                                                                                                                                                    • I2C overview
                                                                                                                                                      • 7 Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts
                                                                                                                                                        • Main Power Supply (19)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Main Power Supply (19) (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Main Power Supply (19) (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Main Power Supply (26)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Main Power Supply (26) (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Main Power Supply (26) (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Standby Power Supply (26)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Standby Power Supply (26) (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Standby Power Supply (26) (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB Control
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB DC - DC
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB MST9E19A Controller
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB HDMI Interface
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB VGA Interface
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB Cinch
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB Tuner
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB Audio Amplifier
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB LVDS Interface
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Small Signal Board (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Small Signal Board (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Keyboard Control Panel
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Keyboard Control Panel (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Keyboard Control Panel (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Inverter Panel
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Inverter Panel (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Inverter Panel (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • IR LED Panel
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout IR LED Panel (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout IR LED Panel (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                          • 8 Alignments
                                                                                                                                                            • 81 Electrical Alignments
                                                                                                                                                            • 82 Hardware Alignments
                                                                                                                                                              • 821 Aging
                                                                                                                                                              • 822 ADC Adjustment
                                                                                                                                                              • 823 White Balance Adjustment
                                                                                                                                                                • Table 8-1 Color Temperature Setting 19
                                                                                                                                                                • Table 8-2 Color Temperature Setting 26
                                                                                                                                                                  • 9 Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data Sheets
                                                                                                                                                                    • 91 Introduction
                                                                                                                                                                    • 92 Abbreviation List
                                                                                                                                                                    • 93 IC Data Sheets
                                                                                                                                                                      • 931 Diagram B MST9U19A
                                                                                                                                                                        • Figure 9-1 Pin configuration
                                                                                                                                                                          • 932 Diagram B TDA1308
                                                                                                                                                                            • Figure 9-2 Block diagram and pin configuration
                                                                                                                                                                              • 933 Diagram B NCP1377B
                                                                                                                                                                                • Figure 9-3 Block diagram and pin configuration
                                                                                                                                                                                  • 934 Diagram B TDA7266
                                                                                                                                                                                    • Figure 9-4 Block diagram and pin configuration
                                                                                                                                                                                      • 10 Spare Parts List amp CTN Overview
                                                                                                                                                                                        • Table 10-1 Sets described in this manual
                                                                                                                                                                                          • 11 Revision List
Page 13: Philips 19PFL3403-55 TCS1[1].0L_LA

Service Modes Error Codes and Fault Finding EN 13TCS10L LA 5

5 Service Modes Error Codes and Fault Finding

Index of this chapter51 Test Points52 Service Mode53 Error Codes54 Fault Finding55 Service Tools56 Software Upgrading

51 Test Points

This chassis is NOT equipped with test points in the service printing No test points are mentioned in the service manual

52 Service Mode

521 Service Alignment Mode (SAM)

How to EnterTo enter SAM use the following methodbull Press on the remote control the code ldquo062596rdquo directly

followed by the ldquoINFOrdquo key

After entering SAM the following screen is visible the values can be adjusted according to the requested (see Chapter 8)

Figure 5-1 SAM menu

Figure 5-2 SAM menu White Balance Normal

Figure 5-3 SAM menu White Balance Cool

Figure 5-4 SAM menu White Balance Warm

Figure 5-5 SAM menu Volume Curve

Figure 5-6 SAM menu Picture Curve

I_18130_041eps190608

I_18130_044eps190608

I_18130_043eps190608

I_18130_045eps190608

I_18130_044eps190608

I_18130_048eps190608

Service Modes Error Codes and Fault FindingEN 14 TCS10L LA5

Figure 5-7 SAM menu Picture Mode Natural

Figure 5-8 SAM menu Picture Mode Personal

Figure 5-9 SAM menu Picture Mode Rich

Figure 5-10 SAM menu Picture Mode Soft

Figure 5-11 SAM menu Producting

Figure 5-12 SAM menu Country

I_18130_049eps190608

I_18130_050eps190608

I_18130_051eps190608

I_18130_052eps190608

I_18130_053eps190608

I_18130_054eps190608

Service Modes Error Codes and Fault Finding EN 15TCS10L LA 5

Figure 5-13 SAM menu Setup

Figure 5-14 SAM menu Shop Init Do

Figure 5-15 SAM menu Clear Code gt

How to ExitPress ldquoMENUrdquo on the RC-transmitter

Factory Mode Descriptions

I_18130_055eps190608

I_18130_058eps190608

Item Sub-Item Description

SOURCE Shift among sourcing via pressing Left amp Right key

ADC ADJ Only available in HDTV or PC mode

WB White Balance Calibration setting

SOURCE Shift among sources

COLOR TEMP Normal Warm Cool

WHITE R R Gain adjust manually or automatically

WHITE G G Gain adjust manually or automatically

WHITE B B Gain adjust manually or automatically

BLACK R R Shift adjust manually or automatically

BLACK G G Shift adjust manually or automatically

BLACK B B Shift adjust manually or automatically

VOL CURVE Volume Curve adjustmentX0 X10 X30 X50 X70 X90 X100 on for the usermenu volume value of the 0 10 30 50 70 90 100Only to adjust during production

PICTURE CURVE Analog Picture Curve adjustment X0 X30 X50 X80 X100 on for the usermenu picture value of the 0 30 50 80 100Only to adjust during production

CON Contrast Curve

BRI Brightness Curve

SAT Saturation Curve

SHARP Sharpness Curve

LIGHT Back light Curve

PICTURE MODE Picture modes analog value can be adjusted in this pageincluding SOFT NATURAL BRIGHTE and PERSONAL

I_18130_059eps190608

Service Modes Error Codes and Fault FindingEN 16 TCS10L LA5

Virgin SettingsFirst the country should be set according to the following table

Table 5-1 Country setting

Secondly select ldquoSHOP INITrdquo from the SAM menu Wait until finished and then turn ldquoOffrdquo the set Now the set is put back to virgin settings according to the following table

Table 5-2 Virgin settings

522 Customer Service Mode (CSM)

PurposeWhen a customer is having problems with his TV-set he can call his dealer or the Customer Help desk The service technician can then ask the customer to activate the CSM in order to identify the status of the set Now the service technician can judge the severity of the complaint In many cases he can advise the customer how to solve the problem or he can decide if it is necessary to visit the customer The CSM is a read only mode therefore modifications in this mode are not possible

How to Activate CSMKey in the code ldquo123654rdquo via the standard RC transmitter

Contents of CSM

Figure 5-16 CSM Menu

Menu Explanation1 MODEL Type number and region code2 PROD SN Production code will have 14 characters + 2

reserved (total 16 characters)3 SW ID Software cluster and version is displayed (TC =

TCL 1 = Chassis Number 26 = Screen size L = Latam 090 = software version)

4 CODES Error buffer contents5 SIGNAL PRESENT Presence of RF signal6 SYSTEM Color system7 SOUND Sound system (MonoStereoSAP)8 HDCP KEYS Shows Valid or invalid HDCP key when

HDMI connected Else blank9 HDMI INPUT FORMAT Shows the HDMI input format10 HDMI AUDIO INPUT HDMI audio input HDMI audio stream

detection YES = Audio stream detected NO = No Audio (for example when DVI format is used)

How to ExitPress ldquoMENUrdquo on the RC-transmitter

523 Blinking LED Procedure

The software is capable of identifying different kinds of errors Because it is possible that more than one error can occur over time an error buffer is available which is capable of storing the last five errors that occurred This is useful if the OSD is not working properly

Errors can also be displayed by the blinking LED procedure The method is to repeatedly let the front LED pulse with as many pulses as the error code number followed by a period of 15 seconds in which the LED is ldquooffrdquo Then this sequence is repeated

PRODUCTING FACTURY HOT KEY

Short-cut key to enter factory mode setting GO BACK is the short-cut key if it is ldquoONrdquo Do remember to turn this ldquoOFFrdquo when the set is returned to the customer

WARM UP STATUS

Aging Mode setting ldquoONrdquo means snow picture showing instead of blue background if there is no signal input Do remember to turn this ldquoOFFrdquo when the set is returned to the customer

EEPROM INIT EEPROM initialization1 When the first time to turn on the set please enter this menu and initialize it2 Press LeftRight key and waiting for about 5 seconds until ldquoOKrdquo displayed which means the set finishes the initialization3 Switch off AC power4 Power on the set again the EEPROM will be initialized

LOGO Always leave this setting to the value ldquoOFFrdquo

RF AGC RF Automatic Gain Control default at 16

COUNTRY Select the correct country before doing a SHOP INIT because it puts the set in virgin mode

SET UP POWER MODE LAST

This selects the last power on sequence used

POWER MODE STB

This will put the set in Stand-by whenever the power key is used to turn it on The user now has to turn the set on with the remote control

POWER MODE ON

This will turn on the set whenever the power key is used to turn it on

SHOP INIT DO By selecting this the outgoing factory initialization is selected Always perform this at the end of a repair

CLEAR CODE gt Clears the Error codes

CODES Shows the last 5 error codes

PANEL TYPE Shows the panel type (display only)

SW VER Shows the software version

V8- Shows the BOM number

COMPILE TIME Shows the time the software was compiled

CTN suffix Country

55 Other

77 Argentina

78 Brazil

85 Mexico

Setting 55 77 78 85

PQ Smart Mode Rich Rich Rich Rich

AQ Smart Mode Movie Movie Movie Movie

Sleep Off Off Off Off

Time 0000 0000 0000 0000

Start time ---- ---- ---- ----

Stop time ---- ---- ---- ----

Channel 2 2 2 2

Child lock Off Off Off Off

Parental lock Off Off Off Off

Closed caption Off Off Off Off

RF Channel 2 9 4 2

Volume 30 30 30 30

Item Sub-Item Description

Screen ratio 16 9 16 9 16 9 16 9

OSD language Spanish Spanish Portuguese Spanish

Setting 55 77 78 85

I_18130_060eps190608

Service Modes Error Codes and Fault Finding EN 17TCS10L LA 5

Any RC command terminates the sequence Error code LED blinking is in white colorExample the contents of the error buffer is ldquo013 007 000 000 000rdquoAfter entering SDM the following occursbull 1 long blink of 5 seconds to start the sequencebull 1 medium blink of 3 seconds and then 3 short blinks

followed by a pause of 15 secondsbull 7 short blinks followed by a pause of 15 secondsbull 1 long blink of 15 seconds to finish the sequenceThe sequence starts again with 12 short blinks

53 Error Codes

The error code buffer contains all errors detected since the last time the buffer was erased The buffer is written from left to right When an error occurs that is not yet in the error code buffer it is displayed at the left side and all other errors shift one position to the right

Basically there are six kind of errors

54 Fault Finding

Figure 5-17 No Picture No sound no Back light (19 sets)

Code Description Detection method Type

0 no error - -

1 reserved - -

2 5V failure protection

Power down Protection + blinking

3 μP Control I2C-bus Error log + blinking

4 General I2C bus Error

I2C-bus Protection + blinking

5 reserved - -

6 System EEPROM

I2C-bus Protection + blinking

7 Tuner I2C-bus Error log + blinking

8 HDCP EEPROM

I2C-bus Error log + blinking

No Picture no sound no Back light

Fuse F3(3A) OK

Check circuit of +33V+18V(U5U

6U7) OK Replace the bad

components

For P22 Pin 1~4 is +12V_PWamp Pin7~9

of is +5VSTBOK

Replace F3

Check Q17(Pin5- 8)+12V OK

NO

NO

NO

YES

YES

YES

Check DC-DC circuit(U1U2)

NOCheck Q26 circuit amp Replace the bad

componentsYES

Check PSU

I_18130_066eps180608

Service Modes Error Codes and Fault FindingEN 18 TCS10L LA5

Figure 5-18 Picture OK No sound (19 sets)

Figure 5-19 No Picture Back light amp Sound OK (19 and 26 sets)

Picture OK No sound

Check the voltage ofPin 313 of U19is it 12v Check Q17

Check the wave of pin7475 of U8is it

OK

CheckR amp L speaker

Check wave ofAudio input Pin

U8 pin61~69 OK

CheckQ22

No

Check B of Q22 is Low OK

Yes

No

Check Mute Pin6 of U19is it 12V

Yes

Yes

ReplaceU8

Yes

NO

Yes

Check the AMP- MUTE circuit

No

No

YesCheck SIF circuit Pin 7(SIFOUT) of

Tuner TU1

TV source Checkthe AV input

circuit

No

I_18130_068eps180608

No Picture Back light amp Sound OK

Check the output voltage

of U3 12V is it OK

Check LVDS signal waveform

of P10 is OK

Check the Circuit of12V_PANELamp

PANEL_ONOFF

Yes

No

Yes

Is RP2-RP7 ok

No

check the LVDS cable

Replace U8Yes

I_18130_004eps180608

Service Modes Error Codes and Fault Finding EN 19TCS10L LA 5

Figure 5-20 No color (19 and 26 sets)

Figure 5-21 No Picture No sound no Back light (26 sets)

No color

Color system is Right amp another

channel color is right

Dose the TV signal too weak

CheckPin 17(TV-

CVBS) Wave of TU1 OK

ReplaceTU1

ResetTo

Local system

CheckTuner Input

cable amp antenna

Yes NO NO

No YES YES

Fine tune Frequency

I_18130_006eps180608

No Picture No sound no Back light

Check circuit of +33V +18V (U5U

6U7) OK Replace the bad components

For P22 Pin 1~4 is +12V_PW amp Pin7~9

of is +5VSTBOK

NO

NO

YES

Check DC-DC circuit (U1U2)

YES

Check PSU

I_18130_003eps180608

Service Modes Error Codes and Fault FindingEN 20 TCS10L LA5

Figure 5-22 Picture OK No sound (26 sets)

55 Service Tools

551 ComPair

IntroductionComPair (Computer Aided Repair) is a Service tool for Philips Consumer Electronics products and offers the following1 ComPair helps you to quickly get an understanding on how

to repair the chassis in a short and effective way2 ComPair allows very detailed diagnostics and is therefore

capable of accurately indicating problem areas You do not have to know anything about I2C or UART commands yourself because ComPair takes care of this

3 ComPair speeds up the repair time since it can automatically communicate with the chassis (when the uP is working) and all repair information is directly available

4 ComPair features TV software upgrade possibilities

SpecificationsComPair consists of a Windows based fault finding program and an interface box between PC and the (defective) product The (new) ComPair II interface box is connected to the PC via an USB cable For the TV chassis the ComPair interface box and the TV communicate via a bi-directional cable via the service connector(s)

How to ConnectThis is described in the ComPair chassis fault finding database

Caution It is compulsory to connect the TV to the PC as shown in Figure ldquoComPair II interface connectionrdquo (with the ComPair interface in between) as the ComPair interface acts as a level shifter If one connects the TV directly to the PC (via UART) ICs will be blown

How to OrderComPair II order codes

bull ComPair II interface 3122 785 91020bull For SW see Philips service websitebull ComPair UART interface cable 3122 785 75051bull Software Upgrade VGA interface cables 3122 785 90004

and 3122 785 09269

Note If you encounter any problems contact your local support desk

Figure 5-23 ComPair II interface connection

56 Software Upgrading

561 Introduction

Software upgrading can be done by ComPair This allows to replacement of the software image

Picture OK No sound

Check the voltage ofPin 313 of U19is it 12v Check PSU

Check the wave of pin7475 of U8is it

OK

CheckR amp L speaker

Check wave ofAudio input Pin

U8 pin61~69 OK

CheckQ22

No

Check B of Q22 is Low OK

Yes

No

Check Mute Pin6 of U19is it 12V

Yes

Yes

ReplaceU8

Yes

NO

Yes

Check the AMP- MUTE circuit

No

No

YesCheck SIF circuit Pin 7(SIFOUT) of

Tuner TU1

TV source Checkthe AV input

circuit

No

I_18130_005eps180608

E_06532_036eps150208

TOUART SERVICECONNECTOR

TOUART SERVICECONNECTOR

TOI2C SERVICECONNECTOR

TO TV

PC

HDMII2C only

Optional power5V DC

ComPair II Developed by Philips Brugge

RC outRC in

OptionalSwitch

Power ModeLinkActivity I2C

ComPair IIMulti

function

RS232 UART

Block Diagrams Test Point Overview and Waveforms 21TCS10L LA 6

6 Block Diagrams Test Point Overview and Waveforms

Wiring Diagram of Connector for MS19-PH 19

40-PWL20C-PWI1XG POWER BOARD

1

NU

SE

LEC

T

GN

D

GN

D

P4

1 2 3 5 6 74

BL

ON

OF

F

DIM

MIN

G

INV

ER

TE

R_P

WR

12V

INV

ER

TE

R_P

WR

12V

P5

40-0MS19P-MAE2XGMAIN BOARD

AG

ND

1 2 3 5 6 74

KE

Y0

KE

Y1

AG

ND

IR-I

N

LED

1-IN

LED

2-IN

NC

1 2 3 5 6 7 84

+5V

ST

B

+5V

ST

B

GN

D

GN

D

GN

D

INVERTER BOARD

CN

1

GN

D

1 2 3 5 64

INV

ER

T-S

W

DIM

MIN

G

GN

D

INV

ER

TE

R_P

WR

12V

INV

ER

TE

R_P

WR

12V

8+

5VS

TB

GN

D

1 2 3 5 64

GN

D

GN

D

NC5V

-PW

5V-P

W

40-PF3403-IRC1XG IR BOARD

40-PF3403-KEC1XG KEY BOARD

GN

D

LED

1

IR

+5V

ST

B

1 2 3 54LE

D2

KE

Y1

GN

D

KE

Y0

1 2 3

P10

01

CN

2001 1S

P 22

P

9 10

+12

V-P

W

+12

V-P

W

+12

V-P

W

+12

V-P

W

7 8 9 10

+12

V+

12V

+12

V

+12

V

I_18130_061eps190608

22TCS10L LA 6Block Diagrams Test Point Overview and Waveforms

Wiring Diagram of Connector for MS19-PH 26

40-1PL37C-PWF1XG

1

P5

40-0MS19P-MAE2XGMAIN BOARD

AG

ND

1 2 3 5 6 74

KE

Y0

KE

Y1

AG

ND

IR-I

N

LED

1-IN

LED

2-IN

NC

1 2 3 5 6 7 84

NC

NC

GN

D

GN

D

GN

D

40-PWL01B-STE1X

8+

5VS

TB

1 2 3 5 64

12V-

PW

40-PF3403-IRC1XG IR BOARD

40-PF3403-KEC1XGKEY BOARD

GN

D

LED

1

IR

+5V

ST

B

1 2 3 54LE

D2

KE

Y1

GN

D

KE

Y0

1 2 3

P10

01

CN

2001

P4

9 10

+12

V-P

W

+12

V-P

W

+12

V-P

W

+12

V-P

W

7

10

5P 1P

1 2 3

1 2 3

+5S

TB

AG

ND

PW

-ON

OF

F

+5S

TB

AG

ND

PW

-ON

OF

F

11

12 13 14

GN

D

NC

BL-

AD

JUS

T

BL-

ON

OF

F

11

12

13

14

15

16

P22

8 91 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

12 13 14 15 16

12V-

PW

GN

D

GN

D12

V-P

W

12V-

PW

GN

D

NC

GN

D

NC

NC

NC

NC

NC

BL-

AD

JUS

T

BL-

ON

OF

F

I_18130_062eps190608

Block Diagrams Test Point Overview and Waveforms 23TCS10L LA 6

Block Diagram MS19P Chipset

Panel

810-bit LVDS

2MB

HDMI

HDTVVGA

YC

AV2AV1

AV-OUTTVSIF

PCHDTV-RL

AV2-RLAV1-RL

IRKEY0KEY1

GPIO PWM

Serial-FlashSPI

Speake

Earphone

r

MS19P Chipset Block Diagram

Audio out

EEPROM24C32 SDA

SCL

AMP

TDA7266

MST9U19A

24C02

24C02

24C04SDASCL

U19

U9

U13

U12

U11HDCP

EDID

EDID

U10

Z1

SDASCLExternal device

I_18130_063eps190608

24TCS10L LA 6Block Diagrams Test Point Overview and Waveforms

I2C overview

I2C Device Block Diagram

MST9U19A-LF

24C32 24C04

System EEPROM

I2C AddressA0

HDCP EEPROM

I2C AddressA4

SDA SCL SDA SCL

Tuner integratedIF PLL Demodulator

SDA1 SCL1I2C AddressA0

I_18130_064eps190608

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 25TCS10L LA 7

7 Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Main Power Supply (19)

I_18130_022eps180608

A AMAIN POWER SUPPLY 19rdquo

26TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout Main Power Supply (19) (Top Side)

Layout Main Power Supply (19) (Bottom Side)

I_18130_023eps180608

I_18130_065eps190608

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 27TCS10L LA 7

Main Power Supply (26)

I_18130_024eps180608

A1 A1MAIN POWER SUPPLY 26rdquo

28TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout Main Power Supply (26) (Top Side)

I_18130_028eps180608

40-PWL01B-STE1XG

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 29TCS10L LA 7

Layout Main Power Supply (26) (Bottom Side)

I_18130_029eps180608

40-PWL01B-STE1XG

30TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Standby Power Supply (26)

I_18130_025eps200608

A2 A2STANDBY POWER SUPPLY 26rdquo

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 31TCS10L LA 7

Layout Standby Power Supply (26) (Top Side)

40-1PL37C-PWF1XGI_18130_026eps

180608

32TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout Standby Power Supply (26) (Bottom Side)

I_18130_027eps180608

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 33TCS10L LA 7

SSB Control

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGNDAGND

AGND

AGNDAGNDAGND AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

T

T

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

D1B

D1A

G2

G1

S2

D2B

D2A

S1

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

PGND

PGND

PGND

PGND

PGND

AGND

AGND

T

T

T

T

AGND

T

T

BOOT

DRIVE

FB GND

LGATE

PHASE

VCC

UGATE

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

PGND

AGND

AGND

AGNDAGND

AGND

D2B

D2A

G1

G2

S1

D1B

D1A

S2

T

AGND

D1B

D1A

D2B

G2 D2A

S2

G1

S1

09V

18V

For Tuner 33v

L--Prot

Normal--HProtect--L

Back Light Control

Far from DC-DC amp Tuner

Option

When not use DC-DC+5VSTB_L provide

ON-----LOFF-----H

OptionFar from tuner and power supply (NC)

8

7

6

4 5

3

2

1U3

SP8J3

R234

10R

NC

E

C

B

BT3904

Q21

B

C

E

Q32BT3904

R16

19N

C2

618

KR

919

1K

26

10K

B

C

E

Q2

BT3904

R177

NC

C23

00

1U

10K

R18

0

NC

R17

9 0

R1784K7

+12V

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

P4ON-PBACK

ADJ-PWM2

R181910K26

191

K2

6

R10

Z54

BL-ADJUST

1 2

4

6

8

12

14

10

3

5

7

9

11

13

P22

+5V

+5VSTB_L

C22

2

01U

R70R (FOR 26ONLY)

7

8

4

2

3

5

6

1

A04803

Q17

+12V

+12V_PW

+12V_PW

C24

10

01U

BL-ADJUST

+5V

ST

B_L

C14

01U

BL-ONOFF

C22

40

1U

+5VSTB

R24

8N

C

+12V_PW

C220220U

25V

F250A

F150A

47K

R18

2

L8200R

R2413K9

C23

6

1U

C24

3

1U

C244

01U

C242

470U

16V

+5V

ST

B

PRORECT_12V

R29

720

K

+33V

+33V

B

E

CQ31

BT3906R298

NC

+12V

R299

4K7

R301

4K7

R30

010

K

R29

6

4K7

D14 8V

2

B

C

E

Q26BT3904

R3

4K7

B

E

CQ13

BT3906

C64

3 1U

C20A1U

C21

A 1U

NCC

21

R18

147

K

C24

00

01U

R22

330K

33V

+5V

+5V

12V_PANEL

21

P20

01UC

231

NC

C8

01U

C3

01U

L49200R

L47200R

21

P19

01UC

20

5V_PANEL

4K7R15

D11

LL4148

D45LL4148

PW_ONOFF

+5VSTB1

2

3

P1

POWER-ONOFFB

C

E

Q30BT3904

R26610K

GPIO_PROTECT

+5VSTB

R24

70R

D10LL4148

+12V

C201U

SELECT

R20

510

0K

R2041K

D47 33

V

R27

92K

2R

242

2K2

+12V

1

2

3 6

5

8

4

7

U1

RT8110

R50R PROTPW_ONOFF

R2NC

Z58

Z56

B

C

E

Q27BT3904

BL-ONOFF

R12100R

PW_CTRL

Z51

R24

0 0

Z52

Z53

Z60

L530R

L330R

01U

C23

401UC

232

C23

3 1U

R234K7

5V_PANEL

C22

60

1U

L50200R

+5V

C235470U

16V

200RL54

C23

70

1U

L9200R

+5V

R4

10K

R6NC

+12V_INVERTER

B

C

E

Q6BT3904

68K

R37

NCR17

0RR14

16V

470UC

17A

C27

01U

2U2C16

01UC

15

R8

NC

R194K7

R132NC

R143100K

R14K

7

B

C

E

Q14BT3904

R2110K

+12V

D1LL4148

R14210K

+5VSTB

B

C

E

Q3BT3904NC

+12V

C1810U

50V

L6100UH

D5LL4148

B

C

E

Q5SC1815

NCR

24

B

C

E

Q1

BT3904

B

C

E

Q4BT3904

PWM3

SHUT_EEP

200RL56

L55200R

R23

91K

2

R23

8N

C

R235

10R

R23

6N

C

L115UH

R23

322

K

C23

91U

R237

220R

7

8

4

2

3

5

6

1

U2PHKD13N03LT

C23801U

D50LL4148

L53200R

+12V_INVERTER

C22

70

1U

C22

80

1U

L52200R

L51200R

C22

90

1U

L48200R

C22

50

1U

12V_PANEL

L1230R

PANEL-ONOFF

Z59

Z50

PW_ONOFF R26

368

0R

R2618K2

R26010K

R26

710

K

R26

810

K

R26

247

K

R25910K

R25

810

0K

D41LL4148

+12V

R2783K9

TUNER_5V

+5V

40V

C18

70

1U

R2000R

R6390R

R60422K

L6061000UR

C60

40

1U

D61

433

VC63

047

00P

C63

2 270P

C633

01U 50V

L613

1000UH

NC

L6041000UH

100KR

630

NC

C63

6

C63

50

01U

C63

40

1U

C631200P

B

C

E

Q612BC846B

R63147K

12

3

D61

30B

AV

99

33V

+5V

C1

01U

5V_PANEL

+12V_PW

+5VSTB

12V_PANEL

C223

220U25V

+5VSTB

01U

C22

1

+12V

PW_ONOFF

VCC_PANEL

B01 B01

I_18130_011eps180608

CONTROL

34TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

SSB DC - DC

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGNDAGND

GN

DA

DJ

OU

T

VIN

4

OU

T

VIN

AD

JG

ND

VO

UT

VIN

AD

JG

ND

VCC18V FOR MST9E19A

pin36

VDDC for MST9E19A Core

+33V for VDD_MPLL

+33AVDD FOR AVDD_SIF

+33AVDD FOR AVDD_AU

pin6 pin12

+33AVDD for AVDD_HDMI

Vcc33for MST9E19A analog

+33AVDD for AVDDA

33V for AVDDPLL2

Vcc33 for MST9E19A Digital

10RR

31

F330A

+33V

L16100R+5VST

R28NC

23

1

U6

AIC

1084

FM120D8

FM120D6

23

1

U7

KD

1084

AD

2T18

+33V

VDDP

FM120D7

+5VSTB_L

1 2 3

4

U5AS1117-33

L18FB

FBL17

+18V

VDDC

L11

100R

L10100R+33V

L24

100R

FBL23

16V

47UC

37

C67

01U

01UC

62

C61

01U

01UC

60

C59

01U

16V

100UC

53

C48100U

16V

NCR30

R29

0RL41

FB

16V

100UC

33

C31100U

16V

C49 0

1U

01U

C52

01U

C36

C34 0

1U

01U

C42

C58 0

1U16V

47UC

57

C51 0

1U

AVDD_SIF

+33VA

AVDD_AU

+33VA

AVDDA

+33VA

AVDD_MEMPLL

+33VA

C56 0

1U

01U

C552U

2C

54

C47 0

1U

C46 2U

2

L21FB

2U2

C41

FBL19

C50 2U

2

L22FB

FBL20

01U

C452U

2C

44

C39 0

1U

C38 2U

2

AVDD_HDMI

01U

C40

+33VA

01U

C32

C30 0

1U

+33VA

+33VA

VDD_MPLL

+18V

C35100U

16V

C63

01U

01UC

64

C65

01U

01UC

66

01UC

68

C69

01U

01UC

70

C71

01U

01UC

72

C73

01U

+5VST

+5VSTB

FM120D9

B02 B02

I_18130_012eps180608

DC - DC

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 35TCS10L LA 7

SSB MST9E19A Controller

AG

ND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AG

ND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

SDA

SCL

WC

VCC

VSS

E2NC

E1NC

E0NC AGND

VCC

HOLD

SCK

GND SI

WP

SO

CE

SDA

SCL

WC

VCC

VSS

E2NC

E1NC

E0NC

AD

0A

D1

AD

2A

D3

AD

4A

D5

AD

6A

D7

ALE

AUCOM

AUL0

AUL1

AUL2

AUL3

AUOUTL

AUOUTL2

AUOUTL3

AUOUTR

AUOUTR2

AUOUTR3

AUOUTS

AUR0

AUR1

AUR2

AUR3

AUVRADNAUVRADPAUVREF

AV

DD

_AD

C

AV

DD

_AU

AV

DD

_DV

IA

VD

D_D

VI1

AV

DD

_ME

MP

LL

AV

DD

_MP

LLA

VD

D_M

PLL

1

AV

DD

_SIF

BIN0MBIN0P

BIN1MBIN1P

C0

C1

CSZ

CVBS0

CVBS1CVBS2CVBS3

CVBSOUT

DD

CA

_CK

DD

CA

_DA

DDCD_CKDDCD_DA

DD

CR

_CK

DD

CR

_DA

DI0DI1DI2DI3DI4DI5DI6DI7

DIG

O0

DIG

O1

DIG

O2

DIG

O3

DIG

O4

DIG

O5

DIG

O6

DIG

O7

DIG

O8

DIG

O9

GIN0MGIN0P

GIN1MGIN1P

GN

DG

ND

1

GN

D10

GN

D11

GN

D12

GN

D13

GN

D14

GN

D15

GN

D2

GN

D3

GN

D4

GN

D5

GN

D6

GN

D7

GN

D8

GN

D9

GPIOE0LVSYNCGPIOE1LHSYNC

GPIOE2LDEGPIOE3LCK

GPIOF10GPIOF11

GPIOF12GPIOF13GPIOF14GPIOF15GPIOF16GPIOF17GPIOF18GPIOF19

GPIOF2GPIOF3GPIOF4GPIOF5GPIOF6GPIOF7GPIOF8GPIOF9

HSYNC0

HSYNC1

HW

RE

SE

T

ICLK

IHSYNC

INT

IRIN

IVSYNC

LA0MG3LA0PG2LA1MG1LA1PG0LA2MB7LA2PB6

LA3MB3LA3PB2LA4MB1LA4PB0

LACKMB5LACKPB4

LB0MR7LB0PR6LB1MR5LB1PR4LB2MR3LB2PR2

LB3MG7LB3PG6LB4MG5LB4PG4

LBCKMR1LBCKPR0

PW

M0

PW

M1

PW

M2

PW

M3

PWM_DRVPWM_FB

PWM_SENSE

RD

Z

REFMREFP

REXT

RIN0MRIN0P

RIN1MRIN1P

RMID

RX0NRX0PRX1NRX1PRX2NRX2P

RXCKNRXCKP

SA

R0

SA

R1

SA

R2

SA

R3

SCKSDI

SDO

SIF1MSIF1P

SOGIN0

SOGIN1

VCLAMP

VCOM0

VCOM1

VCOM2

VD

DC

VD

DC

1V

DD

C2

VD

DC

3V

DD

C4

VD

DC

5

VD

DP

VD

DP

1V

DD

P2

VD

DP

3V

DD

P4

VD

DP

5V

DD

P6

VD

DP

7V

DD

P8

VD

DP

9

VSYNC0

VSYNC1

WR

Z

XIN

XO

UT

Y0

Y1

AGND

T

T

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

Mode Selection

I2C address at A0

Location Near IC PinLocation Near IC Pin

SST PULL DOWNMSTAR PULL UP

DVI INPUT

VGA INPUT

For TTL output

Audio Output(to Amp) AV Output(Audio)

Debug Port

For Philps debug

HDCP I2C address at A4

VID

EO

INP

UT

HDTV INPUT

C212NC

C7822P

01UC11

2

2U2 C247

C1072U2

01U C114

PW_CTRL

PRORECT_12V

54

72 13

6 8

RP

84K

7

KEY0-IN

LED2-IN

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

P5

POWER-ONOFF

54

72 13

6 8

RP

124K

7

LED1-IN

NC

L43

+5VSTB

4K7

R55

LED2R13

4K7

R584K7

B

C

E

Q9BT3904

1

2

3

4

5

P14

WP

SDA

SCL

+33V

1

2

3

4

P6

10RR41

SHUT_EEP

D4 NC

WP

C20

110

0P

RXD

TXD1

2

3

P2

ZX

Z62

WP

+33V

+33V+5VSTB

RS

20R

RS

3N

C

RS

11K

10K

R32

10K

R42

01UC86

47RR64

NC

R63

R62

NC

R52100R

R51 22

K

R50 22

K

100RR49

100RR40

C83

001

U

001

UC82

R67

0R

001

UC76

2U2C115

R47100R

R45100R

100RR34100R

R33

2U2C104

C1052U2PC-LIN

2U2C106

C1112U2

2U2C110

C11901U

R57 8K

2

8K2

R56

C1092U2

2U2C108

124578

101113141516171819202122232425262728

293031323334353839

404142434445464748495051

5455575859

61626364656667686970717273747576

78798081828384858687

131

132

133

134

125

126

127

128

129

130

155

156

136 3 9 37 52 56 89 99 101

104

106

120

141

152

173

187

204

143

144

145

146

147

148

149

150

153

154

116

117

118

135

124123122121

9796959493929190

139138137

191190189188

185184183182181180179178177176175174171170169168167166165164163162161160

202201200199198197196195

192

194193

207

206

205

36 53 60 105

6 12 157

208

77 98 107

142

158

203

88 100

102

103

119

140

151

159

172

186

115

114

113

112

111

110

109

108

U8

MST9E19A

R54

4K7

R36

22K

100P C79

01UC11

7

C116

01U

R7510K

R38 22

K

C10201U

C89 0

1U

1

3

2

D40

0BA

V99

+5VST

R53

390R

CVBSOUT

LED2

5

6

7

8

4

3

2

1U10

M24C32MN

IR_SYNC

KEY0

LED1

KEY1

WP_FSH

TV1-VIN- VCOM0

AV1-YIN-

AV1-YIN

VCOM2

SV_Y0

R_TX2+

C920047U

C930047U

0047UC94

0047UC96

C970047U

0047UC98

C1010047U

0047UC100

C990047U

SV_C0

TXD

RXD

100P

C20

2

8

7

6

4 5

3

2

1U9

W25X40

+33V

L26 F

B

100RR77

SDA

SCL

SHUT_EEPR76

100R

5

6

7

8

4

3

2

1U11

M24C04MN

SDA

SCL

100RR70

R69100R

+33V

R68

10K

SPI_CZ

SPI_DI

SPI_CK

54

72

1

3 6

8

RP933R

NCR

65R

661K

8

C90 10

0P

R6110R

1KR60

R591K

100P

C91

C95 10

0P

SYS_RST

R391K

B

E

CQ8

BT3906

C8010U

16V

C7447U

16V

R48

1M

Y1

14M

3

22PC84

AVDDA

AVDD_SIF

AVDD_MEMPLL

AVDD_HDMIVDDC VDDP

SDA_EXT

SCL_EXT

+33V

R43

10K

10KR

44

RXE3+B2

RXE4+B0

RXE4-B1

RXE3-B3

RXEC+B4

RXEC-B5

RXE2+B6

RXE2-B7

RXE1+G0

RXE1-G1

RXE0+G2

RXE0-G3

RXO4+G4

RXO4-G5

RXO3+G6

RXO3-G7

RXOC+R0

RXOC-R1

RXO2+R2

RXO2-R3

RXO1+R4

RXO1-R5

RXO0+R6

RXO0-R7

TTL-BLUE2

TTL-BLUE1

TTL-BLUE0

TTL-BLUE3

TTL-BLUE4

TTL-BLUE5

TTL-BLUE6

TTL-BLUE7

TTL-GREEN0

TTL-GREEN1

TTL-GREEN2

TTL-GREEN3

TTL-GREEN4

TTL-GREEN5

TTL-GREEN6

TTL-GREEN7

TTL-RED6

TTL-RED0

TTL-RED1

TTL-RED2

TTL-RED3

TTL-RED4

TTL-RED5

TTL-RED7

54

72

1

3 6

8

RP40R

8

63

1

2 7

4 5

0RRP7

54

72

1

3 6

8

RP60R

8

63

1

2 7

4 5

0RRP3

8

63

1

2 7

4 5

0RRP5

54

72

1

3 6

8

RP20R

SPI_CKSPI_DISPI_CZ

SPI_DO

AMP-MUTE

PANEL-ONOFF

LED1

HPDCTRL

ON-PBACK

863 12

7

45

4K7

RP

13

PWM0

ADJ-PWM2

NCR

85

NCR

82

NCR

80

NCR

79

R84

1K

R83

1K

R81

1K

R78

1K

PWM0

WP_FSH

ADJ-PWM2

PWM3

IR_SYNC

KEY1

KEY0

RXD

TXD

SCL

SDA

DDC-RDX

DDC-TXD

I2C-SCL

I2C-SDA

+33V

54

721 3

68

RP

104K

7

R7410R

10RR73

10RR72

R7110R

AUCOM

16V

10UC

118

AUVRADN

AUVRADP

C11310U

16V

L250

AMP-ROUT

AMP-LOUT

PH-ROUTPH-LOUT

PC-RIN

SIFM

SIFP

01UC103

01U

C88

AUCOM

AUVREFAUVRADPAUVRADN

SIFM

SIFP

TUNER_CVBS

SV_C0

SV_Y0

VCOM2

CVBS2CVBS1

VCOM0

VCOM1

CVBS3

SCG+

SCR+SCR-

SC_SOG

SCG-

SCB-

RIN-

RIN+GIN-

GIN+SOG

BIN-BIN+

01UC85

C8701U

VS_RGBHS_RGB

HDMI_SCLHDMI_SDA

AVDD_HDMI TXCLK-

R_TX2+

R_TX2-G_TX1+

G_TX1-B_TX0+

B_TX0-TXCLK+

AUVREF

PWM3

+33V

VDD_MPLL

AVDD_AU

TV1-VIN+ TUNER_CVBS

VCOM1

AV1-CIN

TV-SIFP

TV-SIFM

HDMI_SCLHDMI_SDA

TXCLK-

R_TX2-G_TX1+

G_TX1-B_TX0+

B_TX0-TXCLK+

VS_RGBHS_RGB

RIN-

RIN+GIN-

GIN+SOG

BIN-BIN+

SCG+

SCR+SCR-

SC_SOG

SCG-SCB+SCB-

AV1-VIN+

AV2-VIN+

AV3-VIN+ CVBS1

CVBS2

CVBS3

SPI_DO

WP_FSH

CVBSOUT

PH-LOUT

PH-ROUTAMP-ROUT AMP-R

AMP-LAMP-LOUTPH-L1OUT

AFT

SCB+

KEY1-IN

+33V

PH-R1OUT

C77

1000

P

E

C

B BT3904Q7

R114K7

+5VSTB

GPIO_PROTECT

+33V

IR-IN

C248

2U2

2U2 C249

C250

2U2

2U2 C251

C252

2U2

DVI-RINDVI-LINAV2-RIN

AV2-LIN

AV1-RINAV1-LIN

B03 B03

I_18130_013eps180608

MST9E19A CONTROLLER

36TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

SSB HDMI Interface

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

SDA

SCL

WC

VCC

VSS

E2NC

E1NC

E0NC

RX2+

GND1

RX2-

RX1+

GND2

RX1-

RX0+

GND3

RX0-

RXC+

GND4

RXC-

NC1

NC2

DDCCLK

DDCDA

GND5

VCC

HPD

AGND

HDMI-RX2-

HDMI-RX1+

+5V

+5V

5

6

43

2

1

U17

PRTR5V0U4D

5

6

43

2

1

U18

PRTR5V0U4D

1KR101

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

P12

01UC

120

5

6

7

8

4

3

2

1U12

M24C02MN

RLZ

5B6

D18

HDMI-DDC-SDA

HDMI-DDC-SCL

HDMI-HPD

HDMI5V

HPDCTRLB

C

E

Q10BT3904

4K7R96

R95

4K7

R1000R

NCR

97

R94

1K

+5V

100RR99

R98100R

12

3

D17

BAT

54C

D19

RLZ

5B6

TXCLK-

TXCLK+

B_TX0-

B_TX0+

G_TX1-

G_TX1+

R_TX2-

R_TX2+

10RR93

R9210R

10RR91

R9010R

10RR89

R8810R

10RR87

R8610R

HDMI_SDA

HDMI_SCL

HDMI-RXC-

HDMI-RXC+

HDMI-RX0+

HDMI-RX0-

HDMI-RX1-

HDMI-RX2+

B04 B04

I_18130_014eps180608

HDMI INTERFACE

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 37TCS10L LA 7

SSB VGA Interface

AGND

AGND

AGND

SDA

SCL

WC

VCC

VSS

E2NC

E1NC

E0NC

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGNDProgram Control

To main chip(when updateit is I2Cwhen debug it is RXTX)

LED2

R12

110

0RR12

010

0R

+33V

RXD

TXD

R170

4K7

1

3

2

D2

100RR144

NCR123

4K7R12

2

75R

R10

9

R10

8 75R

01UC

130

10K

R17

4

75R

R10

7

10K

R17

2

P13-11

R11

8 4K7

4K7

R11

9

PROTECT

VGA5V

VGA-SCL

PROTECT

13

2

D25

1

3

2

D20

C19 N

C

Q182N7002

10RR175

R171NC

R17310R

C12

9 NC

C1270047U

VGA-R+

VGA-G+

VGA-B+

+5VST1

32

D24

1KR115

R1141K

123

D23BAT54C

5

6

7

8

4

3

2

1U13

M24C02MN

R11

74K

7NC

C12

8R11

610

K

6

4

11

14

15

7

12

8

5

13

3

10

9

1

2

16

17

P13

C1230047U

C1241000P

C1210047U

R10510R

10RR104

R10310R

0047UC126

C1250047U

0047UC122

1

3

2

D22

2

3

1

D21

R11347R

47RR111

R11047R

R106330R

HS_RGB

VS_RGB

Q192N7002

B

C

E

Q25BT3904

VGA-HS

VGA-VS

VGA-SDA

RIN+

SOG

BIN-

GIN-

RIN-

BIN+

GIN+

VGA-SDA

VGA-SCL

+5VSTB

+5VSTB

B05 B05

I_18130_015eps180608

VGA INTERFACE

38TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

SSB Cinch

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND AGNDAGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

VDD

OUTB

INB-

VSS INB+

INA+

INA-

OUTA

AGNDAGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

WHITE

RED

YELLOWGREEN

BLUE

RED

WHITE

RED

RED

WHITE

YELLOW

AGND

AGND

AGND

HDTV IN

AV OUTPUT AUDIO AMP

For PCampYPbPr Audio Input(RL)

For Philips Upgrade

S-VIDEO amp AV2 In Side

Earphone Outuput In Side

AV1 In Rear

AV OUTPUT

For DVI Audio Input(35mm Jack)

2

1

3

P17

DVI_R

DVI_L

AV2-V

AV_ROUT

AV2-R

C13 47

0P

12K

R15

2

C17 47

0P

560P

C16

356

0PC

162

3

2

1

4P15

C14

156

0P

PC-R

560P

C14

3C

134

560P

560P

C13

8

2

3

1

D37

NC

C14

256

0P56

0PC

146

C6 10

0P

3

1

2

P11

TXD

3

1

2

P7

PR1

PB1

AVOUT_L

Y1

AVOUT

1

4

2

5

3

6P21

1

2

3

4

5

6P8

8 56 7 9

P15

BUF2

1

3

2

D31

2

3

1

D28

NC

1

3

2

D33

NC

2

3

1

D55

NC

2

3

1

D54

NC

2

3

1

D52

NC

2

3

1

D51

NC

2

3

1

D34

1

3

2

D36

NC

C5 10

0P

13

2

D12

R18

8 75R

R2855K1

R2845K1

R2805K1

R2815K1

L6130R

AV1-CL60

30R

AV1-YL59

30R

75R

R14

9

C19

810

00P

C14

068

0P

680P

C15

5

10RR186

680P

C13

6

OP_VCC2

C13

168

0P

2

3

1

D53

2

3

1

D27

FB

L42

10KR230

12K

R20

1R

197 12

K

R15

9 12K

R15

522

0R

220RR153

75R

R14

0

75R

R13

9

R13

6 75R

75R

R12

8

2U2C188

R14

5 12K

12K

R15

7

12K

R13

5C191

2U2

10K

R15

6R

147 10

K

330R

R14

6

R18510RY1

75RR151

R141

75R

C1452U2

2U2C144

01UC

139

12K

R16

1

AV2-VIN+

CVBSOUT

AV1-CIN

AV1-YIN-

1

3

2

D38

2

3

1

D39

PH-R1OUTR226

10K

AV_LOUT

R22447K

+5V

R22

547

K

C18

347

U

16V

100P

C18

9

33KR

229

C18547U

16V

C18

40

1U

C19

310

0P

R23

233

K

8

7

6

4 5

3

2

1U16

TDA1308T

SCB-

SCG-

SCR-

C1580047U

SCG+

SCR+

SCB+

SC_SOG

PR1

PB1

C1540047U

0047UC153

C1520047U

C1511000P

0047UC159

0047UC156

R19547R

47RR191

R18947R

R18410R

10RR183

R14810R

1

3

2

D35

B

E

CQ11

BT3906C218

10U

16V

B

C

E

Q12BT3904

2

3

1

D32

2

3

1

D30

1

3

2

D29

R13347R

10RR137

R12610R

+5V

AV1-YIN

Y1R176

470R

PH-L1OUT

AV_LOUT

AV_ROUT

AV1-VIN+

L63 30

R

30R

L62

330RR

249

R25

133

0R

C196

033U50V

C197

033U50V

7

654

89

3

1

2

P18

1000

PC

199

AMP-PROUT+AMP-LIN

AMP-PLOUT+AMP-RIN

EARPHONE-RA

EARPHONE-LA

30RL44

AV1-RIN

R2825K1

R2835K1 AV1-LIN

AV2-LIN

R2865K1

R2875K1 AV2-RIN

R2885K1

R2895K1 DVI-RIN

R2905K1

R2915K1 DVI-LIN

R2925K1

R2935K1 PC-RIN

R2945K1

R2955K1 PC-LIN

AV1_V

AVOUT_R

RXD

C4 47

0P47

0PC

7

AV1_R

AV1_L

C9 47

0P47

0PC

10

C11 47

0P47

0PC

12

PC-L

AV2-L

B06 B06

I_18130_016eps180608

CINCH

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 39TCS10L LA 7

SSB Tuner

AGND

AGND

AGND

AG

ND

AGNDAGND

AGND

AGND

COMMON

IN OUT

VID

EO

NC

1

NC

2

AU

DIO

AG

C

SD

A

TU

MB

GN

D2

SIF

OU

T

GN

D1

NC

3

NC

4

NC

5

SC

L

NC

6

AF

T

CLOSE RO MST IC

R21127R

171 2 6 1110 1412 157 83 4 5 9 13 16

TU1

2

1 3

U15KIA78D05

TUNER_SDA

TUNER_SCL

SIF_OUT

TV_CVBSC

172

01U

33V

B

C

E

Q20

BT3904

TV-SIFPNCR213

10RR220

001UC181

TV-SIFP

R194100R

330R

R19

3R

192

10R

R19

81K

R19

91K

L2722UH

+12V

R20

7 NC

100K

R20

3

2200

PC

200

R209120R

R20610R

C17

4N

C3

30P

NC

330

PC

175

C171220U

16V

L28120R

R20251K

C17

710

0P

C17

615

0P

SDA_EXT

SCL_EXT

C168220U

16V

16V

220UC

169

TV1-VIN-

TV1-VIN+

R21047R

C16

60

01UC16

44U

7

50V

C16

50

01U

C16

70

1U

TUNER_5V

AFT

120RR212

TUNER_5V

TV-SIFM

001UC170

B07 B07

I_18130_017eps180608

TUNER

40TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

SSB Audio Amplifier

PGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

PGND

PGND

AGND

AGND

OUT2+

OUT2-

NC3

IN2

VCC2

NC2

OUT1+

VCC1

IN1

NC1

MUTE

STBY

PW_GND

S_GND

OUT1-

TO SPEAKER

TO SPEAKER

0RR

162

AMP-PROUT-

2

1

H8

15

14

11

12

13

10

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

2

U19

TD

A7266

1

2

3

4

P9

AMP-PLOUT-

L45200R

L46200R

C219220U

16V

27UHL31

C217220U

16V

AMP-LIN

R253NC

01U C209

D3LL4148

C20

610

00P

1U

C211

0022U

C26 1000

PC

204

0022U

C25

C22

470U16V

+5VST

R164100K

R16510K

R16

8N

C

R16

9N

C

R1663K3

3K3R167

10KR244

B

E

CQ15

BT3906

B

C

E

Q16BT3904

C19

5 NC

NC

C19

4

B

C

E

Q24BT3904NC

0RR257

10KR254

E

C

B BT3904Q23

B

C

E

Q22BT3904

R25210K

R255100R

R24310K

2U2C205

R2560R

C2032U2

+12V

AMP-PROUT-

AMP-PROUT+

AMP-PLOUT-

AMP-PLOUT+

POWER-ONOFF

AMP-MUTE

AMP-R

AMP-L

12V-AMP

+12V

AMP-RIN

B08 B08

I_18130_018eps180608

AUDIO AMPLIFIER

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 41TCS10L LA 7

SSB LVDS Interface

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

VCC_PANEL

C246

10U 16V

C245

01U

R277 0NC

+33V

R27

2

0N

C

R275 0NC

RXE4+B0 RXE4-B1

RXE3+B2 RXE3-B3

RXEC+B4 RXEC-B5

RXE2+B6 RXE2-B7

RXE1+G0 RXE1-G1

RXE0+G2 RXE0-G3

RXO4+G4 RXO4-G5

RXO3+G6 RXO3-G7

RXOC+R0 RXOC-R1

RXO2+R2 RXO2-R3

RXO1+R4 RXO1-R5

RXO0+R6 RXO0-R7

1 2

4

6

8

12

14

16

18

20

10

22

24

26

28

3

5

7

9

11

13

15

17

19

21

23

25

27

29 30

32

34

36

38

40

31

33

35

37

39

P10

R276 0NC

R27

3

0N

CR

274

0N

C

B09 B09

I_18130_019eps180608

LVDS INTERFACE Personal Notes

E_06532_012eps131004

42TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout Small Signal Board (Top Side)

I_18130_020eps180608

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 43TCS10L LA 7

Layout Small Signal Board (Bottom Side)

I_18130_021eps180608

44TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Keyboard Control Panel

Layout Keyboard Control Panel (Top Side)

Layout Keyboard Control Panel (Bottom Side)

AGND

AGND AGNDAGND

AGND

R10072K

R10061K5

R10011K2

12 4

3K1001

1

2

3

P1001

KEY0

R1008NC

R10051K2

R1004NC

R10032K

R10021K5

D10

02

HS

5V6B

D10

01H

S5V

6B

12 4

3K1003

12 4

3K1002

12 4

3K1006

12 4

3K1005

12 4

3K1004

KEY1

I_18130_030eps180608

E EKEYBOARD CONTROL PANEL

I_18130_031eps180608

I_18130_032eps180608

Personal Notes

E_06532_012eps131004

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 45TCS10L LA 7

Inverter Panel

1 2

A

B

C

D

4321

D

C

B

A

F1FUSE-1

C2104

C1220uF250V

C3104

R1200

Q1

DTA143

E1

9

E2

10

C2

11

VC

C12

OU

TP

UT

C13

VR

EF

14

A1+

1

A1-

2

CO

MP

3

DT

C4

CT

5

RT

6

GN

D7

C1

8

A2-

15

A2+

16

U1

TL494

R2200

Q32222

C8

223

C7103

R847K

R7120K

C4

104C5104

D1

68V

C9104

D2

1N4148

Q8DTC143

123456

CN1

R20470K

R21

33K

C16

330pF

C15NC

R13100K

R10

68K

R11

68K

R12

15K

C10104

R2627K

C20223

R18560

Q22222

Q62907

R142K

R1622K

R27 10

R28 10

D4

BAW56K

S11

G12

S23

G24

D1 8

D1 7

D2 6

D2 5

U2

4606

C21223

Q42222

Q72907

R152K

R1722K

R29 10

R30 10

D5

BAW56K

S11

G12

S23

G24

D1 8

D1 7

D2 6

D2 5

U3

4606

R19560

C6

105

R231M

Q52N7002

R22

1M

R9

47K

R25

100KR24270K

D6NCBAW56K

D7NCBAW56K

P1

P2

P3

P4

C17225

C18

225

10

1 7

6

T1

T01

10

1 7

6

T2

T01

C2222pF

12

CON1

12

CON2

D9BAV99

R41K

R36820

R32

10KC12104

D8BAV99

R31K

R35820

R31

10KC11104

P2

P1

C2322pF

12

CON3

12

CON4

D11

BAV99

R61K

R38820

R34

10KC14104

D10BAV99

R51K

R37820

R33

10KC13104

P4

P3

VREF

VREF

C19NC

C26

222C27NC

D13BAV99

D15BAV99

C2422pF

C2522pF

C28

222C29NC

C30222 C31

NC

C32

222C33NC

OVP

OVP

OV

P

R602K

R61510K

C38105

Q10

DTA143

Q112222

R6330K

R62 1K

VCC

VCC

P5

P5

R64

1K

C34221

C35 221

C37

221

C39104

C36

221U4A

LM393

U4B

LM393

Vref

D3

1N4148

R65

3K R663K

C41 104

R67

10K

I_18130_033eps180608

I IINVERTER PANEL 19rdquo

46TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout Inverter Panel (Top Side)

Layout Inverter Panel (Bottom Side)

I_18130_034eps190608

I_18130_035eps190608

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 47TCS10L LA 7

IR LED Panel

AGND

AGND

AGNDIRVC

C

GN

D

RW

R20

031K

2

R20

04

1K2

LED1

1

2

3

4

5

CN2001

E

C

B

BC847AQ2001

B

C

E

Q2002

BC847A

2

13

D2001

LED2

G2001

R20024K7

5V16

V10

0UC

2001

5V

IR

IR

C20

03 47P

LED1R2001

4K7

C2002

47P

LED2

I_18130_036eps180608

J JIR amp LED PANELLayout IR LED Panel (Top Side)

Layout IR LED Panel (Bottom Side)

I_18130_037eps180608

I_18130_038eps180608

48TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Personal Notes

E_06532_013eps131004

Alignments EN 49TCS10L LA 8

8 Alignments

Index of this chapter81 Electrical Alignments82 Hardware Alignments

NoteThe Service Modes are described in chapter 5 Menu navigation is done with the CURSOR UP DOWN LEFT or RIGHT keys of the remote control transmitter

81 Electrical Alignments

Perform all electrical adjustments under the following conditionsbull Power supply voltage (depends on region)

ndash AP-NTSC 120 VAC or 230 VAC 50 Hz (plusmn 10)ndash AP-PAL-multi 120 - 230 VAC 50 Hz (plusmn 10)ndash EU 230 VAC 50 Hz (plusmn 10)ndash LATAM-NTSC 120 - 230 VAC 50 Hz (plusmn 10)ndash US 120 VAC 60 Hz (plusmn 10)

bull Connect the set to the mains via an isolation transformer with low internal resistance

bull Allow the set to warm up for approximately 60 minutesbull Measure voltages and waveforms in relation to correct

ground (eg measure audio signals in relation to AUDIO_GND) Caution It is not allowed to use heatsinks as ground

bull Test probe Ri gt 10 MΩ Ci lt 20 pFbull Use an isolated trimmerscrewdriver to perform

alignments

82 Hardware Alignments

Not applicable

821 Aging

Enter TV mode Set warm up status to ldquoOnrdquo Aging time at least 12 minutes

822 ADC Adjustment

The chassis can execute ADC auto-tune in YPbPr amp PC sourcing modes Enter SAM select YPbPr or PC as source then select AUTOTUNE in ADC ADJ press ldquoRight keyrdquo to run waiting for about 5 seconds until ldquoOKrdquo is displayed which means the set finished the ADC adjustment With an YPbPr source use a 100 color bar pattern with a PC source use a 16-scale grey pattern

823 White Balance Adjustment

Adjust the NORMAL WARM COOL temperature in White balance according to company regular Make sure ADC adjustments have done successfully before doing white balance adjustments and use the ldquoNaturalrdquo picture mode White balance adjustment should be performed with three different sources1 AVTVSVIDEO source reunification under the AV

adjustment apply a NTSC-M system signal with 8-scale grey pattern

2 YPbPrHDMI source reunification under the YPbPr adjustment apply an 8-scale grey pattern

3 PC source should adjust single apply a 8-scale grey pattern

If case of manual adjustment please use the WB page in SAMWhile adjusting White Balance do not change White G or Black G only adjust White R White B Black R and Black B

Table 8-1 Color Temperature Setting 19

Table 8-2 Color Temperature Setting 26

Color mode X Y Color Temperature (K)

Normal 296plusmn4 299plusmn4 8000

Warm 314plusmn4 319plusmn4 6500

Cool 289plusmn4 291plusmn4 9000

Color mode X Y Color Temperature (K)

Normal 289plusmn4 291plusmn4 9000

Warm 314plusmn4 319plusmn4 6500

Cool 278plusmn4 278plusmn4 11000

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data SheetsEN 50 TCS10L LA9

9 Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data Sheets

Index of this chapter91 Introduction92 Abbreviation List93 IC Data Sheets

Notes bull Only new circuits (circuits that are not published recently)

are described bull Figures can deviate slightly from the actual situation due

to different set executions

91 Introduction

This chassis uses the MStar MST9U19A main chip with the following features bull Multi-Standard TV decoding with 2-D comb filterbull Multi-Standard TV sound demodulator and decoderbull Triple ADC fro TV and RGBYPbPrbull Integrated DVIHDCPHDMI compliant receiverbull High quality scaling enginebull 3-D video de-interlacer and video noise reductionbull Embedded On Screen Display controllerbull NTSCPALSecam Video decoder with automatic standard

detectionbull CVBS video outputbull Multi standard TV sound decoderbull FM stereo and SAP demodulationbull Digital audio interfacebull Analog RGB Compliant Input Portsbull DVIHDCPHDMI Compliant input portbull Auto tuning function including phasing positioning offset

gain and jitter detectionbull Automatic color correction

The MST9U19A is a high performance and fully integrated IC for multi-function LCD monitorTV with resolutions up to WSXGA (1680 times 1050) It is configured with an integrated triple-ADCPLL an integrated DVIHDCPHDMI receiver a multi standard TV video and audio decoder a video de-interlacer a scaling engine the MStarACE-3 color engine an On Screen Display controller an 8-bit MCU and a built-in output panel interface It also incorporates an intelligent power management control system for green-mode requirements and spread-spectrum support for EMI management

For a block diagram refer to chapter 6 ldquoBlock diagrams Test Point Overviews and Waveformsrdquo

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data Sheets EN 51TCS10L LA 9

92 Abbreviation List

1080i 1080 visible lines interlaced1080p 1080 visible lines progressive scan2CS 2 Carrier Sound2DNR Spatial (2D) Noise Reduction3DNR Temporal (3D) Noise Reduction480i 480 visible lines interlaced480p 480 visible lines progressive scanAARA Automatic Aspect Ratio Adaptation

algorithm that adapts aspect ratio to remove horizontal black bars keeping up the original aspect ratio

ACI Automatic Channel Installation algorithm that installs TV channels directly from a cable network by means of a predefined TXT page

ADC Analogue to Digital ConverterAFC Automatic Frequency Control control

signal used to tune to the correct frequency

AGC Automatic Gain Control algorithm that controls the video input of the feature box

AM Amplitude ModulationAUO Acer Unipack OptronicsAP Asia PacificAR Aspect Ratio 4 by 3 or 16 by 9ASD Automatic Standard DetectionAV Audio VideoB-SC1-IN Blue SCART1 inB-SC2-IN Blue SCART2 inB-TXT Blue teletextBG Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 55 MHzBTSC Broadcast Television System

CommitteeC-FRONT Chrominance front inputCBA Circuit Board Assembly (or PWB)CL Constant Level audio output to

connect with an external amplifierCLUT Color Look Up TableComPair Computer aided rePairCSM Customer Service ModeCVBS Composite Video Blanking and

SynchronizationCVBS-EXT CVBS signal from external source

(VCR VCD etc)CVBS-INT CVBS signal from TunerCVBS-MON CVBS monitor signalCVBS-TER-OUT CVBS terrestrial outDAC Digital to Analogue ConverterDBE Dynamic Bass Enhancement extra

low frequency amplificationDFU Directions For Use owners manualDNR Dynamic Noise ReductionDRAM Dynamic RAMDSP Digital Signal ProcessingDST Dealer Service Tool special

(European) remote control designed for service technicians

DTS Digital Theatre SoundDVD Digital Versatile DiscDVI Digital Visual InterfaceDW Double WindowED Enhanced Definition 480p 576pEEPROM Electrically Erasable and

Programmable Read Only MemoryEU EUropeEXT EXTernal (source) entering the set by

SCART or by cinches (jacks)FBL Fast Blanking DC signal

accompanying RGB signalsFBL-SC1-IN Fast blanking signal for SCART1 in

FBL-SC2-IN Fast blanking signal for SCART2 inFBL-TXT Fast Blanking TeletextFLASH FLASH memoryFM Field Memory Frequency ModulationFMR FM RadioFRC Frame Rate ConverterFRONT-C Front input chrominance (SVHS)FRONT-DETECT Front input detectionFRONT-Y_CVBS Front input luminance or CVBS

(SVHS)FTV Flat TeleVisionG-SC1-IN Green SCART1 inG-SC2-IN Green SCART2 inG-TXT Green teletextH H_sync to the module HD High Definition 720p 1080i 1080pHDMI High Definition Multimedia Interface

digital audio and video interfaceHP Head PhoneI Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 60 MHzI2C Integrated IC busI2S Integrated IC Sound busIC Integrated CircuitIF Intermediate FrequencyInterlaced Scan mode where two fields are used

to form one frame Each field contains half the number of the total amount of lines The fields are written in ldquopairsrdquo causing line flicker

IR Infra RedIRQ Interrupt ReQuestLast Status The settings last chosen by the

customer and read and stored in RAM or in the NVM They are called at start-up of the set to configure it according the customers wishes

LATAM LATin AMericaLC04 Philips chassis name for LCD TV 2004

projectLCD Liquid Crystal DisplayLED Light Emitting DiodeLL Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 65 MHz L is Band I L is all bands except for Band I

LPL LG Philips LCDLS Loud SpeakerLVDS Low Voltage Differential Signalling

data transmission system for high speed and low EMI communication

MN Monochrome TV system Sound carrier distance is 45 MHz

MOSFET Metal Oxide Semiconductor Field Effect Transistor

MPEG Motion Pictures Experts GroupMSP Multi-standard Sound Processor ITT

sound decoderMUTE MUTE LineNAFTA North American Free Trade

Association Trade agreement between Canada USA and Mexico

NC Not ConnectedNICAM Near Instantaneous Compounded

Audio Multiplexing This is a digital sound system used mainly in Europe

NTSC National Television Standard Committee Color system used mainly in North America and Japan Color carrier NTSC MN = 3579545 MHz NTSC 443 = 4433619 MHz (this is a VCR norm it is not transmitted off-air)

NVM Non Volatile Memory IC containing TV related data (for example options)

OC Open CircuitONOFF LED OnOff control signal for the LED

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data SheetsEN 52 TCS10L LA9

OSD On Screen DisplayPAL Phase Alternating Line Color system

used mainly in Western Europe (color carrier = 4433619 MHz) and South America (color carrier PAL M = 3575612 MHz and PAL N = 3582056 MHz)

PC Personal ComputerPCB Printed Circuit Board (or PWB)PDP Plasma Display PanelPIG Picture In GraphicPIP Picture In PicturePLL Phase Locked Loop Used for

example in FST tuning systems The customer can directly provide the desired frequency

Progressive Scan Scan mode where all scan lines are displayed in one frame at the same time creating a double vertical resolution

PWB Printed Wiring Board (or PCB)RAM Random Access MemoryRC Remote Control transmitterRC5 (6) Remote Control system 5 (6) the

signal from the remote control receiver RGB Red Green and Blue The primary

color signals for TV By mixing levels of R G and B all colors (YC) are reproduced

RGBHV Red Green Blue Horizontal sync and Vertical sync

ROM Read Only MemorySAM Service Alignment ModeSC SandCastle two-level pulse derived

from sync signalsSC1-OUT SCART output of the MSP audio ICSC2-B-IN SCART2 Blue inSC2-C-IN SCART2 chrominance inSC2-OUT SCART output of the MSP audio ICSC Short CircuitSCL Clock signal on I2C busSD Standard Definition 480i 576iSDA Data signal on I2C busSDI Samsung Display IndustrySDM Service Default ModeSDRAM Synchronous DRAMSECAM SEequence Couleur Avec Memoire

Color system used mainly in France and Eastern Europe Color carriers = 4406250 MHz and 4250000 MHz

SIF Sound Intermediate FrequencySMPS Switch Mode Power SupplySND SouNDSNDL-SC1-IN Sound left SCART1 inSNDL-SC1-OUT Sound left SCART1 outSNDL-SC2-IN Sound left SCART2 inSNDL-SC2-OUT Sound left SCART2 outSNDR-SC1-IN Sound right SCART1 inSNDR-SC1-OUT Sound right SCART1 outSNDR-SC2-IN Sound right SCART2 outSNDR-SC2-OUT Sound right SCART2 outSNDS-VL-OUT Surround sound left variable level outSNDS-VR-OUT Surround sound right variable level outSOPS Self Oscillating Power SupplySPDIF Sony Philips Digital InterFaceSRAM Static RAMSTBY Stand-bySVHS Super Video Home SystemSW Sub Woofer SoftWareTHD Total Harmonic DistortionTXT TeleteXTuP MicroprocessorVL Variable Level out processed audio

output toward external amplifierVCR Video Cassette Recorder

VGA Video Graphics ArrayWD Watch DogWYSIWYR What You See Is What You Record

record selection that follows main picture and sound

XTAL Quartz crystalYPbPr Component video (Y= Luminance Pb

Pr= Color difference signals B-Y and R-Y other amplitudes wrt to YUV)

YC Video related signals Y consists of luminance signal blanking level and sync C consists of color signal

Y-OUT Luminance-signalYUV Baseband component video (Y=

Luminance UV= Color difference signals)

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data Sheets EN 53TCS10L LA 9

93 IC Data Sheets

This section shows the internal block diagrams and pin layouts of ICs that are drawn as ldquoblack boxesrdquo in the electrical diagrams (with the exception of ldquomemoryrdquo and ldquologicrdquo ICs)

931 Diagram B MST9U19A

Figure 9-1 Pin configuration

Pin 1

123

45

7

9

11

1314

1718

21

23

25

2728

30

32

34

36

39

41

43

6

8

10

12

1516

1920

22

24

26

29

31

33

35

3738

40

42

4445464748

505152

49

53 54 55 56 57 59 61 63 65 66 69 70 73 75 77 79 80 82 84 86 88 91 93 9558 60 62 64 67 68 71 72 74 76 78 81 83 85 87 89 90 92 94 96 97 98 99 100

102

103

104

101

208

207

206

205

204

202

200

198

196

195

192

191

188

186

184

182

181

179

177

175

173

170

168

166

203

201

199

197

194

193

190

189

187

185

183

180

178

176

174

172

171

169

167

165

164

163

162

161

159

158

157

160

156155154

153152

150

148

146

144143

140139

136

134

132

130129

127

125

123

121

118

116

114

151

149

147

145

142141

138137

135

133

131

128

126

124

122

120119

117

115

113112111110109

107106105

108

MST9U19A

XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX

GN

D

AUR1

AUL2

AUL3

AUL1

AUCO

M

AUR2

AUR3

DIGO[8]

GNDAVDD_MEMPLL

PWM3PWM2DIGO[9]

SIF1

MSI

F1P

AVD

D_S

IF

AUO

UTL

AUO

UTR

AUO

UTS

VDD

CG

PIO

F[2]

GPI

OF[

3]G

PIO

F[4]

GPI

OF[

5]G

PIO

F[6]

GPI

OF[

7]G

PIO

F[8]

GPI

OF[

9]G

PIO

F[10

]G

PIO

F[11

]VD

DP

GN

DG

PIO

F[12

]

GPI

OF[

14]

GPI

OF[

15]

GPI

OF[

16]

GPI

OF[

17]

GPI

OF[

18]

GN

D

GPI

OF[

19]

VDD

C

VDD

PG

ND

VDD

PVD

DP

GPI

OF[

13]

GN

D

DIGO[7]

DIGO[5]

DIGO[3]

DIGO[1]

VDDC

VDDPPWM_SENSE

DIGO[6]

DIGO[4]

DIGO[2]

DIGO[0]

GND

PWM_DRVPWM_FBIRININT

PWM1PWM0

GNDVDDPALERDZWRZ

VDDC

GNDVDDP

VDD

PLV

A0M

LVA0

PLV

A1M

LVA1

PLV

A2M

LVA2

PLV

ACKM

LVAC

KPLV

A3M

LVA4

PVD

DP

VDD

CAV

DD

_MPL

L

LVA3

PLV

A4M

GPI

OE[

0]

IHSY

NC

ICLK

DI[

1]D

I[0]

IVYS

NC

GPI

OE[

1]G

PIO

E[2]

GPI

OE[

3]G

ND

VDD

P

AVD

D_M

PLL

XIN

XOU

TH

WR

ESET

GN

D

DI[

7]D

I[6]

DI[

5]D

I[4]

DI[

2]D

I[3]

VDD

C

AUO

UTL

3AU

OU

TR3

RXCKPGND

RX0NRX0P

AVDD_DVIRX1NRX1P

RX2P

REXT

DDCD_CK

VSYNC1

VCLAMP

REFM

BIN1M

GNDRX2N

AVDD_DVI

DDCD_DA

HSYNC1

RMID

REFP

BIN1P

SOGIN1GIN1PGIN1MRIN1PRIN1MBIN0MBIN0PGIN0MGIN0P

SOGIN0RIN0MRIN0P

HSYNC0VSYNC0

RXCKN

AVDD_ADCGND

C1Y1C0Y0

CVBS2CVBS1

VCOM1CVBS0

VCOM0CVBSOUT

GND

VCOM2CVBS3

GN

D

AVD

D_A

UAU

L0AU

R0

AUVR

EFAU

VRAD

PAU

VRAD

N

AUO

UTL

2AU

OU

TR2

AD[7]AD[6]AD[5]AD[4]AD[3]AD[2]AD[1]AD[0]

SDOCSZSDISCK

SAR3

SAR1SAR2

SAR0

DDCA_CK

DDCR_CKDDCA_DA

DDCR_DA

LVB0

MLV

B0P

LVB1

MLV

B1P

LVB2

MLV

B2P

LVBC

KMLV

BCKP

LVB3

M

LVB4

P

LVB3

PLV

B4M

I_18130_008eps200608

Pin Configuration

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data SheetsEN 54 TCS10L LA9

932 Diagram B TDA1308

Figure 9-2 Block diagram and pin configuration

Block diagram

Pinning information

2

1

3

4

8

7

65

INA(neg)

TDA1308(A)OUTA

VSS

VDD

INA(pos)

INB(neg)

INB(pos)

OUTB

TDA1308(A)

VATUO DD

BTUO)gen(ANI

)gen(BNI)sop(ANI

VSS INB(pos)

1

2

3

4

6

5

8

7

I_18130_007eps190608

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data Sheets EN 55TCS10L LA 9

933 Diagram B NCP1377B

Figure 9-3 Block diagram and pin configuration

Block diagram

Pinning information

I_18130_009eps190608

HV

VCC

GND

Demag

4 mA

To InternalSupply

+

+

125 V75 V56 V (Fault)

FaultMngt

PON

5 V+

OVP

+

144

45 usDelay

15 us for B Version

Demag

8 usBlanking

S

SR R

Q

Q

+

3 us forB Version

+minus

Overload

5 usTimeout

TimeReset

Demag

380 nsLEB

1 V3

200 Awhen DRV

is OFF

FB

42 V

Driver src = 20 sink = 10

DrvVCC

CS

+50 mV 10 V Rint

1Dmg 8 HV

7 NC2FB

3CS

4GND

6 VCC

5 Drv

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data SheetsEN 56 TCS10L LA9

934 Diagram B TDA7266

Figure 9-4 Block diagram and pin configuration

1

2

4

Vref

7YB-TS

IN1

022microF

VCC

133

+

-

-

+

OUT1+

OUT1-

15

14

12

6ETUM

IN2

022microF

+

-

-

+

OUT2+

OUT2-

8

9S-GND

PW-GND

470microF 100nF

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

9

10

11

8

NC

NC

S-GND

PW-GND

OUT2+

OUT2-

VCC

IN2

ST-BY

MUTE

NC

IN1

VCCOUT1-

OUT1+

13

14

15

12

I_17950_054eps090508

Block Diagram

Pin Configuration

Spare Parts List amp CTN Overview EN 57TCS10L LA 10

10 Spare Parts List amp CTN OverviewFor the latest spare part overview please consult the Philips Service website

Table 10-1 Sets described in this manual

11 Revision ListManual xxxx xxx xxxx0bull First release

CTN Styling

19PFL340355 MG8

19PFL340377 MG8

19PFL340378 MG8

19PFL340385 MG8

26PFL340385 MG8

  • Content
  • 1 Technical Specifications Connections and Chassis Overview
    • 11 Technical Specifications
      • 111 Vision
      • 112 Sound
      • 113 Miscellaneous
        • 12 Connection Overview
          • Figure 1-1 Rear and side IO connections
          • 121 Rear Connections
            • 1 - HDMI Digital Video Digital Audio - In
              • Figure 1-2 HDMI (type A) connector
                • 2 - VGA AUDIO Mini Jack VGA Audio - In
                • 3 - VGA PC Video RGB - In and Service UART
                  • Figure 1-3 VGA Connector
                    • 4 - Cinch Video YPbPr - In
                    • 5 - AV1 Cinch Video CVBS - In Audio - In
                    • 6 - Aerial - In
                    • 7 - Service Connector (ComPair)
                      • 122 Side connections
                        • 8 - Cinch Video CVBS - In Audio - In
                        • 9 - S-Video (Hosiden) Video YC - In
                        • 10 - Mini Jack Audio Head phone - Out
                            • 13 Chassis Overview
                              • Figure 1-4 PWBCBA locations
                                  • 2 Safety Instructions Warnings and Notes
                                    • 21 Safety Instructions
                                    • 22 Warnings
                                    • 23 Notes
                                      • 231 General
                                      • 232 Schematic Notes
                                      • 233 BGA (Ball Grid Array) ICs
                                        • Introduction
                                        • BGA Temperature Profiles
                                          • 234 Lead-free Soldering
                                          • 235 Alternative BOM identification
                                            • Figure 2-1 Serial number (example)
                                              • 236 Board Level Repair (BLR) or Component Level Repair (CLR)
                                              • 237 Practical Service Precautions
                                                  • 3 Directions for Use
                                                  • 4 Mechanical Instructions
                                                    • 41 Cable Dressing
                                                      • Figure 4-1 Cable dressing (19 model)
                                                      • Figure 4-2 Cable dressing (26 model)
                                                        • 42 Service Positions
                                                          • 421 Foam Bars
                                                            • Figure 4-3 Foam bars
                                                                • 43 AssyPanel Removal
                                                                  • 431 Stand
                                                                    • Figure 4-4 Stand
                                                                      • 432 Rear Cover
                                                                        • Figure 4-5 LVDS release
                                                                        • Figure 4-6 Speaker and IRLED panel cable release
                                                                          • 433 Keyboard Control Board
                                                                            • Figure 4-7 Keyboard control board
                                                                              • 434 IRLED Board and Speakers
                                                                                • Figure 4-8 IRLED Board and Speakers
                                                                                  • 435 Power Supply Board
                                                                                    • Figure 4-9 Power Supply Unit(s)
                                                                                      • 436 Inverter Board (19 and 22 versions)
                                                                                        • Figure 4-10 Inverter Board
                                                                                          • 437 Small Signal Board (SSB)
                                                                                            • Removing the SSB
                                                                                              • Figure 4-11 SSB connector plate
                                                                                              • Figure 4-12 SSB
                                                                                                • 44 Set Re-assembly
                                                                                                  • 5 Service Modes Error Codes and Fault Finding
                                                                                                    • 51 Test Points
                                                                                                    • 52 Service Mode
                                                                                                      • 521 Service Alignment Mode (SAM)
                                                                                                        • How to Enter
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-1 SAM menu
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-2 SAM menu White Balance Normal
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-3 SAM menu White Balance Cool
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-4 SAM menu White Balance Warm
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-5 SAM menu Volume Curve
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-6 SAM menu Picture Curve
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-7 SAM menu Picture Mode Natural
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-8 SAM menu Picture Mode Personal
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-9 SAM menu Picture Mode Rich
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-10 SAM menu Picture Mode Soft
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-11 SAM menu Producting
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-12 SAM menu Country
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-13 SAM menu Setup
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-14 SAM menu Shop Init Do
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-15 SAM menu Clear Code gt
                                                                                                            • How to Exit
                                                                                                            • Factory Mode Descriptions
                                                                                                              • ltTABLEgt
                                                                                                              • Virgin Settings
                                                                                                                • Table 5-1 Country setting
                                                                                                                • Table 5-2 Virgin settings
                                                                                                                  • 522 Customer Service Mode (CSM)
                                                                                                                    • Purpose
                                                                                                                    • How to Activate CSM
                                                                                                                    • Contents of CSM
                                                                                                                      • Figure 5-16 CSM Menu
                                                                                                                        • Menu Explanation
                                                                                                                        • How to Exit
                                                                                                                          • 523 Blinking LED Procedure
                                                                                                                            • 53 Error Codes
                                                                                                                              • ltTABLEgt
                                                                                                                                • 54 Fault Finding
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-17 No Picture No sound no Back light (19 sets)
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-18 Picture OK No sound (19 sets)
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-19 No Picture Back light amp Sound OK (19 and 26 sets)
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-20 No color (19 and 26 sets)
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-21 No Picture No sound no Back light (26 sets)
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-22 Picture OK No sound (26 sets)
                                                                                                                                    • 55 Service Tools
                                                                                                                                      • 551 ComPair
                                                                                                                                        • Introduction
                                                                                                                                        • Specifications
                                                                                                                                        • How to Connect
                                                                                                                                        • How to Order
                                                                                                                                          • Figure 5-23 ComPair II interface connection
                                                                                                                                            • 56 Software Upgrading
                                                                                                                                              • 561 Introduction
                                                                                                                                                  • 6 Block Diagrams Test Point Overview and Waveforms
                                                                                                                                                    • Wiring Diagram of Connector for MS19-PH 19
                                                                                                                                                    • Wiring Diagram of Connector for MS19-PH 26
                                                                                                                                                    • Block Diagram MS19P Chipset
                                                                                                                                                    • I2C overview
                                                                                                                                                      • 7 Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts
                                                                                                                                                        • Main Power Supply (19)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Main Power Supply (19) (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Main Power Supply (19) (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Main Power Supply (26)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Main Power Supply (26) (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Main Power Supply (26) (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Standby Power Supply (26)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Standby Power Supply (26) (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Standby Power Supply (26) (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB Control
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB DC - DC
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB MST9E19A Controller
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB HDMI Interface
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB VGA Interface
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB Cinch
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB Tuner
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB Audio Amplifier
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB LVDS Interface
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Small Signal Board (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Small Signal Board (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Keyboard Control Panel
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Keyboard Control Panel (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Keyboard Control Panel (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Inverter Panel
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Inverter Panel (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Inverter Panel (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • IR LED Panel
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout IR LED Panel (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout IR LED Panel (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                          • 8 Alignments
                                                                                                                                                            • 81 Electrical Alignments
                                                                                                                                                            • 82 Hardware Alignments
                                                                                                                                                              • 821 Aging
                                                                                                                                                              • 822 ADC Adjustment
                                                                                                                                                              • 823 White Balance Adjustment
                                                                                                                                                                • Table 8-1 Color Temperature Setting 19
                                                                                                                                                                • Table 8-2 Color Temperature Setting 26
                                                                                                                                                                  • 9 Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data Sheets
                                                                                                                                                                    • 91 Introduction
                                                                                                                                                                    • 92 Abbreviation List
                                                                                                                                                                    • 93 IC Data Sheets
                                                                                                                                                                      • 931 Diagram B MST9U19A
                                                                                                                                                                        • Figure 9-1 Pin configuration
                                                                                                                                                                          • 932 Diagram B TDA1308
                                                                                                                                                                            • Figure 9-2 Block diagram and pin configuration
                                                                                                                                                                              • 933 Diagram B NCP1377B
                                                                                                                                                                                • Figure 9-3 Block diagram and pin configuration
                                                                                                                                                                                  • 934 Diagram B TDA7266
                                                                                                                                                                                    • Figure 9-4 Block diagram and pin configuration
                                                                                                                                                                                      • 10 Spare Parts List amp CTN Overview
                                                                                                                                                                                        • Table 10-1 Sets described in this manual
                                                                                                                                                                                          • 11 Revision List
Page 14: Philips 19PFL3403-55 TCS1[1].0L_LA

Service Modes Error Codes and Fault FindingEN 14 TCS10L LA5

Figure 5-7 SAM menu Picture Mode Natural

Figure 5-8 SAM menu Picture Mode Personal

Figure 5-9 SAM menu Picture Mode Rich

Figure 5-10 SAM menu Picture Mode Soft

Figure 5-11 SAM menu Producting

Figure 5-12 SAM menu Country

I_18130_049eps190608

I_18130_050eps190608

I_18130_051eps190608

I_18130_052eps190608

I_18130_053eps190608

I_18130_054eps190608

Service Modes Error Codes and Fault Finding EN 15TCS10L LA 5

Figure 5-13 SAM menu Setup

Figure 5-14 SAM menu Shop Init Do

Figure 5-15 SAM menu Clear Code gt

How to ExitPress ldquoMENUrdquo on the RC-transmitter

Factory Mode Descriptions

I_18130_055eps190608

I_18130_058eps190608

Item Sub-Item Description

SOURCE Shift among sourcing via pressing Left amp Right key

ADC ADJ Only available in HDTV or PC mode

WB White Balance Calibration setting

SOURCE Shift among sources

COLOR TEMP Normal Warm Cool

WHITE R R Gain adjust manually or automatically

WHITE G G Gain adjust manually or automatically

WHITE B B Gain adjust manually or automatically

BLACK R R Shift adjust manually or automatically

BLACK G G Shift adjust manually or automatically

BLACK B B Shift adjust manually or automatically

VOL CURVE Volume Curve adjustmentX0 X10 X30 X50 X70 X90 X100 on for the usermenu volume value of the 0 10 30 50 70 90 100Only to adjust during production

PICTURE CURVE Analog Picture Curve adjustment X0 X30 X50 X80 X100 on for the usermenu picture value of the 0 30 50 80 100Only to adjust during production

CON Contrast Curve

BRI Brightness Curve

SAT Saturation Curve

SHARP Sharpness Curve

LIGHT Back light Curve

PICTURE MODE Picture modes analog value can be adjusted in this pageincluding SOFT NATURAL BRIGHTE and PERSONAL

I_18130_059eps190608

Service Modes Error Codes and Fault FindingEN 16 TCS10L LA5

Virgin SettingsFirst the country should be set according to the following table

Table 5-1 Country setting

Secondly select ldquoSHOP INITrdquo from the SAM menu Wait until finished and then turn ldquoOffrdquo the set Now the set is put back to virgin settings according to the following table

Table 5-2 Virgin settings

522 Customer Service Mode (CSM)

PurposeWhen a customer is having problems with his TV-set he can call his dealer or the Customer Help desk The service technician can then ask the customer to activate the CSM in order to identify the status of the set Now the service technician can judge the severity of the complaint In many cases he can advise the customer how to solve the problem or he can decide if it is necessary to visit the customer The CSM is a read only mode therefore modifications in this mode are not possible

How to Activate CSMKey in the code ldquo123654rdquo via the standard RC transmitter

Contents of CSM

Figure 5-16 CSM Menu

Menu Explanation1 MODEL Type number and region code2 PROD SN Production code will have 14 characters + 2

reserved (total 16 characters)3 SW ID Software cluster and version is displayed (TC =

TCL 1 = Chassis Number 26 = Screen size L = Latam 090 = software version)

4 CODES Error buffer contents5 SIGNAL PRESENT Presence of RF signal6 SYSTEM Color system7 SOUND Sound system (MonoStereoSAP)8 HDCP KEYS Shows Valid or invalid HDCP key when

HDMI connected Else blank9 HDMI INPUT FORMAT Shows the HDMI input format10 HDMI AUDIO INPUT HDMI audio input HDMI audio stream

detection YES = Audio stream detected NO = No Audio (for example when DVI format is used)

How to ExitPress ldquoMENUrdquo on the RC-transmitter

523 Blinking LED Procedure

The software is capable of identifying different kinds of errors Because it is possible that more than one error can occur over time an error buffer is available which is capable of storing the last five errors that occurred This is useful if the OSD is not working properly

Errors can also be displayed by the blinking LED procedure The method is to repeatedly let the front LED pulse with as many pulses as the error code number followed by a period of 15 seconds in which the LED is ldquooffrdquo Then this sequence is repeated

PRODUCTING FACTURY HOT KEY

Short-cut key to enter factory mode setting GO BACK is the short-cut key if it is ldquoONrdquo Do remember to turn this ldquoOFFrdquo when the set is returned to the customer

WARM UP STATUS

Aging Mode setting ldquoONrdquo means snow picture showing instead of blue background if there is no signal input Do remember to turn this ldquoOFFrdquo when the set is returned to the customer

EEPROM INIT EEPROM initialization1 When the first time to turn on the set please enter this menu and initialize it2 Press LeftRight key and waiting for about 5 seconds until ldquoOKrdquo displayed which means the set finishes the initialization3 Switch off AC power4 Power on the set again the EEPROM will be initialized

LOGO Always leave this setting to the value ldquoOFFrdquo

RF AGC RF Automatic Gain Control default at 16

COUNTRY Select the correct country before doing a SHOP INIT because it puts the set in virgin mode

SET UP POWER MODE LAST

This selects the last power on sequence used

POWER MODE STB

This will put the set in Stand-by whenever the power key is used to turn it on The user now has to turn the set on with the remote control

POWER MODE ON

This will turn on the set whenever the power key is used to turn it on

SHOP INIT DO By selecting this the outgoing factory initialization is selected Always perform this at the end of a repair

CLEAR CODE gt Clears the Error codes

CODES Shows the last 5 error codes

PANEL TYPE Shows the panel type (display only)

SW VER Shows the software version

V8- Shows the BOM number

COMPILE TIME Shows the time the software was compiled

CTN suffix Country

55 Other

77 Argentina

78 Brazil

85 Mexico

Setting 55 77 78 85

PQ Smart Mode Rich Rich Rich Rich

AQ Smart Mode Movie Movie Movie Movie

Sleep Off Off Off Off

Time 0000 0000 0000 0000

Start time ---- ---- ---- ----

Stop time ---- ---- ---- ----

Channel 2 2 2 2

Child lock Off Off Off Off

Parental lock Off Off Off Off

Closed caption Off Off Off Off

RF Channel 2 9 4 2

Volume 30 30 30 30

Item Sub-Item Description

Screen ratio 16 9 16 9 16 9 16 9

OSD language Spanish Spanish Portuguese Spanish

Setting 55 77 78 85

I_18130_060eps190608

Service Modes Error Codes and Fault Finding EN 17TCS10L LA 5

Any RC command terminates the sequence Error code LED blinking is in white colorExample the contents of the error buffer is ldquo013 007 000 000 000rdquoAfter entering SDM the following occursbull 1 long blink of 5 seconds to start the sequencebull 1 medium blink of 3 seconds and then 3 short blinks

followed by a pause of 15 secondsbull 7 short blinks followed by a pause of 15 secondsbull 1 long blink of 15 seconds to finish the sequenceThe sequence starts again with 12 short blinks

53 Error Codes

The error code buffer contains all errors detected since the last time the buffer was erased The buffer is written from left to right When an error occurs that is not yet in the error code buffer it is displayed at the left side and all other errors shift one position to the right

Basically there are six kind of errors

54 Fault Finding

Figure 5-17 No Picture No sound no Back light (19 sets)

Code Description Detection method Type

0 no error - -

1 reserved - -

2 5V failure protection

Power down Protection + blinking

3 μP Control I2C-bus Error log + blinking

4 General I2C bus Error

I2C-bus Protection + blinking

5 reserved - -

6 System EEPROM

I2C-bus Protection + blinking

7 Tuner I2C-bus Error log + blinking

8 HDCP EEPROM

I2C-bus Error log + blinking

No Picture no sound no Back light

Fuse F3(3A) OK

Check circuit of +33V+18V(U5U

6U7) OK Replace the bad

components

For P22 Pin 1~4 is +12V_PWamp Pin7~9

of is +5VSTBOK

Replace F3

Check Q17(Pin5- 8)+12V OK

NO

NO

NO

YES

YES

YES

Check DC-DC circuit(U1U2)

NOCheck Q26 circuit amp Replace the bad

componentsYES

Check PSU

I_18130_066eps180608

Service Modes Error Codes and Fault FindingEN 18 TCS10L LA5

Figure 5-18 Picture OK No sound (19 sets)

Figure 5-19 No Picture Back light amp Sound OK (19 and 26 sets)

Picture OK No sound

Check the voltage ofPin 313 of U19is it 12v Check Q17

Check the wave of pin7475 of U8is it

OK

CheckR amp L speaker

Check wave ofAudio input Pin

U8 pin61~69 OK

CheckQ22

No

Check B of Q22 is Low OK

Yes

No

Check Mute Pin6 of U19is it 12V

Yes

Yes

ReplaceU8

Yes

NO

Yes

Check the AMP- MUTE circuit

No

No

YesCheck SIF circuit Pin 7(SIFOUT) of

Tuner TU1

TV source Checkthe AV input

circuit

No

I_18130_068eps180608

No Picture Back light amp Sound OK

Check the output voltage

of U3 12V is it OK

Check LVDS signal waveform

of P10 is OK

Check the Circuit of12V_PANELamp

PANEL_ONOFF

Yes

No

Yes

Is RP2-RP7 ok

No

check the LVDS cable

Replace U8Yes

I_18130_004eps180608

Service Modes Error Codes and Fault Finding EN 19TCS10L LA 5

Figure 5-20 No color (19 and 26 sets)

Figure 5-21 No Picture No sound no Back light (26 sets)

No color

Color system is Right amp another

channel color is right

Dose the TV signal too weak

CheckPin 17(TV-

CVBS) Wave of TU1 OK

ReplaceTU1

ResetTo

Local system

CheckTuner Input

cable amp antenna

Yes NO NO

No YES YES

Fine tune Frequency

I_18130_006eps180608

No Picture No sound no Back light

Check circuit of +33V +18V (U5U

6U7) OK Replace the bad components

For P22 Pin 1~4 is +12V_PW amp Pin7~9

of is +5VSTBOK

NO

NO

YES

Check DC-DC circuit (U1U2)

YES

Check PSU

I_18130_003eps180608

Service Modes Error Codes and Fault FindingEN 20 TCS10L LA5

Figure 5-22 Picture OK No sound (26 sets)

55 Service Tools

551 ComPair

IntroductionComPair (Computer Aided Repair) is a Service tool for Philips Consumer Electronics products and offers the following1 ComPair helps you to quickly get an understanding on how

to repair the chassis in a short and effective way2 ComPair allows very detailed diagnostics and is therefore

capable of accurately indicating problem areas You do not have to know anything about I2C or UART commands yourself because ComPair takes care of this

3 ComPair speeds up the repair time since it can automatically communicate with the chassis (when the uP is working) and all repair information is directly available

4 ComPair features TV software upgrade possibilities

SpecificationsComPair consists of a Windows based fault finding program and an interface box between PC and the (defective) product The (new) ComPair II interface box is connected to the PC via an USB cable For the TV chassis the ComPair interface box and the TV communicate via a bi-directional cable via the service connector(s)

How to ConnectThis is described in the ComPair chassis fault finding database

Caution It is compulsory to connect the TV to the PC as shown in Figure ldquoComPair II interface connectionrdquo (with the ComPair interface in between) as the ComPair interface acts as a level shifter If one connects the TV directly to the PC (via UART) ICs will be blown

How to OrderComPair II order codes

bull ComPair II interface 3122 785 91020bull For SW see Philips service websitebull ComPair UART interface cable 3122 785 75051bull Software Upgrade VGA interface cables 3122 785 90004

and 3122 785 09269

Note If you encounter any problems contact your local support desk

Figure 5-23 ComPair II interface connection

56 Software Upgrading

561 Introduction

Software upgrading can be done by ComPair This allows to replacement of the software image

Picture OK No sound

Check the voltage ofPin 313 of U19is it 12v Check PSU

Check the wave of pin7475 of U8is it

OK

CheckR amp L speaker

Check wave ofAudio input Pin

U8 pin61~69 OK

CheckQ22

No

Check B of Q22 is Low OK

Yes

No

Check Mute Pin6 of U19is it 12V

Yes

Yes

ReplaceU8

Yes

NO

Yes

Check the AMP- MUTE circuit

No

No

YesCheck SIF circuit Pin 7(SIFOUT) of

Tuner TU1

TV source Checkthe AV input

circuit

No

I_18130_005eps180608

E_06532_036eps150208

TOUART SERVICECONNECTOR

TOUART SERVICECONNECTOR

TOI2C SERVICECONNECTOR

TO TV

PC

HDMII2C only

Optional power5V DC

ComPair II Developed by Philips Brugge

RC outRC in

OptionalSwitch

Power ModeLinkActivity I2C

ComPair IIMulti

function

RS232 UART

Block Diagrams Test Point Overview and Waveforms 21TCS10L LA 6

6 Block Diagrams Test Point Overview and Waveforms

Wiring Diagram of Connector for MS19-PH 19

40-PWL20C-PWI1XG POWER BOARD

1

NU

SE

LEC

T

GN

D

GN

D

P4

1 2 3 5 6 74

BL

ON

OF

F

DIM

MIN

G

INV

ER

TE

R_P

WR

12V

INV

ER

TE

R_P

WR

12V

P5

40-0MS19P-MAE2XGMAIN BOARD

AG

ND

1 2 3 5 6 74

KE

Y0

KE

Y1

AG

ND

IR-I

N

LED

1-IN

LED

2-IN

NC

1 2 3 5 6 7 84

+5V

ST

B

+5V

ST

B

GN

D

GN

D

GN

D

INVERTER BOARD

CN

1

GN

D

1 2 3 5 64

INV

ER

T-S

W

DIM

MIN

G

GN

D

INV

ER

TE

R_P

WR

12V

INV

ER

TE

R_P

WR

12V

8+

5VS

TB

GN

D

1 2 3 5 64

GN

D

GN

D

NC5V

-PW

5V-P

W

40-PF3403-IRC1XG IR BOARD

40-PF3403-KEC1XG KEY BOARD

GN

D

LED

1

IR

+5V

ST

B

1 2 3 54LE

D2

KE

Y1

GN

D

KE

Y0

1 2 3

P10

01

CN

2001 1S

P 22

P

9 10

+12

V-P

W

+12

V-P

W

+12

V-P

W

+12

V-P

W

7 8 9 10

+12

V+

12V

+12

V

+12

V

I_18130_061eps190608

22TCS10L LA 6Block Diagrams Test Point Overview and Waveforms

Wiring Diagram of Connector for MS19-PH 26

40-1PL37C-PWF1XG

1

P5

40-0MS19P-MAE2XGMAIN BOARD

AG

ND

1 2 3 5 6 74

KE

Y0

KE

Y1

AG

ND

IR-I

N

LED

1-IN

LED

2-IN

NC

1 2 3 5 6 7 84

NC

NC

GN

D

GN

D

GN

D

40-PWL01B-STE1X

8+

5VS

TB

1 2 3 5 64

12V-

PW

40-PF3403-IRC1XG IR BOARD

40-PF3403-KEC1XGKEY BOARD

GN

D

LED

1

IR

+5V

ST

B

1 2 3 54LE

D2

KE

Y1

GN

D

KE

Y0

1 2 3

P10

01

CN

2001

P4

9 10

+12

V-P

W

+12

V-P

W

+12

V-P

W

+12

V-P

W

7

10

5P 1P

1 2 3

1 2 3

+5S

TB

AG

ND

PW

-ON

OF

F

+5S

TB

AG

ND

PW

-ON

OF

F

11

12 13 14

GN

D

NC

BL-

AD

JUS

T

BL-

ON

OF

F

11

12

13

14

15

16

P22

8 91 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

12 13 14 15 16

12V-

PW

GN

D

GN

D12

V-P

W

12V-

PW

GN

D

NC

GN

D

NC

NC

NC

NC

NC

BL-

AD

JUS

T

BL-

ON

OF

F

I_18130_062eps190608

Block Diagrams Test Point Overview and Waveforms 23TCS10L LA 6

Block Diagram MS19P Chipset

Panel

810-bit LVDS

2MB

HDMI

HDTVVGA

YC

AV2AV1

AV-OUTTVSIF

PCHDTV-RL

AV2-RLAV1-RL

IRKEY0KEY1

GPIO PWM

Serial-FlashSPI

Speake

Earphone

r

MS19P Chipset Block Diagram

Audio out

EEPROM24C32 SDA

SCL

AMP

TDA7266

MST9U19A

24C02

24C02

24C04SDASCL

U19

U9

U13

U12

U11HDCP

EDID

EDID

U10

Z1

SDASCLExternal device

I_18130_063eps190608

24TCS10L LA 6Block Diagrams Test Point Overview and Waveforms

I2C overview

I2C Device Block Diagram

MST9U19A-LF

24C32 24C04

System EEPROM

I2C AddressA0

HDCP EEPROM

I2C AddressA4

SDA SCL SDA SCL

Tuner integratedIF PLL Demodulator

SDA1 SCL1I2C AddressA0

I_18130_064eps190608

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 25TCS10L LA 7

7 Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Main Power Supply (19)

I_18130_022eps180608

A AMAIN POWER SUPPLY 19rdquo

26TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout Main Power Supply (19) (Top Side)

Layout Main Power Supply (19) (Bottom Side)

I_18130_023eps180608

I_18130_065eps190608

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 27TCS10L LA 7

Main Power Supply (26)

I_18130_024eps180608

A1 A1MAIN POWER SUPPLY 26rdquo

28TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout Main Power Supply (26) (Top Side)

I_18130_028eps180608

40-PWL01B-STE1XG

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 29TCS10L LA 7

Layout Main Power Supply (26) (Bottom Side)

I_18130_029eps180608

40-PWL01B-STE1XG

30TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Standby Power Supply (26)

I_18130_025eps200608

A2 A2STANDBY POWER SUPPLY 26rdquo

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 31TCS10L LA 7

Layout Standby Power Supply (26) (Top Side)

40-1PL37C-PWF1XGI_18130_026eps

180608

32TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout Standby Power Supply (26) (Bottom Side)

I_18130_027eps180608

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 33TCS10L LA 7

SSB Control

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGNDAGND

AGND

AGNDAGNDAGND AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

T

T

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

D1B

D1A

G2

G1

S2

D2B

D2A

S1

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

PGND

PGND

PGND

PGND

PGND

AGND

AGND

T

T

T

T

AGND

T

T

BOOT

DRIVE

FB GND

LGATE

PHASE

VCC

UGATE

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

PGND

AGND

AGND

AGNDAGND

AGND

D2B

D2A

G1

G2

S1

D1B

D1A

S2

T

AGND

D1B

D1A

D2B

G2 D2A

S2

G1

S1

09V

18V

For Tuner 33v

L--Prot

Normal--HProtect--L

Back Light Control

Far from DC-DC amp Tuner

Option

When not use DC-DC+5VSTB_L provide

ON-----LOFF-----H

OptionFar from tuner and power supply (NC)

8

7

6

4 5

3

2

1U3

SP8J3

R234

10R

NC

E

C

B

BT3904

Q21

B

C

E

Q32BT3904

R16

19N

C2

618

KR

919

1K

26

10K

B

C

E

Q2

BT3904

R177

NC

C23

00

1U

10K

R18

0

NC

R17

9 0

R1784K7

+12V

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

P4ON-PBACK

ADJ-PWM2

R181910K26

191

K2

6

R10

Z54

BL-ADJUST

1 2

4

6

8

12

14

10

3

5

7

9

11

13

P22

+5V

+5VSTB_L

C22

2

01U

R70R (FOR 26ONLY)

7

8

4

2

3

5

6

1

A04803

Q17

+12V

+12V_PW

+12V_PW

C24

10

01U

BL-ADJUST

+5V

ST

B_L

C14

01U

BL-ONOFF

C22

40

1U

+5VSTB

R24

8N

C

+12V_PW

C220220U

25V

F250A

F150A

47K

R18

2

L8200R

R2413K9

C23

6

1U

C24

3

1U

C244

01U

C242

470U

16V

+5V

ST

B

PRORECT_12V

R29

720

K

+33V

+33V

B

E

CQ31

BT3906R298

NC

+12V

R299

4K7

R301

4K7

R30

010

K

R29

6

4K7

D14 8V

2

B

C

E

Q26BT3904

R3

4K7

B

E

CQ13

BT3906

C64

3 1U

C20A1U

C21

A 1U

NCC

21

R18

147

K

C24

00

01U

R22

330K

33V

+5V

+5V

12V_PANEL

21

P20

01UC

231

NC

C8

01U

C3

01U

L49200R

L47200R

21

P19

01UC

20

5V_PANEL

4K7R15

D11

LL4148

D45LL4148

PW_ONOFF

+5VSTB1

2

3

P1

POWER-ONOFFB

C

E

Q30BT3904

R26610K

GPIO_PROTECT

+5VSTB

R24

70R

D10LL4148

+12V

C201U

SELECT

R20

510

0K

R2041K

D47 33

V

R27

92K

2R

242

2K2

+12V

1

2

3 6

5

8

4

7

U1

RT8110

R50R PROTPW_ONOFF

R2NC

Z58

Z56

B

C

E

Q27BT3904

BL-ONOFF

R12100R

PW_CTRL

Z51

R24

0 0

Z52

Z53

Z60

L530R

L330R

01U

C23

401UC

232

C23

3 1U

R234K7

5V_PANEL

C22

60

1U

L50200R

+5V

C235470U

16V

200RL54

C23

70

1U

L9200R

+5V

R4

10K

R6NC

+12V_INVERTER

B

C

E

Q6BT3904

68K

R37

NCR17

0RR14

16V

470UC

17A

C27

01U

2U2C16

01UC

15

R8

NC

R194K7

R132NC

R143100K

R14K

7

B

C

E

Q14BT3904

R2110K

+12V

D1LL4148

R14210K

+5VSTB

B

C

E

Q3BT3904NC

+12V

C1810U

50V

L6100UH

D5LL4148

B

C

E

Q5SC1815

NCR

24

B

C

E

Q1

BT3904

B

C

E

Q4BT3904

PWM3

SHUT_EEP

200RL56

L55200R

R23

91K

2

R23

8N

C

R235

10R

R23

6N

C

L115UH

R23

322

K

C23

91U

R237

220R

7

8

4

2

3

5

6

1

U2PHKD13N03LT

C23801U

D50LL4148

L53200R

+12V_INVERTER

C22

70

1U

C22

80

1U

L52200R

L51200R

C22

90

1U

L48200R

C22

50

1U

12V_PANEL

L1230R

PANEL-ONOFF

Z59

Z50

PW_ONOFF R26

368

0R

R2618K2

R26010K

R26

710

K

R26

810

K

R26

247

K

R25910K

R25

810

0K

D41LL4148

+12V

R2783K9

TUNER_5V

+5V

40V

C18

70

1U

R2000R

R6390R

R60422K

L6061000UR

C60

40

1U

D61

433

VC63

047

00P

C63

2 270P

C633

01U 50V

L613

1000UH

NC

L6041000UH

100KR

630

NC

C63

6

C63

50

01U

C63

40

1U

C631200P

B

C

E

Q612BC846B

R63147K

12

3

D61

30B

AV

99

33V

+5V

C1

01U

5V_PANEL

+12V_PW

+5VSTB

12V_PANEL

C223

220U25V

+5VSTB

01U

C22

1

+12V

PW_ONOFF

VCC_PANEL

B01 B01

I_18130_011eps180608

CONTROL

34TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

SSB DC - DC

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGNDAGND

GN

DA

DJ

OU

T

VIN

4

OU

T

VIN

AD

JG

ND

VO

UT

VIN

AD

JG

ND

VCC18V FOR MST9E19A

pin36

VDDC for MST9E19A Core

+33V for VDD_MPLL

+33AVDD FOR AVDD_SIF

+33AVDD FOR AVDD_AU

pin6 pin12

+33AVDD for AVDD_HDMI

Vcc33for MST9E19A analog

+33AVDD for AVDDA

33V for AVDDPLL2

Vcc33 for MST9E19A Digital

10RR

31

F330A

+33V

L16100R+5VST

R28NC

23

1

U6

AIC

1084

FM120D8

FM120D6

23

1

U7

KD

1084

AD

2T18

+33V

VDDP

FM120D7

+5VSTB_L

1 2 3

4

U5AS1117-33

L18FB

FBL17

+18V

VDDC

L11

100R

L10100R+33V

L24

100R

FBL23

16V

47UC

37

C67

01U

01UC

62

C61

01U

01UC

60

C59

01U

16V

100UC

53

C48100U

16V

NCR30

R29

0RL41

FB

16V

100UC

33

C31100U

16V

C49 0

1U

01U

C52

01U

C36

C34 0

1U

01U

C42

C58 0

1U16V

47UC

57

C51 0

1U

AVDD_SIF

+33VA

AVDD_AU

+33VA

AVDDA

+33VA

AVDD_MEMPLL

+33VA

C56 0

1U

01U

C552U

2C

54

C47 0

1U

C46 2U

2

L21FB

2U2

C41

FBL19

C50 2U

2

L22FB

FBL20

01U

C452U

2C

44

C39 0

1U

C38 2U

2

AVDD_HDMI

01U

C40

+33VA

01U

C32

C30 0

1U

+33VA

+33VA

VDD_MPLL

+18V

C35100U

16V

C63

01U

01UC

64

C65

01U

01UC

66

01UC

68

C69

01U

01UC

70

C71

01U

01UC

72

C73

01U

+5VST

+5VSTB

FM120D9

B02 B02

I_18130_012eps180608

DC - DC

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 35TCS10L LA 7

SSB MST9E19A Controller

AG

ND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AG

ND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

SDA

SCL

WC

VCC

VSS

E2NC

E1NC

E0NC AGND

VCC

HOLD

SCK

GND SI

WP

SO

CE

SDA

SCL

WC

VCC

VSS

E2NC

E1NC

E0NC

AD

0A

D1

AD

2A

D3

AD

4A

D5

AD

6A

D7

ALE

AUCOM

AUL0

AUL1

AUL2

AUL3

AUOUTL

AUOUTL2

AUOUTL3

AUOUTR

AUOUTR2

AUOUTR3

AUOUTS

AUR0

AUR1

AUR2

AUR3

AUVRADNAUVRADPAUVREF

AV

DD

_AD

C

AV

DD

_AU

AV

DD

_DV

IA

VD

D_D

VI1

AV

DD

_ME

MP

LL

AV

DD

_MP

LLA

VD

D_M

PLL

1

AV

DD

_SIF

BIN0MBIN0P

BIN1MBIN1P

C0

C1

CSZ

CVBS0

CVBS1CVBS2CVBS3

CVBSOUT

DD

CA

_CK

DD

CA

_DA

DDCD_CKDDCD_DA

DD

CR

_CK

DD

CR

_DA

DI0DI1DI2DI3DI4DI5DI6DI7

DIG

O0

DIG

O1

DIG

O2

DIG

O3

DIG

O4

DIG

O5

DIG

O6

DIG

O7

DIG

O8

DIG

O9

GIN0MGIN0P

GIN1MGIN1P

GN

DG

ND

1

GN

D10

GN

D11

GN

D12

GN

D13

GN

D14

GN

D15

GN

D2

GN

D3

GN

D4

GN

D5

GN

D6

GN

D7

GN

D8

GN

D9

GPIOE0LVSYNCGPIOE1LHSYNC

GPIOE2LDEGPIOE3LCK

GPIOF10GPIOF11

GPIOF12GPIOF13GPIOF14GPIOF15GPIOF16GPIOF17GPIOF18GPIOF19

GPIOF2GPIOF3GPIOF4GPIOF5GPIOF6GPIOF7GPIOF8GPIOF9

HSYNC0

HSYNC1

HW

RE

SE

T

ICLK

IHSYNC

INT

IRIN

IVSYNC

LA0MG3LA0PG2LA1MG1LA1PG0LA2MB7LA2PB6

LA3MB3LA3PB2LA4MB1LA4PB0

LACKMB5LACKPB4

LB0MR7LB0PR6LB1MR5LB1PR4LB2MR3LB2PR2

LB3MG7LB3PG6LB4MG5LB4PG4

LBCKMR1LBCKPR0

PW

M0

PW

M1

PW

M2

PW

M3

PWM_DRVPWM_FB

PWM_SENSE

RD

Z

REFMREFP

REXT

RIN0MRIN0P

RIN1MRIN1P

RMID

RX0NRX0PRX1NRX1PRX2NRX2P

RXCKNRXCKP

SA

R0

SA

R1

SA

R2

SA

R3

SCKSDI

SDO

SIF1MSIF1P

SOGIN0

SOGIN1

VCLAMP

VCOM0

VCOM1

VCOM2

VD

DC

VD

DC

1V

DD

C2

VD

DC

3V

DD

C4

VD

DC

5

VD

DP

VD

DP

1V

DD

P2

VD

DP

3V

DD

P4

VD

DP

5V

DD

P6

VD

DP

7V

DD

P8

VD

DP

9

VSYNC0

VSYNC1

WR

Z

XIN

XO

UT

Y0

Y1

AGND

T

T

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

Mode Selection

I2C address at A0

Location Near IC PinLocation Near IC Pin

SST PULL DOWNMSTAR PULL UP

DVI INPUT

VGA INPUT

For TTL output

Audio Output(to Amp) AV Output(Audio)

Debug Port

For Philps debug

HDCP I2C address at A4

VID

EO

INP

UT

HDTV INPUT

C212NC

C7822P

01UC11

2

2U2 C247

C1072U2

01U C114

PW_CTRL

PRORECT_12V

54

72 13

6 8

RP

84K

7

KEY0-IN

LED2-IN

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

P5

POWER-ONOFF

54

72 13

6 8

RP

124K

7

LED1-IN

NC

L43

+5VSTB

4K7

R55

LED2R13

4K7

R584K7

B

C

E

Q9BT3904

1

2

3

4

5

P14

WP

SDA

SCL

+33V

1

2

3

4

P6

10RR41

SHUT_EEP

D4 NC

WP

C20

110

0P

RXD

TXD1

2

3

P2

ZX

Z62

WP

+33V

+33V+5VSTB

RS

20R

RS

3N

C

RS

11K

10K

R32

10K

R42

01UC86

47RR64

NC

R63

R62

NC

R52100R

R51 22

K

R50 22

K

100RR49

100RR40

C83

001

U

001

UC82

R67

0R

001

UC76

2U2C115

R47100R

R45100R

100RR34100R

R33

2U2C104

C1052U2PC-LIN

2U2C106

C1112U2

2U2C110

C11901U

R57 8K

2

8K2

R56

C1092U2

2U2C108

124578

101113141516171819202122232425262728

293031323334353839

404142434445464748495051

5455575859

61626364656667686970717273747576

78798081828384858687

131

132

133

134

125

126

127

128

129

130

155

156

136 3 9 37 52 56 89 99 101

104

106

120

141

152

173

187

204

143

144

145

146

147

148

149

150

153

154

116

117

118

135

124123122121

9796959493929190

139138137

191190189188

185184183182181180179178177176175174171170169168167166165164163162161160

202201200199198197196195

192

194193

207

206

205

36 53 60 105

6 12 157

208

77 98 107

142

158

203

88 100

102

103

119

140

151

159

172

186

115

114

113

112

111

110

109

108

U8

MST9E19A

R54

4K7

R36

22K

100P C79

01UC11

7

C116

01U

R7510K

R38 22

K

C10201U

C89 0

1U

1

3

2

D40

0BA

V99

+5VST

R53

390R

CVBSOUT

LED2

5

6

7

8

4

3

2

1U10

M24C32MN

IR_SYNC

KEY0

LED1

KEY1

WP_FSH

TV1-VIN- VCOM0

AV1-YIN-

AV1-YIN

VCOM2

SV_Y0

R_TX2+

C920047U

C930047U

0047UC94

0047UC96

C970047U

0047UC98

C1010047U

0047UC100

C990047U

SV_C0

TXD

RXD

100P

C20

2

8

7

6

4 5

3

2

1U9

W25X40

+33V

L26 F

B

100RR77

SDA

SCL

SHUT_EEPR76

100R

5

6

7

8

4

3

2

1U11

M24C04MN

SDA

SCL

100RR70

R69100R

+33V

R68

10K

SPI_CZ

SPI_DI

SPI_CK

54

72

1

3 6

8

RP933R

NCR

65R

661K

8

C90 10

0P

R6110R

1KR60

R591K

100P

C91

C95 10

0P

SYS_RST

R391K

B

E

CQ8

BT3906

C8010U

16V

C7447U

16V

R48

1M

Y1

14M

3

22PC84

AVDDA

AVDD_SIF

AVDD_MEMPLL

AVDD_HDMIVDDC VDDP

SDA_EXT

SCL_EXT

+33V

R43

10K

10KR

44

RXE3+B2

RXE4+B0

RXE4-B1

RXE3-B3

RXEC+B4

RXEC-B5

RXE2+B6

RXE2-B7

RXE1+G0

RXE1-G1

RXE0+G2

RXE0-G3

RXO4+G4

RXO4-G5

RXO3+G6

RXO3-G7

RXOC+R0

RXOC-R1

RXO2+R2

RXO2-R3

RXO1+R4

RXO1-R5

RXO0+R6

RXO0-R7

TTL-BLUE2

TTL-BLUE1

TTL-BLUE0

TTL-BLUE3

TTL-BLUE4

TTL-BLUE5

TTL-BLUE6

TTL-BLUE7

TTL-GREEN0

TTL-GREEN1

TTL-GREEN2

TTL-GREEN3

TTL-GREEN4

TTL-GREEN5

TTL-GREEN6

TTL-GREEN7

TTL-RED6

TTL-RED0

TTL-RED1

TTL-RED2

TTL-RED3

TTL-RED4

TTL-RED5

TTL-RED7

54

72

1

3 6

8

RP40R

8

63

1

2 7

4 5

0RRP7

54

72

1

3 6

8

RP60R

8

63

1

2 7

4 5

0RRP3

8

63

1

2 7

4 5

0RRP5

54

72

1

3 6

8

RP20R

SPI_CKSPI_DISPI_CZ

SPI_DO

AMP-MUTE

PANEL-ONOFF

LED1

HPDCTRL

ON-PBACK

863 12

7

45

4K7

RP

13

PWM0

ADJ-PWM2

NCR

85

NCR

82

NCR

80

NCR

79

R84

1K

R83

1K

R81

1K

R78

1K

PWM0

WP_FSH

ADJ-PWM2

PWM3

IR_SYNC

KEY1

KEY0

RXD

TXD

SCL

SDA

DDC-RDX

DDC-TXD

I2C-SCL

I2C-SDA

+33V

54

721 3

68

RP

104K

7

R7410R

10RR73

10RR72

R7110R

AUCOM

16V

10UC

118

AUVRADN

AUVRADP

C11310U

16V

L250

AMP-ROUT

AMP-LOUT

PH-ROUTPH-LOUT

PC-RIN

SIFM

SIFP

01UC103

01U

C88

AUCOM

AUVREFAUVRADPAUVRADN

SIFM

SIFP

TUNER_CVBS

SV_C0

SV_Y0

VCOM2

CVBS2CVBS1

VCOM0

VCOM1

CVBS3

SCG+

SCR+SCR-

SC_SOG

SCG-

SCB-

RIN-

RIN+GIN-

GIN+SOG

BIN-BIN+

01UC85

C8701U

VS_RGBHS_RGB

HDMI_SCLHDMI_SDA

AVDD_HDMI TXCLK-

R_TX2+

R_TX2-G_TX1+

G_TX1-B_TX0+

B_TX0-TXCLK+

AUVREF

PWM3

+33V

VDD_MPLL

AVDD_AU

TV1-VIN+ TUNER_CVBS

VCOM1

AV1-CIN

TV-SIFP

TV-SIFM

HDMI_SCLHDMI_SDA

TXCLK-

R_TX2-G_TX1+

G_TX1-B_TX0+

B_TX0-TXCLK+

VS_RGBHS_RGB

RIN-

RIN+GIN-

GIN+SOG

BIN-BIN+

SCG+

SCR+SCR-

SC_SOG

SCG-SCB+SCB-

AV1-VIN+

AV2-VIN+

AV3-VIN+ CVBS1

CVBS2

CVBS3

SPI_DO

WP_FSH

CVBSOUT

PH-LOUT

PH-ROUTAMP-ROUT AMP-R

AMP-LAMP-LOUTPH-L1OUT

AFT

SCB+

KEY1-IN

+33V

PH-R1OUT

C77

1000

P

E

C

B BT3904Q7

R114K7

+5VSTB

GPIO_PROTECT

+33V

IR-IN

C248

2U2

2U2 C249

C250

2U2

2U2 C251

C252

2U2

DVI-RINDVI-LINAV2-RIN

AV2-LIN

AV1-RINAV1-LIN

B03 B03

I_18130_013eps180608

MST9E19A CONTROLLER

36TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

SSB HDMI Interface

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

SDA

SCL

WC

VCC

VSS

E2NC

E1NC

E0NC

RX2+

GND1

RX2-

RX1+

GND2

RX1-

RX0+

GND3

RX0-

RXC+

GND4

RXC-

NC1

NC2

DDCCLK

DDCDA

GND5

VCC

HPD

AGND

HDMI-RX2-

HDMI-RX1+

+5V

+5V

5

6

43

2

1

U17

PRTR5V0U4D

5

6

43

2

1

U18

PRTR5V0U4D

1KR101

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

P12

01UC

120

5

6

7

8

4

3

2

1U12

M24C02MN

RLZ

5B6

D18

HDMI-DDC-SDA

HDMI-DDC-SCL

HDMI-HPD

HDMI5V

HPDCTRLB

C

E

Q10BT3904

4K7R96

R95

4K7

R1000R

NCR

97

R94

1K

+5V

100RR99

R98100R

12

3

D17

BAT

54C

D19

RLZ

5B6

TXCLK-

TXCLK+

B_TX0-

B_TX0+

G_TX1-

G_TX1+

R_TX2-

R_TX2+

10RR93

R9210R

10RR91

R9010R

10RR89

R8810R

10RR87

R8610R

HDMI_SDA

HDMI_SCL

HDMI-RXC-

HDMI-RXC+

HDMI-RX0+

HDMI-RX0-

HDMI-RX1-

HDMI-RX2+

B04 B04

I_18130_014eps180608

HDMI INTERFACE

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 37TCS10L LA 7

SSB VGA Interface

AGND

AGND

AGND

SDA

SCL

WC

VCC

VSS

E2NC

E1NC

E0NC

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGNDProgram Control

To main chip(when updateit is I2Cwhen debug it is RXTX)

LED2

R12

110

0RR12

010

0R

+33V

RXD

TXD

R170

4K7

1

3

2

D2

100RR144

NCR123

4K7R12

2

75R

R10

9

R10

8 75R

01UC

130

10K

R17

4

75R

R10

7

10K

R17

2

P13-11

R11

8 4K7

4K7

R11

9

PROTECT

VGA5V

VGA-SCL

PROTECT

13

2

D25

1

3

2

D20

C19 N

C

Q182N7002

10RR175

R171NC

R17310R

C12

9 NC

C1270047U

VGA-R+

VGA-G+

VGA-B+

+5VST1

32

D24

1KR115

R1141K

123

D23BAT54C

5

6

7

8

4

3

2

1U13

M24C02MN

R11

74K

7NC

C12

8R11

610

K

6

4

11

14

15

7

12

8

5

13

3

10

9

1

2

16

17

P13

C1230047U

C1241000P

C1210047U

R10510R

10RR104

R10310R

0047UC126

C1250047U

0047UC122

1

3

2

D22

2

3

1

D21

R11347R

47RR111

R11047R

R106330R

HS_RGB

VS_RGB

Q192N7002

B

C

E

Q25BT3904

VGA-HS

VGA-VS

VGA-SDA

RIN+

SOG

BIN-

GIN-

RIN-

BIN+

GIN+

VGA-SDA

VGA-SCL

+5VSTB

+5VSTB

B05 B05

I_18130_015eps180608

VGA INTERFACE

38TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

SSB Cinch

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND AGNDAGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

VDD

OUTB

INB-

VSS INB+

INA+

INA-

OUTA

AGNDAGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

WHITE

RED

YELLOWGREEN

BLUE

RED

WHITE

RED

RED

WHITE

YELLOW

AGND

AGND

AGND

HDTV IN

AV OUTPUT AUDIO AMP

For PCampYPbPr Audio Input(RL)

For Philips Upgrade

S-VIDEO amp AV2 In Side

Earphone Outuput In Side

AV1 In Rear

AV OUTPUT

For DVI Audio Input(35mm Jack)

2

1

3

P17

DVI_R

DVI_L

AV2-V

AV_ROUT

AV2-R

C13 47

0P

12K

R15

2

C17 47

0P

560P

C16

356

0PC

162

3

2

1

4P15

C14

156

0P

PC-R

560P

C14

3C

134

560P

560P

C13

8

2

3

1

D37

NC

C14

256

0P56

0PC

146

C6 10

0P

3

1

2

P11

TXD

3

1

2

P7

PR1

PB1

AVOUT_L

Y1

AVOUT

1

4

2

5

3

6P21

1

2

3

4

5

6P8

8 56 7 9

P15

BUF2

1

3

2

D31

2

3

1

D28

NC

1

3

2

D33

NC

2

3

1

D55

NC

2

3

1

D54

NC

2

3

1

D52

NC

2

3

1

D51

NC

2

3

1

D34

1

3

2

D36

NC

C5 10

0P

13

2

D12

R18

8 75R

R2855K1

R2845K1

R2805K1

R2815K1

L6130R

AV1-CL60

30R

AV1-YL59

30R

75R

R14

9

C19

810

00P

C14

068

0P

680P

C15

5

10RR186

680P

C13

6

OP_VCC2

C13

168

0P

2

3

1

D53

2

3

1

D27

FB

L42

10KR230

12K

R20

1R

197 12

K

R15

9 12K

R15

522

0R

220RR153

75R

R14

0

75R

R13

9

R13

6 75R

75R

R12

8

2U2C188

R14

5 12K

12K

R15

7

12K

R13

5C191

2U2

10K

R15

6R

147 10

K

330R

R14

6

R18510RY1

75RR151

R141

75R

C1452U2

2U2C144

01UC

139

12K

R16

1

AV2-VIN+

CVBSOUT

AV1-CIN

AV1-YIN-

1

3

2

D38

2

3

1

D39

PH-R1OUTR226

10K

AV_LOUT

R22447K

+5V

R22

547

K

C18

347

U

16V

100P

C18

9

33KR

229

C18547U

16V

C18

40

1U

C19

310

0P

R23

233

K

8

7

6

4 5

3

2

1U16

TDA1308T

SCB-

SCG-

SCR-

C1580047U

SCG+

SCR+

SCB+

SC_SOG

PR1

PB1

C1540047U

0047UC153

C1520047U

C1511000P

0047UC159

0047UC156

R19547R

47RR191

R18947R

R18410R

10RR183

R14810R

1

3

2

D35

B

E

CQ11

BT3906C218

10U

16V

B

C

E

Q12BT3904

2

3

1

D32

2

3

1

D30

1

3

2

D29

R13347R

10RR137

R12610R

+5V

AV1-YIN

Y1R176

470R

PH-L1OUT

AV_LOUT

AV_ROUT

AV1-VIN+

L63 30

R

30R

L62

330RR

249

R25

133

0R

C196

033U50V

C197

033U50V

7

654

89

3

1

2

P18

1000

PC

199

AMP-PROUT+AMP-LIN

AMP-PLOUT+AMP-RIN

EARPHONE-RA

EARPHONE-LA

30RL44

AV1-RIN

R2825K1

R2835K1 AV1-LIN

AV2-LIN

R2865K1

R2875K1 AV2-RIN

R2885K1

R2895K1 DVI-RIN

R2905K1

R2915K1 DVI-LIN

R2925K1

R2935K1 PC-RIN

R2945K1

R2955K1 PC-LIN

AV1_V

AVOUT_R

RXD

C4 47

0P47

0PC

7

AV1_R

AV1_L

C9 47

0P47

0PC

10

C11 47

0P47

0PC

12

PC-L

AV2-L

B06 B06

I_18130_016eps180608

CINCH

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 39TCS10L LA 7

SSB Tuner

AGND

AGND

AGND

AG

ND

AGNDAGND

AGND

AGND

COMMON

IN OUT

VID

EO

NC

1

NC

2

AU

DIO

AG

C

SD

A

TU

MB

GN

D2

SIF

OU

T

GN

D1

NC

3

NC

4

NC

5

SC

L

NC

6

AF

T

CLOSE RO MST IC

R21127R

171 2 6 1110 1412 157 83 4 5 9 13 16

TU1

2

1 3

U15KIA78D05

TUNER_SDA

TUNER_SCL

SIF_OUT

TV_CVBSC

172

01U

33V

B

C

E

Q20

BT3904

TV-SIFPNCR213

10RR220

001UC181

TV-SIFP

R194100R

330R

R19

3R

192

10R

R19

81K

R19

91K

L2722UH

+12V

R20

7 NC

100K

R20

3

2200

PC

200

R209120R

R20610R

C17

4N

C3

30P

NC

330

PC

175

C171220U

16V

L28120R

R20251K

C17

710

0P

C17

615

0P

SDA_EXT

SCL_EXT

C168220U

16V

16V

220UC

169

TV1-VIN-

TV1-VIN+

R21047R

C16

60

01UC16

44U

7

50V

C16

50

01U

C16

70

1U

TUNER_5V

AFT

120RR212

TUNER_5V

TV-SIFM

001UC170

B07 B07

I_18130_017eps180608

TUNER

40TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

SSB Audio Amplifier

PGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

PGND

PGND

AGND

AGND

OUT2+

OUT2-

NC3

IN2

VCC2

NC2

OUT1+

VCC1

IN1

NC1

MUTE

STBY

PW_GND

S_GND

OUT1-

TO SPEAKER

TO SPEAKER

0RR

162

AMP-PROUT-

2

1

H8

15

14

11

12

13

10

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

2

U19

TD

A7266

1

2

3

4

P9

AMP-PLOUT-

L45200R

L46200R

C219220U

16V

27UHL31

C217220U

16V

AMP-LIN

R253NC

01U C209

D3LL4148

C20

610

00P

1U

C211

0022U

C26 1000

PC

204

0022U

C25

C22

470U16V

+5VST

R164100K

R16510K

R16

8N

C

R16

9N

C

R1663K3

3K3R167

10KR244

B

E

CQ15

BT3906

B

C

E

Q16BT3904

C19

5 NC

NC

C19

4

B

C

E

Q24BT3904NC

0RR257

10KR254

E

C

B BT3904Q23

B

C

E

Q22BT3904

R25210K

R255100R

R24310K

2U2C205

R2560R

C2032U2

+12V

AMP-PROUT-

AMP-PROUT+

AMP-PLOUT-

AMP-PLOUT+

POWER-ONOFF

AMP-MUTE

AMP-R

AMP-L

12V-AMP

+12V

AMP-RIN

B08 B08

I_18130_018eps180608

AUDIO AMPLIFIER

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 41TCS10L LA 7

SSB LVDS Interface

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

VCC_PANEL

C246

10U 16V

C245

01U

R277 0NC

+33V

R27

2

0N

C

R275 0NC

RXE4+B0 RXE4-B1

RXE3+B2 RXE3-B3

RXEC+B4 RXEC-B5

RXE2+B6 RXE2-B7

RXE1+G0 RXE1-G1

RXE0+G2 RXE0-G3

RXO4+G4 RXO4-G5

RXO3+G6 RXO3-G7

RXOC+R0 RXOC-R1

RXO2+R2 RXO2-R3

RXO1+R4 RXO1-R5

RXO0+R6 RXO0-R7

1 2

4

6

8

12

14

16

18

20

10

22

24

26

28

3

5

7

9

11

13

15

17

19

21

23

25

27

29 30

32

34

36

38

40

31

33

35

37

39

P10

R276 0NC

R27

3

0N

CR

274

0N

C

B09 B09

I_18130_019eps180608

LVDS INTERFACE Personal Notes

E_06532_012eps131004

42TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout Small Signal Board (Top Side)

I_18130_020eps180608

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 43TCS10L LA 7

Layout Small Signal Board (Bottom Side)

I_18130_021eps180608

44TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Keyboard Control Panel

Layout Keyboard Control Panel (Top Side)

Layout Keyboard Control Panel (Bottom Side)

AGND

AGND AGNDAGND

AGND

R10072K

R10061K5

R10011K2

12 4

3K1001

1

2

3

P1001

KEY0

R1008NC

R10051K2

R1004NC

R10032K

R10021K5

D10

02

HS

5V6B

D10

01H

S5V

6B

12 4

3K1003

12 4

3K1002

12 4

3K1006

12 4

3K1005

12 4

3K1004

KEY1

I_18130_030eps180608

E EKEYBOARD CONTROL PANEL

I_18130_031eps180608

I_18130_032eps180608

Personal Notes

E_06532_012eps131004

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 45TCS10L LA 7

Inverter Panel

1 2

A

B

C

D

4321

D

C

B

A

F1FUSE-1

C2104

C1220uF250V

C3104

R1200

Q1

DTA143

E1

9

E2

10

C2

11

VC

C12

OU

TP

UT

C13

VR

EF

14

A1+

1

A1-

2

CO

MP

3

DT

C4

CT

5

RT

6

GN

D7

C1

8

A2-

15

A2+

16

U1

TL494

R2200

Q32222

C8

223

C7103

R847K

R7120K

C4

104C5104

D1

68V

C9104

D2

1N4148

Q8DTC143

123456

CN1

R20470K

R21

33K

C16

330pF

C15NC

R13100K

R10

68K

R11

68K

R12

15K

C10104

R2627K

C20223

R18560

Q22222

Q62907

R142K

R1622K

R27 10

R28 10

D4

BAW56K

S11

G12

S23

G24

D1 8

D1 7

D2 6

D2 5

U2

4606

C21223

Q42222

Q72907

R152K

R1722K

R29 10

R30 10

D5

BAW56K

S11

G12

S23

G24

D1 8

D1 7

D2 6

D2 5

U3

4606

R19560

C6

105

R231M

Q52N7002

R22

1M

R9

47K

R25

100KR24270K

D6NCBAW56K

D7NCBAW56K

P1

P2

P3

P4

C17225

C18

225

10

1 7

6

T1

T01

10

1 7

6

T2

T01

C2222pF

12

CON1

12

CON2

D9BAV99

R41K

R36820

R32

10KC12104

D8BAV99

R31K

R35820

R31

10KC11104

P2

P1

C2322pF

12

CON3

12

CON4

D11

BAV99

R61K

R38820

R34

10KC14104

D10BAV99

R51K

R37820

R33

10KC13104

P4

P3

VREF

VREF

C19NC

C26

222C27NC

D13BAV99

D15BAV99

C2422pF

C2522pF

C28

222C29NC

C30222 C31

NC

C32

222C33NC

OVP

OVP

OV

P

R602K

R61510K

C38105

Q10

DTA143

Q112222

R6330K

R62 1K

VCC

VCC

P5

P5

R64

1K

C34221

C35 221

C37

221

C39104

C36

221U4A

LM393

U4B

LM393

Vref

D3

1N4148

R65

3K R663K

C41 104

R67

10K

I_18130_033eps180608

I IINVERTER PANEL 19rdquo

46TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout Inverter Panel (Top Side)

Layout Inverter Panel (Bottom Side)

I_18130_034eps190608

I_18130_035eps190608

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 47TCS10L LA 7

IR LED Panel

AGND

AGND

AGNDIRVC

C

GN

D

RW

R20

031K

2

R20

04

1K2

LED1

1

2

3

4

5

CN2001

E

C

B

BC847AQ2001

B

C

E

Q2002

BC847A

2

13

D2001

LED2

G2001

R20024K7

5V16

V10

0UC

2001

5V

IR

IR

C20

03 47P

LED1R2001

4K7

C2002

47P

LED2

I_18130_036eps180608

J JIR amp LED PANELLayout IR LED Panel (Top Side)

Layout IR LED Panel (Bottom Side)

I_18130_037eps180608

I_18130_038eps180608

48TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Personal Notes

E_06532_013eps131004

Alignments EN 49TCS10L LA 8

8 Alignments

Index of this chapter81 Electrical Alignments82 Hardware Alignments

NoteThe Service Modes are described in chapter 5 Menu navigation is done with the CURSOR UP DOWN LEFT or RIGHT keys of the remote control transmitter

81 Electrical Alignments

Perform all electrical adjustments under the following conditionsbull Power supply voltage (depends on region)

ndash AP-NTSC 120 VAC or 230 VAC 50 Hz (plusmn 10)ndash AP-PAL-multi 120 - 230 VAC 50 Hz (plusmn 10)ndash EU 230 VAC 50 Hz (plusmn 10)ndash LATAM-NTSC 120 - 230 VAC 50 Hz (plusmn 10)ndash US 120 VAC 60 Hz (plusmn 10)

bull Connect the set to the mains via an isolation transformer with low internal resistance

bull Allow the set to warm up for approximately 60 minutesbull Measure voltages and waveforms in relation to correct

ground (eg measure audio signals in relation to AUDIO_GND) Caution It is not allowed to use heatsinks as ground

bull Test probe Ri gt 10 MΩ Ci lt 20 pFbull Use an isolated trimmerscrewdriver to perform

alignments

82 Hardware Alignments

Not applicable

821 Aging

Enter TV mode Set warm up status to ldquoOnrdquo Aging time at least 12 minutes

822 ADC Adjustment

The chassis can execute ADC auto-tune in YPbPr amp PC sourcing modes Enter SAM select YPbPr or PC as source then select AUTOTUNE in ADC ADJ press ldquoRight keyrdquo to run waiting for about 5 seconds until ldquoOKrdquo is displayed which means the set finished the ADC adjustment With an YPbPr source use a 100 color bar pattern with a PC source use a 16-scale grey pattern

823 White Balance Adjustment

Adjust the NORMAL WARM COOL temperature in White balance according to company regular Make sure ADC adjustments have done successfully before doing white balance adjustments and use the ldquoNaturalrdquo picture mode White balance adjustment should be performed with three different sources1 AVTVSVIDEO source reunification under the AV

adjustment apply a NTSC-M system signal with 8-scale grey pattern

2 YPbPrHDMI source reunification under the YPbPr adjustment apply an 8-scale grey pattern

3 PC source should adjust single apply a 8-scale grey pattern

If case of manual adjustment please use the WB page in SAMWhile adjusting White Balance do not change White G or Black G only adjust White R White B Black R and Black B

Table 8-1 Color Temperature Setting 19

Table 8-2 Color Temperature Setting 26

Color mode X Y Color Temperature (K)

Normal 296plusmn4 299plusmn4 8000

Warm 314plusmn4 319plusmn4 6500

Cool 289plusmn4 291plusmn4 9000

Color mode X Y Color Temperature (K)

Normal 289plusmn4 291plusmn4 9000

Warm 314plusmn4 319plusmn4 6500

Cool 278plusmn4 278plusmn4 11000

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data SheetsEN 50 TCS10L LA9

9 Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data Sheets

Index of this chapter91 Introduction92 Abbreviation List93 IC Data Sheets

Notes bull Only new circuits (circuits that are not published recently)

are described bull Figures can deviate slightly from the actual situation due

to different set executions

91 Introduction

This chassis uses the MStar MST9U19A main chip with the following features bull Multi-Standard TV decoding with 2-D comb filterbull Multi-Standard TV sound demodulator and decoderbull Triple ADC fro TV and RGBYPbPrbull Integrated DVIHDCPHDMI compliant receiverbull High quality scaling enginebull 3-D video de-interlacer and video noise reductionbull Embedded On Screen Display controllerbull NTSCPALSecam Video decoder with automatic standard

detectionbull CVBS video outputbull Multi standard TV sound decoderbull FM stereo and SAP demodulationbull Digital audio interfacebull Analog RGB Compliant Input Portsbull DVIHDCPHDMI Compliant input portbull Auto tuning function including phasing positioning offset

gain and jitter detectionbull Automatic color correction

The MST9U19A is a high performance and fully integrated IC for multi-function LCD monitorTV with resolutions up to WSXGA (1680 times 1050) It is configured with an integrated triple-ADCPLL an integrated DVIHDCPHDMI receiver a multi standard TV video and audio decoder a video de-interlacer a scaling engine the MStarACE-3 color engine an On Screen Display controller an 8-bit MCU and a built-in output panel interface It also incorporates an intelligent power management control system for green-mode requirements and spread-spectrum support for EMI management

For a block diagram refer to chapter 6 ldquoBlock diagrams Test Point Overviews and Waveformsrdquo

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data Sheets EN 51TCS10L LA 9

92 Abbreviation List

1080i 1080 visible lines interlaced1080p 1080 visible lines progressive scan2CS 2 Carrier Sound2DNR Spatial (2D) Noise Reduction3DNR Temporal (3D) Noise Reduction480i 480 visible lines interlaced480p 480 visible lines progressive scanAARA Automatic Aspect Ratio Adaptation

algorithm that adapts aspect ratio to remove horizontal black bars keeping up the original aspect ratio

ACI Automatic Channel Installation algorithm that installs TV channels directly from a cable network by means of a predefined TXT page

ADC Analogue to Digital ConverterAFC Automatic Frequency Control control

signal used to tune to the correct frequency

AGC Automatic Gain Control algorithm that controls the video input of the feature box

AM Amplitude ModulationAUO Acer Unipack OptronicsAP Asia PacificAR Aspect Ratio 4 by 3 or 16 by 9ASD Automatic Standard DetectionAV Audio VideoB-SC1-IN Blue SCART1 inB-SC2-IN Blue SCART2 inB-TXT Blue teletextBG Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 55 MHzBTSC Broadcast Television System

CommitteeC-FRONT Chrominance front inputCBA Circuit Board Assembly (or PWB)CL Constant Level audio output to

connect with an external amplifierCLUT Color Look Up TableComPair Computer aided rePairCSM Customer Service ModeCVBS Composite Video Blanking and

SynchronizationCVBS-EXT CVBS signal from external source

(VCR VCD etc)CVBS-INT CVBS signal from TunerCVBS-MON CVBS monitor signalCVBS-TER-OUT CVBS terrestrial outDAC Digital to Analogue ConverterDBE Dynamic Bass Enhancement extra

low frequency amplificationDFU Directions For Use owners manualDNR Dynamic Noise ReductionDRAM Dynamic RAMDSP Digital Signal ProcessingDST Dealer Service Tool special

(European) remote control designed for service technicians

DTS Digital Theatre SoundDVD Digital Versatile DiscDVI Digital Visual InterfaceDW Double WindowED Enhanced Definition 480p 576pEEPROM Electrically Erasable and

Programmable Read Only MemoryEU EUropeEXT EXTernal (source) entering the set by

SCART or by cinches (jacks)FBL Fast Blanking DC signal

accompanying RGB signalsFBL-SC1-IN Fast blanking signal for SCART1 in

FBL-SC2-IN Fast blanking signal for SCART2 inFBL-TXT Fast Blanking TeletextFLASH FLASH memoryFM Field Memory Frequency ModulationFMR FM RadioFRC Frame Rate ConverterFRONT-C Front input chrominance (SVHS)FRONT-DETECT Front input detectionFRONT-Y_CVBS Front input luminance or CVBS

(SVHS)FTV Flat TeleVisionG-SC1-IN Green SCART1 inG-SC2-IN Green SCART2 inG-TXT Green teletextH H_sync to the module HD High Definition 720p 1080i 1080pHDMI High Definition Multimedia Interface

digital audio and video interfaceHP Head PhoneI Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 60 MHzI2C Integrated IC busI2S Integrated IC Sound busIC Integrated CircuitIF Intermediate FrequencyInterlaced Scan mode where two fields are used

to form one frame Each field contains half the number of the total amount of lines The fields are written in ldquopairsrdquo causing line flicker

IR Infra RedIRQ Interrupt ReQuestLast Status The settings last chosen by the

customer and read and stored in RAM or in the NVM They are called at start-up of the set to configure it according the customers wishes

LATAM LATin AMericaLC04 Philips chassis name for LCD TV 2004

projectLCD Liquid Crystal DisplayLED Light Emitting DiodeLL Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 65 MHz L is Band I L is all bands except for Band I

LPL LG Philips LCDLS Loud SpeakerLVDS Low Voltage Differential Signalling

data transmission system for high speed and low EMI communication

MN Monochrome TV system Sound carrier distance is 45 MHz

MOSFET Metal Oxide Semiconductor Field Effect Transistor

MPEG Motion Pictures Experts GroupMSP Multi-standard Sound Processor ITT

sound decoderMUTE MUTE LineNAFTA North American Free Trade

Association Trade agreement between Canada USA and Mexico

NC Not ConnectedNICAM Near Instantaneous Compounded

Audio Multiplexing This is a digital sound system used mainly in Europe

NTSC National Television Standard Committee Color system used mainly in North America and Japan Color carrier NTSC MN = 3579545 MHz NTSC 443 = 4433619 MHz (this is a VCR norm it is not transmitted off-air)

NVM Non Volatile Memory IC containing TV related data (for example options)

OC Open CircuitONOFF LED OnOff control signal for the LED

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data SheetsEN 52 TCS10L LA9

OSD On Screen DisplayPAL Phase Alternating Line Color system

used mainly in Western Europe (color carrier = 4433619 MHz) and South America (color carrier PAL M = 3575612 MHz and PAL N = 3582056 MHz)

PC Personal ComputerPCB Printed Circuit Board (or PWB)PDP Plasma Display PanelPIG Picture In GraphicPIP Picture In PicturePLL Phase Locked Loop Used for

example in FST tuning systems The customer can directly provide the desired frequency

Progressive Scan Scan mode where all scan lines are displayed in one frame at the same time creating a double vertical resolution

PWB Printed Wiring Board (or PCB)RAM Random Access MemoryRC Remote Control transmitterRC5 (6) Remote Control system 5 (6) the

signal from the remote control receiver RGB Red Green and Blue The primary

color signals for TV By mixing levels of R G and B all colors (YC) are reproduced

RGBHV Red Green Blue Horizontal sync and Vertical sync

ROM Read Only MemorySAM Service Alignment ModeSC SandCastle two-level pulse derived

from sync signalsSC1-OUT SCART output of the MSP audio ICSC2-B-IN SCART2 Blue inSC2-C-IN SCART2 chrominance inSC2-OUT SCART output of the MSP audio ICSC Short CircuitSCL Clock signal on I2C busSD Standard Definition 480i 576iSDA Data signal on I2C busSDI Samsung Display IndustrySDM Service Default ModeSDRAM Synchronous DRAMSECAM SEequence Couleur Avec Memoire

Color system used mainly in France and Eastern Europe Color carriers = 4406250 MHz and 4250000 MHz

SIF Sound Intermediate FrequencySMPS Switch Mode Power SupplySND SouNDSNDL-SC1-IN Sound left SCART1 inSNDL-SC1-OUT Sound left SCART1 outSNDL-SC2-IN Sound left SCART2 inSNDL-SC2-OUT Sound left SCART2 outSNDR-SC1-IN Sound right SCART1 inSNDR-SC1-OUT Sound right SCART1 outSNDR-SC2-IN Sound right SCART2 outSNDR-SC2-OUT Sound right SCART2 outSNDS-VL-OUT Surround sound left variable level outSNDS-VR-OUT Surround sound right variable level outSOPS Self Oscillating Power SupplySPDIF Sony Philips Digital InterFaceSRAM Static RAMSTBY Stand-bySVHS Super Video Home SystemSW Sub Woofer SoftWareTHD Total Harmonic DistortionTXT TeleteXTuP MicroprocessorVL Variable Level out processed audio

output toward external amplifierVCR Video Cassette Recorder

VGA Video Graphics ArrayWD Watch DogWYSIWYR What You See Is What You Record

record selection that follows main picture and sound

XTAL Quartz crystalYPbPr Component video (Y= Luminance Pb

Pr= Color difference signals B-Y and R-Y other amplitudes wrt to YUV)

YC Video related signals Y consists of luminance signal blanking level and sync C consists of color signal

Y-OUT Luminance-signalYUV Baseband component video (Y=

Luminance UV= Color difference signals)

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data Sheets EN 53TCS10L LA 9

93 IC Data Sheets

This section shows the internal block diagrams and pin layouts of ICs that are drawn as ldquoblack boxesrdquo in the electrical diagrams (with the exception of ldquomemoryrdquo and ldquologicrdquo ICs)

931 Diagram B MST9U19A

Figure 9-1 Pin configuration

Pin 1

123

45

7

9

11

1314

1718

21

23

25

2728

30

32

34

36

39

41

43

6

8

10

12

1516

1920

22

24

26

29

31

33

35

3738

40

42

4445464748

505152

49

53 54 55 56 57 59 61 63 65 66 69 70 73 75 77 79 80 82 84 86 88 91 93 9558 60 62 64 67 68 71 72 74 76 78 81 83 85 87 89 90 92 94 96 97 98 99 100

102

103

104

101

208

207

206

205

204

202

200

198

196

195

192

191

188

186

184

182

181

179

177

175

173

170

168

166

203

201

199

197

194

193

190

189

187

185

183

180

178

176

174

172

171

169

167

165

164

163

162

161

159

158

157

160

156155154

153152

150

148

146

144143

140139

136

134

132

130129

127

125

123

121

118

116

114

151

149

147

145

142141

138137

135

133

131

128

126

124

122

120119

117

115

113112111110109

107106105

108

MST9U19A

XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX

GN

D

AUR1

AUL2

AUL3

AUL1

AUCO

M

AUR2

AUR3

DIGO[8]

GNDAVDD_MEMPLL

PWM3PWM2DIGO[9]

SIF1

MSI

F1P

AVD

D_S

IF

AUO

UTL

AUO

UTR

AUO

UTS

VDD

CG

PIO

F[2]

GPI

OF[

3]G

PIO

F[4]

GPI

OF[

5]G

PIO

F[6]

GPI

OF[

7]G

PIO

F[8]

GPI

OF[

9]G

PIO

F[10

]G

PIO

F[11

]VD

DP

GN

DG

PIO

F[12

]

GPI

OF[

14]

GPI

OF[

15]

GPI

OF[

16]

GPI

OF[

17]

GPI

OF[

18]

GN

D

GPI

OF[

19]

VDD

C

VDD

PG

ND

VDD

PVD

DP

GPI

OF[

13]

GN

D

DIGO[7]

DIGO[5]

DIGO[3]

DIGO[1]

VDDC

VDDPPWM_SENSE

DIGO[6]

DIGO[4]

DIGO[2]

DIGO[0]

GND

PWM_DRVPWM_FBIRININT

PWM1PWM0

GNDVDDPALERDZWRZ

VDDC

GNDVDDP

VDD

PLV

A0M

LVA0

PLV

A1M

LVA1

PLV

A2M

LVA2

PLV

ACKM

LVAC

KPLV

A3M

LVA4

PVD

DP

VDD

CAV

DD

_MPL

L

LVA3

PLV

A4M

GPI

OE[

0]

IHSY

NC

ICLK

DI[

1]D

I[0]

IVYS

NC

GPI

OE[

1]G

PIO

E[2]

GPI

OE[

3]G

ND

VDD

P

AVD

D_M

PLL

XIN

XOU

TH

WR

ESET

GN

D

DI[

7]D

I[6]

DI[

5]D

I[4]

DI[

2]D

I[3]

VDD

C

AUO

UTL

3AU

OU

TR3

RXCKPGND

RX0NRX0P

AVDD_DVIRX1NRX1P

RX2P

REXT

DDCD_CK

VSYNC1

VCLAMP

REFM

BIN1M

GNDRX2N

AVDD_DVI

DDCD_DA

HSYNC1

RMID

REFP

BIN1P

SOGIN1GIN1PGIN1MRIN1PRIN1MBIN0MBIN0PGIN0MGIN0P

SOGIN0RIN0MRIN0P

HSYNC0VSYNC0

RXCKN

AVDD_ADCGND

C1Y1C0Y0

CVBS2CVBS1

VCOM1CVBS0

VCOM0CVBSOUT

GND

VCOM2CVBS3

GN

D

AVD

D_A

UAU

L0AU

R0

AUVR

EFAU

VRAD

PAU

VRAD

N

AUO

UTL

2AU

OU

TR2

AD[7]AD[6]AD[5]AD[4]AD[3]AD[2]AD[1]AD[0]

SDOCSZSDISCK

SAR3

SAR1SAR2

SAR0

DDCA_CK

DDCR_CKDDCA_DA

DDCR_DA

LVB0

MLV

B0P

LVB1

MLV

B1P

LVB2

MLV

B2P

LVBC

KMLV

BCKP

LVB3

M

LVB4

P

LVB3

PLV

B4M

I_18130_008eps200608

Pin Configuration

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data SheetsEN 54 TCS10L LA9

932 Diagram B TDA1308

Figure 9-2 Block diagram and pin configuration

Block diagram

Pinning information

2

1

3

4

8

7

65

INA(neg)

TDA1308(A)OUTA

VSS

VDD

INA(pos)

INB(neg)

INB(pos)

OUTB

TDA1308(A)

VATUO DD

BTUO)gen(ANI

)gen(BNI)sop(ANI

VSS INB(pos)

1

2

3

4

6

5

8

7

I_18130_007eps190608

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data Sheets EN 55TCS10L LA 9

933 Diagram B NCP1377B

Figure 9-3 Block diagram and pin configuration

Block diagram

Pinning information

I_18130_009eps190608

HV

VCC

GND

Demag

4 mA

To InternalSupply

+

+

125 V75 V56 V (Fault)

FaultMngt

PON

5 V+

OVP

+

144

45 usDelay

15 us for B Version

Demag

8 usBlanking

S

SR R

Q

Q

+

3 us forB Version

+minus

Overload

5 usTimeout

TimeReset

Demag

380 nsLEB

1 V3

200 Awhen DRV

is OFF

FB

42 V

Driver src = 20 sink = 10

DrvVCC

CS

+50 mV 10 V Rint

1Dmg 8 HV

7 NC2FB

3CS

4GND

6 VCC

5 Drv

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data SheetsEN 56 TCS10L LA9

934 Diagram B TDA7266

Figure 9-4 Block diagram and pin configuration

1

2

4

Vref

7YB-TS

IN1

022microF

VCC

133

+

-

-

+

OUT1+

OUT1-

15

14

12

6ETUM

IN2

022microF

+

-

-

+

OUT2+

OUT2-

8

9S-GND

PW-GND

470microF 100nF

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

9

10

11

8

NC

NC

S-GND

PW-GND

OUT2+

OUT2-

VCC

IN2

ST-BY

MUTE

NC

IN1

VCCOUT1-

OUT1+

13

14

15

12

I_17950_054eps090508

Block Diagram

Pin Configuration

Spare Parts List amp CTN Overview EN 57TCS10L LA 10

10 Spare Parts List amp CTN OverviewFor the latest spare part overview please consult the Philips Service website

Table 10-1 Sets described in this manual

11 Revision ListManual xxxx xxx xxxx0bull First release

CTN Styling

19PFL340355 MG8

19PFL340377 MG8

19PFL340378 MG8

19PFL340385 MG8

26PFL340385 MG8

  • Content
  • 1 Technical Specifications Connections and Chassis Overview
    • 11 Technical Specifications
      • 111 Vision
      • 112 Sound
      • 113 Miscellaneous
        • 12 Connection Overview
          • Figure 1-1 Rear and side IO connections
          • 121 Rear Connections
            • 1 - HDMI Digital Video Digital Audio - In
              • Figure 1-2 HDMI (type A) connector
                • 2 - VGA AUDIO Mini Jack VGA Audio - In
                • 3 - VGA PC Video RGB - In and Service UART
                  • Figure 1-3 VGA Connector
                    • 4 - Cinch Video YPbPr - In
                    • 5 - AV1 Cinch Video CVBS - In Audio - In
                    • 6 - Aerial - In
                    • 7 - Service Connector (ComPair)
                      • 122 Side connections
                        • 8 - Cinch Video CVBS - In Audio - In
                        • 9 - S-Video (Hosiden) Video YC - In
                        • 10 - Mini Jack Audio Head phone - Out
                            • 13 Chassis Overview
                              • Figure 1-4 PWBCBA locations
                                  • 2 Safety Instructions Warnings and Notes
                                    • 21 Safety Instructions
                                    • 22 Warnings
                                    • 23 Notes
                                      • 231 General
                                      • 232 Schematic Notes
                                      • 233 BGA (Ball Grid Array) ICs
                                        • Introduction
                                        • BGA Temperature Profiles
                                          • 234 Lead-free Soldering
                                          • 235 Alternative BOM identification
                                            • Figure 2-1 Serial number (example)
                                              • 236 Board Level Repair (BLR) or Component Level Repair (CLR)
                                              • 237 Practical Service Precautions
                                                  • 3 Directions for Use
                                                  • 4 Mechanical Instructions
                                                    • 41 Cable Dressing
                                                      • Figure 4-1 Cable dressing (19 model)
                                                      • Figure 4-2 Cable dressing (26 model)
                                                        • 42 Service Positions
                                                          • 421 Foam Bars
                                                            • Figure 4-3 Foam bars
                                                                • 43 AssyPanel Removal
                                                                  • 431 Stand
                                                                    • Figure 4-4 Stand
                                                                      • 432 Rear Cover
                                                                        • Figure 4-5 LVDS release
                                                                        • Figure 4-6 Speaker and IRLED panel cable release
                                                                          • 433 Keyboard Control Board
                                                                            • Figure 4-7 Keyboard control board
                                                                              • 434 IRLED Board and Speakers
                                                                                • Figure 4-8 IRLED Board and Speakers
                                                                                  • 435 Power Supply Board
                                                                                    • Figure 4-9 Power Supply Unit(s)
                                                                                      • 436 Inverter Board (19 and 22 versions)
                                                                                        • Figure 4-10 Inverter Board
                                                                                          • 437 Small Signal Board (SSB)
                                                                                            • Removing the SSB
                                                                                              • Figure 4-11 SSB connector plate
                                                                                              • Figure 4-12 SSB
                                                                                                • 44 Set Re-assembly
                                                                                                  • 5 Service Modes Error Codes and Fault Finding
                                                                                                    • 51 Test Points
                                                                                                    • 52 Service Mode
                                                                                                      • 521 Service Alignment Mode (SAM)
                                                                                                        • How to Enter
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-1 SAM menu
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-2 SAM menu White Balance Normal
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-3 SAM menu White Balance Cool
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-4 SAM menu White Balance Warm
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-5 SAM menu Volume Curve
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-6 SAM menu Picture Curve
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-7 SAM menu Picture Mode Natural
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-8 SAM menu Picture Mode Personal
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-9 SAM menu Picture Mode Rich
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-10 SAM menu Picture Mode Soft
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-11 SAM menu Producting
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-12 SAM menu Country
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-13 SAM menu Setup
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-14 SAM menu Shop Init Do
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-15 SAM menu Clear Code gt
                                                                                                            • How to Exit
                                                                                                            • Factory Mode Descriptions
                                                                                                              • ltTABLEgt
                                                                                                              • Virgin Settings
                                                                                                                • Table 5-1 Country setting
                                                                                                                • Table 5-2 Virgin settings
                                                                                                                  • 522 Customer Service Mode (CSM)
                                                                                                                    • Purpose
                                                                                                                    • How to Activate CSM
                                                                                                                    • Contents of CSM
                                                                                                                      • Figure 5-16 CSM Menu
                                                                                                                        • Menu Explanation
                                                                                                                        • How to Exit
                                                                                                                          • 523 Blinking LED Procedure
                                                                                                                            • 53 Error Codes
                                                                                                                              • ltTABLEgt
                                                                                                                                • 54 Fault Finding
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-17 No Picture No sound no Back light (19 sets)
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-18 Picture OK No sound (19 sets)
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-19 No Picture Back light amp Sound OK (19 and 26 sets)
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-20 No color (19 and 26 sets)
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-21 No Picture No sound no Back light (26 sets)
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-22 Picture OK No sound (26 sets)
                                                                                                                                    • 55 Service Tools
                                                                                                                                      • 551 ComPair
                                                                                                                                        • Introduction
                                                                                                                                        • Specifications
                                                                                                                                        • How to Connect
                                                                                                                                        • How to Order
                                                                                                                                          • Figure 5-23 ComPair II interface connection
                                                                                                                                            • 56 Software Upgrading
                                                                                                                                              • 561 Introduction
                                                                                                                                                  • 6 Block Diagrams Test Point Overview and Waveforms
                                                                                                                                                    • Wiring Diagram of Connector for MS19-PH 19
                                                                                                                                                    • Wiring Diagram of Connector for MS19-PH 26
                                                                                                                                                    • Block Diagram MS19P Chipset
                                                                                                                                                    • I2C overview
                                                                                                                                                      • 7 Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts
                                                                                                                                                        • Main Power Supply (19)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Main Power Supply (19) (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Main Power Supply (19) (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Main Power Supply (26)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Main Power Supply (26) (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Main Power Supply (26) (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Standby Power Supply (26)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Standby Power Supply (26) (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Standby Power Supply (26) (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB Control
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB DC - DC
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB MST9E19A Controller
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB HDMI Interface
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB VGA Interface
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB Cinch
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB Tuner
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB Audio Amplifier
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB LVDS Interface
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Small Signal Board (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Small Signal Board (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Keyboard Control Panel
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Keyboard Control Panel (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Keyboard Control Panel (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Inverter Panel
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Inverter Panel (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Inverter Panel (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • IR LED Panel
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout IR LED Panel (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout IR LED Panel (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                          • 8 Alignments
                                                                                                                                                            • 81 Electrical Alignments
                                                                                                                                                            • 82 Hardware Alignments
                                                                                                                                                              • 821 Aging
                                                                                                                                                              • 822 ADC Adjustment
                                                                                                                                                              • 823 White Balance Adjustment
                                                                                                                                                                • Table 8-1 Color Temperature Setting 19
                                                                                                                                                                • Table 8-2 Color Temperature Setting 26
                                                                                                                                                                  • 9 Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data Sheets
                                                                                                                                                                    • 91 Introduction
                                                                                                                                                                    • 92 Abbreviation List
                                                                                                                                                                    • 93 IC Data Sheets
                                                                                                                                                                      • 931 Diagram B MST9U19A
                                                                                                                                                                        • Figure 9-1 Pin configuration
                                                                                                                                                                          • 932 Diagram B TDA1308
                                                                                                                                                                            • Figure 9-2 Block diagram and pin configuration
                                                                                                                                                                              • 933 Diagram B NCP1377B
                                                                                                                                                                                • Figure 9-3 Block diagram and pin configuration
                                                                                                                                                                                  • 934 Diagram B TDA7266
                                                                                                                                                                                    • Figure 9-4 Block diagram and pin configuration
                                                                                                                                                                                      • 10 Spare Parts List amp CTN Overview
                                                                                                                                                                                        • Table 10-1 Sets described in this manual
                                                                                                                                                                                          • 11 Revision List
Page 15: Philips 19PFL3403-55 TCS1[1].0L_LA

Service Modes Error Codes and Fault Finding EN 15TCS10L LA 5

Figure 5-13 SAM menu Setup

Figure 5-14 SAM menu Shop Init Do

Figure 5-15 SAM menu Clear Code gt

How to ExitPress ldquoMENUrdquo on the RC-transmitter

Factory Mode Descriptions

I_18130_055eps190608

I_18130_058eps190608

Item Sub-Item Description

SOURCE Shift among sourcing via pressing Left amp Right key

ADC ADJ Only available in HDTV or PC mode

WB White Balance Calibration setting

SOURCE Shift among sources

COLOR TEMP Normal Warm Cool

WHITE R R Gain adjust manually or automatically

WHITE G G Gain adjust manually or automatically

WHITE B B Gain adjust manually or automatically

BLACK R R Shift adjust manually or automatically

BLACK G G Shift adjust manually or automatically

BLACK B B Shift adjust manually or automatically

VOL CURVE Volume Curve adjustmentX0 X10 X30 X50 X70 X90 X100 on for the usermenu volume value of the 0 10 30 50 70 90 100Only to adjust during production

PICTURE CURVE Analog Picture Curve adjustment X0 X30 X50 X80 X100 on for the usermenu picture value of the 0 30 50 80 100Only to adjust during production

CON Contrast Curve

BRI Brightness Curve

SAT Saturation Curve

SHARP Sharpness Curve

LIGHT Back light Curve

PICTURE MODE Picture modes analog value can be adjusted in this pageincluding SOFT NATURAL BRIGHTE and PERSONAL

I_18130_059eps190608

Service Modes Error Codes and Fault FindingEN 16 TCS10L LA5

Virgin SettingsFirst the country should be set according to the following table

Table 5-1 Country setting

Secondly select ldquoSHOP INITrdquo from the SAM menu Wait until finished and then turn ldquoOffrdquo the set Now the set is put back to virgin settings according to the following table

Table 5-2 Virgin settings

522 Customer Service Mode (CSM)

PurposeWhen a customer is having problems with his TV-set he can call his dealer or the Customer Help desk The service technician can then ask the customer to activate the CSM in order to identify the status of the set Now the service technician can judge the severity of the complaint In many cases he can advise the customer how to solve the problem or he can decide if it is necessary to visit the customer The CSM is a read only mode therefore modifications in this mode are not possible

How to Activate CSMKey in the code ldquo123654rdquo via the standard RC transmitter

Contents of CSM

Figure 5-16 CSM Menu

Menu Explanation1 MODEL Type number and region code2 PROD SN Production code will have 14 characters + 2

reserved (total 16 characters)3 SW ID Software cluster and version is displayed (TC =

TCL 1 = Chassis Number 26 = Screen size L = Latam 090 = software version)

4 CODES Error buffer contents5 SIGNAL PRESENT Presence of RF signal6 SYSTEM Color system7 SOUND Sound system (MonoStereoSAP)8 HDCP KEYS Shows Valid or invalid HDCP key when

HDMI connected Else blank9 HDMI INPUT FORMAT Shows the HDMI input format10 HDMI AUDIO INPUT HDMI audio input HDMI audio stream

detection YES = Audio stream detected NO = No Audio (for example when DVI format is used)

How to ExitPress ldquoMENUrdquo on the RC-transmitter

523 Blinking LED Procedure

The software is capable of identifying different kinds of errors Because it is possible that more than one error can occur over time an error buffer is available which is capable of storing the last five errors that occurred This is useful if the OSD is not working properly

Errors can also be displayed by the blinking LED procedure The method is to repeatedly let the front LED pulse with as many pulses as the error code number followed by a period of 15 seconds in which the LED is ldquooffrdquo Then this sequence is repeated

PRODUCTING FACTURY HOT KEY

Short-cut key to enter factory mode setting GO BACK is the short-cut key if it is ldquoONrdquo Do remember to turn this ldquoOFFrdquo when the set is returned to the customer

WARM UP STATUS

Aging Mode setting ldquoONrdquo means snow picture showing instead of blue background if there is no signal input Do remember to turn this ldquoOFFrdquo when the set is returned to the customer

EEPROM INIT EEPROM initialization1 When the first time to turn on the set please enter this menu and initialize it2 Press LeftRight key and waiting for about 5 seconds until ldquoOKrdquo displayed which means the set finishes the initialization3 Switch off AC power4 Power on the set again the EEPROM will be initialized

LOGO Always leave this setting to the value ldquoOFFrdquo

RF AGC RF Automatic Gain Control default at 16

COUNTRY Select the correct country before doing a SHOP INIT because it puts the set in virgin mode

SET UP POWER MODE LAST

This selects the last power on sequence used

POWER MODE STB

This will put the set in Stand-by whenever the power key is used to turn it on The user now has to turn the set on with the remote control

POWER MODE ON

This will turn on the set whenever the power key is used to turn it on

SHOP INIT DO By selecting this the outgoing factory initialization is selected Always perform this at the end of a repair

CLEAR CODE gt Clears the Error codes

CODES Shows the last 5 error codes

PANEL TYPE Shows the panel type (display only)

SW VER Shows the software version

V8- Shows the BOM number

COMPILE TIME Shows the time the software was compiled

CTN suffix Country

55 Other

77 Argentina

78 Brazil

85 Mexico

Setting 55 77 78 85

PQ Smart Mode Rich Rich Rich Rich

AQ Smart Mode Movie Movie Movie Movie

Sleep Off Off Off Off

Time 0000 0000 0000 0000

Start time ---- ---- ---- ----

Stop time ---- ---- ---- ----

Channel 2 2 2 2

Child lock Off Off Off Off

Parental lock Off Off Off Off

Closed caption Off Off Off Off

RF Channel 2 9 4 2

Volume 30 30 30 30

Item Sub-Item Description

Screen ratio 16 9 16 9 16 9 16 9

OSD language Spanish Spanish Portuguese Spanish

Setting 55 77 78 85

I_18130_060eps190608

Service Modes Error Codes and Fault Finding EN 17TCS10L LA 5

Any RC command terminates the sequence Error code LED blinking is in white colorExample the contents of the error buffer is ldquo013 007 000 000 000rdquoAfter entering SDM the following occursbull 1 long blink of 5 seconds to start the sequencebull 1 medium blink of 3 seconds and then 3 short blinks

followed by a pause of 15 secondsbull 7 short blinks followed by a pause of 15 secondsbull 1 long blink of 15 seconds to finish the sequenceThe sequence starts again with 12 short blinks

53 Error Codes

The error code buffer contains all errors detected since the last time the buffer was erased The buffer is written from left to right When an error occurs that is not yet in the error code buffer it is displayed at the left side and all other errors shift one position to the right

Basically there are six kind of errors

54 Fault Finding

Figure 5-17 No Picture No sound no Back light (19 sets)

Code Description Detection method Type

0 no error - -

1 reserved - -

2 5V failure protection

Power down Protection + blinking

3 μP Control I2C-bus Error log + blinking

4 General I2C bus Error

I2C-bus Protection + blinking

5 reserved - -

6 System EEPROM

I2C-bus Protection + blinking

7 Tuner I2C-bus Error log + blinking

8 HDCP EEPROM

I2C-bus Error log + blinking

No Picture no sound no Back light

Fuse F3(3A) OK

Check circuit of +33V+18V(U5U

6U7) OK Replace the bad

components

For P22 Pin 1~4 is +12V_PWamp Pin7~9

of is +5VSTBOK

Replace F3

Check Q17(Pin5- 8)+12V OK

NO

NO

NO

YES

YES

YES

Check DC-DC circuit(U1U2)

NOCheck Q26 circuit amp Replace the bad

componentsYES

Check PSU

I_18130_066eps180608

Service Modes Error Codes and Fault FindingEN 18 TCS10L LA5

Figure 5-18 Picture OK No sound (19 sets)

Figure 5-19 No Picture Back light amp Sound OK (19 and 26 sets)

Picture OK No sound

Check the voltage ofPin 313 of U19is it 12v Check Q17

Check the wave of pin7475 of U8is it

OK

CheckR amp L speaker

Check wave ofAudio input Pin

U8 pin61~69 OK

CheckQ22

No

Check B of Q22 is Low OK

Yes

No

Check Mute Pin6 of U19is it 12V

Yes

Yes

ReplaceU8

Yes

NO

Yes

Check the AMP- MUTE circuit

No

No

YesCheck SIF circuit Pin 7(SIFOUT) of

Tuner TU1

TV source Checkthe AV input

circuit

No

I_18130_068eps180608

No Picture Back light amp Sound OK

Check the output voltage

of U3 12V is it OK

Check LVDS signal waveform

of P10 is OK

Check the Circuit of12V_PANELamp

PANEL_ONOFF

Yes

No

Yes

Is RP2-RP7 ok

No

check the LVDS cable

Replace U8Yes

I_18130_004eps180608

Service Modes Error Codes and Fault Finding EN 19TCS10L LA 5

Figure 5-20 No color (19 and 26 sets)

Figure 5-21 No Picture No sound no Back light (26 sets)

No color

Color system is Right amp another

channel color is right

Dose the TV signal too weak

CheckPin 17(TV-

CVBS) Wave of TU1 OK

ReplaceTU1

ResetTo

Local system

CheckTuner Input

cable amp antenna

Yes NO NO

No YES YES

Fine tune Frequency

I_18130_006eps180608

No Picture No sound no Back light

Check circuit of +33V +18V (U5U

6U7) OK Replace the bad components

For P22 Pin 1~4 is +12V_PW amp Pin7~9

of is +5VSTBOK

NO

NO

YES

Check DC-DC circuit (U1U2)

YES

Check PSU

I_18130_003eps180608

Service Modes Error Codes and Fault FindingEN 20 TCS10L LA5

Figure 5-22 Picture OK No sound (26 sets)

55 Service Tools

551 ComPair

IntroductionComPair (Computer Aided Repair) is a Service tool for Philips Consumer Electronics products and offers the following1 ComPair helps you to quickly get an understanding on how

to repair the chassis in a short and effective way2 ComPair allows very detailed diagnostics and is therefore

capable of accurately indicating problem areas You do not have to know anything about I2C or UART commands yourself because ComPair takes care of this

3 ComPair speeds up the repair time since it can automatically communicate with the chassis (when the uP is working) and all repair information is directly available

4 ComPair features TV software upgrade possibilities

SpecificationsComPair consists of a Windows based fault finding program and an interface box between PC and the (defective) product The (new) ComPair II interface box is connected to the PC via an USB cable For the TV chassis the ComPair interface box and the TV communicate via a bi-directional cable via the service connector(s)

How to ConnectThis is described in the ComPair chassis fault finding database

Caution It is compulsory to connect the TV to the PC as shown in Figure ldquoComPair II interface connectionrdquo (with the ComPair interface in between) as the ComPair interface acts as a level shifter If one connects the TV directly to the PC (via UART) ICs will be blown

How to OrderComPair II order codes

bull ComPair II interface 3122 785 91020bull For SW see Philips service websitebull ComPair UART interface cable 3122 785 75051bull Software Upgrade VGA interface cables 3122 785 90004

and 3122 785 09269

Note If you encounter any problems contact your local support desk

Figure 5-23 ComPair II interface connection

56 Software Upgrading

561 Introduction

Software upgrading can be done by ComPair This allows to replacement of the software image

Picture OK No sound

Check the voltage ofPin 313 of U19is it 12v Check PSU

Check the wave of pin7475 of U8is it

OK

CheckR amp L speaker

Check wave ofAudio input Pin

U8 pin61~69 OK

CheckQ22

No

Check B of Q22 is Low OK

Yes

No

Check Mute Pin6 of U19is it 12V

Yes

Yes

ReplaceU8

Yes

NO

Yes

Check the AMP- MUTE circuit

No

No

YesCheck SIF circuit Pin 7(SIFOUT) of

Tuner TU1

TV source Checkthe AV input

circuit

No

I_18130_005eps180608

E_06532_036eps150208

TOUART SERVICECONNECTOR

TOUART SERVICECONNECTOR

TOI2C SERVICECONNECTOR

TO TV

PC

HDMII2C only

Optional power5V DC

ComPair II Developed by Philips Brugge

RC outRC in

OptionalSwitch

Power ModeLinkActivity I2C

ComPair IIMulti

function

RS232 UART

Block Diagrams Test Point Overview and Waveforms 21TCS10L LA 6

6 Block Diagrams Test Point Overview and Waveforms

Wiring Diagram of Connector for MS19-PH 19

40-PWL20C-PWI1XG POWER BOARD

1

NU

SE

LEC

T

GN

D

GN

D

P4

1 2 3 5 6 74

BL

ON

OF

F

DIM

MIN

G

INV

ER

TE

R_P

WR

12V

INV

ER

TE

R_P

WR

12V

P5

40-0MS19P-MAE2XGMAIN BOARD

AG

ND

1 2 3 5 6 74

KE

Y0

KE

Y1

AG

ND

IR-I

N

LED

1-IN

LED

2-IN

NC

1 2 3 5 6 7 84

+5V

ST

B

+5V

ST

B

GN

D

GN

D

GN

D

INVERTER BOARD

CN

1

GN

D

1 2 3 5 64

INV

ER

T-S

W

DIM

MIN

G

GN

D

INV

ER

TE

R_P

WR

12V

INV

ER

TE

R_P

WR

12V

8+

5VS

TB

GN

D

1 2 3 5 64

GN

D

GN

D

NC5V

-PW

5V-P

W

40-PF3403-IRC1XG IR BOARD

40-PF3403-KEC1XG KEY BOARD

GN

D

LED

1

IR

+5V

ST

B

1 2 3 54LE

D2

KE

Y1

GN

D

KE

Y0

1 2 3

P10

01

CN

2001 1S

P 22

P

9 10

+12

V-P

W

+12

V-P

W

+12

V-P

W

+12

V-P

W

7 8 9 10

+12

V+

12V

+12

V

+12

V

I_18130_061eps190608

22TCS10L LA 6Block Diagrams Test Point Overview and Waveforms

Wiring Diagram of Connector for MS19-PH 26

40-1PL37C-PWF1XG

1

P5

40-0MS19P-MAE2XGMAIN BOARD

AG

ND

1 2 3 5 6 74

KE

Y0

KE

Y1

AG

ND

IR-I

N

LED

1-IN

LED

2-IN

NC

1 2 3 5 6 7 84

NC

NC

GN

D

GN

D

GN

D

40-PWL01B-STE1X

8+

5VS

TB

1 2 3 5 64

12V-

PW

40-PF3403-IRC1XG IR BOARD

40-PF3403-KEC1XGKEY BOARD

GN

D

LED

1

IR

+5V

ST

B

1 2 3 54LE

D2

KE

Y1

GN

D

KE

Y0

1 2 3

P10

01

CN

2001

P4

9 10

+12

V-P

W

+12

V-P

W

+12

V-P

W

+12

V-P

W

7

10

5P 1P

1 2 3

1 2 3

+5S

TB

AG

ND

PW

-ON

OF

F

+5S

TB

AG

ND

PW

-ON

OF

F

11

12 13 14

GN

D

NC

BL-

AD

JUS

T

BL-

ON

OF

F

11

12

13

14

15

16

P22

8 91 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

12 13 14 15 16

12V-

PW

GN

D

GN

D12

V-P

W

12V-

PW

GN

D

NC

GN

D

NC

NC

NC

NC

NC

BL-

AD

JUS

T

BL-

ON

OF

F

I_18130_062eps190608

Block Diagrams Test Point Overview and Waveforms 23TCS10L LA 6

Block Diagram MS19P Chipset

Panel

810-bit LVDS

2MB

HDMI

HDTVVGA

YC

AV2AV1

AV-OUTTVSIF

PCHDTV-RL

AV2-RLAV1-RL

IRKEY0KEY1

GPIO PWM

Serial-FlashSPI

Speake

Earphone

r

MS19P Chipset Block Diagram

Audio out

EEPROM24C32 SDA

SCL

AMP

TDA7266

MST9U19A

24C02

24C02

24C04SDASCL

U19

U9

U13

U12

U11HDCP

EDID

EDID

U10

Z1

SDASCLExternal device

I_18130_063eps190608

24TCS10L LA 6Block Diagrams Test Point Overview and Waveforms

I2C overview

I2C Device Block Diagram

MST9U19A-LF

24C32 24C04

System EEPROM

I2C AddressA0

HDCP EEPROM

I2C AddressA4

SDA SCL SDA SCL

Tuner integratedIF PLL Demodulator

SDA1 SCL1I2C AddressA0

I_18130_064eps190608

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 25TCS10L LA 7

7 Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Main Power Supply (19)

I_18130_022eps180608

A AMAIN POWER SUPPLY 19rdquo

26TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout Main Power Supply (19) (Top Side)

Layout Main Power Supply (19) (Bottom Side)

I_18130_023eps180608

I_18130_065eps190608

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 27TCS10L LA 7

Main Power Supply (26)

I_18130_024eps180608

A1 A1MAIN POWER SUPPLY 26rdquo

28TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout Main Power Supply (26) (Top Side)

I_18130_028eps180608

40-PWL01B-STE1XG

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 29TCS10L LA 7

Layout Main Power Supply (26) (Bottom Side)

I_18130_029eps180608

40-PWL01B-STE1XG

30TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Standby Power Supply (26)

I_18130_025eps200608

A2 A2STANDBY POWER SUPPLY 26rdquo

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 31TCS10L LA 7

Layout Standby Power Supply (26) (Top Side)

40-1PL37C-PWF1XGI_18130_026eps

180608

32TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout Standby Power Supply (26) (Bottom Side)

I_18130_027eps180608

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 33TCS10L LA 7

SSB Control

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGNDAGND

AGND

AGNDAGNDAGND AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

T

T

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

D1B

D1A

G2

G1

S2

D2B

D2A

S1

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

PGND

PGND

PGND

PGND

PGND

AGND

AGND

T

T

T

T

AGND

T

T

BOOT

DRIVE

FB GND

LGATE

PHASE

VCC

UGATE

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

PGND

AGND

AGND

AGNDAGND

AGND

D2B

D2A

G1

G2

S1

D1B

D1A

S2

T

AGND

D1B

D1A

D2B

G2 D2A

S2

G1

S1

09V

18V

For Tuner 33v

L--Prot

Normal--HProtect--L

Back Light Control

Far from DC-DC amp Tuner

Option

When not use DC-DC+5VSTB_L provide

ON-----LOFF-----H

OptionFar from tuner and power supply (NC)

8

7

6

4 5

3

2

1U3

SP8J3

R234

10R

NC

E

C

B

BT3904

Q21

B

C

E

Q32BT3904

R16

19N

C2

618

KR

919

1K

26

10K

B

C

E

Q2

BT3904

R177

NC

C23

00

1U

10K

R18

0

NC

R17

9 0

R1784K7

+12V

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

P4ON-PBACK

ADJ-PWM2

R181910K26

191

K2

6

R10

Z54

BL-ADJUST

1 2

4

6

8

12

14

10

3

5

7

9

11

13

P22

+5V

+5VSTB_L

C22

2

01U

R70R (FOR 26ONLY)

7

8

4

2

3

5

6

1

A04803

Q17

+12V

+12V_PW

+12V_PW

C24

10

01U

BL-ADJUST

+5V

ST

B_L

C14

01U

BL-ONOFF

C22

40

1U

+5VSTB

R24

8N

C

+12V_PW

C220220U

25V

F250A

F150A

47K

R18

2

L8200R

R2413K9

C23

6

1U

C24

3

1U

C244

01U

C242

470U

16V

+5V

ST

B

PRORECT_12V

R29

720

K

+33V

+33V

B

E

CQ31

BT3906R298

NC

+12V

R299

4K7

R301

4K7

R30

010

K

R29

6

4K7

D14 8V

2

B

C

E

Q26BT3904

R3

4K7

B

E

CQ13

BT3906

C64

3 1U

C20A1U

C21

A 1U

NCC

21

R18

147

K

C24

00

01U

R22

330K

33V

+5V

+5V

12V_PANEL

21

P20

01UC

231

NC

C8

01U

C3

01U

L49200R

L47200R

21

P19

01UC

20

5V_PANEL

4K7R15

D11

LL4148

D45LL4148

PW_ONOFF

+5VSTB1

2

3

P1

POWER-ONOFFB

C

E

Q30BT3904

R26610K

GPIO_PROTECT

+5VSTB

R24

70R

D10LL4148

+12V

C201U

SELECT

R20

510

0K

R2041K

D47 33

V

R27

92K

2R

242

2K2

+12V

1

2

3 6

5

8

4

7

U1

RT8110

R50R PROTPW_ONOFF

R2NC

Z58

Z56

B

C

E

Q27BT3904

BL-ONOFF

R12100R

PW_CTRL

Z51

R24

0 0

Z52

Z53

Z60

L530R

L330R

01U

C23

401UC

232

C23

3 1U

R234K7

5V_PANEL

C22

60

1U

L50200R

+5V

C235470U

16V

200RL54

C23

70

1U

L9200R

+5V

R4

10K

R6NC

+12V_INVERTER

B

C

E

Q6BT3904

68K

R37

NCR17

0RR14

16V

470UC

17A

C27

01U

2U2C16

01UC

15

R8

NC

R194K7

R132NC

R143100K

R14K

7

B

C

E

Q14BT3904

R2110K

+12V

D1LL4148

R14210K

+5VSTB

B

C

E

Q3BT3904NC

+12V

C1810U

50V

L6100UH

D5LL4148

B

C

E

Q5SC1815

NCR

24

B

C

E

Q1

BT3904

B

C

E

Q4BT3904

PWM3

SHUT_EEP

200RL56

L55200R

R23

91K

2

R23

8N

C

R235

10R

R23

6N

C

L115UH

R23

322

K

C23

91U

R237

220R

7

8

4

2

3

5

6

1

U2PHKD13N03LT

C23801U

D50LL4148

L53200R

+12V_INVERTER

C22

70

1U

C22

80

1U

L52200R

L51200R

C22

90

1U

L48200R

C22

50

1U

12V_PANEL

L1230R

PANEL-ONOFF

Z59

Z50

PW_ONOFF R26

368

0R

R2618K2

R26010K

R26

710

K

R26

810

K

R26

247

K

R25910K

R25

810

0K

D41LL4148

+12V

R2783K9

TUNER_5V

+5V

40V

C18

70

1U

R2000R

R6390R

R60422K

L6061000UR

C60

40

1U

D61

433

VC63

047

00P

C63

2 270P

C633

01U 50V

L613

1000UH

NC

L6041000UH

100KR

630

NC

C63

6

C63

50

01U

C63

40

1U

C631200P

B

C

E

Q612BC846B

R63147K

12

3

D61

30B

AV

99

33V

+5V

C1

01U

5V_PANEL

+12V_PW

+5VSTB

12V_PANEL

C223

220U25V

+5VSTB

01U

C22

1

+12V

PW_ONOFF

VCC_PANEL

B01 B01

I_18130_011eps180608

CONTROL

34TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

SSB DC - DC

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGNDAGND

GN

DA

DJ

OU

T

VIN

4

OU

T

VIN

AD

JG

ND

VO

UT

VIN

AD

JG

ND

VCC18V FOR MST9E19A

pin36

VDDC for MST9E19A Core

+33V for VDD_MPLL

+33AVDD FOR AVDD_SIF

+33AVDD FOR AVDD_AU

pin6 pin12

+33AVDD for AVDD_HDMI

Vcc33for MST9E19A analog

+33AVDD for AVDDA

33V for AVDDPLL2

Vcc33 for MST9E19A Digital

10RR

31

F330A

+33V

L16100R+5VST

R28NC

23

1

U6

AIC

1084

FM120D8

FM120D6

23

1

U7

KD

1084

AD

2T18

+33V

VDDP

FM120D7

+5VSTB_L

1 2 3

4

U5AS1117-33

L18FB

FBL17

+18V

VDDC

L11

100R

L10100R+33V

L24

100R

FBL23

16V

47UC

37

C67

01U

01UC

62

C61

01U

01UC

60

C59

01U

16V

100UC

53

C48100U

16V

NCR30

R29

0RL41

FB

16V

100UC

33

C31100U

16V

C49 0

1U

01U

C52

01U

C36

C34 0

1U

01U

C42

C58 0

1U16V

47UC

57

C51 0

1U

AVDD_SIF

+33VA

AVDD_AU

+33VA

AVDDA

+33VA

AVDD_MEMPLL

+33VA

C56 0

1U

01U

C552U

2C

54

C47 0

1U

C46 2U

2

L21FB

2U2

C41

FBL19

C50 2U

2

L22FB

FBL20

01U

C452U

2C

44

C39 0

1U

C38 2U

2

AVDD_HDMI

01U

C40

+33VA

01U

C32

C30 0

1U

+33VA

+33VA

VDD_MPLL

+18V

C35100U

16V

C63

01U

01UC

64

C65

01U

01UC

66

01UC

68

C69

01U

01UC

70

C71

01U

01UC

72

C73

01U

+5VST

+5VSTB

FM120D9

B02 B02

I_18130_012eps180608

DC - DC

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 35TCS10L LA 7

SSB MST9E19A Controller

AG

ND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AG

ND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

SDA

SCL

WC

VCC

VSS

E2NC

E1NC

E0NC AGND

VCC

HOLD

SCK

GND SI

WP

SO

CE

SDA

SCL

WC

VCC

VSS

E2NC

E1NC

E0NC

AD

0A

D1

AD

2A

D3

AD

4A

D5

AD

6A

D7

ALE

AUCOM

AUL0

AUL1

AUL2

AUL3

AUOUTL

AUOUTL2

AUOUTL3

AUOUTR

AUOUTR2

AUOUTR3

AUOUTS

AUR0

AUR1

AUR2

AUR3

AUVRADNAUVRADPAUVREF

AV

DD

_AD

C

AV

DD

_AU

AV

DD

_DV

IA

VD

D_D

VI1

AV

DD

_ME

MP

LL

AV

DD

_MP

LLA

VD

D_M

PLL

1

AV

DD

_SIF

BIN0MBIN0P

BIN1MBIN1P

C0

C1

CSZ

CVBS0

CVBS1CVBS2CVBS3

CVBSOUT

DD

CA

_CK

DD

CA

_DA

DDCD_CKDDCD_DA

DD

CR

_CK

DD

CR

_DA

DI0DI1DI2DI3DI4DI5DI6DI7

DIG

O0

DIG

O1

DIG

O2

DIG

O3

DIG

O4

DIG

O5

DIG

O6

DIG

O7

DIG

O8

DIG

O9

GIN0MGIN0P

GIN1MGIN1P

GN

DG

ND

1

GN

D10

GN

D11

GN

D12

GN

D13

GN

D14

GN

D15

GN

D2

GN

D3

GN

D4

GN

D5

GN

D6

GN

D7

GN

D8

GN

D9

GPIOE0LVSYNCGPIOE1LHSYNC

GPIOE2LDEGPIOE3LCK

GPIOF10GPIOF11

GPIOF12GPIOF13GPIOF14GPIOF15GPIOF16GPIOF17GPIOF18GPIOF19

GPIOF2GPIOF3GPIOF4GPIOF5GPIOF6GPIOF7GPIOF8GPIOF9

HSYNC0

HSYNC1

HW

RE

SE

T

ICLK

IHSYNC

INT

IRIN

IVSYNC

LA0MG3LA0PG2LA1MG1LA1PG0LA2MB7LA2PB6

LA3MB3LA3PB2LA4MB1LA4PB0

LACKMB5LACKPB4

LB0MR7LB0PR6LB1MR5LB1PR4LB2MR3LB2PR2

LB3MG7LB3PG6LB4MG5LB4PG4

LBCKMR1LBCKPR0

PW

M0

PW

M1

PW

M2

PW

M3

PWM_DRVPWM_FB

PWM_SENSE

RD

Z

REFMREFP

REXT

RIN0MRIN0P

RIN1MRIN1P

RMID

RX0NRX0PRX1NRX1PRX2NRX2P

RXCKNRXCKP

SA

R0

SA

R1

SA

R2

SA

R3

SCKSDI

SDO

SIF1MSIF1P

SOGIN0

SOGIN1

VCLAMP

VCOM0

VCOM1

VCOM2

VD

DC

VD

DC

1V

DD

C2

VD

DC

3V

DD

C4

VD

DC

5

VD

DP

VD

DP

1V

DD

P2

VD

DP

3V

DD

P4

VD

DP

5V

DD

P6

VD

DP

7V

DD

P8

VD

DP

9

VSYNC0

VSYNC1

WR

Z

XIN

XO

UT

Y0

Y1

AGND

T

T

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

Mode Selection

I2C address at A0

Location Near IC PinLocation Near IC Pin

SST PULL DOWNMSTAR PULL UP

DVI INPUT

VGA INPUT

For TTL output

Audio Output(to Amp) AV Output(Audio)

Debug Port

For Philps debug

HDCP I2C address at A4

VID

EO

INP

UT

HDTV INPUT

C212NC

C7822P

01UC11

2

2U2 C247

C1072U2

01U C114

PW_CTRL

PRORECT_12V

54

72 13

6 8

RP

84K

7

KEY0-IN

LED2-IN

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

P5

POWER-ONOFF

54

72 13

6 8

RP

124K

7

LED1-IN

NC

L43

+5VSTB

4K7

R55

LED2R13

4K7

R584K7

B

C

E

Q9BT3904

1

2

3

4

5

P14

WP

SDA

SCL

+33V

1

2

3

4

P6

10RR41

SHUT_EEP

D4 NC

WP

C20

110

0P

RXD

TXD1

2

3

P2

ZX

Z62

WP

+33V

+33V+5VSTB

RS

20R

RS

3N

C

RS

11K

10K

R32

10K

R42

01UC86

47RR64

NC

R63

R62

NC

R52100R

R51 22

K

R50 22

K

100RR49

100RR40

C83

001

U

001

UC82

R67

0R

001

UC76

2U2C115

R47100R

R45100R

100RR34100R

R33

2U2C104

C1052U2PC-LIN

2U2C106

C1112U2

2U2C110

C11901U

R57 8K

2

8K2

R56

C1092U2

2U2C108

124578

101113141516171819202122232425262728

293031323334353839

404142434445464748495051

5455575859

61626364656667686970717273747576

78798081828384858687

131

132

133

134

125

126

127

128

129

130

155

156

136 3 9 37 52 56 89 99 101

104

106

120

141

152

173

187

204

143

144

145

146

147

148

149

150

153

154

116

117

118

135

124123122121

9796959493929190

139138137

191190189188

185184183182181180179178177176175174171170169168167166165164163162161160

202201200199198197196195

192

194193

207

206

205

36 53 60 105

6 12 157

208

77 98 107

142

158

203

88 100

102

103

119

140

151

159

172

186

115

114

113

112

111

110

109

108

U8

MST9E19A

R54

4K7

R36

22K

100P C79

01UC11

7

C116

01U

R7510K

R38 22

K

C10201U

C89 0

1U

1

3

2

D40

0BA

V99

+5VST

R53

390R

CVBSOUT

LED2

5

6

7

8

4

3

2

1U10

M24C32MN

IR_SYNC

KEY0

LED1

KEY1

WP_FSH

TV1-VIN- VCOM0

AV1-YIN-

AV1-YIN

VCOM2

SV_Y0

R_TX2+

C920047U

C930047U

0047UC94

0047UC96

C970047U

0047UC98

C1010047U

0047UC100

C990047U

SV_C0

TXD

RXD

100P

C20

2

8

7

6

4 5

3

2

1U9

W25X40

+33V

L26 F

B

100RR77

SDA

SCL

SHUT_EEPR76

100R

5

6

7

8

4

3

2

1U11

M24C04MN

SDA

SCL

100RR70

R69100R

+33V

R68

10K

SPI_CZ

SPI_DI

SPI_CK

54

72

1

3 6

8

RP933R

NCR

65R

661K

8

C90 10

0P

R6110R

1KR60

R591K

100P

C91

C95 10

0P

SYS_RST

R391K

B

E

CQ8

BT3906

C8010U

16V

C7447U

16V

R48

1M

Y1

14M

3

22PC84

AVDDA

AVDD_SIF

AVDD_MEMPLL

AVDD_HDMIVDDC VDDP

SDA_EXT

SCL_EXT

+33V

R43

10K

10KR

44

RXE3+B2

RXE4+B0

RXE4-B1

RXE3-B3

RXEC+B4

RXEC-B5

RXE2+B6

RXE2-B7

RXE1+G0

RXE1-G1

RXE0+G2

RXE0-G3

RXO4+G4

RXO4-G5

RXO3+G6

RXO3-G7

RXOC+R0

RXOC-R1

RXO2+R2

RXO2-R3

RXO1+R4

RXO1-R5

RXO0+R6

RXO0-R7

TTL-BLUE2

TTL-BLUE1

TTL-BLUE0

TTL-BLUE3

TTL-BLUE4

TTL-BLUE5

TTL-BLUE6

TTL-BLUE7

TTL-GREEN0

TTL-GREEN1

TTL-GREEN2

TTL-GREEN3

TTL-GREEN4

TTL-GREEN5

TTL-GREEN6

TTL-GREEN7

TTL-RED6

TTL-RED0

TTL-RED1

TTL-RED2

TTL-RED3

TTL-RED4

TTL-RED5

TTL-RED7

54

72

1

3 6

8

RP40R

8

63

1

2 7

4 5

0RRP7

54

72

1

3 6

8

RP60R

8

63

1

2 7

4 5

0RRP3

8

63

1

2 7

4 5

0RRP5

54

72

1

3 6

8

RP20R

SPI_CKSPI_DISPI_CZ

SPI_DO

AMP-MUTE

PANEL-ONOFF

LED1

HPDCTRL

ON-PBACK

863 12

7

45

4K7

RP

13

PWM0

ADJ-PWM2

NCR

85

NCR

82

NCR

80

NCR

79

R84

1K

R83

1K

R81

1K

R78

1K

PWM0

WP_FSH

ADJ-PWM2

PWM3

IR_SYNC

KEY1

KEY0

RXD

TXD

SCL

SDA

DDC-RDX

DDC-TXD

I2C-SCL

I2C-SDA

+33V

54

721 3

68

RP

104K

7

R7410R

10RR73

10RR72

R7110R

AUCOM

16V

10UC

118

AUVRADN

AUVRADP

C11310U

16V

L250

AMP-ROUT

AMP-LOUT

PH-ROUTPH-LOUT

PC-RIN

SIFM

SIFP

01UC103

01U

C88

AUCOM

AUVREFAUVRADPAUVRADN

SIFM

SIFP

TUNER_CVBS

SV_C0

SV_Y0

VCOM2

CVBS2CVBS1

VCOM0

VCOM1

CVBS3

SCG+

SCR+SCR-

SC_SOG

SCG-

SCB-

RIN-

RIN+GIN-

GIN+SOG

BIN-BIN+

01UC85

C8701U

VS_RGBHS_RGB

HDMI_SCLHDMI_SDA

AVDD_HDMI TXCLK-

R_TX2+

R_TX2-G_TX1+

G_TX1-B_TX0+

B_TX0-TXCLK+

AUVREF

PWM3

+33V

VDD_MPLL

AVDD_AU

TV1-VIN+ TUNER_CVBS

VCOM1

AV1-CIN

TV-SIFP

TV-SIFM

HDMI_SCLHDMI_SDA

TXCLK-

R_TX2-G_TX1+

G_TX1-B_TX0+

B_TX0-TXCLK+

VS_RGBHS_RGB

RIN-

RIN+GIN-

GIN+SOG

BIN-BIN+

SCG+

SCR+SCR-

SC_SOG

SCG-SCB+SCB-

AV1-VIN+

AV2-VIN+

AV3-VIN+ CVBS1

CVBS2

CVBS3

SPI_DO

WP_FSH

CVBSOUT

PH-LOUT

PH-ROUTAMP-ROUT AMP-R

AMP-LAMP-LOUTPH-L1OUT

AFT

SCB+

KEY1-IN

+33V

PH-R1OUT

C77

1000

P

E

C

B BT3904Q7

R114K7

+5VSTB

GPIO_PROTECT

+33V

IR-IN

C248

2U2

2U2 C249

C250

2U2

2U2 C251

C252

2U2

DVI-RINDVI-LINAV2-RIN

AV2-LIN

AV1-RINAV1-LIN

B03 B03

I_18130_013eps180608

MST9E19A CONTROLLER

36TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

SSB HDMI Interface

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

SDA

SCL

WC

VCC

VSS

E2NC

E1NC

E0NC

RX2+

GND1

RX2-

RX1+

GND2

RX1-

RX0+

GND3

RX0-

RXC+

GND4

RXC-

NC1

NC2

DDCCLK

DDCDA

GND5

VCC

HPD

AGND

HDMI-RX2-

HDMI-RX1+

+5V

+5V

5

6

43

2

1

U17

PRTR5V0U4D

5

6

43

2

1

U18

PRTR5V0U4D

1KR101

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

P12

01UC

120

5

6

7

8

4

3

2

1U12

M24C02MN

RLZ

5B6

D18

HDMI-DDC-SDA

HDMI-DDC-SCL

HDMI-HPD

HDMI5V

HPDCTRLB

C

E

Q10BT3904

4K7R96

R95

4K7

R1000R

NCR

97

R94

1K

+5V

100RR99

R98100R

12

3

D17

BAT

54C

D19

RLZ

5B6

TXCLK-

TXCLK+

B_TX0-

B_TX0+

G_TX1-

G_TX1+

R_TX2-

R_TX2+

10RR93

R9210R

10RR91

R9010R

10RR89

R8810R

10RR87

R8610R

HDMI_SDA

HDMI_SCL

HDMI-RXC-

HDMI-RXC+

HDMI-RX0+

HDMI-RX0-

HDMI-RX1-

HDMI-RX2+

B04 B04

I_18130_014eps180608

HDMI INTERFACE

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 37TCS10L LA 7

SSB VGA Interface

AGND

AGND

AGND

SDA

SCL

WC

VCC

VSS

E2NC

E1NC

E0NC

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGNDProgram Control

To main chip(when updateit is I2Cwhen debug it is RXTX)

LED2

R12

110

0RR12

010

0R

+33V

RXD

TXD

R170

4K7

1

3

2

D2

100RR144

NCR123

4K7R12

2

75R

R10

9

R10

8 75R

01UC

130

10K

R17

4

75R

R10

7

10K

R17

2

P13-11

R11

8 4K7

4K7

R11

9

PROTECT

VGA5V

VGA-SCL

PROTECT

13

2

D25

1

3

2

D20

C19 N

C

Q182N7002

10RR175

R171NC

R17310R

C12

9 NC

C1270047U

VGA-R+

VGA-G+

VGA-B+

+5VST1

32

D24

1KR115

R1141K

123

D23BAT54C

5

6

7

8

4

3

2

1U13

M24C02MN

R11

74K

7NC

C12

8R11

610

K

6

4

11

14

15

7

12

8

5

13

3

10

9

1

2

16

17

P13

C1230047U

C1241000P

C1210047U

R10510R

10RR104

R10310R

0047UC126

C1250047U

0047UC122

1

3

2

D22

2

3

1

D21

R11347R

47RR111

R11047R

R106330R

HS_RGB

VS_RGB

Q192N7002

B

C

E

Q25BT3904

VGA-HS

VGA-VS

VGA-SDA

RIN+

SOG

BIN-

GIN-

RIN-

BIN+

GIN+

VGA-SDA

VGA-SCL

+5VSTB

+5VSTB

B05 B05

I_18130_015eps180608

VGA INTERFACE

38TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

SSB Cinch

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND AGNDAGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

VDD

OUTB

INB-

VSS INB+

INA+

INA-

OUTA

AGNDAGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

WHITE

RED

YELLOWGREEN

BLUE

RED

WHITE

RED

RED

WHITE

YELLOW

AGND

AGND

AGND

HDTV IN

AV OUTPUT AUDIO AMP

For PCampYPbPr Audio Input(RL)

For Philips Upgrade

S-VIDEO amp AV2 In Side

Earphone Outuput In Side

AV1 In Rear

AV OUTPUT

For DVI Audio Input(35mm Jack)

2

1

3

P17

DVI_R

DVI_L

AV2-V

AV_ROUT

AV2-R

C13 47

0P

12K

R15

2

C17 47

0P

560P

C16

356

0PC

162

3

2

1

4P15

C14

156

0P

PC-R

560P

C14

3C

134

560P

560P

C13

8

2

3

1

D37

NC

C14

256

0P56

0PC

146

C6 10

0P

3

1

2

P11

TXD

3

1

2

P7

PR1

PB1

AVOUT_L

Y1

AVOUT

1

4

2

5

3

6P21

1

2

3

4

5

6P8

8 56 7 9

P15

BUF2

1

3

2

D31

2

3

1

D28

NC

1

3

2

D33

NC

2

3

1

D55

NC

2

3

1

D54

NC

2

3

1

D52

NC

2

3

1

D51

NC

2

3

1

D34

1

3

2

D36

NC

C5 10

0P

13

2

D12

R18

8 75R

R2855K1

R2845K1

R2805K1

R2815K1

L6130R

AV1-CL60

30R

AV1-YL59

30R

75R

R14

9

C19

810

00P

C14

068

0P

680P

C15

5

10RR186

680P

C13

6

OP_VCC2

C13

168

0P

2

3

1

D53

2

3

1

D27

FB

L42

10KR230

12K

R20

1R

197 12

K

R15

9 12K

R15

522

0R

220RR153

75R

R14

0

75R

R13

9

R13

6 75R

75R

R12

8

2U2C188

R14

5 12K

12K

R15

7

12K

R13

5C191

2U2

10K

R15

6R

147 10

K

330R

R14

6

R18510RY1

75RR151

R141

75R

C1452U2

2U2C144

01UC

139

12K

R16

1

AV2-VIN+

CVBSOUT

AV1-CIN

AV1-YIN-

1

3

2

D38

2

3

1

D39

PH-R1OUTR226

10K

AV_LOUT

R22447K

+5V

R22

547

K

C18

347

U

16V

100P

C18

9

33KR

229

C18547U

16V

C18

40

1U

C19

310

0P

R23

233

K

8

7

6

4 5

3

2

1U16

TDA1308T

SCB-

SCG-

SCR-

C1580047U

SCG+

SCR+

SCB+

SC_SOG

PR1

PB1

C1540047U

0047UC153

C1520047U

C1511000P

0047UC159

0047UC156

R19547R

47RR191

R18947R

R18410R

10RR183

R14810R

1

3

2

D35

B

E

CQ11

BT3906C218

10U

16V

B

C

E

Q12BT3904

2

3

1

D32

2

3

1

D30

1

3

2

D29

R13347R

10RR137

R12610R

+5V

AV1-YIN

Y1R176

470R

PH-L1OUT

AV_LOUT

AV_ROUT

AV1-VIN+

L63 30

R

30R

L62

330RR

249

R25

133

0R

C196

033U50V

C197

033U50V

7

654

89

3

1

2

P18

1000

PC

199

AMP-PROUT+AMP-LIN

AMP-PLOUT+AMP-RIN

EARPHONE-RA

EARPHONE-LA

30RL44

AV1-RIN

R2825K1

R2835K1 AV1-LIN

AV2-LIN

R2865K1

R2875K1 AV2-RIN

R2885K1

R2895K1 DVI-RIN

R2905K1

R2915K1 DVI-LIN

R2925K1

R2935K1 PC-RIN

R2945K1

R2955K1 PC-LIN

AV1_V

AVOUT_R

RXD

C4 47

0P47

0PC

7

AV1_R

AV1_L

C9 47

0P47

0PC

10

C11 47

0P47

0PC

12

PC-L

AV2-L

B06 B06

I_18130_016eps180608

CINCH

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 39TCS10L LA 7

SSB Tuner

AGND

AGND

AGND

AG

ND

AGNDAGND

AGND

AGND

COMMON

IN OUT

VID

EO

NC

1

NC

2

AU

DIO

AG

C

SD

A

TU

MB

GN

D2

SIF

OU

T

GN

D1

NC

3

NC

4

NC

5

SC

L

NC

6

AF

T

CLOSE RO MST IC

R21127R

171 2 6 1110 1412 157 83 4 5 9 13 16

TU1

2

1 3

U15KIA78D05

TUNER_SDA

TUNER_SCL

SIF_OUT

TV_CVBSC

172

01U

33V

B

C

E

Q20

BT3904

TV-SIFPNCR213

10RR220

001UC181

TV-SIFP

R194100R

330R

R19

3R

192

10R

R19

81K

R19

91K

L2722UH

+12V

R20

7 NC

100K

R20

3

2200

PC

200

R209120R

R20610R

C17

4N

C3

30P

NC

330

PC

175

C171220U

16V

L28120R

R20251K

C17

710

0P

C17

615

0P

SDA_EXT

SCL_EXT

C168220U

16V

16V

220UC

169

TV1-VIN-

TV1-VIN+

R21047R

C16

60

01UC16

44U

7

50V

C16

50

01U

C16

70

1U

TUNER_5V

AFT

120RR212

TUNER_5V

TV-SIFM

001UC170

B07 B07

I_18130_017eps180608

TUNER

40TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

SSB Audio Amplifier

PGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

PGND

PGND

AGND

AGND

OUT2+

OUT2-

NC3

IN2

VCC2

NC2

OUT1+

VCC1

IN1

NC1

MUTE

STBY

PW_GND

S_GND

OUT1-

TO SPEAKER

TO SPEAKER

0RR

162

AMP-PROUT-

2

1

H8

15

14

11

12

13

10

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

2

U19

TD

A7266

1

2

3

4

P9

AMP-PLOUT-

L45200R

L46200R

C219220U

16V

27UHL31

C217220U

16V

AMP-LIN

R253NC

01U C209

D3LL4148

C20

610

00P

1U

C211

0022U

C26 1000

PC

204

0022U

C25

C22

470U16V

+5VST

R164100K

R16510K

R16

8N

C

R16

9N

C

R1663K3

3K3R167

10KR244

B

E

CQ15

BT3906

B

C

E

Q16BT3904

C19

5 NC

NC

C19

4

B

C

E

Q24BT3904NC

0RR257

10KR254

E

C

B BT3904Q23

B

C

E

Q22BT3904

R25210K

R255100R

R24310K

2U2C205

R2560R

C2032U2

+12V

AMP-PROUT-

AMP-PROUT+

AMP-PLOUT-

AMP-PLOUT+

POWER-ONOFF

AMP-MUTE

AMP-R

AMP-L

12V-AMP

+12V

AMP-RIN

B08 B08

I_18130_018eps180608

AUDIO AMPLIFIER

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 41TCS10L LA 7

SSB LVDS Interface

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

VCC_PANEL

C246

10U 16V

C245

01U

R277 0NC

+33V

R27

2

0N

C

R275 0NC

RXE4+B0 RXE4-B1

RXE3+B2 RXE3-B3

RXEC+B4 RXEC-B5

RXE2+B6 RXE2-B7

RXE1+G0 RXE1-G1

RXE0+G2 RXE0-G3

RXO4+G4 RXO4-G5

RXO3+G6 RXO3-G7

RXOC+R0 RXOC-R1

RXO2+R2 RXO2-R3

RXO1+R4 RXO1-R5

RXO0+R6 RXO0-R7

1 2

4

6

8

12

14

16

18

20

10

22

24

26

28

3

5

7

9

11

13

15

17

19

21

23

25

27

29 30

32

34

36

38

40

31

33

35

37

39

P10

R276 0NC

R27

3

0N

CR

274

0N

C

B09 B09

I_18130_019eps180608

LVDS INTERFACE Personal Notes

E_06532_012eps131004

42TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout Small Signal Board (Top Side)

I_18130_020eps180608

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 43TCS10L LA 7

Layout Small Signal Board (Bottom Side)

I_18130_021eps180608

44TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Keyboard Control Panel

Layout Keyboard Control Panel (Top Side)

Layout Keyboard Control Panel (Bottom Side)

AGND

AGND AGNDAGND

AGND

R10072K

R10061K5

R10011K2

12 4

3K1001

1

2

3

P1001

KEY0

R1008NC

R10051K2

R1004NC

R10032K

R10021K5

D10

02

HS

5V6B

D10

01H

S5V

6B

12 4

3K1003

12 4

3K1002

12 4

3K1006

12 4

3K1005

12 4

3K1004

KEY1

I_18130_030eps180608

E EKEYBOARD CONTROL PANEL

I_18130_031eps180608

I_18130_032eps180608

Personal Notes

E_06532_012eps131004

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 45TCS10L LA 7

Inverter Panel

1 2

A

B

C

D

4321

D

C

B

A

F1FUSE-1

C2104

C1220uF250V

C3104

R1200

Q1

DTA143

E1

9

E2

10

C2

11

VC

C12

OU

TP

UT

C13

VR

EF

14

A1+

1

A1-

2

CO

MP

3

DT

C4

CT

5

RT

6

GN

D7

C1

8

A2-

15

A2+

16

U1

TL494

R2200

Q32222

C8

223

C7103

R847K

R7120K

C4

104C5104

D1

68V

C9104

D2

1N4148

Q8DTC143

123456

CN1

R20470K

R21

33K

C16

330pF

C15NC

R13100K

R10

68K

R11

68K

R12

15K

C10104

R2627K

C20223

R18560

Q22222

Q62907

R142K

R1622K

R27 10

R28 10

D4

BAW56K

S11

G12

S23

G24

D1 8

D1 7

D2 6

D2 5

U2

4606

C21223

Q42222

Q72907

R152K

R1722K

R29 10

R30 10

D5

BAW56K

S11

G12

S23

G24

D1 8

D1 7

D2 6

D2 5

U3

4606

R19560

C6

105

R231M

Q52N7002

R22

1M

R9

47K

R25

100KR24270K

D6NCBAW56K

D7NCBAW56K

P1

P2

P3

P4

C17225

C18

225

10

1 7

6

T1

T01

10

1 7

6

T2

T01

C2222pF

12

CON1

12

CON2

D9BAV99

R41K

R36820

R32

10KC12104

D8BAV99

R31K

R35820

R31

10KC11104

P2

P1

C2322pF

12

CON3

12

CON4

D11

BAV99

R61K

R38820

R34

10KC14104

D10BAV99

R51K

R37820

R33

10KC13104

P4

P3

VREF

VREF

C19NC

C26

222C27NC

D13BAV99

D15BAV99

C2422pF

C2522pF

C28

222C29NC

C30222 C31

NC

C32

222C33NC

OVP

OVP

OV

P

R602K

R61510K

C38105

Q10

DTA143

Q112222

R6330K

R62 1K

VCC

VCC

P5

P5

R64

1K

C34221

C35 221

C37

221

C39104

C36

221U4A

LM393

U4B

LM393

Vref

D3

1N4148

R65

3K R663K

C41 104

R67

10K

I_18130_033eps180608

I IINVERTER PANEL 19rdquo

46TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout Inverter Panel (Top Side)

Layout Inverter Panel (Bottom Side)

I_18130_034eps190608

I_18130_035eps190608

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 47TCS10L LA 7

IR LED Panel

AGND

AGND

AGNDIRVC

C

GN

D

RW

R20

031K

2

R20

04

1K2

LED1

1

2

3

4

5

CN2001

E

C

B

BC847AQ2001

B

C

E

Q2002

BC847A

2

13

D2001

LED2

G2001

R20024K7

5V16

V10

0UC

2001

5V

IR

IR

C20

03 47P

LED1R2001

4K7

C2002

47P

LED2

I_18130_036eps180608

J JIR amp LED PANELLayout IR LED Panel (Top Side)

Layout IR LED Panel (Bottom Side)

I_18130_037eps180608

I_18130_038eps180608

48TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Personal Notes

E_06532_013eps131004

Alignments EN 49TCS10L LA 8

8 Alignments

Index of this chapter81 Electrical Alignments82 Hardware Alignments

NoteThe Service Modes are described in chapter 5 Menu navigation is done with the CURSOR UP DOWN LEFT or RIGHT keys of the remote control transmitter

81 Electrical Alignments

Perform all electrical adjustments under the following conditionsbull Power supply voltage (depends on region)

ndash AP-NTSC 120 VAC or 230 VAC 50 Hz (plusmn 10)ndash AP-PAL-multi 120 - 230 VAC 50 Hz (plusmn 10)ndash EU 230 VAC 50 Hz (plusmn 10)ndash LATAM-NTSC 120 - 230 VAC 50 Hz (plusmn 10)ndash US 120 VAC 60 Hz (plusmn 10)

bull Connect the set to the mains via an isolation transformer with low internal resistance

bull Allow the set to warm up for approximately 60 minutesbull Measure voltages and waveforms in relation to correct

ground (eg measure audio signals in relation to AUDIO_GND) Caution It is not allowed to use heatsinks as ground

bull Test probe Ri gt 10 MΩ Ci lt 20 pFbull Use an isolated trimmerscrewdriver to perform

alignments

82 Hardware Alignments

Not applicable

821 Aging

Enter TV mode Set warm up status to ldquoOnrdquo Aging time at least 12 minutes

822 ADC Adjustment

The chassis can execute ADC auto-tune in YPbPr amp PC sourcing modes Enter SAM select YPbPr or PC as source then select AUTOTUNE in ADC ADJ press ldquoRight keyrdquo to run waiting for about 5 seconds until ldquoOKrdquo is displayed which means the set finished the ADC adjustment With an YPbPr source use a 100 color bar pattern with a PC source use a 16-scale grey pattern

823 White Balance Adjustment

Adjust the NORMAL WARM COOL temperature in White balance according to company regular Make sure ADC adjustments have done successfully before doing white balance adjustments and use the ldquoNaturalrdquo picture mode White balance adjustment should be performed with three different sources1 AVTVSVIDEO source reunification under the AV

adjustment apply a NTSC-M system signal with 8-scale grey pattern

2 YPbPrHDMI source reunification under the YPbPr adjustment apply an 8-scale grey pattern

3 PC source should adjust single apply a 8-scale grey pattern

If case of manual adjustment please use the WB page in SAMWhile adjusting White Balance do not change White G or Black G only adjust White R White B Black R and Black B

Table 8-1 Color Temperature Setting 19

Table 8-2 Color Temperature Setting 26

Color mode X Y Color Temperature (K)

Normal 296plusmn4 299plusmn4 8000

Warm 314plusmn4 319plusmn4 6500

Cool 289plusmn4 291plusmn4 9000

Color mode X Y Color Temperature (K)

Normal 289plusmn4 291plusmn4 9000

Warm 314plusmn4 319plusmn4 6500

Cool 278plusmn4 278plusmn4 11000

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data SheetsEN 50 TCS10L LA9

9 Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data Sheets

Index of this chapter91 Introduction92 Abbreviation List93 IC Data Sheets

Notes bull Only new circuits (circuits that are not published recently)

are described bull Figures can deviate slightly from the actual situation due

to different set executions

91 Introduction

This chassis uses the MStar MST9U19A main chip with the following features bull Multi-Standard TV decoding with 2-D comb filterbull Multi-Standard TV sound demodulator and decoderbull Triple ADC fro TV and RGBYPbPrbull Integrated DVIHDCPHDMI compliant receiverbull High quality scaling enginebull 3-D video de-interlacer and video noise reductionbull Embedded On Screen Display controllerbull NTSCPALSecam Video decoder with automatic standard

detectionbull CVBS video outputbull Multi standard TV sound decoderbull FM stereo and SAP demodulationbull Digital audio interfacebull Analog RGB Compliant Input Portsbull DVIHDCPHDMI Compliant input portbull Auto tuning function including phasing positioning offset

gain and jitter detectionbull Automatic color correction

The MST9U19A is a high performance and fully integrated IC for multi-function LCD monitorTV with resolutions up to WSXGA (1680 times 1050) It is configured with an integrated triple-ADCPLL an integrated DVIHDCPHDMI receiver a multi standard TV video and audio decoder a video de-interlacer a scaling engine the MStarACE-3 color engine an On Screen Display controller an 8-bit MCU and a built-in output panel interface It also incorporates an intelligent power management control system for green-mode requirements and spread-spectrum support for EMI management

For a block diagram refer to chapter 6 ldquoBlock diagrams Test Point Overviews and Waveformsrdquo

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data Sheets EN 51TCS10L LA 9

92 Abbreviation List

1080i 1080 visible lines interlaced1080p 1080 visible lines progressive scan2CS 2 Carrier Sound2DNR Spatial (2D) Noise Reduction3DNR Temporal (3D) Noise Reduction480i 480 visible lines interlaced480p 480 visible lines progressive scanAARA Automatic Aspect Ratio Adaptation

algorithm that adapts aspect ratio to remove horizontal black bars keeping up the original aspect ratio

ACI Automatic Channel Installation algorithm that installs TV channels directly from a cable network by means of a predefined TXT page

ADC Analogue to Digital ConverterAFC Automatic Frequency Control control

signal used to tune to the correct frequency

AGC Automatic Gain Control algorithm that controls the video input of the feature box

AM Amplitude ModulationAUO Acer Unipack OptronicsAP Asia PacificAR Aspect Ratio 4 by 3 or 16 by 9ASD Automatic Standard DetectionAV Audio VideoB-SC1-IN Blue SCART1 inB-SC2-IN Blue SCART2 inB-TXT Blue teletextBG Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 55 MHzBTSC Broadcast Television System

CommitteeC-FRONT Chrominance front inputCBA Circuit Board Assembly (or PWB)CL Constant Level audio output to

connect with an external amplifierCLUT Color Look Up TableComPair Computer aided rePairCSM Customer Service ModeCVBS Composite Video Blanking and

SynchronizationCVBS-EXT CVBS signal from external source

(VCR VCD etc)CVBS-INT CVBS signal from TunerCVBS-MON CVBS monitor signalCVBS-TER-OUT CVBS terrestrial outDAC Digital to Analogue ConverterDBE Dynamic Bass Enhancement extra

low frequency amplificationDFU Directions For Use owners manualDNR Dynamic Noise ReductionDRAM Dynamic RAMDSP Digital Signal ProcessingDST Dealer Service Tool special

(European) remote control designed for service technicians

DTS Digital Theatre SoundDVD Digital Versatile DiscDVI Digital Visual InterfaceDW Double WindowED Enhanced Definition 480p 576pEEPROM Electrically Erasable and

Programmable Read Only MemoryEU EUropeEXT EXTernal (source) entering the set by

SCART or by cinches (jacks)FBL Fast Blanking DC signal

accompanying RGB signalsFBL-SC1-IN Fast blanking signal for SCART1 in

FBL-SC2-IN Fast blanking signal for SCART2 inFBL-TXT Fast Blanking TeletextFLASH FLASH memoryFM Field Memory Frequency ModulationFMR FM RadioFRC Frame Rate ConverterFRONT-C Front input chrominance (SVHS)FRONT-DETECT Front input detectionFRONT-Y_CVBS Front input luminance or CVBS

(SVHS)FTV Flat TeleVisionG-SC1-IN Green SCART1 inG-SC2-IN Green SCART2 inG-TXT Green teletextH H_sync to the module HD High Definition 720p 1080i 1080pHDMI High Definition Multimedia Interface

digital audio and video interfaceHP Head PhoneI Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 60 MHzI2C Integrated IC busI2S Integrated IC Sound busIC Integrated CircuitIF Intermediate FrequencyInterlaced Scan mode where two fields are used

to form one frame Each field contains half the number of the total amount of lines The fields are written in ldquopairsrdquo causing line flicker

IR Infra RedIRQ Interrupt ReQuestLast Status The settings last chosen by the

customer and read and stored in RAM or in the NVM They are called at start-up of the set to configure it according the customers wishes

LATAM LATin AMericaLC04 Philips chassis name for LCD TV 2004

projectLCD Liquid Crystal DisplayLED Light Emitting DiodeLL Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 65 MHz L is Band I L is all bands except for Band I

LPL LG Philips LCDLS Loud SpeakerLVDS Low Voltage Differential Signalling

data transmission system for high speed and low EMI communication

MN Monochrome TV system Sound carrier distance is 45 MHz

MOSFET Metal Oxide Semiconductor Field Effect Transistor

MPEG Motion Pictures Experts GroupMSP Multi-standard Sound Processor ITT

sound decoderMUTE MUTE LineNAFTA North American Free Trade

Association Trade agreement between Canada USA and Mexico

NC Not ConnectedNICAM Near Instantaneous Compounded

Audio Multiplexing This is a digital sound system used mainly in Europe

NTSC National Television Standard Committee Color system used mainly in North America and Japan Color carrier NTSC MN = 3579545 MHz NTSC 443 = 4433619 MHz (this is a VCR norm it is not transmitted off-air)

NVM Non Volatile Memory IC containing TV related data (for example options)

OC Open CircuitONOFF LED OnOff control signal for the LED

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data SheetsEN 52 TCS10L LA9

OSD On Screen DisplayPAL Phase Alternating Line Color system

used mainly in Western Europe (color carrier = 4433619 MHz) and South America (color carrier PAL M = 3575612 MHz and PAL N = 3582056 MHz)

PC Personal ComputerPCB Printed Circuit Board (or PWB)PDP Plasma Display PanelPIG Picture In GraphicPIP Picture In PicturePLL Phase Locked Loop Used for

example in FST tuning systems The customer can directly provide the desired frequency

Progressive Scan Scan mode where all scan lines are displayed in one frame at the same time creating a double vertical resolution

PWB Printed Wiring Board (or PCB)RAM Random Access MemoryRC Remote Control transmitterRC5 (6) Remote Control system 5 (6) the

signal from the remote control receiver RGB Red Green and Blue The primary

color signals for TV By mixing levels of R G and B all colors (YC) are reproduced

RGBHV Red Green Blue Horizontal sync and Vertical sync

ROM Read Only MemorySAM Service Alignment ModeSC SandCastle two-level pulse derived

from sync signalsSC1-OUT SCART output of the MSP audio ICSC2-B-IN SCART2 Blue inSC2-C-IN SCART2 chrominance inSC2-OUT SCART output of the MSP audio ICSC Short CircuitSCL Clock signal on I2C busSD Standard Definition 480i 576iSDA Data signal on I2C busSDI Samsung Display IndustrySDM Service Default ModeSDRAM Synchronous DRAMSECAM SEequence Couleur Avec Memoire

Color system used mainly in France and Eastern Europe Color carriers = 4406250 MHz and 4250000 MHz

SIF Sound Intermediate FrequencySMPS Switch Mode Power SupplySND SouNDSNDL-SC1-IN Sound left SCART1 inSNDL-SC1-OUT Sound left SCART1 outSNDL-SC2-IN Sound left SCART2 inSNDL-SC2-OUT Sound left SCART2 outSNDR-SC1-IN Sound right SCART1 inSNDR-SC1-OUT Sound right SCART1 outSNDR-SC2-IN Sound right SCART2 outSNDR-SC2-OUT Sound right SCART2 outSNDS-VL-OUT Surround sound left variable level outSNDS-VR-OUT Surround sound right variable level outSOPS Self Oscillating Power SupplySPDIF Sony Philips Digital InterFaceSRAM Static RAMSTBY Stand-bySVHS Super Video Home SystemSW Sub Woofer SoftWareTHD Total Harmonic DistortionTXT TeleteXTuP MicroprocessorVL Variable Level out processed audio

output toward external amplifierVCR Video Cassette Recorder

VGA Video Graphics ArrayWD Watch DogWYSIWYR What You See Is What You Record

record selection that follows main picture and sound

XTAL Quartz crystalYPbPr Component video (Y= Luminance Pb

Pr= Color difference signals B-Y and R-Y other amplitudes wrt to YUV)

YC Video related signals Y consists of luminance signal blanking level and sync C consists of color signal

Y-OUT Luminance-signalYUV Baseband component video (Y=

Luminance UV= Color difference signals)

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data Sheets EN 53TCS10L LA 9

93 IC Data Sheets

This section shows the internal block diagrams and pin layouts of ICs that are drawn as ldquoblack boxesrdquo in the electrical diagrams (with the exception of ldquomemoryrdquo and ldquologicrdquo ICs)

931 Diagram B MST9U19A

Figure 9-1 Pin configuration

Pin 1

123

45

7

9

11

1314

1718

21

23

25

2728

30

32

34

36

39

41

43

6

8

10

12

1516

1920

22

24

26

29

31

33

35

3738

40

42

4445464748

505152

49

53 54 55 56 57 59 61 63 65 66 69 70 73 75 77 79 80 82 84 86 88 91 93 9558 60 62 64 67 68 71 72 74 76 78 81 83 85 87 89 90 92 94 96 97 98 99 100

102

103

104

101

208

207

206

205

204

202

200

198

196

195

192

191

188

186

184

182

181

179

177

175

173

170

168

166

203

201

199

197

194

193

190

189

187

185

183

180

178

176

174

172

171

169

167

165

164

163

162

161

159

158

157

160

156155154

153152

150

148

146

144143

140139

136

134

132

130129

127

125

123

121

118

116

114

151

149

147

145

142141

138137

135

133

131

128

126

124

122

120119

117

115

113112111110109

107106105

108

MST9U19A

XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX

GN

D

AUR1

AUL2

AUL3

AUL1

AUCO

M

AUR2

AUR3

DIGO[8]

GNDAVDD_MEMPLL

PWM3PWM2DIGO[9]

SIF1

MSI

F1P

AVD

D_S

IF

AUO

UTL

AUO

UTR

AUO

UTS

VDD

CG

PIO

F[2]

GPI

OF[

3]G

PIO

F[4]

GPI

OF[

5]G

PIO

F[6]

GPI

OF[

7]G

PIO

F[8]

GPI

OF[

9]G

PIO

F[10

]G

PIO

F[11

]VD

DP

GN

DG

PIO

F[12

]

GPI

OF[

14]

GPI

OF[

15]

GPI

OF[

16]

GPI

OF[

17]

GPI

OF[

18]

GN

D

GPI

OF[

19]

VDD

C

VDD

PG

ND

VDD

PVD

DP

GPI

OF[

13]

GN

D

DIGO[7]

DIGO[5]

DIGO[3]

DIGO[1]

VDDC

VDDPPWM_SENSE

DIGO[6]

DIGO[4]

DIGO[2]

DIGO[0]

GND

PWM_DRVPWM_FBIRININT

PWM1PWM0

GNDVDDPALERDZWRZ

VDDC

GNDVDDP

VDD

PLV

A0M

LVA0

PLV

A1M

LVA1

PLV

A2M

LVA2

PLV

ACKM

LVAC

KPLV

A3M

LVA4

PVD

DP

VDD

CAV

DD

_MPL

L

LVA3

PLV

A4M

GPI

OE[

0]

IHSY

NC

ICLK

DI[

1]D

I[0]

IVYS

NC

GPI

OE[

1]G

PIO

E[2]

GPI

OE[

3]G

ND

VDD

P

AVD

D_M

PLL

XIN

XOU

TH

WR

ESET

GN

D

DI[

7]D

I[6]

DI[

5]D

I[4]

DI[

2]D

I[3]

VDD

C

AUO

UTL

3AU

OU

TR3

RXCKPGND

RX0NRX0P

AVDD_DVIRX1NRX1P

RX2P

REXT

DDCD_CK

VSYNC1

VCLAMP

REFM

BIN1M

GNDRX2N

AVDD_DVI

DDCD_DA

HSYNC1

RMID

REFP

BIN1P

SOGIN1GIN1PGIN1MRIN1PRIN1MBIN0MBIN0PGIN0MGIN0P

SOGIN0RIN0MRIN0P

HSYNC0VSYNC0

RXCKN

AVDD_ADCGND

C1Y1C0Y0

CVBS2CVBS1

VCOM1CVBS0

VCOM0CVBSOUT

GND

VCOM2CVBS3

GN

D

AVD

D_A

UAU

L0AU

R0

AUVR

EFAU

VRAD

PAU

VRAD

N

AUO

UTL

2AU

OU

TR2

AD[7]AD[6]AD[5]AD[4]AD[3]AD[2]AD[1]AD[0]

SDOCSZSDISCK

SAR3

SAR1SAR2

SAR0

DDCA_CK

DDCR_CKDDCA_DA

DDCR_DA

LVB0

MLV

B0P

LVB1

MLV

B1P

LVB2

MLV

B2P

LVBC

KMLV

BCKP

LVB3

M

LVB4

P

LVB3

PLV

B4M

I_18130_008eps200608

Pin Configuration

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data SheetsEN 54 TCS10L LA9

932 Diagram B TDA1308

Figure 9-2 Block diagram and pin configuration

Block diagram

Pinning information

2

1

3

4

8

7

65

INA(neg)

TDA1308(A)OUTA

VSS

VDD

INA(pos)

INB(neg)

INB(pos)

OUTB

TDA1308(A)

VATUO DD

BTUO)gen(ANI

)gen(BNI)sop(ANI

VSS INB(pos)

1

2

3

4

6

5

8

7

I_18130_007eps190608

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data Sheets EN 55TCS10L LA 9

933 Diagram B NCP1377B

Figure 9-3 Block diagram and pin configuration

Block diagram

Pinning information

I_18130_009eps190608

HV

VCC

GND

Demag

4 mA

To InternalSupply

+

+

125 V75 V56 V (Fault)

FaultMngt

PON

5 V+

OVP

+

144

45 usDelay

15 us for B Version

Demag

8 usBlanking

S

SR R

Q

Q

+

3 us forB Version

+minus

Overload

5 usTimeout

TimeReset

Demag

380 nsLEB

1 V3

200 Awhen DRV

is OFF

FB

42 V

Driver src = 20 sink = 10

DrvVCC

CS

+50 mV 10 V Rint

1Dmg 8 HV

7 NC2FB

3CS

4GND

6 VCC

5 Drv

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data SheetsEN 56 TCS10L LA9

934 Diagram B TDA7266

Figure 9-4 Block diagram and pin configuration

1

2

4

Vref

7YB-TS

IN1

022microF

VCC

133

+

-

-

+

OUT1+

OUT1-

15

14

12

6ETUM

IN2

022microF

+

-

-

+

OUT2+

OUT2-

8

9S-GND

PW-GND

470microF 100nF

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

9

10

11

8

NC

NC

S-GND

PW-GND

OUT2+

OUT2-

VCC

IN2

ST-BY

MUTE

NC

IN1

VCCOUT1-

OUT1+

13

14

15

12

I_17950_054eps090508

Block Diagram

Pin Configuration

Spare Parts List amp CTN Overview EN 57TCS10L LA 10

10 Spare Parts List amp CTN OverviewFor the latest spare part overview please consult the Philips Service website

Table 10-1 Sets described in this manual

11 Revision ListManual xxxx xxx xxxx0bull First release

CTN Styling

19PFL340355 MG8

19PFL340377 MG8

19PFL340378 MG8

19PFL340385 MG8

26PFL340385 MG8

  • Content
  • 1 Technical Specifications Connections and Chassis Overview
    • 11 Technical Specifications
      • 111 Vision
      • 112 Sound
      • 113 Miscellaneous
        • 12 Connection Overview
          • Figure 1-1 Rear and side IO connections
          • 121 Rear Connections
            • 1 - HDMI Digital Video Digital Audio - In
              • Figure 1-2 HDMI (type A) connector
                • 2 - VGA AUDIO Mini Jack VGA Audio - In
                • 3 - VGA PC Video RGB - In and Service UART
                  • Figure 1-3 VGA Connector
                    • 4 - Cinch Video YPbPr - In
                    • 5 - AV1 Cinch Video CVBS - In Audio - In
                    • 6 - Aerial - In
                    • 7 - Service Connector (ComPair)
                      • 122 Side connections
                        • 8 - Cinch Video CVBS - In Audio - In
                        • 9 - S-Video (Hosiden) Video YC - In
                        • 10 - Mini Jack Audio Head phone - Out
                            • 13 Chassis Overview
                              • Figure 1-4 PWBCBA locations
                                  • 2 Safety Instructions Warnings and Notes
                                    • 21 Safety Instructions
                                    • 22 Warnings
                                    • 23 Notes
                                      • 231 General
                                      • 232 Schematic Notes
                                      • 233 BGA (Ball Grid Array) ICs
                                        • Introduction
                                        • BGA Temperature Profiles
                                          • 234 Lead-free Soldering
                                          • 235 Alternative BOM identification
                                            • Figure 2-1 Serial number (example)
                                              • 236 Board Level Repair (BLR) or Component Level Repair (CLR)
                                              • 237 Practical Service Precautions
                                                  • 3 Directions for Use
                                                  • 4 Mechanical Instructions
                                                    • 41 Cable Dressing
                                                      • Figure 4-1 Cable dressing (19 model)
                                                      • Figure 4-2 Cable dressing (26 model)
                                                        • 42 Service Positions
                                                          • 421 Foam Bars
                                                            • Figure 4-3 Foam bars
                                                                • 43 AssyPanel Removal
                                                                  • 431 Stand
                                                                    • Figure 4-4 Stand
                                                                      • 432 Rear Cover
                                                                        • Figure 4-5 LVDS release
                                                                        • Figure 4-6 Speaker and IRLED panel cable release
                                                                          • 433 Keyboard Control Board
                                                                            • Figure 4-7 Keyboard control board
                                                                              • 434 IRLED Board and Speakers
                                                                                • Figure 4-8 IRLED Board and Speakers
                                                                                  • 435 Power Supply Board
                                                                                    • Figure 4-9 Power Supply Unit(s)
                                                                                      • 436 Inverter Board (19 and 22 versions)
                                                                                        • Figure 4-10 Inverter Board
                                                                                          • 437 Small Signal Board (SSB)
                                                                                            • Removing the SSB
                                                                                              • Figure 4-11 SSB connector plate
                                                                                              • Figure 4-12 SSB
                                                                                                • 44 Set Re-assembly
                                                                                                  • 5 Service Modes Error Codes and Fault Finding
                                                                                                    • 51 Test Points
                                                                                                    • 52 Service Mode
                                                                                                      • 521 Service Alignment Mode (SAM)
                                                                                                        • How to Enter
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-1 SAM menu
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-2 SAM menu White Balance Normal
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-3 SAM menu White Balance Cool
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-4 SAM menu White Balance Warm
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-5 SAM menu Volume Curve
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-6 SAM menu Picture Curve
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-7 SAM menu Picture Mode Natural
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-8 SAM menu Picture Mode Personal
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-9 SAM menu Picture Mode Rich
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-10 SAM menu Picture Mode Soft
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-11 SAM menu Producting
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-12 SAM menu Country
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-13 SAM menu Setup
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-14 SAM menu Shop Init Do
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-15 SAM menu Clear Code gt
                                                                                                            • How to Exit
                                                                                                            • Factory Mode Descriptions
                                                                                                              • ltTABLEgt
                                                                                                              • Virgin Settings
                                                                                                                • Table 5-1 Country setting
                                                                                                                • Table 5-2 Virgin settings
                                                                                                                  • 522 Customer Service Mode (CSM)
                                                                                                                    • Purpose
                                                                                                                    • How to Activate CSM
                                                                                                                    • Contents of CSM
                                                                                                                      • Figure 5-16 CSM Menu
                                                                                                                        • Menu Explanation
                                                                                                                        • How to Exit
                                                                                                                          • 523 Blinking LED Procedure
                                                                                                                            • 53 Error Codes
                                                                                                                              • ltTABLEgt
                                                                                                                                • 54 Fault Finding
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-17 No Picture No sound no Back light (19 sets)
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-18 Picture OK No sound (19 sets)
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-19 No Picture Back light amp Sound OK (19 and 26 sets)
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-20 No color (19 and 26 sets)
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-21 No Picture No sound no Back light (26 sets)
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-22 Picture OK No sound (26 sets)
                                                                                                                                    • 55 Service Tools
                                                                                                                                      • 551 ComPair
                                                                                                                                        • Introduction
                                                                                                                                        • Specifications
                                                                                                                                        • How to Connect
                                                                                                                                        • How to Order
                                                                                                                                          • Figure 5-23 ComPair II interface connection
                                                                                                                                            • 56 Software Upgrading
                                                                                                                                              • 561 Introduction
                                                                                                                                                  • 6 Block Diagrams Test Point Overview and Waveforms
                                                                                                                                                    • Wiring Diagram of Connector for MS19-PH 19
                                                                                                                                                    • Wiring Diagram of Connector for MS19-PH 26
                                                                                                                                                    • Block Diagram MS19P Chipset
                                                                                                                                                    • I2C overview
                                                                                                                                                      • 7 Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts
                                                                                                                                                        • Main Power Supply (19)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Main Power Supply (19) (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Main Power Supply (19) (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Main Power Supply (26)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Main Power Supply (26) (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Main Power Supply (26) (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Standby Power Supply (26)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Standby Power Supply (26) (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Standby Power Supply (26) (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB Control
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB DC - DC
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB MST9E19A Controller
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB HDMI Interface
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB VGA Interface
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB Cinch
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB Tuner
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB Audio Amplifier
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB LVDS Interface
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Small Signal Board (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Small Signal Board (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Keyboard Control Panel
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Keyboard Control Panel (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Keyboard Control Panel (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Inverter Panel
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Inverter Panel (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Inverter Panel (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • IR LED Panel
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout IR LED Panel (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout IR LED Panel (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                          • 8 Alignments
                                                                                                                                                            • 81 Electrical Alignments
                                                                                                                                                            • 82 Hardware Alignments
                                                                                                                                                              • 821 Aging
                                                                                                                                                              • 822 ADC Adjustment
                                                                                                                                                              • 823 White Balance Adjustment
                                                                                                                                                                • Table 8-1 Color Temperature Setting 19
                                                                                                                                                                • Table 8-2 Color Temperature Setting 26
                                                                                                                                                                  • 9 Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data Sheets
                                                                                                                                                                    • 91 Introduction
                                                                                                                                                                    • 92 Abbreviation List
                                                                                                                                                                    • 93 IC Data Sheets
                                                                                                                                                                      • 931 Diagram B MST9U19A
                                                                                                                                                                        • Figure 9-1 Pin configuration
                                                                                                                                                                          • 932 Diagram B TDA1308
                                                                                                                                                                            • Figure 9-2 Block diagram and pin configuration
                                                                                                                                                                              • 933 Diagram B NCP1377B
                                                                                                                                                                                • Figure 9-3 Block diagram and pin configuration
                                                                                                                                                                                  • 934 Diagram B TDA7266
                                                                                                                                                                                    • Figure 9-4 Block diagram and pin configuration
                                                                                                                                                                                      • 10 Spare Parts List amp CTN Overview
                                                                                                                                                                                        • Table 10-1 Sets described in this manual
                                                                                                                                                                                          • 11 Revision List
Page 16: Philips 19PFL3403-55 TCS1[1].0L_LA

Service Modes Error Codes and Fault FindingEN 16 TCS10L LA5

Virgin SettingsFirst the country should be set according to the following table

Table 5-1 Country setting

Secondly select ldquoSHOP INITrdquo from the SAM menu Wait until finished and then turn ldquoOffrdquo the set Now the set is put back to virgin settings according to the following table

Table 5-2 Virgin settings

522 Customer Service Mode (CSM)

PurposeWhen a customer is having problems with his TV-set he can call his dealer or the Customer Help desk The service technician can then ask the customer to activate the CSM in order to identify the status of the set Now the service technician can judge the severity of the complaint In many cases he can advise the customer how to solve the problem or he can decide if it is necessary to visit the customer The CSM is a read only mode therefore modifications in this mode are not possible

How to Activate CSMKey in the code ldquo123654rdquo via the standard RC transmitter

Contents of CSM

Figure 5-16 CSM Menu

Menu Explanation1 MODEL Type number and region code2 PROD SN Production code will have 14 characters + 2

reserved (total 16 characters)3 SW ID Software cluster and version is displayed (TC =

TCL 1 = Chassis Number 26 = Screen size L = Latam 090 = software version)

4 CODES Error buffer contents5 SIGNAL PRESENT Presence of RF signal6 SYSTEM Color system7 SOUND Sound system (MonoStereoSAP)8 HDCP KEYS Shows Valid or invalid HDCP key when

HDMI connected Else blank9 HDMI INPUT FORMAT Shows the HDMI input format10 HDMI AUDIO INPUT HDMI audio input HDMI audio stream

detection YES = Audio stream detected NO = No Audio (for example when DVI format is used)

How to ExitPress ldquoMENUrdquo on the RC-transmitter

523 Blinking LED Procedure

The software is capable of identifying different kinds of errors Because it is possible that more than one error can occur over time an error buffer is available which is capable of storing the last five errors that occurred This is useful if the OSD is not working properly

Errors can also be displayed by the blinking LED procedure The method is to repeatedly let the front LED pulse with as many pulses as the error code number followed by a period of 15 seconds in which the LED is ldquooffrdquo Then this sequence is repeated

PRODUCTING FACTURY HOT KEY

Short-cut key to enter factory mode setting GO BACK is the short-cut key if it is ldquoONrdquo Do remember to turn this ldquoOFFrdquo when the set is returned to the customer

WARM UP STATUS

Aging Mode setting ldquoONrdquo means snow picture showing instead of blue background if there is no signal input Do remember to turn this ldquoOFFrdquo when the set is returned to the customer

EEPROM INIT EEPROM initialization1 When the first time to turn on the set please enter this menu and initialize it2 Press LeftRight key and waiting for about 5 seconds until ldquoOKrdquo displayed which means the set finishes the initialization3 Switch off AC power4 Power on the set again the EEPROM will be initialized

LOGO Always leave this setting to the value ldquoOFFrdquo

RF AGC RF Automatic Gain Control default at 16

COUNTRY Select the correct country before doing a SHOP INIT because it puts the set in virgin mode

SET UP POWER MODE LAST

This selects the last power on sequence used

POWER MODE STB

This will put the set in Stand-by whenever the power key is used to turn it on The user now has to turn the set on with the remote control

POWER MODE ON

This will turn on the set whenever the power key is used to turn it on

SHOP INIT DO By selecting this the outgoing factory initialization is selected Always perform this at the end of a repair

CLEAR CODE gt Clears the Error codes

CODES Shows the last 5 error codes

PANEL TYPE Shows the panel type (display only)

SW VER Shows the software version

V8- Shows the BOM number

COMPILE TIME Shows the time the software was compiled

CTN suffix Country

55 Other

77 Argentina

78 Brazil

85 Mexico

Setting 55 77 78 85

PQ Smart Mode Rich Rich Rich Rich

AQ Smart Mode Movie Movie Movie Movie

Sleep Off Off Off Off

Time 0000 0000 0000 0000

Start time ---- ---- ---- ----

Stop time ---- ---- ---- ----

Channel 2 2 2 2

Child lock Off Off Off Off

Parental lock Off Off Off Off

Closed caption Off Off Off Off

RF Channel 2 9 4 2

Volume 30 30 30 30

Item Sub-Item Description

Screen ratio 16 9 16 9 16 9 16 9

OSD language Spanish Spanish Portuguese Spanish

Setting 55 77 78 85

I_18130_060eps190608

Service Modes Error Codes and Fault Finding EN 17TCS10L LA 5

Any RC command terminates the sequence Error code LED blinking is in white colorExample the contents of the error buffer is ldquo013 007 000 000 000rdquoAfter entering SDM the following occursbull 1 long blink of 5 seconds to start the sequencebull 1 medium blink of 3 seconds and then 3 short blinks

followed by a pause of 15 secondsbull 7 short blinks followed by a pause of 15 secondsbull 1 long blink of 15 seconds to finish the sequenceThe sequence starts again with 12 short blinks

53 Error Codes

The error code buffer contains all errors detected since the last time the buffer was erased The buffer is written from left to right When an error occurs that is not yet in the error code buffer it is displayed at the left side and all other errors shift one position to the right

Basically there are six kind of errors

54 Fault Finding

Figure 5-17 No Picture No sound no Back light (19 sets)

Code Description Detection method Type

0 no error - -

1 reserved - -

2 5V failure protection

Power down Protection + blinking

3 μP Control I2C-bus Error log + blinking

4 General I2C bus Error

I2C-bus Protection + blinking

5 reserved - -

6 System EEPROM

I2C-bus Protection + blinking

7 Tuner I2C-bus Error log + blinking

8 HDCP EEPROM

I2C-bus Error log + blinking

No Picture no sound no Back light

Fuse F3(3A) OK

Check circuit of +33V+18V(U5U

6U7) OK Replace the bad

components

For P22 Pin 1~4 is +12V_PWamp Pin7~9

of is +5VSTBOK

Replace F3

Check Q17(Pin5- 8)+12V OK

NO

NO

NO

YES

YES

YES

Check DC-DC circuit(U1U2)

NOCheck Q26 circuit amp Replace the bad

componentsYES

Check PSU

I_18130_066eps180608

Service Modes Error Codes and Fault FindingEN 18 TCS10L LA5

Figure 5-18 Picture OK No sound (19 sets)

Figure 5-19 No Picture Back light amp Sound OK (19 and 26 sets)

Picture OK No sound

Check the voltage ofPin 313 of U19is it 12v Check Q17

Check the wave of pin7475 of U8is it

OK

CheckR amp L speaker

Check wave ofAudio input Pin

U8 pin61~69 OK

CheckQ22

No

Check B of Q22 is Low OK

Yes

No

Check Mute Pin6 of U19is it 12V

Yes

Yes

ReplaceU8

Yes

NO

Yes

Check the AMP- MUTE circuit

No

No

YesCheck SIF circuit Pin 7(SIFOUT) of

Tuner TU1

TV source Checkthe AV input

circuit

No

I_18130_068eps180608

No Picture Back light amp Sound OK

Check the output voltage

of U3 12V is it OK

Check LVDS signal waveform

of P10 is OK

Check the Circuit of12V_PANELamp

PANEL_ONOFF

Yes

No

Yes

Is RP2-RP7 ok

No

check the LVDS cable

Replace U8Yes

I_18130_004eps180608

Service Modes Error Codes and Fault Finding EN 19TCS10L LA 5

Figure 5-20 No color (19 and 26 sets)

Figure 5-21 No Picture No sound no Back light (26 sets)

No color

Color system is Right amp another

channel color is right

Dose the TV signal too weak

CheckPin 17(TV-

CVBS) Wave of TU1 OK

ReplaceTU1

ResetTo

Local system

CheckTuner Input

cable amp antenna

Yes NO NO

No YES YES

Fine tune Frequency

I_18130_006eps180608

No Picture No sound no Back light

Check circuit of +33V +18V (U5U

6U7) OK Replace the bad components

For P22 Pin 1~4 is +12V_PW amp Pin7~9

of is +5VSTBOK

NO

NO

YES

Check DC-DC circuit (U1U2)

YES

Check PSU

I_18130_003eps180608

Service Modes Error Codes and Fault FindingEN 20 TCS10L LA5

Figure 5-22 Picture OK No sound (26 sets)

55 Service Tools

551 ComPair

IntroductionComPair (Computer Aided Repair) is a Service tool for Philips Consumer Electronics products and offers the following1 ComPair helps you to quickly get an understanding on how

to repair the chassis in a short and effective way2 ComPair allows very detailed diagnostics and is therefore

capable of accurately indicating problem areas You do not have to know anything about I2C or UART commands yourself because ComPair takes care of this

3 ComPair speeds up the repair time since it can automatically communicate with the chassis (when the uP is working) and all repair information is directly available

4 ComPair features TV software upgrade possibilities

SpecificationsComPair consists of a Windows based fault finding program and an interface box between PC and the (defective) product The (new) ComPair II interface box is connected to the PC via an USB cable For the TV chassis the ComPair interface box and the TV communicate via a bi-directional cable via the service connector(s)

How to ConnectThis is described in the ComPair chassis fault finding database

Caution It is compulsory to connect the TV to the PC as shown in Figure ldquoComPair II interface connectionrdquo (with the ComPair interface in between) as the ComPair interface acts as a level shifter If one connects the TV directly to the PC (via UART) ICs will be blown

How to OrderComPair II order codes

bull ComPair II interface 3122 785 91020bull For SW see Philips service websitebull ComPair UART interface cable 3122 785 75051bull Software Upgrade VGA interface cables 3122 785 90004

and 3122 785 09269

Note If you encounter any problems contact your local support desk

Figure 5-23 ComPair II interface connection

56 Software Upgrading

561 Introduction

Software upgrading can be done by ComPair This allows to replacement of the software image

Picture OK No sound

Check the voltage ofPin 313 of U19is it 12v Check PSU

Check the wave of pin7475 of U8is it

OK

CheckR amp L speaker

Check wave ofAudio input Pin

U8 pin61~69 OK

CheckQ22

No

Check B of Q22 is Low OK

Yes

No

Check Mute Pin6 of U19is it 12V

Yes

Yes

ReplaceU8

Yes

NO

Yes

Check the AMP- MUTE circuit

No

No

YesCheck SIF circuit Pin 7(SIFOUT) of

Tuner TU1

TV source Checkthe AV input

circuit

No

I_18130_005eps180608

E_06532_036eps150208

TOUART SERVICECONNECTOR

TOUART SERVICECONNECTOR

TOI2C SERVICECONNECTOR

TO TV

PC

HDMII2C only

Optional power5V DC

ComPair II Developed by Philips Brugge

RC outRC in

OptionalSwitch

Power ModeLinkActivity I2C

ComPair IIMulti

function

RS232 UART

Block Diagrams Test Point Overview and Waveforms 21TCS10L LA 6

6 Block Diagrams Test Point Overview and Waveforms

Wiring Diagram of Connector for MS19-PH 19

40-PWL20C-PWI1XG POWER BOARD

1

NU

SE

LEC

T

GN

D

GN

D

P4

1 2 3 5 6 74

BL

ON

OF

F

DIM

MIN

G

INV

ER

TE

R_P

WR

12V

INV

ER

TE

R_P

WR

12V

P5

40-0MS19P-MAE2XGMAIN BOARD

AG

ND

1 2 3 5 6 74

KE

Y0

KE

Y1

AG

ND

IR-I

N

LED

1-IN

LED

2-IN

NC

1 2 3 5 6 7 84

+5V

ST

B

+5V

ST

B

GN

D

GN

D

GN

D

INVERTER BOARD

CN

1

GN

D

1 2 3 5 64

INV

ER

T-S

W

DIM

MIN

G

GN

D

INV

ER

TE

R_P

WR

12V

INV

ER

TE

R_P

WR

12V

8+

5VS

TB

GN

D

1 2 3 5 64

GN

D

GN

D

NC5V

-PW

5V-P

W

40-PF3403-IRC1XG IR BOARD

40-PF3403-KEC1XG KEY BOARD

GN

D

LED

1

IR

+5V

ST

B

1 2 3 54LE

D2

KE

Y1

GN

D

KE

Y0

1 2 3

P10

01

CN

2001 1S

P 22

P

9 10

+12

V-P

W

+12

V-P

W

+12

V-P

W

+12

V-P

W

7 8 9 10

+12

V+

12V

+12

V

+12

V

I_18130_061eps190608

22TCS10L LA 6Block Diagrams Test Point Overview and Waveforms

Wiring Diagram of Connector for MS19-PH 26

40-1PL37C-PWF1XG

1

P5

40-0MS19P-MAE2XGMAIN BOARD

AG

ND

1 2 3 5 6 74

KE

Y0

KE

Y1

AG

ND

IR-I

N

LED

1-IN

LED

2-IN

NC

1 2 3 5 6 7 84

NC

NC

GN

D

GN

D

GN

D

40-PWL01B-STE1X

8+

5VS

TB

1 2 3 5 64

12V-

PW

40-PF3403-IRC1XG IR BOARD

40-PF3403-KEC1XGKEY BOARD

GN

D

LED

1

IR

+5V

ST

B

1 2 3 54LE

D2

KE

Y1

GN

D

KE

Y0

1 2 3

P10

01

CN

2001

P4

9 10

+12

V-P

W

+12

V-P

W

+12

V-P

W

+12

V-P

W

7

10

5P 1P

1 2 3

1 2 3

+5S

TB

AG

ND

PW

-ON

OF

F

+5S

TB

AG

ND

PW

-ON

OF

F

11

12 13 14

GN

D

NC

BL-

AD

JUS

T

BL-

ON

OF

F

11

12

13

14

15

16

P22

8 91 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

12 13 14 15 16

12V-

PW

GN

D

GN

D12

V-P

W

12V-

PW

GN

D

NC

GN

D

NC

NC

NC

NC

NC

BL-

AD

JUS

T

BL-

ON

OF

F

I_18130_062eps190608

Block Diagrams Test Point Overview and Waveforms 23TCS10L LA 6

Block Diagram MS19P Chipset

Panel

810-bit LVDS

2MB

HDMI

HDTVVGA

YC

AV2AV1

AV-OUTTVSIF

PCHDTV-RL

AV2-RLAV1-RL

IRKEY0KEY1

GPIO PWM

Serial-FlashSPI

Speake

Earphone

r

MS19P Chipset Block Diagram

Audio out

EEPROM24C32 SDA

SCL

AMP

TDA7266

MST9U19A

24C02

24C02

24C04SDASCL

U19

U9

U13

U12

U11HDCP

EDID

EDID

U10

Z1

SDASCLExternal device

I_18130_063eps190608

24TCS10L LA 6Block Diagrams Test Point Overview and Waveforms

I2C overview

I2C Device Block Diagram

MST9U19A-LF

24C32 24C04

System EEPROM

I2C AddressA0

HDCP EEPROM

I2C AddressA4

SDA SCL SDA SCL

Tuner integratedIF PLL Demodulator

SDA1 SCL1I2C AddressA0

I_18130_064eps190608

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 25TCS10L LA 7

7 Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Main Power Supply (19)

I_18130_022eps180608

A AMAIN POWER SUPPLY 19rdquo

26TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout Main Power Supply (19) (Top Side)

Layout Main Power Supply (19) (Bottom Side)

I_18130_023eps180608

I_18130_065eps190608

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 27TCS10L LA 7

Main Power Supply (26)

I_18130_024eps180608

A1 A1MAIN POWER SUPPLY 26rdquo

28TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout Main Power Supply (26) (Top Side)

I_18130_028eps180608

40-PWL01B-STE1XG

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 29TCS10L LA 7

Layout Main Power Supply (26) (Bottom Side)

I_18130_029eps180608

40-PWL01B-STE1XG

30TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Standby Power Supply (26)

I_18130_025eps200608

A2 A2STANDBY POWER SUPPLY 26rdquo

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 31TCS10L LA 7

Layout Standby Power Supply (26) (Top Side)

40-1PL37C-PWF1XGI_18130_026eps

180608

32TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout Standby Power Supply (26) (Bottom Side)

I_18130_027eps180608

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 33TCS10L LA 7

SSB Control

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGNDAGND

AGND

AGNDAGNDAGND AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

T

T

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

D1B

D1A

G2

G1

S2

D2B

D2A

S1

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

PGND

PGND

PGND

PGND

PGND

AGND

AGND

T

T

T

T

AGND

T

T

BOOT

DRIVE

FB GND

LGATE

PHASE

VCC

UGATE

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

PGND

AGND

AGND

AGNDAGND

AGND

D2B

D2A

G1

G2

S1

D1B

D1A

S2

T

AGND

D1B

D1A

D2B

G2 D2A

S2

G1

S1

09V

18V

For Tuner 33v

L--Prot

Normal--HProtect--L

Back Light Control

Far from DC-DC amp Tuner

Option

When not use DC-DC+5VSTB_L provide

ON-----LOFF-----H

OptionFar from tuner and power supply (NC)

8

7

6

4 5

3

2

1U3

SP8J3

R234

10R

NC

E

C

B

BT3904

Q21

B

C

E

Q32BT3904

R16

19N

C2

618

KR

919

1K

26

10K

B

C

E

Q2

BT3904

R177

NC

C23

00

1U

10K

R18

0

NC

R17

9 0

R1784K7

+12V

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

P4ON-PBACK

ADJ-PWM2

R181910K26

191

K2

6

R10

Z54

BL-ADJUST

1 2

4

6

8

12

14

10

3

5

7

9

11

13

P22

+5V

+5VSTB_L

C22

2

01U

R70R (FOR 26ONLY)

7

8

4

2

3

5

6

1

A04803

Q17

+12V

+12V_PW

+12V_PW

C24

10

01U

BL-ADJUST

+5V

ST

B_L

C14

01U

BL-ONOFF

C22

40

1U

+5VSTB

R24

8N

C

+12V_PW

C220220U

25V

F250A

F150A

47K

R18

2

L8200R

R2413K9

C23

6

1U

C24

3

1U

C244

01U

C242

470U

16V

+5V

ST

B

PRORECT_12V

R29

720

K

+33V

+33V

B

E

CQ31

BT3906R298

NC

+12V

R299

4K7

R301

4K7

R30

010

K

R29

6

4K7

D14 8V

2

B

C

E

Q26BT3904

R3

4K7

B

E

CQ13

BT3906

C64

3 1U

C20A1U

C21

A 1U

NCC

21

R18

147

K

C24

00

01U

R22

330K

33V

+5V

+5V

12V_PANEL

21

P20

01UC

231

NC

C8

01U

C3

01U

L49200R

L47200R

21

P19

01UC

20

5V_PANEL

4K7R15

D11

LL4148

D45LL4148

PW_ONOFF

+5VSTB1

2

3

P1

POWER-ONOFFB

C

E

Q30BT3904

R26610K

GPIO_PROTECT

+5VSTB

R24

70R

D10LL4148

+12V

C201U

SELECT

R20

510

0K

R2041K

D47 33

V

R27

92K

2R

242

2K2

+12V

1

2

3 6

5

8

4

7

U1

RT8110

R50R PROTPW_ONOFF

R2NC

Z58

Z56

B

C

E

Q27BT3904

BL-ONOFF

R12100R

PW_CTRL

Z51

R24

0 0

Z52

Z53

Z60

L530R

L330R

01U

C23

401UC

232

C23

3 1U

R234K7

5V_PANEL

C22

60

1U

L50200R

+5V

C235470U

16V

200RL54

C23

70

1U

L9200R

+5V

R4

10K

R6NC

+12V_INVERTER

B

C

E

Q6BT3904

68K

R37

NCR17

0RR14

16V

470UC

17A

C27

01U

2U2C16

01UC

15

R8

NC

R194K7

R132NC

R143100K

R14K

7

B

C

E

Q14BT3904

R2110K

+12V

D1LL4148

R14210K

+5VSTB

B

C

E

Q3BT3904NC

+12V

C1810U

50V

L6100UH

D5LL4148

B

C

E

Q5SC1815

NCR

24

B

C

E

Q1

BT3904

B

C

E

Q4BT3904

PWM3

SHUT_EEP

200RL56

L55200R

R23

91K

2

R23

8N

C

R235

10R

R23

6N

C

L115UH

R23

322

K

C23

91U

R237

220R

7

8

4

2

3

5

6

1

U2PHKD13N03LT

C23801U

D50LL4148

L53200R

+12V_INVERTER

C22

70

1U

C22

80

1U

L52200R

L51200R

C22

90

1U

L48200R

C22

50

1U

12V_PANEL

L1230R

PANEL-ONOFF

Z59

Z50

PW_ONOFF R26

368

0R

R2618K2

R26010K

R26

710

K

R26

810

K

R26

247

K

R25910K

R25

810

0K

D41LL4148

+12V

R2783K9

TUNER_5V

+5V

40V

C18

70

1U

R2000R

R6390R

R60422K

L6061000UR

C60

40

1U

D61

433

VC63

047

00P

C63

2 270P

C633

01U 50V

L613

1000UH

NC

L6041000UH

100KR

630

NC

C63

6

C63

50

01U

C63

40

1U

C631200P

B

C

E

Q612BC846B

R63147K

12

3

D61

30B

AV

99

33V

+5V

C1

01U

5V_PANEL

+12V_PW

+5VSTB

12V_PANEL

C223

220U25V

+5VSTB

01U

C22

1

+12V

PW_ONOFF

VCC_PANEL

B01 B01

I_18130_011eps180608

CONTROL

34TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

SSB DC - DC

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGNDAGND

GN

DA

DJ

OU

T

VIN

4

OU

T

VIN

AD

JG

ND

VO

UT

VIN

AD

JG

ND

VCC18V FOR MST9E19A

pin36

VDDC for MST9E19A Core

+33V for VDD_MPLL

+33AVDD FOR AVDD_SIF

+33AVDD FOR AVDD_AU

pin6 pin12

+33AVDD for AVDD_HDMI

Vcc33for MST9E19A analog

+33AVDD for AVDDA

33V for AVDDPLL2

Vcc33 for MST9E19A Digital

10RR

31

F330A

+33V

L16100R+5VST

R28NC

23

1

U6

AIC

1084

FM120D8

FM120D6

23

1

U7

KD

1084

AD

2T18

+33V

VDDP

FM120D7

+5VSTB_L

1 2 3

4

U5AS1117-33

L18FB

FBL17

+18V

VDDC

L11

100R

L10100R+33V

L24

100R

FBL23

16V

47UC

37

C67

01U

01UC

62

C61

01U

01UC

60

C59

01U

16V

100UC

53

C48100U

16V

NCR30

R29

0RL41

FB

16V

100UC

33

C31100U

16V

C49 0

1U

01U

C52

01U

C36

C34 0

1U

01U

C42

C58 0

1U16V

47UC

57

C51 0

1U

AVDD_SIF

+33VA

AVDD_AU

+33VA

AVDDA

+33VA

AVDD_MEMPLL

+33VA

C56 0

1U

01U

C552U

2C

54

C47 0

1U

C46 2U

2

L21FB

2U2

C41

FBL19

C50 2U

2

L22FB

FBL20

01U

C452U

2C

44

C39 0

1U

C38 2U

2

AVDD_HDMI

01U

C40

+33VA

01U

C32

C30 0

1U

+33VA

+33VA

VDD_MPLL

+18V

C35100U

16V

C63

01U

01UC

64

C65

01U

01UC

66

01UC

68

C69

01U

01UC

70

C71

01U

01UC

72

C73

01U

+5VST

+5VSTB

FM120D9

B02 B02

I_18130_012eps180608

DC - DC

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 35TCS10L LA 7

SSB MST9E19A Controller

AG

ND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AG

ND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

SDA

SCL

WC

VCC

VSS

E2NC

E1NC

E0NC AGND

VCC

HOLD

SCK

GND SI

WP

SO

CE

SDA

SCL

WC

VCC

VSS

E2NC

E1NC

E0NC

AD

0A

D1

AD

2A

D3

AD

4A

D5

AD

6A

D7

ALE

AUCOM

AUL0

AUL1

AUL2

AUL3

AUOUTL

AUOUTL2

AUOUTL3

AUOUTR

AUOUTR2

AUOUTR3

AUOUTS

AUR0

AUR1

AUR2

AUR3

AUVRADNAUVRADPAUVREF

AV

DD

_AD

C

AV

DD

_AU

AV

DD

_DV

IA

VD

D_D

VI1

AV

DD

_ME

MP

LL

AV

DD

_MP

LLA

VD

D_M

PLL

1

AV

DD

_SIF

BIN0MBIN0P

BIN1MBIN1P

C0

C1

CSZ

CVBS0

CVBS1CVBS2CVBS3

CVBSOUT

DD

CA

_CK

DD

CA

_DA

DDCD_CKDDCD_DA

DD

CR

_CK

DD

CR

_DA

DI0DI1DI2DI3DI4DI5DI6DI7

DIG

O0

DIG

O1

DIG

O2

DIG

O3

DIG

O4

DIG

O5

DIG

O6

DIG

O7

DIG

O8

DIG

O9

GIN0MGIN0P

GIN1MGIN1P

GN

DG

ND

1

GN

D10

GN

D11

GN

D12

GN

D13

GN

D14

GN

D15

GN

D2

GN

D3

GN

D4

GN

D5

GN

D6

GN

D7

GN

D8

GN

D9

GPIOE0LVSYNCGPIOE1LHSYNC

GPIOE2LDEGPIOE3LCK

GPIOF10GPIOF11

GPIOF12GPIOF13GPIOF14GPIOF15GPIOF16GPIOF17GPIOF18GPIOF19

GPIOF2GPIOF3GPIOF4GPIOF5GPIOF6GPIOF7GPIOF8GPIOF9

HSYNC0

HSYNC1

HW

RE

SE

T

ICLK

IHSYNC

INT

IRIN

IVSYNC

LA0MG3LA0PG2LA1MG1LA1PG0LA2MB7LA2PB6

LA3MB3LA3PB2LA4MB1LA4PB0

LACKMB5LACKPB4

LB0MR7LB0PR6LB1MR5LB1PR4LB2MR3LB2PR2

LB3MG7LB3PG6LB4MG5LB4PG4

LBCKMR1LBCKPR0

PW

M0

PW

M1

PW

M2

PW

M3

PWM_DRVPWM_FB

PWM_SENSE

RD

Z

REFMREFP

REXT

RIN0MRIN0P

RIN1MRIN1P

RMID

RX0NRX0PRX1NRX1PRX2NRX2P

RXCKNRXCKP

SA

R0

SA

R1

SA

R2

SA

R3

SCKSDI

SDO

SIF1MSIF1P

SOGIN0

SOGIN1

VCLAMP

VCOM0

VCOM1

VCOM2

VD

DC

VD

DC

1V

DD

C2

VD

DC

3V

DD

C4

VD

DC

5

VD

DP

VD

DP

1V

DD

P2

VD

DP

3V

DD

P4

VD

DP

5V

DD

P6

VD

DP

7V

DD

P8

VD

DP

9

VSYNC0

VSYNC1

WR

Z

XIN

XO

UT

Y0

Y1

AGND

T

T

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

Mode Selection

I2C address at A0

Location Near IC PinLocation Near IC Pin

SST PULL DOWNMSTAR PULL UP

DVI INPUT

VGA INPUT

For TTL output

Audio Output(to Amp) AV Output(Audio)

Debug Port

For Philps debug

HDCP I2C address at A4

VID

EO

INP

UT

HDTV INPUT

C212NC

C7822P

01UC11

2

2U2 C247

C1072U2

01U C114

PW_CTRL

PRORECT_12V

54

72 13

6 8

RP

84K

7

KEY0-IN

LED2-IN

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

P5

POWER-ONOFF

54

72 13

6 8

RP

124K

7

LED1-IN

NC

L43

+5VSTB

4K7

R55

LED2R13

4K7

R584K7

B

C

E

Q9BT3904

1

2

3

4

5

P14

WP

SDA

SCL

+33V

1

2

3

4

P6

10RR41

SHUT_EEP

D4 NC

WP

C20

110

0P

RXD

TXD1

2

3

P2

ZX

Z62

WP

+33V

+33V+5VSTB

RS

20R

RS

3N

C

RS

11K

10K

R32

10K

R42

01UC86

47RR64

NC

R63

R62

NC

R52100R

R51 22

K

R50 22

K

100RR49

100RR40

C83

001

U

001

UC82

R67

0R

001

UC76

2U2C115

R47100R

R45100R

100RR34100R

R33

2U2C104

C1052U2PC-LIN

2U2C106

C1112U2

2U2C110

C11901U

R57 8K

2

8K2

R56

C1092U2

2U2C108

124578

101113141516171819202122232425262728

293031323334353839

404142434445464748495051

5455575859

61626364656667686970717273747576

78798081828384858687

131

132

133

134

125

126

127

128

129

130

155

156

136 3 9 37 52 56 89 99 101

104

106

120

141

152

173

187

204

143

144

145

146

147

148

149

150

153

154

116

117

118

135

124123122121

9796959493929190

139138137

191190189188

185184183182181180179178177176175174171170169168167166165164163162161160

202201200199198197196195

192

194193

207

206

205

36 53 60 105

6 12 157

208

77 98 107

142

158

203

88 100

102

103

119

140

151

159

172

186

115

114

113

112

111

110

109

108

U8

MST9E19A

R54

4K7

R36

22K

100P C79

01UC11

7

C116

01U

R7510K

R38 22

K

C10201U

C89 0

1U

1

3

2

D40

0BA

V99

+5VST

R53

390R

CVBSOUT

LED2

5

6

7

8

4

3

2

1U10

M24C32MN

IR_SYNC

KEY0

LED1

KEY1

WP_FSH

TV1-VIN- VCOM0

AV1-YIN-

AV1-YIN

VCOM2

SV_Y0

R_TX2+

C920047U

C930047U

0047UC94

0047UC96

C970047U

0047UC98

C1010047U

0047UC100

C990047U

SV_C0

TXD

RXD

100P

C20

2

8

7

6

4 5

3

2

1U9

W25X40

+33V

L26 F

B

100RR77

SDA

SCL

SHUT_EEPR76

100R

5

6

7

8

4

3

2

1U11

M24C04MN

SDA

SCL

100RR70

R69100R

+33V

R68

10K

SPI_CZ

SPI_DI

SPI_CK

54

72

1

3 6

8

RP933R

NCR

65R

661K

8

C90 10

0P

R6110R

1KR60

R591K

100P

C91

C95 10

0P

SYS_RST

R391K

B

E

CQ8

BT3906

C8010U

16V

C7447U

16V

R48

1M

Y1

14M

3

22PC84

AVDDA

AVDD_SIF

AVDD_MEMPLL

AVDD_HDMIVDDC VDDP

SDA_EXT

SCL_EXT

+33V

R43

10K

10KR

44

RXE3+B2

RXE4+B0

RXE4-B1

RXE3-B3

RXEC+B4

RXEC-B5

RXE2+B6

RXE2-B7

RXE1+G0

RXE1-G1

RXE0+G2

RXE0-G3

RXO4+G4

RXO4-G5

RXO3+G6

RXO3-G7

RXOC+R0

RXOC-R1

RXO2+R2

RXO2-R3

RXO1+R4

RXO1-R5

RXO0+R6

RXO0-R7

TTL-BLUE2

TTL-BLUE1

TTL-BLUE0

TTL-BLUE3

TTL-BLUE4

TTL-BLUE5

TTL-BLUE6

TTL-BLUE7

TTL-GREEN0

TTL-GREEN1

TTL-GREEN2

TTL-GREEN3

TTL-GREEN4

TTL-GREEN5

TTL-GREEN6

TTL-GREEN7

TTL-RED6

TTL-RED0

TTL-RED1

TTL-RED2

TTL-RED3

TTL-RED4

TTL-RED5

TTL-RED7

54

72

1

3 6

8

RP40R

8

63

1

2 7

4 5

0RRP7

54

72

1

3 6

8

RP60R

8

63

1

2 7

4 5

0RRP3

8

63

1

2 7

4 5

0RRP5

54

72

1

3 6

8

RP20R

SPI_CKSPI_DISPI_CZ

SPI_DO

AMP-MUTE

PANEL-ONOFF

LED1

HPDCTRL

ON-PBACK

863 12

7

45

4K7

RP

13

PWM0

ADJ-PWM2

NCR

85

NCR

82

NCR

80

NCR

79

R84

1K

R83

1K

R81

1K

R78

1K

PWM0

WP_FSH

ADJ-PWM2

PWM3

IR_SYNC

KEY1

KEY0

RXD

TXD

SCL

SDA

DDC-RDX

DDC-TXD

I2C-SCL

I2C-SDA

+33V

54

721 3

68

RP

104K

7

R7410R

10RR73

10RR72

R7110R

AUCOM

16V

10UC

118

AUVRADN

AUVRADP

C11310U

16V

L250

AMP-ROUT

AMP-LOUT

PH-ROUTPH-LOUT

PC-RIN

SIFM

SIFP

01UC103

01U

C88

AUCOM

AUVREFAUVRADPAUVRADN

SIFM

SIFP

TUNER_CVBS

SV_C0

SV_Y0

VCOM2

CVBS2CVBS1

VCOM0

VCOM1

CVBS3

SCG+

SCR+SCR-

SC_SOG

SCG-

SCB-

RIN-

RIN+GIN-

GIN+SOG

BIN-BIN+

01UC85

C8701U

VS_RGBHS_RGB

HDMI_SCLHDMI_SDA

AVDD_HDMI TXCLK-

R_TX2+

R_TX2-G_TX1+

G_TX1-B_TX0+

B_TX0-TXCLK+

AUVREF

PWM3

+33V

VDD_MPLL

AVDD_AU

TV1-VIN+ TUNER_CVBS

VCOM1

AV1-CIN

TV-SIFP

TV-SIFM

HDMI_SCLHDMI_SDA

TXCLK-

R_TX2-G_TX1+

G_TX1-B_TX0+

B_TX0-TXCLK+

VS_RGBHS_RGB

RIN-

RIN+GIN-

GIN+SOG

BIN-BIN+

SCG+

SCR+SCR-

SC_SOG

SCG-SCB+SCB-

AV1-VIN+

AV2-VIN+

AV3-VIN+ CVBS1

CVBS2

CVBS3

SPI_DO

WP_FSH

CVBSOUT

PH-LOUT

PH-ROUTAMP-ROUT AMP-R

AMP-LAMP-LOUTPH-L1OUT

AFT

SCB+

KEY1-IN

+33V

PH-R1OUT

C77

1000

P

E

C

B BT3904Q7

R114K7

+5VSTB

GPIO_PROTECT

+33V

IR-IN

C248

2U2

2U2 C249

C250

2U2

2U2 C251

C252

2U2

DVI-RINDVI-LINAV2-RIN

AV2-LIN

AV1-RINAV1-LIN

B03 B03

I_18130_013eps180608

MST9E19A CONTROLLER

36TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

SSB HDMI Interface

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

SDA

SCL

WC

VCC

VSS

E2NC

E1NC

E0NC

RX2+

GND1

RX2-

RX1+

GND2

RX1-

RX0+

GND3

RX0-

RXC+

GND4

RXC-

NC1

NC2

DDCCLK

DDCDA

GND5

VCC

HPD

AGND

HDMI-RX2-

HDMI-RX1+

+5V

+5V

5

6

43

2

1

U17

PRTR5V0U4D

5

6

43

2

1

U18

PRTR5V0U4D

1KR101

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

P12

01UC

120

5

6

7

8

4

3

2

1U12

M24C02MN

RLZ

5B6

D18

HDMI-DDC-SDA

HDMI-DDC-SCL

HDMI-HPD

HDMI5V

HPDCTRLB

C

E

Q10BT3904

4K7R96

R95

4K7

R1000R

NCR

97

R94

1K

+5V

100RR99

R98100R

12

3

D17

BAT

54C

D19

RLZ

5B6

TXCLK-

TXCLK+

B_TX0-

B_TX0+

G_TX1-

G_TX1+

R_TX2-

R_TX2+

10RR93

R9210R

10RR91

R9010R

10RR89

R8810R

10RR87

R8610R

HDMI_SDA

HDMI_SCL

HDMI-RXC-

HDMI-RXC+

HDMI-RX0+

HDMI-RX0-

HDMI-RX1-

HDMI-RX2+

B04 B04

I_18130_014eps180608

HDMI INTERFACE

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 37TCS10L LA 7

SSB VGA Interface

AGND

AGND

AGND

SDA

SCL

WC

VCC

VSS

E2NC

E1NC

E0NC

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGNDProgram Control

To main chip(when updateit is I2Cwhen debug it is RXTX)

LED2

R12

110

0RR12

010

0R

+33V

RXD

TXD

R170

4K7

1

3

2

D2

100RR144

NCR123

4K7R12

2

75R

R10

9

R10

8 75R

01UC

130

10K

R17

4

75R

R10

7

10K

R17

2

P13-11

R11

8 4K7

4K7

R11

9

PROTECT

VGA5V

VGA-SCL

PROTECT

13

2

D25

1

3

2

D20

C19 N

C

Q182N7002

10RR175

R171NC

R17310R

C12

9 NC

C1270047U

VGA-R+

VGA-G+

VGA-B+

+5VST1

32

D24

1KR115

R1141K

123

D23BAT54C

5

6

7

8

4

3

2

1U13

M24C02MN

R11

74K

7NC

C12

8R11

610

K

6

4

11

14

15

7

12

8

5

13

3

10

9

1

2

16

17

P13

C1230047U

C1241000P

C1210047U

R10510R

10RR104

R10310R

0047UC126

C1250047U

0047UC122

1

3

2

D22

2

3

1

D21

R11347R

47RR111

R11047R

R106330R

HS_RGB

VS_RGB

Q192N7002

B

C

E

Q25BT3904

VGA-HS

VGA-VS

VGA-SDA

RIN+

SOG

BIN-

GIN-

RIN-

BIN+

GIN+

VGA-SDA

VGA-SCL

+5VSTB

+5VSTB

B05 B05

I_18130_015eps180608

VGA INTERFACE

38TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

SSB Cinch

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND AGNDAGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

VDD

OUTB

INB-

VSS INB+

INA+

INA-

OUTA

AGNDAGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

WHITE

RED

YELLOWGREEN

BLUE

RED

WHITE

RED

RED

WHITE

YELLOW

AGND

AGND

AGND

HDTV IN

AV OUTPUT AUDIO AMP

For PCampYPbPr Audio Input(RL)

For Philips Upgrade

S-VIDEO amp AV2 In Side

Earphone Outuput In Side

AV1 In Rear

AV OUTPUT

For DVI Audio Input(35mm Jack)

2

1

3

P17

DVI_R

DVI_L

AV2-V

AV_ROUT

AV2-R

C13 47

0P

12K

R15

2

C17 47

0P

560P

C16

356

0PC

162

3

2

1

4P15

C14

156

0P

PC-R

560P

C14

3C

134

560P

560P

C13

8

2

3

1

D37

NC

C14

256

0P56

0PC

146

C6 10

0P

3

1

2

P11

TXD

3

1

2

P7

PR1

PB1

AVOUT_L

Y1

AVOUT

1

4

2

5

3

6P21

1

2

3

4

5

6P8

8 56 7 9

P15

BUF2

1

3

2

D31

2

3

1

D28

NC

1

3

2

D33

NC

2

3

1

D55

NC

2

3

1

D54

NC

2

3

1

D52

NC

2

3

1

D51

NC

2

3

1

D34

1

3

2

D36

NC

C5 10

0P

13

2

D12

R18

8 75R

R2855K1

R2845K1

R2805K1

R2815K1

L6130R

AV1-CL60

30R

AV1-YL59

30R

75R

R14

9

C19

810

00P

C14

068

0P

680P

C15

5

10RR186

680P

C13

6

OP_VCC2

C13

168

0P

2

3

1

D53

2

3

1

D27

FB

L42

10KR230

12K

R20

1R

197 12

K

R15

9 12K

R15

522

0R

220RR153

75R

R14

0

75R

R13

9

R13

6 75R

75R

R12

8

2U2C188

R14

5 12K

12K

R15

7

12K

R13

5C191

2U2

10K

R15

6R

147 10

K

330R

R14

6

R18510RY1

75RR151

R141

75R

C1452U2

2U2C144

01UC

139

12K

R16

1

AV2-VIN+

CVBSOUT

AV1-CIN

AV1-YIN-

1

3

2

D38

2

3

1

D39

PH-R1OUTR226

10K

AV_LOUT

R22447K

+5V

R22

547

K

C18

347

U

16V

100P

C18

9

33KR

229

C18547U

16V

C18

40

1U

C19

310

0P

R23

233

K

8

7

6

4 5

3

2

1U16

TDA1308T

SCB-

SCG-

SCR-

C1580047U

SCG+

SCR+

SCB+

SC_SOG

PR1

PB1

C1540047U

0047UC153

C1520047U

C1511000P

0047UC159

0047UC156

R19547R

47RR191

R18947R

R18410R

10RR183

R14810R

1

3

2

D35

B

E

CQ11

BT3906C218

10U

16V

B

C

E

Q12BT3904

2

3

1

D32

2

3

1

D30

1

3

2

D29

R13347R

10RR137

R12610R

+5V

AV1-YIN

Y1R176

470R

PH-L1OUT

AV_LOUT

AV_ROUT

AV1-VIN+

L63 30

R

30R

L62

330RR

249

R25

133

0R

C196

033U50V

C197

033U50V

7

654

89

3

1

2

P18

1000

PC

199

AMP-PROUT+AMP-LIN

AMP-PLOUT+AMP-RIN

EARPHONE-RA

EARPHONE-LA

30RL44

AV1-RIN

R2825K1

R2835K1 AV1-LIN

AV2-LIN

R2865K1

R2875K1 AV2-RIN

R2885K1

R2895K1 DVI-RIN

R2905K1

R2915K1 DVI-LIN

R2925K1

R2935K1 PC-RIN

R2945K1

R2955K1 PC-LIN

AV1_V

AVOUT_R

RXD

C4 47

0P47

0PC

7

AV1_R

AV1_L

C9 47

0P47

0PC

10

C11 47

0P47

0PC

12

PC-L

AV2-L

B06 B06

I_18130_016eps180608

CINCH

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 39TCS10L LA 7

SSB Tuner

AGND

AGND

AGND

AG

ND

AGNDAGND

AGND

AGND

COMMON

IN OUT

VID

EO

NC

1

NC

2

AU

DIO

AG

C

SD

A

TU

MB

GN

D2

SIF

OU

T

GN

D1

NC

3

NC

4

NC

5

SC

L

NC

6

AF

T

CLOSE RO MST IC

R21127R

171 2 6 1110 1412 157 83 4 5 9 13 16

TU1

2

1 3

U15KIA78D05

TUNER_SDA

TUNER_SCL

SIF_OUT

TV_CVBSC

172

01U

33V

B

C

E

Q20

BT3904

TV-SIFPNCR213

10RR220

001UC181

TV-SIFP

R194100R

330R

R19

3R

192

10R

R19

81K

R19

91K

L2722UH

+12V

R20

7 NC

100K

R20

3

2200

PC

200

R209120R

R20610R

C17

4N

C3

30P

NC

330

PC

175

C171220U

16V

L28120R

R20251K

C17

710

0P

C17

615

0P

SDA_EXT

SCL_EXT

C168220U

16V

16V

220UC

169

TV1-VIN-

TV1-VIN+

R21047R

C16

60

01UC16

44U

7

50V

C16

50

01U

C16

70

1U

TUNER_5V

AFT

120RR212

TUNER_5V

TV-SIFM

001UC170

B07 B07

I_18130_017eps180608

TUNER

40TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

SSB Audio Amplifier

PGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

PGND

PGND

AGND

AGND

OUT2+

OUT2-

NC3

IN2

VCC2

NC2

OUT1+

VCC1

IN1

NC1

MUTE

STBY

PW_GND

S_GND

OUT1-

TO SPEAKER

TO SPEAKER

0RR

162

AMP-PROUT-

2

1

H8

15

14

11

12

13

10

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

2

U19

TD

A7266

1

2

3

4

P9

AMP-PLOUT-

L45200R

L46200R

C219220U

16V

27UHL31

C217220U

16V

AMP-LIN

R253NC

01U C209

D3LL4148

C20

610

00P

1U

C211

0022U

C26 1000

PC

204

0022U

C25

C22

470U16V

+5VST

R164100K

R16510K

R16

8N

C

R16

9N

C

R1663K3

3K3R167

10KR244

B

E

CQ15

BT3906

B

C

E

Q16BT3904

C19

5 NC

NC

C19

4

B

C

E

Q24BT3904NC

0RR257

10KR254

E

C

B BT3904Q23

B

C

E

Q22BT3904

R25210K

R255100R

R24310K

2U2C205

R2560R

C2032U2

+12V

AMP-PROUT-

AMP-PROUT+

AMP-PLOUT-

AMP-PLOUT+

POWER-ONOFF

AMP-MUTE

AMP-R

AMP-L

12V-AMP

+12V

AMP-RIN

B08 B08

I_18130_018eps180608

AUDIO AMPLIFIER

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 41TCS10L LA 7

SSB LVDS Interface

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

VCC_PANEL

C246

10U 16V

C245

01U

R277 0NC

+33V

R27

2

0N

C

R275 0NC

RXE4+B0 RXE4-B1

RXE3+B2 RXE3-B3

RXEC+B4 RXEC-B5

RXE2+B6 RXE2-B7

RXE1+G0 RXE1-G1

RXE0+G2 RXE0-G3

RXO4+G4 RXO4-G5

RXO3+G6 RXO3-G7

RXOC+R0 RXOC-R1

RXO2+R2 RXO2-R3

RXO1+R4 RXO1-R5

RXO0+R6 RXO0-R7

1 2

4

6

8

12

14

16

18

20

10

22

24

26

28

3

5

7

9

11

13

15

17

19

21

23

25

27

29 30

32

34

36

38

40

31

33

35

37

39

P10

R276 0NC

R27

3

0N

CR

274

0N

C

B09 B09

I_18130_019eps180608

LVDS INTERFACE Personal Notes

E_06532_012eps131004

42TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout Small Signal Board (Top Side)

I_18130_020eps180608

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 43TCS10L LA 7

Layout Small Signal Board (Bottom Side)

I_18130_021eps180608

44TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Keyboard Control Panel

Layout Keyboard Control Panel (Top Side)

Layout Keyboard Control Panel (Bottom Side)

AGND

AGND AGNDAGND

AGND

R10072K

R10061K5

R10011K2

12 4

3K1001

1

2

3

P1001

KEY0

R1008NC

R10051K2

R1004NC

R10032K

R10021K5

D10

02

HS

5V6B

D10

01H

S5V

6B

12 4

3K1003

12 4

3K1002

12 4

3K1006

12 4

3K1005

12 4

3K1004

KEY1

I_18130_030eps180608

E EKEYBOARD CONTROL PANEL

I_18130_031eps180608

I_18130_032eps180608

Personal Notes

E_06532_012eps131004

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 45TCS10L LA 7

Inverter Panel

1 2

A

B

C

D

4321

D

C

B

A

F1FUSE-1

C2104

C1220uF250V

C3104

R1200

Q1

DTA143

E1

9

E2

10

C2

11

VC

C12

OU

TP

UT

C13

VR

EF

14

A1+

1

A1-

2

CO

MP

3

DT

C4

CT

5

RT

6

GN

D7

C1

8

A2-

15

A2+

16

U1

TL494

R2200

Q32222

C8

223

C7103

R847K

R7120K

C4

104C5104

D1

68V

C9104

D2

1N4148

Q8DTC143

123456

CN1

R20470K

R21

33K

C16

330pF

C15NC

R13100K

R10

68K

R11

68K

R12

15K

C10104

R2627K

C20223

R18560

Q22222

Q62907

R142K

R1622K

R27 10

R28 10

D4

BAW56K

S11

G12

S23

G24

D1 8

D1 7

D2 6

D2 5

U2

4606

C21223

Q42222

Q72907

R152K

R1722K

R29 10

R30 10

D5

BAW56K

S11

G12

S23

G24

D1 8

D1 7

D2 6

D2 5

U3

4606

R19560

C6

105

R231M

Q52N7002

R22

1M

R9

47K

R25

100KR24270K

D6NCBAW56K

D7NCBAW56K

P1

P2

P3

P4

C17225

C18

225

10

1 7

6

T1

T01

10

1 7

6

T2

T01

C2222pF

12

CON1

12

CON2

D9BAV99

R41K

R36820

R32

10KC12104

D8BAV99

R31K

R35820

R31

10KC11104

P2

P1

C2322pF

12

CON3

12

CON4

D11

BAV99

R61K

R38820

R34

10KC14104

D10BAV99

R51K

R37820

R33

10KC13104

P4

P3

VREF

VREF

C19NC

C26

222C27NC

D13BAV99

D15BAV99

C2422pF

C2522pF

C28

222C29NC

C30222 C31

NC

C32

222C33NC

OVP

OVP

OV

P

R602K

R61510K

C38105

Q10

DTA143

Q112222

R6330K

R62 1K

VCC

VCC

P5

P5

R64

1K

C34221

C35 221

C37

221

C39104

C36

221U4A

LM393

U4B

LM393

Vref

D3

1N4148

R65

3K R663K

C41 104

R67

10K

I_18130_033eps180608

I IINVERTER PANEL 19rdquo

46TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout Inverter Panel (Top Side)

Layout Inverter Panel (Bottom Side)

I_18130_034eps190608

I_18130_035eps190608

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 47TCS10L LA 7

IR LED Panel

AGND

AGND

AGNDIRVC

C

GN

D

RW

R20

031K

2

R20

04

1K2

LED1

1

2

3

4

5

CN2001

E

C

B

BC847AQ2001

B

C

E

Q2002

BC847A

2

13

D2001

LED2

G2001

R20024K7

5V16

V10

0UC

2001

5V

IR

IR

C20

03 47P

LED1R2001

4K7

C2002

47P

LED2

I_18130_036eps180608

J JIR amp LED PANELLayout IR LED Panel (Top Side)

Layout IR LED Panel (Bottom Side)

I_18130_037eps180608

I_18130_038eps180608

48TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Personal Notes

E_06532_013eps131004

Alignments EN 49TCS10L LA 8

8 Alignments

Index of this chapter81 Electrical Alignments82 Hardware Alignments

NoteThe Service Modes are described in chapter 5 Menu navigation is done with the CURSOR UP DOWN LEFT or RIGHT keys of the remote control transmitter

81 Electrical Alignments

Perform all electrical adjustments under the following conditionsbull Power supply voltage (depends on region)

ndash AP-NTSC 120 VAC or 230 VAC 50 Hz (plusmn 10)ndash AP-PAL-multi 120 - 230 VAC 50 Hz (plusmn 10)ndash EU 230 VAC 50 Hz (plusmn 10)ndash LATAM-NTSC 120 - 230 VAC 50 Hz (plusmn 10)ndash US 120 VAC 60 Hz (plusmn 10)

bull Connect the set to the mains via an isolation transformer with low internal resistance

bull Allow the set to warm up for approximately 60 minutesbull Measure voltages and waveforms in relation to correct

ground (eg measure audio signals in relation to AUDIO_GND) Caution It is not allowed to use heatsinks as ground

bull Test probe Ri gt 10 MΩ Ci lt 20 pFbull Use an isolated trimmerscrewdriver to perform

alignments

82 Hardware Alignments

Not applicable

821 Aging

Enter TV mode Set warm up status to ldquoOnrdquo Aging time at least 12 minutes

822 ADC Adjustment

The chassis can execute ADC auto-tune in YPbPr amp PC sourcing modes Enter SAM select YPbPr or PC as source then select AUTOTUNE in ADC ADJ press ldquoRight keyrdquo to run waiting for about 5 seconds until ldquoOKrdquo is displayed which means the set finished the ADC adjustment With an YPbPr source use a 100 color bar pattern with a PC source use a 16-scale grey pattern

823 White Balance Adjustment

Adjust the NORMAL WARM COOL temperature in White balance according to company regular Make sure ADC adjustments have done successfully before doing white balance adjustments and use the ldquoNaturalrdquo picture mode White balance adjustment should be performed with three different sources1 AVTVSVIDEO source reunification under the AV

adjustment apply a NTSC-M system signal with 8-scale grey pattern

2 YPbPrHDMI source reunification under the YPbPr adjustment apply an 8-scale grey pattern

3 PC source should adjust single apply a 8-scale grey pattern

If case of manual adjustment please use the WB page in SAMWhile adjusting White Balance do not change White G or Black G only adjust White R White B Black R and Black B

Table 8-1 Color Temperature Setting 19

Table 8-2 Color Temperature Setting 26

Color mode X Y Color Temperature (K)

Normal 296plusmn4 299plusmn4 8000

Warm 314plusmn4 319plusmn4 6500

Cool 289plusmn4 291plusmn4 9000

Color mode X Y Color Temperature (K)

Normal 289plusmn4 291plusmn4 9000

Warm 314plusmn4 319plusmn4 6500

Cool 278plusmn4 278plusmn4 11000

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data SheetsEN 50 TCS10L LA9

9 Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data Sheets

Index of this chapter91 Introduction92 Abbreviation List93 IC Data Sheets

Notes bull Only new circuits (circuits that are not published recently)

are described bull Figures can deviate slightly from the actual situation due

to different set executions

91 Introduction

This chassis uses the MStar MST9U19A main chip with the following features bull Multi-Standard TV decoding with 2-D comb filterbull Multi-Standard TV sound demodulator and decoderbull Triple ADC fro TV and RGBYPbPrbull Integrated DVIHDCPHDMI compliant receiverbull High quality scaling enginebull 3-D video de-interlacer and video noise reductionbull Embedded On Screen Display controllerbull NTSCPALSecam Video decoder with automatic standard

detectionbull CVBS video outputbull Multi standard TV sound decoderbull FM stereo and SAP demodulationbull Digital audio interfacebull Analog RGB Compliant Input Portsbull DVIHDCPHDMI Compliant input portbull Auto tuning function including phasing positioning offset

gain and jitter detectionbull Automatic color correction

The MST9U19A is a high performance and fully integrated IC for multi-function LCD monitorTV with resolutions up to WSXGA (1680 times 1050) It is configured with an integrated triple-ADCPLL an integrated DVIHDCPHDMI receiver a multi standard TV video and audio decoder a video de-interlacer a scaling engine the MStarACE-3 color engine an On Screen Display controller an 8-bit MCU and a built-in output panel interface It also incorporates an intelligent power management control system for green-mode requirements and spread-spectrum support for EMI management

For a block diagram refer to chapter 6 ldquoBlock diagrams Test Point Overviews and Waveformsrdquo

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data Sheets EN 51TCS10L LA 9

92 Abbreviation List

1080i 1080 visible lines interlaced1080p 1080 visible lines progressive scan2CS 2 Carrier Sound2DNR Spatial (2D) Noise Reduction3DNR Temporal (3D) Noise Reduction480i 480 visible lines interlaced480p 480 visible lines progressive scanAARA Automatic Aspect Ratio Adaptation

algorithm that adapts aspect ratio to remove horizontal black bars keeping up the original aspect ratio

ACI Automatic Channel Installation algorithm that installs TV channels directly from a cable network by means of a predefined TXT page

ADC Analogue to Digital ConverterAFC Automatic Frequency Control control

signal used to tune to the correct frequency

AGC Automatic Gain Control algorithm that controls the video input of the feature box

AM Amplitude ModulationAUO Acer Unipack OptronicsAP Asia PacificAR Aspect Ratio 4 by 3 or 16 by 9ASD Automatic Standard DetectionAV Audio VideoB-SC1-IN Blue SCART1 inB-SC2-IN Blue SCART2 inB-TXT Blue teletextBG Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 55 MHzBTSC Broadcast Television System

CommitteeC-FRONT Chrominance front inputCBA Circuit Board Assembly (or PWB)CL Constant Level audio output to

connect with an external amplifierCLUT Color Look Up TableComPair Computer aided rePairCSM Customer Service ModeCVBS Composite Video Blanking and

SynchronizationCVBS-EXT CVBS signal from external source

(VCR VCD etc)CVBS-INT CVBS signal from TunerCVBS-MON CVBS monitor signalCVBS-TER-OUT CVBS terrestrial outDAC Digital to Analogue ConverterDBE Dynamic Bass Enhancement extra

low frequency amplificationDFU Directions For Use owners manualDNR Dynamic Noise ReductionDRAM Dynamic RAMDSP Digital Signal ProcessingDST Dealer Service Tool special

(European) remote control designed for service technicians

DTS Digital Theatre SoundDVD Digital Versatile DiscDVI Digital Visual InterfaceDW Double WindowED Enhanced Definition 480p 576pEEPROM Electrically Erasable and

Programmable Read Only MemoryEU EUropeEXT EXTernal (source) entering the set by

SCART or by cinches (jacks)FBL Fast Blanking DC signal

accompanying RGB signalsFBL-SC1-IN Fast blanking signal for SCART1 in

FBL-SC2-IN Fast blanking signal for SCART2 inFBL-TXT Fast Blanking TeletextFLASH FLASH memoryFM Field Memory Frequency ModulationFMR FM RadioFRC Frame Rate ConverterFRONT-C Front input chrominance (SVHS)FRONT-DETECT Front input detectionFRONT-Y_CVBS Front input luminance or CVBS

(SVHS)FTV Flat TeleVisionG-SC1-IN Green SCART1 inG-SC2-IN Green SCART2 inG-TXT Green teletextH H_sync to the module HD High Definition 720p 1080i 1080pHDMI High Definition Multimedia Interface

digital audio and video interfaceHP Head PhoneI Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 60 MHzI2C Integrated IC busI2S Integrated IC Sound busIC Integrated CircuitIF Intermediate FrequencyInterlaced Scan mode where two fields are used

to form one frame Each field contains half the number of the total amount of lines The fields are written in ldquopairsrdquo causing line flicker

IR Infra RedIRQ Interrupt ReQuestLast Status The settings last chosen by the

customer and read and stored in RAM or in the NVM They are called at start-up of the set to configure it according the customers wishes

LATAM LATin AMericaLC04 Philips chassis name for LCD TV 2004

projectLCD Liquid Crystal DisplayLED Light Emitting DiodeLL Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 65 MHz L is Band I L is all bands except for Band I

LPL LG Philips LCDLS Loud SpeakerLVDS Low Voltage Differential Signalling

data transmission system for high speed and low EMI communication

MN Monochrome TV system Sound carrier distance is 45 MHz

MOSFET Metal Oxide Semiconductor Field Effect Transistor

MPEG Motion Pictures Experts GroupMSP Multi-standard Sound Processor ITT

sound decoderMUTE MUTE LineNAFTA North American Free Trade

Association Trade agreement between Canada USA and Mexico

NC Not ConnectedNICAM Near Instantaneous Compounded

Audio Multiplexing This is a digital sound system used mainly in Europe

NTSC National Television Standard Committee Color system used mainly in North America and Japan Color carrier NTSC MN = 3579545 MHz NTSC 443 = 4433619 MHz (this is a VCR norm it is not transmitted off-air)

NVM Non Volatile Memory IC containing TV related data (for example options)

OC Open CircuitONOFF LED OnOff control signal for the LED

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data SheetsEN 52 TCS10L LA9

OSD On Screen DisplayPAL Phase Alternating Line Color system

used mainly in Western Europe (color carrier = 4433619 MHz) and South America (color carrier PAL M = 3575612 MHz and PAL N = 3582056 MHz)

PC Personal ComputerPCB Printed Circuit Board (or PWB)PDP Plasma Display PanelPIG Picture In GraphicPIP Picture In PicturePLL Phase Locked Loop Used for

example in FST tuning systems The customer can directly provide the desired frequency

Progressive Scan Scan mode where all scan lines are displayed in one frame at the same time creating a double vertical resolution

PWB Printed Wiring Board (or PCB)RAM Random Access MemoryRC Remote Control transmitterRC5 (6) Remote Control system 5 (6) the

signal from the remote control receiver RGB Red Green and Blue The primary

color signals for TV By mixing levels of R G and B all colors (YC) are reproduced

RGBHV Red Green Blue Horizontal sync and Vertical sync

ROM Read Only MemorySAM Service Alignment ModeSC SandCastle two-level pulse derived

from sync signalsSC1-OUT SCART output of the MSP audio ICSC2-B-IN SCART2 Blue inSC2-C-IN SCART2 chrominance inSC2-OUT SCART output of the MSP audio ICSC Short CircuitSCL Clock signal on I2C busSD Standard Definition 480i 576iSDA Data signal on I2C busSDI Samsung Display IndustrySDM Service Default ModeSDRAM Synchronous DRAMSECAM SEequence Couleur Avec Memoire

Color system used mainly in France and Eastern Europe Color carriers = 4406250 MHz and 4250000 MHz

SIF Sound Intermediate FrequencySMPS Switch Mode Power SupplySND SouNDSNDL-SC1-IN Sound left SCART1 inSNDL-SC1-OUT Sound left SCART1 outSNDL-SC2-IN Sound left SCART2 inSNDL-SC2-OUT Sound left SCART2 outSNDR-SC1-IN Sound right SCART1 inSNDR-SC1-OUT Sound right SCART1 outSNDR-SC2-IN Sound right SCART2 outSNDR-SC2-OUT Sound right SCART2 outSNDS-VL-OUT Surround sound left variable level outSNDS-VR-OUT Surround sound right variable level outSOPS Self Oscillating Power SupplySPDIF Sony Philips Digital InterFaceSRAM Static RAMSTBY Stand-bySVHS Super Video Home SystemSW Sub Woofer SoftWareTHD Total Harmonic DistortionTXT TeleteXTuP MicroprocessorVL Variable Level out processed audio

output toward external amplifierVCR Video Cassette Recorder

VGA Video Graphics ArrayWD Watch DogWYSIWYR What You See Is What You Record

record selection that follows main picture and sound

XTAL Quartz crystalYPbPr Component video (Y= Luminance Pb

Pr= Color difference signals B-Y and R-Y other amplitudes wrt to YUV)

YC Video related signals Y consists of luminance signal blanking level and sync C consists of color signal

Y-OUT Luminance-signalYUV Baseband component video (Y=

Luminance UV= Color difference signals)

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data Sheets EN 53TCS10L LA 9

93 IC Data Sheets

This section shows the internal block diagrams and pin layouts of ICs that are drawn as ldquoblack boxesrdquo in the electrical diagrams (with the exception of ldquomemoryrdquo and ldquologicrdquo ICs)

931 Diagram B MST9U19A

Figure 9-1 Pin configuration

Pin 1

123

45

7

9

11

1314

1718

21

23

25

2728

30

32

34

36

39

41

43

6

8

10

12

1516

1920

22

24

26

29

31

33

35

3738

40

42

4445464748

505152

49

53 54 55 56 57 59 61 63 65 66 69 70 73 75 77 79 80 82 84 86 88 91 93 9558 60 62 64 67 68 71 72 74 76 78 81 83 85 87 89 90 92 94 96 97 98 99 100

102

103

104

101

208

207

206

205

204

202

200

198

196

195

192

191

188

186

184

182

181

179

177

175

173

170

168

166

203

201

199

197

194

193

190

189

187

185

183

180

178

176

174

172

171

169

167

165

164

163

162

161

159

158

157

160

156155154

153152

150

148

146

144143

140139

136

134

132

130129

127

125

123

121

118

116

114

151

149

147

145

142141

138137

135

133

131

128

126

124

122

120119

117

115

113112111110109

107106105

108

MST9U19A

XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX

GN

D

AUR1

AUL2

AUL3

AUL1

AUCO

M

AUR2

AUR3

DIGO[8]

GNDAVDD_MEMPLL

PWM3PWM2DIGO[9]

SIF1

MSI

F1P

AVD

D_S

IF

AUO

UTL

AUO

UTR

AUO

UTS

VDD

CG

PIO

F[2]

GPI

OF[

3]G

PIO

F[4]

GPI

OF[

5]G

PIO

F[6]

GPI

OF[

7]G

PIO

F[8]

GPI

OF[

9]G

PIO

F[10

]G

PIO

F[11

]VD

DP

GN

DG

PIO

F[12

]

GPI

OF[

14]

GPI

OF[

15]

GPI

OF[

16]

GPI

OF[

17]

GPI

OF[

18]

GN

D

GPI

OF[

19]

VDD

C

VDD

PG

ND

VDD

PVD

DP

GPI

OF[

13]

GN

D

DIGO[7]

DIGO[5]

DIGO[3]

DIGO[1]

VDDC

VDDPPWM_SENSE

DIGO[6]

DIGO[4]

DIGO[2]

DIGO[0]

GND

PWM_DRVPWM_FBIRININT

PWM1PWM0

GNDVDDPALERDZWRZ

VDDC

GNDVDDP

VDD

PLV

A0M

LVA0

PLV

A1M

LVA1

PLV

A2M

LVA2

PLV

ACKM

LVAC

KPLV

A3M

LVA4

PVD

DP

VDD

CAV

DD

_MPL

L

LVA3

PLV

A4M

GPI

OE[

0]

IHSY

NC

ICLK

DI[

1]D

I[0]

IVYS

NC

GPI

OE[

1]G

PIO

E[2]

GPI

OE[

3]G

ND

VDD

P

AVD

D_M

PLL

XIN

XOU

TH

WR

ESET

GN

D

DI[

7]D

I[6]

DI[

5]D

I[4]

DI[

2]D

I[3]

VDD

C

AUO

UTL

3AU

OU

TR3

RXCKPGND

RX0NRX0P

AVDD_DVIRX1NRX1P

RX2P

REXT

DDCD_CK

VSYNC1

VCLAMP

REFM

BIN1M

GNDRX2N

AVDD_DVI

DDCD_DA

HSYNC1

RMID

REFP

BIN1P

SOGIN1GIN1PGIN1MRIN1PRIN1MBIN0MBIN0PGIN0MGIN0P

SOGIN0RIN0MRIN0P

HSYNC0VSYNC0

RXCKN

AVDD_ADCGND

C1Y1C0Y0

CVBS2CVBS1

VCOM1CVBS0

VCOM0CVBSOUT

GND

VCOM2CVBS3

GN

D

AVD

D_A

UAU

L0AU

R0

AUVR

EFAU

VRAD

PAU

VRAD

N

AUO

UTL

2AU

OU

TR2

AD[7]AD[6]AD[5]AD[4]AD[3]AD[2]AD[1]AD[0]

SDOCSZSDISCK

SAR3

SAR1SAR2

SAR0

DDCA_CK

DDCR_CKDDCA_DA

DDCR_DA

LVB0

MLV

B0P

LVB1

MLV

B1P

LVB2

MLV

B2P

LVBC

KMLV

BCKP

LVB3

M

LVB4

P

LVB3

PLV

B4M

I_18130_008eps200608

Pin Configuration

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data SheetsEN 54 TCS10L LA9

932 Diagram B TDA1308

Figure 9-2 Block diagram and pin configuration

Block diagram

Pinning information

2

1

3

4

8

7

65

INA(neg)

TDA1308(A)OUTA

VSS

VDD

INA(pos)

INB(neg)

INB(pos)

OUTB

TDA1308(A)

VATUO DD

BTUO)gen(ANI

)gen(BNI)sop(ANI

VSS INB(pos)

1

2

3

4

6

5

8

7

I_18130_007eps190608

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data Sheets EN 55TCS10L LA 9

933 Diagram B NCP1377B

Figure 9-3 Block diagram and pin configuration

Block diagram

Pinning information

I_18130_009eps190608

HV

VCC

GND

Demag

4 mA

To InternalSupply

+

+

125 V75 V56 V (Fault)

FaultMngt

PON

5 V+

OVP

+

144

45 usDelay

15 us for B Version

Demag

8 usBlanking

S

SR R

Q

Q

+

3 us forB Version

+minus

Overload

5 usTimeout

TimeReset

Demag

380 nsLEB

1 V3

200 Awhen DRV

is OFF

FB

42 V

Driver src = 20 sink = 10

DrvVCC

CS

+50 mV 10 V Rint

1Dmg 8 HV

7 NC2FB

3CS

4GND

6 VCC

5 Drv

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data SheetsEN 56 TCS10L LA9

934 Diagram B TDA7266

Figure 9-4 Block diagram and pin configuration

1

2

4

Vref

7YB-TS

IN1

022microF

VCC

133

+

-

-

+

OUT1+

OUT1-

15

14

12

6ETUM

IN2

022microF

+

-

-

+

OUT2+

OUT2-

8

9S-GND

PW-GND

470microF 100nF

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

9

10

11

8

NC

NC

S-GND

PW-GND

OUT2+

OUT2-

VCC

IN2

ST-BY

MUTE

NC

IN1

VCCOUT1-

OUT1+

13

14

15

12

I_17950_054eps090508

Block Diagram

Pin Configuration

Spare Parts List amp CTN Overview EN 57TCS10L LA 10

10 Spare Parts List amp CTN OverviewFor the latest spare part overview please consult the Philips Service website

Table 10-1 Sets described in this manual

11 Revision ListManual xxxx xxx xxxx0bull First release

CTN Styling

19PFL340355 MG8

19PFL340377 MG8

19PFL340378 MG8

19PFL340385 MG8

26PFL340385 MG8

  • Content
  • 1 Technical Specifications Connections and Chassis Overview
    • 11 Technical Specifications
      • 111 Vision
      • 112 Sound
      • 113 Miscellaneous
        • 12 Connection Overview
          • Figure 1-1 Rear and side IO connections
          • 121 Rear Connections
            • 1 - HDMI Digital Video Digital Audio - In
              • Figure 1-2 HDMI (type A) connector
                • 2 - VGA AUDIO Mini Jack VGA Audio - In
                • 3 - VGA PC Video RGB - In and Service UART
                  • Figure 1-3 VGA Connector
                    • 4 - Cinch Video YPbPr - In
                    • 5 - AV1 Cinch Video CVBS - In Audio - In
                    • 6 - Aerial - In
                    • 7 - Service Connector (ComPair)
                      • 122 Side connections
                        • 8 - Cinch Video CVBS - In Audio - In
                        • 9 - S-Video (Hosiden) Video YC - In
                        • 10 - Mini Jack Audio Head phone - Out
                            • 13 Chassis Overview
                              • Figure 1-4 PWBCBA locations
                                  • 2 Safety Instructions Warnings and Notes
                                    • 21 Safety Instructions
                                    • 22 Warnings
                                    • 23 Notes
                                      • 231 General
                                      • 232 Schematic Notes
                                      • 233 BGA (Ball Grid Array) ICs
                                        • Introduction
                                        • BGA Temperature Profiles
                                          • 234 Lead-free Soldering
                                          • 235 Alternative BOM identification
                                            • Figure 2-1 Serial number (example)
                                              • 236 Board Level Repair (BLR) or Component Level Repair (CLR)
                                              • 237 Practical Service Precautions
                                                  • 3 Directions for Use
                                                  • 4 Mechanical Instructions
                                                    • 41 Cable Dressing
                                                      • Figure 4-1 Cable dressing (19 model)
                                                      • Figure 4-2 Cable dressing (26 model)
                                                        • 42 Service Positions
                                                          • 421 Foam Bars
                                                            • Figure 4-3 Foam bars
                                                                • 43 AssyPanel Removal
                                                                  • 431 Stand
                                                                    • Figure 4-4 Stand
                                                                      • 432 Rear Cover
                                                                        • Figure 4-5 LVDS release
                                                                        • Figure 4-6 Speaker and IRLED panel cable release
                                                                          • 433 Keyboard Control Board
                                                                            • Figure 4-7 Keyboard control board
                                                                              • 434 IRLED Board and Speakers
                                                                                • Figure 4-8 IRLED Board and Speakers
                                                                                  • 435 Power Supply Board
                                                                                    • Figure 4-9 Power Supply Unit(s)
                                                                                      • 436 Inverter Board (19 and 22 versions)
                                                                                        • Figure 4-10 Inverter Board
                                                                                          • 437 Small Signal Board (SSB)
                                                                                            • Removing the SSB
                                                                                              • Figure 4-11 SSB connector plate
                                                                                              • Figure 4-12 SSB
                                                                                                • 44 Set Re-assembly
                                                                                                  • 5 Service Modes Error Codes and Fault Finding
                                                                                                    • 51 Test Points
                                                                                                    • 52 Service Mode
                                                                                                      • 521 Service Alignment Mode (SAM)
                                                                                                        • How to Enter
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-1 SAM menu
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-2 SAM menu White Balance Normal
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-3 SAM menu White Balance Cool
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-4 SAM menu White Balance Warm
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-5 SAM menu Volume Curve
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-6 SAM menu Picture Curve
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-7 SAM menu Picture Mode Natural
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-8 SAM menu Picture Mode Personal
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-9 SAM menu Picture Mode Rich
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-10 SAM menu Picture Mode Soft
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-11 SAM menu Producting
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-12 SAM menu Country
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-13 SAM menu Setup
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-14 SAM menu Shop Init Do
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-15 SAM menu Clear Code gt
                                                                                                            • How to Exit
                                                                                                            • Factory Mode Descriptions
                                                                                                              • ltTABLEgt
                                                                                                              • Virgin Settings
                                                                                                                • Table 5-1 Country setting
                                                                                                                • Table 5-2 Virgin settings
                                                                                                                  • 522 Customer Service Mode (CSM)
                                                                                                                    • Purpose
                                                                                                                    • How to Activate CSM
                                                                                                                    • Contents of CSM
                                                                                                                      • Figure 5-16 CSM Menu
                                                                                                                        • Menu Explanation
                                                                                                                        • How to Exit
                                                                                                                          • 523 Blinking LED Procedure
                                                                                                                            • 53 Error Codes
                                                                                                                              • ltTABLEgt
                                                                                                                                • 54 Fault Finding
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-17 No Picture No sound no Back light (19 sets)
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-18 Picture OK No sound (19 sets)
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-19 No Picture Back light amp Sound OK (19 and 26 sets)
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-20 No color (19 and 26 sets)
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-21 No Picture No sound no Back light (26 sets)
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-22 Picture OK No sound (26 sets)
                                                                                                                                    • 55 Service Tools
                                                                                                                                      • 551 ComPair
                                                                                                                                        • Introduction
                                                                                                                                        • Specifications
                                                                                                                                        • How to Connect
                                                                                                                                        • How to Order
                                                                                                                                          • Figure 5-23 ComPair II interface connection
                                                                                                                                            • 56 Software Upgrading
                                                                                                                                              • 561 Introduction
                                                                                                                                                  • 6 Block Diagrams Test Point Overview and Waveforms
                                                                                                                                                    • Wiring Diagram of Connector for MS19-PH 19
                                                                                                                                                    • Wiring Diagram of Connector for MS19-PH 26
                                                                                                                                                    • Block Diagram MS19P Chipset
                                                                                                                                                    • I2C overview
                                                                                                                                                      • 7 Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts
                                                                                                                                                        • Main Power Supply (19)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Main Power Supply (19) (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Main Power Supply (19) (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Main Power Supply (26)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Main Power Supply (26) (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Main Power Supply (26) (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Standby Power Supply (26)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Standby Power Supply (26) (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Standby Power Supply (26) (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB Control
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB DC - DC
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB MST9E19A Controller
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB HDMI Interface
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB VGA Interface
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB Cinch
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB Tuner
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB Audio Amplifier
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB LVDS Interface
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Small Signal Board (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Small Signal Board (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Keyboard Control Panel
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Keyboard Control Panel (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Keyboard Control Panel (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Inverter Panel
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Inverter Panel (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Inverter Panel (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • IR LED Panel
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout IR LED Panel (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout IR LED Panel (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                          • 8 Alignments
                                                                                                                                                            • 81 Electrical Alignments
                                                                                                                                                            • 82 Hardware Alignments
                                                                                                                                                              • 821 Aging
                                                                                                                                                              • 822 ADC Adjustment
                                                                                                                                                              • 823 White Balance Adjustment
                                                                                                                                                                • Table 8-1 Color Temperature Setting 19
                                                                                                                                                                • Table 8-2 Color Temperature Setting 26
                                                                                                                                                                  • 9 Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data Sheets
                                                                                                                                                                    • 91 Introduction
                                                                                                                                                                    • 92 Abbreviation List
                                                                                                                                                                    • 93 IC Data Sheets
                                                                                                                                                                      • 931 Diagram B MST9U19A
                                                                                                                                                                        • Figure 9-1 Pin configuration
                                                                                                                                                                          • 932 Diagram B TDA1308
                                                                                                                                                                            • Figure 9-2 Block diagram and pin configuration
                                                                                                                                                                              • 933 Diagram B NCP1377B
                                                                                                                                                                                • Figure 9-3 Block diagram and pin configuration
                                                                                                                                                                                  • 934 Diagram B TDA7266
                                                                                                                                                                                    • Figure 9-4 Block diagram and pin configuration
                                                                                                                                                                                      • 10 Spare Parts List amp CTN Overview
                                                                                                                                                                                        • Table 10-1 Sets described in this manual
                                                                                                                                                                                          • 11 Revision List
Page 17: Philips 19PFL3403-55 TCS1[1].0L_LA

Service Modes Error Codes and Fault Finding EN 17TCS10L LA 5

Any RC command terminates the sequence Error code LED blinking is in white colorExample the contents of the error buffer is ldquo013 007 000 000 000rdquoAfter entering SDM the following occursbull 1 long blink of 5 seconds to start the sequencebull 1 medium blink of 3 seconds and then 3 short blinks

followed by a pause of 15 secondsbull 7 short blinks followed by a pause of 15 secondsbull 1 long blink of 15 seconds to finish the sequenceThe sequence starts again with 12 short blinks

53 Error Codes

The error code buffer contains all errors detected since the last time the buffer was erased The buffer is written from left to right When an error occurs that is not yet in the error code buffer it is displayed at the left side and all other errors shift one position to the right

Basically there are six kind of errors

54 Fault Finding

Figure 5-17 No Picture No sound no Back light (19 sets)

Code Description Detection method Type

0 no error - -

1 reserved - -

2 5V failure protection

Power down Protection + blinking

3 μP Control I2C-bus Error log + blinking

4 General I2C bus Error

I2C-bus Protection + blinking

5 reserved - -

6 System EEPROM

I2C-bus Protection + blinking

7 Tuner I2C-bus Error log + blinking

8 HDCP EEPROM

I2C-bus Error log + blinking

No Picture no sound no Back light

Fuse F3(3A) OK

Check circuit of +33V+18V(U5U

6U7) OK Replace the bad

components

For P22 Pin 1~4 is +12V_PWamp Pin7~9

of is +5VSTBOK

Replace F3

Check Q17(Pin5- 8)+12V OK

NO

NO

NO

YES

YES

YES

Check DC-DC circuit(U1U2)

NOCheck Q26 circuit amp Replace the bad

componentsYES

Check PSU

I_18130_066eps180608

Service Modes Error Codes and Fault FindingEN 18 TCS10L LA5

Figure 5-18 Picture OK No sound (19 sets)

Figure 5-19 No Picture Back light amp Sound OK (19 and 26 sets)

Picture OK No sound

Check the voltage ofPin 313 of U19is it 12v Check Q17

Check the wave of pin7475 of U8is it

OK

CheckR amp L speaker

Check wave ofAudio input Pin

U8 pin61~69 OK

CheckQ22

No

Check B of Q22 is Low OK

Yes

No

Check Mute Pin6 of U19is it 12V

Yes

Yes

ReplaceU8

Yes

NO

Yes

Check the AMP- MUTE circuit

No

No

YesCheck SIF circuit Pin 7(SIFOUT) of

Tuner TU1

TV source Checkthe AV input

circuit

No

I_18130_068eps180608

No Picture Back light amp Sound OK

Check the output voltage

of U3 12V is it OK

Check LVDS signal waveform

of P10 is OK

Check the Circuit of12V_PANELamp

PANEL_ONOFF

Yes

No

Yes

Is RP2-RP7 ok

No

check the LVDS cable

Replace U8Yes

I_18130_004eps180608

Service Modes Error Codes and Fault Finding EN 19TCS10L LA 5

Figure 5-20 No color (19 and 26 sets)

Figure 5-21 No Picture No sound no Back light (26 sets)

No color

Color system is Right amp another

channel color is right

Dose the TV signal too weak

CheckPin 17(TV-

CVBS) Wave of TU1 OK

ReplaceTU1

ResetTo

Local system

CheckTuner Input

cable amp antenna

Yes NO NO

No YES YES

Fine tune Frequency

I_18130_006eps180608

No Picture No sound no Back light

Check circuit of +33V +18V (U5U

6U7) OK Replace the bad components

For P22 Pin 1~4 is +12V_PW amp Pin7~9

of is +5VSTBOK

NO

NO

YES

Check DC-DC circuit (U1U2)

YES

Check PSU

I_18130_003eps180608

Service Modes Error Codes and Fault FindingEN 20 TCS10L LA5

Figure 5-22 Picture OK No sound (26 sets)

55 Service Tools

551 ComPair

IntroductionComPair (Computer Aided Repair) is a Service tool for Philips Consumer Electronics products and offers the following1 ComPair helps you to quickly get an understanding on how

to repair the chassis in a short and effective way2 ComPair allows very detailed diagnostics and is therefore

capable of accurately indicating problem areas You do not have to know anything about I2C or UART commands yourself because ComPair takes care of this

3 ComPair speeds up the repair time since it can automatically communicate with the chassis (when the uP is working) and all repair information is directly available

4 ComPair features TV software upgrade possibilities

SpecificationsComPair consists of a Windows based fault finding program and an interface box between PC and the (defective) product The (new) ComPair II interface box is connected to the PC via an USB cable For the TV chassis the ComPair interface box and the TV communicate via a bi-directional cable via the service connector(s)

How to ConnectThis is described in the ComPair chassis fault finding database

Caution It is compulsory to connect the TV to the PC as shown in Figure ldquoComPair II interface connectionrdquo (with the ComPair interface in between) as the ComPair interface acts as a level shifter If one connects the TV directly to the PC (via UART) ICs will be blown

How to OrderComPair II order codes

bull ComPair II interface 3122 785 91020bull For SW see Philips service websitebull ComPair UART interface cable 3122 785 75051bull Software Upgrade VGA interface cables 3122 785 90004

and 3122 785 09269

Note If you encounter any problems contact your local support desk

Figure 5-23 ComPair II interface connection

56 Software Upgrading

561 Introduction

Software upgrading can be done by ComPair This allows to replacement of the software image

Picture OK No sound

Check the voltage ofPin 313 of U19is it 12v Check PSU

Check the wave of pin7475 of U8is it

OK

CheckR amp L speaker

Check wave ofAudio input Pin

U8 pin61~69 OK

CheckQ22

No

Check B of Q22 is Low OK

Yes

No

Check Mute Pin6 of U19is it 12V

Yes

Yes

ReplaceU8

Yes

NO

Yes

Check the AMP- MUTE circuit

No

No

YesCheck SIF circuit Pin 7(SIFOUT) of

Tuner TU1

TV source Checkthe AV input

circuit

No

I_18130_005eps180608

E_06532_036eps150208

TOUART SERVICECONNECTOR

TOUART SERVICECONNECTOR

TOI2C SERVICECONNECTOR

TO TV

PC

HDMII2C only

Optional power5V DC

ComPair II Developed by Philips Brugge

RC outRC in

OptionalSwitch

Power ModeLinkActivity I2C

ComPair IIMulti

function

RS232 UART

Block Diagrams Test Point Overview and Waveforms 21TCS10L LA 6

6 Block Diagrams Test Point Overview and Waveforms

Wiring Diagram of Connector for MS19-PH 19

40-PWL20C-PWI1XG POWER BOARD

1

NU

SE

LEC

T

GN

D

GN

D

P4

1 2 3 5 6 74

BL

ON

OF

F

DIM

MIN

G

INV

ER

TE

R_P

WR

12V

INV

ER

TE

R_P

WR

12V

P5

40-0MS19P-MAE2XGMAIN BOARD

AG

ND

1 2 3 5 6 74

KE

Y0

KE

Y1

AG

ND

IR-I

N

LED

1-IN

LED

2-IN

NC

1 2 3 5 6 7 84

+5V

ST

B

+5V

ST

B

GN

D

GN

D

GN

D

INVERTER BOARD

CN

1

GN

D

1 2 3 5 64

INV

ER

T-S

W

DIM

MIN

G

GN

D

INV

ER

TE

R_P

WR

12V

INV

ER

TE

R_P

WR

12V

8+

5VS

TB

GN

D

1 2 3 5 64

GN

D

GN

D

NC5V

-PW

5V-P

W

40-PF3403-IRC1XG IR BOARD

40-PF3403-KEC1XG KEY BOARD

GN

D

LED

1

IR

+5V

ST

B

1 2 3 54LE

D2

KE

Y1

GN

D

KE

Y0

1 2 3

P10

01

CN

2001 1S

P 22

P

9 10

+12

V-P

W

+12

V-P

W

+12

V-P

W

+12

V-P

W

7 8 9 10

+12

V+

12V

+12

V

+12

V

I_18130_061eps190608

22TCS10L LA 6Block Diagrams Test Point Overview and Waveforms

Wiring Diagram of Connector for MS19-PH 26

40-1PL37C-PWF1XG

1

P5

40-0MS19P-MAE2XGMAIN BOARD

AG

ND

1 2 3 5 6 74

KE

Y0

KE

Y1

AG

ND

IR-I

N

LED

1-IN

LED

2-IN

NC

1 2 3 5 6 7 84

NC

NC

GN

D

GN

D

GN

D

40-PWL01B-STE1X

8+

5VS

TB

1 2 3 5 64

12V-

PW

40-PF3403-IRC1XG IR BOARD

40-PF3403-KEC1XGKEY BOARD

GN

D

LED

1

IR

+5V

ST

B

1 2 3 54LE

D2

KE

Y1

GN

D

KE

Y0

1 2 3

P10

01

CN

2001

P4

9 10

+12

V-P

W

+12

V-P

W

+12

V-P

W

+12

V-P

W

7

10

5P 1P

1 2 3

1 2 3

+5S

TB

AG

ND

PW

-ON

OF

F

+5S

TB

AG

ND

PW

-ON

OF

F

11

12 13 14

GN

D

NC

BL-

AD

JUS

T

BL-

ON

OF

F

11

12

13

14

15

16

P22

8 91 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

12 13 14 15 16

12V-

PW

GN

D

GN

D12

V-P

W

12V-

PW

GN

D

NC

GN

D

NC

NC

NC

NC

NC

BL-

AD

JUS

T

BL-

ON

OF

F

I_18130_062eps190608

Block Diagrams Test Point Overview and Waveforms 23TCS10L LA 6

Block Diagram MS19P Chipset

Panel

810-bit LVDS

2MB

HDMI

HDTVVGA

YC

AV2AV1

AV-OUTTVSIF

PCHDTV-RL

AV2-RLAV1-RL

IRKEY0KEY1

GPIO PWM

Serial-FlashSPI

Speake

Earphone

r

MS19P Chipset Block Diagram

Audio out

EEPROM24C32 SDA

SCL

AMP

TDA7266

MST9U19A

24C02

24C02

24C04SDASCL

U19

U9

U13

U12

U11HDCP

EDID

EDID

U10

Z1

SDASCLExternal device

I_18130_063eps190608

24TCS10L LA 6Block Diagrams Test Point Overview and Waveforms

I2C overview

I2C Device Block Diagram

MST9U19A-LF

24C32 24C04

System EEPROM

I2C AddressA0

HDCP EEPROM

I2C AddressA4

SDA SCL SDA SCL

Tuner integratedIF PLL Demodulator

SDA1 SCL1I2C AddressA0

I_18130_064eps190608

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 25TCS10L LA 7

7 Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Main Power Supply (19)

I_18130_022eps180608

A AMAIN POWER SUPPLY 19rdquo

26TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout Main Power Supply (19) (Top Side)

Layout Main Power Supply (19) (Bottom Side)

I_18130_023eps180608

I_18130_065eps190608

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 27TCS10L LA 7

Main Power Supply (26)

I_18130_024eps180608

A1 A1MAIN POWER SUPPLY 26rdquo

28TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout Main Power Supply (26) (Top Side)

I_18130_028eps180608

40-PWL01B-STE1XG

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 29TCS10L LA 7

Layout Main Power Supply (26) (Bottom Side)

I_18130_029eps180608

40-PWL01B-STE1XG

30TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Standby Power Supply (26)

I_18130_025eps200608

A2 A2STANDBY POWER SUPPLY 26rdquo

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 31TCS10L LA 7

Layout Standby Power Supply (26) (Top Side)

40-1PL37C-PWF1XGI_18130_026eps

180608

32TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout Standby Power Supply (26) (Bottom Side)

I_18130_027eps180608

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 33TCS10L LA 7

SSB Control

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGNDAGND

AGND

AGNDAGNDAGND AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

T

T

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

D1B

D1A

G2

G1

S2

D2B

D2A

S1

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

PGND

PGND

PGND

PGND

PGND

AGND

AGND

T

T

T

T

AGND

T

T

BOOT

DRIVE

FB GND

LGATE

PHASE

VCC

UGATE

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

PGND

AGND

AGND

AGNDAGND

AGND

D2B

D2A

G1

G2

S1

D1B

D1A

S2

T

AGND

D1B

D1A

D2B

G2 D2A

S2

G1

S1

09V

18V

For Tuner 33v

L--Prot

Normal--HProtect--L

Back Light Control

Far from DC-DC amp Tuner

Option

When not use DC-DC+5VSTB_L provide

ON-----LOFF-----H

OptionFar from tuner and power supply (NC)

8

7

6

4 5

3

2

1U3

SP8J3

R234

10R

NC

E

C

B

BT3904

Q21

B

C

E

Q32BT3904

R16

19N

C2

618

KR

919

1K

26

10K

B

C

E

Q2

BT3904

R177

NC

C23

00

1U

10K

R18

0

NC

R17

9 0

R1784K7

+12V

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

P4ON-PBACK

ADJ-PWM2

R181910K26

191

K2

6

R10

Z54

BL-ADJUST

1 2

4

6

8

12

14

10

3

5

7

9

11

13

P22

+5V

+5VSTB_L

C22

2

01U

R70R (FOR 26ONLY)

7

8

4

2

3

5

6

1

A04803

Q17

+12V

+12V_PW

+12V_PW

C24

10

01U

BL-ADJUST

+5V

ST

B_L

C14

01U

BL-ONOFF

C22

40

1U

+5VSTB

R24

8N

C

+12V_PW

C220220U

25V

F250A

F150A

47K

R18

2

L8200R

R2413K9

C23

6

1U

C24

3

1U

C244

01U

C242

470U

16V

+5V

ST

B

PRORECT_12V

R29

720

K

+33V

+33V

B

E

CQ31

BT3906R298

NC

+12V

R299

4K7

R301

4K7

R30

010

K

R29

6

4K7

D14 8V

2

B

C

E

Q26BT3904

R3

4K7

B

E

CQ13

BT3906

C64

3 1U

C20A1U

C21

A 1U

NCC

21

R18

147

K

C24

00

01U

R22

330K

33V

+5V

+5V

12V_PANEL

21

P20

01UC

231

NC

C8

01U

C3

01U

L49200R

L47200R

21

P19

01UC

20

5V_PANEL

4K7R15

D11

LL4148

D45LL4148

PW_ONOFF

+5VSTB1

2

3

P1

POWER-ONOFFB

C

E

Q30BT3904

R26610K

GPIO_PROTECT

+5VSTB

R24

70R

D10LL4148

+12V

C201U

SELECT

R20

510

0K

R2041K

D47 33

V

R27

92K

2R

242

2K2

+12V

1

2

3 6

5

8

4

7

U1

RT8110

R50R PROTPW_ONOFF

R2NC

Z58

Z56

B

C

E

Q27BT3904

BL-ONOFF

R12100R

PW_CTRL

Z51

R24

0 0

Z52

Z53

Z60

L530R

L330R

01U

C23

401UC

232

C23

3 1U

R234K7

5V_PANEL

C22

60

1U

L50200R

+5V

C235470U

16V

200RL54

C23

70

1U

L9200R

+5V

R4

10K

R6NC

+12V_INVERTER

B

C

E

Q6BT3904

68K

R37

NCR17

0RR14

16V

470UC

17A

C27

01U

2U2C16

01UC

15

R8

NC

R194K7

R132NC

R143100K

R14K

7

B

C

E

Q14BT3904

R2110K

+12V

D1LL4148

R14210K

+5VSTB

B

C

E

Q3BT3904NC

+12V

C1810U

50V

L6100UH

D5LL4148

B

C

E

Q5SC1815

NCR

24

B

C

E

Q1

BT3904

B

C

E

Q4BT3904

PWM3

SHUT_EEP

200RL56

L55200R

R23

91K

2

R23

8N

C

R235

10R

R23

6N

C

L115UH

R23

322

K

C23

91U

R237

220R

7

8

4

2

3

5

6

1

U2PHKD13N03LT

C23801U

D50LL4148

L53200R

+12V_INVERTER

C22

70

1U

C22

80

1U

L52200R

L51200R

C22

90

1U

L48200R

C22

50

1U

12V_PANEL

L1230R

PANEL-ONOFF

Z59

Z50

PW_ONOFF R26

368

0R

R2618K2

R26010K

R26

710

K

R26

810

K

R26

247

K

R25910K

R25

810

0K

D41LL4148

+12V

R2783K9

TUNER_5V

+5V

40V

C18

70

1U

R2000R

R6390R

R60422K

L6061000UR

C60

40

1U

D61

433

VC63

047

00P

C63

2 270P

C633

01U 50V

L613

1000UH

NC

L6041000UH

100KR

630

NC

C63

6

C63

50

01U

C63

40

1U

C631200P

B

C

E

Q612BC846B

R63147K

12

3

D61

30B

AV

99

33V

+5V

C1

01U

5V_PANEL

+12V_PW

+5VSTB

12V_PANEL

C223

220U25V

+5VSTB

01U

C22

1

+12V

PW_ONOFF

VCC_PANEL

B01 B01

I_18130_011eps180608

CONTROL

34TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

SSB DC - DC

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGNDAGND

GN

DA

DJ

OU

T

VIN

4

OU

T

VIN

AD

JG

ND

VO

UT

VIN

AD

JG

ND

VCC18V FOR MST9E19A

pin36

VDDC for MST9E19A Core

+33V for VDD_MPLL

+33AVDD FOR AVDD_SIF

+33AVDD FOR AVDD_AU

pin6 pin12

+33AVDD for AVDD_HDMI

Vcc33for MST9E19A analog

+33AVDD for AVDDA

33V for AVDDPLL2

Vcc33 for MST9E19A Digital

10RR

31

F330A

+33V

L16100R+5VST

R28NC

23

1

U6

AIC

1084

FM120D8

FM120D6

23

1

U7

KD

1084

AD

2T18

+33V

VDDP

FM120D7

+5VSTB_L

1 2 3

4

U5AS1117-33

L18FB

FBL17

+18V

VDDC

L11

100R

L10100R+33V

L24

100R

FBL23

16V

47UC

37

C67

01U

01UC

62

C61

01U

01UC

60

C59

01U

16V

100UC

53

C48100U

16V

NCR30

R29

0RL41

FB

16V

100UC

33

C31100U

16V

C49 0

1U

01U

C52

01U

C36

C34 0

1U

01U

C42

C58 0

1U16V

47UC

57

C51 0

1U

AVDD_SIF

+33VA

AVDD_AU

+33VA

AVDDA

+33VA

AVDD_MEMPLL

+33VA

C56 0

1U

01U

C552U

2C

54

C47 0

1U

C46 2U

2

L21FB

2U2

C41

FBL19

C50 2U

2

L22FB

FBL20

01U

C452U

2C

44

C39 0

1U

C38 2U

2

AVDD_HDMI

01U

C40

+33VA

01U

C32

C30 0

1U

+33VA

+33VA

VDD_MPLL

+18V

C35100U

16V

C63

01U

01UC

64

C65

01U

01UC

66

01UC

68

C69

01U

01UC

70

C71

01U

01UC

72

C73

01U

+5VST

+5VSTB

FM120D9

B02 B02

I_18130_012eps180608

DC - DC

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 35TCS10L LA 7

SSB MST9E19A Controller

AG

ND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AG

ND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

SDA

SCL

WC

VCC

VSS

E2NC

E1NC

E0NC AGND

VCC

HOLD

SCK

GND SI

WP

SO

CE

SDA

SCL

WC

VCC

VSS

E2NC

E1NC

E0NC

AD

0A

D1

AD

2A

D3

AD

4A

D5

AD

6A

D7

ALE

AUCOM

AUL0

AUL1

AUL2

AUL3

AUOUTL

AUOUTL2

AUOUTL3

AUOUTR

AUOUTR2

AUOUTR3

AUOUTS

AUR0

AUR1

AUR2

AUR3

AUVRADNAUVRADPAUVREF

AV

DD

_AD

C

AV

DD

_AU

AV

DD

_DV

IA

VD

D_D

VI1

AV

DD

_ME

MP

LL

AV

DD

_MP

LLA

VD

D_M

PLL

1

AV

DD

_SIF

BIN0MBIN0P

BIN1MBIN1P

C0

C1

CSZ

CVBS0

CVBS1CVBS2CVBS3

CVBSOUT

DD

CA

_CK

DD

CA

_DA

DDCD_CKDDCD_DA

DD

CR

_CK

DD

CR

_DA

DI0DI1DI2DI3DI4DI5DI6DI7

DIG

O0

DIG

O1

DIG

O2

DIG

O3

DIG

O4

DIG

O5

DIG

O6

DIG

O7

DIG

O8

DIG

O9

GIN0MGIN0P

GIN1MGIN1P

GN

DG

ND

1

GN

D10

GN

D11

GN

D12

GN

D13

GN

D14

GN

D15

GN

D2

GN

D3

GN

D4

GN

D5

GN

D6

GN

D7

GN

D8

GN

D9

GPIOE0LVSYNCGPIOE1LHSYNC

GPIOE2LDEGPIOE3LCK

GPIOF10GPIOF11

GPIOF12GPIOF13GPIOF14GPIOF15GPIOF16GPIOF17GPIOF18GPIOF19

GPIOF2GPIOF3GPIOF4GPIOF5GPIOF6GPIOF7GPIOF8GPIOF9

HSYNC0

HSYNC1

HW

RE

SE

T

ICLK

IHSYNC

INT

IRIN

IVSYNC

LA0MG3LA0PG2LA1MG1LA1PG0LA2MB7LA2PB6

LA3MB3LA3PB2LA4MB1LA4PB0

LACKMB5LACKPB4

LB0MR7LB0PR6LB1MR5LB1PR4LB2MR3LB2PR2

LB3MG7LB3PG6LB4MG5LB4PG4

LBCKMR1LBCKPR0

PW

M0

PW

M1

PW

M2

PW

M3

PWM_DRVPWM_FB

PWM_SENSE

RD

Z

REFMREFP

REXT

RIN0MRIN0P

RIN1MRIN1P

RMID

RX0NRX0PRX1NRX1PRX2NRX2P

RXCKNRXCKP

SA

R0

SA

R1

SA

R2

SA

R3

SCKSDI

SDO

SIF1MSIF1P

SOGIN0

SOGIN1

VCLAMP

VCOM0

VCOM1

VCOM2

VD

DC

VD

DC

1V

DD

C2

VD

DC

3V

DD

C4

VD

DC

5

VD

DP

VD

DP

1V

DD

P2

VD

DP

3V

DD

P4

VD

DP

5V

DD

P6

VD

DP

7V

DD

P8

VD

DP

9

VSYNC0

VSYNC1

WR

Z

XIN

XO

UT

Y0

Y1

AGND

T

T

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

Mode Selection

I2C address at A0

Location Near IC PinLocation Near IC Pin

SST PULL DOWNMSTAR PULL UP

DVI INPUT

VGA INPUT

For TTL output

Audio Output(to Amp) AV Output(Audio)

Debug Port

For Philps debug

HDCP I2C address at A4

VID

EO

INP

UT

HDTV INPUT

C212NC

C7822P

01UC11

2

2U2 C247

C1072U2

01U C114

PW_CTRL

PRORECT_12V

54

72 13

6 8

RP

84K

7

KEY0-IN

LED2-IN

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

P5

POWER-ONOFF

54

72 13

6 8

RP

124K

7

LED1-IN

NC

L43

+5VSTB

4K7

R55

LED2R13

4K7

R584K7

B

C

E

Q9BT3904

1

2

3

4

5

P14

WP

SDA

SCL

+33V

1

2

3

4

P6

10RR41

SHUT_EEP

D4 NC

WP

C20

110

0P

RXD

TXD1

2

3

P2

ZX

Z62

WP

+33V

+33V+5VSTB

RS

20R

RS

3N

C

RS

11K

10K

R32

10K

R42

01UC86

47RR64

NC

R63

R62

NC

R52100R

R51 22

K

R50 22

K

100RR49

100RR40

C83

001

U

001

UC82

R67

0R

001

UC76

2U2C115

R47100R

R45100R

100RR34100R

R33

2U2C104

C1052U2PC-LIN

2U2C106

C1112U2

2U2C110

C11901U

R57 8K

2

8K2

R56

C1092U2

2U2C108

124578

101113141516171819202122232425262728

293031323334353839

404142434445464748495051

5455575859

61626364656667686970717273747576

78798081828384858687

131

132

133

134

125

126

127

128

129

130

155

156

136 3 9 37 52 56 89 99 101

104

106

120

141

152

173

187

204

143

144

145

146

147

148

149

150

153

154

116

117

118

135

124123122121

9796959493929190

139138137

191190189188

185184183182181180179178177176175174171170169168167166165164163162161160

202201200199198197196195

192

194193

207

206

205

36 53 60 105

6 12 157

208

77 98 107

142

158

203

88 100

102

103

119

140

151

159

172

186

115

114

113

112

111

110

109

108

U8

MST9E19A

R54

4K7

R36

22K

100P C79

01UC11

7

C116

01U

R7510K

R38 22

K

C10201U

C89 0

1U

1

3

2

D40

0BA

V99

+5VST

R53

390R

CVBSOUT

LED2

5

6

7

8

4

3

2

1U10

M24C32MN

IR_SYNC

KEY0

LED1

KEY1

WP_FSH

TV1-VIN- VCOM0

AV1-YIN-

AV1-YIN

VCOM2

SV_Y0

R_TX2+

C920047U

C930047U

0047UC94

0047UC96

C970047U

0047UC98

C1010047U

0047UC100

C990047U

SV_C0

TXD

RXD

100P

C20

2

8

7

6

4 5

3

2

1U9

W25X40

+33V

L26 F

B

100RR77

SDA

SCL

SHUT_EEPR76

100R

5

6

7

8

4

3

2

1U11

M24C04MN

SDA

SCL

100RR70

R69100R

+33V

R68

10K

SPI_CZ

SPI_DI

SPI_CK

54

72

1

3 6

8

RP933R

NCR

65R

661K

8

C90 10

0P

R6110R

1KR60

R591K

100P

C91

C95 10

0P

SYS_RST

R391K

B

E

CQ8

BT3906

C8010U

16V

C7447U

16V

R48

1M

Y1

14M

3

22PC84

AVDDA

AVDD_SIF

AVDD_MEMPLL

AVDD_HDMIVDDC VDDP

SDA_EXT

SCL_EXT

+33V

R43

10K

10KR

44

RXE3+B2

RXE4+B0

RXE4-B1

RXE3-B3

RXEC+B4

RXEC-B5

RXE2+B6

RXE2-B7

RXE1+G0

RXE1-G1

RXE0+G2

RXE0-G3

RXO4+G4

RXO4-G5

RXO3+G6

RXO3-G7

RXOC+R0

RXOC-R1

RXO2+R2

RXO2-R3

RXO1+R4

RXO1-R5

RXO0+R6

RXO0-R7

TTL-BLUE2

TTL-BLUE1

TTL-BLUE0

TTL-BLUE3

TTL-BLUE4

TTL-BLUE5

TTL-BLUE6

TTL-BLUE7

TTL-GREEN0

TTL-GREEN1

TTL-GREEN2

TTL-GREEN3

TTL-GREEN4

TTL-GREEN5

TTL-GREEN6

TTL-GREEN7

TTL-RED6

TTL-RED0

TTL-RED1

TTL-RED2

TTL-RED3

TTL-RED4

TTL-RED5

TTL-RED7

54

72

1

3 6

8

RP40R

8

63

1

2 7

4 5

0RRP7

54

72

1

3 6

8

RP60R

8

63

1

2 7

4 5

0RRP3

8

63

1

2 7

4 5

0RRP5

54

72

1

3 6

8

RP20R

SPI_CKSPI_DISPI_CZ

SPI_DO

AMP-MUTE

PANEL-ONOFF

LED1

HPDCTRL

ON-PBACK

863 12

7

45

4K7

RP

13

PWM0

ADJ-PWM2

NCR

85

NCR

82

NCR

80

NCR

79

R84

1K

R83

1K

R81

1K

R78

1K

PWM0

WP_FSH

ADJ-PWM2

PWM3

IR_SYNC

KEY1

KEY0

RXD

TXD

SCL

SDA

DDC-RDX

DDC-TXD

I2C-SCL

I2C-SDA

+33V

54

721 3

68

RP

104K

7

R7410R

10RR73

10RR72

R7110R

AUCOM

16V

10UC

118

AUVRADN

AUVRADP

C11310U

16V

L250

AMP-ROUT

AMP-LOUT

PH-ROUTPH-LOUT

PC-RIN

SIFM

SIFP

01UC103

01U

C88

AUCOM

AUVREFAUVRADPAUVRADN

SIFM

SIFP

TUNER_CVBS

SV_C0

SV_Y0

VCOM2

CVBS2CVBS1

VCOM0

VCOM1

CVBS3

SCG+

SCR+SCR-

SC_SOG

SCG-

SCB-

RIN-

RIN+GIN-

GIN+SOG

BIN-BIN+

01UC85

C8701U

VS_RGBHS_RGB

HDMI_SCLHDMI_SDA

AVDD_HDMI TXCLK-

R_TX2+

R_TX2-G_TX1+

G_TX1-B_TX0+

B_TX0-TXCLK+

AUVREF

PWM3

+33V

VDD_MPLL

AVDD_AU

TV1-VIN+ TUNER_CVBS

VCOM1

AV1-CIN

TV-SIFP

TV-SIFM

HDMI_SCLHDMI_SDA

TXCLK-

R_TX2-G_TX1+

G_TX1-B_TX0+

B_TX0-TXCLK+

VS_RGBHS_RGB

RIN-

RIN+GIN-

GIN+SOG

BIN-BIN+

SCG+

SCR+SCR-

SC_SOG

SCG-SCB+SCB-

AV1-VIN+

AV2-VIN+

AV3-VIN+ CVBS1

CVBS2

CVBS3

SPI_DO

WP_FSH

CVBSOUT

PH-LOUT

PH-ROUTAMP-ROUT AMP-R

AMP-LAMP-LOUTPH-L1OUT

AFT

SCB+

KEY1-IN

+33V

PH-R1OUT

C77

1000

P

E

C

B BT3904Q7

R114K7

+5VSTB

GPIO_PROTECT

+33V

IR-IN

C248

2U2

2U2 C249

C250

2U2

2U2 C251

C252

2U2

DVI-RINDVI-LINAV2-RIN

AV2-LIN

AV1-RINAV1-LIN

B03 B03

I_18130_013eps180608

MST9E19A CONTROLLER

36TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

SSB HDMI Interface

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

SDA

SCL

WC

VCC

VSS

E2NC

E1NC

E0NC

RX2+

GND1

RX2-

RX1+

GND2

RX1-

RX0+

GND3

RX0-

RXC+

GND4

RXC-

NC1

NC2

DDCCLK

DDCDA

GND5

VCC

HPD

AGND

HDMI-RX2-

HDMI-RX1+

+5V

+5V

5

6

43

2

1

U17

PRTR5V0U4D

5

6

43

2

1

U18

PRTR5V0U4D

1KR101

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

P12

01UC

120

5

6

7

8

4

3

2

1U12

M24C02MN

RLZ

5B6

D18

HDMI-DDC-SDA

HDMI-DDC-SCL

HDMI-HPD

HDMI5V

HPDCTRLB

C

E

Q10BT3904

4K7R96

R95

4K7

R1000R

NCR

97

R94

1K

+5V

100RR99

R98100R

12

3

D17

BAT

54C

D19

RLZ

5B6

TXCLK-

TXCLK+

B_TX0-

B_TX0+

G_TX1-

G_TX1+

R_TX2-

R_TX2+

10RR93

R9210R

10RR91

R9010R

10RR89

R8810R

10RR87

R8610R

HDMI_SDA

HDMI_SCL

HDMI-RXC-

HDMI-RXC+

HDMI-RX0+

HDMI-RX0-

HDMI-RX1-

HDMI-RX2+

B04 B04

I_18130_014eps180608

HDMI INTERFACE

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 37TCS10L LA 7

SSB VGA Interface

AGND

AGND

AGND

SDA

SCL

WC

VCC

VSS

E2NC

E1NC

E0NC

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGNDProgram Control

To main chip(when updateit is I2Cwhen debug it is RXTX)

LED2

R12

110

0RR12

010

0R

+33V

RXD

TXD

R170

4K7

1

3

2

D2

100RR144

NCR123

4K7R12

2

75R

R10

9

R10

8 75R

01UC

130

10K

R17

4

75R

R10

7

10K

R17

2

P13-11

R11

8 4K7

4K7

R11

9

PROTECT

VGA5V

VGA-SCL

PROTECT

13

2

D25

1

3

2

D20

C19 N

C

Q182N7002

10RR175

R171NC

R17310R

C12

9 NC

C1270047U

VGA-R+

VGA-G+

VGA-B+

+5VST1

32

D24

1KR115

R1141K

123

D23BAT54C

5

6

7

8

4

3

2

1U13

M24C02MN

R11

74K

7NC

C12

8R11

610

K

6

4

11

14

15

7

12

8

5

13

3

10

9

1

2

16

17

P13

C1230047U

C1241000P

C1210047U

R10510R

10RR104

R10310R

0047UC126

C1250047U

0047UC122

1

3

2

D22

2

3

1

D21

R11347R

47RR111

R11047R

R106330R

HS_RGB

VS_RGB

Q192N7002

B

C

E

Q25BT3904

VGA-HS

VGA-VS

VGA-SDA

RIN+

SOG

BIN-

GIN-

RIN-

BIN+

GIN+

VGA-SDA

VGA-SCL

+5VSTB

+5VSTB

B05 B05

I_18130_015eps180608

VGA INTERFACE

38TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

SSB Cinch

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND AGNDAGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

VDD

OUTB

INB-

VSS INB+

INA+

INA-

OUTA

AGNDAGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

WHITE

RED

YELLOWGREEN

BLUE

RED

WHITE

RED

RED

WHITE

YELLOW

AGND

AGND

AGND

HDTV IN

AV OUTPUT AUDIO AMP

For PCampYPbPr Audio Input(RL)

For Philips Upgrade

S-VIDEO amp AV2 In Side

Earphone Outuput In Side

AV1 In Rear

AV OUTPUT

For DVI Audio Input(35mm Jack)

2

1

3

P17

DVI_R

DVI_L

AV2-V

AV_ROUT

AV2-R

C13 47

0P

12K

R15

2

C17 47

0P

560P

C16

356

0PC

162

3

2

1

4P15

C14

156

0P

PC-R

560P

C14

3C

134

560P

560P

C13

8

2

3

1

D37

NC

C14

256

0P56

0PC

146

C6 10

0P

3

1

2

P11

TXD

3

1

2

P7

PR1

PB1

AVOUT_L

Y1

AVOUT

1

4

2

5

3

6P21

1

2

3

4

5

6P8

8 56 7 9

P15

BUF2

1

3

2

D31

2

3

1

D28

NC

1

3

2

D33

NC

2

3

1

D55

NC

2

3

1

D54

NC

2

3

1

D52

NC

2

3

1

D51

NC

2

3

1

D34

1

3

2

D36

NC

C5 10

0P

13

2

D12

R18

8 75R

R2855K1

R2845K1

R2805K1

R2815K1

L6130R

AV1-CL60

30R

AV1-YL59

30R

75R

R14

9

C19

810

00P

C14

068

0P

680P

C15

5

10RR186

680P

C13

6

OP_VCC2

C13

168

0P

2

3

1

D53

2

3

1

D27

FB

L42

10KR230

12K

R20

1R

197 12

K

R15

9 12K

R15

522

0R

220RR153

75R

R14

0

75R

R13

9

R13

6 75R

75R

R12

8

2U2C188

R14

5 12K

12K

R15

7

12K

R13

5C191

2U2

10K

R15

6R

147 10

K

330R

R14

6

R18510RY1

75RR151

R141

75R

C1452U2

2U2C144

01UC

139

12K

R16

1

AV2-VIN+

CVBSOUT

AV1-CIN

AV1-YIN-

1

3

2

D38

2

3

1

D39

PH-R1OUTR226

10K

AV_LOUT

R22447K

+5V

R22

547

K

C18

347

U

16V

100P

C18

9

33KR

229

C18547U

16V

C18

40

1U

C19

310

0P

R23

233

K

8

7

6

4 5

3

2

1U16

TDA1308T

SCB-

SCG-

SCR-

C1580047U

SCG+

SCR+

SCB+

SC_SOG

PR1

PB1

C1540047U

0047UC153

C1520047U

C1511000P

0047UC159

0047UC156

R19547R

47RR191

R18947R

R18410R

10RR183

R14810R

1

3

2

D35

B

E

CQ11

BT3906C218

10U

16V

B

C

E

Q12BT3904

2

3

1

D32

2

3

1

D30

1

3

2

D29

R13347R

10RR137

R12610R

+5V

AV1-YIN

Y1R176

470R

PH-L1OUT

AV_LOUT

AV_ROUT

AV1-VIN+

L63 30

R

30R

L62

330RR

249

R25

133

0R

C196

033U50V

C197

033U50V

7

654

89

3

1

2

P18

1000

PC

199

AMP-PROUT+AMP-LIN

AMP-PLOUT+AMP-RIN

EARPHONE-RA

EARPHONE-LA

30RL44

AV1-RIN

R2825K1

R2835K1 AV1-LIN

AV2-LIN

R2865K1

R2875K1 AV2-RIN

R2885K1

R2895K1 DVI-RIN

R2905K1

R2915K1 DVI-LIN

R2925K1

R2935K1 PC-RIN

R2945K1

R2955K1 PC-LIN

AV1_V

AVOUT_R

RXD

C4 47

0P47

0PC

7

AV1_R

AV1_L

C9 47

0P47

0PC

10

C11 47

0P47

0PC

12

PC-L

AV2-L

B06 B06

I_18130_016eps180608

CINCH

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 39TCS10L LA 7

SSB Tuner

AGND

AGND

AGND

AG

ND

AGNDAGND

AGND

AGND

COMMON

IN OUT

VID

EO

NC

1

NC

2

AU

DIO

AG

C

SD

A

TU

MB

GN

D2

SIF

OU

T

GN

D1

NC

3

NC

4

NC

5

SC

L

NC

6

AF

T

CLOSE RO MST IC

R21127R

171 2 6 1110 1412 157 83 4 5 9 13 16

TU1

2

1 3

U15KIA78D05

TUNER_SDA

TUNER_SCL

SIF_OUT

TV_CVBSC

172

01U

33V

B

C

E

Q20

BT3904

TV-SIFPNCR213

10RR220

001UC181

TV-SIFP

R194100R

330R

R19

3R

192

10R

R19

81K

R19

91K

L2722UH

+12V

R20

7 NC

100K

R20

3

2200

PC

200

R209120R

R20610R

C17

4N

C3

30P

NC

330

PC

175

C171220U

16V

L28120R

R20251K

C17

710

0P

C17

615

0P

SDA_EXT

SCL_EXT

C168220U

16V

16V

220UC

169

TV1-VIN-

TV1-VIN+

R21047R

C16

60

01UC16

44U

7

50V

C16

50

01U

C16

70

1U

TUNER_5V

AFT

120RR212

TUNER_5V

TV-SIFM

001UC170

B07 B07

I_18130_017eps180608

TUNER

40TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

SSB Audio Amplifier

PGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

PGND

PGND

AGND

AGND

OUT2+

OUT2-

NC3

IN2

VCC2

NC2

OUT1+

VCC1

IN1

NC1

MUTE

STBY

PW_GND

S_GND

OUT1-

TO SPEAKER

TO SPEAKER

0RR

162

AMP-PROUT-

2

1

H8

15

14

11

12

13

10

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

2

U19

TD

A7266

1

2

3

4

P9

AMP-PLOUT-

L45200R

L46200R

C219220U

16V

27UHL31

C217220U

16V

AMP-LIN

R253NC

01U C209

D3LL4148

C20

610

00P

1U

C211

0022U

C26 1000

PC

204

0022U

C25

C22

470U16V

+5VST

R164100K

R16510K

R16

8N

C

R16

9N

C

R1663K3

3K3R167

10KR244

B

E

CQ15

BT3906

B

C

E

Q16BT3904

C19

5 NC

NC

C19

4

B

C

E

Q24BT3904NC

0RR257

10KR254

E

C

B BT3904Q23

B

C

E

Q22BT3904

R25210K

R255100R

R24310K

2U2C205

R2560R

C2032U2

+12V

AMP-PROUT-

AMP-PROUT+

AMP-PLOUT-

AMP-PLOUT+

POWER-ONOFF

AMP-MUTE

AMP-R

AMP-L

12V-AMP

+12V

AMP-RIN

B08 B08

I_18130_018eps180608

AUDIO AMPLIFIER

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 41TCS10L LA 7

SSB LVDS Interface

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

VCC_PANEL

C246

10U 16V

C245

01U

R277 0NC

+33V

R27

2

0N

C

R275 0NC

RXE4+B0 RXE4-B1

RXE3+B2 RXE3-B3

RXEC+B4 RXEC-B5

RXE2+B6 RXE2-B7

RXE1+G0 RXE1-G1

RXE0+G2 RXE0-G3

RXO4+G4 RXO4-G5

RXO3+G6 RXO3-G7

RXOC+R0 RXOC-R1

RXO2+R2 RXO2-R3

RXO1+R4 RXO1-R5

RXO0+R6 RXO0-R7

1 2

4

6

8

12

14

16

18

20

10

22

24

26

28

3

5

7

9

11

13

15

17

19

21

23

25

27

29 30

32

34

36

38

40

31

33

35

37

39

P10

R276 0NC

R27

3

0N

CR

274

0N

C

B09 B09

I_18130_019eps180608

LVDS INTERFACE Personal Notes

E_06532_012eps131004

42TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout Small Signal Board (Top Side)

I_18130_020eps180608

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 43TCS10L LA 7

Layout Small Signal Board (Bottom Side)

I_18130_021eps180608

44TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Keyboard Control Panel

Layout Keyboard Control Panel (Top Side)

Layout Keyboard Control Panel (Bottom Side)

AGND

AGND AGNDAGND

AGND

R10072K

R10061K5

R10011K2

12 4

3K1001

1

2

3

P1001

KEY0

R1008NC

R10051K2

R1004NC

R10032K

R10021K5

D10

02

HS

5V6B

D10

01H

S5V

6B

12 4

3K1003

12 4

3K1002

12 4

3K1006

12 4

3K1005

12 4

3K1004

KEY1

I_18130_030eps180608

E EKEYBOARD CONTROL PANEL

I_18130_031eps180608

I_18130_032eps180608

Personal Notes

E_06532_012eps131004

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 45TCS10L LA 7

Inverter Panel

1 2

A

B

C

D

4321

D

C

B

A

F1FUSE-1

C2104

C1220uF250V

C3104

R1200

Q1

DTA143

E1

9

E2

10

C2

11

VC

C12

OU

TP

UT

C13

VR

EF

14

A1+

1

A1-

2

CO

MP

3

DT

C4

CT

5

RT

6

GN

D7

C1

8

A2-

15

A2+

16

U1

TL494

R2200

Q32222

C8

223

C7103

R847K

R7120K

C4

104C5104

D1

68V

C9104

D2

1N4148

Q8DTC143

123456

CN1

R20470K

R21

33K

C16

330pF

C15NC

R13100K

R10

68K

R11

68K

R12

15K

C10104

R2627K

C20223

R18560

Q22222

Q62907

R142K

R1622K

R27 10

R28 10

D4

BAW56K

S11

G12

S23

G24

D1 8

D1 7

D2 6

D2 5

U2

4606

C21223

Q42222

Q72907

R152K

R1722K

R29 10

R30 10

D5

BAW56K

S11

G12

S23

G24

D1 8

D1 7

D2 6

D2 5

U3

4606

R19560

C6

105

R231M

Q52N7002

R22

1M

R9

47K

R25

100KR24270K

D6NCBAW56K

D7NCBAW56K

P1

P2

P3

P4

C17225

C18

225

10

1 7

6

T1

T01

10

1 7

6

T2

T01

C2222pF

12

CON1

12

CON2

D9BAV99

R41K

R36820

R32

10KC12104

D8BAV99

R31K

R35820

R31

10KC11104

P2

P1

C2322pF

12

CON3

12

CON4

D11

BAV99

R61K

R38820

R34

10KC14104

D10BAV99

R51K

R37820

R33

10KC13104

P4

P3

VREF

VREF

C19NC

C26

222C27NC

D13BAV99

D15BAV99

C2422pF

C2522pF

C28

222C29NC

C30222 C31

NC

C32

222C33NC

OVP

OVP

OV

P

R602K

R61510K

C38105

Q10

DTA143

Q112222

R6330K

R62 1K

VCC

VCC

P5

P5

R64

1K

C34221

C35 221

C37

221

C39104

C36

221U4A

LM393

U4B

LM393

Vref

D3

1N4148

R65

3K R663K

C41 104

R67

10K

I_18130_033eps180608

I IINVERTER PANEL 19rdquo

46TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout Inverter Panel (Top Side)

Layout Inverter Panel (Bottom Side)

I_18130_034eps190608

I_18130_035eps190608

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 47TCS10L LA 7

IR LED Panel

AGND

AGND

AGNDIRVC

C

GN

D

RW

R20

031K

2

R20

04

1K2

LED1

1

2

3

4

5

CN2001

E

C

B

BC847AQ2001

B

C

E

Q2002

BC847A

2

13

D2001

LED2

G2001

R20024K7

5V16

V10

0UC

2001

5V

IR

IR

C20

03 47P

LED1R2001

4K7

C2002

47P

LED2

I_18130_036eps180608

J JIR amp LED PANELLayout IR LED Panel (Top Side)

Layout IR LED Panel (Bottom Side)

I_18130_037eps180608

I_18130_038eps180608

48TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Personal Notes

E_06532_013eps131004

Alignments EN 49TCS10L LA 8

8 Alignments

Index of this chapter81 Electrical Alignments82 Hardware Alignments

NoteThe Service Modes are described in chapter 5 Menu navigation is done with the CURSOR UP DOWN LEFT or RIGHT keys of the remote control transmitter

81 Electrical Alignments

Perform all electrical adjustments under the following conditionsbull Power supply voltage (depends on region)

ndash AP-NTSC 120 VAC or 230 VAC 50 Hz (plusmn 10)ndash AP-PAL-multi 120 - 230 VAC 50 Hz (plusmn 10)ndash EU 230 VAC 50 Hz (plusmn 10)ndash LATAM-NTSC 120 - 230 VAC 50 Hz (plusmn 10)ndash US 120 VAC 60 Hz (plusmn 10)

bull Connect the set to the mains via an isolation transformer with low internal resistance

bull Allow the set to warm up for approximately 60 minutesbull Measure voltages and waveforms in relation to correct

ground (eg measure audio signals in relation to AUDIO_GND) Caution It is not allowed to use heatsinks as ground

bull Test probe Ri gt 10 MΩ Ci lt 20 pFbull Use an isolated trimmerscrewdriver to perform

alignments

82 Hardware Alignments

Not applicable

821 Aging

Enter TV mode Set warm up status to ldquoOnrdquo Aging time at least 12 minutes

822 ADC Adjustment

The chassis can execute ADC auto-tune in YPbPr amp PC sourcing modes Enter SAM select YPbPr or PC as source then select AUTOTUNE in ADC ADJ press ldquoRight keyrdquo to run waiting for about 5 seconds until ldquoOKrdquo is displayed which means the set finished the ADC adjustment With an YPbPr source use a 100 color bar pattern with a PC source use a 16-scale grey pattern

823 White Balance Adjustment

Adjust the NORMAL WARM COOL temperature in White balance according to company regular Make sure ADC adjustments have done successfully before doing white balance adjustments and use the ldquoNaturalrdquo picture mode White balance adjustment should be performed with three different sources1 AVTVSVIDEO source reunification under the AV

adjustment apply a NTSC-M system signal with 8-scale grey pattern

2 YPbPrHDMI source reunification under the YPbPr adjustment apply an 8-scale grey pattern

3 PC source should adjust single apply a 8-scale grey pattern

If case of manual adjustment please use the WB page in SAMWhile adjusting White Balance do not change White G or Black G only adjust White R White B Black R and Black B

Table 8-1 Color Temperature Setting 19

Table 8-2 Color Temperature Setting 26

Color mode X Y Color Temperature (K)

Normal 296plusmn4 299plusmn4 8000

Warm 314plusmn4 319plusmn4 6500

Cool 289plusmn4 291plusmn4 9000

Color mode X Y Color Temperature (K)

Normal 289plusmn4 291plusmn4 9000

Warm 314plusmn4 319plusmn4 6500

Cool 278plusmn4 278plusmn4 11000

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data SheetsEN 50 TCS10L LA9

9 Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data Sheets

Index of this chapter91 Introduction92 Abbreviation List93 IC Data Sheets

Notes bull Only new circuits (circuits that are not published recently)

are described bull Figures can deviate slightly from the actual situation due

to different set executions

91 Introduction

This chassis uses the MStar MST9U19A main chip with the following features bull Multi-Standard TV decoding with 2-D comb filterbull Multi-Standard TV sound demodulator and decoderbull Triple ADC fro TV and RGBYPbPrbull Integrated DVIHDCPHDMI compliant receiverbull High quality scaling enginebull 3-D video de-interlacer and video noise reductionbull Embedded On Screen Display controllerbull NTSCPALSecam Video decoder with automatic standard

detectionbull CVBS video outputbull Multi standard TV sound decoderbull FM stereo and SAP demodulationbull Digital audio interfacebull Analog RGB Compliant Input Portsbull DVIHDCPHDMI Compliant input portbull Auto tuning function including phasing positioning offset

gain and jitter detectionbull Automatic color correction

The MST9U19A is a high performance and fully integrated IC for multi-function LCD monitorTV with resolutions up to WSXGA (1680 times 1050) It is configured with an integrated triple-ADCPLL an integrated DVIHDCPHDMI receiver a multi standard TV video and audio decoder a video de-interlacer a scaling engine the MStarACE-3 color engine an On Screen Display controller an 8-bit MCU and a built-in output panel interface It also incorporates an intelligent power management control system for green-mode requirements and spread-spectrum support for EMI management

For a block diagram refer to chapter 6 ldquoBlock diagrams Test Point Overviews and Waveformsrdquo

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data Sheets EN 51TCS10L LA 9

92 Abbreviation List

1080i 1080 visible lines interlaced1080p 1080 visible lines progressive scan2CS 2 Carrier Sound2DNR Spatial (2D) Noise Reduction3DNR Temporal (3D) Noise Reduction480i 480 visible lines interlaced480p 480 visible lines progressive scanAARA Automatic Aspect Ratio Adaptation

algorithm that adapts aspect ratio to remove horizontal black bars keeping up the original aspect ratio

ACI Automatic Channel Installation algorithm that installs TV channels directly from a cable network by means of a predefined TXT page

ADC Analogue to Digital ConverterAFC Automatic Frequency Control control

signal used to tune to the correct frequency

AGC Automatic Gain Control algorithm that controls the video input of the feature box

AM Amplitude ModulationAUO Acer Unipack OptronicsAP Asia PacificAR Aspect Ratio 4 by 3 or 16 by 9ASD Automatic Standard DetectionAV Audio VideoB-SC1-IN Blue SCART1 inB-SC2-IN Blue SCART2 inB-TXT Blue teletextBG Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 55 MHzBTSC Broadcast Television System

CommitteeC-FRONT Chrominance front inputCBA Circuit Board Assembly (or PWB)CL Constant Level audio output to

connect with an external amplifierCLUT Color Look Up TableComPair Computer aided rePairCSM Customer Service ModeCVBS Composite Video Blanking and

SynchronizationCVBS-EXT CVBS signal from external source

(VCR VCD etc)CVBS-INT CVBS signal from TunerCVBS-MON CVBS monitor signalCVBS-TER-OUT CVBS terrestrial outDAC Digital to Analogue ConverterDBE Dynamic Bass Enhancement extra

low frequency amplificationDFU Directions For Use owners manualDNR Dynamic Noise ReductionDRAM Dynamic RAMDSP Digital Signal ProcessingDST Dealer Service Tool special

(European) remote control designed for service technicians

DTS Digital Theatre SoundDVD Digital Versatile DiscDVI Digital Visual InterfaceDW Double WindowED Enhanced Definition 480p 576pEEPROM Electrically Erasable and

Programmable Read Only MemoryEU EUropeEXT EXTernal (source) entering the set by

SCART or by cinches (jacks)FBL Fast Blanking DC signal

accompanying RGB signalsFBL-SC1-IN Fast blanking signal for SCART1 in

FBL-SC2-IN Fast blanking signal for SCART2 inFBL-TXT Fast Blanking TeletextFLASH FLASH memoryFM Field Memory Frequency ModulationFMR FM RadioFRC Frame Rate ConverterFRONT-C Front input chrominance (SVHS)FRONT-DETECT Front input detectionFRONT-Y_CVBS Front input luminance or CVBS

(SVHS)FTV Flat TeleVisionG-SC1-IN Green SCART1 inG-SC2-IN Green SCART2 inG-TXT Green teletextH H_sync to the module HD High Definition 720p 1080i 1080pHDMI High Definition Multimedia Interface

digital audio and video interfaceHP Head PhoneI Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 60 MHzI2C Integrated IC busI2S Integrated IC Sound busIC Integrated CircuitIF Intermediate FrequencyInterlaced Scan mode where two fields are used

to form one frame Each field contains half the number of the total amount of lines The fields are written in ldquopairsrdquo causing line flicker

IR Infra RedIRQ Interrupt ReQuestLast Status The settings last chosen by the

customer and read and stored in RAM or in the NVM They are called at start-up of the set to configure it according the customers wishes

LATAM LATin AMericaLC04 Philips chassis name for LCD TV 2004

projectLCD Liquid Crystal DisplayLED Light Emitting DiodeLL Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 65 MHz L is Band I L is all bands except for Band I

LPL LG Philips LCDLS Loud SpeakerLVDS Low Voltage Differential Signalling

data transmission system for high speed and low EMI communication

MN Monochrome TV system Sound carrier distance is 45 MHz

MOSFET Metal Oxide Semiconductor Field Effect Transistor

MPEG Motion Pictures Experts GroupMSP Multi-standard Sound Processor ITT

sound decoderMUTE MUTE LineNAFTA North American Free Trade

Association Trade agreement between Canada USA and Mexico

NC Not ConnectedNICAM Near Instantaneous Compounded

Audio Multiplexing This is a digital sound system used mainly in Europe

NTSC National Television Standard Committee Color system used mainly in North America and Japan Color carrier NTSC MN = 3579545 MHz NTSC 443 = 4433619 MHz (this is a VCR norm it is not transmitted off-air)

NVM Non Volatile Memory IC containing TV related data (for example options)

OC Open CircuitONOFF LED OnOff control signal for the LED

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data SheetsEN 52 TCS10L LA9

OSD On Screen DisplayPAL Phase Alternating Line Color system

used mainly in Western Europe (color carrier = 4433619 MHz) and South America (color carrier PAL M = 3575612 MHz and PAL N = 3582056 MHz)

PC Personal ComputerPCB Printed Circuit Board (or PWB)PDP Plasma Display PanelPIG Picture In GraphicPIP Picture In PicturePLL Phase Locked Loop Used for

example in FST tuning systems The customer can directly provide the desired frequency

Progressive Scan Scan mode where all scan lines are displayed in one frame at the same time creating a double vertical resolution

PWB Printed Wiring Board (or PCB)RAM Random Access MemoryRC Remote Control transmitterRC5 (6) Remote Control system 5 (6) the

signal from the remote control receiver RGB Red Green and Blue The primary

color signals for TV By mixing levels of R G and B all colors (YC) are reproduced

RGBHV Red Green Blue Horizontal sync and Vertical sync

ROM Read Only MemorySAM Service Alignment ModeSC SandCastle two-level pulse derived

from sync signalsSC1-OUT SCART output of the MSP audio ICSC2-B-IN SCART2 Blue inSC2-C-IN SCART2 chrominance inSC2-OUT SCART output of the MSP audio ICSC Short CircuitSCL Clock signal on I2C busSD Standard Definition 480i 576iSDA Data signal on I2C busSDI Samsung Display IndustrySDM Service Default ModeSDRAM Synchronous DRAMSECAM SEequence Couleur Avec Memoire

Color system used mainly in France and Eastern Europe Color carriers = 4406250 MHz and 4250000 MHz

SIF Sound Intermediate FrequencySMPS Switch Mode Power SupplySND SouNDSNDL-SC1-IN Sound left SCART1 inSNDL-SC1-OUT Sound left SCART1 outSNDL-SC2-IN Sound left SCART2 inSNDL-SC2-OUT Sound left SCART2 outSNDR-SC1-IN Sound right SCART1 inSNDR-SC1-OUT Sound right SCART1 outSNDR-SC2-IN Sound right SCART2 outSNDR-SC2-OUT Sound right SCART2 outSNDS-VL-OUT Surround sound left variable level outSNDS-VR-OUT Surround sound right variable level outSOPS Self Oscillating Power SupplySPDIF Sony Philips Digital InterFaceSRAM Static RAMSTBY Stand-bySVHS Super Video Home SystemSW Sub Woofer SoftWareTHD Total Harmonic DistortionTXT TeleteXTuP MicroprocessorVL Variable Level out processed audio

output toward external amplifierVCR Video Cassette Recorder

VGA Video Graphics ArrayWD Watch DogWYSIWYR What You See Is What You Record

record selection that follows main picture and sound

XTAL Quartz crystalYPbPr Component video (Y= Luminance Pb

Pr= Color difference signals B-Y and R-Y other amplitudes wrt to YUV)

YC Video related signals Y consists of luminance signal blanking level and sync C consists of color signal

Y-OUT Luminance-signalYUV Baseband component video (Y=

Luminance UV= Color difference signals)

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data Sheets EN 53TCS10L LA 9

93 IC Data Sheets

This section shows the internal block diagrams and pin layouts of ICs that are drawn as ldquoblack boxesrdquo in the electrical diagrams (with the exception of ldquomemoryrdquo and ldquologicrdquo ICs)

931 Diagram B MST9U19A

Figure 9-1 Pin configuration

Pin 1

123

45

7

9

11

1314

1718

21

23

25

2728

30

32

34

36

39

41

43

6

8

10

12

1516

1920

22

24

26

29

31

33

35

3738

40

42

4445464748

505152

49

53 54 55 56 57 59 61 63 65 66 69 70 73 75 77 79 80 82 84 86 88 91 93 9558 60 62 64 67 68 71 72 74 76 78 81 83 85 87 89 90 92 94 96 97 98 99 100

102

103

104

101

208

207

206

205

204

202

200

198

196

195

192

191

188

186

184

182

181

179

177

175

173

170

168

166

203

201

199

197

194

193

190

189

187

185

183

180

178

176

174

172

171

169

167

165

164

163

162

161

159

158

157

160

156155154

153152

150

148

146

144143

140139

136

134

132

130129

127

125

123

121

118

116

114

151

149

147

145

142141

138137

135

133

131

128

126

124

122

120119

117

115

113112111110109

107106105

108

MST9U19A

XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX

GN

D

AUR1

AUL2

AUL3

AUL1

AUCO

M

AUR2

AUR3

DIGO[8]

GNDAVDD_MEMPLL

PWM3PWM2DIGO[9]

SIF1

MSI

F1P

AVD

D_S

IF

AUO

UTL

AUO

UTR

AUO

UTS

VDD

CG

PIO

F[2]

GPI

OF[

3]G

PIO

F[4]

GPI

OF[

5]G

PIO

F[6]

GPI

OF[

7]G

PIO

F[8]

GPI

OF[

9]G

PIO

F[10

]G

PIO

F[11

]VD

DP

GN

DG

PIO

F[12

]

GPI

OF[

14]

GPI

OF[

15]

GPI

OF[

16]

GPI

OF[

17]

GPI

OF[

18]

GN

D

GPI

OF[

19]

VDD

C

VDD

PG

ND

VDD

PVD

DP

GPI

OF[

13]

GN

D

DIGO[7]

DIGO[5]

DIGO[3]

DIGO[1]

VDDC

VDDPPWM_SENSE

DIGO[6]

DIGO[4]

DIGO[2]

DIGO[0]

GND

PWM_DRVPWM_FBIRININT

PWM1PWM0

GNDVDDPALERDZWRZ

VDDC

GNDVDDP

VDD

PLV

A0M

LVA0

PLV

A1M

LVA1

PLV

A2M

LVA2

PLV

ACKM

LVAC

KPLV

A3M

LVA4

PVD

DP

VDD

CAV

DD

_MPL

L

LVA3

PLV

A4M

GPI

OE[

0]

IHSY

NC

ICLK

DI[

1]D

I[0]

IVYS

NC

GPI

OE[

1]G

PIO

E[2]

GPI

OE[

3]G

ND

VDD

P

AVD

D_M

PLL

XIN

XOU

TH

WR

ESET

GN

D

DI[

7]D

I[6]

DI[

5]D

I[4]

DI[

2]D

I[3]

VDD

C

AUO

UTL

3AU

OU

TR3

RXCKPGND

RX0NRX0P

AVDD_DVIRX1NRX1P

RX2P

REXT

DDCD_CK

VSYNC1

VCLAMP

REFM

BIN1M

GNDRX2N

AVDD_DVI

DDCD_DA

HSYNC1

RMID

REFP

BIN1P

SOGIN1GIN1PGIN1MRIN1PRIN1MBIN0MBIN0PGIN0MGIN0P

SOGIN0RIN0MRIN0P

HSYNC0VSYNC0

RXCKN

AVDD_ADCGND

C1Y1C0Y0

CVBS2CVBS1

VCOM1CVBS0

VCOM0CVBSOUT

GND

VCOM2CVBS3

GN

D

AVD

D_A

UAU

L0AU

R0

AUVR

EFAU

VRAD

PAU

VRAD

N

AUO

UTL

2AU

OU

TR2

AD[7]AD[6]AD[5]AD[4]AD[3]AD[2]AD[1]AD[0]

SDOCSZSDISCK

SAR3

SAR1SAR2

SAR0

DDCA_CK

DDCR_CKDDCA_DA

DDCR_DA

LVB0

MLV

B0P

LVB1

MLV

B1P

LVB2

MLV

B2P

LVBC

KMLV

BCKP

LVB3

M

LVB4

P

LVB3

PLV

B4M

I_18130_008eps200608

Pin Configuration

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data SheetsEN 54 TCS10L LA9

932 Diagram B TDA1308

Figure 9-2 Block diagram and pin configuration

Block diagram

Pinning information

2

1

3

4

8

7

65

INA(neg)

TDA1308(A)OUTA

VSS

VDD

INA(pos)

INB(neg)

INB(pos)

OUTB

TDA1308(A)

VATUO DD

BTUO)gen(ANI

)gen(BNI)sop(ANI

VSS INB(pos)

1

2

3

4

6

5

8

7

I_18130_007eps190608

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data Sheets EN 55TCS10L LA 9

933 Diagram B NCP1377B

Figure 9-3 Block diagram and pin configuration

Block diagram

Pinning information

I_18130_009eps190608

HV

VCC

GND

Demag

4 mA

To InternalSupply

+

+

125 V75 V56 V (Fault)

FaultMngt

PON

5 V+

OVP

+

144

45 usDelay

15 us for B Version

Demag

8 usBlanking

S

SR R

Q

Q

+

3 us forB Version

+minus

Overload

5 usTimeout

TimeReset

Demag

380 nsLEB

1 V3

200 Awhen DRV

is OFF

FB

42 V

Driver src = 20 sink = 10

DrvVCC

CS

+50 mV 10 V Rint

1Dmg 8 HV

7 NC2FB

3CS

4GND

6 VCC

5 Drv

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data SheetsEN 56 TCS10L LA9

934 Diagram B TDA7266

Figure 9-4 Block diagram and pin configuration

1

2

4

Vref

7YB-TS

IN1

022microF

VCC

133

+

-

-

+

OUT1+

OUT1-

15

14

12

6ETUM

IN2

022microF

+

-

-

+

OUT2+

OUT2-

8

9S-GND

PW-GND

470microF 100nF

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

9

10

11

8

NC

NC

S-GND

PW-GND

OUT2+

OUT2-

VCC

IN2

ST-BY

MUTE

NC

IN1

VCCOUT1-

OUT1+

13

14

15

12

I_17950_054eps090508

Block Diagram

Pin Configuration

Spare Parts List amp CTN Overview EN 57TCS10L LA 10

10 Spare Parts List amp CTN OverviewFor the latest spare part overview please consult the Philips Service website

Table 10-1 Sets described in this manual

11 Revision ListManual xxxx xxx xxxx0bull First release

CTN Styling

19PFL340355 MG8

19PFL340377 MG8

19PFL340378 MG8

19PFL340385 MG8

26PFL340385 MG8

  • Content
  • 1 Technical Specifications Connections and Chassis Overview
    • 11 Technical Specifications
      • 111 Vision
      • 112 Sound
      • 113 Miscellaneous
        • 12 Connection Overview
          • Figure 1-1 Rear and side IO connections
          • 121 Rear Connections
            • 1 - HDMI Digital Video Digital Audio - In
              • Figure 1-2 HDMI (type A) connector
                • 2 - VGA AUDIO Mini Jack VGA Audio - In
                • 3 - VGA PC Video RGB - In and Service UART
                  • Figure 1-3 VGA Connector
                    • 4 - Cinch Video YPbPr - In
                    • 5 - AV1 Cinch Video CVBS - In Audio - In
                    • 6 - Aerial - In
                    • 7 - Service Connector (ComPair)
                      • 122 Side connections
                        • 8 - Cinch Video CVBS - In Audio - In
                        • 9 - S-Video (Hosiden) Video YC - In
                        • 10 - Mini Jack Audio Head phone - Out
                            • 13 Chassis Overview
                              • Figure 1-4 PWBCBA locations
                                  • 2 Safety Instructions Warnings and Notes
                                    • 21 Safety Instructions
                                    • 22 Warnings
                                    • 23 Notes
                                      • 231 General
                                      • 232 Schematic Notes
                                      • 233 BGA (Ball Grid Array) ICs
                                        • Introduction
                                        • BGA Temperature Profiles
                                          • 234 Lead-free Soldering
                                          • 235 Alternative BOM identification
                                            • Figure 2-1 Serial number (example)
                                              • 236 Board Level Repair (BLR) or Component Level Repair (CLR)
                                              • 237 Practical Service Precautions
                                                  • 3 Directions for Use
                                                  • 4 Mechanical Instructions
                                                    • 41 Cable Dressing
                                                      • Figure 4-1 Cable dressing (19 model)
                                                      • Figure 4-2 Cable dressing (26 model)
                                                        • 42 Service Positions
                                                          • 421 Foam Bars
                                                            • Figure 4-3 Foam bars
                                                                • 43 AssyPanel Removal
                                                                  • 431 Stand
                                                                    • Figure 4-4 Stand
                                                                      • 432 Rear Cover
                                                                        • Figure 4-5 LVDS release
                                                                        • Figure 4-6 Speaker and IRLED panel cable release
                                                                          • 433 Keyboard Control Board
                                                                            • Figure 4-7 Keyboard control board
                                                                              • 434 IRLED Board and Speakers
                                                                                • Figure 4-8 IRLED Board and Speakers
                                                                                  • 435 Power Supply Board
                                                                                    • Figure 4-9 Power Supply Unit(s)
                                                                                      • 436 Inverter Board (19 and 22 versions)
                                                                                        • Figure 4-10 Inverter Board
                                                                                          • 437 Small Signal Board (SSB)
                                                                                            • Removing the SSB
                                                                                              • Figure 4-11 SSB connector plate
                                                                                              • Figure 4-12 SSB
                                                                                                • 44 Set Re-assembly
                                                                                                  • 5 Service Modes Error Codes and Fault Finding
                                                                                                    • 51 Test Points
                                                                                                    • 52 Service Mode
                                                                                                      • 521 Service Alignment Mode (SAM)
                                                                                                        • How to Enter
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-1 SAM menu
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-2 SAM menu White Balance Normal
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-3 SAM menu White Balance Cool
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-4 SAM menu White Balance Warm
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-5 SAM menu Volume Curve
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-6 SAM menu Picture Curve
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-7 SAM menu Picture Mode Natural
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-8 SAM menu Picture Mode Personal
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-9 SAM menu Picture Mode Rich
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-10 SAM menu Picture Mode Soft
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-11 SAM menu Producting
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-12 SAM menu Country
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-13 SAM menu Setup
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-14 SAM menu Shop Init Do
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-15 SAM menu Clear Code gt
                                                                                                            • How to Exit
                                                                                                            • Factory Mode Descriptions
                                                                                                              • ltTABLEgt
                                                                                                              • Virgin Settings
                                                                                                                • Table 5-1 Country setting
                                                                                                                • Table 5-2 Virgin settings
                                                                                                                  • 522 Customer Service Mode (CSM)
                                                                                                                    • Purpose
                                                                                                                    • How to Activate CSM
                                                                                                                    • Contents of CSM
                                                                                                                      • Figure 5-16 CSM Menu
                                                                                                                        • Menu Explanation
                                                                                                                        • How to Exit
                                                                                                                          • 523 Blinking LED Procedure
                                                                                                                            • 53 Error Codes
                                                                                                                              • ltTABLEgt
                                                                                                                                • 54 Fault Finding
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-17 No Picture No sound no Back light (19 sets)
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-18 Picture OK No sound (19 sets)
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-19 No Picture Back light amp Sound OK (19 and 26 sets)
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-20 No color (19 and 26 sets)
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-21 No Picture No sound no Back light (26 sets)
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-22 Picture OK No sound (26 sets)
                                                                                                                                    • 55 Service Tools
                                                                                                                                      • 551 ComPair
                                                                                                                                        • Introduction
                                                                                                                                        • Specifications
                                                                                                                                        • How to Connect
                                                                                                                                        • How to Order
                                                                                                                                          • Figure 5-23 ComPair II interface connection
                                                                                                                                            • 56 Software Upgrading
                                                                                                                                              • 561 Introduction
                                                                                                                                                  • 6 Block Diagrams Test Point Overview and Waveforms
                                                                                                                                                    • Wiring Diagram of Connector for MS19-PH 19
                                                                                                                                                    • Wiring Diagram of Connector for MS19-PH 26
                                                                                                                                                    • Block Diagram MS19P Chipset
                                                                                                                                                    • I2C overview
                                                                                                                                                      • 7 Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts
                                                                                                                                                        • Main Power Supply (19)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Main Power Supply (19) (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Main Power Supply (19) (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Main Power Supply (26)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Main Power Supply (26) (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Main Power Supply (26) (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Standby Power Supply (26)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Standby Power Supply (26) (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Standby Power Supply (26) (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB Control
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB DC - DC
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB MST9E19A Controller
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB HDMI Interface
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB VGA Interface
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB Cinch
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB Tuner
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB Audio Amplifier
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB LVDS Interface
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Small Signal Board (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Small Signal Board (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Keyboard Control Panel
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Keyboard Control Panel (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Keyboard Control Panel (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Inverter Panel
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Inverter Panel (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Inverter Panel (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • IR LED Panel
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout IR LED Panel (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout IR LED Panel (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                          • 8 Alignments
                                                                                                                                                            • 81 Electrical Alignments
                                                                                                                                                            • 82 Hardware Alignments
                                                                                                                                                              • 821 Aging
                                                                                                                                                              • 822 ADC Adjustment
                                                                                                                                                              • 823 White Balance Adjustment
                                                                                                                                                                • Table 8-1 Color Temperature Setting 19
                                                                                                                                                                • Table 8-2 Color Temperature Setting 26
                                                                                                                                                                  • 9 Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data Sheets
                                                                                                                                                                    • 91 Introduction
                                                                                                                                                                    • 92 Abbreviation List
                                                                                                                                                                    • 93 IC Data Sheets
                                                                                                                                                                      • 931 Diagram B MST9U19A
                                                                                                                                                                        • Figure 9-1 Pin configuration
                                                                                                                                                                          • 932 Diagram B TDA1308
                                                                                                                                                                            • Figure 9-2 Block diagram and pin configuration
                                                                                                                                                                              • 933 Diagram B NCP1377B
                                                                                                                                                                                • Figure 9-3 Block diagram and pin configuration
                                                                                                                                                                                  • 934 Diagram B TDA7266
                                                                                                                                                                                    • Figure 9-4 Block diagram and pin configuration
                                                                                                                                                                                      • 10 Spare Parts List amp CTN Overview
                                                                                                                                                                                        • Table 10-1 Sets described in this manual
                                                                                                                                                                                          • 11 Revision List
Page 18: Philips 19PFL3403-55 TCS1[1].0L_LA

Service Modes Error Codes and Fault FindingEN 18 TCS10L LA5

Figure 5-18 Picture OK No sound (19 sets)

Figure 5-19 No Picture Back light amp Sound OK (19 and 26 sets)

Picture OK No sound

Check the voltage ofPin 313 of U19is it 12v Check Q17

Check the wave of pin7475 of U8is it

OK

CheckR amp L speaker

Check wave ofAudio input Pin

U8 pin61~69 OK

CheckQ22

No

Check B of Q22 is Low OK

Yes

No

Check Mute Pin6 of U19is it 12V

Yes

Yes

ReplaceU8

Yes

NO

Yes

Check the AMP- MUTE circuit

No

No

YesCheck SIF circuit Pin 7(SIFOUT) of

Tuner TU1

TV source Checkthe AV input

circuit

No

I_18130_068eps180608

No Picture Back light amp Sound OK

Check the output voltage

of U3 12V is it OK

Check LVDS signal waveform

of P10 is OK

Check the Circuit of12V_PANELamp

PANEL_ONOFF

Yes

No

Yes

Is RP2-RP7 ok

No

check the LVDS cable

Replace U8Yes

I_18130_004eps180608

Service Modes Error Codes and Fault Finding EN 19TCS10L LA 5

Figure 5-20 No color (19 and 26 sets)

Figure 5-21 No Picture No sound no Back light (26 sets)

No color

Color system is Right amp another

channel color is right

Dose the TV signal too weak

CheckPin 17(TV-

CVBS) Wave of TU1 OK

ReplaceTU1

ResetTo

Local system

CheckTuner Input

cable amp antenna

Yes NO NO

No YES YES

Fine tune Frequency

I_18130_006eps180608

No Picture No sound no Back light

Check circuit of +33V +18V (U5U

6U7) OK Replace the bad components

For P22 Pin 1~4 is +12V_PW amp Pin7~9

of is +5VSTBOK

NO

NO

YES

Check DC-DC circuit (U1U2)

YES

Check PSU

I_18130_003eps180608

Service Modes Error Codes and Fault FindingEN 20 TCS10L LA5

Figure 5-22 Picture OK No sound (26 sets)

55 Service Tools

551 ComPair

IntroductionComPair (Computer Aided Repair) is a Service tool for Philips Consumer Electronics products and offers the following1 ComPair helps you to quickly get an understanding on how

to repair the chassis in a short and effective way2 ComPair allows very detailed diagnostics and is therefore

capable of accurately indicating problem areas You do not have to know anything about I2C or UART commands yourself because ComPair takes care of this

3 ComPair speeds up the repair time since it can automatically communicate with the chassis (when the uP is working) and all repair information is directly available

4 ComPair features TV software upgrade possibilities

SpecificationsComPair consists of a Windows based fault finding program and an interface box between PC and the (defective) product The (new) ComPair II interface box is connected to the PC via an USB cable For the TV chassis the ComPair interface box and the TV communicate via a bi-directional cable via the service connector(s)

How to ConnectThis is described in the ComPair chassis fault finding database

Caution It is compulsory to connect the TV to the PC as shown in Figure ldquoComPair II interface connectionrdquo (with the ComPair interface in between) as the ComPair interface acts as a level shifter If one connects the TV directly to the PC (via UART) ICs will be blown

How to OrderComPair II order codes

bull ComPair II interface 3122 785 91020bull For SW see Philips service websitebull ComPair UART interface cable 3122 785 75051bull Software Upgrade VGA interface cables 3122 785 90004

and 3122 785 09269

Note If you encounter any problems contact your local support desk

Figure 5-23 ComPair II interface connection

56 Software Upgrading

561 Introduction

Software upgrading can be done by ComPair This allows to replacement of the software image

Picture OK No sound

Check the voltage ofPin 313 of U19is it 12v Check PSU

Check the wave of pin7475 of U8is it

OK

CheckR amp L speaker

Check wave ofAudio input Pin

U8 pin61~69 OK

CheckQ22

No

Check B of Q22 is Low OK

Yes

No

Check Mute Pin6 of U19is it 12V

Yes

Yes

ReplaceU8

Yes

NO

Yes

Check the AMP- MUTE circuit

No

No

YesCheck SIF circuit Pin 7(SIFOUT) of

Tuner TU1

TV source Checkthe AV input

circuit

No

I_18130_005eps180608

E_06532_036eps150208

TOUART SERVICECONNECTOR

TOUART SERVICECONNECTOR

TOI2C SERVICECONNECTOR

TO TV

PC

HDMII2C only

Optional power5V DC

ComPair II Developed by Philips Brugge

RC outRC in

OptionalSwitch

Power ModeLinkActivity I2C

ComPair IIMulti

function

RS232 UART

Block Diagrams Test Point Overview and Waveforms 21TCS10L LA 6

6 Block Diagrams Test Point Overview and Waveforms

Wiring Diagram of Connector for MS19-PH 19

40-PWL20C-PWI1XG POWER BOARD

1

NU

SE

LEC

T

GN

D

GN

D

P4

1 2 3 5 6 74

BL

ON

OF

F

DIM

MIN

G

INV

ER

TE

R_P

WR

12V

INV

ER

TE

R_P

WR

12V

P5

40-0MS19P-MAE2XGMAIN BOARD

AG

ND

1 2 3 5 6 74

KE

Y0

KE

Y1

AG

ND

IR-I

N

LED

1-IN

LED

2-IN

NC

1 2 3 5 6 7 84

+5V

ST

B

+5V

ST

B

GN

D

GN

D

GN

D

INVERTER BOARD

CN

1

GN

D

1 2 3 5 64

INV

ER

T-S

W

DIM

MIN

G

GN

D

INV

ER

TE

R_P

WR

12V

INV

ER

TE

R_P

WR

12V

8+

5VS

TB

GN

D

1 2 3 5 64

GN

D

GN

D

NC5V

-PW

5V-P

W

40-PF3403-IRC1XG IR BOARD

40-PF3403-KEC1XG KEY BOARD

GN

D

LED

1

IR

+5V

ST

B

1 2 3 54LE

D2

KE

Y1

GN

D

KE

Y0

1 2 3

P10

01

CN

2001 1S

P 22

P

9 10

+12

V-P

W

+12

V-P

W

+12

V-P

W

+12

V-P

W

7 8 9 10

+12

V+

12V

+12

V

+12

V

I_18130_061eps190608

22TCS10L LA 6Block Diagrams Test Point Overview and Waveforms

Wiring Diagram of Connector for MS19-PH 26

40-1PL37C-PWF1XG

1

P5

40-0MS19P-MAE2XGMAIN BOARD

AG

ND

1 2 3 5 6 74

KE

Y0

KE

Y1

AG

ND

IR-I

N

LED

1-IN

LED

2-IN

NC

1 2 3 5 6 7 84

NC

NC

GN

D

GN

D

GN

D

40-PWL01B-STE1X

8+

5VS

TB

1 2 3 5 64

12V-

PW

40-PF3403-IRC1XG IR BOARD

40-PF3403-KEC1XGKEY BOARD

GN

D

LED

1

IR

+5V

ST

B

1 2 3 54LE

D2

KE

Y1

GN

D

KE

Y0

1 2 3

P10

01

CN

2001

P4

9 10

+12

V-P

W

+12

V-P

W

+12

V-P

W

+12

V-P

W

7

10

5P 1P

1 2 3

1 2 3

+5S

TB

AG

ND

PW

-ON

OF

F

+5S

TB

AG

ND

PW

-ON

OF

F

11

12 13 14

GN

D

NC

BL-

AD

JUS

T

BL-

ON

OF

F

11

12

13

14

15

16

P22

8 91 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

12 13 14 15 16

12V-

PW

GN

D

GN

D12

V-P

W

12V-

PW

GN

D

NC

GN

D

NC

NC

NC

NC

NC

BL-

AD

JUS

T

BL-

ON

OF

F

I_18130_062eps190608

Block Diagrams Test Point Overview and Waveforms 23TCS10L LA 6

Block Diagram MS19P Chipset

Panel

810-bit LVDS

2MB

HDMI

HDTVVGA

YC

AV2AV1

AV-OUTTVSIF

PCHDTV-RL

AV2-RLAV1-RL

IRKEY0KEY1

GPIO PWM

Serial-FlashSPI

Speake

Earphone

r

MS19P Chipset Block Diagram

Audio out

EEPROM24C32 SDA

SCL

AMP

TDA7266

MST9U19A

24C02

24C02

24C04SDASCL

U19

U9

U13

U12

U11HDCP

EDID

EDID

U10

Z1

SDASCLExternal device

I_18130_063eps190608

24TCS10L LA 6Block Diagrams Test Point Overview and Waveforms

I2C overview

I2C Device Block Diagram

MST9U19A-LF

24C32 24C04

System EEPROM

I2C AddressA0

HDCP EEPROM

I2C AddressA4

SDA SCL SDA SCL

Tuner integratedIF PLL Demodulator

SDA1 SCL1I2C AddressA0

I_18130_064eps190608

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 25TCS10L LA 7

7 Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Main Power Supply (19)

I_18130_022eps180608

A AMAIN POWER SUPPLY 19rdquo

26TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout Main Power Supply (19) (Top Side)

Layout Main Power Supply (19) (Bottom Side)

I_18130_023eps180608

I_18130_065eps190608

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 27TCS10L LA 7

Main Power Supply (26)

I_18130_024eps180608

A1 A1MAIN POWER SUPPLY 26rdquo

28TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout Main Power Supply (26) (Top Side)

I_18130_028eps180608

40-PWL01B-STE1XG

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 29TCS10L LA 7

Layout Main Power Supply (26) (Bottom Side)

I_18130_029eps180608

40-PWL01B-STE1XG

30TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Standby Power Supply (26)

I_18130_025eps200608

A2 A2STANDBY POWER SUPPLY 26rdquo

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 31TCS10L LA 7

Layout Standby Power Supply (26) (Top Side)

40-1PL37C-PWF1XGI_18130_026eps

180608

32TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout Standby Power Supply (26) (Bottom Side)

I_18130_027eps180608

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 33TCS10L LA 7

SSB Control

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGNDAGND

AGND

AGNDAGNDAGND AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

T

T

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

D1B

D1A

G2

G1

S2

D2B

D2A

S1

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

PGND

PGND

PGND

PGND

PGND

AGND

AGND

T

T

T

T

AGND

T

T

BOOT

DRIVE

FB GND

LGATE

PHASE

VCC

UGATE

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

PGND

AGND

AGND

AGNDAGND

AGND

D2B

D2A

G1

G2

S1

D1B

D1A

S2

T

AGND

D1B

D1A

D2B

G2 D2A

S2

G1

S1

09V

18V

For Tuner 33v

L--Prot

Normal--HProtect--L

Back Light Control

Far from DC-DC amp Tuner

Option

When not use DC-DC+5VSTB_L provide

ON-----LOFF-----H

OptionFar from tuner and power supply (NC)

8

7

6

4 5

3

2

1U3

SP8J3

R234

10R

NC

E

C

B

BT3904

Q21

B

C

E

Q32BT3904

R16

19N

C2

618

KR

919

1K

26

10K

B

C

E

Q2

BT3904

R177

NC

C23

00

1U

10K

R18

0

NC

R17

9 0

R1784K7

+12V

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

P4ON-PBACK

ADJ-PWM2

R181910K26

191

K2

6

R10

Z54

BL-ADJUST

1 2

4

6

8

12

14

10

3

5

7

9

11

13

P22

+5V

+5VSTB_L

C22

2

01U

R70R (FOR 26ONLY)

7

8

4

2

3

5

6

1

A04803

Q17

+12V

+12V_PW

+12V_PW

C24

10

01U

BL-ADJUST

+5V

ST

B_L

C14

01U

BL-ONOFF

C22

40

1U

+5VSTB

R24

8N

C

+12V_PW

C220220U

25V

F250A

F150A

47K

R18

2

L8200R

R2413K9

C23

6

1U

C24

3

1U

C244

01U

C242

470U

16V

+5V

ST

B

PRORECT_12V

R29

720

K

+33V

+33V

B

E

CQ31

BT3906R298

NC

+12V

R299

4K7

R301

4K7

R30

010

K

R29

6

4K7

D14 8V

2

B

C

E

Q26BT3904

R3

4K7

B

E

CQ13

BT3906

C64

3 1U

C20A1U

C21

A 1U

NCC

21

R18

147

K

C24

00

01U

R22

330K

33V

+5V

+5V

12V_PANEL

21

P20

01UC

231

NC

C8

01U

C3

01U

L49200R

L47200R

21

P19

01UC

20

5V_PANEL

4K7R15

D11

LL4148

D45LL4148

PW_ONOFF

+5VSTB1

2

3

P1

POWER-ONOFFB

C

E

Q30BT3904

R26610K

GPIO_PROTECT

+5VSTB

R24

70R

D10LL4148

+12V

C201U

SELECT

R20

510

0K

R2041K

D47 33

V

R27

92K

2R

242

2K2

+12V

1

2

3 6

5

8

4

7

U1

RT8110

R50R PROTPW_ONOFF

R2NC

Z58

Z56

B

C

E

Q27BT3904

BL-ONOFF

R12100R

PW_CTRL

Z51

R24

0 0

Z52

Z53

Z60

L530R

L330R

01U

C23

401UC

232

C23

3 1U

R234K7

5V_PANEL

C22

60

1U

L50200R

+5V

C235470U

16V

200RL54

C23

70

1U

L9200R

+5V

R4

10K

R6NC

+12V_INVERTER

B

C

E

Q6BT3904

68K

R37

NCR17

0RR14

16V

470UC

17A

C27

01U

2U2C16

01UC

15

R8

NC

R194K7

R132NC

R143100K

R14K

7

B

C

E

Q14BT3904

R2110K

+12V

D1LL4148

R14210K

+5VSTB

B

C

E

Q3BT3904NC

+12V

C1810U

50V

L6100UH

D5LL4148

B

C

E

Q5SC1815

NCR

24

B

C

E

Q1

BT3904

B

C

E

Q4BT3904

PWM3

SHUT_EEP

200RL56

L55200R

R23

91K

2

R23

8N

C

R235

10R

R23

6N

C

L115UH

R23

322

K

C23

91U

R237

220R

7

8

4

2

3

5

6

1

U2PHKD13N03LT

C23801U

D50LL4148

L53200R

+12V_INVERTER

C22

70

1U

C22

80

1U

L52200R

L51200R

C22

90

1U

L48200R

C22

50

1U

12V_PANEL

L1230R

PANEL-ONOFF

Z59

Z50

PW_ONOFF R26

368

0R

R2618K2

R26010K

R26

710

K

R26

810

K

R26

247

K

R25910K

R25

810

0K

D41LL4148

+12V

R2783K9

TUNER_5V

+5V

40V

C18

70

1U

R2000R

R6390R

R60422K

L6061000UR

C60

40

1U

D61

433

VC63

047

00P

C63

2 270P

C633

01U 50V

L613

1000UH

NC

L6041000UH

100KR

630

NC

C63

6

C63

50

01U

C63

40

1U

C631200P

B

C

E

Q612BC846B

R63147K

12

3

D61

30B

AV

99

33V

+5V

C1

01U

5V_PANEL

+12V_PW

+5VSTB

12V_PANEL

C223

220U25V

+5VSTB

01U

C22

1

+12V

PW_ONOFF

VCC_PANEL

B01 B01

I_18130_011eps180608

CONTROL

34TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

SSB DC - DC

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGNDAGND

GN

DA

DJ

OU

T

VIN

4

OU

T

VIN

AD

JG

ND

VO

UT

VIN

AD

JG

ND

VCC18V FOR MST9E19A

pin36

VDDC for MST9E19A Core

+33V for VDD_MPLL

+33AVDD FOR AVDD_SIF

+33AVDD FOR AVDD_AU

pin6 pin12

+33AVDD for AVDD_HDMI

Vcc33for MST9E19A analog

+33AVDD for AVDDA

33V for AVDDPLL2

Vcc33 for MST9E19A Digital

10RR

31

F330A

+33V

L16100R+5VST

R28NC

23

1

U6

AIC

1084

FM120D8

FM120D6

23

1

U7

KD

1084

AD

2T18

+33V

VDDP

FM120D7

+5VSTB_L

1 2 3

4

U5AS1117-33

L18FB

FBL17

+18V

VDDC

L11

100R

L10100R+33V

L24

100R

FBL23

16V

47UC

37

C67

01U

01UC

62

C61

01U

01UC

60

C59

01U

16V

100UC

53

C48100U

16V

NCR30

R29

0RL41

FB

16V

100UC

33

C31100U

16V

C49 0

1U

01U

C52

01U

C36

C34 0

1U

01U

C42

C58 0

1U16V

47UC

57

C51 0

1U

AVDD_SIF

+33VA

AVDD_AU

+33VA

AVDDA

+33VA

AVDD_MEMPLL

+33VA

C56 0

1U

01U

C552U

2C

54

C47 0

1U

C46 2U

2

L21FB

2U2

C41

FBL19

C50 2U

2

L22FB

FBL20

01U

C452U

2C

44

C39 0

1U

C38 2U

2

AVDD_HDMI

01U

C40

+33VA

01U

C32

C30 0

1U

+33VA

+33VA

VDD_MPLL

+18V

C35100U

16V

C63

01U

01UC

64

C65

01U

01UC

66

01UC

68

C69

01U

01UC

70

C71

01U

01UC

72

C73

01U

+5VST

+5VSTB

FM120D9

B02 B02

I_18130_012eps180608

DC - DC

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 35TCS10L LA 7

SSB MST9E19A Controller

AG

ND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AG

ND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

SDA

SCL

WC

VCC

VSS

E2NC

E1NC

E0NC AGND

VCC

HOLD

SCK

GND SI

WP

SO

CE

SDA

SCL

WC

VCC

VSS

E2NC

E1NC

E0NC

AD

0A

D1

AD

2A

D3

AD

4A

D5

AD

6A

D7

ALE

AUCOM

AUL0

AUL1

AUL2

AUL3

AUOUTL

AUOUTL2

AUOUTL3

AUOUTR

AUOUTR2

AUOUTR3

AUOUTS

AUR0

AUR1

AUR2

AUR3

AUVRADNAUVRADPAUVREF

AV

DD

_AD

C

AV

DD

_AU

AV

DD

_DV

IA

VD

D_D

VI1

AV

DD

_ME

MP

LL

AV

DD

_MP

LLA

VD

D_M

PLL

1

AV

DD

_SIF

BIN0MBIN0P

BIN1MBIN1P

C0

C1

CSZ

CVBS0

CVBS1CVBS2CVBS3

CVBSOUT

DD

CA

_CK

DD

CA

_DA

DDCD_CKDDCD_DA

DD

CR

_CK

DD

CR

_DA

DI0DI1DI2DI3DI4DI5DI6DI7

DIG

O0

DIG

O1

DIG

O2

DIG

O3

DIG

O4

DIG

O5

DIG

O6

DIG

O7

DIG

O8

DIG

O9

GIN0MGIN0P

GIN1MGIN1P

GN

DG

ND

1

GN

D10

GN

D11

GN

D12

GN

D13

GN

D14

GN

D15

GN

D2

GN

D3

GN

D4

GN

D5

GN

D6

GN

D7

GN

D8

GN

D9

GPIOE0LVSYNCGPIOE1LHSYNC

GPIOE2LDEGPIOE3LCK

GPIOF10GPIOF11

GPIOF12GPIOF13GPIOF14GPIOF15GPIOF16GPIOF17GPIOF18GPIOF19

GPIOF2GPIOF3GPIOF4GPIOF5GPIOF6GPIOF7GPIOF8GPIOF9

HSYNC0

HSYNC1

HW

RE

SE

T

ICLK

IHSYNC

INT

IRIN

IVSYNC

LA0MG3LA0PG2LA1MG1LA1PG0LA2MB7LA2PB6

LA3MB3LA3PB2LA4MB1LA4PB0

LACKMB5LACKPB4

LB0MR7LB0PR6LB1MR5LB1PR4LB2MR3LB2PR2

LB3MG7LB3PG6LB4MG5LB4PG4

LBCKMR1LBCKPR0

PW

M0

PW

M1

PW

M2

PW

M3

PWM_DRVPWM_FB

PWM_SENSE

RD

Z

REFMREFP

REXT

RIN0MRIN0P

RIN1MRIN1P

RMID

RX0NRX0PRX1NRX1PRX2NRX2P

RXCKNRXCKP

SA

R0

SA

R1

SA

R2

SA

R3

SCKSDI

SDO

SIF1MSIF1P

SOGIN0

SOGIN1

VCLAMP

VCOM0

VCOM1

VCOM2

VD

DC

VD

DC

1V

DD

C2

VD

DC

3V

DD

C4

VD

DC

5

VD

DP

VD

DP

1V

DD

P2

VD

DP

3V

DD

P4

VD

DP

5V

DD

P6

VD

DP

7V

DD

P8

VD

DP

9

VSYNC0

VSYNC1

WR

Z

XIN

XO

UT

Y0

Y1

AGND

T

T

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

Mode Selection

I2C address at A0

Location Near IC PinLocation Near IC Pin

SST PULL DOWNMSTAR PULL UP

DVI INPUT

VGA INPUT

For TTL output

Audio Output(to Amp) AV Output(Audio)

Debug Port

For Philps debug

HDCP I2C address at A4

VID

EO

INP

UT

HDTV INPUT

C212NC

C7822P

01UC11

2

2U2 C247

C1072U2

01U C114

PW_CTRL

PRORECT_12V

54

72 13

6 8

RP

84K

7

KEY0-IN

LED2-IN

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

P5

POWER-ONOFF

54

72 13

6 8

RP

124K

7

LED1-IN

NC

L43

+5VSTB

4K7

R55

LED2R13

4K7

R584K7

B

C

E

Q9BT3904

1

2

3

4

5

P14

WP

SDA

SCL

+33V

1

2

3

4

P6

10RR41

SHUT_EEP

D4 NC

WP

C20

110

0P

RXD

TXD1

2

3

P2

ZX

Z62

WP

+33V

+33V+5VSTB

RS

20R

RS

3N

C

RS

11K

10K

R32

10K

R42

01UC86

47RR64

NC

R63

R62

NC

R52100R

R51 22

K

R50 22

K

100RR49

100RR40

C83

001

U

001

UC82

R67

0R

001

UC76

2U2C115

R47100R

R45100R

100RR34100R

R33

2U2C104

C1052U2PC-LIN

2U2C106

C1112U2

2U2C110

C11901U

R57 8K

2

8K2

R56

C1092U2

2U2C108

124578

101113141516171819202122232425262728

293031323334353839

404142434445464748495051

5455575859

61626364656667686970717273747576

78798081828384858687

131

132

133

134

125

126

127

128

129

130

155

156

136 3 9 37 52 56 89 99 101

104

106

120

141

152

173

187

204

143

144

145

146

147

148

149

150

153

154

116

117

118

135

124123122121

9796959493929190

139138137

191190189188

185184183182181180179178177176175174171170169168167166165164163162161160

202201200199198197196195

192

194193

207

206

205

36 53 60 105

6 12 157

208

77 98 107

142

158

203

88 100

102

103

119

140

151

159

172

186

115

114

113

112

111

110

109

108

U8

MST9E19A

R54

4K7

R36

22K

100P C79

01UC11

7

C116

01U

R7510K

R38 22

K

C10201U

C89 0

1U

1

3

2

D40

0BA

V99

+5VST

R53

390R

CVBSOUT

LED2

5

6

7

8

4

3

2

1U10

M24C32MN

IR_SYNC

KEY0

LED1

KEY1

WP_FSH

TV1-VIN- VCOM0

AV1-YIN-

AV1-YIN

VCOM2

SV_Y0

R_TX2+

C920047U

C930047U

0047UC94

0047UC96

C970047U

0047UC98

C1010047U

0047UC100

C990047U

SV_C0

TXD

RXD

100P

C20

2

8

7

6

4 5

3

2

1U9

W25X40

+33V

L26 F

B

100RR77

SDA

SCL

SHUT_EEPR76

100R

5

6

7

8

4

3

2

1U11

M24C04MN

SDA

SCL

100RR70

R69100R

+33V

R68

10K

SPI_CZ

SPI_DI

SPI_CK

54

72

1

3 6

8

RP933R

NCR

65R

661K

8

C90 10

0P

R6110R

1KR60

R591K

100P

C91

C95 10

0P

SYS_RST

R391K

B

E

CQ8

BT3906

C8010U

16V

C7447U

16V

R48

1M

Y1

14M

3

22PC84

AVDDA

AVDD_SIF

AVDD_MEMPLL

AVDD_HDMIVDDC VDDP

SDA_EXT

SCL_EXT

+33V

R43

10K

10KR

44

RXE3+B2

RXE4+B0

RXE4-B1

RXE3-B3

RXEC+B4

RXEC-B5

RXE2+B6

RXE2-B7

RXE1+G0

RXE1-G1

RXE0+G2

RXE0-G3

RXO4+G4

RXO4-G5

RXO3+G6

RXO3-G7

RXOC+R0

RXOC-R1

RXO2+R2

RXO2-R3

RXO1+R4

RXO1-R5

RXO0+R6

RXO0-R7

TTL-BLUE2

TTL-BLUE1

TTL-BLUE0

TTL-BLUE3

TTL-BLUE4

TTL-BLUE5

TTL-BLUE6

TTL-BLUE7

TTL-GREEN0

TTL-GREEN1

TTL-GREEN2

TTL-GREEN3

TTL-GREEN4

TTL-GREEN5

TTL-GREEN6

TTL-GREEN7

TTL-RED6

TTL-RED0

TTL-RED1

TTL-RED2

TTL-RED3

TTL-RED4

TTL-RED5

TTL-RED7

54

72

1

3 6

8

RP40R

8

63

1

2 7

4 5

0RRP7

54

72

1

3 6

8

RP60R

8

63

1

2 7

4 5

0RRP3

8

63

1

2 7

4 5

0RRP5

54

72

1

3 6

8

RP20R

SPI_CKSPI_DISPI_CZ

SPI_DO

AMP-MUTE

PANEL-ONOFF

LED1

HPDCTRL

ON-PBACK

863 12

7

45

4K7

RP

13

PWM0

ADJ-PWM2

NCR

85

NCR

82

NCR

80

NCR

79

R84

1K

R83

1K

R81

1K

R78

1K

PWM0

WP_FSH

ADJ-PWM2

PWM3

IR_SYNC

KEY1

KEY0

RXD

TXD

SCL

SDA

DDC-RDX

DDC-TXD

I2C-SCL

I2C-SDA

+33V

54

721 3

68

RP

104K

7

R7410R

10RR73

10RR72

R7110R

AUCOM

16V

10UC

118

AUVRADN

AUVRADP

C11310U

16V

L250

AMP-ROUT

AMP-LOUT

PH-ROUTPH-LOUT

PC-RIN

SIFM

SIFP

01UC103

01U

C88

AUCOM

AUVREFAUVRADPAUVRADN

SIFM

SIFP

TUNER_CVBS

SV_C0

SV_Y0

VCOM2

CVBS2CVBS1

VCOM0

VCOM1

CVBS3

SCG+

SCR+SCR-

SC_SOG

SCG-

SCB-

RIN-

RIN+GIN-

GIN+SOG

BIN-BIN+

01UC85

C8701U

VS_RGBHS_RGB

HDMI_SCLHDMI_SDA

AVDD_HDMI TXCLK-

R_TX2+

R_TX2-G_TX1+

G_TX1-B_TX0+

B_TX0-TXCLK+

AUVREF

PWM3

+33V

VDD_MPLL

AVDD_AU

TV1-VIN+ TUNER_CVBS

VCOM1

AV1-CIN

TV-SIFP

TV-SIFM

HDMI_SCLHDMI_SDA

TXCLK-

R_TX2-G_TX1+

G_TX1-B_TX0+

B_TX0-TXCLK+

VS_RGBHS_RGB

RIN-

RIN+GIN-

GIN+SOG

BIN-BIN+

SCG+

SCR+SCR-

SC_SOG

SCG-SCB+SCB-

AV1-VIN+

AV2-VIN+

AV3-VIN+ CVBS1

CVBS2

CVBS3

SPI_DO

WP_FSH

CVBSOUT

PH-LOUT

PH-ROUTAMP-ROUT AMP-R

AMP-LAMP-LOUTPH-L1OUT

AFT

SCB+

KEY1-IN

+33V

PH-R1OUT

C77

1000

P

E

C

B BT3904Q7

R114K7

+5VSTB

GPIO_PROTECT

+33V

IR-IN

C248

2U2

2U2 C249

C250

2U2

2U2 C251

C252

2U2

DVI-RINDVI-LINAV2-RIN

AV2-LIN

AV1-RINAV1-LIN

B03 B03

I_18130_013eps180608

MST9E19A CONTROLLER

36TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

SSB HDMI Interface

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

SDA

SCL

WC

VCC

VSS

E2NC

E1NC

E0NC

RX2+

GND1

RX2-

RX1+

GND2

RX1-

RX0+

GND3

RX0-

RXC+

GND4

RXC-

NC1

NC2

DDCCLK

DDCDA

GND5

VCC

HPD

AGND

HDMI-RX2-

HDMI-RX1+

+5V

+5V

5

6

43

2

1

U17

PRTR5V0U4D

5

6

43

2

1

U18

PRTR5V0U4D

1KR101

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

P12

01UC

120

5

6

7

8

4

3

2

1U12

M24C02MN

RLZ

5B6

D18

HDMI-DDC-SDA

HDMI-DDC-SCL

HDMI-HPD

HDMI5V

HPDCTRLB

C

E

Q10BT3904

4K7R96

R95

4K7

R1000R

NCR

97

R94

1K

+5V

100RR99

R98100R

12

3

D17

BAT

54C

D19

RLZ

5B6

TXCLK-

TXCLK+

B_TX0-

B_TX0+

G_TX1-

G_TX1+

R_TX2-

R_TX2+

10RR93

R9210R

10RR91

R9010R

10RR89

R8810R

10RR87

R8610R

HDMI_SDA

HDMI_SCL

HDMI-RXC-

HDMI-RXC+

HDMI-RX0+

HDMI-RX0-

HDMI-RX1-

HDMI-RX2+

B04 B04

I_18130_014eps180608

HDMI INTERFACE

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 37TCS10L LA 7

SSB VGA Interface

AGND

AGND

AGND

SDA

SCL

WC

VCC

VSS

E2NC

E1NC

E0NC

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGNDProgram Control

To main chip(when updateit is I2Cwhen debug it is RXTX)

LED2

R12

110

0RR12

010

0R

+33V

RXD

TXD

R170

4K7

1

3

2

D2

100RR144

NCR123

4K7R12

2

75R

R10

9

R10

8 75R

01UC

130

10K

R17

4

75R

R10

7

10K

R17

2

P13-11

R11

8 4K7

4K7

R11

9

PROTECT

VGA5V

VGA-SCL

PROTECT

13

2

D25

1

3

2

D20

C19 N

C

Q182N7002

10RR175

R171NC

R17310R

C12

9 NC

C1270047U

VGA-R+

VGA-G+

VGA-B+

+5VST1

32

D24

1KR115

R1141K

123

D23BAT54C

5

6

7

8

4

3

2

1U13

M24C02MN

R11

74K

7NC

C12

8R11

610

K

6

4

11

14

15

7

12

8

5

13

3

10

9

1

2

16

17

P13

C1230047U

C1241000P

C1210047U

R10510R

10RR104

R10310R

0047UC126

C1250047U

0047UC122

1

3

2

D22

2

3

1

D21

R11347R

47RR111

R11047R

R106330R

HS_RGB

VS_RGB

Q192N7002

B

C

E

Q25BT3904

VGA-HS

VGA-VS

VGA-SDA

RIN+

SOG

BIN-

GIN-

RIN-

BIN+

GIN+

VGA-SDA

VGA-SCL

+5VSTB

+5VSTB

B05 B05

I_18130_015eps180608

VGA INTERFACE

38TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

SSB Cinch

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND AGNDAGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

VDD

OUTB

INB-

VSS INB+

INA+

INA-

OUTA

AGNDAGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

WHITE

RED

YELLOWGREEN

BLUE

RED

WHITE

RED

RED

WHITE

YELLOW

AGND

AGND

AGND

HDTV IN

AV OUTPUT AUDIO AMP

For PCampYPbPr Audio Input(RL)

For Philips Upgrade

S-VIDEO amp AV2 In Side

Earphone Outuput In Side

AV1 In Rear

AV OUTPUT

For DVI Audio Input(35mm Jack)

2

1

3

P17

DVI_R

DVI_L

AV2-V

AV_ROUT

AV2-R

C13 47

0P

12K

R15

2

C17 47

0P

560P

C16

356

0PC

162

3

2

1

4P15

C14

156

0P

PC-R

560P

C14

3C

134

560P

560P

C13

8

2

3

1

D37

NC

C14

256

0P56

0PC

146

C6 10

0P

3

1

2

P11

TXD

3

1

2

P7

PR1

PB1

AVOUT_L

Y1

AVOUT

1

4

2

5

3

6P21

1

2

3

4

5

6P8

8 56 7 9

P15

BUF2

1

3

2

D31

2

3

1

D28

NC

1

3

2

D33

NC

2

3

1

D55

NC

2

3

1

D54

NC

2

3

1

D52

NC

2

3

1

D51

NC

2

3

1

D34

1

3

2

D36

NC

C5 10

0P

13

2

D12

R18

8 75R

R2855K1

R2845K1

R2805K1

R2815K1

L6130R

AV1-CL60

30R

AV1-YL59

30R

75R

R14

9

C19

810

00P

C14

068

0P

680P

C15

5

10RR186

680P

C13

6

OP_VCC2

C13

168

0P

2

3

1

D53

2

3

1

D27

FB

L42

10KR230

12K

R20

1R

197 12

K

R15

9 12K

R15

522

0R

220RR153

75R

R14

0

75R

R13

9

R13

6 75R

75R

R12

8

2U2C188

R14

5 12K

12K

R15

7

12K

R13

5C191

2U2

10K

R15

6R

147 10

K

330R

R14

6

R18510RY1

75RR151

R141

75R

C1452U2

2U2C144

01UC

139

12K

R16

1

AV2-VIN+

CVBSOUT

AV1-CIN

AV1-YIN-

1

3

2

D38

2

3

1

D39

PH-R1OUTR226

10K

AV_LOUT

R22447K

+5V

R22

547

K

C18

347

U

16V

100P

C18

9

33KR

229

C18547U

16V

C18

40

1U

C19

310

0P

R23

233

K

8

7

6

4 5

3

2

1U16

TDA1308T

SCB-

SCG-

SCR-

C1580047U

SCG+

SCR+

SCB+

SC_SOG

PR1

PB1

C1540047U

0047UC153

C1520047U

C1511000P

0047UC159

0047UC156

R19547R

47RR191

R18947R

R18410R

10RR183

R14810R

1

3

2

D35

B

E

CQ11

BT3906C218

10U

16V

B

C

E

Q12BT3904

2

3

1

D32

2

3

1

D30

1

3

2

D29

R13347R

10RR137

R12610R

+5V

AV1-YIN

Y1R176

470R

PH-L1OUT

AV_LOUT

AV_ROUT

AV1-VIN+

L63 30

R

30R

L62

330RR

249

R25

133

0R

C196

033U50V

C197

033U50V

7

654

89

3

1

2

P18

1000

PC

199

AMP-PROUT+AMP-LIN

AMP-PLOUT+AMP-RIN

EARPHONE-RA

EARPHONE-LA

30RL44

AV1-RIN

R2825K1

R2835K1 AV1-LIN

AV2-LIN

R2865K1

R2875K1 AV2-RIN

R2885K1

R2895K1 DVI-RIN

R2905K1

R2915K1 DVI-LIN

R2925K1

R2935K1 PC-RIN

R2945K1

R2955K1 PC-LIN

AV1_V

AVOUT_R

RXD

C4 47

0P47

0PC

7

AV1_R

AV1_L

C9 47

0P47

0PC

10

C11 47

0P47

0PC

12

PC-L

AV2-L

B06 B06

I_18130_016eps180608

CINCH

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 39TCS10L LA 7

SSB Tuner

AGND

AGND

AGND

AG

ND

AGNDAGND

AGND

AGND

COMMON

IN OUT

VID

EO

NC

1

NC

2

AU

DIO

AG

C

SD

A

TU

MB

GN

D2

SIF

OU

T

GN

D1

NC

3

NC

4

NC

5

SC

L

NC

6

AF

T

CLOSE RO MST IC

R21127R

171 2 6 1110 1412 157 83 4 5 9 13 16

TU1

2

1 3

U15KIA78D05

TUNER_SDA

TUNER_SCL

SIF_OUT

TV_CVBSC

172

01U

33V

B

C

E

Q20

BT3904

TV-SIFPNCR213

10RR220

001UC181

TV-SIFP

R194100R

330R

R19

3R

192

10R

R19

81K

R19

91K

L2722UH

+12V

R20

7 NC

100K

R20

3

2200

PC

200

R209120R

R20610R

C17

4N

C3

30P

NC

330

PC

175

C171220U

16V

L28120R

R20251K

C17

710

0P

C17

615

0P

SDA_EXT

SCL_EXT

C168220U

16V

16V

220UC

169

TV1-VIN-

TV1-VIN+

R21047R

C16

60

01UC16

44U

7

50V

C16

50

01U

C16

70

1U

TUNER_5V

AFT

120RR212

TUNER_5V

TV-SIFM

001UC170

B07 B07

I_18130_017eps180608

TUNER

40TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

SSB Audio Amplifier

PGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

PGND

PGND

AGND

AGND

OUT2+

OUT2-

NC3

IN2

VCC2

NC2

OUT1+

VCC1

IN1

NC1

MUTE

STBY

PW_GND

S_GND

OUT1-

TO SPEAKER

TO SPEAKER

0RR

162

AMP-PROUT-

2

1

H8

15

14

11

12

13

10

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

2

U19

TD

A7266

1

2

3

4

P9

AMP-PLOUT-

L45200R

L46200R

C219220U

16V

27UHL31

C217220U

16V

AMP-LIN

R253NC

01U C209

D3LL4148

C20

610

00P

1U

C211

0022U

C26 1000

PC

204

0022U

C25

C22

470U16V

+5VST

R164100K

R16510K

R16

8N

C

R16

9N

C

R1663K3

3K3R167

10KR244

B

E

CQ15

BT3906

B

C

E

Q16BT3904

C19

5 NC

NC

C19

4

B

C

E

Q24BT3904NC

0RR257

10KR254

E

C

B BT3904Q23

B

C

E

Q22BT3904

R25210K

R255100R

R24310K

2U2C205

R2560R

C2032U2

+12V

AMP-PROUT-

AMP-PROUT+

AMP-PLOUT-

AMP-PLOUT+

POWER-ONOFF

AMP-MUTE

AMP-R

AMP-L

12V-AMP

+12V

AMP-RIN

B08 B08

I_18130_018eps180608

AUDIO AMPLIFIER

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 41TCS10L LA 7

SSB LVDS Interface

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

VCC_PANEL

C246

10U 16V

C245

01U

R277 0NC

+33V

R27

2

0N

C

R275 0NC

RXE4+B0 RXE4-B1

RXE3+B2 RXE3-B3

RXEC+B4 RXEC-B5

RXE2+B6 RXE2-B7

RXE1+G0 RXE1-G1

RXE0+G2 RXE0-G3

RXO4+G4 RXO4-G5

RXO3+G6 RXO3-G7

RXOC+R0 RXOC-R1

RXO2+R2 RXO2-R3

RXO1+R4 RXO1-R5

RXO0+R6 RXO0-R7

1 2

4

6

8

12

14

16

18

20

10

22

24

26

28

3

5

7

9

11

13

15

17

19

21

23

25

27

29 30

32

34

36

38

40

31

33

35

37

39

P10

R276 0NC

R27

3

0N

CR

274

0N

C

B09 B09

I_18130_019eps180608

LVDS INTERFACE Personal Notes

E_06532_012eps131004

42TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout Small Signal Board (Top Side)

I_18130_020eps180608

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 43TCS10L LA 7

Layout Small Signal Board (Bottom Side)

I_18130_021eps180608

44TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Keyboard Control Panel

Layout Keyboard Control Panel (Top Side)

Layout Keyboard Control Panel (Bottom Side)

AGND

AGND AGNDAGND

AGND

R10072K

R10061K5

R10011K2

12 4

3K1001

1

2

3

P1001

KEY0

R1008NC

R10051K2

R1004NC

R10032K

R10021K5

D10

02

HS

5V6B

D10

01H

S5V

6B

12 4

3K1003

12 4

3K1002

12 4

3K1006

12 4

3K1005

12 4

3K1004

KEY1

I_18130_030eps180608

E EKEYBOARD CONTROL PANEL

I_18130_031eps180608

I_18130_032eps180608

Personal Notes

E_06532_012eps131004

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 45TCS10L LA 7

Inverter Panel

1 2

A

B

C

D

4321

D

C

B

A

F1FUSE-1

C2104

C1220uF250V

C3104

R1200

Q1

DTA143

E1

9

E2

10

C2

11

VC

C12

OU

TP

UT

C13

VR

EF

14

A1+

1

A1-

2

CO

MP

3

DT

C4

CT

5

RT

6

GN

D7

C1

8

A2-

15

A2+

16

U1

TL494

R2200

Q32222

C8

223

C7103

R847K

R7120K

C4

104C5104

D1

68V

C9104

D2

1N4148

Q8DTC143

123456

CN1

R20470K

R21

33K

C16

330pF

C15NC

R13100K

R10

68K

R11

68K

R12

15K

C10104

R2627K

C20223

R18560

Q22222

Q62907

R142K

R1622K

R27 10

R28 10

D4

BAW56K

S11

G12

S23

G24

D1 8

D1 7

D2 6

D2 5

U2

4606

C21223

Q42222

Q72907

R152K

R1722K

R29 10

R30 10

D5

BAW56K

S11

G12

S23

G24

D1 8

D1 7

D2 6

D2 5

U3

4606

R19560

C6

105

R231M

Q52N7002

R22

1M

R9

47K

R25

100KR24270K

D6NCBAW56K

D7NCBAW56K

P1

P2

P3

P4

C17225

C18

225

10

1 7

6

T1

T01

10

1 7

6

T2

T01

C2222pF

12

CON1

12

CON2

D9BAV99

R41K

R36820

R32

10KC12104

D8BAV99

R31K

R35820

R31

10KC11104

P2

P1

C2322pF

12

CON3

12

CON4

D11

BAV99

R61K

R38820

R34

10KC14104

D10BAV99

R51K

R37820

R33

10KC13104

P4

P3

VREF

VREF

C19NC

C26

222C27NC

D13BAV99

D15BAV99

C2422pF

C2522pF

C28

222C29NC

C30222 C31

NC

C32

222C33NC

OVP

OVP

OV

P

R602K

R61510K

C38105

Q10

DTA143

Q112222

R6330K

R62 1K

VCC

VCC

P5

P5

R64

1K

C34221

C35 221

C37

221

C39104

C36

221U4A

LM393

U4B

LM393

Vref

D3

1N4148

R65

3K R663K

C41 104

R67

10K

I_18130_033eps180608

I IINVERTER PANEL 19rdquo

46TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout Inverter Panel (Top Side)

Layout Inverter Panel (Bottom Side)

I_18130_034eps190608

I_18130_035eps190608

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 47TCS10L LA 7

IR LED Panel

AGND

AGND

AGNDIRVC

C

GN

D

RW

R20

031K

2

R20

04

1K2

LED1

1

2

3

4

5

CN2001

E

C

B

BC847AQ2001

B

C

E

Q2002

BC847A

2

13

D2001

LED2

G2001

R20024K7

5V16

V10

0UC

2001

5V

IR

IR

C20

03 47P

LED1R2001

4K7

C2002

47P

LED2

I_18130_036eps180608

J JIR amp LED PANELLayout IR LED Panel (Top Side)

Layout IR LED Panel (Bottom Side)

I_18130_037eps180608

I_18130_038eps180608

48TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Personal Notes

E_06532_013eps131004

Alignments EN 49TCS10L LA 8

8 Alignments

Index of this chapter81 Electrical Alignments82 Hardware Alignments

NoteThe Service Modes are described in chapter 5 Menu navigation is done with the CURSOR UP DOWN LEFT or RIGHT keys of the remote control transmitter

81 Electrical Alignments

Perform all electrical adjustments under the following conditionsbull Power supply voltage (depends on region)

ndash AP-NTSC 120 VAC or 230 VAC 50 Hz (plusmn 10)ndash AP-PAL-multi 120 - 230 VAC 50 Hz (plusmn 10)ndash EU 230 VAC 50 Hz (plusmn 10)ndash LATAM-NTSC 120 - 230 VAC 50 Hz (plusmn 10)ndash US 120 VAC 60 Hz (plusmn 10)

bull Connect the set to the mains via an isolation transformer with low internal resistance

bull Allow the set to warm up for approximately 60 minutesbull Measure voltages and waveforms in relation to correct

ground (eg measure audio signals in relation to AUDIO_GND) Caution It is not allowed to use heatsinks as ground

bull Test probe Ri gt 10 MΩ Ci lt 20 pFbull Use an isolated trimmerscrewdriver to perform

alignments

82 Hardware Alignments

Not applicable

821 Aging

Enter TV mode Set warm up status to ldquoOnrdquo Aging time at least 12 minutes

822 ADC Adjustment

The chassis can execute ADC auto-tune in YPbPr amp PC sourcing modes Enter SAM select YPbPr or PC as source then select AUTOTUNE in ADC ADJ press ldquoRight keyrdquo to run waiting for about 5 seconds until ldquoOKrdquo is displayed which means the set finished the ADC adjustment With an YPbPr source use a 100 color bar pattern with a PC source use a 16-scale grey pattern

823 White Balance Adjustment

Adjust the NORMAL WARM COOL temperature in White balance according to company regular Make sure ADC adjustments have done successfully before doing white balance adjustments and use the ldquoNaturalrdquo picture mode White balance adjustment should be performed with three different sources1 AVTVSVIDEO source reunification under the AV

adjustment apply a NTSC-M system signal with 8-scale grey pattern

2 YPbPrHDMI source reunification under the YPbPr adjustment apply an 8-scale grey pattern

3 PC source should adjust single apply a 8-scale grey pattern

If case of manual adjustment please use the WB page in SAMWhile adjusting White Balance do not change White G or Black G only adjust White R White B Black R and Black B

Table 8-1 Color Temperature Setting 19

Table 8-2 Color Temperature Setting 26

Color mode X Y Color Temperature (K)

Normal 296plusmn4 299plusmn4 8000

Warm 314plusmn4 319plusmn4 6500

Cool 289plusmn4 291plusmn4 9000

Color mode X Y Color Temperature (K)

Normal 289plusmn4 291plusmn4 9000

Warm 314plusmn4 319plusmn4 6500

Cool 278plusmn4 278plusmn4 11000

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data SheetsEN 50 TCS10L LA9

9 Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data Sheets

Index of this chapter91 Introduction92 Abbreviation List93 IC Data Sheets

Notes bull Only new circuits (circuits that are not published recently)

are described bull Figures can deviate slightly from the actual situation due

to different set executions

91 Introduction

This chassis uses the MStar MST9U19A main chip with the following features bull Multi-Standard TV decoding with 2-D comb filterbull Multi-Standard TV sound demodulator and decoderbull Triple ADC fro TV and RGBYPbPrbull Integrated DVIHDCPHDMI compliant receiverbull High quality scaling enginebull 3-D video de-interlacer and video noise reductionbull Embedded On Screen Display controllerbull NTSCPALSecam Video decoder with automatic standard

detectionbull CVBS video outputbull Multi standard TV sound decoderbull FM stereo and SAP demodulationbull Digital audio interfacebull Analog RGB Compliant Input Portsbull DVIHDCPHDMI Compliant input portbull Auto tuning function including phasing positioning offset

gain and jitter detectionbull Automatic color correction

The MST9U19A is a high performance and fully integrated IC for multi-function LCD monitorTV with resolutions up to WSXGA (1680 times 1050) It is configured with an integrated triple-ADCPLL an integrated DVIHDCPHDMI receiver a multi standard TV video and audio decoder a video de-interlacer a scaling engine the MStarACE-3 color engine an On Screen Display controller an 8-bit MCU and a built-in output panel interface It also incorporates an intelligent power management control system for green-mode requirements and spread-spectrum support for EMI management

For a block diagram refer to chapter 6 ldquoBlock diagrams Test Point Overviews and Waveformsrdquo

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data Sheets EN 51TCS10L LA 9

92 Abbreviation List

1080i 1080 visible lines interlaced1080p 1080 visible lines progressive scan2CS 2 Carrier Sound2DNR Spatial (2D) Noise Reduction3DNR Temporal (3D) Noise Reduction480i 480 visible lines interlaced480p 480 visible lines progressive scanAARA Automatic Aspect Ratio Adaptation

algorithm that adapts aspect ratio to remove horizontal black bars keeping up the original aspect ratio

ACI Automatic Channel Installation algorithm that installs TV channels directly from a cable network by means of a predefined TXT page

ADC Analogue to Digital ConverterAFC Automatic Frequency Control control

signal used to tune to the correct frequency

AGC Automatic Gain Control algorithm that controls the video input of the feature box

AM Amplitude ModulationAUO Acer Unipack OptronicsAP Asia PacificAR Aspect Ratio 4 by 3 or 16 by 9ASD Automatic Standard DetectionAV Audio VideoB-SC1-IN Blue SCART1 inB-SC2-IN Blue SCART2 inB-TXT Blue teletextBG Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 55 MHzBTSC Broadcast Television System

CommitteeC-FRONT Chrominance front inputCBA Circuit Board Assembly (or PWB)CL Constant Level audio output to

connect with an external amplifierCLUT Color Look Up TableComPair Computer aided rePairCSM Customer Service ModeCVBS Composite Video Blanking and

SynchronizationCVBS-EXT CVBS signal from external source

(VCR VCD etc)CVBS-INT CVBS signal from TunerCVBS-MON CVBS monitor signalCVBS-TER-OUT CVBS terrestrial outDAC Digital to Analogue ConverterDBE Dynamic Bass Enhancement extra

low frequency amplificationDFU Directions For Use owners manualDNR Dynamic Noise ReductionDRAM Dynamic RAMDSP Digital Signal ProcessingDST Dealer Service Tool special

(European) remote control designed for service technicians

DTS Digital Theatre SoundDVD Digital Versatile DiscDVI Digital Visual InterfaceDW Double WindowED Enhanced Definition 480p 576pEEPROM Electrically Erasable and

Programmable Read Only MemoryEU EUropeEXT EXTernal (source) entering the set by

SCART or by cinches (jacks)FBL Fast Blanking DC signal

accompanying RGB signalsFBL-SC1-IN Fast blanking signal for SCART1 in

FBL-SC2-IN Fast blanking signal for SCART2 inFBL-TXT Fast Blanking TeletextFLASH FLASH memoryFM Field Memory Frequency ModulationFMR FM RadioFRC Frame Rate ConverterFRONT-C Front input chrominance (SVHS)FRONT-DETECT Front input detectionFRONT-Y_CVBS Front input luminance or CVBS

(SVHS)FTV Flat TeleVisionG-SC1-IN Green SCART1 inG-SC2-IN Green SCART2 inG-TXT Green teletextH H_sync to the module HD High Definition 720p 1080i 1080pHDMI High Definition Multimedia Interface

digital audio and video interfaceHP Head PhoneI Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 60 MHzI2C Integrated IC busI2S Integrated IC Sound busIC Integrated CircuitIF Intermediate FrequencyInterlaced Scan mode where two fields are used

to form one frame Each field contains half the number of the total amount of lines The fields are written in ldquopairsrdquo causing line flicker

IR Infra RedIRQ Interrupt ReQuestLast Status The settings last chosen by the

customer and read and stored in RAM or in the NVM They are called at start-up of the set to configure it according the customers wishes

LATAM LATin AMericaLC04 Philips chassis name for LCD TV 2004

projectLCD Liquid Crystal DisplayLED Light Emitting DiodeLL Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 65 MHz L is Band I L is all bands except for Band I

LPL LG Philips LCDLS Loud SpeakerLVDS Low Voltage Differential Signalling

data transmission system for high speed and low EMI communication

MN Monochrome TV system Sound carrier distance is 45 MHz

MOSFET Metal Oxide Semiconductor Field Effect Transistor

MPEG Motion Pictures Experts GroupMSP Multi-standard Sound Processor ITT

sound decoderMUTE MUTE LineNAFTA North American Free Trade

Association Trade agreement between Canada USA and Mexico

NC Not ConnectedNICAM Near Instantaneous Compounded

Audio Multiplexing This is a digital sound system used mainly in Europe

NTSC National Television Standard Committee Color system used mainly in North America and Japan Color carrier NTSC MN = 3579545 MHz NTSC 443 = 4433619 MHz (this is a VCR norm it is not transmitted off-air)

NVM Non Volatile Memory IC containing TV related data (for example options)

OC Open CircuitONOFF LED OnOff control signal for the LED

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data SheetsEN 52 TCS10L LA9

OSD On Screen DisplayPAL Phase Alternating Line Color system

used mainly in Western Europe (color carrier = 4433619 MHz) and South America (color carrier PAL M = 3575612 MHz and PAL N = 3582056 MHz)

PC Personal ComputerPCB Printed Circuit Board (or PWB)PDP Plasma Display PanelPIG Picture In GraphicPIP Picture In PicturePLL Phase Locked Loop Used for

example in FST tuning systems The customer can directly provide the desired frequency

Progressive Scan Scan mode where all scan lines are displayed in one frame at the same time creating a double vertical resolution

PWB Printed Wiring Board (or PCB)RAM Random Access MemoryRC Remote Control transmitterRC5 (6) Remote Control system 5 (6) the

signal from the remote control receiver RGB Red Green and Blue The primary

color signals for TV By mixing levels of R G and B all colors (YC) are reproduced

RGBHV Red Green Blue Horizontal sync and Vertical sync

ROM Read Only MemorySAM Service Alignment ModeSC SandCastle two-level pulse derived

from sync signalsSC1-OUT SCART output of the MSP audio ICSC2-B-IN SCART2 Blue inSC2-C-IN SCART2 chrominance inSC2-OUT SCART output of the MSP audio ICSC Short CircuitSCL Clock signal on I2C busSD Standard Definition 480i 576iSDA Data signal on I2C busSDI Samsung Display IndustrySDM Service Default ModeSDRAM Synchronous DRAMSECAM SEequence Couleur Avec Memoire

Color system used mainly in France and Eastern Europe Color carriers = 4406250 MHz and 4250000 MHz

SIF Sound Intermediate FrequencySMPS Switch Mode Power SupplySND SouNDSNDL-SC1-IN Sound left SCART1 inSNDL-SC1-OUT Sound left SCART1 outSNDL-SC2-IN Sound left SCART2 inSNDL-SC2-OUT Sound left SCART2 outSNDR-SC1-IN Sound right SCART1 inSNDR-SC1-OUT Sound right SCART1 outSNDR-SC2-IN Sound right SCART2 outSNDR-SC2-OUT Sound right SCART2 outSNDS-VL-OUT Surround sound left variable level outSNDS-VR-OUT Surround sound right variable level outSOPS Self Oscillating Power SupplySPDIF Sony Philips Digital InterFaceSRAM Static RAMSTBY Stand-bySVHS Super Video Home SystemSW Sub Woofer SoftWareTHD Total Harmonic DistortionTXT TeleteXTuP MicroprocessorVL Variable Level out processed audio

output toward external amplifierVCR Video Cassette Recorder

VGA Video Graphics ArrayWD Watch DogWYSIWYR What You See Is What You Record

record selection that follows main picture and sound

XTAL Quartz crystalYPbPr Component video (Y= Luminance Pb

Pr= Color difference signals B-Y and R-Y other amplitudes wrt to YUV)

YC Video related signals Y consists of luminance signal blanking level and sync C consists of color signal

Y-OUT Luminance-signalYUV Baseband component video (Y=

Luminance UV= Color difference signals)

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data Sheets EN 53TCS10L LA 9

93 IC Data Sheets

This section shows the internal block diagrams and pin layouts of ICs that are drawn as ldquoblack boxesrdquo in the electrical diagrams (with the exception of ldquomemoryrdquo and ldquologicrdquo ICs)

931 Diagram B MST9U19A

Figure 9-1 Pin configuration

Pin 1

123

45

7

9

11

1314

1718

21

23

25

2728

30

32

34

36

39

41

43

6

8

10

12

1516

1920

22

24

26

29

31

33

35

3738

40

42

4445464748

505152

49

53 54 55 56 57 59 61 63 65 66 69 70 73 75 77 79 80 82 84 86 88 91 93 9558 60 62 64 67 68 71 72 74 76 78 81 83 85 87 89 90 92 94 96 97 98 99 100

102

103

104

101

208

207

206

205

204

202

200

198

196

195

192

191

188

186

184

182

181

179

177

175

173

170

168

166

203

201

199

197

194

193

190

189

187

185

183

180

178

176

174

172

171

169

167

165

164

163

162

161

159

158

157

160

156155154

153152

150

148

146

144143

140139

136

134

132

130129

127

125

123

121

118

116

114

151

149

147

145

142141

138137

135

133

131

128

126

124

122

120119

117

115

113112111110109

107106105

108

MST9U19A

XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX

GN

D

AUR1

AUL2

AUL3

AUL1

AUCO

M

AUR2

AUR3

DIGO[8]

GNDAVDD_MEMPLL

PWM3PWM2DIGO[9]

SIF1

MSI

F1P

AVD

D_S

IF

AUO

UTL

AUO

UTR

AUO

UTS

VDD

CG

PIO

F[2]

GPI

OF[

3]G

PIO

F[4]

GPI

OF[

5]G

PIO

F[6]

GPI

OF[

7]G

PIO

F[8]

GPI

OF[

9]G

PIO

F[10

]G

PIO

F[11

]VD

DP

GN

DG

PIO

F[12

]

GPI

OF[

14]

GPI

OF[

15]

GPI

OF[

16]

GPI

OF[

17]

GPI

OF[

18]

GN

D

GPI

OF[

19]

VDD

C

VDD

PG

ND

VDD

PVD

DP

GPI

OF[

13]

GN

D

DIGO[7]

DIGO[5]

DIGO[3]

DIGO[1]

VDDC

VDDPPWM_SENSE

DIGO[6]

DIGO[4]

DIGO[2]

DIGO[0]

GND

PWM_DRVPWM_FBIRININT

PWM1PWM0

GNDVDDPALERDZWRZ

VDDC

GNDVDDP

VDD

PLV

A0M

LVA0

PLV

A1M

LVA1

PLV

A2M

LVA2

PLV

ACKM

LVAC

KPLV

A3M

LVA4

PVD

DP

VDD

CAV

DD

_MPL

L

LVA3

PLV

A4M

GPI

OE[

0]

IHSY

NC

ICLK

DI[

1]D

I[0]

IVYS

NC

GPI

OE[

1]G

PIO

E[2]

GPI

OE[

3]G

ND

VDD

P

AVD

D_M

PLL

XIN

XOU

TH

WR

ESET

GN

D

DI[

7]D

I[6]

DI[

5]D

I[4]

DI[

2]D

I[3]

VDD

C

AUO

UTL

3AU

OU

TR3

RXCKPGND

RX0NRX0P

AVDD_DVIRX1NRX1P

RX2P

REXT

DDCD_CK

VSYNC1

VCLAMP

REFM

BIN1M

GNDRX2N

AVDD_DVI

DDCD_DA

HSYNC1

RMID

REFP

BIN1P

SOGIN1GIN1PGIN1MRIN1PRIN1MBIN0MBIN0PGIN0MGIN0P

SOGIN0RIN0MRIN0P

HSYNC0VSYNC0

RXCKN

AVDD_ADCGND

C1Y1C0Y0

CVBS2CVBS1

VCOM1CVBS0

VCOM0CVBSOUT

GND

VCOM2CVBS3

GN

D

AVD

D_A

UAU

L0AU

R0

AUVR

EFAU

VRAD

PAU

VRAD

N

AUO

UTL

2AU

OU

TR2

AD[7]AD[6]AD[5]AD[4]AD[3]AD[2]AD[1]AD[0]

SDOCSZSDISCK

SAR3

SAR1SAR2

SAR0

DDCA_CK

DDCR_CKDDCA_DA

DDCR_DA

LVB0

MLV

B0P

LVB1

MLV

B1P

LVB2

MLV

B2P

LVBC

KMLV

BCKP

LVB3

M

LVB4

P

LVB3

PLV

B4M

I_18130_008eps200608

Pin Configuration

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data SheetsEN 54 TCS10L LA9

932 Diagram B TDA1308

Figure 9-2 Block diagram and pin configuration

Block diagram

Pinning information

2

1

3

4

8

7

65

INA(neg)

TDA1308(A)OUTA

VSS

VDD

INA(pos)

INB(neg)

INB(pos)

OUTB

TDA1308(A)

VATUO DD

BTUO)gen(ANI

)gen(BNI)sop(ANI

VSS INB(pos)

1

2

3

4

6

5

8

7

I_18130_007eps190608

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data Sheets EN 55TCS10L LA 9

933 Diagram B NCP1377B

Figure 9-3 Block diagram and pin configuration

Block diagram

Pinning information

I_18130_009eps190608

HV

VCC

GND

Demag

4 mA

To InternalSupply

+

+

125 V75 V56 V (Fault)

FaultMngt

PON

5 V+

OVP

+

144

45 usDelay

15 us for B Version

Demag

8 usBlanking

S

SR R

Q

Q

+

3 us forB Version

+minus

Overload

5 usTimeout

TimeReset

Demag

380 nsLEB

1 V3

200 Awhen DRV

is OFF

FB

42 V

Driver src = 20 sink = 10

DrvVCC

CS

+50 mV 10 V Rint

1Dmg 8 HV

7 NC2FB

3CS

4GND

6 VCC

5 Drv

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data SheetsEN 56 TCS10L LA9

934 Diagram B TDA7266

Figure 9-4 Block diagram and pin configuration

1

2

4

Vref

7YB-TS

IN1

022microF

VCC

133

+

-

-

+

OUT1+

OUT1-

15

14

12

6ETUM

IN2

022microF

+

-

-

+

OUT2+

OUT2-

8

9S-GND

PW-GND

470microF 100nF

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

9

10

11

8

NC

NC

S-GND

PW-GND

OUT2+

OUT2-

VCC

IN2

ST-BY

MUTE

NC

IN1

VCCOUT1-

OUT1+

13

14

15

12

I_17950_054eps090508

Block Diagram

Pin Configuration

Spare Parts List amp CTN Overview EN 57TCS10L LA 10

10 Spare Parts List amp CTN OverviewFor the latest spare part overview please consult the Philips Service website

Table 10-1 Sets described in this manual

11 Revision ListManual xxxx xxx xxxx0bull First release

CTN Styling

19PFL340355 MG8

19PFL340377 MG8

19PFL340378 MG8

19PFL340385 MG8

26PFL340385 MG8

  • Content
  • 1 Technical Specifications Connections and Chassis Overview
    • 11 Technical Specifications
      • 111 Vision
      • 112 Sound
      • 113 Miscellaneous
        • 12 Connection Overview
          • Figure 1-1 Rear and side IO connections
          • 121 Rear Connections
            • 1 - HDMI Digital Video Digital Audio - In
              • Figure 1-2 HDMI (type A) connector
                • 2 - VGA AUDIO Mini Jack VGA Audio - In
                • 3 - VGA PC Video RGB - In and Service UART
                  • Figure 1-3 VGA Connector
                    • 4 - Cinch Video YPbPr - In
                    • 5 - AV1 Cinch Video CVBS - In Audio - In
                    • 6 - Aerial - In
                    • 7 - Service Connector (ComPair)
                      • 122 Side connections
                        • 8 - Cinch Video CVBS - In Audio - In
                        • 9 - S-Video (Hosiden) Video YC - In
                        • 10 - Mini Jack Audio Head phone - Out
                            • 13 Chassis Overview
                              • Figure 1-4 PWBCBA locations
                                  • 2 Safety Instructions Warnings and Notes
                                    • 21 Safety Instructions
                                    • 22 Warnings
                                    • 23 Notes
                                      • 231 General
                                      • 232 Schematic Notes
                                      • 233 BGA (Ball Grid Array) ICs
                                        • Introduction
                                        • BGA Temperature Profiles
                                          • 234 Lead-free Soldering
                                          • 235 Alternative BOM identification
                                            • Figure 2-1 Serial number (example)
                                              • 236 Board Level Repair (BLR) or Component Level Repair (CLR)
                                              • 237 Practical Service Precautions
                                                  • 3 Directions for Use
                                                  • 4 Mechanical Instructions
                                                    • 41 Cable Dressing
                                                      • Figure 4-1 Cable dressing (19 model)
                                                      • Figure 4-2 Cable dressing (26 model)
                                                        • 42 Service Positions
                                                          • 421 Foam Bars
                                                            • Figure 4-3 Foam bars
                                                                • 43 AssyPanel Removal
                                                                  • 431 Stand
                                                                    • Figure 4-4 Stand
                                                                      • 432 Rear Cover
                                                                        • Figure 4-5 LVDS release
                                                                        • Figure 4-6 Speaker and IRLED panel cable release
                                                                          • 433 Keyboard Control Board
                                                                            • Figure 4-7 Keyboard control board
                                                                              • 434 IRLED Board and Speakers
                                                                                • Figure 4-8 IRLED Board and Speakers
                                                                                  • 435 Power Supply Board
                                                                                    • Figure 4-9 Power Supply Unit(s)
                                                                                      • 436 Inverter Board (19 and 22 versions)
                                                                                        • Figure 4-10 Inverter Board
                                                                                          • 437 Small Signal Board (SSB)
                                                                                            • Removing the SSB
                                                                                              • Figure 4-11 SSB connector plate
                                                                                              • Figure 4-12 SSB
                                                                                                • 44 Set Re-assembly
                                                                                                  • 5 Service Modes Error Codes and Fault Finding
                                                                                                    • 51 Test Points
                                                                                                    • 52 Service Mode
                                                                                                      • 521 Service Alignment Mode (SAM)
                                                                                                        • How to Enter
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-1 SAM menu
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-2 SAM menu White Balance Normal
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-3 SAM menu White Balance Cool
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-4 SAM menu White Balance Warm
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-5 SAM menu Volume Curve
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-6 SAM menu Picture Curve
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-7 SAM menu Picture Mode Natural
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-8 SAM menu Picture Mode Personal
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-9 SAM menu Picture Mode Rich
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-10 SAM menu Picture Mode Soft
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-11 SAM menu Producting
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-12 SAM menu Country
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-13 SAM menu Setup
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-14 SAM menu Shop Init Do
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-15 SAM menu Clear Code gt
                                                                                                            • How to Exit
                                                                                                            • Factory Mode Descriptions
                                                                                                              • ltTABLEgt
                                                                                                              • Virgin Settings
                                                                                                                • Table 5-1 Country setting
                                                                                                                • Table 5-2 Virgin settings
                                                                                                                  • 522 Customer Service Mode (CSM)
                                                                                                                    • Purpose
                                                                                                                    • How to Activate CSM
                                                                                                                    • Contents of CSM
                                                                                                                      • Figure 5-16 CSM Menu
                                                                                                                        • Menu Explanation
                                                                                                                        • How to Exit
                                                                                                                          • 523 Blinking LED Procedure
                                                                                                                            • 53 Error Codes
                                                                                                                              • ltTABLEgt
                                                                                                                                • 54 Fault Finding
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-17 No Picture No sound no Back light (19 sets)
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-18 Picture OK No sound (19 sets)
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-19 No Picture Back light amp Sound OK (19 and 26 sets)
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-20 No color (19 and 26 sets)
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-21 No Picture No sound no Back light (26 sets)
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-22 Picture OK No sound (26 sets)
                                                                                                                                    • 55 Service Tools
                                                                                                                                      • 551 ComPair
                                                                                                                                        • Introduction
                                                                                                                                        • Specifications
                                                                                                                                        • How to Connect
                                                                                                                                        • How to Order
                                                                                                                                          • Figure 5-23 ComPair II interface connection
                                                                                                                                            • 56 Software Upgrading
                                                                                                                                              • 561 Introduction
                                                                                                                                                  • 6 Block Diagrams Test Point Overview and Waveforms
                                                                                                                                                    • Wiring Diagram of Connector for MS19-PH 19
                                                                                                                                                    • Wiring Diagram of Connector for MS19-PH 26
                                                                                                                                                    • Block Diagram MS19P Chipset
                                                                                                                                                    • I2C overview
                                                                                                                                                      • 7 Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts
                                                                                                                                                        • Main Power Supply (19)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Main Power Supply (19) (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Main Power Supply (19) (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Main Power Supply (26)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Main Power Supply (26) (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Main Power Supply (26) (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Standby Power Supply (26)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Standby Power Supply (26) (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Standby Power Supply (26) (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB Control
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB DC - DC
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB MST9E19A Controller
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB HDMI Interface
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB VGA Interface
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB Cinch
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB Tuner
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB Audio Amplifier
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB LVDS Interface
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Small Signal Board (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Small Signal Board (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Keyboard Control Panel
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Keyboard Control Panel (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Keyboard Control Panel (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Inverter Panel
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Inverter Panel (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Inverter Panel (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • IR LED Panel
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout IR LED Panel (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout IR LED Panel (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                          • 8 Alignments
                                                                                                                                                            • 81 Electrical Alignments
                                                                                                                                                            • 82 Hardware Alignments
                                                                                                                                                              • 821 Aging
                                                                                                                                                              • 822 ADC Adjustment
                                                                                                                                                              • 823 White Balance Adjustment
                                                                                                                                                                • Table 8-1 Color Temperature Setting 19
                                                                                                                                                                • Table 8-2 Color Temperature Setting 26
                                                                                                                                                                  • 9 Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data Sheets
                                                                                                                                                                    • 91 Introduction
                                                                                                                                                                    • 92 Abbreviation List
                                                                                                                                                                    • 93 IC Data Sheets
                                                                                                                                                                      • 931 Diagram B MST9U19A
                                                                                                                                                                        • Figure 9-1 Pin configuration
                                                                                                                                                                          • 932 Diagram B TDA1308
                                                                                                                                                                            • Figure 9-2 Block diagram and pin configuration
                                                                                                                                                                              • 933 Diagram B NCP1377B
                                                                                                                                                                                • Figure 9-3 Block diagram and pin configuration
                                                                                                                                                                                  • 934 Diagram B TDA7266
                                                                                                                                                                                    • Figure 9-4 Block diagram and pin configuration
                                                                                                                                                                                      • 10 Spare Parts List amp CTN Overview
                                                                                                                                                                                        • Table 10-1 Sets described in this manual
                                                                                                                                                                                          • 11 Revision List
Page 19: Philips 19PFL3403-55 TCS1[1].0L_LA

Service Modes Error Codes and Fault Finding EN 19TCS10L LA 5

Figure 5-20 No color (19 and 26 sets)

Figure 5-21 No Picture No sound no Back light (26 sets)

No color

Color system is Right amp another

channel color is right

Dose the TV signal too weak

CheckPin 17(TV-

CVBS) Wave of TU1 OK

ReplaceTU1

ResetTo

Local system

CheckTuner Input

cable amp antenna

Yes NO NO

No YES YES

Fine tune Frequency

I_18130_006eps180608

No Picture No sound no Back light

Check circuit of +33V +18V (U5U

6U7) OK Replace the bad components

For P22 Pin 1~4 is +12V_PW amp Pin7~9

of is +5VSTBOK

NO

NO

YES

Check DC-DC circuit (U1U2)

YES

Check PSU

I_18130_003eps180608

Service Modes Error Codes and Fault FindingEN 20 TCS10L LA5

Figure 5-22 Picture OK No sound (26 sets)

55 Service Tools

551 ComPair

IntroductionComPair (Computer Aided Repair) is a Service tool for Philips Consumer Electronics products and offers the following1 ComPair helps you to quickly get an understanding on how

to repair the chassis in a short and effective way2 ComPair allows very detailed diagnostics and is therefore

capable of accurately indicating problem areas You do not have to know anything about I2C or UART commands yourself because ComPair takes care of this

3 ComPair speeds up the repair time since it can automatically communicate with the chassis (when the uP is working) and all repair information is directly available

4 ComPair features TV software upgrade possibilities

SpecificationsComPair consists of a Windows based fault finding program and an interface box between PC and the (defective) product The (new) ComPair II interface box is connected to the PC via an USB cable For the TV chassis the ComPair interface box and the TV communicate via a bi-directional cable via the service connector(s)

How to ConnectThis is described in the ComPair chassis fault finding database

Caution It is compulsory to connect the TV to the PC as shown in Figure ldquoComPair II interface connectionrdquo (with the ComPair interface in between) as the ComPair interface acts as a level shifter If one connects the TV directly to the PC (via UART) ICs will be blown

How to OrderComPair II order codes

bull ComPair II interface 3122 785 91020bull For SW see Philips service websitebull ComPair UART interface cable 3122 785 75051bull Software Upgrade VGA interface cables 3122 785 90004

and 3122 785 09269

Note If you encounter any problems contact your local support desk

Figure 5-23 ComPair II interface connection

56 Software Upgrading

561 Introduction

Software upgrading can be done by ComPair This allows to replacement of the software image

Picture OK No sound

Check the voltage ofPin 313 of U19is it 12v Check PSU

Check the wave of pin7475 of U8is it

OK

CheckR amp L speaker

Check wave ofAudio input Pin

U8 pin61~69 OK

CheckQ22

No

Check B of Q22 is Low OK

Yes

No

Check Mute Pin6 of U19is it 12V

Yes

Yes

ReplaceU8

Yes

NO

Yes

Check the AMP- MUTE circuit

No

No

YesCheck SIF circuit Pin 7(SIFOUT) of

Tuner TU1

TV source Checkthe AV input

circuit

No

I_18130_005eps180608

E_06532_036eps150208

TOUART SERVICECONNECTOR

TOUART SERVICECONNECTOR

TOI2C SERVICECONNECTOR

TO TV

PC

HDMII2C only

Optional power5V DC

ComPair II Developed by Philips Brugge

RC outRC in

OptionalSwitch

Power ModeLinkActivity I2C

ComPair IIMulti

function

RS232 UART

Block Diagrams Test Point Overview and Waveforms 21TCS10L LA 6

6 Block Diagrams Test Point Overview and Waveforms

Wiring Diagram of Connector for MS19-PH 19

40-PWL20C-PWI1XG POWER BOARD

1

NU

SE

LEC

T

GN

D

GN

D

P4

1 2 3 5 6 74

BL

ON

OF

F

DIM

MIN

G

INV

ER

TE

R_P

WR

12V

INV

ER

TE

R_P

WR

12V

P5

40-0MS19P-MAE2XGMAIN BOARD

AG

ND

1 2 3 5 6 74

KE

Y0

KE

Y1

AG

ND

IR-I

N

LED

1-IN

LED

2-IN

NC

1 2 3 5 6 7 84

+5V

ST

B

+5V

ST

B

GN

D

GN

D

GN

D

INVERTER BOARD

CN

1

GN

D

1 2 3 5 64

INV

ER

T-S

W

DIM

MIN

G

GN

D

INV

ER

TE

R_P

WR

12V

INV

ER

TE

R_P

WR

12V

8+

5VS

TB

GN

D

1 2 3 5 64

GN

D

GN

D

NC5V

-PW

5V-P

W

40-PF3403-IRC1XG IR BOARD

40-PF3403-KEC1XG KEY BOARD

GN

D

LED

1

IR

+5V

ST

B

1 2 3 54LE

D2

KE

Y1

GN

D

KE

Y0

1 2 3

P10

01

CN

2001 1S

P 22

P

9 10

+12

V-P

W

+12

V-P

W

+12

V-P

W

+12

V-P

W

7 8 9 10

+12

V+

12V

+12

V

+12

V

I_18130_061eps190608

22TCS10L LA 6Block Diagrams Test Point Overview and Waveforms

Wiring Diagram of Connector for MS19-PH 26

40-1PL37C-PWF1XG

1

P5

40-0MS19P-MAE2XGMAIN BOARD

AG

ND

1 2 3 5 6 74

KE

Y0

KE

Y1

AG

ND

IR-I

N

LED

1-IN

LED

2-IN

NC

1 2 3 5 6 7 84

NC

NC

GN

D

GN

D

GN

D

40-PWL01B-STE1X

8+

5VS

TB

1 2 3 5 64

12V-

PW

40-PF3403-IRC1XG IR BOARD

40-PF3403-KEC1XGKEY BOARD

GN

D

LED

1

IR

+5V

ST

B

1 2 3 54LE

D2

KE

Y1

GN

D

KE

Y0

1 2 3

P10

01

CN

2001

P4

9 10

+12

V-P

W

+12

V-P

W

+12

V-P

W

+12

V-P

W

7

10

5P 1P

1 2 3

1 2 3

+5S

TB

AG

ND

PW

-ON

OF

F

+5S

TB

AG

ND

PW

-ON

OF

F

11

12 13 14

GN

D

NC

BL-

AD

JUS

T

BL-

ON

OF

F

11

12

13

14

15

16

P22

8 91 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

12 13 14 15 16

12V-

PW

GN

D

GN

D12

V-P

W

12V-

PW

GN

D

NC

GN

D

NC

NC

NC

NC

NC

BL-

AD

JUS

T

BL-

ON

OF

F

I_18130_062eps190608

Block Diagrams Test Point Overview and Waveforms 23TCS10L LA 6

Block Diagram MS19P Chipset

Panel

810-bit LVDS

2MB

HDMI

HDTVVGA

YC

AV2AV1

AV-OUTTVSIF

PCHDTV-RL

AV2-RLAV1-RL

IRKEY0KEY1

GPIO PWM

Serial-FlashSPI

Speake

Earphone

r

MS19P Chipset Block Diagram

Audio out

EEPROM24C32 SDA

SCL

AMP

TDA7266

MST9U19A

24C02

24C02

24C04SDASCL

U19

U9

U13

U12

U11HDCP

EDID

EDID

U10

Z1

SDASCLExternal device

I_18130_063eps190608

24TCS10L LA 6Block Diagrams Test Point Overview and Waveforms

I2C overview

I2C Device Block Diagram

MST9U19A-LF

24C32 24C04

System EEPROM

I2C AddressA0

HDCP EEPROM

I2C AddressA4

SDA SCL SDA SCL

Tuner integratedIF PLL Demodulator

SDA1 SCL1I2C AddressA0

I_18130_064eps190608

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 25TCS10L LA 7

7 Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Main Power Supply (19)

I_18130_022eps180608

A AMAIN POWER SUPPLY 19rdquo

26TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout Main Power Supply (19) (Top Side)

Layout Main Power Supply (19) (Bottom Side)

I_18130_023eps180608

I_18130_065eps190608

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 27TCS10L LA 7

Main Power Supply (26)

I_18130_024eps180608

A1 A1MAIN POWER SUPPLY 26rdquo

28TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout Main Power Supply (26) (Top Side)

I_18130_028eps180608

40-PWL01B-STE1XG

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 29TCS10L LA 7

Layout Main Power Supply (26) (Bottom Side)

I_18130_029eps180608

40-PWL01B-STE1XG

30TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Standby Power Supply (26)

I_18130_025eps200608

A2 A2STANDBY POWER SUPPLY 26rdquo

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 31TCS10L LA 7

Layout Standby Power Supply (26) (Top Side)

40-1PL37C-PWF1XGI_18130_026eps

180608

32TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout Standby Power Supply (26) (Bottom Side)

I_18130_027eps180608

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 33TCS10L LA 7

SSB Control

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGNDAGND

AGND

AGNDAGNDAGND AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

T

T

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

D1B

D1A

G2

G1

S2

D2B

D2A

S1

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

PGND

PGND

PGND

PGND

PGND

AGND

AGND

T

T

T

T

AGND

T

T

BOOT

DRIVE

FB GND

LGATE

PHASE

VCC

UGATE

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

PGND

AGND

AGND

AGNDAGND

AGND

D2B

D2A

G1

G2

S1

D1B

D1A

S2

T

AGND

D1B

D1A

D2B

G2 D2A

S2

G1

S1

09V

18V

For Tuner 33v

L--Prot

Normal--HProtect--L

Back Light Control

Far from DC-DC amp Tuner

Option

When not use DC-DC+5VSTB_L provide

ON-----LOFF-----H

OptionFar from tuner and power supply (NC)

8

7

6

4 5

3

2

1U3

SP8J3

R234

10R

NC

E

C

B

BT3904

Q21

B

C

E

Q32BT3904

R16

19N

C2

618

KR

919

1K

26

10K

B

C

E

Q2

BT3904

R177

NC

C23

00

1U

10K

R18

0

NC

R17

9 0

R1784K7

+12V

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

P4ON-PBACK

ADJ-PWM2

R181910K26

191

K2

6

R10

Z54

BL-ADJUST

1 2

4

6

8

12

14

10

3

5

7

9

11

13

P22

+5V

+5VSTB_L

C22

2

01U

R70R (FOR 26ONLY)

7

8

4

2

3

5

6

1

A04803

Q17

+12V

+12V_PW

+12V_PW

C24

10

01U

BL-ADJUST

+5V

ST

B_L

C14

01U

BL-ONOFF

C22

40

1U

+5VSTB

R24

8N

C

+12V_PW

C220220U

25V

F250A

F150A

47K

R18

2

L8200R

R2413K9

C23

6

1U

C24

3

1U

C244

01U

C242

470U

16V

+5V

ST

B

PRORECT_12V

R29

720

K

+33V

+33V

B

E

CQ31

BT3906R298

NC

+12V

R299

4K7

R301

4K7

R30

010

K

R29

6

4K7

D14 8V

2

B

C

E

Q26BT3904

R3

4K7

B

E

CQ13

BT3906

C64

3 1U

C20A1U

C21

A 1U

NCC

21

R18

147

K

C24

00

01U

R22

330K

33V

+5V

+5V

12V_PANEL

21

P20

01UC

231

NC

C8

01U

C3

01U

L49200R

L47200R

21

P19

01UC

20

5V_PANEL

4K7R15

D11

LL4148

D45LL4148

PW_ONOFF

+5VSTB1

2

3

P1

POWER-ONOFFB

C

E

Q30BT3904

R26610K

GPIO_PROTECT

+5VSTB

R24

70R

D10LL4148

+12V

C201U

SELECT

R20

510

0K

R2041K

D47 33

V

R27

92K

2R

242

2K2

+12V

1

2

3 6

5

8

4

7

U1

RT8110

R50R PROTPW_ONOFF

R2NC

Z58

Z56

B

C

E

Q27BT3904

BL-ONOFF

R12100R

PW_CTRL

Z51

R24

0 0

Z52

Z53

Z60

L530R

L330R

01U

C23

401UC

232

C23

3 1U

R234K7

5V_PANEL

C22

60

1U

L50200R

+5V

C235470U

16V

200RL54

C23

70

1U

L9200R

+5V

R4

10K

R6NC

+12V_INVERTER

B

C

E

Q6BT3904

68K

R37

NCR17

0RR14

16V

470UC

17A

C27

01U

2U2C16

01UC

15

R8

NC

R194K7

R132NC

R143100K

R14K

7

B

C

E

Q14BT3904

R2110K

+12V

D1LL4148

R14210K

+5VSTB

B

C

E

Q3BT3904NC

+12V

C1810U

50V

L6100UH

D5LL4148

B

C

E

Q5SC1815

NCR

24

B

C

E

Q1

BT3904

B

C

E

Q4BT3904

PWM3

SHUT_EEP

200RL56

L55200R

R23

91K

2

R23

8N

C

R235

10R

R23

6N

C

L115UH

R23

322

K

C23

91U

R237

220R

7

8

4

2

3

5

6

1

U2PHKD13N03LT

C23801U

D50LL4148

L53200R

+12V_INVERTER

C22

70

1U

C22

80

1U

L52200R

L51200R

C22

90

1U

L48200R

C22

50

1U

12V_PANEL

L1230R

PANEL-ONOFF

Z59

Z50

PW_ONOFF R26

368

0R

R2618K2

R26010K

R26

710

K

R26

810

K

R26

247

K

R25910K

R25

810

0K

D41LL4148

+12V

R2783K9

TUNER_5V

+5V

40V

C18

70

1U

R2000R

R6390R

R60422K

L6061000UR

C60

40

1U

D61

433

VC63

047

00P

C63

2 270P

C633

01U 50V

L613

1000UH

NC

L6041000UH

100KR

630

NC

C63

6

C63

50

01U

C63

40

1U

C631200P

B

C

E

Q612BC846B

R63147K

12

3

D61

30B

AV

99

33V

+5V

C1

01U

5V_PANEL

+12V_PW

+5VSTB

12V_PANEL

C223

220U25V

+5VSTB

01U

C22

1

+12V

PW_ONOFF

VCC_PANEL

B01 B01

I_18130_011eps180608

CONTROL

34TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

SSB DC - DC

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGNDAGND

GN

DA

DJ

OU

T

VIN

4

OU

T

VIN

AD

JG

ND

VO

UT

VIN

AD

JG

ND

VCC18V FOR MST9E19A

pin36

VDDC for MST9E19A Core

+33V for VDD_MPLL

+33AVDD FOR AVDD_SIF

+33AVDD FOR AVDD_AU

pin6 pin12

+33AVDD for AVDD_HDMI

Vcc33for MST9E19A analog

+33AVDD for AVDDA

33V for AVDDPLL2

Vcc33 for MST9E19A Digital

10RR

31

F330A

+33V

L16100R+5VST

R28NC

23

1

U6

AIC

1084

FM120D8

FM120D6

23

1

U7

KD

1084

AD

2T18

+33V

VDDP

FM120D7

+5VSTB_L

1 2 3

4

U5AS1117-33

L18FB

FBL17

+18V

VDDC

L11

100R

L10100R+33V

L24

100R

FBL23

16V

47UC

37

C67

01U

01UC

62

C61

01U

01UC

60

C59

01U

16V

100UC

53

C48100U

16V

NCR30

R29

0RL41

FB

16V

100UC

33

C31100U

16V

C49 0

1U

01U

C52

01U

C36

C34 0

1U

01U

C42

C58 0

1U16V

47UC

57

C51 0

1U

AVDD_SIF

+33VA

AVDD_AU

+33VA

AVDDA

+33VA

AVDD_MEMPLL

+33VA

C56 0

1U

01U

C552U

2C

54

C47 0

1U

C46 2U

2

L21FB

2U2

C41

FBL19

C50 2U

2

L22FB

FBL20

01U

C452U

2C

44

C39 0

1U

C38 2U

2

AVDD_HDMI

01U

C40

+33VA

01U

C32

C30 0

1U

+33VA

+33VA

VDD_MPLL

+18V

C35100U

16V

C63

01U

01UC

64

C65

01U

01UC

66

01UC

68

C69

01U

01UC

70

C71

01U

01UC

72

C73

01U

+5VST

+5VSTB

FM120D9

B02 B02

I_18130_012eps180608

DC - DC

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 35TCS10L LA 7

SSB MST9E19A Controller

AG

ND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AG

ND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

SDA

SCL

WC

VCC

VSS

E2NC

E1NC

E0NC AGND

VCC

HOLD

SCK

GND SI

WP

SO

CE

SDA

SCL

WC

VCC

VSS

E2NC

E1NC

E0NC

AD

0A

D1

AD

2A

D3

AD

4A

D5

AD

6A

D7

ALE

AUCOM

AUL0

AUL1

AUL2

AUL3

AUOUTL

AUOUTL2

AUOUTL3

AUOUTR

AUOUTR2

AUOUTR3

AUOUTS

AUR0

AUR1

AUR2

AUR3

AUVRADNAUVRADPAUVREF

AV

DD

_AD

C

AV

DD

_AU

AV

DD

_DV

IA

VD

D_D

VI1

AV

DD

_ME

MP

LL

AV

DD

_MP

LLA

VD

D_M

PLL

1

AV

DD

_SIF

BIN0MBIN0P

BIN1MBIN1P

C0

C1

CSZ

CVBS0

CVBS1CVBS2CVBS3

CVBSOUT

DD

CA

_CK

DD

CA

_DA

DDCD_CKDDCD_DA

DD

CR

_CK

DD

CR

_DA

DI0DI1DI2DI3DI4DI5DI6DI7

DIG

O0

DIG

O1

DIG

O2

DIG

O3

DIG

O4

DIG

O5

DIG

O6

DIG

O7

DIG

O8

DIG

O9

GIN0MGIN0P

GIN1MGIN1P

GN

DG

ND

1

GN

D10

GN

D11

GN

D12

GN

D13

GN

D14

GN

D15

GN

D2

GN

D3

GN

D4

GN

D5

GN

D6

GN

D7

GN

D8

GN

D9

GPIOE0LVSYNCGPIOE1LHSYNC

GPIOE2LDEGPIOE3LCK

GPIOF10GPIOF11

GPIOF12GPIOF13GPIOF14GPIOF15GPIOF16GPIOF17GPIOF18GPIOF19

GPIOF2GPIOF3GPIOF4GPIOF5GPIOF6GPIOF7GPIOF8GPIOF9

HSYNC0

HSYNC1

HW

RE

SE

T

ICLK

IHSYNC

INT

IRIN

IVSYNC

LA0MG3LA0PG2LA1MG1LA1PG0LA2MB7LA2PB6

LA3MB3LA3PB2LA4MB1LA4PB0

LACKMB5LACKPB4

LB0MR7LB0PR6LB1MR5LB1PR4LB2MR3LB2PR2

LB3MG7LB3PG6LB4MG5LB4PG4

LBCKMR1LBCKPR0

PW

M0

PW

M1

PW

M2

PW

M3

PWM_DRVPWM_FB

PWM_SENSE

RD

Z

REFMREFP

REXT

RIN0MRIN0P

RIN1MRIN1P

RMID

RX0NRX0PRX1NRX1PRX2NRX2P

RXCKNRXCKP

SA

R0

SA

R1

SA

R2

SA

R3

SCKSDI

SDO

SIF1MSIF1P

SOGIN0

SOGIN1

VCLAMP

VCOM0

VCOM1

VCOM2

VD

DC

VD

DC

1V

DD

C2

VD

DC

3V

DD

C4

VD

DC

5

VD

DP

VD

DP

1V

DD

P2

VD

DP

3V

DD

P4

VD

DP

5V

DD

P6

VD

DP

7V

DD

P8

VD

DP

9

VSYNC0

VSYNC1

WR

Z

XIN

XO

UT

Y0

Y1

AGND

T

T

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

Mode Selection

I2C address at A0

Location Near IC PinLocation Near IC Pin

SST PULL DOWNMSTAR PULL UP

DVI INPUT

VGA INPUT

For TTL output

Audio Output(to Amp) AV Output(Audio)

Debug Port

For Philps debug

HDCP I2C address at A4

VID

EO

INP

UT

HDTV INPUT

C212NC

C7822P

01UC11

2

2U2 C247

C1072U2

01U C114

PW_CTRL

PRORECT_12V

54

72 13

6 8

RP

84K

7

KEY0-IN

LED2-IN

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

P5

POWER-ONOFF

54

72 13

6 8

RP

124K

7

LED1-IN

NC

L43

+5VSTB

4K7

R55

LED2R13

4K7

R584K7

B

C

E

Q9BT3904

1

2

3

4

5

P14

WP

SDA

SCL

+33V

1

2

3

4

P6

10RR41

SHUT_EEP

D4 NC

WP

C20

110

0P

RXD

TXD1

2

3

P2

ZX

Z62

WP

+33V

+33V+5VSTB

RS

20R

RS

3N

C

RS

11K

10K

R32

10K

R42

01UC86

47RR64

NC

R63

R62

NC

R52100R

R51 22

K

R50 22

K

100RR49

100RR40

C83

001

U

001

UC82

R67

0R

001

UC76

2U2C115

R47100R

R45100R

100RR34100R

R33

2U2C104

C1052U2PC-LIN

2U2C106

C1112U2

2U2C110

C11901U

R57 8K

2

8K2

R56

C1092U2

2U2C108

124578

101113141516171819202122232425262728

293031323334353839

404142434445464748495051

5455575859

61626364656667686970717273747576

78798081828384858687

131

132

133

134

125

126

127

128

129

130

155

156

136 3 9 37 52 56 89 99 101

104

106

120

141

152

173

187

204

143

144

145

146

147

148

149

150

153

154

116

117

118

135

124123122121

9796959493929190

139138137

191190189188

185184183182181180179178177176175174171170169168167166165164163162161160

202201200199198197196195

192

194193

207

206

205

36 53 60 105

6 12 157

208

77 98 107

142

158

203

88 100

102

103

119

140

151

159

172

186

115

114

113

112

111

110

109

108

U8

MST9E19A

R54

4K7

R36

22K

100P C79

01UC11

7

C116

01U

R7510K

R38 22

K

C10201U

C89 0

1U

1

3

2

D40

0BA

V99

+5VST

R53

390R

CVBSOUT

LED2

5

6

7

8

4

3

2

1U10

M24C32MN

IR_SYNC

KEY0

LED1

KEY1

WP_FSH

TV1-VIN- VCOM0

AV1-YIN-

AV1-YIN

VCOM2

SV_Y0

R_TX2+

C920047U

C930047U

0047UC94

0047UC96

C970047U

0047UC98

C1010047U

0047UC100

C990047U

SV_C0

TXD

RXD

100P

C20

2

8

7

6

4 5

3

2

1U9

W25X40

+33V

L26 F

B

100RR77

SDA

SCL

SHUT_EEPR76

100R

5

6

7

8

4

3

2

1U11

M24C04MN

SDA

SCL

100RR70

R69100R

+33V

R68

10K

SPI_CZ

SPI_DI

SPI_CK

54

72

1

3 6

8

RP933R

NCR

65R

661K

8

C90 10

0P

R6110R

1KR60

R591K

100P

C91

C95 10

0P

SYS_RST

R391K

B

E

CQ8

BT3906

C8010U

16V

C7447U

16V

R48

1M

Y1

14M

3

22PC84

AVDDA

AVDD_SIF

AVDD_MEMPLL

AVDD_HDMIVDDC VDDP

SDA_EXT

SCL_EXT

+33V

R43

10K

10KR

44

RXE3+B2

RXE4+B0

RXE4-B1

RXE3-B3

RXEC+B4

RXEC-B5

RXE2+B6

RXE2-B7

RXE1+G0

RXE1-G1

RXE0+G2

RXE0-G3

RXO4+G4

RXO4-G5

RXO3+G6

RXO3-G7

RXOC+R0

RXOC-R1

RXO2+R2

RXO2-R3

RXO1+R4

RXO1-R5

RXO0+R6

RXO0-R7

TTL-BLUE2

TTL-BLUE1

TTL-BLUE0

TTL-BLUE3

TTL-BLUE4

TTL-BLUE5

TTL-BLUE6

TTL-BLUE7

TTL-GREEN0

TTL-GREEN1

TTL-GREEN2

TTL-GREEN3

TTL-GREEN4

TTL-GREEN5

TTL-GREEN6

TTL-GREEN7

TTL-RED6

TTL-RED0

TTL-RED1

TTL-RED2

TTL-RED3

TTL-RED4

TTL-RED5

TTL-RED7

54

72

1

3 6

8

RP40R

8

63

1

2 7

4 5

0RRP7

54

72

1

3 6

8

RP60R

8

63

1

2 7

4 5

0RRP3

8

63

1

2 7

4 5

0RRP5

54

72

1

3 6

8

RP20R

SPI_CKSPI_DISPI_CZ

SPI_DO

AMP-MUTE

PANEL-ONOFF

LED1

HPDCTRL

ON-PBACK

863 12

7

45

4K7

RP

13

PWM0

ADJ-PWM2

NCR

85

NCR

82

NCR

80

NCR

79

R84

1K

R83

1K

R81

1K

R78

1K

PWM0

WP_FSH

ADJ-PWM2

PWM3

IR_SYNC

KEY1

KEY0

RXD

TXD

SCL

SDA

DDC-RDX

DDC-TXD

I2C-SCL

I2C-SDA

+33V

54

721 3

68

RP

104K

7

R7410R

10RR73

10RR72

R7110R

AUCOM

16V

10UC

118

AUVRADN

AUVRADP

C11310U

16V

L250

AMP-ROUT

AMP-LOUT

PH-ROUTPH-LOUT

PC-RIN

SIFM

SIFP

01UC103

01U

C88

AUCOM

AUVREFAUVRADPAUVRADN

SIFM

SIFP

TUNER_CVBS

SV_C0

SV_Y0

VCOM2

CVBS2CVBS1

VCOM0

VCOM1

CVBS3

SCG+

SCR+SCR-

SC_SOG

SCG-

SCB-

RIN-

RIN+GIN-

GIN+SOG

BIN-BIN+

01UC85

C8701U

VS_RGBHS_RGB

HDMI_SCLHDMI_SDA

AVDD_HDMI TXCLK-

R_TX2+

R_TX2-G_TX1+

G_TX1-B_TX0+

B_TX0-TXCLK+

AUVREF

PWM3

+33V

VDD_MPLL

AVDD_AU

TV1-VIN+ TUNER_CVBS

VCOM1

AV1-CIN

TV-SIFP

TV-SIFM

HDMI_SCLHDMI_SDA

TXCLK-

R_TX2-G_TX1+

G_TX1-B_TX0+

B_TX0-TXCLK+

VS_RGBHS_RGB

RIN-

RIN+GIN-

GIN+SOG

BIN-BIN+

SCG+

SCR+SCR-

SC_SOG

SCG-SCB+SCB-

AV1-VIN+

AV2-VIN+

AV3-VIN+ CVBS1

CVBS2

CVBS3

SPI_DO

WP_FSH

CVBSOUT

PH-LOUT

PH-ROUTAMP-ROUT AMP-R

AMP-LAMP-LOUTPH-L1OUT

AFT

SCB+

KEY1-IN

+33V

PH-R1OUT

C77

1000

P

E

C

B BT3904Q7

R114K7

+5VSTB

GPIO_PROTECT

+33V

IR-IN

C248

2U2

2U2 C249

C250

2U2

2U2 C251

C252

2U2

DVI-RINDVI-LINAV2-RIN

AV2-LIN

AV1-RINAV1-LIN

B03 B03

I_18130_013eps180608

MST9E19A CONTROLLER

36TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

SSB HDMI Interface

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

SDA

SCL

WC

VCC

VSS

E2NC

E1NC

E0NC

RX2+

GND1

RX2-

RX1+

GND2

RX1-

RX0+

GND3

RX0-

RXC+

GND4

RXC-

NC1

NC2

DDCCLK

DDCDA

GND5

VCC

HPD

AGND

HDMI-RX2-

HDMI-RX1+

+5V

+5V

5

6

43

2

1

U17

PRTR5V0U4D

5

6

43

2

1

U18

PRTR5V0U4D

1KR101

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

P12

01UC

120

5

6

7

8

4

3

2

1U12

M24C02MN

RLZ

5B6

D18

HDMI-DDC-SDA

HDMI-DDC-SCL

HDMI-HPD

HDMI5V

HPDCTRLB

C

E

Q10BT3904

4K7R96

R95

4K7

R1000R

NCR

97

R94

1K

+5V

100RR99

R98100R

12

3

D17

BAT

54C

D19

RLZ

5B6

TXCLK-

TXCLK+

B_TX0-

B_TX0+

G_TX1-

G_TX1+

R_TX2-

R_TX2+

10RR93

R9210R

10RR91

R9010R

10RR89

R8810R

10RR87

R8610R

HDMI_SDA

HDMI_SCL

HDMI-RXC-

HDMI-RXC+

HDMI-RX0+

HDMI-RX0-

HDMI-RX1-

HDMI-RX2+

B04 B04

I_18130_014eps180608

HDMI INTERFACE

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 37TCS10L LA 7

SSB VGA Interface

AGND

AGND

AGND

SDA

SCL

WC

VCC

VSS

E2NC

E1NC

E0NC

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGNDProgram Control

To main chip(when updateit is I2Cwhen debug it is RXTX)

LED2

R12

110

0RR12

010

0R

+33V

RXD

TXD

R170

4K7

1

3

2

D2

100RR144

NCR123

4K7R12

2

75R

R10

9

R10

8 75R

01UC

130

10K

R17

4

75R

R10

7

10K

R17

2

P13-11

R11

8 4K7

4K7

R11

9

PROTECT

VGA5V

VGA-SCL

PROTECT

13

2

D25

1

3

2

D20

C19 N

C

Q182N7002

10RR175

R171NC

R17310R

C12

9 NC

C1270047U

VGA-R+

VGA-G+

VGA-B+

+5VST1

32

D24

1KR115

R1141K

123

D23BAT54C

5

6

7

8

4

3

2

1U13

M24C02MN

R11

74K

7NC

C12

8R11

610

K

6

4

11

14

15

7

12

8

5

13

3

10

9

1

2

16

17

P13

C1230047U

C1241000P

C1210047U

R10510R

10RR104

R10310R

0047UC126

C1250047U

0047UC122

1

3

2

D22

2

3

1

D21

R11347R

47RR111

R11047R

R106330R

HS_RGB

VS_RGB

Q192N7002

B

C

E

Q25BT3904

VGA-HS

VGA-VS

VGA-SDA

RIN+

SOG

BIN-

GIN-

RIN-

BIN+

GIN+

VGA-SDA

VGA-SCL

+5VSTB

+5VSTB

B05 B05

I_18130_015eps180608

VGA INTERFACE

38TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

SSB Cinch

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND AGNDAGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

VDD

OUTB

INB-

VSS INB+

INA+

INA-

OUTA

AGNDAGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

WHITE

RED

YELLOWGREEN

BLUE

RED

WHITE

RED

RED

WHITE

YELLOW

AGND

AGND

AGND

HDTV IN

AV OUTPUT AUDIO AMP

For PCampYPbPr Audio Input(RL)

For Philips Upgrade

S-VIDEO amp AV2 In Side

Earphone Outuput In Side

AV1 In Rear

AV OUTPUT

For DVI Audio Input(35mm Jack)

2

1

3

P17

DVI_R

DVI_L

AV2-V

AV_ROUT

AV2-R

C13 47

0P

12K

R15

2

C17 47

0P

560P

C16

356

0PC

162

3

2

1

4P15

C14

156

0P

PC-R

560P

C14

3C

134

560P

560P

C13

8

2

3

1

D37

NC

C14

256

0P56

0PC

146

C6 10

0P

3

1

2

P11

TXD

3

1

2

P7

PR1

PB1

AVOUT_L

Y1

AVOUT

1

4

2

5

3

6P21

1

2

3

4

5

6P8

8 56 7 9

P15

BUF2

1

3

2

D31

2

3

1

D28

NC

1

3

2

D33

NC

2

3

1

D55

NC

2

3

1

D54

NC

2

3

1

D52

NC

2

3

1

D51

NC

2

3

1

D34

1

3

2

D36

NC

C5 10

0P

13

2

D12

R18

8 75R

R2855K1

R2845K1

R2805K1

R2815K1

L6130R

AV1-CL60

30R

AV1-YL59

30R

75R

R14

9

C19

810

00P

C14

068

0P

680P

C15

5

10RR186

680P

C13

6

OP_VCC2

C13

168

0P

2

3

1

D53

2

3

1

D27

FB

L42

10KR230

12K

R20

1R

197 12

K

R15

9 12K

R15

522

0R

220RR153

75R

R14

0

75R

R13

9

R13

6 75R

75R

R12

8

2U2C188

R14

5 12K

12K

R15

7

12K

R13

5C191

2U2

10K

R15

6R

147 10

K

330R

R14

6

R18510RY1

75RR151

R141

75R

C1452U2

2U2C144

01UC

139

12K

R16

1

AV2-VIN+

CVBSOUT

AV1-CIN

AV1-YIN-

1

3

2

D38

2

3

1

D39

PH-R1OUTR226

10K

AV_LOUT

R22447K

+5V

R22

547

K

C18

347

U

16V

100P

C18

9

33KR

229

C18547U

16V

C18

40

1U

C19

310

0P

R23

233

K

8

7

6

4 5

3

2

1U16

TDA1308T

SCB-

SCG-

SCR-

C1580047U

SCG+

SCR+

SCB+

SC_SOG

PR1

PB1

C1540047U

0047UC153

C1520047U

C1511000P

0047UC159

0047UC156

R19547R

47RR191

R18947R

R18410R

10RR183

R14810R

1

3

2

D35

B

E

CQ11

BT3906C218

10U

16V

B

C

E

Q12BT3904

2

3

1

D32

2

3

1

D30

1

3

2

D29

R13347R

10RR137

R12610R

+5V

AV1-YIN

Y1R176

470R

PH-L1OUT

AV_LOUT

AV_ROUT

AV1-VIN+

L63 30

R

30R

L62

330RR

249

R25

133

0R

C196

033U50V

C197

033U50V

7

654

89

3

1

2

P18

1000

PC

199

AMP-PROUT+AMP-LIN

AMP-PLOUT+AMP-RIN

EARPHONE-RA

EARPHONE-LA

30RL44

AV1-RIN

R2825K1

R2835K1 AV1-LIN

AV2-LIN

R2865K1

R2875K1 AV2-RIN

R2885K1

R2895K1 DVI-RIN

R2905K1

R2915K1 DVI-LIN

R2925K1

R2935K1 PC-RIN

R2945K1

R2955K1 PC-LIN

AV1_V

AVOUT_R

RXD

C4 47

0P47

0PC

7

AV1_R

AV1_L

C9 47

0P47

0PC

10

C11 47

0P47

0PC

12

PC-L

AV2-L

B06 B06

I_18130_016eps180608

CINCH

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 39TCS10L LA 7

SSB Tuner

AGND

AGND

AGND

AG

ND

AGNDAGND

AGND

AGND

COMMON

IN OUT

VID

EO

NC

1

NC

2

AU

DIO

AG

C

SD

A

TU

MB

GN

D2

SIF

OU

T

GN

D1

NC

3

NC

4

NC

5

SC

L

NC

6

AF

T

CLOSE RO MST IC

R21127R

171 2 6 1110 1412 157 83 4 5 9 13 16

TU1

2

1 3

U15KIA78D05

TUNER_SDA

TUNER_SCL

SIF_OUT

TV_CVBSC

172

01U

33V

B

C

E

Q20

BT3904

TV-SIFPNCR213

10RR220

001UC181

TV-SIFP

R194100R

330R

R19

3R

192

10R

R19

81K

R19

91K

L2722UH

+12V

R20

7 NC

100K

R20

3

2200

PC

200

R209120R

R20610R

C17

4N

C3

30P

NC

330

PC

175

C171220U

16V

L28120R

R20251K

C17

710

0P

C17

615

0P

SDA_EXT

SCL_EXT

C168220U

16V

16V

220UC

169

TV1-VIN-

TV1-VIN+

R21047R

C16

60

01UC16

44U

7

50V

C16

50

01U

C16

70

1U

TUNER_5V

AFT

120RR212

TUNER_5V

TV-SIFM

001UC170

B07 B07

I_18130_017eps180608

TUNER

40TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

SSB Audio Amplifier

PGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

PGND

PGND

AGND

AGND

OUT2+

OUT2-

NC3

IN2

VCC2

NC2

OUT1+

VCC1

IN1

NC1

MUTE

STBY

PW_GND

S_GND

OUT1-

TO SPEAKER

TO SPEAKER

0RR

162

AMP-PROUT-

2

1

H8

15

14

11

12

13

10

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

2

U19

TD

A7266

1

2

3

4

P9

AMP-PLOUT-

L45200R

L46200R

C219220U

16V

27UHL31

C217220U

16V

AMP-LIN

R253NC

01U C209

D3LL4148

C20

610

00P

1U

C211

0022U

C26 1000

PC

204

0022U

C25

C22

470U16V

+5VST

R164100K

R16510K

R16

8N

C

R16

9N

C

R1663K3

3K3R167

10KR244

B

E

CQ15

BT3906

B

C

E

Q16BT3904

C19

5 NC

NC

C19

4

B

C

E

Q24BT3904NC

0RR257

10KR254

E

C

B BT3904Q23

B

C

E

Q22BT3904

R25210K

R255100R

R24310K

2U2C205

R2560R

C2032U2

+12V

AMP-PROUT-

AMP-PROUT+

AMP-PLOUT-

AMP-PLOUT+

POWER-ONOFF

AMP-MUTE

AMP-R

AMP-L

12V-AMP

+12V

AMP-RIN

B08 B08

I_18130_018eps180608

AUDIO AMPLIFIER

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 41TCS10L LA 7

SSB LVDS Interface

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

VCC_PANEL

C246

10U 16V

C245

01U

R277 0NC

+33V

R27

2

0N

C

R275 0NC

RXE4+B0 RXE4-B1

RXE3+B2 RXE3-B3

RXEC+B4 RXEC-B5

RXE2+B6 RXE2-B7

RXE1+G0 RXE1-G1

RXE0+G2 RXE0-G3

RXO4+G4 RXO4-G5

RXO3+G6 RXO3-G7

RXOC+R0 RXOC-R1

RXO2+R2 RXO2-R3

RXO1+R4 RXO1-R5

RXO0+R6 RXO0-R7

1 2

4

6

8

12

14

16

18

20

10

22

24

26

28

3

5

7

9

11

13

15

17

19

21

23

25

27

29 30

32

34

36

38

40

31

33

35

37

39

P10

R276 0NC

R27

3

0N

CR

274

0N

C

B09 B09

I_18130_019eps180608

LVDS INTERFACE Personal Notes

E_06532_012eps131004

42TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout Small Signal Board (Top Side)

I_18130_020eps180608

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 43TCS10L LA 7

Layout Small Signal Board (Bottom Side)

I_18130_021eps180608

44TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Keyboard Control Panel

Layout Keyboard Control Panel (Top Side)

Layout Keyboard Control Panel (Bottom Side)

AGND

AGND AGNDAGND

AGND

R10072K

R10061K5

R10011K2

12 4

3K1001

1

2

3

P1001

KEY0

R1008NC

R10051K2

R1004NC

R10032K

R10021K5

D10

02

HS

5V6B

D10

01H

S5V

6B

12 4

3K1003

12 4

3K1002

12 4

3K1006

12 4

3K1005

12 4

3K1004

KEY1

I_18130_030eps180608

E EKEYBOARD CONTROL PANEL

I_18130_031eps180608

I_18130_032eps180608

Personal Notes

E_06532_012eps131004

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 45TCS10L LA 7

Inverter Panel

1 2

A

B

C

D

4321

D

C

B

A

F1FUSE-1

C2104

C1220uF250V

C3104

R1200

Q1

DTA143

E1

9

E2

10

C2

11

VC

C12

OU

TP

UT

C13

VR

EF

14

A1+

1

A1-

2

CO

MP

3

DT

C4

CT

5

RT

6

GN

D7

C1

8

A2-

15

A2+

16

U1

TL494

R2200

Q32222

C8

223

C7103

R847K

R7120K

C4

104C5104

D1

68V

C9104

D2

1N4148

Q8DTC143

123456

CN1

R20470K

R21

33K

C16

330pF

C15NC

R13100K

R10

68K

R11

68K

R12

15K

C10104

R2627K

C20223

R18560

Q22222

Q62907

R142K

R1622K

R27 10

R28 10

D4

BAW56K

S11

G12

S23

G24

D1 8

D1 7

D2 6

D2 5

U2

4606

C21223

Q42222

Q72907

R152K

R1722K

R29 10

R30 10

D5

BAW56K

S11

G12

S23

G24

D1 8

D1 7

D2 6

D2 5

U3

4606

R19560

C6

105

R231M

Q52N7002

R22

1M

R9

47K

R25

100KR24270K

D6NCBAW56K

D7NCBAW56K

P1

P2

P3

P4

C17225

C18

225

10

1 7

6

T1

T01

10

1 7

6

T2

T01

C2222pF

12

CON1

12

CON2

D9BAV99

R41K

R36820

R32

10KC12104

D8BAV99

R31K

R35820

R31

10KC11104

P2

P1

C2322pF

12

CON3

12

CON4

D11

BAV99

R61K

R38820

R34

10KC14104

D10BAV99

R51K

R37820

R33

10KC13104

P4

P3

VREF

VREF

C19NC

C26

222C27NC

D13BAV99

D15BAV99

C2422pF

C2522pF

C28

222C29NC

C30222 C31

NC

C32

222C33NC

OVP

OVP

OV

P

R602K

R61510K

C38105

Q10

DTA143

Q112222

R6330K

R62 1K

VCC

VCC

P5

P5

R64

1K

C34221

C35 221

C37

221

C39104

C36

221U4A

LM393

U4B

LM393

Vref

D3

1N4148

R65

3K R663K

C41 104

R67

10K

I_18130_033eps180608

I IINVERTER PANEL 19rdquo

46TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout Inverter Panel (Top Side)

Layout Inverter Panel (Bottom Side)

I_18130_034eps190608

I_18130_035eps190608

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 47TCS10L LA 7

IR LED Panel

AGND

AGND

AGNDIRVC

C

GN

D

RW

R20

031K

2

R20

04

1K2

LED1

1

2

3

4

5

CN2001

E

C

B

BC847AQ2001

B

C

E

Q2002

BC847A

2

13

D2001

LED2

G2001

R20024K7

5V16

V10

0UC

2001

5V

IR

IR

C20

03 47P

LED1R2001

4K7

C2002

47P

LED2

I_18130_036eps180608

J JIR amp LED PANELLayout IR LED Panel (Top Side)

Layout IR LED Panel (Bottom Side)

I_18130_037eps180608

I_18130_038eps180608

48TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Personal Notes

E_06532_013eps131004

Alignments EN 49TCS10L LA 8

8 Alignments

Index of this chapter81 Electrical Alignments82 Hardware Alignments

NoteThe Service Modes are described in chapter 5 Menu navigation is done with the CURSOR UP DOWN LEFT or RIGHT keys of the remote control transmitter

81 Electrical Alignments

Perform all electrical adjustments under the following conditionsbull Power supply voltage (depends on region)

ndash AP-NTSC 120 VAC or 230 VAC 50 Hz (plusmn 10)ndash AP-PAL-multi 120 - 230 VAC 50 Hz (plusmn 10)ndash EU 230 VAC 50 Hz (plusmn 10)ndash LATAM-NTSC 120 - 230 VAC 50 Hz (plusmn 10)ndash US 120 VAC 60 Hz (plusmn 10)

bull Connect the set to the mains via an isolation transformer with low internal resistance

bull Allow the set to warm up for approximately 60 minutesbull Measure voltages and waveforms in relation to correct

ground (eg measure audio signals in relation to AUDIO_GND) Caution It is not allowed to use heatsinks as ground

bull Test probe Ri gt 10 MΩ Ci lt 20 pFbull Use an isolated trimmerscrewdriver to perform

alignments

82 Hardware Alignments

Not applicable

821 Aging

Enter TV mode Set warm up status to ldquoOnrdquo Aging time at least 12 minutes

822 ADC Adjustment

The chassis can execute ADC auto-tune in YPbPr amp PC sourcing modes Enter SAM select YPbPr or PC as source then select AUTOTUNE in ADC ADJ press ldquoRight keyrdquo to run waiting for about 5 seconds until ldquoOKrdquo is displayed which means the set finished the ADC adjustment With an YPbPr source use a 100 color bar pattern with a PC source use a 16-scale grey pattern

823 White Balance Adjustment

Adjust the NORMAL WARM COOL temperature in White balance according to company regular Make sure ADC adjustments have done successfully before doing white balance adjustments and use the ldquoNaturalrdquo picture mode White balance adjustment should be performed with three different sources1 AVTVSVIDEO source reunification under the AV

adjustment apply a NTSC-M system signal with 8-scale grey pattern

2 YPbPrHDMI source reunification under the YPbPr adjustment apply an 8-scale grey pattern

3 PC source should adjust single apply a 8-scale grey pattern

If case of manual adjustment please use the WB page in SAMWhile adjusting White Balance do not change White G or Black G only adjust White R White B Black R and Black B

Table 8-1 Color Temperature Setting 19

Table 8-2 Color Temperature Setting 26

Color mode X Y Color Temperature (K)

Normal 296plusmn4 299plusmn4 8000

Warm 314plusmn4 319plusmn4 6500

Cool 289plusmn4 291plusmn4 9000

Color mode X Y Color Temperature (K)

Normal 289plusmn4 291plusmn4 9000

Warm 314plusmn4 319plusmn4 6500

Cool 278plusmn4 278plusmn4 11000

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data SheetsEN 50 TCS10L LA9

9 Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data Sheets

Index of this chapter91 Introduction92 Abbreviation List93 IC Data Sheets

Notes bull Only new circuits (circuits that are not published recently)

are described bull Figures can deviate slightly from the actual situation due

to different set executions

91 Introduction

This chassis uses the MStar MST9U19A main chip with the following features bull Multi-Standard TV decoding with 2-D comb filterbull Multi-Standard TV sound demodulator and decoderbull Triple ADC fro TV and RGBYPbPrbull Integrated DVIHDCPHDMI compliant receiverbull High quality scaling enginebull 3-D video de-interlacer and video noise reductionbull Embedded On Screen Display controllerbull NTSCPALSecam Video decoder with automatic standard

detectionbull CVBS video outputbull Multi standard TV sound decoderbull FM stereo and SAP demodulationbull Digital audio interfacebull Analog RGB Compliant Input Portsbull DVIHDCPHDMI Compliant input portbull Auto tuning function including phasing positioning offset

gain and jitter detectionbull Automatic color correction

The MST9U19A is a high performance and fully integrated IC for multi-function LCD monitorTV with resolutions up to WSXGA (1680 times 1050) It is configured with an integrated triple-ADCPLL an integrated DVIHDCPHDMI receiver a multi standard TV video and audio decoder a video de-interlacer a scaling engine the MStarACE-3 color engine an On Screen Display controller an 8-bit MCU and a built-in output panel interface It also incorporates an intelligent power management control system for green-mode requirements and spread-spectrum support for EMI management

For a block diagram refer to chapter 6 ldquoBlock diagrams Test Point Overviews and Waveformsrdquo

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data Sheets EN 51TCS10L LA 9

92 Abbreviation List

1080i 1080 visible lines interlaced1080p 1080 visible lines progressive scan2CS 2 Carrier Sound2DNR Spatial (2D) Noise Reduction3DNR Temporal (3D) Noise Reduction480i 480 visible lines interlaced480p 480 visible lines progressive scanAARA Automatic Aspect Ratio Adaptation

algorithm that adapts aspect ratio to remove horizontal black bars keeping up the original aspect ratio

ACI Automatic Channel Installation algorithm that installs TV channels directly from a cable network by means of a predefined TXT page

ADC Analogue to Digital ConverterAFC Automatic Frequency Control control

signal used to tune to the correct frequency

AGC Automatic Gain Control algorithm that controls the video input of the feature box

AM Amplitude ModulationAUO Acer Unipack OptronicsAP Asia PacificAR Aspect Ratio 4 by 3 or 16 by 9ASD Automatic Standard DetectionAV Audio VideoB-SC1-IN Blue SCART1 inB-SC2-IN Blue SCART2 inB-TXT Blue teletextBG Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 55 MHzBTSC Broadcast Television System

CommitteeC-FRONT Chrominance front inputCBA Circuit Board Assembly (or PWB)CL Constant Level audio output to

connect with an external amplifierCLUT Color Look Up TableComPair Computer aided rePairCSM Customer Service ModeCVBS Composite Video Blanking and

SynchronizationCVBS-EXT CVBS signal from external source

(VCR VCD etc)CVBS-INT CVBS signal from TunerCVBS-MON CVBS monitor signalCVBS-TER-OUT CVBS terrestrial outDAC Digital to Analogue ConverterDBE Dynamic Bass Enhancement extra

low frequency amplificationDFU Directions For Use owners manualDNR Dynamic Noise ReductionDRAM Dynamic RAMDSP Digital Signal ProcessingDST Dealer Service Tool special

(European) remote control designed for service technicians

DTS Digital Theatre SoundDVD Digital Versatile DiscDVI Digital Visual InterfaceDW Double WindowED Enhanced Definition 480p 576pEEPROM Electrically Erasable and

Programmable Read Only MemoryEU EUropeEXT EXTernal (source) entering the set by

SCART or by cinches (jacks)FBL Fast Blanking DC signal

accompanying RGB signalsFBL-SC1-IN Fast blanking signal for SCART1 in

FBL-SC2-IN Fast blanking signal for SCART2 inFBL-TXT Fast Blanking TeletextFLASH FLASH memoryFM Field Memory Frequency ModulationFMR FM RadioFRC Frame Rate ConverterFRONT-C Front input chrominance (SVHS)FRONT-DETECT Front input detectionFRONT-Y_CVBS Front input luminance or CVBS

(SVHS)FTV Flat TeleVisionG-SC1-IN Green SCART1 inG-SC2-IN Green SCART2 inG-TXT Green teletextH H_sync to the module HD High Definition 720p 1080i 1080pHDMI High Definition Multimedia Interface

digital audio and video interfaceHP Head PhoneI Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 60 MHzI2C Integrated IC busI2S Integrated IC Sound busIC Integrated CircuitIF Intermediate FrequencyInterlaced Scan mode where two fields are used

to form one frame Each field contains half the number of the total amount of lines The fields are written in ldquopairsrdquo causing line flicker

IR Infra RedIRQ Interrupt ReQuestLast Status The settings last chosen by the

customer and read and stored in RAM or in the NVM They are called at start-up of the set to configure it according the customers wishes

LATAM LATin AMericaLC04 Philips chassis name for LCD TV 2004

projectLCD Liquid Crystal DisplayLED Light Emitting DiodeLL Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 65 MHz L is Band I L is all bands except for Band I

LPL LG Philips LCDLS Loud SpeakerLVDS Low Voltage Differential Signalling

data transmission system for high speed and low EMI communication

MN Monochrome TV system Sound carrier distance is 45 MHz

MOSFET Metal Oxide Semiconductor Field Effect Transistor

MPEG Motion Pictures Experts GroupMSP Multi-standard Sound Processor ITT

sound decoderMUTE MUTE LineNAFTA North American Free Trade

Association Trade agreement between Canada USA and Mexico

NC Not ConnectedNICAM Near Instantaneous Compounded

Audio Multiplexing This is a digital sound system used mainly in Europe

NTSC National Television Standard Committee Color system used mainly in North America and Japan Color carrier NTSC MN = 3579545 MHz NTSC 443 = 4433619 MHz (this is a VCR norm it is not transmitted off-air)

NVM Non Volatile Memory IC containing TV related data (for example options)

OC Open CircuitONOFF LED OnOff control signal for the LED

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data SheetsEN 52 TCS10L LA9

OSD On Screen DisplayPAL Phase Alternating Line Color system

used mainly in Western Europe (color carrier = 4433619 MHz) and South America (color carrier PAL M = 3575612 MHz and PAL N = 3582056 MHz)

PC Personal ComputerPCB Printed Circuit Board (or PWB)PDP Plasma Display PanelPIG Picture In GraphicPIP Picture In PicturePLL Phase Locked Loop Used for

example in FST tuning systems The customer can directly provide the desired frequency

Progressive Scan Scan mode where all scan lines are displayed in one frame at the same time creating a double vertical resolution

PWB Printed Wiring Board (or PCB)RAM Random Access MemoryRC Remote Control transmitterRC5 (6) Remote Control system 5 (6) the

signal from the remote control receiver RGB Red Green and Blue The primary

color signals for TV By mixing levels of R G and B all colors (YC) are reproduced

RGBHV Red Green Blue Horizontal sync and Vertical sync

ROM Read Only MemorySAM Service Alignment ModeSC SandCastle two-level pulse derived

from sync signalsSC1-OUT SCART output of the MSP audio ICSC2-B-IN SCART2 Blue inSC2-C-IN SCART2 chrominance inSC2-OUT SCART output of the MSP audio ICSC Short CircuitSCL Clock signal on I2C busSD Standard Definition 480i 576iSDA Data signal on I2C busSDI Samsung Display IndustrySDM Service Default ModeSDRAM Synchronous DRAMSECAM SEequence Couleur Avec Memoire

Color system used mainly in France and Eastern Europe Color carriers = 4406250 MHz and 4250000 MHz

SIF Sound Intermediate FrequencySMPS Switch Mode Power SupplySND SouNDSNDL-SC1-IN Sound left SCART1 inSNDL-SC1-OUT Sound left SCART1 outSNDL-SC2-IN Sound left SCART2 inSNDL-SC2-OUT Sound left SCART2 outSNDR-SC1-IN Sound right SCART1 inSNDR-SC1-OUT Sound right SCART1 outSNDR-SC2-IN Sound right SCART2 outSNDR-SC2-OUT Sound right SCART2 outSNDS-VL-OUT Surround sound left variable level outSNDS-VR-OUT Surround sound right variable level outSOPS Self Oscillating Power SupplySPDIF Sony Philips Digital InterFaceSRAM Static RAMSTBY Stand-bySVHS Super Video Home SystemSW Sub Woofer SoftWareTHD Total Harmonic DistortionTXT TeleteXTuP MicroprocessorVL Variable Level out processed audio

output toward external amplifierVCR Video Cassette Recorder

VGA Video Graphics ArrayWD Watch DogWYSIWYR What You See Is What You Record

record selection that follows main picture and sound

XTAL Quartz crystalYPbPr Component video (Y= Luminance Pb

Pr= Color difference signals B-Y and R-Y other amplitudes wrt to YUV)

YC Video related signals Y consists of luminance signal blanking level and sync C consists of color signal

Y-OUT Luminance-signalYUV Baseband component video (Y=

Luminance UV= Color difference signals)

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data Sheets EN 53TCS10L LA 9

93 IC Data Sheets

This section shows the internal block diagrams and pin layouts of ICs that are drawn as ldquoblack boxesrdquo in the electrical diagrams (with the exception of ldquomemoryrdquo and ldquologicrdquo ICs)

931 Diagram B MST9U19A

Figure 9-1 Pin configuration

Pin 1

123

45

7

9

11

1314

1718

21

23

25

2728

30

32

34

36

39

41

43

6

8

10

12

1516

1920

22

24

26

29

31

33

35

3738

40

42

4445464748

505152

49

53 54 55 56 57 59 61 63 65 66 69 70 73 75 77 79 80 82 84 86 88 91 93 9558 60 62 64 67 68 71 72 74 76 78 81 83 85 87 89 90 92 94 96 97 98 99 100

102

103

104

101

208

207

206

205

204

202

200

198

196

195

192

191

188

186

184

182

181

179

177

175

173

170

168

166

203

201

199

197

194

193

190

189

187

185

183

180

178

176

174

172

171

169

167

165

164

163

162

161

159

158

157

160

156155154

153152

150

148

146

144143

140139

136

134

132

130129

127

125

123

121

118

116

114

151

149

147

145

142141

138137

135

133

131

128

126

124

122

120119

117

115

113112111110109

107106105

108

MST9U19A

XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX

GN

D

AUR1

AUL2

AUL3

AUL1

AUCO

M

AUR2

AUR3

DIGO[8]

GNDAVDD_MEMPLL

PWM3PWM2DIGO[9]

SIF1

MSI

F1P

AVD

D_S

IF

AUO

UTL

AUO

UTR

AUO

UTS

VDD

CG

PIO

F[2]

GPI

OF[

3]G

PIO

F[4]

GPI

OF[

5]G

PIO

F[6]

GPI

OF[

7]G

PIO

F[8]

GPI

OF[

9]G

PIO

F[10

]G

PIO

F[11

]VD

DP

GN

DG

PIO

F[12

]

GPI

OF[

14]

GPI

OF[

15]

GPI

OF[

16]

GPI

OF[

17]

GPI

OF[

18]

GN

D

GPI

OF[

19]

VDD

C

VDD

PG

ND

VDD

PVD

DP

GPI

OF[

13]

GN

D

DIGO[7]

DIGO[5]

DIGO[3]

DIGO[1]

VDDC

VDDPPWM_SENSE

DIGO[6]

DIGO[4]

DIGO[2]

DIGO[0]

GND

PWM_DRVPWM_FBIRININT

PWM1PWM0

GNDVDDPALERDZWRZ

VDDC

GNDVDDP

VDD

PLV

A0M

LVA0

PLV

A1M

LVA1

PLV

A2M

LVA2

PLV

ACKM

LVAC

KPLV

A3M

LVA4

PVD

DP

VDD

CAV

DD

_MPL

L

LVA3

PLV

A4M

GPI

OE[

0]

IHSY

NC

ICLK

DI[

1]D

I[0]

IVYS

NC

GPI

OE[

1]G

PIO

E[2]

GPI

OE[

3]G

ND

VDD

P

AVD

D_M

PLL

XIN

XOU

TH

WR

ESET

GN

D

DI[

7]D

I[6]

DI[

5]D

I[4]

DI[

2]D

I[3]

VDD

C

AUO

UTL

3AU

OU

TR3

RXCKPGND

RX0NRX0P

AVDD_DVIRX1NRX1P

RX2P

REXT

DDCD_CK

VSYNC1

VCLAMP

REFM

BIN1M

GNDRX2N

AVDD_DVI

DDCD_DA

HSYNC1

RMID

REFP

BIN1P

SOGIN1GIN1PGIN1MRIN1PRIN1MBIN0MBIN0PGIN0MGIN0P

SOGIN0RIN0MRIN0P

HSYNC0VSYNC0

RXCKN

AVDD_ADCGND

C1Y1C0Y0

CVBS2CVBS1

VCOM1CVBS0

VCOM0CVBSOUT

GND

VCOM2CVBS3

GN

D

AVD

D_A

UAU

L0AU

R0

AUVR

EFAU

VRAD

PAU

VRAD

N

AUO

UTL

2AU

OU

TR2

AD[7]AD[6]AD[5]AD[4]AD[3]AD[2]AD[1]AD[0]

SDOCSZSDISCK

SAR3

SAR1SAR2

SAR0

DDCA_CK

DDCR_CKDDCA_DA

DDCR_DA

LVB0

MLV

B0P

LVB1

MLV

B1P

LVB2

MLV

B2P

LVBC

KMLV

BCKP

LVB3

M

LVB4

P

LVB3

PLV

B4M

I_18130_008eps200608

Pin Configuration

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data SheetsEN 54 TCS10L LA9

932 Diagram B TDA1308

Figure 9-2 Block diagram and pin configuration

Block diagram

Pinning information

2

1

3

4

8

7

65

INA(neg)

TDA1308(A)OUTA

VSS

VDD

INA(pos)

INB(neg)

INB(pos)

OUTB

TDA1308(A)

VATUO DD

BTUO)gen(ANI

)gen(BNI)sop(ANI

VSS INB(pos)

1

2

3

4

6

5

8

7

I_18130_007eps190608

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data Sheets EN 55TCS10L LA 9

933 Diagram B NCP1377B

Figure 9-3 Block diagram and pin configuration

Block diagram

Pinning information

I_18130_009eps190608

HV

VCC

GND

Demag

4 mA

To InternalSupply

+

+

125 V75 V56 V (Fault)

FaultMngt

PON

5 V+

OVP

+

144

45 usDelay

15 us for B Version

Demag

8 usBlanking

S

SR R

Q

Q

+

3 us forB Version

+minus

Overload

5 usTimeout

TimeReset

Demag

380 nsLEB

1 V3

200 Awhen DRV

is OFF

FB

42 V

Driver src = 20 sink = 10

DrvVCC

CS

+50 mV 10 V Rint

1Dmg 8 HV

7 NC2FB

3CS

4GND

6 VCC

5 Drv

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data SheetsEN 56 TCS10L LA9

934 Diagram B TDA7266

Figure 9-4 Block diagram and pin configuration

1

2

4

Vref

7YB-TS

IN1

022microF

VCC

133

+

-

-

+

OUT1+

OUT1-

15

14

12

6ETUM

IN2

022microF

+

-

-

+

OUT2+

OUT2-

8

9S-GND

PW-GND

470microF 100nF

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

9

10

11

8

NC

NC

S-GND

PW-GND

OUT2+

OUT2-

VCC

IN2

ST-BY

MUTE

NC

IN1

VCCOUT1-

OUT1+

13

14

15

12

I_17950_054eps090508

Block Diagram

Pin Configuration

Spare Parts List amp CTN Overview EN 57TCS10L LA 10

10 Spare Parts List amp CTN OverviewFor the latest spare part overview please consult the Philips Service website

Table 10-1 Sets described in this manual

11 Revision ListManual xxxx xxx xxxx0bull First release

CTN Styling

19PFL340355 MG8

19PFL340377 MG8

19PFL340378 MG8

19PFL340385 MG8

26PFL340385 MG8

  • Content
  • 1 Technical Specifications Connections and Chassis Overview
    • 11 Technical Specifications
      • 111 Vision
      • 112 Sound
      • 113 Miscellaneous
        • 12 Connection Overview
          • Figure 1-1 Rear and side IO connections
          • 121 Rear Connections
            • 1 - HDMI Digital Video Digital Audio - In
              • Figure 1-2 HDMI (type A) connector
                • 2 - VGA AUDIO Mini Jack VGA Audio - In
                • 3 - VGA PC Video RGB - In and Service UART
                  • Figure 1-3 VGA Connector
                    • 4 - Cinch Video YPbPr - In
                    • 5 - AV1 Cinch Video CVBS - In Audio - In
                    • 6 - Aerial - In
                    • 7 - Service Connector (ComPair)
                      • 122 Side connections
                        • 8 - Cinch Video CVBS - In Audio - In
                        • 9 - S-Video (Hosiden) Video YC - In
                        • 10 - Mini Jack Audio Head phone - Out
                            • 13 Chassis Overview
                              • Figure 1-4 PWBCBA locations
                                  • 2 Safety Instructions Warnings and Notes
                                    • 21 Safety Instructions
                                    • 22 Warnings
                                    • 23 Notes
                                      • 231 General
                                      • 232 Schematic Notes
                                      • 233 BGA (Ball Grid Array) ICs
                                        • Introduction
                                        • BGA Temperature Profiles
                                          • 234 Lead-free Soldering
                                          • 235 Alternative BOM identification
                                            • Figure 2-1 Serial number (example)
                                              • 236 Board Level Repair (BLR) or Component Level Repair (CLR)
                                              • 237 Practical Service Precautions
                                                  • 3 Directions for Use
                                                  • 4 Mechanical Instructions
                                                    • 41 Cable Dressing
                                                      • Figure 4-1 Cable dressing (19 model)
                                                      • Figure 4-2 Cable dressing (26 model)
                                                        • 42 Service Positions
                                                          • 421 Foam Bars
                                                            • Figure 4-3 Foam bars
                                                                • 43 AssyPanel Removal
                                                                  • 431 Stand
                                                                    • Figure 4-4 Stand
                                                                      • 432 Rear Cover
                                                                        • Figure 4-5 LVDS release
                                                                        • Figure 4-6 Speaker and IRLED panel cable release
                                                                          • 433 Keyboard Control Board
                                                                            • Figure 4-7 Keyboard control board
                                                                              • 434 IRLED Board and Speakers
                                                                                • Figure 4-8 IRLED Board and Speakers
                                                                                  • 435 Power Supply Board
                                                                                    • Figure 4-9 Power Supply Unit(s)
                                                                                      • 436 Inverter Board (19 and 22 versions)
                                                                                        • Figure 4-10 Inverter Board
                                                                                          • 437 Small Signal Board (SSB)
                                                                                            • Removing the SSB
                                                                                              • Figure 4-11 SSB connector plate
                                                                                              • Figure 4-12 SSB
                                                                                                • 44 Set Re-assembly
                                                                                                  • 5 Service Modes Error Codes and Fault Finding
                                                                                                    • 51 Test Points
                                                                                                    • 52 Service Mode
                                                                                                      • 521 Service Alignment Mode (SAM)
                                                                                                        • How to Enter
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-1 SAM menu
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-2 SAM menu White Balance Normal
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-3 SAM menu White Balance Cool
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-4 SAM menu White Balance Warm
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-5 SAM menu Volume Curve
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-6 SAM menu Picture Curve
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-7 SAM menu Picture Mode Natural
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-8 SAM menu Picture Mode Personal
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-9 SAM menu Picture Mode Rich
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-10 SAM menu Picture Mode Soft
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-11 SAM menu Producting
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-12 SAM menu Country
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-13 SAM menu Setup
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-14 SAM menu Shop Init Do
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-15 SAM menu Clear Code gt
                                                                                                            • How to Exit
                                                                                                            • Factory Mode Descriptions
                                                                                                              • ltTABLEgt
                                                                                                              • Virgin Settings
                                                                                                                • Table 5-1 Country setting
                                                                                                                • Table 5-2 Virgin settings
                                                                                                                  • 522 Customer Service Mode (CSM)
                                                                                                                    • Purpose
                                                                                                                    • How to Activate CSM
                                                                                                                    • Contents of CSM
                                                                                                                      • Figure 5-16 CSM Menu
                                                                                                                        • Menu Explanation
                                                                                                                        • How to Exit
                                                                                                                          • 523 Blinking LED Procedure
                                                                                                                            • 53 Error Codes
                                                                                                                              • ltTABLEgt
                                                                                                                                • 54 Fault Finding
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-17 No Picture No sound no Back light (19 sets)
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-18 Picture OK No sound (19 sets)
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-19 No Picture Back light amp Sound OK (19 and 26 sets)
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-20 No color (19 and 26 sets)
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-21 No Picture No sound no Back light (26 sets)
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-22 Picture OK No sound (26 sets)
                                                                                                                                    • 55 Service Tools
                                                                                                                                      • 551 ComPair
                                                                                                                                        • Introduction
                                                                                                                                        • Specifications
                                                                                                                                        • How to Connect
                                                                                                                                        • How to Order
                                                                                                                                          • Figure 5-23 ComPair II interface connection
                                                                                                                                            • 56 Software Upgrading
                                                                                                                                              • 561 Introduction
                                                                                                                                                  • 6 Block Diagrams Test Point Overview and Waveforms
                                                                                                                                                    • Wiring Diagram of Connector for MS19-PH 19
                                                                                                                                                    • Wiring Diagram of Connector for MS19-PH 26
                                                                                                                                                    • Block Diagram MS19P Chipset
                                                                                                                                                    • I2C overview
                                                                                                                                                      • 7 Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts
                                                                                                                                                        • Main Power Supply (19)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Main Power Supply (19) (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Main Power Supply (19) (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Main Power Supply (26)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Main Power Supply (26) (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Main Power Supply (26) (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Standby Power Supply (26)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Standby Power Supply (26) (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Standby Power Supply (26) (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB Control
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB DC - DC
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB MST9E19A Controller
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB HDMI Interface
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB VGA Interface
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB Cinch
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB Tuner
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB Audio Amplifier
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB LVDS Interface
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Small Signal Board (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Small Signal Board (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Keyboard Control Panel
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Keyboard Control Panel (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Keyboard Control Panel (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Inverter Panel
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Inverter Panel (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Inverter Panel (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • IR LED Panel
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout IR LED Panel (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout IR LED Panel (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                          • 8 Alignments
                                                                                                                                                            • 81 Electrical Alignments
                                                                                                                                                            • 82 Hardware Alignments
                                                                                                                                                              • 821 Aging
                                                                                                                                                              • 822 ADC Adjustment
                                                                                                                                                              • 823 White Balance Adjustment
                                                                                                                                                                • Table 8-1 Color Temperature Setting 19
                                                                                                                                                                • Table 8-2 Color Temperature Setting 26
                                                                                                                                                                  • 9 Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data Sheets
                                                                                                                                                                    • 91 Introduction
                                                                                                                                                                    • 92 Abbreviation List
                                                                                                                                                                    • 93 IC Data Sheets
                                                                                                                                                                      • 931 Diagram B MST9U19A
                                                                                                                                                                        • Figure 9-1 Pin configuration
                                                                                                                                                                          • 932 Diagram B TDA1308
                                                                                                                                                                            • Figure 9-2 Block diagram and pin configuration
                                                                                                                                                                              • 933 Diagram B NCP1377B
                                                                                                                                                                                • Figure 9-3 Block diagram and pin configuration
                                                                                                                                                                                  • 934 Diagram B TDA7266
                                                                                                                                                                                    • Figure 9-4 Block diagram and pin configuration
                                                                                                                                                                                      • 10 Spare Parts List amp CTN Overview
                                                                                                                                                                                        • Table 10-1 Sets described in this manual
                                                                                                                                                                                          • 11 Revision List
Page 20: Philips 19PFL3403-55 TCS1[1].0L_LA

Service Modes Error Codes and Fault FindingEN 20 TCS10L LA5

Figure 5-22 Picture OK No sound (26 sets)

55 Service Tools

551 ComPair

IntroductionComPair (Computer Aided Repair) is a Service tool for Philips Consumer Electronics products and offers the following1 ComPair helps you to quickly get an understanding on how

to repair the chassis in a short and effective way2 ComPair allows very detailed diagnostics and is therefore

capable of accurately indicating problem areas You do not have to know anything about I2C or UART commands yourself because ComPair takes care of this

3 ComPair speeds up the repair time since it can automatically communicate with the chassis (when the uP is working) and all repair information is directly available

4 ComPair features TV software upgrade possibilities

SpecificationsComPair consists of a Windows based fault finding program and an interface box between PC and the (defective) product The (new) ComPair II interface box is connected to the PC via an USB cable For the TV chassis the ComPair interface box and the TV communicate via a bi-directional cable via the service connector(s)

How to ConnectThis is described in the ComPair chassis fault finding database

Caution It is compulsory to connect the TV to the PC as shown in Figure ldquoComPair II interface connectionrdquo (with the ComPair interface in between) as the ComPair interface acts as a level shifter If one connects the TV directly to the PC (via UART) ICs will be blown

How to OrderComPair II order codes

bull ComPair II interface 3122 785 91020bull For SW see Philips service websitebull ComPair UART interface cable 3122 785 75051bull Software Upgrade VGA interface cables 3122 785 90004

and 3122 785 09269

Note If you encounter any problems contact your local support desk

Figure 5-23 ComPair II interface connection

56 Software Upgrading

561 Introduction

Software upgrading can be done by ComPair This allows to replacement of the software image

Picture OK No sound

Check the voltage ofPin 313 of U19is it 12v Check PSU

Check the wave of pin7475 of U8is it

OK

CheckR amp L speaker

Check wave ofAudio input Pin

U8 pin61~69 OK

CheckQ22

No

Check B of Q22 is Low OK

Yes

No

Check Mute Pin6 of U19is it 12V

Yes

Yes

ReplaceU8

Yes

NO

Yes

Check the AMP- MUTE circuit

No

No

YesCheck SIF circuit Pin 7(SIFOUT) of

Tuner TU1

TV source Checkthe AV input

circuit

No

I_18130_005eps180608

E_06532_036eps150208

TOUART SERVICECONNECTOR

TOUART SERVICECONNECTOR

TOI2C SERVICECONNECTOR

TO TV

PC

HDMII2C only

Optional power5V DC

ComPair II Developed by Philips Brugge

RC outRC in

OptionalSwitch

Power ModeLinkActivity I2C

ComPair IIMulti

function

RS232 UART

Block Diagrams Test Point Overview and Waveforms 21TCS10L LA 6

6 Block Diagrams Test Point Overview and Waveforms

Wiring Diagram of Connector for MS19-PH 19

40-PWL20C-PWI1XG POWER BOARD

1

NU

SE

LEC

T

GN

D

GN

D

P4

1 2 3 5 6 74

BL

ON

OF

F

DIM

MIN

G

INV

ER

TE

R_P

WR

12V

INV

ER

TE

R_P

WR

12V

P5

40-0MS19P-MAE2XGMAIN BOARD

AG

ND

1 2 3 5 6 74

KE

Y0

KE

Y1

AG

ND

IR-I

N

LED

1-IN

LED

2-IN

NC

1 2 3 5 6 7 84

+5V

ST

B

+5V

ST

B

GN

D

GN

D

GN

D

INVERTER BOARD

CN

1

GN

D

1 2 3 5 64

INV

ER

T-S

W

DIM

MIN

G

GN

D

INV

ER

TE

R_P

WR

12V

INV

ER

TE

R_P

WR

12V

8+

5VS

TB

GN

D

1 2 3 5 64

GN

D

GN

D

NC5V

-PW

5V-P

W

40-PF3403-IRC1XG IR BOARD

40-PF3403-KEC1XG KEY BOARD

GN

D

LED

1

IR

+5V

ST

B

1 2 3 54LE

D2

KE

Y1

GN

D

KE

Y0

1 2 3

P10

01

CN

2001 1S

P 22

P

9 10

+12

V-P

W

+12

V-P

W

+12

V-P

W

+12

V-P

W

7 8 9 10

+12

V+

12V

+12

V

+12

V

I_18130_061eps190608

22TCS10L LA 6Block Diagrams Test Point Overview and Waveforms

Wiring Diagram of Connector for MS19-PH 26

40-1PL37C-PWF1XG

1

P5

40-0MS19P-MAE2XGMAIN BOARD

AG

ND

1 2 3 5 6 74

KE

Y0

KE

Y1

AG

ND

IR-I

N

LED

1-IN

LED

2-IN

NC

1 2 3 5 6 7 84

NC

NC

GN

D

GN

D

GN

D

40-PWL01B-STE1X

8+

5VS

TB

1 2 3 5 64

12V-

PW

40-PF3403-IRC1XG IR BOARD

40-PF3403-KEC1XGKEY BOARD

GN

D

LED

1

IR

+5V

ST

B

1 2 3 54LE

D2

KE

Y1

GN

D

KE

Y0

1 2 3

P10

01

CN

2001

P4

9 10

+12

V-P

W

+12

V-P

W

+12

V-P

W

+12

V-P

W

7

10

5P 1P

1 2 3

1 2 3

+5S

TB

AG

ND

PW

-ON

OF

F

+5S

TB

AG

ND

PW

-ON

OF

F

11

12 13 14

GN

D

NC

BL-

AD

JUS

T

BL-

ON

OF

F

11

12

13

14

15

16

P22

8 91 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

12 13 14 15 16

12V-

PW

GN

D

GN

D12

V-P

W

12V-

PW

GN

D

NC

GN

D

NC

NC

NC

NC

NC

BL-

AD

JUS

T

BL-

ON

OF

F

I_18130_062eps190608

Block Diagrams Test Point Overview and Waveforms 23TCS10L LA 6

Block Diagram MS19P Chipset

Panel

810-bit LVDS

2MB

HDMI

HDTVVGA

YC

AV2AV1

AV-OUTTVSIF

PCHDTV-RL

AV2-RLAV1-RL

IRKEY0KEY1

GPIO PWM

Serial-FlashSPI

Speake

Earphone

r

MS19P Chipset Block Diagram

Audio out

EEPROM24C32 SDA

SCL

AMP

TDA7266

MST9U19A

24C02

24C02

24C04SDASCL

U19

U9

U13

U12

U11HDCP

EDID

EDID

U10

Z1

SDASCLExternal device

I_18130_063eps190608

24TCS10L LA 6Block Diagrams Test Point Overview and Waveforms

I2C overview

I2C Device Block Diagram

MST9U19A-LF

24C32 24C04

System EEPROM

I2C AddressA0

HDCP EEPROM

I2C AddressA4

SDA SCL SDA SCL

Tuner integratedIF PLL Demodulator

SDA1 SCL1I2C AddressA0

I_18130_064eps190608

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 25TCS10L LA 7

7 Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Main Power Supply (19)

I_18130_022eps180608

A AMAIN POWER SUPPLY 19rdquo

26TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout Main Power Supply (19) (Top Side)

Layout Main Power Supply (19) (Bottom Side)

I_18130_023eps180608

I_18130_065eps190608

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 27TCS10L LA 7

Main Power Supply (26)

I_18130_024eps180608

A1 A1MAIN POWER SUPPLY 26rdquo

28TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout Main Power Supply (26) (Top Side)

I_18130_028eps180608

40-PWL01B-STE1XG

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 29TCS10L LA 7

Layout Main Power Supply (26) (Bottom Side)

I_18130_029eps180608

40-PWL01B-STE1XG

30TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Standby Power Supply (26)

I_18130_025eps200608

A2 A2STANDBY POWER SUPPLY 26rdquo

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 31TCS10L LA 7

Layout Standby Power Supply (26) (Top Side)

40-1PL37C-PWF1XGI_18130_026eps

180608

32TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout Standby Power Supply (26) (Bottom Side)

I_18130_027eps180608

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 33TCS10L LA 7

SSB Control

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGNDAGND

AGND

AGNDAGNDAGND AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

T

T

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

D1B

D1A

G2

G1

S2

D2B

D2A

S1

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

PGND

PGND

PGND

PGND

PGND

AGND

AGND

T

T

T

T

AGND

T

T

BOOT

DRIVE

FB GND

LGATE

PHASE

VCC

UGATE

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

PGND

AGND

AGND

AGNDAGND

AGND

D2B

D2A

G1

G2

S1

D1B

D1A

S2

T

AGND

D1B

D1A

D2B

G2 D2A

S2

G1

S1

09V

18V

For Tuner 33v

L--Prot

Normal--HProtect--L

Back Light Control

Far from DC-DC amp Tuner

Option

When not use DC-DC+5VSTB_L provide

ON-----LOFF-----H

OptionFar from tuner and power supply (NC)

8

7

6

4 5

3

2

1U3

SP8J3

R234

10R

NC

E

C

B

BT3904

Q21

B

C

E

Q32BT3904

R16

19N

C2

618

KR

919

1K

26

10K

B

C

E

Q2

BT3904

R177

NC

C23

00

1U

10K

R18

0

NC

R17

9 0

R1784K7

+12V

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

P4ON-PBACK

ADJ-PWM2

R181910K26

191

K2

6

R10

Z54

BL-ADJUST

1 2

4

6

8

12

14

10

3

5

7

9

11

13

P22

+5V

+5VSTB_L

C22

2

01U

R70R (FOR 26ONLY)

7

8

4

2

3

5

6

1

A04803

Q17

+12V

+12V_PW

+12V_PW

C24

10

01U

BL-ADJUST

+5V

ST

B_L

C14

01U

BL-ONOFF

C22

40

1U

+5VSTB

R24

8N

C

+12V_PW

C220220U

25V

F250A

F150A

47K

R18

2

L8200R

R2413K9

C23

6

1U

C24

3

1U

C244

01U

C242

470U

16V

+5V

ST

B

PRORECT_12V

R29

720

K

+33V

+33V

B

E

CQ31

BT3906R298

NC

+12V

R299

4K7

R301

4K7

R30

010

K

R29

6

4K7

D14 8V

2

B

C

E

Q26BT3904

R3

4K7

B

E

CQ13

BT3906

C64

3 1U

C20A1U

C21

A 1U

NCC

21

R18

147

K

C24

00

01U

R22

330K

33V

+5V

+5V

12V_PANEL

21

P20

01UC

231

NC

C8

01U

C3

01U

L49200R

L47200R

21

P19

01UC

20

5V_PANEL

4K7R15

D11

LL4148

D45LL4148

PW_ONOFF

+5VSTB1

2

3

P1

POWER-ONOFFB

C

E

Q30BT3904

R26610K

GPIO_PROTECT

+5VSTB

R24

70R

D10LL4148

+12V

C201U

SELECT

R20

510

0K

R2041K

D47 33

V

R27

92K

2R

242

2K2

+12V

1

2

3 6

5

8

4

7

U1

RT8110

R50R PROTPW_ONOFF

R2NC

Z58

Z56

B

C

E

Q27BT3904

BL-ONOFF

R12100R

PW_CTRL

Z51

R24

0 0

Z52

Z53

Z60

L530R

L330R

01U

C23

401UC

232

C23

3 1U

R234K7

5V_PANEL

C22

60

1U

L50200R

+5V

C235470U

16V

200RL54

C23

70

1U

L9200R

+5V

R4

10K

R6NC

+12V_INVERTER

B

C

E

Q6BT3904

68K

R37

NCR17

0RR14

16V

470UC

17A

C27

01U

2U2C16

01UC

15

R8

NC

R194K7

R132NC

R143100K

R14K

7

B

C

E

Q14BT3904

R2110K

+12V

D1LL4148

R14210K

+5VSTB

B

C

E

Q3BT3904NC

+12V

C1810U

50V

L6100UH

D5LL4148

B

C

E

Q5SC1815

NCR

24

B

C

E

Q1

BT3904

B

C

E

Q4BT3904

PWM3

SHUT_EEP

200RL56

L55200R

R23

91K

2

R23

8N

C

R235

10R

R23

6N

C

L115UH

R23

322

K

C23

91U

R237

220R

7

8

4

2

3

5

6

1

U2PHKD13N03LT

C23801U

D50LL4148

L53200R

+12V_INVERTER

C22

70

1U

C22

80

1U

L52200R

L51200R

C22

90

1U

L48200R

C22

50

1U

12V_PANEL

L1230R

PANEL-ONOFF

Z59

Z50

PW_ONOFF R26

368

0R

R2618K2

R26010K

R26

710

K

R26

810

K

R26

247

K

R25910K

R25

810

0K

D41LL4148

+12V

R2783K9

TUNER_5V

+5V

40V

C18

70

1U

R2000R

R6390R

R60422K

L6061000UR

C60

40

1U

D61

433

VC63

047

00P

C63

2 270P

C633

01U 50V

L613

1000UH

NC

L6041000UH

100KR

630

NC

C63

6

C63

50

01U

C63

40

1U

C631200P

B

C

E

Q612BC846B

R63147K

12

3

D61

30B

AV

99

33V

+5V

C1

01U

5V_PANEL

+12V_PW

+5VSTB

12V_PANEL

C223

220U25V

+5VSTB

01U

C22

1

+12V

PW_ONOFF

VCC_PANEL

B01 B01

I_18130_011eps180608

CONTROL

34TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

SSB DC - DC

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGNDAGND

GN

DA

DJ

OU

T

VIN

4

OU

T

VIN

AD

JG

ND

VO

UT

VIN

AD

JG

ND

VCC18V FOR MST9E19A

pin36

VDDC for MST9E19A Core

+33V for VDD_MPLL

+33AVDD FOR AVDD_SIF

+33AVDD FOR AVDD_AU

pin6 pin12

+33AVDD for AVDD_HDMI

Vcc33for MST9E19A analog

+33AVDD for AVDDA

33V for AVDDPLL2

Vcc33 for MST9E19A Digital

10RR

31

F330A

+33V

L16100R+5VST

R28NC

23

1

U6

AIC

1084

FM120D8

FM120D6

23

1

U7

KD

1084

AD

2T18

+33V

VDDP

FM120D7

+5VSTB_L

1 2 3

4

U5AS1117-33

L18FB

FBL17

+18V

VDDC

L11

100R

L10100R+33V

L24

100R

FBL23

16V

47UC

37

C67

01U

01UC

62

C61

01U

01UC

60

C59

01U

16V

100UC

53

C48100U

16V

NCR30

R29

0RL41

FB

16V

100UC

33

C31100U

16V

C49 0

1U

01U

C52

01U

C36

C34 0

1U

01U

C42

C58 0

1U16V

47UC

57

C51 0

1U

AVDD_SIF

+33VA

AVDD_AU

+33VA

AVDDA

+33VA

AVDD_MEMPLL

+33VA

C56 0

1U

01U

C552U

2C

54

C47 0

1U

C46 2U

2

L21FB

2U2

C41

FBL19

C50 2U

2

L22FB

FBL20

01U

C452U

2C

44

C39 0

1U

C38 2U

2

AVDD_HDMI

01U

C40

+33VA

01U

C32

C30 0

1U

+33VA

+33VA

VDD_MPLL

+18V

C35100U

16V

C63

01U

01UC

64

C65

01U

01UC

66

01UC

68

C69

01U

01UC

70

C71

01U

01UC

72

C73

01U

+5VST

+5VSTB

FM120D9

B02 B02

I_18130_012eps180608

DC - DC

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 35TCS10L LA 7

SSB MST9E19A Controller

AG

ND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AG

ND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

SDA

SCL

WC

VCC

VSS

E2NC

E1NC

E0NC AGND

VCC

HOLD

SCK

GND SI

WP

SO

CE

SDA

SCL

WC

VCC

VSS

E2NC

E1NC

E0NC

AD

0A

D1

AD

2A

D3

AD

4A

D5

AD

6A

D7

ALE

AUCOM

AUL0

AUL1

AUL2

AUL3

AUOUTL

AUOUTL2

AUOUTL3

AUOUTR

AUOUTR2

AUOUTR3

AUOUTS

AUR0

AUR1

AUR2

AUR3

AUVRADNAUVRADPAUVREF

AV

DD

_AD

C

AV

DD

_AU

AV

DD

_DV

IA

VD

D_D

VI1

AV

DD

_ME

MP

LL

AV

DD

_MP

LLA

VD

D_M

PLL

1

AV

DD

_SIF

BIN0MBIN0P

BIN1MBIN1P

C0

C1

CSZ

CVBS0

CVBS1CVBS2CVBS3

CVBSOUT

DD

CA

_CK

DD

CA

_DA

DDCD_CKDDCD_DA

DD

CR

_CK

DD

CR

_DA

DI0DI1DI2DI3DI4DI5DI6DI7

DIG

O0

DIG

O1

DIG

O2

DIG

O3

DIG

O4

DIG

O5

DIG

O6

DIG

O7

DIG

O8

DIG

O9

GIN0MGIN0P

GIN1MGIN1P

GN

DG

ND

1

GN

D10

GN

D11

GN

D12

GN

D13

GN

D14

GN

D15

GN

D2

GN

D3

GN

D4

GN

D5

GN

D6

GN

D7

GN

D8

GN

D9

GPIOE0LVSYNCGPIOE1LHSYNC

GPIOE2LDEGPIOE3LCK

GPIOF10GPIOF11

GPIOF12GPIOF13GPIOF14GPIOF15GPIOF16GPIOF17GPIOF18GPIOF19

GPIOF2GPIOF3GPIOF4GPIOF5GPIOF6GPIOF7GPIOF8GPIOF9

HSYNC0

HSYNC1

HW

RE

SE

T

ICLK

IHSYNC

INT

IRIN

IVSYNC

LA0MG3LA0PG2LA1MG1LA1PG0LA2MB7LA2PB6

LA3MB3LA3PB2LA4MB1LA4PB0

LACKMB5LACKPB4

LB0MR7LB0PR6LB1MR5LB1PR4LB2MR3LB2PR2

LB3MG7LB3PG6LB4MG5LB4PG4

LBCKMR1LBCKPR0

PW

M0

PW

M1

PW

M2

PW

M3

PWM_DRVPWM_FB

PWM_SENSE

RD

Z

REFMREFP

REXT

RIN0MRIN0P

RIN1MRIN1P

RMID

RX0NRX0PRX1NRX1PRX2NRX2P

RXCKNRXCKP

SA

R0

SA

R1

SA

R2

SA

R3

SCKSDI

SDO

SIF1MSIF1P

SOGIN0

SOGIN1

VCLAMP

VCOM0

VCOM1

VCOM2

VD

DC

VD

DC

1V

DD

C2

VD

DC

3V

DD

C4

VD

DC

5

VD

DP

VD

DP

1V

DD

P2

VD

DP

3V

DD

P4

VD

DP

5V

DD

P6

VD

DP

7V

DD

P8

VD

DP

9

VSYNC0

VSYNC1

WR

Z

XIN

XO

UT

Y0

Y1

AGND

T

T

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

Mode Selection

I2C address at A0

Location Near IC PinLocation Near IC Pin

SST PULL DOWNMSTAR PULL UP

DVI INPUT

VGA INPUT

For TTL output

Audio Output(to Amp) AV Output(Audio)

Debug Port

For Philps debug

HDCP I2C address at A4

VID

EO

INP

UT

HDTV INPUT

C212NC

C7822P

01UC11

2

2U2 C247

C1072U2

01U C114

PW_CTRL

PRORECT_12V

54

72 13

6 8

RP

84K

7

KEY0-IN

LED2-IN

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

P5

POWER-ONOFF

54

72 13

6 8

RP

124K

7

LED1-IN

NC

L43

+5VSTB

4K7

R55

LED2R13

4K7

R584K7

B

C

E

Q9BT3904

1

2

3

4

5

P14

WP

SDA

SCL

+33V

1

2

3

4

P6

10RR41

SHUT_EEP

D4 NC

WP

C20

110

0P

RXD

TXD1

2

3

P2

ZX

Z62

WP

+33V

+33V+5VSTB

RS

20R

RS

3N

C

RS

11K

10K

R32

10K

R42

01UC86

47RR64

NC

R63

R62

NC

R52100R

R51 22

K

R50 22

K

100RR49

100RR40

C83

001

U

001

UC82

R67

0R

001

UC76

2U2C115

R47100R

R45100R

100RR34100R

R33

2U2C104

C1052U2PC-LIN

2U2C106

C1112U2

2U2C110

C11901U

R57 8K

2

8K2

R56

C1092U2

2U2C108

124578

101113141516171819202122232425262728

293031323334353839

404142434445464748495051

5455575859

61626364656667686970717273747576

78798081828384858687

131

132

133

134

125

126

127

128

129

130

155

156

136 3 9 37 52 56 89 99 101

104

106

120

141

152

173

187

204

143

144

145

146

147

148

149

150

153

154

116

117

118

135

124123122121

9796959493929190

139138137

191190189188

185184183182181180179178177176175174171170169168167166165164163162161160

202201200199198197196195

192

194193

207

206

205

36 53 60 105

6 12 157

208

77 98 107

142

158

203

88 100

102

103

119

140

151

159

172

186

115

114

113

112

111

110

109

108

U8

MST9E19A

R54

4K7

R36

22K

100P C79

01UC11

7

C116

01U

R7510K

R38 22

K

C10201U

C89 0

1U

1

3

2

D40

0BA

V99

+5VST

R53

390R

CVBSOUT

LED2

5

6

7

8

4

3

2

1U10

M24C32MN

IR_SYNC

KEY0

LED1

KEY1

WP_FSH

TV1-VIN- VCOM0

AV1-YIN-

AV1-YIN

VCOM2

SV_Y0

R_TX2+

C920047U

C930047U

0047UC94

0047UC96

C970047U

0047UC98

C1010047U

0047UC100

C990047U

SV_C0

TXD

RXD

100P

C20

2

8

7

6

4 5

3

2

1U9

W25X40

+33V

L26 F

B

100RR77

SDA

SCL

SHUT_EEPR76

100R

5

6

7

8

4

3

2

1U11

M24C04MN

SDA

SCL

100RR70

R69100R

+33V

R68

10K

SPI_CZ

SPI_DI

SPI_CK

54

72

1

3 6

8

RP933R

NCR

65R

661K

8

C90 10

0P

R6110R

1KR60

R591K

100P

C91

C95 10

0P

SYS_RST

R391K

B

E

CQ8

BT3906

C8010U

16V

C7447U

16V

R48

1M

Y1

14M

3

22PC84

AVDDA

AVDD_SIF

AVDD_MEMPLL

AVDD_HDMIVDDC VDDP

SDA_EXT

SCL_EXT

+33V

R43

10K

10KR

44

RXE3+B2

RXE4+B0

RXE4-B1

RXE3-B3

RXEC+B4

RXEC-B5

RXE2+B6

RXE2-B7

RXE1+G0

RXE1-G1

RXE0+G2

RXE0-G3

RXO4+G4

RXO4-G5

RXO3+G6

RXO3-G7

RXOC+R0

RXOC-R1

RXO2+R2

RXO2-R3

RXO1+R4

RXO1-R5

RXO0+R6

RXO0-R7

TTL-BLUE2

TTL-BLUE1

TTL-BLUE0

TTL-BLUE3

TTL-BLUE4

TTL-BLUE5

TTL-BLUE6

TTL-BLUE7

TTL-GREEN0

TTL-GREEN1

TTL-GREEN2

TTL-GREEN3

TTL-GREEN4

TTL-GREEN5

TTL-GREEN6

TTL-GREEN7

TTL-RED6

TTL-RED0

TTL-RED1

TTL-RED2

TTL-RED3

TTL-RED4

TTL-RED5

TTL-RED7

54

72

1

3 6

8

RP40R

8

63

1

2 7

4 5

0RRP7

54

72

1

3 6

8

RP60R

8

63

1

2 7

4 5

0RRP3

8

63

1

2 7

4 5

0RRP5

54

72

1

3 6

8

RP20R

SPI_CKSPI_DISPI_CZ

SPI_DO

AMP-MUTE

PANEL-ONOFF

LED1

HPDCTRL

ON-PBACK

863 12

7

45

4K7

RP

13

PWM0

ADJ-PWM2

NCR

85

NCR

82

NCR

80

NCR

79

R84

1K

R83

1K

R81

1K

R78

1K

PWM0

WP_FSH

ADJ-PWM2

PWM3

IR_SYNC

KEY1

KEY0

RXD

TXD

SCL

SDA

DDC-RDX

DDC-TXD

I2C-SCL

I2C-SDA

+33V

54

721 3

68

RP

104K

7

R7410R

10RR73

10RR72

R7110R

AUCOM

16V

10UC

118

AUVRADN

AUVRADP

C11310U

16V

L250

AMP-ROUT

AMP-LOUT

PH-ROUTPH-LOUT

PC-RIN

SIFM

SIFP

01UC103

01U

C88

AUCOM

AUVREFAUVRADPAUVRADN

SIFM

SIFP

TUNER_CVBS

SV_C0

SV_Y0

VCOM2

CVBS2CVBS1

VCOM0

VCOM1

CVBS3

SCG+

SCR+SCR-

SC_SOG

SCG-

SCB-

RIN-

RIN+GIN-

GIN+SOG

BIN-BIN+

01UC85

C8701U

VS_RGBHS_RGB

HDMI_SCLHDMI_SDA

AVDD_HDMI TXCLK-

R_TX2+

R_TX2-G_TX1+

G_TX1-B_TX0+

B_TX0-TXCLK+

AUVREF

PWM3

+33V

VDD_MPLL

AVDD_AU

TV1-VIN+ TUNER_CVBS

VCOM1

AV1-CIN

TV-SIFP

TV-SIFM

HDMI_SCLHDMI_SDA

TXCLK-

R_TX2-G_TX1+

G_TX1-B_TX0+

B_TX0-TXCLK+

VS_RGBHS_RGB

RIN-

RIN+GIN-

GIN+SOG

BIN-BIN+

SCG+

SCR+SCR-

SC_SOG

SCG-SCB+SCB-

AV1-VIN+

AV2-VIN+

AV3-VIN+ CVBS1

CVBS2

CVBS3

SPI_DO

WP_FSH

CVBSOUT

PH-LOUT

PH-ROUTAMP-ROUT AMP-R

AMP-LAMP-LOUTPH-L1OUT

AFT

SCB+

KEY1-IN

+33V

PH-R1OUT

C77

1000

P

E

C

B BT3904Q7

R114K7

+5VSTB

GPIO_PROTECT

+33V

IR-IN

C248

2U2

2U2 C249

C250

2U2

2U2 C251

C252

2U2

DVI-RINDVI-LINAV2-RIN

AV2-LIN

AV1-RINAV1-LIN

B03 B03

I_18130_013eps180608

MST9E19A CONTROLLER

36TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

SSB HDMI Interface

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

SDA

SCL

WC

VCC

VSS

E2NC

E1NC

E0NC

RX2+

GND1

RX2-

RX1+

GND2

RX1-

RX0+

GND3

RX0-

RXC+

GND4

RXC-

NC1

NC2

DDCCLK

DDCDA

GND5

VCC

HPD

AGND

HDMI-RX2-

HDMI-RX1+

+5V

+5V

5

6

43

2

1

U17

PRTR5V0U4D

5

6

43

2

1

U18

PRTR5V0U4D

1KR101

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

P12

01UC

120

5

6

7

8

4

3

2

1U12

M24C02MN

RLZ

5B6

D18

HDMI-DDC-SDA

HDMI-DDC-SCL

HDMI-HPD

HDMI5V

HPDCTRLB

C

E

Q10BT3904

4K7R96

R95

4K7

R1000R

NCR

97

R94

1K

+5V

100RR99

R98100R

12

3

D17

BAT

54C

D19

RLZ

5B6

TXCLK-

TXCLK+

B_TX0-

B_TX0+

G_TX1-

G_TX1+

R_TX2-

R_TX2+

10RR93

R9210R

10RR91

R9010R

10RR89

R8810R

10RR87

R8610R

HDMI_SDA

HDMI_SCL

HDMI-RXC-

HDMI-RXC+

HDMI-RX0+

HDMI-RX0-

HDMI-RX1-

HDMI-RX2+

B04 B04

I_18130_014eps180608

HDMI INTERFACE

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 37TCS10L LA 7

SSB VGA Interface

AGND

AGND

AGND

SDA

SCL

WC

VCC

VSS

E2NC

E1NC

E0NC

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGNDProgram Control

To main chip(when updateit is I2Cwhen debug it is RXTX)

LED2

R12

110

0RR12

010

0R

+33V

RXD

TXD

R170

4K7

1

3

2

D2

100RR144

NCR123

4K7R12

2

75R

R10

9

R10

8 75R

01UC

130

10K

R17

4

75R

R10

7

10K

R17

2

P13-11

R11

8 4K7

4K7

R11

9

PROTECT

VGA5V

VGA-SCL

PROTECT

13

2

D25

1

3

2

D20

C19 N

C

Q182N7002

10RR175

R171NC

R17310R

C12

9 NC

C1270047U

VGA-R+

VGA-G+

VGA-B+

+5VST1

32

D24

1KR115

R1141K

123

D23BAT54C

5

6

7

8

4

3

2

1U13

M24C02MN

R11

74K

7NC

C12

8R11

610

K

6

4

11

14

15

7

12

8

5

13

3

10

9

1

2

16

17

P13

C1230047U

C1241000P

C1210047U

R10510R

10RR104

R10310R

0047UC126

C1250047U

0047UC122

1

3

2

D22

2

3

1

D21

R11347R

47RR111

R11047R

R106330R

HS_RGB

VS_RGB

Q192N7002

B

C

E

Q25BT3904

VGA-HS

VGA-VS

VGA-SDA

RIN+

SOG

BIN-

GIN-

RIN-

BIN+

GIN+

VGA-SDA

VGA-SCL

+5VSTB

+5VSTB

B05 B05

I_18130_015eps180608

VGA INTERFACE

38TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

SSB Cinch

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND AGNDAGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

VDD

OUTB

INB-

VSS INB+

INA+

INA-

OUTA

AGNDAGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

WHITE

RED

YELLOWGREEN

BLUE

RED

WHITE

RED

RED

WHITE

YELLOW

AGND

AGND

AGND

HDTV IN

AV OUTPUT AUDIO AMP

For PCampYPbPr Audio Input(RL)

For Philips Upgrade

S-VIDEO amp AV2 In Side

Earphone Outuput In Side

AV1 In Rear

AV OUTPUT

For DVI Audio Input(35mm Jack)

2

1

3

P17

DVI_R

DVI_L

AV2-V

AV_ROUT

AV2-R

C13 47

0P

12K

R15

2

C17 47

0P

560P

C16

356

0PC

162

3

2

1

4P15

C14

156

0P

PC-R

560P

C14

3C

134

560P

560P

C13

8

2

3

1

D37

NC

C14

256

0P56

0PC

146

C6 10

0P

3

1

2

P11

TXD

3

1

2

P7

PR1

PB1

AVOUT_L

Y1

AVOUT

1

4

2

5

3

6P21

1

2

3

4

5

6P8

8 56 7 9

P15

BUF2

1

3

2

D31

2

3

1

D28

NC

1

3

2

D33

NC

2

3

1

D55

NC

2

3

1

D54

NC

2

3

1

D52

NC

2

3

1

D51

NC

2

3

1

D34

1

3

2

D36

NC

C5 10

0P

13

2

D12

R18

8 75R

R2855K1

R2845K1

R2805K1

R2815K1

L6130R

AV1-CL60

30R

AV1-YL59

30R

75R

R14

9

C19

810

00P

C14

068

0P

680P

C15

5

10RR186

680P

C13

6

OP_VCC2

C13

168

0P

2

3

1

D53

2

3

1

D27

FB

L42

10KR230

12K

R20

1R

197 12

K

R15

9 12K

R15

522

0R

220RR153

75R

R14

0

75R

R13

9

R13

6 75R

75R

R12

8

2U2C188

R14

5 12K

12K

R15

7

12K

R13

5C191

2U2

10K

R15

6R

147 10

K

330R

R14

6

R18510RY1

75RR151

R141

75R

C1452U2

2U2C144

01UC

139

12K

R16

1

AV2-VIN+

CVBSOUT

AV1-CIN

AV1-YIN-

1

3

2

D38

2

3

1

D39

PH-R1OUTR226

10K

AV_LOUT

R22447K

+5V

R22

547

K

C18

347

U

16V

100P

C18

9

33KR

229

C18547U

16V

C18

40

1U

C19

310

0P

R23

233

K

8

7

6

4 5

3

2

1U16

TDA1308T

SCB-

SCG-

SCR-

C1580047U

SCG+

SCR+

SCB+

SC_SOG

PR1

PB1

C1540047U

0047UC153

C1520047U

C1511000P

0047UC159

0047UC156

R19547R

47RR191

R18947R

R18410R

10RR183

R14810R

1

3

2

D35

B

E

CQ11

BT3906C218

10U

16V

B

C

E

Q12BT3904

2

3

1

D32

2

3

1

D30

1

3

2

D29

R13347R

10RR137

R12610R

+5V

AV1-YIN

Y1R176

470R

PH-L1OUT

AV_LOUT

AV_ROUT

AV1-VIN+

L63 30

R

30R

L62

330RR

249

R25

133

0R

C196

033U50V

C197

033U50V

7

654

89

3

1

2

P18

1000

PC

199

AMP-PROUT+AMP-LIN

AMP-PLOUT+AMP-RIN

EARPHONE-RA

EARPHONE-LA

30RL44

AV1-RIN

R2825K1

R2835K1 AV1-LIN

AV2-LIN

R2865K1

R2875K1 AV2-RIN

R2885K1

R2895K1 DVI-RIN

R2905K1

R2915K1 DVI-LIN

R2925K1

R2935K1 PC-RIN

R2945K1

R2955K1 PC-LIN

AV1_V

AVOUT_R

RXD

C4 47

0P47

0PC

7

AV1_R

AV1_L

C9 47

0P47

0PC

10

C11 47

0P47

0PC

12

PC-L

AV2-L

B06 B06

I_18130_016eps180608

CINCH

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 39TCS10L LA 7

SSB Tuner

AGND

AGND

AGND

AG

ND

AGNDAGND

AGND

AGND

COMMON

IN OUT

VID

EO

NC

1

NC

2

AU

DIO

AG

C

SD

A

TU

MB

GN

D2

SIF

OU

T

GN

D1

NC

3

NC

4

NC

5

SC

L

NC

6

AF

T

CLOSE RO MST IC

R21127R

171 2 6 1110 1412 157 83 4 5 9 13 16

TU1

2

1 3

U15KIA78D05

TUNER_SDA

TUNER_SCL

SIF_OUT

TV_CVBSC

172

01U

33V

B

C

E

Q20

BT3904

TV-SIFPNCR213

10RR220

001UC181

TV-SIFP

R194100R

330R

R19

3R

192

10R

R19

81K

R19

91K

L2722UH

+12V

R20

7 NC

100K

R20

3

2200

PC

200

R209120R

R20610R

C17

4N

C3

30P

NC

330

PC

175

C171220U

16V

L28120R

R20251K

C17

710

0P

C17

615

0P

SDA_EXT

SCL_EXT

C168220U

16V

16V

220UC

169

TV1-VIN-

TV1-VIN+

R21047R

C16

60

01UC16

44U

7

50V

C16

50

01U

C16

70

1U

TUNER_5V

AFT

120RR212

TUNER_5V

TV-SIFM

001UC170

B07 B07

I_18130_017eps180608

TUNER

40TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

SSB Audio Amplifier

PGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

PGND

PGND

AGND

AGND

OUT2+

OUT2-

NC3

IN2

VCC2

NC2

OUT1+

VCC1

IN1

NC1

MUTE

STBY

PW_GND

S_GND

OUT1-

TO SPEAKER

TO SPEAKER

0RR

162

AMP-PROUT-

2

1

H8

15

14

11

12

13

10

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

2

U19

TD

A7266

1

2

3

4

P9

AMP-PLOUT-

L45200R

L46200R

C219220U

16V

27UHL31

C217220U

16V

AMP-LIN

R253NC

01U C209

D3LL4148

C20

610

00P

1U

C211

0022U

C26 1000

PC

204

0022U

C25

C22

470U16V

+5VST

R164100K

R16510K

R16

8N

C

R16

9N

C

R1663K3

3K3R167

10KR244

B

E

CQ15

BT3906

B

C

E

Q16BT3904

C19

5 NC

NC

C19

4

B

C

E

Q24BT3904NC

0RR257

10KR254

E

C

B BT3904Q23

B

C

E

Q22BT3904

R25210K

R255100R

R24310K

2U2C205

R2560R

C2032U2

+12V

AMP-PROUT-

AMP-PROUT+

AMP-PLOUT-

AMP-PLOUT+

POWER-ONOFF

AMP-MUTE

AMP-R

AMP-L

12V-AMP

+12V

AMP-RIN

B08 B08

I_18130_018eps180608

AUDIO AMPLIFIER

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 41TCS10L LA 7

SSB LVDS Interface

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

VCC_PANEL

C246

10U 16V

C245

01U

R277 0NC

+33V

R27

2

0N

C

R275 0NC

RXE4+B0 RXE4-B1

RXE3+B2 RXE3-B3

RXEC+B4 RXEC-B5

RXE2+B6 RXE2-B7

RXE1+G0 RXE1-G1

RXE0+G2 RXE0-G3

RXO4+G4 RXO4-G5

RXO3+G6 RXO3-G7

RXOC+R0 RXOC-R1

RXO2+R2 RXO2-R3

RXO1+R4 RXO1-R5

RXO0+R6 RXO0-R7

1 2

4

6

8

12

14

16

18

20

10

22

24

26

28

3

5

7

9

11

13

15

17

19

21

23

25

27

29 30

32

34

36

38

40

31

33

35

37

39

P10

R276 0NC

R27

3

0N

CR

274

0N

C

B09 B09

I_18130_019eps180608

LVDS INTERFACE Personal Notes

E_06532_012eps131004

42TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout Small Signal Board (Top Side)

I_18130_020eps180608

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 43TCS10L LA 7

Layout Small Signal Board (Bottom Side)

I_18130_021eps180608

44TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Keyboard Control Panel

Layout Keyboard Control Panel (Top Side)

Layout Keyboard Control Panel (Bottom Side)

AGND

AGND AGNDAGND

AGND

R10072K

R10061K5

R10011K2

12 4

3K1001

1

2

3

P1001

KEY0

R1008NC

R10051K2

R1004NC

R10032K

R10021K5

D10

02

HS

5V6B

D10

01H

S5V

6B

12 4

3K1003

12 4

3K1002

12 4

3K1006

12 4

3K1005

12 4

3K1004

KEY1

I_18130_030eps180608

E EKEYBOARD CONTROL PANEL

I_18130_031eps180608

I_18130_032eps180608

Personal Notes

E_06532_012eps131004

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 45TCS10L LA 7

Inverter Panel

1 2

A

B

C

D

4321

D

C

B

A

F1FUSE-1

C2104

C1220uF250V

C3104

R1200

Q1

DTA143

E1

9

E2

10

C2

11

VC

C12

OU

TP

UT

C13

VR

EF

14

A1+

1

A1-

2

CO

MP

3

DT

C4

CT

5

RT

6

GN

D7

C1

8

A2-

15

A2+

16

U1

TL494

R2200

Q32222

C8

223

C7103

R847K

R7120K

C4

104C5104

D1

68V

C9104

D2

1N4148

Q8DTC143

123456

CN1

R20470K

R21

33K

C16

330pF

C15NC

R13100K

R10

68K

R11

68K

R12

15K

C10104

R2627K

C20223

R18560

Q22222

Q62907

R142K

R1622K

R27 10

R28 10

D4

BAW56K

S11

G12

S23

G24

D1 8

D1 7

D2 6

D2 5

U2

4606

C21223

Q42222

Q72907

R152K

R1722K

R29 10

R30 10

D5

BAW56K

S11

G12

S23

G24

D1 8

D1 7

D2 6

D2 5

U3

4606

R19560

C6

105

R231M

Q52N7002

R22

1M

R9

47K

R25

100KR24270K

D6NCBAW56K

D7NCBAW56K

P1

P2

P3

P4

C17225

C18

225

10

1 7

6

T1

T01

10

1 7

6

T2

T01

C2222pF

12

CON1

12

CON2

D9BAV99

R41K

R36820

R32

10KC12104

D8BAV99

R31K

R35820

R31

10KC11104

P2

P1

C2322pF

12

CON3

12

CON4

D11

BAV99

R61K

R38820

R34

10KC14104

D10BAV99

R51K

R37820

R33

10KC13104

P4

P3

VREF

VREF

C19NC

C26

222C27NC

D13BAV99

D15BAV99

C2422pF

C2522pF

C28

222C29NC

C30222 C31

NC

C32

222C33NC

OVP

OVP

OV

P

R602K

R61510K

C38105

Q10

DTA143

Q112222

R6330K

R62 1K

VCC

VCC

P5

P5

R64

1K

C34221

C35 221

C37

221

C39104

C36

221U4A

LM393

U4B

LM393

Vref

D3

1N4148

R65

3K R663K

C41 104

R67

10K

I_18130_033eps180608

I IINVERTER PANEL 19rdquo

46TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout Inverter Panel (Top Side)

Layout Inverter Panel (Bottom Side)

I_18130_034eps190608

I_18130_035eps190608

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 47TCS10L LA 7

IR LED Panel

AGND

AGND

AGNDIRVC

C

GN

D

RW

R20

031K

2

R20

04

1K2

LED1

1

2

3

4

5

CN2001

E

C

B

BC847AQ2001

B

C

E

Q2002

BC847A

2

13

D2001

LED2

G2001

R20024K7

5V16

V10

0UC

2001

5V

IR

IR

C20

03 47P

LED1R2001

4K7

C2002

47P

LED2

I_18130_036eps180608

J JIR amp LED PANELLayout IR LED Panel (Top Side)

Layout IR LED Panel (Bottom Side)

I_18130_037eps180608

I_18130_038eps180608

48TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Personal Notes

E_06532_013eps131004

Alignments EN 49TCS10L LA 8

8 Alignments

Index of this chapter81 Electrical Alignments82 Hardware Alignments

NoteThe Service Modes are described in chapter 5 Menu navigation is done with the CURSOR UP DOWN LEFT or RIGHT keys of the remote control transmitter

81 Electrical Alignments

Perform all electrical adjustments under the following conditionsbull Power supply voltage (depends on region)

ndash AP-NTSC 120 VAC or 230 VAC 50 Hz (plusmn 10)ndash AP-PAL-multi 120 - 230 VAC 50 Hz (plusmn 10)ndash EU 230 VAC 50 Hz (plusmn 10)ndash LATAM-NTSC 120 - 230 VAC 50 Hz (plusmn 10)ndash US 120 VAC 60 Hz (plusmn 10)

bull Connect the set to the mains via an isolation transformer with low internal resistance

bull Allow the set to warm up for approximately 60 minutesbull Measure voltages and waveforms in relation to correct

ground (eg measure audio signals in relation to AUDIO_GND) Caution It is not allowed to use heatsinks as ground

bull Test probe Ri gt 10 MΩ Ci lt 20 pFbull Use an isolated trimmerscrewdriver to perform

alignments

82 Hardware Alignments

Not applicable

821 Aging

Enter TV mode Set warm up status to ldquoOnrdquo Aging time at least 12 minutes

822 ADC Adjustment

The chassis can execute ADC auto-tune in YPbPr amp PC sourcing modes Enter SAM select YPbPr or PC as source then select AUTOTUNE in ADC ADJ press ldquoRight keyrdquo to run waiting for about 5 seconds until ldquoOKrdquo is displayed which means the set finished the ADC adjustment With an YPbPr source use a 100 color bar pattern with a PC source use a 16-scale grey pattern

823 White Balance Adjustment

Adjust the NORMAL WARM COOL temperature in White balance according to company regular Make sure ADC adjustments have done successfully before doing white balance adjustments and use the ldquoNaturalrdquo picture mode White balance adjustment should be performed with three different sources1 AVTVSVIDEO source reunification under the AV

adjustment apply a NTSC-M system signal with 8-scale grey pattern

2 YPbPrHDMI source reunification under the YPbPr adjustment apply an 8-scale grey pattern

3 PC source should adjust single apply a 8-scale grey pattern

If case of manual adjustment please use the WB page in SAMWhile adjusting White Balance do not change White G or Black G only adjust White R White B Black R and Black B

Table 8-1 Color Temperature Setting 19

Table 8-2 Color Temperature Setting 26

Color mode X Y Color Temperature (K)

Normal 296plusmn4 299plusmn4 8000

Warm 314plusmn4 319plusmn4 6500

Cool 289plusmn4 291plusmn4 9000

Color mode X Y Color Temperature (K)

Normal 289plusmn4 291plusmn4 9000

Warm 314plusmn4 319plusmn4 6500

Cool 278plusmn4 278plusmn4 11000

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data SheetsEN 50 TCS10L LA9

9 Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data Sheets

Index of this chapter91 Introduction92 Abbreviation List93 IC Data Sheets

Notes bull Only new circuits (circuits that are not published recently)

are described bull Figures can deviate slightly from the actual situation due

to different set executions

91 Introduction

This chassis uses the MStar MST9U19A main chip with the following features bull Multi-Standard TV decoding with 2-D comb filterbull Multi-Standard TV sound demodulator and decoderbull Triple ADC fro TV and RGBYPbPrbull Integrated DVIHDCPHDMI compliant receiverbull High quality scaling enginebull 3-D video de-interlacer and video noise reductionbull Embedded On Screen Display controllerbull NTSCPALSecam Video decoder with automatic standard

detectionbull CVBS video outputbull Multi standard TV sound decoderbull FM stereo and SAP demodulationbull Digital audio interfacebull Analog RGB Compliant Input Portsbull DVIHDCPHDMI Compliant input portbull Auto tuning function including phasing positioning offset

gain and jitter detectionbull Automatic color correction

The MST9U19A is a high performance and fully integrated IC for multi-function LCD monitorTV with resolutions up to WSXGA (1680 times 1050) It is configured with an integrated triple-ADCPLL an integrated DVIHDCPHDMI receiver a multi standard TV video and audio decoder a video de-interlacer a scaling engine the MStarACE-3 color engine an On Screen Display controller an 8-bit MCU and a built-in output panel interface It also incorporates an intelligent power management control system for green-mode requirements and spread-spectrum support for EMI management

For a block diagram refer to chapter 6 ldquoBlock diagrams Test Point Overviews and Waveformsrdquo

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data Sheets EN 51TCS10L LA 9

92 Abbreviation List

1080i 1080 visible lines interlaced1080p 1080 visible lines progressive scan2CS 2 Carrier Sound2DNR Spatial (2D) Noise Reduction3DNR Temporal (3D) Noise Reduction480i 480 visible lines interlaced480p 480 visible lines progressive scanAARA Automatic Aspect Ratio Adaptation

algorithm that adapts aspect ratio to remove horizontal black bars keeping up the original aspect ratio

ACI Automatic Channel Installation algorithm that installs TV channels directly from a cable network by means of a predefined TXT page

ADC Analogue to Digital ConverterAFC Automatic Frequency Control control

signal used to tune to the correct frequency

AGC Automatic Gain Control algorithm that controls the video input of the feature box

AM Amplitude ModulationAUO Acer Unipack OptronicsAP Asia PacificAR Aspect Ratio 4 by 3 or 16 by 9ASD Automatic Standard DetectionAV Audio VideoB-SC1-IN Blue SCART1 inB-SC2-IN Blue SCART2 inB-TXT Blue teletextBG Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 55 MHzBTSC Broadcast Television System

CommitteeC-FRONT Chrominance front inputCBA Circuit Board Assembly (or PWB)CL Constant Level audio output to

connect with an external amplifierCLUT Color Look Up TableComPair Computer aided rePairCSM Customer Service ModeCVBS Composite Video Blanking and

SynchronizationCVBS-EXT CVBS signal from external source

(VCR VCD etc)CVBS-INT CVBS signal from TunerCVBS-MON CVBS monitor signalCVBS-TER-OUT CVBS terrestrial outDAC Digital to Analogue ConverterDBE Dynamic Bass Enhancement extra

low frequency amplificationDFU Directions For Use owners manualDNR Dynamic Noise ReductionDRAM Dynamic RAMDSP Digital Signal ProcessingDST Dealer Service Tool special

(European) remote control designed for service technicians

DTS Digital Theatre SoundDVD Digital Versatile DiscDVI Digital Visual InterfaceDW Double WindowED Enhanced Definition 480p 576pEEPROM Electrically Erasable and

Programmable Read Only MemoryEU EUropeEXT EXTernal (source) entering the set by

SCART or by cinches (jacks)FBL Fast Blanking DC signal

accompanying RGB signalsFBL-SC1-IN Fast blanking signal for SCART1 in

FBL-SC2-IN Fast blanking signal for SCART2 inFBL-TXT Fast Blanking TeletextFLASH FLASH memoryFM Field Memory Frequency ModulationFMR FM RadioFRC Frame Rate ConverterFRONT-C Front input chrominance (SVHS)FRONT-DETECT Front input detectionFRONT-Y_CVBS Front input luminance or CVBS

(SVHS)FTV Flat TeleVisionG-SC1-IN Green SCART1 inG-SC2-IN Green SCART2 inG-TXT Green teletextH H_sync to the module HD High Definition 720p 1080i 1080pHDMI High Definition Multimedia Interface

digital audio and video interfaceHP Head PhoneI Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 60 MHzI2C Integrated IC busI2S Integrated IC Sound busIC Integrated CircuitIF Intermediate FrequencyInterlaced Scan mode where two fields are used

to form one frame Each field contains half the number of the total amount of lines The fields are written in ldquopairsrdquo causing line flicker

IR Infra RedIRQ Interrupt ReQuestLast Status The settings last chosen by the

customer and read and stored in RAM or in the NVM They are called at start-up of the set to configure it according the customers wishes

LATAM LATin AMericaLC04 Philips chassis name for LCD TV 2004

projectLCD Liquid Crystal DisplayLED Light Emitting DiodeLL Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 65 MHz L is Band I L is all bands except for Band I

LPL LG Philips LCDLS Loud SpeakerLVDS Low Voltage Differential Signalling

data transmission system for high speed and low EMI communication

MN Monochrome TV system Sound carrier distance is 45 MHz

MOSFET Metal Oxide Semiconductor Field Effect Transistor

MPEG Motion Pictures Experts GroupMSP Multi-standard Sound Processor ITT

sound decoderMUTE MUTE LineNAFTA North American Free Trade

Association Trade agreement between Canada USA and Mexico

NC Not ConnectedNICAM Near Instantaneous Compounded

Audio Multiplexing This is a digital sound system used mainly in Europe

NTSC National Television Standard Committee Color system used mainly in North America and Japan Color carrier NTSC MN = 3579545 MHz NTSC 443 = 4433619 MHz (this is a VCR norm it is not transmitted off-air)

NVM Non Volatile Memory IC containing TV related data (for example options)

OC Open CircuitONOFF LED OnOff control signal for the LED

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data SheetsEN 52 TCS10L LA9

OSD On Screen DisplayPAL Phase Alternating Line Color system

used mainly in Western Europe (color carrier = 4433619 MHz) and South America (color carrier PAL M = 3575612 MHz and PAL N = 3582056 MHz)

PC Personal ComputerPCB Printed Circuit Board (or PWB)PDP Plasma Display PanelPIG Picture In GraphicPIP Picture In PicturePLL Phase Locked Loop Used for

example in FST tuning systems The customer can directly provide the desired frequency

Progressive Scan Scan mode where all scan lines are displayed in one frame at the same time creating a double vertical resolution

PWB Printed Wiring Board (or PCB)RAM Random Access MemoryRC Remote Control transmitterRC5 (6) Remote Control system 5 (6) the

signal from the remote control receiver RGB Red Green and Blue The primary

color signals for TV By mixing levels of R G and B all colors (YC) are reproduced

RGBHV Red Green Blue Horizontal sync and Vertical sync

ROM Read Only MemorySAM Service Alignment ModeSC SandCastle two-level pulse derived

from sync signalsSC1-OUT SCART output of the MSP audio ICSC2-B-IN SCART2 Blue inSC2-C-IN SCART2 chrominance inSC2-OUT SCART output of the MSP audio ICSC Short CircuitSCL Clock signal on I2C busSD Standard Definition 480i 576iSDA Data signal on I2C busSDI Samsung Display IndustrySDM Service Default ModeSDRAM Synchronous DRAMSECAM SEequence Couleur Avec Memoire

Color system used mainly in France and Eastern Europe Color carriers = 4406250 MHz and 4250000 MHz

SIF Sound Intermediate FrequencySMPS Switch Mode Power SupplySND SouNDSNDL-SC1-IN Sound left SCART1 inSNDL-SC1-OUT Sound left SCART1 outSNDL-SC2-IN Sound left SCART2 inSNDL-SC2-OUT Sound left SCART2 outSNDR-SC1-IN Sound right SCART1 inSNDR-SC1-OUT Sound right SCART1 outSNDR-SC2-IN Sound right SCART2 outSNDR-SC2-OUT Sound right SCART2 outSNDS-VL-OUT Surround sound left variable level outSNDS-VR-OUT Surround sound right variable level outSOPS Self Oscillating Power SupplySPDIF Sony Philips Digital InterFaceSRAM Static RAMSTBY Stand-bySVHS Super Video Home SystemSW Sub Woofer SoftWareTHD Total Harmonic DistortionTXT TeleteXTuP MicroprocessorVL Variable Level out processed audio

output toward external amplifierVCR Video Cassette Recorder

VGA Video Graphics ArrayWD Watch DogWYSIWYR What You See Is What You Record

record selection that follows main picture and sound

XTAL Quartz crystalYPbPr Component video (Y= Luminance Pb

Pr= Color difference signals B-Y and R-Y other amplitudes wrt to YUV)

YC Video related signals Y consists of luminance signal blanking level and sync C consists of color signal

Y-OUT Luminance-signalYUV Baseband component video (Y=

Luminance UV= Color difference signals)

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data Sheets EN 53TCS10L LA 9

93 IC Data Sheets

This section shows the internal block diagrams and pin layouts of ICs that are drawn as ldquoblack boxesrdquo in the electrical diagrams (with the exception of ldquomemoryrdquo and ldquologicrdquo ICs)

931 Diagram B MST9U19A

Figure 9-1 Pin configuration

Pin 1

123

45

7

9

11

1314

1718

21

23

25

2728

30

32

34

36

39

41

43

6

8

10

12

1516

1920

22

24

26

29

31

33

35

3738

40

42

4445464748

505152

49

53 54 55 56 57 59 61 63 65 66 69 70 73 75 77 79 80 82 84 86 88 91 93 9558 60 62 64 67 68 71 72 74 76 78 81 83 85 87 89 90 92 94 96 97 98 99 100

102

103

104

101

208

207

206

205

204

202

200

198

196

195

192

191

188

186

184

182

181

179

177

175

173

170

168

166

203

201

199

197

194

193

190

189

187

185

183

180

178

176

174

172

171

169

167

165

164

163

162

161

159

158

157

160

156155154

153152

150

148

146

144143

140139

136

134

132

130129

127

125

123

121

118

116

114

151

149

147

145

142141

138137

135

133

131

128

126

124

122

120119

117

115

113112111110109

107106105

108

MST9U19A

XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX

GN

D

AUR1

AUL2

AUL3

AUL1

AUCO

M

AUR2

AUR3

DIGO[8]

GNDAVDD_MEMPLL

PWM3PWM2DIGO[9]

SIF1

MSI

F1P

AVD

D_S

IF

AUO

UTL

AUO

UTR

AUO

UTS

VDD

CG

PIO

F[2]

GPI

OF[

3]G

PIO

F[4]

GPI

OF[

5]G

PIO

F[6]

GPI

OF[

7]G

PIO

F[8]

GPI

OF[

9]G

PIO

F[10

]G

PIO

F[11

]VD

DP

GN

DG

PIO

F[12

]

GPI

OF[

14]

GPI

OF[

15]

GPI

OF[

16]

GPI

OF[

17]

GPI

OF[

18]

GN

D

GPI

OF[

19]

VDD

C

VDD

PG

ND

VDD

PVD

DP

GPI

OF[

13]

GN

D

DIGO[7]

DIGO[5]

DIGO[3]

DIGO[1]

VDDC

VDDPPWM_SENSE

DIGO[6]

DIGO[4]

DIGO[2]

DIGO[0]

GND

PWM_DRVPWM_FBIRININT

PWM1PWM0

GNDVDDPALERDZWRZ

VDDC

GNDVDDP

VDD

PLV

A0M

LVA0

PLV

A1M

LVA1

PLV

A2M

LVA2

PLV

ACKM

LVAC

KPLV

A3M

LVA4

PVD

DP

VDD

CAV

DD

_MPL

L

LVA3

PLV

A4M

GPI

OE[

0]

IHSY

NC

ICLK

DI[

1]D

I[0]

IVYS

NC

GPI

OE[

1]G

PIO

E[2]

GPI

OE[

3]G

ND

VDD

P

AVD

D_M

PLL

XIN

XOU

TH

WR

ESET

GN

D

DI[

7]D

I[6]

DI[

5]D

I[4]

DI[

2]D

I[3]

VDD

C

AUO

UTL

3AU

OU

TR3

RXCKPGND

RX0NRX0P

AVDD_DVIRX1NRX1P

RX2P

REXT

DDCD_CK

VSYNC1

VCLAMP

REFM

BIN1M

GNDRX2N

AVDD_DVI

DDCD_DA

HSYNC1

RMID

REFP

BIN1P

SOGIN1GIN1PGIN1MRIN1PRIN1MBIN0MBIN0PGIN0MGIN0P

SOGIN0RIN0MRIN0P

HSYNC0VSYNC0

RXCKN

AVDD_ADCGND

C1Y1C0Y0

CVBS2CVBS1

VCOM1CVBS0

VCOM0CVBSOUT

GND

VCOM2CVBS3

GN

D

AVD

D_A

UAU

L0AU

R0

AUVR

EFAU

VRAD

PAU

VRAD

N

AUO

UTL

2AU

OU

TR2

AD[7]AD[6]AD[5]AD[4]AD[3]AD[2]AD[1]AD[0]

SDOCSZSDISCK

SAR3

SAR1SAR2

SAR0

DDCA_CK

DDCR_CKDDCA_DA

DDCR_DA

LVB0

MLV

B0P

LVB1

MLV

B1P

LVB2

MLV

B2P

LVBC

KMLV

BCKP

LVB3

M

LVB4

P

LVB3

PLV

B4M

I_18130_008eps200608

Pin Configuration

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data SheetsEN 54 TCS10L LA9

932 Diagram B TDA1308

Figure 9-2 Block diagram and pin configuration

Block diagram

Pinning information

2

1

3

4

8

7

65

INA(neg)

TDA1308(A)OUTA

VSS

VDD

INA(pos)

INB(neg)

INB(pos)

OUTB

TDA1308(A)

VATUO DD

BTUO)gen(ANI

)gen(BNI)sop(ANI

VSS INB(pos)

1

2

3

4

6

5

8

7

I_18130_007eps190608

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data Sheets EN 55TCS10L LA 9

933 Diagram B NCP1377B

Figure 9-3 Block diagram and pin configuration

Block diagram

Pinning information

I_18130_009eps190608

HV

VCC

GND

Demag

4 mA

To InternalSupply

+

+

125 V75 V56 V (Fault)

FaultMngt

PON

5 V+

OVP

+

144

45 usDelay

15 us for B Version

Demag

8 usBlanking

S

SR R

Q

Q

+

3 us forB Version

+minus

Overload

5 usTimeout

TimeReset

Demag

380 nsLEB

1 V3

200 Awhen DRV

is OFF

FB

42 V

Driver src = 20 sink = 10

DrvVCC

CS

+50 mV 10 V Rint

1Dmg 8 HV

7 NC2FB

3CS

4GND

6 VCC

5 Drv

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data SheetsEN 56 TCS10L LA9

934 Diagram B TDA7266

Figure 9-4 Block diagram and pin configuration

1

2

4

Vref

7YB-TS

IN1

022microF

VCC

133

+

-

-

+

OUT1+

OUT1-

15

14

12

6ETUM

IN2

022microF

+

-

-

+

OUT2+

OUT2-

8

9S-GND

PW-GND

470microF 100nF

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

9

10

11

8

NC

NC

S-GND

PW-GND

OUT2+

OUT2-

VCC

IN2

ST-BY

MUTE

NC

IN1

VCCOUT1-

OUT1+

13

14

15

12

I_17950_054eps090508

Block Diagram

Pin Configuration

Spare Parts List amp CTN Overview EN 57TCS10L LA 10

10 Spare Parts List amp CTN OverviewFor the latest spare part overview please consult the Philips Service website

Table 10-1 Sets described in this manual

11 Revision ListManual xxxx xxx xxxx0bull First release

CTN Styling

19PFL340355 MG8

19PFL340377 MG8

19PFL340378 MG8

19PFL340385 MG8

26PFL340385 MG8

  • Content
  • 1 Technical Specifications Connections and Chassis Overview
    • 11 Technical Specifications
      • 111 Vision
      • 112 Sound
      • 113 Miscellaneous
        • 12 Connection Overview
          • Figure 1-1 Rear and side IO connections
          • 121 Rear Connections
            • 1 - HDMI Digital Video Digital Audio - In
              • Figure 1-2 HDMI (type A) connector
                • 2 - VGA AUDIO Mini Jack VGA Audio - In
                • 3 - VGA PC Video RGB - In and Service UART
                  • Figure 1-3 VGA Connector
                    • 4 - Cinch Video YPbPr - In
                    • 5 - AV1 Cinch Video CVBS - In Audio - In
                    • 6 - Aerial - In
                    • 7 - Service Connector (ComPair)
                      • 122 Side connections
                        • 8 - Cinch Video CVBS - In Audio - In
                        • 9 - S-Video (Hosiden) Video YC - In
                        • 10 - Mini Jack Audio Head phone - Out
                            • 13 Chassis Overview
                              • Figure 1-4 PWBCBA locations
                                  • 2 Safety Instructions Warnings and Notes
                                    • 21 Safety Instructions
                                    • 22 Warnings
                                    • 23 Notes
                                      • 231 General
                                      • 232 Schematic Notes
                                      • 233 BGA (Ball Grid Array) ICs
                                        • Introduction
                                        • BGA Temperature Profiles
                                          • 234 Lead-free Soldering
                                          • 235 Alternative BOM identification
                                            • Figure 2-1 Serial number (example)
                                              • 236 Board Level Repair (BLR) or Component Level Repair (CLR)
                                              • 237 Practical Service Precautions
                                                  • 3 Directions for Use
                                                  • 4 Mechanical Instructions
                                                    • 41 Cable Dressing
                                                      • Figure 4-1 Cable dressing (19 model)
                                                      • Figure 4-2 Cable dressing (26 model)
                                                        • 42 Service Positions
                                                          • 421 Foam Bars
                                                            • Figure 4-3 Foam bars
                                                                • 43 AssyPanel Removal
                                                                  • 431 Stand
                                                                    • Figure 4-4 Stand
                                                                      • 432 Rear Cover
                                                                        • Figure 4-5 LVDS release
                                                                        • Figure 4-6 Speaker and IRLED panel cable release
                                                                          • 433 Keyboard Control Board
                                                                            • Figure 4-7 Keyboard control board
                                                                              • 434 IRLED Board and Speakers
                                                                                • Figure 4-8 IRLED Board and Speakers
                                                                                  • 435 Power Supply Board
                                                                                    • Figure 4-9 Power Supply Unit(s)
                                                                                      • 436 Inverter Board (19 and 22 versions)
                                                                                        • Figure 4-10 Inverter Board
                                                                                          • 437 Small Signal Board (SSB)
                                                                                            • Removing the SSB
                                                                                              • Figure 4-11 SSB connector plate
                                                                                              • Figure 4-12 SSB
                                                                                                • 44 Set Re-assembly
                                                                                                  • 5 Service Modes Error Codes and Fault Finding
                                                                                                    • 51 Test Points
                                                                                                    • 52 Service Mode
                                                                                                      • 521 Service Alignment Mode (SAM)
                                                                                                        • How to Enter
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-1 SAM menu
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-2 SAM menu White Balance Normal
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-3 SAM menu White Balance Cool
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-4 SAM menu White Balance Warm
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-5 SAM menu Volume Curve
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-6 SAM menu Picture Curve
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-7 SAM menu Picture Mode Natural
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-8 SAM menu Picture Mode Personal
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-9 SAM menu Picture Mode Rich
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-10 SAM menu Picture Mode Soft
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-11 SAM menu Producting
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-12 SAM menu Country
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-13 SAM menu Setup
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-14 SAM menu Shop Init Do
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-15 SAM menu Clear Code gt
                                                                                                            • How to Exit
                                                                                                            • Factory Mode Descriptions
                                                                                                              • ltTABLEgt
                                                                                                              • Virgin Settings
                                                                                                                • Table 5-1 Country setting
                                                                                                                • Table 5-2 Virgin settings
                                                                                                                  • 522 Customer Service Mode (CSM)
                                                                                                                    • Purpose
                                                                                                                    • How to Activate CSM
                                                                                                                    • Contents of CSM
                                                                                                                      • Figure 5-16 CSM Menu
                                                                                                                        • Menu Explanation
                                                                                                                        • How to Exit
                                                                                                                          • 523 Blinking LED Procedure
                                                                                                                            • 53 Error Codes
                                                                                                                              • ltTABLEgt
                                                                                                                                • 54 Fault Finding
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-17 No Picture No sound no Back light (19 sets)
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-18 Picture OK No sound (19 sets)
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-19 No Picture Back light amp Sound OK (19 and 26 sets)
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-20 No color (19 and 26 sets)
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-21 No Picture No sound no Back light (26 sets)
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-22 Picture OK No sound (26 sets)
                                                                                                                                    • 55 Service Tools
                                                                                                                                      • 551 ComPair
                                                                                                                                        • Introduction
                                                                                                                                        • Specifications
                                                                                                                                        • How to Connect
                                                                                                                                        • How to Order
                                                                                                                                          • Figure 5-23 ComPair II interface connection
                                                                                                                                            • 56 Software Upgrading
                                                                                                                                              • 561 Introduction
                                                                                                                                                  • 6 Block Diagrams Test Point Overview and Waveforms
                                                                                                                                                    • Wiring Diagram of Connector for MS19-PH 19
                                                                                                                                                    • Wiring Diagram of Connector for MS19-PH 26
                                                                                                                                                    • Block Diagram MS19P Chipset
                                                                                                                                                    • I2C overview
                                                                                                                                                      • 7 Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts
                                                                                                                                                        • Main Power Supply (19)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Main Power Supply (19) (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Main Power Supply (19) (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Main Power Supply (26)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Main Power Supply (26) (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Main Power Supply (26) (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Standby Power Supply (26)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Standby Power Supply (26) (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Standby Power Supply (26) (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB Control
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB DC - DC
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB MST9E19A Controller
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB HDMI Interface
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB VGA Interface
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB Cinch
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB Tuner
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB Audio Amplifier
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB LVDS Interface
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Small Signal Board (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Small Signal Board (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Keyboard Control Panel
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Keyboard Control Panel (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Keyboard Control Panel (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Inverter Panel
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Inverter Panel (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Inverter Panel (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • IR LED Panel
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout IR LED Panel (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout IR LED Panel (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                          • 8 Alignments
                                                                                                                                                            • 81 Electrical Alignments
                                                                                                                                                            • 82 Hardware Alignments
                                                                                                                                                              • 821 Aging
                                                                                                                                                              • 822 ADC Adjustment
                                                                                                                                                              • 823 White Balance Adjustment
                                                                                                                                                                • Table 8-1 Color Temperature Setting 19
                                                                                                                                                                • Table 8-2 Color Temperature Setting 26
                                                                                                                                                                  • 9 Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data Sheets
                                                                                                                                                                    • 91 Introduction
                                                                                                                                                                    • 92 Abbreviation List
                                                                                                                                                                    • 93 IC Data Sheets
                                                                                                                                                                      • 931 Diagram B MST9U19A
                                                                                                                                                                        • Figure 9-1 Pin configuration
                                                                                                                                                                          • 932 Diagram B TDA1308
                                                                                                                                                                            • Figure 9-2 Block diagram and pin configuration
                                                                                                                                                                              • 933 Diagram B NCP1377B
                                                                                                                                                                                • Figure 9-3 Block diagram and pin configuration
                                                                                                                                                                                  • 934 Diagram B TDA7266
                                                                                                                                                                                    • Figure 9-4 Block diagram and pin configuration
                                                                                                                                                                                      • 10 Spare Parts List amp CTN Overview
                                                                                                                                                                                        • Table 10-1 Sets described in this manual
                                                                                                                                                                                          • 11 Revision List
Page 21: Philips 19PFL3403-55 TCS1[1].0L_LA

Block Diagrams Test Point Overview and Waveforms 21TCS10L LA 6

6 Block Diagrams Test Point Overview and Waveforms

Wiring Diagram of Connector for MS19-PH 19

40-PWL20C-PWI1XG POWER BOARD

1

NU

SE

LEC

T

GN

D

GN

D

P4

1 2 3 5 6 74

BL

ON

OF

F

DIM

MIN

G

INV

ER

TE

R_P

WR

12V

INV

ER

TE

R_P

WR

12V

P5

40-0MS19P-MAE2XGMAIN BOARD

AG

ND

1 2 3 5 6 74

KE

Y0

KE

Y1

AG

ND

IR-I

N

LED

1-IN

LED

2-IN

NC

1 2 3 5 6 7 84

+5V

ST

B

+5V

ST

B

GN

D

GN

D

GN

D

INVERTER BOARD

CN

1

GN

D

1 2 3 5 64

INV

ER

T-S

W

DIM

MIN

G

GN

D

INV

ER

TE

R_P

WR

12V

INV

ER

TE

R_P

WR

12V

8+

5VS

TB

GN

D

1 2 3 5 64

GN

D

GN

D

NC5V

-PW

5V-P

W

40-PF3403-IRC1XG IR BOARD

40-PF3403-KEC1XG KEY BOARD

GN

D

LED

1

IR

+5V

ST

B

1 2 3 54LE

D2

KE

Y1

GN

D

KE

Y0

1 2 3

P10

01

CN

2001 1S

P 22

P

9 10

+12

V-P

W

+12

V-P

W

+12

V-P

W

+12

V-P

W

7 8 9 10

+12

V+

12V

+12

V

+12

V

I_18130_061eps190608

22TCS10L LA 6Block Diagrams Test Point Overview and Waveforms

Wiring Diagram of Connector for MS19-PH 26

40-1PL37C-PWF1XG

1

P5

40-0MS19P-MAE2XGMAIN BOARD

AG

ND

1 2 3 5 6 74

KE

Y0

KE

Y1

AG

ND

IR-I

N

LED

1-IN

LED

2-IN

NC

1 2 3 5 6 7 84

NC

NC

GN

D

GN

D

GN

D

40-PWL01B-STE1X

8+

5VS

TB

1 2 3 5 64

12V-

PW

40-PF3403-IRC1XG IR BOARD

40-PF3403-KEC1XGKEY BOARD

GN

D

LED

1

IR

+5V

ST

B

1 2 3 54LE

D2

KE

Y1

GN

D

KE

Y0

1 2 3

P10

01

CN

2001

P4

9 10

+12

V-P

W

+12

V-P

W

+12

V-P

W

+12

V-P

W

7

10

5P 1P

1 2 3

1 2 3

+5S

TB

AG

ND

PW

-ON

OF

F

+5S

TB

AG

ND

PW

-ON

OF

F

11

12 13 14

GN

D

NC

BL-

AD

JUS

T

BL-

ON

OF

F

11

12

13

14

15

16

P22

8 91 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

12 13 14 15 16

12V-

PW

GN

D

GN

D12

V-P

W

12V-

PW

GN

D

NC

GN

D

NC

NC

NC

NC

NC

BL-

AD

JUS

T

BL-

ON

OF

F

I_18130_062eps190608

Block Diagrams Test Point Overview and Waveforms 23TCS10L LA 6

Block Diagram MS19P Chipset

Panel

810-bit LVDS

2MB

HDMI

HDTVVGA

YC

AV2AV1

AV-OUTTVSIF

PCHDTV-RL

AV2-RLAV1-RL

IRKEY0KEY1

GPIO PWM

Serial-FlashSPI

Speake

Earphone

r

MS19P Chipset Block Diagram

Audio out

EEPROM24C32 SDA

SCL

AMP

TDA7266

MST9U19A

24C02

24C02

24C04SDASCL

U19

U9

U13

U12

U11HDCP

EDID

EDID

U10

Z1

SDASCLExternal device

I_18130_063eps190608

24TCS10L LA 6Block Diagrams Test Point Overview and Waveforms

I2C overview

I2C Device Block Diagram

MST9U19A-LF

24C32 24C04

System EEPROM

I2C AddressA0

HDCP EEPROM

I2C AddressA4

SDA SCL SDA SCL

Tuner integratedIF PLL Demodulator

SDA1 SCL1I2C AddressA0

I_18130_064eps190608

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 25TCS10L LA 7

7 Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Main Power Supply (19)

I_18130_022eps180608

A AMAIN POWER SUPPLY 19rdquo

26TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout Main Power Supply (19) (Top Side)

Layout Main Power Supply (19) (Bottom Side)

I_18130_023eps180608

I_18130_065eps190608

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 27TCS10L LA 7

Main Power Supply (26)

I_18130_024eps180608

A1 A1MAIN POWER SUPPLY 26rdquo

28TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout Main Power Supply (26) (Top Side)

I_18130_028eps180608

40-PWL01B-STE1XG

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 29TCS10L LA 7

Layout Main Power Supply (26) (Bottom Side)

I_18130_029eps180608

40-PWL01B-STE1XG

30TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Standby Power Supply (26)

I_18130_025eps200608

A2 A2STANDBY POWER SUPPLY 26rdquo

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 31TCS10L LA 7

Layout Standby Power Supply (26) (Top Side)

40-1PL37C-PWF1XGI_18130_026eps

180608

32TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout Standby Power Supply (26) (Bottom Side)

I_18130_027eps180608

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 33TCS10L LA 7

SSB Control

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGNDAGND

AGND

AGNDAGNDAGND AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

T

T

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

D1B

D1A

G2

G1

S2

D2B

D2A

S1

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

PGND

PGND

PGND

PGND

PGND

AGND

AGND

T

T

T

T

AGND

T

T

BOOT

DRIVE

FB GND

LGATE

PHASE

VCC

UGATE

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

PGND

AGND

AGND

AGNDAGND

AGND

D2B

D2A

G1

G2

S1

D1B

D1A

S2

T

AGND

D1B

D1A

D2B

G2 D2A

S2

G1

S1

09V

18V

For Tuner 33v

L--Prot

Normal--HProtect--L

Back Light Control

Far from DC-DC amp Tuner

Option

When not use DC-DC+5VSTB_L provide

ON-----LOFF-----H

OptionFar from tuner and power supply (NC)

8

7

6

4 5

3

2

1U3

SP8J3

R234

10R

NC

E

C

B

BT3904

Q21

B

C

E

Q32BT3904

R16

19N

C2

618

KR

919

1K

26

10K

B

C

E

Q2

BT3904

R177

NC

C23

00

1U

10K

R18

0

NC

R17

9 0

R1784K7

+12V

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

P4ON-PBACK

ADJ-PWM2

R181910K26

191

K2

6

R10

Z54

BL-ADJUST

1 2

4

6

8

12

14

10

3

5

7

9

11

13

P22

+5V

+5VSTB_L

C22

2

01U

R70R (FOR 26ONLY)

7

8

4

2

3

5

6

1

A04803

Q17

+12V

+12V_PW

+12V_PW

C24

10

01U

BL-ADJUST

+5V

ST

B_L

C14

01U

BL-ONOFF

C22

40

1U

+5VSTB

R24

8N

C

+12V_PW

C220220U

25V

F250A

F150A

47K

R18

2

L8200R

R2413K9

C23

6

1U

C24

3

1U

C244

01U

C242

470U

16V

+5V

ST

B

PRORECT_12V

R29

720

K

+33V

+33V

B

E

CQ31

BT3906R298

NC

+12V

R299

4K7

R301

4K7

R30

010

K

R29

6

4K7

D14 8V

2

B

C

E

Q26BT3904

R3

4K7

B

E

CQ13

BT3906

C64

3 1U

C20A1U

C21

A 1U

NCC

21

R18

147

K

C24

00

01U

R22

330K

33V

+5V

+5V

12V_PANEL

21

P20

01UC

231

NC

C8

01U

C3

01U

L49200R

L47200R

21

P19

01UC

20

5V_PANEL

4K7R15

D11

LL4148

D45LL4148

PW_ONOFF

+5VSTB1

2

3

P1

POWER-ONOFFB

C

E

Q30BT3904

R26610K

GPIO_PROTECT

+5VSTB

R24

70R

D10LL4148

+12V

C201U

SELECT

R20

510

0K

R2041K

D47 33

V

R27

92K

2R

242

2K2

+12V

1

2

3 6

5

8

4

7

U1

RT8110

R50R PROTPW_ONOFF

R2NC

Z58

Z56

B

C

E

Q27BT3904

BL-ONOFF

R12100R

PW_CTRL

Z51

R24

0 0

Z52

Z53

Z60

L530R

L330R

01U

C23

401UC

232

C23

3 1U

R234K7

5V_PANEL

C22

60

1U

L50200R

+5V

C235470U

16V

200RL54

C23

70

1U

L9200R

+5V

R4

10K

R6NC

+12V_INVERTER

B

C

E

Q6BT3904

68K

R37

NCR17

0RR14

16V

470UC

17A

C27

01U

2U2C16

01UC

15

R8

NC

R194K7

R132NC

R143100K

R14K

7

B

C

E

Q14BT3904

R2110K

+12V

D1LL4148

R14210K

+5VSTB

B

C

E

Q3BT3904NC

+12V

C1810U

50V

L6100UH

D5LL4148

B

C

E

Q5SC1815

NCR

24

B

C

E

Q1

BT3904

B

C

E

Q4BT3904

PWM3

SHUT_EEP

200RL56

L55200R

R23

91K

2

R23

8N

C

R235

10R

R23

6N

C

L115UH

R23

322

K

C23

91U

R237

220R

7

8

4

2

3

5

6

1

U2PHKD13N03LT

C23801U

D50LL4148

L53200R

+12V_INVERTER

C22

70

1U

C22

80

1U

L52200R

L51200R

C22

90

1U

L48200R

C22

50

1U

12V_PANEL

L1230R

PANEL-ONOFF

Z59

Z50

PW_ONOFF R26

368

0R

R2618K2

R26010K

R26

710

K

R26

810

K

R26

247

K

R25910K

R25

810

0K

D41LL4148

+12V

R2783K9

TUNER_5V

+5V

40V

C18

70

1U

R2000R

R6390R

R60422K

L6061000UR

C60

40

1U

D61

433

VC63

047

00P

C63

2 270P

C633

01U 50V

L613

1000UH

NC

L6041000UH

100KR

630

NC

C63

6

C63

50

01U

C63

40

1U

C631200P

B

C

E

Q612BC846B

R63147K

12

3

D61

30B

AV

99

33V

+5V

C1

01U

5V_PANEL

+12V_PW

+5VSTB

12V_PANEL

C223

220U25V

+5VSTB

01U

C22

1

+12V

PW_ONOFF

VCC_PANEL

B01 B01

I_18130_011eps180608

CONTROL

34TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

SSB DC - DC

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGNDAGND

GN

DA

DJ

OU

T

VIN

4

OU

T

VIN

AD

JG

ND

VO

UT

VIN

AD

JG

ND

VCC18V FOR MST9E19A

pin36

VDDC for MST9E19A Core

+33V for VDD_MPLL

+33AVDD FOR AVDD_SIF

+33AVDD FOR AVDD_AU

pin6 pin12

+33AVDD for AVDD_HDMI

Vcc33for MST9E19A analog

+33AVDD for AVDDA

33V for AVDDPLL2

Vcc33 for MST9E19A Digital

10RR

31

F330A

+33V

L16100R+5VST

R28NC

23

1

U6

AIC

1084

FM120D8

FM120D6

23

1

U7

KD

1084

AD

2T18

+33V

VDDP

FM120D7

+5VSTB_L

1 2 3

4

U5AS1117-33

L18FB

FBL17

+18V

VDDC

L11

100R

L10100R+33V

L24

100R

FBL23

16V

47UC

37

C67

01U

01UC

62

C61

01U

01UC

60

C59

01U

16V

100UC

53

C48100U

16V

NCR30

R29

0RL41

FB

16V

100UC

33

C31100U

16V

C49 0

1U

01U

C52

01U

C36

C34 0

1U

01U

C42

C58 0

1U16V

47UC

57

C51 0

1U

AVDD_SIF

+33VA

AVDD_AU

+33VA

AVDDA

+33VA

AVDD_MEMPLL

+33VA

C56 0

1U

01U

C552U

2C

54

C47 0

1U

C46 2U

2

L21FB

2U2

C41

FBL19

C50 2U

2

L22FB

FBL20

01U

C452U

2C

44

C39 0

1U

C38 2U

2

AVDD_HDMI

01U

C40

+33VA

01U

C32

C30 0

1U

+33VA

+33VA

VDD_MPLL

+18V

C35100U

16V

C63

01U

01UC

64

C65

01U

01UC

66

01UC

68

C69

01U

01UC

70

C71

01U

01UC

72

C73

01U

+5VST

+5VSTB

FM120D9

B02 B02

I_18130_012eps180608

DC - DC

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 35TCS10L LA 7

SSB MST9E19A Controller

AG

ND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AG

ND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

SDA

SCL

WC

VCC

VSS

E2NC

E1NC

E0NC AGND

VCC

HOLD

SCK

GND SI

WP

SO

CE

SDA

SCL

WC

VCC

VSS

E2NC

E1NC

E0NC

AD

0A

D1

AD

2A

D3

AD

4A

D5

AD

6A

D7

ALE

AUCOM

AUL0

AUL1

AUL2

AUL3

AUOUTL

AUOUTL2

AUOUTL3

AUOUTR

AUOUTR2

AUOUTR3

AUOUTS

AUR0

AUR1

AUR2

AUR3

AUVRADNAUVRADPAUVREF

AV

DD

_AD

C

AV

DD

_AU

AV

DD

_DV

IA

VD

D_D

VI1

AV

DD

_ME

MP

LL

AV

DD

_MP

LLA

VD

D_M

PLL

1

AV

DD

_SIF

BIN0MBIN0P

BIN1MBIN1P

C0

C1

CSZ

CVBS0

CVBS1CVBS2CVBS3

CVBSOUT

DD

CA

_CK

DD

CA

_DA

DDCD_CKDDCD_DA

DD

CR

_CK

DD

CR

_DA

DI0DI1DI2DI3DI4DI5DI6DI7

DIG

O0

DIG

O1

DIG

O2

DIG

O3

DIG

O4

DIG

O5

DIG

O6

DIG

O7

DIG

O8

DIG

O9

GIN0MGIN0P

GIN1MGIN1P

GN

DG

ND

1

GN

D10

GN

D11

GN

D12

GN

D13

GN

D14

GN

D15

GN

D2

GN

D3

GN

D4

GN

D5

GN

D6

GN

D7

GN

D8

GN

D9

GPIOE0LVSYNCGPIOE1LHSYNC

GPIOE2LDEGPIOE3LCK

GPIOF10GPIOF11

GPIOF12GPIOF13GPIOF14GPIOF15GPIOF16GPIOF17GPIOF18GPIOF19

GPIOF2GPIOF3GPIOF4GPIOF5GPIOF6GPIOF7GPIOF8GPIOF9

HSYNC0

HSYNC1

HW

RE

SE

T

ICLK

IHSYNC

INT

IRIN

IVSYNC

LA0MG3LA0PG2LA1MG1LA1PG0LA2MB7LA2PB6

LA3MB3LA3PB2LA4MB1LA4PB0

LACKMB5LACKPB4

LB0MR7LB0PR6LB1MR5LB1PR4LB2MR3LB2PR2

LB3MG7LB3PG6LB4MG5LB4PG4

LBCKMR1LBCKPR0

PW

M0

PW

M1

PW

M2

PW

M3

PWM_DRVPWM_FB

PWM_SENSE

RD

Z

REFMREFP

REXT

RIN0MRIN0P

RIN1MRIN1P

RMID

RX0NRX0PRX1NRX1PRX2NRX2P

RXCKNRXCKP

SA

R0

SA

R1

SA

R2

SA

R3

SCKSDI

SDO

SIF1MSIF1P

SOGIN0

SOGIN1

VCLAMP

VCOM0

VCOM1

VCOM2

VD

DC

VD

DC

1V

DD

C2

VD

DC

3V

DD

C4

VD

DC

5

VD

DP

VD

DP

1V

DD

P2

VD

DP

3V

DD

P4

VD

DP

5V

DD

P6

VD

DP

7V

DD

P8

VD

DP

9

VSYNC0

VSYNC1

WR

Z

XIN

XO

UT

Y0

Y1

AGND

T

T

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

Mode Selection

I2C address at A0

Location Near IC PinLocation Near IC Pin

SST PULL DOWNMSTAR PULL UP

DVI INPUT

VGA INPUT

For TTL output

Audio Output(to Amp) AV Output(Audio)

Debug Port

For Philps debug

HDCP I2C address at A4

VID

EO

INP

UT

HDTV INPUT

C212NC

C7822P

01UC11

2

2U2 C247

C1072U2

01U C114

PW_CTRL

PRORECT_12V

54

72 13

6 8

RP

84K

7

KEY0-IN

LED2-IN

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

P5

POWER-ONOFF

54

72 13

6 8

RP

124K

7

LED1-IN

NC

L43

+5VSTB

4K7

R55

LED2R13

4K7

R584K7

B

C

E

Q9BT3904

1

2

3

4

5

P14

WP

SDA

SCL

+33V

1

2

3

4

P6

10RR41

SHUT_EEP

D4 NC

WP

C20

110

0P

RXD

TXD1

2

3

P2

ZX

Z62

WP

+33V

+33V+5VSTB

RS

20R

RS

3N

C

RS

11K

10K

R32

10K

R42

01UC86

47RR64

NC

R63

R62

NC

R52100R

R51 22

K

R50 22

K

100RR49

100RR40

C83

001

U

001

UC82

R67

0R

001

UC76

2U2C115

R47100R

R45100R

100RR34100R

R33

2U2C104

C1052U2PC-LIN

2U2C106

C1112U2

2U2C110

C11901U

R57 8K

2

8K2

R56

C1092U2

2U2C108

124578

101113141516171819202122232425262728

293031323334353839

404142434445464748495051

5455575859

61626364656667686970717273747576

78798081828384858687

131

132

133

134

125

126

127

128

129

130

155

156

136 3 9 37 52 56 89 99 101

104

106

120

141

152

173

187

204

143

144

145

146

147

148

149

150

153

154

116

117

118

135

124123122121

9796959493929190

139138137

191190189188

185184183182181180179178177176175174171170169168167166165164163162161160

202201200199198197196195

192

194193

207

206

205

36 53 60 105

6 12 157

208

77 98 107

142

158

203

88 100

102

103

119

140

151

159

172

186

115

114

113

112

111

110

109

108

U8

MST9E19A

R54

4K7

R36

22K

100P C79

01UC11

7

C116

01U

R7510K

R38 22

K

C10201U

C89 0

1U

1

3

2

D40

0BA

V99

+5VST

R53

390R

CVBSOUT

LED2

5

6

7

8

4

3

2

1U10

M24C32MN

IR_SYNC

KEY0

LED1

KEY1

WP_FSH

TV1-VIN- VCOM0

AV1-YIN-

AV1-YIN

VCOM2

SV_Y0

R_TX2+

C920047U

C930047U

0047UC94

0047UC96

C970047U

0047UC98

C1010047U

0047UC100

C990047U

SV_C0

TXD

RXD

100P

C20

2

8

7

6

4 5

3

2

1U9

W25X40

+33V

L26 F

B

100RR77

SDA

SCL

SHUT_EEPR76

100R

5

6

7

8

4

3

2

1U11

M24C04MN

SDA

SCL

100RR70

R69100R

+33V

R68

10K

SPI_CZ

SPI_DI

SPI_CK

54

72

1

3 6

8

RP933R

NCR

65R

661K

8

C90 10

0P

R6110R

1KR60

R591K

100P

C91

C95 10

0P

SYS_RST

R391K

B

E

CQ8

BT3906

C8010U

16V

C7447U

16V

R48

1M

Y1

14M

3

22PC84

AVDDA

AVDD_SIF

AVDD_MEMPLL

AVDD_HDMIVDDC VDDP

SDA_EXT

SCL_EXT

+33V

R43

10K

10KR

44

RXE3+B2

RXE4+B0

RXE4-B1

RXE3-B3

RXEC+B4

RXEC-B5

RXE2+B6

RXE2-B7

RXE1+G0

RXE1-G1

RXE0+G2

RXE0-G3

RXO4+G4

RXO4-G5

RXO3+G6

RXO3-G7

RXOC+R0

RXOC-R1

RXO2+R2

RXO2-R3

RXO1+R4

RXO1-R5

RXO0+R6

RXO0-R7

TTL-BLUE2

TTL-BLUE1

TTL-BLUE0

TTL-BLUE3

TTL-BLUE4

TTL-BLUE5

TTL-BLUE6

TTL-BLUE7

TTL-GREEN0

TTL-GREEN1

TTL-GREEN2

TTL-GREEN3

TTL-GREEN4

TTL-GREEN5

TTL-GREEN6

TTL-GREEN7

TTL-RED6

TTL-RED0

TTL-RED1

TTL-RED2

TTL-RED3

TTL-RED4

TTL-RED5

TTL-RED7

54

72

1

3 6

8

RP40R

8

63

1

2 7

4 5

0RRP7

54

72

1

3 6

8

RP60R

8

63

1

2 7

4 5

0RRP3

8

63

1

2 7

4 5

0RRP5

54

72

1

3 6

8

RP20R

SPI_CKSPI_DISPI_CZ

SPI_DO

AMP-MUTE

PANEL-ONOFF

LED1

HPDCTRL

ON-PBACK

863 12

7

45

4K7

RP

13

PWM0

ADJ-PWM2

NCR

85

NCR

82

NCR

80

NCR

79

R84

1K

R83

1K

R81

1K

R78

1K

PWM0

WP_FSH

ADJ-PWM2

PWM3

IR_SYNC

KEY1

KEY0

RXD

TXD

SCL

SDA

DDC-RDX

DDC-TXD

I2C-SCL

I2C-SDA

+33V

54

721 3

68

RP

104K

7

R7410R

10RR73

10RR72

R7110R

AUCOM

16V

10UC

118

AUVRADN

AUVRADP

C11310U

16V

L250

AMP-ROUT

AMP-LOUT

PH-ROUTPH-LOUT

PC-RIN

SIFM

SIFP

01UC103

01U

C88

AUCOM

AUVREFAUVRADPAUVRADN

SIFM

SIFP

TUNER_CVBS

SV_C0

SV_Y0

VCOM2

CVBS2CVBS1

VCOM0

VCOM1

CVBS3

SCG+

SCR+SCR-

SC_SOG

SCG-

SCB-

RIN-

RIN+GIN-

GIN+SOG

BIN-BIN+

01UC85

C8701U

VS_RGBHS_RGB

HDMI_SCLHDMI_SDA

AVDD_HDMI TXCLK-

R_TX2+

R_TX2-G_TX1+

G_TX1-B_TX0+

B_TX0-TXCLK+

AUVREF

PWM3

+33V

VDD_MPLL

AVDD_AU

TV1-VIN+ TUNER_CVBS

VCOM1

AV1-CIN

TV-SIFP

TV-SIFM

HDMI_SCLHDMI_SDA

TXCLK-

R_TX2-G_TX1+

G_TX1-B_TX0+

B_TX0-TXCLK+

VS_RGBHS_RGB

RIN-

RIN+GIN-

GIN+SOG

BIN-BIN+

SCG+

SCR+SCR-

SC_SOG

SCG-SCB+SCB-

AV1-VIN+

AV2-VIN+

AV3-VIN+ CVBS1

CVBS2

CVBS3

SPI_DO

WP_FSH

CVBSOUT

PH-LOUT

PH-ROUTAMP-ROUT AMP-R

AMP-LAMP-LOUTPH-L1OUT

AFT

SCB+

KEY1-IN

+33V

PH-R1OUT

C77

1000

P

E

C

B BT3904Q7

R114K7

+5VSTB

GPIO_PROTECT

+33V

IR-IN

C248

2U2

2U2 C249

C250

2U2

2U2 C251

C252

2U2

DVI-RINDVI-LINAV2-RIN

AV2-LIN

AV1-RINAV1-LIN

B03 B03

I_18130_013eps180608

MST9E19A CONTROLLER

36TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

SSB HDMI Interface

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

SDA

SCL

WC

VCC

VSS

E2NC

E1NC

E0NC

RX2+

GND1

RX2-

RX1+

GND2

RX1-

RX0+

GND3

RX0-

RXC+

GND4

RXC-

NC1

NC2

DDCCLK

DDCDA

GND5

VCC

HPD

AGND

HDMI-RX2-

HDMI-RX1+

+5V

+5V

5

6

43

2

1

U17

PRTR5V0U4D

5

6

43

2

1

U18

PRTR5V0U4D

1KR101

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

P12

01UC

120

5

6

7

8

4

3

2

1U12

M24C02MN

RLZ

5B6

D18

HDMI-DDC-SDA

HDMI-DDC-SCL

HDMI-HPD

HDMI5V

HPDCTRLB

C

E

Q10BT3904

4K7R96

R95

4K7

R1000R

NCR

97

R94

1K

+5V

100RR99

R98100R

12

3

D17

BAT

54C

D19

RLZ

5B6

TXCLK-

TXCLK+

B_TX0-

B_TX0+

G_TX1-

G_TX1+

R_TX2-

R_TX2+

10RR93

R9210R

10RR91

R9010R

10RR89

R8810R

10RR87

R8610R

HDMI_SDA

HDMI_SCL

HDMI-RXC-

HDMI-RXC+

HDMI-RX0+

HDMI-RX0-

HDMI-RX1-

HDMI-RX2+

B04 B04

I_18130_014eps180608

HDMI INTERFACE

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 37TCS10L LA 7

SSB VGA Interface

AGND

AGND

AGND

SDA

SCL

WC

VCC

VSS

E2NC

E1NC

E0NC

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGNDProgram Control

To main chip(when updateit is I2Cwhen debug it is RXTX)

LED2

R12

110

0RR12

010

0R

+33V

RXD

TXD

R170

4K7

1

3

2

D2

100RR144

NCR123

4K7R12

2

75R

R10

9

R10

8 75R

01UC

130

10K

R17

4

75R

R10

7

10K

R17

2

P13-11

R11

8 4K7

4K7

R11

9

PROTECT

VGA5V

VGA-SCL

PROTECT

13

2

D25

1

3

2

D20

C19 N

C

Q182N7002

10RR175

R171NC

R17310R

C12

9 NC

C1270047U

VGA-R+

VGA-G+

VGA-B+

+5VST1

32

D24

1KR115

R1141K

123

D23BAT54C

5

6

7

8

4

3

2

1U13

M24C02MN

R11

74K

7NC

C12

8R11

610

K

6

4

11

14

15

7

12

8

5

13

3

10

9

1

2

16

17

P13

C1230047U

C1241000P

C1210047U

R10510R

10RR104

R10310R

0047UC126

C1250047U

0047UC122

1

3

2

D22

2

3

1

D21

R11347R

47RR111

R11047R

R106330R

HS_RGB

VS_RGB

Q192N7002

B

C

E

Q25BT3904

VGA-HS

VGA-VS

VGA-SDA

RIN+

SOG

BIN-

GIN-

RIN-

BIN+

GIN+

VGA-SDA

VGA-SCL

+5VSTB

+5VSTB

B05 B05

I_18130_015eps180608

VGA INTERFACE

38TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

SSB Cinch

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND AGNDAGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

VDD

OUTB

INB-

VSS INB+

INA+

INA-

OUTA

AGNDAGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

WHITE

RED

YELLOWGREEN

BLUE

RED

WHITE

RED

RED

WHITE

YELLOW

AGND

AGND

AGND

HDTV IN

AV OUTPUT AUDIO AMP

For PCampYPbPr Audio Input(RL)

For Philips Upgrade

S-VIDEO amp AV2 In Side

Earphone Outuput In Side

AV1 In Rear

AV OUTPUT

For DVI Audio Input(35mm Jack)

2

1

3

P17

DVI_R

DVI_L

AV2-V

AV_ROUT

AV2-R

C13 47

0P

12K

R15

2

C17 47

0P

560P

C16

356

0PC

162

3

2

1

4P15

C14

156

0P

PC-R

560P

C14

3C

134

560P

560P

C13

8

2

3

1

D37

NC

C14

256

0P56

0PC

146

C6 10

0P

3

1

2

P11

TXD

3

1

2

P7

PR1

PB1

AVOUT_L

Y1

AVOUT

1

4

2

5

3

6P21

1

2

3

4

5

6P8

8 56 7 9

P15

BUF2

1

3

2

D31

2

3

1

D28

NC

1

3

2

D33

NC

2

3

1

D55

NC

2

3

1

D54

NC

2

3

1

D52

NC

2

3

1

D51

NC

2

3

1

D34

1

3

2

D36

NC

C5 10

0P

13

2

D12

R18

8 75R

R2855K1

R2845K1

R2805K1

R2815K1

L6130R

AV1-CL60

30R

AV1-YL59

30R

75R

R14

9

C19

810

00P

C14

068

0P

680P

C15

5

10RR186

680P

C13

6

OP_VCC2

C13

168

0P

2

3

1

D53

2

3

1

D27

FB

L42

10KR230

12K

R20

1R

197 12

K

R15

9 12K

R15

522

0R

220RR153

75R

R14

0

75R

R13

9

R13

6 75R

75R

R12

8

2U2C188

R14

5 12K

12K

R15

7

12K

R13

5C191

2U2

10K

R15

6R

147 10

K

330R

R14

6

R18510RY1

75RR151

R141

75R

C1452U2

2U2C144

01UC

139

12K

R16

1

AV2-VIN+

CVBSOUT

AV1-CIN

AV1-YIN-

1

3

2

D38

2

3

1

D39

PH-R1OUTR226

10K

AV_LOUT

R22447K

+5V

R22

547

K

C18

347

U

16V

100P

C18

9

33KR

229

C18547U

16V

C18

40

1U

C19

310

0P

R23

233

K

8

7

6

4 5

3

2

1U16

TDA1308T

SCB-

SCG-

SCR-

C1580047U

SCG+

SCR+

SCB+

SC_SOG

PR1

PB1

C1540047U

0047UC153

C1520047U

C1511000P

0047UC159

0047UC156

R19547R

47RR191

R18947R

R18410R

10RR183

R14810R

1

3

2

D35

B

E

CQ11

BT3906C218

10U

16V

B

C

E

Q12BT3904

2

3

1

D32

2

3

1

D30

1

3

2

D29

R13347R

10RR137

R12610R

+5V

AV1-YIN

Y1R176

470R

PH-L1OUT

AV_LOUT

AV_ROUT

AV1-VIN+

L63 30

R

30R

L62

330RR

249

R25

133

0R

C196

033U50V

C197

033U50V

7

654

89

3

1

2

P18

1000

PC

199

AMP-PROUT+AMP-LIN

AMP-PLOUT+AMP-RIN

EARPHONE-RA

EARPHONE-LA

30RL44

AV1-RIN

R2825K1

R2835K1 AV1-LIN

AV2-LIN

R2865K1

R2875K1 AV2-RIN

R2885K1

R2895K1 DVI-RIN

R2905K1

R2915K1 DVI-LIN

R2925K1

R2935K1 PC-RIN

R2945K1

R2955K1 PC-LIN

AV1_V

AVOUT_R

RXD

C4 47

0P47

0PC

7

AV1_R

AV1_L

C9 47

0P47

0PC

10

C11 47

0P47

0PC

12

PC-L

AV2-L

B06 B06

I_18130_016eps180608

CINCH

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 39TCS10L LA 7

SSB Tuner

AGND

AGND

AGND

AG

ND

AGNDAGND

AGND

AGND

COMMON

IN OUT

VID

EO

NC

1

NC

2

AU

DIO

AG

C

SD

A

TU

MB

GN

D2

SIF

OU

T

GN

D1

NC

3

NC

4

NC

5

SC

L

NC

6

AF

T

CLOSE RO MST IC

R21127R

171 2 6 1110 1412 157 83 4 5 9 13 16

TU1

2

1 3

U15KIA78D05

TUNER_SDA

TUNER_SCL

SIF_OUT

TV_CVBSC

172

01U

33V

B

C

E

Q20

BT3904

TV-SIFPNCR213

10RR220

001UC181

TV-SIFP

R194100R

330R

R19

3R

192

10R

R19

81K

R19

91K

L2722UH

+12V

R20

7 NC

100K

R20

3

2200

PC

200

R209120R

R20610R

C17

4N

C3

30P

NC

330

PC

175

C171220U

16V

L28120R

R20251K

C17

710

0P

C17

615

0P

SDA_EXT

SCL_EXT

C168220U

16V

16V

220UC

169

TV1-VIN-

TV1-VIN+

R21047R

C16

60

01UC16

44U

7

50V

C16

50

01U

C16

70

1U

TUNER_5V

AFT

120RR212

TUNER_5V

TV-SIFM

001UC170

B07 B07

I_18130_017eps180608

TUNER

40TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

SSB Audio Amplifier

PGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

PGND

PGND

AGND

AGND

OUT2+

OUT2-

NC3

IN2

VCC2

NC2

OUT1+

VCC1

IN1

NC1

MUTE

STBY

PW_GND

S_GND

OUT1-

TO SPEAKER

TO SPEAKER

0RR

162

AMP-PROUT-

2

1

H8

15

14

11

12

13

10

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

2

U19

TD

A7266

1

2

3

4

P9

AMP-PLOUT-

L45200R

L46200R

C219220U

16V

27UHL31

C217220U

16V

AMP-LIN

R253NC

01U C209

D3LL4148

C20

610

00P

1U

C211

0022U

C26 1000

PC

204

0022U

C25

C22

470U16V

+5VST

R164100K

R16510K

R16

8N

C

R16

9N

C

R1663K3

3K3R167

10KR244

B

E

CQ15

BT3906

B

C

E

Q16BT3904

C19

5 NC

NC

C19

4

B

C

E

Q24BT3904NC

0RR257

10KR254

E

C

B BT3904Q23

B

C

E

Q22BT3904

R25210K

R255100R

R24310K

2U2C205

R2560R

C2032U2

+12V

AMP-PROUT-

AMP-PROUT+

AMP-PLOUT-

AMP-PLOUT+

POWER-ONOFF

AMP-MUTE

AMP-R

AMP-L

12V-AMP

+12V

AMP-RIN

B08 B08

I_18130_018eps180608

AUDIO AMPLIFIER

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 41TCS10L LA 7

SSB LVDS Interface

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

VCC_PANEL

C246

10U 16V

C245

01U

R277 0NC

+33V

R27

2

0N

C

R275 0NC

RXE4+B0 RXE4-B1

RXE3+B2 RXE3-B3

RXEC+B4 RXEC-B5

RXE2+B6 RXE2-B7

RXE1+G0 RXE1-G1

RXE0+G2 RXE0-G3

RXO4+G4 RXO4-G5

RXO3+G6 RXO3-G7

RXOC+R0 RXOC-R1

RXO2+R2 RXO2-R3

RXO1+R4 RXO1-R5

RXO0+R6 RXO0-R7

1 2

4

6

8

12

14

16

18

20

10

22

24

26

28

3

5

7

9

11

13

15

17

19

21

23

25

27

29 30

32

34

36

38

40

31

33

35

37

39

P10

R276 0NC

R27

3

0N

CR

274

0N

C

B09 B09

I_18130_019eps180608

LVDS INTERFACE Personal Notes

E_06532_012eps131004

42TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout Small Signal Board (Top Side)

I_18130_020eps180608

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 43TCS10L LA 7

Layout Small Signal Board (Bottom Side)

I_18130_021eps180608

44TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Keyboard Control Panel

Layout Keyboard Control Panel (Top Side)

Layout Keyboard Control Panel (Bottom Side)

AGND

AGND AGNDAGND

AGND

R10072K

R10061K5

R10011K2

12 4

3K1001

1

2

3

P1001

KEY0

R1008NC

R10051K2

R1004NC

R10032K

R10021K5

D10

02

HS

5V6B

D10

01H

S5V

6B

12 4

3K1003

12 4

3K1002

12 4

3K1006

12 4

3K1005

12 4

3K1004

KEY1

I_18130_030eps180608

E EKEYBOARD CONTROL PANEL

I_18130_031eps180608

I_18130_032eps180608

Personal Notes

E_06532_012eps131004

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 45TCS10L LA 7

Inverter Panel

1 2

A

B

C

D

4321

D

C

B

A

F1FUSE-1

C2104

C1220uF250V

C3104

R1200

Q1

DTA143

E1

9

E2

10

C2

11

VC

C12

OU

TP

UT

C13

VR

EF

14

A1+

1

A1-

2

CO

MP

3

DT

C4

CT

5

RT

6

GN

D7

C1

8

A2-

15

A2+

16

U1

TL494

R2200

Q32222

C8

223

C7103

R847K

R7120K

C4

104C5104

D1

68V

C9104

D2

1N4148

Q8DTC143

123456

CN1

R20470K

R21

33K

C16

330pF

C15NC

R13100K

R10

68K

R11

68K

R12

15K

C10104

R2627K

C20223

R18560

Q22222

Q62907

R142K

R1622K

R27 10

R28 10

D4

BAW56K

S11

G12

S23

G24

D1 8

D1 7

D2 6

D2 5

U2

4606

C21223

Q42222

Q72907

R152K

R1722K

R29 10

R30 10

D5

BAW56K

S11

G12

S23

G24

D1 8

D1 7

D2 6

D2 5

U3

4606

R19560

C6

105

R231M

Q52N7002

R22

1M

R9

47K

R25

100KR24270K

D6NCBAW56K

D7NCBAW56K

P1

P2

P3

P4

C17225

C18

225

10

1 7

6

T1

T01

10

1 7

6

T2

T01

C2222pF

12

CON1

12

CON2

D9BAV99

R41K

R36820

R32

10KC12104

D8BAV99

R31K

R35820

R31

10KC11104

P2

P1

C2322pF

12

CON3

12

CON4

D11

BAV99

R61K

R38820

R34

10KC14104

D10BAV99

R51K

R37820

R33

10KC13104

P4

P3

VREF

VREF

C19NC

C26

222C27NC

D13BAV99

D15BAV99

C2422pF

C2522pF

C28

222C29NC

C30222 C31

NC

C32

222C33NC

OVP

OVP

OV

P

R602K

R61510K

C38105

Q10

DTA143

Q112222

R6330K

R62 1K

VCC

VCC

P5

P5

R64

1K

C34221

C35 221

C37

221

C39104

C36

221U4A

LM393

U4B

LM393

Vref

D3

1N4148

R65

3K R663K

C41 104

R67

10K

I_18130_033eps180608

I IINVERTER PANEL 19rdquo

46TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout Inverter Panel (Top Side)

Layout Inverter Panel (Bottom Side)

I_18130_034eps190608

I_18130_035eps190608

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 47TCS10L LA 7

IR LED Panel

AGND

AGND

AGNDIRVC

C

GN

D

RW

R20

031K

2

R20

04

1K2

LED1

1

2

3

4

5

CN2001

E

C

B

BC847AQ2001

B

C

E

Q2002

BC847A

2

13

D2001

LED2

G2001

R20024K7

5V16

V10

0UC

2001

5V

IR

IR

C20

03 47P

LED1R2001

4K7

C2002

47P

LED2

I_18130_036eps180608

J JIR amp LED PANELLayout IR LED Panel (Top Side)

Layout IR LED Panel (Bottom Side)

I_18130_037eps180608

I_18130_038eps180608

48TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Personal Notes

E_06532_013eps131004

Alignments EN 49TCS10L LA 8

8 Alignments

Index of this chapter81 Electrical Alignments82 Hardware Alignments

NoteThe Service Modes are described in chapter 5 Menu navigation is done with the CURSOR UP DOWN LEFT or RIGHT keys of the remote control transmitter

81 Electrical Alignments

Perform all electrical adjustments under the following conditionsbull Power supply voltage (depends on region)

ndash AP-NTSC 120 VAC or 230 VAC 50 Hz (plusmn 10)ndash AP-PAL-multi 120 - 230 VAC 50 Hz (plusmn 10)ndash EU 230 VAC 50 Hz (plusmn 10)ndash LATAM-NTSC 120 - 230 VAC 50 Hz (plusmn 10)ndash US 120 VAC 60 Hz (plusmn 10)

bull Connect the set to the mains via an isolation transformer with low internal resistance

bull Allow the set to warm up for approximately 60 minutesbull Measure voltages and waveforms in relation to correct

ground (eg measure audio signals in relation to AUDIO_GND) Caution It is not allowed to use heatsinks as ground

bull Test probe Ri gt 10 MΩ Ci lt 20 pFbull Use an isolated trimmerscrewdriver to perform

alignments

82 Hardware Alignments

Not applicable

821 Aging

Enter TV mode Set warm up status to ldquoOnrdquo Aging time at least 12 minutes

822 ADC Adjustment

The chassis can execute ADC auto-tune in YPbPr amp PC sourcing modes Enter SAM select YPbPr or PC as source then select AUTOTUNE in ADC ADJ press ldquoRight keyrdquo to run waiting for about 5 seconds until ldquoOKrdquo is displayed which means the set finished the ADC adjustment With an YPbPr source use a 100 color bar pattern with a PC source use a 16-scale grey pattern

823 White Balance Adjustment

Adjust the NORMAL WARM COOL temperature in White balance according to company regular Make sure ADC adjustments have done successfully before doing white balance adjustments and use the ldquoNaturalrdquo picture mode White balance adjustment should be performed with three different sources1 AVTVSVIDEO source reunification under the AV

adjustment apply a NTSC-M system signal with 8-scale grey pattern

2 YPbPrHDMI source reunification under the YPbPr adjustment apply an 8-scale grey pattern

3 PC source should adjust single apply a 8-scale grey pattern

If case of manual adjustment please use the WB page in SAMWhile adjusting White Balance do not change White G or Black G only adjust White R White B Black R and Black B

Table 8-1 Color Temperature Setting 19

Table 8-2 Color Temperature Setting 26

Color mode X Y Color Temperature (K)

Normal 296plusmn4 299plusmn4 8000

Warm 314plusmn4 319plusmn4 6500

Cool 289plusmn4 291plusmn4 9000

Color mode X Y Color Temperature (K)

Normal 289plusmn4 291plusmn4 9000

Warm 314plusmn4 319plusmn4 6500

Cool 278plusmn4 278plusmn4 11000

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data SheetsEN 50 TCS10L LA9

9 Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data Sheets

Index of this chapter91 Introduction92 Abbreviation List93 IC Data Sheets

Notes bull Only new circuits (circuits that are not published recently)

are described bull Figures can deviate slightly from the actual situation due

to different set executions

91 Introduction

This chassis uses the MStar MST9U19A main chip with the following features bull Multi-Standard TV decoding with 2-D comb filterbull Multi-Standard TV sound demodulator and decoderbull Triple ADC fro TV and RGBYPbPrbull Integrated DVIHDCPHDMI compliant receiverbull High quality scaling enginebull 3-D video de-interlacer and video noise reductionbull Embedded On Screen Display controllerbull NTSCPALSecam Video decoder with automatic standard

detectionbull CVBS video outputbull Multi standard TV sound decoderbull FM stereo and SAP demodulationbull Digital audio interfacebull Analog RGB Compliant Input Portsbull DVIHDCPHDMI Compliant input portbull Auto tuning function including phasing positioning offset

gain and jitter detectionbull Automatic color correction

The MST9U19A is a high performance and fully integrated IC for multi-function LCD monitorTV with resolutions up to WSXGA (1680 times 1050) It is configured with an integrated triple-ADCPLL an integrated DVIHDCPHDMI receiver a multi standard TV video and audio decoder a video de-interlacer a scaling engine the MStarACE-3 color engine an On Screen Display controller an 8-bit MCU and a built-in output panel interface It also incorporates an intelligent power management control system for green-mode requirements and spread-spectrum support for EMI management

For a block diagram refer to chapter 6 ldquoBlock diagrams Test Point Overviews and Waveformsrdquo

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data Sheets EN 51TCS10L LA 9

92 Abbreviation List

1080i 1080 visible lines interlaced1080p 1080 visible lines progressive scan2CS 2 Carrier Sound2DNR Spatial (2D) Noise Reduction3DNR Temporal (3D) Noise Reduction480i 480 visible lines interlaced480p 480 visible lines progressive scanAARA Automatic Aspect Ratio Adaptation

algorithm that adapts aspect ratio to remove horizontal black bars keeping up the original aspect ratio

ACI Automatic Channel Installation algorithm that installs TV channels directly from a cable network by means of a predefined TXT page

ADC Analogue to Digital ConverterAFC Automatic Frequency Control control

signal used to tune to the correct frequency

AGC Automatic Gain Control algorithm that controls the video input of the feature box

AM Amplitude ModulationAUO Acer Unipack OptronicsAP Asia PacificAR Aspect Ratio 4 by 3 or 16 by 9ASD Automatic Standard DetectionAV Audio VideoB-SC1-IN Blue SCART1 inB-SC2-IN Blue SCART2 inB-TXT Blue teletextBG Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 55 MHzBTSC Broadcast Television System

CommitteeC-FRONT Chrominance front inputCBA Circuit Board Assembly (or PWB)CL Constant Level audio output to

connect with an external amplifierCLUT Color Look Up TableComPair Computer aided rePairCSM Customer Service ModeCVBS Composite Video Blanking and

SynchronizationCVBS-EXT CVBS signal from external source

(VCR VCD etc)CVBS-INT CVBS signal from TunerCVBS-MON CVBS monitor signalCVBS-TER-OUT CVBS terrestrial outDAC Digital to Analogue ConverterDBE Dynamic Bass Enhancement extra

low frequency amplificationDFU Directions For Use owners manualDNR Dynamic Noise ReductionDRAM Dynamic RAMDSP Digital Signal ProcessingDST Dealer Service Tool special

(European) remote control designed for service technicians

DTS Digital Theatre SoundDVD Digital Versatile DiscDVI Digital Visual InterfaceDW Double WindowED Enhanced Definition 480p 576pEEPROM Electrically Erasable and

Programmable Read Only MemoryEU EUropeEXT EXTernal (source) entering the set by

SCART or by cinches (jacks)FBL Fast Blanking DC signal

accompanying RGB signalsFBL-SC1-IN Fast blanking signal for SCART1 in

FBL-SC2-IN Fast blanking signal for SCART2 inFBL-TXT Fast Blanking TeletextFLASH FLASH memoryFM Field Memory Frequency ModulationFMR FM RadioFRC Frame Rate ConverterFRONT-C Front input chrominance (SVHS)FRONT-DETECT Front input detectionFRONT-Y_CVBS Front input luminance or CVBS

(SVHS)FTV Flat TeleVisionG-SC1-IN Green SCART1 inG-SC2-IN Green SCART2 inG-TXT Green teletextH H_sync to the module HD High Definition 720p 1080i 1080pHDMI High Definition Multimedia Interface

digital audio and video interfaceHP Head PhoneI Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 60 MHzI2C Integrated IC busI2S Integrated IC Sound busIC Integrated CircuitIF Intermediate FrequencyInterlaced Scan mode where two fields are used

to form one frame Each field contains half the number of the total amount of lines The fields are written in ldquopairsrdquo causing line flicker

IR Infra RedIRQ Interrupt ReQuestLast Status The settings last chosen by the

customer and read and stored in RAM or in the NVM They are called at start-up of the set to configure it according the customers wishes

LATAM LATin AMericaLC04 Philips chassis name for LCD TV 2004

projectLCD Liquid Crystal DisplayLED Light Emitting DiodeLL Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 65 MHz L is Band I L is all bands except for Band I

LPL LG Philips LCDLS Loud SpeakerLVDS Low Voltage Differential Signalling

data transmission system for high speed and low EMI communication

MN Monochrome TV system Sound carrier distance is 45 MHz

MOSFET Metal Oxide Semiconductor Field Effect Transistor

MPEG Motion Pictures Experts GroupMSP Multi-standard Sound Processor ITT

sound decoderMUTE MUTE LineNAFTA North American Free Trade

Association Trade agreement between Canada USA and Mexico

NC Not ConnectedNICAM Near Instantaneous Compounded

Audio Multiplexing This is a digital sound system used mainly in Europe

NTSC National Television Standard Committee Color system used mainly in North America and Japan Color carrier NTSC MN = 3579545 MHz NTSC 443 = 4433619 MHz (this is a VCR norm it is not transmitted off-air)

NVM Non Volatile Memory IC containing TV related data (for example options)

OC Open CircuitONOFF LED OnOff control signal for the LED

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data SheetsEN 52 TCS10L LA9

OSD On Screen DisplayPAL Phase Alternating Line Color system

used mainly in Western Europe (color carrier = 4433619 MHz) and South America (color carrier PAL M = 3575612 MHz and PAL N = 3582056 MHz)

PC Personal ComputerPCB Printed Circuit Board (or PWB)PDP Plasma Display PanelPIG Picture In GraphicPIP Picture In PicturePLL Phase Locked Loop Used for

example in FST tuning systems The customer can directly provide the desired frequency

Progressive Scan Scan mode where all scan lines are displayed in one frame at the same time creating a double vertical resolution

PWB Printed Wiring Board (or PCB)RAM Random Access MemoryRC Remote Control transmitterRC5 (6) Remote Control system 5 (6) the

signal from the remote control receiver RGB Red Green and Blue The primary

color signals for TV By mixing levels of R G and B all colors (YC) are reproduced

RGBHV Red Green Blue Horizontal sync and Vertical sync

ROM Read Only MemorySAM Service Alignment ModeSC SandCastle two-level pulse derived

from sync signalsSC1-OUT SCART output of the MSP audio ICSC2-B-IN SCART2 Blue inSC2-C-IN SCART2 chrominance inSC2-OUT SCART output of the MSP audio ICSC Short CircuitSCL Clock signal on I2C busSD Standard Definition 480i 576iSDA Data signal on I2C busSDI Samsung Display IndustrySDM Service Default ModeSDRAM Synchronous DRAMSECAM SEequence Couleur Avec Memoire

Color system used mainly in France and Eastern Europe Color carriers = 4406250 MHz and 4250000 MHz

SIF Sound Intermediate FrequencySMPS Switch Mode Power SupplySND SouNDSNDL-SC1-IN Sound left SCART1 inSNDL-SC1-OUT Sound left SCART1 outSNDL-SC2-IN Sound left SCART2 inSNDL-SC2-OUT Sound left SCART2 outSNDR-SC1-IN Sound right SCART1 inSNDR-SC1-OUT Sound right SCART1 outSNDR-SC2-IN Sound right SCART2 outSNDR-SC2-OUT Sound right SCART2 outSNDS-VL-OUT Surround sound left variable level outSNDS-VR-OUT Surround sound right variable level outSOPS Self Oscillating Power SupplySPDIF Sony Philips Digital InterFaceSRAM Static RAMSTBY Stand-bySVHS Super Video Home SystemSW Sub Woofer SoftWareTHD Total Harmonic DistortionTXT TeleteXTuP MicroprocessorVL Variable Level out processed audio

output toward external amplifierVCR Video Cassette Recorder

VGA Video Graphics ArrayWD Watch DogWYSIWYR What You See Is What You Record

record selection that follows main picture and sound

XTAL Quartz crystalYPbPr Component video (Y= Luminance Pb

Pr= Color difference signals B-Y and R-Y other amplitudes wrt to YUV)

YC Video related signals Y consists of luminance signal blanking level and sync C consists of color signal

Y-OUT Luminance-signalYUV Baseband component video (Y=

Luminance UV= Color difference signals)

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data Sheets EN 53TCS10L LA 9

93 IC Data Sheets

This section shows the internal block diagrams and pin layouts of ICs that are drawn as ldquoblack boxesrdquo in the electrical diagrams (with the exception of ldquomemoryrdquo and ldquologicrdquo ICs)

931 Diagram B MST9U19A

Figure 9-1 Pin configuration

Pin 1

123

45

7

9

11

1314

1718

21

23

25

2728

30

32

34

36

39

41

43

6

8

10

12

1516

1920

22

24

26

29

31

33

35

3738

40

42

4445464748

505152

49

53 54 55 56 57 59 61 63 65 66 69 70 73 75 77 79 80 82 84 86 88 91 93 9558 60 62 64 67 68 71 72 74 76 78 81 83 85 87 89 90 92 94 96 97 98 99 100

102

103

104

101

208

207

206

205

204

202

200

198

196

195

192

191

188

186

184

182

181

179

177

175

173

170

168

166

203

201

199

197

194

193

190

189

187

185

183

180

178

176

174

172

171

169

167

165

164

163

162

161

159

158

157

160

156155154

153152

150

148

146

144143

140139

136

134

132

130129

127

125

123

121

118

116

114

151

149

147

145

142141

138137

135

133

131

128

126

124

122

120119

117

115

113112111110109

107106105

108

MST9U19A

XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX

GN

D

AUR1

AUL2

AUL3

AUL1

AUCO

M

AUR2

AUR3

DIGO[8]

GNDAVDD_MEMPLL

PWM3PWM2DIGO[9]

SIF1

MSI

F1P

AVD

D_S

IF

AUO

UTL

AUO

UTR

AUO

UTS

VDD

CG

PIO

F[2]

GPI

OF[

3]G

PIO

F[4]

GPI

OF[

5]G

PIO

F[6]

GPI

OF[

7]G

PIO

F[8]

GPI

OF[

9]G

PIO

F[10

]G

PIO

F[11

]VD

DP

GN

DG

PIO

F[12

]

GPI

OF[

14]

GPI

OF[

15]

GPI

OF[

16]

GPI

OF[

17]

GPI

OF[

18]

GN

D

GPI

OF[

19]

VDD

C

VDD

PG

ND

VDD

PVD

DP

GPI

OF[

13]

GN

D

DIGO[7]

DIGO[5]

DIGO[3]

DIGO[1]

VDDC

VDDPPWM_SENSE

DIGO[6]

DIGO[4]

DIGO[2]

DIGO[0]

GND

PWM_DRVPWM_FBIRININT

PWM1PWM0

GNDVDDPALERDZWRZ

VDDC

GNDVDDP

VDD

PLV

A0M

LVA0

PLV

A1M

LVA1

PLV

A2M

LVA2

PLV

ACKM

LVAC

KPLV

A3M

LVA4

PVD

DP

VDD

CAV

DD

_MPL

L

LVA3

PLV

A4M

GPI

OE[

0]

IHSY

NC

ICLK

DI[

1]D

I[0]

IVYS

NC

GPI

OE[

1]G

PIO

E[2]

GPI

OE[

3]G

ND

VDD

P

AVD

D_M

PLL

XIN

XOU

TH

WR

ESET

GN

D

DI[

7]D

I[6]

DI[

5]D

I[4]

DI[

2]D

I[3]

VDD

C

AUO

UTL

3AU

OU

TR3

RXCKPGND

RX0NRX0P

AVDD_DVIRX1NRX1P

RX2P

REXT

DDCD_CK

VSYNC1

VCLAMP

REFM

BIN1M

GNDRX2N

AVDD_DVI

DDCD_DA

HSYNC1

RMID

REFP

BIN1P

SOGIN1GIN1PGIN1MRIN1PRIN1MBIN0MBIN0PGIN0MGIN0P

SOGIN0RIN0MRIN0P

HSYNC0VSYNC0

RXCKN

AVDD_ADCGND

C1Y1C0Y0

CVBS2CVBS1

VCOM1CVBS0

VCOM0CVBSOUT

GND

VCOM2CVBS3

GN

D

AVD

D_A

UAU

L0AU

R0

AUVR

EFAU

VRAD

PAU

VRAD

N

AUO

UTL

2AU

OU

TR2

AD[7]AD[6]AD[5]AD[4]AD[3]AD[2]AD[1]AD[0]

SDOCSZSDISCK

SAR3

SAR1SAR2

SAR0

DDCA_CK

DDCR_CKDDCA_DA

DDCR_DA

LVB0

MLV

B0P

LVB1

MLV

B1P

LVB2

MLV

B2P

LVBC

KMLV

BCKP

LVB3

M

LVB4

P

LVB3

PLV

B4M

I_18130_008eps200608

Pin Configuration

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data SheetsEN 54 TCS10L LA9

932 Diagram B TDA1308

Figure 9-2 Block diagram and pin configuration

Block diagram

Pinning information

2

1

3

4

8

7

65

INA(neg)

TDA1308(A)OUTA

VSS

VDD

INA(pos)

INB(neg)

INB(pos)

OUTB

TDA1308(A)

VATUO DD

BTUO)gen(ANI

)gen(BNI)sop(ANI

VSS INB(pos)

1

2

3

4

6

5

8

7

I_18130_007eps190608

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data Sheets EN 55TCS10L LA 9

933 Diagram B NCP1377B

Figure 9-3 Block diagram and pin configuration

Block diagram

Pinning information

I_18130_009eps190608

HV

VCC

GND

Demag

4 mA

To InternalSupply

+

+

125 V75 V56 V (Fault)

FaultMngt

PON

5 V+

OVP

+

144

45 usDelay

15 us for B Version

Demag

8 usBlanking

S

SR R

Q

Q

+

3 us forB Version

+minus

Overload

5 usTimeout

TimeReset

Demag

380 nsLEB

1 V3

200 Awhen DRV

is OFF

FB

42 V

Driver src = 20 sink = 10

DrvVCC

CS

+50 mV 10 V Rint

1Dmg 8 HV

7 NC2FB

3CS

4GND

6 VCC

5 Drv

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data SheetsEN 56 TCS10L LA9

934 Diagram B TDA7266

Figure 9-4 Block diagram and pin configuration

1

2

4

Vref

7YB-TS

IN1

022microF

VCC

133

+

-

-

+

OUT1+

OUT1-

15

14

12

6ETUM

IN2

022microF

+

-

-

+

OUT2+

OUT2-

8

9S-GND

PW-GND

470microF 100nF

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

9

10

11

8

NC

NC

S-GND

PW-GND

OUT2+

OUT2-

VCC

IN2

ST-BY

MUTE

NC

IN1

VCCOUT1-

OUT1+

13

14

15

12

I_17950_054eps090508

Block Diagram

Pin Configuration

Spare Parts List amp CTN Overview EN 57TCS10L LA 10

10 Spare Parts List amp CTN OverviewFor the latest spare part overview please consult the Philips Service website

Table 10-1 Sets described in this manual

11 Revision ListManual xxxx xxx xxxx0bull First release

CTN Styling

19PFL340355 MG8

19PFL340377 MG8

19PFL340378 MG8

19PFL340385 MG8

26PFL340385 MG8

  • Content
  • 1 Technical Specifications Connections and Chassis Overview
    • 11 Technical Specifications
      • 111 Vision
      • 112 Sound
      • 113 Miscellaneous
        • 12 Connection Overview
          • Figure 1-1 Rear and side IO connections
          • 121 Rear Connections
            • 1 - HDMI Digital Video Digital Audio - In
              • Figure 1-2 HDMI (type A) connector
                • 2 - VGA AUDIO Mini Jack VGA Audio - In
                • 3 - VGA PC Video RGB - In and Service UART
                  • Figure 1-3 VGA Connector
                    • 4 - Cinch Video YPbPr - In
                    • 5 - AV1 Cinch Video CVBS - In Audio - In
                    • 6 - Aerial - In
                    • 7 - Service Connector (ComPair)
                      • 122 Side connections
                        • 8 - Cinch Video CVBS - In Audio - In
                        • 9 - S-Video (Hosiden) Video YC - In
                        • 10 - Mini Jack Audio Head phone - Out
                            • 13 Chassis Overview
                              • Figure 1-4 PWBCBA locations
                                  • 2 Safety Instructions Warnings and Notes
                                    • 21 Safety Instructions
                                    • 22 Warnings
                                    • 23 Notes
                                      • 231 General
                                      • 232 Schematic Notes
                                      • 233 BGA (Ball Grid Array) ICs
                                        • Introduction
                                        • BGA Temperature Profiles
                                          • 234 Lead-free Soldering
                                          • 235 Alternative BOM identification
                                            • Figure 2-1 Serial number (example)
                                              • 236 Board Level Repair (BLR) or Component Level Repair (CLR)
                                              • 237 Practical Service Precautions
                                                  • 3 Directions for Use
                                                  • 4 Mechanical Instructions
                                                    • 41 Cable Dressing
                                                      • Figure 4-1 Cable dressing (19 model)
                                                      • Figure 4-2 Cable dressing (26 model)
                                                        • 42 Service Positions
                                                          • 421 Foam Bars
                                                            • Figure 4-3 Foam bars
                                                                • 43 AssyPanel Removal
                                                                  • 431 Stand
                                                                    • Figure 4-4 Stand
                                                                      • 432 Rear Cover
                                                                        • Figure 4-5 LVDS release
                                                                        • Figure 4-6 Speaker and IRLED panel cable release
                                                                          • 433 Keyboard Control Board
                                                                            • Figure 4-7 Keyboard control board
                                                                              • 434 IRLED Board and Speakers
                                                                                • Figure 4-8 IRLED Board and Speakers
                                                                                  • 435 Power Supply Board
                                                                                    • Figure 4-9 Power Supply Unit(s)
                                                                                      • 436 Inverter Board (19 and 22 versions)
                                                                                        • Figure 4-10 Inverter Board
                                                                                          • 437 Small Signal Board (SSB)
                                                                                            • Removing the SSB
                                                                                              • Figure 4-11 SSB connector plate
                                                                                              • Figure 4-12 SSB
                                                                                                • 44 Set Re-assembly
                                                                                                  • 5 Service Modes Error Codes and Fault Finding
                                                                                                    • 51 Test Points
                                                                                                    • 52 Service Mode
                                                                                                      • 521 Service Alignment Mode (SAM)
                                                                                                        • How to Enter
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-1 SAM menu
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-2 SAM menu White Balance Normal
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-3 SAM menu White Balance Cool
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-4 SAM menu White Balance Warm
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-5 SAM menu Volume Curve
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-6 SAM menu Picture Curve
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-7 SAM menu Picture Mode Natural
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-8 SAM menu Picture Mode Personal
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-9 SAM menu Picture Mode Rich
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-10 SAM menu Picture Mode Soft
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-11 SAM menu Producting
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-12 SAM menu Country
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-13 SAM menu Setup
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-14 SAM menu Shop Init Do
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-15 SAM menu Clear Code gt
                                                                                                            • How to Exit
                                                                                                            • Factory Mode Descriptions
                                                                                                              • ltTABLEgt
                                                                                                              • Virgin Settings
                                                                                                                • Table 5-1 Country setting
                                                                                                                • Table 5-2 Virgin settings
                                                                                                                  • 522 Customer Service Mode (CSM)
                                                                                                                    • Purpose
                                                                                                                    • How to Activate CSM
                                                                                                                    • Contents of CSM
                                                                                                                      • Figure 5-16 CSM Menu
                                                                                                                        • Menu Explanation
                                                                                                                        • How to Exit
                                                                                                                          • 523 Blinking LED Procedure
                                                                                                                            • 53 Error Codes
                                                                                                                              • ltTABLEgt
                                                                                                                                • 54 Fault Finding
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-17 No Picture No sound no Back light (19 sets)
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-18 Picture OK No sound (19 sets)
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-19 No Picture Back light amp Sound OK (19 and 26 sets)
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-20 No color (19 and 26 sets)
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-21 No Picture No sound no Back light (26 sets)
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-22 Picture OK No sound (26 sets)
                                                                                                                                    • 55 Service Tools
                                                                                                                                      • 551 ComPair
                                                                                                                                        • Introduction
                                                                                                                                        • Specifications
                                                                                                                                        • How to Connect
                                                                                                                                        • How to Order
                                                                                                                                          • Figure 5-23 ComPair II interface connection
                                                                                                                                            • 56 Software Upgrading
                                                                                                                                              • 561 Introduction
                                                                                                                                                  • 6 Block Diagrams Test Point Overview and Waveforms
                                                                                                                                                    • Wiring Diagram of Connector for MS19-PH 19
                                                                                                                                                    • Wiring Diagram of Connector for MS19-PH 26
                                                                                                                                                    • Block Diagram MS19P Chipset
                                                                                                                                                    • I2C overview
                                                                                                                                                      • 7 Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts
                                                                                                                                                        • Main Power Supply (19)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Main Power Supply (19) (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Main Power Supply (19) (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Main Power Supply (26)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Main Power Supply (26) (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Main Power Supply (26) (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Standby Power Supply (26)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Standby Power Supply (26) (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Standby Power Supply (26) (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB Control
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB DC - DC
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB MST9E19A Controller
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB HDMI Interface
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB VGA Interface
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB Cinch
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB Tuner
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB Audio Amplifier
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB LVDS Interface
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Small Signal Board (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Small Signal Board (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Keyboard Control Panel
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Keyboard Control Panel (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Keyboard Control Panel (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Inverter Panel
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Inverter Panel (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Inverter Panel (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • IR LED Panel
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout IR LED Panel (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout IR LED Panel (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                          • 8 Alignments
                                                                                                                                                            • 81 Electrical Alignments
                                                                                                                                                            • 82 Hardware Alignments
                                                                                                                                                              • 821 Aging
                                                                                                                                                              • 822 ADC Adjustment
                                                                                                                                                              • 823 White Balance Adjustment
                                                                                                                                                                • Table 8-1 Color Temperature Setting 19
                                                                                                                                                                • Table 8-2 Color Temperature Setting 26
                                                                                                                                                                  • 9 Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data Sheets
                                                                                                                                                                    • 91 Introduction
                                                                                                                                                                    • 92 Abbreviation List
                                                                                                                                                                    • 93 IC Data Sheets
                                                                                                                                                                      • 931 Diagram B MST9U19A
                                                                                                                                                                        • Figure 9-1 Pin configuration
                                                                                                                                                                          • 932 Diagram B TDA1308
                                                                                                                                                                            • Figure 9-2 Block diagram and pin configuration
                                                                                                                                                                              • 933 Diagram B NCP1377B
                                                                                                                                                                                • Figure 9-3 Block diagram and pin configuration
                                                                                                                                                                                  • 934 Diagram B TDA7266
                                                                                                                                                                                    • Figure 9-4 Block diagram and pin configuration
                                                                                                                                                                                      • 10 Spare Parts List amp CTN Overview
                                                                                                                                                                                        • Table 10-1 Sets described in this manual
                                                                                                                                                                                          • 11 Revision List
Page 22: Philips 19PFL3403-55 TCS1[1].0L_LA

22TCS10L LA 6Block Diagrams Test Point Overview and Waveforms

Wiring Diagram of Connector for MS19-PH 26

40-1PL37C-PWF1XG

1

P5

40-0MS19P-MAE2XGMAIN BOARD

AG

ND

1 2 3 5 6 74

KE

Y0

KE

Y1

AG

ND

IR-I

N

LED

1-IN

LED

2-IN

NC

1 2 3 5 6 7 84

NC

NC

GN

D

GN

D

GN

D

40-PWL01B-STE1X

8+

5VS

TB

1 2 3 5 64

12V-

PW

40-PF3403-IRC1XG IR BOARD

40-PF3403-KEC1XGKEY BOARD

GN

D

LED

1

IR

+5V

ST

B

1 2 3 54LE

D2

KE

Y1

GN

D

KE

Y0

1 2 3

P10

01

CN

2001

P4

9 10

+12

V-P

W

+12

V-P

W

+12

V-P

W

+12

V-P

W

7

10

5P 1P

1 2 3

1 2 3

+5S

TB

AG

ND

PW

-ON

OF

F

+5S

TB

AG

ND

PW

-ON

OF

F

11

12 13 14

GN

D

NC

BL-

AD

JUS

T

BL-

ON

OF

F

11

12

13

14

15

16

P22

8 91 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

12 13 14 15 16

12V-

PW

GN

D

GN

D12

V-P

W

12V-

PW

GN

D

NC

GN

D

NC

NC

NC

NC

NC

BL-

AD

JUS

T

BL-

ON

OF

F

I_18130_062eps190608

Block Diagrams Test Point Overview and Waveforms 23TCS10L LA 6

Block Diagram MS19P Chipset

Panel

810-bit LVDS

2MB

HDMI

HDTVVGA

YC

AV2AV1

AV-OUTTVSIF

PCHDTV-RL

AV2-RLAV1-RL

IRKEY0KEY1

GPIO PWM

Serial-FlashSPI

Speake

Earphone

r

MS19P Chipset Block Diagram

Audio out

EEPROM24C32 SDA

SCL

AMP

TDA7266

MST9U19A

24C02

24C02

24C04SDASCL

U19

U9

U13

U12

U11HDCP

EDID

EDID

U10

Z1

SDASCLExternal device

I_18130_063eps190608

24TCS10L LA 6Block Diagrams Test Point Overview and Waveforms

I2C overview

I2C Device Block Diagram

MST9U19A-LF

24C32 24C04

System EEPROM

I2C AddressA0

HDCP EEPROM

I2C AddressA4

SDA SCL SDA SCL

Tuner integratedIF PLL Demodulator

SDA1 SCL1I2C AddressA0

I_18130_064eps190608

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 25TCS10L LA 7

7 Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Main Power Supply (19)

I_18130_022eps180608

A AMAIN POWER SUPPLY 19rdquo

26TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout Main Power Supply (19) (Top Side)

Layout Main Power Supply (19) (Bottom Side)

I_18130_023eps180608

I_18130_065eps190608

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 27TCS10L LA 7

Main Power Supply (26)

I_18130_024eps180608

A1 A1MAIN POWER SUPPLY 26rdquo

28TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout Main Power Supply (26) (Top Side)

I_18130_028eps180608

40-PWL01B-STE1XG

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 29TCS10L LA 7

Layout Main Power Supply (26) (Bottom Side)

I_18130_029eps180608

40-PWL01B-STE1XG

30TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Standby Power Supply (26)

I_18130_025eps200608

A2 A2STANDBY POWER SUPPLY 26rdquo

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 31TCS10L LA 7

Layout Standby Power Supply (26) (Top Side)

40-1PL37C-PWF1XGI_18130_026eps

180608

32TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout Standby Power Supply (26) (Bottom Side)

I_18130_027eps180608

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 33TCS10L LA 7

SSB Control

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGNDAGND

AGND

AGNDAGNDAGND AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

T

T

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

D1B

D1A

G2

G1

S2

D2B

D2A

S1

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

PGND

PGND

PGND

PGND

PGND

AGND

AGND

T

T

T

T

AGND

T

T

BOOT

DRIVE

FB GND

LGATE

PHASE

VCC

UGATE

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

PGND

AGND

AGND

AGNDAGND

AGND

D2B

D2A

G1

G2

S1

D1B

D1A

S2

T

AGND

D1B

D1A

D2B

G2 D2A

S2

G1

S1

09V

18V

For Tuner 33v

L--Prot

Normal--HProtect--L

Back Light Control

Far from DC-DC amp Tuner

Option

When not use DC-DC+5VSTB_L provide

ON-----LOFF-----H

OptionFar from tuner and power supply (NC)

8

7

6

4 5

3

2

1U3

SP8J3

R234

10R

NC

E

C

B

BT3904

Q21

B

C

E

Q32BT3904

R16

19N

C2

618

KR

919

1K

26

10K

B

C

E

Q2

BT3904

R177

NC

C23

00

1U

10K

R18

0

NC

R17

9 0

R1784K7

+12V

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

P4ON-PBACK

ADJ-PWM2

R181910K26

191

K2

6

R10

Z54

BL-ADJUST

1 2

4

6

8

12

14

10

3

5

7

9

11

13

P22

+5V

+5VSTB_L

C22

2

01U

R70R (FOR 26ONLY)

7

8

4

2

3

5

6

1

A04803

Q17

+12V

+12V_PW

+12V_PW

C24

10

01U

BL-ADJUST

+5V

ST

B_L

C14

01U

BL-ONOFF

C22

40

1U

+5VSTB

R24

8N

C

+12V_PW

C220220U

25V

F250A

F150A

47K

R18

2

L8200R

R2413K9

C23

6

1U

C24

3

1U

C244

01U

C242

470U

16V

+5V

ST

B

PRORECT_12V

R29

720

K

+33V

+33V

B

E

CQ31

BT3906R298

NC

+12V

R299

4K7

R301

4K7

R30

010

K

R29

6

4K7

D14 8V

2

B

C

E

Q26BT3904

R3

4K7

B

E

CQ13

BT3906

C64

3 1U

C20A1U

C21

A 1U

NCC

21

R18

147

K

C24

00

01U

R22

330K

33V

+5V

+5V

12V_PANEL

21

P20

01UC

231

NC

C8

01U

C3

01U

L49200R

L47200R

21

P19

01UC

20

5V_PANEL

4K7R15

D11

LL4148

D45LL4148

PW_ONOFF

+5VSTB1

2

3

P1

POWER-ONOFFB

C

E

Q30BT3904

R26610K

GPIO_PROTECT

+5VSTB

R24

70R

D10LL4148

+12V

C201U

SELECT

R20

510

0K

R2041K

D47 33

V

R27

92K

2R

242

2K2

+12V

1

2

3 6

5

8

4

7

U1

RT8110

R50R PROTPW_ONOFF

R2NC

Z58

Z56

B

C

E

Q27BT3904

BL-ONOFF

R12100R

PW_CTRL

Z51

R24

0 0

Z52

Z53

Z60

L530R

L330R

01U

C23

401UC

232

C23

3 1U

R234K7

5V_PANEL

C22

60

1U

L50200R

+5V

C235470U

16V

200RL54

C23

70

1U

L9200R

+5V

R4

10K

R6NC

+12V_INVERTER

B

C

E

Q6BT3904

68K

R37

NCR17

0RR14

16V

470UC

17A

C27

01U

2U2C16

01UC

15

R8

NC

R194K7

R132NC

R143100K

R14K

7

B

C

E

Q14BT3904

R2110K

+12V

D1LL4148

R14210K

+5VSTB

B

C

E

Q3BT3904NC

+12V

C1810U

50V

L6100UH

D5LL4148

B

C

E

Q5SC1815

NCR

24

B

C

E

Q1

BT3904

B

C

E

Q4BT3904

PWM3

SHUT_EEP

200RL56

L55200R

R23

91K

2

R23

8N

C

R235

10R

R23

6N

C

L115UH

R23

322

K

C23

91U

R237

220R

7

8

4

2

3

5

6

1

U2PHKD13N03LT

C23801U

D50LL4148

L53200R

+12V_INVERTER

C22

70

1U

C22

80

1U

L52200R

L51200R

C22

90

1U

L48200R

C22

50

1U

12V_PANEL

L1230R

PANEL-ONOFF

Z59

Z50

PW_ONOFF R26

368

0R

R2618K2

R26010K

R26

710

K

R26

810

K

R26

247

K

R25910K

R25

810

0K

D41LL4148

+12V

R2783K9

TUNER_5V

+5V

40V

C18

70

1U

R2000R

R6390R

R60422K

L6061000UR

C60

40

1U

D61

433

VC63

047

00P

C63

2 270P

C633

01U 50V

L613

1000UH

NC

L6041000UH

100KR

630

NC

C63

6

C63

50

01U

C63

40

1U

C631200P

B

C

E

Q612BC846B

R63147K

12

3

D61

30B

AV

99

33V

+5V

C1

01U

5V_PANEL

+12V_PW

+5VSTB

12V_PANEL

C223

220U25V

+5VSTB

01U

C22

1

+12V

PW_ONOFF

VCC_PANEL

B01 B01

I_18130_011eps180608

CONTROL

34TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

SSB DC - DC

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGNDAGND

GN

DA

DJ

OU

T

VIN

4

OU

T

VIN

AD

JG

ND

VO

UT

VIN

AD

JG

ND

VCC18V FOR MST9E19A

pin36

VDDC for MST9E19A Core

+33V for VDD_MPLL

+33AVDD FOR AVDD_SIF

+33AVDD FOR AVDD_AU

pin6 pin12

+33AVDD for AVDD_HDMI

Vcc33for MST9E19A analog

+33AVDD for AVDDA

33V for AVDDPLL2

Vcc33 for MST9E19A Digital

10RR

31

F330A

+33V

L16100R+5VST

R28NC

23

1

U6

AIC

1084

FM120D8

FM120D6

23

1

U7

KD

1084

AD

2T18

+33V

VDDP

FM120D7

+5VSTB_L

1 2 3

4

U5AS1117-33

L18FB

FBL17

+18V

VDDC

L11

100R

L10100R+33V

L24

100R

FBL23

16V

47UC

37

C67

01U

01UC

62

C61

01U

01UC

60

C59

01U

16V

100UC

53

C48100U

16V

NCR30

R29

0RL41

FB

16V

100UC

33

C31100U

16V

C49 0

1U

01U

C52

01U

C36

C34 0

1U

01U

C42

C58 0

1U16V

47UC

57

C51 0

1U

AVDD_SIF

+33VA

AVDD_AU

+33VA

AVDDA

+33VA

AVDD_MEMPLL

+33VA

C56 0

1U

01U

C552U

2C

54

C47 0

1U

C46 2U

2

L21FB

2U2

C41

FBL19

C50 2U

2

L22FB

FBL20

01U

C452U

2C

44

C39 0

1U

C38 2U

2

AVDD_HDMI

01U

C40

+33VA

01U

C32

C30 0

1U

+33VA

+33VA

VDD_MPLL

+18V

C35100U

16V

C63

01U

01UC

64

C65

01U

01UC

66

01UC

68

C69

01U

01UC

70

C71

01U

01UC

72

C73

01U

+5VST

+5VSTB

FM120D9

B02 B02

I_18130_012eps180608

DC - DC

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 35TCS10L LA 7

SSB MST9E19A Controller

AG

ND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AG

ND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

SDA

SCL

WC

VCC

VSS

E2NC

E1NC

E0NC AGND

VCC

HOLD

SCK

GND SI

WP

SO

CE

SDA

SCL

WC

VCC

VSS

E2NC

E1NC

E0NC

AD

0A

D1

AD

2A

D3

AD

4A

D5

AD

6A

D7

ALE

AUCOM

AUL0

AUL1

AUL2

AUL3

AUOUTL

AUOUTL2

AUOUTL3

AUOUTR

AUOUTR2

AUOUTR3

AUOUTS

AUR0

AUR1

AUR2

AUR3

AUVRADNAUVRADPAUVREF

AV

DD

_AD

C

AV

DD

_AU

AV

DD

_DV

IA

VD

D_D

VI1

AV

DD

_ME

MP

LL

AV

DD

_MP

LLA

VD

D_M

PLL

1

AV

DD

_SIF

BIN0MBIN0P

BIN1MBIN1P

C0

C1

CSZ

CVBS0

CVBS1CVBS2CVBS3

CVBSOUT

DD

CA

_CK

DD

CA

_DA

DDCD_CKDDCD_DA

DD

CR

_CK

DD

CR

_DA

DI0DI1DI2DI3DI4DI5DI6DI7

DIG

O0

DIG

O1

DIG

O2

DIG

O3

DIG

O4

DIG

O5

DIG

O6

DIG

O7

DIG

O8

DIG

O9

GIN0MGIN0P

GIN1MGIN1P

GN

DG

ND

1

GN

D10

GN

D11

GN

D12

GN

D13

GN

D14

GN

D15

GN

D2

GN

D3

GN

D4

GN

D5

GN

D6

GN

D7

GN

D8

GN

D9

GPIOE0LVSYNCGPIOE1LHSYNC

GPIOE2LDEGPIOE3LCK

GPIOF10GPIOF11

GPIOF12GPIOF13GPIOF14GPIOF15GPIOF16GPIOF17GPIOF18GPIOF19

GPIOF2GPIOF3GPIOF4GPIOF5GPIOF6GPIOF7GPIOF8GPIOF9

HSYNC0

HSYNC1

HW

RE

SE

T

ICLK

IHSYNC

INT

IRIN

IVSYNC

LA0MG3LA0PG2LA1MG1LA1PG0LA2MB7LA2PB6

LA3MB3LA3PB2LA4MB1LA4PB0

LACKMB5LACKPB4

LB0MR7LB0PR6LB1MR5LB1PR4LB2MR3LB2PR2

LB3MG7LB3PG6LB4MG5LB4PG4

LBCKMR1LBCKPR0

PW

M0

PW

M1

PW

M2

PW

M3

PWM_DRVPWM_FB

PWM_SENSE

RD

Z

REFMREFP

REXT

RIN0MRIN0P

RIN1MRIN1P

RMID

RX0NRX0PRX1NRX1PRX2NRX2P

RXCKNRXCKP

SA

R0

SA

R1

SA

R2

SA

R3

SCKSDI

SDO

SIF1MSIF1P

SOGIN0

SOGIN1

VCLAMP

VCOM0

VCOM1

VCOM2

VD

DC

VD

DC

1V

DD

C2

VD

DC

3V

DD

C4

VD

DC

5

VD

DP

VD

DP

1V

DD

P2

VD

DP

3V

DD

P4

VD

DP

5V

DD

P6

VD

DP

7V

DD

P8

VD

DP

9

VSYNC0

VSYNC1

WR

Z

XIN

XO

UT

Y0

Y1

AGND

T

T

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

Mode Selection

I2C address at A0

Location Near IC PinLocation Near IC Pin

SST PULL DOWNMSTAR PULL UP

DVI INPUT

VGA INPUT

For TTL output

Audio Output(to Amp) AV Output(Audio)

Debug Port

For Philps debug

HDCP I2C address at A4

VID

EO

INP

UT

HDTV INPUT

C212NC

C7822P

01UC11

2

2U2 C247

C1072U2

01U C114

PW_CTRL

PRORECT_12V

54

72 13

6 8

RP

84K

7

KEY0-IN

LED2-IN

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

P5

POWER-ONOFF

54

72 13

6 8

RP

124K

7

LED1-IN

NC

L43

+5VSTB

4K7

R55

LED2R13

4K7

R584K7

B

C

E

Q9BT3904

1

2

3

4

5

P14

WP

SDA

SCL

+33V

1

2

3

4

P6

10RR41

SHUT_EEP

D4 NC

WP

C20

110

0P

RXD

TXD1

2

3

P2

ZX

Z62

WP

+33V

+33V+5VSTB

RS

20R

RS

3N

C

RS

11K

10K

R32

10K

R42

01UC86

47RR64

NC

R63

R62

NC

R52100R

R51 22

K

R50 22

K

100RR49

100RR40

C83

001

U

001

UC82

R67

0R

001

UC76

2U2C115

R47100R

R45100R

100RR34100R

R33

2U2C104

C1052U2PC-LIN

2U2C106

C1112U2

2U2C110

C11901U

R57 8K

2

8K2

R56

C1092U2

2U2C108

124578

101113141516171819202122232425262728

293031323334353839

404142434445464748495051

5455575859

61626364656667686970717273747576

78798081828384858687

131

132

133

134

125

126

127

128

129

130

155

156

136 3 9 37 52 56 89 99 101

104

106

120

141

152

173

187

204

143

144

145

146

147

148

149

150

153

154

116

117

118

135

124123122121

9796959493929190

139138137

191190189188

185184183182181180179178177176175174171170169168167166165164163162161160

202201200199198197196195

192

194193

207

206

205

36 53 60 105

6 12 157

208

77 98 107

142

158

203

88 100

102

103

119

140

151

159

172

186

115

114

113

112

111

110

109

108

U8

MST9E19A

R54

4K7

R36

22K

100P C79

01UC11

7

C116

01U

R7510K

R38 22

K

C10201U

C89 0

1U

1

3

2

D40

0BA

V99

+5VST

R53

390R

CVBSOUT

LED2

5

6

7

8

4

3

2

1U10

M24C32MN

IR_SYNC

KEY0

LED1

KEY1

WP_FSH

TV1-VIN- VCOM0

AV1-YIN-

AV1-YIN

VCOM2

SV_Y0

R_TX2+

C920047U

C930047U

0047UC94

0047UC96

C970047U

0047UC98

C1010047U

0047UC100

C990047U

SV_C0

TXD

RXD

100P

C20

2

8

7

6

4 5

3

2

1U9

W25X40

+33V

L26 F

B

100RR77

SDA

SCL

SHUT_EEPR76

100R

5

6

7

8

4

3

2

1U11

M24C04MN

SDA

SCL

100RR70

R69100R

+33V

R68

10K

SPI_CZ

SPI_DI

SPI_CK

54

72

1

3 6

8

RP933R

NCR

65R

661K

8

C90 10

0P

R6110R

1KR60

R591K

100P

C91

C95 10

0P

SYS_RST

R391K

B

E

CQ8

BT3906

C8010U

16V

C7447U

16V

R48

1M

Y1

14M

3

22PC84

AVDDA

AVDD_SIF

AVDD_MEMPLL

AVDD_HDMIVDDC VDDP

SDA_EXT

SCL_EXT

+33V

R43

10K

10KR

44

RXE3+B2

RXE4+B0

RXE4-B1

RXE3-B3

RXEC+B4

RXEC-B5

RXE2+B6

RXE2-B7

RXE1+G0

RXE1-G1

RXE0+G2

RXE0-G3

RXO4+G4

RXO4-G5

RXO3+G6

RXO3-G7

RXOC+R0

RXOC-R1

RXO2+R2

RXO2-R3

RXO1+R4

RXO1-R5

RXO0+R6

RXO0-R7

TTL-BLUE2

TTL-BLUE1

TTL-BLUE0

TTL-BLUE3

TTL-BLUE4

TTL-BLUE5

TTL-BLUE6

TTL-BLUE7

TTL-GREEN0

TTL-GREEN1

TTL-GREEN2

TTL-GREEN3

TTL-GREEN4

TTL-GREEN5

TTL-GREEN6

TTL-GREEN7

TTL-RED6

TTL-RED0

TTL-RED1

TTL-RED2

TTL-RED3

TTL-RED4

TTL-RED5

TTL-RED7

54

72

1

3 6

8

RP40R

8

63

1

2 7

4 5

0RRP7

54

72

1

3 6

8

RP60R

8

63

1

2 7

4 5

0RRP3

8

63

1

2 7

4 5

0RRP5

54

72

1

3 6

8

RP20R

SPI_CKSPI_DISPI_CZ

SPI_DO

AMP-MUTE

PANEL-ONOFF

LED1

HPDCTRL

ON-PBACK

863 12

7

45

4K7

RP

13

PWM0

ADJ-PWM2

NCR

85

NCR

82

NCR

80

NCR

79

R84

1K

R83

1K

R81

1K

R78

1K

PWM0

WP_FSH

ADJ-PWM2

PWM3

IR_SYNC

KEY1

KEY0

RXD

TXD

SCL

SDA

DDC-RDX

DDC-TXD

I2C-SCL

I2C-SDA

+33V

54

721 3

68

RP

104K

7

R7410R

10RR73

10RR72

R7110R

AUCOM

16V

10UC

118

AUVRADN

AUVRADP

C11310U

16V

L250

AMP-ROUT

AMP-LOUT

PH-ROUTPH-LOUT

PC-RIN

SIFM

SIFP

01UC103

01U

C88

AUCOM

AUVREFAUVRADPAUVRADN

SIFM

SIFP

TUNER_CVBS

SV_C0

SV_Y0

VCOM2

CVBS2CVBS1

VCOM0

VCOM1

CVBS3

SCG+

SCR+SCR-

SC_SOG

SCG-

SCB-

RIN-

RIN+GIN-

GIN+SOG

BIN-BIN+

01UC85

C8701U

VS_RGBHS_RGB

HDMI_SCLHDMI_SDA

AVDD_HDMI TXCLK-

R_TX2+

R_TX2-G_TX1+

G_TX1-B_TX0+

B_TX0-TXCLK+

AUVREF

PWM3

+33V

VDD_MPLL

AVDD_AU

TV1-VIN+ TUNER_CVBS

VCOM1

AV1-CIN

TV-SIFP

TV-SIFM

HDMI_SCLHDMI_SDA

TXCLK-

R_TX2-G_TX1+

G_TX1-B_TX0+

B_TX0-TXCLK+

VS_RGBHS_RGB

RIN-

RIN+GIN-

GIN+SOG

BIN-BIN+

SCG+

SCR+SCR-

SC_SOG

SCG-SCB+SCB-

AV1-VIN+

AV2-VIN+

AV3-VIN+ CVBS1

CVBS2

CVBS3

SPI_DO

WP_FSH

CVBSOUT

PH-LOUT

PH-ROUTAMP-ROUT AMP-R

AMP-LAMP-LOUTPH-L1OUT

AFT

SCB+

KEY1-IN

+33V

PH-R1OUT

C77

1000

P

E

C

B BT3904Q7

R114K7

+5VSTB

GPIO_PROTECT

+33V

IR-IN

C248

2U2

2U2 C249

C250

2U2

2U2 C251

C252

2U2

DVI-RINDVI-LINAV2-RIN

AV2-LIN

AV1-RINAV1-LIN

B03 B03

I_18130_013eps180608

MST9E19A CONTROLLER

36TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

SSB HDMI Interface

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

SDA

SCL

WC

VCC

VSS

E2NC

E1NC

E0NC

RX2+

GND1

RX2-

RX1+

GND2

RX1-

RX0+

GND3

RX0-

RXC+

GND4

RXC-

NC1

NC2

DDCCLK

DDCDA

GND5

VCC

HPD

AGND

HDMI-RX2-

HDMI-RX1+

+5V

+5V

5

6

43

2

1

U17

PRTR5V0U4D

5

6

43

2

1

U18

PRTR5V0U4D

1KR101

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

P12

01UC

120

5

6

7

8

4

3

2

1U12

M24C02MN

RLZ

5B6

D18

HDMI-DDC-SDA

HDMI-DDC-SCL

HDMI-HPD

HDMI5V

HPDCTRLB

C

E

Q10BT3904

4K7R96

R95

4K7

R1000R

NCR

97

R94

1K

+5V

100RR99

R98100R

12

3

D17

BAT

54C

D19

RLZ

5B6

TXCLK-

TXCLK+

B_TX0-

B_TX0+

G_TX1-

G_TX1+

R_TX2-

R_TX2+

10RR93

R9210R

10RR91

R9010R

10RR89

R8810R

10RR87

R8610R

HDMI_SDA

HDMI_SCL

HDMI-RXC-

HDMI-RXC+

HDMI-RX0+

HDMI-RX0-

HDMI-RX1-

HDMI-RX2+

B04 B04

I_18130_014eps180608

HDMI INTERFACE

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 37TCS10L LA 7

SSB VGA Interface

AGND

AGND

AGND

SDA

SCL

WC

VCC

VSS

E2NC

E1NC

E0NC

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGNDProgram Control

To main chip(when updateit is I2Cwhen debug it is RXTX)

LED2

R12

110

0RR12

010

0R

+33V

RXD

TXD

R170

4K7

1

3

2

D2

100RR144

NCR123

4K7R12

2

75R

R10

9

R10

8 75R

01UC

130

10K

R17

4

75R

R10

7

10K

R17

2

P13-11

R11

8 4K7

4K7

R11

9

PROTECT

VGA5V

VGA-SCL

PROTECT

13

2

D25

1

3

2

D20

C19 N

C

Q182N7002

10RR175

R171NC

R17310R

C12

9 NC

C1270047U

VGA-R+

VGA-G+

VGA-B+

+5VST1

32

D24

1KR115

R1141K

123

D23BAT54C

5

6

7

8

4

3

2

1U13

M24C02MN

R11

74K

7NC

C12

8R11

610

K

6

4

11

14

15

7

12

8

5

13

3

10

9

1

2

16

17

P13

C1230047U

C1241000P

C1210047U

R10510R

10RR104

R10310R

0047UC126

C1250047U

0047UC122

1

3

2

D22

2

3

1

D21

R11347R

47RR111

R11047R

R106330R

HS_RGB

VS_RGB

Q192N7002

B

C

E

Q25BT3904

VGA-HS

VGA-VS

VGA-SDA

RIN+

SOG

BIN-

GIN-

RIN-

BIN+

GIN+

VGA-SDA

VGA-SCL

+5VSTB

+5VSTB

B05 B05

I_18130_015eps180608

VGA INTERFACE

38TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

SSB Cinch

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND AGNDAGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

VDD

OUTB

INB-

VSS INB+

INA+

INA-

OUTA

AGNDAGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

WHITE

RED

YELLOWGREEN

BLUE

RED

WHITE

RED

RED

WHITE

YELLOW

AGND

AGND

AGND

HDTV IN

AV OUTPUT AUDIO AMP

For PCampYPbPr Audio Input(RL)

For Philips Upgrade

S-VIDEO amp AV2 In Side

Earphone Outuput In Side

AV1 In Rear

AV OUTPUT

For DVI Audio Input(35mm Jack)

2

1

3

P17

DVI_R

DVI_L

AV2-V

AV_ROUT

AV2-R

C13 47

0P

12K

R15

2

C17 47

0P

560P

C16

356

0PC

162

3

2

1

4P15

C14

156

0P

PC-R

560P

C14

3C

134

560P

560P

C13

8

2

3

1

D37

NC

C14

256

0P56

0PC

146

C6 10

0P

3

1

2

P11

TXD

3

1

2

P7

PR1

PB1

AVOUT_L

Y1

AVOUT

1

4

2

5

3

6P21

1

2

3

4

5

6P8

8 56 7 9

P15

BUF2

1

3

2

D31

2

3

1

D28

NC

1

3

2

D33

NC

2

3

1

D55

NC

2

3

1

D54

NC

2

3

1

D52

NC

2

3

1

D51

NC

2

3

1

D34

1

3

2

D36

NC

C5 10

0P

13

2

D12

R18

8 75R

R2855K1

R2845K1

R2805K1

R2815K1

L6130R

AV1-CL60

30R

AV1-YL59

30R

75R

R14

9

C19

810

00P

C14

068

0P

680P

C15

5

10RR186

680P

C13

6

OP_VCC2

C13

168

0P

2

3

1

D53

2

3

1

D27

FB

L42

10KR230

12K

R20

1R

197 12

K

R15

9 12K

R15

522

0R

220RR153

75R

R14

0

75R

R13

9

R13

6 75R

75R

R12

8

2U2C188

R14

5 12K

12K

R15

7

12K

R13

5C191

2U2

10K

R15

6R

147 10

K

330R

R14

6

R18510RY1

75RR151

R141

75R

C1452U2

2U2C144

01UC

139

12K

R16

1

AV2-VIN+

CVBSOUT

AV1-CIN

AV1-YIN-

1

3

2

D38

2

3

1

D39

PH-R1OUTR226

10K

AV_LOUT

R22447K

+5V

R22

547

K

C18

347

U

16V

100P

C18

9

33KR

229

C18547U

16V

C18

40

1U

C19

310

0P

R23

233

K

8

7

6

4 5

3

2

1U16

TDA1308T

SCB-

SCG-

SCR-

C1580047U

SCG+

SCR+

SCB+

SC_SOG

PR1

PB1

C1540047U

0047UC153

C1520047U

C1511000P

0047UC159

0047UC156

R19547R

47RR191

R18947R

R18410R

10RR183

R14810R

1

3

2

D35

B

E

CQ11

BT3906C218

10U

16V

B

C

E

Q12BT3904

2

3

1

D32

2

3

1

D30

1

3

2

D29

R13347R

10RR137

R12610R

+5V

AV1-YIN

Y1R176

470R

PH-L1OUT

AV_LOUT

AV_ROUT

AV1-VIN+

L63 30

R

30R

L62

330RR

249

R25

133

0R

C196

033U50V

C197

033U50V

7

654

89

3

1

2

P18

1000

PC

199

AMP-PROUT+AMP-LIN

AMP-PLOUT+AMP-RIN

EARPHONE-RA

EARPHONE-LA

30RL44

AV1-RIN

R2825K1

R2835K1 AV1-LIN

AV2-LIN

R2865K1

R2875K1 AV2-RIN

R2885K1

R2895K1 DVI-RIN

R2905K1

R2915K1 DVI-LIN

R2925K1

R2935K1 PC-RIN

R2945K1

R2955K1 PC-LIN

AV1_V

AVOUT_R

RXD

C4 47

0P47

0PC

7

AV1_R

AV1_L

C9 47

0P47

0PC

10

C11 47

0P47

0PC

12

PC-L

AV2-L

B06 B06

I_18130_016eps180608

CINCH

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 39TCS10L LA 7

SSB Tuner

AGND

AGND

AGND

AG

ND

AGNDAGND

AGND

AGND

COMMON

IN OUT

VID

EO

NC

1

NC

2

AU

DIO

AG

C

SD

A

TU

MB

GN

D2

SIF

OU

T

GN

D1

NC

3

NC

4

NC

5

SC

L

NC

6

AF

T

CLOSE RO MST IC

R21127R

171 2 6 1110 1412 157 83 4 5 9 13 16

TU1

2

1 3

U15KIA78D05

TUNER_SDA

TUNER_SCL

SIF_OUT

TV_CVBSC

172

01U

33V

B

C

E

Q20

BT3904

TV-SIFPNCR213

10RR220

001UC181

TV-SIFP

R194100R

330R

R19

3R

192

10R

R19

81K

R19

91K

L2722UH

+12V

R20

7 NC

100K

R20

3

2200

PC

200

R209120R

R20610R

C17

4N

C3

30P

NC

330

PC

175

C171220U

16V

L28120R

R20251K

C17

710

0P

C17

615

0P

SDA_EXT

SCL_EXT

C168220U

16V

16V

220UC

169

TV1-VIN-

TV1-VIN+

R21047R

C16

60

01UC16

44U

7

50V

C16

50

01U

C16

70

1U

TUNER_5V

AFT

120RR212

TUNER_5V

TV-SIFM

001UC170

B07 B07

I_18130_017eps180608

TUNER

40TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

SSB Audio Amplifier

PGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

PGND

PGND

AGND

AGND

OUT2+

OUT2-

NC3

IN2

VCC2

NC2

OUT1+

VCC1

IN1

NC1

MUTE

STBY

PW_GND

S_GND

OUT1-

TO SPEAKER

TO SPEAKER

0RR

162

AMP-PROUT-

2

1

H8

15

14

11

12

13

10

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

2

U19

TD

A7266

1

2

3

4

P9

AMP-PLOUT-

L45200R

L46200R

C219220U

16V

27UHL31

C217220U

16V

AMP-LIN

R253NC

01U C209

D3LL4148

C20

610

00P

1U

C211

0022U

C26 1000

PC

204

0022U

C25

C22

470U16V

+5VST

R164100K

R16510K

R16

8N

C

R16

9N

C

R1663K3

3K3R167

10KR244

B

E

CQ15

BT3906

B

C

E

Q16BT3904

C19

5 NC

NC

C19

4

B

C

E

Q24BT3904NC

0RR257

10KR254

E

C

B BT3904Q23

B

C

E

Q22BT3904

R25210K

R255100R

R24310K

2U2C205

R2560R

C2032U2

+12V

AMP-PROUT-

AMP-PROUT+

AMP-PLOUT-

AMP-PLOUT+

POWER-ONOFF

AMP-MUTE

AMP-R

AMP-L

12V-AMP

+12V

AMP-RIN

B08 B08

I_18130_018eps180608

AUDIO AMPLIFIER

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 41TCS10L LA 7

SSB LVDS Interface

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

VCC_PANEL

C246

10U 16V

C245

01U

R277 0NC

+33V

R27

2

0N

C

R275 0NC

RXE4+B0 RXE4-B1

RXE3+B2 RXE3-B3

RXEC+B4 RXEC-B5

RXE2+B6 RXE2-B7

RXE1+G0 RXE1-G1

RXE0+G2 RXE0-G3

RXO4+G4 RXO4-G5

RXO3+G6 RXO3-G7

RXOC+R0 RXOC-R1

RXO2+R2 RXO2-R3

RXO1+R4 RXO1-R5

RXO0+R6 RXO0-R7

1 2

4

6

8

12

14

16

18

20

10

22

24

26

28

3

5

7

9

11

13

15

17

19

21

23

25

27

29 30

32

34

36

38

40

31

33

35

37

39

P10

R276 0NC

R27

3

0N

CR

274

0N

C

B09 B09

I_18130_019eps180608

LVDS INTERFACE Personal Notes

E_06532_012eps131004

42TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout Small Signal Board (Top Side)

I_18130_020eps180608

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 43TCS10L LA 7

Layout Small Signal Board (Bottom Side)

I_18130_021eps180608

44TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Keyboard Control Panel

Layout Keyboard Control Panel (Top Side)

Layout Keyboard Control Panel (Bottom Side)

AGND

AGND AGNDAGND

AGND

R10072K

R10061K5

R10011K2

12 4

3K1001

1

2

3

P1001

KEY0

R1008NC

R10051K2

R1004NC

R10032K

R10021K5

D10

02

HS

5V6B

D10

01H

S5V

6B

12 4

3K1003

12 4

3K1002

12 4

3K1006

12 4

3K1005

12 4

3K1004

KEY1

I_18130_030eps180608

E EKEYBOARD CONTROL PANEL

I_18130_031eps180608

I_18130_032eps180608

Personal Notes

E_06532_012eps131004

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 45TCS10L LA 7

Inverter Panel

1 2

A

B

C

D

4321

D

C

B

A

F1FUSE-1

C2104

C1220uF250V

C3104

R1200

Q1

DTA143

E1

9

E2

10

C2

11

VC

C12

OU

TP

UT

C13

VR

EF

14

A1+

1

A1-

2

CO

MP

3

DT

C4

CT

5

RT

6

GN

D7

C1

8

A2-

15

A2+

16

U1

TL494

R2200

Q32222

C8

223

C7103

R847K

R7120K

C4

104C5104

D1

68V

C9104

D2

1N4148

Q8DTC143

123456

CN1

R20470K

R21

33K

C16

330pF

C15NC

R13100K

R10

68K

R11

68K

R12

15K

C10104

R2627K

C20223

R18560

Q22222

Q62907

R142K

R1622K

R27 10

R28 10

D4

BAW56K

S11

G12

S23

G24

D1 8

D1 7

D2 6

D2 5

U2

4606

C21223

Q42222

Q72907

R152K

R1722K

R29 10

R30 10

D5

BAW56K

S11

G12

S23

G24

D1 8

D1 7

D2 6

D2 5

U3

4606

R19560

C6

105

R231M

Q52N7002

R22

1M

R9

47K

R25

100KR24270K

D6NCBAW56K

D7NCBAW56K

P1

P2

P3

P4

C17225

C18

225

10

1 7

6

T1

T01

10

1 7

6

T2

T01

C2222pF

12

CON1

12

CON2

D9BAV99

R41K

R36820

R32

10KC12104

D8BAV99

R31K

R35820

R31

10KC11104

P2

P1

C2322pF

12

CON3

12

CON4

D11

BAV99

R61K

R38820

R34

10KC14104

D10BAV99

R51K

R37820

R33

10KC13104

P4

P3

VREF

VREF

C19NC

C26

222C27NC

D13BAV99

D15BAV99

C2422pF

C2522pF

C28

222C29NC

C30222 C31

NC

C32

222C33NC

OVP

OVP

OV

P

R602K

R61510K

C38105

Q10

DTA143

Q112222

R6330K

R62 1K

VCC

VCC

P5

P5

R64

1K

C34221

C35 221

C37

221

C39104

C36

221U4A

LM393

U4B

LM393

Vref

D3

1N4148

R65

3K R663K

C41 104

R67

10K

I_18130_033eps180608

I IINVERTER PANEL 19rdquo

46TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout Inverter Panel (Top Side)

Layout Inverter Panel (Bottom Side)

I_18130_034eps190608

I_18130_035eps190608

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 47TCS10L LA 7

IR LED Panel

AGND

AGND

AGNDIRVC

C

GN

D

RW

R20

031K

2

R20

04

1K2

LED1

1

2

3

4

5

CN2001

E

C

B

BC847AQ2001

B

C

E

Q2002

BC847A

2

13

D2001

LED2

G2001

R20024K7

5V16

V10

0UC

2001

5V

IR

IR

C20

03 47P

LED1R2001

4K7

C2002

47P

LED2

I_18130_036eps180608

J JIR amp LED PANELLayout IR LED Panel (Top Side)

Layout IR LED Panel (Bottom Side)

I_18130_037eps180608

I_18130_038eps180608

48TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Personal Notes

E_06532_013eps131004

Alignments EN 49TCS10L LA 8

8 Alignments

Index of this chapter81 Electrical Alignments82 Hardware Alignments

NoteThe Service Modes are described in chapter 5 Menu navigation is done with the CURSOR UP DOWN LEFT or RIGHT keys of the remote control transmitter

81 Electrical Alignments

Perform all electrical adjustments under the following conditionsbull Power supply voltage (depends on region)

ndash AP-NTSC 120 VAC or 230 VAC 50 Hz (plusmn 10)ndash AP-PAL-multi 120 - 230 VAC 50 Hz (plusmn 10)ndash EU 230 VAC 50 Hz (plusmn 10)ndash LATAM-NTSC 120 - 230 VAC 50 Hz (plusmn 10)ndash US 120 VAC 60 Hz (plusmn 10)

bull Connect the set to the mains via an isolation transformer with low internal resistance

bull Allow the set to warm up for approximately 60 minutesbull Measure voltages and waveforms in relation to correct

ground (eg measure audio signals in relation to AUDIO_GND) Caution It is not allowed to use heatsinks as ground

bull Test probe Ri gt 10 MΩ Ci lt 20 pFbull Use an isolated trimmerscrewdriver to perform

alignments

82 Hardware Alignments

Not applicable

821 Aging

Enter TV mode Set warm up status to ldquoOnrdquo Aging time at least 12 minutes

822 ADC Adjustment

The chassis can execute ADC auto-tune in YPbPr amp PC sourcing modes Enter SAM select YPbPr or PC as source then select AUTOTUNE in ADC ADJ press ldquoRight keyrdquo to run waiting for about 5 seconds until ldquoOKrdquo is displayed which means the set finished the ADC adjustment With an YPbPr source use a 100 color bar pattern with a PC source use a 16-scale grey pattern

823 White Balance Adjustment

Adjust the NORMAL WARM COOL temperature in White balance according to company regular Make sure ADC adjustments have done successfully before doing white balance adjustments and use the ldquoNaturalrdquo picture mode White balance adjustment should be performed with three different sources1 AVTVSVIDEO source reunification under the AV

adjustment apply a NTSC-M system signal with 8-scale grey pattern

2 YPbPrHDMI source reunification under the YPbPr adjustment apply an 8-scale grey pattern

3 PC source should adjust single apply a 8-scale grey pattern

If case of manual adjustment please use the WB page in SAMWhile adjusting White Balance do not change White G or Black G only adjust White R White B Black R and Black B

Table 8-1 Color Temperature Setting 19

Table 8-2 Color Temperature Setting 26

Color mode X Y Color Temperature (K)

Normal 296plusmn4 299plusmn4 8000

Warm 314plusmn4 319plusmn4 6500

Cool 289plusmn4 291plusmn4 9000

Color mode X Y Color Temperature (K)

Normal 289plusmn4 291plusmn4 9000

Warm 314plusmn4 319plusmn4 6500

Cool 278plusmn4 278plusmn4 11000

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data SheetsEN 50 TCS10L LA9

9 Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data Sheets

Index of this chapter91 Introduction92 Abbreviation List93 IC Data Sheets

Notes bull Only new circuits (circuits that are not published recently)

are described bull Figures can deviate slightly from the actual situation due

to different set executions

91 Introduction

This chassis uses the MStar MST9U19A main chip with the following features bull Multi-Standard TV decoding with 2-D comb filterbull Multi-Standard TV sound demodulator and decoderbull Triple ADC fro TV and RGBYPbPrbull Integrated DVIHDCPHDMI compliant receiverbull High quality scaling enginebull 3-D video de-interlacer and video noise reductionbull Embedded On Screen Display controllerbull NTSCPALSecam Video decoder with automatic standard

detectionbull CVBS video outputbull Multi standard TV sound decoderbull FM stereo and SAP demodulationbull Digital audio interfacebull Analog RGB Compliant Input Portsbull DVIHDCPHDMI Compliant input portbull Auto tuning function including phasing positioning offset

gain and jitter detectionbull Automatic color correction

The MST9U19A is a high performance and fully integrated IC for multi-function LCD monitorTV with resolutions up to WSXGA (1680 times 1050) It is configured with an integrated triple-ADCPLL an integrated DVIHDCPHDMI receiver a multi standard TV video and audio decoder a video de-interlacer a scaling engine the MStarACE-3 color engine an On Screen Display controller an 8-bit MCU and a built-in output panel interface It also incorporates an intelligent power management control system for green-mode requirements and spread-spectrum support for EMI management

For a block diagram refer to chapter 6 ldquoBlock diagrams Test Point Overviews and Waveformsrdquo

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data Sheets EN 51TCS10L LA 9

92 Abbreviation List

1080i 1080 visible lines interlaced1080p 1080 visible lines progressive scan2CS 2 Carrier Sound2DNR Spatial (2D) Noise Reduction3DNR Temporal (3D) Noise Reduction480i 480 visible lines interlaced480p 480 visible lines progressive scanAARA Automatic Aspect Ratio Adaptation

algorithm that adapts aspect ratio to remove horizontal black bars keeping up the original aspect ratio

ACI Automatic Channel Installation algorithm that installs TV channels directly from a cable network by means of a predefined TXT page

ADC Analogue to Digital ConverterAFC Automatic Frequency Control control

signal used to tune to the correct frequency

AGC Automatic Gain Control algorithm that controls the video input of the feature box

AM Amplitude ModulationAUO Acer Unipack OptronicsAP Asia PacificAR Aspect Ratio 4 by 3 or 16 by 9ASD Automatic Standard DetectionAV Audio VideoB-SC1-IN Blue SCART1 inB-SC2-IN Blue SCART2 inB-TXT Blue teletextBG Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 55 MHzBTSC Broadcast Television System

CommitteeC-FRONT Chrominance front inputCBA Circuit Board Assembly (or PWB)CL Constant Level audio output to

connect with an external amplifierCLUT Color Look Up TableComPair Computer aided rePairCSM Customer Service ModeCVBS Composite Video Blanking and

SynchronizationCVBS-EXT CVBS signal from external source

(VCR VCD etc)CVBS-INT CVBS signal from TunerCVBS-MON CVBS monitor signalCVBS-TER-OUT CVBS terrestrial outDAC Digital to Analogue ConverterDBE Dynamic Bass Enhancement extra

low frequency amplificationDFU Directions For Use owners manualDNR Dynamic Noise ReductionDRAM Dynamic RAMDSP Digital Signal ProcessingDST Dealer Service Tool special

(European) remote control designed for service technicians

DTS Digital Theatre SoundDVD Digital Versatile DiscDVI Digital Visual InterfaceDW Double WindowED Enhanced Definition 480p 576pEEPROM Electrically Erasable and

Programmable Read Only MemoryEU EUropeEXT EXTernal (source) entering the set by

SCART or by cinches (jacks)FBL Fast Blanking DC signal

accompanying RGB signalsFBL-SC1-IN Fast blanking signal for SCART1 in

FBL-SC2-IN Fast blanking signal for SCART2 inFBL-TXT Fast Blanking TeletextFLASH FLASH memoryFM Field Memory Frequency ModulationFMR FM RadioFRC Frame Rate ConverterFRONT-C Front input chrominance (SVHS)FRONT-DETECT Front input detectionFRONT-Y_CVBS Front input luminance or CVBS

(SVHS)FTV Flat TeleVisionG-SC1-IN Green SCART1 inG-SC2-IN Green SCART2 inG-TXT Green teletextH H_sync to the module HD High Definition 720p 1080i 1080pHDMI High Definition Multimedia Interface

digital audio and video interfaceHP Head PhoneI Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 60 MHzI2C Integrated IC busI2S Integrated IC Sound busIC Integrated CircuitIF Intermediate FrequencyInterlaced Scan mode where two fields are used

to form one frame Each field contains half the number of the total amount of lines The fields are written in ldquopairsrdquo causing line flicker

IR Infra RedIRQ Interrupt ReQuestLast Status The settings last chosen by the

customer and read and stored in RAM or in the NVM They are called at start-up of the set to configure it according the customers wishes

LATAM LATin AMericaLC04 Philips chassis name for LCD TV 2004

projectLCD Liquid Crystal DisplayLED Light Emitting DiodeLL Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 65 MHz L is Band I L is all bands except for Band I

LPL LG Philips LCDLS Loud SpeakerLVDS Low Voltage Differential Signalling

data transmission system for high speed and low EMI communication

MN Monochrome TV system Sound carrier distance is 45 MHz

MOSFET Metal Oxide Semiconductor Field Effect Transistor

MPEG Motion Pictures Experts GroupMSP Multi-standard Sound Processor ITT

sound decoderMUTE MUTE LineNAFTA North American Free Trade

Association Trade agreement between Canada USA and Mexico

NC Not ConnectedNICAM Near Instantaneous Compounded

Audio Multiplexing This is a digital sound system used mainly in Europe

NTSC National Television Standard Committee Color system used mainly in North America and Japan Color carrier NTSC MN = 3579545 MHz NTSC 443 = 4433619 MHz (this is a VCR norm it is not transmitted off-air)

NVM Non Volatile Memory IC containing TV related data (for example options)

OC Open CircuitONOFF LED OnOff control signal for the LED

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data SheetsEN 52 TCS10L LA9

OSD On Screen DisplayPAL Phase Alternating Line Color system

used mainly in Western Europe (color carrier = 4433619 MHz) and South America (color carrier PAL M = 3575612 MHz and PAL N = 3582056 MHz)

PC Personal ComputerPCB Printed Circuit Board (or PWB)PDP Plasma Display PanelPIG Picture In GraphicPIP Picture In PicturePLL Phase Locked Loop Used for

example in FST tuning systems The customer can directly provide the desired frequency

Progressive Scan Scan mode where all scan lines are displayed in one frame at the same time creating a double vertical resolution

PWB Printed Wiring Board (or PCB)RAM Random Access MemoryRC Remote Control transmitterRC5 (6) Remote Control system 5 (6) the

signal from the remote control receiver RGB Red Green and Blue The primary

color signals for TV By mixing levels of R G and B all colors (YC) are reproduced

RGBHV Red Green Blue Horizontal sync and Vertical sync

ROM Read Only MemorySAM Service Alignment ModeSC SandCastle two-level pulse derived

from sync signalsSC1-OUT SCART output of the MSP audio ICSC2-B-IN SCART2 Blue inSC2-C-IN SCART2 chrominance inSC2-OUT SCART output of the MSP audio ICSC Short CircuitSCL Clock signal on I2C busSD Standard Definition 480i 576iSDA Data signal on I2C busSDI Samsung Display IndustrySDM Service Default ModeSDRAM Synchronous DRAMSECAM SEequence Couleur Avec Memoire

Color system used mainly in France and Eastern Europe Color carriers = 4406250 MHz and 4250000 MHz

SIF Sound Intermediate FrequencySMPS Switch Mode Power SupplySND SouNDSNDL-SC1-IN Sound left SCART1 inSNDL-SC1-OUT Sound left SCART1 outSNDL-SC2-IN Sound left SCART2 inSNDL-SC2-OUT Sound left SCART2 outSNDR-SC1-IN Sound right SCART1 inSNDR-SC1-OUT Sound right SCART1 outSNDR-SC2-IN Sound right SCART2 outSNDR-SC2-OUT Sound right SCART2 outSNDS-VL-OUT Surround sound left variable level outSNDS-VR-OUT Surround sound right variable level outSOPS Self Oscillating Power SupplySPDIF Sony Philips Digital InterFaceSRAM Static RAMSTBY Stand-bySVHS Super Video Home SystemSW Sub Woofer SoftWareTHD Total Harmonic DistortionTXT TeleteXTuP MicroprocessorVL Variable Level out processed audio

output toward external amplifierVCR Video Cassette Recorder

VGA Video Graphics ArrayWD Watch DogWYSIWYR What You See Is What You Record

record selection that follows main picture and sound

XTAL Quartz crystalYPbPr Component video (Y= Luminance Pb

Pr= Color difference signals B-Y and R-Y other amplitudes wrt to YUV)

YC Video related signals Y consists of luminance signal blanking level and sync C consists of color signal

Y-OUT Luminance-signalYUV Baseband component video (Y=

Luminance UV= Color difference signals)

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data Sheets EN 53TCS10L LA 9

93 IC Data Sheets

This section shows the internal block diagrams and pin layouts of ICs that are drawn as ldquoblack boxesrdquo in the electrical diagrams (with the exception of ldquomemoryrdquo and ldquologicrdquo ICs)

931 Diagram B MST9U19A

Figure 9-1 Pin configuration

Pin 1

123

45

7

9

11

1314

1718

21

23

25

2728

30

32

34

36

39

41

43

6

8

10

12

1516

1920

22

24

26

29

31

33

35

3738

40

42

4445464748

505152

49

53 54 55 56 57 59 61 63 65 66 69 70 73 75 77 79 80 82 84 86 88 91 93 9558 60 62 64 67 68 71 72 74 76 78 81 83 85 87 89 90 92 94 96 97 98 99 100

102

103

104

101

208

207

206

205

204

202

200

198

196

195

192

191

188

186

184

182

181

179

177

175

173

170

168

166

203

201

199

197

194

193

190

189

187

185

183

180

178

176

174

172

171

169

167

165

164

163

162

161

159

158

157

160

156155154

153152

150

148

146

144143

140139

136

134

132

130129

127

125

123

121

118

116

114

151

149

147

145

142141

138137

135

133

131

128

126

124

122

120119

117

115

113112111110109

107106105

108

MST9U19A

XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX

GN

D

AUR1

AUL2

AUL3

AUL1

AUCO

M

AUR2

AUR3

DIGO[8]

GNDAVDD_MEMPLL

PWM3PWM2DIGO[9]

SIF1

MSI

F1P

AVD

D_S

IF

AUO

UTL

AUO

UTR

AUO

UTS

VDD

CG

PIO

F[2]

GPI

OF[

3]G

PIO

F[4]

GPI

OF[

5]G

PIO

F[6]

GPI

OF[

7]G

PIO

F[8]

GPI

OF[

9]G

PIO

F[10

]G

PIO

F[11

]VD

DP

GN

DG

PIO

F[12

]

GPI

OF[

14]

GPI

OF[

15]

GPI

OF[

16]

GPI

OF[

17]

GPI

OF[

18]

GN

D

GPI

OF[

19]

VDD

C

VDD

PG

ND

VDD

PVD

DP

GPI

OF[

13]

GN

D

DIGO[7]

DIGO[5]

DIGO[3]

DIGO[1]

VDDC

VDDPPWM_SENSE

DIGO[6]

DIGO[4]

DIGO[2]

DIGO[0]

GND

PWM_DRVPWM_FBIRININT

PWM1PWM0

GNDVDDPALERDZWRZ

VDDC

GNDVDDP

VDD

PLV

A0M

LVA0

PLV

A1M

LVA1

PLV

A2M

LVA2

PLV

ACKM

LVAC

KPLV

A3M

LVA4

PVD

DP

VDD

CAV

DD

_MPL

L

LVA3

PLV

A4M

GPI

OE[

0]

IHSY

NC

ICLK

DI[

1]D

I[0]

IVYS

NC

GPI

OE[

1]G

PIO

E[2]

GPI

OE[

3]G

ND

VDD

P

AVD

D_M

PLL

XIN

XOU

TH

WR

ESET

GN

D

DI[

7]D

I[6]

DI[

5]D

I[4]

DI[

2]D

I[3]

VDD

C

AUO

UTL

3AU

OU

TR3

RXCKPGND

RX0NRX0P

AVDD_DVIRX1NRX1P

RX2P

REXT

DDCD_CK

VSYNC1

VCLAMP

REFM

BIN1M

GNDRX2N

AVDD_DVI

DDCD_DA

HSYNC1

RMID

REFP

BIN1P

SOGIN1GIN1PGIN1MRIN1PRIN1MBIN0MBIN0PGIN0MGIN0P

SOGIN0RIN0MRIN0P

HSYNC0VSYNC0

RXCKN

AVDD_ADCGND

C1Y1C0Y0

CVBS2CVBS1

VCOM1CVBS0

VCOM0CVBSOUT

GND

VCOM2CVBS3

GN

D

AVD

D_A

UAU

L0AU

R0

AUVR

EFAU

VRAD

PAU

VRAD

N

AUO

UTL

2AU

OU

TR2

AD[7]AD[6]AD[5]AD[4]AD[3]AD[2]AD[1]AD[0]

SDOCSZSDISCK

SAR3

SAR1SAR2

SAR0

DDCA_CK

DDCR_CKDDCA_DA

DDCR_DA

LVB0

MLV

B0P

LVB1

MLV

B1P

LVB2

MLV

B2P

LVBC

KMLV

BCKP

LVB3

M

LVB4

P

LVB3

PLV

B4M

I_18130_008eps200608

Pin Configuration

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data SheetsEN 54 TCS10L LA9

932 Diagram B TDA1308

Figure 9-2 Block diagram and pin configuration

Block diagram

Pinning information

2

1

3

4

8

7

65

INA(neg)

TDA1308(A)OUTA

VSS

VDD

INA(pos)

INB(neg)

INB(pos)

OUTB

TDA1308(A)

VATUO DD

BTUO)gen(ANI

)gen(BNI)sop(ANI

VSS INB(pos)

1

2

3

4

6

5

8

7

I_18130_007eps190608

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data Sheets EN 55TCS10L LA 9

933 Diagram B NCP1377B

Figure 9-3 Block diagram and pin configuration

Block diagram

Pinning information

I_18130_009eps190608

HV

VCC

GND

Demag

4 mA

To InternalSupply

+

+

125 V75 V56 V (Fault)

FaultMngt

PON

5 V+

OVP

+

144

45 usDelay

15 us for B Version

Demag

8 usBlanking

S

SR R

Q

Q

+

3 us forB Version

+minus

Overload

5 usTimeout

TimeReset

Demag

380 nsLEB

1 V3

200 Awhen DRV

is OFF

FB

42 V

Driver src = 20 sink = 10

DrvVCC

CS

+50 mV 10 V Rint

1Dmg 8 HV

7 NC2FB

3CS

4GND

6 VCC

5 Drv

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data SheetsEN 56 TCS10L LA9

934 Diagram B TDA7266

Figure 9-4 Block diagram and pin configuration

1

2

4

Vref

7YB-TS

IN1

022microF

VCC

133

+

-

-

+

OUT1+

OUT1-

15

14

12

6ETUM

IN2

022microF

+

-

-

+

OUT2+

OUT2-

8

9S-GND

PW-GND

470microF 100nF

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

9

10

11

8

NC

NC

S-GND

PW-GND

OUT2+

OUT2-

VCC

IN2

ST-BY

MUTE

NC

IN1

VCCOUT1-

OUT1+

13

14

15

12

I_17950_054eps090508

Block Diagram

Pin Configuration

Spare Parts List amp CTN Overview EN 57TCS10L LA 10

10 Spare Parts List amp CTN OverviewFor the latest spare part overview please consult the Philips Service website

Table 10-1 Sets described in this manual

11 Revision ListManual xxxx xxx xxxx0bull First release

CTN Styling

19PFL340355 MG8

19PFL340377 MG8

19PFL340378 MG8

19PFL340385 MG8

26PFL340385 MG8

  • Content
  • 1 Technical Specifications Connections and Chassis Overview
    • 11 Technical Specifications
      • 111 Vision
      • 112 Sound
      • 113 Miscellaneous
        • 12 Connection Overview
          • Figure 1-1 Rear and side IO connections
          • 121 Rear Connections
            • 1 - HDMI Digital Video Digital Audio - In
              • Figure 1-2 HDMI (type A) connector
                • 2 - VGA AUDIO Mini Jack VGA Audio - In
                • 3 - VGA PC Video RGB - In and Service UART
                  • Figure 1-3 VGA Connector
                    • 4 - Cinch Video YPbPr - In
                    • 5 - AV1 Cinch Video CVBS - In Audio - In
                    • 6 - Aerial - In
                    • 7 - Service Connector (ComPair)
                      • 122 Side connections
                        • 8 - Cinch Video CVBS - In Audio - In
                        • 9 - S-Video (Hosiden) Video YC - In
                        • 10 - Mini Jack Audio Head phone - Out
                            • 13 Chassis Overview
                              • Figure 1-4 PWBCBA locations
                                  • 2 Safety Instructions Warnings and Notes
                                    • 21 Safety Instructions
                                    • 22 Warnings
                                    • 23 Notes
                                      • 231 General
                                      • 232 Schematic Notes
                                      • 233 BGA (Ball Grid Array) ICs
                                        • Introduction
                                        • BGA Temperature Profiles
                                          • 234 Lead-free Soldering
                                          • 235 Alternative BOM identification
                                            • Figure 2-1 Serial number (example)
                                              • 236 Board Level Repair (BLR) or Component Level Repair (CLR)
                                              • 237 Practical Service Precautions
                                                  • 3 Directions for Use
                                                  • 4 Mechanical Instructions
                                                    • 41 Cable Dressing
                                                      • Figure 4-1 Cable dressing (19 model)
                                                      • Figure 4-2 Cable dressing (26 model)
                                                        • 42 Service Positions
                                                          • 421 Foam Bars
                                                            • Figure 4-3 Foam bars
                                                                • 43 AssyPanel Removal
                                                                  • 431 Stand
                                                                    • Figure 4-4 Stand
                                                                      • 432 Rear Cover
                                                                        • Figure 4-5 LVDS release
                                                                        • Figure 4-6 Speaker and IRLED panel cable release
                                                                          • 433 Keyboard Control Board
                                                                            • Figure 4-7 Keyboard control board
                                                                              • 434 IRLED Board and Speakers
                                                                                • Figure 4-8 IRLED Board and Speakers
                                                                                  • 435 Power Supply Board
                                                                                    • Figure 4-9 Power Supply Unit(s)
                                                                                      • 436 Inverter Board (19 and 22 versions)
                                                                                        • Figure 4-10 Inverter Board
                                                                                          • 437 Small Signal Board (SSB)
                                                                                            • Removing the SSB
                                                                                              • Figure 4-11 SSB connector plate
                                                                                              • Figure 4-12 SSB
                                                                                                • 44 Set Re-assembly
                                                                                                  • 5 Service Modes Error Codes and Fault Finding
                                                                                                    • 51 Test Points
                                                                                                    • 52 Service Mode
                                                                                                      • 521 Service Alignment Mode (SAM)
                                                                                                        • How to Enter
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-1 SAM menu
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-2 SAM menu White Balance Normal
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-3 SAM menu White Balance Cool
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-4 SAM menu White Balance Warm
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-5 SAM menu Volume Curve
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-6 SAM menu Picture Curve
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-7 SAM menu Picture Mode Natural
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-8 SAM menu Picture Mode Personal
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-9 SAM menu Picture Mode Rich
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-10 SAM menu Picture Mode Soft
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-11 SAM menu Producting
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-12 SAM menu Country
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-13 SAM menu Setup
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-14 SAM menu Shop Init Do
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-15 SAM menu Clear Code gt
                                                                                                            • How to Exit
                                                                                                            • Factory Mode Descriptions
                                                                                                              • ltTABLEgt
                                                                                                              • Virgin Settings
                                                                                                                • Table 5-1 Country setting
                                                                                                                • Table 5-2 Virgin settings
                                                                                                                  • 522 Customer Service Mode (CSM)
                                                                                                                    • Purpose
                                                                                                                    • How to Activate CSM
                                                                                                                    • Contents of CSM
                                                                                                                      • Figure 5-16 CSM Menu
                                                                                                                        • Menu Explanation
                                                                                                                        • How to Exit
                                                                                                                          • 523 Blinking LED Procedure
                                                                                                                            • 53 Error Codes
                                                                                                                              • ltTABLEgt
                                                                                                                                • 54 Fault Finding
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-17 No Picture No sound no Back light (19 sets)
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-18 Picture OK No sound (19 sets)
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-19 No Picture Back light amp Sound OK (19 and 26 sets)
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-20 No color (19 and 26 sets)
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-21 No Picture No sound no Back light (26 sets)
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-22 Picture OK No sound (26 sets)
                                                                                                                                    • 55 Service Tools
                                                                                                                                      • 551 ComPair
                                                                                                                                        • Introduction
                                                                                                                                        • Specifications
                                                                                                                                        • How to Connect
                                                                                                                                        • How to Order
                                                                                                                                          • Figure 5-23 ComPair II interface connection
                                                                                                                                            • 56 Software Upgrading
                                                                                                                                              • 561 Introduction
                                                                                                                                                  • 6 Block Diagrams Test Point Overview and Waveforms
                                                                                                                                                    • Wiring Diagram of Connector for MS19-PH 19
                                                                                                                                                    • Wiring Diagram of Connector for MS19-PH 26
                                                                                                                                                    • Block Diagram MS19P Chipset
                                                                                                                                                    • I2C overview
                                                                                                                                                      • 7 Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts
                                                                                                                                                        • Main Power Supply (19)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Main Power Supply (19) (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Main Power Supply (19) (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Main Power Supply (26)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Main Power Supply (26) (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Main Power Supply (26) (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Standby Power Supply (26)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Standby Power Supply (26) (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Standby Power Supply (26) (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB Control
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB DC - DC
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB MST9E19A Controller
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB HDMI Interface
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB VGA Interface
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB Cinch
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB Tuner
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB Audio Amplifier
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB LVDS Interface
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Small Signal Board (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Small Signal Board (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Keyboard Control Panel
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Keyboard Control Panel (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Keyboard Control Panel (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Inverter Panel
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Inverter Panel (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Inverter Panel (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • IR LED Panel
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout IR LED Panel (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout IR LED Panel (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                          • 8 Alignments
                                                                                                                                                            • 81 Electrical Alignments
                                                                                                                                                            • 82 Hardware Alignments
                                                                                                                                                              • 821 Aging
                                                                                                                                                              • 822 ADC Adjustment
                                                                                                                                                              • 823 White Balance Adjustment
                                                                                                                                                                • Table 8-1 Color Temperature Setting 19
                                                                                                                                                                • Table 8-2 Color Temperature Setting 26
                                                                                                                                                                  • 9 Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data Sheets
                                                                                                                                                                    • 91 Introduction
                                                                                                                                                                    • 92 Abbreviation List
                                                                                                                                                                    • 93 IC Data Sheets
                                                                                                                                                                      • 931 Diagram B MST9U19A
                                                                                                                                                                        • Figure 9-1 Pin configuration
                                                                                                                                                                          • 932 Diagram B TDA1308
                                                                                                                                                                            • Figure 9-2 Block diagram and pin configuration
                                                                                                                                                                              • 933 Diagram B NCP1377B
                                                                                                                                                                                • Figure 9-3 Block diagram and pin configuration
                                                                                                                                                                                  • 934 Diagram B TDA7266
                                                                                                                                                                                    • Figure 9-4 Block diagram and pin configuration
                                                                                                                                                                                      • 10 Spare Parts List amp CTN Overview
                                                                                                                                                                                        • Table 10-1 Sets described in this manual
                                                                                                                                                                                          • 11 Revision List
Page 23: Philips 19PFL3403-55 TCS1[1].0L_LA

Block Diagrams Test Point Overview and Waveforms 23TCS10L LA 6

Block Diagram MS19P Chipset

Panel

810-bit LVDS

2MB

HDMI

HDTVVGA

YC

AV2AV1

AV-OUTTVSIF

PCHDTV-RL

AV2-RLAV1-RL

IRKEY0KEY1

GPIO PWM

Serial-FlashSPI

Speake

Earphone

r

MS19P Chipset Block Diagram

Audio out

EEPROM24C32 SDA

SCL

AMP

TDA7266

MST9U19A

24C02

24C02

24C04SDASCL

U19

U9

U13

U12

U11HDCP

EDID

EDID

U10

Z1

SDASCLExternal device

I_18130_063eps190608

24TCS10L LA 6Block Diagrams Test Point Overview and Waveforms

I2C overview

I2C Device Block Diagram

MST9U19A-LF

24C32 24C04

System EEPROM

I2C AddressA0

HDCP EEPROM

I2C AddressA4

SDA SCL SDA SCL

Tuner integratedIF PLL Demodulator

SDA1 SCL1I2C AddressA0

I_18130_064eps190608

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 25TCS10L LA 7

7 Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Main Power Supply (19)

I_18130_022eps180608

A AMAIN POWER SUPPLY 19rdquo

26TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout Main Power Supply (19) (Top Side)

Layout Main Power Supply (19) (Bottom Side)

I_18130_023eps180608

I_18130_065eps190608

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 27TCS10L LA 7

Main Power Supply (26)

I_18130_024eps180608

A1 A1MAIN POWER SUPPLY 26rdquo

28TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout Main Power Supply (26) (Top Side)

I_18130_028eps180608

40-PWL01B-STE1XG

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 29TCS10L LA 7

Layout Main Power Supply (26) (Bottom Side)

I_18130_029eps180608

40-PWL01B-STE1XG

30TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Standby Power Supply (26)

I_18130_025eps200608

A2 A2STANDBY POWER SUPPLY 26rdquo

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 31TCS10L LA 7

Layout Standby Power Supply (26) (Top Side)

40-1PL37C-PWF1XGI_18130_026eps

180608

32TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout Standby Power Supply (26) (Bottom Side)

I_18130_027eps180608

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 33TCS10L LA 7

SSB Control

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGNDAGND

AGND

AGNDAGNDAGND AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

T

T

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

D1B

D1A

G2

G1

S2

D2B

D2A

S1

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

PGND

PGND

PGND

PGND

PGND

AGND

AGND

T

T

T

T

AGND

T

T

BOOT

DRIVE

FB GND

LGATE

PHASE

VCC

UGATE

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

PGND

AGND

AGND

AGNDAGND

AGND

D2B

D2A

G1

G2

S1

D1B

D1A

S2

T

AGND

D1B

D1A

D2B

G2 D2A

S2

G1

S1

09V

18V

For Tuner 33v

L--Prot

Normal--HProtect--L

Back Light Control

Far from DC-DC amp Tuner

Option

When not use DC-DC+5VSTB_L provide

ON-----LOFF-----H

OptionFar from tuner and power supply (NC)

8

7

6

4 5

3

2

1U3

SP8J3

R234

10R

NC

E

C

B

BT3904

Q21

B

C

E

Q32BT3904

R16

19N

C2

618

KR

919

1K

26

10K

B

C

E

Q2

BT3904

R177

NC

C23

00

1U

10K

R18

0

NC

R17

9 0

R1784K7

+12V

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

P4ON-PBACK

ADJ-PWM2

R181910K26

191

K2

6

R10

Z54

BL-ADJUST

1 2

4

6

8

12

14

10

3

5

7

9

11

13

P22

+5V

+5VSTB_L

C22

2

01U

R70R (FOR 26ONLY)

7

8

4

2

3

5

6

1

A04803

Q17

+12V

+12V_PW

+12V_PW

C24

10

01U

BL-ADJUST

+5V

ST

B_L

C14

01U

BL-ONOFF

C22

40

1U

+5VSTB

R24

8N

C

+12V_PW

C220220U

25V

F250A

F150A

47K

R18

2

L8200R

R2413K9

C23

6

1U

C24

3

1U

C244

01U

C242

470U

16V

+5V

ST

B

PRORECT_12V

R29

720

K

+33V

+33V

B

E

CQ31

BT3906R298

NC

+12V

R299

4K7

R301

4K7

R30

010

K

R29

6

4K7

D14 8V

2

B

C

E

Q26BT3904

R3

4K7

B

E

CQ13

BT3906

C64

3 1U

C20A1U

C21

A 1U

NCC

21

R18

147

K

C24

00

01U

R22

330K

33V

+5V

+5V

12V_PANEL

21

P20

01UC

231

NC

C8

01U

C3

01U

L49200R

L47200R

21

P19

01UC

20

5V_PANEL

4K7R15

D11

LL4148

D45LL4148

PW_ONOFF

+5VSTB1

2

3

P1

POWER-ONOFFB

C

E

Q30BT3904

R26610K

GPIO_PROTECT

+5VSTB

R24

70R

D10LL4148

+12V

C201U

SELECT

R20

510

0K

R2041K

D47 33

V

R27

92K

2R

242

2K2

+12V

1

2

3 6

5

8

4

7

U1

RT8110

R50R PROTPW_ONOFF

R2NC

Z58

Z56

B

C

E

Q27BT3904

BL-ONOFF

R12100R

PW_CTRL

Z51

R24

0 0

Z52

Z53

Z60

L530R

L330R

01U

C23

401UC

232

C23

3 1U

R234K7

5V_PANEL

C22

60

1U

L50200R

+5V

C235470U

16V

200RL54

C23

70

1U

L9200R

+5V

R4

10K

R6NC

+12V_INVERTER

B

C

E

Q6BT3904

68K

R37

NCR17

0RR14

16V

470UC

17A

C27

01U

2U2C16

01UC

15

R8

NC

R194K7

R132NC

R143100K

R14K

7

B

C

E

Q14BT3904

R2110K

+12V

D1LL4148

R14210K

+5VSTB

B

C

E

Q3BT3904NC

+12V

C1810U

50V

L6100UH

D5LL4148

B

C

E

Q5SC1815

NCR

24

B

C

E

Q1

BT3904

B

C

E

Q4BT3904

PWM3

SHUT_EEP

200RL56

L55200R

R23

91K

2

R23

8N

C

R235

10R

R23

6N

C

L115UH

R23

322

K

C23

91U

R237

220R

7

8

4

2

3

5

6

1

U2PHKD13N03LT

C23801U

D50LL4148

L53200R

+12V_INVERTER

C22

70

1U

C22

80

1U

L52200R

L51200R

C22

90

1U

L48200R

C22

50

1U

12V_PANEL

L1230R

PANEL-ONOFF

Z59

Z50

PW_ONOFF R26

368

0R

R2618K2

R26010K

R26

710

K

R26

810

K

R26

247

K

R25910K

R25

810

0K

D41LL4148

+12V

R2783K9

TUNER_5V

+5V

40V

C18

70

1U

R2000R

R6390R

R60422K

L6061000UR

C60

40

1U

D61

433

VC63

047

00P

C63

2 270P

C633

01U 50V

L613

1000UH

NC

L6041000UH

100KR

630

NC

C63

6

C63

50

01U

C63

40

1U

C631200P

B

C

E

Q612BC846B

R63147K

12

3

D61

30B

AV

99

33V

+5V

C1

01U

5V_PANEL

+12V_PW

+5VSTB

12V_PANEL

C223

220U25V

+5VSTB

01U

C22

1

+12V

PW_ONOFF

VCC_PANEL

B01 B01

I_18130_011eps180608

CONTROL

34TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

SSB DC - DC

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGNDAGND

GN

DA

DJ

OU

T

VIN

4

OU

T

VIN

AD

JG

ND

VO

UT

VIN

AD

JG

ND

VCC18V FOR MST9E19A

pin36

VDDC for MST9E19A Core

+33V for VDD_MPLL

+33AVDD FOR AVDD_SIF

+33AVDD FOR AVDD_AU

pin6 pin12

+33AVDD for AVDD_HDMI

Vcc33for MST9E19A analog

+33AVDD for AVDDA

33V for AVDDPLL2

Vcc33 for MST9E19A Digital

10RR

31

F330A

+33V

L16100R+5VST

R28NC

23

1

U6

AIC

1084

FM120D8

FM120D6

23

1

U7

KD

1084

AD

2T18

+33V

VDDP

FM120D7

+5VSTB_L

1 2 3

4

U5AS1117-33

L18FB

FBL17

+18V

VDDC

L11

100R

L10100R+33V

L24

100R

FBL23

16V

47UC

37

C67

01U

01UC

62

C61

01U

01UC

60

C59

01U

16V

100UC

53

C48100U

16V

NCR30

R29

0RL41

FB

16V

100UC

33

C31100U

16V

C49 0

1U

01U

C52

01U

C36

C34 0

1U

01U

C42

C58 0

1U16V

47UC

57

C51 0

1U

AVDD_SIF

+33VA

AVDD_AU

+33VA

AVDDA

+33VA

AVDD_MEMPLL

+33VA

C56 0

1U

01U

C552U

2C

54

C47 0

1U

C46 2U

2

L21FB

2U2

C41

FBL19

C50 2U

2

L22FB

FBL20

01U

C452U

2C

44

C39 0

1U

C38 2U

2

AVDD_HDMI

01U

C40

+33VA

01U

C32

C30 0

1U

+33VA

+33VA

VDD_MPLL

+18V

C35100U

16V

C63

01U

01UC

64

C65

01U

01UC

66

01UC

68

C69

01U

01UC

70

C71

01U

01UC

72

C73

01U

+5VST

+5VSTB

FM120D9

B02 B02

I_18130_012eps180608

DC - DC

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 35TCS10L LA 7

SSB MST9E19A Controller

AG

ND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AG

ND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

SDA

SCL

WC

VCC

VSS

E2NC

E1NC

E0NC AGND

VCC

HOLD

SCK

GND SI

WP

SO

CE

SDA

SCL

WC

VCC

VSS

E2NC

E1NC

E0NC

AD

0A

D1

AD

2A

D3

AD

4A

D5

AD

6A

D7

ALE

AUCOM

AUL0

AUL1

AUL2

AUL3

AUOUTL

AUOUTL2

AUOUTL3

AUOUTR

AUOUTR2

AUOUTR3

AUOUTS

AUR0

AUR1

AUR2

AUR3

AUVRADNAUVRADPAUVREF

AV

DD

_AD

C

AV

DD

_AU

AV

DD

_DV

IA

VD

D_D

VI1

AV

DD

_ME

MP

LL

AV

DD

_MP

LLA

VD

D_M

PLL

1

AV

DD

_SIF

BIN0MBIN0P

BIN1MBIN1P

C0

C1

CSZ

CVBS0

CVBS1CVBS2CVBS3

CVBSOUT

DD

CA

_CK

DD

CA

_DA

DDCD_CKDDCD_DA

DD

CR

_CK

DD

CR

_DA

DI0DI1DI2DI3DI4DI5DI6DI7

DIG

O0

DIG

O1

DIG

O2

DIG

O3

DIG

O4

DIG

O5

DIG

O6

DIG

O7

DIG

O8

DIG

O9

GIN0MGIN0P

GIN1MGIN1P

GN

DG

ND

1

GN

D10

GN

D11

GN

D12

GN

D13

GN

D14

GN

D15

GN

D2

GN

D3

GN

D4

GN

D5

GN

D6

GN

D7

GN

D8

GN

D9

GPIOE0LVSYNCGPIOE1LHSYNC

GPIOE2LDEGPIOE3LCK

GPIOF10GPIOF11

GPIOF12GPIOF13GPIOF14GPIOF15GPIOF16GPIOF17GPIOF18GPIOF19

GPIOF2GPIOF3GPIOF4GPIOF5GPIOF6GPIOF7GPIOF8GPIOF9

HSYNC0

HSYNC1

HW

RE

SE

T

ICLK

IHSYNC

INT

IRIN

IVSYNC

LA0MG3LA0PG2LA1MG1LA1PG0LA2MB7LA2PB6

LA3MB3LA3PB2LA4MB1LA4PB0

LACKMB5LACKPB4

LB0MR7LB0PR6LB1MR5LB1PR4LB2MR3LB2PR2

LB3MG7LB3PG6LB4MG5LB4PG4

LBCKMR1LBCKPR0

PW

M0

PW

M1

PW

M2

PW

M3

PWM_DRVPWM_FB

PWM_SENSE

RD

Z

REFMREFP

REXT

RIN0MRIN0P

RIN1MRIN1P

RMID

RX0NRX0PRX1NRX1PRX2NRX2P

RXCKNRXCKP

SA

R0

SA

R1

SA

R2

SA

R3

SCKSDI

SDO

SIF1MSIF1P

SOGIN0

SOGIN1

VCLAMP

VCOM0

VCOM1

VCOM2

VD

DC

VD

DC

1V

DD

C2

VD

DC

3V

DD

C4

VD

DC

5

VD

DP

VD

DP

1V

DD

P2

VD

DP

3V

DD

P4

VD

DP

5V

DD

P6

VD

DP

7V

DD

P8

VD

DP

9

VSYNC0

VSYNC1

WR

Z

XIN

XO

UT

Y0

Y1

AGND

T

T

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

Mode Selection

I2C address at A0

Location Near IC PinLocation Near IC Pin

SST PULL DOWNMSTAR PULL UP

DVI INPUT

VGA INPUT

For TTL output

Audio Output(to Amp) AV Output(Audio)

Debug Port

For Philps debug

HDCP I2C address at A4

VID

EO

INP

UT

HDTV INPUT

C212NC

C7822P

01UC11

2

2U2 C247

C1072U2

01U C114

PW_CTRL

PRORECT_12V

54

72 13

6 8

RP

84K

7

KEY0-IN

LED2-IN

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

P5

POWER-ONOFF

54

72 13

6 8

RP

124K

7

LED1-IN

NC

L43

+5VSTB

4K7

R55

LED2R13

4K7

R584K7

B

C

E

Q9BT3904

1

2

3

4

5

P14

WP

SDA

SCL

+33V

1

2

3

4

P6

10RR41

SHUT_EEP

D4 NC

WP

C20

110

0P

RXD

TXD1

2

3

P2

ZX

Z62

WP

+33V

+33V+5VSTB

RS

20R

RS

3N

C

RS

11K

10K

R32

10K

R42

01UC86

47RR64

NC

R63

R62

NC

R52100R

R51 22

K

R50 22

K

100RR49

100RR40

C83

001

U

001

UC82

R67

0R

001

UC76

2U2C115

R47100R

R45100R

100RR34100R

R33

2U2C104

C1052U2PC-LIN

2U2C106

C1112U2

2U2C110

C11901U

R57 8K

2

8K2

R56

C1092U2

2U2C108

124578

101113141516171819202122232425262728

293031323334353839

404142434445464748495051

5455575859

61626364656667686970717273747576

78798081828384858687

131

132

133

134

125

126

127

128

129

130

155

156

136 3 9 37 52 56 89 99 101

104

106

120

141

152

173

187

204

143

144

145

146

147

148

149

150

153

154

116

117

118

135

124123122121

9796959493929190

139138137

191190189188

185184183182181180179178177176175174171170169168167166165164163162161160

202201200199198197196195

192

194193

207

206

205

36 53 60 105

6 12 157

208

77 98 107

142

158

203

88 100

102

103

119

140

151

159

172

186

115

114

113

112

111

110

109

108

U8

MST9E19A

R54

4K7

R36

22K

100P C79

01UC11

7

C116

01U

R7510K

R38 22

K

C10201U

C89 0

1U

1

3

2

D40

0BA

V99

+5VST

R53

390R

CVBSOUT

LED2

5

6

7

8

4

3

2

1U10

M24C32MN

IR_SYNC

KEY0

LED1

KEY1

WP_FSH

TV1-VIN- VCOM0

AV1-YIN-

AV1-YIN

VCOM2

SV_Y0

R_TX2+

C920047U

C930047U

0047UC94

0047UC96

C970047U

0047UC98

C1010047U

0047UC100

C990047U

SV_C0

TXD

RXD

100P

C20

2

8

7

6

4 5

3

2

1U9

W25X40

+33V

L26 F

B

100RR77

SDA

SCL

SHUT_EEPR76

100R

5

6

7

8

4

3

2

1U11

M24C04MN

SDA

SCL

100RR70

R69100R

+33V

R68

10K

SPI_CZ

SPI_DI

SPI_CK

54

72

1

3 6

8

RP933R

NCR

65R

661K

8

C90 10

0P

R6110R

1KR60

R591K

100P

C91

C95 10

0P

SYS_RST

R391K

B

E

CQ8

BT3906

C8010U

16V

C7447U

16V

R48

1M

Y1

14M

3

22PC84

AVDDA

AVDD_SIF

AVDD_MEMPLL

AVDD_HDMIVDDC VDDP

SDA_EXT

SCL_EXT

+33V

R43

10K

10KR

44

RXE3+B2

RXE4+B0

RXE4-B1

RXE3-B3

RXEC+B4

RXEC-B5

RXE2+B6

RXE2-B7

RXE1+G0

RXE1-G1

RXE0+G2

RXE0-G3

RXO4+G4

RXO4-G5

RXO3+G6

RXO3-G7

RXOC+R0

RXOC-R1

RXO2+R2

RXO2-R3

RXO1+R4

RXO1-R5

RXO0+R6

RXO0-R7

TTL-BLUE2

TTL-BLUE1

TTL-BLUE0

TTL-BLUE3

TTL-BLUE4

TTL-BLUE5

TTL-BLUE6

TTL-BLUE7

TTL-GREEN0

TTL-GREEN1

TTL-GREEN2

TTL-GREEN3

TTL-GREEN4

TTL-GREEN5

TTL-GREEN6

TTL-GREEN7

TTL-RED6

TTL-RED0

TTL-RED1

TTL-RED2

TTL-RED3

TTL-RED4

TTL-RED5

TTL-RED7

54

72

1

3 6

8

RP40R

8

63

1

2 7

4 5

0RRP7

54

72

1

3 6

8

RP60R

8

63

1

2 7

4 5

0RRP3

8

63

1

2 7

4 5

0RRP5

54

72

1

3 6

8

RP20R

SPI_CKSPI_DISPI_CZ

SPI_DO

AMP-MUTE

PANEL-ONOFF

LED1

HPDCTRL

ON-PBACK

863 12

7

45

4K7

RP

13

PWM0

ADJ-PWM2

NCR

85

NCR

82

NCR

80

NCR

79

R84

1K

R83

1K

R81

1K

R78

1K

PWM0

WP_FSH

ADJ-PWM2

PWM3

IR_SYNC

KEY1

KEY0

RXD

TXD

SCL

SDA

DDC-RDX

DDC-TXD

I2C-SCL

I2C-SDA

+33V

54

721 3

68

RP

104K

7

R7410R

10RR73

10RR72

R7110R

AUCOM

16V

10UC

118

AUVRADN

AUVRADP

C11310U

16V

L250

AMP-ROUT

AMP-LOUT

PH-ROUTPH-LOUT

PC-RIN

SIFM

SIFP

01UC103

01U

C88

AUCOM

AUVREFAUVRADPAUVRADN

SIFM

SIFP

TUNER_CVBS

SV_C0

SV_Y0

VCOM2

CVBS2CVBS1

VCOM0

VCOM1

CVBS3

SCG+

SCR+SCR-

SC_SOG

SCG-

SCB-

RIN-

RIN+GIN-

GIN+SOG

BIN-BIN+

01UC85

C8701U

VS_RGBHS_RGB

HDMI_SCLHDMI_SDA

AVDD_HDMI TXCLK-

R_TX2+

R_TX2-G_TX1+

G_TX1-B_TX0+

B_TX0-TXCLK+

AUVREF

PWM3

+33V

VDD_MPLL

AVDD_AU

TV1-VIN+ TUNER_CVBS

VCOM1

AV1-CIN

TV-SIFP

TV-SIFM

HDMI_SCLHDMI_SDA

TXCLK-

R_TX2-G_TX1+

G_TX1-B_TX0+

B_TX0-TXCLK+

VS_RGBHS_RGB

RIN-

RIN+GIN-

GIN+SOG

BIN-BIN+

SCG+

SCR+SCR-

SC_SOG

SCG-SCB+SCB-

AV1-VIN+

AV2-VIN+

AV3-VIN+ CVBS1

CVBS2

CVBS3

SPI_DO

WP_FSH

CVBSOUT

PH-LOUT

PH-ROUTAMP-ROUT AMP-R

AMP-LAMP-LOUTPH-L1OUT

AFT

SCB+

KEY1-IN

+33V

PH-R1OUT

C77

1000

P

E

C

B BT3904Q7

R114K7

+5VSTB

GPIO_PROTECT

+33V

IR-IN

C248

2U2

2U2 C249

C250

2U2

2U2 C251

C252

2U2

DVI-RINDVI-LINAV2-RIN

AV2-LIN

AV1-RINAV1-LIN

B03 B03

I_18130_013eps180608

MST9E19A CONTROLLER

36TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

SSB HDMI Interface

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

SDA

SCL

WC

VCC

VSS

E2NC

E1NC

E0NC

RX2+

GND1

RX2-

RX1+

GND2

RX1-

RX0+

GND3

RX0-

RXC+

GND4

RXC-

NC1

NC2

DDCCLK

DDCDA

GND5

VCC

HPD

AGND

HDMI-RX2-

HDMI-RX1+

+5V

+5V

5

6

43

2

1

U17

PRTR5V0U4D

5

6

43

2

1

U18

PRTR5V0U4D

1KR101

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

P12

01UC

120

5

6

7

8

4

3

2

1U12

M24C02MN

RLZ

5B6

D18

HDMI-DDC-SDA

HDMI-DDC-SCL

HDMI-HPD

HDMI5V

HPDCTRLB

C

E

Q10BT3904

4K7R96

R95

4K7

R1000R

NCR

97

R94

1K

+5V

100RR99

R98100R

12

3

D17

BAT

54C

D19

RLZ

5B6

TXCLK-

TXCLK+

B_TX0-

B_TX0+

G_TX1-

G_TX1+

R_TX2-

R_TX2+

10RR93

R9210R

10RR91

R9010R

10RR89

R8810R

10RR87

R8610R

HDMI_SDA

HDMI_SCL

HDMI-RXC-

HDMI-RXC+

HDMI-RX0+

HDMI-RX0-

HDMI-RX1-

HDMI-RX2+

B04 B04

I_18130_014eps180608

HDMI INTERFACE

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 37TCS10L LA 7

SSB VGA Interface

AGND

AGND

AGND

SDA

SCL

WC

VCC

VSS

E2NC

E1NC

E0NC

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGNDProgram Control

To main chip(when updateit is I2Cwhen debug it is RXTX)

LED2

R12

110

0RR12

010

0R

+33V

RXD

TXD

R170

4K7

1

3

2

D2

100RR144

NCR123

4K7R12

2

75R

R10

9

R10

8 75R

01UC

130

10K

R17

4

75R

R10

7

10K

R17

2

P13-11

R11

8 4K7

4K7

R11

9

PROTECT

VGA5V

VGA-SCL

PROTECT

13

2

D25

1

3

2

D20

C19 N

C

Q182N7002

10RR175

R171NC

R17310R

C12

9 NC

C1270047U

VGA-R+

VGA-G+

VGA-B+

+5VST1

32

D24

1KR115

R1141K

123

D23BAT54C

5

6

7

8

4

3

2

1U13

M24C02MN

R11

74K

7NC

C12

8R11

610

K

6

4

11

14

15

7

12

8

5

13

3

10

9

1

2

16

17

P13

C1230047U

C1241000P

C1210047U

R10510R

10RR104

R10310R

0047UC126

C1250047U

0047UC122

1

3

2

D22

2

3

1

D21

R11347R

47RR111

R11047R

R106330R

HS_RGB

VS_RGB

Q192N7002

B

C

E

Q25BT3904

VGA-HS

VGA-VS

VGA-SDA

RIN+

SOG

BIN-

GIN-

RIN-

BIN+

GIN+

VGA-SDA

VGA-SCL

+5VSTB

+5VSTB

B05 B05

I_18130_015eps180608

VGA INTERFACE

38TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

SSB Cinch

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND AGNDAGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

VDD

OUTB

INB-

VSS INB+

INA+

INA-

OUTA

AGNDAGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

WHITE

RED

YELLOWGREEN

BLUE

RED

WHITE

RED

RED

WHITE

YELLOW

AGND

AGND

AGND

HDTV IN

AV OUTPUT AUDIO AMP

For PCampYPbPr Audio Input(RL)

For Philips Upgrade

S-VIDEO amp AV2 In Side

Earphone Outuput In Side

AV1 In Rear

AV OUTPUT

For DVI Audio Input(35mm Jack)

2

1

3

P17

DVI_R

DVI_L

AV2-V

AV_ROUT

AV2-R

C13 47

0P

12K

R15

2

C17 47

0P

560P

C16

356

0PC

162

3

2

1

4P15

C14

156

0P

PC-R

560P

C14

3C

134

560P

560P

C13

8

2

3

1

D37

NC

C14

256

0P56

0PC

146

C6 10

0P

3

1

2

P11

TXD

3

1

2

P7

PR1

PB1

AVOUT_L

Y1

AVOUT

1

4

2

5

3

6P21

1

2

3

4

5

6P8

8 56 7 9

P15

BUF2

1

3

2

D31

2

3

1

D28

NC

1

3

2

D33

NC

2

3

1

D55

NC

2

3

1

D54

NC

2

3

1

D52

NC

2

3

1

D51

NC

2

3

1

D34

1

3

2

D36

NC

C5 10

0P

13

2

D12

R18

8 75R

R2855K1

R2845K1

R2805K1

R2815K1

L6130R

AV1-CL60

30R

AV1-YL59

30R

75R

R14

9

C19

810

00P

C14

068

0P

680P

C15

5

10RR186

680P

C13

6

OP_VCC2

C13

168

0P

2

3

1

D53

2

3

1

D27

FB

L42

10KR230

12K

R20

1R

197 12

K

R15

9 12K

R15

522

0R

220RR153

75R

R14

0

75R

R13

9

R13

6 75R

75R

R12

8

2U2C188

R14

5 12K

12K

R15

7

12K

R13

5C191

2U2

10K

R15

6R

147 10

K

330R

R14

6

R18510RY1

75RR151

R141

75R

C1452U2

2U2C144

01UC

139

12K

R16

1

AV2-VIN+

CVBSOUT

AV1-CIN

AV1-YIN-

1

3

2

D38

2

3

1

D39

PH-R1OUTR226

10K

AV_LOUT

R22447K

+5V

R22

547

K

C18

347

U

16V

100P

C18

9

33KR

229

C18547U

16V

C18

40

1U

C19

310

0P

R23

233

K

8

7

6

4 5

3

2

1U16

TDA1308T

SCB-

SCG-

SCR-

C1580047U

SCG+

SCR+

SCB+

SC_SOG

PR1

PB1

C1540047U

0047UC153

C1520047U

C1511000P

0047UC159

0047UC156

R19547R

47RR191

R18947R

R18410R

10RR183

R14810R

1

3

2

D35

B

E

CQ11

BT3906C218

10U

16V

B

C

E

Q12BT3904

2

3

1

D32

2

3

1

D30

1

3

2

D29

R13347R

10RR137

R12610R

+5V

AV1-YIN

Y1R176

470R

PH-L1OUT

AV_LOUT

AV_ROUT

AV1-VIN+

L63 30

R

30R

L62

330RR

249

R25

133

0R

C196

033U50V

C197

033U50V

7

654

89

3

1

2

P18

1000

PC

199

AMP-PROUT+AMP-LIN

AMP-PLOUT+AMP-RIN

EARPHONE-RA

EARPHONE-LA

30RL44

AV1-RIN

R2825K1

R2835K1 AV1-LIN

AV2-LIN

R2865K1

R2875K1 AV2-RIN

R2885K1

R2895K1 DVI-RIN

R2905K1

R2915K1 DVI-LIN

R2925K1

R2935K1 PC-RIN

R2945K1

R2955K1 PC-LIN

AV1_V

AVOUT_R

RXD

C4 47

0P47

0PC

7

AV1_R

AV1_L

C9 47

0P47

0PC

10

C11 47

0P47

0PC

12

PC-L

AV2-L

B06 B06

I_18130_016eps180608

CINCH

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 39TCS10L LA 7

SSB Tuner

AGND

AGND

AGND

AG

ND

AGNDAGND

AGND

AGND

COMMON

IN OUT

VID

EO

NC

1

NC

2

AU

DIO

AG

C

SD

A

TU

MB

GN

D2

SIF

OU

T

GN

D1

NC

3

NC

4

NC

5

SC

L

NC

6

AF

T

CLOSE RO MST IC

R21127R

171 2 6 1110 1412 157 83 4 5 9 13 16

TU1

2

1 3

U15KIA78D05

TUNER_SDA

TUNER_SCL

SIF_OUT

TV_CVBSC

172

01U

33V

B

C

E

Q20

BT3904

TV-SIFPNCR213

10RR220

001UC181

TV-SIFP

R194100R

330R

R19

3R

192

10R

R19

81K

R19

91K

L2722UH

+12V

R20

7 NC

100K

R20

3

2200

PC

200

R209120R

R20610R

C17

4N

C3

30P

NC

330

PC

175

C171220U

16V

L28120R

R20251K

C17

710

0P

C17

615

0P

SDA_EXT

SCL_EXT

C168220U

16V

16V

220UC

169

TV1-VIN-

TV1-VIN+

R21047R

C16

60

01UC16

44U

7

50V

C16

50

01U

C16

70

1U

TUNER_5V

AFT

120RR212

TUNER_5V

TV-SIFM

001UC170

B07 B07

I_18130_017eps180608

TUNER

40TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

SSB Audio Amplifier

PGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

PGND

PGND

AGND

AGND

OUT2+

OUT2-

NC3

IN2

VCC2

NC2

OUT1+

VCC1

IN1

NC1

MUTE

STBY

PW_GND

S_GND

OUT1-

TO SPEAKER

TO SPEAKER

0RR

162

AMP-PROUT-

2

1

H8

15

14

11

12

13

10

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

2

U19

TD

A7266

1

2

3

4

P9

AMP-PLOUT-

L45200R

L46200R

C219220U

16V

27UHL31

C217220U

16V

AMP-LIN

R253NC

01U C209

D3LL4148

C20

610

00P

1U

C211

0022U

C26 1000

PC

204

0022U

C25

C22

470U16V

+5VST

R164100K

R16510K

R16

8N

C

R16

9N

C

R1663K3

3K3R167

10KR244

B

E

CQ15

BT3906

B

C

E

Q16BT3904

C19

5 NC

NC

C19

4

B

C

E

Q24BT3904NC

0RR257

10KR254

E

C

B BT3904Q23

B

C

E

Q22BT3904

R25210K

R255100R

R24310K

2U2C205

R2560R

C2032U2

+12V

AMP-PROUT-

AMP-PROUT+

AMP-PLOUT-

AMP-PLOUT+

POWER-ONOFF

AMP-MUTE

AMP-R

AMP-L

12V-AMP

+12V

AMP-RIN

B08 B08

I_18130_018eps180608

AUDIO AMPLIFIER

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 41TCS10L LA 7

SSB LVDS Interface

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

VCC_PANEL

C246

10U 16V

C245

01U

R277 0NC

+33V

R27

2

0N

C

R275 0NC

RXE4+B0 RXE4-B1

RXE3+B2 RXE3-B3

RXEC+B4 RXEC-B5

RXE2+B6 RXE2-B7

RXE1+G0 RXE1-G1

RXE0+G2 RXE0-G3

RXO4+G4 RXO4-G5

RXO3+G6 RXO3-G7

RXOC+R0 RXOC-R1

RXO2+R2 RXO2-R3

RXO1+R4 RXO1-R5

RXO0+R6 RXO0-R7

1 2

4

6

8

12

14

16

18

20

10

22

24

26

28

3

5

7

9

11

13

15

17

19

21

23

25

27

29 30

32

34

36

38

40

31

33

35

37

39

P10

R276 0NC

R27

3

0N

CR

274

0N

C

B09 B09

I_18130_019eps180608

LVDS INTERFACE Personal Notes

E_06532_012eps131004

42TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout Small Signal Board (Top Side)

I_18130_020eps180608

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 43TCS10L LA 7

Layout Small Signal Board (Bottom Side)

I_18130_021eps180608

44TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Keyboard Control Panel

Layout Keyboard Control Panel (Top Side)

Layout Keyboard Control Panel (Bottom Side)

AGND

AGND AGNDAGND

AGND

R10072K

R10061K5

R10011K2

12 4

3K1001

1

2

3

P1001

KEY0

R1008NC

R10051K2

R1004NC

R10032K

R10021K5

D10

02

HS

5V6B

D10

01H

S5V

6B

12 4

3K1003

12 4

3K1002

12 4

3K1006

12 4

3K1005

12 4

3K1004

KEY1

I_18130_030eps180608

E EKEYBOARD CONTROL PANEL

I_18130_031eps180608

I_18130_032eps180608

Personal Notes

E_06532_012eps131004

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 45TCS10L LA 7

Inverter Panel

1 2

A

B

C

D

4321

D

C

B

A

F1FUSE-1

C2104

C1220uF250V

C3104

R1200

Q1

DTA143

E1

9

E2

10

C2

11

VC

C12

OU

TP

UT

C13

VR

EF

14

A1+

1

A1-

2

CO

MP

3

DT

C4

CT

5

RT

6

GN

D7

C1

8

A2-

15

A2+

16

U1

TL494

R2200

Q32222

C8

223

C7103

R847K

R7120K

C4

104C5104

D1

68V

C9104

D2

1N4148

Q8DTC143

123456

CN1

R20470K

R21

33K

C16

330pF

C15NC

R13100K

R10

68K

R11

68K

R12

15K

C10104

R2627K

C20223

R18560

Q22222

Q62907

R142K

R1622K

R27 10

R28 10

D4

BAW56K

S11

G12

S23

G24

D1 8

D1 7

D2 6

D2 5

U2

4606

C21223

Q42222

Q72907

R152K

R1722K

R29 10

R30 10

D5

BAW56K

S11

G12

S23

G24

D1 8

D1 7

D2 6

D2 5

U3

4606

R19560

C6

105

R231M

Q52N7002

R22

1M

R9

47K

R25

100KR24270K

D6NCBAW56K

D7NCBAW56K

P1

P2

P3

P4

C17225

C18

225

10

1 7

6

T1

T01

10

1 7

6

T2

T01

C2222pF

12

CON1

12

CON2

D9BAV99

R41K

R36820

R32

10KC12104

D8BAV99

R31K

R35820

R31

10KC11104

P2

P1

C2322pF

12

CON3

12

CON4

D11

BAV99

R61K

R38820

R34

10KC14104

D10BAV99

R51K

R37820

R33

10KC13104

P4

P3

VREF

VREF

C19NC

C26

222C27NC

D13BAV99

D15BAV99

C2422pF

C2522pF

C28

222C29NC

C30222 C31

NC

C32

222C33NC

OVP

OVP

OV

P

R602K

R61510K

C38105

Q10

DTA143

Q112222

R6330K

R62 1K

VCC

VCC

P5

P5

R64

1K

C34221

C35 221

C37

221

C39104

C36

221U4A

LM393

U4B

LM393

Vref

D3

1N4148

R65

3K R663K

C41 104

R67

10K

I_18130_033eps180608

I IINVERTER PANEL 19rdquo

46TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout Inverter Panel (Top Side)

Layout Inverter Panel (Bottom Side)

I_18130_034eps190608

I_18130_035eps190608

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 47TCS10L LA 7

IR LED Panel

AGND

AGND

AGNDIRVC

C

GN

D

RW

R20

031K

2

R20

04

1K2

LED1

1

2

3

4

5

CN2001

E

C

B

BC847AQ2001

B

C

E

Q2002

BC847A

2

13

D2001

LED2

G2001

R20024K7

5V16

V10

0UC

2001

5V

IR

IR

C20

03 47P

LED1R2001

4K7

C2002

47P

LED2

I_18130_036eps180608

J JIR amp LED PANELLayout IR LED Panel (Top Side)

Layout IR LED Panel (Bottom Side)

I_18130_037eps180608

I_18130_038eps180608

48TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Personal Notes

E_06532_013eps131004

Alignments EN 49TCS10L LA 8

8 Alignments

Index of this chapter81 Electrical Alignments82 Hardware Alignments

NoteThe Service Modes are described in chapter 5 Menu navigation is done with the CURSOR UP DOWN LEFT or RIGHT keys of the remote control transmitter

81 Electrical Alignments

Perform all electrical adjustments under the following conditionsbull Power supply voltage (depends on region)

ndash AP-NTSC 120 VAC or 230 VAC 50 Hz (plusmn 10)ndash AP-PAL-multi 120 - 230 VAC 50 Hz (plusmn 10)ndash EU 230 VAC 50 Hz (plusmn 10)ndash LATAM-NTSC 120 - 230 VAC 50 Hz (plusmn 10)ndash US 120 VAC 60 Hz (plusmn 10)

bull Connect the set to the mains via an isolation transformer with low internal resistance

bull Allow the set to warm up for approximately 60 minutesbull Measure voltages and waveforms in relation to correct

ground (eg measure audio signals in relation to AUDIO_GND) Caution It is not allowed to use heatsinks as ground

bull Test probe Ri gt 10 MΩ Ci lt 20 pFbull Use an isolated trimmerscrewdriver to perform

alignments

82 Hardware Alignments

Not applicable

821 Aging

Enter TV mode Set warm up status to ldquoOnrdquo Aging time at least 12 minutes

822 ADC Adjustment

The chassis can execute ADC auto-tune in YPbPr amp PC sourcing modes Enter SAM select YPbPr or PC as source then select AUTOTUNE in ADC ADJ press ldquoRight keyrdquo to run waiting for about 5 seconds until ldquoOKrdquo is displayed which means the set finished the ADC adjustment With an YPbPr source use a 100 color bar pattern with a PC source use a 16-scale grey pattern

823 White Balance Adjustment

Adjust the NORMAL WARM COOL temperature in White balance according to company regular Make sure ADC adjustments have done successfully before doing white balance adjustments and use the ldquoNaturalrdquo picture mode White balance adjustment should be performed with three different sources1 AVTVSVIDEO source reunification under the AV

adjustment apply a NTSC-M system signal with 8-scale grey pattern

2 YPbPrHDMI source reunification under the YPbPr adjustment apply an 8-scale grey pattern

3 PC source should adjust single apply a 8-scale grey pattern

If case of manual adjustment please use the WB page in SAMWhile adjusting White Balance do not change White G or Black G only adjust White R White B Black R and Black B

Table 8-1 Color Temperature Setting 19

Table 8-2 Color Temperature Setting 26

Color mode X Y Color Temperature (K)

Normal 296plusmn4 299plusmn4 8000

Warm 314plusmn4 319plusmn4 6500

Cool 289plusmn4 291plusmn4 9000

Color mode X Y Color Temperature (K)

Normal 289plusmn4 291plusmn4 9000

Warm 314plusmn4 319plusmn4 6500

Cool 278plusmn4 278plusmn4 11000

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data SheetsEN 50 TCS10L LA9

9 Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data Sheets

Index of this chapter91 Introduction92 Abbreviation List93 IC Data Sheets

Notes bull Only new circuits (circuits that are not published recently)

are described bull Figures can deviate slightly from the actual situation due

to different set executions

91 Introduction

This chassis uses the MStar MST9U19A main chip with the following features bull Multi-Standard TV decoding with 2-D comb filterbull Multi-Standard TV sound demodulator and decoderbull Triple ADC fro TV and RGBYPbPrbull Integrated DVIHDCPHDMI compliant receiverbull High quality scaling enginebull 3-D video de-interlacer and video noise reductionbull Embedded On Screen Display controllerbull NTSCPALSecam Video decoder with automatic standard

detectionbull CVBS video outputbull Multi standard TV sound decoderbull FM stereo and SAP demodulationbull Digital audio interfacebull Analog RGB Compliant Input Portsbull DVIHDCPHDMI Compliant input portbull Auto tuning function including phasing positioning offset

gain and jitter detectionbull Automatic color correction

The MST9U19A is a high performance and fully integrated IC for multi-function LCD monitorTV with resolutions up to WSXGA (1680 times 1050) It is configured with an integrated triple-ADCPLL an integrated DVIHDCPHDMI receiver a multi standard TV video and audio decoder a video de-interlacer a scaling engine the MStarACE-3 color engine an On Screen Display controller an 8-bit MCU and a built-in output panel interface It also incorporates an intelligent power management control system for green-mode requirements and spread-spectrum support for EMI management

For a block diagram refer to chapter 6 ldquoBlock diagrams Test Point Overviews and Waveformsrdquo

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data Sheets EN 51TCS10L LA 9

92 Abbreviation List

1080i 1080 visible lines interlaced1080p 1080 visible lines progressive scan2CS 2 Carrier Sound2DNR Spatial (2D) Noise Reduction3DNR Temporal (3D) Noise Reduction480i 480 visible lines interlaced480p 480 visible lines progressive scanAARA Automatic Aspect Ratio Adaptation

algorithm that adapts aspect ratio to remove horizontal black bars keeping up the original aspect ratio

ACI Automatic Channel Installation algorithm that installs TV channels directly from a cable network by means of a predefined TXT page

ADC Analogue to Digital ConverterAFC Automatic Frequency Control control

signal used to tune to the correct frequency

AGC Automatic Gain Control algorithm that controls the video input of the feature box

AM Amplitude ModulationAUO Acer Unipack OptronicsAP Asia PacificAR Aspect Ratio 4 by 3 or 16 by 9ASD Automatic Standard DetectionAV Audio VideoB-SC1-IN Blue SCART1 inB-SC2-IN Blue SCART2 inB-TXT Blue teletextBG Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 55 MHzBTSC Broadcast Television System

CommitteeC-FRONT Chrominance front inputCBA Circuit Board Assembly (or PWB)CL Constant Level audio output to

connect with an external amplifierCLUT Color Look Up TableComPair Computer aided rePairCSM Customer Service ModeCVBS Composite Video Blanking and

SynchronizationCVBS-EXT CVBS signal from external source

(VCR VCD etc)CVBS-INT CVBS signal from TunerCVBS-MON CVBS monitor signalCVBS-TER-OUT CVBS terrestrial outDAC Digital to Analogue ConverterDBE Dynamic Bass Enhancement extra

low frequency amplificationDFU Directions For Use owners manualDNR Dynamic Noise ReductionDRAM Dynamic RAMDSP Digital Signal ProcessingDST Dealer Service Tool special

(European) remote control designed for service technicians

DTS Digital Theatre SoundDVD Digital Versatile DiscDVI Digital Visual InterfaceDW Double WindowED Enhanced Definition 480p 576pEEPROM Electrically Erasable and

Programmable Read Only MemoryEU EUropeEXT EXTernal (source) entering the set by

SCART or by cinches (jacks)FBL Fast Blanking DC signal

accompanying RGB signalsFBL-SC1-IN Fast blanking signal for SCART1 in

FBL-SC2-IN Fast blanking signal for SCART2 inFBL-TXT Fast Blanking TeletextFLASH FLASH memoryFM Field Memory Frequency ModulationFMR FM RadioFRC Frame Rate ConverterFRONT-C Front input chrominance (SVHS)FRONT-DETECT Front input detectionFRONT-Y_CVBS Front input luminance or CVBS

(SVHS)FTV Flat TeleVisionG-SC1-IN Green SCART1 inG-SC2-IN Green SCART2 inG-TXT Green teletextH H_sync to the module HD High Definition 720p 1080i 1080pHDMI High Definition Multimedia Interface

digital audio and video interfaceHP Head PhoneI Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 60 MHzI2C Integrated IC busI2S Integrated IC Sound busIC Integrated CircuitIF Intermediate FrequencyInterlaced Scan mode where two fields are used

to form one frame Each field contains half the number of the total amount of lines The fields are written in ldquopairsrdquo causing line flicker

IR Infra RedIRQ Interrupt ReQuestLast Status The settings last chosen by the

customer and read and stored in RAM or in the NVM They are called at start-up of the set to configure it according the customers wishes

LATAM LATin AMericaLC04 Philips chassis name for LCD TV 2004

projectLCD Liquid Crystal DisplayLED Light Emitting DiodeLL Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 65 MHz L is Band I L is all bands except for Band I

LPL LG Philips LCDLS Loud SpeakerLVDS Low Voltage Differential Signalling

data transmission system for high speed and low EMI communication

MN Monochrome TV system Sound carrier distance is 45 MHz

MOSFET Metal Oxide Semiconductor Field Effect Transistor

MPEG Motion Pictures Experts GroupMSP Multi-standard Sound Processor ITT

sound decoderMUTE MUTE LineNAFTA North American Free Trade

Association Trade agreement between Canada USA and Mexico

NC Not ConnectedNICAM Near Instantaneous Compounded

Audio Multiplexing This is a digital sound system used mainly in Europe

NTSC National Television Standard Committee Color system used mainly in North America and Japan Color carrier NTSC MN = 3579545 MHz NTSC 443 = 4433619 MHz (this is a VCR norm it is not transmitted off-air)

NVM Non Volatile Memory IC containing TV related data (for example options)

OC Open CircuitONOFF LED OnOff control signal for the LED

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data SheetsEN 52 TCS10L LA9

OSD On Screen DisplayPAL Phase Alternating Line Color system

used mainly in Western Europe (color carrier = 4433619 MHz) and South America (color carrier PAL M = 3575612 MHz and PAL N = 3582056 MHz)

PC Personal ComputerPCB Printed Circuit Board (or PWB)PDP Plasma Display PanelPIG Picture In GraphicPIP Picture In PicturePLL Phase Locked Loop Used for

example in FST tuning systems The customer can directly provide the desired frequency

Progressive Scan Scan mode where all scan lines are displayed in one frame at the same time creating a double vertical resolution

PWB Printed Wiring Board (or PCB)RAM Random Access MemoryRC Remote Control transmitterRC5 (6) Remote Control system 5 (6) the

signal from the remote control receiver RGB Red Green and Blue The primary

color signals for TV By mixing levels of R G and B all colors (YC) are reproduced

RGBHV Red Green Blue Horizontal sync and Vertical sync

ROM Read Only MemorySAM Service Alignment ModeSC SandCastle two-level pulse derived

from sync signalsSC1-OUT SCART output of the MSP audio ICSC2-B-IN SCART2 Blue inSC2-C-IN SCART2 chrominance inSC2-OUT SCART output of the MSP audio ICSC Short CircuitSCL Clock signal on I2C busSD Standard Definition 480i 576iSDA Data signal on I2C busSDI Samsung Display IndustrySDM Service Default ModeSDRAM Synchronous DRAMSECAM SEequence Couleur Avec Memoire

Color system used mainly in France and Eastern Europe Color carriers = 4406250 MHz and 4250000 MHz

SIF Sound Intermediate FrequencySMPS Switch Mode Power SupplySND SouNDSNDL-SC1-IN Sound left SCART1 inSNDL-SC1-OUT Sound left SCART1 outSNDL-SC2-IN Sound left SCART2 inSNDL-SC2-OUT Sound left SCART2 outSNDR-SC1-IN Sound right SCART1 inSNDR-SC1-OUT Sound right SCART1 outSNDR-SC2-IN Sound right SCART2 outSNDR-SC2-OUT Sound right SCART2 outSNDS-VL-OUT Surround sound left variable level outSNDS-VR-OUT Surround sound right variable level outSOPS Self Oscillating Power SupplySPDIF Sony Philips Digital InterFaceSRAM Static RAMSTBY Stand-bySVHS Super Video Home SystemSW Sub Woofer SoftWareTHD Total Harmonic DistortionTXT TeleteXTuP MicroprocessorVL Variable Level out processed audio

output toward external amplifierVCR Video Cassette Recorder

VGA Video Graphics ArrayWD Watch DogWYSIWYR What You See Is What You Record

record selection that follows main picture and sound

XTAL Quartz crystalYPbPr Component video (Y= Luminance Pb

Pr= Color difference signals B-Y and R-Y other amplitudes wrt to YUV)

YC Video related signals Y consists of luminance signal blanking level and sync C consists of color signal

Y-OUT Luminance-signalYUV Baseband component video (Y=

Luminance UV= Color difference signals)

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data Sheets EN 53TCS10L LA 9

93 IC Data Sheets

This section shows the internal block diagrams and pin layouts of ICs that are drawn as ldquoblack boxesrdquo in the electrical diagrams (with the exception of ldquomemoryrdquo and ldquologicrdquo ICs)

931 Diagram B MST9U19A

Figure 9-1 Pin configuration

Pin 1

123

45

7

9

11

1314

1718

21

23

25

2728

30

32

34

36

39

41

43

6

8

10

12

1516

1920

22

24

26

29

31

33

35

3738

40

42

4445464748

505152

49

53 54 55 56 57 59 61 63 65 66 69 70 73 75 77 79 80 82 84 86 88 91 93 9558 60 62 64 67 68 71 72 74 76 78 81 83 85 87 89 90 92 94 96 97 98 99 100

102

103

104

101

208

207

206

205

204

202

200

198

196

195

192

191

188

186

184

182

181

179

177

175

173

170

168

166

203

201

199

197

194

193

190

189

187

185

183

180

178

176

174

172

171

169

167

165

164

163

162

161

159

158

157

160

156155154

153152

150

148

146

144143

140139

136

134

132

130129

127

125

123

121

118

116

114

151

149

147

145

142141

138137

135

133

131

128

126

124

122

120119

117

115

113112111110109

107106105

108

MST9U19A

XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX

GN

D

AUR1

AUL2

AUL3

AUL1

AUCO

M

AUR2

AUR3

DIGO[8]

GNDAVDD_MEMPLL

PWM3PWM2DIGO[9]

SIF1

MSI

F1P

AVD

D_S

IF

AUO

UTL

AUO

UTR

AUO

UTS

VDD

CG

PIO

F[2]

GPI

OF[

3]G

PIO

F[4]

GPI

OF[

5]G

PIO

F[6]

GPI

OF[

7]G

PIO

F[8]

GPI

OF[

9]G

PIO

F[10

]G

PIO

F[11

]VD

DP

GN

DG

PIO

F[12

]

GPI

OF[

14]

GPI

OF[

15]

GPI

OF[

16]

GPI

OF[

17]

GPI

OF[

18]

GN

D

GPI

OF[

19]

VDD

C

VDD

PG

ND

VDD

PVD

DP

GPI

OF[

13]

GN

D

DIGO[7]

DIGO[5]

DIGO[3]

DIGO[1]

VDDC

VDDPPWM_SENSE

DIGO[6]

DIGO[4]

DIGO[2]

DIGO[0]

GND

PWM_DRVPWM_FBIRININT

PWM1PWM0

GNDVDDPALERDZWRZ

VDDC

GNDVDDP

VDD

PLV

A0M

LVA0

PLV

A1M

LVA1

PLV

A2M

LVA2

PLV

ACKM

LVAC

KPLV

A3M

LVA4

PVD

DP

VDD

CAV

DD

_MPL

L

LVA3

PLV

A4M

GPI

OE[

0]

IHSY

NC

ICLK

DI[

1]D

I[0]

IVYS

NC

GPI

OE[

1]G

PIO

E[2]

GPI

OE[

3]G

ND

VDD

P

AVD

D_M

PLL

XIN

XOU

TH

WR

ESET

GN

D

DI[

7]D

I[6]

DI[

5]D

I[4]

DI[

2]D

I[3]

VDD

C

AUO

UTL

3AU

OU

TR3

RXCKPGND

RX0NRX0P

AVDD_DVIRX1NRX1P

RX2P

REXT

DDCD_CK

VSYNC1

VCLAMP

REFM

BIN1M

GNDRX2N

AVDD_DVI

DDCD_DA

HSYNC1

RMID

REFP

BIN1P

SOGIN1GIN1PGIN1MRIN1PRIN1MBIN0MBIN0PGIN0MGIN0P

SOGIN0RIN0MRIN0P

HSYNC0VSYNC0

RXCKN

AVDD_ADCGND

C1Y1C0Y0

CVBS2CVBS1

VCOM1CVBS0

VCOM0CVBSOUT

GND

VCOM2CVBS3

GN

D

AVD

D_A

UAU

L0AU

R0

AUVR

EFAU

VRAD

PAU

VRAD

N

AUO

UTL

2AU

OU

TR2

AD[7]AD[6]AD[5]AD[4]AD[3]AD[2]AD[1]AD[0]

SDOCSZSDISCK

SAR3

SAR1SAR2

SAR0

DDCA_CK

DDCR_CKDDCA_DA

DDCR_DA

LVB0

MLV

B0P

LVB1

MLV

B1P

LVB2

MLV

B2P

LVBC

KMLV

BCKP

LVB3

M

LVB4

P

LVB3

PLV

B4M

I_18130_008eps200608

Pin Configuration

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data SheetsEN 54 TCS10L LA9

932 Diagram B TDA1308

Figure 9-2 Block diagram and pin configuration

Block diagram

Pinning information

2

1

3

4

8

7

65

INA(neg)

TDA1308(A)OUTA

VSS

VDD

INA(pos)

INB(neg)

INB(pos)

OUTB

TDA1308(A)

VATUO DD

BTUO)gen(ANI

)gen(BNI)sop(ANI

VSS INB(pos)

1

2

3

4

6

5

8

7

I_18130_007eps190608

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data Sheets EN 55TCS10L LA 9

933 Diagram B NCP1377B

Figure 9-3 Block diagram and pin configuration

Block diagram

Pinning information

I_18130_009eps190608

HV

VCC

GND

Demag

4 mA

To InternalSupply

+

+

125 V75 V56 V (Fault)

FaultMngt

PON

5 V+

OVP

+

144

45 usDelay

15 us for B Version

Demag

8 usBlanking

S

SR R

Q

Q

+

3 us forB Version

+minus

Overload

5 usTimeout

TimeReset

Demag

380 nsLEB

1 V3

200 Awhen DRV

is OFF

FB

42 V

Driver src = 20 sink = 10

DrvVCC

CS

+50 mV 10 V Rint

1Dmg 8 HV

7 NC2FB

3CS

4GND

6 VCC

5 Drv

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data SheetsEN 56 TCS10L LA9

934 Diagram B TDA7266

Figure 9-4 Block diagram and pin configuration

1

2

4

Vref

7YB-TS

IN1

022microF

VCC

133

+

-

-

+

OUT1+

OUT1-

15

14

12

6ETUM

IN2

022microF

+

-

-

+

OUT2+

OUT2-

8

9S-GND

PW-GND

470microF 100nF

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

9

10

11

8

NC

NC

S-GND

PW-GND

OUT2+

OUT2-

VCC

IN2

ST-BY

MUTE

NC

IN1

VCCOUT1-

OUT1+

13

14

15

12

I_17950_054eps090508

Block Diagram

Pin Configuration

Spare Parts List amp CTN Overview EN 57TCS10L LA 10

10 Spare Parts List amp CTN OverviewFor the latest spare part overview please consult the Philips Service website

Table 10-1 Sets described in this manual

11 Revision ListManual xxxx xxx xxxx0bull First release

CTN Styling

19PFL340355 MG8

19PFL340377 MG8

19PFL340378 MG8

19PFL340385 MG8

26PFL340385 MG8

  • Content
  • 1 Technical Specifications Connections and Chassis Overview
    • 11 Technical Specifications
      • 111 Vision
      • 112 Sound
      • 113 Miscellaneous
        • 12 Connection Overview
          • Figure 1-1 Rear and side IO connections
          • 121 Rear Connections
            • 1 - HDMI Digital Video Digital Audio - In
              • Figure 1-2 HDMI (type A) connector
                • 2 - VGA AUDIO Mini Jack VGA Audio - In
                • 3 - VGA PC Video RGB - In and Service UART
                  • Figure 1-3 VGA Connector
                    • 4 - Cinch Video YPbPr - In
                    • 5 - AV1 Cinch Video CVBS - In Audio - In
                    • 6 - Aerial - In
                    • 7 - Service Connector (ComPair)
                      • 122 Side connections
                        • 8 - Cinch Video CVBS - In Audio - In
                        • 9 - S-Video (Hosiden) Video YC - In
                        • 10 - Mini Jack Audio Head phone - Out
                            • 13 Chassis Overview
                              • Figure 1-4 PWBCBA locations
                                  • 2 Safety Instructions Warnings and Notes
                                    • 21 Safety Instructions
                                    • 22 Warnings
                                    • 23 Notes
                                      • 231 General
                                      • 232 Schematic Notes
                                      • 233 BGA (Ball Grid Array) ICs
                                        • Introduction
                                        • BGA Temperature Profiles
                                          • 234 Lead-free Soldering
                                          • 235 Alternative BOM identification
                                            • Figure 2-1 Serial number (example)
                                              • 236 Board Level Repair (BLR) or Component Level Repair (CLR)
                                              • 237 Practical Service Precautions
                                                  • 3 Directions for Use
                                                  • 4 Mechanical Instructions
                                                    • 41 Cable Dressing
                                                      • Figure 4-1 Cable dressing (19 model)
                                                      • Figure 4-2 Cable dressing (26 model)
                                                        • 42 Service Positions
                                                          • 421 Foam Bars
                                                            • Figure 4-3 Foam bars
                                                                • 43 AssyPanel Removal
                                                                  • 431 Stand
                                                                    • Figure 4-4 Stand
                                                                      • 432 Rear Cover
                                                                        • Figure 4-5 LVDS release
                                                                        • Figure 4-6 Speaker and IRLED panel cable release
                                                                          • 433 Keyboard Control Board
                                                                            • Figure 4-7 Keyboard control board
                                                                              • 434 IRLED Board and Speakers
                                                                                • Figure 4-8 IRLED Board and Speakers
                                                                                  • 435 Power Supply Board
                                                                                    • Figure 4-9 Power Supply Unit(s)
                                                                                      • 436 Inverter Board (19 and 22 versions)
                                                                                        • Figure 4-10 Inverter Board
                                                                                          • 437 Small Signal Board (SSB)
                                                                                            • Removing the SSB
                                                                                              • Figure 4-11 SSB connector plate
                                                                                              • Figure 4-12 SSB
                                                                                                • 44 Set Re-assembly
                                                                                                  • 5 Service Modes Error Codes and Fault Finding
                                                                                                    • 51 Test Points
                                                                                                    • 52 Service Mode
                                                                                                      • 521 Service Alignment Mode (SAM)
                                                                                                        • How to Enter
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-1 SAM menu
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-2 SAM menu White Balance Normal
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-3 SAM menu White Balance Cool
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-4 SAM menu White Balance Warm
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-5 SAM menu Volume Curve
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-6 SAM menu Picture Curve
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-7 SAM menu Picture Mode Natural
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-8 SAM menu Picture Mode Personal
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-9 SAM menu Picture Mode Rich
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-10 SAM menu Picture Mode Soft
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-11 SAM menu Producting
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-12 SAM menu Country
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-13 SAM menu Setup
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-14 SAM menu Shop Init Do
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-15 SAM menu Clear Code gt
                                                                                                            • How to Exit
                                                                                                            • Factory Mode Descriptions
                                                                                                              • ltTABLEgt
                                                                                                              • Virgin Settings
                                                                                                                • Table 5-1 Country setting
                                                                                                                • Table 5-2 Virgin settings
                                                                                                                  • 522 Customer Service Mode (CSM)
                                                                                                                    • Purpose
                                                                                                                    • How to Activate CSM
                                                                                                                    • Contents of CSM
                                                                                                                      • Figure 5-16 CSM Menu
                                                                                                                        • Menu Explanation
                                                                                                                        • How to Exit
                                                                                                                          • 523 Blinking LED Procedure
                                                                                                                            • 53 Error Codes
                                                                                                                              • ltTABLEgt
                                                                                                                                • 54 Fault Finding
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-17 No Picture No sound no Back light (19 sets)
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-18 Picture OK No sound (19 sets)
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-19 No Picture Back light amp Sound OK (19 and 26 sets)
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-20 No color (19 and 26 sets)
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-21 No Picture No sound no Back light (26 sets)
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-22 Picture OK No sound (26 sets)
                                                                                                                                    • 55 Service Tools
                                                                                                                                      • 551 ComPair
                                                                                                                                        • Introduction
                                                                                                                                        • Specifications
                                                                                                                                        • How to Connect
                                                                                                                                        • How to Order
                                                                                                                                          • Figure 5-23 ComPair II interface connection
                                                                                                                                            • 56 Software Upgrading
                                                                                                                                              • 561 Introduction
                                                                                                                                                  • 6 Block Diagrams Test Point Overview and Waveforms
                                                                                                                                                    • Wiring Diagram of Connector for MS19-PH 19
                                                                                                                                                    • Wiring Diagram of Connector for MS19-PH 26
                                                                                                                                                    • Block Diagram MS19P Chipset
                                                                                                                                                    • I2C overview
                                                                                                                                                      • 7 Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts
                                                                                                                                                        • Main Power Supply (19)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Main Power Supply (19) (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Main Power Supply (19) (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Main Power Supply (26)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Main Power Supply (26) (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Main Power Supply (26) (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Standby Power Supply (26)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Standby Power Supply (26) (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Standby Power Supply (26) (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB Control
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB DC - DC
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB MST9E19A Controller
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB HDMI Interface
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB VGA Interface
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB Cinch
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB Tuner
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB Audio Amplifier
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB LVDS Interface
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Small Signal Board (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Small Signal Board (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Keyboard Control Panel
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Keyboard Control Panel (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Keyboard Control Panel (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Inverter Panel
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Inverter Panel (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Inverter Panel (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • IR LED Panel
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout IR LED Panel (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout IR LED Panel (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                          • 8 Alignments
                                                                                                                                                            • 81 Electrical Alignments
                                                                                                                                                            • 82 Hardware Alignments
                                                                                                                                                              • 821 Aging
                                                                                                                                                              • 822 ADC Adjustment
                                                                                                                                                              • 823 White Balance Adjustment
                                                                                                                                                                • Table 8-1 Color Temperature Setting 19
                                                                                                                                                                • Table 8-2 Color Temperature Setting 26
                                                                                                                                                                  • 9 Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data Sheets
                                                                                                                                                                    • 91 Introduction
                                                                                                                                                                    • 92 Abbreviation List
                                                                                                                                                                    • 93 IC Data Sheets
                                                                                                                                                                      • 931 Diagram B MST9U19A
                                                                                                                                                                        • Figure 9-1 Pin configuration
                                                                                                                                                                          • 932 Diagram B TDA1308
                                                                                                                                                                            • Figure 9-2 Block diagram and pin configuration
                                                                                                                                                                              • 933 Diagram B NCP1377B
                                                                                                                                                                                • Figure 9-3 Block diagram and pin configuration
                                                                                                                                                                                  • 934 Diagram B TDA7266
                                                                                                                                                                                    • Figure 9-4 Block diagram and pin configuration
                                                                                                                                                                                      • 10 Spare Parts List amp CTN Overview
                                                                                                                                                                                        • Table 10-1 Sets described in this manual
                                                                                                                                                                                          • 11 Revision List
Page 24: Philips 19PFL3403-55 TCS1[1].0L_LA

24TCS10L LA 6Block Diagrams Test Point Overview and Waveforms

I2C overview

I2C Device Block Diagram

MST9U19A-LF

24C32 24C04

System EEPROM

I2C AddressA0

HDCP EEPROM

I2C AddressA4

SDA SCL SDA SCL

Tuner integratedIF PLL Demodulator

SDA1 SCL1I2C AddressA0

I_18130_064eps190608

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 25TCS10L LA 7

7 Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Main Power Supply (19)

I_18130_022eps180608

A AMAIN POWER SUPPLY 19rdquo

26TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout Main Power Supply (19) (Top Side)

Layout Main Power Supply (19) (Bottom Side)

I_18130_023eps180608

I_18130_065eps190608

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 27TCS10L LA 7

Main Power Supply (26)

I_18130_024eps180608

A1 A1MAIN POWER SUPPLY 26rdquo

28TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout Main Power Supply (26) (Top Side)

I_18130_028eps180608

40-PWL01B-STE1XG

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 29TCS10L LA 7

Layout Main Power Supply (26) (Bottom Side)

I_18130_029eps180608

40-PWL01B-STE1XG

30TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Standby Power Supply (26)

I_18130_025eps200608

A2 A2STANDBY POWER SUPPLY 26rdquo

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 31TCS10L LA 7

Layout Standby Power Supply (26) (Top Side)

40-1PL37C-PWF1XGI_18130_026eps

180608

32TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout Standby Power Supply (26) (Bottom Side)

I_18130_027eps180608

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 33TCS10L LA 7

SSB Control

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGNDAGND

AGND

AGNDAGNDAGND AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

T

T

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

D1B

D1A

G2

G1

S2

D2B

D2A

S1

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

PGND

PGND

PGND

PGND

PGND

AGND

AGND

T

T

T

T

AGND

T

T

BOOT

DRIVE

FB GND

LGATE

PHASE

VCC

UGATE

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

PGND

AGND

AGND

AGNDAGND

AGND

D2B

D2A

G1

G2

S1

D1B

D1A

S2

T

AGND

D1B

D1A

D2B

G2 D2A

S2

G1

S1

09V

18V

For Tuner 33v

L--Prot

Normal--HProtect--L

Back Light Control

Far from DC-DC amp Tuner

Option

When not use DC-DC+5VSTB_L provide

ON-----LOFF-----H

OptionFar from tuner and power supply (NC)

8

7

6

4 5

3

2

1U3

SP8J3

R234

10R

NC

E

C

B

BT3904

Q21

B

C

E

Q32BT3904

R16

19N

C2

618

KR

919

1K

26

10K

B

C

E

Q2

BT3904

R177

NC

C23

00

1U

10K

R18

0

NC

R17

9 0

R1784K7

+12V

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

P4ON-PBACK

ADJ-PWM2

R181910K26

191

K2

6

R10

Z54

BL-ADJUST

1 2

4

6

8

12

14

10

3

5

7

9

11

13

P22

+5V

+5VSTB_L

C22

2

01U

R70R (FOR 26ONLY)

7

8

4

2

3

5

6

1

A04803

Q17

+12V

+12V_PW

+12V_PW

C24

10

01U

BL-ADJUST

+5V

ST

B_L

C14

01U

BL-ONOFF

C22

40

1U

+5VSTB

R24

8N

C

+12V_PW

C220220U

25V

F250A

F150A

47K

R18

2

L8200R

R2413K9

C23

6

1U

C24

3

1U

C244

01U

C242

470U

16V

+5V

ST

B

PRORECT_12V

R29

720

K

+33V

+33V

B

E

CQ31

BT3906R298

NC

+12V

R299

4K7

R301

4K7

R30

010

K

R29

6

4K7

D14 8V

2

B

C

E

Q26BT3904

R3

4K7

B

E

CQ13

BT3906

C64

3 1U

C20A1U

C21

A 1U

NCC

21

R18

147

K

C24

00

01U

R22

330K

33V

+5V

+5V

12V_PANEL

21

P20

01UC

231

NC

C8

01U

C3

01U

L49200R

L47200R

21

P19

01UC

20

5V_PANEL

4K7R15

D11

LL4148

D45LL4148

PW_ONOFF

+5VSTB1

2

3

P1

POWER-ONOFFB

C

E

Q30BT3904

R26610K

GPIO_PROTECT

+5VSTB

R24

70R

D10LL4148

+12V

C201U

SELECT

R20

510

0K

R2041K

D47 33

V

R27

92K

2R

242

2K2

+12V

1

2

3 6

5

8

4

7

U1

RT8110

R50R PROTPW_ONOFF

R2NC

Z58

Z56

B

C

E

Q27BT3904

BL-ONOFF

R12100R

PW_CTRL

Z51

R24

0 0

Z52

Z53

Z60

L530R

L330R

01U

C23

401UC

232

C23

3 1U

R234K7

5V_PANEL

C22

60

1U

L50200R

+5V

C235470U

16V

200RL54

C23

70

1U

L9200R

+5V

R4

10K

R6NC

+12V_INVERTER

B

C

E

Q6BT3904

68K

R37

NCR17

0RR14

16V

470UC

17A

C27

01U

2U2C16

01UC

15

R8

NC

R194K7

R132NC

R143100K

R14K

7

B

C

E

Q14BT3904

R2110K

+12V

D1LL4148

R14210K

+5VSTB

B

C

E

Q3BT3904NC

+12V

C1810U

50V

L6100UH

D5LL4148

B

C

E

Q5SC1815

NCR

24

B

C

E

Q1

BT3904

B

C

E

Q4BT3904

PWM3

SHUT_EEP

200RL56

L55200R

R23

91K

2

R23

8N

C

R235

10R

R23

6N

C

L115UH

R23

322

K

C23

91U

R237

220R

7

8

4

2

3

5

6

1

U2PHKD13N03LT

C23801U

D50LL4148

L53200R

+12V_INVERTER

C22

70

1U

C22

80

1U

L52200R

L51200R

C22

90

1U

L48200R

C22

50

1U

12V_PANEL

L1230R

PANEL-ONOFF

Z59

Z50

PW_ONOFF R26

368

0R

R2618K2

R26010K

R26

710

K

R26

810

K

R26

247

K

R25910K

R25

810

0K

D41LL4148

+12V

R2783K9

TUNER_5V

+5V

40V

C18

70

1U

R2000R

R6390R

R60422K

L6061000UR

C60

40

1U

D61

433

VC63

047

00P

C63

2 270P

C633

01U 50V

L613

1000UH

NC

L6041000UH

100KR

630

NC

C63

6

C63

50

01U

C63

40

1U

C631200P

B

C

E

Q612BC846B

R63147K

12

3

D61

30B

AV

99

33V

+5V

C1

01U

5V_PANEL

+12V_PW

+5VSTB

12V_PANEL

C223

220U25V

+5VSTB

01U

C22

1

+12V

PW_ONOFF

VCC_PANEL

B01 B01

I_18130_011eps180608

CONTROL

34TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

SSB DC - DC

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGNDAGND

GN

DA

DJ

OU

T

VIN

4

OU

T

VIN

AD

JG

ND

VO

UT

VIN

AD

JG

ND

VCC18V FOR MST9E19A

pin36

VDDC for MST9E19A Core

+33V for VDD_MPLL

+33AVDD FOR AVDD_SIF

+33AVDD FOR AVDD_AU

pin6 pin12

+33AVDD for AVDD_HDMI

Vcc33for MST9E19A analog

+33AVDD for AVDDA

33V for AVDDPLL2

Vcc33 for MST9E19A Digital

10RR

31

F330A

+33V

L16100R+5VST

R28NC

23

1

U6

AIC

1084

FM120D8

FM120D6

23

1

U7

KD

1084

AD

2T18

+33V

VDDP

FM120D7

+5VSTB_L

1 2 3

4

U5AS1117-33

L18FB

FBL17

+18V

VDDC

L11

100R

L10100R+33V

L24

100R

FBL23

16V

47UC

37

C67

01U

01UC

62

C61

01U

01UC

60

C59

01U

16V

100UC

53

C48100U

16V

NCR30

R29

0RL41

FB

16V

100UC

33

C31100U

16V

C49 0

1U

01U

C52

01U

C36

C34 0

1U

01U

C42

C58 0

1U16V

47UC

57

C51 0

1U

AVDD_SIF

+33VA

AVDD_AU

+33VA

AVDDA

+33VA

AVDD_MEMPLL

+33VA

C56 0

1U

01U

C552U

2C

54

C47 0

1U

C46 2U

2

L21FB

2U2

C41

FBL19

C50 2U

2

L22FB

FBL20

01U

C452U

2C

44

C39 0

1U

C38 2U

2

AVDD_HDMI

01U

C40

+33VA

01U

C32

C30 0

1U

+33VA

+33VA

VDD_MPLL

+18V

C35100U

16V

C63

01U

01UC

64

C65

01U

01UC

66

01UC

68

C69

01U

01UC

70

C71

01U

01UC

72

C73

01U

+5VST

+5VSTB

FM120D9

B02 B02

I_18130_012eps180608

DC - DC

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 35TCS10L LA 7

SSB MST9E19A Controller

AG

ND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AG

ND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

SDA

SCL

WC

VCC

VSS

E2NC

E1NC

E0NC AGND

VCC

HOLD

SCK

GND SI

WP

SO

CE

SDA

SCL

WC

VCC

VSS

E2NC

E1NC

E0NC

AD

0A

D1

AD

2A

D3

AD

4A

D5

AD

6A

D7

ALE

AUCOM

AUL0

AUL1

AUL2

AUL3

AUOUTL

AUOUTL2

AUOUTL3

AUOUTR

AUOUTR2

AUOUTR3

AUOUTS

AUR0

AUR1

AUR2

AUR3

AUVRADNAUVRADPAUVREF

AV

DD

_AD

C

AV

DD

_AU

AV

DD

_DV

IA

VD

D_D

VI1

AV

DD

_ME

MP

LL

AV

DD

_MP

LLA

VD

D_M

PLL

1

AV

DD

_SIF

BIN0MBIN0P

BIN1MBIN1P

C0

C1

CSZ

CVBS0

CVBS1CVBS2CVBS3

CVBSOUT

DD

CA

_CK

DD

CA

_DA

DDCD_CKDDCD_DA

DD

CR

_CK

DD

CR

_DA

DI0DI1DI2DI3DI4DI5DI6DI7

DIG

O0

DIG

O1

DIG

O2

DIG

O3

DIG

O4

DIG

O5

DIG

O6

DIG

O7

DIG

O8

DIG

O9

GIN0MGIN0P

GIN1MGIN1P

GN

DG

ND

1

GN

D10

GN

D11

GN

D12

GN

D13

GN

D14

GN

D15

GN

D2

GN

D3

GN

D4

GN

D5

GN

D6

GN

D7

GN

D8

GN

D9

GPIOE0LVSYNCGPIOE1LHSYNC

GPIOE2LDEGPIOE3LCK

GPIOF10GPIOF11

GPIOF12GPIOF13GPIOF14GPIOF15GPIOF16GPIOF17GPIOF18GPIOF19

GPIOF2GPIOF3GPIOF4GPIOF5GPIOF6GPIOF7GPIOF8GPIOF9

HSYNC0

HSYNC1

HW

RE

SE

T

ICLK

IHSYNC

INT

IRIN

IVSYNC

LA0MG3LA0PG2LA1MG1LA1PG0LA2MB7LA2PB6

LA3MB3LA3PB2LA4MB1LA4PB0

LACKMB5LACKPB4

LB0MR7LB0PR6LB1MR5LB1PR4LB2MR3LB2PR2

LB3MG7LB3PG6LB4MG5LB4PG4

LBCKMR1LBCKPR0

PW

M0

PW

M1

PW

M2

PW

M3

PWM_DRVPWM_FB

PWM_SENSE

RD

Z

REFMREFP

REXT

RIN0MRIN0P

RIN1MRIN1P

RMID

RX0NRX0PRX1NRX1PRX2NRX2P

RXCKNRXCKP

SA

R0

SA

R1

SA

R2

SA

R3

SCKSDI

SDO

SIF1MSIF1P

SOGIN0

SOGIN1

VCLAMP

VCOM0

VCOM1

VCOM2

VD

DC

VD

DC

1V

DD

C2

VD

DC

3V

DD

C4

VD

DC

5

VD

DP

VD

DP

1V

DD

P2

VD

DP

3V

DD

P4

VD

DP

5V

DD

P6

VD

DP

7V

DD

P8

VD

DP

9

VSYNC0

VSYNC1

WR

Z

XIN

XO

UT

Y0

Y1

AGND

T

T

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

Mode Selection

I2C address at A0

Location Near IC PinLocation Near IC Pin

SST PULL DOWNMSTAR PULL UP

DVI INPUT

VGA INPUT

For TTL output

Audio Output(to Amp) AV Output(Audio)

Debug Port

For Philps debug

HDCP I2C address at A4

VID

EO

INP

UT

HDTV INPUT

C212NC

C7822P

01UC11

2

2U2 C247

C1072U2

01U C114

PW_CTRL

PRORECT_12V

54

72 13

6 8

RP

84K

7

KEY0-IN

LED2-IN

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

P5

POWER-ONOFF

54

72 13

6 8

RP

124K

7

LED1-IN

NC

L43

+5VSTB

4K7

R55

LED2R13

4K7

R584K7

B

C

E

Q9BT3904

1

2

3

4

5

P14

WP

SDA

SCL

+33V

1

2

3

4

P6

10RR41

SHUT_EEP

D4 NC

WP

C20

110

0P

RXD

TXD1

2

3

P2

ZX

Z62

WP

+33V

+33V+5VSTB

RS

20R

RS

3N

C

RS

11K

10K

R32

10K

R42

01UC86

47RR64

NC

R63

R62

NC

R52100R

R51 22

K

R50 22

K

100RR49

100RR40

C83

001

U

001

UC82

R67

0R

001

UC76

2U2C115

R47100R

R45100R

100RR34100R

R33

2U2C104

C1052U2PC-LIN

2U2C106

C1112U2

2U2C110

C11901U

R57 8K

2

8K2

R56

C1092U2

2U2C108

124578

101113141516171819202122232425262728

293031323334353839

404142434445464748495051

5455575859

61626364656667686970717273747576

78798081828384858687

131

132

133

134

125

126

127

128

129

130

155

156

136 3 9 37 52 56 89 99 101

104

106

120

141

152

173

187

204

143

144

145

146

147

148

149

150

153

154

116

117

118

135

124123122121

9796959493929190

139138137

191190189188

185184183182181180179178177176175174171170169168167166165164163162161160

202201200199198197196195

192

194193

207

206

205

36 53 60 105

6 12 157

208

77 98 107

142

158

203

88 100

102

103

119

140

151

159

172

186

115

114

113

112

111

110

109

108

U8

MST9E19A

R54

4K7

R36

22K

100P C79

01UC11

7

C116

01U

R7510K

R38 22

K

C10201U

C89 0

1U

1

3

2

D40

0BA

V99

+5VST

R53

390R

CVBSOUT

LED2

5

6

7

8

4

3

2

1U10

M24C32MN

IR_SYNC

KEY0

LED1

KEY1

WP_FSH

TV1-VIN- VCOM0

AV1-YIN-

AV1-YIN

VCOM2

SV_Y0

R_TX2+

C920047U

C930047U

0047UC94

0047UC96

C970047U

0047UC98

C1010047U

0047UC100

C990047U

SV_C0

TXD

RXD

100P

C20

2

8

7

6

4 5

3

2

1U9

W25X40

+33V

L26 F

B

100RR77

SDA

SCL

SHUT_EEPR76

100R

5

6

7

8

4

3

2

1U11

M24C04MN

SDA

SCL

100RR70

R69100R

+33V

R68

10K

SPI_CZ

SPI_DI

SPI_CK

54

72

1

3 6

8

RP933R

NCR

65R

661K

8

C90 10

0P

R6110R

1KR60

R591K

100P

C91

C95 10

0P

SYS_RST

R391K

B

E

CQ8

BT3906

C8010U

16V

C7447U

16V

R48

1M

Y1

14M

3

22PC84

AVDDA

AVDD_SIF

AVDD_MEMPLL

AVDD_HDMIVDDC VDDP

SDA_EXT

SCL_EXT

+33V

R43

10K

10KR

44

RXE3+B2

RXE4+B0

RXE4-B1

RXE3-B3

RXEC+B4

RXEC-B5

RXE2+B6

RXE2-B7

RXE1+G0

RXE1-G1

RXE0+G2

RXE0-G3

RXO4+G4

RXO4-G5

RXO3+G6

RXO3-G7

RXOC+R0

RXOC-R1

RXO2+R2

RXO2-R3

RXO1+R4

RXO1-R5

RXO0+R6

RXO0-R7

TTL-BLUE2

TTL-BLUE1

TTL-BLUE0

TTL-BLUE3

TTL-BLUE4

TTL-BLUE5

TTL-BLUE6

TTL-BLUE7

TTL-GREEN0

TTL-GREEN1

TTL-GREEN2

TTL-GREEN3

TTL-GREEN4

TTL-GREEN5

TTL-GREEN6

TTL-GREEN7

TTL-RED6

TTL-RED0

TTL-RED1

TTL-RED2

TTL-RED3

TTL-RED4

TTL-RED5

TTL-RED7

54

72

1

3 6

8

RP40R

8

63

1

2 7

4 5

0RRP7

54

72

1

3 6

8

RP60R

8

63

1

2 7

4 5

0RRP3

8

63

1

2 7

4 5

0RRP5

54

72

1

3 6

8

RP20R

SPI_CKSPI_DISPI_CZ

SPI_DO

AMP-MUTE

PANEL-ONOFF

LED1

HPDCTRL

ON-PBACK

863 12

7

45

4K7

RP

13

PWM0

ADJ-PWM2

NCR

85

NCR

82

NCR

80

NCR

79

R84

1K

R83

1K

R81

1K

R78

1K

PWM0

WP_FSH

ADJ-PWM2

PWM3

IR_SYNC

KEY1

KEY0

RXD

TXD

SCL

SDA

DDC-RDX

DDC-TXD

I2C-SCL

I2C-SDA

+33V

54

721 3

68

RP

104K

7

R7410R

10RR73

10RR72

R7110R

AUCOM

16V

10UC

118

AUVRADN

AUVRADP

C11310U

16V

L250

AMP-ROUT

AMP-LOUT

PH-ROUTPH-LOUT

PC-RIN

SIFM

SIFP

01UC103

01U

C88

AUCOM

AUVREFAUVRADPAUVRADN

SIFM

SIFP

TUNER_CVBS

SV_C0

SV_Y0

VCOM2

CVBS2CVBS1

VCOM0

VCOM1

CVBS3

SCG+

SCR+SCR-

SC_SOG

SCG-

SCB-

RIN-

RIN+GIN-

GIN+SOG

BIN-BIN+

01UC85

C8701U

VS_RGBHS_RGB

HDMI_SCLHDMI_SDA

AVDD_HDMI TXCLK-

R_TX2+

R_TX2-G_TX1+

G_TX1-B_TX0+

B_TX0-TXCLK+

AUVREF

PWM3

+33V

VDD_MPLL

AVDD_AU

TV1-VIN+ TUNER_CVBS

VCOM1

AV1-CIN

TV-SIFP

TV-SIFM

HDMI_SCLHDMI_SDA

TXCLK-

R_TX2-G_TX1+

G_TX1-B_TX0+

B_TX0-TXCLK+

VS_RGBHS_RGB

RIN-

RIN+GIN-

GIN+SOG

BIN-BIN+

SCG+

SCR+SCR-

SC_SOG

SCG-SCB+SCB-

AV1-VIN+

AV2-VIN+

AV3-VIN+ CVBS1

CVBS2

CVBS3

SPI_DO

WP_FSH

CVBSOUT

PH-LOUT

PH-ROUTAMP-ROUT AMP-R

AMP-LAMP-LOUTPH-L1OUT

AFT

SCB+

KEY1-IN

+33V

PH-R1OUT

C77

1000

P

E

C

B BT3904Q7

R114K7

+5VSTB

GPIO_PROTECT

+33V

IR-IN

C248

2U2

2U2 C249

C250

2U2

2U2 C251

C252

2U2

DVI-RINDVI-LINAV2-RIN

AV2-LIN

AV1-RINAV1-LIN

B03 B03

I_18130_013eps180608

MST9E19A CONTROLLER

36TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

SSB HDMI Interface

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

SDA

SCL

WC

VCC

VSS

E2NC

E1NC

E0NC

RX2+

GND1

RX2-

RX1+

GND2

RX1-

RX0+

GND3

RX0-

RXC+

GND4

RXC-

NC1

NC2

DDCCLK

DDCDA

GND5

VCC

HPD

AGND

HDMI-RX2-

HDMI-RX1+

+5V

+5V

5

6

43

2

1

U17

PRTR5V0U4D

5

6

43

2

1

U18

PRTR5V0U4D

1KR101

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

P12

01UC

120

5

6

7

8

4

3

2

1U12

M24C02MN

RLZ

5B6

D18

HDMI-DDC-SDA

HDMI-DDC-SCL

HDMI-HPD

HDMI5V

HPDCTRLB

C

E

Q10BT3904

4K7R96

R95

4K7

R1000R

NCR

97

R94

1K

+5V

100RR99

R98100R

12

3

D17

BAT

54C

D19

RLZ

5B6

TXCLK-

TXCLK+

B_TX0-

B_TX0+

G_TX1-

G_TX1+

R_TX2-

R_TX2+

10RR93

R9210R

10RR91

R9010R

10RR89

R8810R

10RR87

R8610R

HDMI_SDA

HDMI_SCL

HDMI-RXC-

HDMI-RXC+

HDMI-RX0+

HDMI-RX0-

HDMI-RX1-

HDMI-RX2+

B04 B04

I_18130_014eps180608

HDMI INTERFACE

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 37TCS10L LA 7

SSB VGA Interface

AGND

AGND

AGND

SDA

SCL

WC

VCC

VSS

E2NC

E1NC

E0NC

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGNDProgram Control

To main chip(when updateit is I2Cwhen debug it is RXTX)

LED2

R12

110

0RR12

010

0R

+33V

RXD

TXD

R170

4K7

1

3

2

D2

100RR144

NCR123

4K7R12

2

75R

R10

9

R10

8 75R

01UC

130

10K

R17

4

75R

R10

7

10K

R17

2

P13-11

R11

8 4K7

4K7

R11

9

PROTECT

VGA5V

VGA-SCL

PROTECT

13

2

D25

1

3

2

D20

C19 N

C

Q182N7002

10RR175

R171NC

R17310R

C12

9 NC

C1270047U

VGA-R+

VGA-G+

VGA-B+

+5VST1

32

D24

1KR115

R1141K

123

D23BAT54C

5

6

7

8

4

3

2

1U13

M24C02MN

R11

74K

7NC

C12

8R11

610

K

6

4

11

14

15

7

12

8

5

13

3

10

9

1

2

16

17

P13

C1230047U

C1241000P

C1210047U

R10510R

10RR104

R10310R

0047UC126

C1250047U

0047UC122

1

3

2

D22

2

3

1

D21

R11347R

47RR111

R11047R

R106330R

HS_RGB

VS_RGB

Q192N7002

B

C

E

Q25BT3904

VGA-HS

VGA-VS

VGA-SDA

RIN+

SOG

BIN-

GIN-

RIN-

BIN+

GIN+

VGA-SDA

VGA-SCL

+5VSTB

+5VSTB

B05 B05

I_18130_015eps180608

VGA INTERFACE

38TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

SSB Cinch

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND AGNDAGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

VDD

OUTB

INB-

VSS INB+

INA+

INA-

OUTA

AGNDAGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

WHITE

RED

YELLOWGREEN

BLUE

RED

WHITE

RED

RED

WHITE

YELLOW

AGND

AGND

AGND

HDTV IN

AV OUTPUT AUDIO AMP

For PCampYPbPr Audio Input(RL)

For Philips Upgrade

S-VIDEO amp AV2 In Side

Earphone Outuput In Side

AV1 In Rear

AV OUTPUT

For DVI Audio Input(35mm Jack)

2

1

3

P17

DVI_R

DVI_L

AV2-V

AV_ROUT

AV2-R

C13 47

0P

12K

R15

2

C17 47

0P

560P

C16

356

0PC

162

3

2

1

4P15

C14

156

0P

PC-R

560P

C14

3C

134

560P

560P

C13

8

2

3

1

D37

NC

C14

256

0P56

0PC

146

C6 10

0P

3

1

2

P11

TXD

3

1

2

P7

PR1

PB1

AVOUT_L

Y1

AVOUT

1

4

2

5

3

6P21

1

2

3

4

5

6P8

8 56 7 9

P15

BUF2

1

3

2

D31

2

3

1

D28

NC

1

3

2

D33

NC

2

3

1

D55

NC

2

3

1

D54

NC

2

3

1

D52

NC

2

3

1

D51

NC

2

3

1

D34

1

3

2

D36

NC

C5 10

0P

13

2

D12

R18

8 75R

R2855K1

R2845K1

R2805K1

R2815K1

L6130R

AV1-CL60

30R

AV1-YL59

30R

75R

R14

9

C19

810

00P

C14

068

0P

680P

C15

5

10RR186

680P

C13

6

OP_VCC2

C13

168

0P

2

3

1

D53

2

3

1

D27

FB

L42

10KR230

12K

R20

1R

197 12

K

R15

9 12K

R15

522

0R

220RR153

75R

R14

0

75R

R13

9

R13

6 75R

75R

R12

8

2U2C188

R14

5 12K

12K

R15

7

12K

R13

5C191

2U2

10K

R15

6R

147 10

K

330R

R14

6

R18510RY1

75RR151

R141

75R

C1452U2

2U2C144

01UC

139

12K

R16

1

AV2-VIN+

CVBSOUT

AV1-CIN

AV1-YIN-

1

3

2

D38

2

3

1

D39

PH-R1OUTR226

10K

AV_LOUT

R22447K

+5V

R22

547

K

C18

347

U

16V

100P

C18

9

33KR

229

C18547U

16V

C18

40

1U

C19

310

0P

R23

233

K

8

7

6

4 5

3

2

1U16

TDA1308T

SCB-

SCG-

SCR-

C1580047U

SCG+

SCR+

SCB+

SC_SOG

PR1

PB1

C1540047U

0047UC153

C1520047U

C1511000P

0047UC159

0047UC156

R19547R

47RR191

R18947R

R18410R

10RR183

R14810R

1

3

2

D35

B

E

CQ11

BT3906C218

10U

16V

B

C

E

Q12BT3904

2

3

1

D32

2

3

1

D30

1

3

2

D29

R13347R

10RR137

R12610R

+5V

AV1-YIN

Y1R176

470R

PH-L1OUT

AV_LOUT

AV_ROUT

AV1-VIN+

L63 30

R

30R

L62

330RR

249

R25

133

0R

C196

033U50V

C197

033U50V

7

654

89

3

1

2

P18

1000

PC

199

AMP-PROUT+AMP-LIN

AMP-PLOUT+AMP-RIN

EARPHONE-RA

EARPHONE-LA

30RL44

AV1-RIN

R2825K1

R2835K1 AV1-LIN

AV2-LIN

R2865K1

R2875K1 AV2-RIN

R2885K1

R2895K1 DVI-RIN

R2905K1

R2915K1 DVI-LIN

R2925K1

R2935K1 PC-RIN

R2945K1

R2955K1 PC-LIN

AV1_V

AVOUT_R

RXD

C4 47

0P47

0PC

7

AV1_R

AV1_L

C9 47

0P47

0PC

10

C11 47

0P47

0PC

12

PC-L

AV2-L

B06 B06

I_18130_016eps180608

CINCH

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 39TCS10L LA 7

SSB Tuner

AGND

AGND

AGND

AG

ND

AGNDAGND

AGND

AGND

COMMON

IN OUT

VID

EO

NC

1

NC

2

AU

DIO

AG

C

SD

A

TU

MB

GN

D2

SIF

OU

T

GN

D1

NC

3

NC

4

NC

5

SC

L

NC

6

AF

T

CLOSE RO MST IC

R21127R

171 2 6 1110 1412 157 83 4 5 9 13 16

TU1

2

1 3

U15KIA78D05

TUNER_SDA

TUNER_SCL

SIF_OUT

TV_CVBSC

172

01U

33V

B

C

E

Q20

BT3904

TV-SIFPNCR213

10RR220

001UC181

TV-SIFP

R194100R

330R

R19

3R

192

10R

R19

81K

R19

91K

L2722UH

+12V

R20

7 NC

100K

R20

3

2200

PC

200

R209120R

R20610R

C17

4N

C3

30P

NC

330

PC

175

C171220U

16V

L28120R

R20251K

C17

710

0P

C17

615

0P

SDA_EXT

SCL_EXT

C168220U

16V

16V

220UC

169

TV1-VIN-

TV1-VIN+

R21047R

C16

60

01UC16

44U

7

50V

C16

50

01U

C16

70

1U

TUNER_5V

AFT

120RR212

TUNER_5V

TV-SIFM

001UC170

B07 B07

I_18130_017eps180608

TUNER

40TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

SSB Audio Amplifier

PGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

PGND

PGND

AGND

AGND

OUT2+

OUT2-

NC3

IN2

VCC2

NC2

OUT1+

VCC1

IN1

NC1

MUTE

STBY

PW_GND

S_GND

OUT1-

TO SPEAKER

TO SPEAKER

0RR

162

AMP-PROUT-

2

1

H8

15

14

11

12

13

10

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

2

U19

TD

A7266

1

2

3

4

P9

AMP-PLOUT-

L45200R

L46200R

C219220U

16V

27UHL31

C217220U

16V

AMP-LIN

R253NC

01U C209

D3LL4148

C20

610

00P

1U

C211

0022U

C26 1000

PC

204

0022U

C25

C22

470U16V

+5VST

R164100K

R16510K

R16

8N

C

R16

9N

C

R1663K3

3K3R167

10KR244

B

E

CQ15

BT3906

B

C

E

Q16BT3904

C19

5 NC

NC

C19

4

B

C

E

Q24BT3904NC

0RR257

10KR254

E

C

B BT3904Q23

B

C

E

Q22BT3904

R25210K

R255100R

R24310K

2U2C205

R2560R

C2032U2

+12V

AMP-PROUT-

AMP-PROUT+

AMP-PLOUT-

AMP-PLOUT+

POWER-ONOFF

AMP-MUTE

AMP-R

AMP-L

12V-AMP

+12V

AMP-RIN

B08 B08

I_18130_018eps180608

AUDIO AMPLIFIER

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 41TCS10L LA 7

SSB LVDS Interface

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

VCC_PANEL

C246

10U 16V

C245

01U

R277 0NC

+33V

R27

2

0N

C

R275 0NC

RXE4+B0 RXE4-B1

RXE3+B2 RXE3-B3

RXEC+B4 RXEC-B5

RXE2+B6 RXE2-B7

RXE1+G0 RXE1-G1

RXE0+G2 RXE0-G3

RXO4+G4 RXO4-G5

RXO3+G6 RXO3-G7

RXOC+R0 RXOC-R1

RXO2+R2 RXO2-R3

RXO1+R4 RXO1-R5

RXO0+R6 RXO0-R7

1 2

4

6

8

12

14

16

18

20

10

22

24

26

28

3

5

7

9

11

13

15

17

19

21

23

25

27

29 30

32

34

36

38

40

31

33

35

37

39

P10

R276 0NC

R27

3

0N

CR

274

0N

C

B09 B09

I_18130_019eps180608

LVDS INTERFACE Personal Notes

E_06532_012eps131004

42TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout Small Signal Board (Top Side)

I_18130_020eps180608

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 43TCS10L LA 7

Layout Small Signal Board (Bottom Side)

I_18130_021eps180608

44TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Keyboard Control Panel

Layout Keyboard Control Panel (Top Side)

Layout Keyboard Control Panel (Bottom Side)

AGND

AGND AGNDAGND

AGND

R10072K

R10061K5

R10011K2

12 4

3K1001

1

2

3

P1001

KEY0

R1008NC

R10051K2

R1004NC

R10032K

R10021K5

D10

02

HS

5V6B

D10

01H

S5V

6B

12 4

3K1003

12 4

3K1002

12 4

3K1006

12 4

3K1005

12 4

3K1004

KEY1

I_18130_030eps180608

E EKEYBOARD CONTROL PANEL

I_18130_031eps180608

I_18130_032eps180608

Personal Notes

E_06532_012eps131004

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 45TCS10L LA 7

Inverter Panel

1 2

A

B

C

D

4321

D

C

B

A

F1FUSE-1

C2104

C1220uF250V

C3104

R1200

Q1

DTA143

E1

9

E2

10

C2

11

VC

C12

OU

TP

UT

C13

VR

EF

14

A1+

1

A1-

2

CO

MP

3

DT

C4

CT

5

RT

6

GN

D7

C1

8

A2-

15

A2+

16

U1

TL494

R2200

Q32222

C8

223

C7103

R847K

R7120K

C4

104C5104

D1

68V

C9104

D2

1N4148

Q8DTC143

123456

CN1

R20470K

R21

33K

C16

330pF

C15NC

R13100K

R10

68K

R11

68K

R12

15K

C10104

R2627K

C20223

R18560

Q22222

Q62907

R142K

R1622K

R27 10

R28 10

D4

BAW56K

S11

G12

S23

G24

D1 8

D1 7

D2 6

D2 5

U2

4606

C21223

Q42222

Q72907

R152K

R1722K

R29 10

R30 10

D5

BAW56K

S11

G12

S23

G24

D1 8

D1 7

D2 6

D2 5

U3

4606

R19560

C6

105

R231M

Q52N7002

R22

1M

R9

47K

R25

100KR24270K

D6NCBAW56K

D7NCBAW56K

P1

P2

P3

P4

C17225

C18

225

10

1 7

6

T1

T01

10

1 7

6

T2

T01

C2222pF

12

CON1

12

CON2

D9BAV99

R41K

R36820

R32

10KC12104

D8BAV99

R31K

R35820

R31

10KC11104

P2

P1

C2322pF

12

CON3

12

CON4

D11

BAV99

R61K

R38820

R34

10KC14104

D10BAV99

R51K

R37820

R33

10KC13104

P4

P3

VREF

VREF

C19NC

C26

222C27NC

D13BAV99

D15BAV99

C2422pF

C2522pF

C28

222C29NC

C30222 C31

NC

C32

222C33NC

OVP

OVP

OV

P

R602K

R61510K

C38105

Q10

DTA143

Q112222

R6330K

R62 1K

VCC

VCC

P5

P5

R64

1K

C34221

C35 221

C37

221

C39104

C36

221U4A

LM393

U4B

LM393

Vref

D3

1N4148

R65

3K R663K

C41 104

R67

10K

I_18130_033eps180608

I IINVERTER PANEL 19rdquo

46TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout Inverter Panel (Top Side)

Layout Inverter Panel (Bottom Side)

I_18130_034eps190608

I_18130_035eps190608

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 47TCS10L LA 7

IR LED Panel

AGND

AGND

AGNDIRVC

C

GN

D

RW

R20

031K

2

R20

04

1K2

LED1

1

2

3

4

5

CN2001

E

C

B

BC847AQ2001

B

C

E

Q2002

BC847A

2

13

D2001

LED2

G2001

R20024K7

5V16

V10

0UC

2001

5V

IR

IR

C20

03 47P

LED1R2001

4K7

C2002

47P

LED2

I_18130_036eps180608

J JIR amp LED PANELLayout IR LED Panel (Top Side)

Layout IR LED Panel (Bottom Side)

I_18130_037eps180608

I_18130_038eps180608

48TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Personal Notes

E_06532_013eps131004

Alignments EN 49TCS10L LA 8

8 Alignments

Index of this chapter81 Electrical Alignments82 Hardware Alignments

NoteThe Service Modes are described in chapter 5 Menu navigation is done with the CURSOR UP DOWN LEFT or RIGHT keys of the remote control transmitter

81 Electrical Alignments

Perform all electrical adjustments under the following conditionsbull Power supply voltage (depends on region)

ndash AP-NTSC 120 VAC or 230 VAC 50 Hz (plusmn 10)ndash AP-PAL-multi 120 - 230 VAC 50 Hz (plusmn 10)ndash EU 230 VAC 50 Hz (plusmn 10)ndash LATAM-NTSC 120 - 230 VAC 50 Hz (plusmn 10)ndash US 120 VAC 60 Hz (plusmn 10)

bull Connect the set to the mains via an isolation transformer with low internal resistance

bull Allow the set to warm up for approximately 60 minutesbull Measure voltages and waveforms in relation to correct

ground (eg measure audio signals in relation to AUDIO_GND) Caution It is not allowed to use heatsinks as ground

bull Test probe Ri gt 10 MΩ Ci lt 20 pFbull Use an isolated trimmerscrewdriver to perform

alignments

82 Hardware Alignments

Not applicable

821 Aging

Enter TV mode Set warm up status to ldquoOnrdquo Aging time at least 12 minutes

822 ADC Adjustment

The chassis can execute ADC auto-tune in YPbPr amp PC sourcing modes Enter SAM select YPbPr or PC as source then select AUTOTUNE in ADC ADJ press ldquoRight keyrdquo to run waiting for about 5 seconds until ldquoOKrdquo is displayed which means the set finished the ADC adjustment With an YPbPr source use a 100 color bar pattern with a PC source use a 16-scale grey pattern

823 White Balance Adjustment

Adjust the NORMAL WARM COOL temperature in White balance according to company regular Make sure ADC adjustments have done successfully before doing white balance adjustments and use the ldquoNaturalrdquo picture mode White balance adjustment should be performed with three different sources1 AVTVSVIDEO source reunification under the AV

adjustment apply a NTSC-M system signal with 8-scale grey pattern

2 YPbPrHDMI source reunification under the YPbPr adjustment apply an 8-scale grey pattern

3 PC source should adjust single apply a 8-scale grey pattern

If case of manual adjustment please use the WB page in SAMWhile adjusting White Balance do not change White G or Black G only adjust White R White B Black R and Black B

Table 8-1 Color Temperature Setting 19

Table 8-2 Color Temperature Setting 26

Color mode X Y Color Temperature (K)

Normal 296plusmn4 299plusmn4 8000

Warm 314plusmn4 319plusmn4 6500

Cool 289plusmn4 291plusmn4 9000

Color mode X Y Color Temperature (K)

Normal 289plusmn4 291plusmn4 9000

Warm 314plusmn4 319plusmn4 6500

Cool 278plusmn4 278plusmn4 11000

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data SheetsEN 50 TCS10L LA9

9 Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data Sheets

Index of this chapter91 Introduction92 Abbreviation List93 IC Data Sheets

Notes bull Only new circuits (circuits that are not published recently)

are described bull Figures can deviate slightly from the actual situation due

to different set executions

91 Introduction

This chassis uses the MStar MST9U19A main chip with the following features bull Multi-Standard TV decoding with 2-D comb filterbull Multi-Standard TV sound demodulator and decoderbull Triple ADC fro TV and RGBYPbPrbull Integrated DVIHDCPHDMI compliant receiverbull High quality scaling enginebull 3-D video de-interlacer and video noise reductionbull Embedded On Screen Display controllerbull NTSCPALSecam Video decoder with automatic standard

detectionbull CVBS video outputbull Multi standard TV sound decoderbull FM stereo and SAP demodulationbull Digital audio interfacebull Analog RGB Compliant Input Portsbull DVIHDCPHDMI Compliant input portbull Auto tuning function including phasing positioning offset

gain and jitter detectionbull Automatic color correction

The MST9U19A is a high performance and fully integrated IC for multi-function LCD monitorTV with resolutions up to WSXGA (1680 times 1050) It is configured with an integrated triple-ADCPLL an integrated DVIHDCPHDMI receiver a multi standard TV video and audio decoder a video de-interlacer a scaling engine the MStarACE-3 color engine an On Screen Display controller an 8-bit MCU and a built-in output panel interface It also incorporates an intelligent power management control system for green-mode requirements and spread-spectrum support for EMI management

For a block diagram refer to chapter 6 ldquoBlock diagrams Test Point Overviews and Waveformsrdquo

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data Sheets EN 51TCS10L LA 9

92 Abbreviation List

1080i 1080 visible lines interlaced1080p 1080 visible lines progressive scan2CS 2 Carrier Sound2DNR Spatial (2D) Noise Reduction3DNR Temporal (3D) Noise Reduction480i 480 visible lines interlaced480p 480 visible lines progressive scanAARA Automatic Aspect Ratio Adaptation

algorithm that adapts aspect ratio to remove horizontal black bars keeping up the original aspect ratio

ACI Automatic Channel Installation algorithm that installs TV channels directly from a cable network by means of a predefined TXT page

ADC Analogue to Digital ConverterAFC Automatic Frequency Control control

signal used to tune to the correct frequency

AGC Automatic Gain Control algorithm that controls the video input of the feature box

AM Amplitude ModulationAUO Acer Unipack OptronicsAP Asia PacificAR Aspect Ratio 4 by 3 or 16 by 9ASD Automatic Standard DetectionAV Audio VideoB-SC1-IN Blue SCART1 inB-SC2-IN Blue SCART2 inB-TXT Blue teletextBG Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 55 MHzBTSC Broadcast Television System

CommitteeC-FRONT Chrominance front inputCBA Circuit Board Assembly (or PWB)CL Constant Level audio output to

connect with an external amplifierCLUT Color Look Up TableComPair Computer aided rePairCSM Customer Service ModeCVBS Composite Video Blanking and

SynchronizationCVBS-EXT CVBS signal from external source

(VCR VCD etc)CVBS-INT CVBS signal from TunerCVBS-MON CVBS monitor signalCVBS-TER-OUT CVBS terrestrial outDAC Digital to Analogue ConverterDBE Dynamic Bass Enhancement extra

low frequency amplificationDFU Directions For Use owners manualDNR Dynamic Noise ReductionDRAM Dynamic RAMDSP Digital Signal ProcessingDST Dealer Service Tool special

(European) remote control designed for service technicians

DTS Digital Theatre SoundDVD Digital Versatile DiscDVI Digital Visual InterfaceDW Double WindowED Enhanced Definition 480p 576pEEPROM Electrically Erasable and

Programmable Read Only MemoryEU EUropeEXT EXTernal (source) entering the set by

SCART or by cinches (jacks)FBL Fast Blanking DC signal

accompanying RGB signalsFBL-SC1-IN Fast blanking signal for SCART1 in

FBL-SC2-IN Fast blanking signal for SCART2 inFBL-TXT Fast Blanking TeletextFLASH FLASH memoryFM Field Memory Frequency ModulationFMR FM RadioFRC Frame Rate ConverterFRONT-C Front input chrominance (SVHS)FRONT-DETECT Front input detectionFRONT-Y_CVBS Front input luminance or CVBS

(SVHS)FTV Flat TeleVisionG-SC1-IN Green SCART1 inG-SC2-IN Green SCART2 inG-TXT Green teletextH H_sync to the module HD High Definition 720p 1080i 1080pHDMI High Definition Multimedia Interface

digital audio and video interfaceHP Head PhoneI Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 60 MHzI2C Integrated IC busI2S Integrated IC Sound busIC Integrated CircuitIF Intermediate FrequencyInterlaced Scan mode where two fields are used

to form one frame Each field contains half the number of the total amount of lines The fields are written in ldquopairsrdquo causing line flicker

IR Infra RedIRQ Interrupt ReQuestLast Status The settings last chosen by the

customer and read and stored in RAM or in the NVM They are called at start-up of the set to configure it according the customers wishes

LATAM LATin AMericaLC04 Philips chassis name for LCD TV 2004

projectLCD Liquid Crystal DisplayLED Light Emitting DiodeLL Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 65 MHz L is Band I L is all bands except for Band I

LPL LG Philips LCDLS Loud SpeakerLVDS Low Voltage Differential Signalling

data transmission system for high speed and low EMI communication

MN Monochrome TV system Sound carrier distance is 45 MHz

MOSFET Metal Oxide Semiconductor Field Effect Transistor

MPEG Motion Pictures Experts GroupMSP Multi-standard Sound Processor ITT

sound decoderMUTE MUTE LineNAFTA North American Free Trade

Association Trade agreement between Canada USA and Mexico

NC Not ConnectedNICAM Near Instantaneous Compounded

Audio Multiplexing This is a digital sound system used mainly in Europe

NTSC National Television Standard Committee Color system used mainly in North America and Japan Color carrier NTSC MN = 3579545 MHz NTSC 443 = 4433619 MHz (this is a VCR norm it is not transmitted off-air)

NVM Non Volatile Memory IC containing TV related data (for example options)

OC Open CircuitONOFF LED OnOff control signal for the LED

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data SheetsEN 52 TCS10L LA9

OSD On Screen DisplayPAL Phase Alternating Line Color system

used mainly in Western Europe (color carrier = 4433619 MHz) and South America (color carrier PAL M = 3575612 MHz and PAL N = 3582056 MHz)

PC Personal ComputerPCB Printed Circuit Board (or PWB)PDP Plasma Display PanelPIG Picture In GraphicPIP Picture In PicturePLL Phase Locked Loop Used for

example in FST tuning systems The customer can directly provide the desired frequency

Progressive Scan Scan mode where all scan lines are displayed in one frame at the same time creating a double vertical resolution

PWB Printed Wiring Board (or PCB)RAM Random Access MemoryRC Remote Control transmitterRC5 (6) Remote Control system 5 (6) the

signal from the remote control receiver RGB Red Green and Blue The primary

color signals for TV By mixing levels of R G and B all colors (YC) are reproduced

RGBHV Red Green Blue Horizontal sync and Vertical sync

ROM Read Only MemorySAM Service Alignment ModeSC SandCastle two-level pulse derived

from sync signalsSC1-OUT SCART output of the MSP audio ICSC2-B-IN SCART2 Blue inSC2-C-IN SCART2 chrominance inSC2-OUT SCART output of the MSP audio ICSC Short CircuitSCL Clock signal on I2C busSD Standard Definition 480i 576iSDA Data signal on I2C busSDI Samsung Display IndustrySDM Service Default ModeSDRAM Synchronous DRAMSECAM SEequence Couleur Avec Memoire

Color system used mainly in France and Eastern Europe Color carriers = 4406250 MHz and 4250000 MHz

SIF Sound Intermediate FrequencySMPS Switch Mode Power SupplySND SouNDSNDL-SC1-IN Sound left SCART1 inSNDL-SC1-OUT Sound left SCART1 outSNDL-SC2-IN Sound left SCART2 inSNDL-SC2-OUT Sound left SCART2 outSNDR-SC1-IN Sound right SCART1 inSNDR-SC1-OUT Sound right SCART1 outSNDR-SC2-IN Sound right SCART2 outSNDR-SC2-OUT Sound right SCART2 outSNDS-VL-OUT Surround sound left variable level outSNDS-VR-OUT Surround sound right variable level outSOPS Self Oscillating Power SupplySPDIF Sony Philips Digital InterFaceSRAM Static RAMSTBY Stand-bySVHS Super Video Home SystemSW Sub Woofer SoftWareTHD Total Harmonic DistortionTXT TeleteXTuP MicroprocessorVL Variable Level out processed audio

output toward external amplifierVCR Video Cassette Recorder

VGA Video Graphics ArrayWD Watch DogWYSIWYR What You See Is What You Record

record selection that follows main picture and sound

XTAL Quartz crystalYPbPr Component video (Y= Luminance Pb

Pr= Color difference signals B-Y and R-Y other amplitudes wrt to YUV)

YC Video related signals Y consists of luminance signal blanking level and sync C consists of color signal

Y-OUT Luminance-signalYUV Baseband component video (Y=

Luminance UV= Color difference signals)

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data Sheets EN 53TCS10L LA 9

93 IC Data Sheets

This section shows the internal block diagrams and pin layouts of ICs that are drawn as ldquoblack boxesrdquo in the electrical diagrams (with the exception of ldquomemoryrdquo and ldquologicrdquo ICs)

931 Diagram B MST9U19A

Figure 9-1 Pin configuration

Pin 1

123

45

7

9

11

1314

1718

21

23

25

2728

30

32

34

36

39

41

43

6

8

10

12

1516

1920

22

24

26

29

31

33

35

3738

40

42

4445464748

505152

49

53 54 55 56 57 59 61 63 65 66 69 70 73 75 77 79 80 82 84 86 88 91 93 9558 60 62 64 67 68 71 72 74 76 78 81 83 85 87 89 90 92 94 96 97 98 99 100

102

103

104

101

208

207

206

205

204

202

200

198

196

195

192

191

188

186

184

182

181

179

177

175

173

170

168

166

203

201

199

197

194

193

190

189

187

185

183

180

178

176

174

172

171

169

167

165

164

163

162

161

159

158

157

160

156155154

153152

150

148

146

144143

140139

136

134

132

130129

127

125

123

121

118

116

114

151

149

147

145

142141

138137

135

133

131

128

126

124

122

120119

117

115

113112111110109

107106105

108

MST9U19A

XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX

GN

D

AUR1

AUL2

AUL3

AUL1

AUCO

M

AUR2

AUR3

DIGO[8]

GNDAVDD_MEMPLL

PWM3PWM2DIGO[9]

SIF1

MSI

F1P

AVD

D_S

IF

AUO

UTL

AUO

UTR

AUO

UTS

VDD

CG

PIO

F[2]

GPI

OF[

3]G

PIO

F[4]

GPI

OF[

5]G

PIO

F[6]

GPI

OF[

7]G

PIO

F[8]

GPI

OF[

9]G

PIO

F[10

]G

PIO

F[11

]VD

DP

GN

DG

PIO

F[12

]

GPI

OF[

14]

GPI

OF[

15]

GPI

OF[

16]

GPI

OF[

17]

GPI

OF[

18]

GN

D

GPI

OF[

19]

VDD

C

VDD

PG

ND

VDD

PVD

DP

GPI

OF[

13]

GN

D

DIGO[7]

DIGO[5]

DIGO[3]

DIGO[1]

VDDC

VDDPPWM_SENSE

DIGO[6]

DIGO[4]

DIGO[2]

DIGO[0]

GND

PWM_DRVPWM_FBIRININT

PWM1PWM0

GNDVDDPALERDZWRZ

VDDC

GNDVDDP

VDD

PLV

A0M

LVA0

PLV

A1M

LVA1

PLV

A2M

LVA2

PLV

ACKM

LVAC

KPLV

A3M

LVA4

PVD

DP

VDD

CAV

DD

_MPL

L

LVA3

PLV

A4M

GPI

OE[

0]

IHSY

NC

ICLK

DI[

1]D

I[0]

IVYS

NC

GPI

OE[

1]G

PIO

E[2]

GPI

OE[

3]G

ND

VDD

P

AVD

D_M

PLL

XIN

XOU

TH

WR

ESET

GN

D

DI[

7]D

I[6]

DI[

5]D

I[4]

DI[

2]D

I[3]

VDD

C

AUO

UTL

3AU

OU

TR3

RXCKPGND

RX0NRX0P

AVDD_DVIRX1NRX1P

RX2P

REXT

DDCD_CK

VSYNC1

VCLAMP

REFM

BIN1M

GNDRX2N

AVDD_DVI

DDCD_DA

HSYNC1

RMID

REFP

BIN1P

SOGIN1GIN1PGIN1MRIN1PRIN1MBIN0MBIN0PGIN0MGIN0P

SOGIN0RIN0MRIN0P

HSYNC0VSYNC0

RXCKN

AVDD_ADCGND

C1Y1C0Y0

CVBS2CVBS1

VCOM1CVBS0

VCOM0CVBSOUT

GND

VCOM2CVBS3

GN

D

AVD

D_A

UAU

L0AU

R0

AUVR

EFAU

VRAD

PAU

VRAD

N

AUO

UTL

2AU

OU

TR2

AD[7]AD[6]AD[5]AD[4]AD[3]AD[2]AD[1]AD[0]

SDOCSZSDISCK

SAR3

SAR1SAR2

SAR0

DDCA_CK

DDCR_CKDDCA_DA

DDCR_DA

LVB0

MLV

B0P

LVB1

MLV

B1P

LVB2

MLV

B2P

LVBC

KMLV

BCKP

LVB3

M

LVB4

P

LVB3

PLV

B4M

I_18130_008eps200608

Pin Configuration

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data SheetsEN 54 TCS10L LA9

932 Diagram B TDA1308

Figure 9-2 Block diagram and pin configuration

Block diagram

Pinning information

2

1

3

4

8

7

65

INA(neg)

TDA1308(A)OUTA

VSS

VDD

INA(pos)

INB(neg)

INB(pos)

OUTB

TDA1308(A)

VATUO DD

BTUO)gen(ANI

)gen(BNI)sop(ANI

VSS INB(pos)

1

2

3

4

6

5

8

7

I_18130_007eps190608

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data Sheets EN 55TCS10L LA 9

933 Diagram B NCP1377B

Figure 9-3 Block diagram and pin configuration

Block diagram

Pinning information

I_18130_009eps190608

HV

VCC

GND

Demag

4 mA

To InternalSupply

+

+

125 V75 V56 V (Fault)

FaultMngt

PON

5 V+

OVP

+

144

45 usDelay

15 us for B Version

Demag

8 usBlanking

S

SR R

Q

Q

+

3 us forB Version

+minus

Overload

5 usTimeout

TimeReset

Demag

380 nsLEB

1 V3

200 Awhen DRV

is OFF

FB

42 V

Driver src = 20 sink = 10

DrvVCC

CS

+50 mV 10 V Rint

1Dmg 8 HV

7 NC2FB

3CS

4GND

6 VCC

5 Drv

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data SheetsEN 56 TCS10L LA9

934 Diagram B TDA7266

Figure 9-4 Block diagram and pin configuration

1

2

4

Vref

7YB-TS

IN1

022microF

VCC

133

+

-

-

+

OUT1+

OUT1-

15

14

12

6ETUM

IN2

022microF

+

-

-

+

OUT2+

OUT2-

8

9S-GND

PW-GND

470microF 100nF

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

9

10

11

8

NC

NC

S-GND

PW-GND

OUT2+

OUT2-

VCC

IN2

ST-BY

MUTE

NC

IN1

VCCOUT1-

OUT1+

13

14

15

12

I_17950_054eps090508

Block Diagram

Pin Configuration

Spare Parts List amp CTN Overview EN 57TCS10L LA 10

10 Spare Parts List amp CTN OverviewFor the latest spare part overview please consult the Philips Service website

Table 10-1 Sets described in this manual

11 Revision ListManual xxxx xxx xxxx0bull First release

CTN Styling

19PFL340355 MG8

19PFL340377 MG8

19PFL340378 MG8

19PFL340385 MG8

26PFL340385 MG8

  • Content
  • 1 Technical Specifications Connections and Chassis Overview
    • 11 Technical Specifications
      • 111 Vision
      • 112 Sound
      • 113 Miscellaneous
        • 12 Connection Overview
          • Figure 1-1 Rear and side IO connections
          • 121 Rear Connections
            • 1 - HDMI Digital Video Digital Audio - In
              • Figure 1-2 HDMI (type A) connector
                • 2 - VGA AUDIO Mini Jack VGA Audio - In
                • 3 - VGA PC Video RGB - In and Service UART
                  • Figure 1-3 VGA Connector
                    • 4 - Cinch Video YPbPr - In
                    • 5 - AV1 Cinch Video CVBS - In Audio - In
                    • 6 - Aerial - In
                    • 7 - Service Connector (ComPair)
                      • 122 Side connections
                        • 8 - Cinch Video CVBS - In Audio - In
                        • 9 - S-Video (Hosiden) Video YC - In
                        • 10 - Mini Jack Audio Head phone - Out
                            • 13 Chassis Overview
                              • Figure 1-4 PWBCBA locations
                                  • 2 Safety Instructions Warnings and Notes
                                    • 21 Safety Instructions
                                    • 22 Warnings
                                    • 23 Notes
                                      • 231 General
                                      • 232 Schematic Notes
                                      • 233 BGA (Ball Grid Array) ICs
                                        • Introduction
                                        • BGA Temperature Profiles
                                          • 234 Lead-free Soldering
                                          • 235 Alternative BOM identification
                                            • Figure 2-1 Serial number (example)
                                              • 236 Board Level Repair (BLR) or Component Level Repair (CLR)
                                              • 237 Practical Service Precautions
                                                  • 3 Directions for Use
                                                  • 4 Mechanical Instructions
                                                    • 41 Cable Dressing
                                                      • Figure 4-1 Cable dressing (19 model)
                                                      • Figure 4-2 Cable dressing (26 model)
                                                        • 42 Service Positions
                                                          • 421 Foam Bars
                                                            • Figure 4-3 Foam bars
                                                                • 43 AssyPanel Removal
                                                                  • 431 Stand
                                                                    • Figure 4-4 Stand
                                                                      • 432 Rear Cover
                                                                        • Figure 4-5 LVDS release
                                                                        • Figure 4-6 Speaker and IRLED panel cable release
                                                                          • 433 Keyboard Control Board
                                                                            • Figure 4-7 Keyboard control board
                                                                              • 434 IRLED Board and Speakers
                                                                                • Figure 4-8 IRLED Board and Speakers
                                                                                  • 435 Power Supply Board
                                                                                    • Figure 4-9 Power Supply Unit(s)
                                                                                      • 436 Inverter Board (19 and 22 versions)
                                                                                        • Figure 4-10 Inverter Board
                                                                                          • 437 Small Signal Board (SSB)
                                                                                            • Removing the SSB
                                                                                              • Figure 4-11 SSB connector plate
                                                                                              • Figure 4-12 SSB
                                                                                                • 44 Set Re-assembly
                                                                                                  • 5 Service Modes Error Codes and Fault Finding
                                                                                                    • 51 Test Points
                                                                                                    • 52 Service Mode
                                                                                                      • 521 Service Alignment Mode (SAM)
                                                                                                        • How to Enter
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-1 SAM menu
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-2 SAM menu White Balance Normal
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-3 SAM menu White Balance Cool
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-4 SAM menu White Balance Warm
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-5 SAM menu Volume Curve
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-6 SAM menu Picture Curve
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-7 SAM menu Picture Mode Natural
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-8 SAM menu Picture Mode Personal
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-9 SAM menu Picture Mode Rich
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-10 SAM menu Picture Mode Soft
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-11 SAM menu Producting
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-12 SAM menu Country
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-13 SAM menu Setup
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-14 SAM menu Shop Init Do
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-15 SAM menu Clear Code gt
                                                                                                            • How to Exit
                                                                                                            • Factory Mode Descriptions
                                                                                                              • ltTABLEgt
                                                                                                              • Virgin Settings
                                                                                                                • Table 5-1 Country setting
                                                                                                                • Table 5-2 Virgin settings
                                                                                                                  • 522 Customer Service Mode (CSM)
                                                                                                                    • Purpose
                                                                                                                    • How to Activate CSM
                                                                                                                    • Contents of CSM
                                                                                                                      • Figure 5-16 CSM Menu
                                                                                                                        • Menu Explanation
                                                                                                                        • How to Exit
                                                                                                                          • 523 Blinking LED Procedure
                                                                                                                            • 53 Error Codes
                                                                                                                              • ltTABLEgt
                                                                                                                                • 54 Fault Finding
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-17 No Picture No sound no Back light (19 sets)
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-18 Picture OK No sound (19 sets)
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-19 No Picture Back light amp Sound OK (19 and 26 sets)
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-20 No color (19 and 26 sets)
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-21 No Picture No sound no Back light (26 sets)
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-22 Picture OK No sound (26 sets)
                                                                                                                                    • 55 Service Tools
                                                                                                                                      • 551 ComPair
                                                                                                                                        • Introduction
                                                                                                                                        • Specifications
                                                                                                                                        • How to Connect
                                                                                                                                        • How to Order
                                                                                                                                          • Figure 5-23 ComPair II interface connection
                                                                                                                                            • 56 Software Upgrading
                                                                                                                                              • 561 Introduction
                                                                                                                                                  • 6 Block Diagrams Test Point Overview and Waveforms
                                                                                                                                                    • Wiring Diagram of Connector for MS19-PH 19
                                                                                                                                                    • Wiring Diagram of Connector for MS19-PH 26
                                                                                                                                                    • Block Diagram MS19P Chipset
                                                                                                                                                    • I2C overview
                                                                                                                                                      • 7 Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts
                                                                                                                                                        • Main Power Supply (19)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Main Power Supply (19) (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Main Power Supply (19) (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Main Power Supply (26)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Main Power Supply (26) (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Main Power Supply (26) (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Standby Power Supply (26)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Standby Power Supply (26) (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Standby Power Supply (26) (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB Control
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB DC - DC
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB MST9E19A Controller
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB HDMI Interface
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB VGA Interface
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB Cinch
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB Tuner
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB Audio Amplifier
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB LVDS Interface
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Small Signal Board (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Small Signal Board (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Keyboard Control Panel
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Keyboard Control Panel (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Keyboard Control Panel (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Inverter Panel
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Inverter Panel (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Inverter Panel (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • IR LED Panel
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout IR LED Panel (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout IR LED Panel (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                          • 8 Alignments
                                                                                                                                                            • 81 Electrical Alignments
                                                                                                                                                            • 82 Hardware Alignments
                                                                                                                                                              • 821 Aging
                                                                                                                                                              • 822 ADC Adjustment
                                                                                                                                                              • 823 White Balance Adjustment
                                                                                                                                                                • Table 8-1 Color Temperature Setting 19
                                                                                                                                                                • Table 8-2 Color Temperature Setting 26
                                                                                                                                                                  • 9 Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data Sheets
                                                                                                                                                                    • 91 Introduction
                                                                                                                                                                    • 92 Abbreviation List
                                                                                                                                                                    • 93 IC Data Sheets
                                                                                                                                                                      • 931 Diagram B MST9U19A
                                                                                                                                                                        • Figure 9-1 Pin configuration
                                                                                                                                                                          • 932 Diagram B TDA1308
                                                                                                                                                                            • Figure 9-2 Block diagram and pin configuration
                                                                                                                                                                              • 933 Diagram B NCP1377B
                                                                                                                                                                                • Figure 9-3 Block diagram and pin configuration
                                                                                                                                                                                  • 934 Diagram B TDA7266
                                                                                                                                                                                    • Figure 9-4 Block diagram and pin configuration
                                                                                                                                                                                      • 10 Spare Parts List amp CTN Overview
                                                                                                                                                                                        • Table 10-1 Sets described in this manual
                                                                                                                                                                                          • 11 Revision List
Page 25: Philips 19PFL3403-55 TCS1[1].0L_LA

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 25TCS10L LA 7

7 Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Main Power Supply (19)

I_18130_022eps180608

A AMAIN POWER SUPPLY 19rdquo

26TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout Main Power Supply (19) (Top Side)

Layout Main Power Supply (19) (Bottom Side)

I_18130_023eps180608

I_18130_065eps190608

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 27TCS10L LA 7

Main Power Supply (26)

I_18130_024eps180608

A1 A1MAIN POWER SUPPLY 26rdquo

28TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout Main Power Supply (26) (Top Side)

I_18130_028eps180608

40-PWL01B-STE1XG

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 29TCS10L LA 7

Layout Main Power Supply (26) (Bottom Side)

I_18130_029eps180608

40-PWL01B-STE1XG

30TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Standby Power Supply (26)

I_18130_025eps200608

A2 A2STANDBY POWER SUPPLY 26rdquo

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 31TCS10L LA 7

Layout Standby Power Supply (26) (Top Side)

40-1PL37C-PWF1XGI_18130_026eps

180608

32TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout Standby Power Supply (26) (Bottom Side)

I_18130_027eps180608

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 33TCS10L LA 7

SSB Control

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGNDAGND

AGND

AGNDAGNDAGND AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

T

T

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

D1B

D1A

G2

G1

S2

D2B

D2A

S1

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

PGND

PGND

PGND

PGND

PGND

AGND

AGND

T

T

T

T

AGND

T

T

BOOT

DRIVE

FB GND

LGATE

PHASE

VCC

UGATE

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

PGND

AGND

AGND

AGNDAGND

AGND

D2B

D2A

G1

G2

S1

D1B

D1A

S2

T

AGND

D1B

D1A

D2B

G2 D2A

S2

G1

S1

09V

18V

For Tuner 33v

L--Prot

Normal--HProtect--L

Back Light Control

Far from DC-DC amp Tuner

Option

When not use DC-DC+5VSTB_L provide

ON-----LOFF-----H

OptionFar from tuner and power supply (NC)

8

7

6

4 5

3

2

1U3

SP8J3

R234

10R

NC

E

C

B

BT3904

Q21

B

C

E

Q32BT3904

R16

19N

C2

618

KR

919

1K

26

10K

B

C

E

Q2

BT3904

R177

NC

C23

00

1U

10K

R18

0

NC

R17

9 0

R1784K7

+12V

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

P4ON-PBACK

ADJ-PWM2

R181910K26

191

K2

6

R10

Z54

BL-ADJUST

1 2

4

6

8

12

14

10

3

5

7

9

11

13

P22

+5V

+5VSTB_L

C22

2

01U

R70R (FOR 26ONLY)

7

8

4

2

3

5

6

1

A04803

Q17

+12V

+12V_PW

+12V_PW

C24

10

01U

BL-ADJUST

+5V

ST

B_L

C14

01U

BL-ONOFF

C22

40

1U

+5VSTB

R24

8N

C

+12V_PW

C220220U

25V

F250A

F150A

47K

R18

2

L8200R

R2413K9

C23

6

1U

C24

3

1U

C244

01U

C242

470U

16V

+5V

ST

B

PRORECT_12V

R29

720

K

+33V

+33V

B

E

CQ31

BT3906R298

NC

+12V

R299

4K7

R301

4K7

R30

010

K

R29

6

4K7

D14 8V

2

B

C

E

Q26BT3904

R3

4K7

B

E

CQ13

BT3906

C64

3 1U

C20A1U

C21

A 1U

NCC

21

R18

147

K

C24

00

01U

R22

330K

33V

+5V

+5V

12V_PANEL

21

P20

01UC

231

NC

C8

01U

C3

01U

L49200R

L47200R

21

P19

01UC

20

5V_PANEL

4K7R15

D11

LL4148

D45LL4148

PW_ONOFF

+5VSTB1

2

3

P1

POWER-ONOFFB

C

E

Q30BT3904

R26610K

GPIO_PROTECT

+5VSTB

R24

70R

D10LL4148

+12V

C201U

SELECT

R20

510

0K

R2041K

D47 33

V

R27

92K

2R

242

2K2

+12V

1

2

3 6

5

8

4

7

U1

RT8110

R50R PROTPW_ONOFF

R2NC

Z58

Z56

B

C

E

Q27BT3904

BL-ONOFF

R12100R

PW_CTRL

Z51

R24

0 0

Z52

Z53

Z60

L530R

L330R

01U

C23

401UC

232

C23

3 1U

R234K7

5V_PANEL

C22

60

1U

L50200R

+5V

C235470U

16V

200RL54

C23

70

1U

L9200R

+5V

R4

10K

R6NC

+12V_INVERTER

B

C

E

Q6BT3904

68K

R37

NCR17

0RR14

16V

470UC

17A

C27

01U

2U2C16

01UC

15

R8

NC

R194K7

R132NC

R143100K

R14K

7

B

C

E

Q14BT3904

R2110K

+12V

D1LL4148

R14210K

+5VSTB

B

C

E

Q3BT3904NC

+12V

C1810U

50V

L6100UH

D5LL4148

B

C

E

Q5SC1815

NCR

24

B

C

E

Q1

BT3904

B

C

E

Q4BT3904

PWM3

SHUT_EEP

200RL56

L55200R

R23

91K

2

R23

8N

C

R235

10R

R23

6N

C

L115UH

R23

322

K

C23

91U

R237

220R

7

8

4

2

3

5

6

1

U2PHKD13N03LT

C23801U

D50LL4148

L53200R

+12V_INVERTER

C22

70

1U

C22

80

1U

L52200R

L51200R

C22

90

1U

L48200R

C22

50

1U

12V_PANEL

L1230R

PANEL-ONOFF

Z59

Z50

PW_ONOFF R26

368

0R

R2618K2

R26010K

R26

710

K

R26

810

K

R26

247

K

R25910K

R25

810

0K

D41LL4148

+12V

R2783K9

TUNER_5V

+5V

40V

C18

70

1U

R2000R

R6390R

R60422K

L6061000UR

C60

40

1U

D61

433

VC63

047

00P

C63

2 270P

C633

01U 50V

L613

1000UH

NC

L6041000UH

100KR

630

NC

C63

6

C63

50

01U

C63

40

1U

C631200P

B

C

E

Q612BC846B

R63147K

12

3

D61

30B

AV

99

33V

+5V

C1

01U

5V_PANEL

+12V_PW

+5VSTB

12V_PANEL

C223

220U25V

+5VSTB

01U

C22

1

+12V

PW_ONOFF

VCC_PANEL

B01 B01

I_18130_011eps180608

CONTROL

34TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

SSB DC - DC

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGNDAGND

GN

DA

DJ

OU

T

VIN

4

OU

T

VIN

AD

JG

ND

VO

UT

VIN

AD

JG

ND

VCC18V FOR MST9E19A

pin36

VDDC for MST9E19A Core

+33V for VDD_MPLL

+33AVDD FOR AVDD_SIF

+33AVDD FOR AVDD_AU

pin6 pin12

+33AVDD for AVDD_HDMI

Vcc33for MST9E19A analog

+33AVDD for AVDDA

33V for AVDDPLL2

Vcc33 for MST9E19A Digital

10RR

31

F330A

+33V

L16100R+5VST

R28NC

23

1

U6

AIC

1084

FM120D8

FM120D6

23

1

U7

KD

1084

AD

2T18

+33V

VDDP

FM120D7

+5VSTB_L

1 2 3

4

U5AS1117-33

L18FB

FBL17

+18V

VDDC

L11

100R

L10100R+33V

L24

100R

FBL23

16V

47UC

37

C67

01U

01UC

62

C61

01U

01UC

60

C59

01U

16V

100UC

53

C48100U

16V

NCR30

R29

0RL41

FB

16V

100UC

33

C31100U

16V

C49 0

1U

01U

C52

01U

C36

C34 0

1U

01U

C42

C58 0

1U16V

47UC

57

C51 0

1U

AVDD_SIF

+33VA

AVDD_AU

+33VA

AVDDA

+33VA

AVDD_MEMPLL

+33VA

C56 0

1U

01U

C552U

2C

54

C47 0

1U

C46 2U

2

L21FB

2U2

C41

FBL19

C50 2U

2

L22FB

FBL20

01U

C452U

2C

44

C39 0

1U

C38 2U

2

AVDD_HDMI

01U

C40

+33VA

01U

C32

C30 0

1U

+33VA

+33VA

VDD_MPLL

+18V

C35100U

16V

C63

01U

01UC

64

C65

01U

01UC

66

01UC

68

C69

01U

01UC

70

C71

01U

01UC

72

C73

01U

+5VST

+5VSTB

FM120D9

B02 B02

I_18130_012eps180608

DC - DC

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 35TCS10L LA 7

SSB MST9E19A Controller

AG

ND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AG

ND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

SDA

SCL

WC

VCC

VSS

E2NC

E1NC

E0NC AGND

VCC

HOLD

SCK

GND SI

WP

SO

CE

SDA

SCL

WC

VCC

VSS

E2NC

E1NC

E0NC

AD

0A

D1

AD

2A

D3

AD

4A

D5

AD

6A

D7

ALE

AUCOM

AUL0

AUL1

AUL2

AUL3

AUOUTL

AUOUTL2

AUOUTL3

AUOUTR

AUOUTR2

AUOUTR3

AUOUTS

AUR0

AUR1

AUR2

AUR3

AUVRADNAUVRADPAUVREF

AV

DD

_AD

C

AV

DD

_AU

AV

DD

_DV

IA

VD

D_D

VI1

AV

DD

_ME

MP

LL

AV

DD

_MP

LLA

VD

D_M

PLL

1

AV

DD

_SIF

BIN0MBIN0P

BIN1MBIN1P

C0

C1

CSZ

CVBS0

CVBS1CVBS2CVBS3

CVBSOUT

DD

CA

_CK

DD

CA

_DA

DDCD_CKDDCD_DA

DD

CR

_CK

DD

CR

_DA

DI0DI1DI2DI3DI4DI5DI6DI7

DIG

O0

DIG

O1

DIG

O2

DIG

O3

DIG

O4

DIG

O5

DIG

O6

DIG

O7

DIG

O8

DIG

O9

GIN0MGIN0P

GIN1MGIN1P

GN

DG

ND

1

GN

D10

GN

D11

GN

D12

GN

D13

GN

D14

GN

D15

GN

D2

GN

D3

GN

D4

GN

D5

GN

D6

GN

D7

GN

D8

GN

D9

GPIOE0LVSYNCGPIOE1LHSYNC

GPIOE2LDEGPIOE3LCK

GPIOF10GPIOF11

GPIOF12GPIOF13GPIOF14GPIOF15GPIOF16GPIOF17GPIOF18GPIOF19

GPIOF2GPIOF3GPIOF4GPIOF5GPIOF6GPIOF7GPIOF8GPIOF9

HSYNC0

HSYNC1

HW

RE

SE

T

ICLK

IHSYNC

INT

IRIN

IVSYNC

LA0MG3LA0PG2LA1MG1LA1PG0LA2MB7LA2PB6

LA3MB3LA3PB2LA4MB1LA4PB0

LACKMB5LACKPB4

LB0MR7LB0PR6LB1MR5LB1PR4LB2MR3LB2PR2

LB3MG7LB3PG6LB4MG5LB4PG4

LBCKMR1LBCKPR0

PW

M0

PW

M1

PW

M2

PW

M3

PWM_DRVPWM_FB

PWM_SENSE

RD

Z

REFMREFP

REXT

RIN0MRIN0P

RIN1MRIN1P

RMID

RX0NRX0PRX1NRX1PRX2NRX2P

RXCKNRXCKP

SA

R0

SA

R1

SA

R2

SA

R3

SCKSDI

SDO

SIF1MSIF1P

SOGIN0

SOGIN1

VCLAMP

VCOM0

VCOM1

VCOM2

VD

DC

VD

DC

1V

DD

C2

VD

DC

3V

DD

C4

VD

DC

5

VD

DP

VD

DP

1V

DD

P2

VD

DP

3V

DD

P4

VD

DP

5V

DD

P6

VD

DP

7V

DD

P8

VD

DP

9

VSYNC0

VSYNC1

WR

Z

XIN

XO

UT

Y0

Y1

AGND

T

T

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

Mode Selection

I2C address at A0

Location Near IC PinLocation Near IC Pin

SST PULL DOWNMSTAR PULL UP

DVI INPUT

VGA INPUT

For TTL output

Audio Output(to Amp) AV Output(Audio)

Debug Port

For Philps debug

HDCP I2C address at A4

VID

EO

INP

UT

HDTV INPUT

C212NC

C7822P

01UC11

2

2U2 C247

C1072U2

01U C114

PW_CTRL

PRORECT_12V

54

72 13

6 8

RP

84K

7

KEY0-IN

LED2-IN

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

P5

POWER-ONOFF

54

72 13

6 8

RP

124K

7

LED1-IN

NC

L43

+5VSTB

4K7

R55

LED2R13

4K7

R584K7

B

C

E

Q9BT3904

1

2

3

4

5

P14

WP

SDA

SCL

+33V

1

2

3

4

P6

10RR41

SHUT_EEP

D4 NC

WP

C20

110

0P

RXD

TXD1

2

3

P2

ZX

Z62

WP

+33V

+33V+5VSTB

RS

20R

RS

3N

C

RS

11K

10K

R32

10K

R42

01UC86

47RR64

NC

R63

R62

NC

R52100R

R51 22

K

R50 22

K

100RR49

100RR40

C83

001

U

001

UC82

R67

0R

001

UC76

2U2C115

R47100R

R45100R

100RR34100R

R33

2U2C104

C1052U2PC-LIN

2U2C106

C1112U2

2U2C110

C11901U

R57 8K

2

8K2

R56

C1092U2

2U2C108

124578

101113141516171819202122232425262728

293031323334353839

404142434445464748495051

5455575859

61626364656667686970717273747576

78798081828384858687

131

132

133

134

125

126

127

128

129

130

155

156

136 3 9 37 52 56 89 99 101

104

106

120

141

152

173

187

204

143

144

145

146

147

148

149

150

153

154

116

117

118

135

124123122121

9796959493929190

139138137

191190189188

185184183182181180179178177176175174171170169168167166165164163162161160

202201200199198197196195

192

194193

207

206

205

36 53 60 105

6 12 157

208

77 98 107

142

158

203

88 100

102

103

119

140

151

159

172

186

115

114

113

112

111

110

109

108

U8

MST9E19A

R54

4K7

R36

22K

100P C79

01UC11

7

C116

01U

R7510K

R38 22

K

C10201U

C89 0

1U

1

3

2

D40

0BA

V99

+5VST

R53

390R

CVBSOUT

LED2

5

6

7

8

4

3

2

1U10

M24C32MN

IR_SYNC

KEY0

LED1

KEY1

WP_FSH

TV1-VIN- VCOM0

AV1-YIN-

AV1-YIN

VCOM2

SV_Y0

R_TX2+

C920047U

C930047U

0047UC94

0047UC96

C970047U

0047UC98

C1010047U

0047UC100

C990047U

SV_C0

TXD

RXD

100P

C20

2

8

7

6

4 5

3

2

1U9

W25X40

+33V

L26 F

B

100RR77

SDA

SCL

SHUT_EEPR76

100R

5

6

7

8

4

3

2

1U11

M24C04MN

SDA

SCL

100RR70

R69100R

+33V

R68

10K

SPI_CZ

SPI_DI

SPI_CK

54

72

1

3 6

8

RP933R

NCR

65R

661K

8

C90 10

0P

R6110R

1KR60

R591K

100P

C91

C95 10

0P

SYS_RST

R391K

B

E

CQ8

BT3906

C8010U

16V

C7447U

16V

R48

1M

Y1

14M

3

22PC84

AVDDA

AVDD_SIF

AVDD_MEMPLL

AVDD_HDMIVDDC VDDP

SDA_EXT

SCL_EXT

+33V

R43

10K

10KR

44

RXE3+B2

RXE4+B0

RXE4-B1

RXE3-B3

RXEC+B4

RXEC-B5

RXE2+B6

RXE2-B7

RXE1+G0

RXE1-G1

RXE0+G2

RXE0-G3

RXO4+G4

RXO4-G5

RXO3+G6

RXO3-G7

RXOC+R0

RXOC-R1

RXO2+R2

RXO2-R3

RXO1+R4

RXO1-R5

RXO0+R6

RXO0-R7

TTL-BLUE2

TTL-BLUE1

TTL-BLUE0

TTL-BLUE3

TTL-BLUE4

TTL-BLUE5

TTL-BLUE6

TTL-BLUE7

TTL-GREEN0

TTL-GREEN1

TTL-GREEN2

TTL-GREEN3

TTL-GREEN4

TTL-GREEN5

TTL-GREEN6

TTL-GREEN7

TTL-RED6

TTL-RED0

TTL-RED1

TTL-RED2

TTL-RED3

TTL-RED4

TTL-RED5

TTL-RED7

54

72

1

3 6

8

RP40R

8

63

1

2 7

4 5

0RRP7

54

72

1

3 6

8

RP60R

8

63

1

2 7

4 5

0RRP3

8

63

1

2 7

4 5

0RRP5

54

72

1

3 6

8

RP20R

SPI_CKSPI_DISPI_CZ

SPI_DO

AMP-MUTE

PANEL-ONOFF

LED1

HPDCTRL

ON-PBACK

863 12

7

45

4K7

RP

13

PWM0

ADJ-PWM2

NCR

85

NCR

82

NCR

80

NCR

79

R84

1K

R83

1K

R81

1K

R78

1K

PWM0

WP_FSH

ADJ-PWM2

PWM3

IR_SYNC

KEY1

KEY0

RXD

TXD

SCL

SDA

DDC-RDX

DDC-TXD

I2C-SCL

I2C-SDA

+33V

54

721 3

68

RP

104K

7

R7410R

10RR73

10RR72

R7110R

AUCOM

16V

10UC

118

AUVRADN

AUVRADP

C11310U

16V

L250

AMP-ROUT

AMP-LOUT

PH-ROUTPH-LOUT

PC-RIN

SIFM

SIFP

01UC103

01U

C88

AUCOM

AUVREFAUVRADPAUVRADN

SIFM

SIFP

TUNER_CVBS

SV_C0

SV_Y0

VCOM2

CVBS2CVBS1

VCOM0

VCOM1

CVBS3

SCG+

SCR+SCR-

SC_SOG

SCG-

SCB-

RIN-

RIN+GIN-

GIN+SOG

BIN-BIN+

01UC85

C8701U

VS_RGBHS_RGB

HDMI_SCLHDMI_SDA

AVDD_HDMI TXCLK-

R_TX2+

R_TX2-G_TX1+

G_TX1-B_TX0+

B_TX0-TXCLK+

AUVREF

PWM3

+33V

VDD_MPLL

AVDD_AU

TV1-VIN+ TUNER_CVBS

VCOM1

AV1-CIN

TV-SIFP

TV-SIFM

HDMI_SCLHDMI_SDA

TXCLK-

R_TX2-G_TX1+

G_TX1-B_TX0+

B_TX0-TXCLK+

VS_RGBHS_RGB

RIN-

RIN+GIN-

GIN+SOG

BIN-BIN+

SCG+

SCR+SCR-

SC_SOG

SCG-SCB+SCB-

AV1-VIN+

AV2-VIN+

AV3-VIN+ CVBS1

CVBS2

CVBS3

SPI_DO

WP_FSH

CVBSOUT

PH-LOUT

PH-ROUTAMP-ROUT AMP-R

AMP-LAMP-LOUTPH-L1OUT

AFT

SCB+

KEY1-IN

+33V

PH-R1OUT

C77

1000

P

E

C

B BT3904Q7

R114K7

+5VSTB

GPIO_PROTECT

+33V

IR-IN

C248

2U2

2U2 C249

C250

2U2

2U2 C251

C252

2U2

DVI-RINDVI-LINAV2-RIN

AV2-LIN

AV1-RINAV1-LIN

B03 B03

I_18130_013eps180608

MST9E19A CONTROLLER

36TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

SSB HDMI Interface

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

SDA

SCL

WC

VCC

VSS

E2NC

E1NC

E0NC

RX2+

GND1

RX2-

RX1+

GND2

RX1-

RX0+

GND3

RX0-

RXC+

GND4

RXC-

NC1

NC2

DDCCLK

DDCDA

GND5

VCC

HPD

AGND

HDMI-RX2-

HDMI-RX1+

+5V

+5V

5

6

43

2

1

U17

PRTR5V0U4D

5

6

43

2

1

U18

PRTR5V0U4D

1KR101

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

P12

01UC

120

5

6

7

8

4

3

2

1U12

M24C02MN

RLZ

5B6

D18

HDMI-DDC-SDA

HDMI-DDC-SCL

HDMI-HPD

HDMI5V

HPDCTRLB

C

E

Q10BT3904

4K7R96

R95

4K7

R1000R

NCR

97

R94

1K

+5V

100RR99

R98100R

12

3

D17

BAT

54C

D19

RLZ

5B6

TXCLK-

TXCLK+

B_TX0-

B_TX0+

G_TX1-

G_TX1+

R_TX2-

R_TX2+

10RR93

R9210R

10RR91

R9010R

10RR89

R8810R

10RR87

R8610R

HDMI_SDA

HDMI_SCL

HDMI-RXC-

HDMI-RXC+

HDMI-RX0+

HDMI-RX0-

HDMI-RX1-

HDMI-RX2+

B04 B04

I_18130_014eps180608

HDMI INTERFACE

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 37TCS10L LA 7

SSB VGA Interface

AGND

AGND

AGND

SDA

SCL

WC

VCC

VSS

E2NC

E1NC

E0NC

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGNDProgram Control

To main chip(when updateit is I2Cwhen debug it is RXTX)

LED2

R12

110

0RR12

010

0R

+33V

RXD

TXD

R170

4K7

1

3

2

D2

100RR144

NCR123

4K7R12

2

75R

R10

9

R10

8 75R

01UC

130

10K

R17

4

75R

R10

7

10K

R17

2

P13-11

R11

8 4K7

4K7

R11

9

PROTECT

VGA5V

VGA-SCL

PROTECT

13

2

D25

1

3

2

D20

C19 N

C

Q182N7002

10RR175

R171NC

R17310R

C12

9 NC

C1270047U

VGA-R+

VGA-G+

VGA-B+

+5VST1

32

D24

1KR115

R1141K

123

D23BAT54C

5

6

7

8

4

3

2

1U13

M24C02MN

R11

74K

7NC

C12

8R11

610

K

6

4

11

14

15

7

12

8

5

13

3

10

9

1

2

16

17

P13

C1230047U

C1241000P

C1210047U

R10510R

10RR104

R10310R

0047UC126

C1250047U

0047UC122

1

3

2

D22

2

3

1

D21

R11347R

47RR111

R11047R

R106330R

HS_RGB

VS_RGB

Q192N7002

B

C

E

Q25BT3904

VGA-HS

VGA-VS

VGA-SDA

RIN+

SOG

BIN-

GIN-

RIN-

BIN+

GIN+

VGA-SDA

VGA-SCL

+5VSTB

+5VSTB

B05 B05

I_18130_015eps180608

VGA INTERFACE

38TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

SSB Cinch

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND AGNDAGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

VDD

OUTB

INB-

VSS INB+

INA+

INA-

OUTA

AGNDAGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

WHITE

RED

YELLOWGREEN

BLUE

RED

WHITE

RED

RED

WHITE

YELLOW

AGND

AGND

AGND

HDTV IN

AV OUTPUT AUDIO AMP

For PCampYPbPr Audio Input(RL)

For Philips Upgrade

S-VIDEO amp AV2 In Side

Earphone Outuput In Side

AV1 In Rear

AV OUTPUT

For DVI Audio Input(35mm Jack)

2

1

3

P17

DVI_R

DVI_L

AV2-V

AV_ROUT

AV2-R

C13 47

0P

12K

R15

2

C17 47

0P

560P

C16

356

0PC

162

3

2

1

4P15

C14

156

0P

PC-R

560P

C14

3C

134

560P

560P

C13

8

2

3

1

D37

NC

C14

256

0P56

0PC

146

C6 10

0P

3

1

2

P11

TXD

3

1

2

P7

PR1

PB1

AVOUT_L

Y1

AVOUT

1

4

2

5

3

6P21

1

2

3

4

5

6P8

8 56 7 9

P15

BUF2

1

3

2

D31

2

3

1

D28

NC

1

3

2

D33

NC

2

3

1

D55

NC

2

3

1

D54

NC

2

3

1

D52

NC

2

3

1

D51

NC

2

3

1

D34

1

3

2

D36

NC

C5 10

0P

13

2

D12

R18

8 75R

R2855K1

R2845K1

R2805K1

R2815K1

L6130R

AV1-CL60

30R

AV1-YL59

30R

75R

R14

9

C19

810

00P

C14

068

0P

680P

C15

5

10RR186

680P

C13

6

OP_VCC2

C13

168

0P

2

3

1

D53

2

3

1

D27

FB

L42

10KR230

12K

R20

1R

197 12

K

R15

9 12K

R15

522

0R

220RR153

75R

R14

0

75R

R13

9

R13

6 75R

75R

R12

8

2U2C188

R14

5 12K

12K

R15

7

12K

R13

5C191

2U2

10K

R15

6R

147 10

K

330R

R14

6

R18510RY1

75RR151

R141

75R

C1452U2

2U2C144

01UC

139

12K

R16

1

AV2-VIN+

CVBSOUT

AV1-CIN

AV1-YIN-

1

3

2

D38

2

3

1

D39

PH-R1OUTR226

10K

AV_LOUT

R22447K

+5V

R22

547

K

C18

347

U

16V

100P

C18

9

33KR

229

C18547U

16V

C18

40

1U

C19

310

0P

R23

233

K

8

7

6

4 5

3

2

1U16

TDA1308T

SCB-

SCG-

SCR-

C1580047U

SCG+

SCR+

SCB+

SC_SOG

PR1

PB1

C1540047U

0047UC153

C1520047U

C1511000P

0047UC159

0047UC156

R19547R

47RR191

R18947R

R18410R

10RR183

R14810R

1

3

2

D35

B

E

CQ11

BT3906C218

10U

16V

B

C

E

Q12BT3904

2

3

1

D32

2

3

1

D30

1

3

2

D29

R13347R

10RR137

R12610R

+5V

AV1-YIN

Y1R176

470R

PH-L1OUT

AV_LOUT

AV_ROUT

AV1-VIN+

L63 30

R

30R

L62

330RR

249

R25

133

0R

C196

033U50V

C197

033U50V

7

654

89

3

1

2

P18

1000

PC

199

AMP-PROUT+AMP-LIN

AMP-PLOUT+AMP-RIN

EARPHONE-RA

EARPHONE-LA

30RL44

AV1-RIN

R2825K1

R2835K1 AV1-LIN

AV2-LIN

R2865K1

R2875K1 AV2-RIN

R2885K1

R2895K1 DVI-RIN

R2905K1

R2915K1 DVI-LIN

R2925K1

R2935K1 PC-RIN

R2945K1

R2955K1 PC-LIN

AV1_V

AVOUT_R

RXD

C4 47

0P47

0PC

7

AV1_R

AV1_L

C9 47

0P47

0PC

10

C11 47

0P47

0PC

12

PC-L

AV2-L

B06 B06

I_18130_016eps180608

CINCH

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 39TCS10L LA 7

SSB Tuner

AGND

AGND

AGND

AG

ND

AGNDAGND

AGND

AGND

COMMON

IN OUT

VID

EO

NC

1

NC

2

AU

DIO

AG

C

SD

A

TU

MB

GN

D2

SIF

OU

T

GN

D1

NC

3

NC

4

NC

5

SC

L

NC

6

AF

T

CLOSE RO MST IC

R21127R

171 2 6 1110 1412 157 83 4 5 9 13 16

TU1

2

1 3

U15KIA78D05

TUNER_SDA

TUNER_SCL

SIF_OUT

TV_CVBSC

172

01U

33V

B

C

E

Q20

BT3904

TV-SIFPNCR213

10RR220

001UC181

TV-SIFP

R194100R

330R

R19

3R

192

10R

R19

81K

R19

91K

L2722UH

+12V

R20

7 NC

100K

R20

3

2200

PC

200

R209120R

R20610R

C17

4N

C3

30P

NC

330

PC

175

C171220U

16V

L28120R

R20251K

C17

710

0P

C17

615

0P

SDA_EXT

SCL_EXT

C168220U

16V

16V

220UC

169

TV1-VIN-

TV1-VIN+

R21047R

C16

60

01UC16

44U

7

50V

C16

50

01U

C16

70

1U

TUNER_5V

AFT

120RR212

TUNER_5V

TV-SIFM

001UC170

B07 B07

I_18130_017eps180608

TUNER

40TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

SSB Audio Amplifier

PGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

PGND

PGND

AGND

AGND

OUT2+

OUT2-

NC3

IN2

VCC2

NC2

OUT1+

VCC1

IN1

NC1

MUTE

STBY

PW_GND

S_GND

OUT1-

TO SPEAKER

TO SPEAKER

0RR

162

AMP-PROUT-

2

1

H8

15

14

11

12

13

10

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

2

U19

TD

A7266

1

2

3

4

P9

AMP-PLOUT-

L45200R

L46200R

C219220U

16V

27UHL31

C217220U

16V

AMP-LIN

R253NC

01U C209

D3LL4148

C20

610

00P

1U

C211

0022U

C26 1000

PC

204

0022U

C25

C22

470U16V

+5VST

R164100K

R16510K

R16

8N

C

R16

9N

C

R1663K3

3K3R167

10KR244

B

E

CQ15

BT3906

B

C

E

Q16BT3904

C19

5 NC

NC

C19

4

B

C

E

Q24BT3904NC

0RR257

10KR254

E

C

B BT3904Q23

B

C

E

Q22BT3904

R25210K

R255100R

R24310K

2U2C205

R2560R

C2032U2

+12V

AMP-PROUT-

AMP-PROUT+

AMP-PLOUT-

AMP-PLOUT+

POWER-ONOFF

AMP-MUTE

AMP-R

AMP-L

12V-AMP

+12V

AMP-RIN

B08 B08

I_18130_018eps180608

AUDIO AMPLIFIER

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 41TCS10L LA 7

SSB LVDS Interface

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

VCC_PANEL

C246

10U 16V

C245

01U

R277 0NC

+33V

R27

2

0N

C

R275 0NC

RXE4+B0 RXE4-B1

RXE3+B2 RXE3-B3

RXEC+B4 RXEC-B5

RXE2+B6 RXE2-B7

RXE1+G0 RXE1-G1

RXE0+G2 RXE0-G3

RXO4+G4 RXO4-G5

RXO3+G6 RXO3-G7

RXOC+R0 RXOC-R1

RXO2+R2 RXO2-R3

RXO1+R4 RXO1-R5

RXO0+R6 RXO0-R7

1 2

4

6

8

12

14

16

18

20

10

22

24

26

28

3

5

7

9

11

13

15

17

19

21

23

25

27

29 30

32

34

36

38

40

31

33

35

37

39

P10

R276 0NC

R27

3

0N

CR

274

0N

C

B09 B09

I_18130_019eps180608

LVDS INTERFACE Personal Notes

E_06532_012eps131004

42TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout Small Signal Board (Top Side)

I_18130_020eps180608

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 43TCS10L LA 7

Layout Small Signal Board (Bottom Side)

I_18130_021eps180608

44TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Keyboard Control Panel

Layout Keyboard Control Panel (Top Side)

Layout Keyboard Control Panel (Bottom Side)

AGND

AGND AGNDAGND

AGND

R10072K

R10061K5

R10011K2

12 4

3K1001

1

2

3

P1001

KEY0

R1008NC

R10051K2

R1004NC

R10032K

R10021K5

D10

02

HS

5V6B

D10

01H

S5V

6B

12 4

3K1003

12 4

3K1002

12 4

3K1006

12 4

3K1005

12 4

3K1004

KEY1

I_18130_030eps180608

E EKEYBOARD CONTROL PANEL

I_18130_031eps180608

I_18130_032eps180608

Personal Notes

E_06532_012eps131004

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 45TCS10L LA 7

Inverter Panel

1 2

A

B

C

D

4321

D

C

B

A

F1FUSE-1

C2104

C1220uF250V

C3104

R1200

Q1

DTA143

E1

9

E2

10

C2

11

VC

C12

OU

TP

UT

C13

VR

EF

14

A1+

1

A1-

2

CO

MP

3

DT

C4

CT

5

RT

6

GN

D7

C1

8

A2-

15

A2+

16

U1

TL494

R2200

Q32222

C8

223

C7103

R847K

R7120K

C4

104C5104

D1

68V

C9104

D2

1N4148

Q8DTC143

123456

CN1

R20470K

R21

33K

C16

330pF

C15NC

R13100K

R10

68K

R11

68K

R12

15K

C10104

R2627K

C20223

R18560

Q22222

Q62907

R142K

R1622K

R27 10

R28 10

D4

BAW56K

S11

G12

S23

G24

D1 8

D1 7

D2 6

D2 5

U2

4606

C21223

Q42222

Q72907

R152K

R1722K

R29 10

R30 10

D5

BAW56K

S11

G12

S23

G24

D1 8

D1 7

D2 6

D2 5

U3

4606

R19560

C6

105

R231M

Q52N7002

R22

1M

R9

47K

R25

100KR24270K

D6NCBAW56K

D7NCBAW56K

P1

P2

P3

P4

C17225

C18

225

10

1 7

6

T1

T01

10

1 7

6

T2

T01

C2222pF

12

CON1

12

CON2

D9BAV99

R41K

R36820

R32

10KC12104

D8BAV99

R31K

R35820

R31

10KC11104

P2

P1

C2322pF

12

CON3

12

CON4

D11

BAV99

R61K

R38820

R34

10KC14104

D10BAV99

R51K

R37820

R33

10KC13104

P4

P3

VREF

VREF

C19NC

C26

222C27NC

D13BAV99

D15BAV99

C2422pF

C2522pF

C28

222C29NC

C30222 C31

NC

C32

222C33NC

OVP

OVP

OV

P

R602K

R61510K

C38105

Q10

DTA143

Q112222

R6330K

R62 1K

VCC

VCC

P5

P5

R64

1K

C34221

C35 221

C37

221

C39104

C36

221U4A

LM393

U4B

LM393

Vref

D3

1N4148

R65

3K R663K

C41 104

R67

10K

I_18130_033eps180608

I IINVERTER PANEL 19rdquo

46TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout Inverter Panel (Top Side)

Layout Inverter Panel (Bottom Side)

I_18130_034eps190608

I_18130_035eps190608

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 47TCS10L LA 7

IR LED Panel

AGND

AGND

AGNDIRVC

C

GN

D

RW

R20

031K

2

R20

04

1K2

LED1

1

2

3

4

5

CN2001

E

C

B

BC847AQ2001

B

C

E

Q2002

BC847A

2

13

D2001

LED2

G2001

R20024K7

5V16

V10

0UC

2001

5V

IR

IR

C20

03 47P

LED1R2001

4K7

C2002

47P

LED2

I_18130_036eps180608

J JIR amp LED PANELLayout IR LED Panel (Top Side)

Layout IR LED Panel (Bottom Side)

I_18130_037eps180608

I_18130_038eps180608

48TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Personal Notes

E_06532_013eps131004

Alignments EN 49TCS10L LA 8

8 Alignments

Index of this chapter81 Electrical Alignments82 Hardware Alignments

NoteThe Service Modes are described in chapter 5 Menu navigation is done with the CURSOR UP DOWN LEFT or RIGHT keys of the remote control transmitter

81 Electrical Alignments

Perform all electrical adjustments under the following conditionsbull Power supply voltage (depends on region)

ndash AP-NTSC 120 VAC or 230 VAC 50 Hz (plusmn 10)ndash AP-PAL-multi 120 - 230 VAC 50 Hz (plusmn 10)ndash EU 230 VAC 50 Hz (plusmn 10)ndash LATAM-NTSC 120 - 230 VAC 50 Hz (plusmn 10)ndash US 120 VAC 60 Hz (plusmn 10)

bull Connect the set to the mains via an isolation transformer with low internal resistance

bull Allow the set to warm up for approximately 60 minutesbull Measure voltages and waveforms in relation to correct

ground (eg measure audio signals in relation to AUDIO_GND) Caution It is not allowed to use heatsinks as ground

bull Test probe Ri gt 10 MΩ Ci lt 20 pFbull Use an isolated trimmerscrewdriver to perform

alignments

82 Hardware Alignments

Not applicable

821 Aging

Enter TV mode Set warm up status to ldquoOnrdquo Aging time at least 12 minutes

822 ADC Adjustment

The chassis can execute ADC auto-tune in YPbPr amp PC sourcing modes Enter SAM select YPbPr or PC as source then select AUTOTUNE in ADC ADJ press ldquoRight keyrdquo to run waiting for about 5 seconds until ldquoOKrdquo is displayed which means the set finished the ADC adjustment With an YPbPr source use a 100 color bar pattern with a PC source use a 16-scale grey pattern

823 White Balance Adjustment

Adjust the NORMAL WARM COOL temperature in White balance according to company regular Make sure ADC adjustments have done successfully before doing white balance adjustments and use the ldquoNaturalrdquo picture mode White balance adjustment should be performed with three different sources1 AVTVSVIDEO source reunification under the AV

adjustment apply a NTSC-M system signal with 8-scale grey pattern

2 YPbPrHDMI source reunification under the YPbPr adjustment apply an 8-scale grey pattern

3 PC source should adjust single apply a 8-scale grey pattern

If case of manual adjustment please use the WB page in SAMWhile adjusting White Balance do not change White G or Black G only adjust White R White B Black R and Black B

Table 8-1 Color Temperature Setting 19

Table 8-2 Color Temperature Setting 26

Color mode X Y Color Temperature (K)

Normal 296plusmn4 299plusmn4 8000

Warm 314plusmn4 319plusmn4 6500

Cool 289plusmn4 291plusmn4 9000

Color mode X Y Color Temperature (K)

Normal 289plusmn4 291plusmn4 9000

Warm 314plusmn4 319plusmn4 6500

Cool 278plusmn4 278plusmn4 11000

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data SheetsEN 50 TCS10L LA9

9 Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data Sheets

Index of this chapter91 Introduction92 Abbreviation List93 IC Data Sheets

Notes bull Only new circuits (circuits that are not published recently)

are described bull Figures can deviate slightly from the actual situation due

to different set executions

91 Introduction

This chassis uses the MStar MST9U19A main chip with the following features bull Multi-Standard TV decoding with 2-D comb filterbull Multi-Standard TV sound demodulator and decoderbull Triple ADC fro TV and RGBYPbPrbull Integrated DVIHDCPHDMI compliant receiverbull High quality scaling enginebull 3-D video de-interlacer and video noise reductionbull Embedded On Screen Display controllerbull NTSCPALSecam Video decoder with automatic standard

detectionbull CVBS video outputbull Multi standard TV sound decoderbull FM stereo and SAP demodulationbull Digital audio interfacebull Analog RGB Compliant Input Portsbull DVIHDCPHDMI Compliant input portbull Auto tuning function including phasing positioning offset

gain and jitter detectionbull Automatic color correction

The MST9U19A is a high performance and fully integrated IC for multi-function LCD monitorTV with resolutions up to WSXGA (1680 times 1050) It is configured with an integrated triple-ADCPLL an integrated DVIHDCPHDMI receiver a multi standard TV video and audio decoder a video de-interlacer a scaling engine the MStarACE-3 color engine an On Screen Display controller an 8-bit MCU and a built-in output panel interface It also incorporates an intelligent power management control system for green-mode requirements and spread-spectrum support for EMI management

For a block diagram refer to chapter 6 ldquoBlock diagrams Test Point Overviews and Waveformsrdquo

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data Sheets EN 51TCS10L LA 9

92 Abbreviation List

1080i 1080 visible lines interlaced1080p 1080 visible lines progressive scan2CS 2 Carrier Sound2DNR Spatial (2D) Noise Reduction3DNR Temporal (3D) Noise Reduction480i 480 visible lines interlaced480p 480 visible lines progressive scanAARA Automatic Aspect Ratio Adaptation

algorithm that adapts aspect ratio to remove horizontal black bars keeping up the original aspect ratio

ACI Automatic Channel Installation algorithm that installs TV channels directly from a cable network by means of a predefined TXT page

ADC Analogue to Digital ConverterAFC Automatic Frequency Control control

signal used to tune to the correct frequency

AGC Automatic Gain Control algorithm that controls the video input of the feature box

AM Amplitude ModulationAUO Acer Unipack OptronicsAP Asia PacificAR Aspect Ratio 4 by 3 or 16 by 9ASD Automatic Standard DetectionAV Audio VideoB-SC1-IN Blue SCART1 inB-SC2-IN Blue SCART2 inB-TXT Blue teletextBG Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 55 MHzBTSC Broadcast Television System

CommitteeC-FRONT Chrominance front inputCBA Circuit Board Assembly (or PWB)CL Constant Level audio output to

connect with an external amplifierCLUT Color Look Up TableComPair Computer aided rePairCSM Customer Service ModeCVBS Composite Video Blanking and

SynchronizationCVBS-EXT CVBS signal from external source

(VCR VCD etc)CVBS-INT CVBS signal from TunerCVBS-MON CVBS monitor signalCVBS-TER-OUT CVBS terrestrial outDAC Digital to Analogue ConverterDBE Dynamic Bass Enhancement extra

low frequency amplificationDFU Directions For Use owners manualDNR Dynamic Noise ReductionDRAM Dynamic RAMDSP Digital Signal ProcessingDST Dealer Service Tool special

(European) remote control designed for service technicians

DTS Digital Theatre SoundDVD Digital Versatile DiscDVI Digital Visual InterfaceDW Double WindowED Enhanced Definition 480p 576pEEPROM Electrically Erasable and

Programmable Read Only MemoryEU EUropeEXT EXTernal (source) entering the set by

SCART or by cinches (jacks)FBL Fast Blanking DC signal

accompanying RGB signalsFBL-SC1-IN Fast blanking signal for SCART1 in

FBL-SC2-IN Fast blanking signal for SCART2 inFBL-TXT Fast Blanking TeletextFLASH FLASH memoryFM Field Memory Frequency ModulationFMR FM RadioFRC Frame Rate ConverterFRONT-C Front input chrominance (SVHS)FRONT-DETECT Front input detectionFRONT-Y_CVBS Front input luminance or CVBS

(SVHS)FTV Flat TeleVisionG-SC1-IN Green SCART1 inG-SC2-IN Green SCART2 inG-TXT Green teletextH H_sync to the module HD High Definition 720p 1080i 1080pHDMI High Definition Multimedia Interface

digital audio and video interfaceHP Head PhoneI Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 60 MHzI2C Integrated IC busI2S Integrated IC Sound busIC Integrated CircuitIF Intermediate FrequencyInterlaced Scan mode where two fields are used

to form one frame Each field contains half the number of the total amount of lines The fields are written in ldquopairsrdquo causing line flicker

IR Infra RedIRQ Interrupt ReQuestLast Status The settings last chosen by the

customer and read and stored in RAM or in the NVM They are called at start-up of the set to configure it according the customers wishes

LATAM LATin AMericaLC04 Philips chassis name for LCD TV 2004

projectLCD Liquid Crystal DisplayLED Light Emitting DiodeLL Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 65 MHz L is Band I L is all bands except for Band I

LPL LG Philips LCDLS Loud SpeakerLVDS Low Voltage Differential Signalling

data transmission system for high speed and low EMI communication

MN Monochrome TV system Sound carrier distance is 45 MHz

MOSFET Metal Oxide Semiconductor Field Effect Transistor

MPEG Motion Pictures Experts GroupMSP Multi-standard Sound Processor ITT

sound decoderMUTE MUTE LineNAFTA North American Free Trade

Association Trade agreement between Canada USA and Mexico

NC Not ConnectedNICAM Near Instantaneous Compounded

Audio Multiplexing This is a digital sound system used mainly in Europe

NTSC National Television Standard Committee Color system used mainly in North America and Japan Color carrier NTSC MN = 3579545 MHz NTSC 443 = 4433619 MHz (this is a VCR norm it is not transmitted off-air)

NVM Non Volatile Memory IC containing TV related data (for example options)

OC Open CircuitONOFF LED OnOff control signal for the LED

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data SheetsEN 52 TCS10L LA9

OSD On Screen DisplayPAL Phase Alternating Line Color system

used mainly in Western Europe (color carrier = 4433619 MHz) and South America (color carrier PAL M = 3575612 MHz and PAL N = 3582056 MHz)

PC Personal ComputerPCB Printed Circuit Board (or PWB)PDP Plasma Display PanelPIG Picture In GraphicPIP Picture In PicturePLL Phase Locked Loop Used for

example in FST tuning systems The customer can directly provide the desired frequency

Progressive Scan Scan mode where all scan lines are displayed in one frame at the same time creating a double vertical resolution

PWB Printed Wiring Board (or PCB)RAM Random Access MemoryRC Remote Control transmitterRC5 (6) Remote Control system 5 (6) the

signal from the remote control receiver RGB Red Green and Blue The primary

color signals for TV By mixing levels of R G and B all colors (YC) are reproduced

RGBHV Red Green Blue Horizontal sync and Vertical sync

ROM Read Only MemorySAM Service Alignment ModeSC SandCastle two-level pulse derived

from sync signalsSC1-OUT SCART output of the MSP audio ICSC2-B-IN SCART2 Blue inSC2-C-IN SCART2 chrominance inSC2-OUT SCART output of the MSP audio ICSC Short CircuitSCL Clock signal on I2C busSD Standard Definition 480i 576iSDA Data signal on I2C busSDI Samsung Display IndustrySDM Service Default ModeSDRAM Synchronous DRAMSECAM SEequence Couleur Avec Memoire

Color system used mainly in France and Eastern Europe Color carriers = 4406250 MHz and 4250000 MHz

SIF Sound Intermediate FrequencySMPS Switch Mode Power SupplySND SouNDSNDL-SC1-IN Sound left SCART1 inSNDL-SC1-OUT Sound left SCART1 outSNDL-SC2-IN Sound left SCART2 inSNDL-SC2-OUT Sound left SCART2 outSNDR-SC1-IN Sound right SCART1 inSNDR-SC1-OUT Sound right SCART1 outSNDR-SC2-IN Sound right SCART2 outSNDR-SC2-OUT Sound right SCART2 outSNDS-VL-OUT Surround sound left variable level outSNDS-VR-OUT Surround sound right variable level outSOPS Self Oscillating Power SupplySPDIF Sony Philips Digital InterFaceSRAM Static RAMSTBY Stand-bySVHS Super Video Home SystemSW Sub Woofer SoftWareTHD Total Harmonic DistortionTXT TeleteXTuP MicroprocessorVL Variable Level out processed audio

output toward external amplifierVCR Video Cassette Recorder

VGA Video Graphics ArrayWD Watch DogWYSIWYR What You See Is What You Record

record selection that follows main picture and sound

XTAL Quartz crystalYPbPr Component video (Y= Luminance Pb

Pr= Color difference signals B-Y and R-Y other amplitudes wrt to YUV)

YC Video related signals Y consists of luminance signal blanking level and sync C consists of color signal

Y-OUT Luminance-signalYUV Baseband component video (Y=

Luminance UV= Color difference signals)

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data Sheets EN 53TCS10L LA 9

93 IC Data Sheets

This section shows the internal block diagrams and pin layouts of ICs that are drawn as ldquoblack boxesrdquo in the electrical diagrams (with the exception of ldquomemoryrdquo and ldquologicrdquo ICs)

931 Diagram B MST9U19A

Figure 9-1 Pin configuration

Pin 1

123

45

7

9

11

1314

1718

21

23

25

2728

30

32

34

36

39

41

43

6

8

10

12

1516

1920

22

24

26

29

31

33

35

3738

40

42

4445464748

505152

49

53 54 55 56 57 59 61 63 65 66 69 70 73 75 77 79 80 82 84 86 88 91 93 9558 60 62 64 67 68 71 72 74 76 78 81 83 85 87 89 90 92 94 96 97 98 99 100

102

103

104

101

208

207

206

205

204

202

200

198

196

195

192

191

188

186

184

182

181

179

177

175

173

170

168

166

203

201

199

197

194

193

190

189

187

185

183

180

178

176

174

172

171

169

167

165

164

163

162

161

159

158

157

160

156155154

153152

150

148

146

144143

140139

136

134

132

130129

127

125

123

121

118

116

114

151

149

147

145

142141

138137

135

133

131

128

126

124

122

120119

117

115

113112111110109

107106105

108

MST9U19A

XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX

GN

D

AUR1

AUL2

AUL3

AUL1

AUCO

M

AUR2

AUR3

DIGO[8]

GNDAVDD_MEMPLL

PWM3PWM2DIGO[9]

SIF1

MSI

F1P

AVD

D_S

IF

AUO

UTL

AUO

UTR

AUO

UTS

VDD

CG

PIO

F[2]

GPI

OF[

3]G

PIO

F[4]

GPI

OF[

5]G

PIO

F[6]

GPI

OF[

7]G

PIO

F[8]

GPI

OF[

9]G

PIO

F[10

]G

PIO

F[11

]VD

DP

GN

DG

PIO

F[12

]

GPI

OF[

14]

GPI

OF[

15]

GPI

OF[

16]

GPI

OF[

17]

GPI

OF[

18]

GN

D

GPI

OF[

19]

VDD

C

VDD

PG

ND

VDD

PVD

DP

GPI

OF[

13]

GN

D

DIGO[7]

DIGO[5]

DIGO[3]

DIGO[1]

VDDC

VDDPPWM_SENSE

DIGO[6]

DIGO[4]

DIGO[2]

DIGO[0]

GND

PWM_DRVPWM_FBIRININT

PWM1PWM0

GNDVDDPALERDZWRZ

VDDC

GNDVDDP

VDD

PLV

A0M

LVA0

PLV

A1M

LVA1

PLV

A2M

LVA2

PLV

ACKM

LVAC

KPLV

A3M

LVA4

PVD

DP

VDD

CAV

DD

_MPL

L

LVA3

PLV

A4M

GPI

OE[

0]

IHSY

NC

ICLK

DI[

1]D

I[0]

IVYS

NC

GPI

OE[

1]G

PIO

E[2]

GPI

OE[

3]G

ND

VDD

P

AVD

D_M

PLL

XIN

XOU

TH

WR

ESET

GN

D

DI[

7]D

I[6]

DI[

5]D

I[4]

DI[

2]D

I[3]

VDD

C

AUO

UTL

3AU

OU

TR3

RXCKPGND

RX0NRX0P

AVDD_DVIRX1NRX1P

RX2P

REXT

DDCD_CK

VSYNC1

VCLAMP

REFM

BIN1M

GNDRX2N

AVDD_DVI

DDCD_DA

HSYNC1

RMID

REFP

BIN1P

SOGIN1GIN1PGIN1MRIN1PRIN1MBIN0MBIN0PGIN0MGIN0P

SOGIN0RIN0MRIN0P

HSYNC0VSYNC0

RXCKN

AVDD_ADCGND

C1Y1C0Y0

CVBS2CVBS1

VCOM1CVBS0

VCOM0CVBSOUT

GND

VCOM2CVBS3

GN

D

AVD

D_A

UAU

L0AU

R0

AUVR

EFAU

VRAD

PAU

VRAD

N

AUO

UTL

2AU

OU

TR2

AD[7]AD[6]AD[5]AD[4]AD[3]AD[2]AD[1]AD[0]

SDOCSZSDISCK

SAR3

SAR1SAR2

SAR0

DDCA_CK

DDCR_CKDDCA_DA

DDCR_DA

LVB0

MLV

B0P

LVB1

MLV

B1P

LVB2

MLV

B2P

LVBC

KMLV

BCKP

LVB3

M

LVB4

P

LVB3

PLV

B4M

I_18130_008eps200608

Pin Configuration

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data SheetsEN 54 TCS10L LA9

932 Diagram B TDA1308

Figure 9-2 Block diagram and pin configuration

Block diagram

Pinning information

2

1

3

4

8

7

65

INA(neg)

TDA1308(A)OUTA

VSS

VDD

INA(pos)

INB(neg)

INB(pos)

OUTB

TDA1308(A)

VATUO DD

BTUO)gen(ANI

)gen(BNI)sop(ANI

VSS INB(pos)

1

2

3

4

6

5

8

7

I_18130_007eps190608

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data Sheets EN 55TCS10L LA 9

933 Diagram B NCP1377B

Figure 9-3 Block diagram and pin configuration

Block diagram

Pinning information

I_18130_009eps190608

HV

VCC

GND

Demag

4 mA

To InternalSupply

+

+

125 V75 V56 V (Fault)

FaultMngt

PON

5 V+

OVP

+

144

45 usDelay

15 us for B Version

Demag

8 usBlanking

S

SR R

Q

Q

+

3 us forB Version

+minus

Overload

5 usTimeout

TimeReset

Demag

380 nsLEB

1 V3

200 Awhen DRV

is OFF

FB

42 V

Driver src = 20 sink = 10

DrvVCC

CS

+50 mV 10 V Rint

1Dmg 8 HV

7 NC2FB

3CS

4GND

6 VCC

5 Drv

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data SheetsEN 56 TCS10L LA9

934 Diagram B TDA7266

Figure 9-4 Block diagram and pin configuration

1

2

4

Vref

7YB-TS

IN1

022microF

VCC

133

+

-

-

+

OUT1+

OUT1-

15

14

12

6ETUM

IN2

022microF

+

-

-

+

OUT2+

OUT2-

8

9S-GND

PW-GND

470microF 100nF

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

9

10

11

8

NC

NC

S-GND

PW-GND

OUT2+

OUT2-

VCC

IN2

ST-BY

MUTE

NC

IN1

VCCOUT1-

OUT1+

13

14

15

12

I_17950_054eps090508

Block Diagram

Pin Configuration

Spare Parts List amp CTN Overview EN 57TCS10L LA 10

10 Spare Parts List amp CTN OverviewFor the latest spare part overview please consult the Philips Service website

Table 10-1 Sets described in this manual

11 Revision ListManual xxxx xxx xxxx0bull First release

CTN Styling

19PFL340355 MG8

19PFL340377 MG8

19PFL340378 MG8

19PFL340385 MG8

26PFL340385 MG8

  • Content
  • 1 Technical Specifications Connections and Chassis Overview
    • 11 Technical Specifications
      • 111 Vision
      • 112 Sound
      • 113 Miscellaneous
        • 12 Connection Overview
          • Figure 1-1 Rear and side IO connections
          • 121 Rear Connections
            • 1 - HDMI Digital Video Digital Audio - In
              • Figure 1-2 HDMI (type A) connector
                • 2 - VGA AUDIO Mini Jack VGA Audio - In
                • 3 - VGA PC Video RGB - In and Service UART
                  • Figure 1-3 VGA Connector
                    • 4 - Cinch Video YPbPr - In
                    • 5 - AV1 Cinch Video CVBS - In Audio - In
                    • 6 - Aerial - In
                    • 7 - Service Connector (ComPair)
                      • 122 Side connections
                        • 8 - Cinch Video CVBS - In Audio - In
                        • 9 - S-Video (Hosiden) Video YC - In
                        • 10 - Mini Jack Audio Head phone - Out
                            • 13 Chassis Overview
                              • Figure 1-4 PWBCBA locations
                                  • 2 Safety Instructions Warnings and Notes
                                    • 21 Safety Instructions
                                    • 22 Warnings
                                    • 23 Notes
                                      • 231 General
                                      • 232 Schematic Notes
                                      • 233 BGA (Ball Grid Array) ICs
                                        • Introduction
                                        • BGA Temperature Profiles
                                          • 234 Lead-free Soldering
                                          • 235 Alternative BOM identification
                                            • Figure 2-1 Serial number (example)
                                              • 236 Board Level Repair (BLR) or Component Level Repair (CLR)
                                              • 237 Practical Service Precautions
                                                  • 3 Directions for Use
                                                  • 4 Mechanical Instructions
                                                    • 41 Cable Dressing
                                                      • Figure 4-1 Cable dressing (19 model)
                                                      • Figure 4-2 Cable dressing (26 model)
                                                        • 42 Service Positions
                                                          • 421 Foam Bars
                                                            • Figure 4-3 Foam bars
                                                                • 43 AssyPanel Removal
                                                                  • 431 Stand
                                                                    • Figure 4-4 Stand
                                                                      • 432 Rear Cover
                                                                        • Figure 4-5 LVDS release
                                                                        • Figure 4-6 Speaker and IRLED panel cable release
                                                                          • 433 Keyboard Control Board
                                                                            • Figure 4-7 Keyboard control board
                                                                              • 434 IRLED Board and Speakers
                                                                                • Figure 4-8 IRLED Board and Speakers
                                                                                  • 435 Power Supply Board
                                                                                    • Figure 4-9 Power Supply Unit(s)
                                                                                      • 436 Inverter Board (19 and 22 versions)
                                                                                        • Figure 4-10 Inverter Board
                                                                                          • 437 Small Signal Board (SSB)
                                                                                            • Removing the SSB
                                                                                              • Figure 4-11 SSB connector plate
                                                                                              • Figure 4-12 SSB
                                                                                                • 44 Set Re-assembly
                                                                                                  • 5 Service Modes Error Codes and Fault Finding
                                                                                                    • 51 Test Points
                                                                                                    • 52 Service Mode
                                                                                                      • 521 Service Alignment Mode (SAM)
                                                                                                        • How to Enter
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-1 SAM menu
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-2 SAM menu White Balance Normal
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-3 SAM menu White Balance Cool
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-4 SAM menu White Balance Warm
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-5 SAM menu Volume Curve
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-6 SAM menu Picture Curve
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-7 SAM menu Picture Mode Natural
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-8 SAM menu Picture Mode Personal
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-9 SAM menu Picture Mode Rich
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-10 SAM menu Picture Mode Soft
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-11 SAM menu Producting
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-12 SAM menu Country
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-13 SAM menu Setup
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-14 SAM menu Shop Init Do
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-15 SAM menu Clear Code gt
                                                                                                            • How to Exit
                                                                                                            • Factory Mode Descriptions
                                                                                                              • ltTABLEgt
                                                                                                              • Virgin Settings
                                                                                                                • Table 5-1 Country setting
                                                                                                                • Table 5-2 Virgin settings
                                                                                                                  • 522 Customer Service Mode (CSM)
                                                                                                                    • Purpose
                                                                                                                    • How to Activate CSM
                                                                                                                    • Contents of CSM
                                                                                                                      • Figure 5-16 CSM Menu
                                                                                                                        • Menu Explanation
                                                                                                                        • How to Exit
                                                                                                                          • 523 Blinking LED Procedure
                                                                                                                            • 53 Error Codes
                                                                                                                              • ltTABLEgt
                                                                                                                                • 54 Fault Finding
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-17 No Picture No sound no Back light (19 sets)
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-18 Picture OK No sound (19 sets)
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-19 No Picture Back light amp Sound OK (19 and 26 sets)
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-20 No color (19 and 26 sets)
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-21 No Picture No sound no Back light (26 sets)
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-22 Picture OK No sound (26 sets)
                                                                                                                                    • 55 Service Tools
                                                                                                                                      • 551 ComPair
                                                                                                                                        • Introduction
                                                                                                                                        • Specifications
                                                                                                                                        • How to Connect
                                                                                                                                        • How to Order
                                                                                                                                          • Figure 5-23 ComPair II interface connection
                                                                                                                                            • 56 Software Upgrading
                                                                                                                                              • 561 Introduction
                                                                                                                                                  • 6 Block Diagrams Test Point Overview and Waveforms
                                                                                                                                                    • Wiring Diagram of Connector for MS19-PH 19
                                                                                                                                                    • Wiring Diagram of Connector for MS19-PH 26
                                                                                                                                                    • Block Diagram MS19P Chipset
                                                                                                                                                    • I2C overview
                                                                                                                                                      • 7 Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts
                                                                                                                                                        • Main Power Supply (19)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Main Power Supply (19) (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Main Power Supply (19) (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Main Power Supply (26)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Main Power Supply (26) (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Main Power Supply (26) (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Standby Power Supply (26)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Standby Power Supply (26) (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Standby Power Supply (26) (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB Control
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB DC - DC
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB MST9E19A Controller
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB HDMI Interface
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB VGA Interface
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB Cinch
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB Tuner
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB Audio Amplifier
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB LVDS Interface
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Small Signal Board (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Small Signal Board (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Keyboard Control Panel
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Keyboard Control Panel (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Keyboard Control Panel (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Inverter Panel
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Inverter Panel (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Inverter Panel (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • IR LED Panel
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout IR LED Panel (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout IR LED Panel (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                          • 8 Alignments
                                                                                                                                                            • 81 Electrical Alignments
                                                                                                                                                            • 82 Hardware Alignments
                                                                                                                                                              • 821 Aging
                                                                                                                                                              • 822 ADC Adjustment
                                                                                                                                                              • 823 White Balance Adjustment
                                                                                                                                                                • Table 8-1 Color Temperature Setting 19
                                                                                                                                                                • Table 8-2 Color Temperature Setting 26
                                                                                                                                                                  • 9 Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data Sheets
                                                                                                                                                                    • 91 Introduction
                                                                                                                                                                    • 92 Abbreviation List
                                                                                                                                                                    • 93 IC Data Sheets
                                                                                                                                                                      • 931 Diagram B MST9U19A
                                                                                                                                                                        • Figure 9-1 Pin configuration
                                                                                                                                                                          • 932 Diagram B TDA1308
                                                                                                                                                                            • Figure 9-2 Block diagram and pin configuration
                                                                                                                                                                              • 933 Diagram B NCP1377B
                                                                                                                                                                                • Figure 9-3 Block diagram and pin configuration
                                                                                                                                                                                  • 934 Diagram B TDA7266
                                                                                                                                                                                    • Figure 9-4 Block diagram and pin configuration
                                                                                                                                                                                      • 10 Spare Parts List amp CTN Overview
                                                                                                                                                                                        • Table 10-1 Sets described in this manual
                                                                                                                                                                                          • 11 Revision List
Page 26: Philips 19PFL3403-55 TCS1[1].0L_LA

26TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout Main Power Supply (19) (Top Side)

Layout Main Power Supply (19) (Bottom Side)

I_18130_023eps180608

I_18130_065eps190608

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 27TCS10L LA 7

Main Power Supply (26)

I_18130_024eps180608

A1 A1MAIN POWER SUPPLY 26rdquo

28TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout Main Power Supply (26) (Top Side)

I_18130_028eps180608

40-PWL01B-STE1XG

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 29TCS10L LA 7

Layout Main Power Supply (26) (Bottom Side)

I_18130_029eps180608

40-PWL01B-STE1XG

30TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Standby Power Supply (26)

I_18130_025eps200608

A2 A2STANDBY POWER SUPPLY 26rdquo

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 31TCS10L LA 7

Layout Standby Power Supply (26) (Top Side)

40-1PL37C-PWF1XGI_18130_026eps

180608

32TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout Standby Power Supply (26) (Bottom Side)

I_18130_027eps180608

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 33TCS10L LA 7

SSB Control

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGNDAGND

AGND

AGNDAGNDAGND AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

T

T

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

D1B

D1A

G2

G1

S2

D2B

D2A

S1

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

PGND

PGND

PGND

PGND

PGND

AGND

AGND

T

T

T

T

AGND

T

T

BOOT

DRIVE

FB GND

LGATE

PHASE

VCC

UGATE

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

PGND

AGND

AGND

AGNDAGND

AGND

D2B

D2A

G1

G2

S1

D1B

D1A

S2

T

AGND

D1B

D1A

D2B

G2 D2A

S2

G1

S1

09V

18V

For Tuner 33v

L--Prot

Normal--HProtect--L

Back Light Control

Far from DC-DC amp Tuner

Option

When not use DC-DC+5VSTB_L provide

ON-----LOFF-----H

OptionFar from tuner and power supply (NC)

8

7

6

4 5

3

2

1U3

SP8J3

R234

10R

NC

E

C

B

BT3904

Q21

B

C

E

Q32BT3904

R16

19N

C2

618

KR

919

1K

26

10K

B

C

E

Q2

BT3904

R177

NC

C23

00

1U

10K

R18

0

NC

R17

9 0

R1784K7

+12V

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

P4ON-PBACK

ADJ-PWM2

R181910K26

191

K2

6

R10

Z54

BL-ADJUST

1 2

4

6

8

12

14

10

3

5

7

9

11

13

P22

+5V

+5VSTB_L

C22

2

01U

R70R (FOR 26ONLY)

7

8

4

2

3

5

6

1

A04803

Q17

+12V

+12V_PW

+12V_PW

C24

10

01U

BL-ADJUST

+5V

ST

B_L

C14

01U

BL-ONOFF

C22

40

1U

+5VSTB

R24

8N

C

+12V_PW

C220220U

25V

F250A

F150A

47K

R18

2

L8200R

R2413K9

C23

6

1U

C24

3

1U

C244

01U

C242

470U

16V

+5V

ST

B

PRORECT_12V

R29

720

K

+33V

+33V

B

E

CQ31

BT3906R298

NC

+12V

R299

4K7

R301

4K7

R30

010

K

R29

6

4K7

D14 8V

2

B

C

E

Q26BT3904

R3

4K7

B

E

CQ13

BT3906

C64

3 1U

C20A1U

C21

A 1U

NCC

21

R18

147

K

C24

00

01U

R22

330K

33V

+5V

+5V

12V_PANEL

21

P20

01UC

231

NC

C8

01U

C3

01U

L49200R

L47200R

21

P19

01UC

20

5V_PANEL

4K7R15

D11

LL4148

D45LL4148

PW_ONOFF

+5VSTB1

2

3

P1

POWER-ONOFFB

C

E

Q30BT3904

R26610K

GPIO_PROTECT

+5VSTB

R24

70R

D10LL4148

+12V

C201U

SELECT

R20

510

0K

R2041K

D47 33

V

R27

92K

2R

242

2K2

+12V

1

2

3 6

5

8

4

7

U1

RT8110

R50R PROTPW_ONOFF

R2NC

Z58

Z56

B

C

E

Q27BT3904

BL-ONOFF

R12100R

PW_CTRL

Z51

R24

0 0

Z52

Z53

Z60

L530R

L330R

01U

C23

401UC

232

C23

3 1U

R234K7

5V_PANEL

C22

60

1U

L50200R

+5V

C235470U

16V

200RL54

C23

70

1U

L9200R

+5V

R4

10K

R6NC

+12V_INVERTER

B

C

E

Q6BT3904

68K

R37

NCR17

0RR14

16V

470UC

17A

C27

01U

2U2C16

01UC

15

R8

NC

R194K7

R132NC

R143100K

R14K

7

B

C

E

Q14BT3904

R2110K

+12V

D1LL4148

R14210K

+5VSTB

B

C

E

Q3BT3904NC

+12V

C1810U

50V

L6100UH

D5LL4148

B

C

E

Q5SC1815

NCR

24

B

C

E

Q1

BT3904

B

C

E

Q4BT3904

PWM3

SHUT_EEP

200RL56

L55200R

R23

91K

2

R23

8N

C

R235

10R

R23

6N

C

L115UH

R23

322

K

C23

91U

R237

220R

7

8

4

2

3

5

6

1

U2PHKD13N03LT

C23801U

D50LL4148

L53200R

+12V_INVERTER

C22

70

1U

C22

80

1U

L52200R

L51200R

C22

90

1U

L48200R

C22

50

1U

12V_PANEL

L1230R

PANEL-ONOFF

Z59

Z50

PW_ONOFF R26

368

0R

R2618K2

R26010K

R26

710

K

R26

810

K

R26

247

K

R25910K

R25

810

0K

D41LL4148

+12V

R2783K9

TUNER_5V

+5V

40V

C18

70

1U

R2000R

R6390R

R60422K

L6061000UR

C60

40

1U

D61

433

VC63

047

00P

C63

2 270P

C633

01U 50V

L613

1000UH

NC

L6041000UH

100KR

630

NC

C63

6

C63

50

01U

C63

40

1U

C631200P

B

C

E

Q612BC846B

R63147K

12

3

D61

30B

AV

99

33V

+5V

C1

01U

5V_PANEL

+12V_PW

+5VSTB

12V_PANEL

C223

220U25V

+5VSTB

01U

C22

1

+12V

PW_ONOFF

VCC_PANEL

B01 B01

I_18130_011eps180608

CONTROL

34TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

SSB DC - DC

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGNDAGND

GN

DA

DJ

OU

T

VIN

4

OU

T

VIN

AD

JG

ND

VO

UT

VIN

AD

JG

ND

VCC18V FOR MST9E19A

pin36

VDDC for MST9E19A Core

+33V for VDD_MPLL

+33AVDD FOR AVDD_SIF

+33AVDD FOR AVDD_AU

pin6 pin12

+33AVDD for AVDD_HDMI

Vcc33for MST9E19A analog

+33AVDD for AVDDA

33V for AVDDPLL2

Vcc33 for MST9E19A Digital

10RR

31

F330A

+33V

L16100R+5VST

R28NC

23

1

U6

AIC

1084

FM120D8

FM120D6

23

1

U7

KD

1084

AD

2T18

+33V

VDDP

FM120D7

+5VSTB_L

1 2 3

4

U5AS1117-33

L18FB

FBL17

+18V

VDDC

L11

100R

L10100R+33V

L24

100R

FBL23

16V

47UC

37

C67

01U

01UC

62

C61

01U

01UC

60

C59

01U

16V

100UC

53

C48100U

16V

NCR30

R29

0RL41

FB

16V

100UC

33

C31100U

16V

C49 0

1U

01U

C52

01U

C36

C34 0

1U

01U

C42

C58 0

1U16V

47UC

57

C51 0

1U

AVDD_SIF

+33VA

AVDD_AU

+33VA

AVDDA

+33VA

AVDD_MEMPLL

+33VA

C56 0

1U

01U

C552U

2C

54

C47 0

1U

C46 2U

2

L21FB

2U2

C41

FBL19

C50 2U

2

L22FB

FBL20

01U

C452U

2C

44

C39 0

1U

C38 2U

2

AVDD_HDMI

01U

C40

+33VA

01U

C32

C30 0

1U

+33VA

+33VA

VDD_MPLL

+18V

C35100U

16V

C63

01U

01UC

64

C65

01U

01UC

66

01UC

68

C69

01U

01UC

70

C71

01U

01UC

72

C73

01U

+5VST

+5VSTB

FM120D9

B02 B02

I_18130_012eps180608

DC - DC

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 35TCS10L LA 7

SSB MST9E19A Controller

AG

ND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AG

ND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

SDA

SCL

WC

VCC

VSS

E2NC

E1NC

E0NC AGND

VCC

HOLD

SCK

GND SI

WP

SO

CE

SDA

SCL

WC

VCC

VSS

E2NC

E1NC

E0NC

AD

0A

D1

AD

2A

D3

AD

4A

D5

AD

6A

D7

ALE

AUCOM

AUL0

AUL1

AUL2

AUL3

AUOUTL

AUOUTL2

AUOUTL3

AUOUTR

AUOUTR2

AUOUTR3

AUOUTS

AUR0

AUR1

AUR2

AUR3

AUVRADNAUVRADPAUVREF

AV

DD

_AD

C

AV

DD

_AU

AV

DD

_DV

IA

VD

D_D

VI1

AV

DD

_ME

MP

LL

AV

DD

_MP

LLA

VD

D_M

PLL

1

AV

DD

_SIF

BIN0MBIN0P

BIN1MBIN1P

C0

C1

CSZ

CVBS0

CVBS1CVBS2CVBS3

CVBSOUT

DD

CA

_CK

DD

CA

_DA

DDCD_CKDDCD_DA

DD

CR

_CK

DD

CR

_DA

DI0DI1DI2DI3DI4DI5DI6DI7

DIG

O0

DIG

O1

DIG

O2

DIG

O3

DIG

O4

DIG

O5

DIG

O6

DIG

O7

DIG

O8

DIG

O9

GIN0MGIN0P

GIN1MGIN1P

GN

DG

ND

1

GN

D10

GN

D11

GN

D12

GN

D13

GN

D14

GN

D15

GN

D2

GN

D3

GN

D4

GN

D5

GN

D6

GN

D7

GN

D8

GN

D9

GPIOE0LVSYNCGPIOE1LHSYNC

GPIOE2LDEGPIOE3LCK

GPIOF10GPIOF11

GPIOF12GPIOF13GPIOF14GPIOF15GPIOF16GPIOF17GPIOF18GPIOF19

GPIOF2GPIOF3GPIOF4GPIOF5GPIOF6GPIOF7GPIOF8GPIOF9

HSYNC0

HSYNC1

HW

RE

SE

T

ICLK

IHSYNC

INT

IRIN

IVSYNC

LA0MG3LA0PG2LA1MG1LA1PG0LA2MB7LA2PB6

LA3MB3LA3PB2LA4MB1LA4PB0

LACKMB5LACKPB4

LB0MR7LB0PR6LB1MR5LB1PR4LB2MR3LB2PR2

LB3MG7LB3PG6LB4MG5LB4PG4

LBCKMR1LBCKPR0

PW

M0

PW

M1

PW

M2

PW

M3

PWM_DRVPWM_FB

PWM_SENSE

RD

Z

REFMREFP

REXT

RIN0MRIN0P

RIN1MRIN1P

RMID

RX0NRX0PRX1NRX1PRX2NRX2P

RXCKNRXCKP

SA

R0

SA

R1

SA

R2

SA

R3

SCKSDI

SDO

SIF1MSIF1P

SOGIN0

SOGIN1

VCLAMP

VCOM0

VCOM1

VCOM2

VD

DC

VD

DC

1V

DD

C2

VD

DC

3V

DD

C4

VD

DC

5

VD

DP

VD

DP

1V

DD

P2

VD

DP

3V

DD

P4

VD

DP

5V

DD

P6

VD

DP

7V

DD

P8

VD

DP

9

VSYNC0

VSYNC1

WR

Z

XIN

XO

UT

Y0

Y1

AGND

T

T

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

Mode Selection

I2C address at A0

Location Near IC PinLocation Near IC Pin

SST PULL DOWNMSTAR PULL UP

DVI INPUT

VGA INPUT

For TTL output

Audio Output(to Amp) AV Output(Audio)

Debug Port

For Philps debug

HDCP I2C address at A4

VID

EO

INP

UT

HDTV INPUT

C212NC

C7822P

01UC11

2

2U2 C247

C1072U2

01U C114

PW_CTRL

PRORECT_12V

54

72 13

6 8

RP

84K

7

KEY0-IN

LED2-IN

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

P5

POWER-ONOFF

54

72 13

6 8

RP

124K

7

LED1-IN

NC

L43

+5VSTB

4K7

R55

LED2R13

4K7

R584K7

B

C

E

Q9BT3904

1

2

3

4

5

P14

WP

SDA

SCL

+33V

1

2

3

4

P6

10RR41

SHUT_EEP

D4 NC

WP

C20

110

0P

RXD

TXD1

2

3

P2

ZX

Z62

WP

+33V

+33V+5VSTB

RS

20R

RS

3N

C

RS

11K

10K

R32

10K

R42

01UC86

47RR64

NC

R63

R62

NC

R52100R

R51 22

K

R50 22

K

100RR49

100RR40

C83

001

U

001

UC82

R67

0R

001

UC76

2U2C115

R47100R

R45100R

100RR34100R

R33

2U2C104

C1052U2PC-LIN

2U2C106

C1112U2

2U2C110

C11901U

R57 8K

2

8K2

R56

C1092U2

2U2C108

124578

101113141516171819202122232425262728

293031323334353839

404142434445464748495051

5455575859

61626364656667686970717273747576

78798081828384858687

131

132

133

134

125

126

127

128

129

130

155

156

136 3 9 37 52 56 89 99 101

104

106

120

141

152

173

187

204

143

144

145

146

147

148

149

150

153

154

116

117

118

135

124123122121

9796959493929190

139138137

191190189188

185184183182181180179178177176175174171170169168167166165164163162161160

202201200199198197196195

192

194193

207

206

205

36 53 60 105

6 12 157

208

77 98 107

142

158

203

88 100

102

103

119

140

151

159

172

186

115

114

113

112

111

110

109

108

U8

MST9E19A

R54

4K7

R36

22K

100P C79

01UC11

7

C116

01U

R7510K

R38 22

K

C10201U

C89 0

1U

1

3

2

D40

0BA

V99

+5VST

R53

390R

CVBSOUT

LED2

5

6

7

8

4

3

2

1U10

M24C32MN

IR_SYNC

KEY0

LED1

KEY1

WP_FSH

TV1-VIN- VCOM0

AV1-YIN-

AV1-YIN

VCOM2

SV_Y0

R_TX2+

C920047U

C930047U

0047UC94

0047UC96

C970047U

0047UC98

C1010047U

0047UC100

C990047U

SV_C0

TXD

RXD

100P

C20

2

8

7

6

4 5

3

2

1U9

W25X40

+33V

L26 F

B

100RR77

SDA

SCL

SHUT_EEPR76

100R

5

6

7

8

4

3

2

1U11

M24C04MN

SDA

SCL

100RR70

R69100R

+33V

R68

10K

SPI_CZ

SPI_DI

SPI_CK

54

72

1

3 6

8

RP933R

NCR

65R

661K

8

C90 10

0P

R6110R

1KR60

R591K

100P

C91

C95 10

0P

SYS_RST

R391K

B

E

CQ8

BT3906

C8010U

16V

C7447U

16V

R48

1M

Y1

14M

3

22PC84

AVDDA

AVDD_SIF

AVDD_MEMPLL

AVDD_HDMIVDDC VDDP

SDA_EXT

SCL_EXT

+33V

R43

10K

10KR

44

RXE3+B2

RXE4+B0

RXE4-B1

RXE3-B3

RXEC+B4

RXEC-B5

RXE2+B6

RXE2-B7

RXE1+G0

RXE1-G1

RXE0+G2

RXE0-G3

RXO4+G4

RXO4-G5

RXO3+G6

RXO3-G7

RXOC+R0

RXOC-R1

RXO2+R2

RXO2-R3

RXO1+R4

RXO1-R5

RXO0+R6

RXO0-R7

TTL-BLUE2

TTL-BLUE1

TTL-BLUE0

TTL-BLUE3

TTL-BLUE4

TTL-BLUE5

TTL-BLUE6

TTL-BLUE7

TTL-GREEN0

TTL-GREEN1

TTL-GREEN2

TTL-GREEN3

TTL-GREEN4

TTL-GREEN5

TTL-GREEN6

TTL-GREEN7

TTL-RED6

TTL-RED0

TTL-RED1

TTL-RED2

TTL-RED3

TTL-RED4

TTL-RED5

TTL-RED7

54

72

1

3 6

8

RP40R

8

63

1

2 7

4 5

0RRP7

54

72

1

3 6

8

RP60R

8

63

1

2 7

4 5

0RRP3

8

63

1

2 7

4 5

0RRP5

54

72

1

3 6

8

RP20R

SPI_CKSPI_DISPI_CZ

SPI_DO

AMP-MUTE

PANEL-ONOFF

LED1

HPDCTRL

ON-PBACK

863 12

7

45

4K7

RP

13

PWM0

ADJ-PWM2

NCR

85

NCR

82

NCR

80

NCR

79

R84

1K

R83

1K

R81

1K

R78

1K

PWM0

WP_FSH

ADJ-PWM2

PWM3

IR_SYNC

KEY1

KEY0

RXD

TXD

SCL

SDA

DDC-RDX

DDC-TXD

I2C-SCL

I2C-SDA

+33V

54

721 3

68

RP

104K

7

R7410R

10RR73

10RR72

R7110R

AUCOM

16V

10UC

118

AUVRADN

AUVRADP

C11310U

16V

L250

AMP-ROUT

AMP-LOUT

PH-ROUTPH-LOUT

PC-RIN

SIFM

SIFP

01UC103

01U

C88

AUCOM

AUVREFAUVRADPAUVRADN

SIFM

SIFP

TUNER_CVBS

SV_C0

SV_Y0

VCOM2

CVBS2CVBS1

VCOM0

VCOM1

CVBS3

SCG+

SCR+SCR-

SC_SOG

SCG-

SCB-

RIN-

RIN+GIN-

GIN+SOG

BIN-BIN+

01UC85

C8701U

VS_RGBHS_RGB

HDMI_SCLHDMI_SDA

AVDD_HDMI TXCLK-

R_TX2+

R_TX2-G_TX1+

G_TX1-B_TX0+

B_TX0-TXCLK+

AUVREF

PWM3

+33V

VDD_MPLL

AVDD_AU

TV1-VIN+ TUNER_CVBS

VCOM1

AV1-CIN

TV-SIFP

TV-SIFM

HDMI_SCLHDMI_SDA

TXCLK-

R_TX2-G_TX1+

G_TX1-B_TX0+

B_TX0-TXCLK+

VS_RGBHS_RGB

RIN-

RIN+GIN-

GIN+SOG

BIN-BIN+

SCG+

SCR+SCR-

SC_SOG

SCG-SCB+SCB-

AV1-VIN+

AV2-VIN+

AV3-VIN+ CVBS1

CVBS2

CVBS3

SPI_DO

WP_FSH

CVBSOUT

PH-LOUT

PH-ROUTAMP-ROUT AMP-R

AMP-LAMP-LOUTPH-L1OUT

AFT

SCB+

KEY1-IN

+33V

PH-R1OUT

C77

1000

P

E

C

B BT3904Q7

R114K7

+5VSTB

GPIO_PROTECT

+33V

IR-IN

C248

2U2

2U2 C249

C250

2U2

2U2 C251

C252

2U2

DVI-RINDVI-LINAV2-RIN

AV2-LIN

AV1-RINAV1-LIN

B03 B03

I_18130_013eps180608

MST9E19A CONTROLLER

36TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

SSB HDMI Interface

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

SDA

SCL

WC

VCC

VSS

E2NC

E1NC

E0NC

RX2+

GND1

RX2-

RX1+

GND2

RX1-

RX0+

GND3

RX0-

RXC+

GND4

RXC-

NC1

NC2

DDCCLK

DDCDA

GND5

VCC

HPD

AGND

HDMI-RX2-

HDMI-RX1+

+5V

+5V

5

6

43

2

1

U17

PRTR5V0U4D

5

6

43

2

1

U18

PRTR5V0U4D

1KR101

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

P12

01UC

120

5

6

7

8

4

3

2

1U12

M24C02MN

RLZ

5B6

D18

HDMI-DDC-SDA

HDMI-DDC-SCL

HDMI-HPD

HDMI5V

HPDCTRLB

C

E

Q10BT3904

4K7R96

R95

4K7

R1000R

NCR

97

R94

1K

+5V

100RR99

R98100R

12

3

D17

BAT

54C

D19

RLZ

5B6

TXCLK-

TXCLK+

B_TX0-

B_TX0+

G_TX1-

G_TX1+

R_TX2-

R_TX2+

10RR93

R9210R

10RR91

R9010R

10RR89

R8810R

10RR87

R8610R

HDMI_SDA

HDMI_SCL

HDMI-RXC-

HDMI-RXC+

HDMI-RX0+

HDMI-RX0-

HDMI-RX1-

HDMI-RX2+

B04 B04

I_18130_014eps180608

HDMI INTERFACE

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 37TCS10L LA 7

SSB VGA Interface

AGND

AGND

AGND

SDA

SCL

WC

VCC

VSS

E2NC

E1NC

E0NC

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGNDProgram Control

To main chip(when updateit is I2Cwhen debug it is RXTX)

LED2

R12

110

0RR12

010

0R

+33V

RXD

TXD

R170

4K7

1

3

2

D2

100RR144

NCR123

4K7R12

2

75R

R10

9

R10

8 75R

01UC

130

10K

R17

4

75R

R10

7

10K

R17

2

P13-11

R11

8 4K7

4K7

R11

9

PROTECT

VGA5V

VGA-SCL

PROTECT

13

2

D25

1

3

2

D20

C19 N

C

Q182N7002

10RR175

R171NC

R17310R

C12

9 NC

C1270047U

VGA-R+

VGA-G+

VGA-B+

+5VST1

32

D24

1KR115

R1141K

123

D23BAT54C

5

6

7

8

4

3

2

1U13

M24C02MN

R11

74K

7NC

C12

8R11

610

K

6

4

11

14

15

7

12

8

5

13

3

10

9

1

2

16

17

P13

C1230047U

C1241000P

C1210047U

R10510R

10RR104

R10310R

0047UC126

C1250047U

0047UC122

1

3

2

D22

2

3

1

D21

R11347R

47RR111

R11047R

R106330R

HS_RGB

VS_RGB

Q192N7002

B

C

E

Q25BT3904

VGA-HS

VGA-VS

VGA-SDA

RIN+

SOG

BIN-

GIN-

RIN-

BIN+

GIN+

VGA-SDA

VGA-SCL

+5VSTB

+5VSTB

B05 B05

I_18130_015eps180608

VGA INTERFACE

38TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

SSB Cinch

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND AGNDAGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

VDD

OUTB

INB-

VSS INB+

INA+

INA-

OUTA

AGNDAGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

WHITE

RED

YELLOWGREEN

BLUE

RED

WHITE

RED

RED

WHITE

YELLOW

AGND

AGND

AGND

HDTV IN

AV OUTPUT AUDIO AMP

For PCampYPbPr Audio Input(RL)

For Philips Upgrade

S-VIDEO amp AV2 In Side

Earphone Outuput In Side

AV1 In Rear

AV OUTPUT

For DVI Audio Input(35mm Jack)

2

1

3

P17

DVI_R

DVI_L

AV2-V

AV_ROUT

AV2-R

C13 47

0P

12K

R15

2

C17 47

0P

560P

C16

356

0PC

162

3

2

1

4P15

C14

156

0P

PC-R

560P

C14

3C

134

560P

560P

C13

8

2

3

1

D37

NC

C14

256

0P56

0PC

146

C6 10

0P

3

1

2

P11

TXD

3

1

2

P7

PR1

PB1

AVOUT_L

Y1

AVOUT

1

4

2

5

3

6P21

1

2

3

4

5

6P8

8 56 7 9

P15

BUF2

1

3

2

D31

2

3

1

D28

NC

1

3

2

D33

NC

2

3

1

D55

NC

2

3

1

D54

NC

2

3

1

D52

NC

2

3

1

D51

NC

2

3

1

D34

1

3

2

D36

NC

C5 10

0P

13

2

D12

R18

8 75R

R2855K1

R2845K1

R2805K1

R2815K1

L6130R

AV1-CL60

30R

AV1-YL59

30R

75R

R14

9

C19

810

00P

C14

068

0P

680P

C15

5

10RR186

680P

C13

6

OP_VCC2

C13

168

0P

2

3

1

D53

2

3

1

D27

FB

L42

10KR230

12K

R20

1R

197 12

K

R15

9 12K

R15

522

0R

220RR153

75R

R14

0

75R

R13

9

R13

6 75R

75R

R12

8

2U2C188

R14

5 12K

12K

R15

7

12K

R13

5C191

2U2

10K

R15

6R

147 10

K

330R

R14

6

R18510RY1

75RR151

R141

75R

C1452U2

2U2C144

01UC

139

12K

R16

1

AV2-VIN+

CVBSOUT

AV1-CIN

AV1-YIN-

1

3

2

D38

2

3

1

D39

PH-R1OUTR226

10K

AV_LOUT

R22447K

+5V

R22

547

K

C18

347

U

16V

100P

C18

9

33KR

229

C18547U

16V

C18

40

1U

C19

310

0P

R23

233

K

8

7

6

4 5

3

2

1U16

TDA1308T

SCB-

SCG-

SCR-

C1580047U

SCG+

SCR+

SCB+

SC_SOG

PR1

PB1

C1540047U

0047UC153

C1520047U

C1511000P

0047UC159

0047UC156

R19547R

47RR191

R18947R

R18410R

10RR183

R14810R

1

3

2

D35

B

E

CQ11

BT3906C218

10U

16V

B

C

E

Q12BT3904

2

3

1

D32

2

3

1

D30

1

3

2

D29

R13347R

10RR137

R12610R

+5V

AV1-YIN

Y1R176

470R

PH-L1OUT

AV_LOUT

AV_ROUT

AV1-VIN+

L63 30

R

30R

L62

330RR

249

R25

133

0R

C196

033U50V

C197

033U50V

7

654

89

3

1

2

P18

1000

PC

199

AMP-PROUT+AMP-LIN

AMP-PLOUT+AMP-RIN

EARPHONE-RA

EARPHONE-LA

30RL44

AV1-RIN

R2825K1

R2835K1 AV1-LIN

AV2-LIN

R2865K1

R2875K1 AV2-RIN

R2885K1

R2895K1 DVI-RIN

R2905K1

R2915K1 DVI-LIN

R2925K1

R2935K1 PC-RIN

R2945K1

R2955K1 PC-LIN

AV1_V

AVOUT_R

RXD

C4 47

0P47

0PC

7

AV1_R

AV1_L

C9 47

0P47

0PC

10

C11 47

0P47

0PC

12

PC-L

AV2-L

B06 B06

I_18130_016eps180608

CINCH

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 39TCS10L LA 7

SSB Tuner

AGND

AGND

AGND

AG

ND

AGNDAGND

AGND

AGND

COMMON

IN OUT

VID

EO

NC

1

NC

2

AU

DIO

AG

C

SD

A

TU

MB

GN

D2

SIF

OU

T

GN

D1

NC

3

NC

4

NC

5

SC

L

NC

6

AF

T

CLOSE RO MST IC

R21127R

171 2 6 1110 1412 157 83 4 5 9 13 16

TU1

2

1 3

U15KIA78D05

TUNER_SDA

TUNER_SCL

SIF_OUT

TV_CVBSC

172

01U

33V

B

C

E

Q20

BT3904

TV-SIFPNCR213

10RR220

001UC181

TV-SIFP

R194100R

330R

R19

3R

192

10R

R19

81K

R19

91K

L2722UH

+12V

R20

7 NC

100K

R20

3

2200

PC

200

R209120R

R20610R

C17

4N

C3

30P

NC

330

PC

175

C171220U

16V

L28120R

R20251K

C17

710

0P

C17

615

0P

SDA_EXT

SCL_EXT

C168220U

16V

16V

220UC

169

TV1-VIN-

TV1-VIN+

R21047R

C16

60

01UC16

44U

7

50V

C16

50

01U

C16

70

1U

TUNER_5V

AFT

120RR212

TUNER_5V

TV-SIFM

001UC170

B07 B07

I_18130_017eps180608

TUNER

40TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

SSB Audio Amplifier

PGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

PGND

PGND

AGND

AGND

OUT2+

OUT2-

NC3

IN2

VCC2

NC2

OUT1+

VCC1

IN1

NC1

MUTE

STBY

PW_GND

S_GND

OUT1-

TO SPEAKER

TO SPEAKER

0RR

162

AMP-PROUT-

2

1

H8

15

14

11

12

13

10

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

2

U19

TD

A7266

1

2

3

4

P9

AMP-PLOUT-

L45200R

L46200R

C219220U

16V

27UHL31

C217220U

16V

AMP-LIN

R253NC

01U C209

D3LL4148

C20

610

00P

1U

C211

0022U

C26 1000

PC

204

0022U

C25

C22

470U16V

+5VST

R164100K

R16510K

R16

8N

C

R16

9N

C

R1663K3

3K3R167

10KR244

B

E

CQ15

BT3906

B

C

E

Q16BT3904

C19

5 NC

NC

C19

4

B

C

E

Q24BT3904NC

0RR257

10KR254

E

C

B BT3904Q23

B

C

E

Q22BT3904

R25210K

R255100R

R24310K

2U2C205

R2560R

C2032U2

+12V

AMP-PROUT-

AMP-PROUT+

AMP-PLOUT-

AMP-PLOUT+

POWER-ONOFF

AMP-MUTE

AMP-R

AMP-L

12V-AMP

+12V

AMP-RIN

B08 B08

I_18130_018eps180608

AUDIO AMPLIFIER

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 41TCS10L LA 7

SSB LVDS Interface

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

VCC_PANEL

C246

10U 16V

C245

01U

R277 0NC

+33V

R27

2

0N

C

R275 0NC

RXE4+B0 RXE4-B1

RXE3+B2 RXE3-B3

RXEC+B4 RXEC-B5

RXE2+B6 RXE2-B7

RXE1+G0 RXE1-G1

RXE0+G2 RXE0-G3

RXO4+G4 RXO4-G5

RXO3+G6 RXO3-G7

RXOC+R0 RXOC-R1

RXO2+R2 RXO2-R3

RXO1+R4 RXO1-R5

RXO0+R6 RXO0-R7

1 2

4

6

8

12

14

16

18

20

10

22

24

26

28

3

5

7

9

11

13

15

17

19

21

23

25

27

29 30

32

34

36

38

40

31

33

35

37

39

P10

R276 0NC

R27

3

0N

CR

274

0N

C

B09 B09

I_18130_019eps180608

LVDS INTERFACE Personal Notes

E_06532_012eps131004

42TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout Small Signal Board (Top Side)

I_18130_020eps180608

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 43TCS10L LA 7

Layout Small Signal Board (Bottom Side)

I_18130_021eps180608

44TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Keyboard Control Panel

Layout Keyboard Control Panel (Top Side)

Layout Keyboard Control Panel (Bottom Side)

AGND

AGND AGNDAGND

AGND

R10072K

R10061K5

R10011K2

12 4

3K1001

1

2

3

P1001

KEY0

R1008NC

R10051K2

R1004NC

R10032K

R10021K5

D10

02

HS

5V6B

D10

01H

S5V

6B

12 4

3K1003

12 4

3K1002

12 4

3K1006

12 4

3K1005

12 4

3K1004

KEY1

I_18130_030eps180608

E EKEYBOARD CONTROL PANEL

I_18130_031eps180608

I_18130_032eps180608

Personal Notes

E_06532_012eps131004

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 45TCS10L LA 7

Inverter Panel

1 2

A

B

C

D

4321

D

C

B

A

F1FUSE-1

C2104

C1220uF250V

C3104

R1200

Q1

DTA143

E1

9

E2

10

C2

11

VC

C12

OU

TP

UT

C13

VR

EF

14

A1+

1

A1-

2

CO

MP

3

DT

C4

CT

5

RT

6

GN

D7

C1

8

A2-

15

A2+

16

U1

TL494

R2200

Q32222

C8

223

C7103

R847K

R7120K

C4

104C5104

D1

68V

C9104

D2

1N4148

Q8DTC143

123456

CN1

R20470K

R21

33K

C16

330pF

C15NC

R13100K

R10

68K

R11

68K

R12

15K

C10104

R2627K

C20223

R18560

Q22222

Q62907

R142K

R1622K

R27 10

R28 10

D4

BAW56K

S11

G12

S23

G24

D1 8

D1 7

D2 6

D2 5

U2

4606

C21223

Q42222

Q72907

R152K

R1722K

R29 10

R30 10

D5

BAW56K

S11

G12

S23

G24

D1 8

D1 7

D2 6

D2 5

U3

4606

R19560

C6

105

R231M

Q52N7002

R22

1M

R9

47K

R25

100KR24270K

D6NCBAW56K

D7NCBAW56K

P1

P2

P3

P4

C17225

C18

225

10

1 7

6

T1

T01

10

1 7

6

T2

T01

C2222pF

12

CON1

12

CON2

D9BAV99

R41K

R36820

R32

10KC12104

D8BAV99

R31K

R35820

R31

10KC11104

P2

P1

C2322pF

12

CON3

12

CON4

D11

BAV99

R61K

R38820

R34

10KC14104

D10BAV99

R51K

R37820

R33

10KC13104

P4

P3

VREF

VREF

C19NC

C26

222C27NC

D13BAV99

D15BAV99

C2422pF

C2522pF

C28

222C29NC

C30222 C31

NC

C32

222C33NC

OVP

OVP

OV

P

R602K

R61510K

C38105

Q10

DTA143

Q112222

R6330K

R62 1K

VCC

VCC

P5

P5

R64

1K

C34221

C35 221

C37

221

C39104

C36

221U4A

LM393

U4B

LM393

Vref

D3

1N4148

R65

3K R663K

C41 104

R67

10K

I_18130_033eps180608

I IINVERTER PANEL 19rdquo

46TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout Inverter Panel (Top Side)

Layout Inverter Panel (Bottom Side)

I_18130_034eps190608

I_18130_035eps190608

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 47TCS10L LA 7

IR LED Panel

AGND

AGND

AGNDIRVC

C

GN

D

RW

R20

031K

2

R20

04

1K2

LED1

1

2

3

4

5

CN2001

E

C

B

BC847AQ2001

B

C

E

Q2002

BC847A

2

13

D2001

LED2

G2001

R20024K7

5V16

V10

0UC

2001

5V

IR

IR

C20

03 47P

LED1R2001

4K7

C2002

47P

LED2

I_18130_036eps180608

J JIR amp LED PANELLayout IR LED Panel (Top Side)

Layout IR LED Panel (Bottom Side)

I_18130_037eps180608

I_18130_038eps180608

48TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Personal Notes

E_06532_013eps131004

Alignments EN 49TCS10L LA 8

8 Alignments

Index of this chapter81 Electrical Alignments82 Hardware Alignments

NoteThe Service Modes are described in chapter 5 Menu navigation is done with the CURSOR UP DOWN LEFT or RIGHT keys of the remote control transmitter

81 Electrical Alignments

Perform all electrical adjustments under the following conditionsbull Power supply voltage (depends on region)

ndash AP-NTSC 120 VAC or 230 VAC 50 Hz (plusmn 10)ndash AP-PAL-multi 120 - 230 VAC 50 Hz (plusmn 10)ndash EU 230 VAC 50 Hz (plusmn 10)ndash LATAM-NTSC 120 - 230 VAC 50 Hz (plusmn 10)ndash US 120 VAC 60 Hz (plusmn 10)

bull Connect the set to the mains via an isolation transformer with low internal resistance

bull Allow the set to warm up for approximately 60 minutesbull Measure voltages and waveforms in relation to correct

ground (eg measure audio signals in relation to AUDIO_GND) Caution It is not allowed to use heatsinks as ground

bull Test probe Ri gt 10 MΩ Ci lt 20 pFbull Use an isolated trimmerscrewdriver to perform

alignments

82 Hardware Alignments

Not applicable

821 Aging

Enter TV mode Set warm up status to ldquoOnrdquo Aging time at least 12 minutes

822 ADC Adjustment

The chassis can execute ADC auto-tune in YPbPr amp PC sourcing modes Enter SAM select YPbPr or PC as source then select AUTOTUNE in ADC ADJ press ldquoRight keyrdquo to run waiting for about 5 seconds until ldquoOKrdquo is displayed which means the set finished the ADC adjustment With an YPbPr source use a 100 color bar pattern with a PC source use a 16-scale grey pattern

823 White Balance Adjustment

Adjust the NORMAL WARM COOL temperature in White balance according to company regular Make sure ADC adjustments have done successfully before doing white balance adjustments and use the ldquoNaturalrdquo picture mode White balance adjustment should be performed with three different sources1 AVTVSVIDEO source reunification under the AV

adjustment apply a NTSC-M system signal with 8-scale grey pattern

2 YPbPrHDMI source reunification under the YPbPr adjustment apply an 8-scale grey pattern

3 PC source should adjust single apply a 8-scale grey pattern

If case of manual adjustment please use the WB page in SAMWhile adjusting White Balance do not change White G or Black G only adjust White R White B Black R and Black B

Table 8-1 Color Temperature Setting 19

Table 8-2 Color Temperature Setting 26

Color mode X Y Color Temperature (K)

Normal 296plusmn4 299plusmn4 8000

Warm 314plusmn4 319plusmn4 6500

Cool 289plusmn4 291plusmn4 9000

Color mode X Y Color Temperature (K)

Normal 289plusmn4 291plusmn4 9000

Warm 314plusmn4 319plusmn4 6500

Cool 278plusmn4 278plusmn4 11000

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data SheetsEN 50 TCS10L LA9

9 Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data Sheets

Index of this chapter91 Introduction92 Abbreviation List93 IC Data Sheets

Notes bull Only new circuits (circuits that are not published recently)

are described bull Figures can deviate slightly from the actual situation due

to different set executions

91 Introduction

This chassis uses the MStar MST9U19A main chip with the following features bull Multi-Standard TV decoding with 2-D comb filterbull Multi-Standard TV sound demodulator and decoderbull Triple ADC fro TV and RGBYPbPrbull Integrated DVIHDCPHDMI compliant receiverbull High quality scaling enginebull 3-D video de-interlacer and video noise reductionbull Embedded On Screen Display controllerbull NTSCPALSecam Video decoder with automatic standard

detectionbull CVBS video outputbull Multi standard TV sound decoderbull FM stereo and SAP demodulationbull Digital audio interfacebull Analog RGB Compliant Input Portsbull DVIHDCPHDMI Compliant input portbull Auto tuning function including phasing positioning offset

gain and jitter detectionbull Automatic color correction

The MST9U19A is a high performance and fully integrated IC for multi-function LCD monitorTV with resolutions up to WSXGA (1680 times 1050) It is configured with an integrated triple-ADCPLL an integrated DVIHDCPHDMI receiver a multi standard TV video and audio decoder a video de-interlacer a scaling engine the MStarACE-3 color engine an On Screen Display controller an 8-bit MCU and a built-in output panel interface It also incorporates an intelligent power management control system for green-mode requirements and spread-spectrum support for EMI management

For a block diagram refer to chapter 6 ldquoBlock diagrams Test Point Overviews and Waveformsrdquo

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data Sheets EN 51TCS10L LA 9

92 Abbreviation List

1080i 1080 visible lines interlaced1080p 1080 visible lines progressive scan2CS 2 Carrier Sound2DNR Spatial (2D) Noise Reduction3DNR Temporal (3D) Noise Reduction480i 480 visible lines interlaced480p 480 visible lines progressive scanAARA Automatic Aspect Ratio Adaptation

algorithm that adapts aspect ratio to remove horizontal black bars keeping up the original aspect ratio

ACI Automatic Channel Installation algorithm that installs TV channels directly from a cable network by means of a predefined TXT page

ADC Analogue to Digital ConverterAFC Automatic Frequency Control control

signal used to tune to the correct frequency

AGC Automatic Gain Control algorithm that controls the video input of the feature box

AM Amplitude ModulationAUO Acer Unipack OptronicsAP Asia PacificAR Aspect Ratio 4 by 3 or 16 by 9ASD Automatic Standard DetectionAV Audio VideoB-SC1-IN Blue SCART1 inB-SC2-IN Blue SCART2 inB-TXT Blue teletextBG Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 55 MHzBTSC Broadcast Television System

CommitteeC-FRONT Chrominance front inputCBA Circuit Board Assembly (or PWB)CL Constant Level audio output to

connect with an external amplifierCLUT Color Look Up TableComPair Computer aided rePairCSM Customer Service ModeCVBS Composite Video Blanking and

SynchronizationCVBS-EXT CVBS signal from external source

(VCR VCD etc)CVBS-INT CVBS signal from TunerCVBS-MON CVBS monitor signalCVBS-TER-OUT CVBS terrestrial outDAC Digital to Analogue ConverterDBE Dynamic Bass Enhancement extra

low frequency amplificationDFU Directions For Use owners manualDNR Dynamic Noise ReductionDRAM Dynamic RAMDSP Digital Signal ProcessingDST Dealer Service Tool special

(European) remote control designed for service technicians

DTS Digital Theatre SoundDVD Digital Versatile DiscDVI Digital Visual InterfaceDW Double WindowED Enhanced Definition 480p 576pEEPROM Electrically Erasable and

Programmable Read Only MemoryEU EUropeEXT EXTernal (source) entering the set by

SCART or by cinches (jacks)FBL Fast Blanking DC signal

accompanying RGB signalsFBL-SC1-IN Fast blanking signal for SCART1 in

FBL-SC2-IN Fast blanking signal for SCART2 inFBL-TXT Fast Blanking TeletextFLASH FLASH memoryFM Field Memory Frequency ModulationFMR FM RadioFRC Frame Rate ConverterFRONT-C Front input chrominance (SVHS)FRONT-DETECT Front input detectionFRONT-Y_CVBS Front input luminance or CVBS

(SVHS)FTV Flat TeleVisionG-SC1-IN Green SCART1 inG-SC2-IN Green SCART2 inG-TXT Green teletextH H_sync to the module HD High Definition 720p 1080i 1080pHDMI High Definition Multimedia Interface

digital audio and video interfaceHP Head PhoneI Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 60 MHzI2C Integrated IC busI2S Integrated IC Sound busIC Integrated CircuitIF Intermediate FrequencyInterlaced Scan mode where two fields are used

to form one frame Each field contains half the number of the total amount of lines The fields are written in ldquopairsrdquo causing line flicker

IR Infra RedIRQ Interrupt ReQuestLast Status The settings last chosen by the

customer and read and stored in RAM or in the NVM They are called at start-up of the set to configure it according the customers wishes

LATAM LATin AMericaLC04 Philips chassis name for LCD TV 2004

projectLCD Liquid Crystal DisplayLED Light Emitting DiodeLL Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 65 MHz L is Band I L is all bands except for Band I

LPL LG Philips LCDLS Loud SpeakerLVDS Low Voltage Differential Signalling

data transmission system for high speed and low EMI communication

MN Monochrome TV system Sound carrier distance is 45 MHz

MOSFET Metal Oxide Semiconductor Field Effect Transistor

MPEG Motion Pictures Experts GroupMSP Multi-standard Sound Processor ITT

sound decoderMUTE MUTE LineNAFTA North American Free Trade

Association Trade agreement between Canada USA and Mexico

NC Not ConnectedNICAM Near Instantaneous Compounded

Audio Multiplexing This is a digital sound system used mainly in Europe

NTSC National Television Standard Committee Color system used mainly in North America and Japan Color carrier NTSC MN = 3579545 MHz NTSC 443 = 4433619 MHz (this is a VCR norm it is not transmitted off-air)

NVM Non Volatile Memory IC containing TV related data (for example options)

OC Open CircuitONOFF LED OnOff control signal for the LED

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data SheetsEN 52 TCS10L LA9

OSD On Screen DisplayPAL Phase Alternating Line Color system

used mainly in Western Europe (color carrier = 4433619 MHz) and South America (color carrier PAL M = 3575612 MHz and PAL N = 3582056 MHz)

PC Personal ComputerPCB Printed Circuit Board (or PWB)PDP Plasma Display PanelPIG Picture In GraphicPIP Picture In PicturePLL Phase Locked Loop Used for

example in FST tuning systems The customer can directly provide the desired frequency

Progressive Scan Scan mode where all scan lines are displayed in one frame at the same time creating a double vertical resolution

PWB Printed Wiring Board (or PCB)RAM Random Access MemoryRC Remote Control transmitterRC5 (6) Remote Control system 5 (6) the

signal from the remote control receiver RGB Red Green and Blue The primary

color signals for TV By mixing levels of R G and B all colors (YC) are reproduced

RGBHV Red Green Blue Horizontal sync and Vertical sync

ROM Read Only MemorySAM Service Alignment ModeSC SandCastle two-level pulse derived

from sync signalsSC1-OUT SCART output of the MSP audio ICSC2-B-IN SCART2 Blue inSC2-C-IN SCART2 chrominance inSC2-OUT SCART output of the MSP audio ICSC Short CircuitSCL Clock signal on I2C busSD Standard Definition 480i 576iSDA Data signal on I2C busSDI Samsung Display IndustrySDM Service Default ModeSDRAM Synchronous DRAMSECAM SEequence Couleur Avec Memoire

Color system used mainly in France and Eastern Europe Color carriers = 4406250 MHz and 4250000 MHz

SIF Sound Intermediate FrequencySMPS Switch Mode Power SupplySND SouNDSNDL-SC1-IN Sound left SCART1 inSNDL-SC1-OUT Sound left SCART1 outSNDL-SC2-IN Sound left SCART2 inSNDL-SC2-OUT Sound left SCART2 outSNDR-SC1-IN Sound right SCART1 inSNDR-SC1-OUT Sound right SCART1 outSNDR-SC2-IN Sound right SCART2 outSNDR-SC2-OUT Sound right SCART2 outSNDS-VL-OUT Surround sound left variable level outSNDS-VR-OUT Surround sound right variable level outSOPS Self Oscillating Power SupplySPDIF Sony Philips Digital InterFaceSRAM Static RAMSTBY Stand-bySVHS Super Video Home SystemSW Sub Woofer SoftWareTHD Total Harmonic DistortionTXT TeleteXTuP MicroprocessorVL Variable Level out processed audio

output toward external amplifierVCR Video Cassette Recorder

VGA Video Graphics ArrayWD Watch DogWYSIWYR What You See Is What You Record

record selection that follows main picture and sound

XTAL Quartz crystalYPbPr Component video (Y= Luminance Pb

Pr= Color difference signals B-Y and R-Y other amplitudes wrt to YUV)

YC Video related signals Y consists of luminance signal blanking level and sync C consists of color signal

Y-OUT Luminance-signalYUV Baseband component video (Y=

Luminance UV= Color difference signals)

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data Sheets EN 53TCS10L LA 9

93 IC Data Sheets

This section shows the internal block diagrams and pin layouts of ICs that are drawn as ldquoblack boxesrdquo in the electrical diagrams (with the exception of ldquomemoryrdquo and ldquologicrdquo ICs)

931 Diagram B MST9U19A

Figure 9-1 Pin configuration

Pin 1

123

45

7

9

11

1314

1718

21

23

25

2728

30

32

34

36

39

41

43

6

8

10

12

1516

1920

22

24

26

29

31

33

35

3738

40

42

4445464748

505152

49

53 54 55 56 57 59 61 63 65 66 69 70 73 75 77 79 80 82 84 86 88 91 93 9558 60 62 64 67 68 71 72 74 76 78 81 83 85 87 89 90 92 94 96 97 98 99 100

102

103

104

101

208

207

206

205

204

202

200

198

196

195

192

191

188

186

184

182

181

179

177

175

173

170

168

166

203

201

199

197

194

193

190

189

187

185

183

180

178

176

174

172

171

169

167

165

164

163

162

161

159

158

157

160

156155154

153152

150

148

146

144143

140139

136

134

132

130129

127

125

123

121

118

116

114

151

149

147

145

142141

138137

135

133

131

128

126

124

122

120119

117

115

113112111110109

107106105

108

MST9U19A

XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX

GN

D

AUR1

AUL2

AUL3

AUL1

AUCO

M

AUR2

AUR3

DIGO[8]

GNDAVDD_MEMPLL

PWM3PWM2DIGO[9]

SIF1

MSI

F1P

AVD

D_S

IF

AUO

UTL

AUO

UTR

AUO

UTS

VDD

CG

PIO

F[2]

GPI

OF[

3]G

PIO

F[4]

GPI

OF[

5]G

PIO

F[6]

GPI

OF[

7]G

PIO

F[8]

GPI

OF[

9]G

PIO

F[10

]G

PIO

F[11

]VD

DP

GN

DG

PIO

F[12

]

GPI

OF[

14]

GPI

OF[

15]

GPI

OF[

16]

GPI

OF[

17]

GPI

OF[

18]

GN

D

GPI

OF[

19]

VDD

C

VDD

PG

ND

VDD

PVD

DP

GPI

OF[

13]

GN

D

DIGO[7]

DIGO[5]

DIGO[3]

DIGO[1]

VDDC

VDDPPWM_SENSE

DIGO[6]

DIGO[4]

DIGO[2]

DIGO[0]

GND

PWM_DRVPWM_FBIRININT

PWM1PWM0

GNDVDDPALERDZWRZ

VDDC

GNDVDDP

VDD

PLV

A0M

LVA0

PLV

A1M

LVA1

PLV

A2M

LVA2

PLV

ACKM

LVAC

KPLV

A3M

LVA4

PVD

DP

VDD

CAV

DD

_MPL

L

LVA3

PLV

A4M

GPI

OE[

0]

IHSY

NC

ICLK

DI[

1]D

I[0]

IVYS

NC

GPI

OE[

1]G

PIO

E[2]

GPI

OE[

3]G

ND

VDD

P

AVD

D_M

PLL

XIN

XOU

TH

WR

ESET

GN

D

DI[

7]D

I[6]

DI[

5]D

I[4]

DI[

2]D

I[3]

VDD

C

AUO

UTL

3AU

OU

TR3

RXCKPGND

RX0NRX0P

AVDD_DVIRX1NRX1P

RX2P

REXT

DDCD_CK

VSYNC1

VCLAMP

REFM

BIN1M

GNDRX2N

AVDD_DVI

DDCD_DA

HSYNC1

RMID

REFP

BIN1P

SOGIN1GIN1PGIN1MRIN1PRIN1MBIN0MBIN0PGIN0MGIN0P

SOGIN0RIN0MRIN0P

HSYNC0VSYNC0

RXCKN

AVDD_ADCGND

C1Y1C0Y0

CVBS2CVBS1

VCOM1CVBS0

VCOM0CVBSOUT

GND

VCOM2CVBS3

GN

D

AVD

D_A

UAU

L0AU

R0

AUVR

EFAU

VRAD

PAU

VRAD

N

AUO

UTL

2AU

OU

TR2

AD[7]AD[6]AD[5]AD[4]AD[3]AD[2]AD[1]AD[0]

SDOCSZSDISCK

SAR3

SAR1SAR2

SAR0

DDCA_CK

DDCR_CKDDCA_DA

DDCR_DA

LVB0

MLV

B0P

LVB1

MLV

B1P

LVB2

MLV

B2P

LVBC

KMLV

BCKP

LVB3

M

LVB4

P

LVB3

PLV

B4M

I_18130_008eps200608

Pin Configuration

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data SheetsEN 54 TCS10L LA9

932 Diagram B TDA1308

Figure 9-2 Block diagram and pin configuration

Block diagram

Pinning information

2

1

3

4

8

7

65

INA(neg)

TDA1308(A)OUTA

VSS

VDD

INA(pos)

INB(neg)

INB(pos)

OUTB

TDA1308(A)

VATUO DD

BTUO)gen(ANI

)gen(BNI)sop(ANI

VSS INB(pos)

1

2

3

4

6

5

8

7

I_18130_007eps190608

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data Sheets EN 55TCS10L LA 9

933 Diagram B NCP1377B

Figure 9-3 Block diagram and pin configuration

Block diagram

Pinning information

I_18130_009eps190608

HV

VCC

GND

Demag

4 mA

To InternalSupply

+

+

125 V75 V56 V (Fault)

FaultMngt

PON

5 V+

OVP

+

144

45 usDelay

15 us for B Version

Demag

8 usBlanking

S

SR R

Q

Q

+

3 us forB Version

+minus

Overload

5 usTimeout

TimeReset

Demag

380 nsLEB

1 V3

200 Awhen DRV

is OFF

FB

42 V

Driver src = 20 sink = 10

DrvVCC

CS

+50 mV 10 V Rint

1Dmg 8 HV

7 NC2FB

3CS

4GND

6 VCC

5 Drv

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data SheetsEN 56 TCS10L LA9

934 Diagram B TDA7266

Figure 9-4 Block diagram and pin configuration

1

2

4

Vref

7YB-TS

IN1

022microF

VCC

133

+

-

-

+

OUT1+

OUT1-

15

14

12

6ETUM

IN2

022microF

+

-

-

+

OUT2+

OUT2-

8

9S-GND

PW-GND

470microF 100nF

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

9

10

11

8

NC

NC

S-GND

PW-GND

OUT2+

OUT2-

VCC

IN2

ST-BY

MUTE

NC

IN1

VCCOUT1-

OUT1+

13

14

15

12

I_17950_054eps090508

Block Diagram

Pin Configuration

Spare Parts List amp CTN Overview EN 57TCS10L LA 10

10 Spare Parts List amp CTN OverviewFor the latest spare part overview please consult the Philips Service website

Table 10-1 Sets described in this manual

11 Revision ListManual xxxx xxx xxxx0bull First release

CTN Styling

19PFL340355 MG8

19PFL340377 MG8

19PFL340378 MG8

19PFL340385 MG8

26PFL340385 MG8

  • Content
  • 1 Technical Specifications Connections and Chassis Overview
    • 11 Technical Specifications
      • 111 Vision
      • 112 Sound
      • 113 Miscellaneous
        • 12 Connection Overview
          • Figure 1-1 Rear and side IO connections
          • 121 Rear Connections
            • 1 - HDMI Digital Video Digital Audio - In
              • Figure 1-2 HDMI (type A) connector
                • 2 - VGA AUDIO Mini Jack VGA Audio - In
                • 3 - VGA PC Video RGB - In and Service UART
                  • Figure 1-3 VGA Connector
                    • 4 - Cinch Video YPbPr - In
                    • 5 - AV1 Cinch Video CVBS - In Audio - In
                    • 6 - Aerial - In
                    • 7 - Service Connector (ComPair)
                      • 122 Side connections
                        • 8 - Cinch Video CVBS - In Audio - In
                        • 9 - S-Video (Hosiden) Video YC - In
                        • 10 - Mini Jack Audio Head phone - Out
                            • 13 Chassis Overview
                              • Figure 1-4 PWBCBA locations
                                  • 2 Safety Instructions Warnings and Notes
                                    • 21 Safety Instructions
                                    • 22 Warnings
                                    • 23 Notes
                                      • 231 General
                                      • 232 Schematic Notes
                                      • 233 BGA (Ball Grid Array) ICs
                                        • Introduction
                                        • BGA Temperature Profiles
                                          • 234 Lead-free Soldering
                                          • 235 Alternative BOM identification
                                            • Figure 2-1 Serial number (example)
                                              • 236 Board Level Repair (BLR) or Component Level Repair (CLR)
                                              • 237 Practical Service Precautions
                                                  • 3 Directions for Use
                                                  • 4 Mechanical Instructions
                                                    • 41 Cable Dressing
                                                      • Figure 4-1 Cable dressing (19 model)
                                                      • Figure 4-2 Cable dressing (26 model)
                                                        • 42 Service Positions
                                                          • 421 Foam Bars
                                                            • Figure 4-3 Foam bars
                                                                • 43 AssyPanel Removal
                                                                  • 431 Stand
                                                                    • Figure 4-4 Stand
                                                                      • 432 Rear Cover
                                                                        • Figure 4-5 LVDS release
                                                                        • Figure 4-6 Speaker and IRLED panel cable release
                                                                          • 433 Keyboard Control Board
                                                                            • Figure 4-7 Keyboard control board
                                                                              • 434 IRLED Board and Speakers
                                                                                • Figure 4-8 IRLED Board and Speakers
                                                                                  • 435 Power Supply Board
                                                                                    • Figure 4-9 Power Supply Unit(s)
                                                                                      • 436 Inverter Board (19 and 22 versions)
                                                                                        • Figure 4-10 Inverter Board
                                                                                          • 437 Small Signal Board (SSB)
                                                                                            • Removing the SSB
                                                                                              • Figure 4-11 SSB connector plate
                                                                                              • Figure 4-12 SSB
                                                                                                • 44 Set Re-assembly
                                                                                                  • 5 Service Modes Error Codes and Fault Finding
                                                                                                    • 51 Test Points
                                                                                                    • 52 Service Mode
                                                                                                      • 521 Service Alignment Mode (SAM)
                                                                                                        • How to Enter
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-1 SAM menu
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-2 SAM menu White Balance Normal
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-3 SAM menu White Balance Cool
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-4 SAM menu White Balance Warm
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-5 SAM menu Volume Curve
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-6 SAM menu Picture Curve
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-7 SAM menu Picture Mode Natural
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-8 SAM menu Picture Mode Personal
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-9 SAM menu Picture Mode Rich
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-10 SAM menu Picture Mode Soft
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-11 SAM menu Producting
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-12 SAM menu Country
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-13 SAM menu Setup
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-14 SAM menu Shop Init Do
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-15 SAM menu Clear Code gt
                                                                                                            • How to Exit
                                                                                                            • Factory Mode Descriptions
                                                                                                              • ltTABLEgt
                                                                                                              • Virgin Settings
                                                                                                                • Table 5-1 Country setting
                                                                                                                • Table 5-2 Virgin settings
                                                                                                                  • 522 Customer Service Mode (CSM)
                                                                                                                    • Purpose
                                                                                                                    • How to Activate CSM
                                                                                                                    • Contents of CSM
                                                                                                                      • Figure 5-16 CSM Menu
                                                                                                                        • Menu Explanation
                                                                                                                        • How to Exit
                                                                                                                          • 523 Blinking LED Procedure
                                                                                                                            • 53 Error Codes
                                                                                                                              • ltTABLEgt
                                                                                                                                • 54 Fault Finding
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-17 No Picture No sound no Back light (19 sets)
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-18 Picture OK No sound (19 sets)
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-19 No Picture Back light amp Sound OK (19 and 26 sets)
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-20 No color (19 and 26 sets)
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-21 No Picture No sound no Back light (26 sets)
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-22 Picture OK No sound (26 sets)
                                                                                                                                    • 55 Service Tools
                                                                                                                                      • 551 ComPair
                                                                                                                                        • Introduction
                                                                                                                                        • Specifications
                                                                                                                                        • How to Connect
                                                                                                                                        • How to Order
                                                                                                                                          • Figure 5-23 ComPair II interface connection
                                                                                                                                            • 56 Software Upgrading
                                                                                                                                              • 561 Introduction
                                                                                                                                                  • 6 Block Diagrams Test Point Overview and Waveforms
                                                                                                                                                    • Wiring Diagram of Connector for MS19-PH 19
                                                                                                                                                    • Wiring Diagram of Connector for MS19-PH 26
                                                                                                                                                    • Block Diagram MS19P Chipset
                                                                                                                                                    • I2C overview
                                                                                                                                                      • 7 Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts
                                                                                                                                                        • Main Power Supply (19)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Main Power Supply (19) (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Main Power Supply (19) (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Main Power Supply (26)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Main Power Supply (26) (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Main Power Supply (26) (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Standby Power Supply (26)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Standby Power Supply (26) (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Standby Power Supply (26) (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB Control
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB DC - DC
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB MST9E19A Controller
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB HDMI Interface
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB VGA Interface
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB Cinch
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB Tuner
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB Audio Amplifier
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB LVDS Interface
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Small Signal Board (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Small Signal Board (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Keyboard Control Panel
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Keyboard Control Panel (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Keyboard Control Panel (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Inverter Panel
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Inverter Panel (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Inverter Panel (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • IR LED Panel
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout IR LED Panel (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout IR LED Panel (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                          • 8 Alignments
                                                                                                                                                            • 81 Electrical Alignments
                                                                                                                                                            • 82 Hardware Alignments
                                                                                                                                                              • 821 Aging
                                                                                                                                                              • 822 ADC Adjustment
                                                                                                                                                              • 823 White Balance Adjustment
                                                                                                                                                                • Table 8-1 Color Temperature Setting 19
                                                                                                                                                                • Table 8-2 Color Temperature Setting 26
                                                                                                                                                                  • 9 Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data Sheets
                                                                                                                                                                    • 91 Introduction
                                                                                                                                                                    • 92 Abbreviation List
                                                                                                                                                                    • 93 IC Data Sheets
                                                                                                                                                                      • 931 Diagram B MST9U19A
                                                                                                                                                                        • Figure 9-1 Pin configuration
                                                                                                                                                                          • 932 Diagram B TDA1308
                                                                                                                                                                            • Figure 9-2 Block diagram and pin configuration
                                                                                                                                                                              • 933 Diagram B NCP1377B
                                                                                                                                                                                • Figure 9-3 Block diagram and pin configuration
                                                                                                                                                                                  • 934 Diagram B TDA7266
                                                                                                                                                                                    • Figure 9-4 Block diagram and pin configuration
                                                                                                                                                                                      • 10 Spare Parts List amp CTN Overview
                                                                                                                                                                                        • Table 10-1 Sets described in this manual
                                                                                                                                                                                          • 11 Revision List
Page 27: Philips 19PFL3403-55 TCS1[1].0L_LA

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 27TCS10L LA 7

Main Power Supply (26)

I_18130_024eps180608

A1 A1MAIN POWER SUPPLY 26rdquo

28TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout Main Power Supply (26) (Top Side)

I_18130_028eps180608

40-PWL01B-STE1XG

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 29TCS10L LA 7

Layout Main Power Supply (26) (Bottom Side)

I_18130_029eps180608

40-PWL01B-STE1XG

30TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Standby Power Supply (26)

I_18130_025eps200608

A2 A2STANDBY POWER SUPPLY 26rdquo

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 31TCS10L LA 7

Layout Standby Power Supply (26) (Top Side)

40-1PL37C-PWF1XGI_18130_026eps

180608

32TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout Standby Power Supply (26) (Bottom Side)

I_18130_027eps180608

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 33TCS10L LA 7

SSB Control

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGNDAGND

AGND

AGNDAGNDAGND AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

T

T

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

D1B

D1A

G2

G1

S2

D2B

D2A

S1

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

PGND

PGND

PGND

PGND

PGND

AGND

AGND

T

T

T

T

AGND

T

T

BOOT

DRIVE

FB GND

LGATE

PHASE

VCC

UGATE

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

PGND

AGND

AGND

AGNDAGND

AGND

D2B

D2A

G1

G2

S1

D1B

D1A

S2

T

AGND

D1B

D1A

D2B

G2 D2A

S2

G1

S1

09V

18V

For Tuner 33v

L--Prot

Normal--HProtect--L

Back Light Control

Far from DC-DC amp Tuner

Option

When not use DC-DC+5VSTB_L provide

ON-----LOFF-----H

OptionFar from tuner and power supply (NC)

8

7

6

4 5

3

2

1U3

SP8J3

R234

10R

NC

E

C

B

BT3904

Q21

B

C

E

Q32BT3904

R16

19N

C2

618

KR

919

1K

26

10K

B

C

E

Q2

BT3904

R177

NC

C23

00

1U

10K

R18

0

NC

R17

9 0

R1784K7

+12V

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

P4ON-PBACK

ADJ-PWM2

R181910K26

191

K2

6

R10

Z54

BL-ADJUST

1 2

4

6

8

12

14

10

3

5

7

9

11

13

P22

+5V

+5VSTB_L

C22

2

01U

R70R (FOR 26ONLY)

7

8

4

2

3

5

6

1

A04803

Q17

+12V

+12V_PW

+12V_PW

C24

10

01U

BL-ADJUST

+5V

ST

B_L

C14

01U

BL-ONOFF

C22

40

1U

+5VSTB

R24

8N

C

+12V_PW

C220220U

25V

F250A

F150A

47K

R18

2

L8200R

R2413K9

C23

6

1U

C24

3

1U

C244

01U

C242

470U

16V

+5V

ST

B

PRORECT_12V

R29

720

K

+33V

+33V

B

E

CQ31

BT3906R298

NC

+12V

R299

4K7

R301

4K7

R30

010

K

R29

6

4K7

D14 8V

2

B

C

E

Q26BT3904

R3

4K7

B

E

CQ13

BT3906

C64

3 1U

C20A1U

C21

A 1U

NCC

21

R18

147

K

C24

00

01U

R22

330K

33V

+5V

+5V

12V_PANEL

21

P20

01UC

231

NC

C8

01U

C3

01U

L49200R

L47200R

21

P19

01UC

20

5V_PANEL

4K7R15

D11

LL4148

D45LL4148

PW_ONOFF

+5VSTB1

2

3

P1

POWER-ONOFFB

C

E

Q30BT3904

R26610K

GPIO_PROTECT

+5VSTB

R24

70R

D10LL4148

+12V

C201U

SELECT

R20

510

0K

R2041K

D47 33

V

R27

92K

2R

242

2K2

+12V

1

2

3 6

5

8

4

7

U1

RT8110

R50R PROTPW_ONOFF

R2NC

Z58

Z56

B

C

E

Q27BT3904

BL-ONOFF

R12100R

PW_CTRL

Z51

R24

0 0

Z52

Z53

Z60

L530R

L330R

01U

C23

401UC

232

C23

3 1U

R234K7

5V_PANEL

C22

60

1U

L50200R

+5V

C235470U

16V

200RL54

C23

70

1U

L9200R

+5V

R4

10K

R6NC

+12V_INVERTER

B

C

E

Q6BT3904

68K

R37

NCR17

0RR14

16V

470UC

17A

C27

01U

2U2C16

01UC

15

R8

NC

R194K7

R132NC

R143100K

R14K

7

B

C

E

Q14BT3904

R2110K

+12V

D1LL4148

R14210K

+5VSTB

B

C

E

Q3BT3904NC

+12V

C1810U

50V

L6100UH

D5LL4148

B

C

E

Q5SC1815

NCR

24

B

C

E

Q1

BT3904

B

C

E

Q4BT3904

PWM3

SHUT_EEP

200RL56

L55200R

R23

91K

2

R23

8N

C

R235

10R

R23

6N

C

L115UH

R23

322

K

C23

91U

R237

220R

7

8

4

2

3

5

6

1

U2PHKD13N03LT

C23801U

D50LL4148

L53200R

+12V_INVERTER

C22

70

1U

C22

80

1U

L52200R

L51200R

C22

90

1U

L48200R

C22

50

1U

12V_PANEL

L1230R

PANEL-ONOFF

Z59

Z50

PW_ONOFF R26

368

0R

R2618K2

R26010K

R26

710

K

R26

810

K

R26

247

K

R25910K

R25

810

0K

D41LL4148

+12V

R2783K9

TUNER_5V

+5V

40V

C18

70

1U

R2000R

R6390R

R60422K

L6061000UR

C60

40

1U

D61

433

VC63

047

00P

C63

2 270P

C633

01U 50V

L613

1000UH

NC

L6041000UH

100KR

630

NC

C63

6

C63

50

01U

C63

40

1U

C631200P

B

C

E

Q612BC846B

R63147K

12

3

D61

30B

AV

99

33V

+5V

C1

01U

5V_PANEL

+12V_PW

+5VSTB

12V_PANEL

C223

220U25V

+5VSTB

01U

C22

1

+12V

PW_ONOFF

VCC_PANEL

B01 B01

I_18130_011eps180608

CONTROL

34TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

SSB DC - DC

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGNDAGND

GN

DA

DJ

OU

T

VIN

4

OU

T

VIN

AD

JG

ND

VO

UT

VIN

AD

JG

ND

VCC18V FOR MST9E19A

pin36

VDDC for MST9E19A Core

+33V for VDD_MPLL

+33AVDD FOR AVDD_SIF

+33AVDD FOR AVDD_AU

pin6 pin12

+33AVDD for AVDD_HDMI

Vcc33for MST9E19A analog

+33AVDD for AVDDA

33V for AVDDPLL2

Vcc33 for MST9E19A Digital

10RR

31

F330A

+33V

L16100R+5VST

R28NC

23

1

U6

AIC

1084

FM120D8

FM120D6

23

1

U7

KD

1084

AD

2T18

+33V

VDDP

FM120D7

+5VSTB_L

1 2 3

4

U5AS1117-33

L18FB

FBL17

+18V

VDDC

L11

100R

L10100R+33V

L24

100R

FBL23

16V

47UC

37

C67

01U

01UC

62

C61

01U

01UC

60

C59

01U

16V

100UC

53

C48100U

16V

NCR30

R29

0RL41

FB

16V

100UC

33

C31100U

16V

C49 0

1U

01U

C52

01U

C36

C34 0

1U

01U

C42

C58 0

1U16V

47UC

57

C51 0

1U

AVDD_SIF

+33VA

AVDD_AU

+33VA

AVDDA

+33VA

AVDD_MEMPLL

+33VA

C56 0

1U

01U

C552U

2C

54

C47 0

1U

C46 2U

2

L21FB

2U2

C41

FBL19

C50 2U

2

L22FB

FBL20

01U

C452U

2C

44

C39 0

1U

C38 2U

2

AVDD_HDMI

01U

C40

+33VA

01U

C32

C30 0

1U

+33VA

+33VA

VDD_MPLL

+18V

C35100U

16V

C63

01U

01UC

64

C65

01U

01UC

66

01UC

68

C69

01U

01UC

70

C71

01U

01UC

72

C73

01U

+5VST

+5VSTB

FM120D9

B02 B02

I_18130_012eps180608

DC - DC

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 35TCS10L LA 7

SSB MST9E19A Controller

AG

ND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AG

ND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

SDA

SCL

WC

VCC

VSS

E2NC

E1NC

E0NC AGND

VCC

HOLD

SCK

GND SI

WP

SO

CE

SDA

SCL

WC

VCC

VSS

E2NC

E1NC

E0NC

AD

0A

D1

AD

2A

D3

AD

4A

D5

AD

6A

D7

ALE

AUCOM

AUL0

AUL1

AUL2

AUL3

AUOUTL

AUOUTL2

AUOUTL3

AUOUTR

AUOUTR2

AUOUTR3

AUOUTS

AUR0

AUR1

AUR2

AUR3

AUVRADNAUVRADPAUVREF

AV

DD

_AD

C

AV

DD

_AU

AV

DD

_DV

IA

VD

D_D

VI1

AV

DD

_ME

MP

LL

AV

DD

_MP

LLA

VD

D_M

PLL

1

AV

DD

_SIF

BIN0MBIN0P

BIN1MBIN1P

C0

C1

CSZ

CVBS0

CVBS1CVBS2CVBS3

CVBSOUT

DD

CA

_CK

DD

CA

_DA

DDCD_CKDDCD_DA

DD

CR

_CK

DD

CR

_DA

DI0DI1DI2DI3DI4DI5DI6DI7

DIG

O0

DIG

O1

DIG

O2

DIG

O3

DIG

O4

DIG

O5

DIG

O6

DIG

O7

DIG

O8

DIG

O9

GIN0MGIN0P

GIN1MGIN1P

GN

DG

ND

1

GN

D10

GN

D11

GN

D12

GN

D13

GN

D14

GN

D15

GN

D2

GN

D3

GN

D4

GN

D5

GN

D6

GN

D7

GN

D8

GN

D9

GPIOE0LVSYNCGPIOE1LHSYNC

GPIOE2LDEGPIOE3LCK

GPIOF10GPIOF11

GPIOF12GPIOF13GPIOF14GPIOF15GPIOF16GPIOF17GPIOF18GPIOF19

GPIOF2GPIOF3GPIOF4GPIOF5GPIOF6GPIOF7GPIOF8GPIOF9

HSYNC0

HSYNC1

HW

RE

SE

T

ICLK

IHSYNC

INT

IRIN

IVSYNC

LA0MG3LA0PG2LA1MG1LA1PG0LA2MB7LA2PB6

LA3MB3LA3PB2LA4MB1LA4PB0

LACKMB5LACKPB4

LB0MR7LB0PR6LB1MR5LB1PR4LB2MR3LB2PR2

LB3MG7LB3PG6LB4MG5LB4PG4

LBCKMR1LBCKPR0

PW

M0

PW

M1

PW

M2

PW

M3

PWM_DRVPWM_FB

PWM_SENSE

RD

Z

REFMREFP

REXT

RIN0MRIN0P

RIN1MRIN1P

RMID

RX0NRX0PRX1NRX1PRX2NRX2P

RXCKNRXCKP

SA

R0

SA

R1

SA

R2

SA

R3

SCKSDI

SDO

SIF1MSIF1P

SOGIN0

SOGIN1

VCLAMP

VCOM0

VCOM1

VCOM2

VD

DC

VD

DC

1V

DD

C2

VD

DC

3V

DD

C4

VD

DC

5

VD

DP

VD

DP

1V

DD

P2

VD

DP

3V

DD

P4

VD

DP

5V

DD

P6

VD

DP

7V

DD

P8

VD

DP

9

VSYNC0

VSYNC1

WR

Z

XIN

XO

UT

Y0

Y1

AGND

T

T

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

Mode Selection

I2C address at A0

Location Near IC PinLocation Near IC Pin

SST PULL DOWNMSTAR PULL UP

DVI INPUT

VGA INPUT

For TTL output

Audio Output(to Amp) AV Output(Audio)

Debug Port

For Philps debug

HDCP I2C address at A4

VID

EO

INP

UT

HDTV INPUT

C212NC

C7822P

01UC11

2

2U2 C247

C1072U2

01U C114

PW_CTRL

PRORECT_12V

54

72 13

6 8

RP

84K

7

KEY0-IN

LED2-IN

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

P5

POWER-ONOFF

54

72 13

6 8

RP

124K

7

LED1-IN

NC

L43

+5VSTB

4K7

R55

LED2R13

4K7

R584K7

B

C

E

Q9BT3904

1

2

3

4

5

P14

WP

SDA

SCL

+33V

1

2

3

4

P6

10RR41

SHUT_EEP

D4 NC

WP

C20

110

0P

RXD

TXD1

2

3

P2

ZX

Z62

WP

+33V

+33V+5VSTB

RS

20R

RS

3N

C

RS

11K

10K

R32

10K

R42

01UC86

47RR64

NC

R63

R62

NC

R52100R

R51 22

K

R50 22

K

100RR49

100RR40

C83

001

U

001

UC82

R67

0R

001

UC76

2U2C115

R47100R

R45100R

100RR34100R

R33

2U2C104

C1052U2PC-LIN

2U2C106

C1112U2

2U2C110

C11901U

R57 8K

2

8K2

R56

C1092U2

2U2C108

124578

101113141516171819202122232425262728

293031323334353839

404142434445464748495051

5455575859

61626364656667686970717273747576

78798081828384858687

131

132

133

134

125

126

127

128

129

130

155

156

136 3 9 37 52 56 89 99 101

104

106

120

141

152

173

187

204

143

144

145

146

147

148

149

150

153

154

116

117

118

135

124123122121

9796959493929190

139138137

191190189188

185184183182181180179178177176175174171170169168167166165164163162161160

202201200199198197196195

192

194193

207

206

205

36 53 60 105

6 12 157

208

77 98 107

142

158

203

88 100

102

103

119

140

151

159

172

186

115

114

113

112

111

110

109

108

U8

MST9E19A

R54

4K7

R36

22K

100P C79

01UC11

7

C116

01U

R7510K

R38 22

K

C10201U

C89 0

1U

1

3

2

D40

0BA

V99

+5VST

R53

390R

CVBSOUT

LED2

5

6

7

8

4

3

2

1U10

M24C32MN

IR_SYNC

KEY0

LED1

KEY1

WP_FSH

TV1-VIN- VCOM0

AV1-YIN-

AV1-YIN

VCOM2

SV_Y0

R_TX2+

C920047U

C930047U

0047UC94

0047UC96

C970047U

0047UC98

C1010047U

0047UC100

C990047U

SV_C0

TXD

RXD

100P

C20

2

8

7

6

4 5

3

2

1U9

W25X40

+33V

L26 F

B

100RR77

SDA

SCL

SHUT_EEPR76

100R

5

6

7

8

4

3

2

1U11

M24C04MN

SDA

SCL

100RR70

R69100R

+33V

R68

10K

SPI_CZ

SPI_DI

SPI_CK

54

72

1

3 6

8

RP933R

NCR

65R

661K

8

C90 10

0P

R6110R

1KR60

R591K

100P

C91

C95 10

0P

SYS_RST

R391K

B

E

CQ8

BT3906

C8010U

16V

C7447U

16V

R48

1M

Y1

14M

3

22PC84

AVDDA

AVDD_SIF

AVDD_MEMPLL

AVDD_HDMIVDDC VDDP

SDA_EXT

SCL_EXT

+33V

R43

10K

10KR

44

RXE3+B2

RXE4+B0

RXE4-B1

RXE3-B3

RXEC+B4

RXEC-B5

RXE2+B6

RXE2-B7

RXE1+G0

RXE1-G1

RXE0+G2

RXE0-G3

RXO4+G4

RXO4-G5

RXO3+G6

RXO3-G7

RXOC+R0

RXOC-R1

RXO2+R2

RXO2-R3

RXO1+R4

RXO1-R5

RXO0+R6

RXO0-R7

TTL-BLUE2

TTL-BLUE1

TTL-BLUE0

TTL-BLUE3

TTL-BLUE4

TTL-BLUE5

TTL-BLUE6

TTL-BLUE7

TTL-GREEN0

TTL-GREEN1

TTL-GREEN2

TTL-GREEN3

TTL-GREEN4

TTL-GREEN5

TTL-GREEN6

TTL-GREEN7

TTL-RED6

TTL-RED0

TTL-RED1

TTL-RED2

TTL-RED3

TTL-RED4

TTL-RED5

TTL-RED7

54

72

1

3 6

8

RP40R

8

63

1

2 7

4 5

0RRP7

54

72

1

3 6

8

RP60R

8

63

1

2 7

4 5

0RRP3

8

63

1

2 7

4 5

0RRP5

54

72

1

3 6

8

RP20R

SPI_CKSPI_DISPI_CZ

SPI_DO

AMP-MUTE

PANEL-ONOFF

LED1

HPDCTRL

ON-PBACK

863 12

7

45

4K7

RP

13

PWM0

ADJ-PWM2

NCR

85

NCR

82

NCR

80

NCR

79

R84

1K

R83

1K

R81

1K

R78

1K

PWM0

WP_FSH

ADJ-PWM2

PWM3

IR_SYNC

KEY1

KEY0

RXD

TXD

SCL

SDA

DDC-RDX

DDC-TXD

I2C-SCL

I2C-SDA

+33V

54

721 3

68

RP

104K

7

R7410R

10RR73

10RR72

R7110R

AUCOM

16V

10UC

118

AUVRADN

AUVRADP

C11310U

16V

L250

AMP-ROUT

AMP-LOUT

PH-ROUTPH-LOUT

PC-RIN

SIFM

SIFP

01UC103

01U

C88

AUCOM

AUVREFAUVRADPAUVRADN

SIFM

SIFP

TUNER_CVBS

SV_C0

SV_Y0

VCOM2

CVBS2CVBS1

VCOM0

VCOM1

CVBS3

SCG+

SCR+SCR-

SC_SOG

SCG-

SCB-

RIN-

RIN+GIN-

GIN+SOG

BIN-BIN+

01UC85

C8701U

VS_RGBHS_RGB

HDMI_SCLHDMI_SDA

AVDD_HDMI TXCLK-

R_TX2+

R_TX2-G_TX1+

G_TX1-B_TX0+

B_TX0-TXCLK+

AUVREF

PWM3

+33V

VDD_MPLL

AVDD_AU

TV1-VIN+ TUNER_CVBS

VCOM1

AV1-CIN

TV-SIFP

TV-SIFM

HDMI_SCLHDMI_SDA

TXCLK-

R_TX2-G_TX1+

G_TX1-B_TX0+

B_TX0-TXCLK+

VS_RGBHS_RGB

RIN-

RIN+GIN-

GIN+SOG

BIN-BIN+

SCG+

SCR+SCR-

SC_SOG

SCG-SCB+SCB-

AV1-VIN+

AV2-VIN+

AV3-VIN+ CVBS1

CVBS2

CVBS3

SPI_DO

WP_FSH

CVBSOUT

PH-LOUT

PH-ROUTAMP-ROUT AMP-R

AMP-LAMP-LOUTPH-L1OUT

AFT

SCB+

KEY1-IN

+33V

PH-R1OUT

C77

1000

P

E

C

B BT3904Q7

R114K7

+5VSTB

GPIO_PROTECT

+33V

IR-IN

C248

2U2

2U2 C249

C250

2U2

2U2 C251

C252

2U2

DVI-RINDVI-LINAV2-RIN

AV2-LIN

AV1-RINAV1-LIN

B03 B03

I_18130_013eps180608

MST9E19A CONTROLLER

36TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

SSB HDMI Interface

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

SDA

SCL

WC

VCC

VSS

E2NC

E1NC

E0NC

RX2+

GND1

RX2-

RX1+

GND2

RX1-

RX0+

GND3

RX0-

RXC+

GND4

RXC-

NC1

NC2

DDCCLK

DDCDA

GND5

VCC

HPD

AGND

HDMI-RX2-

HDMI-RX1+

+5V

+5V

5

6

43

2

1

U17

PRTR5V0U4D

5

6

43

2

1

U18

PRTR5V0U4D

1KR101

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

P12

01UC

120

5

6

7

8

4

3

2

1U12

M24C02MN

RLZ

5B6

D18

HDMI-DDC-SDA

HDMI-DDC-SCL

HDMI-HPD

HDMI5V

HPDCTRLB

C

E

Q10BT3904

4K7R96

R95

4K7

R1000R

NCR

97

R94

1K

+5V

100RR99

R98100R

12

3

D17

BAT

54C

D19

RLZ

5B6

TXCLK-

TXCLK+

B_TX0-

B_TX0+

G_TX1-

G_TX1+

R_TX2-

R_TX2+

10RR93

R9210R

10RR91

R9010R

10RR89

R8810R

10RR87

R8610R

HDMI_SDA

HDMI_SCL

HDMI-RXC-

HDMI-RXC+

HDMI-RX0+

HDMI-RX0-

HDMI-RX1-

HDMI-RX2+

B04 B04

I_18130_014eps180608

HDMI INTERFACE

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 37TCS10L LA 7

SSB VGA Interface

AGND

AGND

AGND

SDA

SCL

WC

VCC

VSS

E2NC

E1NC

E0NC

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGNDProgram Control

To main chip(when updateit is I2Cwhen debug it is RXTX)

LED2

R12

110

0RR12

010

0R

+33V

RXD

TXD

R170

4K7

1

3

2

D2

100RR144

NCR123

4K7R12

2

75R

R10

9

R10

8 75R

01UC

130

10K

R17

4

75R

R10

7

10K

R17

2

P13-11

R11

8 4K7

4K7

R11

9

PROTECT

VGA5V

VGA-SCL

PROTECT

13

2

D25

1

3

2

D20

C19 N

C

Q182N7002

10RR175

R171NC

R17310R

C12

9 NC

C1270047U

VGA-R+

VGA-G+

VGA-B+

+5VST1

32

D24

1KR115

R1141K

123

D23BAT54C

5

6

7

8

4

3

2

1U13

M24C02MN

R11

74K

7NC

C12

8R11

610

K

6

4

11

14

15

7

12

8

5

13

3

10

9

1

2

16

17

P13

C1230047U

C1241000P

C1210047U

R10510R

10RR104

R10310R

0047UC126

C1250047U

0047UC122

1

3

2

D22

2

3

1

D21

R11347R

47RR111

R11047R

R106330R

HS_RGB

VS_RGB

Q192N7002

B

C

E

Q25BT3904

VGA-HS

VGA-VS

VGA-SDA

RIN+

SOG

BIN-

GIN-

RIN-

BIN+

GIN+

VGA-SDA

VGA-SCL

+5VSTB

+5VSTB

B05 B05

I_18130_015eps180608

VGA INTERFACE

38TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

SSB Cinch

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND AGNDAGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

VDD

OUTB

INB-

VSS INB+

INA+

INA-

OUTA

AGNDAGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

WHITE

RED

YELLOWGREEN

BLUE

RED

WHITE

RED

RED

WHITE

YELLOW

AGND

AGND

AGND

HDTV IN

AV OUTPUT AUDIO AMP

For PCampYPbPr Audio Input(RL)

For Philips Upgrade

S-VIDEO amp AV2 In Side

Earphone Outuput In Side

AV1 In Rear

AV OUTPUT

For DVI Audio Input(35mm Jack)

2

1

3

P17

DVI_R

DVI_L

AV2-V

AV_ROUT

AV2-R

C13 47

0P

12K

R15

2

C17 47

0P

560P

C16

356

0PC

162

3

2

1

4P15

C14

156

0P

PC-R

560P

C14

3C

134

560P

560P

C13

8

2

3

1

D37

NC

C14

256

0P56

0PC

146

C6 10

0P

3

1

2

P11

TXD

3

1

2

P7

PR1

PB1

AVOUT_L

Y1

AVOUT

1

4

2

5

3

6P21

1

2

3

4

5

6P8

8 56 7 9

P15

BUF2

1

3

2

D31

2

3

1

D28

NC

1

3

2

D33

NC

2

3

1

D55

NC

2

3

1

D54

NC

2

3

1

D52

NC

2

3

1

D51

NC

2

3

1

D34

1

3

2

D36

NC

C5 10

0P

13

2

D12

R18

8 75R

R2855K1

R2845K1

R2805K1

R2815K1

L6130R

AV1-CL60

30R

AV1-YL59

30R

75R

R14

9

C19

810

00P

C14

068

0P

680P

C15

5

10RR186

680P

C13

6

OP_VCC2

C13

168

0P

2

3

1

D53

2

3

1

D27

FB

L42

10KR230

12K

R20

1R

197 12

K

R15

9 12K

R15

522

0R

220RR153

75R

R14

0

75R

R13

9

R13

6 75R

75R

R12

8

2U2C188

R14

5 12K

12K

R15

7

12K

R13

5C191

2U2

10K

R15

6R

147 10

K

330R

R14

6

R18510RY1

75RR151

R141

75R

C1452U2

2U2C144

01UC

139

12K

R16

1

AV2-VIN+

CVBSOUT

AV1-CIN

AV1-YIN-

1

3

2

D38

2

3

1

D39

PH-R1OUTR226

10K

AV_LOUT

R22447K

+5V

R22

547

K

C18

347

U

16V

100P

C18

9

33KR

229

C18547U

16V

C18

40

1U

C19

310

0P

R23

233

K

8

7

6

4 5

3

2

1U16

TDA1308T

SCB-

SCG-

SCR-

C1580047U

SCG+

SCR+

SCB+

SC_SOG

PR1

PB1

C1540047U

0047UC153

C1520047U

C1511000P

0047UC159

0047UC156

R19547R

47RR191

R18947R

R18410R

10RR183

R14810R

1

3

2

D35

B

E

CQ11

BT3906C218

10U

16V

B

C

E

Q12BT3904

2

3

1

D32

2

3

1

D30

1

3

2

D29

R13347R

10RR137

R12610R

+5V

AV1-YIN

Y1R176

470R

PH-L1OUT

AV_LOUT

AV_ROUT

AV1-VIN+

L63 30

R

30R

L62

330RR

249

R25

133

0R

C196

033U50V

C197

033U50V

7

654

89

3

1

2

P18

1000

PC

199

AMP-PROUT+AMP-LIN

AMP-PLOUT+AMP-RIN

EARPHONE-RA

EARPHONE-LA

30RL44

AV1-RIN

R2825K1

R2835K1 AV1-LIN

AV2-LIN

R2865K1

R2875K1 AV2-RIN

R2885K1

R2895K1 DVI-RIN

R2905K1

R2915K1 DVI-LIN

R2925K1

R2935K1 PC-RIN

R2945K1

R2955K1 PC-LIN

AV1_V

AVOUT_R

RXD

C4 47

0P47

0PC

7

AV1_R

AV1_L

C9 47

0P47

0PC

10

C11 47

0P47

0PC

12

PC-L

AV2-L

B06 B06

I_18130_016eps180608

CINCH

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 39TCS10L LA 7

SSB Tuner

AGND

AGND

AGND

AG

ND

AGNDAGND

AGND

AGND

COMMON

IN OUT

VID

EO

NC

1

NC

2

AU

DIO

AG

C

SD

A

TU

MB

GN

D2

SIF

OU

T

GN

D1

NC

3

NC

4

NC

5

SC

L

NC

6

AF

T

CLOSE RO MST IC

R21127R

171 2 6 1110 1412 157 83 4 5 9 13 16

TU1

2

1 3

U15KIA78D05

TUNER_SDA

TUNER_SCL

SIF_OUT

TV_CVBSC

172

01U

33V

B

C

E

Q20

BT3904

TV-SIFPNCR213

10RR220

001UC181

TV-SIFP

R194100R

330R

R19

3R

192

10R

R19

81K

R19

91K

L2722UH

+12V

R20

7 NC

100K

R20

3

2200

PC

200

R209120R

R20610R

C17

4N

C3

30P

NC

330

PC

175

C171220U

16V

L28120R

R20251K

C17

710

0P

C17

615

0P

SDA_EXT

SCL_EXT

C168220U

16V

16V

220UC

169

TV1-VIN-

TV1-VIN+

R21047R

C16

60

01UC16

44U

7

50V

C16

50

01U

C16

70

1U

TUNER_5V

AFT

120RR212

TUNER_5V

TV-SIFM

001UC170

B07 B07

I_18130_017eps180608

TUNER

40TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

SSB Audio Amplifier

PGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

PGND

PGND

AGND

AGND

OUT2+

OUT2-

NC3

IN2

VCC2

NC2

OUT1+

VCC1

IN1

NC1

MUTE

STBY

PW_GND

S_GND

OUT1-

TO SPEAKER

TO SPEAKER

0RR

162

AMP-PROUT-

2

1

H8

15

14

11

12

13

10

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

2

U19

TD

A7266

1

2

3

4

P9

AMP-PLOUT-

L45200R

L46200R

C219220U

16V

27UHL31

C217220U

16V

AMP-LIN

R253NC

01U C209

D3LL4148

C20

610

00P

1U

C211

0022U

C26 1000

PC

204

0022U

C25

C22

470U16V

+5VST

R164100K

R16510K

R16

8N

C

R16

9N

C

R1663K3

3K3R167

10KR244

B

E

CQ15

BT3906

B

C

E

Q16BT3904

C19

5 NC

NC

C19

4

B

C

E

Q24BT3904NC

0RR257

10KR254

E

C

B BT3904Q23

B

C

E

Q22BT3904

R25210K

R255100R

R24310K

2U2C205

R2560R

C2032U2

+12V

AMP-PROUT-

AMP-PROUT+

AMP-PLOUT-

AMP-PLOUT+

POWER-ONOFF

AMP-MUTE

AMP-R

AMP-L

12V-AMP

+12V

AMP-RIN

B08 B08

I_18130_018eps180608

AUDIO AMPLIFIER

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 41TCS10L LA 7

SSB LVDS Interface

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

VCC_PANEL

C246

10U 16V

C245

01U

R277 0NC

+33V

R27

2

0N

C

R275 0NC

RXE4+B0 RXE4-B1

RXE3+B2 RXE3-B3

RXEC+B4 RXEC-B5

RXE2+B6 RXE2-B7

RXE1+G0 RXE1-G1

RXE0+G2 RXE0-G3

RXO4+G4 RXO4-G5

RXO3+G6 RXO3-G7

RXOC+R0 RXOC-R1

RXO2+R2 RXO2-R3

RXO1+R4 RXO1-R5

RXO0+R6 RXO0-R7

1 2

4

6

8

12

14

16

18

20

10

22

24

26

28

3

5

7

9

11

13

15

17

19

21

23

25

27

29 30

32

34

36

38

40

31

33

35

37

39

P10

R276 0NC

R27

3

0N

CR

274

0N

C

B09 B09

I_18130_019eps180608

LVDS INTERFACE Personal Notes

E_06532_012eps131004

42TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout Small Signal Board (Top Side)

I_18130_020eps180608

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 43TCS10L LA 7

Layout Small Signal Board (Bottom Side)

I_18130_021eps180608

44TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Keyboard Control Panel

Layout Keyboard Control Panel (Top Side)

Layout Keyboard Control Panel (Bottom Side)

AGND

AGND AGNDAGND

AGND

R10072K

R10061K5

R10011K2

12 4

3K1001

1

2

3

P1001

KEY0

R1008NC

R10051K2

R1004NC

R10032K

R10021K5

D10

02

HS

5V6B

D10

01H

S5V

6B

12 4

3K1003

12 4

3K1002

12 4

3K1006

12 4

3K1005

12 4

3K1004

KEY1

I_18130_030eps180608

E EKEYBOARD CONTROL PANEL

I_18130_031eps180608

I_18130_032eps180608

Personal Notes

E_06532_012eps131004

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 45TCS10L LA 7

Inverter Panel

1 2

A

B

C

D

4321

D

C

B

A

F1FUSE-1

C2104

C1220uF250V

C3104

R1200

Q1

DTA143

E1

9

E2

10

C2

11

VC

C12

OU

TP

UT

C13

VR

EF

14

A1+

1

A1-

2

CO

MP

3

DT

C4

CT

5

RT

6

GN

D7

C1

8

A2-

15

A2+

16

U1

TL494

R2200

Q32222

C8

223

C7103

R847K

R7120K

C4

104C5104

D1

68V

C9104

D2

1N4148

Q8DTC143

123456

CN1

R20470K

R21

33K

C16

330pF

C15NC

R13100K

R10

68K

R11

68K

R12

15K

C10104

R2627K

C20223

R18560

Q22222

Q62907

R142K

R1622K

R27 10

R28 10

D4

BAW56K

S11

G12

S23

G24

D1 8

D1 7

D2 6

D2 5

U2

4606

C21223

Q42222

Q72907

R152K

R1722K

R29 10

R30 10

D5

BAW56K

S11

G12

S23

G24

D1 8

D1 7

D2 6

D2 5

U3

4606

R19560

C6

105

R231M

Q52N7002

R22

1M

R9

47K

R25

100KR24270K

D6NCBAW56K

D7NCBAW56K

P1

P2

P3

P4

C17225

C18

225

10

1 7

6

T1

T01

10

1 7

6

T2

T01

C2222pF

12

CON1

12

CON2

D9BAV99

R41K

R36820

R32

10KC12104

D8BAV99

R31K

R35820

R31

10KC11104

P2

P1

C2322pF

12

CON3

12

CON4

D11

BAV99

R61K

R38820

R34

10KC14104

D10BAV99

R51K

R37820

R33

10KC13104

P4

P3

VREF

VREF

C19NC

C26

222C27NC

D13BAV99

D15BAV99

C2422pF

C2522pF

C28

222C29NC

C30222 C31

NC

C32

222C33NC

OVP

OVP

OV

P

R602K

R61510K

C38105

Q10

DTA143

Q112222

R6330K

R62 1K

VCC

VCC

P5

P5

R64

1K

C34221

C35 221

C37

221

C39104

C36

221U4A

LM393

U4B

LM393

Vref

D3

1N4148

R65

3K R663K

C41 104

R67

10K

I_18130_033eps180608

I IINVERTER PANEL 19rdquo

46TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout Inverter Panel (Top Side)

Layout Inverter Panel (Bottom Side)

I_18130_034eps190608

I_18130_035eps190608

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 47TCS10L LA 7

IR LED Panel

AGND

AGND

AGNDIRVC

C

GN

D

RW

R20

031K

2

R20

04

1K2

LED1

1

2

3

4

5

CN2001

E

C

B

BC847AQ2001

B

C

E

Q2002

BC847A

2

13

D2001

LED2

G2001

R20024K7

5V16

V10

0UC

2001

5V

IR

IR

C20

03 47P

LED1R2001

4K7

C2002

47P

LED2

I_18130_036eps180608

J JIR amp LED PANELLayout IR LED Panel (Top Side)

Layout IR LED Panel (Bottom Side)

I_18130_037eps180608

I_18130_038eps180608

48TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Personal Notes

E_06532_013eps131004

Alignments EN 49TCS10L LA 8

8 Alignments

Index of this chapter81 Electrical Alignments82 Hardware Alignments

NoteThe Service Modes are described in chapter 5 Menu navigation is done with the CURSOR UP DOWN LEFT or RIGHT keys of the remote control transmitter

81 Electrical Alignments

Perform all electrical adjustments under the following conditionsbull Power supply voltage (depends on region)

ndash AP-NTSC 120 VAC or 230 VAC 50 Hz (plusmn 10)ndash AP-PAL-multi 120 - 230 VAC 50 Hz (plusmn 10)ndash EU 230 VAC 50 Hz (plusmn 10)ndash LATAM-NTSC 120 - 230 VAC 50 Hz (plusmn 10)ndash US 120 VAC 60 Hz (plusmn 10)

bull Connect the set to the mains via an isolation transformer with low internal resistance

bull Allow the set to warm up for approximately 60 minutesbull Measure voltages and waveforms in relation to correct

ground (eg measure audio signals in relation to AUDIO_GND) Caution It is not allowed to use heatsinks as ground

bull Test probe Ri gt 10 MΩ Ci lt 20 pFbull Use an isolated trimmerscrewdriver to perform

alignments

82 Hardware Alignments

Not applicable

821 Aging

Enter TV mode Set warm up status to ldquoOnrdquo Aging time at least 12 minutes

822 ADC Adjustment

The chassis can execute ADC auto-tune in YPbPr amp PC sourcing modes Enter SAM select YPbPr or PC as source then select AUTOTUNE in ADC ADJ press ldquoRight keyrdquo to run waiting for about 5 seconds until ldquoOKrdquo is displayed which means the set finished the ADC adjustment With an YPbPr source use a 100 color bar pattern with a PC source use a 16-scale grey pattern

823 White Balance Adjustment

Adjust the NORMAL WARM COOL temperature in White balance according to company regular Make sure ADC adjustments have done successfully before doing white balance adjustments and use the ldquoNaturalrdquo picture mode White balance adjustment should be performed with three different sources1 AVTVSVIDEO source reunification under the AV

adjustment apply a NTSC-M system signal with 8-scale grey pattern

2 YPbPrHDMI source reunification under the YPbPr adjustment apply an 8-scale grey pattern

3 PC source should adjust single apply a 8-scale grey pattern

If case of manual adjustment please use the WB page in SAMWhile adjusting White Balance do not change White G or Black G only adjust White R White B Black R and Black B

Table 8-1 Color Temperature Setting 19

Table 8-2 Color Temperature Setting 26

Color mode X Y Color Temperature (K)

Normal 296plusmn4 299plusmn4 8000

Warm 314plusmn4 319plusmn4 6500

Cool 289plusmn4 291plusmn4 9000

Color mode X Y Color Temperature (K)

Normal 289plusmn4 291plusmn4 9000

Warm 314plusmn4 319plusmn4 6500

Cool 278plusmn4 278plusmn4 11000

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data SheetsEN 50 TCS10L LA9

9 Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data Sheets

Index of this chapter91 Introduction92 Abbreviation List93 IC Data Sheets

Notes bull Only new circuits (circuits that are not published recently)

are described bull Figures can deviate slightly from the actual situation due

to different set executions

91 Introduction

This chassis uses the MStar MST9U19A main chip with the following features bull Multi-Standard TV decoding with 2-D comb filterbull Multi-Standard TV sound demodulator and decoderbull Triple ADC fro TV and RGBYPbPrbull Integrated DVIHDCPHDMI compliant receiverbull High quality scaling enginebull 3-D video de-interlacer and video noise reductionbull Embedded On Screen Display controllerbull NTSCPALSecam Video decoder with automatic standard

detectionbull CVBS video outputbull Multi standard TV sound decoderbull FM stereo and SAP demodulationbull Digital audio interfacebull Analog RGB Compliant Input Portsbull DVIHDCPHDMI Compliant input portbull Auto tuning function including phasing positioning offset

gain and jitter detectionbull Automatic color correction

The MST9U19A is a high performance and fully integrated IC for multi-function LCD monitorTV with resolutions up to WSXGA (1680 times 1050) It is configured with an integrated triple-ADCPLL an integrated DVIHDCPHDMI receiver a multi standard TV video and audio decoder a video de-interlacer a scaling engine the MStarACE-3 color engine an On Screen Display controller an 8-bit MCU and a built-in output panel interface It also incorporates an intelligent power management control system for green-mode requirements and spread-spectrum support for EMI management

For a block diagram refer to chapter 6 ldquoBlock diagrams Test Point Overviews and Waveformsrdquo

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data Sheets EN 51TCS10L LA 9

92 Abbreviation List

1080i 1080 visible lines interlaced1080p 1080 visible lines progressive scan2CS 2 Carrier Sound2DNR Spatial (2D) Noise Reduction3DNR Temporal (3D) Noise Reduction480i 480 visible lines interlaced480p 480 visible lines progressive scanAARA Automatic Aspect Ratio Adaptation

algorithm that adapts aspect ratio to remove horizontal black bars keeping up the original aspect ratio

ACI Automatic Channel Installation algorithm that installs TV channels directly from a cable network by means of a predefined TXT page

ADC Analogue to Digital ConverterAFC Automatic Frequency Control control

signal used to tune to the correct frequency

AGC Automatic Gain Control algorithm that controls the video input of the feature box

AM Amplitude ModulationAUO Acer Unipack OptronicsAP Asia PacificAR Aspect Ratio 4 by 3 or 16 by 9ASD Automatic Standard DetectionAV Audio VideoB-SC1-IN Blue SCART1 inB-SC2-IN Blue SCART2 inB-TXT Blue teletextBG Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 55 MHzBTSC Broadcast Television System

CommitteeC-FRONT Chrominance front inputCBA Circuit Board Assembly (or PWB)CL Constant Level audio output to

connect with an external amplifierCLUT Color Look Up TableComPair Computer aided rePairCSM Customer Service ModeCVBS Composite Video Blanking and

SynchronizationCVBS-EXT CVBS signal from external source

(VCR VCD etc)CVBS-INT CVBS signal from TunerCVBS-MON CVBS monitor signalCVBS-TER-OUT CVBS terrestrial outDAC Digital to Analogue ConverterDBE Dynamic Bass Enhancement extra

low frequency amplificationDFU Directions For Use owners manualDNR Dynamic Noise ReductionDRAM Dynamic RAMDSP Digital Signal ProcessingDST Dealer Service Tool special

(European) remote control designed for service technicians

DTS Digital Theatre SoundDVD Digital Versatile DiscDVI Digital Visual InterfaceDW Double WindowED Enhanced Definition 480p 576pEEPROM Electrically Erasable and

Programmable Read Only MemoryEU EUropeEXT EXTernal (source) entering the set by

SCART or by cinches (jacks)FBL Fast Blanking DC signal

accompanying RGB signalsFBL-SC1-IN Fast blanking signal for SCART1 in

FBL-SC2-IN Fast blanking signal for SCART2 inFBL-TXT Fast Blanking TeletextFLASH FLASH memoryFM Field Memory Frequency ModulationFMR FM RadioFRC Frame Rate ConverterFRONT-C Front input chrominance (SVHS)FRONT-DETECT Front input detectionFRONT-Y_CVBS Front input luminance or CVBS

(SVHS)FTV Flat TeleVisionG-SC1-IN Green SCART1 inG-SC2-IN Green SCART2 inG-TXT Green teletextH H_sync to the module HD High Definition 720p 1080i 1080pHDMI High Definition Multimedia Interface

digital audio and video interfaceHP Head PhoneI Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 60 MHzI2C Integrated IC busI2S Integrated IC Sound busIC Integrated CircuitIF Intermediate FrequencyInterlaced Scan mode where two fields are used

to form one frame Each field contains half the number of the total amount of lines The fields are written in ldquopairsrdquo causing line flicker

IR Infra RedIRQ Interrupt ReQuestLast Status The settings last chosen by the

customer and read and stored in RAM or in the NVM They are called at start-up of the set to configure it according the customers wishes

LATAM LATin AMericaLC04 Philips chassis name for LCD TV 2004

projectLCD Liquid Crystal DisplayLED Light Emitting DiodeLL Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 65 MHz L is Band I L is all bands except for Band I

LPL LG Philips LCDLS Loud SpeakerLVDS Low Voltage Differential Signalling

data transmission system for high speed and low EMI communication

MN Monochrome TV system Sound carrier distance is 45 MHz

MOSFET Metal Oxide Semiconductor Field Effect Transistor

MPEG Motion Pictures Experts GroupMSP Multi-standard Sound Processor ITT

sound decoderMUTE MUTE LineNAFTA North American Free Trade

Association Trade agreement between Canada USA and Mexico

NC Not ConnectedNICAM Near Instantaneous Compounded

Audio Multiplexing This is a digital sound system used mainly in Europe

NTSC National Television Standard Committee Color system used mainly in North America and Japan Color carrier NTSC MN = 3579545 MHz NTSC 443 = 4433619 MHz (this is a VCR norm it is not transmitted off-air)

NVM Non Volatile Memory IC containing TV related data (for example options)

OC Open CircuitONOFF LED OnOff control signal for the LED

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data SheetsEN 52 TCS10L LA9

OSD On Screen DisplayPAL Phase Alternating Line Color system

used mainly in Western Europe (color carrier = 4433619 MHz) and South America (color carrier PAL M = 3575612 MHz and PAL N = 3582056 MHz)

PC Personal ComputerPCB Printed Circuit Board (or PWB)PDP Plasma Display PanelPIG Picture In GraphicPIP Picture In PicturePLL Phase Locked Loop Used for

example in FST tuning systems The customer can directly provide the desired frequency

Progressive Scan Scan mode where all scan lines are displayed in one frame at the same time creating a double vertical resolution

PWB Printed Wiring Board (or PCB)RAM Random Access MemoryRC Remote Control transmitterRC5 (6) Remote Control system 5 (6) the

signal from the remote control receiver RGB Red Green and Blue The primary

color signals for TV By mixing levels of R G and B all colors (YC) are reproduced

RGBHV Red Green Blue Horizontal sync and Vertical sync

ROM Read Only MemorySAM Service Alignment ModeSC SandCastle two-level pulse derived

from sync signalsSC1-OUT SCART output of the MSP audio ICSC2-B-IN SCART2 Blue inSC2-C-IN SCART2 chrominance inSC2-OUT SCART output of the MSP audio ICSC Short CircuitSCL Clock signal on I2C busSD Standard Definition 480i 576iSDA Data signal on I2C busSDI Samsung Display IndustrySDM Service Default ModeSDRAM Synchronous DRAMSECAM SEequence Couleur Avec Memoire

Color system used mainly in France and Eastern Europe Color carriers = 4406250 MHz and 4250000 MHz

SIF Sound Intermediate FrequencySMPS Switch Mode Power SupplySND SouNDSNDL-SC1-IN Sound left SCART1 inSNDL-SC1-OUT Sound left SCART1 outSNDL-SC2-IN Sound left SCART2 inSNDL-SC2-OUT Sound left SCART2 outSNDR-SC1-IN Sound right SCART1 inSNDR-SC1-OUT Sound right SCART1 outSNDR-SC2-IN Sound right SCART2 outSNDR-SC2-OUT Sound right SCART2 outSNDS-VL-OUT Surround sound left variable level outSNDS-VR-OUT Surround sound right variable level outSOPS Self Oscillating Power SupplySPDIF Sony Philips Digital InterFaceSRAM Static RAMSTBY Stand-bySVHS Super Video Home SystemSW Sub Woofer SoftWareTHD Total Harmonic DistortionTXT TeleteXTuP MicroprocessorVL Variable Level out processed audio

output toward external amplifierVCR Video Cassette Recorder

VGA Video Graphics ArrayWD Watch DogWYSIWYR What You See Is What You Record

record selection that follows main picture and sound

XTAL Quartz crystalYPbPr Component video (Y= Luminance Pb

Pr= Color difference signals B-Y and R-Y other amplitudes wrt to YUV)

YC Video related signals Y consists of luminance signal blanking level and sync C consists of color signal

Y-OUT Luminance-signalYUV Baseband component video (Y=

Luminance UV= Color difference signals)

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data Sheets EN 53TCS10L LA 9

93 IC Data Sheets

This section shows the internal block diagrams and pin layouts of ICs that are drawn as ldquoblack boxesrdquo in the electrical diagrams (with the exception of ldquomemoryrdquo and ldquologicrdquo ICs)

931 Diagram B MST9U19A

Figure 9-1 Pin configuration

Pin 1

123

45

7

9

11

1314

1718

21

23

25

2728

30

32

34

36

39

41

43

6

8

10

12

1516

1920

22

24

26

29

31

33

35

3738

40

42

4445464748

505152

49

53 54 55 56 57 59 61 63 65 66 69 70 73 75 77 79 80 82 84 86 88 91 93 9558 60 62 64 67 68 71 72 74 76 78 81 83 85 87 89 90 92 94 96 97 98 99 100

102

103

104

101

208

207

206

205

204

202

200

198

196

195

192

191

188

186

184

182

181

179

177

175

173

170

168

166

203

201

199

197

194

193

190

189

187

185

183

180

178

176

174

172

171

169

167

165

164

163

162

161

159

158

157

160

156155154

153152

150

148

146

144143

140139

136

134

132

130129

127

125

123

121

118

116

114

151

149

147

145

142141

138137

135

133

131

128

126

124

122

120119

117

115

113112111110109

107106105

108

MST9U19A

XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX

GN

D

AUR1

AUL2

AUL3

AUL1

AUCO

M

AUR2

AUR3

DIGO[8]

GNDAVDD_MEMPLL

PWM3PWM2DIGO[9]

SIF1

MSI

F1P

AVD

D_S

IF

AUO

UTL

AUO

UTR

AUO

UTS

VDD

CG

PIO

F[2]

GPI

OF[

3]G

PIO

F[4]

GPI

OF[

5]G

PIO

F[6]

GPI

OF[

7]G

PIO

F[8]

GPI

OF[

9]G

PIO

F[10

]G

PIO

F[11

]VD

DP

GN

DG

PIO

F[12

]

GPI

OF[

14]

GPI

OF[

15]

GPI

OF[

16]

GPI

OF[

17]

GPI

OF[

18]

GN

D

GPI

OF[

19]

VDD

C

VDD

PG

ND

VDD

PVD

DP

GPI

OF[

13]

GN

D

DIGO[7]

DIGO[5]

DIGO[3]

DIGO[1]

VDDC

VDDPPWM_SENSE

DIGO[6]

DIGO[4]

DIGO[2]

DIGO[0]

GND

PWM_DRVPWM_FBIRININT

PWM1PWM0

GNDVDDPALERDZWRZ

VDDC

GNDVDDP

VDD

PLV

A0M

LVA0

PLV

A1M

LVA1

PLV

A2M

LVA2

PLV

ACKM

LVAC

KPLV

A3M

LVA4

PVD

DP

VDD

CAV

DD

_MPL

L

LVA3

PLV

A4M

GPI

OE[

0]

IHSY

NC

ICLK

DI[

1]D

I[0]

IVYS

NC

GPI

OE[

1]G

PIO

E[2]

GPI

OE[

3]G

ND

VDD

P

AVD

D_M

PLL

XIN

XOU

TH

WR

ESET

GN

D

DI[

7]D

I[6]

DI[

5]D

I[4]

DI[

2]D

I[3]

VDD

C

AUO

UTL

3AU

OU

TR3

RXCKPGND

RX0NRX0P

AVDD_DVIRX1NRX1P

RX2P

REXT

DDCD_CK

VSYNC1

VCLAMP

REFM

BIN1M

GNDRX2N

AVDD_DVI

DDCD_DA

HSYNC1

RMID

REFP

BIN1P

SOGIN1GIN1PGIN1MRIN1PRIN1MBIN0MBIN0PGIN0MGIN0P

SOGIN0RIN0MRIN0P

HSYNC0VSYNC0

RXCKN

AVDD_ADCGND

C1Y1C0Y0

CVBS2CVBS1

VCOM1CVBS0

VCOM0CVBSOUT

GND

VCOM2CVBS3

GN

D

AVD

D_A

UAU

L0AU

R0

AUVR

EFAU

VRAD

PAU

VRAD

N

AUO

UTL

2AU

OU

TR2

AD[7]AD[6]AD[5]AD[4]AD[3]AD[2]AD[1]AD[0]

SDOCSZSDISCK

SAR3

SAR1SAR2

SAR0

DDCA_CK

DDCR_CKDDCA_DA

DDCR_DA

LVB0

MLV

B0P

LVB1

MLV

B1P

LVB2

MLV

B2P

LVBC

KMLV

BCKP

LVB3

M

LVB4

P

LVB3

PLV

B4M

I_18130_008eps200608

Pin Configuration

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data SheetsEN 54 TCS10L LA9

932 Diagram B TDA1308

Figure 9-2 Block diagram and pin configuration

Block diagram

Pinning information

2

1

3

4

8

7

65

INA(neg)

TDA1308(A)OUTA

VSS

VDD

INA(pos)

INB(neg)

INB(pos)

OUTB

TDA1308(A)

VATUO DD

BTUO)gen(ANI

)gen(BNI)sop(ANI

VSS INB(pos)

1

2

3

4

6

5

8

7

I_18130_007eps190608

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data Sheets EN 55TCS10L LA 9

933 Diagram B NCP1377B

Figure 9-3 Block diagram and pin configuration

Block diagram

Pinning information

I_18130_009eps190608

HV

VCC

GND

Demag

4 mA

To InternalSupply

+

+

125 V75 V56 V (Fault)

FaultMngt

PON

5 V+

OVP

+

144

45 usDelay

15 us for B Version

Demag

8 usBlanking

S

SR R

Q

Q

+

3 us forB Version

+minus

Overload

5 usTimeout

TimeReset

Demag

380 nsLEB

1 V3

200 Awhen DRV

is OFF

FB

42 V

Driver src = 20 sink = 10

DrvVCC

CS

+50 mV 10 V Rint

1Dmg 8 HV

7 NC2FB

3CS

4GND

6 VCC

5 Drv

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data SheetsEN 56 TCS10L LA9

934 Diagram B TDA7266

Figure 9-4 Block diagram and pin configuration

1

2

4

Vref

7YB-TS

IN1

022microF

VCC

133

+

-

-

+

OUT1+

OUT1-

15

14

12

6ETUM

IN2

022microF

+

-

-

+

OUT2+

OUT2-

8

9S-GND

PW-GND

470microF 100nF

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

9

10

11

8

NC

NC

S-GND

PW-GND

OUT2+

OUT2-

VCC

IN2

ST-BY

MUTE

NC

IN1

VCCOUT1-

OUT1+

13

14

15

12

I_17950_054eps090508

Block Diagram

Pin Configuration

Spare Parts List amp CTN Overview EN 57TCS10L LA 10

10 Spare Parts List amp CTN OverviewFor the latest spare part overview please consult the Philips Service website

Table 10-1 Sets described in this manual

11 Revision ListManual xxxx xxx xxxx0bull First release

CTN Styling

19PFL340355 MG8

19PFL340377 MG8

19PFL340378 MG8

19PFL340385 MG8

26PFL340385 MG8

  • Content
  • 1 Technical Specifications Connections and Chassis Overview
    • 11 Technical Specifications
      • 111 Vision
      • 112 Sound
      • 113 Miscellaneous
        • 12 Connection Overview
          • Figure 1-1 Rear and side IO connections
          • 121 Rear Connections
            • 1 - HDMI Digital Video Digital Audio - In
              • Figure 1-2 HDMI (type A) connector
                • 2 - VGA AUDIO Mini Jack VGA Audio - In
                • 3 - VGA PC Video RGB - In and Service UART
                  • Figure 1-3 VGA Connector
                    • 4 - Cinch Video YPbPr - In
                    • 5 - AV1 Cinch Video CVBS - In Audio - In
                    • 6 - Aerial - In
                    • 7 - Service Connector (ComPair)
                      • 122 Side connections
                        • 8 - Cinch Video CVBS - In Audio - In
                        • 9 - S-Video (Hosiden) Video YC - In
                        • 10 - Mini Jack Audio Head phone - Out
                            • 13 Chassis Overview
                              • Figure 1-4 PWBCBA locations
                                  • 2 Safety Instructions Warnings and Notes
                                    • 21 Safety Instructions
                                    • 22 Warnings
                                    • 23 Notes
                                      • 231 General
                                      • 232 Schematic Notes
                                      • 233 BGA (Ball Grid Array) ICs
                                        • Introduction
                                        • BGA Temperature Profiles
                                          • 234 Lead-free Soldering
                                          • 235 Alternative BOM identification
                                            • Figure 2-1 Serial number (example)
                                              • 236 Board Level Repair (BLR) or Component Level Repair (CLR)
                                              • 237 Practical Service Precautions
                                                  • 3 Directions for Use
                                                  • 4 Mechanical Instructions
                                                    • 41 Cable Dressing
                                                      • Figure 4-1 Cable dressing (19 model)
                                                      • Figure 4-2 Cable dressing (26 model)
                                                        • 42 Service Positions
                                                          • 421 Foam Bars
                                                            • Figure 4-3 Foam bars
                                                                • 43 AssyPanel Removal
                                                                  • 431 Stand
                                                                    • Figure 4-4 Stand
                                                                      • 432 Rear Cover
                                                                        • Figure 4-5 LVDS release
                                                                        • Figure 4-6 Speaker and IRLED panel cable release
                                                                          • 433 Keyboard Control Board
                                                                            • Figure 4-7 Keyboard control board
                                                                              • 434 IRLED Board and Speakers
                                                                                • Figure 4-8 IRLED Board and Speakers
                                                                                  • 435 Power Supply Board
                                                                                    • Figure 4-9 Power Supply Unit(s)
                                                                                      • 436 Inverter Board (19 and 22 versions)
                                                                                        • Figure 4-10 Inverter Board
                                                                                          • 437 Small Signal Board (SSB)
                                                                                            • Removing the SSB
                                                                                              • Figure 4-11 SSB connector plate
                                                                                              • Figure 4-12 SSB
                                                                                                • 44 Set Re-assembly
                                                                                                  • 5 Service Modes Error Codes and Fault Finding
                                                                                                    • 51 Test Points
                                                                                                    • 52 Service Mode
                                                                                                      • 521 Service Alignment Mode (SAM)
                                                                                                        • How to Enter
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-1 SAM menu
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-2 SAM menu White Balance Normal
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-3 SAM menu White Balance Cool
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-4 SAM menu White Balance Warm
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-5 SAM menu Volume Curve
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-6 SAM menu Picture Curve
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-7 SAM menu Picture Mode Natural
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-8 SAM menu Picture Mode Personal
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-9 SAM menu Picture Mode Rich
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-10 SAM menu Picture Mode Soft
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-11 SAM menu Producting
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-12 SAM menu Country
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-13 SAM menu Setup
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-14 SAM menu Shop Init Do
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-15 SAM menu Clear Code gt
                                                                                                            • How to Exit
                                                                                                            • Factory Mode Descriptions
                                                                                                              • ltTABLEgt
                                                                                                              • Virgin Settings
                                                                                                                • Table 5-1 Country setting
                                                                                                                • Table 5-2 Virgin settings
                                                                                                                  • 522 Customer Service Mode (CSM)
                                                                                                                    • Purpose
                                                                                                                    • How to Activate CSM
                                                                                                                    • Contents of CSM
                                                                                                                      • Figure 5-16 CSM Menu
                                                                                                                        • Menu Explanation
                                                                                                                        • How to Exit
                                                                                                                          • 523 Blinking LED Procedure
                                                                                                                            • 53 Error Codes
                                                                                                                              • ltTABLEgt
                                                                                                                                • 54 Fault Finding
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-17 No Picture No sound no Back light (19 sets)
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-18 Picture OK No sound (19 sets)
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-19 No Picture Back light amp Sound OK (19 and 26 sets)
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-20 No color (19 and 26 sets)
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-21 No Picture No sound no Back light (26 sets)
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-22 Picture OK No sound (26 sets)
                                                                                                                                    • 55 Service Tools
                                                                                                                                      • 551 ComPair
                                                                                                                                        • Introduction
                                                                                                                                        • Specifications
                                                                                                                                        • How to Connect
                                                                                                                                        • How to Order
                                                                                                                                          • Figure 5-23 ComPair II interface connection
                                                                                                                                            • 56 Software Upgrading
                                                                                                                                              • 561 Introduction
                                                                                                                                                  • 6 Block Diagrams Test Point Overview and Waveforms
                                                                                                                                                    • Wiring Diagram of Connector for MS19-PH 19
                                                                                                                                                    • Wiring Diagram of Connector for MS19-PH 26
                                                                                                                                                    • Block Diagram MS19P Chipset
                                                                                                                                                    • I2C overview
                                                                                                                                                      • 7 Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts
                                                                                                                                                        • Main Power Supply (19)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Main Power Supply (19) (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Main Power Supply (19) (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Main Power Supply (26)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Main Power Supply (26) (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Main Power Supply (26) (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Standby Power Supply (26)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Standby Power Supply (26) (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Standby Power Supply (26) (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB Control
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB DC - DC
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB MST9E19A Controller
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB HDMI Interface
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB VGA Interface
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB Cinch
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB Tuner
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB Audio Amplifier
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB LVDS Interface
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Small Signal Board (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Small Signal Board (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Keyboard Control Panel
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Keyboard Control Panel (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Keyboard Control Panel (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Inverter Panel
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Inverter Panel (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Inverter Panel (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • IR LED Panel
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout IR LED Panel (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout IR LED Panel (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                          • 8 Alignments
                                                                                                                                                            • 81 Electrical Alignments
                                                                                                                                                            • 82 Hardware Alignments
                                                                                                                                                              • 821 Aging
                                                                                                                                                              • 822 ADC Adjustment
                                                                                                                                                              • 823 White Balance Adjustment
                                                                                                                                                                • Table 8-1 Color Temperature Setting 19
                                                                                                                                                                • Table 8-2 Color Temperature Setting 26
                                                                                                                                                                  • 9 Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data Sheets
                                                                                                                                                                    • 91 Introduction
                                                                                                                                                                    • 92 Abbreviation List
                                                                                                                                                                    • 93 IC Data Sheets
                                                                                                                                                                      • 931 Diagram B MST9U19A
                                                                                                                                                                        • Figure 9-1 Pin configuration
                                                                                                                                                                          • 932 Diagram B TDA1308
                                                                                                                                                                            • Figure 9-2 Block diagram and pin configuration
                                                                                                                                                                              • 933 Diagram B NCP1377B
                                                                                                                                                                                • Figure 9-3 Block diagram and pin configuration
                                                                                                                                                                                  • 934 Diagram B TDA7266
                                                                                                                                                                                    • Figure 9-4 Block diagram and pin configuration
                                                                                                                                                                                      • 10 Spare Parts List amp CTN Overview
                                                                                                                                                                                        • Table 10-1 Sets described in this manual
                                                                                                                                                                                          • 11 Revision List
Page 28: Philips 19PFL3403-55 TCS1[1].0L_LA

28TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout Main Power Supply (26) (Top Side)

I_18130_028eps180608

40-PWL01B-STE1XG

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 29TCS10L LA 7

Layout Main Power Supply (26) (Bottom Side)

I_18130_029eps180608

40-PWL01B-STE1XG

30TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Standby Power Supply (26)

I_18130_025eps200608

A2 A2STANDBY POWER SUPPLY 26rdquo

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 31TCS10L LA 7

Layout Standby Power Supply (26) (Top Side)

40-1PL37C-PWF1XGI_18130_026eps

180608

32TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout Standby Power Supply (26) (Bottom Side)

I_18130_027eps180608

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 33TCS10L LA 7

SSB Control

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGNDAGND

AGND

AGNDAGNDAGND AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

T

T

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

D1B

D1A

G2

G1

S2

D2B

D2A

S1

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

PGND

PGND

PGND

PGND

PGND

AGND

AGND

T

T

T

T

AGND

T

T

BOOT

DRIVE

FB GND

LGATE

PHASE

VCC

UGATE

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

PGND

AGND

AGND

AGNDAGND

AGND

D2B

D2A

G1

G2

S1

D1B

D1A

S2

T

AGND

D1B

D1A

D2B

G2 D2A

S2

G1

S1

09V

18V

For Tuner 33v

L--Prot

Normal--HProtect--L

Back Light Control

Far from DC-DC amp Tuner

Option

When not use DC-DC+5VSTB_L provide

ON-----LOFF-----H

OptionFar from tuner and power supply (NC)

8

7

6

4 5

3

2

1U3

SP8J3

R234

10R

NC

E

C

B

BT3904

Q21

B

C

E

Q32BT3904

R16

19N

C2

618

KR

919

1K

26

10K

B

C

E

Q2

BT3904

R177

NC

C23

00

1U

10K

R18

0

NC

R17

9 0

R1784K7

+12V

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

P4ON-PBACK

ADJ-PWM2

R181910K26

191

K2

6

R10

Z54

BL-ADJUST

1 2

4

6

8

12

14

10

3

5

7

9

11

13

P22

+5V

+5VSTB_L

C22

2

01U

R70R (FOR 26ONLY)

7

8

4

2

3

5

6

1

A04803

Q17

+12V

+12V_PW

+12V_PW

C24

10

01U

BL-ADJUST

+5V

ST

B_L

C14

01U

BL-ONOFF

C22

40

1U

+5VSTB

R24

8N

C

+12V_PW

C220220U

25V

F250A

F150A

47K

R18

2

L8200R

R2413K9

C23

6

1U

C24

3

1U

C244

01U

C242

470U

16V

+5V

ST

B

PRORECT_12V

R29

720

K

+33V

+33V

B

E

CQ31

BT3906R298

NC

+12V

R299

4K7

R301

4K7

R30

010

K

R29

6

4K7

D14 8V

2

B

C

E

Q26BT3904

R3

4K7

B

E

CQ13

BT3906

C64

3 1U

C20A1U

C21

A 1U

NCC

21

R18

147

K

C24

00

01U

R22

330K

33V

+5V

+5V

12V_PANEL

21

P20

01UC

231

NC

C8

01U

C3

01U

L49200R

L47200R

21

P19

01UC

20

5V_PANEL

4K7R15

D11

LL4148

D45LL4148

PW_ONOFF

+5VSTB1

2

3

P1

POWER-ONOFFB

C

E

Q30BT3904

R26610K

GPIO_PROTECT

+5VSTB

R24

70R

D10LL4148

+12V

C201U

SELECT

R20

510

0K

R2041K

D47 33

V

R27

92K

2R

242

2K2

+12V

1

2

3 6

5

8

4

7

U1

RT8110

R50R PROTPW_ONOFF

R2NC

Z58

Z56

B

C

E

Q27BT3904

BL-ONOFF

R12100R

PW_CTRL

Z51

R24

0 0

Z52

Z53

Z60

L530R

L330R

01U

C23

401UC

232

C23

3 1U

R234K7

5V_PANEL

C22

60

1U

L50200R

+5V

C235470U

16V

200RL54

C23

70

1U

L9200R

+5V

R4

10K

R6NC

+12V_INVERTER

B

C

E

Q6BT3904

68K

R37

NCR17

0RR14

16V

470UC

17A

C27

01U

2U2C16

01UC

15

R8

NC

R194K7

R132NC

R143100K

R14K

7

B

C

E

Q14BT3904

R2110K

+12V

D1LL4148

R14210K

+5VSTB

B

C

E

Q3BT3904NC

+12V

C1810U

50V

L6100UH

D5LL4148

B

C

E

Q5SC1815

NCR

24

B

C

E

Q1

BT3904

B

C

E

Q4BT3904

PWM3

SHUT_EEP

200RL56

L55200R

R23

91K

2

R23

8N

C

R235

10R

R23

6N

C

L115UH

R23

322

K

C23

91U

R237

220R

7

8

4

2

3

5

6

1

U2PHKD13N03LT

C23801U

D50LL4148

L53200R

+12V_INVERTER

C22

70

1U

C22

80

1U

L52200R

L51200R

C22

90

1U

L48200R

C22

50

1U

12V_PANEL

L1230R

PANEL-ONOFF

Z59

Z50

PW_ONOFF R26

368

0R

R2618K2

R26010K

R26

710

K

R26

810

K

R26

247

K

R25910K

R25

810

0K

D41LL4148

+12V

R2783K9

TUNER_5V

+5V

40V

C18

70

1U

R2000R

R6390R

R60422K

L6061000UR

C60

40

1U

D61

433

VC63

047

00P

C63

2 270P

C633

01U 50V

L613

1000UH

NC

L6041000UH

100KR

630

NC

C63

6

C63

50

01U

C63

40

1U

C631200P

B

C

E

Q612BC846B

R63147K

12

3

D61

30B

AV

99

33V

+5V

C1

01U

5V_PANEL

+12V_PW

+5VSTB

12V_PANEL

C223

220U25V

+5VSTB

01U

C22

1

+12V

PW_ONOFF

VCC_PANEL

B01 B01

I_18130_011eps180608

CONTROL

34TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

SSB DC - DC

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGNDAGND

GN

DA

DJ

OU

T

VIN

4

OU

T

VIN

AD

JG

ND

VO

UT

VIN

AD

JG

ND

VCC18V FOR MST9E19A

pin36

VDDC for MST9E19A Core

+33V for VDD_MPLL

+33AVDD FOR AVDD_SIF

+33AVDD FOR AVDD_AU

pin6 pin12

+33AVDD for AVDD_HDMI

Vcc33for MST9E19A analog

+33AVDD for AVDDA

33V for AVDDPLL2

Vcc33 for MST9E19A Digital

10RR

31

F330A

+33V

L16100R+5VST

R28NC

23

1

U6

AIC

1084

FM120D8

FM120D6

23

1

U7

KD

1084

AD

2T18

+33V

VDDP

FM120D7

+5VSTB_L

1 2 3

4

U5AS1117-33

L18FB

FBL17

+18V

VDDC

L11

100R

L10100R+33V

L24

100R

FBL23

16V

47UC

37

C67

01U

01UC

62

C61

01U

01UC

60

C59

01U

16V

100UC

53

C48100U

16V

NCR30

R29

0RL41

FB

16V

100UC

33

C31100U

16V

C49 0

1U

01U

C52

01U

C36

C34 0

1U

01U

C42

C58 0

1U16V

47UC

57

C51 0

1U

AVDD_SIF

+33VA

AVDD_AU

+33VA

AVDDA

+33VA

AVDD_MEMPLL

+33VA

C56 0

1U

01U

C552U

2C

54

C47 0

1U

C46 2U

2

L21FB

2U2

C41

FBL19

C50 2U

2

L22FB

FBL20

01U

C452U

2C

44

C39 0

1U

C38 2U

2

AVDD_HDMI

01U

C40

+33VA

01U

C32

C30 0

1U

+33VA

+33VA

VDD_MPLL

+18V

C35100U

16V

C63

01U

01UC

64

C65

01U

01UC

66

01UC

68

C69

01U

01UC

70

C71

01U

01UC

72

C73

01U

+5VST

+5VSTB

FM120D9

B02 B02

I_18130_012eps180608

DC - DC

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 35TCS10L LA 7

SSB MST9E19A Controller

AG

ND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AG

ND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

SDA

SCL

WC

VCC

VSS

E2NC

E1NC

E0NC AGND

VCC

HOLD

SCK

GND SI

WP

SO

CE

SDA

SCL

WC

VCC

VSS

E2NC

E1NC

E0NC

AD

0A

D1

AD

2A

D3

AD

4A

D5

AD

6A

D7

ALE

AUCOM

AUL0

AUL1

AUL2

AUL3

AUOUTL

AUOUTL2

AUOUTL3

AUOUTR

AUOUTR2

AUOUTR3

AUOUTS

AUR0

AUR1

AUR2

AUR3

AUVRADNAUVRADPAUVREF

AV

DD

_AD

C

AV

DD

_AU

AV

DD

_DV

IA

VD

D_D

VI1

AV

DD

_ME

MP

LL

AV

DD

_MP

LLA

VD

D_M

PLL

1

AV

DD

_SIF

BIN0MBIN0P

BIN1MBIN1P

C0

C1

CSZ

CVBS0

CVBS1CVBS2CVBS3

CVBSOUT

DD

CA

_CK

DD

CA

_DA

DDCD_CKDDCD_DA

DD

CR

_CK

DD

CR

_DA

DI0DI1DI2DI3DI4DI5DI6DI7

DIG

O0

DIG

O1

DIG

O2

DIG

O3

DIG

O4

DIG

O5

DIG

O6

DIG

O7

DIG

O8

DIG

O9

GIN0MGIN0P

GIN1MGIN1P

GN

DG

ND

1

GN

D10

GN

D11

GN

D12

GN

D13

GN

D14

GN

D15

GN

D2

GN

D3

GN

D4

GN

D5

GN

D6

GN

D7

GN

D8

GN

D9

GPIOE0LVSYNCGPIOE1LHSYNC

GPIOE2LDEGPIOE3LCK

GPIOF10GPIOF11

GPIOF12GPIOF13GPIOF14GPIOF15GPIOF16GPIOF17GPIOF18GPIOF19

GPIOF2GPIOF3GPIOF4GPIOF5GPIOF6GPIOF7GPIOF8GPIOF9

HSYNC0

HSYNC1

HW

RE

SE

T

ICLK

IHSYNC

INT

IRIN

IVSYNC

LA0MG3LA0PG2LA1MG1LA1PG0LA2MB7LA2PB6

LA3MB3LA3PB2LA4MB1LA4PB0

LACKMB5LACKPB4

LB0MR7LB0PR6LB1MR5LB1PR4LB2MR3LB2PR2

LB3MG7LB3PG6LB4MG5LB4PG4

LBCKMR1LBCKPR0

PW

M0

PW

M1

PW

M2

PW

M3

PWM_DRVPWM_FB

PWM_SENSE

RD

Z

REFMREFP

REXT

RIN0MRIN0P

RIN1MRIN1P

RMID

RX0NRX0PRX1NRX1PRX2NRX2P

RXCKNRXCKP

SA

R0

SA

R1

SA

R2

SA

R3

SCKSDI

SDO

SIF1MSIF1P

SOGIN0

SOGIN1

VCLAMP

VCOM0

VCOM1

VCOM2

VD

DC

VD

DC

1V

DD

C2

VD

DC

3V

DD

C4

VD

DC

5

VD

DP

VD

DP

1V

DD

P2

VD

DP

3V

DD

P4

VD

DP

5V

DD

P6

VD

DP

7V

DD

P8

VD

DP

9

VSYNC0

VSYNC1

WR

Z

XIN

XO

UT

Y0

Y1

AGND

T

T

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

Mode Selection

I2C address at A0

Location Near IC PinLocation Near IC Pin

SST PULL DOWNMSTAR PULL UP

DVI INPUT

VGA INPUT

For TTL output

Audio Output(to Amp) AV Output(Audio)

Debug Port

For Philps debug

HDCP I2C address at A4

VID

EO

INP

UT

HDTV INPUT

C212NC

C7822P

01UC11

2

2U2 C247

C1072U2

01U C114

PW_CTRL

PRORECT_12V

54

72 13

6 8

RP

84K

7

KEY0-IN

LED2-IN

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

P5

POWER-ONOFF

54

72 13

6 8

RP

124K

7

LED1-IN

NC

L43

+5VSTB

4K7

R55

LED2R13

4K7

R584K7

B

C

E

Q9BT3904

1

2

3

4

5

P14

WP

SDA

SCL

+33V

1

2

3

4

P6

10RR41

SHUT_EEP

D4 NC

WP

C20

110

0P

RXD

TXD1

2

3

P2

ZX

Z62

WP

+33V

+33V+5VSTB

RS

20R

RS

3N

C

RS

11K

10K

R32

10K

R42

01UC86

47RR64

NC

R63

R62

NC

R52100R

R51 22

K

R50 22

K

100RR49

100RR40

C83

001

U

001

UC82

R67

0R

001

UC76

2U2C115

R47100R

R45100R

100RR34100R

R33

2U2C104

C1052U2PC-LIN

2U2C106

C1112U2

2U2C110

C11901U

R57 8K

2

8K2

R56

C1092U2

2U2C108

124578

101113141516171819202122232425262728

293031323334353839

404142434445464748495051

5455575859

61626364656667686970717273747576

78798081828384858687

131

132

133

134

125

126

127

128

129

130

155

156

136 3 9 37 52 56 89 99 101

104

106

120

141

152

173

187

204

143

144

145

146

147

148

149

150

153

154

116

117

118

135

124123122121

9796959493929190

139138137

191190189188

185184183182181180179178177176175174171170169168167166165164163162161160

202201200199198197196195

192

194193

207

206

205

36 53 60 105

6 12 157

208

77 98 107

142

158

203

88 100

102

103

119

140

151

159

172

186

115

114

113

112

111

110

109

108

U8

MST9E19A

R54

4K7

R36

22K

100P C79

01UC11

7

C116

01U

R7510K

R38 22

K

C10201U

C89 0

1U

1

3

2

D40

0BA

V99

+5VST

R53

390R

CVBSOUT

LED2

5

6

7

8

4

3

2

1U10

M24C32MN

IR_SYNC

KEY0

LED1

KEY1

WP_FSH

TV1-VIN- VCOM0

AV1-YIN-

AV1-YIN

VCOM2

SV_Y0

R_TX2+

C920047U

C930047U

0047UC94

0047UC96

C970047U

0047UC98

C1010047U

0047UC100

C990047U

SV_C0

TXD

RXD

100P

C20

2

8

7

6

4 5

3

2

1U9

W25X40

+33V

L26 F

B

100RR77

SDA

SCL

SHUT_EEPR76

100R

5

6

7

8

4

3

2

1U11

M24C04MN

SDA

SCL

100RR70

R69100R

+33V

R68

10K

SPI_CZ

SPI_DI

SPI_CK

54

72

1

3 6

8

RP933R

NCR

65R

661K

8

C90 10

0P

R6110R

1KR60

R591K

100P

C91

C95 10

0P

SYS_RST

R391K

B

E

CQ8

BT3906

C8010U

16V

C7447U

16V

R48

1M

Y1

14M

3

22PC84

AVDDA

AVDD_SIF

AVDD_MEMPLL

AVDD_HDMIVDDC VDDP

SDA_EXT

SCL_EXT

+33V

R43

10K

10KR

44

RXE3+B2

RXE4+B0

RXE4-B1

RXE3-B3

RXEC+B4

RXEC-B5

RXE2+B6

RXE2-B7

RXE1+G0

RXE1-G1

RXE0+G2

RXE0-G3

RXO4+G4

RXO4-G5

RXO3+G6

RXO3-G7

RXOC+R0

RXOC-R1

RXO2+R2

RXO2-R3

RXO1+R4

RXO1-R5

RXO0+R6

RXO0-R7

TTL-BLUE2

TTL-BLUE1

TTL-BLUE0

TTL-BLUE3

TTL-BLUE4

TTL-BLUE5

TTL-BLUE6

TTL-BLUE7

TTL-GREEN0

TTL-GREEN1

TTL-GREEN2

TTL-GREEN3

TTL-GREEN4

TTL-GREEN5

TTL-GREEN6

TTL-GREEN7

TTL-RED6

TTL-RED0

TTL-RED1

TTL-RED2

TTL-RED3

TTL-RED4

TTL-RED5

TTL-RED7

54

72

1

3 6

8

RP40R

8

63

1

2 7

4 5

0RRP7

54

72

1

3 6

8

RP60R

8

63

1

2 7

4 5

0RRP3

8

63

1

2 7

4 5

0RRP5

54

72

1

3 6

8

RP20R

SPI_CKSPI_DISPI_CZ

SPI_DO

AMP-MUTE

PANEL-ONOFF

LED1

HPDCTRL

ON-PBACK

863 12

7

45

4K7

RP

13

PWM0

ADJ-PWM2

NCR

85

NCR

82

NCR

80

NCR

79

R84

1K

R83

1K

R81

1K

R78

1K

PWM0

WP_FSH

ADJ-PWM2

PWM3

IR_SYNC

KEY1

KEY0

RXD

TXD

SCL

SDA

DDC-RDX

DDC-TXD

I2C-SCL

I2C-SDA

+33V

54

721 3

68

RP

104K

7

R7410R

10RR73

10RR72

R7110R

AUCOM

16V

10UC

118

AUVRADN

AUVRADP

C11310U

16V

L250

AMP-ROUT

AMP-LOUT

PH-ROUTPH-LOUT

PC-RIN

SIFM

SIFP

01UC103

01U

C88

AUCOM

AUVREFAUVRADPAUVRADN

SIFM

SIFP

TUNER_CVBS

SV_C0

SV_Y0

VCOM2

CVBS2CVBS1

VCOM0

VCOM1

CVBS3

SCG+

SCR+SCR-

SC_SOG

SCG-

SCB-

RIN-

RIN+GIN-

GIN+SOG

BIN-BIN+

01UC85

C8701U

VS_RGBHS_RGB

HDMI_SCLHDMI_SDA

AVDD_HDMI TXCLK-

R_TX2+

R_TX2-G_TX1+

G_TX1-B_TX0+

B_TX0-TXCLK+

AUVREF

PWM3

+33V

VDD_MPLL

AVDD_AU

TV1-VIN+ TUNER_CVBS

VCOM1

AV1-CIN

TV-SIFP

TV-SIFM

HDMI_SCLHDMI_SDA

TXCLK-

R_TX2-G_TX1+

G_TX1-B_TX0+

B_TX0-TXCLK+

VS_RGBHS_RGB

RIN-

RIN+GIN-

GIN+SOG

BIN-BIN+

SCG+

SCR+SCR-

SC_SOG

SCG-SCB+SCB-

AV1-VIN+

AV2-VIN+

AV3-VIN+ CVBS1

CVBS2

CVBS3

SPI_DO

WP_FSH

CVBSOUT

PH-LOUT

PH-ROUTAMP-ROUT AMP-R

AMP-LAMP-LOUTPH-L1OUT

AFT

SCB+

KEY1-IN

+33V

PH-R1OUT

C77

1000

P

E

C

B BT3904Q7

R114K7

+5VSTB

GPIO_PROTECT

+33V

IR-IN

C248

2U2

2U2 C249

C250

2U2

2U2 C251

C252

2U2

DVI-RINDVI-LINAV2-RIN

AV2-LIN

AV1-RINAV1-LIN

B03 B03

I_18130_013eps180608

MST9E19A CONTROLLER

36TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

SSB HDMI Interface

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

SDA

SCL

WC

VCC

VSS

E2NC

E1NC

E0NC

RX2+

GND1

RX2-

RX1+

GND2

RX1-

RX0+

GND3

RX0-

RXC+

GND4

RXC-

NC1

NC2

DDCCLK

DDCDA

GND5

VCC

HPD

AGND

HDMI-RX2-

HDMI-RX1+

+5V

+5V

5

6

43

2

1

U17

PRTR5V0U4D

5

6

43

2

1

U18

PRTR5V0U4D

1KR101

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

P12

01UC

120

5

6

7

8

4

3

2

1U12

M24C02MN

RLZ

5B6

D18

HDMI-DDC-SDA

HDMI-DDC-SCL

HDMI-HPD

HDMI5V

HPDCTRLB

C

E

Q10BT3904

4K7R96

R95

4K7

R1000R

NCR

97

R94

1K

+5V

100RR99

R98100R

12

3

D17

BAT

54C

D19

RLZ

5B6

TXCLK-

TXCLK+

B_TX0-

B_TX0+

G_TX1-

G_TX1+

R_TX2-

R_TX2+

10RR93

R9210R

10RR91

R9010R

10RR89

R8810R

10RR87

R8610R

HDMI_SDA

HDMI_SCL

HDMI-RXC-

HDMI-RXC+

HDMI-RX0+

HDMI-RX0-

HDMI-RX1-

HDMI-RX2+

B04 B04

I_18130_014eps180608

HDMI INTERFACE

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 37TCS10L LA 7

SSB VGA Interface

AGND

AGND

AGND

SDA

SCL

WC

VCC

VSS

E2NC

E1NC

E0NC

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGNDProgram Control

To main chip(when updateit is I2Cwhen debug it is RXTX)

LED2

R12

110

0RR12

010

0R

+33V

RXD

TXD

R170

4K7

1

3

2

D2

100RR144

NCR123

4K7R12

2

75R

R10

9

R10

8 75R

01UC

130

10K

R17

4

75R

R10

7

10K

R17

2

P13-11

R11

8 4K7

4K7

R11

9

PROTECT

VGA5V

VGA-SCL

PROTECT

13

2

D25

1

3

2

D20

C19 N

C

Q182N7002

10RR175

R171NC

R17310R

C12

9 NC

C1270047U

VGA-R+

VGA-G+

VGA-B+

+5VST1

32

D24

1KR115

R1141K

123

D23BAT54C

5

6

7

8

4

3

2

1U13

M24C02MN

R11

74K

7NC

C12

8R11

610

K

6

4

11

14

15

7

12

8

5

13

3

10

9

1

2

16

17

P13

C1230047U

C1241000P

C1210047U

R10510R

10RR104

R10310R

0047UC126

C1250047U

0047UC122

1

3

2

D22

2

3

1

D21

R11347R

47RR111

R11047R

R106330R

HS_RGB

VS_RGB

Q192N7002

B

C

E

Q25BT3904

VGA-HS

VGA-VS

VGA-SDA

RIN+

SOG

BIN-

GIN-

RIN-

BIN+

GIN+

VGA-SDA

VGA-SCL

+5VSTB

+5VSTB

B05 B05

I_18130_015eps180608

VGA INTERFACE

38TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

SSB Cinch

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND AGNDAGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

VDD

OUTB

INB-

VSS INB+

INA+

INA-

OUTA

AGNDAGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

WHITE

RED

YELLOWGREEN

BLUE

RED

WHITE

RED

RED

WHITE

YELLOW

AGND

AGND

AGND

HDTV IN

AV OUTPUT AUDIO AMP

For PCampYPbPr Audio Input(RL)

For Philips Upgrade

S-VIDEO amp AV2 In Side

Earphone Outuput In Side

AV1 In Rear

AV OUTPUT

For DVI Audio Input(35mm Jack)

2

1

3

P17

DVI_R

DVI_L

AV2-V

AV_ROUT

AV2-R

C13 47

0P

12K

R15

2

C17 47

0P

560P

C16

356

0PC

162

3

2

1

4P15

C14

156

0P

PC-R

560P

C14

3C

134

560P

560P

C13

8

2

3

1

D37

NC

C14

256

0P56

0PC

146

C6 10

0P

3

1

2

P11

TXD

3

1

2

P7

PR1

PB1

AVOUT_L

Y1

AVOUT

1

4

2

5

3

6P21

1

2

3

4

5

6P8

8 56 7 9

P15

BUF2

1

3

2

D31

2

3

1

D28

NC

1

3

2

D33

NC

2

3

1

D55

NC

2

3

1

D54

NC

2

3

1

D52

NC

2

3

1

D51

NC

2

3

1

D34

1

3

2

D36

NC

C5 10

0P

13

2

D12

R18

8 75R

R2855K1

R2845K1

R2805K1

R2815K1

L6130R

AV1-CL60

30R

AV1-YL59

30R

75R

R14

9

C19

810

00P

C14

068

0P

680P

C15

5

10RR186

680P

C13

6

OP_VCC2

C13

168

0P

2

3

1

D53

2

3

1

D27

FB

L42

10KR230

12K

R20

1R

197 12

K

R15

9 12K

R15

522

0R

220RR153

75R

R14

0

75R

R13

9

R13

6 75R

75R

R12

8

2U2C188

R14

5 12K

12K

R15

7

12K

R13

5C191

2U2

10K

R15

6R

147 10

K

330R

R14

6

R18510RY1

75RR151

R141

75R

C1452U2

2U2C144

01UC

139

12K

R16

1

AV2-VIN+

CVBSOUT

AV1-CIN

AV1-YIN-

1

3

2

D38

2

3

1

D39

PH-R1OUTR226

10K

AV_LOUT

R22447K

+5V

R22

547

K

C18

347

U

16V

100P

C18

9

33KR

229

C18547U

16V

C18

40

1U

C19

310

0P

R23

233

K

8

7

6

4 5

3

2

1U16

TDA1308T

SCB-

SCG-

SCR-

C1580047U

SCG+

SCR+

SCB+

SC_SOG

PR1

PB1

C1540047U

0047UC153

C1520047U

C1511000P

0047UC159

0047UC156

R19547R

47RR191

R18947R

R18410R

10RR183

R14810R

1

3

2

D35

B

E

CQ11

BT3906C218

10U

16V

B

C

E

Q12BT3904

2

3

1

D32

2

3

1

D30

1

3

2

D29

R13347R

10RR137

R12610R

+5V

AV1-YIN

Y1R176

470R

PH-L1OUT

AV_LOUT

AV_ROUT

AV1-VIN+

L63 30

R

30R

L62

330RR

249

R25

133

0R

C196

033U50V

C197

033U50V

7

654

89

3

1

2

P18

1000

PC

199

AMP-PROUT+AMP-LIN

AMP-PLOUT+AMP-RIN

EARPHONE-RA

EARPHONE-LA

30RL44

AV1-RIN

R2825K1

R2835K1 AV1-LIN

AV2-LIN

R2865K1

R2875K1 AV2-RIN

R2885K1

R2895K1 DVI-RIN

R2905K1

R2915K1 DVI-LIN

R2925K1

R2935K1 PC-RIN

R2945K1

R2955K1 PC-LIN

AV1_V

AVOUT_R

RXD

C4 47

0P47

0PC

7

AV1_R

AV1_L

C9 47

0P47

0PC

10

C11 47

0P47

0PC

12

PC-L

AV2-L

B06 B06

I_18130_016eps180608

CINCH

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 39TCS10L LA 7

SSB Tuner

AGND

AGND

AGND

AG

ND

AGNDAGND

AGND

AGND

COMMON

IN OUT

VID

EO

NC

1

NC

2

AU

DIO

AG

C

SD

A

TU

MB

GN

D2

SIF

OU

T

GN

D1

NC

3

NC

4

NC

5

SC

L

NC

6

AF

T

CLOSE RO MST IC

R21127R

171 2 6 1110 1412 157 83 4 5 9 13 16

TU1

2

1 3

U15KIA78D05

TUNER_SDA

TUNER_SCL

SIF_OUT

TV_CVBSC

172

01U

33V

B

C

E

Q20

BT3904

TV-SIFPNCR213

10RR220

001UC181

TV-SIFP

R194100R

330R

R19

3R

192

10R

R19

81K

R19

91K

L2722UH

+12V

R20

7 NC

100K

R20

3

2200

PC

200

R209120R

R20610R

C17

4N

C3

30P

NC

330

PC

175

C171220U

16V

L28120R

R20251K

C17

710

0P

C17

615

0P

SDA_EXT

SCL_EXT

C168220U

16V

16V

220UC

169

TV1-VIN-

TV1-VIN+

R21047R

C16

60

01UC16

44U

7

50V

C16

50

01U

C16

70

1U

TUNER_5V

AFT

120RR212

TUNER_5V

TV-SIFM

001UC170

B07 B07

I_18130_017eps180608

TUNER

40TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

SSB Audio Amplifier

PGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

PGND

PGND

AGND

AGND

OUT2+

OUT2-

NC3

IN2

VCC2

NC2

OUT1+

VCC1

IN1

NC1

MUTE

STBY

PW_GND

S_GND

OUT1-

TO SPEAKER

TO SPEAKER

0RR

162

AMP-PROUT-

2

1

H8

15

14

11

12

13

10

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

2

U19

TD

A7266

1

2

3

4

P9

AMP-PLOUT-

L45200R

L46200R

C219220U

16V

27UHL31

C217220U

16V

AMP-LIN

R253NC

01U C209

D3LL4148

C20

610

00P

1U

C211

0022U

C26 1000

PC

204

0022U

C25

C22

470U16V

+5VST

R164100K

R16510K

R16

8N

C

R16

9N

C

R1663K3

3K3R167

10KR244

B

E

CQ15

BT3906

B

C

E

Q16BT3904

C19

5 NC

NC

C19

4

B

C

E

Q24BT3904NC

0RR257

10KR254

E

C

B BT3904Q23

B

C

E

Q22BT3904

R25210K

R255100R

R24310K

2U2C205

R2560R

C2032U2

+12V

AMP-PROUT-

AMP-PROUT+

AMP-PLOUT-

AMP-PLOUT+

POWER-ONOFF

AMP-MUTE

AMP-R

AMP-L

12V-AMP

+12V

AMP-RIN

B08 B08

I_18130_018eps180608

AUDIO AMPLIFIER

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 41TCS10L LA 7

SSB LVDS Interface

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

VCC_PANEL

C246

10U 16V

C245

01U

R277 0NC

+33V

R27

2

0N

C

R275 0NC

RXE4+B0 RXE4-B1

RXE3+B2 RXE3-B3

RXEC+B4 RXEC-B5

RXE2+B6 RXE2-B7

RXE1+G0 RXE1-G1

RXE0+G2 RXE0-G3

RXO4+G4 RXO4-G5

RXO3+G6 RXO3-G7

RXOC+R0 RXOC-R1

RXO2+R2 RXO2-R3

RXO1+R4 RXO1-R5

RXO0+R6 RXO0-R7

1 2

4

6

8

12

14

16

18

20

10

22

24

26

28

3

5

7

9

11

13

15

17

19

21

23

25

27

29 30

32

34

36

38

40

31

33

35

37

39

P10

R276 0NC

R27

3

0N

CR

274

0N

C

B09 B09

I_18130_019eps180608

LVDS INTERFACE Personal Notes

E_06532_012eps131004

42TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout Small Signal Board (Top Side)

I_18130_020eps180608

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 43TCS10L LA 7

Layout Small Signal Board (Bottom Side)

I_18130_021eps180608

44TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Keyboard Control Panel

Layout Keyboard Control Panel (Top Side)

Layout Keyboard Control Panel (Bottom Side)

AGND

AGND AGNDAGND

AGND

R10072K

R10061K5

R10011K2

12 4

3K1001

1

2

3

P1001

KEY0

R1008NC

R10051K2

R1004NC

R10032K

R10021K5

D10

02

HS

5V6B

D10

01H

S5V

6B

12 4

3K1003

12 4

3K1002

12 4

3K1006

12 4

3K1005

12 4

3K1004

KEY1

I_18130_030eps180608

E EKEYBOARD CONTROL PANEL

I_18130_031eps180608

I_18130_032eps180608

Personal Notes

E_06532_012eps131004

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 45TCS10L LA 7

Inverter Panel

1 2

A

B

C

D

4321

D

C

B

A

F1FUSE-1

C2104

C1220uF250V

C3104

R1200

Q1

DTA143

E1

9

E2

10

C2

11

VC

C12

OU

TP

UT

C13

VR

EF

14

A1+

1

A1-

2

CO

MP

3

DT

C4

CT

5

RT

6

GN

D7

C1

8

A2-

15

A2+

16

U1

TL494

R2200

Q32222

C8

223

C7103

R847K

R7120K

C4

104C5104

D1

68V

C9104

D2

1N4148

Q8DTC143

123456

CN1

R20470K

R21

33K

C16

330pF

C15NC

R13100K

R10

68K

R11

68K

R12

15K

C10104

R2627K

C20223

R18560

Q22222

Q62907

R142K

R1622K

R27 10

R28 10

D4

BAW56K

S11

G12

S23

G24

D1 8

D1 7

D2 6

D2 5

U2

4606

C21223

Q42222

Q72907

R152K

R1722K

R29 10

R30 10

D5

BAW56K

S11

G12

S23

G24

D1 8

D1 7

D2 6

D2 5

U3

4606

R19560

C6

105

R231M

Q52N7002

R22

1M

R9

47K

R25

100KR24270K

D6NCBAW56K

D7NCBAW56K

P1

P2

P3

P4

C17225

C18

225

10

1 7

6

T1

T01

10

1 7

6

T2

T01

C2222pF

12

CON1

12

CON2

D9BAV99

R41K

R36820

R32

10KC12104

D8BAV99

R31K

R35820

R31

10KC11104

P2

P1

C2322pF

12

CON3

12

CON4

D11

BAV99

R61K

R38820

R34

10KC14104

D10BAV99

R51K

R37820

R33

10KC13104

P4

P3

VREF

VREF

C19NC

C26

222C27NC

D13BAV99

D15BAV99

C2422pF

C2522pF

C28

222C29NC

C30222 C31

NC

C32

222C33NC

OVP

OVP

OV

P

R602K

R61510K

C38105

Q10

DTA143

Q112222

R6330K

R62 1K

VCC

VCC

P5

P5

R64

1K

C34221

C35 221

C37

221

C39104

C36

221U4A

LM393

U4B

LM393

Vref

D3

1N4148

R65

3K R663K

C41 104

R67

10K

I_18130_033eps180608

I IINVERTER PANEL 19rdquo

46TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout Inverter Panel (Top Side)

Layout Inverter Panel (Bottom Side)

I_18130_034eps190608

I_18130_035eps190608

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 47TCS10L LA 7

IR LED Panel

AGND

AGND

AGNDIRVC

C

GN

D

RW

R20

031K

2

R20

04

1K2

LED1

1

2

3

4

5

CN2001

E

C

B

BC847AQ2001

B

C

E

Q2002

BC847A

2

13

D2001

LED2

G2001

R20024K7

5V16

V10

0UC

2001

5V

IR

IR

C20

03 47P

LED1R2001

4K7

C2002

47P

LED2

I_18130_036eps180608

J JIR amp LED PANELLayout IR LED Panel (Top Side)

Layout IR LED Panel (Bottom Side)

I_18130_037eps180608

I_18130_038eps180608

48TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Personal Notes

E_06532_013eps131004

Alignments EN 49TCS10L LA 8

8 Alignments

Index of this chapter81 Electrical Alignments82 Hardware Alignments

NoteThe Service Modes are described in chapter 5 Menu navigation is done with the CURSOR UP DOWN LEFT or RIGHT keys of the remote control transmitter

81 Electrical Alignments

Perform all electrical adjustments under the following conditionsbull Power supply voltage (depends on region)

ndash AP-NTSC 120 VAC or 230 VAC 50 Hz (plusmn 10)ndash AP-PAL-multi 120 - 230 VAC 50 Hz (plusmn 10)ndash EU 230 VAC 50 Hz (plusmn 10)ndash LATAM-NTSC 120 - 230 VAC 50 Hz (plusmn 10)ndash US 120 VAC 60 Hz (plusmn 10)

bull Connect the set to the mains via an isolation transformer with low internal resistance

bull Allow the set to warm up for approximately 60 minutesbull Measure voltages and waveforms in relation to correct

ground (eg measure audio signals in relation to AUDIO_GND) Caution It is not allowed to use heatsinks as ground

bull Test probe Ri gt 10 MΩ Ci lt 20 pFbull Use an isolated trimmerscrewdriver to perform

alignments

82 Hardware Alignments

Not applicable

821 Aging

Enter TV mode Set warm up status to ldquoOnrdquo Aging time at least 12 minutes

822 ADC Adjustment

The chassis can execute ADC auto-tune in YPbPr amp PC sourcing modes Enter SAM select YPbPr or PC as source then select AUTOTUNE in ADC ADJ press ldquoRight keyrdquo to run waiting for about 5 seconds until ldquoOKrdquo is displayed which means the set finished the ADC adjustment With an YPbPr source use a 100 color bar pattern with a PC source use a 16-scale grey pattern

823 White Balance Adjustment

Adjust the NORMAL WARM COOL temperature in White balance according to company regular Make sure ADC adjustments have done successfully before doing white balance adjustments and use the ldquoNaturalrdquo picture mode White balance adjustment should be performed with three different sources1 AVTVSVIDEO source reunification under the AV

adjustment apply a NTSC-M system signal with 8-scale grey pattern

2 YPbPrHDMI source reunification under the YPbPr adjustment apply an 8-scale grey pattern

3 PC source should adjust single apply a 8-scale grey pattern

If case of manual adjustment please use the WB page in SAMWhile adjusting White Balance do not change White G or Black G only adjust White R White B Black R and Black B

Table 8-1 Color Temperature Setting 19

Table 8-2 Color Temperature Setting 26

Color mode X Y Color Temperature (K)

Normal 296plusmn4 299plusmn4 8000

Warm 314plusmn4 319plusmn4 6500

Cool 289plusmn4 291plusmn4 9000

Color mode X Y Color Temperature (K)

Normal 289plusmn4 291plusmn4 9000

Warm 314plusmn4 319plusmn4 6500

Cool 278plusmn4 278plusmn4 11000

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data SheetsEN 50 TCS10L LA9

9 Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data Sheets

Index of this chapter91 Introduction92 Abbreviation List93 IC Data Sheets

Notes bull Only new circuits (circuits that are not published recently)

are described bull Figures can deviate slightly from the actual situation due

to different set executions

91 Introduction

This chassis uses the MStar MST9U19A main chip with the following features bull Multi-Standard TV decoding with 2-D comb filterbull Multi-Standard TV sound demodulator and decoderbull Triple ADC fro TV and RGBYPbPrbull Integrated DVIHDCPHDMI compliant receiverbull High quality scaling enginebull 3-D video de-interlacer and video noise reductionbull Embedded On Screen Display controllerbull NTSCPALSecam Video decoder with automatic standard

detectionbull CVBS video outputbull Multi standard TV sound decoderbull FM stereo and SAP demodulationbull Digital audio interfacebull Analog RGB Compliant Input Portsbull DVIHDCPHDMI Compliant input portbull Auto tuning function including phasing positioning offset

gain and jitter detectionbull Automatic color correction

The MST9U19A is a high performance and fully integrated IC for multi-function LCD monitorTV with resolutions up to WSXGA (1680 times 1050) It is configured with an integrated triple-ADCPLL an integrated DVIHDCPHDMI receiver a multi standard TV video and audio decoder a video de-interlacer a scaling engine the MStarACE-3 color engine an On Screen Display controller an 8-bit MCU and a built-in output panel interface It also incorporates an intelligent power management control system for green-mode requirements and spread-spectrum support for EMI management

For a block diagram refer to chapter 6 ldquoBlock diagrams Test Point Overviews and Waveformsrdquo

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data Sheets EN 51TCS10L LA 9

92 Abbreviation List

1080i 1080 visible lines interlaced1080p 1080 visible lines progressive scan2CS 2 Carrier Sound2DNR Spatial (2D) Noise Reduction3DNR Temporal (3D) Noise Reduction480i 480 visible lines interlaced480p 480 visible lines progressive scanAARA Automatic Aspect Ratio Adaptation

algorithm that adapts aspect ratio to remove horizontal black bars keeping up the original aspect ratio

ACI Automatic Channel Installation algorithm that installs TV channels directly from a cable network by means of a predefined TXT page

ADC Analogue to Digital ConverterAFC Automatic Frequency Control control

signal used to tune to the correct frequency

AGC Automatic Gain Control algorithm that controls the video input of the feature box

AM Amplitude ModulationAUO Acer Unipack OptronicsAP Asia PacificAR Aspect Ratio 4 by 3 or 16 by 9ASD Automatic Standard DetectionAV Audio VideoB-SC1-IN Blue SCART1 inB-SC2-IN Blue SCART2 inB-TXT Blue teletextBG Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 55 MHzBTSC Broadcast Television System

CommitteeC-FRONT Chrominance front inputCBA Circuit Board Assembly (or PWB)CL Constant Level audio output to

connect with an external amplifierCLUT Color Look Up TableComPair Computer aided rePairCSM Customer Service ModeCVBS Composite Video Blanking and

SynchronizationCVBS-EXT CVBS signal from external source

(VCR VCD etc)CVBS-INT CVBS signal from TunerCVBS-MON CVBS monitor signalCVBS-TER-OUT CVBS terrestrial outDAC Digital to Analogue ConverterDBE Dynamic Bass Enhancement extra

low frequency amplificationDFU Directions For Use owners manualDNR Dynamic Noise ReductionDRAM Dynamic RAMDSP Digital Signal ProcessingDST Dealer Service Tool special

(European) remote control designed for service technicians

DTS Digital Theatre SoundDVD Digital Versatile DiscDVI Digital Visual InterfaceDW Double WindowED Enhanced Definition 480p 576pEEPROM Electrically Erasable and

Programmable Read Only MemoryEU EUropeEXT EXTernal (source) entering the set by

SCART or by cinches (jacks)FBL Fast Blanking DC signal

accompanying RGB signalsFBL-SC1-IN Fast blanking signal for SCART1 in

FBL-SC2-IN Fast blanking signal for SCART2 inFBL-TXT Fast Blanking TeletextFLASH FLASH memoryFM Field Memory Frequency ModulationFMR FM RadioFRC Frame Rate ConverterFRONT-C Front input chrominance (SVHS)FRONT-DETECT Front input detectionFRONT-Y_CVBS Front input luminance or CVBS

(SVHS)FTV Flat TeleVisionG-SC1-IN Green SCART1 inG-SC2-IN Green SCART2 inG-TXT Green teletextH H_sync to the module HD High Definition 720p 1080i 1080pHDMI High Definition Multimedia Interface

digital audio and video interfaceHP Head PhoneI Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 60 MHzI2C Integrated IC busI2S Integrated IC Sound busIC Integrated CircuitIF Intermediate FrequencyInterlaced Scan mode where two fields are used

to form one frame Each field contains half the number of the total amount of lines The fields are written in ldquopairsrdquo causing line flicker

IR Infra RedIRQ Interrupt ReQuestLast Status The settings last chosen by the

customer and read and stored in RAM or in the NVM They are called at start-up of the set to configure it according the customers wishes

LATAM LATin AMericaLC04 Philips chassis name for LCD TV 2004

projectLCD Liquid Crystal DisplayLED Light Emitting DiodeLL Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 65 MHz L is Band I L is all bands except for Band I

LPL LG Philips LCDLS Loud SpeakerLVDS Low Voltage Differential Signalling

data transmission system for high speed and low EMI communication

MN Monochrome TV system Sound carrier distance is 45 MHz

MOSFET Metal Oxide Semiconductor Field Effect Transistor

MPEG Motion Pictures Experts GroupMSP Multi-standard Sound Processor ITT

sound decoderMUTE MUTE LineNAFTA North American Free Trade

Association Trade agreement between Canada USA and Mexico

NC Not ConnectedNICAM Near Instantaneous Compounded

Audio Multiplexing This is a digital sound system used mainly in Europe

NTSC National Television Standard Committee Color system used mainly in North America and Japan Color carrier NTSC MN = 3579545 MHz NTSC 443 = 4433619 MHz (this is a VCR norm it is not transmitted off-air)

NVM Non Volatile Memory IC containing TV related data (for example options)

OC Open CircuitONOFF LED OnOff control signal for the LED

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data SheetsEN 52 TCS10L LA9

OSD On Screen DisplayPAL Phase Alternating Line Color system

used mainly in Western Europe (color carrier = 4433619 MHz) and South America (color carrier PAL M = 3575612 MHz and PAL N = 3582056 MHz)

PC Personal ComputerPCB Printed Circuit Board (or PWB)PDP Plasma Display PanelPIG Picture In GraphicPIP Picture In PicturePLL Phase Locked Loop Used for

example in FST tuning systems The customer can directly provide the desired frequency

Progressive Scan Scan mode where all scan lines are displayed in one frame at the same time creating a double vertical resolution

PWB Printed Wiring Board (or PCB)RAM Random Access MemoryRC Remote Control transmitterRC5 (6) Remote Control system 5 (6) the

signal from the remote control receiver RGB Red Green and Blue The primary

color signals for TV By mixing levels of R G and B all colors (YC) are reproduced

RGBHV Red Green Blue Horizontal sync and Vertical sync

ROM Read Only MemorySAM Service Alignment ModeSC SandCastle two-level pulse derived

from sync signalsSC1-OUT SCART output of the MSP audio ICSC2-B-IN SCART2 Blue inSC2-C-IN SCART2 chrominance inSC2-OUT SCART output of the MSP audio ICSC Short CircuitSCL Clock signal on I2C busSD Standard Definition 480i 576iSDA Data signal on I2C busSDI Samsung Display IndustrySDM Service Default ModeSDRAM Synchronous DRAMSECAM SEequence Couleur Avec Memoire

Color system used mainly in France and Eastern Europe Color carriers = 4406250 MHz and 4250000 MHz

SIF Sound Intermediate FrequencySMPS Switch Mode Power SupplySND SouNDSNDL-SC1-IN Sound left SCART1 inSNDL-SC1-OUT Sound left SCART1 outSNDL-SC2-IN Sound left SCART2 inSNDL-SC2-OUT Sound left SCART2 outSNDR-SC1-IN Sound right SCART1 inSNDR-SC1-OUT Sound right SCART1 outSNDR-SC2-IN Sound right SCART2 outSNDR-SC2-OUT Sound right SCART2 outSNDS-VL-OUT Surround sound left variable level outSNDS-VR-OUT Surround sound right variable level outSOPS Self Oscillating Power SupplySPDIF Sony Philips Digital InterFaceSRAM Static RAMSTBY Stand-bySVHS Super Video Home SystemSW Sub Woofer SoftWareTHD Total Harmonic DistortionTXT TeleteXTuP MicroprocessorVL Variable Level out processed audio

output toward external amplifierVCR Video Cassette Recorder

VGA Video Graphics ArrayWD Watch DogWYSIWYR What You See Is What You Record

record selection that follows main picture and sound

XTAL Quartz crystalYPbPr Component video (Y= Luminance Pb

Pr= Color difference signals B-Y and R-Y other amplitudes wrt to YUV)

YC Video related signals Y consists of luminance signal blanking level and sync C consists of color signal

Y-OUT Luminance-signalYUV Baseband component video (Y=

Luminance UV= Color difference signals)

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data Sheets EN 53TCS10L LA 9

93 IC Data Sheets

This section shows the internal block diagrams and pin layouts of ICs that are drawn as ldquoblack boxesrdquo in the electrical diagrams (with the exception of ldquomemoryrdquo and ldquologicrdquo ICs)

931 Diagram B MST9U19A

Figure 9-1 Pin configuration

Pin 1

123

45

7

9

11

1314

1718

21

23

25

2728

30

32

34

36

39

41

43

6

8

10

12

1516

1920

22

24

26

29

31

33

35

3738

40

42

4445464748

505152

49

53 54 55 56 57 59 61 63 65 66 69 70 73 75 77 79 80 82 84 86 88 91 93 9558 60 62 64 67 68 71 72 74 76 78 81 83 85 87 89 90 92 94 96 97 98 99 100

102

103

104

101

208

207

206

205

204

202

200

198

196

195

192

191

188

186

184

182

181

179

177

175

173

170

168

166

203

201

199

197

194

193

190

189

187

185

183

180

178

176

174

172

171

169

167

165

164

163

162

161

159

158

157

160

156155154

153152

150

148

146

144143

140139

136

134

132

130129

127

125

123

121

118

116

114

151

149

147

145

142141

138137

135

133

131

128

126

124

122

120119

117

115

113112111110109

107106105

108

MST9U19A

XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX

GN

D

AUR1

AUL2

AUL3

AUL1

AUCO

M

AUR2

AUR3

DIGO[8]

GNDAVDD_MEMPLL

PWM3PWM2DIGO[9]

SIF1

MSI

F1P

AVD

D_S

IF

AUO

UTL

AUO

UTR

AUO

UTS

VDD

CG

PIO

F[2]

GPI

OF[

3]G

PIO

F[4]

GPI

OF[

5]G

PIO

F[6]

GPI

OF[

7]G

PIO

F[8]

GPI

OF[

9]G

PIO

F[10

]G

PIO

F[11

]VD

DP

GN

DG

PIO

F[12

]

GPI

OF[

14]

GPI

OF[

15]

GPI

OF[

16]

GPI

OF[

17]

GPI

OF[

18]

GN

D

GPI

OF[

19]

VDD

C

VDD

PG

ND

VDD

PVD

DP

GPI

OF[

13]

GN

D

DIGO[7]

DIGO[5]

DIGO[3]

DIGO[1]

VDDC

VDDPPWM_SENSE

DIGO[6]

DIGO[4]

DIGO[2]

DIGO[0]

GND

PWM_DRVPWM_FBIRININT

PWM1PWM0

GNDVDDPALERDZWRZ

VDDC

GNDVDDP

VDD

PLV

A0M

LVA0

PLV

A1M

LVA1

PLV

A2M

LVA2

PLV

ACKM

LVAC

KPLV

A3M

LVA4

PVD

DP

VDD

CAV

DD

_MPL

L

LVA3

PLV

A4M

GPI

OE[

0]

IHSY

NC

ICLK

DI[

1]D

I[0]

IVYS

NC

GPI

OE[

1]G

PIO

E[2]

GPI

OE[

3]G

ND

VDD

P

AVD

D_M

PLL

XIN

XOU

TH

WR

ESET

GN

D

DI[

7]D

I[6]

DI[

5]D

I[4]

DI[

2]D

I[3]

VDD

C

AUO

UTL

3AU

OU

TR3

RXCKPGND

RX0NRX0P

AVDD_DVIRX1NRX1P

RX2P

REXT

DDCD_CK

VSYNC1

VCLAMP

REFM

BIN1M

GNDRX2N

AVDD_DVI

DDCD_DA

HSYNC1

RMID

REFP

BIN1P

SOGIN1GIN1PGIN1MRIN1PRIN1MBIN0MBIN0PGIN0MGIN0P

SOGIN0RIN0MRIN0P

HSYNC0VSYNC0

RXCKN

AVDD_ADCGND

C1Y1C0Y0

CVBS2CVBS1

VCOM1CVBS0

VCOM0CVBSOUT

GND

VCOM2CVBS3

GN

D

AVD

D_A

UAU

L0AU

R0

AUVR

EFAU

VRAD

PAU

VRAD

N

AUO

UTL

2AU

OU

TR2

AD[7]AD[6]AD[5]AD[4]AD[3]AD[2]AD[1]AD[0]

SDOCSZSDISCK

SAR3

SAR1SAR2

SAR0

DDCA_CK

DDCR_CKDDCA_DA

DDCR_DA

LVB0

MLV

B0P

LVB1

MLV

B1P

LVB2

MLV

B2P

LVBC

KMLV

BCKP

LVB3

M

LVB4

P

LVB3

PLV

B4M

I_18130_008eps200608

Pin Configuration

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data SheetsEN 54 TCS10L LA9

932 Diagram B TDA1308

Figure 9-2 Block diagram and pin configuration

Block diagram

Pinning information

2

1

3

4

8

7

65

INA(neg)

TDA1308(A)OUTA

VSS

VDD

INA(pos)

INB(neg)

INB(pos)

OUTB

TDA1308(A)

VATUO DD

BTUO)gen(ANI

)gen(BNI)sop(ANI

VSS INB(pos)

1

2

3

4

6

5

8

7

I_18130_007eps190608

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data Sheets EN 55TCS10L LA 9

933 Diagram B NCP1377B

Figure 9-3 Block diagram and pin configuration

Block diagram

Pinning information

I_18130_009eps190608

HV

VCC

GND

Demag

4 mA

To InternalSupply

+

+

125 V75 V56 V (Fault)

FaultMngt

PON

5 V+

OVP

+

144

45 usDelay

15 us for B Version

Demag

8 usBlanking

S

SR R

Q

Q

+

3 us forB Version

+minus

Overload

5 usTimeout

TimeReset

Demag

380 nsLEB

1 V3

200 Awhen DRV

is OFF

FB

42 V

Driver src = 20 sink = 10

DrvVCC

CS

+50 mV 10 V Rint

1Dmg 8 HV

7 NC2FB

3CS

4GND

6 VCC

5 Drv

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data SheetsEN 56 TCS10L LA9

934 Diagram B TDA7266

Figure 9-4 Block diagram and pin configuration

1

2

4

Vref

7YB-TS

IN1

022microF

VCC

133

+

-

-

+

OUT1+

OUT1-

15

14

12

6ETUM

IN2

022microF

+

-

-

+

OUT2+

OUT2-

8

9S-GND

PW-GND

470microF 100nF

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

9

10

11

8

NC

NC

S-GND

PW-GND

OUT2+

OUT2-

VCC

IN2

ST-BY

MUTE

NC

IN1

VCCOUT1-

OUT1+

13

14

15

12

I_17950_054eps090508

Block Diagram

Pin Configuration

Spare Parts List amp CTN Overview EN 57TCS10L LA 10

10 Spare Parts List amp CTN OverviewFor the latest spare part overview please consult the Philips Service website

Table 10-1 Sets described in this manual

11 Revision ListManual xxxx xxx xxxx0bull First release

CTN Styling

19PFL340355 MG8

19PFL340377 MG8

19PFL340378 MG8

19PFL340385 MG8

26PFL340385 MG8

  • Content
  • 1 Technical Specifications Connections and Chassis Overview
    • 11 Technical Specifications
      • 111 Vision
      • 112 Sound
      • 113 Miscellaneous
        • 12 Connection Overview
          • Figure 1-1 Rear and side IO connections
          • 121 Rear Connections
            • 1 - HDMI Digital Video Digital Audio - In
              • Figure 1-2 HDMI (type A) connector
                • 2 - VGA AUDIO Mini Jack VGA Audio - In
                • 3 - VGA PC Video RGB - In and Service UART
                  • Figure 1-3 VGA Connector
                    • 4 - Cinch Video YPbPr - In
                    • 5 - AV1 Cinch Video CVBS - In Audio - In
                    • 6 - Aerial - In
                    • 7 - Service Connector (ComPair)
                      • 122 Side connections
                        • 8 - Cinch Video CVBS - In Audio - In
                        • 9 - S-Video (Hosiden) Video YC - In
                        • 10 - Mini Jack Audio Head phone - Out
                            • 13 Chassis Overview
                              • Figure 1-4 PWBCBA locations
                                  • 2 Safety Instructions Warnings and Notes
                                    • 21 Safety Instructions
                                    • 22 Warnings
                                    • 23 Notes
                                      • 231 General
                                      • 232 Schematic Notes
                                      • 233 BGA (Ball Grid Array) ICs
                                        • Introduction
                                        • BGA Temperature Profiles
                                          • 234 Lead-free Soldering
                                          • 235 Alternative BOM identification
                                            • Figure 2-1 Serial number (example)
                                              • 236 Board Level Repair (BLR) or Component Level Repair (CLR)
                                              • 237 Practical Service Precautions
                                                  • 3 Directions for Use
                                                  • 4 Mechanical Instructions
                                                    • 41 Cable Dressing
                                                      • Figure 4-1 Cable dressing (19 model)
                                                      • Figure 4-2 Cable dressing (26 model)
                                                        • 42 Service Positions
                                                          • 421 Foam Bars
                                                            • Figure 4-3 Foam bars
                                                                • 43 AssyPanel Removal
                                                                  • 431 Stand
                                                                    • Figure 4-4 Stand
                                                                      • 432 Rear Cover
                                                                        • Figure 4-5 LVDS release
                                                                        • Figure 4-6 Speaker and IRLED panel cable release
                                                                          • 433 Keyboard Control Board
                                                                            • Figure 4-7 Keyboard control board
                                                                              • 434 IRLED Board and Speakers
                                                                                • Figure 4-8 IRLED Board and Speakers
                                                                                  • 435 Power Supply Board
                                                                                    • Figure 4-9 Power Supply Unit(s)
                                                                                      • 436 Inverter Board (19 and 22 versions)
                                                                                        • Figure 4-10 Inverter Board
                                                                                          • 437 Small Signal Board (SSB)
                                                                                            • Removing the SSB
                                                                                              • Figure 4-11 SSB connector plate
                                                                                              • Figure 4-12 SSB
                                                                                                • 44 Set Re-assembly
                                                                                                  • 5 Service Modes Error Codes and Fault Finding
                                                                                                    • 51 Test Points
                                                                                                    • 52 Service Mode
                                                                                                      • 521 Service Alignment Mode (SAM)
                                                                                                        • How to Enter
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-1 SAM menu
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-2 SAM menu White Balance Normal
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-3 SAM menu White Balance Cool
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-4 SAM menu White Balance Warm
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-5 SAM menu Volume Curve
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-6 SAM menu Picture Curve
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-7 SAM menu Picture Mode Natural
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-8 SAM menu Picture Mode Personal
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-9 SAM menu Picture Mode Rich
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-10 SAM menu Picture Mode Soft
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-11 SAM menu Producting
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-12 SAM menu Country
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-13 SAM menu Setup
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-14 SAM menu Shop Init Do
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-15 SAM menu Clear Code gt
                                                                                                            • How to Exit
                                                                                                            • Factory Mode Descriptions
                                                                                                              • ltTABLEgt
                                                                                                              • Virgin Settings
                                                                                                                • Table 5-1 Country setting
                                                                                                                • Table 5-2 Virgin settings
                                                                                                                  • 522 Customer Service Mode (CSM)
                                                                                                                    • Purpose
                                                                                                                    • How to Activate CSM
                                                                                                                    • Contents of CSM
                                                                                                                      • Figure 5-16 CSM Menu
                                                                                                                        • Menu Explanation
                                                                                                                        • How to Exit
                                                                                                                          • 523 Blinking LED Procedure
                                                                                                                            • 53 Error Codes
                                                                                                                              • ltTABLEgt
                                                                                                                                • 54 Fault Finding
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-17 No Picture No sound no Back light (19 sets)
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-18 Picture OK No sound (19 sets)
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-19 No Picture Back light amp Sound OK (19 and 26 sets)
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-20 No color (19 and 26 sets)
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-21 No Picture No sound no Back light (26 sets)
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-22 Picture OK No sound (26 sets)
                                                                                                                                    • 55 Service Tools
                                                                                                                                      • 551 ComPair
                                                                                                                                        • Introduction
                                                                                                                                        • Specifications
                                                                                                                                        • How to Connect
                                                                                                                                        • How to Order
                                                                                                                                          • Figure 5-23 ComPair II interface connection
                                                                                                                                            • 56 Software Upgrading
                                                                                                                                              • 561 Introduction
                                                                                                                                                  • 6 Block Diagrams Test Point Overview and Waveforms
                                                                                                                                                    • Wiring Diagram of Connector for MS19-PH 19
                                                                                                                                                    • Wiring Diagram of Connector for MS19-PH 26
                                                                                                                                                    • Block Diagram MS19P Chipset
                                                                                                                                                    • I2C overview
                                                                                                                                                      • 7 Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts
                                                                                                                                                        • Main Power Supply (19)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Main Power Supply (19) (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Main Power Supply (19) (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Main Power Supply (26)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Main Power Supply (26) (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Main Power Supply (26) (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Standby Power Supply (26)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Standby Power Supply (26) (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Standby Power Supply (26) (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB Control
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB DC - DC
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB MST9E19A Controller
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB HDMI Interface
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB VGA Interface
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB Cinch
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB Tuner
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB Audio Amplifier
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB LVDS Interface
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Small Signal Board (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Small Signal Board (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Keyboard Control Panel
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Keyboard Control Panel (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Keyboard Control Panel (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Inverter Panel
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Inverter Panel (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Inverter Panel (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • IR LED Panel
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout IR LED Panel (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout IR LED Panel (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                          • 8 Alignments
                                                                                                                                                            • 81 Electrical Alignments
                                                                                                                                                            • 82 Hardware Alignments
                                                                                                                                                              • 821 Aging
                                                                                                                                                              • 822 ADC Adjustment
                                                                                                                                                              • 823 White Balance Adjustment
                                                                                                                                                                • Table 8-1 Color Temperature Setting 19
                                                                                                                                                                • Table 8-2 Color Temperature Setting 26
                                                                                                                                                                  • 9 Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data Sheets
                                                                                                                                                                    • 91 Introduction
                                                                                                                                                                    • 92 Abbreviation List
                                                                                                                                                                    • 93 IC Data Sheets
                                                                                                                                                                      • 931 Diagram B MST9U19A
                                                                                                                                                                        • Figure 9-1 Pin configuration
                                                                                                                                                                          • 932 Diagram B TDA1308
                                                                                                                                                                            • Figure 9-2 Block diagram and pin configuration
                                                                                                                                                                              • 933 Diagram B NCP1377B
                                                                                                                                                                                • Figure 9-3 Block diagram and pin configuration
                                                                                                                                                                                  • 934 Diagram B TDA7266
                                                                                                                                                                                    • Figure 9-4 Block diagram and pin configuration
                                                                                                                                                                                      • 10 Spare Parts List amp CTN Overview
                                                                                                                                                                                        • Table 10-1 Sets described in this manual
                                                                                                                                                                                          • 11 Revision List
Page 29: Philips 19PFL3403-55 TCS1[1].0L_LA

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 29TCS10L LA 7

Layout Main Power Supply (26) (Bottom Side)

I_18130_029eps180608

40-PWL01B-STE1XG

30TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Standby Power Supply (26)

I_18130_025eps200608

A2 A2STANDBY POWER SUPPLY 26rdquo

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 31TCS10L LA 7

Layout Standby Power Supply (26) (Top Side)

40-1PL37C-PWF1XGI_18130_026eps

180608

32TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout Standby Power Supply (26) (Bottom Side)

I_18130_027eps180608

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 33TCS10L LA 7

SSB Control

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGNDAGND

AGND

AGNDAGNDAGND AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

T

T

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

D1B

D1A

G2

G1

S2

D2B

D2A

S1

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

PGND

PGND

PGND

PGND

PGND

AGND

AGND

T

T

T

T

AGND

T

T

BOOT

DRIVE

FB GND

LGATE

PHASE

VCC

UGATE

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

PGND

AGND

AGND

AGNDAGND

AGND

D2B

D2A

G1

G2

S1

D1B

D1A

S2

T

AGND

D1B

D1A

D2B

G2 D2A

S2

G1

S1

09V

18V

For Tuner 33v

L--Prot

Normal--HProtect--L

Back Light Control

Far from DC-DC amp Tuner

Option

When not use DC-DC+5VSTB_L provide

ON-----LOFF-----H

OptionFar from tuner and power supply (NC)

8

7

6

4 5

3

2

1U3

SP8J3

R234

10R

NC

E

C

B

BT3904

Q21

B

C

E

Q32BT3904

R16

19N

C2

618

KR

919

1K

26

10K

B

C

E

Q2

BT3904

R177

NC

C23

00

1U

10K

R18

0

NC

R17

9 0

R1784K7

+12V

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

P4ON-PBACK

ADJ-PWM2

R181910K26

191

K2

6

R10

Z54

BL-ADJUST

1 2

4

6

8

12

14

10

3

5

7

9

11

13

P22

+5V

+5VSTB_L

C22

2

01U

R70R (FOR 26ONLY)

7

8

4

2

3

5

6

1

A04803

Q17

+12V

+12V_PW

+12V_PW

C24

10

01U

BL-ADJUST

+5V

ST

B_L

C14

01U

BL-ONOFF

C22

40

1U

+5VSTB

R24

8N

C

+12V_PW

C220220U

25V

F250A

F150A

47K

R18

2

L8200R

R2413K9

C23

6

1U

C24

3

1U

C244

01U

C242

470U

16V

+5V

ST

B

PRORECT_12V

R29

720

K

+33V

+33V

B

E

CQ31

BT3906R298

NC

+12V

R299

4K7

R301

4K7

R30

010

K

R29

6

4K7

D14 8V

2

B

C

E

Q26BT3904

R3

4K7

B

E

CQ13

BT3906

C64

3 1U

C20A1U

C21

A 1U

NCC

21

R18

147

K

C24

00

01U

R22

330K

33V

+5V

+5V

12V_PANEL

21

P20

01UC

231

NC

C8

01U

C3

01U

L49200R

L47200R

21

P19

01UC

20

5V_PANEL

4K7R15

D11

LL4148

D45LL4148

PW_ONOFF

+5VSTB1

2

3

P1

POWER-ONOFFB

C

E

Q30BT3904

R26610K

GPIO_PROTECT

+5VSTB

R24

70R

D10LL4148

+12V

C201U

SELECT

R20

510

0K

R2041K

D47 33

V

R27

92K

2R

242

2K2

+12V

1

2

3 6

5

8

4

7

U1

RT8110

R50R PROTPW_ONOFF

R2NC

Z58

Z56

B

C

E

Q27BT3904

BL-ONOFF

R12100R

PW_CTRL

Z51

R24

0 0

Z52

Z53

Z60

L530R

L330R

01U

C23

401UC

232

C23

3 1U

R234K7

5V_PANEL

C22

60

1U

L50200R

+5V

C235470U

16V

200RL54

C23

70

1U

L9200R

+5V

R4

10K

R6NC

+12V_INVERTER

B

C

E

Q6BT3904

68K

R37

NCR17

0RR14

16V

470UC

17A

C27

01U

2U2C16

01UC

15

R8

NC

R194K7

R132NC

R143100K

R14K

7

B

C

E

Q14BT3904

R2110K

+12V

D1LL4148

R14210K

+5VSTB

B

C

E

Q3BT3904NC

+12V

C1810U

50V

L6100UH

D5LL4148

B

C

E

Q5SC1815

NCR

24

B

C

E

Q1

BT3904

B

C

E

Q4BT3904

PWM3

SHUT_EEP

200RL56

L55200R

R23

91K

2

R23

8N

C

R235

10R

R23

6N

C

L115UH

R23

322

K

C23

91U

R237

220R

7

8

4

2

3

5

6

1

U2PHKD13N03LT

C23801U

D50LL4148

L53200R

+12V_INVERTER

C22

70

1U

C22

80

1U

L52200R

L51200R

C22

90

1U

L48200R

C22

50

1U

12V_PANEL

L1230R

PANEL-ONOFF

Z59

Z50

PW_ONOFF R26

368

0R

R2618K2

R26010K

R26

710

K

R26

810

K

R26

247

K

R25910K

R25

810

0K

D41LL4148

+12V

R2783K9

TUNER_5V

+5V

40V

C18

70

1U

R2000R

R6390R

R60422K

L6061000UR

C60

40

1U

D61

433

VC63

047

00P

C63

2 270P

C633

01U 50V

L613

1000UH

NC

L6041000UH

100KR

630

NC

C63

6

C63

50

01U

C63

40

1U

C631200P

B

C

E

Q612BC846B

R63147K

12

3

D61

30B

AV

99

33V

+5V

C1

01U

5V_PANEL

+12V_PW

+5VSTB

12V_PANEL

C223

220U25V

+5VSTB

01U

C22

1

+12V

PW_ONOFF

VCC_PANEL

B01 B01

I_18130_011eps180608

CONTROL

34TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

SSB DC - DC

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGNDAGND

GN

DA

DJ

OU

T

VIN

4

OU

T

VIN

AD

JG

ND

VO

UT

VIN

AD

JG

ND

VCC18V FOR MST9E19A

pin36

VDDC for MST9E19A Core

+33V for VDD_MPLL

+33AVDD FOR AVDD_SIF

+33AVDD FOR AVDD_AU

pin6 pin12

+33AVDD for AVDD_HDMI

Vcc33for MST9E19A analog

+33AVDD for AVDDA

33V for AVDDPLL2

Vcc33 for MST9E19A Digital

10RR

31

F330A

+33V

L16100R+5VST

R28NC

23

1

U6

AIC

1084

FM120D8

FM120D6

23

1

U7

KD

1084

AD

2T18

+33V

VDDP

FM120D7

+5VSTB_L

1 2 3

4

U5AS1117-33

L18FB

FBL17

+18V

VDDC

L11

100R

L10100R+33V

L24

100R

FBL23

16V

47UC

37

C67

01U

01UC

62

C61

01U

01UC

60

C59

01U

16V

100UC

53

C48100U

16V

NCR30

R29

0RL41

FB

16V

100UC

33

C31100U

16V

C49 0

1U

01U

C52

01U

C36

C34 0

1U

01U

C42

C58 0

1U16V

47UC

57

C51 0

1U

AVDD_SIF

+33VA

AVDD_AU

+33VA

AVDDA

+33VA

AVDD_MEMPLL

+33VA

C56 0

1U

01U

C552U

2C

54

C47 0

1U

C46 2U

2

L21FB

2U2

C41

FBL19

C50 2U

2

L22FB

FBL20

01U

C452U

2C

44

C39 0

1U

C38 2U

2

AVDD_HDMI

01U

C40

+33VA

01U

C32

C30 0

1U

+33VA

+33VA

VDD_MPLL

+18V

C35100U

16V

C63

01U

01UC

64

C65

01U

01UC

66

01UC

68

C69

01U

01UC

70

C71

01U

01UC

72

C73

01U

+5VST

+5VSTB

FM120D9

B02 B02

I_18130_012eps180608

DC - DC

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 35TCS10L LA 7

SSB MST9E19A Controller

AG

ND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AG

ND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

SDA

SCL

WC

VCC

VSS

E2NC

E1NC

E0NC AGND

VCC

HOLD

SCK

GND SI

WP

SO

CE

SDA

SCL

WC

VCC

VSS

E2NC

E1NC

E0NC

AD

0A

D1

AD

2A

D3

AD

4A

D5

AD

6A

D7

ALE

AUCOM

AUL0

AUL1

AUL2

AUL3

AUOUTL

AUOUTL2

AUOUTL3

AUOUTR

AUOUTR2

AUOUTR3

AUOUTS

AUR0

AUR1

AUR2

AUR3

AUVRADNAUVRADPAUVREF

AV

DD

_AD

C

AV

DD

_AU

AV

DD

_DV

IA

VD

D_D

VI1

AV

DD

_ME

MP

LL

AV

DD

_MP

LLA

VD

D_M

PLL

1

AV

DD

_SIF

BIN0MBIN0P

BIN1MBIN1P

C0

C1

CSZ

CVBS0

CVBS1CVBS2CVBS3

CVBSOUT

DD

CA

_CK

DD

CA

_DA

DDCD_CKDDCD_DA

DD

CR

_CK

DD

CR

_DA

DI0DI1DI2DI3DI4DI5DI6DI7

DIG

O0

DIG

O1

DIG

O2

DIG

O3

DIG

O4

DIG

O5

DIG

O6

DIG

O7

DIG

O8

DIG

O9

GIN0MGIN0P

GIN1MGIN1P

GN

DG

ND

1

GN

D10

GN

D11

GN

D12

GN

D13

GN

D14

GN

D15

GN

D2

GN

D3

GN

D4

GN

D5

GN

D6

GN

D7

GN

D8

GN

D9

GPIOE0LVSYNCGPIOE1LHSYNC

GPIOE2LDEGPIOE3LCK

GPIOF10GPIOF11

GPIOF12GPIOF13GPIOF14GPIOF15GPIOF16GPIOF17GPIOF18GPIOF19

GPIOF2GPIOF3GPIOF4GPIOF5GPIOF6GPIOF7GPIOF8GPIOF9

HSYNC0

HSYNC1

HW

RE

SE

T

ICLK

IHSYNC

INT

IRIN

IVSYNC

LA0MG3LA0PG2LA1MG1LA1PG0LA2MB7LA2PB6

LA3MB3LA3PB2LA4MB1LA4PB0

LACKMB5LACKPB4

LB0MR7LB0PR6LB1MR5LB1PR4LB2MR3LB2PR2

LB3MG7LB3PG6LB4MG5LB4PG4

LBCKMR1LBCKPR0

PW

M0

PW

M1

PW

M2

PW

M3

PWM_DRVPWM_FB

PWM_SENSE

RD

Z

REFMREFP

REXT

RIN0MRIN0P

RIN1MRIN1P

RMID

RX0NRX0PRX1NRX1PRX2NRX2P

RXCKNRXCKP

SA

R0

SA

R1

SA

R2

SA

R3

SCKSDI

SDO

SIF1MSIF1P

SOGIN0

SOGIN1

VCLAMP

VCOM0

VCOM1

VCOM2

VD

DC

VD

DC

1V

DD

C2

VD

DC

3V

DD

C4

VD

DC

5

VD

DP

VD

DP

1V

DD

P2

VD

DP

3V

DD

P4

VD

DP

5V

DD

P6

VD

DP

7V

DD

P8

VD

DP

9

VSYNC0

VSYNC1

WR

Z

XIN

XO

UT

Y0

Y1

AGND

T

T

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

Mode Selection

I2C address at A0

Location Near IC PinLocation Near IC Pin

SST PULL DOWNMSTAR PULL UP

DVI INPUT

VGA INPUT

For TTL output

Audio Output(to Amp) AV Output(Audio)

Debug Port

For Philps debug

HDCP I2C address at A4

VID

EO

INP

UT

HDTV INPUT

C212NC

C7822P

01UC11

2

2U2 C247

C1072U2

01U C114

PW_CTRL

PRORECT_12V

54

72 13

6 8

RP

84K

7

KEY0-IN

LED2-IN

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

P5

POWER-ONOFF

54

72 13

6 8

RP

124K

7

LED1-IN

NC

L43

+5VSTB

4K7

R55

LED2R13

4K7

R584K7

B

C

E

Q9BT3904

1

2

3

4

5

P14

WP

SDA

SCL

+33V

1

2

3

4

P6

10RR41

SHUT_EEP

D4 NC

WP

C20

110

0P

RXD

TXD1

2

3

P2

ZX

Z62

WP

+33V

+33V+5VSTB

RS

20R

RS

3N

C

RS

11K

10K

R32

10K

R42

01UC86

47RR64

NC

R63

R62

NC

R52100R

R51 22

K

R50 22

K

100RR49

100RR40

C83

001

U

001

UC82

R67

0R

001

UC76

2U2C115

R47100R

R45100R

100RR34100R

R33

2U2C104

C1052U2PC-LIN

2U2C106

C1112U2

2U2C110

C11901U

R57 8K

2

8K2

R56

C1092U2

2U2C108

124578

101113141516171819202122232425262728

293031323334353839

404142434445464748495051

5455575859

61626364656667686970717273747576

78798081828384858687

131

132

133

134

125

126

127

128

129

130

155

156

136 3 9 37 52 56 89 99 101

104

106

120

141

152

173

187

204

143

144

145

146

147

148

149

150

153

154

116

117

118

135

124123122121

9796959493929190

139138137

191190189188

185184183182181180179178177176175174171170169168167166165164163162161160

202201200199198197196195

192

194193

207

206

205

36 53 60 105

6 12 157

208

77 98 107

142

158

203

88 100

102

103

119

140

151

159

172

186

115

114

113

112

111

110

109

108

U8

MST9E19A

R54

4K7

R36

22K

100P C79

01UC11

7

C116

01U

R7510K

R38 22

K

C10201U

C89 0

1U

1

3

2

D40

0BA

V99

+5VST

R53

390R

CVBSOUT

LED2

5

6

7

8

4

3

2

1U10

M24C32MN

IR_SYNC

KEY0

LED1

KEY1

WP_FSH

TV1-VIN- VCOM0

AV1-YIN-

AV1-YIN

VCOM2

SV_Y0

R_TX2+

C920047U

C930047U

0047UC94

0047UC96

C970047U

0047UC98

C1010047U

0047UC100

C990047U

SV_C0

TXD

RXD

100P

C20

2

8

7

6

4 5

3

2

1U9

W25X40

+33V

L26 F

B

100RR77

SDA

SCL

SHUT_EEPR76

100R

5

6

7

8

4

3

2

1U11

M24C04MN

SDA

SCL

100RR70

R69100R

+33V

R68

10K

SPI_CZ

SPI_DI

SPI_CK

54

72

1

3 6

8

RP933R

NCR

65R

661K

8

C90 10

0P

R6110R

1KR60

R591K

100P

C91

C95 10

0P

SYS_RST

R391K

B

E

CQ8

BT3906

C8010U

16V

C7447U

16V

R48

1M

Y1

14M

3

22PC84

AVDDA

AVDD_SIF

AVDD_MEMPLL

AVDD_HDMIVDDC VDDP

SDA_EXT

SCL_EXT

+33V

R43

10K

10KR

44

RXE3+B2

RXE4+B0

RXE4-B1

RXE3-B3

RXEC+B4

RXEC-B5

RXE2+B6

RXE2-B7

RXE1+G0

RXE1-G1

RXE0+G2

RXE0-G3

RXO4+G4

RXO4-G5

RXO3+G6

RXO3-G7

RXOC+R0

RXOC-R1

RXO2+R2

RXO2-R3

RXO1+R4

RXO1-R5

RXO0+R6

RXO0-R7

TTL-BLUE2

TTL-BLUE1

TTL-BLUE0

TTL-BLUE3

TTL-BLUE4

TTL-BLUE5

TTL-BLUE6

TTL-BLUE7

TTL-GREEN0

TTL-GREEN1

TTL-GREEN2

TTL-GREEN3

TTL-GREEN4

TTL-GREEN5

TTL-GREEN6

TTL-GREEN7

TTL-RED6

TTL-RED0

TTL-RED1

TTL-RED2

TTL-RED3

TTL-RED4

TTL-RED5

TTL-RED7

54

72

1

3 6

8

RP40R

8

63

1

2 7

4 5

0RRP7

54

72

1

3 6

8

RP60R

8

63

1

2 7

4 5

0RRP3

8

63

1

2 7

4 5

0RRP5

54

72

1

3 6

8

RP20R

SPI_CKSPI_DISPI_CZ

SPI_DO

AMP-MUTE

PANEL-ONOFF

LED1

HPDCTRL

ON-PBACK

863 12

7

45

4K7

RP

13

PWM0

ADJ-PWM2

NCR

85

NCR

82

NCR

80

NCR

79

R84

1K

R83

1K

R81

1K

R78

1K

PWM0

WP_FSH

ADJ-PWM2

PWM3

IR_SYNC

KEY1

KEY0

RXD

TXD

SCL

SDA

DDC-RDX

DDC-TXD

I2C-SCL

I2C-SDA

+33V

54

721 3

68

RP

104K

7

R7410R

10RR73

10RR72

R7110R

AUCOM

16V

10UC

118

AUVRADN

AUVRADP

C11310U

16V

L250

AMP-ROUT

AMP-LOUT

PH-ROUTPH-LOUT

PC-RIN

SIFM

SIFP

01UC103

01U

C88

AUCOM

AUVREFAUVRADPAUVRADN

SIFM

SIFP

TUNER_CVBS

SV_C0

SV_Y0

VCOM2

CVBS2CVBS1

VCOM0

VCOM1

CVBS3

SCG+

SCR+SCR-

SC_SOG

SCG-

SCB-

RIN-

RIN+GIN-

GIN+SOG

BIN-BIN+

01UC85

C8701U

VS_RGBHS_RGB

HDMI_SCLHDMI_SDA

AVDD_HDMI TXCLK-

R_TX2+

R_TX2-G_TX1+

G_TX1-B_TX0+

B_TX0-TXCLK+

AUVREF

PWM3

+33V

VDD_MPLL

AVDD_AU

TV1-VIN+ TUNER_CVBS

VCOM1

AV1-CIN

TV-SIFP

TV-SIFM

HDMI_SCLHDMI_SDA

TXCLK-

R_TX2-G_TX1+

G_TX1-B_TX0+

B_TX0-TXCLK+

VS_RGBHS_RGB

RIN-

RIN+GIN-

GIN+SOG

BIN-BIN+

SCG+

SCR+SCR-

SC_SOG

SCG-SCB+SCB-

AV1-VIN+

AV2-VIN+

AV3-VIN+ CVBS1

CVBS2

CVBS3

SPI_DO

WP_FSH

CVBSOUT

PH-LOUT

PH-ROUTAMP-ROUT AMP-R

AMP-LAMP-LOUTPH-L1OUT

AFT

SCB+

KEY1-IN

+33V

PH-R1OUT

C77

1000

P

E

C

B BT3904Q7

R114K7

+5VSTB

GPIO_PROTECT

+33V

IR-IN

C248

2U2

2U2 C249

C250

2U2

2U2 C251

C252

2U2

DVI-RINDVI-LINAV2-RIN

AV2-LIN

AV1-RINAV1-LIN

B03 B03

I_18130_013eps180608

MST9E19A CONTROLLER

36TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

SSB HDMI Interface

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

SDA

SCL

WC

VCC

VSS

E2NC

E1NC

E0NC

RX2+

GND1

RX2-

RX1+

GND2

RX1-

RX0+

GND3

RX0-

RXC+

GND4

RXC-

NC1

NC2

DDCCLK

DDCDA

GND5

VCC

HPD

AGND

HDMI-RX2-

HDMI-RX1+

+5V

+5V

5

6

43

2

1

U17

PRTR5V0U4D

5

6

43

2

1

U18

PRTR5V0U4D

1KR101

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

P12

01UC

120

5

6

7

8

4

3

2

1U12

M24C02MN

RLZ

5B6

D18

HDMI-DDC-SDA

HDMI-DDC-SCL

HDMI-HPD

HDMI5V

HPDCTRLB

C

E

Q10BT3904

4K7R96

R95

4K7

R1000R

NCR

97

R94

1K

+5V

100RR99

R98100R

12

3

D17

BAT

54C

D19

RLZ

5B6

TXCLK-

TXCLK+

B_TX0-

B_TX0+

G_TX1-

G_TX1+

R_TX2-

R_TX2+

10RR93

R9210R

10RR91

R9010R

10RR89

R8810R

10RR87

R8610R

HDMI_SDA

HDMI_SCL

HDMI-RXC-

HDMI-RXC+

HDMI-RX0+

HDMI-RX0-

HDMI-RX1-

HDMI-RX2+

B04 B04

I_18130_014eps180608

HDMI INTERFACE

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 37TCS10L LA 7

SSB VGA Interface

AGND

AGND

AGND

SDA

SCL

WC

VCC

VSS

E2NC

E1NC

E0NC

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGNDProgram Control

To main chip(when updateit is I2Cwhen debug it is RXTX)

LED2

R12

110

0RR12

010

0R

+33V

RXD

TXD

R170

4K7

1

3

2

D2

100RR144

NCR123

4K7R12

2

75R

R10

9

R10

8 75R

01UC

130

10K

R17

4

75R

R10

7

10K

R17

2

P13-11

R11

8 4K7

4K7

R11

9

PROTECT

VGA5V

VGA-SCL

PROTECT

13

2

D25

1

3

2

D20

C19 N

C

Q182N7002

10RR175

R171NC

R17310R

C12

9 NC

C1270047U

VGA-R+

VGA-G+

VGA-B+

+5VST1

32

D24

1KR115

R1141K

123

D23BAT54C

5

6

7

8

4

3

2

1U13

M24C02MN

R11

74K

7NC

C12

8R11

610

K

6

4

11

14

15

7

12

8

5

13

3

10

9

1

2

16

17

P13

C1230047U

C1241000P

C1210047U

R10510R

10RR104

R10310R

0047UC126

C1250047U

0047UC122

1

3

2

D22

2

3

1

D21

R11347R

47RR111

R11047R

R106330R

HS_RGB

VS_RGB

Q192N7002

B

C

E

Q25BT3904

VGA-HS

VGA-VS

VGA-SDA

RIN+

SOG

BIN-

GIN-

RIN-

BIN+

GIN+

VGA-SDA

VGA-SCL

+5VSTB

+5VSTB

B05 B05

I_18130_015eps180608

VGA INTERFACE

38TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

SSB Cinch

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND AGNDAGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

VDD

OUTB

INB-

VSS INB+

INA+

INA-

OUTA

AGNDAGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

WHITE

RED

YELLOWGREEN

BLUE

RED

WHITE

RED

RED

WHITE

YELLOW

AGND

AGND

AGND

HDTV IN

AV OUTPUT AUDIO AMP

For PCampYPbPr Audio Input(RL)

For Philips Upgrade

S-VIDEO amp AV2 In Side

Earphone Outuput In Side

AV1 In Rear

AV OUTPUT

For DVI Audio Input(35mm Jack)

2

1

3

P17

DVI_R

DVI_L

AV2-V

AV_ROUT

AV2-R

C13 47

0P

12K

R15

2

C17 47

0P

560P

C16

356

0PC

162

3

2

1

4P15

C14

156

0P

PC-R

560P

C14

3C

134

560P

560P

C13

8

2

3

1

D37

NC

C14

256

0P56

0PC

146

C6 10

0P

3

1

2

P11

TXD

3

1

2

P7

PR1

PB1

AVOUT_L

Y1

AVOUT

1

4

2

5

3

6P21

1

2

3

4

5

6P8

8 56 7 9

P15

BUF2

1

3

2

D31

2

3

1

D28

NC

1

3

2

D33

NC

2

3

1

D55

NC

2

3

1

D54

NC

2

3

1

D52

NC

2

3

1

D51

NC

2

3

1

D34

1

3

2

D36

NC

C5 10

0P

13

2

D12

R18

8 75R

R2855K1

R2845K1

R2805K1

R2815K1

L6130R

AV1-CL60

30R

AV1-YL59

30R

75R

R14

9

C19

810

00P

C14

068

0P

680P

C15

5

10RR186

680P

C13

6

OP_VCC2

C13

168

0P

2

3

1

D53

2

3

1

D27

FB

L42

10KR230

12K

R20

1R

197 12

K

R15

9 12K

R15

522

0R

220RR153

75R

R14

0

75R

R13

9

R13

6 75R

75R

R12

8

2U2C188

R14

5 12K

12K

R15

7

12K

R13

5C191

2U2

10K

R15

6R

147 10

K

330R

R14

6

R18510RY1

75RR151

R141

75R

C1452U2

2U2C144

01UC

139

12K

R16

1

AV2-VIN+

CVBSOUT

AV1-CIN

AV1-YIN-

1

3

2

D38

2

3

1

D39

PH-R1OUTR226

10K

AV_LOUT

R22447K

+5V

R22

547

K

C18

347

U

16V

100P

C18

9

33KR

229

C18547U

16V

C18

40

1U

C19

310

0P

R23

233

K

8

7

6

4 5

3

2

1U16

TDA1308T

SCB-

SCG-

SCR-

C1580047U

SCG+

SCR+

SCB+

SC_SOG

PR1

PB1

C1540047U

0047UC153

C1520047U

C1511000P

0047UC159

0047UC156

R19547R

47RR191

R18947R

R18410R

10RR183

R14810R

1

3

2

D35

B

E

CQ11

BT3906C218

10U

16V

B

C

E

Q12BT3904

2

3

1

D32

2

3

1

D30

1

3

2

D29

R13347R

10RR137

R12610R

+5V

AV1-YIN

Y1R176

470R

PH-L1OUT

AV_LOUT

AV_ROUT

AV1-VIN+

L63 30

R

30R

L62

330RR

249

R25

133

0R

C196

033U50V

C197

033U50V

7

654

89

3

1

2

P18

1000

PC

199

AMP-PROUT+AMP-LIN

AMP-PLOUT+AMP-RIN

EARPHONE-RA

EARPHONE-LA

30RL44

AV1-RIN

R2825K1

R2835K1 AV1-LIN

AV2-LIN

R2865K1

R2875K1 AV2-RIN

R2885K1

R2895K1 DVI-RIN

R2905K1

R2915K1 DVI-LIN

R2925K1

R2935K1 PC-RIN

R2945K1

R2955K1 PC-LIN

AV1_V

AVOUT_R

RXD

C4 47

0P47

0PC

7

AV1_R

AV1_L

C9 47

0P47

0PC

10

C11 47

0P47

0PC

12

PC-L

AV2-L

B06 B06

I_18130_016eps180608

CINCH

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 39TCS10L LA 7

SSB Tuner

AGND

AGND

AGND

AG

ND

AGNDAGND

AGND

AGND

COMMON

IN OUT

VID

EO

NC

1

NC

2

AU

DIO

AG

C

SD

A

TU

MB

GN

D2

SIF

OU

T

GN

D1

NC

3

NC

4

NC

5

SC

L

NC

6

AF

T

CLOSE RO MST IC

R21127R

171 2 6 1110 1412 157 83 4 5 9 13 16

TU1

2

1 3

U15KIA78D05

TUNER_SDA

TUNER_SCL

SIF_OUT

TV_CVBSC

172

01U

33V

B

C

E

Q20

BT3904

TV-SIFPNCR213

10RR220

001UC181

TV-SIFP

R194100R

330R

R19

3R

192

10R

R19

81K

R19

91K

L2722UH

+12V

R20

7 NC

100K

R20

3

2200

PC

200

R209120R

R20610R

C17

4N

C3

30P

NC

330

PC

175

C171220U

16V

L28120R

R20251K

C17

710

0P

C17

615

0P

SDA_EXT

SCL_EXT

C168220U

16V

16V

220UC

169

TV1-VIN-

TV1-VIN+

R21047R

C16

60

01UC16

44U

7

50V

C16

50

01U

C16

70

1U

TUNER_5V

AFT

120RR212

TUNER_5V

TV-SIFM

001UC170

B07 B07

I_18130_017eps180608

TUNER

40TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

SSB Audio Amplifier

PGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

PGND

PGND

AGND

AGND

OUT2+

OUT2-

NC3

IN2

VCC2

NC2

OUT1+

VCC1

IN1

NC1

MUTE

STBY

PW_GND

S_GND

OUT1-

TO SPEAKER

TO SPEAKER

0RR

162

AMP-PROUT-

2

1

H8

15

14

11

12

13

10

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

2

U19

TD

A7266

1

2

3

4

P9

AMP-PLOUT-

L45200R

L46200R

C219220U

16V

27UHL31

C217220U

16V

AMP-LIN

R253NC

01U C209

D3LL4148

C20

610

00P

1U

C211

0022U

C26 1000

PC

204

0022U

C25

C22

470U16V

+5VST

R164100K

R16510K

R16

8N

C

R16

9N

C

R1663K3

3K3R167

10KR244

B

E

CQ15

BT3906

B

C

E

Q16BT3904

C19

5 NC

NC

C19

4

B

C

E

Q24BT3904NC

0RR257

10KR254

E

C

B BT3904Q23

B

C

E

Q22BT3904

R25210K

R255100R

R24310K

2U2C205

R2560R

C2032U2

+12V

AMP-PROUT-

AMP-PROUT+

AMP-PLOUT-

AMP-PLOUT+

POWER-ONOFF

AMP-MUTE

AMP-R

AMP-L

12V-AMP

+12V

AMP-RIN

B08 B08

I_18130_018eps180608

AUDIO AMPLIFIER

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 41TCS10L LA 7

SSB LVDS Interface

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

VCC_PANEL

C246

10U 16V

C245

01U

R277 0NC

+33V

R27

2

0N

C

R275 0NC

RXE4+B0 RXE4-B1

RXE3+B2 RXE3-B3

RXEC+B4 RXEC-B5

RXE2+B6 RXE2-B7

RXE1+G0 RXE1-G1

RXE0+G2 RXE0-G3

RXO4+G4 RXO4-G5

RXO3+G6 RXO3-G7

RXOC+R0 RXOC-R1

RXO2+R2 RXO2-R3

RXO1+R4 RXO1-R5

RXO0+R6 RXO0-R7

1 2

4

6

8

12

14

16

18

20

10

22

24

26

28

3

5

7

9

11

13

15

17

19

21

23

25

27

29 30

32

34

36

38

40

31

33

35

37

39

P10

R276 0NC

R27

3

0N

CR

274

0N

C

B09 B09

I_18130_019eps180608

LVDS INTERFACE Personal Notes

E_06532_012eps131004

42TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout Small Signal Board (Top Side)

I_18130_020eps180608

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 43TCS10L LA 7

Layout Small Signal Board (Bottom Side)

I_18130_021eps180608

44TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Keyboard Control Panel

Layout Keyboard Control Panel (Top Side)

Layout Keyboard Control Panel (Bottom Side)

AGND

AGND AGNDAGND

AGND

R10072K

R10061K5

R10011K2

12 4

3K1001

1

2

3

P1001

KEY0

R1008NC

R10051K2

R1004NC

R10032K

R10021K5

D10

02

HS

5V6B

D10

01H

S5V

6B

12 4

3K1003

12 4

3K1002

12 4

3K1006

12 4

3K1005

12 4

3K1004

KEY1

I_18130_030eps180608

E EKEYBOARD CONTROL PANEL

I_18130_031eps180608

I_18130_032eps180608

Personal Notes

E_06532_012eps131004

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 45TCS10L LA 7

Inverter Panel

1 2

A

B

C

D

4321

D

C

B

A

F1FUSE-1

C2104

C1220uF250V

C3104

R1200

Q1

DTA143

E1

9

E2

10

C2

11

VC

C12

OU

TP

UT

C13

VR

EF

14

A1+

1

A1-

2

CO

MP

3

DT

C4

CT

5

RT

6

GN

D7

C1

8

A2-

15

A2+

16

U1

TL494

R2200

Q32222

C8

223

C7103

R847K

R7120K

C4

104C5104

D1

68V

C9104

D2

1N4148

Q8DTC143

123456

CN1

R20470K

R21

33K

C16

330pF

C15NC

R13100K

R10

68K

R11

68K

R12

15K

C10104

R2627K

C20223

R18560

Q22222

Q62907

R142K

R1622K

R27 10

R28 10

D4

BAW56K

S11

G12

S23

G24

D1 8

D1 7

D2 6

D2 5

U2

4606

C21223

Q42222

Q72907

R152K

R1722K

R29 10

R30 10

D5

BAW56K

S11

G12

S23

G24

D1 8

D1 7

D2 6

D2 5

U3

4606

R19560

C6

105

R231M

Q52N7002

R22

1M

R9

47K

R25

100KR24270K

D6NCBAW56K

D7NCBAW56K

P1

P2

P3

P4

C17225

C18

225

10

1 7

6

T1

T01

10

1 7

6

T2

T01

C2222pF

12

CON1

12

CON2

D9BAV99

R41K

R36820

R32

10KC12104

D8BAV99

R31K

R35820

R31

10KC11104

P2

P1

C2322pF

12

CON3

12

CON4

D11

BAV99

R61K

R38820

R34

10KC14104

D10BAV99

R51K

R37820

R33

10KC13104

P4

P3

VREF

VREF

C19NC

C26

222C27NC

D13BAV99

D15BAV99

C2422pF

C2522pF

C28

222C29NC

C30222 C31

NC

C32

222C33NC

OVP

OVP

OV

P

R602K

R61510K

C38105

Q10

DTA143

Q112222

R6330K

R62 1K

VCC

VCC

P5

P5

R64

1K

C34221

C35 221

C37

221

C39104

C36

221U4A

LM393

U4B

LM393

Vref

D3

1N4148

R65

3K R663K

C41 104

R67

10K

I_18130_033eps180608

I IINVERTER PANEL 19rdquo

46TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout Inverter Panel (Top Side)

Layout Inverter Panel (Bottom Side)

I_18130_034eps190608

I_18130_035eps190608

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 47TCS10L LA 7

IR LED Panel

AGND

AGND

AGNDIRVC

C

GN

D

RW

R20

031K

2

R20

04

1K2

LED1

1

2

3

4

5

CN2001

E

C

B

BC847AQ2001

B

C

E

Q2002

BC847A

2

13

D2001

LED2

G2001

R20024K7

5V16

V10

0UC

2001

5V

IR

IR

C20

03 47P

LED1R2001

4K7

C2002

47P

LED2

I_18130_036eps180608

J JIR amp LED PANELLayout IR LED Panel (Top Side)

Layout IR LED Panel (Bottom Side)

I_18130_037eps180608

I_18130_038eps180608

48TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Personal Notes

E_06532_013eps131004

Alignments EN 49TCS10L LA 8

8 Alignments

Index of this chapter81 Electrical Alignments82 Hardware Alignments

NoteThe Service Modes are described in chapter 5 Menu navigation is done with the CURSOR UP DOWN LEFT or RIGHT keys of the remote control transmitter

81 Electrical Alignments

Perform all electrical adjustments under the following conditionsbull Power supply voltage (depends on region)

ndash AP-NTSC 120 VAC or 230 VAC 50 Hz (plusmn 10)ndash AP-PAL-multi 120 - 230 VAC 50 Hz (plusmn 10)ndash EU 230 VAC 50 Hz (plusmn 10)ndash LATAM-NTSC 120 - 230 VAC 50 Hz (plusmn 10)ndash US 120 VAC 60 Hz (plusmn 10)

bull Connect the set to the mains via an isolation transformer with low internal resistance

bull Allow the set to warm up for approximately 60 minutesbull Measure voltages and waveforms in relation to correct

ground (eg measure audio signals in relation to AUDIO_GND) Caution It is not allowed to use heatsinks as ground

bull Test probe Ri gt 10 MΩ Ci lt 20 pFbull Use an isolated trimmerscrewdriver to perform

alignments

82 Hardware Alignments

Not applicable

821 Aging

Enter TV mode Set warm up status to ldquoOnrdquo Aging time at least 12 minutes

822 ADC Adjustment

The chassis can execute ADC auto-tune in YPbPr amp PC sourcing modes Enter SAM select YPbPr or PC as source then select AUTOTUNE in ADC ADJ press ldquoRight keyrdquo to run waiting for about 5 seconds until ldquoOKrdquo is displayed which means the set finished the ADC adjustment With an YPbPr source use a 100 color bar pattern with a PC source use a 16-scale grey pattern

823 White Balance Adjustment

Adjust the NORMAL WARM COOL temperature in White balance according to company regular Make sure ADC adjustments have done successfully before doing white balance adjustments and use the ldquoNaturalrdquo picture mode White balance adjustment should be performed with three different sources1 AVTVSVIDEO source reunification under the AV

adjustment apply a NTSC-M system signal with 8-scale grey pattern

2 YPbPrHDMI source reunification under the YPbPr adjustment apply an 8-scale grey pattern

3 PC source should adjust single apply a 8-scale grey pattern

If case of manual adjustment please use the WB page in SAMWhile adjusting White Balance do not change White G or Black G only adjust White R White B Black R and Black B

Table 8-1 Color Temperature Setting 19

Table 8-2 Color Temperature Setting 26

Color mode X Y Color Temperature (K)

Normal 296plusmn4 299plusmn4 8000

Warm 314plusmn4 319plusmn4 6500

Cool 289plusmn4 291plusmn4 9000

Color mode X Y Color Temperature (K)

Normal 289plusmn4 291plusmn4 9000

Warm 314plusmn4 319plusmn4 6500

Cool 278plusmn4 278plusmn4 11000

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data SheetsEN 50 TCS10L LA9

9 Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data Sheets

Index of this chapter91 Introduction92 Abbreviation List93 IC Data Sheets

Notes bull Only new circuits (circuits that are not published recently)

are described bull Figures can deviate slightly from the actual situation due

to different set executions

91 Introduction

This chassis uses the MStar MST9U19A main chip with the following features bull Multi-Standard TV decoding with 2-D comb filterbull Multi-Standard TV sound demodulator and decoderbull Triple ADC fro TV and RGBYPbPrbull Integrated DVIHDCPHDMI compliant receiverbull High quality scaling enginebull 3-D video de-interlacer and video noise reductionbull Embedded On Screen Display controllerbull NTSCPALSecam Video decoder with automatic standard

detectionbull CVBS video outputbull Multi standard TV sound decoderbull FM stereo and SAP demodulationbull Digital audio interfacebull Analog RGB Compliant Input Portsbull DVIHDCPHDMI Compliant input portbull Auto tuning function including phasing positioning offset

gain and jitter detectionbull Automatic color correction

The MST9U19A is a high performance and fully integrated IC for multi-function LCD monitorTV with resolutions up to WSXGA (1680 times 1050) It is configured with an integrated triple-ADCPLL an integrated DVIHDCPHDMI receiver a multi standard TV video and audio decoder a video de-interlacer a scaling engine the MStarACE-3 color engine an On Screen Display controller an 8-bit MCU and a built-in output panel interface It also incorporates an intelligent power management control system for green-mode requirements and spread-spectrum support for EMI management

For a block diagram refer to chapter 6 ldquoBlock diagrams Test Point Overviews and Waveformsrdquo

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data Sheets EN 51TCS10L LA 9

92 Abbreviation List

1080i 1080 visible lines interlaced1080p 1080 visible lines progressive scan2CS 2 Carrier Sound2DNR Spatial (2D) Noise Reduction3DNR Temporal (3D) Noise Reduction480i 480 visible lines interlaced480p 480 visible lines progressive scanAARA Automatic Aspect Ratio Adaptation

algorithm that adapts aspect ratio to remove horizontal black bars keeping up the original aspect ratio

ACI Automatic Channel Installation algorithm that installs TV channels directly from a cable network by means of a predefined TXT page

ADC Analogue to Digital ConverterAFC Automatic Frequency Control control

signal used to tune to the correct frequency

AGC Automatic Gain Control algorithm that controls the video input of the feature box

AM Amplitude ModulationAUO Acer Unipack OptronicsAP Asia PacificAR Aspect Ratio 4 by 3 or 16 by 9ASD Automatic Standard DetectionAV Audio VideoB-SC1-IN Blue SCART1 inB-SC2-IN Blue SCART2 inB-TXT Blue teletextBG Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 55 MHzBTSC Broadcast Television System

CommitteeC-FRONT Chrominance front inputCBA Circuit Board Assembly (or PWB)CL Constant Level audio output to

connect with an external amplifierCLUT Color Look Up TableComPair Computer aided rePairCSM Customer Service ModeCVBS Composite Video Blanking and

SynchronizationCVBS-EXT CVBS signal from external source

(VCR VCD etc)CVBS-INT CVBS signal from TunerCVBS-MON CVBS monitor signalCVBS-TER-OUT CVBS terrestrial outDAC Digital to Analogue ConverterDBE Dynamic Bass Enhancement extra

low frequency amplificationDFU Directions For Use owners manualDNR Dynamic Noise ReductionDRAM Dynamic RAMDSP Digital Signal ProcessingDST Dealer Service Tool special

(European) remote control designed for service technicians

DTS Digital Theatre SoundDVD Digital Versatile DiscDVI Digital Visual InterfaceDW Double WindowED Enhanced Definition 480p 576pEEPROM Electrically Erasable and

Programmable Read Only MemoryEU EUropeEXT EXTernal (source) entering the set by

SCART or by cinches (jacks)FBL Fast Blanking DC signal

accompanying RGB signalsFBL-SC1-IN Fast blanking signal for SCART1 in

FBL-SC2-IN Fast blanking signal for SCART2 inFBL-TXT Fast Blanking TeletextFLASH FLASH memoryFM Field Memory Frequency ModulationFMR FM RadioFRC Frame Rate ConverterFRONT-C Front input chrominance (SVHS)FRONT-DETECT Front input detectionFRONT-Y_CVBS Front input luminance or CVBS

(SVHS)FTV Flat TeleVisionG-SC1-IN Green SCART1 inG-SC2-IN Green SCART2 inG-TXT Green teletextH H_sync to the module HD High Definition 720p 1080i 1080pHDMI High Definition Multimedia Interface

digital audio and video interfaceHP Head PhoneI Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 60 MHzI2C Integrated IC busI2S Integrated IC Sound busIC Integrated CircuitIF Intermediate FrequencyInterlaced Scan mode where two fields are used

to form one frame Each field contains half the number of the total amount of lines The fields are written in ldquopairsrdquo causing line flicker

IR Infra RedIRQ Interrupt ReQuestLast Status The settings last chosen by the

customer and read and stored in RAM or in the NVM They are called at start-up of the set to configure it according the customers wishes

LATAM LATin AMericaLC04 Philips chassis name for LCD TV 2004

projectLCD Liquid Crystal DisplayLED Light Emitting DiodeLL Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 65 MHz L is Band I L is all bands except for Band I

LPL LG Philips LCDLS Loud SpeakerLVDS Low Voltage Differential Signalling

data transmission system for high speed and low EMI communication

MN Monochrome TV system Sound carrier distance is 45 MHz

MOSFET Metal Oxide Semiconductor Field Effect Transistor

MPEG Motion Pictures Experts GroupMSP Multi-standard Sound Processor ITT

sound decoderMUTE MUTE LineNAFTA North American Free Trade

Association Trade agreement between Canada USA and Mexico

NC Not ConnectedNICAM Near Instantaneous Compounded

Audio Multiplexing This is a digital sound system used mainly in Europe

NTSC National Television Standard Committee Color system used mainly in North America and Japan Color carrier NTSC MN = 3579545 MHz NTSC 443 = 4433619 MHz (this is a VCR norm it is not transmitted off-air)

NVM Non Volatile Memory IC containing TV related data (for example options)

OC Open CircuitONOFF LED OnOff control signal for the LED

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data SheetsEN 52 TCS10L LA9

OSD On Screen DisplayPAL Phase Alternating Line Color system

used mainly in Western Europe (color carrier = 4433619 MHz) and South America (color carrier PAL M = 3575612 MHz and PAL N = 3582056 MHz)

PC Personal ComputerPCB Printed Circuit Board (or PWB)PDP Plasma Display PanelPIG Picture In GraphicPIP Picture In PicturePLL Phase Locked Loop Used for

example in FST tuning systems The customer can directly provide the desired frequency

Progressive Scan Scan mode where all scan lines are displayed in one frame at the same time creating a double vertical resolution

PWB Printed Wiring Board (or PCB)RAM Random Access MemoryRC Remote Control transmitterRC5 (6) Remote Control system 5 (6) the

signal from the remote control receiver RGB Red Green and Blue The primary

color signals for TV By mixing levels of R G and B all colors (YC) are reproduced

RGBHV Red Green Blue Horizontal sync and Vertical sync

ROM Read Only MemorySAM Service Alignment ModeSC SandCastle two-level pulse derived

from sync signalsSC1-OUT SCART output of the MSP audio ICSC2-B-IN SCART2 Blue inSC2-C-IN SCART2 chrominance inSC2-OUT SCART output of the MSP audio ICSC Short CircuitSCL Clock signal on I2C busSD Standard Definition 480i 576iSDA Data signal on I2C busSDI Samsung Display IndustrySDM Service Default ModeSDRAM Synchronous DRAMSECAM SEequence Couleur Avec Memoire

Color system used mainly in France and Eastern Europe Color carriers = 4406250 MHz and 4250000 MHz

SIF Sound Intermediate FrequencySMPS Switch Mode Power SupplySND SouNDSNDL-SC1-IN Sound left SCART1 inSNDL-SC1-OUT Sound left SCART1 outSNDL-SC2-IN Sound left SCART2 inSNDL-SC2-OUT Sound left SCART2 outSNDR-SC1-IN Sound right SCART1 inSNDR-SC1-OUT Sound right SCART1 outSNDR-SC2-IN Sound right SCART2 outSNDR-SC2-OUT Sound right SCART2 outSNDS-VL-OUT Surround sound left variable level outSNDS-VR-OUT Surround sound right variable level outSOPS Self Oscillating Power SupplySPDIF Sony Philips Digital InterFaceSRAM Static RAMSTBY Stand-bySVHS Super Video Home SystemSW Sub Woofer SoftWareTHD Total Harmonic DistortionTXT TeleteXTuP MicroprocessorVL Variable Level out processed audio

output toward external amplifierVCR Video Cassette Recorder

VGA Video Graphics ArrayWD Watch DogWYSIWYR What You See Is What You Record

record selection that follows main picture and sound

XTAL Quartz crystalYPbPr Component video (Y= Luminance Pb

Pr= Color difference signals B-Y and R-Y other amplitudes wrt to YUV)

YC Video related signals Y consists of luminance signal blanking level and sync C consists of color signal

Y-OUT Luminance-signalYUV Baseband component video (Y=

Luminance UV= Color difference signals)

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data Sheets EN 53TCS10L LA 9

93 IC Data Sheets

This section shows the internal block diagrams and pin layouts of ICs that are drawn as ldquoblack boxesrdquo in the electrical diagrams (with the exception of ldquomemoryrdquo and ldquologicrdquo ICs)

931 Diagram B MST9U19A

Figure 9-1 Pin configuration

Pin 1

123

45

7

9

11

1314

1718

21

23

25

2728

30

32

34

36

39

41

43

6

8

10

12

1516

1920

22

24

26

29

31

33

35

3738

40

42

4445464748

505152

49

53 54 55 56 57 59 61 63 65 66 69 70 73 75 77 79 80 82 84 86 88 91 93 9558 60 62 64 67 68 71 72 74 76 78 81 83 85 87 89 90 92 94 96 97 98 99 100

102

103

104

101

208

207

206

205

204

202

200

198

196

195

192

191

188

186

184

182

181

179

177

175

173

170

168

166

203

201

199

197

194

193

190

189

187

185

183

180

178

176

174

172

171

169

167

165

164

163

162

161

159

158

157

160

156155154

153152

150

148

146

144143

140139

136

134

132

130129

127

125

123

121

118

116

114

151

149

147

145

142141

138137

135

133

131

128

126

124

122

120119

117

115

113112111110109

107106105

108

MST9U19A

XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX

GN

D

AUR1

AUL2

AUL3

AUL1

AUCO

M

AUR2

AUR3

DIGO[8]

GNDAVDD_MEMPLL

PWM3PWM2DIGO[9]

SIF1

MSI

F1P

AVD

D_S

IF

AUO

UTL

AUO

UTR

AUO

UTS

VDD

CG

PIO

F[2]

GPI

OF[

3]G

PIO

F[4]

GPI

OF[

5]G

PIO

F[6]

GPI

OF[

7]G

PIO

F[8]

GPI

OF[

9]G

PIO

F[10

]G

PIO

F[11

]VD

DP

GN

DG

PIO

F[12

]

GPI

OF[

14]

GPI

OF[

15]

GPI

OF[

16]

GPI

OF[

17]

GPI

OF[

18]

GN

D

GPI

OF[

19]

VDD

C

VDD

PG

ND

VDD

PVD

DP

GPI

OF[

13]

GN

D

DIGO[7]

DIGO[5]

DIGO[3]

DIGO[1]

VDDC

VDDPPWM_SENSE

DIGO[6]

DIGO[4]

DIGO[2]

DIGO[0]

GND

PWM_DRVPWM_FBIRININT

PWM1PWM0

GNDVDDPALERDZWRZ

VDDC

GNDVDDP

VDD

PLV

A0M

LVA0

PLV

A1M

LVA1

PLV

A2M

LVA2

PLV

ACKM

LVAC

KPLV

A3M

LVA4

PVD

DP

VDD

CAV

DD

_MPL

L

LVA3

PLV

A4M

GPI

OE[

0]

IHSY

NC

ICLK

DI[

1]D

I[0]

IVYS

NC

GPI

OE[

1]G

PIO

E[2]

GPI

OE[

3]G

ND

VDD

P

AVD

D_M

PLL

XIN

XOU

TH

WR

ESET

GN

D

DI[

7]D

I[6]

DI[

5]D

I[4]

DI[

2]D

I[3]

VDD

C

AUO

UTL

3AU

OU

TR3

RXCKPGND

RX0NRX0P

AVDD_DVIRX1NRX1P

RX2P

REXT

DDCD_CK

VSYNC1

VCLAMP

REFM

BIN1M

GNDRX2N

AVDD_DVI

DDCD_DA

HSYNC1

RMID

REFP

BIN1P

SOGIN1GIN1PGIN1MRIN1PRIN1MBIN0MBIN0PGIN0MGIN0P

SOGIN0RIN0MRIN0P

HSYNC0VSYNC0

RXCKN

AVDD_ADCGND

C1Y1C0Y0

CVBS2CVBS1

VCOM1CVBS0

VCOM0CVBSOUT

GND

VCOM2CVBS3

GN

D

AVD

D_A

UAU

L0AU

R0

AUVR

EFAU

VRAD

PAU

VRAD

N

AUO

UTL

2AU

OU

TR2

AD[7]AD[6]AD[5]AD[4]AD[3]AD[2]AD[1]AD[0]

SDOCSZSDISCK

SAR3

SAR1SAR2

SAR0

DDCA_CK

DDCR_CKDDCA_DA

DDCR_DA

LVB0

MLV

B0P

LVB1

MLV

B1P

LVB2

MLV

B2P

LVBC

KMLV

BCKP

LVB3

M

LVB4

P

LVB3

PLV

B4M

I_18130_008eps200608

Pin Configuration

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data SheetsEN 54 TCS10L LA9

932 Diagram B TDA1308

Figure 9-2 Block diagram and pin configuration

Block diagram

Pinning information

2

1

3

4

8

7

65

INA(neg)

TDA1308(A)OUTA

VSS

VDD

INA(pos)

INB(neg)

INB(pos)

OUTB

TDA1308(A)

VATUO DD

BTUO)gen(ANI

)gen(BNI)sop(ANI

VSS INB(pos)

1

2

3

4

6

5

8

7

I_18130_007eps190608

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data Sheets EN 55TCS10L LA 9

933 Diagram B NCP1377B

Figure 9-3 Block diagram and pin configuration

Block diagram

Pinning information

I_18130_009eps190608

HV

VCC

GND

Demag

4 mA

To InternalSupply

+

+

125 V75 V56 V (Fault)

FaultMngt

PON

5 V+

OVP

+

144

45 usDelay

15 us for B Version

Demag

8 usBlanking

S

SR R

Q

Q

+

3 us forB Version

+minus

Overload

5 usTimeout

TimeReset

Demag

380 nsLEB

1 V3

200 Awhen DRV

is OFF

FB

42 V

Driver src = 20 sink = 10

DrvVCC

CS

+50 mV 10 V Rint

1Dmg 8 HV

7 NC2FB

3CS

4GND

6 VCC

5 Drv

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data SheetsEN 56 TCS10L LA9

934 Diagram B TDA7266

Figure 9-4 Block diagram and pin configuration

1

2

4

Vref

7YB-TS

IN1

022microF

VCC

133

+

-

-

+

OUT1+

OUT1-

15

14

12

6ETUM

IN2

022microF

+

-

-

+

OUT2+

OUT2-

8

9S-GND

PW-GND

470microF 100nF

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

9

10

11

8

NC

NC

S-GND

PW-GND

OUT2+

OUT2-

VCC

IN2

ST-BY

MUTE

NC

IN1

VCCOUT1-

OUT1+

13

14

15

12

I_17950_054eps090508

Block Diagram

Pin Configuration

Spare Parts List amp CTN Overview EN 57TCS10L LA 10

10 Spare Parts List amp CTN OverviewFor the latest spare part overview please consult the Philips Service website

Table 10-1 Sets described in this manual

11 Revision ListManual xxxx xxx xxxx0bull First release

CTN Styling

19PFL340355 MG8

19PFL340377 MG8

19PFL340378 MG8

19PFL340385 MG8

26PFL340385 MG8

  • Content
  • 1 Technical Specifications Connections and Chassis Overview
    • 11 Technical Specifications
      • 111 Vision
      • 112 Sound
      • 113 Miscellaneous
        • 12 Connection Overview
          • Figure 1-1 Rear and side IO connections
          • 121 Rear Connections
            • 1 - HDMI Digital Video Digital Audio - In
              • Figure 1-2 HDMI (type A) connector
                • 2 - VGA AUDIO Mini Jack VGA Audio - In
                • 3 - VGA PC Video RGB - In and Service UART
                  • Figure 1-3 VGA Connector
                    • 4 - Cinch Video YPbPr - In
                    • 5 - AV1 Cinch Video CVBS - In Audio - In
                    • 6 - Aerial - In
                    • 7 - Service Connector (ComPair)
                      • 122 Side connections
                        • 8 - Cinch Video CVBS - In Audio - In
                        • 9 - S-Video (Hosiden) Video YC - In
                        • 10 - Mini Jack Audio Head phone - Out
                            • 13 Chassis Overview
                              • Figure 1-4 PWBCBA locations
                                  • 2 Safety Instructions Warnings and Notes
                                    • 21 Safety Instructions
                                    • 22 Warnings
                                    • 23 Notes
                                      • 231 General
                                      • 232 Schematic Notes
                                      • 233 BGA (Ball Grid Array) ICs
                                        • Introduction
                                        • BGA Temperature Profiles
                                          • 234 Lead-free Soldering
                                          • 235 Alternative BOM identification
                                            • Figure 2-1 Serial number (example)
                                              • 236 Board Level Repair (BLR) or Component Level Repair (CLR)
                                              • 237 Practical Service Precautions
                                                  • 3 Directions for Use
                                                  • 4 Mechanical Instructions
                                                    • 41 Cable Dressing
                                                      • Figure 4-1 Cable dressing (19 model)
                                                      • Figure 4-2 Cable dressing (26 model)
                                                        • 42 Service Positions
                                                          • 421 Foam Bars
                                                            • Figure 4-3 Foam bars
                                                                • 43 AssyPanel Removal
                                                                  • 431 Stand
                                                                    • Figure 4-4 Stand
                                                                      • 432 Rear Cover
                                                                        • Figure 4-5 LVDS release
                                                                        • Figure 4-6 Speaker and IRLED panel cable release
                                                                          • 433 Keyboard Control Board
                                                                            • Figure 4-7 Keyboard control board
                                                                              • 434 IRLED Board and Speakers
                                                                                • Figure 4-8 IRLED Board and Speakers
                                                                                  • 435 Power Supply Board
                                                                                    • Figure 4-9 Power Supply Unit(s)
                                                                                      • 436 Inverter Board (19 and 22 versions)
                                                                                        • Figure 4-10 Inverter Board
                                                                                          • 437 Small Signal Board (SSB)
                                                                                            • Removing the SSB
                                                                                              • Figure 4-11 SSB connector plate
                                                                                              • Figure 4-12 SSB
                                                                                                • 44 Set Re-assembly
                                                                                                  • 5 Service Modes Error Codes and Fault Finding
                                                                                                    • 51 Test Points
                                                                                                    • 52 Service Mode
                                                                                                      • 521 Service Alignment Mode (SAM)
                                                                                                        • How to Enter
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-1 SAM menu
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-2 SAM menu White Balance Normal
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-3 SAM menu White Balance Cool
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-4 SAM menu White Balance Warm
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-5 SAM menu Volume Curve
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-6 SAM menu Picture Curve
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-7 SAM menu Picture Mode Natural
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-8 SAM menu Picture Mode Personal
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-9 SAM menu Picture Mode Rich
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-10 SAM menu Picture Mode Soft
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-11 SAM menu Producting
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-12 SAM menu Country
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-13 SAM menu Setup
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-14 SAM menu Shop Init Do
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-15 SAM menu Clear Code gt
                                                                                                            • How to Exit
                                                                                                            • Factory Mode Descriptions
                                                                                                              • ltTABLEgt
                                                                                                              • Virgin Settings
                                                                                                                • Table 5-1 Country setting
                                                                                                                • Table 5-2 Virgin settings
                                                                                                                  • 522 Customer Service Mode (CSM)
                                                                                                                    • Purpose
                                                                                                                    • How to Activate CSM
                                                                                                                    • Contents of CSM
                                                                                                                      • Figure 5-16 CSM Menu
                                                                                                                        • Menu Explanation
                                                                                                                        • How to Exit
                                                                                                                          • 523 Blinking LED Procedure
                                                                                                                            • 53 Error Codes
                                                                                                                              • ltTABLEgt
                                                                                                                                • 54 Fault Finding
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-17 No Picture No sound no Back light (19 sets)
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-18 Picture OK No sound (19 sets)
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-19 No Picture Back light amp Sound OK (19 and 26 sets)
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-20 No color (19 and 26 sets)
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-21 No Picture No sound no Back light (26 sets)
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-22 Picture OK No sound (26 sets)
                                                                                                                                    • 55 Service Tools
                                                                                                                                      • 551 ComPair
                                                                                                                                        • Introduction
                                                                                                                                        • Specifications
                                                                                                                                        • How to Connect
                                                                                                                                        • How to Order
                                                                                                                                          • Figure 5-23 ComPair II interface connection
                                                                                                                                            • 56 Software Upgrading
                                                                                                                                              • 561 Introduction
                                                                                                                                                  • 6 Block Diagrams Test Point Overview and Waveforms
                                                                                                                                                    • Wiring Diagram of Connector for MS19-PH 19
                                                                                                                                                    • Wiring Diagram of Connector for MS19-PH 26
                                                                                                                                                    • Block Diagram MS19P Chipset
                                                                                                                                                    • I2C overview
                                                                                                                                                      • 7 Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts
                                                                                                                                                        • Main Power Supply (19)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Main Power Supply (19) (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Main Power Supply (19) (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Main Power Supply (26)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Main Power Supply (26) (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Main Power Supply (26) (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Standby Power Supply (26)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Standby Power Supply (26) (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Standby Power Supply (26) (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB Control
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB DC - DC
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB MST9E19A Controller
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB HDMI Interface
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB VGA Interface
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB Cinch
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB Tuner
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB Audio Amplifier
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB LVDS Interface
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Small Signal Board (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Small Signal Board (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Keyboard Control Panel
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Keyboard Control Panel (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Keyboard Control Panel (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Inverter Panel
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Inverter Panel (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Inverter Panel (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • IR LED Panel
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout IR LED Panel (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout IR LED Panel (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                          • 8 Alignments
                                                                                                                                                            • 81 Electrical Alignments
                                                                                                                                                            • 82 Hardware Alignments
                                                                                                                                                              • 821 Aging
                                                                                                                                                              • 822 ADC Adjustment
                                                                                                                                                              • 823 White Balance Adjustment
                                                                                                                                                                • Table 8-1 Color Temperature Setting 19
                                                                                                                                                                • Table 8-2 Color Temperature Setting 26
                                                                                                                                                                  • 9 Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data Sheets
                                                                                                                                                                    • 91 Introduction
                                                                                                                                                                    • 92 Abbreviation List
                                                                                                                                                                    • 93 IC Data Sheets
                                                                                                                                                                      • 931 Diagram B MST9U19A
                                                                                                                                                                        • Figure 9-1 Pin configuration
                                                                                                                                                                          • 932 Diagram B TDA1308
                                                                                                                                                                            • Figure 9-2 Block diagram and pin configuration
                                                                                                                                                                              • 933 Diagram B NCP1377B
                                                                                                                                                                                • Figure 9-3 Block diagram and pin configuration
                                                                                                                                                                                  • 934 Diagram B TDA7266
                                                                                                                                                                                    • Figure 9-4 Block diagram and pin configuration
                                                                                                                                                                                      • 10 Spare Parts List amp CTN Overview
                                                                                                                                                                                        • Table 10-1 Sets described in this manual
                                                                                                                                                                                          • 11 Revision List
Page 30: Philips 19PFL3403-55 TCS1[1].0L_LA

30TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Standby Power Supply (26)

I_18130_025eps200608

A2 A2STANDBY POWER SUPPLY 26rdquo

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 31TCS10L LA 7

Layout Standby Power Supply (26) (Top Side)

40-1PL37C-PWF1XGI_18130_026eps

180608

32TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout Standby Power Supply (26) (Bottom Side)

I_18130_027eps180608

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 33TCS10L LA 7

SSB Control

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGNDAGND

AGND

AGNDAGNDAGND AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

T

T

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

D1B

D1A

G2

G1

S2

D2B

D2A

S1

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

PGND

PGND

PGND

PGND

PGND

AGND

AGND

T

T

T

T

AGND

T

T

BOOT

DRIVE

FB GND

LGATE

PHASE

VCC

UGATE

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

PGND

AGND

AGND

AGNDAGND

AGND

D2B

D2A

G1

G2

S1

D1B

D1A

S2

T

AGND

D1B

D1A

D2B

G2 D2A

S2

G1

S1

09V

18V

For Tuner 33v

L--Prot

Normal--HProtect--L

Back Light Control

Far from DC-DC amp Tuner

Option

When not use DC-DC+5VSTB_L provide

ON-----LOFF-----H

OptionFar from tuner and power supply (NC)

8

7

6

4 5

3

2

1U3

SP8J3

R234

10R

NC

E

C

B

BT3904

Q21

B

C

E

Q32BT3904

R16

19N

C2

618

KR

919

1K

26

10K

B

C

E

Q2

BT3904

R177

NC

C23

00

1U

10K

R18

0

NC

R17

9 0

R1784K7

+12V

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

P4ON-PBACK

ADJ-PWM2

R181910K26

191

K2

6

R10

Z54

BL-ADJUST

1 2

4

6

8

12

14

10

3

5

7

9

11

13

P22

+5V

+5VSTB_L

C22

2

01U

R70R (FOR 26ONLY)

7

8

4

2

3

5

6

1

A04803

Q17

+12V

+12V_PW

+12V_PW

C24

10

01U

BL-ADJUST

+5V

ST

B_L

C14

01U

BL-ONOFF

C22

40

1U

+5VSTB

R24

8N

C

+12V_PW

C220220U

25V

F250A

F150A

47K

R18

2

L8200R

R2413K9

C23

6

1U

C24

3

1U

C244

01U

C242

470U

16V

+5V

ST

B

PRORECT_12V

R29

720

K

+33V

+33V

B

E

CQ31

BT3906R298

NC

+12V

R299

4K7

R301

4K7

R30

010

K

R29

6

4K7

D14 8V

2

B

C

E

Q26BT3904

R3

4K7

B

E

CQ13

BT3906

C64

3 1U

C20A1U

C21

A 1U

NCC

21

R18

147

K

C24

00

01U

R22

330K

33V

+5V

+5V

12V_PANEL

21

P20

01UC

231

NC

C8

01U

C3

01U

L49200R

L47200R

21

P19

01UC

20

5V_PANEL

4K7R15

D11

LL4148

D45LL4148

PW_ONOFF

+5VSTB1

2

3

P1

POWER-ONOFFB

C

E

Q30BT3904

R26610K

GPIO_PROTECT

+5VSTB

R24

70R

D10LL4148

+12V

C201U

SELECT

R20

510

0K

R2041K

D47 33

V

R27

92K

2R

242

2K2

+12V

1

2

3 6

5

8

4

7

U1

RT8110

R50R PROTPW_ONOFF

R2NC

Z58

Z56

B

C

E

Q27BT3904

BL-ONOFF

R12100R

PW_CTRL

Z51

R24

0 0

Z52

Z53

Z60

L530R

L330R

01U

C23

401UC

232

C23

3 1U

R234K7

5V_PANEL

C22

60

1U

L50200R

+5V

C235470U

16V

200RL54

C23

70

1U

L9200R

+5V

R4

10K

R6NC

+12V_INVERTER

B

C

E

Q6BT3904

68K

R37

NCR17

0RR14

16V

470UC

17A

C27

01U

2U2C16

01UC

15

R8

NC

R194K7

R132NC

R143100K

R14K

7

B

C

E

Q14BT3904

R2110K

+12V

D1LL4148

R14210K

+5VSTB

B

C

E

Q3BT3904NC

+12V

C1810U

50V

L6100UH

D5LL4148

B

C

E

Q5SC1815

NCR

24

B

C

E

Q1

BT3904

B

C

E

Q4BT3904

PWM3

SHUT_EEP

200RL56

L55200R

R23

91K

2

R23

8N

C

R235

10R

R23

6N

C

L115UH

R23

322

K

C23

91U

R237

220R

7

8

4

2

3

5

6

1

U2PHKD13N03LT

C23801U

D50LL4148

L53200R

+12V_INVERTER

C22

70

1U

C22

80

1U

L52200R

L51200R

C22

90

1U

L48200R

C22

50

1U

12V_PANEL

L1230R

PANEL-ONOFF

Z59

Z50

PW_ONOFF R26

368

0R

R2618K2

R26010K

R26

710

K

R26

810

K

R26

247

K

R25910K

R25

810

0K

D41LL4148

+12V

R2783K9

TUNER_5V

+5V

40V

C18

70

1U

R2000R

R6390R

R60422K

L6061000UR

C60

40

1U

D61

433

VC63

047

00P

C63

2 270P

C633

01U 50V

L613

1000UH

NC

L6041000UH

100KR

630

NC

C63

6

C63

50

01U

C63

40

1U

C631200P

B

C

E

Q612BC846B

R63147K

12

3

D61

30B

AV

99

33V

+5V

C1

01U

5V_PANEL

+12V_PW

+5VSTB

12V_PANEL

C223

220U25V

+5VSTB

01U

C22

1

+12V

PW_ONOFF

VCC_PANEL

B01 B01

I_18130_011eps180608

CONTROL

34TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

SSB DC - DC

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGNDAGND

GN

DA

DJ

OU

T

VIN

4

OU

T

VIN

AD

JG

ND

VO

UT

VIN

AD

JG

ND

VCC18V FOR MST9E19A

pin36

VDDC for MST9E19A Core

+33V for VDD_MPLL

+33AVDD FOR AVDD_SIF

+33AVDD FOR AVDD_AU

pin6 pin12

+33AVDD for AVDD_HDMI

Vcc33for MST9E19A analog

+33AVDD for AVDDA

33V for AVDDPLL2

Vcc33 for MST9E19A Digital

10RR

31

F330A

+33V

L16100R+5VST

R28NC

23

1

U6

AIC

1084

FM120D8

FM120D6

23

1

U7

KD

1084

AD

2T18

+33V

VDDP

FM120D7

+5VSTB_L

1 2 3

4

U5AS1117-33

L18FB

FBL17

+18V

VDDC

L11

100R

L10100R+33V

L24

100R

FBL23

16V

47UC

37

C67

01U

01UC

62

C61

01U

01UC

60

C59

01U

16V

100UC

53

C48100U

16V

NCR30

R29

0RL41

FB

16V

100UC

33

C31100U

16V

C49 0

1U

01U

C52

01U

C36

C34 0

1U

01U

C42

C58 0

1U16V

47UC

57

C51 0

1U

AVDD_SIF

+33VA

AVDD_AU

+33VA

AVDDA

+33VA

AVDD_MEMPLL

+33VA

C56 0

1U

01U

C552U

2C

54

C47 0

1U

C46 2U

2

L21FB

2U2

C41

FBL19

C50 2U

2

L22FB

FBL20

01U

C452U

2C

44

C39 0

1U

C38 2U

2

AVDD_HDMI

01U

C40

+33VA

01U

C32

C30 0

1U

+33VA

+33VA

VDD_MPLL

+18V

C35100U

16V

C63

01U

01UC

64

C65

01U

01UC

66

01UC

68

C69

01U

01UC

70

C71

01U

01UC

72

C73

01U

+5VST

+5VSTB

FM120D9

B02 B02

I_18130_012eps180608

DC - DC

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 35TCS10L LA 7

SSB MST9E19A Controller

AG

ND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AG

ND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

SDA

SCL

WC

VCC

VSS

E2NC

E1NC

E0NC AGND

VCC

HOLD

SCK

GND SI

WP

SO

CE

SDA

SCL

WC

VCC

VSS

E2NC

E1NC

E0NC

AD

0A

D1

AD

2A

D3

AD

4A

D5

AD

6A

D7

ALE

AUCOM

AUL0

AUL1

AUL2

AUL3

AUOUTL

AUOUTL2

AUOUTL3

AUOUTR

AUOUTR2

AUOUTR3

AUOUTS

AUR0

AUR1

AUR2

AUR3

AUVRADNAUVRADPAUVREF

AV

DD

_AD

C

AV

DD

_AU

AV

DD

_DV

IA

VD

D_D

VI1

AV

DD

_ME

MP

LL

AV

DD

_MP

LLA

VD

D_M

PLL

1

AV

DD

_SIF

BIN0MBIN0P

BIN1MBIN1P

C0

C1

CSZ

CVBS0

CVBS1CVBS2CVBS3

CVBSOUT

DD

CA

_CK

DD

CA

_DA

DDCD_CKDDCD_DA

DD

CR

_CK

DD

CR

_DA

DI0DI1DI2DI3DI4DI5DI6DI7

DIG

O0

DIG

O1

DIG

O2

DIG

O3

DIG

O4

DIG

O5

DIG

O6

DIG

O7

DIG

O8

DIG

O9

GIN0MGIN0P

GIN1MGIN1P

GN

DG

ND

1

GN

D10

GN

D11

GN

D12

GN

D13

GN

D14

GN

D15

GN

D2

GN

D3

GN

D4

GN

D5

GN

D6

GN

D7

GN

D8

GN

D9

GPIOE0LVSYNCGPIOE1LHSYNC

GPIOE2LDEGPIOE3LCK

GPIOF10GPIOF11

GPIOF12GPIOF13GPIOF14GPIOF15GPIOF16GPIOF17GPIOF18GPIOF19

GPIOF2GPIOF3GPIOF4GPIOF5GPIOF6GPIOF7GPIOF8GPIOF9

HSYNC0

HSYNC1

HW

RE

SE

T

ICLK

IHSYNC

INT

IRIN

IVSYNC

LA0MG3LA0PG2LA1MG1LA1PG0LA2MB7LA2PB6

LA3MB3LA3PB2LA4MB1LA4PB0

LACKMB5LACKPB4

LB0MR7LB0PR6LB1MR5LB1PR4LB2MR3LB2PR2

LB3MG7LB3PG6LB4MG5LB4PG4

LBCKMR1LBCKPR0

PW

M0

PW

M1

PW

M2

PW

M3

PWM_DRVPWM_FB

PWM_SENSE

RD

Z

REFMREFP

REXT

RIN0MRIN0P

RIN1MRIN1P

RMID

RX0NRX0PRX1NRX1PRX2NRX2P

RXCKNRXCKP

SA

R0

SA

R1

SA

R2

SA

R3

SCKSDI

SDO

SIF1MSIF1P

SOGIN0

SOGIN1

VCLAMP

VCOM0

VCOM1

VCOM2

VD

DC

VD

DC

1V

DD

C2

VD

DC

3V

DD

C4

VD

DC

5

VD

DP

VD

DP

1V

DD

P2

VD

DP

3V

DD

P4

VD

DP

5V

DD

P6

VD

DP

7V

DD

P8

VD

DP

9

VSYNC0

VSYNC1

WR

Z

XIN

XO

UT

Y0

Y1

AGND

T

T

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

Mode Selection

I2C address at A0

Location Near IC PinLocation Near IC Pin

SST PULL DOWNMSTAR PULL UP

DVI INPUT

VGA INPUT

For TTL output

Audio Output(to Amp) AV Output(Audio)

Debug Port

For Philps debug

HDCP I2C address at A4

VID

EO

INP

UT

HDTV INPUT

C212NC

C7822P

01UC11

2

2U2 C247

C1072U2

01U C114

PW_CTRL

PRORECT_12V

54

72 13

6 8

RP

84K

7

KEY0-IN

LED2-IN

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

P5

POWER-ONOFF

54

72 13

6 8

RP

124K

7

LED1-IN

NC

L43

+5VSTB

4K7

R55

LED2R13

4K7

R584K7

B

C

E

Q9BT3904

1

2

3

4

5

P14

WP

SDA

SCL

+33V

1

2

3

4

P6

10RR41

SHUT_EEP

D4 NC

WP

C20

110

0P

RXD

TXD1

2

3

P2

ZX

Z62

WP

+33V

+33V+5VSTB

RS

20R

RS

3N

C

RS

11K

10K

R32

10K

R42

01UC86

47RR64

NC

R63

R62

NC

R52100R

R51 22

K

R50 22

K

100RR49

100RR40

C83

001

U

001

UC82

R67

0R

001

UC76

2U2C115

R47100R

R45100R

100RR34100R

R33

2U2C104

C1052U2PC-LIN

2U2C106

C1112U2

2U2C110

C11901U

R57 8K

2

8K2

R56

C1092U2

2U2C108

124578

101113141516171819202122232425262728

293031323334353839

404142434445464748495051

5455575859

61626364656667686970717273747576

78798081828384858687

131

132

133

134

125

126

127

128

129

130

155

156

136 3 9 37 52 56 89 99 101

104

106

120

141

152

173

187

204

143

144

145

146

147

148

149

150

153

154

116

117

118

135

124123122121

9796959493929190

139138137

191190189188

185184183182181180179178177176175174171170169168167166165164163162161160

202201200199198197196195

192

194193

207

206

205

36 53 60 105

6 12 157

208

77 98 107

142

158

203

88 100

102

103

119

140

151

159

172

186

115

114

113

112

111

110

109

108

U8

MST9E19A

R54

4K7

R36

22K

100P C79

01UC11

7

C116

01U

R7510K

R38 22

K

C10201U

C89 0

1U

1

3

2

D40

0BA

V99

+5VST

R53

390R

CVBSOUT

LED2

5

6

7

8

4

3

2

1U10

M24C32MN

IR_SYNC

KEY0

LED1

KEY1

WP_FSH

TV1-VIN- VCOM0

AV1-YIN-

AV1-YIN

VCOM2

SV_Y0

R_TX2+

C920047U

C930047U

0047UC94

0047UC96

C970047U

0047UC98

C1010047U

0047UC100

C990047U

SV_C0

TXD

RXD

100P

C20

2

8

7

6

4 5

3

2

1U9

W25X40

+33V

L26 F

B

100RR77

SDA

SCL

SHUT_EEPR76

100R

5

6

7

8

4

3

2

1U11

M24C04MN

SDA

SCL

100RR70

R69100R

+33V

R68

10K

SPI_CZ

SPI_DI

SPI_CK

54

72

1

3 6

8

RP933R

NCR

65R

661K

8

C90 10

0P

R6110R

1KR60

R591K

100P

C91

C95 10

0P

SYS_RST

R391K

B

E

CQ8

BT3906

C8010U

16V

C7447U

16V

R48

1M

Y1

14M

3

22PC84

AVDDA

AVDD_SIF

AVDD_MEMPLL

AVDD_HDMIVDDC VDDP

SDA_EXT

SCL_EXT

+33V

R43

10K

10KR

44

RXE3+B2

RXE4+B0

RXE4-B1

RXE3-B3

RXEC+B4

RXEC-B5

RXE2+B6

RXE2-B7

RXE1+G0

RXE1-G1

RXE0+G2

RXE0-G3

RXO4+G4

RXO4-G5

RXO3+G6

RXO3-G7

RXOC+R0

RXOC-R1

RXO2+R2

RXO2-R3

RXO1+R4

RXO1-R5

RXO0+R6

RXO0-R7

TTL-BLUE2

TTL-BLUE1

TTL-BLUE0

TTL-BLUE3

TTL-BLUE4

TTL-BLUE5

TTL-BLUE6

TTL-BLUE7

TTL-GREEN0

TTL-GREEN1

TTL-GREEN2

TTL-GREEN3

TTL-GREEN4

TTL-GREEN5

TTL-GREEN6

TTL-GREEN7

TTL-RED6

TTL-RED0

TTL-RED1

TTL-RED2

TTL-RED3

TTL-RED4

TTL-RED5

TTL-RED7

54

72

1

3 6

8

RP40R

8

63

1

2 7

4 5

0RRP7

54

72

1

3 6

8

RP60R

8

63

1

2 7

4 5

0RRP3

8

63

1

2 7

4 5

0RRP5

54

72

1

3 6

8

RP20R

SPI_CKSPI_DISPI_CZ

SPI_DO

AMP-MUTE

PANEL-ONOFF

LED1

HPDCTRL

ON-PBACK

863 12

7

45

4K7

RP

13

PWM0

ADJ-PWM2

NCR

85

NCR

82

NCR

80

NCR

79

R84

1K

R83

1K

R81

1K

R78

1K

PWM0

WP_FSH

ADJ-PWM2

PWM3

IR_SYNC

KEY1

KEY0

RXD

TXD

SCL

SDA

DDC-RDX

DDC-TXD

I2C-SCL

I2C-SDA

+33V

54

721 3

68

RP

104K

7

R7410R

10RR73

10RR72

R7110R

AUCOM

16V

10UC

118

AUVRADN

AUVRADP

C11310U

16V

L250

AMP-ROUT

AMP-LOUT

PH-ROUTPH-LOUT

PC-RIN

SIFM

SIFP

01UC103

01U

C88

AUCOM

AUVREFAUVRADPAUVRADN

SIFM

SIFP

TUNER_CVBS

SV_C0

SV_Y0

VCOM2

CVBS2CVBS1

VCOM0

VCOM1

CVBS3

SCG+

SCR+SCR-

SC_SOG

SCG-

SCB-

RIN-

RIN+GIN-

GIN+SOG

BIN-BIN+

01UC85

C8701U

VS_RGBHS_RGB

HDMI_SCLHDMI_SDA

AVDD_HDMI TXCLK-

R_TX2+

R_TX2-G_TX1+

G_TX1-B_TX0+

B_TX0-TXCLK+

AUVREF

PWM3

+33V

VDD_MPLL

AVDD_AU

TV1-VIN+ TUNER_CVBS

VCOM1

AV1-CIN

TV-SIFP

TV-SIFM

HDMI_SCLHDMI_SDA

TXCLK-

R_TX2-G_TX1+

G_TX1-B_TX0+

B_TX0-TXCLK+

VS_RGBHS_RGB

RIN-

RIN+GIN-

GIN+SOG

BIN-BIN+

SCG+

SCR+SCR-

SC_SOG

SCG-SCB+SCB-

AV1-VIN+

AV2-VIN+

AV3-VIN+ CVBS1

CVBS2

CVBS3

SPI_DO

WP_FSH

CVBSOUT

PH-LOUT

PH-ROUTAMP-ROUT AMP-R

AMP-LAMP-LOUTPH-L1OUT

AFT

SCB+

KEY1-IN

+33V

PH-R1OUT

C77

1000

P

E

C

B BT3904Q7

R114K7

+5VSTB

GPIO_PROTECT

+33V

IR-IN

C248

2U2

2U2 C249

C250

2U2

2U2 C251

C252

2U2

DVI-RINDVI-LINAV2-RIN

AV2-LIN

AV1-RINAV1-LIN

B03 B03

I_18130_013eps180608

MST9E19A CONTROLLER

36TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

SSB HDMI Interface

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

SDA

SCL

WC

VCC

VSS

E2NC

E1NC

E0NC

RX2+

GND1

RX2-

RX1+

GND2

RX1-

RX0+

GND3

RX0-

RXC+

GND4

RXC-

NC1

NC2

DDCCLK

DDCDA

GND5

VCC

HPD

AGND

HDMI-RX2-

HDMI-RX1+

+5V

+5V

5

6

43

2

1

U17

PRTR5V0U4D

5

6

43

2

1

U18

PRTR5V0U4D

1KR101

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

P12

01UC

120

5

6

7

8

4

3

2

1U12

M24C02MN

RLZ

5B6

D18

HDMI-DDC-SDA

HDMI-DDC-SCL

HDMI-HPD

HDMI5V

HPDCTRLB

C

E

Q10BT3904

4K7R96

R95

4K7

R1000R

NCR

97

R94

1K

+5V

100RR99

R98100R

12

3

D17

BAT

54C

D19

RLZ

5B6

TXCLK-

TXCLK+

B_TX0-

B_TX0+

G_TX1-

G_TX1+

R_TX2-

R_TX2+

10RR93

R9210R

10RR91

R9010R

10RR89

R8810R

10RR87

R8610R

HDMI_SDA

HDMI_SCL

HDMI-RXC-

HDMI-RXC+

HDMI-RX0+

HDMI-RX0-

HDMI-RX1-

HDMI-RX2+

B04 B04

I_18130_014eps180608

HDMI INTERFACE

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 37TCS10L LA 7

SSB VGA Interface

AGND

AGND

AGND

SDA

SCL

WC

VCC

VSS

E2NC

E1NC

E0NC

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGNDProgram Control

To main chip(when updateit is I2Cwhen debug it is RXTX)

LED2

R12

110

0RR12

010

0R

+33V

RXD

TXD

R170

4K7

1

3

2

D2

100RR144

NCR123

4K7R12

2

75R

R10

9

R10

8 75R

01UC

130

10K

R17

4

75R

R10

7

10K

R17

2

P13-11

R11

8 4K7

4K7

R11

9

PROTECT

VGA5V

VGA-SCL

PROTECT

13

2

D25

1

3

2

D20

C19 N

C

Q182N7002

10RR175

R171NC

R17310R

C12

9 NC

C1270047U

VGA-R+

VGA-G+

VGA-B+

+5VST1

32

D24

1KR115

R1141K

123

D23BAT54C

5

6

7

8

4

3

2

1U13

M24C02MN

R11

74K

7NC

C12

8R11

610

K

6

4

11

14

15

7

12

8

5

13

3

10

9

1

2

16

17

P13

C1230047U

C1241000P

C1210047U

R10510R

10RR104

R10310R

0047UC126

C1250047U

0047UC122

1

3

2

D22

2

3

1

D21

R11347R

47RR111

R11047R

R106330R

HS_RGB

VS_RGB

Q192N7002

B

C

E

Q25BT3904

VGA-HS

VGA-VS

VGA-SDA

RIN+

SOG

BIN-

GIN-

RIN-

BIN+

GIN+

VGA-SDA

VGA-SCL

+5VSTB

+5VSTB

B05 B05

I_18130_015eps180608

VGA INTERFACE

38TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

SSB Cinch

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND AGNDAGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

VDD

OUTB

INB-

VSS INB+

INA+

INA-

OUTA

AGNDAGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

WHITE

RED

YELLOWGREEN

BLUE

RED

WHITE

RED

RED

WHITE

YELLOW

AGND

AGND

AGND

HDTV IN

AV OUTPUT AUDIO AMP

For PCampYPbPr Audio Input(RL)

For Philips Upgrade

S-VIDEO amp AV2 In Side

Earphone Outuput In Side

AV1 In Rear

AV OUTPUT

For DVI Audio Input(35mm Jack)

2

1

3

P17

DVI_R

DVI_L

AV2-V

AV_ROUT

AV2-R

C13 47

0P

12K

R15

2

C17 47

0P

560P

C16

356

0PC

162

3

2

1

4P15

C14

156

0P

PC-R

560P

C14

3C

134

560P

560P

C13

8

2

3

1

D37

NC

C14

256

0P56

0PC

146

C6 10

0P

3

1

2

P11

TXD

3

1

2

P7

PR1

PB1

AVOUT_L

Y1

AVOUT

1

4

2

5

3

6P21

1

2

3

4

5

6P8

8 56 7 9

P15

BUF2

1

3

2

D31

2

3

1

D28

NC

1

3

2

D33

NC

2

3

1

D55

NC

2

3

1

D54

NC

2

3

1

D52

NC

2

3

1

D51

NC

2

3

1

D34

1

3

2

D36

NC

C5 10

0P

13

2

D12

R18

8 75R

R2855K1

R2845K1

R2805K1

R2815K1

L6130R

AV1-CL60

30R

AV1-YL59

30R

75R

R14

9

C19

810

00P

C14

068

0P

680P

C15

5

10RR186

680P

C13

6

OP_VCC2

C13

168

0P

2

3

1

D53

2

3

1

D27

FB

L42

10KR230

12K

R20

1R

197 12

K

R15

9 12K

R15

522

0R

220RR153

75R

R14

0

75R

R13

9

R13

6 75R

75R

R12

8

2U2C188

R14

5 12K

12K

R15

7

12K

R13

5C191

2U2

10K

R15

6R

147 10

K

330R

R14

6

R18510RY1

75RR151

R141

75R

C1452U2

2U2C144

01UC

139

12K

R16

1

AV2-VIN+

CVBSOUT

AV1-CIN

AV1-YIN-

1

3

2

D38

2

3

1

D39

PH-R1OUTR226

10K

AV_LOUT

R22447K

+5V

R22

547

K

C18

347

U

16V

100P

C18

9

33KR

229

C18547U

16V

C18

40

1U

C19

310

0P

R23

233

K

8

7

6

4 5

3

2

1U16

TDA1308T

SCB-

SCG-

SCR-

C1580047U

SCG+

SCR+

SCB+

SC_SOG

PR1

PB1

C1540047U

0047UC153

C1520047U

C1511000P

0047UC159

0047UC156

R19547R

47RR191

R18947R

R18410R

10RR183

R14810R

1

3

2

D35

B

E

CQ11

BT3906C218

10U

16V

B

C

E

Q12BT3904

2

3

1

D32

2

3

1

D30

1

3

2

D29

R13347R

10RR137

R12610R

+5V

AV1-YIN

Y1R176

470R

PH-L1OUT

AV_LOUT

AV_ROUT

AV1-VIN+

L63 30

R

30R

L62

330RR

249

R25

133

0R

C196

033U50V

C197

033U50V

7

654

89

3

1

2

P18

1000

PC

199

AMP-PROUT+AMP-LIN

AMP-PLOUT+AMP-RIN

EARPHONE-RA

EARPHONE-LA

30RL44

AV1-RIN

R2825K1

R2835K1 AV1-LIN

AV2-LIN

R2865K1

R2875K1 AV2-RIN

R2885K1

R2895K1 DVI-RIN

R2905K1

R2915K1 DVI-LIN

R2925K1

R2935K1 PC-RIN

R2945K1

R2955K1 PC-LIN

AV1_V

AVOUT_R

RXD

C4 47

0P47

0PC

7

AV1_R

AV1_L

C9 47

0P47

0PC

10

C11 47

0P47

0PC

12

PC-L

AV2-L

B06 B06

I_18130_016eps180608

CINCH

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 39TCS10L LA 7

SSB Tuner

AGND

AGND

AGND

AG

ND

AGNDAGND

AGND

AGND

COMMON

IN OUT

VID

EO

NC

1

NC

2

AU

DIO

AG

C

SD

A

TU

MB

GN

D2

SIF

OU

T

GN

D1

NC

3

NC

4

NC

5

SC

L

NC

6

AF

T

CLOSE RO MST IC

R21127R

171 2 6 1110 1412 157 83 4 5 9 13 16

TU1

2

1 3

U15KIA78D05

TUNER_SDA

TUNER_SCL

SIF_OUT

TV_CVBSC

172

01U

33V

B

C

E

Q20

BT3904

TV-SIFPNCR213

10RR220

001UC181

TV-SIFP

R194100R

330R

R19

3R

192

10R

R19

81K

R19

91K

L2722UH

+12V

R20

7 NC

100K

R20

3

2200

PC

200

R209120R

R20610R

C17

4N

C3

30P

NC

330

PC

175

C171220U

16V

L28120R

R20251K

C17

710

0P

C17

615

0P

SDA_EXT

SCL_EXT

C168220U

16V

16V

220UC

169

TV1-VIN-

TV1-VIN+

R21047R

C16

60

01UC16

44U

7

50V

C16

50

01U

C16

70

1U

TUNER_5V

AFT

120RR212

TUNER_5V

TV-SIFM

001UC170

B07 B07

I_18130_017eps180608

TUNER

40TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

SSB Audio Amplifier

PGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

PGND

PGND

AGND

AGND

OUT2+

OUT2-

NC3

IN2

VCC2

NC2

OUT1+

VCC1

IN1

NC1

MUTE

STBY

PW_GND

S_GND

OUT1-

TO SPEAKER

TO SPEAKER

0RR

162

AMP-PROUT-

2

1

H8

15

14

11

12

13

10

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

2

U19

TD

A7266

1

2

3

4

P9

AMP-PLOUT-

L45200R

L46200R

C219220U

16V

27UHL31

C217220U

16V

AMP-LIN

R253NC

01U C209

D3LL4148

C20

610

00P

1U

C211

0022U

C26 1000

PC

204

0022U

C25

C22

470U16V

+5VST

R164100K

R16510K

R16

8N

C

R16

9N

C

R1663K3

3K3R167

10KR244

B

E

CQ15

BT3906

B

C

E

Q16BT3904

C19

5 NC

NC

C19

4

B

C

E

Q24BT3904NC

0RR257

10KR254

E

C

B BT3904Q23

B

C

E

Q22BT3904

R25210K

R255100R

R24310K

2U2C205

R2560R

C2032U2

+12V

AMP-PROUT-

AMP-PROUT+

AMP-PLOUT-

AMP-PLOUT+

POWER-ONOFF

AMP-MUTE

AMP-R

AMP-L

12V-AMP

+12V

AMP-RIN

B08 B08

I_18130_018eps180608

AUDIO AMPLIFIER

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 41TCS10L LA 7

SSB LVDS Interface

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

VCC_PANEL

C246

10U 16V

C245

01U

R277 0NC

+33V

R27

2

0N

C

R275 0NC

RXE4+B0 RXE4-B1

RXE3+B2 RXE3-B3

RXEC+B4 RXEC-B5

RXE2+B6 RXE2-B7

RXE1+G0 RXE1-G1

RXE0+G2 RXE0-G3

RXO4+G4 RXO4-G5

RXO3+G6 RXO3-G7

RXOC+R0 RXOC-R1

RXO2+R2 RXO2-R3

RXO1+R4 RXO1-R5

RXO0+R6 RXO0-R7

1 2

4

6

8

12

14

16

18

20

10

22

24

26

28

3

5

7

9

11

13

15

17

19

21

23

25

27

29 30

32

34

36

38

40

31

33

35

37

39

P10

R276 0NC

R27

3

0N

CR

274

0N

C

B09 B09

I_18130_019eps180608

LVDS INTERFACE Personal Notes

E_06532_012eps131004

42TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout Small Signal Board (Top Side)

I_18130_020eps180608

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 43TCS10L LA 7

Layout Small Signal Board (Bottom Side)

I_18130_021eps180608

44TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Keyboard Control Panel

Layout Keyboard Control Panel (Top Side)

Layout Keyboard Control Panel (Bottom Side)

AGND

AGND AGNDAGND

AGND

R10072K

R10061K5

R10011K2

12 4

3K1001

1

2

3

P1001

KEY0

R1008NC

R10051K2

R1004NC

R10032K

R10021K5

D10

02

HS

5V6B

D10

01H

S5V

6B

12 4

3K1003

12 4

3K1002

12 4

3K1006

12 4

3K1005

12 4

3K1004

KEY1

I_18130_030eps180608

E EKEYBOARD CONTROL PANEL

I_18130_031eps180608

I_18130_032eps180608

Personal Notes

E_06532_012eps131004

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 45TCS10L LA 7

Inverter Panel

1 2

A

B

C

D

4321

D

C

B

A

F1FUSE-1

C2104

C1220uF250V

C3104

R1200

Q1

DTA143

E1

9

E2

10

C2

11

VC

C12

OU

TP

UT

C13

VR

EF

14

A1+

1

A1-

2

CO

MP

3

DT

C4

CT

5

RT

6

GN

D7

C1

8

A2-

15

A2+

16

U1

TL494

R2200

Q32222

C8

223

C7103

R847K

R7120K

C4

104C5104

D1

68V

C9104

D2

1N4148

Q8DTC143

123456

CN1

R20470K

R21

33K

C16

330pF

C15NC

R13100K

R10

68K

R11

68K

R12

15K

C10104

R2627K

C20223

R18560

Q22222

Q62907

R142K

R1622K

R27 10

R28 10

D4

BAW56K

S11

G12

S23

G24

D1 8

D1 7

D2 6

D2 5

U2

4606

C21223

Q42222

Q72907

R152K

R1722K

R29 10

R30 10

D5

BAW56K

S11

G12

S23

G24

D1 8

D1 7

D2 6

D2 5

U3

4606

R19560

C6

105

R231M

Q52N7002

R22

1M

R9

47K

R25

100KR24270K

D6NCBAW56K

D7NCBAW56K

P1

P2

P3

P4

C17225

C18

225

10

1 7

6

T1

T01

10

1 7

6

T2

T01

C2222pF

12

CON1

12

CON2

D9BAV99

R41K

R36820

R32

10KC12104

D8BAV99

R31K

R35820

R31

10KC11104

P2

P1

C2322pF

12

CON3

12

CON4

D11

BAV99

R61K

R38820

R34

10KC14104

D10BAV99

R51K

R37820

R33

10KC13104

P4

P3

VREF

VREF

C19NC

C26

222C27NC

D13BAV99

D15BAV99

C2422pF

C2522pF

C28

222C29NC

C30222 C31

NC

C32

222C33NC

OVP

OVP

OV

P

R602K

R61510K

C38105

Q10

DTA143

Q112222

R6330K

R62 1K

VCC

VCC

P5

P5

R64

1K

C34221

C35 221

C37

221

C39104

C36

221U4A

LM393

U4B

LM393

Vref

D3

1N4148

R65

3K R663K

C41 104

R67

10K

I_18130_033eps180608

I IINVERTER PANEL 19rdquo

46TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout Inverter Panel (Top Side)

Layout Inverter Panel (Bottom Side)

I_18130_034eps190608

I_18130_035eps190608

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 47TCS10L LA 7

IR LED Panel

AGND

AGND

AGNDIRVC

C

GN

D

RW

R20

031K

2

R20

04

1K2

LED1

1

2

3

4

5

CN2001

E

C

B

BC847AQ2001

B

C

E

Q2002

BC847A

2

13

D2001

LED2

G2001

R20024K7

5V16

V10

0UC

2001

5V

IR

IR

C20

03 47P

LED1R2001

4K7

C2002

47P

LED2

I_18130_036eps180608

J JIR amp LED PANELLayout IR LED Panel (Top Side)

Layout IR LED Panel (Bottom Side)

I_18130_037eps180608

I_18130_038eps180608

48TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Personal Notes

E_06532_013eps131004

Alignments EN 49TCS10L LA 8

8 Alignments

Index of this chapter81 Electrical Alignments82 Hardware Alignments

NoteThe Service Modes are described in chapter 5 Menu navigation is done with the CURSOR UP DOWN LEFT or RIGHT keys of the remote control transmitter

81 Electrical Alignments

Perform all electrical adjustments under the following conditionsbull Power supply voltage (depends on region)

ndash AP-NTSC 120 VAC or 230 VAC 50 Hz (plusmn 10)ndash AP-PAL-multi 120 - 230 VAC 50 Hz (plusmn 10)ndash EU 230 VAC 50 Hz (plusmn 10)ndash LATAM-NTSC 120 - 230 VAC 50 Hz (plusmn 10)ndash US 120 VAC 60 Hz (plusmn 10)

bull Connect the set to the mains via an isolation transformer with low internal resistance

bull Allow the set to warm up for approximately 60 minutesbull Measure voltages and waveforms in relation to correct

ground (eg measure audio signals in relation to AUDIO_GND) Caution It is not allowed to use heatsinks as ground

bull Test probe Ri gt 10 MΩ Ci lt 20 pFbull Use an isolated trimmerscrewdriver to perform

alignments

82 Hardware Alignments

Not applicable

821 Aging

Enter TV mode Set warm up status to ldquoOnrdquo Aging time at least 12 minutes

822 ADC Adjustment

The chassis can execute ADC auto-tune in YPbPr amp PC sourcing modes Enter SAM select YPbPr or PC as source then select AUTOTUNE in ADC ADJ press ldquoRight keyrdquo to run waiting for about 5 seconds until ldquoOKrdquo is displayed which means the set finished the ADC adjustment With an YPbPr source use a 100 color bar pattern with a PC source use a 16-scale grey pattern

823 White Balance Adjustment

Adjust the NORMAL WARM COOL temperature in White balance according to company regular Make sure ADC adjustments have done successfully before doing white balance adjustments and use the ldquoNaturalrdquo picture mode White balance adjustment should be performed with three different sources1 AVTVSVIDEO source reunification under the AV

adjustment apply a NTSC-M system signal with 8-scale grey pattern

2 YPbPrHDMI source reunification under the YPbPr adjustment apply an 8-scale grey pattern

3 PC source should adjust single apply a 8-scale grey pattern

If case of manual adjustment please use the WB page in SAMWhile adjusting White Balance do not change White G or Black G only adjust White R White B Black R and Black B

Table 8-1 Color Temperature Setting 19

Table 8-2 Color Temperature Setting 26

Color mode X Y Color Temperature (K)

Normal 296plusmn4 299plusmn4 8000

Warm 314plusmn4 319plusmn4 6500

Cool 289plusmn4 291plusmn4 9000

Color mode X Y Color Temperature (K)

Normal 289plusmn4 291plusmn4 9000

Warm 314plusmn4 319plusmn4 6500

Cool 278plusmn4 278plusmn4 11000

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data SheetsEN 50 TCS10L LA9

9 Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data Sheets

Index of this chapter91 Introduction92 Abbreviation List93 IC Data Sheets

Notes bull Only new circuits (circuits that are not published recently)

are described bull Figures can deviate slightly from the actual situation due

to different set executions

91 Introduction

This chassis uses the MStar MST9U19A main chip with the following features bull Multi-Standard TV decoding with 2-D comb filterbull Multi-Standard TV sound demodulator and decoderbull Triple ADC fro TV and RGBYPbPrbull Integrated DVIHDCPHDMI compliant receiverbull High quality scaling enginebull 3-D video de-interlacer and video noise reductionbull Embedded On Screen Display controllerbull NTSCPALSecam Video decoder with automatic standard

detectionbull CVBS video outputbull Multi standard TV sound decoderbull FM stereo and SAP demodulationbull Digital audio interfacebull Analog RGB Compliant Input Portsbull DVIHDCPHDMI Compliant input portbull Auto tuning function including phasing positioning offset

gain and jitter detectionbull Automatic color correction

The MST9U19A is a high performance and fully integrated IC for multi-function LCD monitorTV with resolutions up to WSXGA (1680 times 1050) It is configured with an integrated triple-ADCPLL an integrated DVIHDCPHDMI receiver a multi standard TV video and audio decoder a video de-interlacer a scaling engine the MStarACE-3 color engine an On Screen Display controller an 8-bit MCU and a built-in output panel interface It also incorporates an intelligent power management control system for green-mode requirements and spread-spectrum support for EMI management

For a block diagram refer to chapter 6 ldquoBlock diagrams Test Point Overviews and Waveformsrdquo

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data Sheets EN 51TCS10L LA 9

92 Abbreviation List

1080i 1080 visible lines interlaced1080p 1080 visible lines progressive scan2CS 2 Carrier Sound2DNR Spatial (2D) Noise Reduction3DNR Temporal (3D) Noise Reduction480i 480 visible lines interlaced480p 480 visible lines progressive scanAARA Automatic Aspect Ratio Adaptation

algorithm that adapts aspect ratio to remove horizontal black bars keeping up the original aspect ratio

ACI Automatic Channel Installation algorithm that installs TV channels directly from a cable network by means of a predefined TXT page

ADC Analogue to Digital ConverterAFC Automatic Frequency Control control

signal used to tune to the correct frequency

AGC Automatic Gain Control algorithm that controls the video input of the feature box

AM Amplitude ModulationAUO Acer Unipack OptronicsAP Asia PacificAR Aspect Ratio 4 by 3 or 16 by 9ASD Automatic Standard DetectionAV Audio VideoB-SC1-IN Blue SCART1 inB-SC2-IN Blue SCART2 inB-TXT Blue teletextBG Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 55 MHzBTSC Broadcast Television System

CommitteeC-FRONT Chrominance front inputCBA Circuit Board Assembly (or PWB)CL Constant Level audio output to

connect with an external amplifierCLUT Color Look Up TableComPair Computer aided rePairCSM Customer Service ModeCVBS Composite Video Blanking and

SynchronizationCVBS-EXT CVBS signal from external source

(VCR VCD etc)CVBS-INT CVBS signal from TunerCVBS-MON CVBS monitor signalCVBS-TER-OUT CVBS terrestrial outDAC Digital to Analogue ConverterDBE Dynamic Bass Enhancement extra

low frequency amplificationDFU Directions For Use owners manualDNR Dynamic Noise ReductionDRAM Dynamic RAMDSP Digital Signal ProcessingDST Dealer Service Tool special

(European) remote control designed for service technicians

DTS Digital Theatre SoundDVD Digital Versatile DiscDVI Digital Visual InterfaceDW Double WindowED Enhanced Definition 480p 576pEEPROM Electrically Erasable and

Programmable Read Only MemoryEU EUropeEXT EXTernal (source) entering the set by

SCART or by cinches (jacks)FBL Fast Blanking DC signal

accompanying RGB signalsFBL-SC1-IN Fast blanking signal for SCART1 in

FBL-SC2-IN Fast blanking signal for SCART2 inFBL-TXT Fast Blanking TeletextFLASH FLASH memoryFM Field Memory Frequency ModulationFMR FM RadioFRC Frame Rate ConverterFRONT-C Front input chrominance (SVHS)FRONT-DETECT Front input detectionFRONT-Y_CVBS Front input luminance or CVBS

(SVHS)FTV Flat TeleVisionG-SC1-IN Green SCART1 inG-SC2-IN Green SCART2 inG-TXT Green teletextH H_sync to the module HD High Definition 720p 1080i 1080pHDMI High Definition Multimedia Interface

digital audio and video interfaceHP Head PhoneI Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 60 MHzI2C Integrated IC busI2S Integrated IC Sound busIC Integrated CircuitIF Intermediate FrequencyInterlaced Scan mode where two fields are used

to form one frame Each field contains half the number of the total amount of lines The fields are written in ldquopairsrdquo causing line flicker

IR Infra RedIRQ Interrupt ReQuestLast Status The settings last chosen by the

customer and read and stored in RAM or in the NVM They are called at start-up of the set to configure it according the customers wishes

LATAM LATin AMericaLC04 Philips chassis name for LCD TV 2004

projectLCD Liquid Crystal DisplayLED Light Emitting DiodeLL Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 65 MHz L is Band I L is all bands except for Band I

LPL LG Philips LCDLS Loud SpeakerLVDS Low Voltage Differential Signalling

data transmission system for high speed and low EMI communication

MN Monochrome TV system Sound carrier distance is 45 MHz

MOSFET Metal Oxide Semiconductor Field Effect Transistor

MPEG Motion Pictures Experts GroupMSP Multi-standard Sound Processor ITT

sound decoderMUTE MUTE LineNAFTA North American Free Trade

Association Trade agreement between Canada USA and Mexico

NC Not ConnectedNICAM Near Instantaneous Compounded

Audio Multiplexing This is a digital sound system used mainly in Europe

NTSC National Television Standard Committee Color system used mainly in North America and Japan Color carrier NTSC MN = 3579545 MHz NTSC 443 = 4433619 MHz (this is a VCR norm it is not transmitted off-air)

NVM Non Volatile Memory IC containing TV related data (for example options)

OC Open CircuitONOFF LED OnOff control signal for the LED

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data SheetsEN 52 TCS10L LA9

OSD On Screen DisplayPAL Phase Alternating Line Color system

used mainly in Western Europe (color carrier = 4433619 MHz) and South America (color carrier PAL M = 3575612 MHz and PAL N = 3582056 MHz)

PC Personal ComputerPCB Printed Circuit Board (or PWB)PDP Plasma Display PanelPIG Picture In GraphicPIP Picture In PicturePLL Phase Locked Loop Used for

example in FST tuning systems The customer can directly provide the desired frequency

Progressive Scan Scan mode where all scan lines are displayed in one frame at the same time creating a double vertical resolution

PWB Printed Wiring Board (or PCB)RAM Random Access MemoryRC Remote Control transmitterRC5 (6) Remote Control system 5 (6) the

signal from the remote control receiver RGB Red Green and Blue The primary

color signals for TV By mixing levels of R G and B all colors (YC) are reproduced

RGBHV Red Green Blue Horizontal sync and Vertical sync

ROM Read Only MemorySAM Service Alignment ModeSC SandCastle two-level pulse derived

from sync signalsSC1-OUT SCART output of the MSP audio ICSC2-B-IN SCART2 Blue inSC2-C-IN SCART2 chrominance inSC2-OUT SCART output of the MSP audio ICSC Short CircuitSCL Clock signal on I2C busSD Standard Definition 480i 576iSDA Data signal on I2C busSDI Samsung Display IndustrySDM Service Default ModeSDRAM Synchronous DRAMSECAM SEequence Couleur Avec Memoire

Color system used mainly in France and Eastern Europe Color carriers = 4406250 MHz and 4250000 MHz

SIF Sound Intermediate FrequencySMPS Switch Mode Power SupplySND SouNDSNDL-SC1-IN Sound left SCART1 inSNDL-SC1-OUT Sound left SCART1 outSNDL-SC2-IN Sound left SCART2 inSNDL-SC2-OUT Sound left SCART2 outSNDR-SC1-IN Sound right SCART1 inSNDR-SC1-OUT Sound right SCART1 outSNDR-SC2-IN Sound right SCART2 outSNDR-SC2-OUT Sound right SCART2 outSNDS-VL-OUT Surround sound left variable level outSNDS-VR-OUT Surround sound right variable level outSOPS Self Oscillating Power SupplySPDIF Sony Philips Digital InterFaceSRAM Static RAMSTBY Stand-bySVHS Super Video Home SystemSW Sub Woofer SoftWareTHD Total Harmonic DistortionTXT TeleteXTuP MicroprocessorVL Variable Level out processed audio

output toward external amplifierVCR Video Cassette Recorder

VGA Video Graphics ArrayWD Watch DogWYSIWYR What You See Is What You Record

record selection that follows main picture and sound

XTAL Quartz crystalYPbPr Component video (Y= Luminance Pb

Pr= Color difference signals B-Y and R-Y other amplitudes wrt to YUV)

YC Video related signals Y consists of luminance signal blanking level and sync C consists of color signal

Y-OUT Luminance-signalYUV Baseband component video (Y=

Luminance UV= Color difference signals)

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data Sheets EN 53TCS10L LA 9

93 IC Data Sheets

This section shows the internal block diagrams and pin layouts of ICs that are drawn as ldquoblack boxesrdquo in the electrical diagrams (with the exception of ldquomemoryrdquo and ldquologicrdquo ICs)

931 Diagram B MST9U19A

Figure 9-1 Pin configuration

Pin 1

123

45

7

9

11

1314

1718

21

23

25

2728

30

32

34

36

39

41

43

6

8

10

12

1516

1920

22

24

26

29

31

33

35

3738

40

42

4445464748

505152

49

53 54 55 56 57 59 61 63 65 66 69 70 73 75 77 79 80 82 84 86 88 91 93 9558 60 62 64 67 68 71 72 74 76 78 81 83 85 87 89 90 92 94 96 97 98 99 100

102

103

104

101

208

207

206

205

204

202

200

198

196

195

192

191

188

186

184

182

181

179

177

175

173

170

168

166

203

201

199

197

194

193

190

189

187

185

183

180

178

176

174

172

171

169

167

165

164

163

162

161

159

158

157

160

156155154

153152

150

148

146

144143

140139

136

134

132

130129

127

125

123

121

118

116

114

151

149

147

145

142141

138137

135

133

131

128

126

124

122

120119

117

115

113112111110109

107106105

108

MST9U19A

XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX

GN

D

AUR1

AUL2

AUL3

AUL1

AUCO

M

AUR2

AUR3

DIGO[8]

GNDAVDD_MEMPLL

PWM3PWM2DIGO[9]

SIF1

MSI

F1P

AVD

D_S

IF

AUO

UTL

AUO

UTR

AUO

UTS

VDD

CG

PIO

F[2]

GPI

OF[

3]G

PIO

F[4]

GPI

OF[

5]G

PIO

F[6]

GPI

OF[

7]G

PIO

F[8]

GPI

OF[

9]G

PIO

F[10

]G

PIO

F[11

]VD

DP

GN

DG

PIO

F[12

]

GPI

OF[

14]

GPI

OF[

15]

GPI

OF[

16]

GPI

OF[

17]

GPI

OF[

18]

GN

D

GPI

OF[

19]

VDD

C

VDD

PG

ND

VDD

PVD

DP

GPI

OF[

13]

GN

D

DIGO[7]

DIGO[5]

DIGO[3]

DIGO[1]

VDDC

VDDPPWM_SENSE

DIGO[6]

DIGO[4]

DIGO[2]

DIGO[0]

GND

PWM_DRVPWM_FBIRININT

PWM1PWM0

GNDVDDPALERDZWRZ

VDDC

GNDVDDP

VDD

PLV

A0M

LVA0

PLV

A1M

LVA1

PLV

A2M

LVA2

PLV

ACKM

LVAC

KPLV

A3M

LVA4

PVD

DP

VDD

CAV

DD

_MPL

L

LVA3

PLV

A4M

GPI

OE[

0]

IHSY

NC

ICLK

DI[

1]D

I[0]

IVYS

NC

GPI

OE[

1]G

PIO

E[2]

GPI

OE[

3]G

ND

VDD

P

AVD

D_M

PLL

XIN

XOU

TH

WR

ESET

GN

D

DI[

7]D

I[6]

DI[

5]D

I[4]

DI[

2]D

I[3]

VDD

C

AUO

UTL

3AU

OU

TR3

RXCKPGND

RX0NRX0P

AVDD_DVIRX1NRX1P

RX2P

REXT

DDCD_CK

VSYNC1

VCLAMP

REFM

BIN1M

GNDRX2N

AVDD_DVI

DDCD_DA

HSYNC1

RMID

REFP

BIN1P

SOGIN1GIN1PGIN1MRIN1PRIN1MBIN0MBIN0PGIN0MGIN0P

SOGIN0RIN0MRIN0P

HSYNC0VSYNC0

RXCKN

AVDD_ADCGND

C1Y1C0Y0

CVBS2CVBS1

VCOM1CVBS0

VCOM0CVBSOUT

GND

VCOM2CVBS3

GN

D

AVD

D_A

UAU

L0AU

R0

AUVR

EFAU

VRAD

PAU

VRAD

N

AUO

UTL

2AU

OU

TR2

AD[7]AD[6]AD[5]AD[4]AD[3]AD[2]AD[1]AD[0]

SDOCSZSDISCK

SAR3

SAR1SAR2

SAR0

DDCA_CK

DDCR_CKDDCA_DA

DDCR_DA

LVB0

MLV

B0P

LVB1

MLV

B1P

LVB2

MLV

B2P

LVBC

KMLV

BCKP

LVB3

M

LVB4

P

LVB3

PLV

B4M

I_18130_008eps200608

Pin Configuration

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data SheetsEN 54 TCS10L LA9

932 Diagram B TDA1308

Figure 9-2 Block diagram and pin configuration

Block diagram

Pinning information

2

1

3

4

8

7

65

INA(neg)

TDA1308(A)OUTA

VSS

VDD

INA(pos)

INB(neg)

INB(pos)

OUTB

TDA1308(A)

VATUO DD

BTUO)gen(ANI

)gen(BNI)sop(ANI

VSS INB(pos)

1

2

3

4

6

5

8

7

I_18130_007eps190608

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data Sheets EN 55TCS10L LA 9

933 Diagram B NCP1377B

Figure 9-3 Block diagram and pin configuration

Block diagram

Pinning information

I_18130_009eps190608

HV

VCC

GND

Demag

4 mA

To InternalSupply

+

+

125 V75 V56 V (Fault)

FaultMngt

PON

5 V+

OVP

+

144

45 usDelay

15 us for B Version

Demag

8 usBlanking

S

SR R

Q

Q

+

3 us forB Version

+minus

Overload

5 usTimeout

TimeReset

Demag

380 nsLEB

1 V3

200 Awhen DRV

is OFF

FB

42 V

Driver src = 20 sink = 10

DrvVCC

CS

+50 mV 10 V Rint

1Dmg 8 HV

7 NC2FB

3CS

4GND

6 VCC

5 Drv

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data SheetsEN 56 TCS10L LA9

934 Diagram B TDA7266

Figure 9-4 Block diagram and pin configuration

1

2

4

Vref

7YB-TS

IN1

022microF

VCC

133

+

-

-

+

OUT1+

OUT1-

15

14

12

6ETUM

IN2

022microF

+

-

-

+

OUT2+

OUT2-

8

9S-GND

PW-GND

470microF 100nF

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

9

10

11

8

NC

NC

S-GND

PW-GND

OUT2+

OUT2-

VCC

IN2

ST-BY

MUTE

NC

IN1

VCCOUT1-

OUT1+

13

14

15

12

I_17950_054eps090508

Block Diagram

Pin Configuration

Spare Parts List amp CTN Overview EN 57TCS10L LA 10

10 Spare Parts List amp CTN OverviewFor the latest spare part overview please consult the Philips Service website

Table 10-1 Sets described in this manual

11 Revision ListManual xxxx xxx xxxx0bull First release

CTN Styling

19PFL340355 MG8

19PFL340377 MG8

19PFL340378 MG8

19PFL340385 MG8

26PFL340385 MG8

  • Content
  • 1 Technical Specifications Connections and Chassis Overview
    • 11 Technical Specifications
      • 111 Vision
      • 112 Sound
      • 113 Miscellaneous
        • 12 Connection Overview
          • Figure 1-1 Rear and side IO connections
          • 121 Rear Connections
            • 1 - HDMI Digital Video Digital Audio - In
              • Figure 1-2 HDMI (type A) connector
                • 2 - VGA AUDIO Mini Jack VGA Audio - In
                • 3 - VGA PC Video RGB - In and Service UART
                  • Figure 1-3 VGA Connector
                    • 4 - Cinch Video YPbPr - In
                    • 5 - AV1 Cinch Video CVBS - In Audio - In
                    • 6 - Aerial - In
                    • 7 - Service Connector (ComPair)
                      • 122 Side connections
                        • 8 - Cinch Video CVBS - In Audio - In
                        • 9 - S-Video (Hosiden) Video YC - In
                        • 10 - Mini Jack Audio Head phone - Out
                            • 13 Chassis Overview
                              • Figure 1-4 PWBCBA locations
                                  • 2 Safety Instructions Warnings and Notes
                                    • 21 Safety Instructions
                                    • 22 Warnings
                                    • 23 Notes
                                      • 231 General
                                      • 232 Schematic Notes
                                      • 233 BGA (Ball Grid Array) ICs
                                        • Introduction
                                        • BGA Temperature Profiles
                                          • 234 Lead-free Soldering
                                          • 235 Alternative BOM identification
                                            • Figure 2-1 Serial number (example)
                                              • 236 Board Level Repair (BLR) or Component Level Repair (CLR)
                                              • 237 Practical Service Precautions
                                                  • 3 Directions for Use
                                                  • 4 Mechanical Instructions
                                                    • 41 Cable Dressing
                                                      • Figure 4-1 Cable dressing (19 model)
                                                      • Figure 4-2 Cable dressing (26 model)
                                                        • 42 Service Positions
                                                          • 421 Foam Bars
                                                            • Figure 4-3 Foam bars
                                                                • 43 AssyPanel Removal
                                                                  • 431 Stand
                                                                    • Figure 4-4 Stand
                                                                      • 432 Rear Cover
                                                                        • Figure 4-5 LVDS release
                                                                        • Figure 4-6 Speaker and IRLED panel cable release
                                                                          • 433 Keyboard Control Board
                                                                            • Figure 4-7 Keyboard control board
                                                                              • 434 IRLED Board and Speakers
                                                                                • Figure 4-8 IRLED Board and Speakers
                                                                                  • 435 Power Supply Board
                                                                                    • Figure 4-9 Power Supply Unit(s)
                                                                                      • 436 Inverter Board (19 and 22 versions)
                                                                                        • Figure 4-10 Inverter Board
                                                                                          • 437 Small Signal Board (SSB)
                                                                                            • Removing the SSB
                                                                                              • Figure 4-11 SSB connector plate
                                                                                              • Figure 4-12 SSB
                                                                                                • 44 Set Re-assembly
                                                                                                  • 5 Service Modes Error Codes and Fault Finding
                                                                                                    • 51 Test Points
                                                                                                    • 52 Service Mode
                                                                                                      • 521 Service Alignment Mode (SAM)
                                                                                                        • How to Enter
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-1 SAM menu
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-2 SAM menu White Balance Normal
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-3 SAM menu White Balance Cool
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-4 SAM menu White Balance Warm
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-5 SAM menu Volume Curve
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-6 SAM menu Picture Curve
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-7 SAM menu Picture Mode Natural
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-8 SAM menu Picture Mode Personal
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-9 SAM menu Picture Mode Rich
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-10 SAM menu Picture Mode Soft
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-11 SAM menu Producting
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-12 SAM menu Country
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-13 SAM menu Setup
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-14 SAM menu Shop Init Do
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-15 SAM menu Clear Code gt
                                                                                                            • How to Exit
                                                                                                            • Factory Mode Descriptions
                                                                                                              • ltTABLEgt
                                                                                                              • Virgin Settings
                                                                                                                • Table 5-1 Country setting
                                                                                                                • Table 5-2 Virgin settings
                                                                                                                  • 522 Customer Service Mode (CSM)
                                                                                                                    • Purpose
                                                                                                                    • How to Activate CSM
                                                                                                                    • Contents of CSM
                                                                                                                      • Figure 5-16 CSM Menu
                                                                                                                        • Menu Explanation
                                                                                                                        • How to Exit
                                                                                                                          • 523 Blinking LED Procedure
                                                                                                                            • 53 Error Codes
                                                                                                                              • ltTABLEgt
                                                                                                                                • 54 Fault Finding
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-17 No Picture No sound no Back light (19 sets)
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-18 Picture OK No sound (19 sets)
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-19 No Picture Back light amp Sound OK (19 and 26 sets)
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-20 No color (19 and 26 sets)
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-21 No Picture No sound no Back light (26 sets)
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-22 Picture OK No sound (26 sets)
                                                                                                                                    • 55 Service Tools
                                                                                                                                      • 551 ComPair
                                                                                                                                        • Introduction
                                                                                                                                        • Specifications
                                                                                                                                        • How to Connect
                                                                                                                                        • How to Order
                                                                                                                                          • Figure 5-23 ComPair II interface connection
                                                                                                                                            • 56 Software Upgrading
                                                                                                                                              • 561 Introduction
                                                                                                                                                  • 6 Block Diagrams Test Point Overview and Waveforms
                                                                                                                                                    • Wiring Diagram of Connector for MS19-PH 19
                                                                                                                                                    • Wiring Diagram of Connector for MS19-PH 26
                                                                                                                                                    • Block Diagram MS19P Chipset
                                                                                                                                                    • I2C overview
                                                                                                                                                      • 7 Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts
                                                                                                                                                        • Main Power Supply (19)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Main Power Supply (19) (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Main Power Supply (19) (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Main Power Supply (26)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Main Power Supply (26) (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Main Power Supply (26) (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Standby Power Supply (26)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Standby Power Supply (26) (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Standby Power Supply (26) (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB Control
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB DC - DC
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB MST9E19A Controller
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB HDMI Interface
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB VGA Interface
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB Cinch
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB Tuner
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB Audio Amplifier
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB LVDS Interface
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Small Signal Board (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Small Signal Board (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Keyboard Control Panel
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Keyboard Control Panel (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Keyboard Control Panel (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Inverter Panel
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Inverter Panel (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Inverter Panel (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • IR LED Panel
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout IR LED Panel (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout IR LED Panel (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                          • 8 Alignments
                                                                                                                                                            • 81 Electrical Alignments
                                                                                                                                                            • 82 Hardware Alignments
                                                                                                                                                              • 821 Aging
                                                                                                                                                              • 822 ADC Adjustment
                                                                                                                                                              • 823 White Balance Adjustment
                                                                                                                                                                • Table 8-1 Color Temperature Setting 19
                                                                                                                                                                • Table 8-2 Color Temperature Setting 26
                                                                                                                                                                  • 9 Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data Sheets
                                                                                                                                                                    • 91 Introduction
                                                                                                                                                                    • 92 Abbreviation List
                                                                                                                                                                    • 93 IC Data Sheets
                                                                                                                                                                      • 931 Diagram B MST9U19A
                                                                                                                                                                        • Figure 9-1 Pin configuration
                                                                                                                                                                          • 932 Diagram B TDA1308
                                                                                                                                                                            • Figure 9-2 Block diagram and pin configuration
                                                                                                                                                                              • 933 Diagram B NCP1377B
                                                                                                                                                                                • Figure 9-3 Block diagram and pin configuration
                                                                                                                                                                                  • 934 Diagram B TDA7266
                                                                                                                                                                                    • Figure 9-4 Block diagram and pin configuration
                                                                                                                                                                                      • 10 Spare Parts List amp CTN Overview
                                                                                                                                                                                        • Table 10-1 Sets described in this manual
                                                                                                                                                                                          • 11 Revision List
Page 31: Philips 19PFL3403-55 TCS1[1].0L_LA

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 31TCS10L LA 7

Layout Standby Power Supply (26) (Top Side)

40-1PL37C-PWF1XGI_18130_026eps

180608

32TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout Standby Power Supply (26) (Bottom Side)

I_18130_027eps180608

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 33TCS10L LA 7

SSB Control

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGNDAGND

AGND

AGNDAGNDAGND AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

T

T

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

D1B

D1A

G2

G1

S2

D2B

D2A

S1

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

PGND

PGND

PGND

PGND

PGND

AGND

AGND

T

T

T

T

AGND

T

T

BOOT

DRIVE

FB GND

LGATE

PHASE

VCC

UGATE

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

PGND

AGND

AGND

AGNDAGND

AGND

D2B

D2A

G1

G2

S1

D1B

D1A

S2

T

AGND

D1B

D1A

D2B

G2 D2A

S2

G1

S1

09V

18V

For Tuner 33v

L--Prot

Normal--HProtect--L

Back Light Control

Far from DC-DC amp Tuner

Option

When not use DC-DC+5VSTB_L provide

ON-----LOFF-----H

OptionFar from tuner and power supply (NC)

8

7

6

4 5

3

2

1U3

SP8J3

R234

10R

NC

E

C

B

BT3904

Q21

B

C

E

Q32BT3904

R16

19N

C2

618

KR

919

1K

26

10K

B

C

E

Q2

BT3904

R177

NC

C23

00

1U

10K

R18

0

NC

R17

9 0

R1784K7

+12V

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

P4ON-PBACK

ADJ-PWM2

R181910K26

191

K2

6

R10

Z54

BL-ADJUST

1 2

4

6

8

12

14

10

3

5

7

9

11

13

P22

+5V

+5VSTB_L

C22

2

01U

R70R (FOR 26ONLY)

7

8

4

2

3

5

6

1

A04803

Q17

+12V

+12V_PW

+12V_PW

C24

10

01U

BL-ADJUST

+5V

ST

B_L

C14

01U

BL-ONOFF

C22

40

1U

+5VSTB

R24

8N

C

+12V_PW

C220220U

25V

F250A

F150A

47K

R18

2

L8200R

R2413K9

C23

6

1U

C24

3

1U

C244

01U

C242

470U

16V

+5V

ST

B

PRORECT_12V

R29

720

K

+33V

+33V

B

E

CQ31

BT3906R298

NC

+12V

R299

4K7

R301

4K7

R30

010

K

R29

6

4K7

D14 8V

2

B

C

E

Q26BT3904

R3

4K7

B

E

CQ13

BT3906

C64

3 1U

C20A1U

C21

A 1U

NCC

21

R18

147

K

C24

00

01U

R22

330K

33V

+5V

+5V

12V_PANEL

21

P20

01UC

231

NC

C8

01U

C3

01U

L49200R

L47200R

21

P19

01UC

20

5V_PANEL

4K7R15

D11

LL4148

D45LL4148

PW_ONOFF

+5VSTB1

2

3

P1

POWER-ONOFFB

C

E

Q30BT3904

R26610K

GPIO_PROTECT

+5VSTB

R24

70R

D10LL4148

+12V

C201U

SELECT

R20

510

0K

R2041K

D47 33

V

R27

92K

2R

242

2K2

+12V

1

2

3 6

5

8

4

7

U1

RT8110

R50R PROTPW_ONOFF

R2NC

Z58

Z56

B

C

E

Q27BT3904

BL-ONOFF

R12100R

PW_CTRL

Z51

R24

0 0

Z52

Z53

Z60

L530R

L330R

01U

C23

401UC

232

C23

3 1U

R234K7

5V_PANEL

C22

60

1U

L50200R

+5V

C235470U

16V

200RL54

C23

70

1U

L9200R

+5V

R4

10K

R6NC

+12V_INVERTER

B

C

E

Q6BT3904

68K

R37

NCR17

0RR14

16V

470UC

17A

C27

01U

2U2C16

01UC

15

R8

NC

R194K7

R132NC

R143100K

R14K

7

B

C

E

Q14BT3904

R2110K

+12V

D1LL4148

R14210K

+5VSTB

B

C

E

Q3BT3904NC

+12V

C1810U

50V

L6100UH

D5LL4148

B

C

E

Q5SC1815

NCR

24

B

C

E

Q1

BT3904

B

C

E

Q4BT3904

PWM3

SHUT_EEP

200RL56

L55200R

R23

91K

2

R23

8N

C

R235

10R

R23

6N

C

L115UH

R23

322

K

C23

91U

R237

220R

7

8

4

2

3

5

6

1

U2PHKD13N03LT

C23801U

D50LL4148

L53200R

+12V_INVERTER

C22

70

1U

C22

80

1U

L52200R

L51200R

C22

90

1U

L48200R

C22

50

1U

12V_PANEL

L1230R

PANEL-ONOFF

Z59

Z50

PW_ONOFF R26

368

0R

R2618K2

R26010K

R26

710

K

R26

810

K

R26

247

K

R25910K

R25

810

0K

D41LL4148

+12V

R2783K9

TUNER_5V

+5V

40V

C18

70

1U

R2000R

R6390R

R60422K

L6061000UR

C60

40

1U

D61

433

VC63

047

00P

C63

2 270P

C633

01U 50V

L613

1000UH

NC

L6041000UH

100KR

630

NC

C63

6

C63

50

01U

C63

40

1U

C631200P

B

C

E

Q612BC846B

R63147K

12

3

D61

30B

AV

99

33V

+5V

C1

01U

5V_PANEL

+12V_PW

+5VSTB

12V_PANEL

C223

220U25V

+5VSTB

01U

C22

1

+12V

PW_ONOFF

VCC_PANEL

B01 B01

I_18130_011eps180608

CONTROL

34TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

SSB DC - DC

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGNDAGND

GN

DA

DJ

OU

T

VIN

4

OU

T

VIN

AD

JG

ND

VO

UT

VIN

AD

JG

ND

VCC18V FOR MST9E19A

pin36

VDDC for MST9E19A Core

+33V for VDD_MPLL

+33AVDD FOR AVDD_SIF

+33AVDD FOR AVDD_AU

pin6 pin12

+33AVDD for AVDD_HDMI

Vcc33for MST9E19A analog

+33AVDD for AVDDA

33V for AVDDPLL2

Vcc33 for MST9E19A Digital

10RR

31

F330A

+33V

L16100R+5VST

R28NC

23

1

U6

AIC

1084

FM120D8

FM120D6

23

1

U7

KD

1084

AD

2T18

+33V

VDDP

FM120D7

+5VSTB_L

1 2 3

4

U5AS1117-33

L18FB

FBL17

+18V

VDDC

L11

100R

L10100R+33V

L24

100R

FBL23

16V

47UC

37

C67

01U

01UC

62

C61

01U

01UC

60

C59

01U

16V

100UC

53

C48100U

16V

NCR30

R29

0RL41

FB

16V

100UC

33

C31100U

16V

C49 0

1U

01U

C52

01U

C36

C34 0

1U

01U

C42

C58 0

1U16V

47UC

57

C51 0

1U

AVDD_SIF

+33VA

AVDD_AU

+33VA

AVDDA

+33VA

AVDD_MEMPLL

+33VA

C56 0

1U

01U

C552U

2C

54

C47 0

1U

C46 2U

2

L21FB

2U2

C41

FBL19

C50 2U

2

L22FB

FBL20

01U

C452U

2C

44

C39 0

1U

C38 2U

2

AVDD_HDMI

01U

C40

+33VA

01U

C32

C30 0

1U

+33VA

+33VA

VDD_MPLL

+18V

C35100U

16V

C63

01U

01UC

64

C65

01U

01UC

66

01UC

68

C69

01U

01UC

70

C71

01U

01UC

72

C73

01U

+5VST

+5VSTB

FM120D9

B02 B02

I_18130_012eps180608

DC - DC

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 35TCS10L LA 7

SSB MST9E19A Controller

AG

ND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AG

ND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

SDA

SCL

WC

VCC

VSS

E2NC

E1NC

E0NC AGND

VCC

HOLD

SCK

GND SI

WP

SO

CE

SDA

SCL

WC

VCC

VSS

E2NC

E1NC

E0NC

AD

0A

D1

AD

2A

D3

AD

4A

D5

AD

6A

D7

ALE

AUCOM

AUL0

AUL1

AUL2

AUL3

AUOUTL

AUOUTL2

AUOUTL3

AUOUTR

AUOUTR2

AUOUTR3

AUOUTS

AUR0

AUR1

AUR2

AUR3

AUVRADNAUVRADPAUVREF

AV

DD

_AD

C

AV

DD

_AU

AV

DD

_DV

IA

VD

D_D

VI1

AV

DD

_ME

MP

LL

AV

DD

_MP

LLA

VD

D_M

PLL

1

AV

DD

_SIF

BIN0MBIN0P

BIN1MBIN1P

C0

C1

CSZ

CVBS0

CVBS1CVBS2CVBS3

CVBSOUT

DD

CA

_CK

DD

CA

_DA

DDCD_CKDDCD_DA

DD

CR

_CK

DD

CR

_DA

DI0DI1DI2DI3DI4DI5DI6DI7

DIG

O0

DIG

O1

DIG

O2

DIG

O3

DIG

O4

DIG

O5

DIG

O6

DIG

O7

DIG

O8

DIG

O9

GIN0MGIN0P

GIN1MGIN1P

GN

DG

ND

1

GN

D10

GN

D11

GN

D12

GN

D13

GN

D14

GN

D15

GN

D2

GN

D3

GN

D4

GN

D5

GN

D6

GN

D7

GN

D8

GN

D9

GPIOE0LVSYNCGPIOE1LHSYNC

GPIOE2LDEGPIOE3LCK

GPIOF10GPIOF11

GPIOF12GPIOF13GPIOF14GPIOF15GPIOF16GPIOF17GPIOF18GPIOF19

GPIOF2GPIOF3GPIOF4GPIOF5GPIOF6GPIOF7GPIOF8GPIOF9

HSYNC0

HSYNC1

HW

RE

SE

T

ICLK

IHSYNC

INT

IRIN

IVSYNC

LA0MG3LA0PG2LA1MG1LA1PG0LA2MB7LA2PB6

LA3MB3LA3PB2LA4MB1LA4PB0

LACKMB5LACKPB4

LB0MR7LB0PR6LB1MR5LB1PR4LB2MR3LB2PR2

LB3MG7LB3PG6LB4MG5LB4PG4

LBCKMR1LBCKPR0

PW

M0

PW

M1

PW

M2

PW

M3

PWM_DRVPWM_FB

PWM_SENSE

RD

Z

REFMREFP

REXT

RIN0MRIN0P

RIN1MRIN1P

RMID

RX0NRX0PRX1NRX1PRX2NRX2P

RXCKNRXCKP

SA

R0

SA

R1

SA

R2

SA

R3

SCKSDI

SDO

SIF1MSIF1P

SOGIN0

SOGIN1

VCLAMP

VCOM0

VCOM1

VCOM2

VD

DC

VD

DC

1V

DD

C2

VD

DC

3V

DD

C4

VD

DC

5

VD

DP

VD

DP

1V

DD

P2

VD

DP

3V

DD

P4

VD

DP

5V

DD

P6

VD

DP

7V

DD

P8

VD

DP

9

VSYNC0

VSYNC1

WR

Z

XIN

XO

UT

Y0

Y1

AGND

T

T

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

Mode Selection

I2C address at A0

Location Near IC PinLocation Near IC Pin

SST PULL DOWNMSTAR PULL UP

DVI INPUT

VGA INPUT

For TTL output

Audio Output(to Amp) AV Output(Audio)

Debug Port

For Philps debug

HDCP I2C address at A4

VID

EO

INP

UT

HDTV INPUT

C212NC

C7822P

01UC11

2

2U2 C247

C1072U2

01U C114

PW_CTRL

PRORECT_12V

54

72 13

6 8

RP

84K

7

KEY0-IN

LED2-IN

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

P5

POWER-ONOFF

54

72 13

6 8

RP

124K

7

LED1-IN

NC

L43

+5VSTB

4K7

R55

LED2R13

4K7

R584K7

B

C

E

Q9BT3904

1

2

3

4

5

P14

WP

SDA

SCL

+33V

1

2

3

4

P6

10RR41

SHUT_EEP

D4 NC

WP

C20

110

0P

RXD

TXD1

2

3

P2

ZX

Z62

WP

+33V

+33V+5VSTB

RS

20R

RS

3N

C

RS

11K

10K

R32

10K

R42

01UC86

47RR64

NC

R63

R62

NC

R52100R

R51 22

K

R50 22

K

100RR49

100RR40

C83

001

U

001

UC82

R67

0R

001

UC76

2U2C115

R47100R

R45100R

100RR34100R

R33

2U2C104

C1052U2PC-LIN

2U2C106

C1112U2

2U2C110

C11901U

R57 8K

2

8K2

R56

C1092U2

2U2C108

124578

101113141516171819202122232425262728

293031323334353839

404142434445464748495051

5455575859

61626364656667686970717273747576

78798081828384858687

131

132

133

134

125

126

127

128

129

130

155

156

136 3 9 37 52 56 89 99 101

104

106

120

141

152

173

187

204

143

144

145

146

147

148

149

150

153

154

116

117

118

135

124123122121

9796959493929190

139138137

191190189188

185184183182181180179178177176175174171170169168167166165164163162161160

202201200199198197196195

192

194193

207

206

205

36 53 60 105

6 12 157

208

77 98 107

142

158

203

88 100

102

103

119

140

151

159

172

186

115

114

113

112

111

110

109

108

U8

MST9E19A

R54

4K7

R36

22K

100P C79

01UC11

7

C116

01U

R7510K

R38 22

K

C10201U

C89 0

1U

1

3

2

D40

0BA

V99

+5VST

R53

390R

CVBSOUT

LED2

5

6

7

8

4

3

2

1U10

M24C32MN

IR_SYNC

KEY0

LED1

KEY1

WP_FSH

TV1-VIN- VCOM0

AV1-YIN-

AV1-YIN

VCOM2

SV_Y0

R_TX2+

C920047U

C930047U

0047UC94

0047UC96

C970047U

0047UC98

C1010047U

0047UC100

C990047U

SV_C0

TXD

RXD

100P

C20

2

8

7

6

4 5

3

2

1U9

W25X40

+33V

L26 F

B

100RR77

SDA

SCL

SHUT_EEPR76

100R

5

6

7

8

4

3

2

1U11

M24C04MN

SDA

SCL

100RR70

R69100R

+33V

R68

10K

SPI_CZ

SPI_DI

SPI_CK

54

72

1

3 6

8

RP933R

NCR

65R

661K

8

C90 10

0P

R6110R

1KR60

R591K

100P

C91

C95 10

0P

SYS_RST

R391K

B

E

CQ8

BT3906

C8010U

16V

C7447U

16V

R48

1M

Y1

14M

3

22PC84

AVDDA

AVDD_SIF

AVDD_MEMPLL

AVDD_HDMIVDDC VDDP

SDA_EXT

SCL_EXT

+33V

R43

10K

10KR

44

RXE3+B2

RXE4+B0

RXE4-B1

RXE3-B3

RXEC+B4

RXEC-B5

RXE2+B6

RXE2-B7

RXE1+G0

RXE1-G1

RXE0+G2

RXE0-G3

RXO4+G4

RXO4-G5

RXO3+G6

RXO3-G7

RXOC+R0

RXOC-R1

RXO2+R2

RXO2-R3

RXO1+R4

RXO1-R5

RXO0+R6

RXO0-R7

TTL-BLUE2

TTL-BLUE1

TTL-BLUE0

TTL-BLUE3

TTL-BLUE4

TTL-BLUE5

TTL-BLUE6

TTL-BLUE7

TTL-GREEN0

TTL-GREEN1

TTL-GREEN2

TTL-GREEN3

TTL-GREEN4

TTL-GREEN5

TTL-GREEN6

TTL-GREEN7

TTL-RED6

TTL-RED0

TTL-RED1

TTL-RED2

TTL-RED3

TTL-RED4

TTL-RED5

TTL-RED7

54

72

1

3 6

8

RP40R

8

63

1

2 7

4 5

0RRP7

54

72

1

3 6

8

RP60R

8

63

1

2 7

4 5

0RRP3

8

63

1

2 7

4 5

0RRP5

54

72

1

3 6

8

RP20R

SPI_CKSPI_DISPI_CZ

SPI_DO

AMP-MUTE

PANEL-ONOFF

LED1

HPDCTRL

ON-PBACK

863 12

7

45

4K7

RP

13

PWM0

ADJ-PWM2

NCR

85

NCR

82

NCR

80

NCR

79

R84

1K

R83

1K

R81

1K

R78

1K

PWM0

WP_FSH

ADJ-PWM2

PWM3

IR_SYNC

KEY1

KEY0

RXD

TXD

SCL

SDA

DDC-RDX

DDC-TXD

I2C-SCL

I2C-SDA

+33V

54

721 3

68

RP

104K

7

R7410R

10RR73

10RR72

R7110R

AUCOM

16V

10UC

118

AUVRADN

AUVRADP

C11310U

16V

L250

AMP-ROUT

AMP-LOUT

PH-ROUTPH-LOUT

PC-RIN

SIFM

SIFP

01UC103

01U

C88

AUCOM

AUVREFAUVRADPAUVRADN

SIFM

SIFP

TUNER_CVBS

SV_C0

SV_Y0

VCOM2

CVBS2CVBS1

VCOM0

VCOM1

CVBS3

SCG+

SCR+SCR-

SC_SOG

SCG-

SCB-

RIN-

RIN+GIN-

GIN+SOG

BIN-BIN+

01UC85

C8701U

VS_RGBHS_RGB

HDMI_SCLHDMI_SDA

AVDD_HDMI TXCLK-

R_TX2+

R_TX2-G_TX1+

G_TX1-B_TX0+

B_TX0-TXCLK+

AUVREF

PWM3

+33V

VDD_MPLL

AVDD_AU

TV1-VIN+ TUNER_CVBS

VCOM1

AV1-CIN

TV-SIFP

TV-SIFM

HDMI_SCLHDMI_SDA

TXCLK-

R_TX2-G_TX1+

G_TX1-B_TX0+

B_TX0-TXCLK+

VS_RGBHS_RGB

RIN-

RIN+GIN-

GIN+SOG

BIN-BIN+

SCG+

SCR+SCR-

SC_SOG

SCG-SCB+SCB-

AV1-VIN+

AV2-VIN+

AV3-VIN+ CVBS1

CVBS2

CVBS3

SPI_DO

WP_FSH

CVBSOUT

PH-LOUT

PH-ROUTAMP-ROUT AMP-R

AMP-LAMP-LOUTPH-L1OUT

AFT

SCB+

KEY1-IN

+33V

PH-R1OUT

C77

1000

P

E

C

B BT3904Q7

R114K7

+5VSTB

GPIO_PROTECT

+33V

IR-IN

C248

2U2

2U2 C249

C250

2U2

2U2 C251

C252

2U2

DVI-RINDVI-LINAV2-RIN

AV2-LIN

AV1-RINAV1-LIN

B03 B03

I_18130_013eps180608

MST9E19A CONTROLLER

36TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

SSB HDMI Interface

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

SDA

SCL

WC

VCC

VSS

E2NC

E1NC

E0NC

RX2+

GND1

RX2-

RX1+

GND2

RX1-

RX0+

GND3

RX0-

RXC+

GND4

RXC-

NC1

NC2

DDCCLK

DDCDA

GND5

VCC

HPD

AGND

HDMI-RX2-

HDMI-RX1+

+5V

+5V

5

6

43

2

1

U17

PRTR5V0U4D

5

6

43

2

1

U18

PRTR5V0U4D

1KR101

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

P12

01UC

120

5

6

7

8

4

3

2

1U12

M24C02MN

RLZ

5B6

D18

HDMI-DDC-SDA

HDMI-DDC-SCL

HDMI-HPD

HDMI5V

HPDCTRLB

C

E

Q10BT3904

4K7R96

R95

4K7

R1000R

NCR

97

R94

1K

+5V

100RR99

R98100R

12

3

D17

BAT

54C

D19

RLZ

5B6

TXCLK-

TXCLK+

B_TX0-

B_TX0+

G_TX1-

G_TX1+

R_TX2-

R_TX2+

10RR93

R9210R

10RR91

R9010R

10RR89

R8810R

10RR87

R8610R

HDMI_SDA

HDMI_SCL

HDMI-RXC-

HDMI-RXC+

HDMI-RX0+

HDMI-RX0-

HDMI-RX1-

HDMI-RX2+

B04 B04

I_18130_014eps180608

HDMI INTERFACE

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 37TCS10L LA 7

SSB VGA Interface

AGND

AGND

AGND

SDA

SCL

WC

VCC

VSS

E2NC

E1NC

E0NC

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGNDProgram Control

To main chip(when updateit is I2Cwhen debug it is RXTX)

LED2

R12

110

0RR12

010

0R

+33V

RXD

TXD

R170

4K7

1

3

2

D2

100RR144

NCR123

4K7R12

2

75R

R10

9

R10

8 75R

01UC

130

10K

R17

4

75R

R10

7

10K

R17

2

P13-11

R11

8 4K7

4K7

R11

9

PROTECT

VGA5V

VGA-SCL

PROTECT

13

2

D25

1

3

2

D20

C19 N

C

Q182N7002

10RR175

R171NC

R17310R

C12

9 NC

C1270047U

VGA-R+

VGA-G+

VGA-B+

+5VST1

32

D24

1KR115

R1141K

123

D23BAT54C

5

6

7

8

4

3

2

1U13

M24C02MN

R11

74K

7NC

C12

8R11

610

K

6

4

11

14

15

7

12

8

5

13

3

10

9

1

2

16

17

P13

C1230047U

C1241000P

C1210047U

R10510R

10RR104

R10310R

0047UC126

C1250047U

0047UC122

1

3

2

D22

2

3

1

D21

R11347R

47RR111

R11047R

R106330R

HS_RGB

VS_RGB

Q192N7002

B

C

E

Q25BT3904

VGA-HS

VGA-VS

VGA-SDA

RIN+

SOG

BIN-

GIN-

RIN-

BIN+

GIN+

VGA-SDA

VGA-SCL

+5VSTB

+5VSTB

B05 B05

I_18130_015eps180608

VGA INTERFACE

38TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

SSB Cinch

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND AGNDAGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

VDD

OUTB

INB-

VSS INB+

INA+

INA-

OUTA

AGNDAGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

WHITE

RED

YELLOWGREEN

BLUE

RED

WHITE

RED

RED

WHITE

YELLOW

AGND

AGND

AGND

HDTV IN

AV OUTPUT AUDIO AMP

For PCampYPbPr Audio Input(RL)

For Philips Upgrade

S-VIDEO amp AV2 In Side

Earphone Outuput In Side

AV1 In Rear

AV OUTPUT

For DVI Audio Input(35mm Jack)

2

1

3

P17

DVI_R

DVI_L

AV2-V

AV_ROUT

AV2-R

C13 47

0P

12K

R15

2

C17 47

0P

560P

C16

356

0PC

162

3

2

1

4P15

C14

156

0P

PC-R

560P

C14

3C

134

560P

560P

C13

8

2

3

1

D37

NC

C14

256

0P56

0PC

146

C6 10

0P

3

1

2

P11

TXD

3

1

2

P7

PR1

PB1

AVOUT_L

Y1

AVOUT

1

4

2

5

3

6P21

1

2

3

4

5

6P8

8 56 7 9

P15

BUF2

1

3

2

D31

2

3

1

D28

NC

1

3

2

D33

NC

2

3

1

D55

NC

2

3

1

D54

NC

2

3

1

D52

NC

2

3

1

D51

NC

2

3

1

D34

1

3

2

D36

NC

C5 10

0P

13

2

D12

R18

8 75R

R2855K1

R2845K1

R2805K1

R2815K1

L6130R

AV1-CL60

30R

AV1-YL59

30R

75R

R14

9

C19

810

00P

C14

068

0P

680P

C15

5

10RR186

680P

C13

6

OP_VCC2

C13

168

0P

2

3

1

D53

2

3

1

D27

FB

L42

10KR230

12K

R20

1R

197 12

K

R15

9 12K

R15

522

0R

220RR153

75R

R14

0

75R

R13

9

R13

6 75R

75R

R12

8

2U2C188

R14

5 12K

12K

R15

7

12K

R13

5C191

2U2

10K

R15

6R

147 10

K

330R

R14

6

R18510RY1

75RR151

R141

75R

C1452U2

2U2C144

01UC

139

12K

R16

1

AV2-VIN+

CVBSOUT

AV1-CIN

AV1-YIN-

1

3

2

D38

2

3

1

D39

PH-R1OUTR226

10K

AV_LOUT

R22447K

+5V

R22

547

K

C18

347

U

16V

100P

C18

9

33KR

229

C18547U

16V

C18

40

1U

C19

310

0P

R23

233

K

8

7

6

4 5

3

2

1U16

TDA1308T

SCB-

SCG-

SCR-

C1580047U

SCG+

SCR+

SCB+

SC_SOG

PR1

PB1

C1540047U

0047UC153

C1520047U

C1511000P

0047UC159

0047UC156

R19547R

47RR191

R18947R

R18410R

10RR183

R14810R

1

3

2

D35

B

E

CQ11

BT3906C218

10U

16V

B

C

E

Q12BT3904

2

3

1

D32

2

3

1

D30

1

3

2

D29

R13347R

10RR137

R12610R

+5V

AV1-YIN

Y1R176

470R

PH-L1OUT

AV_LOUT

AV_ROUT

AV1-VIN+

L63 30

R

30R

L62

330RR

249

R25

133

0R

C196

033U50V

C197

033U50V

7

654

89

3

1

2

P18

1000

PC

199

AMP-PROUT+AMP-LIN

AMP-PLOUT+AMP-RIN

EARPHONE-RA

EARPHONE-LA

30RL44

AV1-RIN

R2825K1

R2835K1 AV1-LIN

AV2-LIN

R2865K1

R2875K1 AV2-RIN

R2885K1

R2895K1 DVI-RIN

R2905K1

R2915K1 DVI-LIN

R2925K1

R2935K1 PC-RIN

R2945K1

R2955K1 PC-LIN

AV1_V

AVOUT_R

RXD

C4 47

0P47

0PC

7

AV1_R

AV1_L

C9 47

0P47

0PC

10

C11 47

0P47

0PC

12

PC-L

AV2-L

B06 B06

I_18130_016eps180608

CINCH

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 39TCS10L LA 7

SSB Tuner

AGND

AGND

AGND

AG

ND

AGNDAGND

AGND

AGND

COMMON

IN OUT

VID

EO

NC

1

NC

2

AU

DIO

AG

C

SD

A

TU

MB

GN

D2

SIF

OU

T

GN

D1

NC

3

NC

4

NC

5

SC

L

NC

6

AF

T

CLOSE RO MST IC

R21127R

171 2 6 1110 1412 157 83 4 5 9 13 16

TU1

2

1 3

U15KIA78D05

TUNER_SDA

TUNER_SCL

SIF_OUT

TV_CVBSC

172

01U

33V

B

C

E

Q20

BT3904

TV-SIFPNCR213

10RR220

001UC181

TV-SIFP

R194100R

330R

R19

3R

192

10R

R19

81K

R19

91K

L2722UH

+12V

R20

7 NC

100K

R20

3

2200

PC

200

R209120R

R20610R

C17

4N

C3

30P

NC

330

PC

175

C171220U

16V

L28120R

R20251K

C17

710

0P

C17

615

0P

SDA_EXT

SCL_EXT

C168220U

16V

16V

220UC

169

TV1-VIN-

TV1-VIN+

R21047R

C16

60

01UC16

44U

7

50V

C16

50

01U

C16

70

1U

TUNER_5V

AFT

120RR212

TUNER_5V

TV-SIFM

001UC170

B07 B07

I_18130_017eps180608

TUNER

40TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

SSB Audio Amplifier

PGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

PGND

PGND

AGND

AGND

OUT2+

OUT2-

NC3

IN2

VCC2

NC2

OUT1+

VCC1

IN1

NC1

MUTE

STBY

PW_GND

S_GND

OUT1-

TO SPEAKER

TO SPEAKER

0RR

162

AMP-PROUT-

2

1

H8

15

14

11

12

13

10

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

2

U19

TD

A7266

1

2

3

4

P9

AMP-PLOUT-

L45200R

L46200R

C219220U

16V

27UHL31

C217220U

16V

AMP-LIN

R253NC

01U C209

D3LL4148

C20

610

00P

1U

C211

0022U

C26 1000

PC

204

0022U

C25

C22

470U16V

+5VST

R164100K

R16510K

R16

8N

C

R16

9N

C

R1663K3

3K3R167

10KR244

B

E

CQ15

BT3906

B

C

E

Q16BT3904

C19

5 NC

NC

C19

4

B

C

E

Q24BT3904NC

0RR257

10KR254

E

C

B BT3904Q23

B

C

E

Q22BT3904

R25210K

R255100R

R24310K

2U2C205

R2560R

C2032U2

+12V

AMP-PROUT-

AMP-PROUT+

AMP-PLOUT-

AMP-PLOUT+

POWER-ONOFF

AMP-MUTE

AMP-R

AMP-L

12V-AMP

+12V

AMP-RIN

B08 B08

I_18130_018eps180608

AUDIO AMPLIFIER

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 41TCS10L LA 7

SSB LVDS Interface

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

VCC_PANEL

C246

10U 16V

C245

01U

R277 0NC

+33V

R27

2

0N

C

R275 0NC

RXE4+B0 RXE4-B1

RXE3+B2 RXE3-B3

RXEC+B4 RXEC-B5

RXE2+B6 RXE2-B7

RXE1+G0 RXE1-G1

RXE0+G2 RXE0-G3

RXO4+G4 RXO4-G5

RXO3+G6 RXO3-G7

RXOC+R0 RXOC-R1

RXO2+R2 RXO2-R3

RXO1+R4 RXO1-R5

RXO0+R6 RXO0-R7

1 2

4

6

8

12

14

16

18

20

10

22

24

26

28

3

5

7

9

11

13

15

17

19

21

23

25

27

29 30

32

34

36

38

40

31

33

35

37

39

P10

R276 0NC

R27

3

0N

CR

274

0N

C

B09 B09

I_18130_019eps180608

LVDS INTERFACE Personal Notes

E_06532_012eps131004

42TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout Small Signal Board (Top Side)

I_18130_020eps180608

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 43TCS10L LA 7

Layout Small Signal Board (Bottom Side)

I_18130_021eps180608

44TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Keyboard Control Panel

Layout Keyboard Control Panel (Top Side)

Layout Keyboard Control Panel (Bottom Side)

AGND

AGND AGNDAGND

AGND

R10072K

R10061K5

R10011K2

12 4

3K1001

1

2

3

P1001

KEY0

R1008NC

R10051K2

R1004NC

R10032K

R10021K5

D10

02

HS

5V6B

D10

01H

S5V

6B

12 4

3K1003

12 4

3K1002

12 4

3K1006

12 4

3K1005

12 4

3K1004

KEY1

I_18130_030eps180608

E EKEYBOARD CONTROL PANEL

I_18130_031eps180608

I_18130_032eps180608

Personal Notes

E_06532_012eps131004

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 45TCS10L LA 7

Inverter Panel

1 2

A

B

C

D

4321

D

C

B

A

F1FUSE-1

C2104

C1220uF250V

C3104

R1200

Q1

DTA143

E1

9

E2

10

C2

11

VC

C12

OU

TP

UT

C13

VR

EF

14

A1+

1

A1-

2

CO

MP

3

DT

C4

CT

5

RT

6

GN

D7

C1

8

A2-

15

A2+

16

U1

TL494

R2200

Q32222

C8

223

C7103

R847K

R7120K

C4

104C5104

D1

68V

C9104

D2

1N4148

Q8DTC143

123456

CN1

R20470K

R21

33K

C16

330pF

C15NC

R13100K

R10

68K

R11

68K

R12

15K

C10104

R2627K

C20223

R18560

Q22222

Q62907

R142K

R1622K

R27 10

R28 10

D4

BAW56K

S11

G12

S23

G24

D1 8

D1 7

D2 6

D2 5

U2

4606

C21223

Q42222

Q72907

R152K

R1722K

R29 10

R30 10

D5

BAW56K

S11

G12

S23

G24

D1 8

D1 7

D2 6

D2 5

U3

4606

R19560

C6

105

R231M

Q52N7002

R22

1M

R9

47K

R25

100KR24270K

D6NCBAW56K

D7NCBAW56K

P1

P2

P3

P4

C17225

C18

225

10

1 7

6

T1

T01

10

1 7

6

T2

T01

C2222pF

12

CON1

12

CON2

D9BAV99

R41K

R36820

R32

10KC12104

D8BAV99

R31K

R35820

R31

10KC11104

P2

P1

C2322pF

12

CON3

12

CON4

D11

BAV99

R61K

R38820

R34

10KC14104

D10BAV99

R51K

R37820

R33

10KC13104

P4

P3

VREF

VREF

C19NC

C26

222C27NC

D13BAV99

D15BAV99

C2422pF

C2522pF

C28

222C29NC

C30222 C31

NC

C32

222C33NC

OVP

OVP

OV

P

R602K

R61510K

C38105

Q10

DTA143

Q112222

R6330K

R62 1K

VCC

VCC

P5

P5

R64

1K

C34221

C35 221

C37

221

C39104

C36

221U4A

LM393

U4B

LM393

Vref

D3

1N4148

R65

3K R663K

C41 104

R67

10K

I_18130_033eps180608

I IINVERTER PANEL 19rdquo

46TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout Inverter Panel (Top Side)

Layout Inverter Panel (Bottom Side)

I_18130_034eps190608

I_18130_035eps190608

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 47TCS10L LA 7

IR LED Panel

AGND

AGND

AGNDIRVC

C

GN

D

RW

R20

031K

2

R20

04

1K2

LED1

1

2

3

4

5

CN2001

E

C

B

BC847AQ2001

B

C

E

Q2002

BC847A

2

13

D2001

LED2

G2001

R20024K7

5V16

V10

0UC

2001

5V

IR

IR

C20

03 47P

LED1R2001

4K7

C2002

47P

LED2

I_18130_036eps180608

J JIR amp LED PANELLayout IR LED Panel (Top Side)

Layout IR LED Panel (Bottom Side)

I_18130_037eps180608

I_18130_038eps180608

48TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Personal Notes

E_06532_013eps131004

Alignments EN 49TCS10L LA 8

8 Alignments

Index of this chapter81 Electrical Alignments82 Hardware Alignments

NoteThe Service Modes are described in chapter 5 Menu navigation is done with the CURSOR UP DOWN LEFT or RIGHT keys of the remote control transmitter

81 Electrical Alignments

Perform all electrical adjustments under the following conditionsbull Power supply voltage (depends on region)

ndash AP-NTSC 120 VAC or 230 VAC 50 Hz (plusmn 10)ndash AP-PAL-multi 120 - 230 VAC 50 Hz (plusmn 10)ndash EU 230 VAC 50 Hz (plusmn 10)ndash LATAM-NTSC 120 - 230 VAC 50 Hz (plusmn 10)ndash US 120 VAC 60 Hz (plusmn 10)

bull Connect the set to the mains via an isolation transformer with low internal resistance

bull Allow the set to warm up for approximately 60 minutesbull Measure voltages and waveforms in relation to correct

ground (eg measure audio signals in relation to AUDIO_GND) Caution It is not allowed to use heatsinks as ground

bull Test probe Ri gt 10 MΩ Ci lt 20 pFbull Use an isolated trimmerscrewdriver to perform

alignments

82 Hardware Alignments

Not applicable

821 Aging

Enter TV mode Set warm up status to ldquoOnrdquo Aging time at least 12 minutes

822 ADC Adjustment

The chassis can execute ADC auto-tune in YPbPr amp PC sourcing modes Enter SAM select YPbPr or PC as source then select AUTOTUNE in ADC ADJ press ldquoRight keyrdquo to run waiting for about 5 seconds until ldquoOKrdquo is displayed which means the set finished the ADC adjustment With an YPbPr source use a 100 color bar pattern with a PC source use a 16-scale grey pattern

823 White Balance Adjustment

Adjust the NORMAL WARM COOL temperature in White balance according to company regular Make sure ADC adjustments have done successfully before doing white balance adjustments and use the ldquoNaturalrdquo picture mode White balance adjustment should be performed with three different sources1 AVTVSVIDEO source reunification under the AV

adjustment apply a NTSC-M system signal with 8-scale grey pattern

2 YPbPrHDMI source reunification under the YPbPr adjustment apply an 8-scale grey pattern

3 PC source should adjust single apply a 8-scale grey pattern

If case of manual adjustment please use the WB page in SAMWhile adjusting White Balance do not change White G or Black G only adjust White R White B Black R and Black B

Table 8-1 Color Temperature Setting 19

Table 8-2 Color Temperature Setting 26

Color mode X Y Color Temperature (K)

Normal 296plusmn4 299plusmn4 8000

Warm 314plusmn4 319plusmn4 6500

Cool 289plusmn4 291plusmn4 9000

Color mode X Y Color Temperature (K)

Normal 289plusmn4 291plusmn4 9000

Warm 314plusmn4 319plusmn4 6500

Cool 278plusmn4 278plusmn4 11000

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data SheetsEN 50 TCS10L LA9

9 Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data Sheets

Index of this chapter91 Introduction92 Abbreviation List93 IC Data Sheets

Notes bull Only new circuits (circuits that are not published recently)

are described bull Figures can deviate slightly from the actual situation due

to different set executions

91 Introduction

This chassis uses the MStar MST9U19A main chip with the following features bull Multi-Standard TV decoding with 2-D comb filterbull Multi-Standard TV sound demodulator and decoderbull Triple ADC fro TV and RGBYPbPrbull Integrated DVIHDCPHDMI compliant receiverbull High quality scaling enginebull 3-D video de-interlacer and video noise reductionbull Embedded On Screen Display controllerbull NTSCPALSecam Video decoder with automatic standard

detectionbull CVBS video outputbull Multi standard TV sound decoderbull FM stereo and SAP demodulationbull Digital audio interfacebull Analog RGB Compliant Input Portsbull DVIHDCPHDMI Compliant input portbull Auto tuning function including phasing positioning offset

gain and jitter detectionbull Automatic color correction

The MST9U19A is a high performance and fully integrated IC for multi-function LCD monitorTV with resolutions up to WSXGA (1680 times 1050) It is configured with an integrated triple-ADCPLL an integrated DVIHDCPHDMI receiver a multi standard TV video and audio decoder a video de-interlacer a scaling engine the MStarACE-3 color engine an On Screen Display controller an 8-bit MCU and a built-in output panel interface It also incorporates an intelligent power management control system for green-mode requirements and spread-spectrum support for EMI management

For a block diagram refer to chapter 6 ldquoBlock diagrams Test Point Overviews and Waveformsrdquo

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data Sheets EN 51TCS10L LA 9

92 Abbreviation List

1080i 1080 visible lines interlaced1080p 1080 visible lines progressive scan2CS 2 Carrier Sound2DNR Spatial (2D) Noise Reduction3DNR Temporal (3D) Noise Reduction480i 480 visible lines interlaced480p 480 visible lines progressive scanAARA Automatic Aspect Ratio Adaptation

algorithm that adapts aspect ratio to remove horizontal black bars keeping up the original aspect ratio

ACI Automatic Channel Installation algorithm that installs TV channels directly from a cable network by means of a predefined TXT page

ADC Analogue to Digital ConverterAFC Automatic Frequency Control control

signal used to tune to the correct frequency

AGC Automatic Gain Control algorithm that controls the video input of the feature box

AM Amplitude ModulationAUO Acer Unipack OptronicsAP Asia PacificAR Aspect Ratio 4 by 3 or 16 by 9ASD Automatic Standard DetectionAV Audio VideoB-SC1-IN Blue SCART1 inB-SC2-IN Blue SCART2 inB-TXT Blue teletextBG Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 55 MHzBTSC Broadcast Television System

CommitteeC-FRONT Chrominance front inputCBA Circuit Board Assembly (or PWB)CL Constant Level audio output to

connect with an external amplifierCLUT Color Look Up TableComPair Computer aided rePairCSM Customer Service ModeCVBS Composite Video Blanking and

SynchronizationCVBS-EXT CVBS signal from external source

(VCR VCD etc)CVBS-INT CVBS signal from TunerCVBS-MON CVBS monitor signalCVBS-TER-OUT CVBS terrestrial outDAC Digital to Analogue ConverterDBE Dynamic Bass Enhancement extra

low frequency amplificationDFU Directions For Use owners manualDNR Dynamic Noise ReductionDRAM Dynamic RAMDSP Digital Signal ProcessingDST Dealer Service Tool special

(European) remote control designed for service technicians

DTS Digital Theatre SoundDVD Digital Versatile DiscDVI Digital Visual InterfaceDW Double WindowED Enhanced Definition 480p 576pEEPROM Electrically Erasable and

Programmable Read Only MemoryEU EUropeEXT EXTernal (source) entering the set by

SCART or by cinches (jacks)FBL Fast Blanking DC signal

accompanying RGB signalsFBL-SC1-IN Fast blanking signal for SCART1 in

FBL-SC2-IN Fast blanking signal for SCART2 inFBL-TXT Fast Blanking TeletextFLASH FLASH memoryFM Field Memory Frequency ModulationFMR FM RadioFRC Frame Rate ConverterFRONT-C Front input chrominance (SVHS)FRONT-DETECT Front input detectionFRONT-Y_CVBS Front input luminance or CVBS

(SVHS)FTV Flat TeleVisionG-SC1-IN Green SCART1 inG-SC2-IN Green SCART2 inG-TXT Green teletextH H_sync to the module HD High Definition 720p 1080i 1080pHDMI High Definition Multimedia Interface

digital audio and video interfaceHP Head PhoneI Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 60 MHzI2C Integrated IC busI2S Integrated IC Sound busIC Integrated CircuitIF Intermediate FrequencyInterlaced Scan mode where two fields are used

to form one frame Each field contains half the number of the total amount of lines The fields are written in ldquopairsrdquo causing line flicker

IR Infra RedIRQ Interrupt ReQuestLast Status The settings last chosen by the

customer and read and stored in RAM or in the NVM They are called at start-up of the set to configure it according the customers wishes

LATAM LATin AMericaLC04 Philips chassis name for LCD TV 2004

projectLCD Liquid Crystal DisplayLED Light Emitting DiodeLL Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 65 MHz L is Band I L is all bands except for Band I

LPL LG Philips LCDLS Loud SpeakerLVDS Low Voltage Differential Signalling

data transmission system for high speed and low EMI communication

MN Monochrome TV system Sound carrier distance is 45 MHz

MOSFET Metal Oxide Semiconductor Field Effect Transistor

MPEG Motion Pictures Experts GroupMSP Multi-standard Sound Processor ITT

sound decoderMUTE MUTE LineNAFTA North American Free Trade

Association Trade agreement between Canada USA and Mexico

NC Not ConnectedNICAM Near Instantaneous Compounded

Audio Multiplexing This is a digital sound system used mainly in Europe

NTSC National Television Standard Committee Color system used mainly in North America and Japan Color carrier NTSC MN = 3579545 MHz NTSC 443 = 4433619 MHz (this is a VCR norm it is not transmitted off-air)

NVM Non Volatile Memory IC containing TV related data (for example options)

OC Open CircuitONOFF LED OnOff control signal for the LED

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data SheetsEN 52 TCS10L LA9

OSD On Screen DisplayPAL Phase Alternating Line Color system

used mainly in Western Europe (color carrier = 4433619 MHz) and South America (color carrier PAL M = 3575612 MHz and PAL N = 3582056 MHz)

PC Personal ComputerPCB Printed Circuit Board (or PWB)PDP Plasma Display PanelPIG Picture In GraphicPIP Picture In PicturePLL Phase Locked Loop Used for

example in FST tuning systems The customer can directly provide the desired frequency

Progressive Scan Scan mode where all scan lines are displayed in one frame at the same time creating a double vertical resolution

PWB Printed Wiring Board (or PCB)RAM Random Access MemoryRC Remote Control transmitterRC5 (6) Remote Control system 5 (6) the

signal from the remote control receiver RGB Red Green and Blue The primary

color signals for TV By mixing levels of R G and B all colors (YC) are reproduced

RGBHV Red Green Blue Horizontal sync and Vertical sync

ROM Read Only MemorySAM Service Alignment ModeSC SandCastle two-level pulse derived

from sync signalsSC1-OUT SCART output of the MSP audio ICSC2-B-IN SCART2 Blue inSC2-C-IN SCART2 chrominance inSC2-OUT SCART output of the MSP audio ICSC Short CircuitSCL Clock signal on I2C busSD Standard Definition 480i 576iSDA Data signal on I2C busSDI Samsung Display IndustrySDM Service Default ModeSDRAM Synchronous DRAMSECAM SEequence Couleur Avec Memoire

Color system used mainly in France and Eastern Europe Color carriers = 4406250 MHz and 4250000 MHz

SIF Sound Intermediate FrequencySMPS Switch Mode Power SupplySND SouNDSNDL-SC1-IN Sound left SCART1 inSNDL-SC1-OUT Sound left SCART1 outSNDL-SC2-IN Sound left SCART2 inSNDL-SC2-OUT Sound left SCART2 outSNDR-SC1-IN Sound right SCART1 inSNDR-SC1-OUT Sound right SCART1 outSNDR-SC2-IN Sound right SCART2 outSNDR-SC2-OUT Sound right SCART2 outSNDS-VL-OUT Surround sound left variable level outSNDS-VR-OUT Surround sound right variable level outSOPS Self Oscillating Power SupplySPDIF Sony Philips Digital InterFaceSRAM Static RAMSTBY Stand-bySVHS Super Video Home SystemSW Sub Woofer SoftWareTHD Total Harmonic DistortionTXT TeleteXTuP MicroprocessorVL Variable Level out processed audio

output toward external amplifierVCR Video Cassette Recorder

VGA Video Graphics ArrayWD Watch DogWYSIWYR What You See Is What You Record

record selection that follows main picture and sound

XTAL Quartz crystalYPbPr Component video (Y= Luminance Pb

Pr= Color difference signals B-Y and R-Y other amplitudes wrt to YUV)

YC Video related signals Y consists of luminance signal blanking level and sync C consists of color signal

Y-OUT Luminance-signalYUV Baseband component video (Y=

Luminance UV= Color difference signals)

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data Sheets EN 53TCS10L LA 9

93 IC Data Sheets

This section shows the internal block diagrams and pin layouts of ICs that are drawn as ldquoblack boxesrdquo in the electrical diagrams (with the exception of ldquomemoryrdquo and ldquologicrdquo ICs)

931 Diagram B MST9U19A

Figure 9-1 Pin configuration

Pin 1

123

45

7

9

11

1314

1718

21

23

25

2728

30

32

34

36

39

41

43

6

8

10

12

1516

1920

22

24

26

29

31

33

35

3738

40

42

4445464748

505152

49

53 54 55 56 57 59 61 63 65 66 69 70 73 75 77 79 80 82 84 86 88 91 93 9558 60 62 64 67 68 71 72 74 76 78 81 83 85 87 89 90 92 94 96 97 98 99 100

102

103

104

101

208

207

206

205

204

202

200

198

196

195

192

191

188

186

184

182

181

179

177

175

173

170

168

166

203

201

199

197

194

193

190

189

187

185

183

180

178

176

174

172

171

169

167

165

164

163

162

161

159

158

157

160

156155154

153152

150

148

146

144143

140139

136

134

132

130129

127

125

123

121

118

116

114

151

149

147

145

142141

138137

135

133

131

128

126

124

122

120119

117

115

113112111110109

107106105

108

MST9U19A

XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX

GN

D

AUR1

AUL2

AUL3

AUL1

AUCO

M

AUR2

AUR3

DIGO[8]

GNDAVDD_MEMPLL

PWM3PWM2DIGO[9]

SIF1

MSI

F1P

AVD

D_S

IF

AUO

UTL

AUO

UTR

AUO

UTS

VDD

CG

PIO

F[2]

GPI

OF[

3]G

PIO

F[4]

GPI

OF[

5]G

PIO

F[6]

GPI

OF[

7]G

PIO

F[8]

GPI

OF[

9]G

PIO

F[10

]G

PIO

F[11

]VD

DP

GN

DG

PIO

F[12

]

GPI

OF[

14]

GPI

OF[

15]

GPI

OF[

16]

GPI

OF[

17]

GPI

OF[

18]

GN

D

GPI

OF[

19]

VDD

C

VDD

PG

ND

VDD

PVD

DP

GPI

OF[

13]

GN

D

DIGO[7]

DIGO[5]

DIGO[3]

DIGO[1]

VDDC

VDDPPWM_SENSE

DIGO[6]

DIGO[4]

DIGO[2]

DIGO[0]

GND

PWM_DRVPWM_FBIRININT

PWM1PWM0

GNDVDDPALERDZWRZ

VDDC

GNDVDDP

VDD

PLV

A0M

LVA0

PLV

A1M

LVA1

PLV

A2M

LVA2

PLV

ACKM

LVAC

KPLV

A3M

LVA4

PVD

DP

VDD

CAV

DD

_MPL

L

LVA3

PLV

A4M

GPI

OE[

0]

IHSY

NC

ICLK

DI[

1]D

I[0]

IVYS

NC

GPI

OE[

1]G

PIO

E[2]

GPI

OE[

3]G

ND

VDD

P

AVD

D_M

PLL

XIN

XOU

TH

WR

ESET

GN

D

DI[

7]D

I[6]

DI[

5]D

I[4]

DI[

2]D

I[3]

VDD

C

AUO

UTL

3AU

OU

TR3

RXCKPGND

RX0NRX0P

AVDD_DVIRX1NRX1P

RX2P

REXT

DDCD_CK

VSYNC1

VCLAMP

REFM

BIN1M

GNDRX2N

AVDD_DVI

DDCD_DA

HSYNC1

RMID

REFP

BIN1P

SOGIN1GIN1PGIN1MRIN1PRIN1MBIN0MBIN0PGIN0MGIN0P

SOGIN0RIN0MRIN0P

HSYNC0VSYNC0

RXCKN

AVDD_ADCGND

C1Y1C0Y0

CVBS2CVBS1

VCOM1CVBS0

VCOM0CVBSOUT

GND

VCOM2CVBS3

GN

D

AVD

D_A

UAU

L0AU

R0

AUVR

EFAU

VRAD

PAU

VRAD

N

AUO

UTL

2AU

OU

TR2

AD[7]AD[6]AD[5]AD[4]AD[3]AD[2]AD[1]AD[0]

SDOCSZSDISCK

SAR3

SAR1SAR2

SAR0

DDCA_CK

DDCR_CKDDCA_DA

DDCR_DA

LVB0

MLV

B0P

LVB1

MLV

B1P

LVB2

MLV

B2P

LVBC

KMLV

BCKP

LVB3

M

LVB4

P

LVB3

PLV

B4M

I_18130_008eps200608

Pin Configuration

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data SheetsEN 54 TCS10L LA9

932 Diagram B TDA1308

Figure 9-2 Block diagram and pin configuration

Block diagram

Pinning information

2

1

3

4

8

7

65

INA(neg)

TDA1308(A)OUTA

VSS

VDD

INA(pos)

INB(neg)

INB(pos)

OUTB

TDA1308(A)

VATUO DD

BTUO)gen(ANI

)gen(BNI)sop(ANI

VSS INB(pos)

1

2

3

4

6

5

8

7

I_18130_007eps190608

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data Sheets EN 55TCS10L LA 9

933 Diagram B NCP1377B

Figure 9-3 Block diagram and pin configuration

Block diagram

Pinning information

I_18130_009eps190608

HV

VCC

GND

Demag

4 mA

To InternalSupply

+

+

125 V75 V56 V (Fault)

FaultMngt

PON

5 V+

OVP

+

144

45 usDelay

15 us for B Version

Demag

8 usBlanking

S

SR R

Q

Q

+

3 us forB Version

+minus

Overload

5 usTimeout

TimeReset

Demag

380 nsLEB

1 V3

200 Awhen DRV

is OFF

FB

42 V

Driver src = 20 sink = 10

DrvVCC

CS

+50 mV 10 V Rint

1Dmg 8 HV

7 NC2FB

3CS

4GND

6 VCC

5 Drv

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data SheetsEN 56 TCS10L LA9

934 Diagram B TDA7266

Figure 9-4 Block diagram and pin configuration

1

2

4

Vref

7YB-TS

IN1

022microF

VCC

133

+

-

-

+

OUT1+

OUT1-

15

14

12

6ETUM

IN2

022microF

+

-

-

+

OUT2+

OUT2-

8

9S-GND

PW-GND

470microF 100nF

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

9

10

11

8

NC

NC

S-GND

PW-GND

OUT2+

OUT2-

VCC

IN2

ST-BY

MUTE

NC

IN1

VCCOUT1-

OUT1+

13

14

15

12

I_17950_054eps090508

Block Diagram

Pin Configuration

Spare Parts List amp CTN Overview EN 57TCS10L LA 10

10 Spare Parts List amp CTN OverviewFor the latest spare part overview please consult the Philips Service website

Table 10-1 Sets described in this manual

11 Revision ListManual xxxx xxx xxxx0bull First release

CTN Styling

19PFL340355 MG8

19PFL340377 MG8

19PFL340378 MG8

19PFL340385 MG8

26PFL340385 MG8

  • Content
  • 1 Technical Specifications Connections and Chassis Overview
    • 11 Technical Specifications
      • 111 Vision
      • 112 Sound
      • 113 Miscellaneous
        • 12 Connection Overview
          • Figure 1-1 Rear and side IO connections
          • 121 Rear Connections
            • 1 - HDMI Digital Video Digital Audio - In
              • Figure 1-2 HDMI (type A) connector
                • 2 - VGA AUDIO Mini Jack VGA Audio - In
                • 3 - VGA PC Video RGB - In and Service UART
                  • Figure 1-3 VGA Connector
                    • 4 - Cinch Video YPbPr - In
                    • 5 - AV1 Cinch Video CVBS - In Audio - In
                    • 6 - Aerial - In
                    • 7 - Service Connector (ComPair)
                      • 122 Side connections
                        • 8 - Cinch Video CVBS - In Audio - In
                        • 9 - S-Video (Hosiden) Video YC - In
                        • 10 - Mini Jack Audio Head phone - Out
                            • 13 Chassis Overview
                              • Figure 1-4 PWBCBA locations
                                  • 2 Safety Instructions Warnings and Notes
                                    • 21 Safety Instructions
                                    • 22 Warnings
                                    • 23 Notes
                                      • 231 General
                                      • 232 Schematic Notes
                                      • 233 BGA (Ball Grid Array) ICs
                                        • Introduction
                                        • BGA Temperature Profiles
                                          • 234 Lead-free Soldering
                                          • 235 Alternative BOM identification
                                            • Figure 2-1 Serial number (example)
                                              • 236 Board Level Repair (BLR) or Component Level Repair (CLR)
                                              • 237 Practical Service Precautions
                                                  • 3 Directions for Use
                                                  • 4 Mechanical Instructions
                                                    • 41 Cable Dressing
                                                      • Figure 4-1 Cable dressing (19 model)
                                                      • Figure 4-2 Cable dressing (26 model)
                                                        • 42 Service Positions
                                                          • 421 Foam Bars
                                                            • Figure 4-3 Foam bars
                                                                • 43 AssyPanel Removal
                                                                  • 431 Stand
                                                                    • Figure 4-4 Stand
                                                                      • 432 Rear Cover
                                                                        • Figure 4-5 LVDS release
                                                                        • Figure 4-6 Speaker and IRLED panel cable release
                                                                          • 433 Keyboard Control Board
                                                                            • Figure 4-7 Keyboard control board
                                                                              • 434 IRLED Board and Speakers
                                                                                • Figure 4-8 IRLED Board and Speakers
                                                                                  • 435 Power Supply Board
                                                                                    • Figure 4-9 Power Supply Unit(s)
                                                                                      • 436 Inverter Board (19 and 22 versions)
                                                                                        • Figure 4-10 Inverter Board
                                                                                          • 437 Small Signal Board (SSB)
                                                                                            • Removing the SSB
                                                                                              • Figure 4-11 SSB connector plate
                                                                                              • Figure 4-12 SSB
                                                                                                • 44 Set Re-assembly
                                                                                                  • 5 Service Modes Error Codes and Fault Finding
                                                                                                    • 51 Test Points
                                                                                                    • 52 Service Mode
                                                                                                      • 521 Service Alignment Mode (SAM)
                                                                                                        • How to Enter
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-1 SAM menu
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-2 SAM menu White Balance Normal
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-3 SAM menu White Balance Cool
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-4 SAM menu White Balance Warm
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-5 SAM menu Volume Curve
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-6 SAM menu Picture Curve
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-7 SAM menu Picture Mode Natural
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-8 SAM menu Picture Mode Personal
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-9 SAM menu Picture Mode Rich
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-10 SAM menu Picture Mode Soft
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-11 SAM menu Producting
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-12 SAM menu Country
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-13 SAM menu Setup
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-14 SAM menu Shop Init Do
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-15 SAM menu Clear Code gt
                                                                                                            • How to Exit
                                                                                                            • Factory Mode Descriptions
                                                                                                              • ltTABLEgt
                                                                                                              • Virgin Settings
                                                                                                                • Table 5-1 Country setting
                                                                                                                • Table 5-2 Virgin settings
                                                                                                                  • 522 Customer Service Mode (CSM)
                                                                                                                    • Purpose
                                                                                                                    • How to Activate CSM
                                                                                                                    • Contents of CSM
                                                                                                                      • Figure 5-16 CSM Menu
                                                                                                                        • Menu Explanation
                                                                                                                        • How to Exit
                                                                                                                          • 523 Blinking LED Procedure
                                                                                                                            • 53 Error Codes
                                                                                                                              • ltTABLEgt
                                                                                                                                • 54 Fault Finding
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-17 No Picture No sound no Back light (19 sets)
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-18 Picture OK No sound (19 sets)
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-19 No Picture Back light amp Sound OK (19 and 26 sets)
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-20 No color (19 and 26 sets)
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-21 No Picture No sound no Back light (26 sets)
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-22 Picture OK No sound (26 sets)
                                                                                                                                    • 55 Service Tools
                                                                                                                                      • 551 ComPair
                                                                                                                                        • Introduction
                                                                                                                                        • Specifications
                                                                                                                                        • How to Connect
                                                                                                                                        • How to Order
                                                                                                                                          • Figure 5-23 ComPair II interface connection
                                                                                                                                            • 56 Software Upgrading
                                                                                                                                              • 561 Introduction
                                                                                                                                                  • 6 Block Diagrams Test Point Overview and Waveforms
                                                                                                                                                    • Wiring Diagram of Connector for MS19-PH 19
                                                                                                                                                    • Wiring Diagram of Connector for MS19-PH 26
                                                                                                                                                    • Block Diagram MS19P Chipset
                                                                                                                                                    • I2C overview
                                                                                                                                                      • 7 Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts
                                                                                                                                                        • Main Power Supply (19)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Main Power Supply (19) (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Main Power Supply (19) (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Main Power Supply (26)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Main Power Supply (26) (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Main Power Supply (26) (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Standby Power Supply (26)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Standby Power Supply (26) (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Standby Power Supply (26) (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB Control
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB DC - DC
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB MST9E19A Controller
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB HDMI Interface
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB VGA Interface
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB Cinch
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB Tuner
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB Audio Amplifier
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB LVDS Interface
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Small Signal Board (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Small Signal Board (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Keyboard Control Panel
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Keyboard Control Panel (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Keyboard Control Panel (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Inverter Panel
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Inverter Panel (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Inverter Panel (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • IR LED Panel
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout IR LED Panel (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout IR LED Panel (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                          • 8 Alignments
                                                                                                                                                            • 81 Electrical Alignments
                                                                                                                                                            • 82 Hardware Alignments
                                                                                                                                                              • 821 Aging
                                                                                                                                                              • 822 ADC Adjustment
                                                                                                                                                              • 823 White Balance Adjustment
                                                                                                                                                                • Table 8-1 Color Temperature Setting 19
                                                                                                                                                                • Table 8-2 Color Temperature Setting 26
                                                                                                                                                                  • 9 Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data Sheets
                                                                                                                                                                    • 91 Introduction
                                                                                                                                                                    • 92 Abbreviation List
                                                                                                                                                                    • 93 IC Data Sheets
                                                                                                                                                                      • 931 Diagram B MST9U19A
                                                                                                                                                                        • Figure 9-1 Pin configuration
                                                                                                                                                                          • 932 Diagram B TDA1308
                                                                                                                                                                            • Figure 9-2 Block diagram and pin configuration
                                                                                                                                                                              • 933 Diagram B NCP1377B
                                                                                                                                                                                • Figure 9-3 Block diagram and pin configuration
                                                                                                                                                                                  • 934 Diagram B TDA7266
                                                                                                                                                                                    • Figure 9-4 Block diagram and pin configuration
                                                                                                                                                                                      • 10 Spare Parts List amp CTN Overview
                                                                                                                                                                                        • Table 10-1 Sets described in this manual
                                                                                                                                                                                          • 11 Revision List
Page 32: Philips 19PFL3403-55 TCS1[1].0L_LA

32TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout Standby Power Supply (26) (Bottom Side)

I_18130_027eps180608

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 33TCS10L LA 7

SSB Control

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGNDAGND

AGND

AGNDAGNDAGND AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

T

T

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

D1B

D1A

G2

G1

S2

D2B

D2A

S1

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

PGND

PGND

PGND

PGND

PGND

AGND

AGND

T

T

T

T

AGND

T

T

BOOT

DRIVE

FB GND

LGATE

PHASE

VCC

UGATE

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

PGND

AGND

AGND

AGNDAGND

AGND

D2B

D2A

G1

G2

S1

D1B

D1A

S2

T

AGND

D1B

D1A

D2B

G2 D2A

S2

G1

S1

09V

18V

For Tuner 33v

L--Prot

Normal--HProtect--L

Back Light Control

Far from DC-DC amp Tuner

Option

When not use DC-DC+5VSTB_L provide

ON-----LOFF-----H

OptionFar from tuner and power supply (NC)

8

7

6

4 5

3

2

1U3

SP8J3

R234

10R

NC

E

C

B

BT3904

Q21

B

C

E

Q32BT3904

R16

19N

C2

618

KR

919

1K

26

10K

B

C

E

Q2

BT3904

R177

NC

C23

00

1U

10K

R18

0

NC

R17

9 0

R1784K7

+12V

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

P4ON-PBACK

ADJ-PWM2

R181910K26

191

K2

6

R10

Z54

BL-ADJUST

1 2

4

6

8

12

14

10

3

5

7

9

11

13

P22

+5V

+5VSTB_L

C22

2

01U

R70R (FOR 26ONLY)

7

8

4

2

3

5

6

1

A04803

Q17

+12V

+12V_PW

+12V_PW

C24

10

01U

BL-ADJUST

+5V

ST

B_L

C14

01U

BL-ONOFF

C22

40

1U

+5VSTB

R24

8N

C

+12V_PW

C220220U

25V

F250A

F150A

47K

R18

2

L8200R

R2413K9

C23

6

1U

C24

3

1U

C244

01U

C242

470U

16V

+5V

ST

B

PRORECT_12V

R29

720

K

+33V

+33V

B

E

CQ31

BT3906R298

NC

+12V

R299

4K7

R301

4K7

R30

010

K

R29

6

4K7

D14 8V

2

B

C

E

Q26BT3904

R3

4K7

B

E

CQ13

BT3906

C64

3 1U

C20A1U

C21

A 1U

NCC

21

R18

147

K

C24

00

01U

R22

330K

33V

+5V

+5V

12V_PANEL

21

P20

01UC

231

NC

C8

01U

C3

01U

L49200R

L47200R

21

P19

01UC

20

5V_PANEL

4K7R15

D11

LL4148

D45LL4148

PW_ONOFF

+5VSTB1

2

3

P1

POWER-ONOFFB

C

E

Q30BT3904

R26610K

GPIO_PROTECT

+5VSTB

R24

70R

D10LL4148

+12V

C201U

SELECT

R20

510

0K

R2041K

D47 33

V

R27

92K

2R

242

2K2

+12V

1

2

3 6

5

8

4

7

U1

RT8110

R50R PROTPW_ONOFF

R2NC

Z58

Z56

B

C

E

Q27BT3904

BL-ONOFF

R12100R

PW_CTRL

Z51

R24

0 0

Z52

Z53

Z60

L530R

L330R

01U

C23

401UC

232

C23

3 1U

R234K7

5V_PANEL

C22

60

1U

L50200R

+5V

C235470U

16V

200RL54

C23

70

1U

L9200R

+5V

R4

10K

R6NC

+12V_INVERTER

B

C

E

Q6BT3904

68K

R37

NCR17

0RR14

16V

470UC

17A

C27

01U

2U2C16

01UC

15

R8

NC

R194K7

R132NC

R143100K

R14K

7

B

C

E

Q14BT3904

R2110K

+12V

D1LL4148

R14210K

+5VSTB

B

C

E

Q3BT3904NC

+12V

C1810U

50V

L6100UH

D5LL4148

B

C

E

Q5SC1815

NCR

24

B

C

E

Q1

BT3904

B

C

E

Q4BT3904

PWM3

SHUT_EEP

200RL56

L55200R

R23

91K

2

R23

8N

C

R235

10R

R23

6N

C

L115UH

R23

322

K

C23

91U

R237

220R

7

8

4

2

3

5

6

1

U2PHKD13N03LT

C23801U

D50LL4148

L53200R

+12V_INVERTER

C22

70

1U

C22

80

1U

L52200R

L51200R

C22

90

1U

L48200R

C22

50

1U

12V_PANEL

L1230R

PANEL-ONOFF

Z59

Z50

PW_ONOFF R26

368

0R

R2618K2

R26010K

R26

710

K

R26

810

K

R26

247

K

R25910K

R25

810

0K

D41LL4148

+12V

R2783K9

TUNER_5V

+5V

40V

C18

70

1U

R2000R

R6390R

R60422K

L6061000UR

C60

40

1U

D61

433

VC63

047

00P

C63

2 270P

C633

01U 50V

L613

1000UH

NC

L6041000UH

100KR

630

NC

C63

6

C63

50

01U

C63

40

1U

C631200P

B

C

E

Q612BC846B

R63147K

12

3

D61

30B

AV

99

33V

+5V

C1

01U

5V_PANEL

+12V_PW

+5VSTB

12V_PANEL

C223

220U25V

+5VSTB

01U

C22

1

+12V

PW_ONOFF

VCC_PANEL

B01 B01

I_18130_011eps180608

CONTROL

34TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

SSB DC - DC

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGNDAGND

GN

DA

DJ

OU

T

VIN

4

OU

T

VIN

AD

JG

ND

VO

UT

VIN

AD

JG

ND

VCC18V FOR MST9E19A

pin36

VDDC for MST9E19A Core

+33V for VDD_MPLL

+33AVDD FOR AVDD_SIF

+33AVDD FOR AVDD_AU

pin6 pin12

+33AVDD for AVDD_HDMI

Vcc33for MST9E19A analog

+33AVDD for AVDDA

33V for AVDDPLL2

Vcc33 for MST9E19A Digital

10RR

31

F330A

+33V

L16100R+5VST

R28NC

23

1

U6

AIC

1084

FM120D8

FM120D6

23

1

U7

KD

1084

AD

2T18

+33V

VDDP

FM120D7

+5VSTB_L

1 2 3

4

U5AS1117-33

L18FB

FBL17

+18V

VDDC

L11

100R

L10100R+33V

L24

100R

FBL23

16V

47UC

37

C67

01U

01UC

62

C61

01U

01UC

60

C59

01U

16V

100UC

53

C48100U

16V

NCR30

R29

0RL41

FB

16V

100UC

33

C31100U

16V

C49 0

1U

01U

C52

01U

C36

C34 0

1U

01U

C42

C58 0

1U16V

47UC

57

C51 0

1U

AVDD_SIF

+33VA

AVDD_AU

+33VA

AVDDA

+33VA

AVDD_MEMPLL

+33VA

C56 0

1U

01U

C552U

2C

54

C47 0

1U

C46 2U

2

L21FB

2U2

C41

FBL19

C50 2U

2

L22FB

FBL20

01U

C452U

2C

44

C39 0

1U

C38 2U

2

AVDD_HDMI

01U

C40

+33VA

01U

C32

C30 0

1U

+33VA

+33VA

VDD_MPLL

+18V

C35100U

16V

C63

01U

01UC

64

C65

01U

01UC

66

01UC

68

C69

01U

01UC

70

C71

01U

01UC

72

C73

01U

+5VST

+5VSTB

FM120D9

B02 B02

I_18130_012eps180608

DC - DC

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 35TCS10L LA 7

SSB MST9E19A Controller

AG

ND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AG

ND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

SDA

SCL

WC

VCC

VSS

E2NC

E1NC

E0NC AGND

VCC

HOLD

SCK

GND SI

WP

SO

CE

SDA

SCL

WC

VCC

VSS

E2NC

E1NC

E0NC

AD

0A

D1

AD

2A

D3

AD

4A

D5

AD

6A

D7

ALE

AUCOM

AUL0

AUL1

AUL2

AUL3

AUOUTL

AUOUTL2

AUOUTL3

AUOUTR

AUOUTR2

AUOUTR3

AUOUTS

AUR0

AUR1

AUR2

AUR3

AUVRADNAUVRADPAUVREF

AV

DD

_AD

C

AV

DD

_AU

AV

DD

_DV

IA

VD

D_D

VI1

AV

DD

_ME

MP

LL

AV

DD

_MP

LLA

VD

D_M

PLL

1

AV

DD

_SIF

BIN0MBIN0P

BIN1MBIN1P

C0

C1

CSZ

CVBS0

CVBS1CVBS2CVBS3

CVBSOUT

DD

CA

_CK

DD

CA

_DA

DDCD_CKDDCD_DA

DD

CR

_CK

DD

CR

_DA

DI0DI1DI2DI3DI4DI5DI6DI7

DIG

O0

DIG

O1

DIG

O2

DIG

O3

DIG

O4

DIG

O5

DIG

O6

DIG

O7

DIG

O8

DIG

O9

GIN0MGIN0P

GIN1MGIN1P

GN

DG

ND

1

GN

D10

GN

D11

GN

D12

GN

D13

GN

D14

GN

D15

GN

D2

GN

D3

GN

D4

GN

D5

GN

D6

GN

D7

GN

D8

GN

D9

GPIOE0LVSYNCGPIOE1LHSYNC

GPIOE2LDEGPIOE3LCK

GPIOF10GPIOF11

GPIOF12GPIOF13GPIOF14GPIOF15GPIOF16GPIOF17GPIOF18GPIOF19

GPIOF2GPIOF3GPIOF4GPIOF5GPIOF6GPIOF7GPIOF8GPIOF9

HSYNC0

HSYNC1

HW

RE

SE

T

ICLK

IHSYNC

INT

IRIN

IVSYNC

LA0MG3LA0PG2LA1MG1LA1PG0LA2MB7LA2PB6

LA3MB3LA3PB2LA4MB1LA4PB0

LACKMB5LACKPB4

LB0MR7LB0PR6LB1MR5LB1PR4LB2MR3LB2PR2

LB3MG7LB3PG6LB4MG5LB4PG4

LBCKMR1LBCKPR0

PW

M0

PW

M1

PW

M2

PW

M3

PWM_DRVPWM_FB

PWM_SENSE

RD

Z

REFMREFP

REXT

RIN0MRIN0P

RIN1MRIN1P

RMID

RX0NRX0PRX1NRX1PRX2NRX2P

RXCKNRXCKP

SA

R0

SA

R1

SA

R2

SA

R3

SCKSDI

SDO

SIF1MSIF1P

SOGIN0

SOGIN1

VCLAMP

VCOM0

VCOM1

VCOM2

VD

DC

VD

DC

1V

DD

C2

VD

DC

3V

DD

C4

VD

DC

5

VD

DP

VD

DP

1V

DD

P2

VD

DP

3V

DD

P4

VD

DP

5V

DD

P6

VD

DP

7V

DD

P8

VD

DP

9

VSYNC0

VSYNC1

WR

Z

XIN

XO

UT

Y0

Y1

AGND

T

T

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

Mode Selection

I2C address at A0

Location Near IC PinLocation Near IC Pin

SST PULL DOWNMSTAR PULL UP

DVI INPUT

VGA INPUT

For TTL output

Audio Output(to Amp) AV Output(Audio)

Debug Port

For Philps debug

HDCP I2C address at A4

VID

EO

INP

UT

HDTV INPUT

C212NC

C7822P

01UC11

2

2U2 C247

C1072U2

01U C114

PW_CTRL

PRORECT_12V

54

72 13

6 8

RP

84K

7

KEY0-IN

LED2-IN

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

P5

POWER-ONOFF

54

72 13

6 8

RP

124K

7

LED1-IN

NC

L43

+5VSTB

4K7

R55

LED2R13

4K7

R584K7

B

C

E

Q9BT3904

1

2

3

4

5

P14

WP

SDA

SCL

+33V

1

2

3

4

P6

10RR41

SHUT_EEP

D4 NC

WP

C20

110

0P

RXD

TXD1

2

3

P2

ZX

Z62

WP

+33V

+33V+5VSTB

RS

20R

RS

3N

C

RS

11K

10K

R32

10K

R42

01UC86

47RR64

NC

R63

R62

NC

R52100R

R51 22

K

R50 22

K

100RR49

100RR40

C83

001

U

001

UC82

R67

0R

001

UC76

2U2C115

R47100R

R45100R

100RR34100R

R33

2U2C104

C1052U2PC-LIN

2U2C106

C1112U2

2U2C110

C11901U

R57 8K

2

8K2

R56

C1092U2

2U2C108

124578

101113141516171819202122232425262728

293031323334353839

404142434445464748495051

5455575859

61626364656667686970717273747576

78798081828384858687

131

132

133

134

125

126

127

128

129

130

155

156

136 3 9 37 52 56 89 99 101

104

106

120

141

152

173

187

204

143

144

145

146

147

148

149

150

153

154

116

117

118

135

124123122121

9796959493929190

139138137

191190189188

185184183182181180179178177176175174171170169168167166165164163162161160

202201200199198197196195

192

194193

207

206

205

36 53 60 105

6 12 157

208

77 98 107

142

158

203

88 100

102

103

119

140

151

159

172

186

115

114

113

112

111

110

109

108

U8

MST9E19A

R54

4K7

R36

22K

100P C79

01UC11

7

C116

01U

R7510K

R38 22

K

C10201U

C89 0

1U

1

3

2

D40

0BA

V99

+5VST

R53

390R

CVBSOUT

LED2

5

6

7

8

4

3

2

1U10

M24C32MN

IR_SYNC

KEY0

LED1

KEY1

WP_FSH

TV1-VIN- VCOM0

AV1-YIN-

AV1-YIN

VCOM2

SV_Y0

R_TX2+

C920047U

C930047U

0047UC94

0047UC96

C970047U

0047UC98

C1010047U

0047UC100

C990047U

SV_C0

TXD

RXD

100P

C20

2

8

7

6

4 5

3

2

1U9

W25X40

+33V

L26 F

B

100RR77

SDA

SCL

SHUT_EEPR76

100R

5

6

7

8

4

3

2

1U11

M24C04MN

SDA

SCL

100RR70

R69100R

+33V

R68

10K

SPI_CZ

SPI_DI

SPI_CK

54

72

1

3 6

8

RP933R

NCR

65R

661K

8

C90 10

0P

R6110R

1KR60

R591K

100P

C91

C95 10

0P

SYS_RST

R391K

B

E

CQ8

BT3906

C8010U

16V

C7447U

16V

R48

1M

Y1

14M

3

22PC84

AVDDA

AVDD_SIF

AVDD_MEMPLL

AVDD_HDMIVDDC VDDP

SDA_EXT

SCL_EXT

+33V

R43

10K

10KR

44

RXE3+B2

RXE4+B0

RXE4-B1

RXE3-B3

RXEC+B4

RXEC-B5

RXE2+B6

RXE2-B7

RXE1+G0

RXE1-G1

RXE0+G2

RXE0-G3

RXO4+G4

RXO4-G5

RXO3+G6

RXO3-G7

RXOC+R0

RXOC-R1

RXO2+R2

RXO2-R3

RXO1+R4

RXO1-R5

RXO0+R6

RXO0-R7

TTL-BLUE2

TTL-BLUE1

TTL-BLUE0

TTL-BLUE3

TTL-BLUE4

TTL-BLUE5

TTL-BLUE6

TTL-BLUE7

TTL-GREEN0

TTL-GREEN1

TTL-GREEN2

TTL-GREEN3

TTL-GREEN4

TTL-GREEN5

TTL-GREEN6

TTL-GREEN7

TTL-RED6

TTL-RED0

TTL-RED1

TTL-RED2

TTL-RED3

TTL-RED4

TTL-RED5

TTL-RED7

54

72

1

3 6

8

RP40R

8

63

1

2 7

4 5

0RRP7

54

72

1

3 6

8

RP60R

8

63

1

2 7

4 5

0RRP3

8

63

1

2 7

4 5

0RRP5

54

72

1

3 6

8

RP20R

SPI_CKSPI_DISPI_CZ

SPI_DO

AMP-MUTE

PANEL-ONOFF

LED1

HPDCTRL

ON-PBACK

863 12

7

45

4K7

RP

13

PWM0

ADJ-PWM2

NCR

85

NCR

82

NCR

80

NCR

79

R84

1K

R83

1K

R81

1K

R78

1K

PWM0

WP_FSH

ADJ-PWM2

PWM3

IR_SYNC

KEY1

KEY0

RXD

TXD

SCL

SDA

DDC-RDX

DDC-TXD

I2C-SCL

I2C-SDA

+33V

54

721 3

68

RP

104K

7

R7410R

10RR73

10RR72

R7110R

AUCOM

16V

10UC

118

AUVRADN

AUVRADP

C11310U

16V

L250

AMP-ROUT

AMP-LOUT

PH-ROUTPH-LOUT

PC-RIN

SIFM

SIFP

01UC103

01U

C88

AUCOM

AUVREFAUVRADPAUVRADN

SIFM

SIFP

TUNER_CVBS

SV_C0

SV_Y0

VCOM2

CVBS2CVBS1

VCOM0

VCOM1

CVBS3

SCG+

SCR+SCR-

SC_SOG

SCG-

SCB-

RIN-

RIN+GIN-

GIN+SOG

BIN-BIN+

01UC85

C8701U

VS_RGBHS_RGB

HDMI_SCLHDMI_SDA

AVDD_HDMI TXCLK-

R_TX2+

R_TX2-G_TX1+

G_TX1-B_TX0+

B_TX0-TXCLK+

AUVREF

PWM3

+33V

VDD_MPLL

AVDD_AU

TV1-VIN+ TUNER_CVBS

VCOM1

AV1-CIN

TV-SIFP

TV-SIFM

HDMI_SCLHDMI_SDA

TXCLK-

R_TX2-G_TX1+

G_TX1-B_TX0+

B_TX0-TXCLK+

VS_RGBHS_RGB

RIN-

RIN+GIN-

GIN+SOG

BIN-BIN+

SCG+

SCR+SCR-

SC_SOG

SCG-SCB+SCB-

AV1-VIN+

AV2-VIN+

AV3-VIN+ CVBS1

CVBS2

CVBS3

SPI_DO

WP_FSH

CVBSOUT

PH-LOUT

PH-ROUTAMP-ROUT AMP-R

AMP-LAMP-LOUTPH-L1OUT

AFT

SCB+

KEY1-IN

+33V

PH-R1OUT

C77

1000

P

E

C

B BT3904Q7

R114K7

+5VSTB

GPIO_PROTECT

+33V

IR-IN

C248

2U2

2U2 C249

C250

2U2

2U2 C251

C252

2U2

DVI-RINDVI-LINAV2-RIN

AV2-LIN

AV1-RINAV1-LIN

B03 B03

I_18130_013eps180608

MST9E19A CONTROLLER

36TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

SSB HDMI Interface

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

SDA

SCL

WC

VCC

VSS

E2NC

E1NC

E0NC

RX2+

GND1

RX2-

RX1+

GND2

RX1-

RX0+

GND3

RX0-

RXC+

GND4

RXC-

NC1

NC2

DDCCLK

DDCDA

GND5

VCC

HPD

AGND

HDMI-RX2-

HDMI-RX1+

+5V

+5V

5

6

43

2

1

U17

PRTR5V0U4D

5

6

43

2

1

U18

PRTR5V0U4D

1KR101

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

P12

01UC

120

5

6

7

8

4

3

2

1U12

M24C02MN

RLZ

5B6

D18

HDMI-DDC-SDA

HDMI-DDC-SCL

HDMI-HPD

HDMI5V

HPDCTRLB

C

E

Q10BT3904

4K7R96

R95

4K7

R1000R

NCR

97

R94

1K

+5V

100RR99

R98100R

12

3

D17

BAT

54C

D19

RLZ

5B6

TXCLK-

TXCLK+

B_TX0-

B_TX0+

G_TX1-

G_TX1+

R_TX2-

R_TX2+

10RR93

R9210R

10RR91

R9010R

10RR89

R8810R

10RR87

R8610R

HDMI_SDA

HDMI_SCL

HDMI-RXC-

HDMI-RXC+

HDMI-RX0+

HDMI-RX0-

HDMI-RX1-

HDMI-RX2+

B04 B04

I_18130_014eps180608

HDMI INTERFACE

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 37TCS10L LA 7

SSB VGA Interface

AGND

AGND

AGND

SDA

SCL

WC

VCC

VSS

E2NC

E1NC

E0NC

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGNDProgram Control

To main chip(when updateit is I2Cwhen debug it is RXTX)

LED2

R12

110

0RR12

010

0R

+33V

RXD

TXD

R170

4K7

1

3

2

D2

100RR144

NCR123

4K7R12

2

75R

R10

9

R10

8 75R

01UC

130

10K

R17

4

75R

R10

7

10K

R17

2

P13-11

R11

8 4K7

4K7

R11

9

PROTECT

VGA5V

VGA-SCL

PROTECT

13

2

D25

1

3

2

D20

C19 N

C

Q182N7002

10RR175

R171NC

R17310R

C12

9 NC

C1270047U

VGA-R+

VGA-G+

VGA-B+

+5VST1

32

D24

1KR115

R1141K

123

D23BAT54C

5

6

7

8

4

3

2

1U13

M24C02MN

R11

74K

7NC

C12

8R11

610

K

6

4

11

14

15

7

12

8

5

13

3

10

9

1

2

16

17

P13

C1230047U

C1241000P

C1210047U

R10510R

10RR104

R10310R

0047UC126

C1250047U

0047UC122

1

3

2

D22

2

3

1

D21

R11347R

47RR111

R11047R

R106330R

HS_RGB

VS_RGB

Q192N7002

B

C

E

Q25BT3904

VGA-HS

VGA-VS

VGA-SDA

RIN+

SOG

BIN-

GIN-

RIN-

BIN+

GIN+

VGA-SDA

VGA-SCL

+5VSTB

+5VSTB

B05 B05

I_18130_015eps180608

VGA INTERFACE

38TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

SSB Cinch

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND AGNDAGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

VDD

OUTB

INB-

VSS INB+

INA+

INA-

OUTA

AGNDAGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

WHITE

RED

YELLOWGREEN

BLUE

RED

WHITE

RED

RED

WHITE

YELLOW

AGND

AGND

AGND

HDTV IN

AV OUTPUT AUDIO AMP

For PCampYPbPr Audio Input(RL)

For Philips Upgrade

S-VIDEO amp AV2 In Side

Earphone Outuput In Side

AV1 In Rear

AV OUTPUT

For DVI Audio Input(35mm Jack)

2

1

3

P17

DVI_R

DVI_L

AV2-V

AV_ROUT

AV2-R

C13 47

0P

12K

R15

2

C17 47

0P

560P

C16

356

0PC

162

3

2

1

4P15

C14

156

0P

PC-R

560P

C14

3C

134

560P

560P

C13

8

2

3

1

D37

NC

C14

256

0P56

0PC

146

C6 10

0P

3

1

2

P11

TXD

3

1

2

P7

PR1

PB1

AVOUT_L

Y1

AVOUT

1

4

2

5

3

6P21

1

2

3

4

5

6P8

8 56 7 9

P15

BUF2

1

3

2

D31

2

3

1

D28

NC

1

3

2

D33

NC

2

3

1

D55

NC

2

3

1

D54

NC

2

3

1

D52

NC

2

3

1

D51

NC

2

3

1

D34

1

3

2

D36

NC

C5 10

0P

13

2

D12

R18

8 75R

R2855K1

R2845K1

R2805K1

R2815K1

L6130R

AV1-CL60

30R

AV1-YL59

30R

75R

R14

9

C19

810

00P

C14

068

0P

680P

C15

5

10RR186

680P

C13

6

OP_VCC2

C13

168

0P

2

3

1

D53

2

3

1

D27

FB

L42

10KR230

12K

R20

1R

197 12

K

R15

9 12K

R15

522

0R

220RR153

75R

R14

0

75R

R13

9

R13

6 75R

75R

R12

8

2U2C188

R14

5 12K

12K

R15

7

12K

R13

5C191

2U2

10K

R15

6R

147 10

K

330R

R14

6

R18510RY1

75RR151

R141

75R

C1452U2

2U2C144

01UC

139

12K

R16

1

AV2-VIN+

CVBSOUT

AV1-CIN

AV1-YIN-

1

3

2

D38

2

3

1

D39

PH-R1OUTR226

10K

AV_LOUT

R22447K

+5V

R22

547

K

C18

347

U

16V

100P

C18

9

33KR

229

C18547U

16V

C18

40

1U

C19

310

0P

R23

233

K

8

7

6

4 5

3

2

1U16

TDA1308T

SCB-

SCG-

SCR-

C1580047U

SCG+

SCR+

SCB+

SC_SOG

PR1

PB1

C1540047U

0047UC153

C1520047U

C1511000P

0047UC159

0047UC156

R19547R

47RR191

R18947R

R18410R

10RR183

R14810R

1

3

2

D35

B

E

CQ11

BT3906C218

10U

16V

B

C

E

Q12BT3904

2

3

1

D32

2

3

1

D30

1

3

2

D29

R13347R

10RR137

R12610R

+5V

AV1-YIN

Y1R176

470R

PH-L1OUT

AV_LOUT

AV_ROUT

AV1-VIN+

L63 30

R

30R

L62

330RR

249

R25

133

0R

C196

033U50V

C197

033U50V

7

654

89

3

1

2

P18

1000

PC

199

AMP-PROUT+AMP-LIN

AMP-PLOUT+AMP-RIN

EARPHONE-RA

EARPHONE-LA

30RL44

AV1-RIN

R2825K1

R2835K1 AV1-LIN

AV2-LIN

R2865K1

R2875K1 AV2-RIN

R2885K1

R2895K1 DVI-RIN

R2905K1

R2915K1 DVI-LIN

R2925K1

R2935K1 PC-RIN

R2945K1

R2955K1 PC-LIN

AV1_V

AVOUT_R

RXD

C4 47

0P47

0PC

7

AV1_R

AV1_L

C9 47

0P47

0PC

10

C11 47

0P47

0PC

12

PC-L

AV2-L

B06 B06

I_18130_016eps180608

CINCH

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 39TCS10L LA 7

SSB Tuner

AGND

AGND

AGND

AG

ND

AGNDAGND

AGND

AGND

COMMON

IN OUT

VID

EO

NC

1

NC

2

AU

DIO

AG

C

SD

A

TU

MB

GN

D2

SIF

OU

T

GN

D1

NC

3

NC

4

NC

5

SC

L

NC

6

AF

T

CLOSE RO MST IC

R21127R

171 2 6 1110 1412 157 83 4 5 9 13 16

TU1

2

1 3

U15KIA78D05

TUNER_SDA

TUNER_SCL

SIF_OUT

TV_CVBSC

172

01U

33V

B

C

E

Q20

BT3904

TV-SIFPNCR213

10RR220

001UC181

TV-SIFP

R194100R

330R

R19

3R

192

10R

R19

81K

R19

91K

L2722UH

+12V

R20

7 NC

100K

R20

3

2200

PC

200

R209120R

R20610R

C17

4N

C3

30P

NC

330

PC

175

C171220U

16V

L28120R

R20251K

C17

710

0P

C17

615

0P

SDA_EXT

SCL_EXT

C168220U

16V

16V

220UC

169

TV1-VIN-

TV1-VIN+

R21047R

C16

60

01UC16

44U

7

50V

C16

50

01U

C16

70

1U

TUNER_5V

AFT

120RR212

TUNER_5V

TV-SIFM

001UC170

B07 B07

I_18130_017eps180608

TUNER

40TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

SSB Audio Amplifier

PGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

PGND

PGND

AGND

AGND

OUT2+

OUT2-

NC3

IN2

VCC2

NC2

OUT1+

VCC1

IN1

NC1

MUTE

STBY

PW_GND

S_GND

OUT1-

TO SPEAKER

TO SPEAKER

0RR

162

AMP-PROUT-

2

1

H8

15

14

11

12

13

10

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

2

U19

TD

A7266

1

2

3

4

P9

AMP-PLOUT-

L45200R

L46200R

C219220U

16V

27UHL31

C217220U

16V

AMP-LIN

R253NC

01U C209

D3LL4148

C20

610

00P

1U

C211

0022U

C26 1000

PC

204

0022U

C25

C22

470U16V

+5VST

R164100K

R16510K

R16

8N

C

R16

9N

C

R1663K3

3K3R167

10KR244

B

E

CQ15

BT3906

B

C

E

Q16BT3904

C19

5 NC

NC

C19

4

B

C

E

Q24BT3904NC

0RR257

10KR254

E

C

B BT3904Q23

B

C

E

Q22BT3904

R25210K

R255100R

R24310K

2U2C205

R2560R

C2032U2

+12V

AMP-PROUT-

AMP-PROUT+

AMP-PLOUT-

AMP-PLOUT+

POWER-ONOFF

AMP-MUTE

AMP-R

AMP-L

12V-AMP

+12V

AMP-RIN

B08 B08

I_18130_018eps180608

AUDIO AMPLIFIER

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 41TCS10L LA 7

SSB LVDS Interface

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

VCC_PANEL

C246

10U 16V

C245

01U

R277 0NC

+33V

R27

2

0N

C

R275 0NC

RXE4+B0 RXE4-B1

RXE3+B2 RXE3-B3

RXEC+B4 RXEC-B5

RXE2+B6 RXE2-B7

RXE1+G0 RXE1-G1

RXE0+G2 RXE0-G3

RXO4+G4 RXO4-G5

RXO3+G6 RXO3-G7

RXOC+R0 RXOC-R1

RXO2+R2 RXO2-R3

RXO1+R4 RXO1-R5

RXO0+R6 RXO0-R7

1 2

4

6

8

12

14

16

18

20

10

22

24

26

28

3

5

7

9

11

13

15

17

19

21

23

25

27

29 30

32

34

36

38

40

31

33

35

37

39

P10

R276 0NC

R27

3

0N

CR

274

0N

C

B09 B09

I_18130_019eps180608

LVDS INTERFACE Personal Notes

E_06532_012eps131004

42TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout Small Signal Board (Top Side)

I_18130_020eps180608

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 43TCS10L LA 7

Layout Small Signal Board (Bottom Side)

I_18130_021eps180608

44TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Keyboard Control Panel

Layout Keyboard Control Panel (Top Side)

Layout Keyboard Control Panel (Bottom Side)

AGND

AGND AGNDAGND

AGND

R10072K

R10061K5

R10011K2

12 4

3K1001

1

2

3

P1001

KEY0

R1008NC

R10051K2

R1004NC

R10032K

R10021K5

D10

02

HS

5V6B

D10

01H

S5V

6B

12 4

3K1003

12 4

3K1002

12 4

3K1006

12 4

3K1005

12 4

3K1004

KEY1

I_18130_030eps180608

E EKEYBOARD CONTROL PANEL

I_18130_031eps180608

I_18130_032eps180608

Personal Notes

E_06532_012eps131004

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 45TCS10L LA 7

Inverter Panel

1 2

A

B

C

D

4321

D

C

B

A

F1FUSE-1

C2104

C1220uF250V

C3104

R1200

Q1

DTA143

E1

9

E2

10

C2

11

VC

C12

OU

TP

UT

C13

VR

EF

14

A1+

1

A1-

2

CO

MP

3

DT

C4

CT

5

RT

6

GN

D7

C1

8

A2-

15

A2+

16

U1

TL494

R2200

Q32222

C8

223

C7103

R847K

R7120K

C4

104C5104

D1

68V

C9104

D2

1N4148

Q8DTC143

123456

CN1

R20470K

R21

33K

C16

330pF

C15NC

R13100K

R10

68K

R11

68K

R12

15K

C10104

R2627K

C20223

R18560

Q22222

Q62907

R142K

R1622K

R27 10

R28 10

D4

BAW56K

S11

G12

S23

G24

D1 8

D1 7

D2 6

D2 5

U2

4606

C21223

Q42222

Q72907

R152K

R1722K

R29 10

R30 10

D5

BAW56K

S11

G12

S23

G24

D1 8

D1 7

D2 6

D2 5

U3

4606

R19560

C6

105

R231M

Q52N7002

R22

1M

R9

47K

R25

100KR24270K

D6NCBAW56K

D7NCBAW56K

P1

P2

P3

P4

C17225

C18

225

10

1 7

6

T1

T01

10

1 7

6

T2

T01

C2222pF

12

CON1

12

CON2

D9BAV99

R41K

R36820

R32

10KC12104

D8BAV99

R31K

R35820

R31

10KC11104

P2

P1

C2322pF

12

CON3

12

CON4

D11

BAV99

R61K

R38820

R34

10KC14104

D10BAV99

R51K

R37820

R33

10KC13104

P4

P3

VREF

VREF

C19NC

C26

222C27NC

D13BAV99

D15BAV99

C2422pF

C2522pF

C28

222C29NC

C30222 C31

NC

C32

222C33NC

OVP

OVP

OV

P

R602K

R61510K

C38105

Q10

DTA143

Q112222

R6330K

R62 1K

VCC

VCC

P5

P5

R64

1K

C34221

C35 221

C37

221

C39104

C36

221U4A

LM393

U4B

LM393

Vref

D3

1N4148

R65

3K R663K

C41 104

R67

10K

I_18130_033eps180608

I IINVERTER PANEL 19rdquo

46TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout Inverter Panel (Top Side)

Layout Inverter Panel (Bottom Side)

I_18130_034eps190608

I_18130_035eps190608

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 47TCS10L LA 7

IR LED Panel

AGND

AGND

AGNDIRVC

C

GN

D

RW

R20

031K

2

R20

04

1K2

LED1

1

2

3

4

5

CN2001

E

C

B

BC847AQ2001

B

C

E

Q2002

BC847A

2

13

D2001

LED2

G2001

R20024K7

5V16

V10

0UC

2001

5V

IR

IR

C20

03 47P

LED1R2001

4K7

C2002

47P

LED2

I_18130_036eps180608

J JIR amp LED PANELLayout IR LED Panel (Top Side)

Layout IR LED Panel (Bottom Side)

I_18130_037eps180608

I_18130_038eps180608

48TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Personal Notes

E_06532_013eps131004

Alignments EN 49TCS10L LA 8

8 Alignments

Index of this chapter81 Electrical Alignments82 Hardware Alignments

NoteThe Service Modes are described in chapter 5 Menu navigation is done with the CURSOR UP DOWN LEFT or RIGHT keys of the remote control transmitter

81 Electrical Alignments

Perform all electrical adjustments under the following conditionsbull Power supply voltage (depends on region)

ndash AP-NTSC 120 VAC or 230 VAC 50 Hz (plusmn 10)ndash AP-PAL-multi 120 - 230 VAC 50 Hz (plusmn 10)ndash EU 230 VAC 50 Hz (plusmn 10)ndash LATAM-NTSC 120 - 230 VAC 50 Hz (plusmn 10)ndash US 120 VAC 60 Hz (plusmn 10)

bull Connect the set to the mains via an isolation transformer with low internal resistance

bull Allow the set to warm up for approximately 60 minutesbull Measure voltages and waveforms in relation to correct

ground (eg measure audio signals in relation to AUDIO_GND) Caution It is not allowed to use heatsinks as ground

bull Test probe Ri gt 10 MΩ Ci lt 20 pFbull Use an isolated trimmerscrewdriver to perform

alignments

82 Hardware Alignments

Not applicable

821 Aging

Enter TV mode Set warm up status to ldquoOnrdquo Aging time at least 12 minutes

822 ADC Adjustment

The chassis can execute ADC auto-tune in YPbPr amp PC sourcing modes Enter SAM select YPbPr or PC as source then select AUTOTUNE in ADC ADJ press ldquoRight keyrdquo to run waiting for about 5 seconds until ldquoOKrdquo is displayed which means the set finished the ADC adjustment With an YPbPr source use a 100 color bar pattern with a PC source use a 16-scale grey pattern

823 White Balance Adjustment

Adjust the NORMAL WARM COOL temperature in White balance according to company regular Make sure ADC adjustments have done successfully before doing white balance adjustments and use the ldquoNaturalrdquo picture mode White balance adjustment should be performed with three different sources1 AVTVSVIDEO source reunification under the AV

adjustment apply a NTSC-M system signal with 8-scale grey pattern

2 YPbPrHDMI source reunification under the YPbPr adjustment apply an 8-scale grey pattern

3 PC source should adjust single apply a 8-scale grey pattern

If case of manual adjustment please use the WB page in SAMWhile adjusting White Balance do not change White G or Black G only adjust White R White B Black R and Black B

Table 8-1 Color Temperature Setting 19

Table 8-2 Color Temperature Setting 26

Color mode X Y Color Temperature (K)

Normal 296plusmn4 299plusmn4 8000

Warm 314plusmn4 319plusmn4 6500

Cool 289plusmn4 291plusmn4 9000

Color mode X Y Color Temperature (K)

Normal 289plusmn4 291plusmn4 9000

Warm 314plusmn4 319plusmn4 6500

Cool 278plusmn4 278plusmn4 11000

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data SheetsEN 50 TCS10L LA9

9 Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data Sheets

Index of this chapter91 Introduction92 Abbreviation List93 IC Data Sheets

Notes bull Only new circuits (circuits that are not published recently)

are described bull Figures can deviate slightly from the actual situation due

to different set executions

91 Introduction

This chassis uses the MStar MST9U19A main chip with the following features bull Multi-Standard TV decoding with 2-D comb filterbull Multi-Standard TV sound demodulator and decoderbull Triple ADC fro TV and RGBYPbPrbull Integrated DVIHDCPHDMI compliant receiverbull High quality scaling enginebull 3-D video de-interlacer and video noise reductionbull Embedded On Screen Display controllerbull NTSCPALSecam Video decoder with automatic standard

detectionbull CVBS video outputbull Multi standard TV sound decoderbull FM stereo and SAP demodulationbull Digital audio interfacebull Analog RGB Compliant Input Portsbull DVIHDCPHDMI Compliant input portbull Auto tuning function including phasing positioning offset

gain and jitter detectionbull Automatic color correction

The MST9U19A is a high performance and fully integrated IC for multi-function LCD monitorTV with resolutions up to WSXGA (1680 times 1050) It is configured with an integrated triple-ADCPLL an integrated DVIHDCPHDMI receiver a multi standard TV video and audio decoder a video de-interlacer a scaling engine the MStarACE-3 color engine an On Screen Display controller an 8-bit MCU and a built-in output panel interface It also incorporates an intelligent power management control system for green-mode requirements and spread-spectrum support for EMI management

For a block diagram refer to chapter 6 ldquoBlock diagrams Test Point Overviews and Waveformsrdquo

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data Sheets EN 51TCS10L LA 9

92 Abbreviation List

1080i 1080 visible lines interlaced1080p 1080 visible lines progressive scan2CS 2 Carrier Sound2DNR Spatial (2D) Noise Reduction3DNR Temporal (3D) Noise Reduction480i 480 visible lines interlaced480p 480 visible lines progressive scanAARA Automatic Aspect Ratio Adaptation

algorithm that adapts aspect ratio to remove horizontal black bars keeping up the original aspect ratio

ACI Automatic Channel Installation algorithm that installs TV channels directly from a cable network by means of a predefined TXT page

ADC Analogue to Digital ConverterAFC Automatic Frequency Control control

signal used to tune to the correct frequency

AGC Automatic Gain Control algorithm that controls the video input of the feature box

AM Amplitude ModulationAUO Acer Unipack OptronicsAP Asia PacificAR Aspect Ratio 4 by 3 or 16 by 9ASD Automatic Standard DetectionAV Audio VideoB-SC1-IN Blue SCART1 inB-SC2-IN Blue SCART2 inB-TXT Blue teletextBG Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 55 MHzBTSC Broadcast Television System

CommitteeC-FRONT Chrominance front inputCBA Circuit Board Assembly (or PWB)CL Constant Level audio output to

connect with an external amplifierCLUT Color Look Up TableComPair Computer aided rePairCSM Customer Service ModeCVBS Composite Video Blanking and

SynchronizationCVBS-EXT CVBS signal from external source

(VCR VCD etc)CVBS-INT CVBS signal from TunerCVBS-MON CVBS monitor signalCVBS-TER-OUT CVBS terrestrial outDAC Digital to Analogue ConverterDBE Dynamic Bass Enhancement extra

low frequency amplificationDFU Directions For Use owners manualDNR Dynamic Noise ReductionDRAM Dynamic RAMDSP Digital Signal ProcessingDST Dealer Service Tool special

(European) remote control designed for service technicians

DTS Digital Theatre SoundDVD Digital Versatile DiscDVI Digital Visual InterfaceDW Double WindowED Enhanced Definition 480p 576pEEPROM Electrically Erasable and

Programmable Read Only MemoryEU EUropeEXT EXTernal (source) entering the set by

SCART or by cinches (jacks)FBL Fast Blanking DC signal

accompanying RGB signalsFBL-SC1-IN Fast blanking signal for SCART1 in

FBL-SC2-IN Fast blanking signal for SCART2 inFBL-TXT Fast Blanking TeletextFLASH FLASH memoryFM Field Memory Frequency ModulationFMR FM RadioFRC Frame Rate ConverterFRONT-C Front input chrominance (SVHS)FRONT-DETECT Front input detectionFRONT-Y_CVBS Front input luminance or CVBS

(SVHS)FTV Flat TeleVisionG-SC1-IN Green SCART1 inG-SC2-IN Green SCART2 inG-TXT Green teletextH H_sync to the module HD High Definition 720p 1080i 1080pHDMI High Definition Multimedia Interface

digital audio and video interfaceHP Head PhoneI Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 60 MHzI2C Integrated IC busI2S Integrated IC Sound busIC Integrated CircuitIF Intermediate FrequencyInterlaced Scan mode where two fields are used

to form one frame Each field contains half the number of the total amount of lines The fields are written in ldquopairsrdquo causing line flicker

IR Infra RedIRQ Interrupt ReQuestLast Status The settings last chosen by the

customer and read and stored in RAM or in the NVM They are called at start-up of the set to configure it according the customers wishes

LATAM LATin AMericaLC04 Philips chassis name for LCD TV 2004

projectLCD Liquid Crystal DisplayLED Light Emitting DiodeLL Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 65 MHz L is Band I L is all bands except for Band I

LPL LG Philips LCDLS Loud SpeakerLVDS Low Voltage Differential Signalling

data transmission system for high speed and low EMI communication

MN Monochrome TV system Sound carrier distance is 45 MHz

MOSFET Metal Oxide Semiconductor Field Effect Transistor

MPEG Motion Pictures Experts GroupMSP Multi-standard Sound Processor ITT

sound decoderMUTE MUTE LineNAFTA North American Free Trade

Association Trade agreement between Canada USA and Mexico

NC Not ConnectedNICAM Near Instantaneous Compounded

Audio Multiplexing This is a digital sound system used mainly in Europe

NTSC National Television Standard Committee Color system used mainly in North America and Japan Color carrier NTSC MN = 3579545 MHz NTSC 443 = 4433619 MHz (this is a VCR norm it is not transmitted off-air)

NVM Non Volatile Memory IC containing TV related data (for example options)

OC Open CircuitONOFF LED OnOff control signal for the LED

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data SheetsEN 52 TCS10L LA9

OSD On Screen DisplayPAL Phase Alternating Line Color system

used mainly in Western Europe (color carrier = 4433619 MHz) and South America (color carrier PAL M = 3575612 MHz and PAL N = 3582056 MHz)

PC Personal ComputerPCB Printed Circuit Board (or PWB)PDP Plasma Display PanelPIG Picture In GraphicPIP Picture In PicturePLL Phase Locked Loop Used for

example in FST tuning systems The customer can directly provide the desired frequency

Progressive Scan Scan mode where all scan lines are displayed in one frame at the same time creating a double vertical resolution

PWB Printed Wiring Board (or PCB)RAM Random Access MemoryRC Remote Control transmitterRC5 (6) Remote Control system 5 (6) the

signal from the remote control receiver RGB Red Green and Blue The primary

color signals for TV By mixing levels of R G and B all colors (YC) are reproduced

RGBHV Red Green Blue Horizontal sync and Vertical sync

ROM Read Only MemorySAM Service Alignment ModeSC SandCastle two-level pulse derived

from sync signalsSC1-OUT SCART output of the MSP audio ICSC2-B-IN SCART2 Blue inSC2-C-IN SCART2 chrominance inSC2-OUT SCART output of the MSP audio ICSC Short CircuitSCL Clock signal on I2C busSD Standard Definition 480i 576iSDA Data signal on I2C busSDI Samsung Display IndustrySDM Service Default ModeSDRAM Synchronous DRAMSECAM SEequence Couleur Avec Memoire

Color system used mainly in France and Eastern Europe Color carriers = 4406250 MHz and 4250000 MHz

SIF Sound Intermediate FrequencySMPS Switch Mode Power SupplySND SouNDSNDL-SC1-IN Sound left SCART1 inSNDL-SC1-OUT Sound left SCART1 outSNDL-SC2-IN Sound left SCART2 inSNDL-SC2-OUT Sound left SCART2 outSNDR-SC1-IN Sound right SCART1 inSNDR-SC1-OUT Sound right SCART1 outSNDR-SC2-IN Sound right SCART2 outSNDR-SC2-OUT Sound right SCART2 outSNDS-VL-OUT Surround sound left variable level outSNDS-VR-OUT Surround sound right variable level outSOPS Self Oscillating Power SupplySPDIF Sony Philips Digital InterFaceSRAM Static RAMSTBY Stand-bySVHS Super Video Home SystemSW Sub Woofer SoftWareTHD Total Harmonic DistortionTXT TeleteXTuP MicroprocessorVL Variable Level out processed audio

output toward external amplifierVCR Video Cassette Recorder

VGA Video Graphics ArrayWD Watch DogWYSIWYR What You See Is What You Record

record selection that follows main picture and sound

XTAL Quartz crystalYPbPr Component video (Y= Luminance Pb

Pr= Color difference signals B-Y and R-Y other amplitudes wrt to YUV)

YC Video related signals Y consists of luminance signal blanking level and sync C consists of color signal

Y-OUT Luminance-signalYUV Baseband component video (Y=

Luminance UV= Color difference signals)

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data Sheets EN 53TCS10L LA 9

93 IC Data Sheets

This section shows the internal block diagrams and pin layouts of ICs that are drawn as ldquoblack boxesrdquo in the electrical diagrams (with the exception of ldquomemoryrdquo and ldquologicrdquo ICs)

931 Diagram B MST9U19A

Figure 9-1 Pin configuration

Pin 1

123

45

7

9

11

1314

1718

21

23

25

2728

30

32

34

36

39

41

43

6

8

10

12

1516

1920

22

24

26

29

31

33

35

3738

40

42

4445464748

505152

49

53 54 55 56 57 59 61 63 65 66 69 70 73 75 77 79 80 82 84 86 88 91 93 9558 60 62 64 67 68 71 72 74 76 78 81 83 85 87 89 90 92 94 96 97 98 99 100

102

103

104

101

208

207

206

205

204

202

200

198

196

195

192

191

188

186

184

182

181

179

177

175

173

170

168

166

203

201

199

197

194

193

190

189

187

185

183

180

178

176

174

172

171

169

167

165

164

163

162

161

159

158

157

160

156155154

153152

150

148

146

144143

140139

136

134

132

130129

127

125

123

121

118

116

114

151

149

147

145

142141

138137

135

133

131

128

126

124

122

120119

117

115

113112111110109

107106105

108

MST9U19A

XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX

GN

D

AUR1

AUL2

AUL3

AUL1

AUCO

M

AUR2

AUR3

DIGO[8]

GNDAVDD_MEMPLL

PWM3PWM2DIGO[9]

SIF1

MSI

F1P

AVD

D_S

IF

AUO

UTL

AUO

UTR

AUO

UTS

VDD

CG

PIO

F[2]

GPI

OF[

3]G

PIO

F[4]

GPI

OF[

5]G

PIO

F[6]

GPI

OF[

7]G

PIO

F[8]

GPI

OF[

9]G

PIO

F[10

]G

PIO

F[11

]VD

DP

GN

DG

PIO

F[12

]

GPI

OF[

14]

GPI

OF[

15]

GPI

OF[

16]

GPI

OF[

17]

GPI

OF[

18]

GN

D

GPI

OF[

19]

VDD

C

VDD

PG

ND

VDD

PVD

DP

GPI

OF[

13]

GN

D

DIGO[7]

DIGO[5]

DIGO[3]

DIGO[1]

VDDC

VDDPPWM_SENSE

DIGO[6]

DIGO[4]

DIGO[2]

DIGO[0]

GND

PWM_DRVPWM_FBIRININT

PWM1PWM0

GNDVDDPALERDZWRZ

VDDC

GNDVDDP

VDD

PLV

A0M

LVA0

PLV

A1M

LVA1

PLV

A2M

LVA2

PLV

ACKM

LVAC

KPLV

A3M

LVA4

PVD

DP

VDD

CAV

DD

_MPL

L

LVA3

PLV

A4M

GPI

OE[

0]

IHSY

NC

ICLK

DI[

1]D

I[0]

IVYS

NC

GPI

OE[

1]G

PIO

E[2]

GPI

OE[

3]G

ND

VDD

P

AVD

D_M

PLL

XIN

XOU

TH

WR

ESET

GN

D

DI[

7]D

I[6]

DI[

5]D

I[4]

DI[

2]D

I[3]

VDD

C

AUO

UTL

3AU

OU

TR3

RXCKPGND

RX0NRX0P

AVDD_DVIRX1NRX1P

RX2P

REXT

DDCD_CK

VSYNC1

VCLAMP

REFM

BIN1M

GNDRX2N

AVDD_DVI

DDCD_DA

HSYNC1

RMID

REFP

BIN1P

SOGIN1GIN1PGIN1MRIN1PRIN1MBIN0MBIN0PGIN0MGIN0P

SOGIN0RIN0MRIN0P

HSYNC0VSYNC0

RXCKN

AVDD_ADCGND

C1Y1C0Y0

CVBS2CVBS1

VCOM1CVBS0

VCOM0CVBSOUT

GND

VCOM2CVBS3

GN

D

AVD

D_A

UAU

L0AU

R0

AUVR

EFAU

VRAD

PAU

VRAD

N

AUO

UTL

2AU

OU

TR2

AD[7]AD[6]AD[5]AD[4]AD[3]AD[2]AD[1]AD[0]

SDOCSZSDISCK

SAR3

SAR1SAR2

SAR0

DDCA_CK

DDCR_CKDDCA_DA

DDCR_DA

LVB0

MLV

B0P

LVB1

MLV

B1P

LVB2

MLV

B2P

LVBC

KMLV

BCKP

LVB3

M

LVB4

P

LVB3

PLV

B4M

I_18130_008eps200608

Pin Configuration

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data SheetsEN 54 TCS10L LA9

932 Diagram B TDA1308

Figure 9-2 Block diagram and pin configuration

Block diagram

Pinning information

2

1

3

4

8

7

65

INA(neg)

TDA1308(A)OUTA

VSS

VDD

INA(pos)

INB(neg)

INB(pos)

OUTB

TDA1308(A)

VATUO DD

BTUO)gen(ANI

)gen(BNI)sop(ANI

VSS INB(pos)

1

2

3

4

6

5

8

7

I_18130_007eps190608

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data Sheets EN 55TCS10L LA 9

933 Diagram B NCP1377B

Figure 9-3 Block diagram and pin configuration

Block diagram

Pinning information

I_18130_009eps190608

HV

VCC

GND

Demag

4 mA

To InternalSupply

+

+

125 V75 V56 V (Fault)

FaultMngt

PON

5 V+

OVP

+

144

45 usDelay

15 us for B Version

Demag

8 usBlanking

S

SR R

Q

Q

+

3 us forB Version

+minus

Overload

5 usTimeout

TimeReset

Demag

380 nsLEB

1 V3

200 Awhen DRV

is OFF

FB

42 V

Driver src = 20 sink = 10

DrvVCC

CS

+50 mV 10 V Rint

1Dmg 8 HV

7 NC2FB

3CS

4GND

6 VCC

5 Drv

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data SheetsEN 56 TCS10L LA9

934 Diagram B TDA7266

Figure 9-4 Block diagram and pin configuration

1

2

4

Vref

7YB-TS

IN1

022microF

VCC

133

+

-

-

+

OUT1+

OUT1-

15

14

12

6ETUM

IN2

022microF

+

-

-

+

OUT2+

OUT2-

8

9S-GND

PW-GND

470microF 100nF

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

9

10

11

8

NC

NC

S-GND

PW-GND

OUT2+

OUT2-

VCC

IN2

ST-BY

MUTE

NC

IN1

VCCOUT1-

OUT1+

13

14

15

12

I_17950_054eps090508

Block Diagram

Pin Configuration

Spare Parts List amp CTN Overview EN 57TCS10L LA 10

10 Spare Parts List amp CTN OverviewFor the latest spare part overview please consult the Philips Service website

Table 10-1 Sets described in this manual

11 Revision ListManual xxxx xxx xxxx0bull First release

CTN Styling

19PFL340355 MG8

19PFL340377 MG8

19PFL340378 MG8

19PFL340385 MG8

26PFL340385 MG8

  • Content
  • 1 Technical Specifications Connections and Chassis Overview
    • 11 Technical Specifications
      • 111 Vision
      • 112 Sound
      • 113 Miscellaneous
        • 12 Connection Overview
          • Figure 1-1 Rear and side IO connections
          • 121 Rear Connections
            • 1 - HDMI Digital Video Digital Audio - In
              • Figure 1-2 HDMI (type A) connector
                • 2 - VGA AUDIO Mini Jack VGA Audio - In
                • 3 - VGA PC Video RGB - In and Service UART
                  • Figure 1-3 VGA Connector
                    • 4 - Cinch Video YPbPr - In
                    • 5 - AV1 Cinch Video CVBS - In Audio - In
                    • 6 - Aerial - In
                    • 7 - Service Connector (ComPair)
                      • 122 Side connections
                        • 8 - Cinch Video CVBS - In Audio - In
                        • 9 - S-Video (Hosiden) Video YC - In
                        • 10 - Mini Jack Audio Head phone - Out
                            • 13 Chassis Overview
                              • Figure 1-4 PWBCBA locations
                                  • 2 Safety Instructions Warnings and Notes
                                    • 21 Safety Instructions
                                    • 22 Warnings
                                    • 23 Notes
                                      • 231 General
                                      • 232 Schematic Notes
                                      • 233 BGA (Ball Grid Array) ICs
                                        • Introduction
                                        • BGA Temperature Profiles
                                          • 234 Lead-free Soldering
                                          • 235 Alternative BOM identification
                                            • Figure 2-1 Serial number (example)
                                              • 236 Board Level Repair (BLR) or Component Level Repair (CLR)
                                              • 237 Practical Service Precautions
                                                  • 3 Directions for Use
                                                  • 4 Mechanical Instructions
                                                    • 41 Cable Dressing
                                                      • Figure 4-1 Cable dressing (19 model)
                                                      • Figure 4-2 Cable dressing (26 model)
                                                        • 42 Service Positions
                                                          • 421 Foam Bars
                                                            • Figure 4-3 Foam bars
                                                                • 43 AssyPanel Removal
                                                                  • 431 Stand
                                                                    • Figure 4-4 Stand
                                                                      • 432 Rear Cover
                                                                        • Figure 4-5 LVDS release
                                                                        • Figure 4-6 Speaker and IRLED panel cable release
                                                                          • 433 Keyboard Control Board
                                                                            • Figure 4-7 Keyboard control board
                                                                              • 434 IRLED Board and Speakers
                                                                                • Figure 4-8 IRLED Board and Speakers
                                                                                  • 435 Power Supply Board
                                                                                    • Figure 4-9 Power Supply Unit(s)
                                                                                      • 436 Inverter Board (19 and 22 versions)
                                                                                        • Figure 4-10 Inverter Board
                                                                                          • 437 Small Signal Board (SSB)
                                                                                            • Removing the SSB
                                                                                              • Figure 4-11 SSB connector plate
                                                                                              • Figure 4-12 SSB
                                                                                                • 44 Set Re-assembly
                                                                                                  • 5 Service Modes Error Codes and Fault Finding
                                                                                                    • 51 Test Points
                                                                                                    • 52 Service Mode
                                                                                                      • 521 Service Alignment Mode (SAM)
                                                                                                        • How to Enter
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-1 SAM menu
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-2 SAM menu White Balance Normal
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-3 SAM menu White Balance Cool
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-4 SAM menu White Balance Warm
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-5 SAM menu Volume Curve
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-6 SAM menu Picture Curve
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-7 SAM menu Picture Mode Natural
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-8 SAM menu Picture Mode Personal
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-9 SAM menu Picture Mode Rich
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-10 SAM menu Picture Mode Soft
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-11 SAM menu Producting
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-12 SAM menu Country
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-13 SAM menu Setup
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-14 SAM menu Shop Init Do
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-15 SAM menu Clear Code gt
                                                                                                            • How to Exit
                                                                                                            • Factory Mode Descriptions
                                                                                                              • ltTABLEgt
                                                                                                              • Virgin Settings
                                                                                                                • Table 5-1 Country setting
                                                                                                                • Table 5-2 Virgin settings
                                                                                                                  • 522 Customer Service Mode (CSM)
                                                                                                                    • Purpose
                                                                                                                    • How to Activate CSM
                                                                                                                    • Contents of CSM
                                                                                                                      • Figure 5-16 CSM Menu
                                                                                                                        • Menu Explanation
                                                                                                                        • How to Exit
                                                                                                                          • 523 Blinking LED Procedure
                                                                                                                            • 53 Error Codes
                                                                                                                              • ltTABLEgt
                                                                                                                                • 54 Fault Finding
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-17 No Picture No sound no Back light (19 sets)
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-18 Picture OK No sound (19 sets)
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-19 No Picture Back light amp Sound OK (19 and 26 sets)
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-20 No color (19 and 26 sets)
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-21 No Picture No sound no Back light (26 sets)
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-22 Picture OK No sound (26 sets)
                                                                                                                                    • 55 Service Tools
                                                                                                                                      • 551 ComPair
                                                                                                                                        • Introduction
                                                                                                                                        • Specifications
                                                                                                                                        • How to Connect
                                                                                                                                        • How to Order
                                                                                                                                          • Figure 5-23 ComPair II interface connection
                                                                                                                                            • 56 Software Upgrading
                                                                                                                                              • 561 Introduction
                                                                                                                                                  • 6 Block Diagrams Test Point Overview and Waveforms
                                                                                                                                                    • Wiring Diagram of Connector for MS19-PH 19
                                                                                                                                                    • Wiring Diagram of Connector for MS19-PH 26
                                                                                                                                                    • Block Diagram MS19P Chipset
                                                                                                                                                    • I2C overview
                                                                                                                                                      • 7 Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts
                                                                                                                                                        • Main Power Supply (19)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Main Power Supply (19) (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Main Power Supply (19) (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Main Power Supply (26)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Main Power Supply (26) (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Main Power Supply (26) (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Standby Power Supply (26)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Standby Power Supply (26) (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Standby Power Supply (26) (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB Control
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB DC - DC
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB MST9E19A Controller
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB HDMI Interface
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB VGA Interface
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB Cinch
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB Tuner
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB Audio Amplifier
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB LVDS Interface
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Small Signal Board (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Small Signal Board (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Keyboard Control Panel
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Keyboard Control Panel (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Keyboard Control Panel (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Inverter Panel
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Inverter Panel (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Inverter Panel (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • IR LED Panel
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout IR LED Panel (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout IR LED Panel (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                          • 8 Alignments
                                                                                                                                                            • 81 Electrical Alignments
                                                                                                                                                            • 82 Hardware Alignments
                                                                                                                                                              • 821 Aging
                                                                                                                                                              • 822 ADC Adjustment
                                                                                                                                                              • 823 White Balance Adjustment
                                                                                                                                                                • Table 8-1 Color Temperature Setting 19
                                                                                                                                                                • Table 8-2 Color Temperature Setting 26
                                                                                                                                                                  • 9 Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data Sheets
                                                                                                                                                                    • 91 Introduction
                                                                                                                                                                    • 92 Abbreviation List
                                                                                                                                                                    • 93 IC Data Sheets
                                                                                                                                                                      • 931 Diagram B MST9U19A
                                                                                                                                                                        • Figure 9-1 Pin configuration
                                                                                                                                                                          • 932 Diagram B TDA1308
                                                                                                                                                                            • Figure 9-2 Block diagram and pin configuration
                                                                                                                                                                              • 933 Diagram B NCP1377B
                                                                                                                                                                                • Figure 9-3 Block diagram and pin configuration
                                                                                                                                                                                  • 934 Diagram B TDA7266
                                                                                                                                                                                    • Figure 9-4 Block diagram and pin configuration
                                                                                                                                                                                      • 10 Spare Parts List amp CTN Overview
                                                                                                                                                                                        • Table 10-1 Sets described in this manual
                                                                                                                                                                                          • 11 Revision List
Page 33: Philips 19PFL3403-55 TCS1[1].0L_LA

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 33TCS10L LA 7

SSB Control

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGNDAGND

AGND

AGNDAGNDAGND AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

T

T

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

D1B

D1A

G2

G1

S2

D2B

D2A

S1

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

PGND

PGND

PGND

PGND

PGND

AGND

AGND

T

T

T

T

AGND

T

T

BOOT

DRIVE

FB GND

LGATE

PHASE

VCC

UGATE

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

PGND

AGND

AGND

AGNDAGND

AGND

D2B

D2A

G1

G2

S1

D1B

D1A

S2

T

AGND

D1B

D1A

D2B

G2 D2A

S2

G1

S1

09V

18V

For Tuner 33v

L--Prot

Normal--HProtect--L

Back Light Control

Far from DC-DC amp Tuner

Option

When not use DC-DC+5VSTB_L provide

ON-----LOFF-----H

OptionFar from tuner and power supply (NC)

8

7

6

4 5

3

2

1U3

SP8J3

R234

10R

NC

E

C

B

BT3904

Q21

B

C

E

Q32BT3904

R16

19N

C2

618

KR

919

1K

26

10K

B

C

E

Q2

BT3904

R177

NC

C23

00

1U

10K

R18

0

NC

R17

9 0

R1784K7

+12V

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

P4ON-PBACK

ADJ-PWM2

R181910K26

191

K2

6

R10

Z54

BL-ADJUST

1 2

4

6

8

12

14

10

3

5

7

9

11

13

P22

+5V

+5VSTB_L

C22

2

01U

R70R (FOR 26ONLY)

7

8

4

2

3

5

6

1

A04803

Q17

+12V

+12V_PW

+12V_PW

C24

10

01U

BL-ADJUST

+5V

ST

B_L

C14

01U

BL-ONOFF

C22

40

1U

+5VSTB

R24

8N

C

+12V_PW

C220220U

25V

F250A

F150A

47K

R18

2

L8200R

R2413K9

C23

6

1U

C24

3

1U

C244

01U

C242

470U

16V

+5V

ST

B

PRORECT_12V

R29

720

K

+33V

+33V

B

E

CQ31

BT3906R298

NC

+12V

R299

4K7

R301

4K7

R30

010

K

R29

6

4K7

D14 8V

2

B

C

E

Q26BT3904

R3

4K7

B

E

CQ13

BT3906

C64

3 1U

C20A1U

C21

A 1U

NCC

21

R18

147

K

C24

00

01U

R22

330K

33V

+5V

+5V

12V_PANEL

21

P20

01UC

231

NC

C8

01U

C3

01U

L49200R

L47200R

21

P19

01UC

20

5V_PANEL

4K7R15

D11

LL4148

D45LL4148

PW_ONOFF

+5VSTB1

2

3

P1

POWER-ONOFFB

C

E

Q30BT3904

R26610K

GPIO_PROTECT

+5VSTB

R24

70R

D10LL4148

+12V

C201U

SELECT

R20

510

0K

R2041K

D47 33

V

R27

92K

2R

242

2K2

+12V

1

2

3 6

5

8

4

7

U1

RT8110

R50R PROTPW_ONOFF

R2NC

Z58

Z56

B

C

E

Q27BT3904

BL-ONOFF

R12100R

PW_CTRL

Z51

R24

0 0

Z52

Z53

Z60

L530R

L330R

01U

C23

401UC

232

C23

3 1U

R234K7

5V_PANEL

C22

60

1U

L50200R

+5V

C235470U

16V

200RL54

C23

70

1U

L9200R

+5V

R4

10K

R6NC

+12V_INVERTER

B

C

E

Q6BT3904

68K

R37

NCR17

0RR14

16V

470UC

17A

C27

01U

2U2C16

01UC

15

R8

NC

R194K7

R132NC

R143100K

R14K

7

B

C

E

Q14BT3904

R2110K

+12V

D1LL4148

R14210K

+5VSTB

B

C

E

Q3BT3904NC

+12V

C1810U

50V

L6100UH

D5LL4148

B

C

E

Q5SC1815

NCR

24

B

C

E

Q1

BT3904

B

C

E

Q4BT3904

PWM3

SHUT_EEP

200RL56

L55200R

R23

91K

2

R23

8N

C

R235

10R

R23

6N

C

L115UH

R23

322

K

C23

91U

R237

220R

7

8

4

2

3

5

6

1

U2PHKD13N03LT

C23801U

D50LL4148

L53200R

+12V_INVERTER

C22

70

1U

C22

80

1U

L52200R

L51200R

C22

90

1U

L48200R

C22

50

1U

12V_PANEL

L1230R

PANEL-ONOFF

Z59

Z50

PW_ONOFF R26

368

0R

R2618K2

R26010K

R26

710

K

R26

810

K

R26

247

K

R25910K

R25

810

0K

D41LL4148

+12V

R2783K9

TUNER_5V

+5V

40V

C18

70

1U

R2000R

R6390R

R60422K

L6061000UR

C60

40

1U

D61

433

VC63

047

00P

C63

2 270P

C633

01U 50V

L613

1000UH

NC

L6041000UH

100KR

630

NC

C63

6

C63

50

01U

C63

40

1U

C631200P

B

C

E

Q612BC846B

R63147K

12

3

D61

30B

AV

99

33V

+5V

C1

01U

5V_PANEL

+12V_PW

+5VSTB

12V_PANEL

C223

220U25V

+5VSTB

01U

C22

1

+12V

PW_ONOFF

VCC_PANEL

B01 B01

I_18130_011eps180608

CONTROL

34TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

SSB DC - DC

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGNDAGND

GN

DA

DJ

OU

T

VIN

4

OU

T

VIN

AD

JG

ND

VO

UT

VIN

AD

JG

ND

VCC18V FOR MST9E19A

pin36

VDDC for MST9E19A Core

+33V for VDD_MPLL

+33AVDD FOR AVDD_SIF

+33AVDD FOR AVDD_AU

pin6 pin12

+33AVDD for AVDD_HDMI

Vcc33for MST9E19A analog

+33AVDD for AVDDA

33V for AVDDPLL2

Vcc33 for MST9E19A Digital

10RR

31

F330A

+33V

L16100R+5VST

R28NC

23

1

U6

AIC

1084

FM120D8

FM120D6

23

1

U7

KD

1084

AD

2T18

+33V

VDDP

FM120D7

+5VSTB_L

1 2 3

4

U5AS1117-33

L18FB

FBL17

+18V

VDDC

L11

100R

L10100R+33V

L24

100R

FBL23

16V

47UC

37

C67

01U

01UC

62

C61

01U

01UC

60

C59

01U

16V

100UC

53

C48100U

16V

NCR30

R29

0RL41

FB

16V

100UC

33

C31100U

16V

C49 0

1U

01U

C52

01U

C36

C34 0

1U

01U

C42

C58 0

1U16V

47UC

57

C51 0

1U

AVDD_SIF

+33VA

AVDD_AU

+33VA

AVDDA

+33VA

AVDD_MEMPLL

+33VA

C56 0

1U

01U

C552U

2C

54

C47 0

1U

C46 2U

2

L21FB

2U2

C41

FBL19

C50 2U

2

L22FB

FBL20

01U

C452U

2C

44

C39 0

1U

C38 2U

2

AVDD_HDMI

01U

C40

+33VA

01U

C32

C30 0

1U

+33VA

+33VA

VDD_MPLL

+18V

C35100U

16V

C63

01U

01UC

64

C65

01U

01UC

66

01UC

68

C69

01U

01UC

70

C71

01U

01UC

72

C73

01U

+5VST

+5VSTB

FM120D9

B02 B02

I_18130_012eps180608

DC - DC

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 35TCS10L LA 7

SSB MST9E19A Controller

AG

ND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AG

ND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

SDA

SCL

WC

VCC

VSS

E2NC

E1NC

E0NC AGND

VCC

HOLD

SCK

GND SI

WP

SO

CE

SDA

SCL

WC

VCC

VSS

E2NC

E1NC

E0NC

AD

0A

D1

AD

2A

D3

AD

4A

D5

AD

6A

D7

ALE

AUCOM

AUL0

AUL1

AUL2

AUL3

AUOUTL

AUOUTL2

AUOUTL3

AUOUTR

AUOUTR2

AUOUTR3

AUOUTS

AUR0

AUR1

AUR2

AUR3

AUVRADNAUVRADPAUVREF

AV

DD

_AD

C

AV

DD

_AU

AV

DD

_DV

IA

VD

D_D

VI1

AV

DD

_ME

MP

LL

AV

DD

_MP

LLA

VD

D_M

PLL

1

AV

DD

_SIF

BIN0MBIN0P

BIN1MBIN1P

C0

C1

CSZ

CVBS0

CVBS1CVBS2CVBS3

CVBSOUT

DD

CA

_CK

DD

CA

_DA

DDCD_CKDDCD_DA

DD

CR

_CK

DD

CR

_DA

DI0DI1DI2DI3DI4DI5DI6DI7

DIG

O0

DIG

O1

DIG

O2

DIG

O3

DIG

O4

DIG

O5

DIG

O6

DIG

O7

DIG

O8

DIG

O9

GIN0MGIN0P

GIN1MGIN1P

GN

DG

ND

1

GN

D10

GN

D11

GN

D12

GN

D13

GN

D14

GN

D15

GN

D2

GN

D3

GN

D4

GN

D5

GN

D6

GN

D7

GN

D8

GN

D9

GPIOE0LVSYNCGPIOE1LHSYNC

GPIOE2LDEGPIOE3LCK

GPIOF10GPIOF11

GPIOF12GPIOF13GPIOF14GPIOF15GPIOF16GPIOF17GPIOF18GPIOF19

GPIOF2GPIOF3GPIOF4GPIOF5GPIOF6GPIOF7GPIOF8GPIOF9

HSYNC0

HSYNC1

HW

RE

SE

T

ICLK

IHSYNC

INT

IRIN

IVSYNC

LA0MG3LA0PG2LA1MG1LA1PG0LA2MB7LA2PB6

LA3MB3LA3PB2LA4MB1LA4PB0

LACKMB5LACKPB4

LB0MR7LB0PR6LB1MR5LB1PR4LB2MR3LB2PR2

LB3MG7LB3PG6LB4MG5LB4PG4

LBCKMR1LBCKPR0

PW

M0

PW

M1

PW

M2

PW

M3

PWM_DRVPWM_FB

PWM_SENSE

RD

Z

REFMREFP

REXT

RIN0MRIN0P

RIN1MRIN1P

RMID

RX0NRX0PRX1NRX1PRX2NRX2P

RXCKNRXCKP

SA

R0

SA

R1

SA

R2

SA

R3

SCKSDI

SDO

SIF1MSIF1P

SOGIN0

SOGIN1

VCLAMP

VCOM0

VCOM1

VCOM2

VD

DC

VD

DC

1V

DD

C2

VD

DC

3V

DD

C4

VD

DC

5

VD

DP

VD

DP

1V

DD

P2

VD

DP

3V

DD

P4

VD

DP

5V

DD

P6

VD

DP

7V

DD

P8

VD

DP

9

VSYNC0

VSYNC1

WR

Z

XIN

XO

UT

Y0

Y1

AGND

T

T

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

Mode Selection

I2C address at A0

Location Near IC PinLocation Near IC Pin

SST PULL DOWNMSTAR PULL UP

DVI INPUT

VGA INPUT

For TTL output

Audio Output(to Amp) AV Output(Audio)

Debug Port

For Philps debug

HDCP I2C address at A4

VID

EO

INP

UT

HDTV INPUT

C212NC

C7822P

01UC11

2

2U2 C247

C1072U2

01U C114

PW_CTRL

PRORECT_12V

54

72 13

6 8

RP

84K

7

KEY0-IN

LED2-IN

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

P5

POWER-ONOFF

54

72 13

6 8

RP

124K

7

LED1-IN

NC

L43

+5VSTB

4K7

R55

LED2R13

4K7

R584K7

B

C

E

Q9BT3904

1

2

3

4

5

P14

WP

SDA

SCL

+33V

1

2

3

4

P6

10RR41

SHUT_EEP

D4 NC

WP

C20

110

0P

RXD

TXD1

2

3

P2

ZX

Z62

WP

+33V

+33V+5VSTB

RS

20R

RS

3N

C

RS

11K

10K

R32

10K

R42

01UC86

47RR64

NC

R63

R62

NC

R52100R

R51 22

K

R50 22

K

100RR49

100RR40

C83

001

U

001

UC82

R67

0R

001

UC76

2U2C115

R47100R

R45100R

100RR34100R

R33

2U2C104

C1052U2PC-LIN

2U2C106

C1112U2

2U2C110

C11901U

R57 8K

2

8K2

R56

C1092U2

2U2C108

124578

101113141516171819202122232425262728

293031323334353839

404142434445464748495051

5455575859

61626364656667686970717273747576

78798081828384858687

131

132

133

134

125

126

127

128

129

130

155

156

136 3 9 37 52 56 89 99 101

104

106

120

141

152

173

187

204

143

144

145

146

147

148

149

150

153

154

116

117

118

135

124123122121

9796959493929190

139138137

191190189188

185184183182181180179178177176175174171170169168167166165164163162161160

202201200199198197196195

192

194193

207

206

205

36 53 60 105

6 12 157

208

77 98 107

142

158

203

88 100

102

103

119

140

151

159

172

186

115

114

113

112

111

110

109

108

U8

MST9E19A

R54

4K7

R36

22K

100P C79

01UC11

7

C116

01U

R7510K

R38 22

K

C10201U

C89 0

1U

1

3

2

D40

0BA

V99

+5VST

R53

390R

CVBSOUT

LED2

5

6

7

8

4

3

2

1U10

M24C32MN

IR_SYNC

KEY0

LED1

KEY1

WP_FSH

TV1-VIN- VCOM0

AV1-YIN-

AV1-YIN

VCOM2

SV_Y0

R_TX2+

C920047U

C930047U

0047UC94

0047UC96

C970047U

0047UC98

C1010047U

0047UC100

C990047U

SV_C0

TXD

RXD

100P

C20

2

8

7

6

4 5

3

2

1U9

W25X40

+33V

L26 F

B

100RR77

SDA

SCL

SHUT_EEPR76

100R

5

6

7

8

4

3

2

1U11

M24C04MN

SDA

SCL

100RR70

R69100R

+33V

R68

10K

SPI_CZ

SPI_DI

SPI_CK

54

72

1

3 6

8

RP933R

NCR

65R

661K

8

C90 10

0P

R6110R

1KR60

R591K

100P

C91

C95 10

0P

SYS_RST

R391K

B

E

CQ8

BT3906

C8010U

16V

C7447U

16V

R48

1M

Y1

14M

3

22PC84

AVDDA

AVDD_SIF

AVDD_MEMPLL

AVDD_HDMIVDDC VDDP

SDA_EXT

SCL_EXT

+33V

R43

10K

10KR

44

RXE3+B2

RXE4+B0

RXE4-B1

RXE3-B3

RXEC+B4

RXEC-B5

RXE2+B6

RXE2-B7

RXE1+G0

RXE1-G1

RXE0+G2

RXE0-G3

RXO4+G4

RXO4-G5

RXO3+G6

RXO3-G7

RXOC+R0

RXOC-R1

RXO2+R2

RXO2-R3

RXO1+R4

RXO1-R5

RXO0+R6

RXO0-R7

TTL-BLUE2

TTL-BLUE1

TTL-BLUE0

TTL-BLUE3

TTL-BLUE4

TTL-BLUE5

TTL-BLUE6

TTL-BLUE7

TTL-GREEN0

TTL-GREEN1

TTL-GREEN2

TTL-GREEN3

TTL-GREEN4

TTL-GREEN5

TTL-GREEN6

TTL-GREEN7

TTL-RED6

TTL-RED0

TTL-RED1

TTL-RED2

TTL-RED3

TTL-RED4

TTL-RED5

TTL-RED7

54

72

1

3 6

8

RP40R

8

63

1

2 7

4 5

0RRP7

54

72

1

3 6

8

RP60R

8

63

1

2 7

4 5

0RRP3

8

63

1

2 7

4 5

0RRP5

54

72

1

3 6

8

RP20R

SPI_CKSPI_DISPI_CZ

SPI_DO

AMP-MUTE

PANEL-ONOFF

LED1

HPDCTRL

ON-PBACK

863 12

7

45

4K7

RP

13

PWM0

ADJ-PWM2

NCR

85

NCR

82

NCR

80

NCR

79

R84

1K

R83

1K

R81

1K

R78

1K

PWM0

WP_FSH

ADJ-PWM2

PWM3

IR_SYNC

KEY1

KEY0

RXD

TXD

SCL

SDA

DDC-RDX

DDC-TXD

I2C-SCL

I2C-SDA

+33V

54

721 3

68

RP

104K

7

R7410R

10RR73

10RR72

R7110R

AUCOM

16V

10UC

118

AUVRADN

AUVRADP

C11310U

16V

L250

AMP-ROUT

AMP-LOUT

PH-ROUTPH-LOUT

PC-RIN

SIFM

SIFP

01UC103

01U

C88

AUCOM

AUVREFAUVRADPAUVRADN

SIFM

SIFP

TUNER_CVBS

SV_C0

SV_Y0

VCOM2

CVBS2CVBS1

VCOM0

VCOM1

CVBS3

SCG+

SCR+SCR-

SC_SOG

SCG-

SCB-

RIN-

RIN+GIN-

GIN+SOG

BIN-BIN+

01UC85

C8701U

VS_RGBHS_RGB

HDMI_SCLHDMI_SDA

AVDD_HDMI TXCLK-

R_TX2+

R_TX2-G_TX1+

G_TX1-B_TX0+

B_TX0-TXCLK+

AUVREF

PWM3

+33V

VDD_MPLL

AVDD_AU

TV1-VIN+ TUNER_CVBS

VCOM1

AV1-CIN

TV-SIFP

TV-SIFM

HDMI_SCLHDMI_SDA

TXCLK-

R_TX2-G_TX1+

G_TX1-B_TX0+

B_TX0-TXCLK+

VS_RGBHS_RGB

RIN-

RIN+GIN-

GIN+SOG

BIN-BIN+

SCG+

SCR+SCR-

SC_SOG

SCG-SCB+SCB-

AV1-VIN+

AV2-VIN+

AV3-VIN+ CVBS1

CVBS2

CVBS3

SPI_DO

WP_FSH

CVBSOUT

PH-LOUT

PH-ROUTAMP-ROUT AMP-R

AMP-LAMP-LOUTPH-L1OUT

AFT

SCB+

KEY1-IN

+33V

PH-R1OUT

C77

1000

P

E

C

B BT3904Q7

R114K7

+5VSTB

GPIO_PROTECT

+33V

IR-IN

C248

2U2

2U2 C249

C250

2U2

2U2 C251

C252

2U2

DVI-RINDVI-LINAV2-RIN

AV2-LIN

AV1-RINAV1-LIN

B03 B03

I_18130_013eps180608

MST9E19A CONTROLLER

36TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

SSB HDMI Interface

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

SDA

SCL

WC

VCC

VSS

E2NC

E1NC

E0NC

RX2+

GND1

RX2-

RX1+

GND2

RX1-

RX0+

GND3

RX0-

RXC+

GND4

RXC-

NC1

NC2

DDCCLK

DDCDA

GND5

VCC

HPD

AGND

HDMI-RX2-

HDMI-RX1+

+5V

+5V

5

6

43

2

1

U17

PRTR5V0U4D

5

6

43

2

1

U18

PRTR5V0U4D

1KR101

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

P12

01UC

120

5

6

7

8

4

3

2

1U12

M24C02MN

RLZ

5B6

D18

HDMI-DDC-SDA

HDMI-DDC-SCL

HDMI-HPD

HDMI5V

HPDCTRLB

C

E

Q10BT3904

4K7R96

R95

4K7

R1000R

NCR

97

R94

1K

+5V

100RR99

R98100R

12

3

D17

BAT

54C

D19

RLZ

5B6

TXCLK-

TXCLK+

B_TX0-

B_TX0+

G_TX1-

G_TX1+

R_TX2-

R_TX2+

10RR93

R9210R

10RR91

R9010R

10RR89

R8810R

10RR87

R8610R

HDMI_SDA

HDMI_SCL

HDMI-RXC-

HDMI-RXC+

HDMI-RX0+

HDMI-RX0-

HDMI-RX1-

HDMI-RX2+

B04 B04

I_18130_014eps180608

HDMI INTERFACE

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 37TCS10L LA 7

SSB VGA Interface

AGND

AGND

AGND

SDA

SCL

WC

VCC

VSS

E2NC

E1NC

E0NC

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGNDProgram Control

To main chip(when updateit is I2Cwhen debug it is RXTX)

LED2

R12

110

0RR12

010

0R

+33V

RXD

TXD

R170

4K7

1

3

2

D2

100RR144

NCR123

4K7R12

2

75R

R10

9

R10

8 75R

01UC

130

10K

R17

4

75R

R10

7

10K

R17

2

P13-11

R11

8 4K7

4K7

R11

9

PROTECT

VGA5V

VGA-SCL

PROTECT

13

2

D25

1

3

2

D20

C19 N

C

Q182N7002

10RR175

R171NC

R17310R

C12

9 NC

C1270047U

VGA-R+

VGA-G+

VGA-B+

+5VST1

32

D24

1KR115

R1141K

123

D23BAT54C

5

6

7

8

4

3

2

1U13

M24C02MN

R11

74K

7NC

C12

8R11

610

K

6

4

11

14

15

7

12

8

5

13

3

10

9

1

2

16

17

P13

C1230047U

C1241000P

C1210047U

R10510R

10RR104

R10310R

0047UC126

C1250047U

0047UC122

1

3

2

D22

2

3

1

D21

R11347R

47RR111

R11047R

R106330R

HS_RGB

VS_RGB

Q192N7002

B

C

E

Q25BT3904

VGA-HS

VGA-VS

VGA-SDA

RIN+

SOG

BIN-

GIN-

RIN-

BIN+

GIN+

VGA-SDA

VGA-SCL

+5VSTB

+5VSTB

B05 B05

I_18130_015eps180608

VGA INTERFACE

38TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

SSB Cinch

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND AGNDAGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

VDD

OUTB

INB-

VSS INB+

INA+

INA-

OUTA

AGNDAGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

WHITE

RED

YELLOWGREEN

BLUE

RED

WHITE

RED

RED

WHITE

YELLOW

AGND

AGND

AGND

HDTV IN

AV OUTPUT AUDIO AMP

For PCampYPbPr Audio Input(RL)

For Philips Upgrade

S-VIDEO amp AV2 In Side

Earphone Outuput In Side

AV1 In Rear

AV OUTPUT

For DVI Audio Input(35mm Jack)

2

1

3

P17

DVI_R

DVI_L

AV2-V

AV_ROUT

AV2-R

C13 47

0P

12K

R15

2

C17 47

0P

560P

C16

356

0PC

162

3

2

1

4P15

C14

156

0P

PC-R

560P

C14

3C

134

560P

560P

C13

8

2

3

1

D37

NC

C14

256

0P56

0PC

146

C6 10

0P

3

1

2

P11

TXD

3

1

2

P7

PR1

PB1

AVOUT_L

Y1

AVOUT

1

4

2

5

3

6P21

1

2

3

4

5

6P8

8 56 7 9

P15

BUF2

1

3

2

D31

2

3

1

D28

NC

1

3

2

D33

NC

2

3

1

D55

NC

2

3

1

D54

NC

2

3

1

D52

NC

2

3

1

D51

NC

2

3

1

D34

1

3

2

D36

NC

C5 10

0P

13

2

D12

R18

8 75R

R2855K1

R2845K1

R2805K1

R2815K1

L6130R

AV1-CL60

30R

AV1-YL59

30R

75R

R14

9

C19

810

00P

C14

068

0P

680P

C15

5

10RR186

680P

C13

6

OP_VCC2

C13

168

0P

2

3

1

D53

2

3

1

D27

FB

L42

10KR230

12K

R20

1R

197 12

K

R15

9 12K

R15

522

0R

220RR153

75R

R14

0

75R

R13

9

R13

6 75R

75R

R12

8

2U2C188

R14

5 12K

12K

R15

7

12K

R13

5C191

2U2

10K

R15

6R

147 10

K

330R

R14

6

R18510RY1

75RR151

R141

75R

C1452U2

2U2C144

01UC

139

12K

R16

1

AV2-VIN+

CVBSOUT

AV1-CIN

AV1-YIN-

1

3

2

D38

2

3

1

D39

PH-R1OUTR226

10K

AV_LOUT

R22447K

+5V

R22

547

K

C18

347

U

16V

100P

C18

9

33KR

229

C18547U

16V

C18

40

1U

C19

310

0P

R23

233

K

8

7

6

4 5

3

2

1U16

TDA1308T

SCB-

SCG-

SCR-

C1580047U

SCG+

SCR+

SCB+

SC_SOG

PR1

PB1

C1540047U

0047UC153

C1520047U

C1511000P

0047UC159

0047UC156

R19547R

47RR191

R18947R

R18410R

10RR183

R14810R

1

3

2

D35

B

E

CQ11

BT3906C218

10U

16V

B

C

E

Q12BT3904

2

3

1

D32

2

3

1

D30

1

3

2

D29

R13347R

10RR137

R12610R

+5V

AV1-YIN

Y1R176

470R

PH-L1OUT

AV_LOUT

AV_ROUT

AV1-VIN+

L63 30

R

30R

L62

330RR

249

R25

133

0R

C196

033U50V

C197

033U50V

7

654

89

3

1

2

P18

1000

PC

199

AMP-PROUT+AMP-LIN

AMP-PLOUT+AMP-RIN

EARPHONE-RA

EARPHONE-LA

30RL44

AV1-RIN

R2825K1

R2835K1 AV1-LIN

AV2-LIN

R2865K1

R2875K1 AV2-RIN

R2885K1

R2895K1 DVI-RIN

R2905K1

R2915K1 DVI-LIN

R2925K1

R2935K1 PC-RIN

R2945K1

R2955K1 PC-LIN

AV1_V

AVOUT_R

RXD

C4 47

0P47

0PC

7

AV1_R

AV1_L

C9 47

0P47

0PC

10

C11 47

0P47

0PC

12

PC-L

AV2-L

B06 B06

I_18130_016eps180608

CINCH

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 39TCS10L LA 7

SSB Tuner

AGND

AGND

AGND

AG

ND

AGNDAGND

AGND

AGND

COMMON

IN OUT

VID

EO

NC

1

NC

2

AU

DIO

AG

C

SD

A

TU

MB

GN

D2

SIF

OU

T

GN

D1

NC

3

NC

4

NC

5

SC

L

NC

6

AF

T

CLOSE RO MST IC

R21127R

171 2 6 1110 1412 157 83 4 5 9 13 16

TU1

2

1 3

U15KIA78D05

TUNER_SDA

TUNER_SCL

SIF_OUT

TV_CVBSC

172

01U

33V

B

C

E

Q20

BT3904

TV-SIFPNCR213

10RR220

001UC181

TV-SIFP

R194100R

330R

R19

3R

192

10R

R19

81K

R19

91K

L2722UH

+12V

R20

7 NC

100K

R20

3

2200

PC

200

R209120R

R20610R

C17

4N

C3

30P

NC

330

PC

175

C171220U

16V

L28120R

R20251K

C17

710

0P

C17

615

0P

SDA_EXT

SCL_EXT

C168220U

16V

16V

220UC

169

TV1-VIN-

TV1-VIN+

R21047R

C16

60

01UC16

44U

7

50V

C16

50

01U

C16

70

1U

TUNER_5V

AFT

120RR212

TUNER_5V

TV-SIFM

001UC170

B07 B07

I_18130_017eps180608

TUNER

40TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

SSB Audio Amplifier

PGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

PGND

PGND

AGND

AGND

OUT2+

OUT2-

NC3

IN2

VCC2

NC2

OUT1+

VCC1

IN1

NC1

MUTE

STBY

PW_GND

S_GND

OUT1-

TO SPEAKER

TO SPEAKER

0RR

162

AMP-PROUT-

2

1

H8

15

14

11

12

13

10

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

2

U19

TD

A7266

1

2

3

4

P9

AMP-PLOUT-

L45200R

L46200R

C219220U

16V

27UHL31

C217220U

16V

AMP-LIN

R253NC

01U C209

D3LL4148

C20

610

00P

1U

C211

0022U

C26 1000

PC

204

0022U

C25

C22

470U16V

+5VST

R164100K

R16510K

R16

8N

C

R16

9N

C

R1663K3

3K3R167

10KR244

B

E

CQ15

BT3906

B

C

E

Q16BT3904

C19

5 NC

NC

C19

4

B

C

E

Q24BT3904NC

0RR257

10KR254

E

C

B BT3904Q23

B

C

E

Q22BT3904

R25210K

R255100R

R24310K

2U2C205

R2560R

C2032U2

+12V

AMP-PROUT-

AMP-PROUT+

AMP-PLOUT-

AMP-PLOUT+

POWER-ONOFF

AMP-MUTE

AMP-R

AMP-L

12V-AMP

+12V

AMP-RIN

B08 B08

I_18130_018eps180608

AUDIO AMPLIFIER

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 41TCS10L LA 7

SSB LVDS Interface

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

VCC_PANEL

C246

10U 16V

C245

01U

R277 0NC

+33V

R27

2

0N

C

R275 0NC

RXE4+B0 RXE4-B1

RXE3+B2 RXE3-B3

RXEC+B4 RXEC-B5

RXE2+B6 RXE2-B7

RXE1+G0 RXE1-G1

RXE0+G2 RXE0-G3

RXO4+G4 RXO4-G5

RXO3+G6 RXO3-G7

RXOC+R0 RXOC-R1

RXO2+R2 RXO2-R3

RXO1+R4 RXO1-R5

RXO0+R6 RXO0-R7

1 2

4

6

8

12

14

16

18

20

10

22

24

26

28

3

5

7

9

11

13

15

17

19

21

23

25

27

29 30

32

34

36

38

40

31

33

35

37

39

P10

R276 0NC

R27

3

0N

CR

274

0N

C

B09 B09

I_18130_019eps180608

LVDS INTERFACE Personal Notes

E_06532_012eps131004

42TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout Small Signal Board (Top Side)

I_18130_020eps180608

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 43TCS10L LA 7

Layout Small Signal Board (Bottom Side)

I_18130_021eps180608

44TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Keyboard Control Panel

Layout Keyboard Control Panel (Top Side)

Layout Keyboard Control Panel (Bottom Side)

AGND

AGND AGNDAGND

AGND

R10072K

R10061K5

R10011K2

12 4

3K1001

1

2

3

P1001

KEY0

R1008NC

R10051K2

R1004NC

R10032K

R10021K5

D10

02

HS

5V6B

D10

01H

S5V

6B

12 4

3K1003

12 4

3K1002

12 4

3K1006

12 4

3K1005

12 4

3K1004

KEY1

I_18130_030eps180608

E EKEYBOARD CONTROL PANEL

I_18130_031eps180608

I_18130_032eps180608

Personal Notes

E_06532_012eps131004

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 45TCS10L LA 7

Inverter Panel

1 2

A

B

C

D

4321

D

C

B

A

F1FUSE-1

C2104

C1220uF250V

C3104

R1200

Q1

DTA143

E1

9

E2

10

C2

11

VC

C12

OU

TP

UT

C13

VR

EF

14

A1+

1

A1-

2

CO

MP

3

DT

C4

CT

5

RT

6

GN

D7

C1

8

A2-

15

A2+

16

U1

TL494

R2200

Q32222

C8

223

C7103

R847K

R7120K

C4

104C5104

D1

68V

C9104

D2

1N4148

Q8DTC143

123456

CN1

R20470K

R21

33K

C16

330pF

C15NC

R13100K

R10

68K

R11

68K

R12

15K

C10104

R2627K

C20223

R18560

Q22222

Q62907

R142K

R1622K

R27 10

R28 10

D4

BAW56K

S11

G12

S23

G24

D1 8

D1 7

D2 6

D2 5

U2

4606

C21223

Q42222

Q72907

R152K

R1722K

R29 10

R30 10

D5

BAW56K

S11

G12

S23

G24

D1 8

D1 7

D2 6

D2 5

U3

4606

R19560

C6

105

R231M

Q52N7002

R22

1M

R9

47K

R25

100KR24270K

D6NCBAW56K

D7NCBAW56K

P1

P2

P3

P4

C17225

C18

225

10

1 7

6

T1

T01

10

1 7

6

T2

T01

C2222pF

12

CON1

12

CON2

D9BAV99

R41K

R36820

R32

10KC12104

D8BAV99

R31K

R35820

R31

10KC11104

P2

P1

C2322pF

12

CON3

12

CON4

D11

BAV99

R61K

R38820

R34

10KC14104

D10BAV99

R51K

R37820

R33

10KC13104

P4

P3

VREF

VREF

C19NC

C26

222C27NC

D13BAV99

D15BAV99

C2422pF

C2522pF

C28

222C29NC

C30222 C31

NC

C32

222C33NC

OVP

OVP

OV

P

R602K

R61510K

C38105

Q10

DTA143

Q112222

R6330K

R62 1K

VCC

VCC

P5

P5

R64

1K

C34221

C35 221

C37

221

C39104

C36

221U4A

LM393

U4B

LM393

Vref

D3

1N4148

R65

3K R663K

C41 104

R67

10K

I_18130_033eps180608

I IINVERTER PANEL 19rdquo

46TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout Inverter Panel (Top Side)

Layout Inverter Panel (Bottom Side)

I_18130_034eps190608

I_18130_035eps190608

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 47TCS10L LA 7

IR LED Panel

AGND

AGND

AGNDIRVC

C

GN

D

RW

R20

031K

2

R20

04

1K2

LED1

1

2

3

4

5

CN2001

E

C

B

BC847AQ2001

B

C

E

Q2002

BC847A

2

13

D2001

LED2

G2001

R20024K7

5V16

V10

0UC

2001

5V

IR

IR

C20

03 47P

LED1R2001

4K7

C2002

47P

LED2

I_18130_036eps180608

J JIR amp LED PANELLayout IR LED Panel (Top Side)

Layout IR LED Panel (Bottom Side)

I_18130_037eps180608

I_18130_038eps180608

48TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Personal Notes

E_06532_013eps131004

Alignments EN 49TCS10L LA 8

8 Alignments

Index of this chapter81 Electrical Alignments82 Hardware Alignments

NoteThe Service Modes are described in chapter 5 Menu navigation is done with the CURSOR UP DOWN LEFT or RIGHT keys of the remote control transmitter

81 Electrical Alignments

Perform all electrical adjustments under the following conditionsbull Power supply voltage (depends on region)

ndash AP-NTSC 120 VAC or 230 VAC 50 Hz (plusmn 10)ndash AP-PAL-multi 120 - 230 VAC 50 Hz (plusmn 10)ndash EU 230 VAC 50 Hz (plusmn 10)ndash LATAM-NTSC 120 - 230 VAC 50 Hz (plusmn 10)ndash US 120 VAC 60 Hz (plusmn 10)

bull Connect the set to the mains via an isolation transformer with low internal resistance

bull Allow the set to warm up for approximately 60 minutesbull Measure voltages and waveforms in relation to correct

ground (eg measure audio signals in relation to AUDIO_GND) Caution It is not allowed to use heatsinks as ground

bull Test probe Ri gt 10 MΩ Ci lt 20 pFbull Use an isolated trimmerscrewdriver to perform

alignments

82 Hardware Alignments

Not applicable

821 Aging

Enter TV mode Set warm up status to ldquoOnrdquo Aging time at least 12 minutes

822 ADC Adjustment

The chassis can execute ADC auto-tune in YPbPr amp PC sourcing modes Enter SAM select YPbPr or PC as source then select AUTOTUNE in ADC ADJ press ldquoRight keyrdquo to run waiting for about 5 seconds until ldquoOKrdquo is displayed which means the set finished the ADC adjustment With an YPbPr source use a 100 color bar pattern with a PC source use a 16-scale grey pattern

823 White Balance Adjustment

Adjust the NORMAL WARM COOL temperature in White balance according to company regular Make sure ADC adjustments have done successfully before doing white balance adjustments and use the ldquoNaturalrdquo picture mode White balance adjustment should be performed with three different sources1 AVTVSVIDEO source reunification under the AV

adjustment apply a NTSC-M system signal with 8-scale grey pattern

2 YPbPrHDMI source reunification under the YPbPr adjustment apply an 8-scale grey pattern

3 PC source should adjust single apply a 8-scale grey pattern

If case of manual adjustment please use the WB page in SAMWhile adjusting White Balance do not change White G or Black G only adjust White R White B Black R and Black B

Table 8-1 Color Temperature Setting 19

Table 8-2 Color Temperature Setting 26

Color mode X Y Color Temperature (K)

Normal 296plusmn4 299plusmn4 8000

Warm 314plusmn4 319plusmn4 6500

Cool 289plusmn4 291plusmn4 9000

Color mode X Y Color Temperature (K)

Normal 289plusmn4 291plusmn4 9000

Warm 314plusmn4 319plusmn4 6500

Cool 278plusmn4 278plusmn4 11000

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data SheetsEN 50 TCS10L LA9

9 Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data Sheets

Index of this chapter91 Introduction92 Abbreviation List93 IC Data Sheets

Notes bull Only new circuits (circuits that are not published recently)

are described bull Figures can deviate slightly from the actual situation due

to different set executions

91 Introduction

This chassis uses the MStar MST9U19A main chip with the following features bull Multi-Standard TV decoding with 2-D comb filterbull Multi-Standard TV sound demodulator and decoderbull Triple ADC fro TV and RGBYPbPrbull Integrated DVIHDCPHDMI compliant receiverbull High quality scaling enginebull 3-D video de-interlacer and video noise reductionbull Embedded On Screen Display controllerbull NTSCPALSecam Video decoder with automatic standard

detectionbull CVBS video outputbull Multi standard TV sound decoderbull FM stereo and SAP demodulationbull Digital audio interfacebull Analog RGB Compliant Input Portsbull DVIHDCPHDMI Compliant input portbull Auto tuning function including phasing positioning offset

gain and jitter detectionbull Automatic color correction

The MST9U19A is a high performance and fully integrated IC for multi-function LCD monitorTV with resolutions up to WSXGA (1680 times 1050) It is configured with an integrated triple-ADCPLL an integrated DVIHDCPHDMI receiver a multi standard TV video and audio decoder a video de-interlacer a scaling engine the MStarACE-3 color engine an On Screen Display controller an 8-bit MCU and a built-in output panel interface It also incorporates an intelligent power management control system for green-mode requirements and spread-spectrum support for EMI management

For a block diagram refer to chapter 6 ldquoBlock diagrams Test Point Overviews and Waveformsrdquo

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data Sheets EN 51TCS10L LA 9

92 Abbreviation List

1080i 1080 visible lines interlaced1080p 1080 visible lines progressive scan2CS 2 Carrier Sound2DNR Spatial (2D) Noise Reduction3DNR Temporal (3D) Noise Reduction480i 480 visible lines interlaced480p 480 visible lines progressive scanAARA Automatic Aspect Ratio Adaptation

algorithm that adapts aspect ratio to remove horizontal black bars keeping up the original aspect ratio

ACI Automatic Channel Installation algorithm that installs TV channels directly from a cable network by means of a predefined TXT page

ADC Analogue to Digital ConverterAFC Automatic Frequency Control control

signal used to tune to the correct frequency

AGC Automatic Gain Control algorithm that controls the video input of the feature box

AM Amplitude ModulationAUO Acer Unipack OptronicsAP Asia PacificAR Aspect Ratio 4 by 3 or 16 by 9ASD Automatic Standard DetectionAV Audio VideoB-SC1-IN Blue SCART1 inB-SC2-IN Blue SCART2 inB-TXT Blue teletextBG Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 55 MHzBTSC Broadcast Television System

CommitteeC-FRONT Chrominance front inputCBA Circuit Board Assembly (or PWB)CL Constant Level audio output to

connect with an external amplifierCLUT Color Look Up TableComPair Computer aided rePairCSM Customer Service ModeCVBS Composite Video Blanking and

SynchronizationCVBS-EXT CVBS signal from external source

(VCR VCD etc)CVBS-INT CVBS signal from TunerCVBS-MON CVBS monitor signalCVBS-TER-OUT CVBS terrestrial outDAC Digital to Analogue ConverterDBE Dynamic Bass Enhancement extra

low frequency amplificationDFU Directions For Use owners manualDNR Dynamic Noise ReductionDRAM Dynamic RAMDSP Digital Signal ProcessingDST Dealer Service Tool special

(European) remote control designed for service technicians

DTS Digital Theatre SoundDVD Digital Versatile DiscDVI Digital Visual InterfaceDW Double WindowED Enhanced Definition 480p 576pEEPROM Electrically Erasable and

Programmable Read Only MemoryEU EUropeEXT EXTernal (source) entering the set by

SCART or by cinches (jacks)FBL Fast Blanking DC signal

accompanying RGB signalsFBL-SC1-IN Fast blanking signal for SCART1 in

FBL-SC2-IN Fast blanking signal for SCART2 inFBL-TXT Fast Blanking TeletextFLASH FLASH memoryFM Field Memory Frequency ModulationFMR FM RadioFRC Frame Rate ConverterFRONT-C Front input chrominance (SVHS)FRONT-DETECT Front input detectionFRONT-Y_CVBS Front input luminance or CVBS

(SVHS)FTV Flat TeleVisionG-SC1-IN Green SCART1 inG-SC2-IN Green SCART2 inG-TXT Green teletextH H_sync to the module HD High Definition 720p 1080i 1080pHDMI High Definition Multimedia Interface

digital audio and video interfaceHP Head PhoneI Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 60 MHzI2C Integrated IC busI2S Integrated IC Sound busIC Integrated CircuitIF Intermediate FrequencyInterlaced Scan mode where two fields are used

to form one frame Each field contains half the number of the total amount of lines The fields are written in ldquopairsrdquo causing line flicker

IR Infra RedIRQ Interrupt ReQuestLast Status The settings last chosen by the

customer and read and stored in RAM or in the NVM They are called at start-up of the set to configure it according the customers wishes

LATAM LATin AMericaLC04 Philips chassis name for LCD TV 2004

projectLCD Liquid Crystal DisplayLED Light Emitting DiodeLL Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 65 MHz L is Band I L is all bands except for Band I

LPL LG Philips LCDLS Loud SpeakerLVDS Low Voltage Differential Signalling

data transmission system for high speed and low EMI communication

MN Monochrome TV system Sound carrier distance is 45 MHz

MOSFET Metal Oxide Semiconductor Field Effect Transistor

MPEG Motion Pictures Experts GroupMSP Multi-standard Sound Processor ITT

sound decoderMUTE MUTE LineNAFTA North American Free Trade

Association Trade agreement between Canada USA and Mexico

NC Not ConnectedNICAM Near Instantaneous Compounded

Audio Multiplexing This is a digital sound system used mainly in Europe

NTSC National Television Standard Committee Color system used mainly in North America and Japan Color carrier NTSC MN = 3579545 MHz NTSC 443 = 4433619 MHz (this is a VCR norm it is not transmitted off-air)

NVM Non Volatile Memory IC containing TV related data (for example options)

OC Open CircuitONOFF LED OnOff control signal for the LED

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data SheetsEN 52 TCS10L LA9

OSD On Screen DisplayPAL Phase Alternating Line Color system

used mainly in Western Europe (color carrier = 4433619 MHz) and South America (color carrier PAL M = 3575612 MHz and PAL N = 3582056 MHz)

PC Personal ComputerPCB Printed Circuit Board (or PWB)PDP Plasma Display PanelPIG Picture In GraphicPIP Picture In PicturePLL Phase Locked Loop Used for

example in FST tuning systems The customer can directly provide the desired frequency

Progressive Scan Scan mode where all scan lines are displayed in one frame at the same time creating a double vertical resolution

PWB Printed Wiring Board (or PCB)RAM Random Access MemoryRC Remote Control transmitterRC5 (6) Remote Control system 5 (6) the

signal from the remote control receiver RGB Red Green and Blue The primary

color signals for TV By mixing levels of R G and B all colors (YC) are reproduced

RGBHV Red Green Blue Horizontal sync and Vertical sync

ROM Read Only MemorySAM Service Alignment ModeSC SandCastle two-level pulse derived

from sync signalsSC1-OUT SCART output of the MSP audio ICSC2-B-IN SCART2 Blue inSC2-C-IN SCART2 chrominance inSC2-OUT SCART output of the MSP audio ICSC Short CircuitSCL Clock signal on I2C busSD Standard Definition 480i 576iSDA Data signal on I2C busSDI Samsung Display IndustrySDM Service Default ModeSDRAM Synchronous DRAMSECAM SEequence Couleur Avec Memoire

Color system used mainly in France and Eastern Europe Color carriers = 4406250 MHz and 4250000 MHz

SIF Sound Intermediate FrequencySMPS Switch Mode Power SupplySND SouNDSNDL-SC1-IN Sound left SCART1 inSNDL-SC1-OUT Sound left SCART1 outSNDL-SC2-IN Sound left SCART2 inSNDL-SC2-OUT Sound left SCART2 outSNDR-SC1-IN Sound right SCART1 inSNDR-SC1-OUT Sound right SCART1 outSNDR-SC2-IN Sound right SCART2 outSNDR-SC2-OUT Sound right SCART2 outSNDS-VL-OUT Surround sound left variable level outSNDS-VR-OUT Surround sound right variable level outSOPS Self Oscillating Power SupplySPDIF Sony Philips Digital InterFaceSRAM Static RAMSTBY Stand-bySVHS Super Video Home SystemSW Sub Woofer SoftWareTHD Total Harmonic DistortionTXT TeleteXTuP MicroprocessorVL Variable Level out processed audio

output toward external amplifierVCR Video Cassette Recorder

VGA Video Graphics ArrayWD Watch DogWYSIWYR What You See Is What You Record

record selection that follows main picture and sound

XTAL Quartz crystalYPbPr Component video (Y= Luminance Pb

Pr= Color difference signals B-Y and R-Y other amplitudes wrt to YUV)

YC Video related signals Y consists of luminance signal blanking level and sync C consists of color signal

Y-OUT Luminance-signalYUV Baseband component video (Y=

Luminance UV= Color difference signals)

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data Sheets EN 53TCS10L LA 9

93 IC Data Sheets

This section shows the internal block diagrams and pin layouts of ICs that are drawn as ldquoblack boxesrdquo in the electrical diagrams (with the exception of ldquomemoryrdquo and ldquologicrdquo ICs)

931 Diagram B MST9U19A

Figure 9-1 Pin configuration

Pin 1

123

45

7

9

11

1314

1718

21

23

25

2728

30

32

34

36

39

41

43

6

8

10

12

1516

1920

22

24

26

29

31

33

35

3738

40

42

4445464748

505152

49

53 54 55 56 57 59 61 63 65 66 69 70 73 75 77 79 80 82 84 86 88 91 93 9558 60 62 64 67 68 71 72 74 76 78 81 83 85 87 89 90 92 94 96 97 98 99 100

102

103

104

101

208

207

206

205

204

202

200

198

196

195

192

191

188

186

184

182

181

179

177

175

173

170

168

166

203

201

199

197

194

193

190

189

187

185

183

180

178

176

174

172

171

169

167

165

164

163

162

161

159

158

157

160

156155154

153152

150

148

146

144143

140139

136

134

132

130129

127

125

123

121

118

116

114

151

149

147

145

142141

138137

135

133

131

128

126

124

122

120119

117

115

113112111110109

107106105

108

MST9U19A

XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX

GN

D

AUR1

AUL2

AUL3

AUL1

AUCO

M

AUR2

AUR3

DIGO[8]

GNDAVDD_MEMPLL

PWM3PWM2DIGO[9]

SIF1

MSI

F1P

AVD

D_S

IF

AUO

UTL

AUO

UTR

AUO

UTS

VDD

CG

PIO

F[2]

GPI

OF[

3]G

PIO

F[4]

GPI

OF[

5]G

PIO

F[6]

GPI

OF[

7]G

PIO

F[8]

GPI

OF[

9]G

PIO

F[10

]G

PIO

F[11

]VD

DP

GN

DG

PIO

F[12

]

GPI

OF[

14]

GPI

OF[

15]

GPI

OF[

16]

GPI

OF[

17]

GPI

OF[

18]

GN

D

GPI

OF[

19]

VDD

C

VDD

PG

ND

VDD

PVD

DP

GPI

OF[

13]

GN

D

DIGO[7]

DIGO[5]

DIGO[3]

DIGO[1]

VDDC

VDDPPWM_SENSE

DIGO[6]

DIGO[4]

DIGO[2]

DIGO[0]

GND

PWM_DRVPWM_FBIRININT

PWM1PWM0

GNDVDDPALERDZWRZ

VDDC

GNDVDDP

VDD

PLV

A0M

LVA0

PLV

A1M

LVA1

PLV

A2M

LVA2

PLV

ACKM

LVAC

KPLV

A3M

LVA4

PVD

DP

VDD

CAV

DD

_MPL

L

LVA3

PLV

A4M

GPI

OE[

0]

IHSY

NC

ICLK

DI[

1]D

I[0]

IVYS

NC

GPI

OE[

1]G

PIO

E[2]

GPI

OE[

3]G

ND

VDD

P

AVD

D_M

PLL

XIN

XOU

TH

WR

ESET

GN

D

DI[

7]D

I[6]

DI[

5]D

I[4]

DI[

2]D

I[3]

VDD

C

AUO

UTL

3AU

OU

TR3

RXCKPGND

RX0NRX0P

AVDD_DVIRX1NRX1P

RX2P

REXT

DDCD_CK

VSYNC1

VCLAMP

REFM

BIN1M

GNDRX2N

AVDD_DVI

DDCD_DA

HSYNC1

RMID

REFP

BIN1P

SOGIN1GIN1PGIN1MRIN1PRIN1MBIN0MBIN0PGIN0MGIN0P

SOGIN0RIN0MRIN0P

HSYNC0VSYNC0

RXCKN

AVDD_ADCGND

C1Y1C0Y0

CVBS2CVBS1

VCOM1CVBS0

VCOM0CVBSOUT

GND

VCOM2CVBS3

GN

D

AVD

D_A

UAU

L0AU

R0

AUVR

EFAU

VRAD

PAU

VRAD

N

AUO

UTL

2AU

OU

TR2

AD[7]AD[6]AD[5]AD[4]AD[3]AD[2]AD[1]AD[0]

SDOCSZSDISCK

SAR3

SAR1SAR2

SAR0

DDCA_CK

DDCR_CKDDCA_DA

DDCR_DA

LVB0

MLV

B0P

LVB1

MLV

B1P

LVB2

MLV

B2P

LVBC

KMLV

BCKP

LVB3

M

LVB4

P

LVB3

PLV

B4M

I_18130_008eps200608

Pin Configuration

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data SheetsEN 54 TCS10L LA9

932 Diagram B TDA1308

Figure 9-2 Block diagram and pin configuration

Block diagram

Pinning information

2

1

3

4

8

7

65

INA(neg)

TDA1308(A)OUTA

VSS

VDD

INA(pos)

INB(neg)

INB(pos)

OUTB

TDA1308(A)

VATUO DD

BTUO)gen(ANI

)gen(BNI)sop(ANI

VSS INB(pos)

1

2

3

4

6

5

8

7

I_18130_007eps190608

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data Sheets EN 55TCS10L LA 9

933 Diagram B NCP1377B

Figure 9-3 Block diagram and pin configuration

Block diagram

Pinning information

I_18130_009eps190608

HV

VCC

GND

Demag

4 mA

To InternalSupply

+

+

125 V75 V56 V (Fault)

FaultMngt

PON

5 V+

OVP

+

144

45 usDelay

15 us for B Version

Demag

8 usBlanking

S

SR R

Q

Q

+

3 us forB Version

+minus

Overload

5 usTimeout

TimeReset

Demag

380 nsLEB

1 V3

200 Awhen DRV

is OFF

FB

42 V

Driver src = 20 sink = 10

DrvVCC

CS

+50 mV 10 V Rint

1Dmg 8 HV

7 NC2FB

3CS

4GND

6 VCC

5 Drv

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data SheetsEN 56 TCS10L LA9

934 Diagram B TDA7266

Figure 9-4 Block diagram and pin configuration

1

2

4

Vref

7YB-TS

IN1

022microF

VCC

133

+

-

-

+

OUT1+

OUT1-

15

14

12

6ETUM

IN2

022microF

+

-

-

+

OUT2+

OUT2-

8

9S-GND

PW-GND

470microF 100nF

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

9

10

11

8

NC

NC

S-GND

PW-GND

OUT2+

OUT2-

VCC

IN2

ST-BY

MUTE

NC

IN1

VCCOUT1-

OUT1+

13

14

15

12

I_17950_054eps090508

Block Diagram

Pin Configuration

Spare Parts List amp CTN Overview EN 57TCS10L LA 10

10 Spare Parts List amp CTN OverviewFor the latest spare part overview please consult the Philips Service website

Table 10-1 Sets described in this manual

11 Revision ListManual xxxx xxx xxxx0bull First release

CTN Styling

19PFL340355 MG8

19PFL340377 MG8

19PFL340378 MG8

19PFL340385 MG8

26PFL340385 MG8

  • Content
  • 1 Technical Specifications Connections and Chassis Overview
    • 11 Technical Specifications
      • 111 Vision
      • 112 Sound
      • 113 Miscellaneous
        • 12 Connection Overview
          • Figure 1-1 Rear and side IO connections
          • 121 Rear Connections
            • 1 - HDMI Digital Video Digital Audio - In
              • Figure 1-2 HDMI (type A) connector
                • 2 - VGA AUDIO Mini Jack VGA Audio - In
                • 3 - VGA PC Video RGB - In and Service UART
                  • Figure 1-3 VGA Connector
                    • 4 - Cinch Video YPbPr - In
                    • 5 - AV1 Cinch Video CVBS - In Audio - In
                    • 6 - Aerial - In
                    • 7 - Service Connector (ComPair)
                      • 122 Side connections
                        • 8 - Cinch Video CVBS - In Audio - In
                        • 9 - S-Video (Hosiden) Video YC - In
                        • 10 - Mini Jack Audio Head phone - Out
                            • 13 Chassis Overview
                              • Figure 1-4 PWBCBA locations
                                  • 2 Safety Instructions Warnings and Notes
                                    • 21 Safety Instructions
                                    • 22 Warnings
                                    • 23 Notes
                                      • 231 General
                                      • 232 Schematic Notes
                                      • 233 BGA (Ball Grid Array) ICs
                                        • Introduction
                                        • BGA Temperature Profiles
                                          • 234 Lead-free Soldering
                                          • 235 Alternative BOM identification
                                            • Figure 2-1 Serial number (example)
                                              • 236 Board Level Repair (BLR) or Component Level Repair (CLR)
                                              • 237 Practical Service Precautions
                                                  • 3 Directions for Use
                                                  • 4 Mechanical Instructions
                                                    • 41 Cable Dressing
                                                      • Figure 4-1 Cable dressing (19 model)
                                                      • Figure 4-2 Cable dressing (26 model)
                                                        • 42 Service Positions
                                                          • 421 Foam Bars
                                                            • Figure 4-3 Foam bars
                                                                • 43 AssyPanel Removal
                                                                  • 431 Stand
                                                                    • Figure 4-4 Stand
                                                                      • 432 Rear Cover
                                                                        • Figure 4-5 LVDS release
                                                                        • Figure 4-6 Speaker and IRLED panel cable release
                                                                          • 433 Keyboard Control Board
                                                                            • Figure 4-7 Keyboard control board
                                                                              • 434 IRLED Board and Speakers
                                                                                • Figure 4-8 IRLED Board and Speakers
                                                                                  • 435 Power Supply Board
                                                                                    • Figure 4-9 Power Supply Unit(s)
                                                                                      • 436 Inverter Board (19 and 22 versions)
                                                                                        • Figure 4-10 Inverter Board
                                                                                          • 437 Small Signal Board (SSB)
                                                                                            • Removing the SSB
                                                                                              • Figure 4-11 SSB connector plate
                                                                                              • Figure 4-12 SSB
                                                                                                • 44 Set Re-assembly
                                                                                                  • 5 Service Modes Error Codes and Fault Finding
                                                                                                    • 51 Test Points
                                                                                                    • 52 Service Mode
                                                                                                      • 521 Service Alignment Mode (SAM)
                                                                                                        • How to Enter
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-1 SAM menu
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-2 SAM menu White Balance Normal
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-3 SAM menu White Balance Cool
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-4 SAM menu White Balance Warm
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-5 SAM menu Volume Curve
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-6 SAM menu Picture Curve
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-7 SAM menu Picture Mode Natural
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-8 SAM menu Picture Mode Personal
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-9 SAM menu Picture Mode Rich
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-10 SAM menu Picture Mode Soft
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-11 SAM menu Producting
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-12 SAM menu Country
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-13 SAM menu Setup
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-14 SAM menu Shop Init Do
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-15 SAM menu Clear Code gt
                                                                                                            • How to Exit
                                                                                                            • Factory Mode Descriptions
                                                                                                              • ltTABLEgt
                                                                                                              • Virgin Settings
                                                                                                                • Table 5-1 Country setting
                                                                                                                • Table 5-2 Virgin settings
                                                                                                                  • 522 Customer Service Mode (CSM)
                                                                                                                    • Purpose
                                                                                                                    • How to Activate CSM
                                                                                                                    • Contents of CSM
                                                                                                                      • Figure 5-16 CSM Menu
                                                                                                                        • Menu Explanation
                                                                                                                        • How to Exit
                                                                                                                          • 523 Blinking LED Procedure
                                                                                                                            • 53 Error Codes
                                                                                                                              • ltTABLEgt
                                                                                                                                • 54 Fault Finding
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-17 No Picture No sound no Back light (19 sets)
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-18 Picture OK No sound (19 sets)
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-19 No Picture Back light amp Sound OK (19 and 26 sets)
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-20 No color (19 and 26 sets)
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-21 No Picture No sound no Back light (26 sets)
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-22 Picture OK No sound (26 sets)
                                                                                                                                    • 55 Service Tools
                                                                                                                                      • 551 ComPair
                                                                                                                                        • Introduction
                                                                                                                                        • Specifications
                                                                                                                                        • How to Connect
                                                                                                                                        • How to Order
                                                                                                                                          • Figure 5-23 ComPair II interface connection
                                                                                                                                            • 56 Software Upgrading
                                                                                                                                              • 561 Introduction
                                                                                                                                                  • 6 Block Diagrams Test Point Overview and Waveforms
                                                                                                                                                    • Wiring Diagram of Connector for MS19-PH 19
                                                                                                                                                    • Wiring Diagram of Connector for MS19-PH 26
                                                                                                                                                    • Block Diagram MS19P Chipset
                                                                                                                                                    • I2C overview
                                                                                                                                                      • 7 Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts
                                                                                                                                                        • Main Power Supply (19)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Main Power Supply (19) (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Main Power Supply (19) (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Main Power Supply (26)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Main Power Supply (26) (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Main Power Supply (26) (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Standby Power Supply (26)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Standby Power Supply (26) (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Standby Power Supply (26) (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB Control
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB DC - DC
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB MST9E19A Controller
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB HDMI Interface
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB VGA Interface
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB Cinch
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB Tuner
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB Audio Amplifier
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB LVDS Interface
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Small Signal Board (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Small Signal Board (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Keyboard Control Panel
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Keyboard Control Panel (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Keyboard Control Panel (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Inverter Panel
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Inverter Panel (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Inverter Panel (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • IR LED Panel
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout IR LED Panel (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout IR LED Panel (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                          • 8 Alignments
                                                                                                                                                            • 81 Electrical Alignments
                                                                                                                                                            • 82 Hardware Alignments
                                                                                                                                                              • 821 Aging
                                                                                                                                                              • 822 ADC Adjustment
                                                                                                                                                              • 823 White Balance Adjustment
                                                                                                                                                                • Table 8-1 Color Temperature Setting 19
                                                                                                                                                                • Table 8-2 Color Temperature Setting 26
                                                                                                                                                                  • 9 Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data Sheets
                                                                                                                                                                    • 91 Introduction
                                                                                                                                                                    • 92 Abbreviation List
                                                                                                                                                                    • 93 IC Data Sheets
                                                                                                                                                                      • 931 Diagram B MST9U19A
                                                                                                                                                                        • Figure 9-1 Pin configuration
                                                                                                                                                                          • 932 Diagram B TDA1308
                                                                                                                                                                            • Figure 9-2 Block diagram and pin configuration
                                                                                                                                                                              • 933 Diagram B NCP1377B
                                                                                                                                                                                • Figure 9-3 Block diagram and pin configuration
                                                                                                                                                                                  • 934 Diagram B TDA7266
                                                                                                                                                                                    • Figure 9-4 Block diagram and pin configuration
                                                                                                                                                                                      • 10 Spare Parts List amp CTN Overview
                                                                                                                                                                                        • Table 10-1 Sets described in this manual
                                                                                                                                                                                          • 11 Revision List
Page 34: Philips 19PFL3403-55 TCS1[1].0L_LA

34TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

SSB DC - DC

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGNDAGND

GN

DA

DJ

OU

T

VIN

4

OU

T

VIN

AD

JG

ND

VO

UT

VIN

AD

JG

ND

VCC18V FOR MST9E19A

pin36

VDDC for MST9E19A Core

+33V for VDD_MPLL

+33AVDD FOR AVDD_SIF

+33AVDD FOR AVDD_AU

pin6 pin12

+33AVDD for AVDD_HDMI

Vcc33for MST9E19A analog

+33AVDD for AVDDA

33V for AVDDPLL2

Vcc33 for MST9E19A Digital

10RR

31

F330A

+33V

L16100R+5VST

R28NC

23

1

U6

AIC

1084

FM120D8

FM120D6

23

1

U7

KD

1084

AD

2T18

+33V

VDDP

FM120D7

+5VSTB_L

1 2 3

4

U5AS1117-33

L18FB

FBL17

+18V

VDDC

L11

100R

L10100R+33V

L24

100R

FBL23

16V

47UC

37

C67

01U

01UC

62

C61

01U

01UC

60

C59

01U

16V

100UC

53

C48100U

16V

NCR30

R29

0RL41

FB

16V

100UC

33

C31100U

16V

C49 0

1U

01U

C52

01U

C36

C34 0

1U

01U

C42

C58 0

1U16V

47UC

57

C51 0

1U

AVDD_SIF

+33VA

AVDD_AU

+33VA

AVDDA

+33VA

AVDD_MEMPLL

+33VA

C56 0

1U

01U

C552U

2C

54

C47 0

1U

C46 2U

2

L21FB

2U2

C41

FBL19

C50 2U

2

L22FB

FBL20

01U

C452U

2C

44

C39 0

1U

C38 2U

2

AVDD_HDMI

01U

C40

+33VA

01U

C32

C30 0

1U

+33VA

+33VA

VDD_MPLL

+18V

C35100U

16V

C63

01U

01UC

64

C65

01U

01UC

66

01UC

68

C69

01U

01UC

70

C71

01U

01UC

72

C73

01U

+5VST

+5VSTB

FM120D9

B02 B02

I_18130_012eps180608

DC - DC

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 35TCS10L LA 7

SSB MST9E19A Controller

AG

ND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AG

ND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

SDA

SCL

WC

VCC

VSS

E2NC

E1NC

E0NC AGND

VCC

HOLD

SCK

GND SI

WP

SO

CE

SDA

SCL

WC

VCC

VSS

E2NC

E1NC

E0NC

AD

0A

D1

AD

2A

D3

AD

4A

D5

AD

6A

D7

ALE

AUCOM

AUL0

AUL1

AUL2

AUL3

AUOUTL

AUOUTL2

AUOUTL3

AUOUTR

AUOUTR2

AUOUTR3

AUOUTS

AUR0

AUR1

AUR2

AUR3

AUVRADNAUVRADPAUVREF

AV

DD

_AD

C

AV

DD

_AU

AV

DD

_DV

IA

VD

D_D

VI1

AV

DD

_ME

MP

LL

AV

DD

_MP

LLA

VD

D_M

PLL

1

AV

DD

_SIF

BIN0MBIN0P

BIN1MBIN1P

C0

C1

CSZ

CVBS0

CVBS1CVBS2CVBS3

CVBSOUT

DD

CA

_CK

DD

CA

_DA

DDCD_CKDDCD_DA

DD

CR

_CK

DD

CR

_DA

DI0DI1DI2DI3DI4DI5DI6DI7

DIG

O0

DIG

O1

DIG

O2

DIG

O3

DIG

O4

DIG

O5

DIG

O6

DIG

O7

DIG

O8

DIG

O9

GIN0MGIN0P

GIN1MGIN1P

GN

DG

ND

1

GN

D10

GN

D11

GN

D12

GN

D13

GN

D14

GN

D15

GN

D2

GN

D3

GN

D4

GN

D5

GN

D6

GN

D7

GN

D8

GN

D9

GPIOE0LVSYNCGPIOE1LHSYNC

GPIOE2LDEGPIOE3LCK

GPIOF10GPIOF11

GPIOF12GPIOF13GPIOF14GPIOF15GPIOF16GPIOF17GPIOF18GPIOF19

GPIOF2GPIOF3GPIOF4GPIOF5GPIOF6GPIOF7GPIOF8GPIOF9

HSYNC0

HSYNC1

HW

RE

SE

T

ICLK

IHSYNC

INT

IRIN

IVSYNC

LA0MG3LA0PG2LA1MG1LA1PG0LA2MB7LA2PB6

LA3MB3LA3PB2LA4MB1LA4PB0

LACKMB5LACKPB4

LB0MR7LB0PR6LB1MR5LB1PR4LB2MR3LB2PR2

LB3MG7LB3PG6LB4MG5LB4PG4

LBCKMR1LBCKPR0

PW

M0

PW

M1

PW

M2

PW

M3

PWM_DRVPWM_FB

PWM_SENSE

RD

Z

REFMREFP

REXT

RIN0MRIN0P

RIN1MRIN1P

RMID

RX0NRX0PRX1NRX1PRX2NRX2P

RXCKNRXCKP

SA

R0

SA

R1

SA

R2

SA

R3

SCKSDI

SDO

SIF1MSIF1P

SOGIN0

SOGIN1

VCLAMP

VCOM0

VCOM1

VCOM2

VD

DC

VD

DC

1V

DD

C2

VD

DC

3V

DD

C4

VD

DC

5

VD

DP

VD

DP

1V

DD

P2

VD

DP

3V

DD

P4

VD

DP

5V

DD

P6

VD

DP

7V

DD

P8

VD

DP

9

VSYNC0

VSYNC1

WR

Z

XIN

XO

UT

Y0

Y1

AGND

T

T

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

Mode Selection

I2C address at A0

Location Near IC PinLocation Near IC Pin

SST PULL DOWNMSTAR PULL UP

DVI INPUT

VGA INPUT

For TTL output

Audio Output(to Amp) AV Output(Audio)

Debug Port

For Philps debug

HDCP I2C address at A4

VID

EO

INP

UT

HDTV INPUT

C212NC

C7822P

01UC11

2

2U2 C247

C1072U2

01U C114

PW_CTRL

PRORECT_12V

54

72 13

6 8

RP

84K

7

KEY0-IN

LED2-IN

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

P5

POWER-ONOFF

54

72 13

6 8

RP

124K

7

LED1-IN

NC

L43

+5VSTB

4K7

R55

LED2R13

4K7

R584K7

B

C

E

Q9BT3904

1

2

3

4

5

P14

WP

SDA

SCL

+33V

1

2

3

4

P6

10RR41

SHUT_EEP

D4 NC

WP

C20

110

0P

RXD

TXD1

2

3

P2

ZX

Z62

WP

+33V

+33V+5VSTB

RS

20R

RS

3N

C

RS

11K

10K

R32

10K

R42

01UC86

47RR64

NC

R63

R62

NC

R52100R

R51 22

K

R50 22

K

100RR49

100RR40

C83

001

U

001

UC82

R67

0R

001

UC76

2U2C115

R47100R

R45100R

100RR34100R

R33

2U2C104

C1052U2PC-LIN

2U2C106

C1112U2

2U2C110

C11901U

R57 8K

2

8K2

R56

C1092U2

2U2C108

124578

101113141516171819202122232425262728

293031323334353839

404142434445464748495051

5455575859

61626364656667686970717273747576

78798081828384858687

131

132

133

134

125

126

127

128

129

130

155

156

136 3 9 37 52 56 89 99 101

104

106

120

141

152

173

187

204

143

144

145

146

147

148

149

150

153

154

116

117

118

135

124123122121

9796959493929190

139138137

191190189188

185184183182181180179178177176175174171170169168167166165164163162161160

202201200199198197196195

192

194193

207

206

205

36 53 60 105

6 12 157

208

77 98 107

142

158

203

88 100

102

103

119

140

151

159

172

186

115

114

113

112

111

110

109

108

U8

MST9E19A

R54

4K7

R36

22K

100P C79

01UC11

7

C116

01U

R7510K

R38 22

K

C10201U

C89 0

1U

1

3

2

D40

0BA

V99

+5VST

R53

390R

CVBSOUT

LED2

5

6

7

8

4

3

2

1U10

M24C32MN

IR_SYNC

KEY0

LED1

KEY1

WP_FSH

TV1-VIN- VCOM0

AV1-YIN-

AV1-YIN

VCOM2

SV_Y0

R_TX2+

C920047U

C930047U

0047UC94

0047UC96

C970047U

0047UC98

C1010047U

0047UC100

C990047U

SV_C0

TXD

RXD

100P

C20

2

8

7

6

4 5

3

2

1U9

W25X40

+33V

L26 F

B

100RR77

SDA

SCL

SHUT_EEPR76

100R

5

6

7

8

4

3

2

1U11

M24C04MN

SDA

SCL

100RR70

R69100R

+33V

R68

10K

SPI_CZ

SPI_DI

SPI_CK

54

72

1

3 6

8

RP933R

NCR

65R

661K

8

C90 10

0P

R6110R

1KR60

R591K

100P

C91

C95 10

0P

SYS_RST

R391K

B

E

CQ8

BT3906

C8010U

16V

C7447U

16V

R48

1M

Y1

14M

3

22PC84

AVDDA

AVDD_SIF

AVDD_MEMPLL

AVDD_HDMIVDDC VDDP

SDA_EXT

SCL_EXT

+33V

R43

10K

10KR

44

RXE3+B2

RXE4+B0

RXE4-B1

RXE3-B3

RXEC+B4

RXEC-B5

RXE2+B6

RXE2-B7

RXE1+G0

RXE1-G1

RXE0+G2

RXE0-G3

RXO4+G4

RXO4-G5

RXO3+G6

RXO3-G7

RXOC+R0

RXOC-R1

RXO2+R2

RXO2-R3

RXO1+R4

RXO1-R5

RXO0+R6

RXO0-R7

TTL-BLUE2

TTL-BLUE1

TTL-BLUE0

TTL-BLUE3

TTL-BLUE4

TTL-BLUE5

TTL-BLUE6

TTL-BLUE7

TTL-GREEN0

TTL-GREEN1

TTL-GREEN2

TTL-GREEN3

TTL-GREEN4

TTL-GREEN5

TTL-GREEN6

TTL-GREEN7

TTL-RED6

TTL-RED0

TTL-RED1

TTL-RED2

TTL-RED3

TTL-RED4

TTL-RED5

TTL-RED7

54

72

1

3 6

8

RP40R

8

63

1

2 7

4 5

0RRP7

54

72

1

3 6

8

RP60R

8

63

1

2 7

4 5

0RRP3

8

63

1

2 7

4 5

0RRP5

54

72

1

3 6

8

RP20R

SPI_CKSPI_DISPI_CZ

SPI_DO

AMP-MUTE

PANEL-ONOFF

LED1

HPDCTRL

ON-PBACK

863 12

7

45

4K7

RP

13

PWM0

ADJ-PWM2

NCR

85

NCR

82

NCR

80

NCR

79

R84

1K

R83

1K

R81

1K

R78

1K

PWM0

WP_FSH

ADJ-PWM2

PWM3

IR_SYNC

KEY1

KEY0

RXD

TXD

SCL

SDA

DDC-RDX

DDC-TXD

I2C-SCL

I2C-SDA

+33V

54

721 3

68

RP

104K

7

R7410R

10RR73

10RR72

R7110R

AUCOM

16V

10UC

118

AUVRADN

AUVRADP

C11310U

16V

L250

AMP-ROUT

AMP-LOUT

PH-ROUTPH-LOUT

PC-RIN

SIFM

SIFP

01UC103

01U

C88

AUCOM

AUVREFAUVRADPAUVRADN

SIFM

SIFP

TUNER_CVBS

SV_C0

SV_Y0

VCOM2

CVBS2CVBS1

VCOM0

VCOM1

CVBS3

SCG+

SCR+SCR-

SC_SOG

SCG-

SCB-

RIN-

RIN+GIN-

GIN+SOG

BIN-BIN+

01UC85

C8701U

VS_RGBHS_RGB

HDMI_SCLHDMI_SDA

AVDD_HDMI TXCLK-

R_TX2+

R_TX2-G_TX1+

G_TX1-B_TX0+

B_TX0-TXCLK+

AUVREF

PWM3

+33V

VDD_MPLL

AVDD_AU

TV1-VIN+ TUNER_CVBS

VCOM1

AV1-CIN

TV-SIFP

TV-SIFM

HDMI_SCLHDMI_SDA

TXCLK-

R_TX2-G_TX1+

G_TX1-B_TX0+

B_TX0-TXCLK+

VS_RGBHS_RGB

RIN-

RIN+GIN-

GIN+SOG

BIN-BIN+

SCG+

SCR+SCR-

SC_SOG

SCG-SCB+SCB-

AV1-VIN+

AV2-VIN+

AV3-VIN+ CVBS1

CVBS2

CVBS3

SPI_DO

WP_FSH

CVBSOUT

PH-LOUT

PH-ROUTAMP-ROUT AMP-R

AMP-LAMP-LOUTPH-L1OUT

AFT

SCB+

KEY1-IN

+33V

PH-R1OUT

C77

1000

P

E

C

B BT3904Q7

R114K7

+5VSTB

GPIO_PROTECT

+33V

IR-IN

C248

2U2

2U2 C249

C250

2U2

2U2 C251

C252

2U2

DVI-RINDVI-LINAV2-RIN

AV2-LIN

AV1-RINAV1-LIN

B03 B03

I_18130_013eps180608

MST9E19A CONTROLLER

36TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

SSB HDMI Interface

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

SDA

SCL

WC

VCC

VSS

E2NC

E1NC

E0NC

RX2+

GND1

RX2-

RX1+

GND2

RX1-

RX0+

GND3

RX0-

RXC+

GND4

RXC-

NC1

NC2

DDCCLK

DDCDA

GND5

VCC

HPD

AGND

HDMI-RX2-

HDMI-RX1+

+5V

+5V

5

6

43

2

1

U17

PRTR5V0U4D

5

6

43

2

1

U18

PRTR5V0U4D

1KR101

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

P12

01UC

120

5

6

7

8

4

3

2

1U12

M24C02MN

RLZ

5B6

D18

HDMI-DDC-SDA

HDMI-DDC-SCL

HDMI-HPD

HDMI5V

HPDCTRLB

C

E

Q10BT3904

4K7R96

R95

4K7

R1000R

NCR

97

R94

1K

+5V

100RR99

R98100R

12

3

D17

BAT

54C

D19

RLZ

5B6

TXCLK-

TXCLK+

B_TX0-

B_TX0+

G_TX1-

G_TX1+

R_TX2-

R_TX2+

10RR93

R9210R

10RR91

R9010R

10RR89

R8810R

10RR87

R8610R

HDMI_SDA

HDMI_SCL

HDMI-RXC-

HDMI-RXC+

HDMI-RX0+

HDMI-RX0-

HDMI-RX1-

HDMI-RX2+

B04 B04

I_18130_014eps180608

HDMI INTERFACE

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 37TCS10L LA 7

SSB VGA Interface

AGND

AGND

AGND

SDA

SCL

WC

VCC

VSS

E2NC

E1NC

E0NC

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGNDProgram Control

To main chip(when updateit is I2Cwhen debug it is RXTX)

LED2

R12

110

0RR12

010

0R

+33V

RXD

TXD

R170

4K7

1

3

2

D2

100RR144

NCR123

4K7R12

2

75R

R10

9

R10

8 75R

01UC

130

10K

R17

4

75R

R10

7

10K

R17

2

P13-11

R11

8 4K7

4K7

R11

9

PROTECT

VGA5V

VGA-SCL

PROTECT

13

2

D25

1

3

2

D20

C19 N

C

Q182N7002

10RR175

R171NC

R17310R

C12

9 NC

C1270047U

VGA-R+

VGA-G+

VGA-B+

+5VST1

32

D24

1KR115

R1141K

123

D23BAT54C

5

6

7

8

4

3

2

1U13

M24C02MN

R11

74K

7NC

C12

8R11

610

K

6

4

11

14

15

7

12

8

5

13

3

10

9

1

2

16

17

P13

C1230047U

C1241000P

C1210047U

R10510R

10RR104

R10310R

0047UC126

C1250047U

0047UC122

1

3

2

D22

2

3

1

D21

R11347R

47RR111

R11047R

R106330R

HS_RGB

VS_RGB

Q192N7002

B

C

E

Q25BT3904

VGA-HS

VGA-VS

VGA-SDA

RIN+

SOG

BIN-

GIN-

RIN-

BIN+

GIN+

VGA-SDA

VGA-SCL

+5VSTB

+5VSTB

B05 B05

I_18130_015eps180608

VGA INTERFACE

38TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

SSB Cinch

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND AGNDAGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

VDD

OUTB

INB-

VSS INB+

INA+

INA-

OUTA

AGNDAGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

WHITE

RED

YELLOWGREEN

BLUE

RED

WHITE

RED

RED

WHITE

YELLOW

AGND

AGND

AGND

HDTV IN

AV OUTPUT AUDIO AMP

For PCampYPbPr Audio Input(RL)

For Philips Upgrade

S-VIDEO amp AV2 In Side

Earphone Outuput In Side

AV1 In Rear

AV OUTPUT

For DVI Audio Input(35mm Jack)

2

1

3

P17

DVI_R

DVI_L

AV2-V

AV_ROUT

AV2-R

C13 47

0P

12K

R15

2

C17 47

0P

560P

C16

356

0PC

162

3

2

1

4P15

C14

156

0P

PC-R

560P

C14

3C

134

560P

560P

C13

8

2

3

1

D37

NC

C14

256

0P56

0PC

146

C6 10

0P

3

1

2

P11

TXD

3

1

2

P7

PR1

PB1

AVOUT_L

Y1

AVOUT

1

4

2

5

3

6P21

1

2

3

4

5

6P8

8 56 7 9

P15

BUF2

1

3

2

D31

2

3

1

D28

NC

1

3

2

D33

NC

2

3

1

D55

NC

2

3

1

D54

NC

2

3

1

D52

NC

2

3

1

D51

NC

2

3

1

D34

1

3

2

D36

NC

C5 10

0P

13

2

D12

R18

8 75R

R2855K1

R2845K1

R2805K1

R2815K1

L6130R

AV1-CL60

30R

AV1-YL59

30R

75R

R14

9

C19

810

00P

C14

068

0P

680P

C15

5

10RR186

680P

C13

6

OP_VCC2

C13

168

0P

2

3

1

D53

2

3

1

D27

FB

L42

10KR230

12K

R20

1R

197 12

K

R15

9 12K

R15

522

0R

220RR153

75R

R14

0

75R

R13

9

R13

6 75R

75R

R12

8

2U2C188

R14

5 12K

12K

R15

7

12K

R13

5C191

2U2

10K

R15

6R

147 10

K

330R

R14

6

R18510RY1

75RR151

R141

75R

C1452U2

2U2C144

01UC

139

12K

R16

1

AV2-VIN+

CVBSOUT

AV1-CIN

AV1-YIN-

1

3

2

D38

2

3

1

D39

PH-R1OUTR226

10K

AV_LOUT

R22447K

+5V

R22

547

K

C18

347

U

16V

100P

C18

9

33KR

229

C18547U

16V

C18

40

1U

C19

310

0P

R23

233

K

8

7

6

4 5

3

2

1U16

TDA1308T

SCB-

SCG-

SCR-

C1580047U

SCG+

SCR+

SCB+

SC_SOG

PR1

PB1

C1540047U

0047UC153

C1520047U

C1511000P

0047UC159

0047UC156

R19547R

47RR191

R18947R

R18410R

10RR183

R14810R

1

3

2

D35

B

E

CQ11

BT3906C218

10U

16V

B

C

E

Q12BT3904

2

3

1

D32

2

3

1

D30

1

3

2

D29

R13347R

10RR137

R12610R

+5V

AV1-YIN

Y1R176

470R

PH-L1OUT

AV_LOUT

AV_ROUT

AV1-VIN+

L63 30

R

30R

L62

330RR

249

R25

133

0R

C196

033U50V

C197

033U50V

7

654

89

3

1

2

P18

1000

PC

199

AMP-PROUT+AMP-LIN

AMP-PLOUT+AMP-RIN

EARPHONE-RA

EARPHONE-LA

30RL44

AV1-RIN

R2825K1

R2835K1 AV1-LIN

AV2-LIN

R2865K1

R2875K1 AV2-RIN

R2885K1

R2895K1 DVI-RIN

R2905K1

R2915K1 DVI-LIN

R2925K1

R2935K1 PC-RIN

R2945K1

R2955K1 PC-LIN

AV1_V

AVOUT_R

RXD

C4 47

0P47

0PC

7

AV1_R

AV1_L

C9 47

0P47

0PC

10

C11 47

0P47

0PC

12

PC-L

AV2-L

B06 B06

I_18130_016eps180608

CINCH

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 39TCS10L LA 7

SSB Tuner

AGND

AGND

AGND

AG

ND

AGNDAGND

AGND

AGND

COMMON

IN OUT

VID

EO

NC

1

NC

2

AU

DIO

AG

C

SD

A

TU

MB

GN

D2

SIF

OU

T

GN

D1

NC

3

NC

4

NC

5

SC

L

NC

6

AF

T

CLOSE RO MST IC

R21127R

171 2 6 1110 1412 157 83 4 5 9 13 16

TU1

2

1 3

U15KIA78D05

TUNER_SDA

TUNER_SCL

SIF_OUT

TV_CVBSC

172

01U

33V

B

C

E

Q20

BT3904

TV-SIFPNCR213

10RR220

001UC181

TV-SIFP

R194100R

330R

R19

3R

192

10R

R19

81K

R19

91K

L2722UH

+12V

R20

7 NC

100K

R20

3

2200

PC

200

R209120R

R20610R

C17

4N

C3

30P

NC

330

PC

175

C171220U

16V

L28120R

R20251K

C17

710

0P

C17

615

0P

SDA_EXT

SCL_EXT

C168220U

16V

16V

220UC

169

TV1-VIN-

TV1-VIN+

R21047R

C16

60

01UC16

44U

7

50V

C16

50

01U

C16

70

1U

TUNER_5V

AFT

120RR212

TUNER_5V

TV-SIFM

001UC170

B07 B07

I_18130_017eps180608

TUNER

40TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

SSB Audio Amplifier

PGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

PGND

PGND

AGND

AGND

OUT2+

OUT2-

NC3

IN2

VCC2

NC2

OUT1+

VCC1

IN1

NC1

MUTE

STBY

PW_GND

S_GND

OUT1-

TO SPEAKER

TO SPEAKER

0RR

162

AMP-PROUT-

2

1

H8

15

14

11

12

13

10

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

2

U19

TD

A7266

1

2

3

4

P9

AMP-PLOUT-

L45200R

L46200R

C219220U

16V

27UHL31

C217220U

16V

AMP-LIN

R253NC

01U C209

D3LL4148

C20

610

00P

1U

C211

0022U

C26 1000

PC

204

0022U

C25

C22

470U16V

+5VST

R164100K

R16510K

R16

8N

C

R16

9N

C

R1663K3

3K3R167

10KR244

B

E

CQ15

BT3906

B

C

E

Q16BT3904

C19

5 NC

NC

C19

4

B

C

E

Q24BT3904NC

0RR257

10KR254

E

C

B BT3904Q23

B

C

E

Q22BT3904

R25210K

R255100R

R24310K

2U2C205

R2560R

C2032U2

+12V

AMP-PROUT-

AMP-PROUT+

AMP-PLOUT-

AMP-PLOUT+

POWER-ONOFF

AMP-MUTE

AMP-R

AMP-L

12V-AMP

+12V

AMP-RIN

B08 B08

I_18130_018eps180608

AUDIO AMPLIFIER

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 41TCS10L LA 7

SSB LVDS Interface

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

VCC_PANEL

C246

10U 16V

C245

01U

R277 0NC

+33V

R27

2

0N

C

R275 0NC

RXE4+B0 RXE4-B1

RXE3+B2 RXE3-B3

RXEC+B4 RXEC-B5

RXE2+B6 RXE2-B7

RXE1+G0 RXE1-G1

RXE0+G2 RXE0-G3

RXO4+G4 RXO4-G5

RXO3+G6 RXO3-G7

RXOC+R0 RXOC-R1

RXO2+R2 RXO2-R3

RXO1+R4 RXO1-R5

RXO0+R6 RXO0-R7

1 2

4

6

8

12

14

16

18

20

10

22

24

26

28

3

5

7

9

11

13

15

17

19

21

23

25

27

29 30

32

34

36

38

40

31

33

35

37

39

P10

R276 0NC

R27

3

0N

CR

274

0N

C

B09 B09

I_18130_019eps180608

LVDS INTERFACE Personal Notes

E_06532_012eps131004

42TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout Small Signal Board (Top Side)

I_18130_020eps180608

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 43TCS10L LA 7

Layout Small Signal Board (Bottom Side)

I_18130_021eps180608

44TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Keyboard Control Panel

Layout Keyboard Control Panel (Top Side)

Layout Keyboard Control Panel (Bottom Side)

AGND

AGND AGNDAGND

AGND

R10072K

R10061K5

R10011K2

12 4

3K1001

1

2

3

P1001

KEY0

R1008NC

R10051K2

R1004NC

R10032K

R10021K5

D10

02

HS

5V6B

D10

01H

S5V

6B

12 4

3K1003

12 4

3K1002

12 4

3K1006

12 4

3K1005

12 4

3K1004

KEY1

I_18130_030eps180608

E EKEYBOARD CONTROL PANEL

I_18130_031eps180608

I_18130_032eps180608

Personal Notes

E_06532_012eps131004

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 45TCS10L LA 7

Inverter Panel

1 2

A

B

C

D

4321

D

C

B

A

F1FUSE-1

C2104

C1220uF250V

C3104

R1200

Q1

DTA143

E1

9

E2

10

C2

11

VC

C12

OU

TP

UT

C13

VR

EF

14

A1+

1

A1-

2

CO

MP

3

DT

C4

CT

5

RT

6

GN

D7

C1

8

A2-

15

A2+

16

U1

TL494

R2200

Q32222

C8

223

C7103

R847K

R7120K

C4

104C5104

D1

68V

C9104

D2

1N4148

Q8DTC143

123456

CN1

R20470K

R21

33K

C16

330pF

C15NC

R13100K

R10

68K

R11

68K

R12

15K

C10104

R2627K

C20223

R18560

Q22222

Q62907

R142K

R1622K

R27 10

R28 10

D4

BAW56K

S11

G12

S23

G24

D1 8

D1 7

D2 6

D2 5

U2

4606

C21223

Q42222

Q72907

R152K

R1722K

R29 10

R30 10

D5

BAW56K

S11

G12

S23

G24

D1 8

D1 7

D2 6

D2 5

U3

4606

R19560

C6

105

R231M

Q52N7002

R22

1M

R9

47K

R25

100KR24270K

D6NCBAW56K

D7NCBAW56K

P1

P2

P3

P4

C17225

C18

225

10

1 7

6

T1

T01

10

1 7

6

T2

T01

C2222pF

12

CON1

12

CON2

D9BAV99

R41K

R36820

R32

10KC12104

D8BAV99

R31K

R35820

R31

10KC11104

P2

P1

C2322pF

12

CON3

12

CON4

D11

BAV99

R61K

R38820

R34

10KC14104

D10BAV99

R51K

R37820

R33

10KC13104

P4

P3

VREF

VREF

C19NC

C26

222C27NC

D13BAV99

D15BAV99

C2422pF

C2522pF

C28

222C29NC

C30222 C31

NC

C32

222C33NC

OVP

OVP

OV

P

R602K

R61510K

C38105

Q10

DTA143

Q112222

R6330K

R62 1K

VCC

VCC

P5

P5

R64

1K

C34221

C35 221

C37

221

C39104

C36

221U4A

LM393

U4B

LM393

Vref

D3

1N4148

R65

3K R663K

C41 104

R67

10K

I_18130_033eps180608

I IINVERTER PANEL 19rdquo

46TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout Inverter Panel (Top Side)

Layout Inverter Panel (Bottom Side)

I_18130_034eps190608

I_18130_035eps190608

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 47TCS10L LA 7

IR LED Panel

AGND

AGND

AGNDIRVC

C

GN

D

RW

R20

031K

2

R20

04

1K2

LED1

1

2

3

4

5

CN2001

E

C

B

BC847AQ2001

B

C

E

Q2002

BC847A

2

13

D2001

LED2

G2001

R20024K7

5V16

V10

0UC

2001

5V

IR

IR

C20

03 47P

LED1R2001

4K7

C2002

47P

LED2

I_18130_036eps180608

J JIR amp LED PANELLayout IR LED Panel (Top Side)

Layout IR LED Panel (Bottom Side)

I_18130_037eps180608

I_18130_038eps180608

48TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Personal Notes

E_06532_013eps131004

Alignments EN 49TCS10L LA 8

8 Alignments

Index of this chapter81 Electrical Alignments82 Hardware Alignments

NoteThe Service Modes are described in chapter 5 Menu navigation is done with the CURSOR UP DOWN LEFT or RIGHT keys of the remote control transmitter

81 Electrical Alignments

Perform all electrical adjustments under the following conditionsbull Power supply voltage (depends on region)

ndash AP-NTSC 120 VAC or 230 VAC 50 Hz (plusmn 10)ndash AP-PAL-multi 120 - 230 VAC 50 Hz (plusmn 10)ndash EU 230 VAC 50 Hz (plusmn 10)ndash LATAM-NTSC 120 - 230 VAC 50 Hz (plusmn 10)ndash US 120 VAC 60 Hz (plusmn 10)

bull Connect the set to the mains via an isolation transformer with low internal resistance

bull Allow the set to warm up for approximately 60 minutesbull Measure voltages and waveforms in relation to correct

ground (eg measure audio signals in relation to AUDIO_GND) Caution It is not allowed to use heatsinks as ground

bull Test probe Ri gt 10 MΩ Ci lt 20 pFbull Use an isolated trimmerscrewdriver to perform

alignments

82 Hardware Alignments

Not applicable

821 Aging

Enter TV mode Set warm up status to ldquoOnrdquo Aging time at least 12 minutes

822 ADC Adjustment

The chassis can execute ADC auto-tune in YPbPr amp PC sourcing modes Enter SAM select YPbPr or PC as source then select AUTOTUNE in ADC ADJ press ldquoRight keyrdquo to run waiting for about 5 seconds until ldquoOKrdquo is displayed which means the set finished the ADC adjustment With an YPbPr source use a 100 color bar pattern with a PC source use a 16-scale grey pattern

823 White Balance Adjustment

Adjust the NORMAL WARM COOL temperature in White balance according to company regular Make sure ADC adjustments have done successfully before doing white balance adjustments and use the ldquoNaturalrdquo picture mode White balance adjustment should be performed with three different sources1 AVTVSVIDEO source reunification under the AV

adjustment apply a NTSC-M system signal with 8-scale grey pattern

2 YPbPrHDMI source reunification under the YPbPr adjustment apply an 8-scale grey pattern

3 PC source should adjust single apply a 8-scale grey pattern

If case of manual adjustment please use the WB page in SAMWhile adjusting White Balance do not change White G or Black G only adjust White R White B Black R and Black B

Table 8-1 Color Temperature Setting 19

Table 8-2 Color Temperature Setting 26

Color mode X Y Color Temperature (K)

Normal 296plusmn4 299plusmn4 8000

Warm 314plusmn4 319plusmn4 6500

Cool 289plusmn4 291plusmn4 9000

Color mode X Y Color Temperature (K)

Normal 289plusmn4 291plusmn4 9000

Warm 314plusmn4 319plusmn4 6500

Cool 278plusmn4 278plusmn4 11000

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data SheetsEN 50 TCS10L LA9

9 Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data Sheets

Index of this chapter91 Introduction92 Abbreviation List93 IC Data Sheets

Notes bull Only new circuits (circuits that are not published recently)

are described bull Figures can deviate slightly from the actual situation due

to different set executions

91 Introduction

This chassis uses the MStar MST9U19A main chip with the following features bull Multi-Standard TV decoding with 2-D comb filterbull Multi-Standard TV sound demodulator and decoderbull Triple ADC fro TV and RGBYPbPrbull Integrated DVIHDCPHDMI compliant receiverbull High quality scaling enginebull 3-D video de-interlacer and video noise reductionbull Embedded On Screen Display controllerbull NTSCPALSecam Video decoder with automatic standard

detectionbull CVBS video outputbull Multi standard TV sound decoderbull FM stereo and SAP demodulationbull Digital audio interfacebull Analog RGB Compliant Input Portsbull DVIHDCPHDMI Compliant input portbull Auto tuning function including phasing positioning offset

gain and jitter detectionbull Automatic color correction

The MST9U19A is a high performance and fully integrated IC for multi-function LCD monitorTV with resolutions up to WSXGA (1680 times 1050) It is configured with an integrated triple-ADCPLL an integrated DVIHDCPHDMI receiver a multi standard TV video and audio decoder a video de-interlacer a scaling engine the MStarACE-3 color engine an On Screen Display controller an 8-bit MCU and a built-in output panel interface It also incorporates an intelligent power management control system for green-mode requirements and spread-spectrum support for EMI management

For a block diagram refer to chapter 6 ldquoBlock diagrams Test Point Overviews and Waveformsrdquo

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data Sheets EN 51TCS10L LA 9

92 Abbreviation List

1080i 1080 visible lines interlaced1080p 1080 visible lines progressive scan2CS 2 Carrier Sound2DNR Spatial (2D) Noise Reduction3DNR Temporal (3D) Noise Reduction480i 480 visible lines interlaced480p 480 visible lines progressive scanAARA Automatic Aspect Ratio Adaptation

algorithm that adapts aspect ratio to remove horizontal black bars keeping up the original aspect ratio

ACI Automatic Channel Installation algorithm that installs TV channels directly from a cable network by means of a predefined TXT page

ADC Analogue to Digital ConverterAFC Automatic Frequency Control control

signal used to tune to the correct frequency

AGC Automatic Gain Control algorithm that controls the video input of the feature box

AM Amplitude ModulationAUO Acer Unipack OptronicsAP Asia PacificAR Aspect Ratio 4 by 3 or 16 by 9ASD Automatic Standard DetectionAV Audio VideoB-SC1-IN Blue SCART1 inB-SC2-IN Blue SCART2 inB-TXT Blue teletextBG Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 55 MHzBTSC Broadcast Television System

CommitteeC-FRONT Chrominance front inputCBA Circuit Board Assembly (or PWB)CL Constant Level audio output to

connect with an external amplifierCLUT Color Look Up TableComPair Computer aided rePairCSM Customer Service ModeCVBS Composite Video Blanking and

SynchronizationCVBS-EXT CVBS signal from external source

(VCR VCD etc)CVBS-INT CVBS signal from TunerCVBS-MON CVBS monitor signalCVBS-TER-OUT CVBS terrestrial outDAC Digital to Analogue ConverterDBE Dynamic Bass Enhancement extra

low frequency amplificationDFU Directions For Use owners manualDNR Dynamic Noise ReductionDRAM Dynamic RAMDSP Digital Signal ProcessingDST Dealer Service Tool special

(European) remote control designed for service technicians

DTS Digital Theatre SoundDVD Digital Versatile DiscDVI Digital Visual InterfaceDW Double WindowED Enhanced Definition 480p 576pEEPROM Electrically Erasable and

Programmable Read Only MemoryEU EUropeEXT EXTernal (source) entering the set by

SCART or by cinches (jacks)FBL Fast Blanking DC signal

accompanying RGB signalsFBL-SC1-IN Fast blanking signal for SCART1 in

FBL-SC2-IN Fast blanking signal for SCART2 inFBL-TXT Fast Blanking TeletextFLASH FLASH memoryFM Field Memory Frequency ModulationFMR FM RadioFRC Frame Rate ConverterFRONT-C Front input chrominance (SVHS)FRONT-DETECT Front input detectionFRONT-Y_CVBS Front input luminance or CVBS

(SVHS)FTV Flat TeleVisionG-SC1-IN Green SCART1 inG-SC2-IN Green SCART2 inG-TXT Green teletextH H_sync to the module HD High Definition 720p 1080i 1080pHDMI High Definition Multimedia Interface

digital audio and video interfaceHP Head PhoneI Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 60 MHzI2C Integrated IC busI2S Integrated IC Sound busIC Integrated CircuitIF Intermediate FrequencyInterlaced Scan mode where two fields are used

to form one frame Each field contains half the number of the total amount of lines The fields are written in ldquopairsrdquo causing line flicker

IR Infra RedIRQ Interrupt ReQuestLast Status The settings last chosen by the

customer and read and stored in RAM or in the NVM They are called at start-up of the set to configure it according the customers wishes

LATAM LATin AMericaLC04 Philips chassis name for LCD TV 2004

projectLCD Liquid Crystal DisplayLED Light Emitting DiodeLL Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 65 MHz L is Band I L is all bands except for Band I

LPL LG Philips LCDLS Loud SpeakerLVDS Low Voltage Differential Signalling

data transmission system for high speed and low EMI communication

MN Monochrome TV system Sound carrier distance is 45 MHz

MOSFET Metal Oxide Semiconductor Field Effect Transistor

MPEG Motion Pictures Experts GroupMSP Multi-standard Sound Processor ITT

sound decoderMUTE MUTE LineNAFTA North American Free Trade

Association Trade agreement between Canada USA and Mexico

NC Not ConnectedNICAM Near Instantaneous Compounded

Audio Multiplexing This is a digital sound system used mainly in Europe

NTSC National Television Standard Committee Color system used mainly in North America and Japan Color carrier NTSC MN = 3579545 MHz NTSC 443 = 4433619 MHz (this is a VCR norm it is not transmitted off-air)

NVM Non Volatile Memory IC containing TV related data (for example options)

OC Open CircuitONOFF LED OnOff control signal for the LED

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data SheetsEN 52 TCS10L LA9

OSD On Screen DisplayPAL Phase Alternating Line Color system

used mainly in Western Europe (color carrier = 4433619 MHz) and South America (color carrier PAL M = 3575612 MHz and PAL N = 3582056 MHz)

PC Personal ComputerPCB Printed Circuit Board (or PWB)PDP Plasma Display PanelPIG Picture In GraphicPIP Picture In PicturePLL Phase Locked Loop Used for

example in FST tuning systems The customer can directly provide the desired frequency

Progressive Scan Scan mode where all scan lines are displayed in one frame at the same time creating a double vertical resolution

PWB Printed Wiring Board (or PCB)RAM Random Access MemoryRC Remote Control transmitterRC5 (6) Remote Control system 5 (6) the

signal from the remote control receiver RGB Red Green and Blue The primary

color signals for TV By mixing levels of R G and B all colors (YC) are reproduced

RGBHV Red Green Blue Horizontal sync and Vertical sync

ROM Read Only MemorySAM Service Alignment ModeSC SandCastle two-level pulse derived

from sync signalsSC1-OUT SCART output of the MSP audio ICSC2-B-IN SCART2 Blue inSC2-C-IN SCART2 chrominance inSC2-OUT SCART output of the MSP audio ICSC Short CircuitSCL Clock signal on I2C busSD Standard Definition 480i 576iSDA Data signal on I2C busSDI Samsung Display IndustrySDM Service Default ModeSDRAM Synchronous DRAMSECAM SEequence Couleur Avec Memoire

Color system used mainly in France and Eastern Europe Color carriers = 4406250 MHz and 4250000 MHz

SIF Sound Intermediate FrequencySMPS Switch Mode Power SupplySND SouNDSNDL-SC1-IN Sound left SCART1 inSNDL-SC1-OUT Sound left SCART1 outSNDL-SC2-IN Sound left SCART2 inSNDL-SC2-OUT Sound left SCART2 outSNDR-SC1-IN Sound right SCART1 inSNDR-SC1-OUT Sound right SCART1 outSNDR-SC2-IN Sound right SCART2 outSNDR-SC2-OUT Sound right SCART2 outSNDS-VL-OUT Surround sound left variable level outSNDS-VR-OUT Surround sound right variable level outSOPS Self Oscillating Power SupplySPDIF Sony Philips Digital InterFaceSRAM Static RAMSTBY Stand-bySVHS Super Video Home SystemSW Sub Woofer SoftWareTHD Total Harmonic DistortionTXT TeleteXTuP MicroprocessorVL Variable Level out processed audio

output toward external amplifierVCR Video Cassette Recorder

VGA Video Graphics ArrayWD Watch DogWYSIWYR What You See Is What You Record

record selection that follows main picture and sound

XTAL Quartz crystalYPbPr Component video (Y= Luminance Pb

Pr= Color difference signals B-Y and R-Y other amplitudes wrt to YUV)

YC Video related signals Y consists of luminance signal blanking level and sync C consists of color signal

Y-OUT Luminance-signalYUV Baseband component video (Y=

Luminance UV= Color difference signals)

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data Sheets EN 53TCS10L LA 9

93 IC Data Sheets

This section shows the internal block diagrams and pin layouts of ICs that are drawn as ldquoblack boxesrdquo in the electrical diagrams (with the exception of ldquomemoryrdquo and ldquologicrdquo ICs)

931 Diagram B MST9U19A

Figure 9-1 Pin configuration

Pin 1

123

45

7

9

11

1314

1718

21

23

25

2728

30

32

34

36

39

41

43

6

8

10

12

1516

1920

22

24

26

29

31

33

35

3738

40

42

4445464748

505152

49

53 54 55 56 57 59 61 63 65 66 69 70 73 75 77 79 80 82 84 86 88 91 93 9558 60 62 64 67 68 71 72 74 76 78 81 83 85 87 89 90 92 94 96 97 98 99 100

102

103

104

101

208

207

206

205

204

202

200

198

196

195

192

191

188

186

184

182

181

179

177

175

173

170

168

166

203

201

199

197

194

193

190

189

187

185

183

180

178

176

174

172

171

169

167

165

164

163

162

161

159

158

157

160

156155154

153152

150

148

146

144143

140139

136

134

132

130129

127

125

123

121

118

116

114

151

149

147

145

142141

138137

135

133

131

128

126

124

122

120119

117

115

113112111110109

107106105

108

MST9U19A

XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX

GN

D

AUR1

AUL2

AUL3

AUL1

AUCO

M

AUR2

AUR3

DIGO[8]

GNDAVDD_MEMPLL

PWM3PWM2DIGO[9]

SIF1

MSI

F1P

AVD

D_S

IF

AUO

UTL

AUO

UTR

AUO

UTS

VDD

CG

PIO

F[2]

GPI

OF[

3]G

PIO

F[4]

GPI

OF[

5]G

PIO

F[6]

GPI

OF[

7]G

PIO

F[8]

GPI

OF[

9]G

PIO

F[10

]G

PIO

F[11

]VD

DP

GN

DG

PIO

F[12

]

GPI

OF[

14]

GPI

OF[

15]

GPI

OF[

16]

GPI

OF[

17]

GPI

OF[

18]

GN

D

GPI

OF[

19]

VDD

C

VDD

PG

ND

VDD

PVD

DP

GPI

OF[

13]

GN

D

DIGO[7]

DIGO[5]

DIGO[3]

DIGO[1]

VDDC

VDDPPWM_SENSE

DIGO[6]

DIGO[4]

DIGO[2]

DIGO[0]

GND

PWM_DRVPWM_FBIRININT

PWM1PWM0

GNDVDDPALERDZWRZ

VDDC

GNDVDDP

VDD

PLV

A0M

LVA0

PLV

A1M

LVA1

PLV

A2M

LVA2

PLV

ACKM

LVAC

KPLV

A3M

LVA4

PVD

DP

VDD

CAV

DD

_MPL

L

LVA3

PLV

A4M

GPI

OE[

0]

IHSY

NC

ICLK

DI[

1]D

I[0]

IVYS

NC

GPI

OE[

1]G

PIO

E[2]

GPI

OE[

3]G

ND

VDD

P

AVD

D_M

PLL

XIN

XOU

TH

WR

ESET

GN

D

DI[

7]D

I[6]

DI[

5]D

I[4]

DI[

2]D

I[3]

VDD

C

AUO

UTL

3AU

OU

TR3

RXCKPGND

RX0NRX0P

AVDD_DVIRX1NRX1P

RX2P

REXT

DDCD_CK

VSYNC1

VCLAMP

REFM

BIN1M

GNDRX2N

AVDD_DVI

DDCD_DA

HSYNC1

RMID

REFP

BIN1P

SOGIN1GIN1PGIN1MRIN1PRIN1MBIN0MBIN0PGIN0MGIN0P

SOGIN0RIN0MRIN0P

HSYNC0VSYNC0

RXCKN

AVDD_ADCGND

C1Y1C0Y0

CVBS2CVBS1

VCOM1CVBS0

VCOM0CVBSOUT

GND

VCOM2CVBS3

GN

D

AVD

D_A

UAU

L0AU

R0

AUVR

EFAU

VRAD

PAU

VRAD

N

AUO

UTL

2AU

OU

TR2

AD[7]AD[6]AD[5]AD[4]AD[3]AD[2]AD[1]AD[0]

SDOCSZSDISCK

SAR3

SAR1SAR2

SAR0

DDCA_CK

DDCR_CKDDCA_DA

DDCR_DA

LVB0

MLV

B0P

LVB1

MLV

B1P

LVB2

MLV

B2P

LVBC

KMLV

BCKP

LVB3

M

LVB4

P

LVB3

PLV

B4M

I_18130_008eps200608

Pin Configuration

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data SheetsEN 54 TCS10L LA9

932 Diagram B TDA1308

Figure 9-2 Block diagram and pin configuration

Block diagram

Pinning information

2

1

3

4

8

7

65

INA(neg)

TDA1308(A)OUTA

VSS

VDD

INA(pos)

INB(neg)

INB(pos)

OUTB

TDA1308(A)

VATUO DD

BTUO)gen(ANI

)gen(BNI)sop(ANI

VSS INB(pos)

1

2

3

4

6

5

8

7

I_18130_007eps190608

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data Sheets EN 55TCS10L LA 9

933 Diagram B NCP1377B

Figure 9-3 Block diagram and pin configuration

Block diagram

Pinning information

I_18130_009eps190608

HV

VCC

GND

Demag

4 mA

To InternalSupply

+

+

125 V75 V56 V (Fault)

FaultMngt

PON

5 V+

OVP

+

144

45 usDelay

15 us for B Version

Demag

8 usBlanking

S

SR R

Q

Q

+

3 us forB Version

+minus

Overload

5 usTimeout

TimeReset

Demag

380 nsLEB

1 V3

200 Awhen DRV

is OFF

FB

42 V

Driver src = 20 sink = 10

DrvVCC

CS

+50 mV 10 V Rint

1Dmg 8 HV

7 NC2FB

3CS

4GND

6 VCC

5 Drv

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data SheetsEN 56 TCS10L LA9

934 Diagram B TDA7266

Figure 9-4 Block diagram and pin configuration

1

2

4

Vref

7YB-TS

IN1

022microF

VCC

133

+

-

-

+

OUT1+

OUT1-

15

14

12

6ETUM

IN2

022microF

+

-

-

+

OUT2+

OUT2-

8

9S-GND

PW-GND

470microF 100nF

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

9

10

11

8

NC

NC

S-GND

PW-GND

OUT2+

OUT2-

VCC

IN2

ST-BY

MUTE

NC

IN1

VCCOUT1-

OUT1+

13

14

15

12

I_17950_054eps090508

Block Diagram

Pin Configuration

Spare Parts List amp CTN Overview EN 57TCS10L LA 10

10 Spare Parts List amp CTN OverviewFor the latest spare part overview please consult the Philips Service website

Table 10-1 Sets described in this manual

11 Revision ListManual xxxx xxx xxxx0bull First release

CTN Styling

19PFL340355 MG8

19PFL340377 MG8

19PFL340378 MG8

19PFL340385 MG8

26PFL340385 MG8

  • Content
  • 1 Technical Specifications Connections and Chassis Overview
    • 11 Technical Specifications
      • 111 Vision
      • 112 Sound
      • 113 Miscellaneous
        • 12 Connection Overview
          • Figure 1-1 Rear and side IO connections
          • 121 Rear Connections
            • 1 - HDMI Digital Video Digital Audio - In
              • Figure 1-2 HDMI (type A) connector
                • 2 - VGA AUDIO Mini Jack VGA Audio - In
                • 3 - VGA PC Video RGB - In and Service UART
                  • Figure 1-3 VGA Connector
                    • 4 - Cinch Video YPbPr - In
                    • 5 - AV1 Cinch Video CVBS - In Audio - In
                    • 6 - Aerial - In
                    • 7 - Service Connector (ComPair)
                      • 122 Side connections
                        • 8 - Cinch Video CVBS - In Audio - In
                        • 9 - S-Video (Hosiden) Video YC - In
                        • 10 - Mini Jack Audio Head phone - Out
                            • 13 Chassis Overview
                              • Figure 1-4 PWBCBA locations
                                  • 2 Safety Instructions Warnings and Notes
                                    • 21 Safety Instructions
                                    • 22 Warnings
                                    • 23 Notes
                                      • 231 General
                                      • 232 Schematic Notes
                                      • 233 BGA (Ball Grid Array) ICs
                                        • Introduction
                                        • BGA Temperature Profiles
                                          • 234 Lead-free Soldering
                                          • 235 Alternative BOM identification
                                            • Figure 2-1 Serial number (example)
                                              • 236 Board Level Repair (BLR) or Component Level Repair (CLR)
                                              • 237 Practical Service Precautions
                                                  • 3 Directions for Use
                                                  • 4 Mechanical Instructions
                                                    • 41 Cable Dressing
                                                      • Figure 4-1 Cable dressing (19 model)
                                                      • Figure 4-2 Cable dressing (26 model)
                                                        • 42 Service Positions
                                                          • 421 Foam Bars
                                                            • Figure 4-3 Foam bars
                                                                • 43 AssyPanel Removal
                                                                  • 431 Stand
                                                                    • Figure 4-4 Stand
                                                                      • 432 Rear Cover
                                                                        • Figure 4-5 LVDS release
                                                                        • Figure 4-6 Speaker and IRLED panel cable release
                                                                          • 433 Keyboard Control Board
                                                                            • Figure 4-7 Keyboard control board
                                                                              • 434 IRLED Board and Speakers
                                                                                • Figure 4-8 IRLED Board and Speakers
                                                                                  • 435 Power Supply Board
                                                                                    • Figure 4-9 Power Supply Unit(s)
                                                                                      • 436 Inverter Board (19 and 22 versions)
                                                                                        • Figure 4-10 Inverter Board
                                                                                          • 437 Small Signal Board (SSB)
                                                                                            • Removing the SSB
                                                                                              • Figure 4-11 SSB connector plate
                                                                                              • Figure 4-12 SSB
                                                                                                • 44 Set Re-assembly
                                                                                                  • 5 Service Modes Error Codes and Fault Finding
                                                                                                    • 51 Test Points
                                                                                                    • 52 Service Mode
                                                                                                      • 521 Service Alignment Mode (SAM)
                                                                                                        • How to Enter
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-1 SAM menu
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-2 SAM menu White Balance Normal
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-3 SAM menu White Balance Cool
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-4 SAM menu White Balance Warm
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-5 SAM menu Volume Curve
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-6 SAM menu Picture Curve
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-7 SAM menu Picture Mode Natural
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-8 SAM menu Picture Mode Personal
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-9 SAM menu Picture Mode Rich
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-10 SAM menu Picture Mode Soft
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-11 SAM menu Producting
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-12 SAM menu Country
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-13 SAM menu Setup
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-14 SAM menu Shop Init Do
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-15 SAM menu Clear Code gt
                                                                                                            • How to Exit
                                                                                                            • Factory Mode Descriptions
                                                                                                              • ltTABLEgt
                                                                                                              • Virgin Settings
                                                                                                                • Table 5-1 Country setting
                                                                                                                • Table 5-2 Virgin settings
                                                                                                                  • 522 Customer Service Mode (CSM)
                                                                                                                    • Purpose
                                                                                                                    • How to Activate CSM
                                                                                                                    • Contents of CSM
                                                                                                                      • Figure 5-16 CSM Menu
                                                                                                                        • Menu Explanation
                                                                                                                        • How to Exit
                                                                                                                          • 523 Blinking LED Procedure
                                                                                                                            • 53 Error Codes
                                                                                                                              • ltTABLEgt
                                                                                                                                • 54 Fault Finding
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-17 No Picture No sound no Back light (19 sets)
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-18 Picture OK No sound (19 sets)
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-19 No Picture Back light amp Sound OK (19 and 26 sets)
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-20 No color (19 and 26 sets)
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-21 No Picture No sound no Back light (26 sets)
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-22 Picture OK No sound (26 sets)
                                                                                                                                    • 55 Service Tools
                                                                                                                                      • 551 ComPair
                                                                                                                                        • Introduction
                                                                                                                                        • Specifications
                                                                                                                                        • How to Connect
                                                                                                                                        • How to Order
                                                                                                                                          • Figure 5-23 ComPair II interface connection
                                                                                                                                            • 56 Software Upgrading
                                                                                                                                              • 561 Introduction
                                                                                                                                                  • 6 Block Diagrams Test Point Overview and Waveforms
                                                                                                                                                    • Wiring Diagram of Connector for MS19-PH 19
                                                                                                                                                    • Wiring Diagram of Connector for MS19-PH 26
                                                                                                                                                    • Block Diagram MS19P Chipset
                                                                                                                                                    • I2C overview
                                                                                                                                                      • 7 Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts
                                                                                                                                                        • Main Power Supply (19)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Main Power Supply (19) (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Main Power Supply (19) (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Main Power Supply (26)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Main Power Supply (26) (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Main Power Supply (26) (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Standby Power Supply (26)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Standby Power Supply (26) (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Standby Power Supply (26) (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB Control
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB DC - DC
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB MST9E19A Controller
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB HDMI Interface
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB VGA Interface
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB Cinch
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB Tuner
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB Audio Amplifier
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB LVDS Interface
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Small Signal Board (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Small Signal Board (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Keyboard Control Panel
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Keyboard Control Panel (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Keyboard Control Panel (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Inverter Panel
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Inverter Panel (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Inverter Panel (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • IR LED Panel
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout IR LED Panel (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout IR LED Panel (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                          • 8 Alignments
                                                                                                                                                            • 81 Electrical Alignments
                                                                                                                                                            • 82 Hardware Alignments
                                                                                                                                                              • 821 Aging
                                                                                                                                                              • 822 ADC Adjustment
                                                                                                                                                              • 823 White Balance Adjustment
                                                                                                                                                                • Table 8-1 Color Temperature Setting 19
                                                                                                                                                                • Table 8-2 Color Temperature Setting 26
                                                                                                                                                                  • 9 Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data Sheets
                                                                                                                                                                    • 91 Introduction
                                                                                                                                                                    • 92 Abbreviation List
                                                                                                                                                                    • 93 IC Data Sheets
                                                                                                                                                                      • 931 Diagram B MST9U19A
                                                                                                                                                                        • Figure 9-1 Pin configuration
                                                                                                                                                                          • 932 Diagram B TDA1308
                                                                                                                                                                            • Figure 9-2 Block diagram and pin configuration
                                                                                                                                                                              • 933 Diagram B NCP1377B
                                                                                                                                                                                • Figure 9-3 Block diagram and pin configuration
                                                                                                                                                                                  • 934 Diagram B TDA7266
                                                                                                                                                                                    • Figure 9-4 Block diagram and pin configuration
                                                                                                                                                                                      • 10 Spare Parts List amp CTN Overview
                                                                                                                                                                                        • Table 10-1 Sets described in this manual
                                                                                                                                                                                          • 11 Revision List
Page 35: Philips 19PFL3403-55 TCS1[1].0L_LA

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 35TCS10L LA 7

SSB MST9E19A Controller

AG

ND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AG

ND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

SDA

SCL

WC

VCC

VSS

E2NC

E1NC

E0NC AGND

VCC

HOLD

SCK

GND SI

WP

SO

CE

SDA

SCL

WC

VCC

VSS

E2NC

E1NC

E0NC

AD

0A

D1

AD

2A

D3

AD

4A

D5

AD

6A

D7

ALE

AUCOM

AUL0

AUL1

AUL2

AUL3

AUOUTL

AUOUTL2

AUOUTL3

AUOUTR

AUOUTR2

AUOUTR3

AUOUTS

AUR0

AUR1

AUR2

AUR3

AUVRADNAUVRADPAUVREF

AV

DD

_AD

C

AV

DD

_AU

AV

DD

_DV

IA

VD

D_D

VI1

AV

DD

_ME

MP

LL

AV

DD

_MP

LLA

VD

D_M

PLL

1

AV

DD

_SIF

BIN0MBIN0P

BIN1MBIN1P

C0

C1

CSZ

CVBS0

CVBS1CVBS2CVBS3

CVBSOUT

DD

CA

_CK

DD

CA

_DA

DDCD_CKDDCD_DA

DD

CR

_CK

DD

CR

_DA

DI0DI1DI2DI3DI4DI5DI6DI7

DIG

O0

DIG

O1

DIG

O2

DIG

O3

DIG

O4

DIG

O5

DIG

O6

DIG

O7

DIG

O8

DIG

O9

GIN0MGIN0P

GIN1MGIN1P

GN

DG

ND

1

GN

D10

GN

D11

GN

D12

GN

D13

GN

D14

GN

D15

GN

D2

GN

D3

GN

D4

GN

D5

GN

D6

GN

D7

GN

D8

GN

D9

GPIOE0LVSYNCGPIOE1LHSYNC

GPIOE2LDEGPIOE3LCK

GPIOF10GPIOF11

GPIOF12GPIOF13GPIOF14GPIOF15GPIOF16GPIOF17GPIOF18GPIOF19

GPIOF2GPIOF3GPIOF4GPIOF5GPIOF6GPIOF7GPIOF8GPIOF9

HSYNC0

HSYNC1

HW

RE

SE

T

ICLK

IHSYNC

INT

IRIN

IVSYNC

LA0MG3LA0PG2LA1MG1LA1PG0LA2MB7LA2PB6

LA3MB3LA3PB2LA4MB1LA4PB0

LACKMB5LACKPB4

LB0MR7LB0PR6LB1MR5LB1PR4LB2MR3LB2PR2

LB3MG7LB3PG6LB4MG5LB4PG4

LBCKMR1LBCKPR0

PW

M0

PW

M1

PW

M2

PW

M3

PWM_DRVPWM_FB

PWM_SENSE

RD

Z

REFMREFP

REXT

RIN0MRIN0P

RIN1MRIN1P

RMID

RX0NRX0PRX1NRX1PRX2NRX2P

RXCKNRXCKP

SA

R0

SA

R1

SA

R2

SA

R3

SCKSDI

SDO

SIF1MSIF1P

SOGIN0

SOGIN1

VCLAMP

VCOM0

VCOM1

VCOM2

VD

DC

VD

DC

1V

DD

C2

VD

DC

3V

DD

C4

VD

DC

5

VD

DP

VD

DP

1V

DD

P2

VD

DP

3V

DD

P4

VD

DP

5V

DD

P6

VD

DP

7V

DD

P8

VD

DP

9

VSYNC0

VSYNC1

WR

Z

XIN

XO

UT

Y0

Y1

AGND

T

T

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

Mode Selection

I2C address at A0

Location Near IC PinLocation Near IC Pin

SST PULL DOWNMSTAR PULL UP

DVI INPUT

VGA INPUT

For TTL output

Audio Output(to Amp) AV Output(Audio)

Debug Port

For Philps debug

HDCP I2C address at A4

VID

EO

INP

UT

HDTV INPUT

C212NC

C7822P

01UC11

2

2U2 C247

C1072U2

01U C114

PW_CTRL

PRORECT_12V

54

72 13

6 8

RP

84K

7

KEY0-IN

LED2-IN

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

P5

POWER-ONOFF

54

72 13

6 8

RP

124K

7

LED1-IN

NC

L43

+5VSTB

4K7

R55

LED2R13

4K7

R584K7

B

C

E

Q9BT3904

1

2

3

4

5

P14

WP

SDA

SCL

+33V

1

2

3

4

P6

10RR41

SHUT_EEP

D4 NC

WP

C20

110

0P

RXD

TXD1

2

3

P2

ZX

Z62

WP

+33V

+33V+5VSTB

RS

20R

RS

3N

C

RS

11K

10K

R32

10K

R42

01UC86

47RR64

NC

R63

R62

NC

R52100R

R51 22

K

R50 22

K

100RR49

100RR40

C83

001

U

001

UC82

R67

0R

001

UC76

2U2C115

R47100R

R45100R

100RR34100R

R33

2U2C104

C1052U2PC-LIN

2U2C106

C1112U2

2U2C110

C11901U

R57 8K

2

8K2

R56

C1092U2

2U2C108

124578

101113141516171819202122232425262728

293031323334353839

404142434445464748495051

5455575859

61626364656667686970717273747576

78798081828384858687

131

132

133

134

125

126

127

128

129

130

155

156

136 3 9 37 52 56 89 99 101

104

106

120

141

152

173

187

204

143

144

145

146

147

148

149

150

153

154

116

117

118

135

124123122121

9796959493929190

139138137

191190189188

185184183182181180179178177176175174171170169168167166165164163162161160

202201200199198197196195

192

194193

207

206

205

36 53 60 105

6 12 157

208

77 98 107

142

158

203

88 100

102

103

119

140

151

159

172

186

115

114

113

112

111

110

109

108

U8

MST9E19A

R54

4K7

R36

22K

100P C79

01UC11

7

C116

01U

R7510K

R38 22

K

C10201U

C89 0

1U

1

3

2

D40

0BA

V99

+5VST

R53

390R

CVBSOUT

LED2

5

6

7

8

4

3

2

1U10

M24C32MN

IR_SYNC

KEY0

LED1

KEY1

WP_FSH

TV1-VIN- VCOM0

AV1-YIN-

AV1-YIN

VCOM2

SV_Y0

R_TX2+

C920047U

C930047U

0047UC94

0047UC96

C970047U

0047UC98

C1010047U

0047UC100

C990047U

SV_C0

TXD

RXD

100P

C20

2

8

7

6

4 5

3

2

1U9

W25X40

+33V

L26 F

B

100RR77

SDA

SCL

SHUT_EEPR76

100R

5

6

7

8

4

3

2

1U11

M24C04MN

SDA

SCL

100RR70

R69100R

+33V

R68

10K

SPI_CZ

SPI_DI

SPI_CK

54

72

1

3 6

8

RP933R

NCR

65R

661K

8

C90 10

0P

R6110R

1KR60

R591K

100P

C91

C95 10

0P

SYS_RST

R391K

B

E

CQ8

BT3906

C8010U

16V

C7447U

16V

R48

1M

Y1

14M

3

22PC84

AVDDA

AVDD_SIF

AVDD_MEMPLL

AVDD_HDMIVDDC VDDP

SDA_EXT

SCL_EXT

+33V

R43

10K

10KR

44

RXE3+B2

RXE4+B0

RXE4-B1

RXE3-B3

RXEC+B4

RXEC-B5

RXE2+B6

RXE2-B7

RXE1+G0

RXE1-G1

RXE0+G2

RXE0-G3

RXO4+G4

RXO4-G5

RXO3+G6

RXO3-G7

RXOC+R0

RXOC-R1

RXO2+R2

RXO2-R3

RXO1+R4

RXO1-R5

RXO0+R6

RXO0-R7

TTL-BLUE2

TTL-BLUE1

TTL-BLUE0

TTL-BLUE3

TTL-BLUE4

TTL-BLUE5

TTL-BLUE6

TTL-BLUE7

TTL-GREEN0

TTL-GREEN1

TTL-GREEN2

TTL-GREEN3

TTL-GREEN4

TTL-GREEN5

TTL-GREEN6

TTL-GREEN7

TTL-RED6

TTL-RED0

TTL-RED1

TTL-RED2

TTL-RED3

TTL-RED4

TTL-RED5

TTL-RED7

54

72

1

3 6

8

RP40R

8

63

1

2 7

4 5

0RRP7

54

72

1

3 6

8

RP60R

8

63

1

2 7

4 5

0RRP3

8

63

1

2 7

4 5

0RRP5

54

72

1

3 6

8

RP20R

SPI_CKSPI_DISPI_CZ

SPI_DO

AMP-MUTE

PANEL-ONOFF

LED1

HPDCTRL

ON-PBACK

863 12

7

45

4K7

RP

13

PWM0

ADJ-PWM2

NCR

85

NCR

82

NCR

80

NCR

79

R84

1K

R83

1K

R81

1K

R78

1K

PWM0

WP_FSH

ADJ-PWM2

PWM3

IR_SYNC

KEY1

KEY0

RXD

TXD

SCL

SDA

DDC-RDX

DDC-TXD

I2C-SCL

I2C-SDA

+33V

54

721 3

68

RP

104K

7

R7410R

10RR73

10RR72

R7110R

AUCOM

16V

10UC

118

AUVRADN

AUVRADP

C11310U

16V

L250

AMP-ROUT

AMP-LOUT

PH-ROUTPH-LOUT

PC-RIN

SIFM

SIFP

01UC103

01U

C88

AUCOM

AUVREFAUVRADPAUVRADN

SIFM

SIFP

TUNER_CVBS

SV_C0

SV_Y0

VCOM2

CVBS2CVBS1

VCOM0

VCOM1

CVBS3

SCG+

SCR+SCR-

SC_SOG

SCG-

SCB-

RIN-

RIN+GIN-

GIN+SOG

BIN-BIN+

01UC85

C8701U

VS_RGBHS_RGB

HDMI_SCLHDMI_SDA

AVDD_HDMI TXCLK-

R_TX2+

R_TX2-G_TX1+

G_TX1-B_TX0+

B_TX0-TXCLK+

AUVREF

PWM3

+33V

VDD_MPLL

AVDD_AU

TV1-VIN+ TUNER_CVBS

VCOM1

AV1-CIN

TV-SIFP

TV-SIFM

HDMI_SCLHDMI_SDA

TXCLK-

R_TX2-G_TX1+

G_TX1-B_TX0+

B_TX0-TXCLK+

VS_RGBHS_RGB

RIN-

RIN+GIN-

GIN+SOG

BIN-BIN+

SCG+

SCR+SCR-

SC_SOG

SCG-SCB+SCB-

AV1-VIN+

AV2-VIN+

AV3-VIN+ CVBS1

CVBS2

CVBS3

SPI_DO

WP_FSH

CVBSOUT

PH-LOUT

PH-ROUTAMP-ROUT AMP-R

AMP-LAMP-LOUTPH-L1OUT

AFT

SCB+

KEY1-IN

+33V

PH-R1OUT

C77

1000

P

E

C

B BT3904Q7

R114K7

+5VSTB

GPIO_PROTECT

+33V

IR-IN

C248

2U2

2U2 C249

C250

2U2

2U2 C251

C252

2U2

DVI-RINDVI-LINAV2-RIN

AV2-LIN

AV1-RINAV1-LIN

B03 B03

I_18130_013eps180608

MST9E19A CONTROLLER

36TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

SSB HDMI Interface

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

SDA

SCL

WC

VCC

VSS

E2NC

E1NC

E0NC

RX2+

GND1

RX2-

RX1+

GND2

RX1-

RX0+

GND3

RX0-

RXC+

GND4

RXC-

NC1

NC2

DDCCLK

DDCDA

GND5

VCC

HPD

AGND

HDMI-RX2-

HDMI-RX1+

+5V

+5V

5

6

43

2

1

U17

PRTR5V0U4D

5

6

43

2

1

U18

PRTR5V0U4D

1KR101

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

P12

01UC

120

5

6

7

8

4

3

2

1U12

M24C02MN

RLZ

5B6

D18

HDMI-DDC-SDA

HDMI-DDC-SCL

HDMI-HPD

HDMI5V

HPDCTRLB

C

E

Q10BT3904

4K7R96

R95

4K7

R1000R

NCR

97

R94

1K

+5V

100RR99

R98100R

12

3

D17

BAT

54C

D19

RLZ

5B6

TXCLK-

TXCLK+

B_TX0-

B_TX0+

G_TX1-

G_TX1+

R_TX2-

R_TX2+

10RR93

R9210R

10RR91

R9010R

10RR89

R8810R

10RR87

R8610R

HDMI_SDA

HDMI_SCL

HDMI-RXC-

HDMI-RXC+

HDMI-RX0+

HDMI-RX0-

HDMI-RX1-

HDMI-RX2+

B04 B04

I_18130_014eps180608

HDMI INTERFACE

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 37TCS10L LA 7

SSB VGA Interface

AGND

AGND

AGND

SDA

SCL

WC

VCC

VSS

E2NC

E1NC

E0NC

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGNDProgram Control

To main chip(when updateit is I2Cwhen debug it is RXTX)

LED2

R12

110

0RR12

010

0R

+33V

RXD

TXD

R170

4K7

1

3

2

D2

100RR144

NCR123

4K7R12

2

75R

R10

9

R10

8 75R

01UC

130

10K

R17

4

75R

R10

7

10K

R17

2

P13-11

R11

8 4K7

4K7

R11

9

PROTECT

VGA5V

VGA-SCL

PROTECT

13

2

D25

1

3

2

D20

C19 N

C

Q182N7002

10RR175

R171NC

R17310R

C12

9 NC

C1270047U

VGA-R+

VGA-G+

VGA-B+

+5VST1

32

D24

1KR115

R1141K

123

D23BAT54C

5

6

7

8

4

3

2

1U13

M24C02MN

R11

74K

7NC

C12

8R11

610

K

6

4

11

14

15

7

12

8

5

13

3

10

9

1

2

16

17

P13

C1230047U

C1241000P

C1210047U

R10510R

10RR104

R10310R

0047UC126

C1250047U

0047UC122

1

3

2

D22

2

3

1

D21

R11347R

47RR111

R11047R

R106330R

HS_RGB

VS_RGB

Q192N7002

B

C

E

Q25BT3904

VGA-HS

VGA-VS

VGA-SDA

RIN+

SOG

BIN-

GIN-

RIN-

BIN+

GIN+

VGA-SDA

VGA-SCL

+5VSTB

+5VSTB

B05 B05

I_18130_015eps180608

VGA INTERFACE

38TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

SSB Cinch

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND AGNDAGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

VDD

OUTB

INB-

VSS INB+

INA+

INA-

OUTA

AGNDAGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

WHITE

RED

YELLOWGREEN

BLUE

RED

WHITE

RED

RED

WHITE

YELLOW

AGND

AGND

AGND

HDTV IN

AV OUTPUT AUDIO AMP

For PCampYPbPr Audio Input(RL)

For Philips Upgrade

S-VIDEO amp AV2 In Side

Earphone Outuput In Side

AV1 In Rear

AV OUTPUT

For DVI Audio Input(35mm Jack)

2

1

3

P17

DVI_R

DVI_L

AV2-V

AV_ROUT

AV2-R

C13 47

0P

12K

R15

2

C17 47

0P

560P

C16

356

0PC

162

3

2

1

4P15

C14

156

0P

PC-R

560P

C14

3C

134

560P

560P

C13

8

2

3

1

D37

NC

C14

256

0P56

0PC

146

C6 10

0P

3

1

2

P11

TXD

3

1

2

P7

PR1

PB1

AVOUT_L

Y1

AVOUT

1

4

2

5

3

6P21

1

2

3

4

5

6P8

8 56 7 9

P15

BUF2

1

3

2

D31

2

3

1

D28

NC

1

3

2

D33

NC

2

3

1

D55

NC

2

3

1

D54

NC

2

3

1

D52

NC

2

3

1

D51

NC

2

3

1

D34

1

3

2

D36

NC

C5 10

0P

13

2

D12

R18

8 75R

R2855K1

R2845K1

R2805K1

R2815K1

L6130R

AV1-CL60

30R

AV1-YL59

30R

75R

R14

9

C19

810

00P

C14

068

0P

680P

C15

5

10RR186

680P

C13

6

OP_VCC2

C13

168

0P

2

3

1

D53

2

3

1

D27

FB

L42

10KR230

12K

R20

1R

197 12

K

R15

9 12K

R15

522

0R

220RR153

75R

R14

0

75R

R13

9

R13

6 75R

75R

R12

8

2U2C188

R14

5 12K

12K

R15

7

12K

R13

5C191

2U2

10K

R15

6R

147 10

K

330R

R14

6

R18510RY1

75RR151

R141

75R

C1452U2

2U2C144

01UC

139

12K

R16

1

AV2-VIN+

CVBSOUT

AV1-CIN

AV1-YIN-

1

3

2

D38

2

3

1

D39

PH-R1OUTR226

10K

AV_LOUT

R22447K

+5V

R22

547

K

C18

347

U

16V

100P

C18

9

33KR

229

C18547U

16V

C18

40

1U

C19

310

0P

R23

233

K

8

7

6

4 5

3

2

1U16

TDA1308T

SCB-

SCG-

SCR-

C1580047U

SCG+

SCR+

SCB+

SC_SOG

PR1

PB1

C1540047U

0047UC153

C1520047U

C1511000P

0047UC159

0047UC156

R19547R

47RR191

R18947R

R18410R

10RR183

R14810R

1

3

2

D35

B

E

CQ11

BT3906C218

10U

16V

B

C

E

Q12BT3904

2

3

1

D32

2

3

1

D30

1

3

2

D29

R13347R

10RR137

R12610R

+5V

AV1-YIN

Y1R176

470R

PH-L1OUT

AV_LOUT

AV_ROUT

AV1-VIN+

L63 30

R

30R

L62

330RR

249

R25

133

0R

C196

033U50V

C197

033U50V

7

654

89

3

1

2

P18

1000

PC

199

AMP-PROUT+AMP-LIN

AMP-PLOUT+AMP-RIN

EARPHONE-RA

EARPHONE-LA

30RL44

AV1-RIN

R2825K1

R2835K1 AV1-LIN

AV2-LIN

R2865K1

R2875K1 AV2-RIN

R2885K1

R2895K1 DVI-RIN

R2905K1

R2915K1 DVI-LIN

R2925K1

R2935K1 PC-RIN

R2945K1

R2955K1 PC-LIN

AV1_V

AVOUT_R

RXD

C4 47

0P47

0PC

7

AV1_R

AV1_L

C9 47

0P47

0PC

10

C11 47

0P47

0PC

12

PC-L

AV2-L

B06 B06

I_18130_016eps180608

CINCH

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 39TCS10L LA 7

SSB Tuner

AGND

AGND

AGND

AG

ND

AGNDAGND

AGND

AGND

COMMON

IN OUT

VID

EO

NC

1

NC

2

AU

DIO

AG

C

SD

A

TU

MB

GN

D2

SIF

OU

T

GN

D1

NC

3

NC

4

NC

5

SC

L

NC

6

AF

T

CLOSE RO MST IC

R21127R

171 2 6 1110 1412 157 83 4 5 9 13 16

TU1

2

1 3

U15KIA78D05

TUNER_SDA

TUNER_SCL

SIF_OUT

TV_CVBSC

172

01U

33V

B

C

E

Q20

BT3904

TV-SIFPNCR213

10RR220

001UC181

TV-SIFP

R194100R

330R

R19

3R

192

10R

R19

81K

R19

91K

L2722UH

+12V

R20

7 NC

100K

R20

3

2200

PC

200

R209120R

R20610R

C17

4N

C3

30P

NC

330

PC

175

C171220U

16V

L28120R

R20251K

C17

710

0P

C17

615

0P

SDA_EXT

SCL_EXT

C168220U

16V

16V

220UC

169

TV1-VIN-

TV1-VIN+

R21047R

C16

60

01UC16

44U

7

50V

C16

50

01U

C16

70

1U

TUNER_5V

AFT

120RR212

TUNER_5V

TV-SIFM

001UC170

B07 B07

I_18130_017eps180608

TUNER

40TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

SSB Audio Amplifier

PGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

PGND

PGND

AGND

AGND

OUT2+

OUT2-

NC3

IN2

VCC2

NC2

OUT1+

VCC1

IN1

NC1

MUTE

STBY

PW_GND

S_GND

OUT1-

TO SPEAKER

TO SPEAKER

0RR

162

AMP-PROUT-

2

1

H8

15

14

11

12

13

10

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

2

U19

TD

A7266

1

2

3

4

P9

AMP-PLOUT-

L45200R

L46200R

C219220U

16V

27UHL31

C217220U

16V

AMP-LIN

R253NC

01U C209

D3LL4148

C20

610

00P

1U

C211

0022U

C26 1000

PC

204

0022U

C25

C22

470U16V

+5VST

R164100K

R16510K

R16

8N

C

R16

9N

C

R1663K3

3K3R167

10KR244

B

E

CQ15

BT3906

B

C

E

Q16BT3904

C19

5 NC

NC

C19

4

B

C

E

Q24BT3904NC

0RR257

10KR254

E

C

B BT3904Q23

B

C

E

Q22BT3904

R25210K

R255100R

R24310K

2U2C205

R2560R

C2032U2

+12V

AMP-PROUT-

AMP-PROUT+

AMP-PLOUT-

AMP-PLOUT+

POWER-ONOFF

AMP-MUTE

AMP-R

AMP-L

12V-AMP

+12V

AMP-RIN

B08 B08

I_18130_018eps180608

AUDIO AMPLIFIER

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 41TCS10L LA 7

SSB LVDS Interface

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

VCC_PANEL

C246

10U 16V

C245

01U

R277 0NC

+33V

R27

2

0N

C

R275 0NC

RXE4+B0 RXE4-B1

RXE3+B2 RXE3-B3

RXEC+B4 RXEC-B5

RXE2+B6 RXE2-B7

RXE1+G0 RXE1-G1

RXE0+G2 RXE0-G3

RXO4+G4 RXO4-G5

RXO3+G6 RXO3-G7

RXOC+R0 RXOC-R1

RXO2+R2 RXO2-R3

RXO1+R4 RXO1-R5

RXO0+R6 RXO0-R7

1 2

4

6

8

12

14

16

18

20

10

22

24

26

28

3

5

7

9

11

13

15

17

19

21

23

25

27

29 30

32

34

36

38

40

31

33

35

37

39

P10

R276 0NC

R27

3

0N

CR

274

0N

C

B09 B09

I_18130_019eps180608

LVDS INTERFACE Personal Notes

E_06532_012eps131004

42TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout Small Signal Board (Top Side)

I_18130_020eps180608

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 43TCS10L LA 7

Layout Small Signal Board (Bottom Side)

I_18130_021eps180608

44TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Keyboard Control Panel

Layout Keyboard Control Panel (Top Side)

Layout Keyboard Control Panel (Bottom Side)

AGND

AGND AGNDAGND

AGND

R10072K

R10061K5

R10011K2

12 4

3K1001

1

2

3

P1001

KEY0

R1008NC

R10051K2

R1004NC

R10032K

R10021K5

D10

02

HS

5V6B

D10

01H

S5V

6B

12 4

3K1003

12 4

3K1002

12 4

3K1006

12 4

3K1005

12 4

3K1004

KEY1

I_18130_030eps180608

E EKEYBOARD CONTROL PANEL

I_18130_031eps180608

I_18130_032eps180608

Personal Notes

E_06532_012eps131004

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 45TCS10L LA 7

Inverter Panel

1 2

A

B

C

D

4321

D

C

B

A

F1FUSE-1

C2104

C1220uF250V

C3104

R1200

Q1

DTA143

E1

9

E2

10

C2

11

VC

C12

OU

TP

UT

C13

VR

EF

14

A1+

1

A1-

2

CO

MP

3

DT

C4

CT

5

RT

6

GN

D7

C1

8

A2-

15

A2+

16

U1

TL494

R2200

Q32222

C8

223

C7103

R847K

R7120K

C4

104C5104

D1

68V

C9104

D2

1N4148

Q8DTC143

123456

CN1

R20470K

R21

33K

C16

330pF

C15NC

R13100K

R10

68K

R11

68K

R12

15K

C10104

R2627K

C20223

R18560

Q22222

Q62907

R142K

R1622K

R27 10

R28 10

D4

BAW56K

S11

G12

S23

G24

D1 8

D1 7

D2 6

D2 5

U2

4606

C21223

Q42222

Q72907

R152K

R1722K

R29 10

R30 10

D5

BAW56K

S11

G12

S23

G24

D1 8

D1 7

D2 6

D2 5

U3

4606

R19560

C6

105

R231M

Q52N7002

R22

1M

R9

47K

R25

100KR24270K

D6NCBAW56K

D7NCBAW56K

P1

P2

P3

P4

C17225

C18

225

10

1 7

6

T1

T01

10

1 7

6

T2

T01

C2222pF

12

CON1

12

CON2

D9BAV99

R41K

R36820

R32

10KC12104

D8BAV99

R31K

R35820

R31

10KC11104

P2

P1

C2322pF

12

CON3

12

CON4

D11

BAV99

R61K

R38820

R34

10KC14104

D10BAV99

R51K

R37820

R33

10KC13104

P4

P3

VREF

VREF

C19NC

C26

222C27NC

D13BAV99

D15BAV99

C2422pF

C2522pF

C28

222C29NC

C30222 C31

NC

C32

222C33NC

OVP

OVP

OV

P

R602K

R61510K

C38105

Q10

DTA143

Q112222

R6330K

R62 1K

VCC

VCC

P5

P5

R64

1K

C34221

C35 221

C37

221

C39104

C36

221U4A

LM393

U4B

LM393

Vref

D3

1N4148

R65

3K R663K

C41 104

R67

10K

I_18130_033eps180608

I IINVERTER PANEL 19rdquo

46TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout Inverter Panel (Top Side)

Layout Inverter Panel (Bottom Side)

I_18130_034eps190608

I_18130_035eps190608

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 47TCS10L LA 7

IR LED Panel

AGND

AGND

AGNDIRVC

C

GN

D

RW

R20

031K

2

R20

04

1K2

LED1

1

2

3

4

5

CN2001

E

C

B

BC847AQ2001

B

C

E

Q2002

BC847A

2

13

D2001

LED2

G2001

R20024K7

5V16

V10

0UC

2001

5V

IR

IR

C20

03 47P

LED1R2001

4K7

C2002

47P

LED2

I_18130_036eps180608

J JIR amp LED PANELLayout IR LED Panel (Top Side)

Layout IR LED Panel (Bottom Side)

I_18130_037eps180608

I_18130_038eps180608

48TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Personal Notes

E_06532_013eps131004

Alignments EN 49TCS10L LA 8

8 Alignments

Index of this chapter81 Electrical Alignments82 Hardware Alignments

NoteThe Service Modes are described in chapter 5 Menu navigation is done with the CURSOR UP DOWN LEFT or RIGHT keys of the remote control transmitter

81 Electrical Alignments

Perform all electrical adjustments under the following conditionsbull Power supply voltage (depends on region)

ndash AP-NTSC 120 VAC or 230 VAC 50 Hz (plusmn 10)ndash AP-PAL-multi 120 - 230 VAC 50 Hz (plusmn 10)ndash EU 230 VAC 50 Hz (plusmn 10)ndash LATAM-NTSC 120 - 230 VAC 50 Hz (plusmn 10)ndash US 120 VAC 60 Hz (plusmn 10)

bull Connect the set to the mains via an isolation transformer with low internal resistance

bull Allow the set to warm up for approximately 60 minutesbull Measure voltages and waveforms in relation to correct

ground (eg measure audio signals in relation to AUDIO_GND) Caution It is not allowed to use heatsinks as ground

bull Test probe Ri gt 10 MΩ Ci lt 20 pFbull Use an isolated trimmerscrewdriver to perform

alignments

82 Hardware Alignments

Not applicable

821 Aging

Enter TV mode Set warm up status to ldquoOnrdquo Aging time at least 12 minutes

822 ADC Adjustment

The chassis can execute ADC auto-tune in YPbPr amp PC sourcing modes Enter SAM select YPbPr or PC as source then select AUTOTUNE in ADC ADJ press ldquoRight keyrdquo to run waiting for about 5 seconds until ldquoOKrdquo is displayed which means the set finished the ADC adjustment With an YPbPr source use a 100 color bar pattern with a PC source use a 16-scale grey pattern

823 White Balance Adjustment

Adjust the NORMAL WARM COOL temperature in White balance according to company regular Make sure ADC adjustments have done successfully before doing white balance adjustments and use the ldquoNaturalrdquo picture mode White balance adjustment should be performed with three different sources1 AVTVSVIDEO source reunification under the AV

adjustment apply a NTSC-M system signal with 8-scale grey pattern

2 YPbPrHDMI source reunification under the YPbPr adjustment apply an 8-scale grey pattern

3 PC source should adjust single apply a 8-scale grey pattern

If case of manual adjustment please use the WB page in SAMWhile adjusting White Balance do not change White G or Black G only adjust White R White B Black R and Black B

Table 8-1 Color Temperature Setting 19

Table 8-2 Color Temperature Setting 26

Color mode X Y Color Temperature (K)

Normal 296plusmn4 299plusmn4 8000

Warm 314plusmn4 319plusmn4 6500

Cool 289plusmn4 291plusmn4 9000

Color mode X Y Color Temperature (K)

Normal 289plusmn4 291plusmn4 9000

Warm 314plusmn4 319plusmn4 6500

Cool 278plusmn4 278plusmn4 11000

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data SheetsEN 50 TCS10L LA9

9 Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data Sheets

Index of this chapter91 Introduction92 Abbreviation List93 IC Data Sheets

Notes bull Only new circuits (circuits that are not published recently)

are described bull Figures can deviate slightly from the actual situation due

to different set executions

91 Introduction

This chassis uses the MStar MST9U19A main chip with the following features bull Multi-Standard TV decoding with 2-D comb filterbull Multi-Standard TV sound demodulator and decoderbull Triple ADC fro TV and RGBYPbPrbull Integrated DVIHDCPHDMI compliant receiverbull High quality scaling enginebull 3-D video de-interlacer and video noise reductionbull Embedded On Screen Display controllerbull NTSCPALSecam Video decoder with automatic standard

detectionbull CVBS video outputbull Multi standard TV sound decoderbull FM stereo and SAP demodulationbull Digital audio interfacebull Analog RGB Compliant Input Portsbull DVIHDCPHDMI Compliant input portbull Auto tuning function including phasing positioning offset

gain and jitter detectionbull Automatic color correction

The MST9U19A is a high performance and fully integrated IC for multi-function LCD monitorTV with resolutions up to WSXGA (1680 times 1050) It is configured with an integrated triple-ADCPLL an integrated DVIHDCPHDMI receiver a multi standard TV video and audio decoder a video de-interlacer a scaling engine the MStarACE-3 color engine an On Screen Display controller an 8-bit MCU and a built-in output panel interface It also incorporates an intelligent power management control system for green-mode requirements and spread-spectrum support for EMI management

For a block diagram refer to chapter 6 ldquoBlock diagrams Test Point Overviews and Waveformsrdquo

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data Sheets EN 51TCS10L LA 9

92 Abbreviation List

1080i 1080 visible lines interlaced1080p 1080 visible lines progressive scan2CS 2 Carrier Sound2DNR Spatial (2D) Noise Reduction3DNR Temporal (3D) Noise Reduction480i 480 visible lines interlaced480p 480 visible lines progressive scanAARA Automatic Aspect Ratio Adaptation

algorithm that adapts aspect ratio to remove horizontal black bars keeping up the original aspect ratio

ACI Automatic Channel Installation algorithm that installs TV channels directly from a cable network by means of a predefined TXT page

ADC Analogue to Digital ConverterAFC Automatic Frequency Control control

signal used to tune to the correct frequency

AGC Automatic Gain Control algorithm that controls the video input of the feature box

AM Amplitude ModulationAUO Acer Unipack OptronicsAP Asia PacificAR Aspect Ratio 4 by 3 or 16 by 9ASD Automatic Standard DetectionAV Audio VideoB-SC1-IN Blue SCART1 inB-SC2-IN Blue SCART2 inB-TXT Blue teletextBG Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 55 MHzBTSC Broadcast Television System

CommitteeC-FRONT Chrominance front inputCBA Circuit Board Assembly (or PWB)CL Constant Level audio output to

connect with an external amplifierCLUT Color Look Up TableComPair Computer aided rePairCSM Customer Service ModeCVBS Composite Video Blanking and

SynchronizationCVBS-EXT CVBS signal from external source

(VCR VCD etc)CVBS-INT CVBS signal from TunerCVBS-MON CVBS monitor signalCVBS-TER-OUT CVBS terrestrial outDAC Digital to Analogue ConverterDBE Dynamic Bass Enhancement extra

low frequency amplificationDFU Directions For Use owners manualDNR Dynamic Noise ReductionDRAM Dynamic RAMDSP Digital Signal ProcessingDST Dealer Service Tool special

(European) remote control designed for service technicians

DTS Digital Theatre SoundDVD Digital Versatile DiscDVI Digital Visual InterfaceDW Double WindowED Enhanced Definition 480p 576pEEPROM Electrically Erasable and

Programmable Read Only MemoryEU EUropeEXT EXTernal (source) entering the set by

SCART or by cinches (jacks)FBL Fast Blanking DC signal

accompanying RGB signalsFBL-SC1-IN Fast blanking signal for SCART1 in

FBL-SC2-IN Fast blanking signal for SCART2 inFBL-TXT Fast Blanking TeletextFLASH FLASH memoryFM Field Memory Frequency ModulationFMR FM RadioFRC Frame Rate ConverterFRONT-C Front input chrominance (SVHS)FRONT-DETECT Front input detectionFRONT-Y_CVBS Front input luminance or CVBS

(SVHS)FTV Flat TeleVisionG-SC1-IN Green SCART1 inG-SC2-IN Green SCART2 inG-TXT Green teletextH H_sync to the module HD High Definition 720p 1080i 1080pHDMI High Definition Multimedia Interface

digital audio and video interfaceHP Head PhoneI Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 60 MHzI2C Integrated IC busI2S Integrated IC Sound busIC Integrated CircuitIF Intermediate FrequencyInterlaced Scan mode where two fields are used

to form one frame Each field contains half the number of the total amount of lines The fields are written in ldquopairsrdquo causing line flicker

IR Infra RedIRQ Interrupt ReQuestLast Status The settings last chosen by the

customer and read and stored in RAM or in the NVM They are called at start-up of the set to configure it according the customers wishes

LATAM LATin AMericaLC04 Philips chassis name for LCD TV 2004

projectLCD Liquid Crystal DisplayLED Light Emitting DiodeLL Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 65 MHz L is Band I L is all bands except for Band I

LPL LG Philips LCDLS Loud SpeakerLVDS Low Voltage Differential Signalling

data transmission system for high speed and low EMI communication

MN Monochrome TV system Sound carrier distance is 45 MHz

MOSFET Metal Oxide Semiconductor Field Effect Transistor

MPEG Motion Pictures Experts GroupMSP Multi-standard Sound Processor ITT

sound decoderMUTE MUTE LineNAFTA North American Free Trade

Association Trade agreement between Canada USA and Mexico

NC Not ConnectedNICAM Near Instantaneous Compounded

Audio Multiplexing This is a digital sound system used mainly in Europe

NTSC National Television Standard Committee Color system used mainly in North America and Japan Color carrier NTSC MN = 3579545 MHz NTSC 443 = 4433619 MHz (this is a VCR norm it is not transmitted off-air)

NVM Non Volatile Memory IC containing TV related data (for example options)

OC Open CircuitONOFF LED OnOff control signal for the LED

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data SheetsEN 52 TCS10L LA9

OSD On Screen DisplayPAL Phase Alternating Line Color system

used mainly in Western Europe (color carrier = 4433619 MHz) and South America (color carrier PAL M = 3575612 MHz and PAL N = 3582056 MHz)

PC Personal ComputerPCB Printed Circuit Board (or PWB)PDP Plasma Display PanelPIG Picture In GraphicPIP Picture In PicturePLL Phase Locked Loop Used for

example in FST tuning systems The customer can directly provide the desired frequency

Progressive Scan Scan mode where all scan lines are displayed in one frame at the same time creating a double vertical resolution

PWB Printed Wiring Board (or PCB)RAM Random Access MemoryRC Remote Control transmitterRC5 (6) Remote Control system 5 (6) the

signal from the remote control receiver RGB Red Green and Blue The primary

color signals for TV By mixing levels of R G and B all colors (YC) are reproduced

RGBHV Red Green Blue Horizontal sync and Vertical sync

ROM Read Only MemorySAM Service Alignment ModeSC SandCastle two-level pulse derived

from sync signalsSC1-OUT SCART output of the MSP audio ICSC2-B-IN SCART2 Blue inSC2-C-IN SCART2 chrominance inSC2-OUT SCART output of the MSP audio ICSC Short CircuitSCL Clock signal on I2C busSD Standard Definition 480i 576iSDA Data signal on I2C busSDI Samsung Display IndustrySDM Service Default ModeSDRAM Synchronous DRAMSECAM SEequence Couleur Avec Memoire

Color system used mainly in France and Eastern Europe Color carriers = 4406250 MHz and 4250000 MHz

SIF Sound Intermediate FrequencySMPS Switch Mode Power SupplySND SouNDSNDL-SC1-IN Sound left SCART1 inSNDL-SC1-OUT Sound left SCART1 outSNDL-SC2-IN Sound left SCART2 inSNDL-SC2-OUT Sound left SCART2 outSNDR-SC1-IN Sound right SCART1 inSNDR-SC1-OUT Sound right SCART1 outSNDR-SC2-IN Sound right SCART2 outSNDR-SC2-OUT Sound right SCART2 outSNDS-VL-OUT Surround sound left variable level outSNDS-VR-OUT Surround sound right variable level outSOPS Self Oscillating Power SupplySPDIF Sony Philips Digital InterFaceSRAM Static RAMSTBY Stand-bySVHS Super Video Home SystemSW Sub Woofer SoftWareTHD Total Harmonic DistortionTXT TeleteXTuP MicroprocessorVL Variable Level out processed audio

output toward external amplifierVCR Video Cassette Recorder

VGA Video Graphics ArrayWD Watch DogWYSIWYR What You See Is What You Record

record selection that follows main picture and sound

XTAL Quartz crystalYPbPr Component video (Y= Luminance Pb

Pr= Color difference signals B-Y and R-Y other amplitudes wrt to YUV)

YC Video related signals Y consists of luminance signal blanking level and sync C consists of color signal

Y-OUT Luminance-signalYUV Baseband component video (Y=

Luminance UV= Color difference signals)

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data Sheets EN 53TCS10L LA 9

93 IC Data Sheets

This section shows the internal block diagrams and pin layouts of ICs that are drawn as ldquoblack boxesrdquo in the electrical diagrams (with the exception of ldquomemoryrdquo and ldquologicrdquo ICs)

931 Diagram B MST9U19A

Figure 9-1 Pin configuration

Pin 1

123

45

7

9

11

1314

1718

21

23

25

2728

30

32

34

36

39

41

43

6

8

10

12

1516

1920

22

24

26

29

31

33

35

3738

40

42

4445464748

505152

49

53 54 55 56 57 59 61 63 65 66 69 70 73 75 77 79 80 82 84 86 88 91 93 9558 60 62 64 67 68 71 72 74 76 78 81 83 85 87 89 90 92 94 96 97 98 99 100

102

103

104

101

208

207

206

205

204

202

200

198

196

195

192

191

188

186

184

182

181

179

177

175

173

170

168

166

203

201

199

197

194

193

190

189

187

185

183

180

178

176

174

172

171

169

167

165

164

163

162

161

159

158

157

160

156155154

153152

150

148

146

144143

140139

136

134

132

130129

127

125

123

121

118

116

114

151

149

147

145

142141

138137

135

133

131

128

126

124

122

120119

117

115

113112111110109

107106105

108

MST9U19A

XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX

GN

D

AUR1

AUL2

AUL3

AUL1

AUCO

M

AUR2

AUR3

DIGO[8]

GNDAVDD_MEMPLL

PWM3PWM2DIGO[9]

SIF1

MSI

F1P

AVD

D_S

IF

AUO

UTL

AUO

UTR

AUO

UTS

VDD

CG

PIO

F[2]

GPI

OF[

3]G

PIO

F[4]

GPI

OF[

5]G

PIO

F[6]

GPI

OF[

7]G

PIO

F[8]

GPI

OF[

9]G

PIO

F[10

]G

PIO

F[11

]VD

DP

GN

DG

PIO

F[12

]

GPI

OF[

14]

GPI

OF[

15]

GPI

OF[

16]

GPI

OF[

17]

GPI

OF[

18]

GN

D

GPI

OF[

19]

VDD

C

VDD

PG

ND

VDD

PVD

DP

GPI

OF[

13]

GN

D

DIGO[7]

DIGO[5]

DIGO[3]

DIGO[1]

VDDC

VDDPPWM_SENSE

DIGO[6]

DIGO[4]

DIGO[2]

DIGO[0]

GND

PWM_DRVPWM_FBIRININT

PWM1PWM0

GNDVDDPALERDZWRZ

VDDC

GNDVDDP

VDD

PLV

A0M

LVA0

PLV

A1M

LVA1

PLV

A2M

LVA2

PLV

ACKM

LVAC

KPLV

A3M

LVA4

PVD

DP

VDD

CAV

DD

_MPL

L

LVA3

PLV

A4M

GPI

OE[

0]

IHSY

NC

ICLK

DI[

1]D

I[0]

IVYS

NC

GPI

OE[

1]G

PIO

E[2]

GPI

OE[

3]G

ND

VDD

P

AVD

D_M

PLL

XIN

XOU

TH

WR

ESET

GN

D

DI[

7]D

I[6]

DI[

5]D

I[4]

DI[

2]D

I[3]

VDD

C

AUO

UTL

3AU

OU

TR3

RXCKPGND

RX0NRX0P

AVDD_DVIRX1NRX1P

RX2P

REXT

DDCD_CK

VSYNC1

VCLAMP

REFM

BIN1M

GNDRX2N

AVDD_DVI

DDCD_DA

HSYNC1

RMID

REFP

BIN1P

SOGIN1GIN1PGIN1MRIN1PRIN1MBIN0MBIN0PGIN0MGIN0P

SOGIN0RIN0MRIN0P

HSYNC0VSYNC0

RXCKN

AVDD_ADCGND

C1Y1C0Y0

CVBS2CVBS1

VCOM1CVBS0

VCOM0CVBSOUT

GND

VCOM2CVBS3

GN

D

AVD

D_A

UAU

L0AU

R0

AUVR

EFAU

VRAD

PAU

VRAD

N

AUO

UTL

2AU

OU

TR2

AD[7]AD[6]AD[5]AD[4]AD[3]AD[2]AD[1]AD[0]

SDOCSZSDISCK

SAR3

SAR1SAR2

SAR0

DDCA_CK

DDCR_CKDDCA_DA

DDCR_DA

LVB0

MLV

B0P

LVB1

MLV

B1P

LVB2

MLV

B2P

LVBC

KMLV

BCKP

LVB3

M

LVB4

P

LVB3

PLV

B4M

I_18130_008eps200608

Pin Configuration

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data SheetsEN 54 TCS10L LA9

932 Diagram B TDA1308

Figure 9-2 Block diagram and pin configuration

Block diagram

Pinning information

2

1

3

4

8

7

65

INA(neg)

TDA1308(A)OUTA

VSS

VDD

INA(pos)

INB(neg)

INB(pos)

OUTB

TDA1308(A)

VATUO DD

BTUO)gen(ANI

)gen(BNI)sop(ANI

VSS INB(pos)

1

2

3

4

6

5

8

7

I_18130_007eps190608

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data Sheets EN 55TCS10L LA 9

933 Diagram B NCP1377B

Figure 9-3 Block diagram and pin configuration

Block diagram

Pinning information

I_18130_009eps190608

HV

VCC

GND

Demag

4 mA

To InternalSupply

+

+

125 V75 V56 V (Fault)

FaultMngt

PON

5 V+

OVP

+

144

45 usDelay

15 us for B Version

Demag

8 usBlanking

S

SR R

Q

Q

+

3 us forB Version

+minus

Overload

5 usTimeout

TimeReset

Demag

380 nsLEB

1 V3

200 Awhen DRV

is OFF

FB

42 V

Driver src = 20 sink = 10

DrvVCC

CS

+50 mV 10 V Rint

1Dmg 8 HV

7 NC2FB

3CS

4GND

6 VCC

5 Drv

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data SheetsEN 56 TCS10L LA9

934 Diagram B TDA7266

Figure 9-4 Block diagram and pin configuration

1

2

4

Vref

7YB-TS

IN1

022microF

VCC

133

+

-

-

+

OUT1+

OUT1-

15

14

12

6ETUM

IN2

022microF

+

-

-

+

OUT2+

OUT2-

8

9S-GND

PW-GND

470microF 100nF

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

9

10

11

8

NC

NC

S-GND

PW-GND

OUT2+

OUT2-

VCC

IN2

ST-BY

MUTE

NC

IN1

VCCOUT1-

OUT1+

13

14

15

12

I_17950_054eps090508

Block Diagram

Pin Configuration

Spare Parts List amp CTN Overview EN 57TCS10L LA 10

10 Spare Parts List amp CTN OverviewFor the latest spare part overview please consult the Philips Service website

Table 10-1 Sets described in this manual

11 Revision ListManual xxxx xxx xxxx0bull First release

CTN Styling

19PFL340355 MG8

19PFL340377 MG8

19PFL340378 MG8

19PFL340385 MG8

26PFL340385 MG8

  • Content
  • 1 Technical Specifications Connections and Chassis Overview
    • 11 Technical Specifications
      • 111 Vision
      • 112 Sound
      • 113 Miscellaneous
        • 12 Connection Overview
          • Figure 1-1 Rear and side IO connections
          • 121 Rear Connections
            • 1 - HDMI Digital Video Digital Audio - In
              • Figure 1-2 HDMI (type A) connector
                • 2 - VGA AUDIO Mini Jack VGA Audio - In
                • 3 - VGA PC Video RGB - In and Service UART
                  • Figure 1-3 VGA Connector
                    • 4 - Cinch Video YPbPr - In
                    • 5 - AV1 Cinch Video CVBS - In Audio - In
                    • 6 - Aerial - In
                    • 7 - Service Connector (ComPair)
                      • 122 Side connections
                        • 8 - Cinch Video CVBS - In Audio - In
                        • 9 - S-Video (Hosiden) Video YC - In
                        • 10 - Mini Jack Audio Head phone - Out
                            • 13 Chassis Overview
                              • Figure 1-4 PWBCBA locations
                                  • 2 Safety Instructions Warnings and Notes
                                    • 21 Safety Instructions
                                    • 22 Warnings
                                    • 23 Notes
                                      • 231 General
                                      • 232 Schematic Notes
                                      • 233 BGA (Ball Grid Array) ICs
                                        • Introduction
                                        • BGA Temperature Profiles
                                          • 234 Lead-free Soldering
                                          • 235 Alternative BOM identification
                                            • Figure 2-1 Serial number (example)
                                              • 236 Board Level Repair (BLR) or Component Level Repair (CLR)
                                              • 237 Practical Service Precautions
                                                  • 3 Directions for Use
                                                  • 4 Mechanical Instructions
                                                    • 41 Cable Dressing
                                                      • Figure 4-1 Cable dressing (19 model)
                                                      • Figure 4-2 Cable dressing (26 model)
                                                        • 42 Service Positions
                                                          • 421 Foam Bars
                                                            • Figure 4-3 Foam bars
                                                                • 43 AssyPanel Removal
                                                                  • 431 Stand
                                                                    • Figure 4-4 Stand
                                                                      • 432 Rear Cover
                                                                        • Figure 4-5 LVDS release
                                                                        • Figure 4-6 Speaker and IRLED panel cable release
                                                                          • 433 Keyboard Control Board
                                                                            • Figure 4-7 Keyboard control board
                                                                              • 434 IRLED Board and Speakers
                                                                                • Figure 4-8 IRLED Board and Speakers
                                                                                  • 435 Power Supply Board
                                                                                    • Figure 4-9 Power Supply Unit(s)
                                                                                      • 436 Inverter Board (19 and 22 versions)
                                                                                        • Figure 4-10 Inverter Board
                                                                                          • 437 Small Signal Board (SSB)
                                                                                            • Removing the SSB
                                                                                              • Figure 4-11 SSB connector plate
                                                                                              • Figure 4-12 SSB
                                                                                                • 44 Set Re-assembly
                                                                                                  • 5 Service Modes Error Codes and Fault Finding
                                                                                                    • 51 Test Points
                                                                                                    • 52 Service Mode
                                                                                                      • 521 Service Alignment Mode (SAM)
                                                                                                        • How to Enter
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-1 SAM menu
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-2 SAM menu White Balance Normal
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-3 SAM menu White Balance Cool
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-4 SAM menu White Balance Warm
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-5 SAM menu Volume Curve
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-6 SAM menu Picture Curve
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-7 SAM menu Picture Mode Natural
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-8 SAM menu Picture Mode Personal
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-9 SAM menu Picture Mode Rich
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-10 SAM menu Picture Mode Soft
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-11 SAM menu Producting
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-12 SAM menu Country
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-13 SAM menu Setup
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-14 SAM menu Shop Init Do
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-15 SAM menu Clear Code gt
                                                                                                            • How to Exit
                                                                                                            • Factory Mode Descriptions
                                                                                                              • ltTABLEgt
                                                                                                              • Virgin Settings
                                                                                                                • Table 5-1 Country setting
                                                                                                                • Table 5-2 Virgin settings
                                                                                                                  • 522 Customer Service Mode (CSM)
                                                                                                                    • Purpose
                                                                                                                    • How to Activate CSM
                                                                                                                    • Contents of CSM
                                                                                                                      • Figure 5-16 CSM Menu
                                                                                                                        • Menu Explanation
                                                                                                                        • How to Exit
                                                                                                                          • 523 Blinking LED Procedure
                                                                                                                            • 53 Error Codes
                                                                                                                              • ltTABLEgt
                                                                                                                                • 54 Fault Finding
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-17 No Picture No sound no Back light (19 sets)
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-18 Picture OK No sound (19 sets)
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-19 No Picture Back light amp Sound OK (19 and 26 sets)
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-20 No color (19 and 26 sets)
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-21 No Picture No sound no Back light (26 sets)
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-22 Picture OK No sound (26 sets)
                                                                                                                                    • 55 Service Tools
                                                                                                                                      • 551 ComPair
                                                                                                                                        • Introduction
                                                                                                                                        • Specifications
                                                                                                                                        • How to Connect
                                                                                                                                        • How to Order
                                                                                                                                          • Figure 5-23 ComPair II interface connection
                                                                                                                                            • 56 Software Upgrading
                                                                                                                                              • 561 Introduction
                                                                                                                                                  • 6 Block Diagrams Test Point Overview and Waveforms
                                                                                                                                                    • Wiring Diagram of Connector for MS19-PH 19
                                                                                                                                                    • Wiring Diagram of Connector for MS19-PH 26
                                                                                                                                                    • Block Diagram MS19P Chipset
                                                                                                                                                    • I2C overview
                                                                                                                                                      • 7 Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts
                                                                                                                                                        • Main Power Supply (19)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Main Power Supply (19) (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Main Power Supply (19) (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Main Power Supply (26)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Main Power Supply (26) (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Main Power Supply (26) (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Standby Power Supply (26)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Standby Power Supply (26) (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Standby Power Supply (26) (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB Control
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB DC - DC
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB MST9E19A Controller
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB HDMI Interface
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB VGA Interface
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB Cinch
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB Tuner
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB Audio Amplifier
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB LVDS Interface
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Small Signal Board (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Small Signal Board (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Keyboard Control Panel
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Keyboard Control Panel (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Keyboard Control Panel (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Inverter Panel
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Inverter Panel (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Inverter Panel (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • IR LED Panel
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout IR LED Panel (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout IR LED Panel (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                          • 8 Alignments
                                                                                                                                                            • 81 Electrical Alignments
                                                                                                                                                            • 82 Hardware Alignments
                                                                                                                                                              • 821 Aging
                                                                                                                                                              • 822 ADC Adjustment
                                                                                                                                                              • 823 White Balance Adjustment
                                                                                                                                                                • Table 8-1 Color Temperature Setting 19
                                                                                                                                                                • Table 8-2 Color Temperature Setting 26
                                                                                                                                                                  • 9 Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data Sheets
                                                                                                                                                                    • 91 Introduction
                                                                                                                                                                    • 92 Abbreviation List
                                                                                                                                                                    • 93 IC Data Sheets
                                                                                                                                                                      • 931 Diagram B MST9U19A
                                                                                                                                                                        • Figure 9-1 Pin configuration
                                                                                                                                                                          • 932 Diagram B TDA1308
                                                                                                                                                                            • Figure 9-2 Block diagram and pin configuration
                                                                                                                                                                              • 933 Diagram B NCP1377B
                                                                                                                                                                                • Figure 9-3 Block diagram and pin configuration
                                                                                                                                                                                  • 934 Diagram B TDA7266
                                                                                                                                                                                    • Figure 9-4 Block diagram and pin configuration
                                                                                                                                                                                      • 10 Spare Parts List amp CTN Overview
                                                                                                                                                                                        • Table 10-1 Sets described in this manual
                                                                                                                                                                                          • 11 Revision List
Page 36: Philips 19PFL3403-55 TCS1[1].0L_LA

36TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

SSB HDMI Interface

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

SDA

SCL

WC

VCC

VSS

E2NC

E1NC

E0NC

RX2+

GND1

RX2-

RX1+

GND2

RX1-

RX0+

GND3

RX0-

RXC+

GND4

RXC-

NC1

NC2

DDCCLK

DDCDA

GND5

VCC

HPD

AGND

HDMI-RX2-

HDMI-RX1+

+5V

+5V

5

6

43

2

1

U17

PRTR5V0U4D

5

6

43

2

1

U18

PRTR5V0U4D

1KR101

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

P12

01UC

120

5

6

7

8

4

3

2

1U12

M24C02MN

RLZ

5B6

D18

HDMI-DDC-SDA

HDMI-DDC-SCL

HDMI-HPD

HDMI5V

HPDCTRLB

C

E

Q10BT3904

4K7R96

R95

4K7

R1000R

NCR

97

R94

1K

+5V

100RR99

R98100R

12

3

D17

BAT

54C

D19

RLZ

5B6

TXCLK-

TXCLK+

B_TX0-

B_TX0+

G_TX1-

G_TX1+

R_TX2-

R_TX2+

10RR93

R9210R

10RR91

R9010R

10RR89

R8810R

10RR87

R8610R

HDMI_SDA

HDMI_SCL

HDMI-RXC-

HDMI-RXC+

HDMI-RX0+

HDMI-RX0-

HDMI-RX1-

HDMI-RX2+

B04 B04

I_18130_014eps180608

HDMI INTERFACE

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 37TCS10L LA 7

SSB VGA Interface

AGND

AGND

AGND

SDA

SCL

WC

VCC

VSS

E2NC

E1NC

E0NC

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGNDProgram Control

To main chip(when updateit is I2Cwhen debug it is RXTX)

LED2

R12

110

0RR12

010

0R

+33V

RXD

TXD

R170

4K7

1

3

2

D2

100RR144

NCR123

4K7R12

2

75R

R10

9

R10

8 75R

01UC

130

10K

R17

4

75R

R10

7

10K

R17

2

P13-11

R11

8 4K7

4K7

R11

9

PROTECT

VGA5V

VGA-SCL

PROTECT

13

2

D25

1

3

2

D20

C19 N

C

Q182N7002

10RR175

R171NC

R17310R

C12

9 NC

C1270047U

VGA-R+

VGA-G+

VGA-B+

+5VST1

32

D24

1KR115

R1141K

123

D23BAT54C

5

6

7

8

4

3

2

1U13

M24C02MN

R11

74K

7NC

C12

8R11

610

K

6

4

11

14

15

7

12

8

5

13

3

10

9

1

2

16

17

P13

C1230047U

C1241000P

C1210047U

R10510R

10RR104

R10310R

0047UC126

C1250047U

0047UC122

1

3

2

D22

2

3

1

D21

R11347R

47RR111

R11047R

R106330R

HS_RGB

VS_RGB

Q192N7002

B

C

E

Q25BT3904

VGA-HS

VGA-VS

VGA-SDA

RIN+

SOG

BIN-

GIN-

RIN-

BIN+

GIN+

VGA-SDA

VGA-SCL

+5VSTB

+5VSTB

B05 B05

I_18130_015eps180608

VGA INTERFACE

38TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

SSB Cinch

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND AGNDAGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

VDD

OUTB

INB-

VSS INB+

INA+

INA-

OUTA

AGNDAGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

WHITE

RED

YELLOWGREEN

BLUE

RED

WHITE

RED

RED

WHITE

YELLOW

AGND

AGND

AGND

HDTV IN

AV OUTPUT AUDIO AMP

For PCampYPbPr Audio Input(RL)

For Philips Upgrade

S-VIDEO amp AV2 In Side

Earphone Outuput In Side

AV1 In Rear

AV OUTPUT

For DVI Audio Input(35mm Jack)

2

1

3

P17

DVI_R

DVI_L

AV2-V

AV_ROUT

AV2-R

C13 47

0P

12K

R15

2

C17 47

0P

560P

C16

356

0PC

162

3

2

1

4P15

C14

156

0P

PC-R

560P

C14

3C

134

560P

560P

C13

8

2

3

1

D37

NC

C14

256

0P56

0PC

146

C6 10

0P

3

1

2

P11

TXD

3

1

2

P7

PR1

PB1

AVOUT_L

Y1

AVOUT

1

4

2

5

3

6P21

1

2

3

4

5

6P8

8 56 7 9

P15

BUF2

1

3

2

D31

2

3

1

D28

NC

1

3

2

D33

NC

2

3

1

D55

NC

2

3

1

D54

NC

2

3

1

D52

NC

2

3

1

D51

NC

2

3

1

D34

1

3

2

D36

NC

C5 10

0P

13

2

D12

R18

8 75R

R2855K1

R2845K1

R2805K1

R2815K1

L6130R

AV1-CL60

30R

AV1-YL59

30R

75R

R14

9

C19

810

00P

C14

068

0P

680P

C15

5

10RR186

680P

C13

6

OP_VCC2

C13

168

0P

2

3

1

D53

2

3

1

D27

FB

L42

10KR230

12K

R20

1R

197 12

K

R15

9 12K

R15

522

0R

220RR153

75R

R14

0

75R

R13

9

R13

6 75R

75R

R12

8

2U2C188

R14

5 12K

12K

R15

7

12K

R13

5C191

2U2

10K

R15

6R

147 10

K

330R

R14

6

R18510RY1

75RR151

R141

75R

C1452U2

2U2C144

01UC

139

12K

R16

1

AV2-VIN+

CVBSOUT

AV1-CIN

AV1-YIN-

1

3

2

D38

2

3

1

D39

PH-R1OUTR226

10K

AV_LOUT

R22447K

+5V

R22

547

K

C18

347

U

16V

100P

C18

9

33KR

229

C18547U

16V

C18

40

1U

C19

310

0P

R23

233

K

8

7

6

4 5

3

2

1U16

TDA1308T

SCB-

SCG-

SCR-

C1580047U

SCG+

SCR+

SCB+

SC_SOG

PR1

PB1

C1540047U

0047UC153

C1520047U

C1511000P

0047UC159

0047UC156

R19547R

47RR191

R18947R

R18410R

10RR183

R14810R

1

3

2

D35

B

E

CQ11

BT3906C218

10U

16V

B

C

E

Q12BT3904

2

3

1

D32

2

3

1

D30

1

3

2

D29

R13347R

10RR137

R12610R

+5V

AV1-YIN

Y1R176

470R

PH-L1OUT

AV_LOUT

AV_ROUT

AV1-VIN+

L63 30

R

30R

L62

330RR

249

R25

133

0R

C196

033U50V

C197

033U50V

7

654

89

3

1

2

P18

1000

PC

199

AMP-PROUT+AMP-LIN

AMP-PLOUT+AMP-RIN

EARPHONE-RA

EARPHONE-LA

30RL44

AV1-RIN

R2825K1

R2835K1 AV1-LIN

AV2-LIN

R2865K1

R2875K1 AV2-RIN

R2885K1

R2895K1 DVI-RIN

R2905K1

R2915K1 DVI-LIN

R2925K1

R2935K1 PC-RIN

R2945K1

R2955K1 PC-LIN

AV1_V

AVOUT_R

RXD

C4 47

0P47

0PC

7

AV1_R

AV1_L

C9 47

0P47

0PC

10

C11 47

0P47

0PC

12

PC-L

AV2-L

B06 B06

I_18130_016eps180608

CINCH

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 39TCS10L LA 7

SSB Tuner

AGND

AGND

AGND

AG

ND

AGNDAGND

AGND

AGND

COMMON

IN OUT

VID

EO

NC

1

NC

2

AU

DIO

AG

C

SD

A

TU

MB

GN

D2

SIF

OU

T

GN

D1

NC

3

NC

4

NC

5

SC

L

NC

6

AF

T

CLOSE RO MST IC

R21127R

171 2 6 1110 1412 157 83 4 5 9 13 16

TU1

2

1 3

U15KIA78D05

TUNER_SDA

TUNER_SCL

SIF_OUT

TV_CVBSC

172

01U

33V

B

C

E

Q20

BT3904

TV-SIFPNCR213

10RR220

001UC181

TV-SIFP

R194100R

330R

R19

3R

192

10R

R19

81K

R19

91K

L2722UH

+12V

R20

7 NC

100K

R20

3

2200

PC

200

R209120R

R20610R

C17

4N

C3

30P

NC

330

PC

175

C171220U

16V

L28120R

R20251K

C17

710

0P

C17

615

0P

SDA_EXT

SCL_EXT

C168220U

16V

16V

220UC

169

TV1-VIN-

TV1-VIN+

R21047R

C16

60

01UC16

44U

7

50V

C16

50

01U

C16

70

1U

TUNER_5V

AFT

120RR212

TUNER_5V

TV-SIFM

001UC170

B07 B07

I_18130_017eps180608

TUNER

40TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

SSB Audio Amplifier

PGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

PGND

PGND

AGND

AGND

OUT2+

OUT2-

NC3

IN2

VCC2

NC2

OUT1+

VCC1

IN1

NC1

MUTE

STBY

PW_GND

S_GND

OUT1-

TO SPEAKER

TO SPEAKER

0RR

162

AMP-PROUT-

2

1

H8

15

14

11

12

13

10

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

2

U19

TD

A7266

1

2

3

4

P9

AMP-PLOUT-

L45200R

L46200R

C219220U

16V

27UHL31

C217220U

16V

AMP-LIN

R253NC

01U C209

D3LL4148

C20

610

00P

1U

C211

0022U

C26 1000

PC

204

0022U

C25

C22

470U16V

+5VST

R164100K

R16510K

R16

8N

C

R16

9N

C

R1663K3

3K3R167

10KR244

B

E

CQ15

BT3906

B

C

E

Q16BT3904

C19

5 NC

NC

C19

4

B

C

E

Q24BT3904NC

0RR257

10KR254

E

C

B BT3904Q23

B

C

E

Q22BT3904

R25210K

R255100R

R24310K

2U2C205

R2560R

C2032U2

+12V

AMP-PROUT-

AMP-PROUT+

AMP-PLOUT-

AMP-PLOUT+

POWER-ONOFF

AMP-MUTE

AMP-R

AMP-L

12V-AMP

+12V

AMP-RIN

B08 B08

I_18130_018eps180608

AUDIO AMPLIFIER

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 41TCS10L LA 7

SSB LVDS Interface

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

VCC_PANEL

C246

10U 16V

C245

01U

R277 0NC

+33V

R27

2

0N

C

R275 0NC

RXE4+B0 RXE4-B1

RXE3+B2 RXE3-B3

RXEC+B4 RXEC-B5

RXE2+B6 RXE2-B7

RXE1+G0 RXE1-G1

RXE0+G2 RXE0-G3

RXO4+G4 RXO4-G5

RXO3+G6 RXO3-G7

RXOC+R0 RXOC-R1

RXO2+R2 RXO2-R3

RXO1+R4 RXO1-R5

RXO0+R6 RXO0-R7

1 2

4

6

8

12

14

16

18

20

10

22

24

26

28

3

5

7

9

11

13

15

17

19

21

23

25

27

29 30

32

34

36

38

40

31

33

35

37

39

P10

R276 0NC

R27

3

0N

CR

274

0N

C

B09 B09

I_18130_019eps180608

LVDS INTERFACE Personal Notes

E_06532_012eps131004

42TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout Small Signal Board (Top Side)

I_18130_020eps180608

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 43TCS10L LA 7

Layout Small Signal Board (Bottom Side)

I_18130_021eps180608

44TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Keyboard Control Panel

Layout Keyboard Control Panel (Top Side)

Layout Keyboard Control Panel (Bottom Side)

AGND

AGND AGNDAGND

AGND

R10072K

R10061K5

R10011K2

12 4

3K1001

1

2

3

P1001

KEY0

R1008NC

R10051K2

R1004NC

R10032K

R10021K5

D10

02

HS

5V6B

D10

01H

S5V

6B

12 4

3K1003

12 4

3K1002

12 4

3K1006

12 4

3K1005

12 4

3K1004

KEY1

I_18130_030eps180608

E EKEYBOARD CONTROL PANEL

I_18130_031eps180608

I_18130_032eps180608

Personal Notes

E_06532_012eps131004

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 45TCS10L LA 7

Inverter Panel

1 2

A

B

C

D

4321

D

C

B

A

F1FUSE-1

C2104

C1220uF250V

C3104

R1200

Q1

DTA143

E1

9

E2

10

C2

11

VC

C12

OU

TP

UT

C13

VR

EF

14

A1+

1

A1-

2

CO

MP

3

DT

C4

CT

5

RT

6

GN

D7

C1

8

A2-

15

A2+

16

U1

TL494

R2200

Q32222

C8

223

C7103

R847K

R7120K

C4

104C5104

D1

68V

C9104

D2

1N4148

Q8DTC143

123456

CN1

R20470K

R21

33K

C16

330pF

C15NC

R13100K

R10

68K

R11

68K

R12

15K

C10104

R2627K

C20223

R18560

Q22222

Q62907

R142K

R1622K

R27 10

R28 10

D4

BAW56K

S11

G12

S23

G24

D1 8

D1 7

D2 6

D2 5

U2

4606

C21223

Q42222

Q72907

R152K

R1722K

R29 10

R30 10

D5

BAW56K

S11

G12

S23

G24

D1 8

D1 7

D2 6

D2 5

U3

4606

R19560

C6

105

R231M

Q52N7002

R22

1M

R9

47K

R25

100KR24270K

D6NCBAW56K

D7NCBAW56K

P1

P2

P3

P4

C17225

C18

225

10

1 7

6

T1

T01

10

1 7

6

T2

T01

C2222pF

12

CON1

12

CON2

D9BAV99

R41K

R36820

R32

10KC12104

D8BAV99

R31K

R35820

R31

10KC11104

P2

P1

C2322pF

12

CON3

12

CON4

D11

BAV99

R61K

R38820

R34

10KC14104

D10BAV99

R51K

R37820

R33

10KC13104

P4

P3

VREF

VREF

C19NC

C26

222C27NC

D13BAV99

D15BAV99

C2422pF

C2522pF

C28

222C29NC

C30222 C31

NC

C32

222C33NC

OVP

OVP

OV

P

R602K

R61510K

C38105

Q10

DTA143

Q112222

R6330K

R62 1K

VCC

VCC

P5

P5

R64

1K

C34221

C35 221

C37

221

C39104

C36

221U4A

LM393

U4B

LM393

Vref

D3

1N4148

R65

3K R663K

C41 104

R67

10K

I_18130_033eps180608

I IINVERTER PANEL 19rdquo

46TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout Inverter Panel (Top Side)

Layout Inverter Panel (Bottom Side)

I_18130_034eps190608

I_18130_035eps190608

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 47TCS10L LA 7

IR LED Panel

AGND

AGND

AGNDIRVC

C

GN

D

RW

R20

031K

2

R20

04

1K2

LED1

1

2

3

4

5

CN2001

E

C

B

BC847AQ2001

B

C

E

Q2002

BC847A

2

13

D2001

LED2

G2001

R20024K7

5V16

V10

0UC

2001

5V

IR

IR

C20

03 47P

LED1R2001

4K7

C2002

47P

LED2

I_18130_036eps180608

J JIR amp LED PANELLayout IR LED Panel (Top Side)

Layout IR LED Panel (Bottom Side)

I_18130_037eps180608

I_18130_038eps180608

48TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Personal Notes

E_06532_013eps131004

Alignments EN 49TCS10L LA 8

8 Alignments

Index of this chapter81 Electrical Alignments82 Hardware Alignments

NoteThe Service Modes are described in chapter 5 Menu navigation is done with the CURSOR UP DOWN LEFT or RIGHT keys of the remote control transmitter

81 Electrical Alignments

Perform all electrical adjustments under the following conditionsbull Power supply voltage (depends on region)

ndash AP-NTSC 120 VAC or 230 VAC 50 Hz (plusmn 10)ndash AP-PAL-multi 120 - 230 VAC 50 Hz (plusmn 10)ndash EU 230 VAC 50 Hz (plusmn 10)ndash LATAM-NTSC 120 - 230 VAC 50 Hz (plusmn 10)ndash US 120 VAC 60 Hz (plusmn 10)

bull Connect the set to the mains via an isolation transformer with low internal resistance

bull Allow the set to warm up for approximately 60 minutesbull Measure voltages and waveforms in relation to correct

ground (eg measure audio signals in relation to AUDIO_GND) Caution It is not allowed to use heatsinks as ground

bull Test probe Ri gt 10 MΩ Ci lt 20 pFbull Use an isolated trimmerscrewdriver to perform

alignments

82 Hardware Alignments

Not applicable

821 Aging

Enter TV mode Set warm up status to ldquoOnrdquo Aging time at least 12 minutes

822 ADC Adjustment

The chassis can execute ADC auto-tune in YPbPr amp PC sourcing modes Enter SAM select YPbPr or PC as source then select AUTOTUNE in ADC ADJ press ldquoRight keyrdquo to run waiting for about 5 seconds until ldquoOKrdquo is displayed which means the set finished the ADC adjustment With an YPbPr source use a 100 color bar pattern with a PC source use a 16-scale grey pattern

823 White Balance Adjustment

Adjust the NORMAL WARM COOL temperature in White balance according to company regular Make sure ADC adjustments have done successfully before doing white balance adjustments and use the ldquoNaturalrdquo picture mode White balance adjustment should be performed with three different sources1 AVTVSVIDEO source reunification under the AV

adjustment apply a NTSC-M system signal with 8-scale grey pattern

2 YPbPrHDMI source reunification under the YPbPr adjustment apply an 8-scale grey pattern

3 PC source should adjust single apply a 8-scale grey pattern

If case of manual adjustment please use the WB page in SAMWhile adjusting White Balance do not change White G or Black G only adjust White R White B Black R and Black B

Table 8-1 Color Temperature Setting 19

Table 8-2 Color Temperature Setting 26

Color mode X Y Color Temperature (K)

Normal 296plusmn4 299plusmn4 8000

Warm 314plusmn4 319plusmn4 6500

Cool 289plusmn4 291plusmn4 9000

Color mode X Y Color Temperature (K)

Normal 289plusmn4 291plusmn4 9000

Warm 314plusmn4 319plusmn4 6500

Cool 278plusmn4 278plusmn4 11000

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data SheetsEN 50 TCS10L LA9

9 Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data Sheets

Index of this chapter91 Introduction92 Abbreviation List93 IC Data Sheets

Notes bull Only new circuits (circuits that are not published recently)

are described bull Figures can deviate slightly from the actual situation due

to different set executions

91 Introduction

This chassis uses the MStar MST9U19A main chip with the following features bull Multi-Standard TV decoding with 2-D comb filterbull Multi-Standard TV sound demodulator and decoderbull Triple ADC fro TV and RGBYPbPrbull Integrated DVIHDCPHDMI compliant receiverbull High quality scaling enginebull 3-D video de-interlacer and video noise reductionbull Embedded On Screen Display controllerbull NTSCPALSecam Video decoder with automatic standard

detectionbull CVBS video outputbull Multi standard TV sound decoderbull FM stereo and SAP demodulationbull Digital audio interfacebull Analog RGB Compliant Input Portsbull DVIHDCPHDMI Compliant input portbull Auto tuning function including phasing positioning offset

gain and jitter detectionbull Automatic color correction

The MST9U19A is a high performance and fully integrated IC for multi-function LCD monitorTV with resolutions up to WSXGA (1680 times 1050) It is configured with an integrated triple-ADCPLL an integrated DVIHDCPHDMI receiver a multi standard TV video and audio decoder a video de-interlacer a scaling engine the MStarACE-3 color engine an On Screen Display controller an 8-bit MCU and a built-in output panel interface It also incorporates an intelligent power management control system for green-mode requirements and spread-spectrum support for EMI management

For a block diagram refer to chapter 6 ldquoBlock diagrams Test Point Overviews and Waveformsrdquo

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data Sheets EN 51TCS10L LA 9

92 Abbreviation List

1080i 1080 visible lines interlaced1080p 1080 visible lines progressive scan2CS 2 Carrier Sound2DNR Spatial (2D) Noise Reduction3DNR Temporal (3D) Noise Reduction480i 480 visible lines interlaced480p 480 visible lines progressive scanAARA Automatic Aspect Ratio Adaptation

algorithm that adapts aspect ratio to remove horizontal black bars keeping up the original aspect ratio

ACI Automatic Channel Installation algorithm that installs TV channels directly from a cable network by means of a predefined TXT page

ADC Analogue to Digital ConverterAFC Automatic Frequency Control control

signal used to tune to the correct frequency

AGC Automatic Gain Control algorithm that controls the video input of the feature box

AM Amplitude ModulationAUO Acer Unipack OptronicsAP Asia PacificAR Aspect Ratio 4 by 3 or 16 by 9ASD Automatic Standard DetectionAV Audio VideoB-SC1-IN Blue SCART1 inB-SC2-IN Blue SCART2 inB-TXT Blue teletextBG Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 55 MHzBTSC Broadcast Television System

CommitteeC-FRONT Chrominance front inputCBA Circuit Board Assembly (or PWB)CL Constant Level audio output to

connect with an external amplifierCLUT Color Look Up TableComPair Computer aided rePairCSM Customer Service ModeCVBS Composite Video Blanking and

SynchronizationCVBS-EXT CVBS signal from external source

(VCR VCD etc)CVBS-INT CVBS signal from TunerCVBS-MON CVBS monitor signalCVBS-TER-OUT CVBS terrestrial outDAC Digital to Analogue ConverterDBE Dynamic Bass Enhancement extra

low frequency amplificationDFU Directions For Use owners manualDNR Dynamic Noise ReductionDRAM Dynamic RAMDSP Digital Signal ProcessingDST Dealer Service Tool special

(European) remote control designed for service technicians

DTS Digital Theatre SoundDVD Digital Versatile DiscDVI Digital Visual InterfaceDW Double WindowED Enhanced Definition 480p 576pEEPROM Electrically Erasable and

Programmable Read Only MemoryEU EUropeEXT EXTernal (source) entering the set by

SCART or by cinches (jacks)FBL Fast Blanking DC signal

accompanying RGB signalsFBL-SC1-IN Fast blanking signal for SCART1 in

FBL-SC2-IN Fast blanking signal for SCART2 inFBL-TXT Fast Blanking TeletextFLASH FLASH memoryFM Field Memory Frequency ModulationFMR FM RadioFRC Frame Rate ConverterFRONT-C Front input chrominance (SVHS)FRONT-DETECT Front input detectionFRONT-Y_CVBS Front input luminance or CVBS

(SVHS)FTV Flat TeleVisionG-SC1-IN Green SCART1 inG-SC2-IN Green SCART2 inG-TXT Green teletextH H_sync to the module HD High Definition 720p 1080i 1080pHDMI High Definition Multimedia Interface

digital audio and video interfaceHP Head PhoneI Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 60 MHzI2C Integrated IC busI2S Integrated IC Sound busIC Integrated CircuitIF Intermediate FrequencyInterlaced Scan mode where two fields are used

to form one frame Each field contains half the number of the total amount of lines The fields are written in ldquopairsrdquo causing line flicker

IR Infra RedIRQ Interrupt ReQuestLast Status The settings last chosen by the

customer and read and stored in RAM or in the NVM They are called at start-up of the set to configure it according the customers wishes

LATAM LATin AMericaLC04 Philips chassis name for LCD TV 2004

projectLCD Liquid Crystal DisplayLED Light Emitting DiodeLL Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 65 MHz L is Band I L is all bands except for Band I

LPL LG Philips LCDLS Loud SpeakerLVDS Low Voltage Differential Signalling

data transmission system for high speed and low EMI communication

MN Monochrome TV system Sound carrier distance is 45 MHz

MOSFET Metal Oxide Semiconductor Field Effect Transistor

MPEG Motion Pictures Experts GroupMSP Multi-standard Sound Processor ITT

sound decoderMUTE MUTE LineNAFTA North American Free Trade

Association Trade agreement between Canada USA and Mexico

NC Not ConnectedNICAM Near Instantaneous Compounded

Audio Multiplexing This is a digital sound system used mainly in Europe

NTSC National Television Standard Committee Color system used mainly in North America and Japan Color carrier NTSC MN = 3579545 MHz NTSC 443 = 4433619 MHz (this is a VCR norm it is not transmitted off-air)

NVM Non Volatile Memory IC containing TV related data (for example options)

OC Open CircuitONOFF LED OnOff control signal for the LED

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data SheetsEN 52 TCS10L LA9

OSD On Screen DisplayPAL Phase Alternating Line Color system

used mainly in Western Europe (color carrier = 4433619 MHz) and South America (color carrier PAL M = 3575612 MHz and PAL N = 3582056 MHz)

PC Personal ComputerPCB Printed Circuit Board (or PWB)PDP Plasma Display PanelPIG Picture In GraphicPIP Picture In PicturePLL Phase Locked Loop Used for

example in FST tuning systems The customer can directly provide the desired frequency

Progressive Scan Scan mode where all scan lines are displayed in one frame at the same time creating a double vertical resolution

PWB Printed Wiring Board (or PCB)RAM Random Access MemoryRC Remote Control transmitterRC5 (6) Remote Control system 5 (6) the

signal from the remote control receiver RGB Red Green and Blue The primary

color signals for TV By mixing levels of R G and B all colors (YC) are reproduced

RGBHV Red Green Blue Horizontal sync and Vertical sync

ROM Read Only MemorySAM Service Alignment ModeSC SandCastle two-level pulse derived

from sync signalsSC1-OUT SCART output of the MSP audio ICSC2-B-IN SCART2 Blue inSC2-C-IN SCART2 chrominance inSC2-OUT SCART output of the MSP audio ICSC Short CircuitSCL Clock signal on I2C busSD Standard Definition 480i 576iSDA Data signal on I2C busSDI Samsung Display IndustrySDM Service Default ModeSDRAM Synchronous DRAMSECAM SEequence Couleur Avec Memoire

Color system used mainly in France and Eastern Europe Color carriers = 4406250 MHz and 4250000 MHz

SIF Sound Intermediate FrequencySMPS Switch Mode Power SupplySND SouNDSNDL-SC1-IN Sound left SCART1 inSNDL-SC1-OUT Sound left SCART1 outSNDL-SC2-IN Sound left SCART2 inSNDL-SC2-OUT Sound left SCART2 outSNDR-SC1-IN Sound right SCART1 inSNDR-SC1-OUT Sound right SCART1 outSNDR-SC2-IN Sound right SCART2 outSNDR-SC2-OUT Sound right SCART2 outSNDS-VL-OUT Surround sound left variable level outSNDS-VR-OUT Surround sound right variable level outSOPS Self Oscillating Power SupplySPDIF Sony Philips Digital InterFaceSRAM Static RAMSTBY Stand-bySVHS Super Video Home SystemSW Sub Woofer SoftWareTHD Total Harmonic DistortionTXT TeleteXTuP MicroprocessorVL Variable Level out processed audio

output toward external amplifierVCR Video Cassette Recorder

VGA Video Graphics ArrayWD Watch DogWYSIWYR What You See Is What You Record

record selection that follows main picture and sound

XTAL Quartz crystalYPbPr Component video (Y= Luminance Pb

Pr= Color difference signals B-Y and R-Y other amplitudes wrt to YUV)

YC Video related signals Y consists of luminance signal blanking level and sync C consists of color signal

Y-OUT Luminance-signalYUV Baseband component video (Y=

Luminance UV= Color difference signals)

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data Sheets EN 53TCS10L LA 9

93 IC Data Sheets

This section shows the internal block diagrams and pin layouts of ICs that are drawn as ldquoblack boxesrdquo in the electrical diagrams (with the exception of ldquomemoryrdquo and ldquologicrdquo ICs)

931 Diagram B MST9U19A

Figure 9-1 Pin configuration

Pin 1

123

45

7

9

11

1314

1718

21

23

25

2728

30

32

34

36

39

41

43

6

8

10

12

1516

1920

22

24

26

29

31

33

35

3738

40

42

4445464748

505152

49

53 54 55 56 57 59 61 63 65 66 69 70 73 75 77 79 80 82 84 86 88 91 93 9558 60 62 64 67 68 71 72 74 76 78 81 83 85 87 89 90 92 94 96 97 98 99 100

102

103

104

101

208

207

206

205

204

202

200

198

196

195

192

191

188

186

184

182

181

179

177

175

173

170

168

166

203

201

199

197

194

193

190

189

187

185

183

180

178

176

174

172

171

169

167

165

164

163

162

161

159

158

157

160

156155154

153152

150

148

146

144143

140139

136

134

132

130129

127

125

123

121

118

116

114

151

149

147

145

142141

138137

135

133

131

128

126

124

122

120119

117

115

113112111110109

107106105

108

MST9U19A

XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX

GN

D

AUR1

AUL2

AUL3

AUL1

AUCO

M

AUR2

AUR3

DIGO[8]

GNDAVDD_MEMPLL

PWM3PWM2DIGO[9]

SIF1

MSI

F1P

AVD

D_S

IF

AUO

UTL

AUO

UTR

AUO

UTS

VDD

CG

PIO

F[2]

GPI

OF[

3]G

PIO

F[4]

GPI

OF[

5]G

PIO

F[6]

GPI

OF[

7]G

PIO

F[8]

GPI

OF[

9]G

PIO

F[10

]G

PIO

F[11

]VD

DP

GN

DG

PIO

F[12

]

GPI

OF[

14]

GPI

OF[

15]

GPI

OF[

16]

GPI

OF[

17]

GPI

OF[

18]

GN

D

GPI

OF[

19]

VDD

C

VDD

PG

ND

VDD

PVD

DP

GPI

OF[

13]

GN

D

DIGO[7]

DIGO[5]

DIGO[3]

DIGO[1]

VDDC

VDDPPWM_SENSE

DIGO[6]

DIGO[4]

DIGO[2]

DIGO[0]

GND

PWM_DRVPWM_FBIRININT

PWM1PWM0

GNDVDDPALERDZWRZ

VDDC

GNDVDDP

VDD

PLV

A0M

LVA0

PLV

A1M

LVA1

PLV

A2M

LVA2

PLV

ACKM

LVAC

KPLV

A3M

LVA4

PVD

DP

VDD

CAV

DD

_MPL

L

LVA3

PLV

A4M

GPI

OE[

0]

IHSY

NC

ICLK

DI[

1]D

I[0]

IVYS

NC

GPI

OE[

1]G

PIO

E[2]

GPI

OE[

3]G

ND

VDD

P

AVD

D_M

PLL

XIN

XOU

TH

WR

ESET

GN

D

DI[

7]D

I[6]

DI[

5]D

I[4]

DI[

2]D

I[3]

VDD

C

AUO

UTL

3AU

OU

TR3

RXCKPGND

RX0NRX0P

AVDD_DVIRX1NRX1P

RX2P

REXT

DDCD_CK

VSYNC1

VCLAMP

REFM

BIN1M

GNDRX2N

AVDD_DVI

DDCD_DA

HSYNC1

RMID

REFP

BIN1P

SOGIN1GIN1PGIN1MRIN1PRIN1MBIN0MBIN0PGIN0MGIN0P

SOGIN0RIN0MRIN0P

HSYNC0VSYNC0

RXCKN

AVDD_ADCGND

C1Y1C0Y0

CVBS2CVBS1

VCOM1CVBS0

VCOM0CVBSOUT

GND

VCOM2CVBS3

GN

D

AVD

D_A

UAU

L0AU

R0

AUVR

EFAU

VRAD

PAU

VRAD

N

AUO

UTL

2AU

OU

TR2

AD[7]AD[6]AD[5]AD[4]AD[3]AD[2]AD[1]AD[0]

SDOCSZSDISCK

SAR3

SAR1SAR2

SAR0

DDCA_CK

DDCR_CKDDCA_DA

DDCR_DA

LVB0

MLV

B0P

LVB1

MLV

B1P

LVB2

MLV

B2P

LVBC

KMLV

BCKP

LVB3

M

LVB4

P

LVB3

PLV

B4M

I_18130_008eps200608

Pin Configuration

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data SheetsEN 54 TCS10L LA9

932 Diagram B TDA1308

Figure 9-2 Block diagram and pin configuration

Block diagram

Pinning information

2

1

3

4

8

7

65

INA(neg)

TDA1308(A)OUTA

VSS

VDD

INA(pos)

INB(neg)

INB(pos)

OUTB

TDA1308(A)

VATUO DD

BTUO)gen(ANI

)gen(BNI)sop(ANI

VSS INB(pos)

1

2

3

4

6

5

8

7

I_18130_007eps190608

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data Sheets EN 55TCS10L LA 9

933 Diagram B NCP1377B

Figure 9-3 Block diagram and pin configuration

Block diagram

Pinning information

I_18130_009eps190608

HV

VCC

GND

Demag

4 mA

To InternalSupply

+

+

125 V75 V56 V (Fault)

FaultMngt

PON

5 V+

OVP

+

144

45 usDelay

15 us for B Version

Demag

8 usBlanking

S

SR R

Q

Q

+

3 us forB Version

+minus

Overload

5 usTimeout

TimeReset

Demag

380 nsLEB

1 V3

200 Awhen DRV

is OFF

FB

42 V

Driver src = 20 sink = 10

DrvVCC

CS

+50 mV 10 V Rint

1Dmg 8 HV

7 NC2FB

3CS

4GND

6 VCC

5 Drv

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data SheetsEN 56 TCS10L LA9

934 Diagram B TDA7266

Figure 9-4 Block diagram and pin configuration

1

2

4

Vref

7YB-TS

IN1

022microF

VCC

133

+

-

-

+

OUT1+

OUT1-

15

14

12

6ETUM

IN2

022microF

+

-

-

+

OUT2+

OUT2-

8

9S-GND

PW-GND

470microF 100nF

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

9

10

11

8

NC

NC

S-GND

PW-GND

OUT2+

OUT2-

VCC

IN2

ST-BY

MUTE

NC

IN1

VCCOUT1-

OUT1+

13

14

15

12

I_17950_054eps090508

Block Diagram

Pin Configuration

Spare Parts List amp CTN Overview EN 57TCS10L LA 10

10 Spare Parts List amp CTN OverviewFor the latest spare part overview please consult the Philips Service website

Table 10-1 Sets described in this manual

11 Revision ListManual xxxx xxx xxxx0bull First release

CTN Styling

19PFL340355 MG8

19PFL340377 MG8

19PFL340378 MG8

19PFL340385 MG8

26PFL340385 MG8

  • Content
  • 1 Technical Specifications Connections and Chassis Overview
    • 11 Technical Specifications
      • 111 Vision
      • 112 Sound
      • 113 Miscellaneous
        • 12 Connection Overview
          • Figure 1-1 Rear and side IO connections
          • 121 Rear Connections
            • 1 - HDMI Digital Video Digital Audio - In
              • Figure 1-2 HDMI (type A) connector
                • 2 - VGA AUDIO Mini Jack VGA Audio - In
                • 3 - VGA PC Video RGB - In and Service UART
                  • Figure 1-3 VGA Connector
                    • 4 - Cinch Video YPbPr - In
                    • 5 - AV1 Cinch Video CVBS - In Audio - In
                    • 6 - Aerial - In
                    • 7 - Service Connector (ComPair)
                      • 122 Side connections
                        • 8 - Cinch Video CVBS - In Audio - In
                        • 9 - S-Video (Hosiden) Video YC - In
                        • 10 - Mini Jack Audio Head phone - Out
                            • 13 Chassis Overview
                              • Figure 1-4 PWBCBA locations
                                  • 2 Safety Instructions Warnings and Notes
                                    • 21 Safety Instructions
                                    • 22 Warnings
                                    • 23 Notes
                                      • 231 General
                                      • 232 Schematic Notes
                                      • 233 BGA (Ball Grid Array) ICs
                                        • Introduction
                                        • BGA Temperature Profiles
                                          • 234 Lead-free Soldering
                                          • 235 Alternative BOM identification
                                            • Figure 2-1 Serial number (example)
                                              • 236 Board Level Repair (BLR) or Component Level Repair (CLR)
                                              • 237 Practical Service Precautions
                                                  • 3 Directions for Use
                                                  • 4 Mechanical Instructions
                                                    • 41 Cable Dressing
                                                      • Figure 4-1 Cable dressing (19 model)
                                                      • Figure 4-2 Cable dressing (26 model)
                                                        • 42 Service Positions
                                                          • 421 Foam Bars
                                                            • Figure 4-3 Foam bars
                                                                • 43 AssyPanel Removal
                                                                  • 431 Stand
                                                                    • Figure 4-4 Stand
                                                                      • 432 Rear Cover
                                                                        • Figure 4-5 LVDS release
                                                                        • Figure 4-6 Speaker and IRLED panel cable release
                                                                          • 433 Keyboard Control Board
                                                                            • Figure 4-7 Keyboard control board
                                                                              • 434 IRLED Board and Speakers
                                                                                • Figure 4-8 IRLED Board and Speakers
                                                                                  • 435 Power Supply Board
                                                                                    • Figure 4-9 Power Supply Unit(s)
                                                                                      • 436 Inverter Board (19 and 22 versions)
                                                                                        • Figure 4-10 Inverter Board
                                                                                          • 437 Small Signal Board (SSB)
                                                                                            • Removing the SSB
                                                                                              • Figure 4-11 SSB connector plate
                                                                                              • Figure 4-12 SSB
                                                                                                • 44 Set Re-assembly
                                                                                                  • 5 Service Modes Error Codes and Fault Finding
                                                                                                    • 51 Test Points
                                                                                                    • 52 Service Mode
                                                                                                      • 521 Service Alignment Mode (SAM)
                                                                                                        • How to Enter
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-1 SAM menu
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-2 SAM menu White Balance Normal
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-3 SAM menu White Balance Cool
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-4 SAM menu White Balance Warm
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-5 SAM menu Volume Curve
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-6 SAM menu Picture Curve
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-7 SAM menu Picture Mode Natural
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-8 SAM menu Picture Mode Personal
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-9 SAM menu Picture Mode Rich
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-10 SAM menu Picture Mode Soft
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-11 SAM menu Producting
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-12 SAM menu Country
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-13 SAM menu Setup
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-14 SAM menu Shop Init Do
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-15 SAM menu Clear Code gt
                                                                                                            • How to Exit
                                                                                                            • Factory Mode Descriptions
                                                                                                              • ltTABLEgt
                                                                                                              • Virgin Settings
                                                                                                                • Table 5-1 Country setting
                                                                                                                • Table 5-2 Virgin settings
                                                                                                                  • 522 Customer Service Mode (CSM)
                                                                                                                    • Purpose
                                                                                                                    • How to Activate CSM
                                                                                                                    • Contents of CSM
                                                                                                                      • Figure 5-16 CSM Menu
                                                                                                                        • Menu Explanation
                                                                                                                        • How to Exit
                                                                                                                          • 523 Blinking LED Procedure
                                                                                                                            • 53 Error Codes
                                                                                                                              • ltTABLEgt
                                                                                                                                • 54 Fault Finding
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-17 No Picture No sound no Back light (19 sets)
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-18 Picture OK No sound (19 sets)
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-19 No Picture Back light amp Sound OK (19 and 26 sets)
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-20 No color (19 and 26 sets)
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-21 No Picture No sound no Back light (26 sets)
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-22 Picture OK No sound (26 sets)
                                                                                                                                    • 55 Service Tools
                                                                                                                                      • 551 ComPair
                                                                                                                                        • Introduction
                                                                                                                                        • Specifications
                                                                                                                                        • How to Connect
                                                                                                                                        • How to Order
                                                                                                                                          • Figure 5-23 ComPair II interface connection
                                                                                                                                            • 56 Software Upgrading
                                                                                                                                              • 561 Introduction
                                                                                                                                                  • 6 Block Diagrams Test Point Overview and Waveforms
                                                                                                                                                    • Wiring Diagram of Connector for MS19-PH 19
                                                                                                                                                    • Wiring Diagram of Connector for MS19-PH 26
                                                                                                                                                    • Block Diagram MS19P Chipset
                                                                                                                                                    • I2C overview
                                                                                                                                                      • 7 Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts
                                                                                                                                                        • Main Power Supply (19)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Main Power Supply (19) (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Main Power Supply (19) (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Main Power Supply (26)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Main Power Supply (26) (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Main Power Supply (26) (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Standby Power Supply (26)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Standby Power Supply (26) (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Standby Power Supply (26) (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB Control
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB DC - DC
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB MST9E19A Controller
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB HDMI Interface
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB VGA Interface
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB Cinch
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB Tuner
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB Audio Amplifier
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB LVDS Interface
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Small Signal Board (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Small Signal Board (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Keyboard Control Panel
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Keyboard Control Panel (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Keyboard Control Panel (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Inverter Panel
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Inverter Panel (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Inverter Panel (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • IR LED Panel
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout IR LED Panel (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout IR LED Panel (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                          • 8 Alignments
                                                                                                                                                            • 81 Electrical Alignments
                                                                                                                                                            • 82 Hardware Alignments
                                                                                                                                                              • 821 Aging
                                                                                                                                                              • 822 ADC Adjustment
                                                                                                                                                              • 823 White Balance Adjustment
                                                                                                                                                                • Table 8-1 Color Temperature Setting 19
                                                                                                                                                                • Table 8-2 Color Temperature Setting 26
                                                                                                                                                                  • 9 Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data Sheets
                                                                                                                                                                    • 91 Introduction
                                                                                                                                                                    • 92 Abbreviation List
                                                                                                                                                                    • 93 IC Data Sheets
                                                                                                                                                                      • 931 Diagram B MST9U19A
                                                                                                                                                                        • Figure 9-1 Pin configuration
                                                                                                                                                                          • 932 Diagram B TDA1308
                                                                                                                                                                            • Figure 9-2 Block diagram and pin configuration
                                                                                                                                                                              • 933 Diagram B NCP1377B
                                                                                                                                                                                • Figure 9-3 Block diagram and pin configuration
                                                                                                                                                                                  • 934 Diagram B TDA7266
                                                                                                                                                                                    • Figure 9-4 Block diagram and pin configuration
                                                                                                                                                                                      • 10 Spare Parts List amp CTN Overview
                                                                                                                                                                                        • Table 10-1 Sets described in this manual
                                                                                                                                                                                          • 11 Revision List
Page 37: Philips 19PFL3403-55 TCS1[1].0L_LA

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 37TCS10L LA 7

SSB VGA Interface

AGND

AGND

AGND

SDA

SCL

WC

VCC

VSS

E2NC

E1NC

E0NC

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGNDProgram Control

To main chip(when updateit is I2Cwhen debug it is RXTX)

LED2

R12

110

0RR12

010

0R

+33V

RXD

TXD

R170

4K7

1

3

2

D2

100RR144

NCR123

4K7R12

2

75R

R10

9

R10

8 75R

01UC

130

10K

R17

4

75R

R10

7

10K

R17

2

P13-11

R11

8 4K7

4K7

R11

9

PROTECT

VGA5V

VGA-SCL

PROTECT

13

2

D25

1

3

2

D20

C19 N

C

Q182N7002

10RR175

R171NC

R17310R

C12

9 NC

C1270047U

VGA-R+

VGA-G+

VGA-B+

+5VST1

32

D24

1KR115

R1141K

123

D23BAT54C

5

6

7

8

4

3

2

1U13

M24C02MN

R11

74K

7NC

C12

8R11

610

K

6

4

11

14

15

7

12

8

5

13

3

10

9

1

2

16

17

P13

C1230047U

C1241000P

C1210047U

R10510R

10RR104

R10310R

0047UC126

C1250047U

0047UC122

1

3

2

D22

2

3

1

D21

R11347R

47RR111

R11047R

R106330R

HS_RGB

VS_RGB

Q192N7002

B

C

E

Q25BT3904

VGA-HS

VGA-VS

VGA-SDA

RIN+

SOG

BIN-

GIN-

RIN-

BIN+

GIN+

VGA-SDA

VGA-SCL

+5VSTB

+5VSTB

B05 B05

I_18130_015eps180608

VGA INTERFACE

38TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

SSB Cinch

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND AGNDAGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

VDD

OUTB

INB-

VSS INB+

INA+

INA-

OUTA

AGNDAGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

WHITE

RED

YELLOWGREEN

BLUE

RED

WHITE

RED

RED

WHITE

YELLOW

AGND

AGND

AGND

HDTV IN

AV OUTPUT AUDIO AMP

For PCampYPbPr Audio Input(RL)

For Philips Upgrade

S-VIDEO amp AV2 In Side

Earphone Outuput In Side

AV1 In Rear

AV OUTPUT

For DVI Audio Input(35mm Jack)

2

1

3

P17

DVI_R

DVI_L

AV2-V

AV_ROUT

AV2-R

C13 47

0P

12K

R15

2

C17 47

0P

560P

C16

356

0PC

162

3

2

1

4P15

C14

156

0P

PC-R

560P

C14

3C

134

560P

560P

C13

8

2

3

1

D37

NC

C14

256

0P56

0PC

146

C6 10

0P

3

1

2

P11

TXD

3

1

2

P7

PR1

PB1

AVOUT_L

Y1

AVOUT

1

4

2

5

3

6P21

1

2

3

4

5

6P8

8 56 7 9

P15

BUF2

1

3

2

D31

2

3

1

D28

NC

1

3

2

D33

NC

2

3

1

D55

NC

2

3

1

D54

NC

2

3

1

D52

NC

2

3

1

D51

NC

2

3

1

D34

1

3

2

D36

NC

C5 10

0P

13

2

D12

R18

8 75R

R2855K1

R2845K1

R2805K1

R2815K1

L6130R

AV1-CL60

30R

AV1-YL59

30R

75R

R14

9

C19

810

00P

C14

068

0P

680P

C15

5

10RR186

680P

C13

6

OP_VCC2

C13

168

0P

2

3

1

D53

2

3

1

D27

FB

L42

10KR230

12K

R20

1R

197 12

K

R15

9 12K

R15

522

0R

220RR153

75R

R14

0

75R

R13

9

R13

6 75R

75R

R12

8

2U2C188

R14

5 12K

12K

R15

7

12K

R13

5C191

2U2

10K

R15

6R

147 10

K

330R

R14

6

R18510RY1

75RR151

R141

75R

C1452U2

2U2C144

01UC

139

12K

R16

1

AV2-VIN+

CVBSOUT

AV1-CIN

AV1-YIN-

1

3

2

D38

2

3

1

D39

PH-R1OUTR226

10K

AV_LOUT

R22447K

+5V

R22

547

K

C18

347

U

16V

100P

C18

9

33KR

229

C18547U

16V

C18

40

1U

C19

310

0P

R23

233

K

8

7

6

4 5

3

2

1U16

TDA1308T

SCB-

SCG-

SCR-

C1580047U

SCG+

SCR+

SCB+

SC_SOG

PR1

PB1

C1540047U

0047UC153

C1520047U

C1511000P

0047UC159

0047UC156

R19547R

47RR191

R18947R

R18410R

10RR183

R14810R

1

3

2

D35

B

E

CQ11

BT3906C218

10U

16V

B

C

E

Q12BT3904

2

3

1

D32

2

3

1

D30

1

3

2

D29

R13347R

10RR137

R12610R

+5V

AV1-YIN

Y1R176

470R

PH-L1OUT

AV_LOUT

AV_ROUT

AV1-VIN+

L63 30

R

30R

L62

330RR

249

R25

133

0R

C196

033U50V

C197

033U50V

7

654

89

3

1

2

P18

1000

PC

199

AMP-PROUT+AMP-LIN

AMP-PLOUT+AMP-RIN

EARPHONE-RA

EARPHONE-LA

30RL44

AV1-RIN

R2825K1

R2835K1 AV1-LIN

AV2-LIN

R2865K1

R2875K1 AV2-RIN

R2885K1

R2895K1 DVI-RIN

R2905K1

R2915K1 DVI-LIN

R2925K1

R2935K1 PC-RIN

R2945K1

R2955K1 PC-LIN

AV1_V

AVOUT_R

RXD

C4 47

0P47

0PC

7

AV1_R

AV1_L

C9 47

0P47

0PC

10

C11 47

0P47

0PC

12

PC-L

AV2-L

B06 B06

I_18130_016eps180608

CINCH

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 39TCS10L LA 7

SSB Tuner

AGND

AGND

AGND

AG

ND

AGNDAGND

AGND

AGND

COMMON

IN OUT

VID

EO

NC

1

NC

2

AU

DIO

AG

C

SD

A

TU

MB

GN

D2

SIF

OU

T

GN

D1

NC

3

NC

4

NC

5

SC

L

NC

6

AF

T

CLOSE RO MST IC

R21127R

171 2 6 1110 1412 157 83 4 5 9 13 16

TU1

2

1 3

U15KIA78D05

TUNER_SDA

TUNER_SCL

SIF_OUT

TV_CVBSC

172

01U

33V

B

C

E

Q20

BT3904

TV-SIFPNCR213

10RR220

001UC181

TV-SIFP

R194100R

330R

R19

3R

192

10R

R19

81K

R19

91K

L2722UH

+12V

R20

7 NC

100K

R20

3

2200

PC

200

R209120R

R20610R

C17

4N

C3

30P

NC

330

PC

175

C171220U

16V

L28120R

R20251K

C17

710

0P

C17

615

0P

SDA_EXT

SCL_EXT

C168220U

16V

16V

220UC

169

TV1-VIN-

TV1-VIN+

R21047R

C16

60

01UC16

44U

7

50V

C16

50

01U

C16

70

1U

TUNER_5V

AFT

120RR212

TUNER_5V

TV-SIFM

001UC170

B07 B07

I_18130_017eps180608

TUNER

40TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

SSB Audio Amplifier

PGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

PGND

PGND

AGND

AGND

OUT2+

OUT2-

NC3

IN2

VCC2

NC2

OUT1+

VCC1

IN1

NC1

MUTE

STBY

PW_GND

S_GND

OUT1-

TO SPEAKER

TO SPEAKER

0RR

162

AMP-PROUT-

2

1

H8

15

14

11

12

13

10

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

2

U19

TD

A7266

1

2

3

4

P9

AMP-PLOUT-

L45200R

L46200R

C219220U

16V

27UHL31

C217220U

16V

AMP-LIN

R253NC

01U C209

D3LL4148

C20

610

00P

1U

C211

0022U

C26 1000

PC

204

0022U

C25

C22

470U16V

+5VST

R164100K

R16510K

R16

8N

C

R16

9N

C

R1663K3

3K3R167

10KR244

B

E

CQ15

BT3906

B

C

E

Q16BT3904

C19

5 NC

NC

C19

4

B

C

E

Q24BT3904NC

0RR257

10KR254

E

C

B BT3904Q23

B

C

E

Q22BT3904

R25210K

R255100R

R24310K

2U2C205

R2560R

C2032U2

+12V

AMP-PROUT-

AMP-PROUT+

AMP-PLOUT-

AMP-PLOUT+

POWER-ONOFF

AMP-MUTE

AMP-R

AMP-L

12V-AMP

+12V

AMP-RIN

B08 B08

I_18130_018eps180608

AUDIO AMPLIFIER

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 41TCS10L LA 7

SSB LVDS Interface

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

VCC_PANEL

C246

10U 16V

C245

01U

R277 0NC

+33V

R27

2

0N

C

R275 0NC

RXE4+B0 RXE4-B1

RXE3+B2 RXE3-B3

RXEC+B4 RXEC-B5

RXE2+B6 RXE2-B7

RXE1+G0 RXE1-G1

RXE0+G2 RXE0-G3

RXO4+G4 RXO4-G5

RXO3+G6 RXO3-G7

RXOC+R0 RXOC-R1

RXO2+R2 RXO2-R3

RXO1+R4 RXO1-R5

RXO0+R6 RXO0-R7

1 2

4

6

8

12

14

16

18

20

10

22

24

26

28

3

5

7

9

11

13

15

17

19

21

23

25

27

29 30

32

34

36

38

40

31

33

35

37

39

P10

R276 0NC

R27

3

0N

CR

274

0N

C

B09 B09

I_18130_019eps180608

LVDS INTERFACE Personal Notes

E_06532_012eps131004

42TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout Small Signal Board (Top Side)

I_18130_020eps180608

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 43TCS10L LA 7

Layout Small Signal Board (Bottom Side)

I_18130_021eps180608

44TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Keyboard Control Panel

Layout Keyboard Control Panel (Top Side)

Layout Keyboard Control Panel (Bottom Side)

AGND

AGND AGNDAGND

AGND

R10072K

R10061K5

R10011K2

12 4

3K1001

1

2

3

P1001

KEY0

R1008NC

R10051K2

R1004NC

R10032K

R10021K5

D10

02

HS

5V6B

D10

01H

S5V

6B

12 4

3K1003

12 4

3K1002

12 4

3K1006

12 4

3K1005

12 4

3K1004

KEY1

I_18130_030eps180608

E EKEYBOARD CONTROL PANEL

I_18130_031eps180608

I_18130_032eps180608

Personal Notes

E_06532_012eps131004

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 45TCS10L LA 7

Inverter Panel

1 2

A

B

C

D

4321

D

C

B

A

F1FUSE-1

C2104

C1220uF250V

C3104

R1200

Q1

DTA143

E1

9

E2

10

C2

11

VC

C12

OU

TP

UT

C13

VR

EF

14

A1+

1

A1-

2

CO

MP

3

DT

C4

CT

5

RT

6

GN

D7

C1

8

A2-

15

A2+

16

U1

TL494

R2200

Q32222

C8

223

C7103

R847K

R7120K

C4

104C5104

D1

68V

C9104

D2

1N4148

Q8DTC143

123456

CN1

R20470K

R21

33K

C16

330pF

C15NC

R13100K

R10

68K

R11

68K

R12

15K

C10104

R2627K

C20223

R18560

Q22222

Q62907

R142K

R1622K

R27 10

R28 10

D4

BAW56K

S11

G12

S23

G24

D1 8

D1 7

D2 6

D2 5

U2

4606

C21223

Q42222

Q72907

R152K

R1722K

R29 10

R30 10

D5

BAW56K

S11

G12

S23

G24

D1 8

D1 7

D2 6

D2 5

U3

4606

R19560

C6

105

R231M

Q52N7002

R22

1M

R9

47K

R25

100KR24270K

D6NCBAW56K

D7NCBAW56K

P1

P2

P3

P4

C17225

C18

225

10

1 7

6

T1

T01

10

1 7

6

T2

T01

C2222pF

12

CON1

12

CON2

D9BAV99

R41K

R36820

R32

10KC12104

D8BAV99

R31K

R35820

R31

10KC11104

P2

P1

C2322pF

12

CON3

12

CON4

D11

BAV99

R61K

R38820

R34

10KC14104

D10BAV99

R51K

R37820

R33

10KC13104

P4

P3

VREF

VREF

C19NC

C26

222C27NC

D13BAV99

D15BAV99

C2422pF

C2522pF

C28

222C29NC

C30222 C31

NC

C32

222C33NC

OVP

OVP

OV

P

R602K

R61510K

C38105

Q10

DTA143

Q112222

R6330K

R62 1K

VCC

VCC

P5

P5

R64

1K

C34221

C35 221

C37

221

C39104

C36

221U4A

LM393

U4B

LM393

Vref

D3

1N4148

R65

3K R663K

C41 104

R67

10K

I_18130_033eps180608

I IINVERTER PANEL 19rdquo

46TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout Inverter Panel (Top Side)

Layout Inverter Panel (Bottom Side)

I_18130_034eps190608

I_18130_035eps190608

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 47TCS10L LA 7

IR LED Panel

AGND

AGND

AGNDIRVC

C

GN

D

RW

R20

031K

2

R20

04

1K2

LED1

1

2

3

4

5

CN2001

E

C

B

BC847AQ2001

B

C

E

Q2002

BC847A

2

13

D2001

LED2

G2001

R20024K7

5V16

V10

0UC

2001

5V

IR

IR

C20

03 47P

LED1R2001

4K7

C2002

47P

LED2

I_18130_036eps180608

J JIR amp LED PANELLayout IR LED Panel (Top Side)

Layout IR LED Panel (Bottom Side)

I_18130_037eps180608

I_18130_038eps180608

48TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Personal Notes

E_06532_013eps131004

Alignments EN 49TCS10L LA 8

8 Alignments

Index of this chapter81 Electrical Alignments82 Hardware Alignments

NoteThe Service Modes are described in chapter 5 Menu navigation is done with the CURSOR UP DOWN LEFT or RIGHT keys of the remote control transmitter

81 Electrical Alignments

Perform all electrical adjustments under the following conditionsbull Power supply voltage (depends on region)

ndash AP-NTSC 120 VAC or 230 VAC 50 Hz (plusmn 10)ndash AP-PAL-multi 120 - 230 VAC 50 Hz (plusmn 10)ndash EU 230 VAC 50 Hz (plusmn 10)ndash LATAM-NTSC 120 - 230 VAC 50 Hz (plusmn 10)ndash US 120 VAC 60 Hz (plusmn 10)

bull Connect the set to the mains via an isolation transformer with low internal resistance

bull Allow the set to warm up for approximately 60 minutesbull Measure voltages and waveforms in relation to correct

ground (eg measure audio signals in relation to AUDIO_GND) Caution It is not allowed to use heatsinks as ground

bull Test probe Ri gt 10 MΩ Ci lt 20 pFbull Use an isolated trimmerscrewdriver to perform

alignments

82 Hardware Alignments

Not applicable

821 Aging

Enter TV mode Set warm up status to ldquoOnrdquo Aging time at least 12 minutes

822 ADC Adjustment

The chassis can execute ADC auto-tune in YPbPr amp PC sourcing modes Enter SAM select YPbPr or PC as source then select AUTOTUNE in ADC ADJ press ldquoRight keyrdquo to run waiting for about 5 seconds until ldquoOKrdquo is displayed which means the set finished the ADC adjustment With an YPbPr source use a 100 color bar pattern with a PC source use a 16-scale grey pattern

823 White Balance Adjustment

Adjust the NORMAL WARM COOL temperature in White balance according to company regular Make sure ADC adjustments have done successfully before doing white balance adjustments and use the ldquoNaturalrdquo picture mode White balance adjustment should be performed with three different sources1 AVTVSVIDEO source reunification under the AV

adjustment apply a NTSC-M system signal with 8-scale grey pattern

2 YPbPrHDMI source reunification under the YPbPr adjustment apply an 8-scale grey pattern

3 PC source should adjust single apply a 8-scale grey pattern

If case of manual adjustment please use the WB page in SAMWhile adjusting White Balance do not change White G or Black G only adjust White R White B Black R and Black B

Table 8-1 Color Temperature Setting 19

Table 8-2 Color Temperature Setting 26

Color mode X Y Color Temperature (K)

Normal 296plusmn4 299plusmn4 8000

Warm 314plusmn4 319plusmn4 6500

Cool 289plusmn4 291plusmn4 9000

Color mode X Y Color Temperature (K)

Normal 289plusmn4 291plusmn4 9000

Warm 314plusmn4 319plusmn4 6500

Cool 278plusmn4 278plusmn4 11000

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data SheetsEN 50 TCS10L LA9

9 Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data Sheets

Index of this chapter91 Introduction92 Abbreviation List93 IC Data Sheets

Notes bull Only new circuits (circuits that are not published recently)

are described bull Figures can deviate slightly from the actual situation due

to different set executions

91 Introduction

This chassis uses the MStar MST9U19A main chip with the following features bull Multi-Standard TV decoding with 2-D comb filterbull Multi-Standard TV sound demodulator and decoderbull Triple ADC fro TV and RGBYPbPrbull Integrated DVIHDCPHDMI compliant receiverbull High quality scaling enginebull 3-D video de-interlacer and video noise reductionbull Embedded On Screen Display controllerbull NTSCPALSecam Video decoder with automatic standard

detectionbull CVBS video outputbull Multi standard TV sound decoderbull FM stereo and SAP demodulationbull Digital audio interfacebull Analog RGB Compliant Input Portsbull DVIHDCPHDMI Compliant input portbull Auto tuning function including phasing positioning offset

gain and jitter detectionbull Automatic color correction

The MST9U19A is a high performance and fully integrated IC for multi-function LCD monitorTV with resolutions up to WSXGA (1680 times 1050) It is configured with an integrated triple-ADCPLL an integrated DVIHDCPHDMI receiver a multi standard TV video and audio decoder a video de-interlacer a scaling engine the MStarACE-3 color engine an On Screen Display controller an 8-bit MCU and a built-in output panel interface It also incorporates an intelligent power management control system for green-mode requirements and spread-spectrum support for EMI management

For a block diagram refer to chapter 6 ldquoBlock diagrams Test Point Overviews and Waveformsrdquo

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data Sheets EN 51TCS10L LA 9

92 Abbreviation List

1080i 1080 visible lines interlaced1080p 1080 visible lines progressive scan2CS 2 Carrier Sound2DNR Spatial (2D) Noise Reduction3DNR Temporal (3D) Noise Reduction480i 480 visible lines interlaced480p 480 visible lines progressive scanAARA Automatic Aspect Ratio Adaptation

algorithm that adapts aspect ratio to remove horizontal black bars keeping up the original aspect ratio

ACI Automatic Channel Installation algorithm that installs TV channels directly from a cable network by means of a predefined TXT page

ADC Analogue to Digital ConverterAFC Automatic Frequency Control control

signal used to tune to the correct frequency

AGC Automatic Gain Control algorithm that controls the video input of the feature box

AM Amplitude ModulationAUO Acer Unipack OptronicsAP Asia PacificAR Aspect Ratio 4 by 3 or 16 by 9ASD Automatic Standard DetectionAV Audio VideoB-SC1-IN Blue SCART1 inB-SC2-IN Blue SCART2 inB-TXT Blue teletextBG Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 55 MHzBTSC Broadcast Television System

CommitteeC-FRONT Chrominance front inputCBA Circuit Board Assembly (or PWB)CL Constant Level audio output to

connect with an external amplifierCLUT Color Look Up TableComPair Computer aided rePairCSM Customer Service ModeCVBS Composite Video Blanking and

SynchronizationCVBS-EXT CVBS signal from external source

(VCR VCD etc)CVBS-INT CVBS signal from TunerCVBS-MON CVBS monitor signalCVBS-TER-OUT CVBS terrestrial outDAC Digital to Analogue ConverterDBE Dynamic Bass Enhancement extra

low frequency amplificationDFU Directions For Use owners manualDNR Dynamic Noise ReductionDRAM Dynamic RAMDSP Digital Signal ProcessingDST Dealer Service Tool special

(European) remote control designed for service technicians

DTS Digital Theatre SoundDVD Digital Versatile DiscDVI Digital Visual InterfaceDW Double WindowED Enhanced Definition 480p 576pEEPROM Electrically Erasable and

Programmable Read Only MemoryEU EUropeEXT EXTernal (source) entering the set by

SCART or by cinches (jacks)FBL Fast Blanking DC signal

accompanying RGB signalsFBL-SC1-IN Fast blanking signal for SCART1 in

FBL-SC2-IN Fast blanking signal for SCART2 inFBL-TXT Fast Blanking TeletextFLASH FLASH memoryFM Field Memory Frequency ModulationFMR FM RadioFRC Frame Rate ConverterFRONT-C Front input chrominance (SVHS)FRONT-DETECT Front input detectionFRONT-Y_CVBS Front input luminance or CVBS

(SVHS)FTV Flat TeleVisionG-SC1-IN Green SCART1 inG-SC2-IN Green SCART2 inG-TXT Green teletextH H_sync to the module HD High Definition 720p 1080i 1080pHDMI High Definition Multimedia Interface

digital audio and video interfaceHP Head PhoneI Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 60 MHzI2C Integrated IC busI2S Integrated IC Sound busIC Integrated CircuitIF Intermediate FrequencyInterlaced Scan mode where two fields are used

to form one frame Each field contains half the number of the total amount of lines The fields are written in ldquopairsrdquo causing line flicker

IR Infra RedIRQ Interrupt ReQuestLast Status The settings last chosen by the

customer and read and stored in RAM or in the NVM They are called at start-up of the set to configure it according the customers wishes

LATAM LATin AMericaLC04 Philips chassis name for LCD TV 2004

projectLCD Liquid Crystal DisplayLED Light Emitting DiodeLL Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 65 MHz L is Band I L is all bands except for Band I

LPL LG Philips LCDLS Loud SpeakerLVDS Low Voltage Differential Signalling

data transmission system for high speed and low EMI communication

MN Monochrome TV system Sound carrier distance is 45 MHz

MOSFET Metal Oxide Semiconductor Field Effect Transistor

MPEG Motion Pictures Experts GroupMSP Multi-standard Sound Processor ITT

sound decoderMUTE MUTE LineNAFTA North American Free Trade

Association Trade agreement between Canada USA and Mexico

NC Not ConnectedNICAM Near Instantaneous Compounded

Audio Multiplexing This is a digital sound system used mainly in Europe

NTSC National Television Standard Committee Color system used mainly in North America and Japan Color carrier NTSC MN = 3579545 MHz NTSC 443 = 4433619 MHz (this is a VCR norm it is not transmitted off-air)

NVM Non Volatile Memory IC containing TV related data (for example options)

OC Open CircuitONOFF LED OnOff control signal for the LED

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data SheetsEN 52 TCS10L LA9

OSD On Screen DisplayPAL Phase Alternating Line Color system

used mainly in Western Europe (color carrier = 4433619 MHz) and South America (color carrier PAL M = 3575612 MHz and PAL N = 3582056 MHz)

PC Personal ComputerPCB Printed Circuit Board (or PWB)PDP Plasma Display PanelPIG Picture In GraphicPIP Picture In PicturePLL Phase Locked Loop Used for

example in FST tuning systems The customer can directly provide the desired frequency

Progressive Scan Scan mode where all scan lines are displayed in one frame at the same time creating a double vertical resolution

PWB Printed Wiring Board (or PCB)RAM Random Access MemoryRC Remote Control transmitterRC5 (6) Remote Control system 5 (6) the

signal from the remote control receiver RGB Red Green and Blue The primary

color signals for TV By mixing levels of R G and B all colors (YC) are reproduced

RGBHV Red Green Blue Horizontal sync and Vertical sync

ROM Read Only MemorySAM Service Alignment ModeSC SandCastle two-level pulse derived

from sync signalsSC1-OUT SCART output of the MSP audio ICSC2-B-IN SCART2 Blue inSC2-C-IN SCART2 chrominance inSC2-OUT SCART output of the MSP audio ICSC Short CircuitSCL Clock signal on I2C busSD Standard Definition 480i 576iSDA Data signal on I2C busSDI Samsung Display IndustrySDM Service Default ModeSDRAM Synchronous DRAMSECAM SEequence Couleur Avec Memoire

Color system used mainly in France and Eastern Europe Color carriers = 4406250 MHz and 4250000 MHz

SIF Sound Intermediate FrequencySMPS Switch Mode Power SupplySND SouNDSNDL-SC1-IN Sound left SCART1 inSNDL-SC1-OUT Sound left SCART1 outSNDL-SC2-IN Sound left SCART2 inSNDL-SC2-OUT Sound left SCART2 outSNDR-SC1-IN Sound right SCART1 inSNDR-SC1-OUT Sound right SCART1 outSNDR-SC2-IN Sound right SCART2 outSNDR-SC2-OUT Sound right SCART2 outSNDS-VL-OUT Surround sound left variable level outSNDS-VR-OUT Surround sound right variable level outSOPS Self Oscillating Power SupplySPDIF Sony Philips Digital InterFaceSRAM Static RAMSTBY Stand-bySVHS Super Video Home SystemSW Sub Woofer SoftWareTHD Total Harmonic DistortionTXT TeleteXTuP MicroprocessorVL Variable Level out processed audio

output toward external amplifierVCR Video Cassette Recorder

VGA Video Graphics ArrayWD Watch DogWYSIWYR What You See Is What You Record

record selection that follows main picture and sound

XTAL Quartz crystalYPbPr Component video (Y= Luminance Pb

Pr= Color difference signals B-Y and R-Y other amplitudes wrt to YUV)

YC Video related signals Y consists of luminance signal blanking level and sync C consists of color signal

Y-OUT Luminance-signalYUV Baseband component video (Y=

Luminance UV= Color difference signals)

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data Sheets EN 53TCS10L LA 9

93 IC Data Sheets

This section shows the internal block diagrams and pin layouts of ICs that are drawn as ldquoblack boxesrdquo in the electrical diagrams (with the exception of ldquomemoryrdquo and ldquologicrdquo ICs)

931 Diagram B MST9U19A

Figure 9-1 Pin configuration

Pin 1

123

45

7

9

11

1314

1718

21

23

25

2728

30

32

34

36

39

41

43

6

8

10

12

1516

1920

22

24

26

29

31

33

35

3738

40

42

4445464748

505152

49

53 54 55 56 57 59 61 63 65 66 69 70 73 75 77 79 80 82 84 86 88 91 93 9558 60 62 64 67 68 71 72 74 76 78 81 83 85 87 89 90 92 94 96 97 98 99 100

102

103

104

101

208

207

206

205

204

202

200

198

196

195

192

191

188

186

184

182

181

179

177

175

173

170

168

166

203

201

199

197

194

193

190

189

187

185

183

180

178

176

174

172

171

169

167

165

164

163

162

161

159

158

157

160

156155154

153152

150

148

146

144143

140139

136

134

132

130129

127

125

123

121

118

116

114

151

149

147

145

142141

138137

135

133

131

128

126

124

122

120119

117

115

113112111110109

107106105

108

MST9U19A

XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX

GN

D

AUR1

AUL2

AUL3

AUL1

AUCO

M

AUR2

AUR3

DIGO[8]

GNDAVDD_MEMPLL

PWM3PWM2DIGO[9]

SIF1

MSI

F1P

AVD

D_S

IF

AUO

UTL

AUO

UTR

AUO

UTS

VDD

CG

PIO

F[2]

GPI

OF[

3]G

PIO

F[4]

GPI

OF[

5]G

PIO

F[6]

GPI

OF[

7]G

PIO

F[8]

GPI

OF[

9]G

PIO

F[10

]G

PIO

F[11

]VD

DP

GN

DG

PIO

F[12

]

GPI

OF[

14]

GPI

OF[

15]

GPI

OF[

16]

GPI

OF[

17]

GPI

OF[

18]

GN

D

GPI

OF[

19]

VDD

C

VDD

PG

ND

VDD

PVD

DP

GPI

OF[

13]

GN

D

DIGO[7]

DIGO[5]

DIGO[3]

DIGO[1]

VDDC

VDDPPWM_SENSE

DIGO[6]

DIGO[4]

DIGO[2]

DIGO[0]

GND

PWM_DRVPWM_FBIRININT

PWM1PWM0

GNDVDDPALERDZWRZ

VDDC

GNDVDDP

VDD

PLV

A0M

LVA0

PLV

A1M

LVA1

PLV

A2M

LVA2

PLV

ACKM

LVAC

KPLV

A3M

LVA4

PVD

DP

VDD

CAV

DD

_MPL

L

LVA3

PLV

A4M

GPI

OE[

0]

IHSY

NC

ICLK

DI[

1]D

I[0]

IVYS

NC

GPI

OE[

1]G

PIO

E[2]

GPI

OE[

3]G

ND

VDD

P

AVD

D_M

PLL

XIN

XOU

TH

WR

ESET

GN

D

DI[

7]D

I[6]

DI[

5]D

I[4]

DI[

2]D

I[3]

VDD

C

AUO

UTL

3AU

OU

TR3

RXCKPGND

RX0NRX0P

AVDD_DVIRX1NRX1P

RX2P

REXT

DDCD_CK

VSYNC1

VCLAMP

REFM

BIN1M

GNDRX2N

AVDD_DVI

DDCD_DA

HSYNC1

RMID

REFP

BIN1P

SOGIN1GIN1PGIN1MRIN1PRIN1MBIN0MBIN0PGIN0MGIN0P

SOGIN0RIN0MRIN0P

HSYNC0VSYNC0

RXCKN

AVDD_ADCGND

C1Y1C0Y0

CVBS2CVBS1

VCOM1CVBS0

VCOM0CVBSOUT

GND

VCOM2CVBS3

GN

D

AVD

D_A

UAU

L0AU

R0

AUVR

EFAU

VRAD

PAU

VRAD

N

AUO

UTL

2AU

OU

TR2

AD[7]AD[6]AD[5]AD[4]AD[3]AD[2]AD[1]AD[0]

SDOCSZSDISCK

SAR3

SAR1SAR2

SAR0

DDCA_CK

DDCR_CKDDCA_DA

DDCR_DA

LVB0

MLV

B0P

LVB1

MLV

B1P

LVB2

MLV

B2P

LVBC

KMLV

BCKP

LVB3

M

LVB4

P

LVB3

PLV

B4M

I_18130_008eps200608

Pin Configuration

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data SheetsEN 54 TCS10L LA9

932 Diagram B TDA1308

Figure 9-2 Block diagram and pin configuration

Block diagram

Pinning information

2

1

3

4

8

7

65

INA(neg)

TDA1308(A)OUTA

VSS

VDD

INA(pos)

INB(neg)

INB(pos)

OUTB

TDA1308(A)

VATUO DD

BTUO)gen(ANI

)gen(BNI)sop(ANI

VSS INB(pos)

1

2

3

4

6

5

8

7

I_18130_007eps190608

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data Sheets EN 55TCS10L LA 9

933 Diagram B NCP1377B

Figure 9-3 Block diagram and pin configuration

Block diagram

Pinning information

I_18130_009eps190608

HV

VCC

GND

Demag

4 mA

To InternalSupply

+

+

125 V75 V56 V (Fault)

FaultMngt

PON

5 V+

OVP

+

144

45 usDelay

15 us for B Version

Demag

8 usBlanking

S

SR R

Q

Q

+

3 us forB Version

+minus

Overload

5 usTimeout

TimeReset

Demag

380 nsLEB

1 V3

200 Awhen DRV

is OFF

FB

42 V

Driver src = 20 sink = 10

DrvVCC

CS

+50 mV 10 V Rint

1Dmg 8 HV

7 NC2FB

3CS

4GND

6 VCC

5 Drv

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data SheetsEN 56 TCS10L LA9

934 Diagram B TDA7266

Figure 9-4 Block diagram and pin configuration

1

2

4

Vref

7YB-TS

IN1

022microF

VCC

133

+

-

-

+

OUT1+

OUT1-

15

14

12

6ETUM

IN2

022microF

+

-

-

+

OUT2+

OUT2-

8

9S-GND

PW-GND

470microF 100nF

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

9

10

11

8

NC

NC

S-GND

PW-GND

OUT2+

OUT2-

VCC

IN2

ST-BY

MUTE

NC

IN1

VCCOUT1-

OUT1+

13

14

15

12

I_17950_054eps090508

Block Diagram

Pin Configuration

Spare Parts List amp CTN Overview EN 57TCS10L LA 10

10 Spare Parts List amp CTN OverviewFor the latest spare part overview please consult the Philips Service website

Table 10-1 Sets described in this manual

11 Revision ListManual xxxx xxx xxxx0bull First release

CTN Styling

19PFL340355 MG8

19PFL340377 MG8

19PFL340378 MG8

19PFL340385 MG8

26PFL340385 MG8

  • Content
  • 1 Technical Specifications Connections and Chassis Overview
    • 11 Technical Specifications
      • 111 Vision
      • 112 Sound
      • 113 Miscellaneous
        • 12 Connection Overview
          • Figure 1-1 Rear and side IO connections
          • 121 Rear Connections
            • 1 - HDMI Digital Video Digital Audio - In
              • Figure 1-2 HDMI (type A) connector
                • 2 - VGA AUDIO Mini Jack VGA Audio - In
                • 3 - VGA PC Video RGB - In and Service UART
                  • Figure 1-3 VGA Connector
                    • 4 - Cinch Video YPbPr - In
                    • 5 - AV1 Cinch Video CVBS - In Audio - In
                    • 6 - Aerial - In
                    • 7 - Service Connector (ComPair)
                      • 122 Side connections
                        • 8 - Cinch Video CVBS - In Audio - In
                        • 9 - S-Video (Hosiden) Video YC - In
                        • 10 - Mini Jack Audio Head phone - Out
                            • 13 Chassis Overview
                              • Figure 1-4 PWBCBA locations
                                  • 2 Safety Instructions Warnings and Notes
                                    • 21 Safety Instructions
                                    • 22 Warnings
                                    • 23 Notes
                                      • 231 General
                                      • 232 Schematic Notes
                                      • 233 BGA (Ball Grid Array) ICs
                                        • Introduction
                                        • BGA Temperature Profiles
                                          • 234 Lead-free Soldering
                                          • 235 Alternative BOM identification
                                            • Figure 2-1 Serial number (example)
                                              • 236 Board Level Repair (BLR) or Component Level Repair (CLR)
                                              • 237 Practical Service Precautions
                                                  • 3 Directions for Use
                                                  • 4 Mechanical Instructions
                                                    • 41 Cable Dressing
                                                      • Figure 4-1 Cable dressing (19 model)
                                                      • Figure 4-2 Cable dressing (26 model)
                                                        • 42 Service Positions
                                                          • 421 Foam Bars
                                                            • Figure 4-3 Foam bars
                                                                • 43 AssyPanel Removal
                                                                  • 431 Stand
                                                                    • Figure 4-4 Stand
                                                                      • 432 Rear Cover
                                                                        • Figure 4-5 LVDS release
                                                                        • Figure 4-6 Speaker and IRLED panel cable release
                                                                          • 433 Keyboard Control Board
                                                                            • Figure 4-7 Keyboard control board
                                                                              • 434 IRLED Board and Speakers
                                                                                • Figure 4-8 IRLED Board and Speakers
                                                                                  • 435 Power Supply Board
                                                                                    • Figure 4-9 Power Supply Unit(s)
                                                                                      • 436 Inverter Board (19 and 22 versions)
                                                                                        • Figure 4-10 Inverter Board
                                                                                          • 437 Small Signal Board (SSB)
                                                                                            • Removing the SSB
                                                                                              • Figure 4-11 SSB connector plate
                                                                                              • Figure 4-12 SSB
                                                                                                • 44 Set Re-assembly
                                                                                                  • 5 Service Modes Error Codes and Fault Finding
                                                                                                    • 51 Test Points
                                                                                                    • 52 Service Mode
                                                                                                      • 521 Service Alignment Mode (SAM)
                                                                                                        • How to Enter
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-1 SAM menu
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-2 SAM menu White Balance Normal
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-3 SAM menu White Balance Cool
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-4 SAM menu White Balance Warm
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-5 SAM menu Volume Curve
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-6 SAM menu Picture Curve
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-7 SAM menu Picture Mode Natural
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-8 SAM menu Picture Mode Personal
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-9 SAM menu Picture Mode Rich
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-10 SAM menu Picture Mode Soft
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-11 SAM menu Producting
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-12 SAM menu Country
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-13 SAM menu Setup
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-14 SAM menu Shop Init Do
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-15 SAM menu Clear Code gt
                                                                                                            • How to Exit
                                                                                                            • Factory Mode Descriptions
                                                                                                              • ltTABLEgt
                                                                                                              • Virgin Settings
                                                                                                                • Table 5-1 Country setting
                                                                                                                • Table 5-2 Virgin settings
                                                                                                                  • 522 Customer Service Mode (CSM)
                                                                                                                    • Purpose
                                                                                                                    • How to Activate CSM
                                                                                                                    • Contents of CSM
                                                                                                                      • Figure 5-16 CSM Menu
                                                                                                                        • Menu Explanation
                                                                                                                        • How to Exit
                                                                                                                          • 523 Blinking LED Procedure
                                                                                                                            • 53 Error Codes
                                                                                                                              • ltTABLEgt
                                                                                                                                • 54 Fault Finding
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-17 No Picture No sound no Back light (19 sets)
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-18 Picture OK No sound (19 sets)
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-19 No Picture Back light amp Sound OK (19 and 26 sets)
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-20 No color (19 and 26 sets)
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-21 No Picture No sound no Back light (26 sets)
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-22 Picture OK No sound (26 sets)
                                                                                                                                    • 55 Service Tools
                                                                                                                                      • 551 ComPair
                                                                                                                                        • Introduction
                                                                                                                                        • Specifications
                                                                                                                                        • How to Connect
                                                                                                                                        • How to Order
                                                                                                                                          • Figure 5-23 ComPair II interface connection
                                                                                                                                            • 56 Software Upgrading
                                                                                                                                              • 561 Introduction
                                                                                                                                                  • 6 Block Diagrams Test Point Overview and Waveforms
                                                                                                                                                    • Wiring Diagram of Connector for MS19-PH 19
                                                                                                                                                    • Wiring Diagram of Connector for MS19-PH 26
                                                                                                                                                    • Block Diagram MS19P Chipset
                                                                                                                                                    • I2C overview
                                                                                                                                                      • 7 Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts
                                                                                                                                                        • Main Power Supply (19)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Main Power Supply (19) (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Main Power Supply (19) (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Main Power Supply (26)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Main Power Supply (26) (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Main Power Supply (26) (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Standby Power Supply (26)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Standby Power Supply (26) (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Standby Power Supply (26) (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB Control
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB DC - DC
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB MST9E19A Controller
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB HDMI Interface
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB VGA Interface
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB Cinch
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB Tuner
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB Audio Amplifier
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB LVDS Interface
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Small Signal Board (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Small Signal Board (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Keyboard Control Panel
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Keyboard Control Panel (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Keyboard Control Panel (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Inverter Panel
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Inverter Panel (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Inverter Panel (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • IR LED Panel
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout IR LED Panel (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout IR LED Panel (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                          • 8 Alignments
                                                                                                                                                            • 81 Electrical Alignments
                                                                                                                                                            • 82 Hardware Alignments
                                                                                                                                                              • 821 Aging
                                                                                                                                                              • 822 ADC Adjustment
                                                                                                                                                              • 823 White Balance Adjustment
                                                                                                                                                                • Table 8-1 Color Temperature Setting 19
                                                                                                                                                                • Table 8-2 Color Temperature Setting 26
                                                                                                                                                                  • 9 Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data Sheets
                                                                                                                                                                    • 91 Introduction
                                                                                                                                                                    • 92 Abbreviation List
                                                                                                                                                                    • 93 IC Data Sheets
                                                                                                                                                                      • 931 Diagram B MST9U19A
                                                                                                                                                                        • Figure 9-1 Pin configuration
                                                                                                                                                                          • 932 Diagram B TDA1308
                                                                                                                                                                            • Figure 9-2 Block diagram and pin configuration
                                                                                                                                                                              • 933 Diagram B NCP1377B
                                                                                                                                                                                • Figure 9-3 Block diagram and pin configuration
                                                                                                                                                                                  • 934 Diagram B TDA7266
                                                                                                                                                                                    • Figure 9-4 Block diagram and pin configuration
                                                                                                                                                                                      • 10 Spare Parts List amp CTN Overview
                                                                                                                                                                                        • Table 10-1 Sets described in this manual
                                                                                                                                                                                          • 11 Revision List
Page 38: Philips 19PFL3403-55 TCS1[1].0L_LA

38TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

SSB Cinch

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND AGNDAGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

VDD

OUTB

INB-

VSS INB+

INA+

INA-

OUTA

AGNDAGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

WHITE

RED

YELLOWGREEN

BLUE

RED

WHITE

RED

RED

WHITE

YELLOW

AGND

AGND

AGND

HDTV IN

AV OUTPUT AUDIO AMP

For PCampYPbPr Audio Input(RL)

For Philips Upgrade

S-VIDEO amp AV2 In Side

Earphone Outuput In Side

AV1 In Rear

AV OUTPUT

For DVI Audio Input(35mm Jack)

2

1

3

P17

DVI_R

DVI_L

AV2-V

AV_ROUT

AV2-R

C13 47

0P

12K

R15

2

C17 47

0P

560P

C16

356

0PC

162

3

2

1

4P15

C14

156

0P

PC-R

560P

C14

3C

134

560P

560P

C13

8

2

3

1

D37

NC

C14

256

0P56

0PC

146

C6 10

0P

3

1

2

P11

TXD

3

1

2

P7

PR1

PB1

AVOUT_L

Y1

AVOUT

1

4

2

5

3

6P21

1

2

3

4

5

6P8

8 56 7 9

P15

BUF2

1

3

2

D31

2

3

1

D28

NC

1

3

2

D33

NC

2

3

1

D55

NC

2

3

1

D54

NC

2

3

1

D52

NC

2

3

1

D51

NC

2

3

1

D34

1

3

2

D36

NC

C5 10

0P

13

2

D12

R18

8 75R

R2855K1

R2845K1

R2805K1

R2815K1

L6130R

AV1-CL60

30R

AV1-YL59

30R

75R

R14

9

C19

810

00P

C14

068

0P

680P

C15

5

10RR186

680P

C13

6

OP_VCC2

C13

168

0P

2

3

1

D53

2

3

1

D27

FB

L42

10KR230

12K

R20

1R

197 12

K

R15

9 12K

R15

522

0R

220RR153

75R

R14

0

75R

R13

9

R13

6 75R

75R

R12

8

2U2C188

R14

5 12K

12K

R15

7

12K

R13

5C191

2U2

10K

R15

6R

147 10

K

330R

R14

6

R18510RY1

75RR151

R141

75R

C1452U2

2U2C144

01UC

139

12K

R16

1

AV2-VIN+

CVBSOUT

AV1-CIN

AV1-YIN-

1

3

2

D38

2

3

1

D39

PH-R1OUTR226

10K

AV_LOUT

R22447K

+5V

R22

547

K

C18

347

U

16V

100P

C18

9

33KR

229

C18547U

16V

C18

40

1U

C19

310

0P

R23

233

K

8

7

6

4 5

3

2

1U16

TDA1308T

SCB-

SCG-

SCR-

C1580047U

SCG+

SCR+

SCB+

SC_SOG

PR1

PB1

C1540047U

0047UC153

C1520047U

C1511000P

0047UC159

0047UC156

R19547R

47RR191

R18947R

R18410R

10RR183

R14810R

1

3

2

D35

B

E

CQ11

BT3906C218

10U

16V

B

C

E

Q12BT3904

2

3

1

D32

2

3

1

D30

1

3

2

D29

R13347R

10RR137

R12610R

+5V

AV1-YIN

Y1R176

470R

PH-L1OUT

AV_LOUT

AV_ROUT

AV1-VIN+

L63 30

R

30R

L62

330RR

249

R25

133

0R

C196

033U50V

C197

033U50V

7

654

89

3

1

2

P18

1000

PC

199

AMP-PROUT+AMP-LIN

AMP-PLOUT+AMP-RIN

EARPHONE-RA

EARPHONE-LA

30RL44

AV1-RIN

R2825K1

R2835K1 AV1-LIN

AV2-LIN

R2865K1

R2875K1 AV2-RIN

R2885K1

R2895K1 DVI-RIN

R2905K1

R2915K1 DVI-LIN

R2925K1

R2935K1 PC-RIN

R2945K1

R2955K1 PC-LIN

AV1_V

AVOUT_R

RXD

C4 47

0P47

0PC

7

AV1_R

AV1_L

C9 47

0P47

0PC

10

C11 47

0P47

0PC

12

PC-L

AV2-L

B06 B06

I_18130_016eps180608

CINCH

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 39TCS10L LA 7

SSB Tuner

AGND

AGND

AGND

AG

ND

AGNDAGND

AGND

AGND

COMMON

IN OUT

VID

EO

NC

1

NC

2

AU

DIO

AG

C

SD

A

TU

MB

GN

D2

SIF

OU

T

GN

D1

NC

3

NC

4

NC

5

SC

L

NC

6

AF

T

CLOSE RO MST IC

R21127R

171 2 6 1110 1412 157 83 4 5 9 13 16

TU1

2

1 3

U15KIA78D05

TUNER_SDA

TUNER_SCL

SIF_OUT

TV_CVBSC

172

01U

33V

B

C

E

Q20

BT3904

TV-SIFPNCR213

10RR220

001UC181

TV-SIFP

R194100R

330R

R19

3R

192

10R

R19

81K

R19

91K

L2722UH

+12V

R20

7 NC

100K

R20

3

2200

PC

200

R209120R

R20610R

C17

4N

C3

30P

NC

330

PC

175

C171220U

16V

L28120R

R20251K

C17

710

0P

C17

615

0P

SDA_EXT

SCL_EXT

C168220U

16V

16V

220UC

169

TV1-VIN-

TV1-VIN+

R21047R

C16

60

01UC16

44U

7

50V

C16

50

01U

C16

70

1U

TUNER_5V

AFT

120RR212

TUNER_5V

TV-SIFM

001UC170

B07 B07

I_18130_017eps180608

TUNER

40TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

SSB Audio Amplifier

PGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

PGND

PGND

AGND

AGND

OUT2+

OUT2-

NC3

IN2

VCC2

NC2

OUT1+

VCC1

IN1

NC1

MUTE

STBY

PW_GND

S_GND

OUT1-

TO SPEAKER

TO SPEAKER

0RR

162

AMP-PROUT-

2

1

H8

15

14

11

12

13

10

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

2

U19

TD

A7266

1

2

3

4

P9

AMP-PLOUT-

L45200R

L46200R

C219220U

16V

27UHL31

C217220U

16V

AMP-LIN

R253NC

01U C209

D3LL4148

C20

610

00P

1U

C211

0022U

C26 1000

PC

204

0022U

C25

C22

470U16V

+5VST

R164100K

R16510K

R16

8N

C

R16

9N

C

R1663K3

3K3R167

10KR244

B

E

CQ15

BT3906

B

C

E

Q16BT3904

C19

5 NC

NC

C19

4

B

C

E

Q24BT3904NC

0RR257

10KR254

E

C

B BT3904Q23

B

C

E

Q22BT3904

R25210K

R255100R

R24310K

2U2C205

R2560R

C2032U2

+12V

AMP-PROUT-

AMP-PROUT+

AMP-PLOUT-

AMP-PLOUT+

POWER-ONOFF

AMP-MUTE

AMP-R

AMP-L

12V-AMP

+12V

AMP-RIN

B08 B08

I_18130_018eps180608

AUDIO AMPLIFIER

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 41TCS10L LA 7

SSB LVDS Interface

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

VCC_PANEL

C246

10U 16V

C245

01U

R277 0NC

+33V

R27

2

0N

C

R275 0NC

RXE4+B0 RXE4-B1

RXE3+B2 RXE3-B3

RXEC+B4 RXEC-B5

RXE2+B6 RXE2-B7

RXE1+G0 RXE1-G1

RXE0+G2 RXE0-G3

RXO4+G4 RXO4-G5

RXO3+G6 RXO3-G7

RXOC+R0 RXOC-R1

RXO2+R2 RXO2-R3

RXO1+R4 RXO1-R5

RXO0+R6 RXO0-R7

1 2

4

6

8

12

14

16

18

20

10

22

24

26

28

3

5

7

9

11

13

15

17

19

21

23

25

27

29 30

32

34

36

38

40

31

33

35

37

39

P10

R276 0NC

R27

3

0N

CR

274

0N

C

B09 B09

I_18130_019eps180608

LVDS INTERFACE Personal Notes

E_06532_012eps131004

42TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout Small Signal Board (Top Side)

I_18130_020eps180608

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 43TCS10L LA 7

Layout Small Signal Board (Bottom Side)

I_18130_021eps180608

44TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Keyboard Control Panel

Layout Keyboard Control Panel (Top Side)

Layout Keyboard Control Panel (Bottom Side)

AGND

AGND AGNDAGND

AGND

R10072K

R10061K5

R10011K2

12 4

3K1001

1

2

3

P1001

KEY0

R1008NC

R10051K2

R1004NC

R10032K

R10021K5

D10

02

HS

5V6B

D10

01H

S5V

6B

12 4

3K1003

12 4

3K1002

12 4

3K1006

12 4

3K1005

12 4

3K1004

KEY1

I_18130_030eps180608

E EKEYBOARD CONTROL PANEL

I_18130_031eps180608

I_18130_032eps180608

Personal Notes

E_06532_012eps131004

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 45TCS10L LA 7

Inverter Panel

1 2

A

B

C

D

4321

D

C

B

A

F1FUSE-1

C2104

C1220uF250V

C3104

R1200

Q1

DTA143

E1

9

E2

10

C2

11

VC

C12

OU

TP

UT

C13

VR

EF

14

A1+

1

A1-

2

CO

MP

3

DT

C4

CT

5

RT

6

GN

D7

C1

8

A2-

15

A2+

16

U1

TL494

R2200

Q32222

C8

223

C7103

R847K

R7120K

C4

104C5104

D1

68V

C9104

D2

1N4148

Q8DTC143

123456

CN1

R20470K

R21

33K

C16

330pF

C15NC

R13100K

R10

68K

R11

68K

R12

15K

C10104

R2627K

C20223

R18560

Q22222

Q62907

R142K

R1622K

R27 10

R28 10

D4

BAW56K

S11

G12

S23

G24

D1 8

D1 7

D2 6

D2 5

U2

4606

C21223

Q42222

Q72907

R152K

R1722K

R29 10

R30 10

D5

BAW56K

S11

G12

S23

G24

D1 8

D1 7

D2 6

D2 5

U3

4606

R19560

C6

105

R231M

Q52N7002

R22

1M

R9

47K

R25

100KR24270K

D6NCBAW56K

D7NCBAW56K

P1

P2

P3

P4

C17225

C18

225

10

1 7

6

T1

T01

10

1 7

6

T2

T01

C2222pF

12

CON1

12

CON2

D9BAV99

R41K

R36820

R32

10KC12104

D8BAV99

R31K

R35820

R31

10KC11104

P2

P1

C2322pF

12

CON3

12

CON4

D11

BAV99

R61K

R38820

R34

10KC14104

D10BAV99

R51K

R37820

R33

10KC13104

P4

P3

VREF

VREF

C19NC

C26

222C27NC

D13BAV99

D15BAV99

C2422pF

C2522pF

C28

222C29NC

C30222 C31

NC

C32

222C33NC

OVP

OVP

OV

P

R602K

R61510K

C38105

Q10

DTA143

Q112222

R6330K

R62 1K

VCC

VCC

P5

P5

R64

1K

C34221

C35 221

C37

221

C39104

C36

221U4A

LM393

U4B

LM393

Vref

D3

1N4148

R65

3K R663K

C41 104

R67

10K

I_18130_033eps180608

I IINVERTER PANEL 19rdquo

46TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout Inverter Panel (Top Side)

Layout Inverter Panel (Bottom Side)

I_18130_034eps190608

I_18130_035eps190608

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 47TCS10L LA 7

IR LED Panel

AGND

AGND

AGNDIRVC

C

GN

D

RW

R20

031K

2

R20

04

1K2

LED1

1

2

3

4

5

CN2001

E

C

B

BC847AQ2001

B

C

E

Q2002

BC847A

2

13

D2001

LED2

G2001

R20024K7

5V16

V10

0UC

2001

5V

IR

IR

C20

03 47P

LED1R2001

4K7

C2002

47P

LED2

I_18130_036eps180608

J JIR amp LED PANELLayout IR LED Panel (Top Side)

Layout IR LED Panel (Bottom Side)

I_18130_037eps180608

I_18130_038eps180608

48TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Personal Notes

E_06532_013eps131004

Alignments EN 49TCS10L LA 8

8 Alignments

Index of this chapter81 Electrical Alignments82 Hardware Alignments

NoteThe Service Modes are described in chapter 5 Menu navigation is done with the CURSOR UP DOWN LEFT or RIGHT keys of the remote control transmitter

81 Electrical Alignments

Perform all electrical adjustments under the following conditionsbull Power supply voltage (depends on region)

ndash AP-NTSC 120 VAC or 230 VAC 50 Hz (plusmn 10)ndash AP-PAL-multi 120 - 230 VAC 50 Hz (plusmn 10)ndash EU 230 VAC 50 Hz (plusmn 10)ndash LATAM-NTSC 120 - 230 VAC 50 Hz (plusmn 10)ndash US 120 VAC 60 Hz (plusmn 10)

bull Connect the set to the mains via an isolation transformer with low internal resistance

bull Allow the set to warm up for approximately 60 minutesbull Measure voltages and waveforms in relation to correct

ground (eg measure audio signals in relation to AUDIO_GND) Caution It is not allowed to use heatsinks as ground

bull Test probe Ri gt 10 MΩ Ci lt 20 pFbull Use an isolated trimmerscrewdriver to perform

alignments

82 Hardware Alignments

Not applicable

821 Aging

Enter TV mode Set warm up status to ldquoOnrdquo Aging time at least 12 minutes

822 ADC Adjustment

The chassis can execute ADC auto-tune in YPbPr amp PC sourcing modes Enter SAM select YPbPr or PC as source then select AUTOTUNE in ADC ADJ press ldquoRight keyrdquo to run waiting for about 5 seconds until ldquoOKrdquo is displayed which means the set finished the ADC adjustment With an YPbPr source use a 100 color bar pattern with a PC source use a 16-scale grey pattern

823 White Balance Adjustment

Adjust the NORMAL WARM COOL temperature in White balance according to company regular Make sure ADC adjustments have done successfully before doing white balance adjustments and use the ldquoNaturalrdquo picture mode White balance adjustment should be performed with three different sources1 AVTVSVIDEO source reunification under the AV

adjustment apply a NTSC-M system signal with 8-scale grey pattern

2 YPbPrHDMI source reunification under the YPbPr adjustment apply an 8-scale grey pattern

3 PC source should adjust single apply a 8-scale grey pattern

If case of manual adjustment please use the WB page in SAMWhile adjusting White Balance do not change White G or Black G only adjust White R White B Black R and Black B

Table 8-1 Color Temperature Setting 19

Table 8-2 Color Temperature Setting 26

Color mode X Y Color Temperature (K)

Normal 296plusmn4 299plusmn4 8000

Warm 314plusmn4 319plusmn4 6500

Cool 289plusmn4 291plusmn4 9000

Color mode X Y Color Temperature (K)

Normal 289plusmn4 291plusmn4 9000

Warm 314plusmn4 319plusmn4 6500

Cool 278plusmn4 278plusmn4 11000

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data SheetsEN 50 TCS10L LA9

9 Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data Sheets

Index of this chapter91 Introduction92 Abbreviation List93 IC Data Sheets

Notes bull Only new circuits (circuits that are not published recently)

are described bull Figures can deviate slightly from the actual situation due

to different set executions

91 Introduction

This chassis uses the MStar MST9U19A main chip with the following features bull Multi-Standard TV decoding with 2-D comb filterbull Multi-Standard TV sound demodulator and decoderbull Triple ADC fro TV and RGBYPbPrbull Integrated DVIHDCPHDMI compliant receiverbull High quality scaling enginebull 3-D video de-interlacer and video noise reductionbull Embedded On Screen Display controllerbull NTSCPALSecam Video decoder with automatic standard

detectionbull CVBS video outputbull Multi standard TV sound decoderbull FM stereo and SAP demodulationbull Digital audio interfacebull Analog RGB Compliant Input Portsbull DVIHDCPHDMI Compliant input portbull Auto tuning function including phasing positioning offset

gain and jitter detectionbull Automatic color correction

The MST9U19A is a high performance and fully integrated IC for multi-function LCD monitorTV with resolutions up to WSXGA (1680 times 1050) It is configured with an integrated triple-ADCPLL an integrated DVIHDCPHDMI receiver a multi standard TV video and audio decoder a video de-interlacer a scaling engine the MStarACE-3 color engine an On Screen Display controller an 8-bit MCU and a built-in output panel interface It also incorporates an intelligent power management control system for green-mode requirements and spread-spectrum support for EMI management

For a block diagram refer to chapter 6 ldquoBlock diagrams Test Point Overviews and Waveformsrdquo

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data Sheets EN 51TCS10L LA 9

92 Abbreviation List

1080i 1080 visible lines interlaced1080p 1080 visible lines progressive scan2CS 2 Carrier Sound2DNR Spatial (2D) Noise Reduction3DNR Temporal (3D) Noise Reduction480i 480 visible lines interlaced480p 480 visible lines progressive scanAARA Automatic Aspect Ratio Adaptation

algorithm that adapts aspect ratio to remove horizontal black bars keeping up the original aspect ratio

ACI Automatic Channel Installation algorithm that installs TV channels directly from a cable network by means of a predefined TXT page

ADC Analogue to Digital ConverterAFC Automatic Frequency Control control

signal used to tune to the correct frequency

AGC Automatic Gain Control algorithm that controls the video input of the feature box

AM Amplitude ModulationAUO Acer Unipack OptronicsAP Asia PacificAR Aspect Ratio 4 by 3 or 16 by 9ASD Automatic Standard DetectionAV Audio VideoB-SC1-IN Blue SCART1 inB-SC2-IN Blue SCART2 inB-TXT Blue teletextBG Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 55 MHzBTSC Broadcast Television System

CommitteeC-FRONT Chrominance front inputCBA Circuit Board Assembly (or PWB)CL Constant Level audio output to

connect with an external amplifierCLUT Color Look Up TableComPair Computer aided rePairCSM Customer Service ModeCVBS Composite Video Blanking and

SynchronizationCVBS-EXT CVBS signal from external source

(VCR VCD etc)CVBS-INT CVBS signal from TunerCVBS-MON CVBS monitor signalCVBS-TER-OUT CVBS terrestrial outDAC Digital to Analogue ConverterDBE Dynamic Bass Enhancement extra

low frequency amplificationDFU Directions For Use owners manualDNR Dynamic Noise ReductionDRAM Dynamic RAMDSP Digital Signal ProcessingDST Dealer Service Tool special

(European) remote control designed for service technicians

DTS Digital Theatre SoundDVD Digital Versatile DiscDVI Digital Visual InterfaceDW Double WindowED Enhanced Definition 480p 576pEEPROM Electrically Erasable and

Programmable Read Only MemoryEU EUropeEXT EXTernal (source) entering the set by

SCART or by cinches (jacks)FBL Fast Blanking DC signal

accompanying RGB signalsFBL-SC1-IN Fast blanking signal for SCART1 in

FBL-SC2-IN Fast blanking signal for SCART2 inFBL-TXT Fast Blanking TeletextFLASH FLASH memoryFM Field Memory Frequency ModulationFMR FM RadioFRC Frame Rate ConverterFRONT-C Front input chrominance (SVHS)FRONT-DETECT Front input detectionFRONT-Y_CVBS Front input luminance or CVBS

(SVHS)FTV Flat TeleVisionG-SC1-IN Green SCART1 inG-SC2-IN Green SCART2 inG-TXT Green teletextH H_sync to the module HD High Definition 720p 1080i 1080pHDMI High Definition Multimedia Interface

digital audio and video interfaceHP Head PhoneI Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 60 MHzI2C Integrated IC busI2S Integrated IC Sound busIC Integrated CircuitIF Intermediate FrequencyInterlaced Scan mode where two fields are used

to form one frame Each field contains half the number of the total amount of lines The fields are written in ldquopairsrdquo causing line flicker

IR Infra RedIRQ Interrupt ReQuestLast Status The settings last chosen by the

customer and read and stored in RAM or in the NVM They are called at start-up of the set to configure it according the customers wishes

LATAM LATin AMericaLC04 Philips chassis name for LCD TV 2004

projectLCD Liquid Crystal DisplayLED Light Emitting DiodeLL Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 65 MHz L is Band I L is all bands except for Band I

LPL LG Philips LCDLS Loud SpeakerLVDS Low Voltage Differential Signalling

data transmission system for high speed and low EMI communication

MN Monochrome TV system Sound carrier distance is 45 MHz

MOSFET Metal Oxide Semiconductor Field Effect Transistor

MPEG Motion Pictures Experts GroupMSP Multi-standard Sound Processor ITT

sound decoderMUTE MUTE LineNAFTA North American Free Trade

Association Trade agreement between Canada USA and Mexico

NC Not ConnectedNICAM Near Instantaneous Compounded

Audio Multiplexing This is a digital sound system used mainly in Europe

NTSC National Television Standard Committee Color system used mainly in North America and Japan Color carrier NTSC MN = 3579545 MHz NTSC 443 = 4433619 MHz (this is a VCR norm it is not transmitted off-air)

NVM Non Volatile Memory IC containing TV related data (for example options)

OC Open CircuitONOFF LED OnOff control signal for the LED

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data SheetsEN 52 TCS10L LA9

OSD On Screen DisplayPAL Phase Alternating Line Color system

used mainly in Western Europe (color carrier = 4433619 MHz) and South America (color carrier PAL M = 3575612 MHz and PAL N = 3582056 MHz)

PC Personal ComputerPCB Printed Circuit Board (or PWB)PDP Plasma Display PanelPIG Picture In GraphicPIP Picture In PicturePLL Phase Locked Loop Used for

example in FST tuning systems The customer can directly provide the desired frequency

Progressive Scan Scan mode where all scan lines are displayed in one frame at the same time creating a double vertical resolution

PWB Printed Wiring Board (or PCB)RAM Random Access MemoryRC Remote Control transmitterRC5 (6) Remote Control system 5 (6) the

signal from the remote control receiver RGB Red Green and Blue The primary

color signals for TV By mixing levels of R G and B all colors (YC) are reproduced

RGBHV Red Green Blue Horizontal sync and Vertical sync

ROM Read Only MemorySAM Service Alignment ModeSC SandCastle two-level pulse derived

from sync signalsSC1-OUT SCART output of the MSP audio ICSC2-B-IN SCART2 Blue inSC2-C-IN SCART2 chrominance inSC2-OUT SCART output of the MSP audio ICSC Short CircuitSCL Clock signal on I2C busSD Standard Definition 480i 576iSDA Data signal on I2C busSDI Samsung Display IndustrySDM Service Default ModeSDRAM Synchronous DRAMSECAM SEequence Couleur Avec Memoire

Color system used mainly in France and Eastern Europe Color carriers = 4406250 MHz and 4250000 MHz

SIF Sound Intermediate FrequencySMPS Switch Mode Power SupplySND SouNDSNDL-SC1-IN Sound left SCART1 inSNDL-SC1-OUT Sound left SCART1 outSNDL-SC2-IN Sound left SCART2 inSNDL-SC2-OUT Sound left SCART2 outSNDR-SC1-IN Sound right SCART1 inSNDR-SC1-OUT Sound right SCART1 outSNDR-SC2-IN Sound right SCART2 outSNDR-SC2-OUT Sound right SCART2 outSNDS-VL-OUT Surround sound left variable level outSNDS-VR-OUT Surround sound right variable level outSOPS Self Oscillating Power SupplySPDIF Sony Philips Digital InterFaceSRAM Static RAMSTBY Stand-bySVHS Super Video Home SystemSW Sub Woofer SoftWareTHD Total Harmonic DistortionTXT TeleteXTuP MicroprocessorVL Variable Level out processed audio

output toward external amplifierVCR Video Cassette Recorder

VGA Video Graphics ArrayWD Watch DogWYSIWYR What You See Is What You Record

record selection that follows main picture and sound

XTAL Quartz crystalYPbPr Component video (Y= Luminance Pb

Pr= Color difference signals B-Y and R-Y other amplitudes wrt to YUV)

YC Video related signals Y consists of luminance signal blanking level and sync C consists of color signal

Y-OUT Luminance-signalYUV Baseband component video (Y=

Luminance UV= Color difference signals)

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data Sheets EN 53TCS10L LA 9

93 IC Data Sheets

This section shows the internal block diagrams and pin layouts of ICs that are drawn as ldquoblack boxesrdquo in the electrical diagrams (with the exception of ldquomemoryrdquo and ldquologicrdquo ICs)

931 Diagram B MST9U19A

Figure 9-1 Pin configuration

Pin 1

123

45

7

9

11

1314

1718

21

23

25

2728

30

32

34

36

39

41

43

6

8

10

12

1516

1920

22

24

26

29

31

33

35

3738

40

42

4445464748

505152

49

53 54 55 56 57 59 61 63 65 66 69 70 73 75 77 79 80 82 84 86 88 91 93 9558 60 62 64 67 68 71 72 74 76 78 81 83 85 87 89 90 92 94 96 97 98 99 100

102

103

104

101

208

207

206

205

204

202

200

198

196

195

192

191

188

186

184

182

181

179

177

175

173

170

168

166

203

201

199

197

194

193

190

189

187

185

183

180

178

176

174

172

171

169

167

165

164

163

162

161

159

158

157

160

156155154

153152

150

148

146

144143

140139

136

134

132

130129

127

125

123

121

118

116

114

151

149

147

145

142141

138137

135

133

131

128

126

124

122

120119

117

115

113112111110109

107106105

108

MST9U19A

XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX

GN

D

AUR1

AUL2

AUL3

AUL1

AUCO

M

AUR2

AUR3

DIGO[8]

GNDAVDD_MEMPLL

PWM3PWM2DIGO[9]

SIF1

MSI

F1P

AVD

D_S

IF

AUO

UTL

AUO

UTR

AUO

UTS

VDD

CG

PIO

F[2]

GPI

OF[

3]G

PIO

F[4]

GPI

OF[

5]G

PIO

F[6]

GPI

OF[

7]G

PIO

F[8]

GPI

OF[

9]G

PIO

F[10

]G

PIO

F[11

]VD

DP

GN

DG

PIO

F[12

]

GPI

OF[

14]

GPI

OF[

15]

GPI

OF[

16]

GPI

OF[

17]

GPI

OF[

18]

GN

D

GPI

OF[

19]

VDD

C

VDD

PG

ND

VDD

PVD

DP

GPI

OF[

13]

GN

D

DIGO[7]

DIGO[5]

DIGO[3]

DIGO[1]

VDDC

VDDPPWM_SENSE

DIGO[6]

DIGO[4]

DIGO[2]

DIGO[0]

GND

PWM_DRVPWM_FBIRININT

PWM1PWM0

GNDVDDPALERDZWRZ

VDDC

GNDVDDP

VDD

PLV

A0M

LVA0

PLV

A1M

LVA1

PLV

A2M

LVA2

PLV

ACKM

LVAC

KPLV

A3M

LVA4

PVD

DP

VDD

CAV

DD

_MPL

L

LVA3

PLV

A4M

GPI

OE[

0]

IHSY

NC

ICLK

DI[

1]D

I[0]

IVYS

NC

GPI

OE[

1]G

PIO

E[2]

GPI

OE[

3]G

ND

VDD

P

AVD

D_M

PLL

XIN

XOU

TH

WR

ESET

GN

D

DI[

7]D

I[6]

DI[

5]D

I[4]

DI[

2]D

I[3]

VDD

C

AUO

UTL

3AU

OU

TR3

RXCKPGND

RX0NRX0P

AVDD_DVIRX1NRX1P

RX2P

REXT

DDCD_CK

VSYNC1

VCLAMP

REFM

BIN1M

GNDRX2N

AVDD_DVI

DDCD_DA

HSYNC1

RMID

REFP

BIN1P

SOGIN1GIN1PGIN1MRIN1PRIN1MBIN0MBIN0PGIN0MGIN0P

SOGIN0RIN0MRIN0P

HSYNC0VSYNC0

RXCKN

AVDD_ADCGND

C1Y1C0Y0

CVBS2CVBS1

VCOM1CVBS0

VCOM0CVBSOUT

GND

VCOM2CVBS3

GN

D

AVD

D_A

UAU

L0AU

R0

AUVR

EFAU

VRAD

PAU

VRAD

N

AUO

UTL

2AU

OU

TR2

AD[7]AD[6]AD[5]AD[4]AD[3]AD[2]AD[1]AD[0]

SDOCSZSDISCK

SAR3

SAR1SAR2

SAR0

DDCA_CK

DDCR_CKDDCA_DA

DDCR_DA

LVB0

MLV

B0P

LVB1

MLV

B1P

LVB2

MLV

B2P

LVBC

KMLV

BCKP

LVB3

M

LVB4

P

LVB3

PLV

B4M

I_18130_008eps200608

Pin Configuration

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data SheetsEN 54 TCS10L LA9

932 Diagram B TDA1308

Figure 9-2 Block diagram and pin configuration

Block diagram

Pinning information

2

1

3

4

8

7

65

INA(neg)

TDA1308(A)OUTA

VSS

VDD

INA(pos)

INB(neg)

INB(pos)

OUTB

TDA1308(A)

VATUO DD

BTUO)gen(ANI

)gen(BNI)sop(ANI

VSS INB(pos)

1

2

3

4

6

5

8

7

I_18130_007eps190608

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data Sheets EN 55TCS10L LA 9

933 Diagram B NCP1377B

Figure 9-3 Block diagram and pin configuration

Block diagram

Pinning information

I_18130_009eps190608

HV

VCC

GND

Demag

4 mA

To InternalSupply

+

+

125 V75 V56 V (Fault)

FaultMngt

PON

5 V+

OVP

+

144

45 usDelay

15 us for B Version

Demag

8 usBlanking

S

SR R

Q

Q

+

3 us forB Version

+minus

Overload

5 usTimeout

TimeReset

Demag

380 nsLEB

1 V3

200 Awhen DRV

is OFF

FB

42 V

Driver src = 20 sink = 10

DrvVCC

CS

+50 mV 10 V Rint

1Dmg 8 HV

7 NC2FB

3CS

4GND

6 VCC

5 Drv

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data SheetsEN 56 TCS10L LA9

934 Diagram B TDA7266

Figure 9-4 Block diagram and pin configuration

1

2

4

Vref

7YB-TS

IN1

022microF

VCC

133

+

-

-

+

OUT1+

OUT1-

15

14

12

6ETUM

IN2

022microF

+

-

-

+

OUT2+

OUT2-

8

9S-GND

PW-GND

470microF 100nF

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

9

10

11

8

NC

NC

S-GND

PW-GND

OUT2+

OUT2-

VCC

IN2

ST-BY

MUTE

NC

IN1

VCCOUT1-

OUT1+

13

14

15

12

I_17950_054eps090508

Block Diagram

Pin Configuration

Spare Parts List amp CTN Overview EN 57TCS10L LA 10

10 Spare Parts List amp CTN OverviewFor the latest spare part overview please consult the Philips Service website

Table 10-1 Sets described in this manual

11 Revision ListManual xxxx xxx xxxx0bull First release

CTN Styling

19PFL340355 MG8

19PFL340377 MG8

19PFL340378 MG8

19PFL340385 MG8

26PFL340385 MG8

  • Content
  • 1 Technical Specifications Connections and Chassis Overview
    • 11 Technical Specifications
      • 111 Vision
      • 112 Sound
      • 113 Miscellaneous
        • 12 Connection Overview
          • Figure 1-1 Rear and side IO connections
          • 121 Rear Connections
            • 1 - HDMI Digital Video Digital Audio - In
              • Figure 1-2 HDMI (type A) connector
                • 2 - VGA AUDIO Mini Jack VGA Audio - In
                • 3 - VGA PC Video RGB - In and Service UART
                  • Figure 1-3 VGA Connector
                    • 4 - Cinch Video YPbPr - In
                    • 5 - AV1 Cinch Video CVBS - In Audio - In
                    • 6 - Aerial - In
                    • 7 - Service Connector (ComPair)
                      • 122 Side connections
                        • 8 - Cinch Video CVBS - In Audio - In
                        • 9 - S-Video (Hosiden) Video YC - In
                        • 10 - Mini Jack Audio Head phone - Out
                            • 13 Chassis Overview
                              • Figure 1-4 PWBCBA locations
                                  • 2 Safety Instructions Warnings and Notes
                                    • 21 Safety Instructions
                                    • 22 Warnings
                                    • 23 Notes
                                      • 231 General
                                      • 232 Schematic Notes
                                      • 233 BGA (Ball Grid Array) ICs
                                        • Introduction
                                        • BGA Temperature Profiles
                                          • 234 Lead-free Soldering
                                          • 235 Alternative BOM identification
                                            • Figure 2-1 Serial number (example)
                                              • 236 Board Level Repair (BLR) or Component Level Repair (CLR)
                                              • 237 Practical Service Precautions
                                                  • 3 Directions for Use
                                                  • 4 Mechanical Instructions
                                                    • 41 Cable Dressing
                                                      • Figure 4-1 Cable dressing (19 model)
                                                      • Figure 4-2 Cable dressing (26 model)
                                                        • 42 Service Positions
                                                          • 421 Foam Bars
                                                            • Figure 4-3 Foam bars
                                                                • 43 AssyPanel Removal
                                                                  • 431 Stand
                                                                    • Figure 4-4 Stand
                                                                      • 432 Rear Cover
                                                                        • Figure 4-5 LVDS release
                                                                        • Figure 4-6 Speaker and IRLED panel cable release
                                                                          • 433 Keyboard Control Board
                                                                            • Figure 4-7 Keyboard control board
                                                                              • 434 IRLED Board and Speakers
                                                                                • Figure 4-8 IRLED Board and Speakers
                                                                                  • 435 Power Supply Board
                                                                                    • Figure 4-9 Power Supply Unit(s)
                                                                                      • 436 Inverter Board (19 and 22 versions)
                                                                                        • Figure 4-10 Inverter Board
                                                                                          • 437 Small Signal Board (SSB)
                                                                                            • Removing the SSB
                                                                                              • Figure 4-11 SSB connector plate
                                                                                              • Figure 4-12 SSB
                                                                                                • 44 Set Re-assembly
                                                                                                  • 5 Service Modes Error Codes and Fault Finding
                                                                                                    • 51 Test Points
                                                                                                    • 52 Service Mode
                                                                                                      • 521 Service Alignment Mode (SAM)
                                                                                                        • How to Enter
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-1 SAM menu
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-2 SAM menu White Balance Normal
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-3 SAM menu White Balance Cool
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-4 SAM menu White Balance Warm
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-5 SAM menu Volume Curve
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-6 SAM menu Picture Curve
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-7 SAM menu Picture Mode Natural
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-8 SAM menu Picture Mode Personal
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-9 SAM menu Picture Mode Rich
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-10 SAM menu Picture Mode Soft
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-11 SAM menu Producting
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-12 SAM menu Country
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-13 SAM menu Setup
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-14 SAM menu Shop Init Do
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-15 SAM menu Clear Code gt
                                                                                                            • How to Exit
                                                                                                            • Factory Mode Descriptions
                                                                                                              • ltTABLEgt
                                                                                                              • Virgin Settings
                                                                                                                • Table 5-1 Country setting
                                                                                                                • Table 5-2 Virgin settings
                                                                                                                  • 522 Customer Service Mode (CSM)
                                                                                                                    • Purpose
                                                                                                                    • How to Activate CSM
                                                                                                                    • Contents of CSM
                                                                                                                      • Figure 5-16 CSM Menu
                                                                                                                        • Menu Explanation
                                                                                                                        • How to Exit
                                                                                                                          • 523 Blinking LED Procedure
                                                                                                                            • 53 Error Codes
                                                                                                                              • ltTABLEgt
                                                                                                                                • 54 Fault Finding
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-17 No Picture No sound no Back light (19 sets)
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-18 Picture OK No sound (19 sets)
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-19 No Picture Back light amp Sound OK (19 and 26 sets)
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-20 No color (19 and 26 sets)
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-21 No Picture No sound no Back light (26 sets)
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-22 Picture OK No sound (26 sets)
                                                                                                                                    • 55 Service Tools
                                                                                                                                      • 551 ComPair
                                                                                                                                        • Introduction
                                                                                                                                        • Specifications
                                                                                                                                        • How to Connect
                                                                                                                                        • How to Order
                                                                                                                                          • Figure 5-23 ComPair II interface connection
                                                                                                                                            • 56 Software Upgrading
                                                                                                                                              • 561 Introduction
                                                                                                                                                  • 6 Block Diagrams Test Point Overview and Waveforms
                                                                                                                                                    • Wiring Diagram of Connector for MS19-PH 19
                                                                                                                                                    • Wiring Diagram of Connector for MS19-PH 26
                                                                                                                                                    • Block Diagram MS19P Chipset
                                                                                                                                                    • I2C overview
                                                                                                                                                      • 7 Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts
                                                                                                                                                        • Main Power Supply (19)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Main Power Supply (19) (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Main Power Supply (19) (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Main Power Supply (26)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Main Power Supply (26) (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Main Power Supply (26) (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Standby Power Supply (26)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Standby Power Supply (26) (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Standby Power Supply (26) (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB Control
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB DC - DC
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB MST9E19A Controller
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB HDMI Interface
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB VGA Interface
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB Cinch
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB Tuner
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB Audio Amplifier
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB LVDS Interface
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Small Signal Board (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Small Signal Board (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Keyboard Control Panel
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Keyboard Control Panel (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Keyboard Control Panel (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Inverter Panel
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Inverter Panel (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Inverter Panel (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • IR LED Panel
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout IR LED Panel (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout IR LED Panel (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                          • 8 Alignments
                                                                                                                                                            • 81 Electrical Alignments
                                                                                                                                                            • 82 Hardware Alignments
                                                                                                                                                              • 821 Aging
                                                                                                                                                              • 822 ADC Adjustment
                                                                                                                                                              • 823 White Balance Adjustment
                                                                                                                                                                • Table 8-1 Color Temperature Setting 19
                                                                                                                                                                • Table 8-2 Color Temperature Setting 26
                                                                                                                                                                  • 9 Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data Sheets
                                                                                                                                                                    • 91 Introduction
                                                                                                                                                                    • 92 Abbreviation List
                                                                                                                                                                    • 93 IC Data Sheets
                                                                                                                                                                      • 931 Diagram B MST9U19A
                                                                                                                                                                        • Figure 9-1 Pin configuration
                                                                                                                                                                          • 932 Diagram B TDA1308
                                                                                                                                                                            • Figure 9-2 Block diagram and pin configuration
                                                                                                                                                                              • 933 Diagram B NCP1377B
                                                                                                                                                                                • Figure 9-3 Block diagram and pin configuration
                                                                                                                                                                                  • 934 Diagram B TDA7266
                                                                                                                                                                                    • Figure 9-4 Block diagram and pin configuration
                                                                                                                                                                                      • 10 Spare Parts List amp CTN Overview
                                                                                                                                                                                        • Table 10-1 Sets described in this manual
                                                                                                                                                                                          • 11 Revision List
Page 39: Philips 19PFL3403-55 TCS1[1].0L_LA

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 39TCS10L LA 7

SSB Tuner

AGND

AGND

AGND

AG

ND

AGNDAGND

AGND

AGND

COMMON

IN OUT

VID

EO

NC

1

NC

2

AU

DIO

AG

C

SD

A

TU

MB

GN

D2

SIF

OU

T

GN

D1

NC

3

NC

4

NC

5

SC

L

NC

6

AF

T

CLOSE RO MST IC

R21127R

171 2 6 1110 1412 157 83 4 5 9 13 16

TU1

2

1 3

U15KIA78D05

TUNER_SDA

TUNER_SCL

SIF_OUT

TV_CVBSC

172

01U

33V

B

C

E

Q20

BT3904

TV-SIFPNCR213

10RR220

001UC181

TV-SIFP

R194100R

330R

R19

3R

192

10R

R19

81K

R19

91K

L2722UH

+12V

R20

7 NC

100K

R20

3

2200

PC

200

R209120R

R20610R

C17

4N

C3

30P

NC

330

PC

175

C171220U

16V

L28120R

R20251K

C17

710

0P

C17

615

0P

SDA_EXT

SCL_EXT

C168220U

16V

16V

220UC

169

TV1-VIN-

TV1-VIN+

R21047R

C16

60

01UC16

44U

7

50V

C16

50

01U

C16

70

1U

TUNER_5V

AFT

120RR212

TUNER_5V

TV-SIFM

001UC170

B07 B07

I_18130_017eps180608

TUNER

40TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

SSB Audio Amplifier

PGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

PGND

PGND

AGND

AGND

OUT2+

OUT2-

NC3

IN2

VCC2

NC2

OUT1+

VCC1

IN1

NC1

MUTE

STBY

PW_GND

S_GND

OUT1-

TO SPEAKER

TO SPEAKER

0RR

162

AMP-PROUT-

2

1

H8

15

14

11

12

13

10

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

2

U19

TD

A7266

1

2

3

4

P9

AMP-PLOUT-

L45200R

L46200R

C219220U

16V

27UHL31

C217220U

16V

AMP-LIN

R253NC

01U C209

D3LL4148

C20

610

00P

1U

C211

0022U

C26 1000

PC

204

0022U

C25

C22

470U16V

+5VST

R164100K

R16510K

R16

8N

C

R16

9N

C

R1663K3

3K3R167

10KR244

B

E

CQ15

BT3906

B

C

E

Q16BT3904

C19

5 NC

NC

C19

4

B

C

E

Q24BT3904NC

0RR257

10KR254

E

C

B BT3904Q23

B

C

E

Q22BT3904

R25210K

R255100R

R24310K

2U2C205

R2560R

C2032U2

+12V

AMP-PROUT-

AMP-PROUT+

AMP-PLOUT-

AMP-PLOUT+

POWER-ONOFF

AMP-MUTE

AMP-R

AMP-L

12V-AMP

+12V

AMP-RIN

B08 B08

I_18130_018eps180608

AUDIO AMPLIFIER

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 41TCS10L LA 7

SSB LVDS Interface

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

VCC_PANEL

C246

10U 16V

C245

01U

R277 0NC

+33V

R27

2

0N

C

R275 0NC

RXE4+B0 RXE4-B1

RXE3+B2 RXE3-B3

RXEC+B4 RXEC-B5

RXE2+B6 RXE2-B7

RXE1+G0 RXE1-G1

RXE0+G2 RXE0-G3

RXO4+G4 RXO4-G5

RXO3+G6 RXO3-G7

RXOC+R0 RXOC-R1

RXO2+R2 RXO2-R3

RXO1+R4 RXO1-R5

RXO0+R6 RXO0-R7

1 2

4

6

8

12

14

16

18

20

10

22

24

26

28

3

5

7

9

11

13

15

17

19

21

23

25

27

29 30

32

34

36

38

40

31

33

35

37

39

P10

R276 0NC

R27

3

0N

CR

274

0N

C

B09 B09

I_18130_019eps180608

LVDS INTERFACE Personal Notes

E_06532_012eps131004

42TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout Small Signal Board (Top Side)

I_18130_020eps180608

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 43TCS10L LA 7

Layout Small Signal Board (Bottom Side)

I_18130_021eps180608

44TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Keyboard Control Panel

Layout Keyboard Control Panel (Top Side)

Layout Keyboard Control Panel (Bottom Side)

AGND

AGND AGNDAGND

AGND

R10072K

R10061K5

R10011K2

12 4

3K1001

1

2

3

P1001

KEY0

R1008NC

R10051K2

R1004NC

R10032K

R10021K5

D10

02

HS

5V6B

D10

01H

S5V

6B

12 4

3K1003

12 4

3K1002

12 4

3K1006

12 4

3K1005

12 4

3K1004

KEY1

I_18130_030eps180608

E EKEYBOARD CONTROL PANEL

I_18130_031eps180608

I_18130_032eps180608

Personal Notes

E_06532_012eps131004

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 45TCS10L LA 7

Inverter Panel

1 2

A

B

C

D

4321

D

C

B

A

F1FUSE-1

C2104

C1220uF250V

C3104

R1200

Q1

DTA143

E1

9

E2

10

C2

11

VC

C12

OU

TP

UT

C13

VR

EF

14

A1+

1

A1-

2

CO

MP

3

DT

C4

CT

5

RT

6

GN

D7

C1

8

A2-

15

A2+

16

U1

TL494

R2200

Q32222

C8

223

C7103

R847K

R7120K

C4

104C5104

D1

68V

C9104

D2

1N4148

Q8DTC143

123456

CN1

R20470K

R21

33K

C16

330pF

C15NC

R13100K

R10

68K

R11

68K

R12

15K

C10104

R2627K

C20223

R18560

Q22222

Q62907

R142K

R1622K

R27 10

R28 10

D4

BAW56K

S11

G12

S23

G24

D1 8

D1 7

D2 6

D2 5

U2

4606

C21223

Q42222

Q72907

R152K

R1722K

R29 10

R30 10

D5

BAW56K

S11

G12

S23

G24

D1 8

D1 7

D2 6

D2 5

U3

4606

R19560

C6

105

R231M

Q52N7002

R22

1M

R9

47K

R25

100KR24270K

D6NCBAW56K

D7NCBAW56K

P1

P2

P3

P4

C17225

C18

225

10

1 7

6

T1

T01

10

1 7

6

T2

T01

C2222pF

12

CON1

12

CON2

D9BAV99

R41K

R36820

R32

10KC12104

D8BAV99

R31K

R35820

R31

10KC11104

P2

P1

C2322pF

12

CON3

12

CON4

D11

BAV99

R61K

R38820

R34

10KC14104

D10BAV99

R51K

R37820

R33

10KC13104

P4

P3

VREF

VREF

C19NC

C26

222C27NC

D13BAV99

D15BAV99

C2422pF

C2522pF

C28

222C29NC

C30222 C31

NC

C32

222C33NC

OVP

OVP

OV

P

R602K

R61510K

C38105

Q10

DTA143

Q112222

R6330K

R62 1K

VCC

VCC

P5

P5

R64

1K

C34221

C35 221

C37

221

C39104

C36

221U4A

LM393

U4B

LM393

Vref

D3

1N4148

R65

3K R663K

C41 104

R67

10K

I_18130_033eps180608

I IINVERTER PANEL 19rdquo

46TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout Inverter Panel (Top Side)

Layout Inverter Panel (Bottom Side)

I_18130_034eps190608

I_18130_035eps190608

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 47TCS10L LA 7

IR LED Panel

AGND

AGND

AGNDIRVC

C

GN

D

RW

R20

031K

2

R20

04

1K2

LED1

1

2

3

4

5

CN2001

E

C

B

BC847AQ2001

B

C

E

Q2002

BC847A

2

13

D2001

LED2

G2001

R20024K7

5V16

V10

0UC

2001

5V

IR

IR

C20

03 47P

LED1R2001

4K7

C2002

47P

LED2

I_18130_036eps180608

J JIR amp LED PANELLayout IR LED Panel (Top Side)

Layout IR LED Panel (Bottom Side)

I_18130_037eps180608

I_18130_038eps180608

48TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Personal Notes

E_06532_013eps131004

Alignments EN 49TCS10L LA 8

8 Alignments

Index of this chapter81 Electrical Alignments82 Hardware Alignments

NoteThe Service Modes are described in chapter 5 Menu navigation is done with the CURSOR UP DOWN LEFT or RIGHT keys of the remote control transmitter

81 Electrical Alignments

Perform all electrical adjustments under the following conditionsbull Power supply voltage (depends on region)

ndash AP-NTSC 120 VAC or 230 VAC 50 Hz (plusmn 10)ndash AP-PAL-multi 120 - 230 VAC 50 Hz (plusmn 10)ndash EU 230 VAC 50 Hz (plusmn 10)ndash LATAM-NTSC 120 - 230 VAC 50 Hz (plusmn 10)ndash US 120 VAC 60 Hz (plusmn 10)

bull Connect the set to the mains via an isolation transformer with low internal resistance

bull Allow the set to warm up for approximately 60 minutesbull Measure voltages and waveforms in relation to correct

ground (eg measure audio signals in relation to AUDIO_GND) Caution It is not allowed to use heatsinks as ground

bull Test probe Ri gt 10 MΩ Ci lt 20 pFbull Use an isolated trimmerscrewdriver to perform

alignments

82 Hardware Alignments

Not applicable

821 Aging

Enter TV mode Set warm up status to ldquoOnrdquo Aging time at least 12 minutes

822 ADC Adjustment

The chassis can execute ADC auto-tune in YPbPr amp PC sourcing modes Enter SAM select YPbPr or PC as source then select AUTOTUNE in ADC ADJ press ldquoRight keyrdquo to run waiting for about 5 seconds until ldquoOKrdquo is displayed which means the set finished the ADC adjustment With an YPbPr source use a 100 color bar pattern with a PC source use a 16-scale grey pattern

823 White Balance Adjustment

Adjust the NORMAL WARM COOL temperature in White balance according to company regular Make sure ADC adjustments have done successfully before doing white balance adjustments and use the ldquoNaturalrdquo picture mode White balance adjustment should be performed with three different sources1 AVTVSVIDEO source reunification under the AV

adjustment apply a NTSC-M system signal with 8-scale grey pattern

2 YPbPrHDMI source reunification under the YPbPr adjustment apply an 8-scale grey pattern

3 PC source should adjust single apply a 8-scale grey pattern

If case of manual adjustment please use the WB page in SAMWhile adjusting White Balance do not change White G or Black G only adjust White R White B Black R and Black B

Table 8-1 Color Temperature Setting 19

Table 8-2 Color Temperature Setting 26

Color mode X Y Color Temperature (K)

Normal 296plusmn4 299plusmn4 8000

Warm 314plusmn4 319plusmn4 6500

Cool 289plusmn4 291plusmn4 9000

Color mode X Y Color Temperature (K)

Normal 289plusmn4 291plusmn4 9000

Warm 314plusmn4 319plusmn4 6500

Cool 278plusmn4 278plusmn4 11000

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data SheetsEN 50 TCS10L LA9

9 Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data Sheets

Index of this chapter91 Introduction92 Abbreviation List93 IC Data Sheets

Notes bull Only new circuits (circuits that are not published recently)

are described bull Figures can deviate slightly from the actual situation due

to different set executions

91 Introduction

This chassis uses the MStar MST9U19A main chip with the following features bull Multi-Standard TV decoding with 2-D comb filterbull Multi-Standard TV sound demodulator and decoderbull Triple ADC fro TV and RGBYPbPrbull Integrated DVIHDCPHDMI compliant receiverbull High quality scaling enginebull 3-D video de-interlacer and video noise reductionbull Embedded On Screen Display controllerbull NTSCPALSecam Video decoder with automatic standard

detectionbull CVBS video outputbull Multi standard TV sound decoderbull FM stereo and SAP demodulationbull Digital audio interfacebull Analog RGB Compliant Input Portsbull DVIHDCPHDMI Compliant input portbull Auto tuning function including phasing positioning offset

gain and jitter detectionbull Automatic color correction

The MST9U19A is a high performance and fully integrated IC for multi-function LCD monitorTV with resolutions up to WSXGA (1680 times 1050) It is configured with an integrated triple-ADCPLL an integrated DVIHDCPHDMI receiver a multi standard TV video and audio decoder a video de-interlacer a scaling engine the MStarACE-3 color engine an On Screen Display controller an 8-bit MCU and a built-in output panel interface It also incorporates an intelligent power management control system for green-mode requirements and spread-spectrum support for EMI management

For a block diagram refer to chapter 6 ldquoBlock diagrams Test Point Overviews and Waveformsrdquo

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data Sheets EN 51TCS10L LA 9

92 Abbreviation List

1080i 1080 visible lines interlaced1080p 1080 visible lines progressive scan2CS 2 Carrier Sound2DNR Spatial (2D) Noise Reduction3DNR Temporal (3D) Noise Reduction480i 480 visible lines interlaced480p 480 visible lines progressive scanAARA Automatic Aspect Ratio Adaptation

algorithm that adapts aspect ratio to remove horizontal black bars keeping up the original aspect ratio

ACI Automatic Channel Installation algorithm that installs TV channels directly from a cable network by means of a predefined TXT page

ADC Analogue to Digital ConverterAFC Automatic Frequency Control control

signal used to tune to the correct frequency

AGC Automatic Gain Control algorithm that controls the video input of the feature box

AM Amplitude ModulationAUO Acer Unipack OptronicsAP Asia PacificAR Aspect Ratio 4 by 3 or 16 by 9ASD Automatic Standard DetectionAV Audio VideoB-SC1-IN Blue SCART1 inB-SC2-IN Blue SCART2 inB-TXT Blue teletextBG Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 55 MHzBTSC Broadcast Television System

CommitteeC-FRONT Chrominance front inputCBA Circuit Board Assembly (or PWB)CL Constant Level audio output to

connect with an external amplifierCLUT Color Look Up TableComPair Computer aided rePairCSM Customer Service ModeCVBS Composite Video Blanking and

SynchronizationCVBS-EXT CVBS signal from external source

(VCR VCD etc)CVBS-INT CVBS signal from TunerCVBS-MON CVBS monitor signalCVBS-TER-OUT CVBS terrestrial outDAC Digital to Analogue ConverterDBE Dynamic Bass Enhancement extra

low frequency amplificationDFU Directions For Use owners manualDNR Dynamic Noise ReductionDRAM Dynamic RAMDSP Digital Signal ProcessingDST Dealer Service Tool special

(European) remote control designed for service technicians

DTS Digital Theatre SoundDVD Digital Versatile DiscDVI Digital Visual InterfaceDW Double WindowED Enhanced Definition 480p 576pEEPROM Electrically Erasable and

Programmable Read Only MemoryEU EUropeEXT EXTernal (source) entering the set by

SCART or by cinches (jacks)FBL Fast Blanking DC signal

accompanying RGB signalsFBL-SC1-IN Fast blanking signal for SCART1 in

FBL-SC2-IN Fast blanking signal for SCART2 inFBL-TXT Fast Blanking TeletextFLASH FLASH memoryFM Field Memory Frequency ModulationFMR FM RadioFRC Frame Rate ConverterFRONT-C Front input chrominance (SVHS)FRONT-DETECT Front input detectionFRONT-Y_CVBS Front input luminance or CVBS

(SVHS)FTV Flat TeleVisionG-SC1-IN Green SCART1 inG-SC2-IN Green SCART2 inG-TXT Green teletextH H_sync to the module HD High Definition 720p 1080i 1080pHDMI High Definition Multimedia Interface

digital audio and video interfaceHP Head PhoneI Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 60 MHzI2C Integrated IC busI2S Integrated IC Sound busIC Integrated CircuitIF Intermediate FrequencyInterlaced Scan mode where two fields are used

to form one frame Each field contains half the number of the total amount of lines The fields are written in ldquopairsrdquo causing line flicker

IR Infra RedIRQ Interrupt ReQuestLast Status The settings last chosen by the

customer and read and stored in RAM or in the NVM They are called at start-up of the set to configure it according the customers wishes

LATAM LATin AMericaLC04 Philips chassis name for LCD TV 2004

projectLCD Liquid Crystal DisplayLED Light Emitting DiodeLL Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 65 MHz L is Band I L is all bands except for Band I

LPL LG Philips LCDLS Loud SpeakerLVDS Low Voltage Differential Signalling

data transmission system for high speed and low EMI communication

MN Monochrome TV system Sound carrier distance is 45 MHz

MOSFET Metal Oxide Semiconductor Field Effect Transistor

MPEG Motion Pictures Experts GroupMSP Multi-standard Sound Processor ITT

sound decoderMUTE MUTE LineNAFTA North American Free Trade

Association Trade agreement between Canada USA and Mexico

NC Not ConnectedNICAM Near Instantaneous Compounded

Audio Multiplexing This is a digital sound system used mainly in Europe

NTSC National Television Standard Committee Color system used mainly in North America and Japan Color carrier NTSC MN = 3579545 MHz NTSC 443 = 4433619 MHz (this is a VCR norm it is not transmitted off-air)

NVM Non Volatile Memory IC containing TV related data (for example options)

OC Open CircuitONOFF LED OnOff control signal for the LED

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data SheetsEN 52 TCS10L LA9

OSD On Screen DisplayPAL Phase Alternating Line Color system

used mainly in Western Europe (color carrier = 4433619 MHz) and South America (color carrier PAL M = 3575612 MHz and PAL N = 3582056 MHz)

PC Personal ComputerPCB Printed Circuit Board (or PWB)PDP Plasma Display PanelPIG Picture In GraphicPIP Picture In PicturePLL Phase Locked Loop Used for

example in FST tuning systems The customer can directly provide the desired frequency

Progressive Scan Scan mode where all scan lines are displayed in one frame at the same time creating a double vertical resolution

PWB Printed Wiring Board (or PCB)RAM Random Access MemoryRC Remote Control transmitterRC5 (6) Remote Control system 5 (6) the

signal from the remote control receiver RGB Red Green and Blue The primary

color signals for TV By mixing levels of R G and B all colors (YC) are reproduced

RGBHV Red Green Blue Horizontal sync and Vertical sync

ROM Read Only MemorySAM Service Alignment ModeSC SandCastle two-level pulse derived

from sync signalsSC1-OUT SCART output of the MSP audio ICSC2-B-IN SCART2 Blue inSC2-C-IN SCART2 chrominance inSC2-OUT SCART output of the MSP audio ICSC Short CircuitSCL Clock signal on I2C busSD Standard Definition 480i 576iSDA Data signal on I2C busSDI Samsung Display IndustrySDM Service Default ModeSDRAM Synchronous DRAMSECAM SEequence Couleur Avec Memoire

Color system used mainly in France and Eastern Europe Color carriers = 4406250 MHz and 4250000 MHz

SIF Sound Intermediate FrequencySMPS Switch Mode Power SupplySND SouNDSNDL-SC1-IN Sound left SCART1 inSNDL-SC1-OUT Sound left SCART1 outSNDL-SC2-IN Sound left SCART2 inSNDL-SC2-OUT Sound left SCART2 outSNDR-SC1-IN Sound right SCART1 inSNDR-SC1-OUT Sound right SCART1 outSNDR-SC2-IN Sound right SCART2 outSNDR-SC2-OUT Sound right SCART2 outSNDS-VL-OUT Surround sound left variable level outSNDS-VR-OUT Surround sound right variable level outSOPS Self Oscillating Power SupplySPDIF Sony Philips Digital InterFaceSRAM Static RAMSTBY Stand-bySVHS Super Video Home SystemSW Sub Woofer SoftWareTHD Total Harmonic DistortionTXT TeleteXTuP MicroprocessorVL Variable Level out processed audio

output toward external amplifierVCR Video Cassette Recorder

VGA Video Graphics ArrayWD Watch DogWYSIWYR What You See Is What You Record

record selection that follows main picture and sound

XTAL Quartz crystalYPbPr Component video (Y= Luminance Pb

Pr= Color difference signals B-Y and R-Y other amplitudes wrt to YUV)

YC Video related signals Y consists of luminance signal blanking level and sync C consists of color signal

Y-OUT Luminance-signalYUV Baseband component video (Y=

Luminance UV= Color difference signals)

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data Sheets EN 53TCS10L LA 9

93 IC Data Sheets

This section shows the internal block diagrams and pin layouts of ICs that are drawn as ldquoblack boxesrdquo in the electrical diagrams (with the exception of ldquomemoryrdquo and ldquologicrdquo ICs)

931 Diagram B MST9U19A

Figure 9-1 Pin configuration

Pin 1

123

45

7

9

11

1314

1718

21

23

25

2728

30

32

34

36

39

41

43

6

8

10

12

1516

1920

22

24

26

29

31

33

35

3738

40

42

4445464748

505152

49

53 54 55 56 57 59 61 63 65 66 69 70 73 75 77 79 80 82 84 86 88 91 93 9558 60 62 64 67 68 71 72 74 76 78 81 83 85 87 89 90 92 94 96 97 98 99 100

102

103

104

101

208

207

206

205

204

202

200

198

196

195

192

191

188

186

184

182

181

179

177

175

173

170

168

166

203

201

199

197

194

193

190

189

187

185

183

180

178

176

174

172

171

169

167

165

164

163

162

161

159

158

157

160

156155154

153152

150

148

146

144143

140139

136

134

132

130129

127

125

123

121

118

116

114

151

149

147

145

142141

138137

135

133

131

128

126

124

122

120119

117

115

113112111110109

107106105

108

MST9U19A

XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX

GN

D

AUR1

AUL2

AUL3

AUL1

AUCO

M

AUR2

AUR3

DIGO[8]

GNDAVDD_MEMPLL

PWM3PWM2DIGO[9]

SIF1

MSI

F1P

AVD

D_S

IF

AUO

UTL

AUO

UTR

AUO

UTS

VDD

CG

PIO

F[2]

GPI

OF[

3]G

PIO

F[4]

GPI

OF[

5]G

PIO

F[6]

GPI

OF[

7]G

PIO

F[8]

GPI

OF[

9]G

PIO

F[10

]G

PIO

F[11

]VD

DP

GN

DG

PIO

F[12

]

GPI

OF[

14]

GPI

OF[

15]

GPI

OF[

16]

GPI

OF[

17]

GPI

OF[

18]

GN

D

GPI

OF[

19]

VDD

C

VDD

PG

ND

VDD

PVD

DP

GPI

OF[

13]

GN

D

DIGO[7]

DIGO[5]

DIGO[3]

DIGO[1]

VDDC

VDDPPWM_SENSE

DIGO[6]

DIGO[4]

DIGO[2]

DIGO[0]

GND

PWM_DRVPWM_FBIRININT

PWM1PWM0

GNDVDDPALERDZWRZ

VDDC

GNDVDDP

VDD

PLV

A0M

LVA0

PLV

A1M

LVA1

PLV

A2M

LVA2

PLV

ACKM

LVAC

KPLV

A3M

LVA4

PVD

DP

VDD

CAV

DD

_MPL

L

LVA3

PLV

A4M

GPI

OE[

0]

IHSY

NC

ICLK

DI[

1]D

I[0]

IVYS

NC

GPI

OE[

1]G

PIO

E[2]

GPI

OE[

3]G

ND

VDD

P

AVD

D_M

PLL

XIN

XOU

TH

WR

ESET

GN

D

DI[

7]D

I[6]

DI[

5]D

I[4]

DI[

2]D

I[3]

VDD

C

AUO

UTL

3AU

OU

TR3

RXCKPGND

RX0NRX0P

AVDD_DVIRX1NRX1P

RX2P

REXT

DDCD_CK

VSYNC1

VCLAMP

REFM

BIN1M

GNDRX2N

AVDD_DVI

DDCD_DA

HSYNC1

RMID

REFP

BIN1P

SOGIN1GIN1PGIN1MRIN1PRIN1MBIN0MBIN0PGIN0MGIN0P

SOGIN0RIN0MRIN0P

HSYNC0VSYNC0

RXCKN

AVDD_ADCGND

C1Y1C0Y0

CVBS2CVBS1

VCOM1CVBS0

VCOM0CVBSOUT

GND

VCOM2CVBS3

GN

D

AVD

D_A

UAU

L0AU

R0

AUVR

EFAU

VRAD

PAU

VRAD

N

AUO

UTL

2AU

OU

TR2

AD[7]AD[6]AD[5]AD[4]AD[3]AD[2]AD[1]AD[0]

SDOCSZSDISCK

SAR3

SAR1SAR2

SAR0

DDCA_CK

DDCR_CKDDCA_DA

DDCR_DA

LVB0

MLV

B0P

LVB1

MLV

B1P

LVB2

MLV

B2P

LVBC

KMLV

BCKP

LVB3

M

LVB4

P

LVB3

PLV

B4M

I_18130_008eps200608

Pin Configuration

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data SheetsEN 54 TCS10L LA9

932 Diagram B TDA1308

Figure 9-2 Block diagram and pin configuration

Block diagram

Pinning information

2

1

3

4

8

7

65

INA(neg)

TDA1308(A)OUTA

VSS

VDD

INA(pos)

INB(neg)

INB(pos)

OUTB

TDA1308(A)

VATUO DD

BTUO)gen(ANI

)gen(BNI)sop(ANI

VSS INB(pos)

1

2

3

4

6

5

8

7

I_18130_007eps190608

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data Sheets EN 55TCS10L LA 9

933 Diagram B NCP1377B

Figure 9-3 Block diagram and pin configuration

Block diagram

Pinning information

I_18130_009eps190608

HV

VCC

GND

Demag

4 mA

To InternalSupply

+

+

125 V75 V56 V (Fault)

FaultMngt

PON

5 V+

OVP

+

144

45 usDelay

15 us for B Version

Demag

8 usBlanking

S

SR R

Q

Q

+

3 us forB Version

+minus

Overload

5 usTimeout

TimeReset

Demag

380 nsLEB

1 V3

200 Awhen DRV

is OFF

FB

42 V

Driver src = 20 sink = 10

DrvVCC

CS

+50 mV 10 V Rint

1Dmg 8 HV

7 NC2FB

3CS

4GND

6 VCC

5 Drv

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data SheetsEN 56 TCS10L LA9

934 Diagram B TDA7266

Figure 9-4 Block diagram and pin configuration

1

2

4

Vref

7YB-TS

IN1

022microF

VCC

133

+

-

-

+

OUT1+

OUT1-

15

14

12

6ETUM

IN2

022microF

+

-

-

+

OUT2+

OUT2-

8

9S-GND

PW-GND

470microF 100nF

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

9

10

11

8

NC

NC

S-GND

PW-GND

OUT2+

OUT2-

VCC

IN2

ST-BY

MUTE

NC

IN1

VCCOUT1-

OUT1+

13

14

15

12

I_17950_054eps090508

Block Diagram

Pin Configuration

Spare Parts List amp CTN Overview EN 57TCS10L LA 10

10 Spare Parts List amp CTN OverviewFor the latest spare part overview please consult the Philips Service website

Table 10-1 Sets described in this manual

11 Revision ListManual xxxx xxx xxxx0bull First release

CTN Styling

19PFL340355 MG8

19PFL340377 MG8

19PFL340378 MG8

19PFL340385 MG8

26PFL340385 MG8

  • Content
  • 1 Technical Specifications Connections and Chassis Overview
    • 11 Technical Specifications
      • 111 Vision
      • 112 Sound
      • 113 Miscellaneous
        • 12 Connection Overview
          • Figure 1-1 Rear and side IO connections
          • 121 Rear Connections
            • 1 - HDMI Digital Video Digital Audio - In
              • Figure 1-2 HDMI (type A) connector
                • 2 - VGA AUDIO Mini Jack VGA Audio - In
                • 3 - VGA PC Video RGB - In and Service UART
                  • Figure 1-3 VGA Connector
                    • 4 - Cinch Video YPbPr - In
                    • 5 - AV1 Cinch Video CVBS - In Audio - In
                    • 6 - Aerial - In
                    • 7 - Service Connector (ComPair)
                      • 122 Side connections
                        • 8 - Cinch Video CVBS - In Audio - In
                        • 9 - S-Video (Hosiden) Video YC - In
                        • 10 - Mini Jack Audio Head phone - Out
                            • 13 Chassis Overview
                              • Figure 1-4 PWBCBA locations
                                  • 2 Safety Instructions Warnings and Notes
                                    • 21 Safety Instructions
                                    • 22 Warnings
                                    • 23 Notes
                                      • 231 General
                                      • 232 Schematic Notes
                                      • 233 BGA (Ball Grid Array) ICs
                                        • Introduction
                                        • BGA Temperature Profiles
                                          • 234 Lead-free Soldering
                                          • 235 Alternative BOM identification
                                            • Figure 2-1 Serial number (example)
                                              • 236 Board Level Repair (BLR) or Component Level Repair (CLR)
                                              • 237 Practical Service Precautions
                                                  • 3 Directions for Use
                                                  • 4 Mechanical Instructions
                                                    • 41 Cable Dressing
                                                      • Figure 4-1 Cable dressing (19 model)
                                                      • Figure 4-2 Cable dressing (26 model)
                                                        • 42 Service Positions
                                                          • 421 Foam Bars
                                                            • Figure 4-3 Foam bars
                                                                • 43 AssyPanel Removal
                                                                  • 431 Stand
                                                                    • Figure 4-4 Stand
                                                                      • 432 Rear Cover
                                                                        • Figure 4-5 LVDS release
                                                                        • Figure 4-6 Speaker and IRLED panel cable release
                                                                          • 433 Keyboard Control Board
                                                                            • Figure 4-7 Keyboard control board
                                                                              • 434 IRLED Board and Speakers
                                                                                • Figure 4-8 IRLED Board and Speakers
                                                                                  • 435 Power Supply Board
                                                                                    • Figure 4-9 Power Supply Unit(s)
                                                                                      • 436 Inverter Board (19 and 22 versions)
                                                                                        • Figure 4-10 Inverter Board
                                                                                          • 437 Small Signal Board (SSB)
                                                                                            • Removing the SSB
                                                                                              • Figure 4-11 SSB connector plate
                                                                                              • Figure 4-12 SSB
                                                                                                • 44 Set Re-assembly
                                                                                                  • 5 Service Modes Error Codes and Fault Finding
                                                                                                    • 51 Test Points
                                                                                                    • 52 Service Mode
                                                                                                      • 521 Service Alignment Mode (SAM)
                                                                                                        • How to Enter
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-1 SAM menu
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-2 SAM menu White Balance Normal
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-3 SAM menu White Balance Cool
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-4 SAM menu White Balance Warm
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-5 SAM menu Volume Curve
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-6 SAM menu Picture Curve
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-7 SAM menu Picture Mode Natural
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-8 SAM menu Picture Mode Personal
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-9 SAM menu Picture Mode Rich
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-10 SAM menu Picture Mode Soft
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-11 SAM menu Producting
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-12 SAM menu Country
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-13 SAM menu Setup
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-14 SAM menu Shop Init Do
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-15 SAM menu Clear Code gt
                                                                                                            • How to Exit
                                                                                                            • Factory Mode Descriptions
                                                                                                              • ltTABLEgt
                                                                                                              • Virgin Settings
                                                                                                                • Table 5-1 Country setting
                                                                                                                • Table 5-2 Virgin settings
                                                                                                                  • 522 Customer Service Mode (CSM)
                                                                                                                    • Purpose
                                                                                                                    • How to Activate CSM
                                                                                                                    • Contents of CSM
                                                                                                                      • Figure 5-16 CSM Menu
                                                                                                                        • Menu Explanation
                                                                                                                        • How to Exit
                                                                                                                          • 523 Blinking LED Procedure
                                                                                                                            • 53 Error Codes
                                                                                                                              • ltTABLEgt
                                                                                                                                • 54 Fault Finding
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-17 No Picture No sound no Back light (19 sets)
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-18 Picture OK No sound (19 sets)
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-19 No Picture Back light amp Sound OK (19 and 26 sets)
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-20 No color (19 and 26 sets)
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-21 No Picture No sound no Back light (26 sets)
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-22 Picture OK No sound (26 sets)
                                                                                                                                    • 55 Service Tools
                                                                                                                                      • 551 ComPair
                                                                                                                                        • Introduction
                                                                                                                                        • Specifications
                                                                                                                                        • How to Connect
                                                                                                                                        • How to Order
                                                                                                                                          • Figure 5-23 ComPair II interface connection
                                                                                                                                            • 56 Software Upgrading
                                                                                                                                              • 561 Introduction
                                                                                                                                                  • 6 Block Diagrams Test Point Overview and Waveforms
                                                                                                                                                    • Wiring Diagram of Connector for MS19-PH 19
                                                                                                                                                    • Wiring Diagram of Connector for MS19-PH 26
                                                                                                                                                    • Block Diagram MS19P Chipset
                                                                                                                                                    • I2C overview
                                                                                                                                                      • 7 Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts
                                                                                                                                                        • Main Power Supply (19)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Main Power Supply (19) (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Main Power Supply (19) (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Main Power Supply (26)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Main Power Supply (26) (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Main Power Supply (26) (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Standby Power Supply (26)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Standby Power Supply (26) (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Standby Power Supply (26) (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB Control
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB DC - DC
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB MST9E19A Controller
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB HDMI Interface
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB VGA Interface
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB Cinch
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB Tuner
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB Audio Amplifier
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB LVDS Interface
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Small Signal Board (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Small Signal Board (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Keyboard Control Panel
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Keyboard Control Panel (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Keyboard Control Panel (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Inverter Panel
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Inverter Panel (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Inverter Panel (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • IR LED Panel
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout IR LED Panel (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout IR LED Panel (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                          • 8 Alignments
                                                                                                                                                            • 81 Electrical Alignments
                                                                                                                                                            • 82 Hardware Alignments
                                                                                                                                                              • 821 Aging
                                                                                                                                                              • 822 ADC Adjustment
                                                                                                                                                              • 823 White Balance Adjustment
                                                                                                                                                                • Table 8-1 Color Temperature Setting 19
                                                                                                                                                                • Table 8-2 Color Temperature Setting 26
                                                                                                                                                                  • 9 Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data Sheets
                                                                                                                                                                    • 91 Introduction
                                                                                                                                                                    • 92 Abbreviation List
                                                                                                                                                                    • 93 IC Data Sheets
                                                                                                                                                                      • 931 Diagram B MST9U19A
                                                                                                                                                                        • Figure 9-1 Pin configuration
                                                                                                                                                                          • 932 Diagram B TDA1308
                                                                                                                                                                            • Figure 9-2 Block diagram and pin configuration
                                                                                                                                                                              • 933 Diagram B NCP1377B
                                                                                                                                                                                • Figure 9-3 Block diagram and pin configuration
                                                                                                                                                                                  • 934 Diagram B TDA7266
                                                                                                                                                                                    • Figure 9-4 Block diagram and pin configuration
                                                                                                                                                                                      • 10 Spare Parts List amp CTN Overview
                                                                                                                                                                                        • Table 10-1 Sets described in this manual
                                                                                                                                                                                          • 11 Revision List
Page 40: Philips 19PFL3403-55 TCS1[1].0L_LA

40TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

SSB Audio Amplifier

PGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

PGND

PGND

AGND

AGND

OUT2+

OUT2-

NC3

IN2

VCC2

NC2

OUT1+

VCC1

IN1

NC1

MUTE

STBY

PW_GND

S_GND

OUT1-

TO SPEAKER

TO SPEAKER

0RR

162

AMP-PROUT-

2

1

H8

15

14

11

12

13

10

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

2

U19

TD

A7266

1

2

3

4

P9

AMP-PLOUT-

L45200R

L46200R

C219220U

16V

27UHL31

C217220U

16V

AMP-LIN

R253NC

01U C209

D3LL4148

C20

610

00P

1U

C211

0022U

C26 1000

PC

204

0022U

C25

C22

470U16V

+5VST

R164100K

R16510K

R16

8N

C

R16

9N

C

R1663K3

3K3R167

10KR244

B

E

CQ15

BT3906

B

C

E

Q16BT3904

C19

5 NC

NC

C19

4

B

C

E

Q24BT3904NC

0RR257

10KR254

E

C

B BT3904Q23

B

C

E

Q22BT3904

R25210K

R255100R

R24310K

2U2C205

R2560R

C2032U2

+12V

AMP-PROUT-

AMP-PROUT+

AMP-PLOUT-

AMP-PLOUT+

POWER-ONOFF

AMP-MUTE

AMP-R

AMP-L

12V-AMP

+12V

AMP-RIN

B08 B08

I_18130_018eps180608

AUDIO AMPLIFIER

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 41TCS10L LA 7

SSB LVDS Interface

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

VCC_PANEL

C246

10U 16V

C245

01U

R277 0NC

+33V

R27

2

0N

C

R275 0NC

RXE4+B0 RXE4-B1

RXE3+B2 RXE3-B3

RXEC+B4 RXEC-B5

RXE2+B6 RXE2-B7

RXE1+G0 RXE1-G1

RXE0+G2 RXE0-G3

RXO4+G4 RXO4-G5

RXO3+G6 RXO3-G7

RXOC+R0 RXOC-R1

RXO2+R2 RXO2-R3

RXO1+R4 RXO1-R5

RXO0+R6 RXO0-R7

1 2

4

6

8

12

14

16

18

20

10

22

24

26

28

3

5

7

9

11

13

15

17

19

21

23

25

27

29 30

32

34

36

38

40

31

33

35

37

39

P10

R276 0NC

R27

3

0N

CR

274

0N

C

B09 B09

I_18130_019eps180608

LVDS INTERFACE Personal Notes

E_06532_012eps131004

42TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout Small Signal Board (Top Side)

I_18130_020eps180608

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 43TCS10L LA 7

Layout Small Signal Board (Bottom Side)

I_18130_021eps180608

44TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Keyboard Control Panel

Layout Keyboard Control Panel (Top Side)

Layout Keyboard Control Panel (Bottom Side)

AGND

AGND AGNDAGND

AGND

R10072K

R10061K5

R10011K2

12 4

3K1001

1

2

3

P1001

KEY0

R1008NC

R10051K2

R1004NC

R10032K

R10021K5

D10

02

HS

5V6B

D10

01H

S5V

6B

12 4

3K1003

12 4

3K1002

12 4

3K1006

12 4

3K1005

12 4

3K1004

KEY1

I_18130_030eps180608

E EKEYBOARD CONTROL PANEL

I_18130_031eps180608

I_18130_032eps180608

Personal Notes

E_06532_012eps131004

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 45TCS10L LA 7

Inverter Panel

1 2

A

B

C

D

4321

D

C

B

A

F1FUSE-1

C2104

C1220uF250V

C3104

R1200

Q1

DTA143

E1

9

E2

10

C2

11

VC

C12

OU

TP

UT

C13

VR

EF

14

A1+

1

A1-

2

CO

MP

3

DT

C4

CT

5

RT

6

GN

D7

C1

8

A2-

15

A2+

16

U1

TL494

R2200

Q32222

C8

223

C7103

R847K

R7120K

C4

104C5104

D1

68V

C9104

D2

1N4148

Q8DTC143

123456

CN1

R20470K

R21

33K

C16

330pF

C15NC

R13100K

R10

68K

R11

68K

R12

15K

C10104

R2627K

C20223

R18560

Q22222

Q62907

R142K

R1622K

R27 10

R28 10

D4

BAW56K

S11

G12

S23

G24

D1 8

D1 7

D2 6

D2 5

U2

4606

C21223

Q42222

Q72907

R152K

R1722K

R29 10

R30 10

D5

BAW56K

S11

G12

S23

G24

D1 8

D1 7

D2 6

D2 5

U3

4606

R19560

C6

105

R231M

Q52N7002

R22

1M

R9

47K

R25

100KR24270K

D6NCBAW56K

D7NCBAW56K

P1

P2

P3

P4

C17225

C18

225

10

1 7

6

T1

T01

10

1 7

6

T2

T01

C2222pF

12

CON1

12

CON2

D9BAV99

R41K

R36820

R32

10KC12104

D8BAV99

R31K

R35820

R31

10KC11104

P2

P1

C2322pF

12

CON3

12

CON4

D11

BAV99

R61K

R38820

R34

10KC14104

D10BAV99

R51K

R37820

R33

10KC13104

P4

P3

VREF

VREF

C19NC

C26

222C27NC

D13BAV99

D15BAV99

C2422pF

C2522pF

C28

222C29NC

C30222 C31

NC

C32

222C33NC

OVP

OVP

OV

P

R602K

R61510K

C38105

Q10

DTA143

Q112222

R6330K

R62 1K

VCC

VCC

P5

P5

R64

1K

C34221

C35 221

C37

221

C39104

C36

221U4A

LM393

U4B

LM393

Vref

D3

1N4148

R65

3K R663K

C41 104

R67

10K

I_18130_033eps180608

I IINVERTER PANEL 19rdquo

46TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout Inverter Panel (Top Side)

Layout Inverter Panel (Bottom Side)

I_18130_034eps190608

I_18130_035eps190608

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 47TCS10L LA 7

IR LED Panel

AGND

AGND

AGNDIRVC

C

GN

D

RW

R20

031K

2

R20

04

1K2

LED1

1

2

3

4

5

CN2001

E

C

B

BC847AQ2001

B

C

E

Q2002

BC847A

2

13

D2001

LED2

G2001

R20024K7

5V16

V10

0UC

2001

5V

IR

IR

C20

03 47P

LED1R2001

4K7

C2002

47P

LED2

I_18130_036eps180608

J JIR amp LED PANELLayout IR LED Panel (Top Side)

Layout IR LED Panel (Bottom Side)

I_18130_037eps180608

I_18130_038eps180608

48TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Personal Notes

E_06532_013eps131004

Alignments EN 49TCS10L LA 8

8 Alignments

Index of this chapter81 Electrical Alignments82 Hardware Alignments

NoteThe Service Modes are described in chapter 5 Menu navigation is done with the CURSOR UP DOWN LEFT or RIGHT keys of the remote control transmitter

81 Electrical Alignments

Perform all electrical adjustments under the following conditionsbull Power supply voltage (depends on region)

ndash AP-NTSC 120 VAC or 230 VAC 50 Hz (plusmn 10)ndash AP-PAL-multi 120 - 230 VAC 50 Hz (plusmn 10)ndash EU 230 VAC 50 Hz (plusmn 10)ndash LATAM-NTSC 120 - 230 VAC 50 Hz (plusmn 10)ndash US 120 VAC 60 Hz (plusmn 10)

bull Connect the set to the mains via an isolation transformer with low internal resistance

bull Allow the set to warm up for approximately 60 minutesbull Measure voltages and waveforms in relation to correct

ground (eg measure audio signals in relation to AUDIO_GND) Caution It is not allowed to use heatsinks as ground

bull Test probe Ri gt 10 MΩ Ci lt 20 pFbull Use an isolated trimmerscrewdriver to perform

alignments

82 Hardware Alignments

Not applicable

821 Aging

Enter TV mode Set warm up status to ldquoOnrdquo Aging time at least 12 minutes

822 ADC Adjustment

The chassis can execute ADC auto-tune in YPbPr amp PC sourcing modes Enter SAM select YPbPr or PC as source then select AUTOTUNE in ADC ADJ press ldquoRight keyrdquo to run waiting for about 5 seconds until ldquoOKrdquo is displayed which means the set finished the ADC adjustment With an YPbPr source use a 100 color bar pattern with a PC source use a 16-scale grey pattern

823 White Balance Adjustment

Adjust the NORMAL WARM COOL temperature in White balance according to company regular Make sure ADC adjustments have done successfully before doing white balance adjustments and use the ldquoNaturalrdquo picture mode White balance adjustment should be performed with three different sources1 AVTVSVIDEO source reunification under the AV

adjustment apply a NTSC-M system signal with 8-scale grey pattern

2 YPbPrHDMI source reunification under the YPbPr adjustment apply an 8-scale grey pattern

3 PC source should adjust single apply a 8-scale grey pattern

If case of manual adjustment please use the WB page in SAMWhile adjusting White Balance do not change White G or Black G only adjust White R White B Black R and Black B

Table 8-1 Color Temperature Setting 19

Table 8-2 Color Temperature Setting 26

Color mode X Y Color Temperature (K)

Normal 296plusmn4 299plusmn4 8000

Warm 314plusmn4 319plusmn4 6500

Cool 289plusmn4 291plusmn4 9000

Color mode X Y Color Temperature (K)

Normal 289plusmn4 291plusmn4 9000

Warm 314plusmn4 319plusmn4 6500

Cool 278plusmn4 278plusmn4 11000

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data SheetsEN 50 TCS10L LA9

9 Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data Sheets

Index of this chapter91 Introduction92 Abbreviation List93 IC Data Sheets

Notes bull Only new circuits (circuits that are not published recently)

are described bull Figures can deviate slightly from the actual situation due

to different set executions

91 Introduction

This chassis uses the MStar MST9U19A main chip with the following features bull Multi-Standard TV decoding with 2-D comb filterbull Multi-Standard TV sound demodulator and decoderbull Triple ADC fro TV and RGBYPbPrbull Integrated DVIHDCPHDMI compliant receiverbull High quality scaling enginebull 3-D video de-interlacer and video noise reductionbull Embedded On Screen Display controllerbull NTSCPALSecam Video decoder with automatic standard

detectionbull CVBS video outputbull Multi standard TV sound decoderbull FM stereo and SAP demodulationbull Digital audio interfacebull Analog RGB Compliant Input Portsbull DVIHDCPHDMI Compliant input portbull Auto tuning function including phasing positioning offset

gain and jitter detectionbull Automatic color correction

The MST9U19A is a high performance and fully integrated IC for multi-function LCD monitorTV with resolutions up to WSXGA (1680 times 1050) It is configured with an integrated triple-ADCPLL an integrated DVIHDCPHDMI receiver a multi standard TV video and audio decoder a video de-interlacer a scaling engine the MStarACE-3 color engine an On Screen Display controller an 8-bit MCU and a built-in output panel interface It also incorporates an intelligent power management control system for green-mode requirements and spread-spectrum support for EMI management

For a block diagram refer to chapter 6 ldquoBlock diagrams Test Point Overviews and Waveformsrdquo

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data Sheets EN 51TCS10L LA 9

92 Abbreviation List

1080i 1080 visible lines interlaced1080p 1080 visible lines progressive scan2CS 2 Carrier Sound2DNR Spatial (2D) Noise Reduction3DNR Temporal (3D) Noise Reduction480i 480 visible lines interlaced480p 480 visible lines progressive scanAARA Automatic Aspect Ratio Adaptation

algorithm that adapts aspect ratio to remove horizontal black bars keeping up the original aspect ratio

ACI Automatic Channel Installation algorithm that installs TV channels directly from a cable network by means of a predefined TXT page

ADC Analogue to Digital ConverterAFC Automatic Frequency Control control

signal used to tune to the correct frequency

AGC Automatic Gain Control algorithm that controls the video input of the feature box

AM Amplitude ModulationAUO Acer Unipack OptronicsAP Asia PacificAR Aspect Ratio 4 by 3 or 16 by 9ASD Automatic Standard DetectionAV Audio VideoB-SC1-IN Blue SCART1 inB-SC2-IN Blue SCART2 inB-TXT Blue teletextBG Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 55 MHzBTSC Broadcast Television System

CommitteeC-FRONT Chrominance front inputCBA Circuit Board Assembly (or PWB)CL Constant Level audio output to

connect with an external amplifierCLUT Color Look Up TableComPair Computer aided rePairCSM Customer Service ModeCVBS Composite Video Blanking and

SynchronizationCVBS-EXT CVBS signal from external source

(VCR VCD etc)CVBS-INT CVBS signal from TunerCVBS-MON CVBS monitor signalCVBS-TER-OUT CVBS terrestrial outDAC Digital to Analogue ConverterDBE Dynamic Bass Enhancement extra

low frequency amplificationDFU Directions For Use owners manualDNR Dynamic Noise ReductionDRAM Dynamic RAMDSP Digital Signal ProcessingDST Dealer Service Tool special

(European) remote control designed for service technicians

DTS Digital Theatre SoundDVD Digital Versatile DiscDVI Digital Visual InterfaceDW Double WindowED Enhanced Definition 480p 576pEEPROM Electrically Erasable and

Programmable Read Only MemoryEU EUropeEXT EXTernal (source) entering the set by

SCART or by cinches (jacks)FBL Fast Blanking DC signal

accompanying RGB signalsFBL-SC1-IN Fast blanking signal for SCART1 in

FBL-SC2-IN Fast blanking signal for SCART2 inFBL-TXT Fast Blanking TeletextFLASH FLASH memoryFM Field Memory Frequency ModulationFMR FM RadioFRC Frame Rate ConverterFRONT-C Front input chrominance (SVHS)FRONT-DETECT Front input detectionFRONT-Y_CVBS Front input luminance or CVBS

(SVHS)FTV Flat TeleVisionG-SC1-IN Green SCART1 inG-SC2-IN Green SCART2 inG-TXT Green teletextH H_sync to the module HD High Definition 720p 1080i 1080pHDMI High Definition Multimedia Interface

digital audio and video interfaceHP Head PhoneI Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 60 MHzI2C Integrated IC busI2S Integrated IC Sound busIC Integrated CircuitIF Intermediate FrequencyInterlaced Scan mode where two fields are used

to form one frame Each field contains half the number of the total amount of lines The fields are written in ldquopairsrdquo causing line flicker

IR Infra RedIRQ Interrupt ReQuestLast Status The settings last chosen by the

customer and read and stored in RAM or in the NVM They are called at start-up of the set to configure it according the customers wishes

LATAM LATin AMericaLC04 Philips chassis name for LCD TV 2004

projectLCD Liquid Crystal DisplayLED Light Emitting DiodeLL Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 65 MHz L is Band I L is all bands except for Band I

LPL LG Philips LCDLS Loud SpeakerLVDS Low Voltage Differential Signalling

data transmission system for high speed and low EMI communication

MN Monochrome TV system Sound carrier distance is 45 MHz

MOSFET Metal Oxide Semiconductor Field Effect Transistor

MPEG Motion Pictures Experts GroupMSP Multi-standard Sound Processor ITT

sound decoderMUTE MUTE LineNAFTA North American Free Trade

Association Trade agreement between Canada USA and Mexico

NC Not ConnectedNICAM Near Instantaneous Compounded

Audio Multiplexing This is a digital sound system used mainly in Europe

NTSC National Television Standard Committee Color system used mainly in North America and Japan Color carrier NTSC MN = 3579545 MHz NTSC 443 = 4433619 MHz (this is a VCR norm it is not transmitted off-air)

NVM Non Volatile Memory IC containing TV related data (for example options)

OC Open CircuitONOFF LED OnOff control signal for the LED

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data SheetsEN 52 TCS10L LA9

OSD On Screen DisplayPAL Phase Alternating Line Color system

used mainly in Western Europe (color carrier = 4433619 MHz) and South America (color carrier PAL M = 3575612 MHz and PAL N = 3582056 MHz)

PC Personal ComputerPCB Printed Circuit Board (or PWB)PDP Plasma Display PanelPIG Picture In GraphicPIP Picture In PicturePLL Phase Locked Loop Used for

example in FST tuning systems The customer can directly provide the desired frequency

Progressive Scan Scan mode where all scan lines are displayed in one frame at the same time creating a double vertical resolution

PWB Printed Wiring Board (or PCB)RAM Random Access MemoryRC Remote Control transmitterRC5 (6) Remote Control system 5 (6) the

signal from the remote control receiver RGB Red Green and Blue The primary

color signals for TV By mixing levels of R G and B all colors (YC) are reproduced

RGBHV Red Green Blue Horizontal sync and Vertical sync

ROM Read Only MemorySAM Service Alignment ModeSC SandCastle two-level pulse derived

from sync signalsSC1-OUT SCART output of the MSP audio ICSC2-B-IN SCART2 Blue inSC2-C-IN SCART2 chrominance inSC2-OUT SCART output of the MSP audio ICSC Short CircuitSCL Clock signal on I2C busSD Standard Definition 480i 576iSDA Data signal on I2C busSDI Samsung Display IndustrySDM Service Default ModeSDRAM Synchronous DRAMSECAM SEequence Couleur Avec Memoire

Color system used mainly in France and Eastern Europe Color carriers = 4406250 MHz and 4250000 MHz

SIF Sound Intermediate FrequencySMPS Switch Mode Power SupplySND SouNDSNDL-SC1-IN Sound left SCART1 inSNDL-SC1-OUT Sound left SCART1 outSNDL-SC2-IN Sound left SCART2 inSNDL-SC2-OUT Sound left SCART2 outSNDR-SC1-IN Sound right SCART1 inSNDR-SC1-OUT Sound right SCART1 outSNDR-SC2-IN Sound right SCART2 outSNDR-SC2-OUT Sound right SCART2 outSNDS-VL-OUT Surround sound left variable level outSNDS-VR-OUT Surround sound right variable level outSOPS Self Oscillating Power SupplySPDIF Sony Philips Digital InterFaceSRAM Static RAMSTBY Stand-bySVHS Super Video Home SystemSW Sub Woofer SoftWareTHD Total Harmonic DistortionTXT TeleteXTuP MicroprocessorVL Variable Level out processed audio

output toward external amplifierVCR Video Cassette Recorder

VGA Video Graphics ArrayWD Watch DogWYSIWYR What You See Is What You Record

record selection that follows main picture and sound

XTAL Quartz crystalYPbPr Component video (Y= Luminance Pb

Pr= Color difference signals B-Y and R-Y other amplitudes wrt to YUV)

YC Video related signals Y consists of luminance signal blanking level and sync C consists of color signal

Y-OUT Luminance-signalYUV Baseband component video (Y=

Luminance UV= Color difference signals)

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data Sheets EN 53TCS10L LA 9

93 IC Data Sheets

This section shows the internal block diagrams and pin layouts of ICs that are drawn as ldquoblack boxesrdquo in the electrical diagrams (with the exception of ldquomemoryrdquo and ldquologicrdquo ICs)

931 Diagram B MST9U19A

Figure 9-1 Pin configuration

Pin 1

123

45

7

9

11

1314

1718

21

23

25

2728

30

32

34

36

39

41

43

6

8

10

12

1516

1920

22

24

26

29

31

33

35

3738

40

42

4445464748

505152

49

53 54 55 56 57 59 61 63 65 66 69 70 73 75 77 79 80 82 84 86 88 91 93 9558 60 62 64 67 68 71 72 74 76 78 81 83 85 87 89 90 92 94 96 97 98 99 100

102

103

104

101

208

207

206

205

204

202

200

198

196

195

192

191

188

186

184

182

181

179

177

175

173

170

168

166

203

201

199

197

194

193

190

189

187

185

183

180

178

176

174

172

171

169

167

165

164

163

162

161

159

158

157

160

156155154

153152

150

148

146

144143

140139

136

134

132

130129

127

125

123

121

118

116

114

151

149

147

145

142141

138137

135

133

131

128

126

124

122

120119

117

115

113112111110109

107106105

108

MST9U19A

XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX

GN

D

AUR1

AUL2

AUL3

AUL1

AUCO

M

AUR2

AUR3

DIGO[8]

GNDAVDD_MEMPLL

PWM3PWM2DIGO[9]

SIF1

MSI

F1P

AVD

D_S

IF

AUO

UTL

AUO

UTR

AUO

UTS

VDD

CG

PIO

F[2]

GPI

OF[

3]G

PIO

F[4]

GPI

OF[

5]G

PIO

F[6]

GPI

OF[

7]G

PIO

F[8]

GPI

OF[

9]G

PIO

F[10

]G

PIO

F[11

]VD

DP

GN

DG

PIO

F[12

]

GPI

OF[

14]

GPI

OF[

15]

GPI

OF[

16]

GPI

OF[

17]

GPI

OF[

18]

GN

D

GPI

OF[

19]

VDD

C

VDD

PG

ND

VDD

PVD

DP

GPI

OF[

13]

GN

D

DIGO[7]

DIGO[5]

DIGO[3]

DIGO[1]

VDDC

VDDPPWM_SENSE

DIGO[6]

DIGO[4]

DIGO[2]

DIGO[0]

GND

PWM_DRVPWM_FBIRININT

PWM1PWM0

GNDVDDPALERDZWRZ

VDDC

GNDVDDP

VDD

PLV

A0M

LVA0

PLV

A1M

LVA1

PLV

A2M

LVA2

PLV

ACKM

LVAC

KPLV

A3M

LVA4

PVD

DP

VDD

CAV

DD

_MPL

L

LVA3

PLV

A4M

GPI

OE[

0]

IHSY

NC

ICLK

DI[

1]D

I[0]

IVYS

NC

GPI

OE[

1]G

PIO

E[2]

GPI

OE[

3]G

ND

VDD

P

AVD

D_M

PLL

XIN

XOU

TH

WR

ESET

GN

D

DI[

7]D

I[6]

DI[

5]D

I[4]

DI[

2]D

I[3]

VDD

C

AUO

UTL

3AU

OU

TR3

RXCKPGND

RX0NRX0P

AVDD_DVIRX1NRX1P

RX2P

REXT

DDCD_CK

VSYNC1

VCLAMP

REFM

BIN1M

GNDRX2N

AVDD_DVI

DDCD_DA

HSYNC1

RMID

REFP

BIN1P

SOGIN1GIN1PGIN1MRIN1PRIN1MBIN0MBIN0PGIN0MGIN0P

SOGIN0RIN0MRIN0P

HSYNC0VSYNC0

RXCKN

AVDD_ADCGND

C1Y1C0Y0

CVBS2CVBS1

VCOM1CVBS0

VCOM0CVBSOUT

GND

VCOM2CVBS3

GN

D

AVD

D_A

UAU

L0AU

R0

AUVR

EFAU

VRAD

PAU

VRAD

N

AUO

UTL

2AU

OU

TR2

AD[7]AD[6]AD[5]AD[4]AD[3]AD[2]AD[1]AD[0]

SDOCSZSDISCK

SAR3

SAR1SAR2

SAR0

DDCA_CK

DDCR_CKDDCA_DA

DDCR_DA

LVB0

MLV

B0P

LVB1

MLV

B1P

LVB2

MLV

B2P

LVBC

KMLV

BCKP

LVB3

M

LVB4

P

LVB3

PLV

B4M

I_18130_008eps200608

Pin Configuration

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data SheetsEN 54 TCS10L LA9

932 Diagram B TDA1308

Figure 9-2 Block diagram and pin configuration

Block diagram

Pinning information

2

1

3

4

8

7

65

INA(neg)

TDA1308(A)OUTA

VSS

VDD

INA(pos)

INB(neg)

INB(pos)

OUTB

TDA1308(A)

VATUO DD

BTUO)gen(ANI

)gen(BNI)sop(ANI

VSS INB(pos)

1

2

3

4

6

5

8

7

I_18130_007eps190608

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data Sheets EN 55TCS10L LA 9

933 Diagram B NCP1377B

Figure 9-3 Block diagram and pin configuration

Block diagram

Pinning information

I_18130_009eps190608

HV

VCC

GND

Demag

4 mA

To InternalSupply

+

+

125 V75 V56 V (Fault)

FaultMngt

PON

5 V+

OVP

+

144

45 usDelay

15 us for B Version

Demag

8 usBlanking

S

SR R

Q

Q

+

3 us forB Version

+minus

Overload

5 usTimeout

TimeReset

Demag

380 nsLEB

1 V3

200 Awhen DRV

is OFF

FB

42 V

Driver src = 20 sink = 10

DrvVCC

CS

+50 mV 10 V Rint

1Dmg 8 HV

7 NC2FB

3CS

4GND

6 VCC

5 Drv

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data SheetsEN 56 TCS10L LA9

934 Diagram B TDA7266

Figure 9-4 Block diagram and pin configuration

1

2

4

Vref

7YB-TS

IN1

022microF

VCC

133

+

-

-

+

OUT1+

OUT1-

15

14

12

6ETUM

IN2

022microF

+

-

-

+

OUT2+

OUT2-

8

9S-GND

PW-GND

470microF 100nF

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

9

10

11

8

NC

NC

S-GND

PW-GND

OUT2+

OUT2-

VCC

IN2

ST-BY

MUTE

NC

IN1

VCCOUT1-

OUT1+

13

14

15

12

I_17950_054eps090508

Block Diagram

Pin Configuration

Spare Parts List amp CTN Overview EN 57TCS10L LA 10

10 Spare Parts List amp CTN OverviewFor the latest spare part overview please consult the Philips Service website

Table 10-1 Sets described in this manual

11 Revision ListManual xxxx xxx xxxx0bull First release

CTN Styling

19PFL340355 MG8

19PFL340377 MG8

19PFL340378 MG8

19PFL340385 MG8

26PFL340385 MG8

  • Content
  • 1 Technical Specifications Connections and Chassis Overview
    • 11 Technical Specifications
      • 111 Vision
      • 112 Sound
      • 113 Miscellaneous
        • 12 Connection Overview
          • Figure 1-1 Rear and side IO connections
          • 121 Rear Connections
            • 1 - HDMI Digital Video Digital Audio - In
              • Figure 1-2 HDMI (type A) connector
                • 2 - VGA AUDIO Mini Jack VGA Audio - In
                • 3 - VGA PC Video RGB - In and Service UART
                  • Figure 1-3 VGA Connector
                    • 4 - Cinch Video YPbPr - In
                    • 5 - AV1 Cinch Video CVBS - In Audio - In
                    • 6 - Aerial - In
                    • 7 - Service Connector (ComPair)
                      • 122 Side connections
                        • 8 - Cinch Video CVBS - In Audio - In
                        • 9 - S-Video (Hosiden) Video YC - In
                        • 10 - Mini Jack Audio Head phone - Out
                            • 13 Chassis Overview
                              • Figure 1-4 PWBCBA locations
                                  • 2 Safety Instructions Warnings and Notes
                                    • 21 Safety Instructions
                                    • 22 Warnings
                                    • 23 Notes
                                      • 231 General
                                      • 232 Schematic Notes
                                      • 233 BGA (Ball Grid Array) ICs
                                        • Introduction
                                        • BGA Temperature Profiles
                                          • 234 Lead-free Soldering
                                          • 235 Alternative BOM identification
                                            • Figure 2-1 Serial number (example)
                                              • 236 Board Level Repair (BLR) or Component Level Repair (CLR)
                                              • 237 Practical Service Precautions
                                                  • 3 Directions for Use
                                                  • 4 Mechanical Instructions
                                                    • 41 Cable Dressing
                                                      • Figure 4-1 Cable dressing (19 model)
                                                      • Figure 4-2 Cable dressing (26 model)
                                                        • 42 Service Positions
                                                          • 421 Foam Bars
                                                            • Figure 4-3 Foam bars
                                                                • 43 AssyPanel Removal
                                                                  • 431 Stand
                                                                    • Figure 4-4 Stand
                                                                      • 432 Rear Cover
                                                                        • Figure 4-5 LVDS release
                                                                        • Figure 4-6 Speaker and IRLED panel cable release
                                                                          • 433 Keyboard Control Board
                                                                            • Figure 4-7 Keyboard control board
                                                                              • 434 IRLED Board and Speakers
                                                                                • Figure 4-8 IRLED Board and Speakers
                                                                                  • 435 Power Supply Board
                                                                                    • Figure 4-9 Power Supply Unit(s)
                                                                                      • 436 Inverter Board (19 and 22 versions)
                                                                                        • Figure 4-10 Inverter Board
                                                                                          • 437 Small Signal Board (SSB)
                                                                                            • Removing the SSB
                                                                                              • Figure 4-11 SSB connector plate
                                                                                              • Figure 4-12 SSB
                                                                                                • 44 Set Re-assembly
                                                                                                  • 5 Service Modes Error Codes and Fault Finding
                                                                                                    • 51 Test Points
                                                                                                    • 52 Service Mode
                                                                                                      • 521 Service Alignment Mode (SAM)
                                                                                                        • How to Enter
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-1 SAM menu
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-2 SAM menu White Balance Normal
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-3 SAM menu White Balance Cool
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-4 SAM menu White Balance Warm
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-5 SAM menu Volume Curve
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-6 SAM menu Picture Curve
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-7 SAM menu Picture Mode Natural
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-8 SAM menu Picture Mode Personal
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-9 SAM menu Picture Mode Rich
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-10 SAM menu Picture Mode Soft
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-11 SAM menu Producting
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-12 SAM menu Country
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-13 SAM menu Setup
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-14 SAM menu Shop Init Do
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-15 SAM menu Clear Code gt
                                                                                                            • How to Exit
                                                                                                            • Factory Mode Descriptions
                                                                                                              • ltTABLEgt
                                                                                                              • Virgin Settings
                                                                                                                • Table 5-1 Country setting
                                                                                                                • Table 5-2 Virgin settings
                                                                                                                  • 522 Customer Service Mode (CSM)
                                                                                                                    • Purpose
                                                                                                                    • How to Activate CSM
                                                                                                                    • Contents of CSM
                                                                                                                      • Figure 5-16 CSM Menu
                                                                                                                        • Menu Explanation
                                                                                                                        • How to Exit
                                                                                                                          • 523 Blinking LED Procedure
                                                                                                                            • 53 Error Codes
                                                                                                                              • ltTABLEgt
                                                                                                                                • 54 Fault Finding
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-17 No Picture No sound no Back light (19 sets)
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-18 Picture OK No sound (19 sets)
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-19 No Picture Back light amp Sound OK (19 and 26 sets)
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-20 No color (19 and 26 sets)
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-21 No Picture No sound no Back light (26 sets)
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-22 Picture OK No sound (26 sets)
                                                                                                                                    • 55 Service Tools
                                                                                                                                      • 551 ComPair
                                                                                                                                        • Introduction
                                                                                                                                        • Specifications
                                                                                                                                        • How to Connect
                                                                                                                                        • How to Order
                                                                                                                                          • Figure 5-23 ComPair II interface connection
                                                                                                                                            • 56 Software Upgrading
                                                                                                                                              • 561 Introduction
                                                                                                                                                  • 6 Block Diagrams Test Point Overview and Waveforms
                                                                                                                                                    • Wiring Diagram of Connector for MS19-PH 19
                                                                                                                                                    • Wiring Diagram of Connector for MS19-PH 26
                                                                                                                                                    • Block Diagram MS19P Chipset
                                                                                                                                                    • I2C overview
                                                                                                                                                      • 7 Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts
                                                                                                                                                        • Main Power Supply (19)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Main Power Supply (19) (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Main Power Supply (19) (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Main Power Supply (26)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Main Power Supply (26) (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Main Power Supply (26) (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Standby Power Supply (26)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Standby Power Supply (26) (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Standby Power Supply (26) (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB Control
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB DC - DC
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB MST9E19A Controller
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB HDMI Interface
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB VGA Interface
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB Cinch
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB Tuner
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB Audio Amplifier
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB LVDS Interface
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Small Signal Board (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Small Signal Board (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Keyboard Control Panel
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Keyboard Control Panel (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Keyboard Control Panel (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Inverter Panel
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Inverter Panel (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Inverter Panel (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • IR LED Panel
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout IR LED Panel (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout IR LED Panel (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                          • 8 Alignments
                                                                                                                                                            • 81 Electrical Alignments
                                                                                                                                                            • 82 Hardware Alignments
                                                                                                                                                              • 821 Aging
                                                                                                                                                              • 822 ADC Adjustment
                                                                                                                                                              • 823 White Balance Adjustment
                                                                                                                                                                • Table 8-1 Color Temperature Setting 19
                                                                                                                                                                • Table 8-2 Color Temperature Setting 26
                                                                                                                                                                  • 9 Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data Sheets
                                                                                                                                                                    • 91 Introduction
                                                                                                                                                                    • 92 Abbreviation List
                                                                                                                                                                    • 93 IC Data Sheets
                                                                                                                                                                      • 931 Diagram B MST9U19A
                                                                                                                                                                        • Figure 9-1 Pin configuration
                                                                                                                                                                          • 932 Diagram B TDA1308
                                                                                                                                                                            • Figure 9-2 Block diagram and pin configuration
                                                                                                                                                                              • 933 Diagram B NCP1377B
                                                                                                                                                                                • Figure 9-3 Block diagram and pin configuration
                                                                                                                                                                                  • 934 Diagram B TDA7266
                                                                                                                                                                                    • Figure 9-4 Block diagram and pin configuration
                                                                                                                                                                                      • 10 Spare Parts List amp CTN Overview
                                                                                                                                                                                        • Table 10-1 Sets described in this manual
                                                                                                                                                                                          • 11 Revision List
Page 41: Philips 19PFL3403-55 TCS1[1].0L_LA

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 41TCS10L LA 7

SSB LVDS Interface

AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

VCC_PANEL

C246

10U 16V

C245

01U

R277 0NC

+33V

R27

2

0N

C

R275 0NC

RXE4+B0 RXE4-B1

RXE3+B2 RXE3-B3

RXEC+B4 RXEC-B5

RXE2+B6 RXE2-B7

RXE1+G0 RXE1-G1

RXE0+G2 RXE0-G3

RXO4+G4 RXO4-G5

RXO3+G6 RXO3-G7

RXOC+R0 RXOC-R1

RXO2+R2 RXO2-R3

RXO1+R4 RXO1-R5

RXO0+R6 RXO0-R7

1 2

4

6

8

12

14

16

18

20

10

22

24

26

28

3

5

7

9

11

13

15

17

19

21

23

25

27

29 30

32

34

36

38

40

31

33

35

37

39

P10

R276 0NC

R27

3

0N

CR

274

0N

C

B09 B09

I_18130_019eps180608

LVDS INTERFACE Personal Notes

E_06532_012eps131004

42TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout Small Signal Board (Top Side)

I_18130_020eps180608

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 43TCS10L LA 7

Layout Small Signal Board (Bottom Side)

I_18130_021eps180608

44TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Keyboard Control Panel

Layout Keyboard Control Panel (Top Side)

Layout Keyboard Control Panel (Bottom Side)

AGND

AGND AGNDAGND

AGND

R10072K

R10061K5

R10011K2

12 4

3K1001

1

2

3

P1001

KEY0

R1008NC

R10051K2

R1004NC

R10032K

R10021K5

D10

02

HS

5V6B

D10

01H

S5V

6B

12 4

3K1003

12 4

3K1002

12 4

3K1006

12 4

3K1005

12 4

3K1004

KEY1

I_18130_030eps180608

E EKEYBOARD CONTROL PANEL

I_18130_031eps180608

I_18130_032eps180608

Personal Notes

E_06532_012eps131004

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 45TCS10L LA 7

Inverter Panel

1 2

A

B

C

D

4321

D

C

B

A

F1FUSE-1

C2104

C1220uF250V

C3104

R1200

Q1

DTA143

E1

9

E2

10

C2

11

VC

C12

OU

TP

UT

C13

VR

EF

14

A1+

1

A1-

2

CO

MP

3

DT

C4

CT

5

RT

6

GN

D7

C1

8

A2-

15

A2+

16

U1

TL494

R2200

Q32222

C8

223

C7103

R847K

R7120K

C4

104C5104

D1

68V

C9104

D2

1N4148

Q8DTC143

123456

CN1

R20470K

R21

33K

C16

330pF

C15NC

R13100K

R10

68K

R11

68K

R12

15K

C10104

R2627K

C20223

R18560

Q22222

Q62907

R142K

R1622K

R27 10

R28 10

D4

BAW56K

S11

G12

S23

G24

D1 8

D1 7

D2 6

D2 5

U2

4606

C21223

Q42222

Q72907

R152K

R1722K

R29 10

R30 10

D5

BAW56K

S11

G12

S23

G24

D1 8

D1 7

D2 6

D2 5

U3

4606

R19560

C6

105

R231M

Q52N7002

R22

1M

R9

47K

R25

100KR24270K

D6NCBAW56K

D7NCBAW56K

P1

P2

P3

P4

C17225

C18

225

10

1 7

6

T1

T01

10

1 7

6

T2

T01

C2222pF

12

CON1

12

CON2

D9BAV99

R41K

R36820

R32

10KC12104

D8BAV99

R31K

R35820

R31

10KC11104

P2

P1

C2322pF

12

CON3

12

CON4

D11

BAV99

R61K

R38820

R34

10KC14104

D10BAV99

R51K

R37820

R33

10KC13104

P4

P3

VREF

VREF

C19NC

C26

222C27NC

D13BAV99

D15BAV99

C2422pF

C2522pF

C28

222C29NC

C30222 C31

NC

C32

222C33NC

OVP

OVP

OV

P

R602K

R61510K

C38105

Q10

DTA143

Q112222

R6330K

R62 1K

VCC

VCC

P5

P5

R64

1K

C34221

C35 221

C37

221

C39104

C36

221U4A

LM393

U4B

LM393

Vref

D3

1N4148

R65

3K R663K

C41 104

R67

10K

I_18130_033eps180608

I IINVERTER PANEL 19rdquo

46TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout Inverter Panel (Top Side)

Layout Inverter Panel (Bottom Side)

I_18130_034eps190608

I_18130_035eps190608

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 47TCS10L LA 7

IR LED Panel

AGND

AGND

AGNDIRVC

C

GN

D

RW

R20

031K

2

R20

04

1K2

LED1

1

2

3

4

5

CN2001

E

C

B

BC847AQ2001

B

C

E

Q2002

BC847A

2

13

D2001

LED2

G2001

R20024K7

5V16

V10

0UC

2001

5V

IR

IR

C20

03 47P

LED1R2001

4K7

C2002

47P

LED2

I_18130_036eps180608

J JIR amp LED PANELLayout IR LED Panel (Top Side)

Layout IR LED Panel (Bottom Side)

I_18130_037eps180608

I_18130_038eps180608

48TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Personal Notes

E_06532_013eps131004

Alignments EN 49TCS10L LA 8

8 Alignments

Index of this chapter81 Electrical Alignments82 Hardware Alignments

NoteThe Service Modes are described in chapter 5 Menu navigation is done with the CURSOR UP DOWN LEFT or RIGHT keys of the remote control transmitter

81 Electrical Alignments

Perform all electrical adjustments under the following conditionsbull Power supply voltage (depends on region)

ndash AP-NTSC 120 VAC or 230 VAC 50 Hz (plusmn 10)ndash AP-PAL-multi 120 - 230 VAC 50 Hz (plusmn 10)ndash EU 230 VAC 50 Hz (plusmn 10)ndash LATAM-NTSC 120 - 230 VAC 50 Hz (plusmn 10)ndash US 120 VAC 60 Hz (plusmn 10)

bull Connect the set to the mains via an isolation transformer with low internal resistance

bull Allow the set to warm up for approximately 60 minutesbull Measure voltages and waveforms in relation to correct

ground (eg measure audio signals in relation to AUDIO_GND) Caution It is not allowed to use heatsinks as ground

bull Test probe Ri gt 10 MΩ Ci lt 20 pFbull Use an isolated trimmerscrewdriver to perform

alignments

82 Hardware Alignments

Not applicable

821 Aging

Enter TV mode Set warm up status to ldquoOnrdquo Aging time at least 12 minutes

822 ADC Adjustment

The chassis can execute ADC auto-tune in YPbPr amp PC sourcing modes Enter SAM select YPbPr or PC as source then select AUTOTUNE in ADC ADJ press ldquoRight keyrdquo to run waiting for about 5 seconds until ldquoOKrdquo is displayed which means the set finished the ADC adjustment With an YPbPr source use a 100 color bar pattern with a PC source use a 16-scale grey pattern

823 White Balance Adjustment

Adjust the NORMAL WARM COOL temperature in White balance according to company regular Make sure ADC adjustments have done successfully before doing white balance adjustments and use the ldquoNaturalrdquo picture mode White balance adjustment should be performed with three different sources1 AVTVSVIDEO source reunification under the AV

adjustment apply a NTSC-M system signal with 8-scale grey pattern

2 YPbPrHDMI source reunification under the YPbPr adjustment apply an 8-scale grey pattern

3 PC source should adjust single apply a 8-scale grey pattern

If case of manual adjustment please use the WB page in SAMWhile adjusting White Balance do not change White G or Black G only adjust White R White B Black R and Black B

Table 8-1 Color Temperature Setting 19

Table 8-2 Color Temperature Setting 26

Color mode X Y Color Temperature (K)

Normal 296plusmn4 299plusmn4 8000

Warm 314plusmn4 319plusmn4 6500

Cool 289plusmn4 291plusmn4 9000

Color mode X Y Color Temperature (K)

Normal 289plusmn4 291plusmn4 9000

Warm 314plusmn4 319plusmn4 6500

Cool 278plusmn4 278plusmn4 11000

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data SheetsEN 50 TCS10L LA9

9 Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data Sheets

Index of this chapter91 Introduction92 Abbreviation List93 IC Data Sheets

Notes bull Only new circuits (circuits that are not published recently)

are described bull Figures can deviate slightly from the actual situation due

to different set executions

91 Introduction

This chassis uses the MStar MST9U19A main chip with the following features bull Multi-Standard TV decoding with 2-D comb filterbull Multi-Standard TV sound demodulator and decoderbull Triple ADC fro TV and RGBYPbPrbull Integrated DVIHDCPHDMI compliant receiverbull High quality scaling enginebull 3-D video de-interlacer and video noise reductionbull Embedded On Screen Display controllerbull NTSCPALSecam Video decoder with automatic standard

detectionbull CVBS video outputbull Multi standard TV sound decoderbull FM stereo and SAP demodulationbull Digital audio interfacebull Analog RGB Compliant Input Portsbull DVIHDCPHDMI Compliant input portbull Auto tuning function including phasing positioning offset

gain and jitter detectionbull Automatic color correction

The MST9U19A is a high performance and fully integrated IC for multi-function LCD monitorTV with resolutions up to WSXGA (1680 times 1050) It is configured with an integrated triple-ADCPLL an integrated DVIHDCPHDMI receiver a multi standard TV video and audio decoder a video de-interlacer a scaling engine the MStarACE-3 color engine an On Screen Display controller an 8-bit MCU and a built-in output panel interface It also incorporates an intelligent power management control system for green-mode requirements and spread-spectrum support for EMI management

For a block diagram refer to chapter 6 ldquoBlock diagrams Test Point Overviews and Waveformsrdquo

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data Sheets EN 51TCS10L LA 9

92 Abbreviation List

1080i 1080 visible lines interlaced1080p 1080 visible lines progressive scan2CS 2 Carrier Sound2DNR Spatial (2D) Noise Reduction3DNR Temporal (3D) Noise Reduction480i 480 visible lines interlaced480p 480 visible lines progressive scanAARA Automatic Aspect Ratio Adaptation

algorithm that adapts aspect ratio to remove horizontal black bars keeping up the original aspect ratio

ACI Automatic Channel Installation algorithm that installs TV channels directly from a cable network by means of a predefined TXT page

ADC Analogue to Digital ConverterAFC Automatic Frequency Control control

signal used to tune to the correct frequency

AGC Automatic Gain Control algorithm that controls the video input of the feature box

AM Amplitude ModulationAUO Acer Unipack OptronicsAP Asia PacificAR Aspect Ratio 4 by 3 or 16 by 9ASD Automatic Standard DetectionAV Audio VideoB-SC1-IN Blue SCART1 inB-SC2-IN Blue SCART2 inB-TXT Blue teletextBG Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 55 MHzBTSC Broadcast Television System

CommitteeC-FRONT Chrominance front inputCBA Circuit Board Assembly (or PWB)CL Constant Level audio output to

connect with an external amplifierCLUT Color Look Up TableComPair Computer aided rePairCSM Customer Service ModeCVBS Composite Video Blanking and

SynchronizationCVBS-EXT CVBS signal from external source

(VCR VCD etc)CVBS-INT CVBS signal from TunerCVBS-MON CVBS monitor signalCVBS-TER-OUT CVBS terrestrial outDAC Digital to Analogue ConverterDBE Dynamic Bass Enhancement extra

low frequency amplificationDFU Directions For Use owners manualDNR Dynamic Noise ReductionDRAM Dynamic RAMDSP Digital Signal ProcessingDST Dealer Service Tool special

(European) remote control designed for service technicians

DTS Digital Theatre SoundDVD Digital Versatile DiscDVI Digital Visual InterfaceDW Double WindowED Enhanced Definition 480p 576pEEPROM Electrically Erasable and

Programmable Read Only MemoryEU EUropeEXT EXTernal (source) entering the set by

SCART or by cinches (jacks)FBL Fast Blanking DC signal

accompanying RGB signalsFBL-SC1-IN Fast blanking signal for SCART1 in

FBL-SC2-IN Fast blanking signal for SCART2 inFBL-TXT Fast Blanking TeletextFLASH FLASH memoryFM Field Memory Frequency ModulationFMR FM RadioFRC Frame Rate ConverterFRONT-C Front input chrominance (SVHS)FRONT-DETECT Front input detectionFRONT-Y_CVBS Front input luminance or CVBS

(SVHS)FTV Flat TeleVisionG-SC1-IN Green SCART1 inG-SC2-IN Green SCART2 inG-TXT Green teletextH H_sync to the module HD High Definition 720p 1080i 1080pHDMI High Definition Multimedia Interface

digital audio and video interfaceHP Head PhoneI Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 60 MHzI2C Integrated IC busI2S Integrated IC Sound busIC Integrated CircuitIF Intermediate FrequencyInterlaced Scan mode where two fields are used

to form one frame Each field contains half the number of the total amount of lines The fields are written in ldquopairsrdquo causing line flicker

IR Infra RedIRQ Interrupt ReQuestLast Status The settings last chosen by the

customer and read and stored in RAM or in the NVM They are called at start-up of the set to configure it according the customers wishes

LATAM LATin AMericaLC04 Philips chassis name for LCD TV 2004

projectLCD Liquid Crystal DisplayLED Light Emitting DiodeLL Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 65 MHz L is Band I L is all bands except for Band I

LPL LG Philips LCDLS Loud SpeakerLVDS Low Voltage Differential Signalling

data transmission system for high speed and low EMI communication

MN Monochrome TV system Sound carrier distance is 45 MHz

MOSFET Metal Oxide Semiconductor Field Effect Transistor

MPEG Motion Pictures Experts GroupMSP Multi-standard Sound Processor ITT

sound decoderMUTE MUTE LineNAFTA North American Free Trade

Association Trade agreement between Canada USA and Mexico

NC Not ConnectedNICAM Near Instantaneous Compounded

Audio Multiplexing This is a digital sound system used mainly in Europe

NTSC National Television Standard Committee Color system used mainly in North America and Japan Color carrier NTSC MN = 3579545 MHz NTSC 443 = 4433619 MHz (this is a VCR norm it is not transmitted off-air)

NVM Non Volatile Memory IC containing TV related data (for example options)

OC Open CircuitONOFF LED OnOff control signal for the LED

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data SheetsEN 52 TCS10L LA9

OSD On Screen DisplayPAL Phase Alternating Line Color system

used mainly in Western Europe (color carrier = 4433619 MHz) and South America (color carrier PAL M = 3575612 MHz and PAL N = 3582056 MHz)

PC Personal ComputerPCB Printed Circuit Board (or PWB)PDP Plasma Display PanelPIG Picture In GraphicPIP Picture In PicturePLL Phase Locked Loop Used for

example in FST tuning systems The customer can directly provide the desired frequency

Progressive Scan Scan mode where all scan lines are displayed in one frame at the same time creating a double vertical resolution

PWB Printed Wiring Board (or PCB)RAM Random Access MemoryRC Remote Control transmitterRC5 (6) Remote Control system 5 (6) the

signal from the remote control receiver RGB Red Green and Blue The primary

color signals for TV By mixing levels of R G and B all colors (YC) are reproduced

RGBHV Red Green Blue Horizontal sync and Vertical sync

ROM Read Only MemorySAM Service Alignment ModeSC SandCastle two-level pulse derived

from sync signalsSC1-OUT SCART output of the MSP audio ICSC2-B-IN SCART2 Blue inSC2-C-IN SCART2 chrominance inSC2-OUT SCART output of the MSP audio ICSC Short CircuitSCL Clock signal on I2C busSD Standard Definition 480i 576iSDA Data signal on I2C busSDI Samsung Display IndustrySDM Service Default ModeSDRAM Synchronous DRAMSECAM SEequence Couleur Avec Memoire

Color system used mainly in France and Eastern Europe Color carriers = 4406250 MHz and 4250000 MHz

SIF Sound Intermediate FrequencySMPS Switch Mode Power SupplySND SouNDSNDL-SC1-IN Sound left SCART1 inSNDL-SC1-OUT Sound left SCART1 outSNDL-SC2-IN Sound left SCART2 inSNDL-SC2-OUT Sound left SCART2 outSNDR-SC1-IN Sound right SCART1 inSNDR-SC1-OUT Sound right SCART1 outSNDR-SC2-IN Sound right SCART2 outSNDR-SC2-OUT Sound right SCART2 outSNDS-VL-OUT Surround sound left variable level outSNDS-VR-OUT Surround sound right variable level outSOPS Self Oscillating Power SupplySPDIF Sony Philips Digital InterFaceSRAM Static RAMSTBY Stand-bySVHS Super Video Home SystemSW Sub Woofer SoftWareTHD Total Harmonic DistortionTXT TeleteXTuP MicroprocessorVL Variable Level out processed audio

output toward external amplifierVCR Video Cassette Recorder

VGA Video Graphics ArrayWD Watch DogWYSIWYR What You See Is What You Record

record selection that follows main picture and sound

XTAL Quartz crystalYPbPr Component video (Y= Luminance Pb

Pr= Color difference signals B-Y and R-Y other amplitudes wrt to YUV)

YC Video related signals Y consists of luminance signal blanking level and sync C consists of color signal

Y-OUT Luminance-signalYUV Baseband component video (Y=

Luminance UV= Color difference signals)

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data Sheets EN 53TCS10L LA 9

93 IC Data Sheets

This section shows the internal block diagrams and pin layouts of ICs that are drawn as ldquoblack boxesrdquo in the electrical diagrams (with the exception of ldquomemoryrdquo and ldquologicrdquo ICs)

931 Diagram B MST9U19A

Figure 9-1 Pin configuration

Pin 1

123

45

7

9

11

1314

1718

21

23

25

2728

30

32

34

36

39

41

43

6

8

10

12

1516

1920

22

24

26

29

31

33

35

3738

40

42

4445464748

505152

49

53 54 55 56 57 59 61 63 65 66 69 70 73 75 77 79 80 82 84 86 88 91 93 9558 60 62 64 67 68 71 72 74 76 78 81 83 85 87 89 90 92 94 96 97 98 99 100

102

103

104

101

208

207

206

205

204

202

200

198

196

195

192

191

188

186

184

182

181

179

177

175

173

170

168

166

203

201

199

197

194

193

190

189

187

185

183

180

178

176

174

172

171

169

167

165

164

163

162

161

159

158

157

160

156155154

153152

150

148

146

144143

140139

136

134

132

130129

127

125

123

121

118

116

114

151

149

147

145

142141

138137

135

133

131

128

126

124

122

120119

117

115

113112111110109

107106105

108

MST9U19A

XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX

GN

D

AUR1

AUL2

AUL3

AUL1

AUCO

M

AUR2

AUR3

DIGO[8]

GNDAVDD_MEMPLL

PWM3PWM2DIGO[9]

SIF1

MSI

F1P

AVD

D_S

IF

AUO

UTL

AUO

UTR

AUO

UTS

VDD

CG

PIO

F[2]

GPI

OF[

3]G

PIO

F[4]

GPI

OF[

5]G

PIO

F[6]

GPI

OF[

7]G

PIO

F[8]

GPI

OF[

9]G

PIO

F[10

]G

PIO

F[11

]VD

DP

GN

DG

PIO

F[12

]

GPI

OF[

14]

GPI

OF[

15]

GPI

OF[

16]

GPI

OF[

17]

GPI

OF[

18]

GN

D

GPI

OF[

19]

VDD

C

VDD

PG

ND

VDD

PVD

DP

GPI

OF[

13]

GN

D

DIGO[7]

DIGO[5]

DIGO[3]

DIGO[1]

VDDC

VDDPPWM_SENSE

DIGO[6]

DIGO[4]

DIGO[2]

DIGO[0]

GND

PWM_DRVPWM_FBIRININT

PWM1PWM0

GNDVDDPALERDZWRZ

VDDC

GNDVDDP

VDD

PLV

A0M

LVA0

PLV

A1M

LVA1

PLV

A2M

LVA2

PLV

ACKM

LVAC

KPLV

A3M

LVA4

PVD

DP

VDD

CAV

DD

_MPL

L

LVA3

PLV

A4M

GPI

OE[

0]

IHSY

NC

ICLK

DI[

1]D

I[0]

IVYS

NC

GPI

OE[

1]G

PIO

E[2]

GPI

OE[

3]G

ND

VDD

P

AVD

D_M

PLL

XIN

XOU

TH

WR

ESET

GN

D

DI[

7]D

I[6]

DI[

5]D

I[4]

DI[

2]D

I[3]

VDD

C

AUO

UTL

3AU

OU

TR3

RXCKPGND

RX0NRX0P

AVDD_DVIRX1NRX1P

RX2P

REXT

DDCD_CK

VSYNC1

VCLAMP

REFM

BIN1M

GNDRX2N

AVDD_DVI

DDCD_DA

HSYNC1

RMID

REFP

BIN1P

SOGIN1GIN1PGIN1MRIN1PRIN1MBIN0MBIN0PGIN0MGIN0P

SOGIN0RIN0MRIN0P

HSYNC0VSYNC0

RXCKN

AVDD_ADCGND

C1Y1C0Y0

CVBS2CVBS1

VCOM1CVBS0

VCOM0CVBSOUT

GND

VCOM2CVBS3

GN

D

AVD

D_A

UAU

L0AU

R0

AUVR

EFAU

VRAD

PAU

VRAD

N

AUO

UTL

2AU

OU

TR2

AD[7]AD[6]AD[5]AD[4]AD[3]AD[2]AD[1]AD[0]

SDOCSZSDISCK

SAR3

SAR1SAR2

SAR0

DDCA_CK

DDCR_CKDDCA_DA

DDCR_DA

LVB0

MLV

B0P

LVB1

MLV

B1P

LVB2

MLV

B2P

LVBC

KMLV

BCKP

LVB3

M

LVB4

P

LVB3

PLV

B4M

I_18130_008eps200608

Pin Configuration

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data SheetsEN 54 TCS10L LA9

932 Diagram B TDA1308

Figure 9-2 Block diagram and pin configuration

Block diagram

Pinning information

2

1

3

4

8

7

65

INA(neg)

TDA1308(A)OUTA

VSS

VDD

INA(pos)

INB(neg)

INB(pos)

OUTB

TDA1308(A)

VATUO DD

BTUO)gen(ANI

)gen(BNI)sop(ANI

VSS INB(pos)

1

2

3

4

6

5

8

7

I_18130_007eps190608

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data Sheets EN 55TCS10L LA 9

933 Diagram B NCP1377B

Figure 9-3 Block diagram and pin configuration

Block diagram

Pinning information

I_18130_009eps190608

HV

VCC

GND

Demag

4 mA

To InternalSupply

+

+

125 V75 V56 V (Fault)

FaultMngt

PON

5 V+

OVP

+

144

45 usDelay

15 us for B Version

Demag

8 usBlanking

S

SR R

Q

Q

+

3 us forB Version

+minus

Overload

5 usTimeout

TimeReset

Demag

380 nsLEB

1 V3

200 Awhen DRV

is OFF

FB

42 V

Driver src = 20 sink = 10

DrvVCC

CS

+50 mV 10 V Rint

1Dmg 8 HV

7 NC2FB

3CS

4GND

6 VCC

5 Drv

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data SheetsEN 56 TCS10L LA9

934 Diagram B TDA7266

Figure 9-4 Block diagram and pin configuration

1

2

4

Vref

7YB-TS

IN1

022microF

VCC

133

+

-

-

+

OUT1+

OUT1-

15

14

12

6ETUM

IN2

022microF

+

-

-

+

OUT2+

OUT2-

8

9S-GND

PW-GND

470microF 100nF

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

9

10

11

8

NC

NC

S-GND

PW-GND

OUT2+

OUT2-

VCC

IN2

ST-BY

MUTE

NC

IN1

VCCOUT1-

OUT1+

13

14

15

12

I_17950_054eps090508

Block Diagram

Pin Configuration

Spare Parts List amp CTN Overview EN 57TCS10L LA 10

10 Spare Parts List amp CTN OverviewFor the latest spare part overview please consult the Philips Service website

Table 10-1 Sets described in this manual

11 Revision ListManual xxxx xxx xxxx0bull First release

CTN Styling

19PFL340355 MG8

19PFL340377 MG8

19PFL340378 MG8

19PFL340385 MG8

26PFL340385 MG8

  • Content
  • 1 Technical Specifications Connections and Chassis Overview
    • 11 Technical Specifications
      • 111 Vision
      • 112 Sound
      • 113 Miscellaneous
        • 12 Connection Overview
          • Figure 1-1 Rear and side IO connections
          • 121 Rear Connections
            • 1 - HDMI Digital Video Digital Audio - In
              • Figure 1-2 HDMI (type A) connector
                • 2 - VGA AUDIO Mini Jack VGA Audio - In
                • 3 - VGA PC Video RGB - In and Service UART
                  • Figure 1-3 VGA Connector
                    • 4 - Cinch Video YPbPr - In
                    • 5 - AV1 Cinch Video CVBS - In Audio - In
                    • 6 - Aerial - In
                    • 7 - Service Connector (ComPair)
                      • 122 Side connections
                        • 8 - Cinch Video CVBS - In Audio - In
                        • 9 - S-Video (Hosiden) Video YC - In
                        • 10 - Mini Jack Audio Head phone - Out
                            • 13 Chassis Overview
                              • Figure 1-4 PWBCBA locations
                                  • 2 Safety Instructions Warnings and Notes
                                    • 21 Safety Instructions
                                    • 22 Warnings
                                    • 23 Notes
                                      • 231 General
                                      • 232 Schematic Notes
                                      • 233 BGA (Ball Grid Array) ICs
                                        • Introduction
                                        • BGA Temperature Profiles
                                          • 234 Lead-free Soldering
                                          • 235 Alternative BOM identification
                                            • Figure 2-1 Serial number (example)
                                              • 236 Board Level Repair (BLR) or Component Level Repair (CLR)
                                              • 237 Practical Service Precautions
                                                  • 3 Directions for Use
                                                  • 4 Mechanical Instructions
                                                    • 41 Cable Dressing
                                                      • Figure 4-1 Cable dressing (19 model)
                                                      • Figure 4-2 Cable dressing (26 model)
                                                        • 42 Service Positions
                                                          • 421 Foam Bars
                                                            • Figure 4-3 Foam bars
                                                                • 43 AssyPanel Removal
                                                                  • 431 Stand
                                                                    • Figure 4-4 Stand
                                                                      • 432 Rear Cover
                                                                        • Figure 4-5 LVDS release
                                                                        • Figure 4-6 Speaker and IRLED panel cable release
                                                                          • 433 Keyboard Control Board
                                                                            • Figure 4-7 Keyboard control board
                                                                              • 434 IRLED Board and Speakers
                                                                                • Figure 4-8 IRLED Board and Speakers
                                                                                  • 435 Power Supply Board
                                                                                    • Figure 4-9 Power Supply Unit(s)
                                                                                      • 436 Inverter Board (19 and 22 versions)
                                                                                        • Figure 4-10 Inverter Board
                                                                                          • 437 Small Signal Board (SSB)
                                                                                            • Removing the SSB
                                                                                              • Figure 4-11 SSB connector plate
                                                                                              • Figure 4-12 SSB
                                                                                                • 44 Set Re-assembly
                                                                                                  • 5 Service Modes Error Codes and Fault Finding
                                                                                                    • 51 Test Points
                                                                                                    • 52 Service Mode
                                                                                                      • 521 Service Alignment Mode (SAM)
                                                                                                        • How to Enter
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-1 SAM menu
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-2 SAM menu White Balance Normal
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-3 SAM menu White Balance Cool
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-4 SAM menu White Balance Warm
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-5 SAM menu Volume Curve
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-6 SAM menu Picture Curve
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-7 SAM menu Picture Mode Natural
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-8 SAM menu Picture Mode Personal
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-9 SAM menu Picture Mode Rich
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-10 SAM menu Picture Mode Soft
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-11 SAM menu Producting
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-12 SAM menu Country
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-13 SAM menu Setup
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-14 SAM menu Shop Init Do
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-15 SAM menu Clear Code gt
                                                                                                            • How to Exit
                                                                                                            • Factory Mode Descriptions
                                                                                                              • ltTABLEgt
                                                                                                              • Virgin Settings
                                                                                                                • Table 5-1 Country setting
                                                                                                                • Table 5-2 Virgin settings
                                                                                                                  • 522 Customer Service Mode (CSM)
                                                                                                                    • Purpose
                                                                                                                    • How to Activate CSM
                                                                                                                    • Contents of CSM
                                                                                                                      • Figure 5-16 CSM Menu
                                                                                                                        • Menu Explanation
                                                                                                                        • How to Exit
                                                                                                                          • 523 Blinking LED Procedure
                                                                                                                            • 53 Error Codes
                                                                                                                              • ltTABLEgt
                                                                                                                                • 54 Fault Finding
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-17 No Picture No sound no Back light (19 sets)
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-18 Picture OK No sound (19 sets)
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-19 No Picture Back light amp Sound OK (19 and 26 sets)
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-20 No color (19 and 26 sets)
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-21 No Picture No sound no Back light (26 sets)
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-22 Picture OK No sound (26 sets)
                                                                                                                                    • 55 Service Tools
                                                                                                                                      • 551 ComPair
                                                                                                                                        • Introduction
                                                                                                                                        • Specifications
                                                                                                                                        • How to Connect
                                                                                                                                        • How to Order
                                                                                                                                          • Figure 5-23 ComPair II interface connection
                                                                                                                                            • 56 Software Upgrading
                                                                                                                                              • 561 Introduction
                                                                                                                                                  • 6 Block Diagrams Test Point Overview and Waveforms
                                                                                                                                                    • Wiring Diagram of Connector for MS19-PH 19
                                                                                                                                                    • Wiring Diagram of Connector for MS19-PH 26
                                                                                                                                                    • Block Diagram MS19P Chipset
                                                                                                                                                    • I2C overview
                                                                                                                                                      • 7 Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts
                                                                                                                                                        • Main Power Supply (19)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Main Power Supply (19) (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Main Power Supply (19) (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Main Power Supply (26)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Main Power Supply (26) (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Main Power Supply (26) (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Standby Power Supply (26)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Standby Power Supply (26) (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Standby Power Supply (26) (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB Control
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB DC - DC
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB MST9E19A Controller
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB HDMI Interface
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB VGA Interface
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB Cinch
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB Tuner
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB Audio Amplifier
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB LVDS Interface
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Small Signal Board (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Small Signal Board (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Keyboard Control Panel
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Keyboard Control Panel (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Keyboard Control Panel (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Inverter Panel
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Inverter Panel (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Inverter Panel (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • IR LED Panel
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout IR LED Panel (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout IR LED Panel (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                          • 8 Alignments
                                                                                                                                                            • 81 Electrical Alignments
                                                                                                                                                            • 82 Hardware Alignments
                                                                                                                                                              • 821 Aging
                                                                                                                                                              • 822 ADC Adjustment
                                                                                                                                                              • 823 White Balance Adjustment
                                                                                                                                                                • Table 8-1 Color Temperature Setting 19
                                                                                                                                                                • Table 8-2 Color Temperature Setting 26
                                                                                                                                                                  • 9 Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data Sheets
                                                                                                                                                                    • 91 Introduction
                                                                                                                                                                    • 92 Abbreviation List
                                                                                                                                                                    • 93 IC Data Sheets
                                                                                                                                                                      • 931 Diagram B MST9U19A
                                                                                                                                                                        • Figure 9-1 Pin configuration
                                                                                                                                                                          • 932 Diagram B TDA1308
                                                                                                                                                                            • Figure 9-2 Block diagram and pin configuration
                                                                                                                                                                              • 933 Diagram B NCP1377B
                                                                                                                                                                                • Figure 9-3 Block diagram and pin configuration
                                                                                                                                                                                  • 934 Diagram B TDA7266
                                                                                                                                                                                    • Figure 9-4 Block diagram and pin configuration
                                                                                                                                                                                      • 10 Spare Parts List amp CTN Overview
                                                                                                                                                                                        • Table 10-1 Sets described in this manual
                                                                                                                                                                                          • 11 Revision List
Page 42: Philips 19PFL3403-55 TCS1[1].0L_LA

42TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout Small Signal Board (Top Side)

I_18130_020eps180608

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 43TCS10L LA 7

Layout Small Signal Board (Bottom Side)

I_18130_021eps180608

44TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Keyboard Control Panel

Layout Keyboard Control Panel (Top Side)

Layout Keyboard Control Panel (Bottom Side)

AGND

AGND AGNDAGND

AGND

R10072K

R10061K5

R10011K2

12 4

3K1001

1

2

3

P1001

KEY0

R1008NC

R10051K2

R1004NC

R10032K

R10021K5

D10

02

HS

5V6B

D10

01H

S5V

6B

12 4

3K1003

12 4

3K1002

12 4

3K1006

12 4

3K1005

12 4

3K1004

KEY1

I_18130_030eps180608

E EKEYBOARD CONTROL PANEL

I_18130_031eps180608

I_18130_032eps180608

Personal Notes

E_06532_012eps131004

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 45TCS10L LA 7

Inverter Panel

1 2

A

B

C

D

4321

D

C

B

A

F1FUSE-1

C2104

C1220uF250V

C3104

R1200

Q1

DTA143

E1

9

E2

10

C2

11

VC

C12

OU

TP

UT

C13

VR

EF

14

A1+

1

A1-

2

CO

MP

3

DT

C4

CT

5

RT

6

GN

D7

C1

8

A2-

15

A2+

16

U1

TL494

R2200

Q32222

C8

223

C7103

R847K

R7120K

C4

104C5104

D1

68V

C9104

D2

1N4148

Q8DTC143

123456

CN1

R20470K

R21

33K

C16

330pF

C15NC

R13100K

R10

68K

R11

68K

R12

15K

C10104

R2627K

C20223

R18560

Q22222

Q62907

R142K

R1622K

R27 10

R28 10

D4

BAW56K

S11

G12

S23

G24

D1 8

D1 7

D2 6

D2 5

U2

4606

C21223

Q42222

Q72907

R152K

R1722K

R29 10

R30 10

D5

BAW56K

S11

G12

S23

G24

D1 8

D1 7

D2 6

D2 5

U3

4606

R19560

C6

105

R231M

Q52N7002

R22

1M

R9

47K

R25

100KR24270K

D6NCBAW56K

D7NCBAW56K

P1

P2

P3

P4

C17225

C18

225

10

1 7

6

T1

T01

10

1 7

6

T2

T01

C2222pF

12

CON1

12

CON2

D9BAV99

R41K

R36820

R32

10KC12104

D8BAV99

R31K

R35820

R31

10KC11104

P2

P1

C2322pF

12

CON3

12

CON4

D11

BAV99

R61K

R38820

R34

10KC14104

D10BAV99

R51K

R37820

R33

10KC13104

P4

P3

VREF

VREF

C19NC

C26

222C27NC

D13BAV99

D15BAV99

C2422pF

C2522pF

C28

222C29NC

C30222 C31

NC

C32

222C33NC

OVP

OVP

OV

P

R602K

R61510K

C38105

Q10

DTA143

Q112222

R6330K

R62 1K

VCC

VCC

P5

P5

R64

1K

C34221

C35 221

C37

221

C39104

C36

221U4A

LM393

U4B

LM393

Vref

D3

1N4148

R65

3K R663K

C41 104

R67

10K

I_18130_033eps180608

I IINVERTER PANEL 19rdquo

46TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout Inverter Panel (Top Side)

Layout Inverter Panel (Bottom Side)

I_18130_034eps190608

I_18130_035eps190608

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 47TCS10L LA 7

IR LED Panel

AGND

AGND

AGNDIRVC

C

GN

D

RW

R20

031K

2

R20

04

1K2

LED1

1

2

3

4

5

CN2001

E

C

B

BC847AQ2001

B

C

E

Q2002

BC847A

2

13

D2001

LED2

G2001

R20024K7

5V16

V10

0UC

2001

5V

IR

IR

C20

03 47P

LED1R2001

4K7

C2002

47P

LED2

I_18130_036eps180608

J JIR amp LED PANELLayout IR LED Panel (Top Side)

Layout IR LED Panel (Bottom Side)

I_18130_037eps180608

I_18130_038eps180608

48TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Personal Notes

E_06532_013eps131004

Alignments EN 49TCS10L LA 8

8 Alignments

Index of this chapter81 Electrical Alignments82 Hardware Alignments

NoteThe Service Modes are described in chapter 5 Menu navigation is done with the CURSOR UP DOWN LEFT or RIGHT keys of the remote control transmitter

81 Electrical Alignments

Perform all electrical adjustments under the following conditionsbull Power supply voltage (depends on region)

ndash AP-NTSC 120 VAC or 230 VAC 50 Hz (plusmn 10)ndash AP-PAL-multi 120 - 230 VAC 50 Hz (plusmn 10)ndash EU 230 VAC 50 Hz (plusmn 10)ndash LATAM-NTSC 120 - 230 VAC 50 Hz (plusmn 10)ndash US 120 VAC 60 Hz (plusmn 10)

bull Connect the set to the mains via an isolation transformer with low internal resistance

bull Allow the set to warm up for approximately 60 minutesbull Measure voltages and waveforms in relation to correct

ground (eg measure audio signals in relation to AUDIO_GND) Caution It is not allowed to use heatsinks as ground

bull Test probe Ri gt 10 MΩ Ci lt 20 pFbull Use an isolated trimmerscrewdriver to perform

alignments

82 Hardware Alignments

Not applicable

821 Aging

Enter TV mode Set warm up status to ldquoOnrdquo Aging time at least 12 minutes

822 ADC Adjustment

The chassis can execute ADC auto-tune in YPbPr amp PC sourcing modes Enter SAM select YPbPr or PC as source then select AUTOTUNE in ADC ADJ press ldquoRight keyrdquo to run waiting for about 5 seconds until ldquoOKrdquo is displayed which means the set finished the ADC adjustment With an YPbPr source use a 100 color bar pattern with a PC source use a 16-scale grey pattern

823 White Balance Adjustment

Adjust the NORMAL WARM COOL temperature in White balance according to company regular Make sure ADC adjustments have done successfully before doing white balance adjustments and use the ldquoNaturalrdquo picture mode White balance adjustment should be performed with three different sources1 AVTVSVIDEO source reunification under the AV

adjustment apply a NTSC-M system signal with 8-scale grey pattern

2 YPbPrHDMI source reunification under the YPbPr adjustment apply an 8-scale grey pattern

3 PC source should adjust single apply a 8-scale grey pattern

If case of manual adjustment please use the WB page in SAMWhile adjusting White Balance do not change White G or Black G only adjust White R White B Black R and Black B

Table 8-1 Color Temperature Setting 19

Table 8-2 Color Temperature Setting 26

Color mode X Y Color Temperature (K)

Normal 296plusmn4 299plusmn4 8000

Warm 314plusmn4 319plusmn4 6500

Cool 289plusmn4 291plusmn4 9000

Color mode X Y Color Temperature (K)

Normal 289plusmn4 291plusmn4 9000

Warm 314plusmn4 319plusmn4 6500

Cool 278plusmn4 278plusmn4 11000

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data SheetsEN 50 TCS10L LA9

9 Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data Sheets

Index of this chapter91 Introduction92 Abbreviation List93 IC Data Sheets

Notes bull Only new circuits (circuits that are not published recently)

are described bull Figures can deviate slightly from the actual situation due

to different set executions

91 Introduction

This chassis uses the MStar MST9U19A main chip with the following features bull Multi-Standard TV decoding with 2-D comb filterbull Multi-Standard TV sound demodulator and decoderbull Triple ADC fro TV and RGBYPbPrbull Integrated DVIHDCPHDMI compliant receiverbull High quality scaling enginebull 3-D video de-interlacer and video noise reductionbull Embedded On Screen Display controllerbull NTSCPALSecam Video decoder with automatic standard

detectionbull CVBS video outputbull Multi standard TV sound decoderbull FM stereo and SAP demodulationbull Digital audio interfacebull Analog RGB Compliant Input Portsbull DVIHDCPHDMI Compliant input portbull Auto tuning function including phasing positioning offset

gain and jitter detectionbull Automatic color correction

The MST9U19A is a high performance and fully integrated IC for multi-function LCD monitorTV with resolutions up to WSXGA (1680 times 1050) It is configured with an integrated triple-ADCPLL an integrated DVIHDCPHDMI receiver a multi standard TV video and audio decoder a video de-interlacer a scaling engine the MStarACE-3 color engine an On Screen Display controller an 8-bit MCU and a built-in output panel interface It also incorporates an intelligent power management control system for green-mode requirements and spread-spectrum support for EMI management

For a block diagram refer to chapter 6 ldquoBlock diagrams Test Point Overviews and Waveformsrdquo

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data Sheets EN 51TCS10L LA 9

92 Abbreviation List

1080i 1080 visible lines interlaced1080p 1080 visible lines progressive scan2CS 2 Carrier Sound2DNR Spatial (2D) Noise Reduction3DNR Temporal (3D) Noise Reduction480i 480 visible lines interlaced480p 480 visible lines progressive scanAARA Automatic Aspect Ratio Adaptation

algorithm that adapts aspect ratio to remove horizontal black bars keeping up the original aspect ratio

ACI Automatic Channel Installation algorithm that installs TV channels directly from a cable network by means of a predefined TXT page

ADC Analogue to Digital ConverterAFC Automatic Frequency Control control

signal used to tune to the correct frequency

AGC Automatic Gain Control algorithm that controls the video input of the feature box

AM Amplitude ModulationAUO Acer Unipack OptronicsAP Asia PacificAR Aspect Ratio 4 by 3 or 16 by 9ASD Automatic Standard DetectionAV Audio VideoB-SC1-IN Blue SCART1 inB-SC2-IN Blue SCART2 inB-TXT Blue teletextBG Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 55 MHzBTSC Broadcast Television System

CommitteeC-FRONT Chrominance front inputCBA Circuit Board Assembly (or PWB)CL Constant Level audio output to

connect with an external amplifierCLUT Color Look Up TableComPair Computer aided rePairCSM Customer Service ModeCVBS Composite Video Blanking and

SynchronizationCVBS-EXT CVBS signal from external source

(VCR VCD etc)CVBS-INT CVBS signal from TunerCVBS-MON CVBS monitor signalCVBS-TER-OUT CVBS terrestrial outDAC Digital to Analogue ConverterDBE Dynamic Bass Enhancement extra

low frequency amplificationDFU Directions For Use owners manualDNR Dynamic Noise ReductionDRAM Dynamic RAMDSP Digital Signal ProcessingDST Dealer Service Tool special

(European) remote control designed for service technicians

DTS Digital Theatre SoundDVD Digital Versatile DiscDVI Digital Visual InterfaceDW Double WindowED Enhanced Definition 480p 576pEEPROM Electrically Erasable and

Programmable Read Only MemoryEU EUropeEXT EXTernal (source) entering the set by

SCART or by cinches (jacks)FBL Fast Blanking DC signal

accompanying RGB signalsFBL-SC1-IN Fast blanking signal for SCART1 in

FBL-SC2-IN Fast blanking signal for SCART2 inFBL-TXT Fast Blanking TeletextFLASH FLASH memoryFM Field Memory Frequency ModulationFMR FM RadioFRC Frame Rate ConverterFRONT-C Front input chrominance (SVHS)FRONT-DETECT Front input detectionFRONT-Y_CVBS Front input luminance or CVBS

(SVHS)FTV Flat TeleVisionG-SC1-IN Green SCART1 inG-SC2-IN Green SCART2 inG-TXT Green teletextH H_sync to the module HD High Definition 720p 1080i 1080pHDMI High Definition Multimedia Interface

digital audio and video interfaceHP Head PhoneI Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 60 MHzI2C Integrated IC busI2S Integrated IC Sound busIC Integrated CircuitIF Intermediate FrequencyInterlaced Scan mode where two fields are used

to form one frame Each field contains half the number of the total amount of lines The fields are written in ldquopairsrdquo causing line flicker

IR Infra RedIRQ Interrupt ReQuestLast Status The settings last chosen by the

customer and read and stored in RAM or in the NVM They are called at start-up of the set to configure it according the customers wishes

LATAM LATin AMericaLC04 Philips chassis name for LCD TV 2004

projectLCD Liquid Crystal DisplayLED Light Emitting DiodeLL Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 65 MHz L is Band I L is all bands except for Band I

LPL LG Philips LCDLS Loud SpeakerLVDS Low Voltage Differential Signalling

data transmission system for high speed and low EMI communication

MN Monochrome TV system Sound carrier distance is 45 MHz

MOSFET Metal Oxide Semiconductor Field Effect Transistor

MPEG Motion Pictures Experts GroupMSP Multi-standard Sound Processor ITT

sound decoderMUTE MUTE LineNAFTA North American Free Trade

Association Trade agreement between Canada USA and Mexico

NC Not ConnectedNICAM Near Instantaneous Compounded

Audio Multiplexing This is a digital sound system used mainly in Europe

NTSC National Television Standard Committee Color system used mainly in North America and Japan Color carrier NTSC MN = 3579545 MHz NTSC 443 = 4433619 MHz (this is a VCR norm it is not transmitted off-air)

NVM Non Volatile Memory IC containing TV related data (for example options)

OC Open CircuitONOFF LED OnOff control signal for the LED

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data SheetsEN 52 TCS10L LA9

OSD On Screen DisplayPAL Phase Alternating Line Color system

used mainly in Western Europe (color carrier = 4433619 MHz) and South America (color carrier PAL M = 3575612 MHz and PAL N = 3582056 MHz)

PC Personal ComputerPCB Printed Circuit Board (or PWB)PDP Plasma Display PanelPIG Picture In GraphicPIP Picture In PicturePLL Phase Locked Loop Used for

example in FST tuning systems The customer can directly provide the desired frequency

Progressive Scan Scan mode where all scan lines are displayed in one frame at the same time creating a double vertical resolution

PWB Printed Wiring Board (or PCB)RAM Random Access MemoryRC Remote Control transmitterRC5 (6) Remote Control system 5 (6) the

signal from the remote control receiver RGB Red Green and Blue The primary

color signals for TV By mixing levels of R G and B all colors (YC) are reproduced

RGBHV Red Green Blue Horizontal sync and Vertical sync

ROM Read Only MemorySAM Service Alignment ModeSC SandCastle two-level pulse derived

from sync signalsSC1-OUT SCART output of the MSP audio ICSC2-B-IN SCART2 Blue inSC2-C-IN SCART2 chrominance inSC2-OUT SCART output of the MSP audio ICSC Short CircuitSCL Clock signal on I2C busSD Standard Definition 480i 576iSDA Data signal on I2C busSDI Samsung Display IndustrySDM Service Default ModeSDRAM Synchronous DRAMSECAM SEequence Couleur Avec Memoire

Color system used mainly in France and Eastern Europe Color carriers = 4406250 MHz and 4250000 MHz

SIF Sound Intermediate FrequencySMPS Switch Mode Power SupplySND SouNDSNDL-SC1-IN Sound left SCART1 inSNDL-SC1-OUT Sound left SCART1 outSNDL-SC2-IN Sound left SCART2 inSNDL-SC2-OUT Sound left SCART2 outSNDR-SC1-IN Sound right SCART1 inSNDR-SC1-OUT Sound right SCART1 outSNDR-SC2-IN Sound right SCART2 outSNDR-SC2-OUT Sound right SCART2 outSNDS-VL-OUT Surround sound left variable level outSNDS-VR-OUT Surround sound right variable level outSOPS Self Oscillating Power SupplySPDIF Sony Philips Digital InterFaceSRAM Static RAMSTBY Stand-bySVHS Super Video Home SystemSW Sub Woofer SoftWareTHD Total Harmonic DistortionTXT TeleteXTuP MicroprocessorVL Variable Level out processed audio

output toward external amplifierVCR Video Cassette Recorder

VGA Video Graphics ArrayWD Watch DogWYSIWYR What You See Is What You Record

record selection that follows main picture and sound

XTAL Quartz crystalYPbPr Component video (Y= Luminance Pb

Pr= Color difference signals B-Y and R-Y other amplitudes wrt to YUV)

YC Video related signals Y consists of luminance signal blanking level and sync C consists of color signal

Y-OUT Luminance-signalYUV Baseband component video (Y=

Luminance UV= Color difference signals)

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data Sheets EN 53TCS10L LA 9

93 IC Data Sheets

This section shows the internal block diagrams and pin layouts of ICs that are drawn as ldquoblack boxesrdquo in the electrical diagrams (with the exception of ldquomemoryrdquo and ldquologicrdquo ICs)

931 Diagram B MST9U19A

Figure 9-1 Pin configuration

Pin 1

123

45

7

9

11

1314

1718

21

23

25

2728

30

32

34

36

39

41

43

6

8

10

12

1516

1920

22

24

26

29

31

33

35

3738

40

42

4445464748

505152

49

53 54 55 56 57 59 61 63 65 66 69 70 73 75 77 79 80 82 84 86 88 91 93 9558 60 62 64 67 68 71 72 74 76 78 81 83 85 87 89 90 92 94 96 97 98 99 100

102

103

104

101

208

207

206

205

204

202

200

198

196

195

192

191

188

186

184

182

181

179

177

175

173

170

168

166

203

201

199

197

194

193

190

189

187

185

183

180

178

176

174

172

171

169

167

165

164

163

162

161

159

158

157

160

156155154

153152

150

148

146

144143

140139

136

134

132

130129

127

125

123

121

118

116

114

151

149

147

145

142141

138137

135

133

131

128

126

124

122

120119

117

115

113112111110109

107106105

108

MST9U19A

XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX

GN

D

AUR1

AUL2

AUL3

AUL1

AUCO

M

AUR2

AUR3

DIGO[8]

GNDAVDD_MEMPLL

PWM3PWM2DIGO[9]

SIF1

MSI

F1P

AVD

D_S

IF

AUO

UTL

AUO

UTR

AUO

UTS

VDD

CG

PIO

F[2]

GPI

OF[

3]G

PIO

F[4]

GPI

OF[

5]G

PIO

F[6]

GPI

OF[

7]G

PIO

F[8]

GPI

OF[

9]G

PIO

F[10

]G

PIO

F[11

]VD

DP

GN

DG

PIO

F[12

]

GPI

OF[

14]

GPI

OF[

15]

GPI

OF[

16]

GPI

OF[

17]

GPI

OF[

18]

GN

D

GPI

OF[

19]

VDD

C

VDD

PG

ND

VDD

PVD

DP

GPI

OF[

13]

GN

D

DIGO[7]

DIGO[5]

DIGO[3]

DIGO[1]

VDDC

VDDPPWM_SENSE

DIGO[6]

DIGO[4]

DIGO[2]

DIGO[0]

GND

PWM_DRVPWM_FBIRININT

PWM1PWM0

GNDVDDPALERDZWRZ

VDDC

GNDVDDP

VDD

PLV

A0M

LVA0

PLV

A1M

LVA1

PLV

A2M

LVA2

PLV

ACKM

LVAC

KPLV

A3M

LVA4

PVD

DP

VDD

CAV

DD

_MPL

L

LVA3

PLV

A4M

GPI

OE[

0]

IHSY

NC

ICLK

DI[

1]D

I[0]

IVYS

NC

GPI

OE[

1]G

PIO

E[2]

GPI

OE[

3]G

ND

VDD

P

AVD

D_M

PLL

XIN

XOU

TH

WR

ESET

GN

D

DI[

7]D

I[6]

DI[

5]D

I[4]

DI[

2]D

I[3]

VDD

C

AUO

UTL

3AU

OU

TR3

RXCKPGND

RX0NRX0P

AVDD_DVIRX1NRX1P

RX2P

REXT

DDCD_CK

VSYNC1

VCLAMP

REFM

BIN1M

GNDRX2N

AVDD_DVI

DDCD_DA

HSYNC1

RMID

REFP

BIN1P

SOGIN1GIN1PGIN1MRIN1PRIN1MBIN0MBIN0PGIN0MGIN0P

SOGIN0RIN0MRIN0P

HSYNC0VSYNC0

RXCKN

AVDD_ADCGND

C1Y1C0Y0

CVBS2CVBS1

VCOM1CVBS0

VCOM0CVBSOUT

GND

VCOM2CVBS3

GN

D

AVD

D_A

UAU

L0AU

R0

AUVR

EFAU

VRAD

PAU

VRAD

N

AUO

UTL

2AU

OU

TR2

AD[7]AD[6]AD[5]AD[4]AD[3]AD[2]AD[1]AD[0]

SDOCSZSDISCK

SAR3

SAR1SAR2

SAR0

DDCA_CK

DDCR_CKDDCA_DA

DDCR_DA

LVB0

MLV

B0P

LVB1

MLV

B1P

LVB2

MLV

B2P

LVBC

KMLV

BCKP

LVB3

M

LVB4

P

LVB3

PLV

B4M

I_18130_008eps200608

Pin Configuration

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data SheetsEN 54 TCS10L LA9

932 Diagram B TDA1308

Figure 9-2 Block diagram and pin configuration

Block diagram

Pinning information

2

1

3

4

8

7

65

INA(neg)

TDA1308(A)OUTA

VSS

VDD

INA(pos)

INB(neg)

INB(pos)

OUTB

TDA1308(A)

VATUO DD

BTUO)gen(ANI

)gen(BNI)sop(ANI

VSS INB(pos)

1

2

3

4

6

5

8

7

I_18130_007eps190608

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data Sheets EN 55TCS10L LA 9

933 Diagram B NCP1377B

Figure 9-3 Block diagram and pin configuration

Block diagram

Pinning information

I_18130_009eps190608

HV

VCC

GND

Demag

4 mA

To InternalSupply

+

+

125 V75 V56 V (Fault)

FaultMngt

PON

5 V+

OVP

+

144

45 usDelay

15 us for B Version

Demag

8 usBlanking

S

SR R

Q

Q

+

3 us forB Version

+minus

Overload

5 usTimeout

TimeReset

Demag

380 nsLEB

1 V3

200 Awhen DRV

is OFF

FB

42 V

Driver src = 20 sink = 10

DrvVCC

CS

+50 mV 10 V Rint

1Dmg 8 HV

7 NC2FB

3CS

4GND

6 VCC

5 Drv

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data SheetsEN 56 TCS10L LA9

934 Diagram B TDA7266

Figure 9-4 Block diagram and pin configuration

1

2

4

Vref

7YB-TS

IN1

022microF

VCC

133

+

-

-

+

OUT1+

OUT1-

15

14

12

6ETUM

IN2

022microF

+

-

-

+

OUT2+

OUT2-

8

9S-GND

PW-GND

470microF 100nF

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

9

10

11

8

NC

NC

S-GND

PW-GND

OUT2+

OUT2-

VCC

IN2

ST-BY

MUTE

NC

IN1

VCCOUT1-

OUT1+

13

14

15

12

I_17950_054eps090508

Block Diagram

Pin Configuration

Spare Parts List amp CTN Overview EN 57TCS10L LA 10

10 Spare Parts List amp CTN OverviewFor the latest spare part overview please consult the Philips Service website

Table 10-1 Sets described in this manual

11 Revision ListManual xxxx xxx xxxx0bull First release

CTN Styling

19PFL340355 MG8

19PFL340377 MG8

19PFL340378 MG8

19PFL340385 MG8

26PFL340385 MG8

  • Content
  • 1 Technical Specifications Connections and Chassis Overview
    • 11 Technical Specifications
      • 111 Vision
      • 112 Sound
      • 113 Miscellaneous
        • 12 Connection Overview
          • Figure 1-1 Rear and side IO connections
          • 121 Rear Connections
            • 1 - HDMI Digital Video Digital Audio - In
              • Figure 1-2 HDMI (type A) connector
                • 2 - VGA AUDIO Mini Jack VGA Audio - In
                • 3 - VGA PC Video RGB - In and Service UART
                  • Figure 1-3 VGA Connector
                    • 4 - Cinch Video YPbPr - In
                    • 5 - AV1 Cinch Video CVBS - In Audio - In
                    • 6 - Aerial - In
                    • 7 - Service Connector (ComPair)
                      • 122 Side connections
                        • 8 - Cinch Video CVBS - In Audio - In
                        • 9 - S-Video (Hosiden) Video YC - In
                        • 10 - Mini Jack Audio Head phone - Out
                            • 13 Chassis Overview
                              • Figure 1-4 PWBCBA locations
                                  • 2 Safety Instructions Warnings and Notes
                                    • 21 Safety Instructions
                                    • 22 Warnings
                                    • 23 Notes
                                      • 231 General
                                      • 232 Schematic Notes
                                      • 233 BGA (Ball Grid Array) ICs
                                        • Introduction
                                        • BGA Temperature Profiles
                                          • 234 Lead-free Soldering
                                          • 235 Alternative BOM identification
                                            • Figure 2-1 Serial number (example)
                                              • 236 Board Level Repair (BLR) or Component Level Repair (CLR)
                                              • 237 Practical Service Precautions
                                                  • 3 Directions for Use
                                                  • 4 Mechanical Instructions
                                                    • 41 Cable Dressing
                                                      • Figure 4-1 Cable dressing (19 model)
                                                      • Figure 4-2 Cable dressing (26 model)
                                                        • 42 Service Positions
                                                          • 421 Foam Bars
                                                            • Figure 4-3 Foam bars
                                                                • 43 AssyPanel Removal
                                                                  • 431 Stand
                                                                    • Figure 4-4 Stand
                                                                      • 432 Rear Cover
                                                                        • Figure 4-5 LVDS release
                                                                        • Figure 4-6 Speaker and IRLED panel cable release
                                                                          • 433 Keyboard Control Board
                                                                            • Figure 4-7 Keyboard control board
                                                                              • 434 IRLED Board and Speakers
                                                                                • Figure 4-8 IRLED Board and Speakers
                                                                                  • 435 Power Supply Board
                                                                                    • Figure 4-9 Power Supply Unit(s)
                                                                                      • 436 Inverter Board (19 and 22 versions)
                                                                                        • Figure 4-10 Inverter Board
                                                                                          • 437 Small Signal Board (SSB)
                                                                                            • Removing the SSB
                                                                                              • Figure 4-11 SSB connector plate
                                                                                              • Figure 4-12 SSB
                                                                                                • 44 Set Re-assembly
                                                                                                  • 5 Service Modes Error Codes and Fault Finding
                                                                                                    • 51 Test Points
                                                                                                    • 52 Service Mode
                                                                                                      • 521 Service Alignment Mode (SAM)
                                                                                                        • How to Enter
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-1 SAM menu
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-2 SAM menu White Balance Normal
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-3 SAM menu White Balance Cool
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-4 SAM menu White Balance Warm
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-5 SAM menu Volume Curve
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-6 SAM menu Picture Curve
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-7 SAM menu Picture Mode Natural
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-8 SAM menu Picture Mode Personal
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-9 SAM menu Picture Mode Rich
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-10 SAM menu Picture Mode Soft
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-11 SAM menu Producting
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-12 SAM menu Country
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-13 SAM menu Setup
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-14 SAM menu Shop Init Do
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-15 SAM menu Clear Code gt
                                                                                                            • How to Exit
                                                                                                            • Factory Mode Descriptions
                                                                                                              • ltTABLEgt
                                                                                                              • Virgin Settings
                                                                                                                • Table 5-1 Country setting
                                                                                                                • Table 5-2 Virgin settings
                                                                                                                  • 522 Customer Service Mode (CSM)
                                                                                                                    • Purpose
                                                                                                                    • How to Activate CSM
                                                                                                                    • Contents of CSM
                                                                                                                      • Figure 5-16 CSM Menu
                                                                                                                        • Menu Explanation
                                                                                                                        • How to Exit
                                                                                                                          • 523 Blinking LED Procedure
                                                                                                                            • 53 Error Codes
                                                                                                                              • ltTABLEgt
                                                                                                                                • 54 Fault Finding
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-17 No Picture No sound no Back light (19 sets)
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-18 Picture OK No sound (19 sets)
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-19 No Picture Back light amp Sound OK (19 and 26 sets)
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-20 No color (19 and 26 sets)
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-21 No Picture No sound no Back light (26 sets)
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-22 Picture OK No sound (26 sets)
                                                                                                                                    • 55 Service Tools
                                                                                                                                      • 551 ComPair
                                                                                                                                        • Introduction
                                                                                                                                        • Specifications
                                                                                                                                        • How to Connect
                                                                                                                                        • How to Order
                                                                                                                                          • Figure 5-23 ComPair II interface connection
                                                                                                                                            • 56 Software Upgrading
                                                                                                                                              • 561 Introduction
                                                                                                                                                  • 6 Block Diagrams Test Point Overview and Waveforms
                                                                                                                                                    • Wiring Diagram of Connector for MS19-PH 19
                                                                                                                                                    • Wiring Diagram of Connector for MS19-PH 26
                                                                                                                                                    • Block Diagram MS19P Chipset
                                                                                                                                                    • I2C overview
                                                                                                                                                      • 7 Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts
                                                                                                                                                        • Main Power Supply (19)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Main Power Supply (19) (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Main Power Supply (19) (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Main Power Supply (26)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Main Power Supply (26) (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Main Power Supply (26) (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Standby Power Supply (26)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Standby Power Supply (26) (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Standby Power Supply (26) (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB Control
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB DC - DC
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB MST9E19A Controller
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB HDMI Interface
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB VGA Interface
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB Cinch
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB Tuner
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB Audio Amplifier
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB LVDS Interface
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Small Signal Board (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Small Signal Board (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Keyboard Control Panel
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Keyboard Control Panel (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Keyboard Control Panel (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Inverter Panel
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Inverter Panel (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Inverter Panel (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • IR LED Panel
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout IR LED Panel (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout IR LED Panel (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                          • 8 Alignments
                                                                                                                                                            • 81 Electrical Alignments
                                                                                                                                                            • 82 Hardware Alignments
                                                                                                                                                              • 821 Aging
                                                                                                                                                              • 822 ADC Adjustment
                                                                                                                                                              • 823 White Balance Adjustment
                                                                                                                                                                • Table 8-1 Color Temperature Setting 19
                                                                                                                                                                • Table 8-2 Color Temperature Setting 26
                                                                                                                                                                  • 9 Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data Sheets
                                                                                                                                                                    • 91 Introduction
                                                                                                                                                                    • 92 Abbreviation List
                                                                                                                                                                    • 93 IC Data Sheets
                                                                                                                                                                      • 931 Diagram B MST9U19A
                                                                                                                                                                        • Figure 9-1 Pin configuration
                                                                                                                                                                          • 932 Diagram B TDA1308
                                                                                                                                                                            • Figure 9-2 Block diagram and pin configuration
                                                                                                                                                                              • 933 Diagram B NCP1377B
                                                                                                                                                                                • Figure 9-3 Block diagram and pin configuration
                                                                                                                                                                                  • 934 Diagram B TDA7266
                                                                                                                                                                                    • Figure 9-4 Block diagram and pin configuration
                                                                                                                                                                                      • 10 Spare Parts List amp CTN Overview
                                                                                                                                                                                        • Table 10-1 Sets described in this manual
                                                                                                                                                                                          • 11 Revision List
Page 43: Philips 19PFL3403-55 TCS1[1].0L_LA

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 43TCS10L LA 7

Layout Small Signal Board (Bottom Side)

I_18130_021eps180608

44TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Keyboard Control Panel

Layout Keyboard Control Panel (Top Side)

Layout Keyboard Control Panel (Bottom Side)

AGND

AGND AGNDAGND

AGND

R10072K

R10061K5

R10011K2

12 4

3K1001

1

2

3

P1001

KEY0

R1008NC

R10051K2

R1004NC

R10032K

R10021K5

D10

02

HS

5V6B

D10

01H

S5V

6B

12 4

3K1003

12 4

3K1002

12 4

3K1006

12 4

3K1005

12 4

3K1004

KEY1

I_18130_030eps180608

E EKEYBOARD CONTROL PANEL

I_18130_031eps180608

I_18130_032eps180608

Personal Notes

E_06532_012eps131004

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 45TCS10L LA 7

Inverter Panel

1 2

A

B

C

D

4321

D

C

B

A

F1FUSE-1

C2104

C1220uF250V

C3104

R1200

Q1

DTA143

E1

9

E2

10

C2

11

VC

C12

OU

TP

UT

C13

VR

EF

14

A1+

1

A1-

2

CO

MP

3

DT

C4

CT

5

RT

6

GN

D7

C1

8

A2-

15

A2+

16

U1

TL494

R2200

Q32222

C8

223

C7103

R847K

R7120K

C4

104C5104

D1

68V

C9104

D2

1N4148

Q8DTC143

123456

CN1

R20470K

R21

33K

C16

330pF

C15NC

R13100K

R10

68K

R11

68K

R12

15K

C10104

R2627K

C20223

R18560

Q22222

Q62907

R142K

R1622K

R27 10

R28 10

D4

BAW56K

S11

G12

S23

G24

D1 8

D1 7

D2 6

D2 5

U2

4606

C21223

Q42222

Q72907

R152K

R1722K

R29 10

R30 10

D5

BAW56K

S11

G12

S23

G24

D1 8

D1 7

D2 6

D2 5

U3

4606

R19560

C6

105

R231M

Q52N7002

R22

1M

R9

47K

R25

100KR24270K

D6NCBAW56K

D7NCBAW56K

P1

P2

P3

P4

C17225

C18

225

10

1 7

6

T1

T01

10

1 7

6

T2

T01

C2222pF

12

CON1

12

CON2

D9BAV99

R41K

R36820

R32

10KC12104

D8BAV99

R31K

R35820

R31

10KC11104

P2

P1

C2322pF

12

CON3

12

CON4

D11

BAV99

R61K

R38820

R34

10KC14104

D10BAV99

R51K

R37820

R33

10KC13104

P4

P3

VREF

VREF

C19NC

C26

222C27NC

D13BAV99

D15BAV99

C2422pF

C2522pF

C28

222C29NC

C30222 C31

NC

C32

222C33NC

OVP

OVP

OV

P

R602K

R61510K

C38105

Q10

DTA143

Q112222

R6330K

R62 1K

VCC

VCC

P5

P5

R64

1K

C34221

C35 221

C37

221

C39104

C36

221U4A

LM393

U4B

LM393

Vref

D3

1N4148

R65

3K R663K

C41 104

R67

10K

I_18130_033eps180608

I IINVERTER PANEL 19rdquo

46TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout Inverter Panel (Top Side)

Layout Inverter Panel (Bottom Side)

I_18130_034eps190608

I_18130_035eps190608

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 47TCS10L LA 7

IR LED Panel

AGND

AGND

AGNDIRVC

C

GN

D

RW

R20

031K

2

R20

04

1K2

LED1

1

2

3

4

5

CN2001

E

C

B

BC847AQ2001

B

C

E

Q2002

BC847A

2

13

D2001

LED2

G2001

R20024K7

5V16

V10

0UC

2001

5V

IR

IR

C20

03 47P

LED1R2001

4K7

C2002

47P

LED2

I_18130_036eps180608

J JIR amp LED PANELLayout IR LED Panel (Top Side)

Layout IR LED Panel (Bottom Side)

I_18130_037eps180608

I_18130_038eps180608

48TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Personal Notes

E_06532_013eps131004

Alignments EN 49TCS10L LA 8

8 Alignments

Index of this chapter81 Electrical Alignments82 Hardware Alignments

NoteThe Service Modes are described in chapter 5 Menu navigation is done with the CURSOR UP DOWN LEFT or RIGHT keys of the remote control transmitter

81 Electrical Alignments

Perform all electrical adjustments under the following conditionsbull Power supply voltage (depends on region)

ndash AP-NTSC 120 VAC or 230 VAC 50 Hz (plusmn 10)ndash AP-PAL-multi 120 - 230 VAC 50 Hz (plusmn 10)ndash EU 230 VAC 50 Hz (plusmn 10)ndash LATAM-NTSC 120 - 230 VAC 50 Hz (plusmn 10)ndash US 120 VAC 60 Hz (plusmn 10)

bull Connect the set to the mains via an isolation transformer with low internal resistance

bull Allow the set to warm up for approximately 60 minutesbull Measure voltages and waveforms in relation to correct

ground (eg measure audio signals in relation to AUDIO_GND) Caution It is not allowed to use heatsinks as ground

bull Test probe Ri gt 10 MΩ Ci lt 20 pFbull Use an isolated trimmerscrewdriver to perform

alignments

82 Hardware Alignments

Not applicable

821 Aging

Enter TV mode Set warm up status to ldquoOnrdquo Aging time at least 12 minutes

822 ADC Adjustment

The chassis can execute ADC auto-tune in YPbPr amp PC sourcing modes Enter SAM select YPbPr or PC as source then select AUTOTUNE in ADC ADJ press ldquoRight keyrdquo to run waiting for about 5 seconds until ldquoOKrdquo is displayed which means the set finished the ADC adjustment With an YPbPr source use a 100 color bar pattern with a PC source use a 16-scale grey pattern

823 White Balance Adjustment

Adjust the NORMAL WARM COOL temperature in White balance according to company regular Make sure ADC adjustments have done successfully before doing white balance adjustments and use the ldquoNaturalrdquo picture mode White balance adjustment should be performed with three different sources1 AVTVSVIDEO source reunification under the AV

adjustment apply a NTSC-M system signal with 8-scale grey pattern

2 YPbPrHDMI source reunification under the YPbPr adjustment apply an 8-scale grey pattern

3 PC source should adjust single apply a 8-scale grey pattern

If case of manual adjustment please use the WB page in SAMWhile adjusting White Balance do not change White G or Black G only adjust White R White B Black R and Black B

Table 8-1 Color Temperature Setting 19

Table 8-2 Color Temperature Setting 26

Color mode X Y Color Temperature (K)

Normal 296plusmn4 299plusmn4 8000

Warm 314plusmn4 319plusmn4 6500

Cool 289plusmn4 291plusmn4 9000

Color mode X Y Color Temperature (K)

Normal 289plusmn4 291plusmn4 9000

Warm 314plusmn4 319plusmn4 6500

Cool 278plusmn4 278plusmn4 11000

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data SheetsEN 50 TCS10L LA9

9 Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data Sheets

Index of this chapter91 Introduction92 Abbreviation List93 IC Data Sheets

Notes bull Only new circuits (circuits that are not published recently)

are described bull Figures can deviate slightly from the actual situation due

to different set executions

91 Introduction

This chassis uses the MStar MST9U19A main chip with the following features bull Multi-Standard TV decoding with 2-D comb filterbull Multi-Standard TV sound demodulator and decoderbull Triple ADC fro TV and RGBYPbPrbull Integrated DVIHDCPHDMI compliant receiverbull High quality scaling enginebull 3-D video de-interlacer and video noise reductionbull Embedded On Screen Display controllerbull NTSCPALSecam Video decoder with automatic standard

detectionbull CVBS video outputbull Multi standard TV sound decoderbull FM stereo and SAP demodulationbull Digital audio interfacebull Analog RGB Compliant Input Portsbull DVIHDCPHDMI Compliant input portbull Auto tuning function including phasing positioning offset

gain and jitter detectionbull Automatic color correction

The MST9U19A is a high performance and fully integrated IC for multi-function LCD monitorTV with resolutions up to WSXGA (1680 times 1050) It is configured with an integrated triple-ADCPLL an integrated DVIHDCPHDMI receiver a multi standard TV video and audio decoder a video de-interlacer a scaling engine the MStarACE-3 color engine an On Screen Display controller an 8-bit MCU and a built-in output panel interface It also incorporates an intelligent power management control system for green-mode requirements and spread-spectrum support for EMI management

For a block diagram refer to chapter 6 ldquoBlock diagrams Test Point Overviews and Waveformsrdquo

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data Sheets EN 51TCS10L LA 9

92 Abbreviation List

1080i 1080 visible lines interlaced1080p 1080 visible lines progressive scan2CS 2 Carrier Sound2DNR Spatial (2D) Noise Reduction3DNR Temporal (3D) Noise Reduction480i 480 visible lines interlaced480p 480 visible lines progressive scanAARA Automatic Aspect Ratio Adaptation

algorithm that adapts aspect ratio to remove horizontal black bars keeping up the original aspect ratio

ACI Automatic Channel Installation algorithm that installs TV channels directly from a cable network by means of a predefined TXT page

ADC Analogue to Digital ConverterAFC Automatic Frequency Control control

signal used to tune to the correct frequency

AGC Automatic Gain Control algorithm that controls the video input of the feature box

AM Amplitude ModulationAUO Acer Unipack OptronicsAP Asia PacificAR Aspect Ratio 4 by 3 or 16 by 9ASD Automatic Standard DetectionAV Audio VideoB-SC1-IN Blue SCART1 inB-SC2-IN Blue SCART2 inB-TXT Blue teletextBG Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 55 MHzBTSC Broadcast Television System

CommitteeC-FRONT Chrominance front inputCBA Circuit Board Assembly (or PWB)CL Constant Level audio output to

connect with an external amplifierCLUT Color Look Up TableComPair Computer aided rePairCSM Customer Service ModeCVBS Composite Video Blanking and

SynchronizationCVBS-EXT CVBS signal from external source

(VCR VCD etc)CVBS-INT CVBS signal from TunerCVBS-MON CVBS monitor signalCVBS-TER-OUT CVBS terrestrial outDAC Digital to Analogue ConverterDBE Dynamic Bass Enhancement extra

low frequency amplificationDFU Directions For Use owners manualDNR Dynamic Noise ReductionDRAM Dynamic RAMDSP Digital Signal ProcessingDST Dealer Service Tool special

(European) remote control designed for service technicians

DTS Digital Theatre SoundDVD Digital Versatile DiscDVI Digital Visual InterfaceDW Double WindowED Enhanced Definition 480p 576pEEPROM Electrically Erasable and

Programmable Read Only MemoryEU EUropeEXT EXTernal (source) entering the set by

SCART or by cinches (jacks)FBL Fast Blanking DC signal

accompanying RGB signalsFBL-SC1-IN Fast blanking signal for SCART1 in

FBL-SC2-IN Fast blanking signal for SCART2 inFBL-TXT Fast Blanking TeletextFLASH FLASH memoryFM Field Memory Frequency ModulationFMR FM RadioFRC Frame Rate ConverterFRONT-C Front input chrominance (SVHS)FRONT-DETECT Front input detectionFRONT-Y_CVBS Front input luminance or CVBS

(SVHS)FTV Flat TeleVisionG-SC1-IN Green SCART1 inG-SC2-IN Green SCART2 inG-TXT Green teletextH H_sync to the module HD High Definition 720p 1080i 1080pHDMI High Definition Multimedia Interface

digital audio and video interfaceHP Head PhoneI Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 60 MHzI2C Integrated IC busI2S Integrated IC Sound busIC Integrated CircuitIF Intermediate FrequencyInterlaced Scan mode where two fields are used

to form one frame Each field contains half the number of the total amount of lines The fields are written in ldquopairsrdquo causing line flicker

IR Infra RedIRQ Interrupt ReQuestLast Status The settings last chosen by the

customer and read and stored in RAM or in the NVM They are called at start-up of the set to configure it according the customers wishes

LATAM LATin AMericaLC04 Philips chassis name for LCD TV 2004

projectLCD Liquid Crystal DisplayLED Light Emitting DiodeLL Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 65 MHz L is Band I L is all bands except for Band I

LPL LG Philips LCDLS Loud SpeakerLVDS Low Voltage Differential Signalling

data transmission system for high speed and low EMI communication

MN Monochrome TV system Sound carrier distance is 45 MHz

MOSFET Metal Oxide Semiconductor Field Effect Transistor

MPEG Motion Pictures Experts GroupMSP Multi-standard Sound Processor ITT

sound decoderMUTE MUTE LineNAFTA North American Free Trade

Association Trade agreement between Canada USA and Mexico

NC Not ConnectedNICAM Near Instantaneous Compounded

Audio Multiplexing This is a digital sound system used mainly in Europe

NTSC National Television Standard Committee Color system used mainly in North America and Japan Color carrier NTSC MN = 3579545 MHz NTSC 443 = 4433619 MHz (this is a VCR norm it is not transmitted off-air)

NVM Non Volatile Memory IC containing TV related data (for example options)

OC Open CircuitONOFF LED OnOff control signal for the LED

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data SheetsEN 52 TCS10L LA9

OSD On Screen DisplayPAL Phase Alternating Line Color system

used mainly in Western Europe (color carrier = 4433619 MHz) and South America (color carrier PAL M = 3575612 MHz and PAL N = 3582056 MHz)

PC Personal ComputerPCB Printed Circuit Board (or PWB)PDP Plasma Display PanelPIG Picture In GraphicPIP Picture In PicturePLL Phase Locked Loop Used for

example in FST tuning systems The customer can directly provide the desired frequency

Progressive Scan Scan mode where all scan lines are displayed in one frame at the same time creating a double vertical resolution

PWB Printed Wiring Board (or PCB)RAM Random Access MemoryRC Remote Control transmitterRC5 (6) Remote Control system 5 (6) the

signal from the remote control receiver RGB Red Green and Blue The primary

color signals for TV By mixing levels of R G and B all colors (YC) are reproduced

RGBHV Red Green Blue Horizontal sync and Vertical sync

ROM Read Only MemorySAM Service Alignment ModeSC SandCastle two-level pulse derived

from sync signalsSC1-OUT SCART output of the MSP audio ICSC2-B-IN SCART2 Blue inSC2-C-IN SCART2 chrominance inSC2-OUT SCART output of the MSP audio ICSC Short CircuitSCL Clock signal on I2C busSD Standard Definition 480i 576iSDA Data signal on I2C busSDI Samsung Display IndustrySDM Service Default ModeSDRAM Synchronous DRAMSECAM SEequence Couleur Avec Memoire

Color system used mainly in France and Eastern Europe Color carriers = 4406250 MHz and 4250000 MHz

SIF Sound Intermediate FrequencySMPS Switch Mode Power SupplySND SouNDSNDL-SC1-IN Sound left SCART1 inSNDL-SC1-OUT Sound left SCART1 outSNDL-SC2-IN Sound left SCART2 inSNDL-SC2-OUT Sound left SCART2 outSNDR-SC1-IN Sound right SCART1 inSNDR-SC1-OUT Sound right SCART1 outSNDR-SC2-IN Sound right SCART2 outSNDR-SC2-OUT Sound right SCART2 outSNDS-VL-OUT Surround sound left variable level outSNDS-VR-OUT Surround sound right variable level outSOPS Self Oscillating Power SupplySPDIF Sony Philips Digital InterFaceSRAM Static RAMSTBY Stand-bySVHS Super Video Home SystemSW Sub Woofer SoftWareTHD Total Harmonic DistortionTXT TeleteXTuP MicroprocessorVL Variable Level out processed audio

output toward external amplifierVCR Video Cassette Recorder

VGA Video Graphics ArrayWD Watch DogWYSIWYR What You See Is What You Record

record selection that follows main picture and sound

XTAL Quartz crystalYPbPr Component video (Y= Luminance Pb

Pr= Color difference signals B-Y and R-Y other amplitudes wrt to YUV)

YC Video related signals Y consists of luminance signal blanking level and sync C consists of color signal

Y-OUT Luminance-signalYUV Baseband component video (Y=

Luminance UV= Color difference signals)

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data Sheets EN 53TCS10L LA 9

93 IC Data Sheets

This section shows the internal block diagrams and pin layouts of ICs that are drawn as ldquoblack boxesrdquo in the electrical diagrams (with the exception of ldquomemoryrdquo and ldquologicrdquo ICs)

931 Diagram B MST9U19A

Figure 9-1 Pin configuration

Pin 1

123

45

7

9

11

1314

1718

21

23

25

2728

30

32

34

36

39

41

43

6

8

10

12

1516

1920

22

24

26

29

31

33

35

3738

40

42

4445464748

505152

49

53 54 55 56 57 59 61 63 65 66 69 70 73 75 77 79 80 82 84 86 88 91 93 9558 60 62 64 67 68 71 72 74 76 78 81 83 85 87 89 90 92 94 96 97 98 99 100

102

103

104

101

208

207

206

205

204

202

200

198

196

195

192

191

188

186

184

182

181

179

177

175

173

170

168

166

203

201

199

197

194

193

190

189

187

185

183

180

178

176

174

172

171

169

167

165

164

163

162

161

159

158

157

160

156155154

153152

150

148

146

144143

140139

136

134

132

130129

127

125

123

121

118

116

114

151

149

147

145

142141

138137

135

133

131

128

126

124

122

120119

117

115

113112111110109

107106105

108

MST9U19A

XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX

GN

D

AUR1

AUL2

AUL3

AUL1

AUCO

M

AUR2

AUR3

DIGO[8]

GNDAVDD_MEMPLL

PWM3PWM2DIGO[9]

SIF1

MSI

F1P

AVD

D_S

IF

AUO

UTL

AUO

UTR

AUO

UTS

VDD

CG

PIO

F[2]

GPI

OF[

3]G

PIO

F[4]

GPI

OF[

5]G

PIO

F[6]

GPI

OF[

7]G

PIO

F[8]

GPI

OF[

9]G

PIO

F[10

]G

PIO

F[11

]VD

DP

GN

DG

PIO

F[12

]

GPI

OF[

14]

GPI

OF[

15]

GPI

OF[

16]

GPI

OF[

17]

GPI

OF[

18]

GN

D

GPI

OF[

19]

VDD

C

VDD

PG

ND

VDD

PVD

DP

GPI

OF[

13]

GN

D

DIGO[7]

DIGO[5]

DIGO[3]

DIGO[1]

VDDC

VDDPPWM_SENSE

DIGO[6]

DIGO[4]

DIGO[2]

DIGO[0]

GND

PWM_DRVPWM_FBIRININT

PWM1PWM0

GNDVDDPALERDZWRZ

VDDC

GNDVDDP

VDD

PLV

A0M

LVA0

PLV

A1M

LVA1

PLV

A2M

LVA2

PLV

ACKM

LVAC

KPLV

A3M

LVA4

PVD

DP

VDD

CAV

DD

_MPL

L

LVA3

PLV

A4M

GPI

OE[

0]

IHSY

NC

ICLK

DI[

1]D

I[0]

IVYS

NC

GPI

OE[

1]G

PIO

E[2]

GPI

OE[

3]G

ND

VDD

P

AVD

D_M

PLL

XIN

XOU

TH

WR

ESET

GN

D

DI[

7]D

I[6]

DI[

5]D

I[4]

DI[

2]D

I[3]

VDD

C

AUO

UTL

3AU

OU

TR3

RXCKPGND

RX0NRX0P

AVDD_DVIRX1NRX1P

RX2P

REXT

DDCD_CK

VSYNC1

VCLAMP

REFM

BIN1M

GNDRX2N

AVDD_DVI

DDCD_DA

HSYNC1

RMID

REFP

BIN1P

SOGIN1GIN1PGIN1MRIN1PRIN1MBIN0MBIN0PGIN0MGIN0P

SOGIN0RIN0MRIN0P

HSYNC0VSYNC0

RXCKN

AVDD_ADCGND

C1Y1C0Y0

CVBS2CVBS1

VCOM1CVBS0

VCOM0CVBSOUT

GND

VCOM2CVBS3

GN

D

AVD

D_A

UAU

L0AU

R0

AUVR

EFAU

VRAD

PAU

VRAD

N

AUO

UTL

2AU

OU

TR2

AD[7]AD[6]AD[5]AD[4]AD[3]AD[2]AD[1]AD[0]

SDOCSZSDISCK

SAR3

SAR1SAR2

SAR0

DDCA_CK

DDCR_CKDDCA_DA

DDCR_DA

LVB0

MLV

B0P

LVB1

MLV

B1P

LVB2

MLV

B2P

LVBC

KMLV

BCKP

LVB3

M

LVB4

P

LVB3

PLV

B4M

I_18130_008eps200608

Pin Configuration

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data SheetsEN 54 TCS10L LA9

932 Diagram B TDA1308

Figure 9-2 Block diagram and pin configuration

Block diagram

Pinning information

2

1

3

4

8

7

65

INA(neg)

TDA1308(A)OUTA

VSS

VDD

INA(pos)

INB(neg)

INB(pos)

OUTB

TDA1308(A)

VATUO DD

BTUO)gen(ANI

)gen(BNI)sop(ANI

VSS INB(pos)

1

2

3

4

6

5

8

7

I_18130_007eps190608

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data Sheets EN 55TCS10L LA 9

933 Diagram B NCP1377B

Figure 9-3 Block diagram and pin configuration

Block diagram

Pinning information

I_18130_009eps190608

HV

VCC

GND

Demag

4 mA

To InternalSupply

+

+

125 V75 V56 V (Fault)

FaultMngt

PON

5 V+

OVP

+

144

45 usDelay

15 us for B Version

Demag

8 usBlanking

S

SR R

Q

Q

+

3 us forB Version

+minus

Overload

5 usTimeout

TimeReset

Demag

380 nsLEB

1 V3

200 Awhen DRV

is OFF

FB

42 V

Driver src = 20 sink = 10

DrvVCC

CS

+50 mV 10 V Rint

1Dmg 8 HV

7 NC2FB

3CS

4GND

6 VCC

5 Drv

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data SheetsEN 56 TCS10L LA9

934 Diagram B TDA7266

Figure 9-4 Block diagram and pin configuration

1

2

4

Vref

7YB-TS

IN1

022microF

VCC

133

+

-

-

+

OUT1+

OUT1-

15

14

12

6ETUM

IN2

022microF

+

-

-

+

OUT2+

OUT2-

8

9S-GND

PW-GND

470microF 100nF

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

9

10

11

8

NC

NC

S-GND

PW-GND

OUT2+

OUT2-

VCC

IN2

ST-BY

MUTE

NC

IN1

VCCOUT1-

OUT1+

13

14

15

12

I_17950_054eps090508

Block Diagram

Pin Configuration

Spare Parts List amp CTN Overview EN 57TCS10L LA 10

10 Spare Parts List amp CTN OverviewFor the latest spare part overview please consult the Philips Service website

Table 10-1 Sets described in this manual

11 Revision ListManual xxxx xxx xxxx0bull First release

CTN Styling

19PFL340355 MG8

19PFL340377 MG8

19PFL340378 MG8

19PFL340385 MG8

26PFL340385 MG8

  • Content
  • 1 Technical Specifications Connections and Chassis Overview
    • 11 Technical Specifications
      • 111 Vision
      • 112 Sound
      • 113 Miscellaneous
        • 12 Connection Overview
          • Figure 1-1 Rear and side IO connections
          • 121 Rear Connections
            • 1 - HDMI Digital Video Digital Audio - In
              • Figure 1-2 HDMI (type A) connector
                • 2 - VGA AUDIO Mini Jack VGA Audio - In
                • 3 - VGA PC Video RGB - In and Service UART
                  • Figure 1-3 VGA Connector
                    • 4 - Cinch Video YPbPr - In
                    • 5 - AV1 Cinch Video CVBS - In Audio - In
                    • 6 - Aerial - In
                    • 7 - Service Connector (ComPair)
                      • 122 Side connections
                        • 8 - Cinch Video CVBS - In Audio - In
                        • 9 - S-Video (Hosiden) Video YC - In
                        • 10 - Mini Jack Audio Head phone - Out
                            • 13 Chassis Overview
                              • Figure 1-4 PWBCBA locations
                                  • 2 Safety Instructions Warnings and Notes
                                    • 21 Safety Instructions
                                    • 22 Warnings
                                    • 23 Notes
                                      • 231 General
                                      • 232 Schematic Notes
                                      • 233 BGA (Ball Grid Array) ICs
                                        • Introduction
                                        • BGA Temperature Profiles
                                          • 234 Lead-free Soldering
                                          • 235 Alternative BOM identification
                                            • Figure 2-1 Serial number (example)
                                              • 236 Board Level Repair (BLR) or Component Level Repair (CLR)
                                              • 237 Practical Service Precautions
                                                  • 3 Directions for Use
                                                  • 4 Mechanical Instructions
                                                    • 41 Cable Dressing
                                                      • Figure 4-1 Cable dressing (19 model)
                                                      • Figure 4-2 Cable dressing (26 model)
                                                        • 42 Service Positions
                                                          • 421 Foam Bars
                                                            • Figure 4-3 Foam bars
                                                                • 43 AssyPanel Removal
                                                                  • 431 Stand
                                                                    • Figure 4-4 Stand
                                                                      • 432 Rear Cover
                                                                        • Figure 4-5 LVDS release
                                                                        • Figure 4-6 Speaker and IRLED panel cable release
                                                                          • 433 Keyboard Control Board
                                                                            • Figure 4-7 Keyboard control board
                                                                              • 434 IRLED Board and Speakers
                                                                                • Figure 4-8 IRLED Board and Speakers
                                                                                  • 435 Power Supply Board
                                                                                    • Figure 4-9 Power Supply Unit(s)
                                                                                      • 436 Inverter Board (19 and 22 versions)
                                                                                        • Figure 4-10 Inverter Board
                                                                                          • 437 Small Signal Board (SSB)
                                                                                            • Removing the SSB
                                                                                              • Figure 4-11 SSB connector plate
                                                                                              • Figure 4-12 SSB
                                                                                                • 44 Set Re-assembly
                                                                                                  • 5 Service Modes Error Codes and Fault Finding
                                                                                                    • 51 Test Points
                                                                                                    • 52 Service Mode
                                                                                                      • 521 Service Alignment Mode (SAM)
                                                                                                        • How to Enter
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-1 SAM menu
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-2 SAM menu White Balance Normal
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-3 SAM menu White Balance Cool
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-4 SAM menu White Balance Warm
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-5 SAM menu Volume Curve
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-6 SAM menu Picture Curve
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-7 SAM menu Picture Mode Natural
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-8 SAM menu Picture Mode Personal
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-9 SAM menu Picture Mode Rich
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-10 SAM menu Picture Mode Soft
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-11 SAM menu Producting
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-12 SAM menu Country
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-13 SAM menu Setup
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-14 SAM menu Shop Init Do
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-15 SAM menu Clear Code gt
                                                                                                            • How to Exit
                                                                                                            • Factory Mode Descriptions
                                                                                                              • ltTABLEgt
                                                                                                              • Virgin Settings
                                                                                                                • Table 5-1 Country setting
                                                                                                                • Table 5-2 Virgin settings
                                                                                                                  • 522 Customer Service Mode (CSM)
                                                                                                                    • Purpose
                                                                                                                    • How to Activate CSM
                                                                                                                    • Contents of CSM
                                                                                                                      • Figure 5-16 CSM Menu
                                                                                                                        • Menu Explanation
                                                                                                                        • How to Exit
                                                                                                                          • 523 Blinking LED Procedure
                                                                                                                            • 53 Error Codes
                                                                                                                              • ltTABLEgt
                                                                                                                                • 54 Fault Finding
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-17 No Picture No sound no Back light (19 sets)
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-18 Picture OK No sound (19 sets)
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-19 No Picture Back light amp Sound OK (19 and 26 sets)
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-20 No color (19 and 26 sets)
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-21 No Picture No sound no Back light (26 sets)
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-22 Picture OK No sound (26 sets)
                                                                                                                                    • 55 Service Tools
                                                                                                                                      • 551 ComPair
                                                                                                                                        • Introduction
                                                                                                                                        • Specifications
                                                                                                                                        • How to Connect
                                                                                                                                        • How to Order
                                                                                                                                          • Figure 5-23 ComPair II interface connection
                                                                                                                                            • 56 Software Upgrading
                                                                                                                                              • 561 Introduction
                                                                                                                                                  • 6 Block Diagrams Test Point Overview and Waveforms
                                                                                                                                                    • Wiring Diagram of Connector for MS19-PH 19
                                                                                                                                                    • Wiring Diagram of Connector for MS19-PH 26
                                                                                                                                                    • Block Diagram MS19P Chipset
                                                                                                                                                    • I2C overview
                                                                                                                                                      • 7 Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts
                                                                                                                                                        • Main Power Supply (19)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Main Power Supply (19) (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Main Power Supply (19) (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Main Power Supply (26)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Main Power Supply (26) (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Main Power Supply (26) (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Standby Power Supply (26)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Standby Power Supply (26) (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Standby Power Supply (26) (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB Control
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB DC - DC
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB MST9E19A Controller
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB HDMI Interface
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB VGA Interface
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB Cinch
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB Tuner
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB Audio Amplifier
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB LVDS Interface
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Small Signal Board (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Small Signal Board (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Keyboard Control Panel
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Keyboard Control Panel (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Keyboard Control Panel (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Inverter Panel
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Inverter Panel (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Inverter Panel (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • IR LED Panel
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout IR LED Panel (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout IR LED Panel (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                          • 8 Alignments
                                                                                                                                                            • 81 Electrical Alignments
                                                                                                                                                            • 82 Hardware Alignments
                                                                                                                                                              • 821 Aging
                                                                                                                                                              • 822 ADC Adjustment
                                                                                                                                                              • 823 White Balance Adjustment
                                                                                                                                                                • Table 8-1 Color Temperature Setting 19
                                                                                                                                                                • Table 8-2 Color Temperature Setting 26
                                                                                                                                                                  • 9 Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data Sheets
                                                                                                                                                                    • 91 Introduction
                                                                                                                                                                    • 92 Abbreviation List
                                                                                                                                                                    • 93 IC Data Sheets
                                                                                                                                                                      • 931 Diagram B MST9U19A
                                                                                                                                                                        • Figure 9-1 Pin configuration
                                                                                                                                                                          • 932 Diagram B TDA1308
                                                                                                                                                                            • Figure 9-2 Block diagram and pin configuration
                                                                                                                                                                              • 933 Diagram B NCP1377B
                                                                                                                                                                                • Figure 9-3 Block diagram and pin configuration
                                                                                                                                                                                  • 934 Diagram B TDA7266
                                                                                                                                                                                    • Figure 9-4 Block diagram and pin configuration
                                                                                                                                                                                      • 10 Spare Parts List amp CTN Overview
                                                                                                                                                                                        • Table 10-1 Sets described in this manual
                                                                                                                                                                                          • 11 Revision List
Page 44: Philips 19PFL3403-55 TCS1[1].0L_LA

44TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Keyboard Control Panel

Layout Keyboard Control Panel (Top Side)

Layout Keyboard Control Panel (Bottom Side)

AGND

AGND AGNDAGND

AGND

R10072K

R10061K5

R10011K2

12 4

3K1001

1

2

3

P1001

KEY0

R1008NC

R10051K2

R1004NC

R10032K

R10021K5

D10

02

HS

5V6B

D10

01H

S5V

6B

12 4

3K1003

12 4

3K1002

12 4

3K1006

12 4

3K1005

12 4

3K1004

KEY1

I_18130_030eps180608

E EKEYBOARD CONTROL PANEL

I_18130_031eps180608

I_18130_032eps180608

Personal Notes

E_06532_012eps131004

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 45TCS10L LA 7

Inverter Panel

1 2

A

B

C

D

4321

D

C

B

A

F1FUSE-1

C2104

C1220uF250V

C3104

R1200

Q1

DTA143

E1

9

E2

10

C2

11

VC

C12

OU

TP

UT

C13

VR

EF

14

A1+

1

A1-

2

CO

MP

3

DT

C4

CT

5

RT

6

GN

D7

C1

8

A2-

15

A2+

16

U1

TL494

R2200

Q32222

C8

223

C7103

R847K

R7120K

C4

104C5104

D1

68V

C9104

D2

1N4148

Q8DTC143

123456

CN1

R20470K

R21

33K

C16

330pF

C15NC

R13100K

R10

68K

R11

68K

R12

15K

C10104

R2627K

C20223

R18560

Q22222

Q62907

R142K

R1622K

R27 10

R28 10

D4

BAW56K

S11

G12

S23

G24

D1 8

D1 7

D2 6

D2 5

U2

4606

C21223

Q42222

Q72907

R152K

R1722K

R29 10

R30 10

D5

BAW56K

S11

G12

S23

G24

D1 8

D1 7

D2 6

D2 5

U3

4606

R19560

C6

105

R231M

Q52N7002

R22

1M

R9

47K

R25

100KR24270K

D6NCBAW56K

D7NCBAW56K

P1

P2

P3

P4

C17225

C18

225

10

1 7

6

T1

T01

10

1 7

6

T2

T01

C2222pF

12

CON1

12

CON2

D9BAV99

R41K

R36820

R32

10KC12104

D8BAV99

R31K

R35820

R31

10KC11104

P2

P1

C2322pF

12

CON3

12

CON4

D11

BAV99

R61K

R38820

R34

10KC14104

D10BAV99

R51K

R37820

R33

10KC13104

P4

P3

VREF

VREF

C19NC

C26

222C27NC

D13BAV99

D15BAV99

C2422pF

C2522pF

C28

222C29NC

C30222 C31

NC

C32

222C33NC

OVP

OVP

OV

P

R602K

R61510K

C38105

Q10

DTA143

Q112222

R6330K

R62 1K

VCC

VCC

P5

P5

R64

1K

C34221

C35 221

C37

221

C39104

C36

221U4A

LM393

U4B

LM393

Vref

D3

1N4148

R65

3K R663K

C41 104

R67

10K

I_18130_033eps180608

I IINVERTER PANEL 19rdquo

46TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout Inverter Panel (Top Side)

Layout Inverter Panel (Bottom Side)

I_18130_034eps190608

I_18130_035eps190608

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 47TCS10L LA 7

IR LED Panel

AGND

AGND

AGNDIRVC

C

GN

D

RW

R20

031K

2

R20

04

1K2

LED1

1

2

3

4

5

CN2001

E

C

B

BC847AQ2001

B

C

E

Q2002

BC847A

2

13

D2001

LED2

G2001

R20024K7

5V16

V10

0UC

2001

5V

IR

IR

C20

03 47P

LED1R2001

4K7

C2002

47P

LED2

I_18130_036eps180608

J JIR amp LED PANELLayout IR LED Panel (Top Side)

Layout IR LED Panel (Bottom Side)

I_18130_037eps180608

I_18130_038eps180608

48TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Personal Notes

E_06532_013eps131004

Alignments EN 49TCS10L LA 8

8 Alignments

Index of this chapter81 Electrical Alignments82 Hardware Alignments

NoteThe Service Modes are described in chapter 5 Menu navigation is done with the CURSOR UP DOWN LEFT or RIGHT keys of the remote control transmitter

81 Electrical Alignments

Perform all electrical adjustments under the following conditionsbull Power supply voltage (depends on region)

ndash AP-NTSC 120 VAC or 230 VAC 50 Hz (plusmn 10)ndash AP-PAL-multi 120 - 230 VAC 50 Hz (plusmn 10)ndash EU 230 VAC 50 Hz (plusmn 10)ndash LATAM-NTSC 120 - 230 VAC 50 Hz (plusmn 10)ndash US 120 VAC 60 Hz (plusmn 10)

bull Connect the set to the mains via an isolation transformer with low internal resistance

bull Allow the set to warm up for approximately 60 minutesbull Measure voltages and waveforms in relation to correct

ground (eg measure audio signals in relation to AUDIO_GND) Caution It is not allowed to use heatsinks as ground

bull Test probe Ri gt 10 MΩ Ci lt 20 pFbull Use an isolated trimmerscrewdriver to perform

alignments

82 Hardware Alignments

Not applicable

821 Aging

Enter TV mode Set warm up status to ldquoOnrdquo Aging time at least 12 minutes

822 ADC Adjustment

The chassis can execute ADC auto-tune in YPbPr amp PC sourcing modes Enter SAM select YPbPr or PC as source then select AUTOTUNE in ADC ADJ press ldquoRight keyrdquo to run waiting for about 5 seconds until ldquoOKrdquo is displayed which means the set finished the ADC adjustment With an YPbPr source use a 100 color bar pattern with a PC source use a 16-scale grey pattern

823 White Balance Adjustment

Adjust the NORMAL WARM COOL temperature in White balance according to company regular Make sure ADC adjustments have done successfully before doing white balance adjustments and use the ldquoNaturalrdquo picture mode White balance adjustment should be performed with three different sources1 AVTVSVIDEO source reunification under the AV

adjustment apply a NTSC-M system signal with 8-scale grey pattern

2 YPbPrHDMI source reunification under the YPbPr adjustment apply an 8-scale grey pattern

3 PC source should adjust single apply a 8-scale grey pattern

If case of manual adjustment please use the WB page in SAMWhile adjusting White Balance do not change White G or Black G only adjust White R White B Black R and Black B

Table 8-1 Color Temperature Setting 19

Table 8-2 Color Temperature Setting 26

Color mode X Y Color Temperature (K)

Normal 296plusmn4 299plusmn4 8000

Warm 314plusmn4 319plusmn4 6500

Cool 289plusmn4 291plusmn4 9000

Color mode X Y Color Temperature (K)

Normal 289plusmn4 291plusmn4 9000

Warm 314plusmn4 319plusmn4 6500

Cool 278plusmn4 278plusmn4 11000

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data SheetsEN 50 TCS10L LA9

9 Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data Sheets

Index of this chapter91 Introduction92 Abbreviation List93 IC Data Sheets

Notes bull Only new circuits (circuits that are not published recently)

are described bull Figures can deviate slightly from the actual situation due

to different set executions

91 Introduction

This chassis uses the MStar MST9U19A main chip with the following features bull Multi-Standard TV decoding with 2-D comb filterbull Multi-Standard TV sound demodulator and decoderbull Triple ADC fro TV and RGBYPbPrbull Integrated DVIHDCPHDMI compliant receiverbull High quality scaling enginebull 3-D video de-interlacer and video noise reductionbull Embedded On Screen Display controllerbull NTSCPALSecam Video decoder with automatic standard

detectionbull CVBS video outputbull Multi standard TV sound decoderbull FM stereo and SAP demodulationbull Digital audio interfacebull Analog RGB Compliant Input Portsbull DVIHDCPHDMI Compliant input portbull Auto tuning function including phasing positioning offset

gain and jitter detectionbull Automatic color correction

The MST9U19A is a high performance and fully integrated IC for multi-function LCD monitorTV with resolutions up to WSXGA (1680 times 1050) It is configured with an integrated triple-ADCPLL an integrated DVIHDCPHDMI receiver a multi standard TV video and audio decoder a video de-interlacer a scaling engine the MStarACE-3 color engine an On Screen Display controller an 8-bit MCU and a built-in output panel interface It also incorporates an intelligent power management control system for green-mode requirements and spread-spectrum support for EMI management

For a block diagram refer to chapter 6 ldquoBlock diagrams Test Point Overviews and Waveformsrdquo

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data Sheets EN 51TCS10L LA 9

92 Abbreviation List

1080i 1080 visible lines interlaced1080p 1080 visible lines progressive scan2CS 2 Carrier Sound2DNR Spatial (2D) Noise Reduction3DNR Temporal (3D) Noise Reduction480i 480 visible lines interlaced480p 480 visible lines progressive scanAARA Automatic Aspect Ratio Adaptation

algorithm that adapts aspect ratio to remove horizontal black bars keeping up the original aspect ratio

ACI Automatic Channel Installation algorithm that installs TV channels directly from a cable network by means of a predefined TXT page

ADC Analogue to Digital ConverterAFC Automatic Frequency Control control

signal used to tune to the correct frequency

AGC Automatic Gain Control algorithm that controls the video input of the feature box

AM Amplitude ModulationAUO Acer Unipack OptronicsAP Asia PacificAR Aspect Ratio 4 by 3 or 16 by 9ASD Automatic Standard DetectionAV Audio VideoB-SC1-IN Blue SCART1 inB-SC2-IN Blue SCART2 inB-TXT Blue teletextBG Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 55 MHzBTSC Broadcast Television System

CommitteeC-FRONT Chrominance front inputCBA Circuit Board Assembly (or PWB)CL Constant Level audio output to

connect with an external amplifierCLUT Color Look Up TableComPair Computer aided rePairCSM Customer Service ModeCVBS Composite Video Blanking and

SynchronizationCVBS-EXT CVBS signal from external source

(VCR VCD etc)CVBS-INT CVBS signal from TunerCVBS-MON CVBS monitor signalCVBS-TER-OUT CVBS terrestrial outDAC Digital to Analogue ConverterDBE Dynamic Bass Enhancement extra

low frequency amplificationDFU Directions For Use owners manualDNR Dynamic Noise ReductionDRAM Dynamic RAMDSP Digital Signal ProcessingDST Dealer Service Tool special

(European) remote control designed for service technicians

DTS Digital Theatre SoundDVD Digital Versatile DiscDVI Digital Visual InterfaceDW Double WindowED Enhanced Definition 480p 576pEEPROM Electrically Erasable and

Programmable Read Only MemoryEU EUropeEXT EXTernal (source) entering the set by

SCART or by cinches (jacks)FBL Fast Blanking DC signal

accompanying RGB signalsFBL-SC1-IN Fast blanking signal for SCART1 in

FBL-SC2-IN Fast blanking signal for SCART2 inFBL-TXT Fast Blanking TeletextFLASH FLASH memoryFM Field Memory Frequency ModulationFMR FM RadioFRC Frame Rate ConverterFRONT-C Front input chrominance (SVHS)FRONT-DETECT Front input detectionFRONT-Y_CVBS Front input luminance or CVBS

(SVHS)FTV Flat TeleVisionG-SC1-IN Green SCART1 inG-SC2-IN Green SCART2 inG-TXT Green teletextH H_sync to the module HD High Definition 720p 1080i 1080pHDMI High Definition Multimedia Interface

digital audio and video interfaceHP Head PhoneI Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 60 MHzI2C Integrated IC busI2S Integrated IC Sound busIC Integrated CircuitIF Intermediate FrequencyInterlaced Scan mode where two fields are used

to form one frame Each field contains half the number of the total amount of lines The fields are written in ldquopairsrdquo causing line flicker

IR Infra RedIRQ Interrupt ReQuestLast Status The settings last chosen by the

customer and read and stored in RAM or in the NVM They are called at start-up of the set to configure it according the customers wishes

LATAM LATin AMericaLC04 Philips chassis name for LCD TV 2004

projectLCD Liquid Crystal DisplayLED Light Emitting DiodeLL Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 65 MHz L is Band I L is all bands except for Band I

LPL LG Philips LCDLS Loud SpeakerLVDS Low Voltage Differential Signalling

data transmission system for high speed and low EMI communication

MN Monochrome TV system Sound carrier distance is 45 MHz

MOSFET Metal Oxide Semiconductor Field Effect Transistor

MPEG Motion Pictures Experts GroupMSP Multi-standard Sound Processor ITT

sound decoderMUTE MUTE LineNAFTA North American Free Trade

Association Trade agreement between Canada USA and Mexico

NC Not ConnectedNICAM Near Instantaneous Compounded

Audio Multiplexing This is a digital sound system used mainly in Europe

NTSC National Television Standard Committee Color system used mainly in North America and Japan Color carrier NTSC MN = 3579545 MHz NTSC 443 = 4433619 MHz (this is a VCR norm it is not transmitted off-air)

NVM Non Volatile Memory IC containing TV related data (for example options)

OC Open CircuitONOFF LED OnOff control signal for the LED

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data SheetsEN 52 TCS10L LA9

OSD On Screen DisplayPAL Phase Alternating Line Color system

used mainly in Western Europe (color carrier = 4433619 MHz) and South America (color carrier PAL M = 3575612 MHz and PAL N = 3582056 MHz)

PC Personal ComputerPCB Printed Circuit Board (or PWB)PDP Plasma Display PanelPIG Picture In GraphicPIP Picture In PicturePLL Phase Locked Loop Used for

example in FST tuning systems The customer can directly provide the desired frequency

Progressive Scan Scan mode where all scan lines are displayed in one frame at the same time creating a double vertical resolution

PWB Printed Wiring Board (or PCB)RAM Random Access MemoryRC Remote Control transmitterRC5 (6) Remote Control system 5 (6) the

signal from the remote control receiver RGB Red Green and Blue The primary

color signals for TV By mixing levels of R G and B all colors (YC) are reproduced

RGBHV Red Green Blue Horizontal sync and Vertical sync

ROM Read Only MemorySAM Service Alignment ModeSC SandCastle two-level pulse derived

from sync signalsSC1-OUT SCART output of the MSP audio ICSC2-B-IN SCART2 Blue inSC2-C-IN SCART2 chrominance inSC2-OUT SCART output of the MSP audio ICSC Short CircuitSCL Clock signal on I2C busSD Standard Definition 480i 576iSDA Data signal on I2C busSDI Samsung Display IndustrySDM Service Default ModeSDRAM Synchronous DRAMSECAM SEequence Couleur Avec Memoire

Color system used mainly in France and Eastern Europe Color carriers = 4406250 MHz and 4250000 MHz

SIF Sound Intermediate FrequencySMPS Switch Mode Power SupplySND SouNDSNDL-SC1-IN Sound left SCART1 inSNDL-SC1-OUT Sound left SCART1 outSNDL-SC2-IN Sound left SCART2 inSNDL-SC2-OUT Sound left SCART2 outSNDR-SC1-IN Sound right SCART1 inSNDR-SC1-OUT Sound right SCART1 outSNDR-SC2-IN Sound right SCART2 outSNDR-SC2-OUT Sound right SCART2 outSNDS-VL-OUT Surround sound left variable level outSNDS-VR-OUT Surround sound right variable level outSOPS Self Oscillating Power SupplySPDIF Sony Philips Digital InterFaceSRAM Static RAMSTBY Stand-bySVHS Super Video Home SystemSW Sub Woofer SoftWareTHD Total Harmonic DistortionTXT TeleteXTuP MicroprocessorVL Variable Level out processed audio

output toward external amplifierVCR Video Cassette Recorder

VGA Video Graphics ArrayWD Watch DogWYSIWYR What You See Is What You Record

record selection that follows main picture and sound

XTAL Quartz crystalYPbPr Component video (Y= Luminance Pb

Pr= Color difference signals B-Y and R-Y other amplitudes wrt to YUV)

YC Video related signals Y consists of luminance signal blanking level and sync C consists of color signal

Y-OUT Luminance-signalYUV Baseband component video (Y=

Luminance UV= Color difference signals)

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data Sheets EN 53TCS10L LA 9

93 IC Data Sheets

This section shows the internal block diagrams and pin layouts of ICs that are drawn as ldquoblack boxesrdquo in the electrical diagrams (with the exception of ldquomemoryrdquo and ldquologicrdquo ICs)

931 Diagram B MST9U19A

Figure 9-1 Pin configuration

Pin 1

123

45

7

9

11

1314

1718

21

23

25

2728

30

32

34

36

39

41

43

6

8

10

12

1516

1920

22

24

26

29

31

33

35

3738

40

42

4445464748

505152

49

53 54 55 56 57 59 61 63 65 66 69 70 73 75 77 79 80 82 84 86 88 91 93 9558 60 62 64 67 68 71 72 74 76 78 81 83 85 87 89 90 92 94 96 97 98 99 100

102

103

104

101

208

207

206

205

204

202

200

198

196

195

192

191

188

186

184

182

181

179

177

175

173

170

168

166

203

201

199

197

194

193

190

189

187

185

183

180

178

176

174

172

171

169

167

165

164

163

162

161

159

158

157

160

156155154

153152

150

148

146

144143

140139

136

134

132

130129

127

125

123

121

118

116

114

151

149

147

145

142141

138137

135

133

131

128

126

124

122

120119

117

115

113112111110109

107106105

108

MST9U19A

XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX

GN

D

AUR1

AUL2

AUL3

AUL1

AUCO

M

AUR2

AUR3

DIGO[8]

GNDAVDD_MEMPLL

PWM3PWM2DIGO[9]

SIF1

MSI

F1P

AVD

D_S

IF

AUO

UTL

AUO

UTR

AUO

UTS

VDD

CG

PIO

F[2]

GPI

OF[

3]G

PIO

F[4]

GPI

OF[

5]G

PIO

F[6]

GPI

OF[

7]G

PIO

F[8]

GPI

OF[

9]G

PIO

F[10

]G

PIO

F[11

]VD

DP

GN

DG

PIO

F[12

]

GPI

OF[

14]

GPI

OF[

15]

GPI

OF[

16]

GPI

OF[

17]

GPI

OF[

18]

GN

D

GPI

OF[

19]

VDD

C

VDD

PG

ND

VDD

PVD

DP

GPI

OF[

13]

GN

D

DIGO[7]

DIGO[5]

DIGO[3]

DIGO[1]

VDDC

VDDPPWM_SENSE

DIGO[6]

DIGO[4]

DIGO[2]

DIGO[0]

GND

PWM_DRVPWM_FBIRININT

PWM1PWM0

GNDVDDPALERDZWRZ

VDDC

GNDVDDP

VDD

PLV

A0M

LVA0

PLV

A1M

LVA1

PLV

A2M

LVA2

PLV

ACKM

LVAC

KPLV

A3M

LVA4

PVD

DP

VDD

CAV

DD

_MPL

L

LVA3

PLV

A4M

GPI

OE[

0]

IHSY

NC

ICLK

DI[

1]D

I[0]

IVYS

NC

GPI

OE[

1]G

PIO

E[2]

GPI

OE[

3]G

ND

VDD

P

AVD

D_M

PLL

XIN

XOU

TH

WR

ESET

GN

D

DI[

7]D

I[6]

DI[

5]D

I[4]

DI[

2]D

I[3]

VDD

C

AUO

UTL

3AU

OU

TR3

RXCKPGND

RX0NRX0P

AVDD_DVIRX1NRX1P

RX2P

REXT

DDCD_CK

VSYNC1

VCLAMP

REFM

BIN1M

GNDRX2N

AVDD_DVI

DDCD_DA

HSYNC1

RMID

REFP

BIN1P

SOGIN1GIN1PGIN1MRIN1PRIN1MBIN0MBIN0PGIN0MGIN0P

SOGIN0RIN0MRIN0P

HSYNC0VSYNC0

RXCKN

AVDD_ADCGND

C1Y1C0Y0

CVBS2CVBS1

VCOM1CVBS0

VCOM0CVBSOUT

GND

VCOM2CVBS3

GN

D

AVD

D_A

UAU

L0AU

R0

AUVR

EFAU

VRAD

PAU

VRAD

N

AUO

UTL

2AU

OU

TR2

AD[7]AD[6]AD[5]AD[4]AD[3]AD[2]AD[1]AD[0]

SDOCSZSDISCK

SAR3

SAR1SAR2

SAR0

DDCA_CK

DDCR_CKDDCA_DA

DDCR_DA

LVB0

MLV

B0P

LVB1

MLV

B1P

LVB2

MLV

B2P

LVBC

KMLV

BCKP

LVB3

M

LVB4

P

LVB3

PLV

B4M

I_18130_008eps200608

Pin Configuration

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data SheetsEN 54 TCS10L LA9

932 Diagram B TDA1308

Figure 9-2 Block diagram and pin configuration

Block diagram

Pinning information

2

1

3

4

8

7

65

INA(neg)

TDA1308(A)OUTA

VSS

VDD

INA(pos)

INB(neg)

INB(pos)

OUTB

TDA1308(A)

VATUO DD

BTUO)gen(ANI

)gen(BNI)sop(ANI

VSS INB(pos)

1

2

3

4

6

5

8

7

I_18130_007eps190608

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data Sheets EN 55TCS10L LA 9

933 Diagram B NCP1377B

Figure 9-3 Block diagram and pin configuration

Block diagram

Pinning information

I_18130_009eps190608

HV

VCC

GND

Demag

4 mA

To InternalSupply

+

+

125 V75 V56 V (Fault)

FaultMngt

PON

5 V+

OVP

+

144

45 usDelay

15 us for B Version

Demag

8 usBlanking

S

SR R

Q

Q

+

3 us forB Version

+minus

Overload

5 usTimeout

TimeReset

Demag

380 nsLEB

1 V3

200 Awhen DRV

is OFF

FB

42 V

Driver src = 20 sink = 10

DrvVCC

CS

+50 mV 10 V Rint

1Dmg 8 HV

7 NC2FB

3CS

4GND

6 VCC

5 Drv

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data SheetsEN 56 TCS10L LA9

934 Diagram B TDA7266

Figure 9-4 Block diagram and pin configuration

1

2

4

Vref

7YB-TS

IN1

022microF

VCC

133

+

-

-

+

OUT1+

OUT1-

15

14

12

6ETUM

IN2

022microF

+

-

-

+

OUT2+

OUT2-

8

9S-GND

PW-GND

470microF 100nF

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

9

10

11

8

NC

NC

S-GND

PW-GND

OUT2+

OUT2-

VCC

IN2

ST-BY

MUTE

NC

IN1

VCCOUT1-

OUT1+

13

14

15

12

I_17950_054eps090508

Block Diagram

Pin Configuration

Spare Parts List amp CTN Overview EN 57TCS10L LA 10

10 Spare Parts List amp CTN OverviewFor the latest spare part overview please consult the Philips Service website

Table 10-1 Sets described in this manual

11 Revision ListManual xxxx xxx xxxx0bull First release

CTN Styling

19PFL340355 MG8

19PFL340377 MG8

19PFL340378 MG8

19PFL340385 MG8

26PFL340385 MG8

  • Content
  • 1 Technical Specifications Connections and Chassis Overview
    • 11 Technical Specifications
      • 111 Vision
      • 112 Sound
      • 113 Miscellaneous
        • 12 Connection Overview
          • Figure 1-1 Rear and side IO connections
          • 121 Rear Connections
            • 1 - HDMI Digital Video Digital Audio - In
              • Figure 1-2 HDMI (type A) connector
                • 2 - VGA AUDIO Mini Jack VGA Audio - In
                • 3 - VGA PC Video RGB - In and Service UART
                  • Figure 1-3 VGA Connector
                    • 4 - Cinch Video YPbPr - In
                    • 5 - AV1 Cinch Video CVBS - In Audio - In
                    • 6 - Aerial - In
                    • 7 - Service Connector (ComPair)
                      • 122 Side connections
                        • 8 - Cinch Video CVBS - In Audio - In
                        • 9 - S-Video (Hosiden) Video YC - In
                        • 10 - Mini Jack Audio Head phone - Out
                            • 13 Chassis Overview
                              • Figure 1-4 PWBCBA locations
                                  • 2 Safety Instructions Warnings and Notes
                                    • 21 Safety Instructions
                                    • 22 Warnings
                                    • 23 Notes
                                      • 231 General
                                      • 232 Schematic Notes
                                      • 233 BGA (Ball Grid Array) ICs
                                        • Introduction
                                        • BGA Temperature Profiles
                                          • 234 Lead-free Soldering
                                          • 235 Alternative BOM identification
                                            • Figure 2-1 Serial number (example)
                                              • 236 Board Level Repair (BLR) or Component Level Repair (CLR)
                                              • 237 Practical Service Precautions
                                                  • 3 Directions for Use
                                                  • 4 Mechanical Instructions
                                                    • 41 Cable Dressing
                                                      • Figure 4-1 Cable dressing (19 model)
                                                      • Figure 4-2 Cable dressing (26 model)
                                                        • 42 Service Positions
                                                          • 421 Foam Bars
                                                            • Figure 4-3 Foam bars
                                                                • 43 AssyPanel Removal
                                                                  • 431 Stand
                                                                    • Figure 4-4 Stand
                                                                      • 432 Rear Cover
                                                                        • Figure 4-5 LVDS release
                                                                        • Figure 4-6 Speaker and IRLED panel cable release
                                                                          • 433 Keyboard Control Board
                                                                            • Figure 4-7 Keyboard control board
                                                                              • 434 IRLED Board and Speakers
                                                                                • Figure 4-8 IRLED Board and Speakers
                                                                                  • 435 Power Supply Board
                                                                                    • Figure 4-9 Power Supply Unit(s)
                                                                                      • 436 Inverter Board (19 and 22 versions)
                                                                                        • Figure 4-10 Inverter Board
                                                                                          • 437 Small Signal Board (SSB)
                                                                                            • Removing the SSB
                                                                                              • Figure 4-11 SSB connector plate
                                                                                              • Figure 4-12 SSB
                                                                                                • 44 Set Re-assembly
                                                                                                  • 5 Service Modes Error Codes and Fault Finding
                                                                                                    • 51 Test Points
                                                                                                    • 52 Service Mode
                                                                                                      • 521 Service Alignment Mode (SAM)
                                                                                                        • How to Enter
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-1 SAM menu
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-2 SAM menu White Balance Normal
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-3 SAM menu White Balance Cool
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-4 SAM menu White Balance Warm
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-5 SAM menu Volume Curve
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-6 SAM menu Picture Curve
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-7 SAM menu Picture Mode Natural
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-8 SAM menu Picture Mode Personal
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-9 SAM menu Picture Mode Rich
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-10 SAM menu Picture Mode Soft
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-11 SAM menu Producting
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-12 SAM menu Country
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-13 SAM menu Setup
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-14 SAM menu Shop Init Do
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-15 SAM menu Clear Code gt
                                                                                                            • How to Exit
                                                                                                            • Factory Mode Descriptions
                                                                                                              • ltTABLEgt
                                                                                                              • Virgin Settings
                                                                                                                • Table 5-1 Country setting
                                                                                                                • Table 5-2 Virgin settings
                                                                                                                  • 522 Customer Service Mode (CSM)
                                                                                                                    • Purpose
                                                                                                                    • How to Activate CSM
                                                                                                                    • Contents of CSM
                                                                                                                      • Figure 5-16 CSM Menu
                                                                                                                        • Menu Explanation
                                                                                                                        • How to Exit
                                                                                                                          • 523 Blinking LED Procedure
                                                                                                                            • 53 Error Codes
                                                                                                                              • ltTABLEgt
                                                                                                                                • 54 Fault Finding
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-17 No Picture No sound no Back light (19 sets)
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-18 Picture OK No sound (19 sets)
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-19 No Picture Back light amp Sound OK (19 and 26 sets)
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-20 No color (19 and 26 sets)
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-21 No Picture No sound no Back light (26 sets)
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-22 Picture OK No sound (26 sets)
                                                                                                                                    • 55 Service Tools
                                                                                                                                      • 551 ComPair
                                                                                                                                        • Introduction
                                                                                                                                        • Specifications
                                                                                                                                        • How to Connect
                                                                                                                                        • How to Order
                                                                                                                                          • Figure 5-23 ComPair II interface connection
                                                                                                                                            • 56 Software Upgrading
                                                                                                                                              • 561 Introduction
                                                                                                                                                  • 6 Block Diagrams Test Point Overview and Waveforms
                                                                                                                                                    • Wiring Diagram of Connector for MS19-PH 19
                                                                                                                                                    • Wiring Diagram of Connector for MS19-PH 26
                                                                                                                                                    • Block Diagram MS19P Chipset
                                                                                                                                                    • I2C overview
                                                                                                                                                      • 7 Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts
                                                                                                                                                        • Main Power Supply (19)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Main Power Supply (19) (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Main Power Supply (19) (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Main Power Supply (26)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Main Power Supply (26) (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Main Power Supply (26) (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Standby Power Supply (26)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Standby Power Supply (26) (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Standby Power Supply (26) (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB Control
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB DC - DC
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB MST9E19A Controller
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB HDMI Interface
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB VGA Interface
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB Cinch
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB Tuner
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB Audio Amplifier
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB LVDS Interface
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Small Signal Board (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Small Signal Board (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Keyboard Control Panel
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Keyboard Control Panel (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Keyboard Control Panel (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Inverter Panel
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Inverter Panel (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Inverter Panel (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • IR LED Panel
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout IR LED Panel (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout IR LED Panel (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                          • 8 Alignments
                                                                                                                                                            • 81 Electrical Alignments
                                                                                                                                                            • 82 Hardware Alignments
                                                                                                                                                              • 821 Aging
                                                                                                                                                              • 822 ADC Adjustment
                                                                                                                                                              • 823 White Balance Adjustment
                                                                                                                                                                • Table 8-1 Color Temperature Setting 19
                                                                                                                                                                • Table 8-2 Color Temperature Setting 26
                                                                                                                                                                  • 9 Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data Sheets
                                                                                                                                                                    • 91 Introduction
                                                                                                                                                                    • 92 Abbreviation List
                                                                                                                                                                    • 93 IC Data Sheets
                                                                                                                                                                      • 931 Diagram B MST9U19A
                                                                                                                                                                        • Figure 9-1 Pin configuration
                                                                                                                                                                          • 932 Diagram B TDA1308
                                                                                                                                                                            • Figure 9-2 Block diagram and pin configuration
                                                                                                                                                                              • 933 Diagram B NCP1377B
                                                                                                                                                                                • Figure 9-3 Block diagram and pin configuration
                                                                                                                                                                                  • 934 Diagram B TDA7266
                                                                                                                                                                                    • Figure 9-4 Block diagram and pin configuration
                                                                                                                                                                                      • 10 Spare Parts List amp CTN Overview
                                                                                                                                                                                        • Table 10-1 Sets described in this manual
                                                                                                                                                                                          • 11 Revision List
Page 45: Philips 19PFL3403-55 TCS1[1].0L_LA

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 45TCS10L LA 7

Inverter Panel

1 2

A

B

C

D

4321

D

C

B

A

F1FUSE-1

C2104

C1220uF250V

C3104

R1200

Q1

DTA143

E1

9

E2

10

C2

11

VC

C12

OU

TP

UT

C13

VR

EF

14

A1+

1

A1-

2

CO

MP

3

DT

C4

CT

5

RT

6

GN

D7

C1

8

A2-

15

A2+

16

U1

TL494

R2200

Q32222

C8

223

C7103

R847K

R7120K

C4

104C5104

D1

68V

C9104

D2

1N4148

Q8DTC143

123456

CN1

R20470K

R21

33K

C16

330pF

C15NC

R13100K

R10

68K

R11

68K

R12

15K

C10104

R2627K

C20223

R18560

Q22222

Q62907

R142K

R1622K

R27 10

R28 10

D4

BAW56K

S11

G12

S23

G24

D1 8

D1 7

D2 6

D2 5

U2

4606

C21223

Q42222

Q72907

R152K

R1722K

R29 10

R30 10

D5

BAW56K

S11

G12

S23

G24

D1 8

D1 7

D2 6

D2 5

U3

4606

R19560

C6

105

R231M

Q52N7002

R22

1M

R9

47K

R25

100KR24270K

D6NCBAW56K

D7NCBAW56K

P1

P2

P3

P4

C17225

C18

225

10

1 7

6

T1

T01

10

1 7

6

T2

T01

C2222pF

12

CON1

12

CON2

D9BAV99

R41K

R36820

R32

10KC12104

D8BAV99

R31K

R35820

R31

10KC11104

P2

P1

C2322pF

12

CON3

12

CON4

D11

BAV99

R61K

R38820

R34

10KC14104

D10BAV99

R51K

R37820

R33

10KC13104

P4

P3

VREF

VREF

C19NC

C26

222C27NC

D13BAV99

D15BAV99

C2422pF

C2522pF

C28

222C29NC

C30222 C31

NC

C32

222C33NC

OVP

OVP

OV

P

R602K

R61510K

C38105

Q10

DTA143

Q112222

R6330K

R62 1K

VCC

VCC

P5

P5

R64

1K

C34221

C35 221

C37

221

C39104

C36

221U4A

LM393

U4B

LM393

Vref

D3

1N4148

R65

3K R663K

C41 104

R67

10K

I_18130_033eps180608

I IINVERTER PANEL 19rdquo

46TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout Inverter Panel (Top Side)

Layout Inverter Panel (Bottom Side)

I_18130_034eps190608

I_18130_035eps190608

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 47TCS10L LA 7

IR LED Panel

AGND

AGND

AGNDIRVC

C

GN

D

RW

R20

031K

2

R20

04

1K2

LED1

1

2

3

4

5

CN2001

E

C

B

BC847AQ2001

B

C

E

Q2002

BC847A

2

13

D2001

LED2

G2001

R20024K7

5V16

V10

0UC

2001

5V

IR

IR

C20

03 47P

LED1R2001

4K7

C2002

47P

LED2

I_18130_036eps180608

J JIR amp LED PANELLayout IR LED Panel (Top Side)

Layout IR LED Panel (Bottom Side)

I_18130_037eps180608

I_18130_038eps180608

48TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Personal Notes

E_06532_013eps131004

Alignments EN 49TCS10L LA 8

8 Alignments

Index of this chapter81 Electrical Alignments82 Hardware Alignments

NoteThe Service Modes are described in chapter 5 Menu navigation is done with the CURSOR UP DOWN LEFT or RIGHT keys of the remote control transmitter

81 Electrical Alignments

Perform all electrical adjustments under the following conditionsbull Power supply voltage (depends on region)

ndash AP-NTSC 120 VAC or 230 VAC 50 Hz (plusmn 10)ndash AP-PAL-multi 120 - 230 VAC 50 Hz (plusmn 10)ndash EU 230 VAC 50 Hz (plusmn 10)ndash LATAM-NTSC 120 - 230 VAC 50 Hz (plusmn 10)ndash US 120 VAC 60 Hz (plusmn 10)

bull Connect the set to the mains via an isolation transformer with low internal resistance

bull Allow the set to warm up for approximately 60 minutesbull Measure voltages and waveforms in relation to correct

ground (eg measure audio signals in relation to AUDIO_GND) Caution It is not allowed to use heatsinks as ground

bull Test probe Ri gt 10 MΩ Ci lt 20 pFbull Use an isolated trimmerscrewdriver to perform

alignments

82 Hardware Alignments

Not applicable

821 Aging

Enter TV mode Set warm up status to ldquoOnrdquo Aging time at least 12 minutes

822 ADC Adjustment

The chassis can execute ADC auto-tune in YPbPr amp PC sourcing modes Enter SAM select YPbPr or PC as source then select AUTOTUNE in ADC ADJ press ldquoRight keyrdquo to run waiting for about 5 seconds until ldquoOKrdquo is displayed which means the set finished the ADC adjustment With an YPbPr source use a 100 color bar pattern with a PC source use a 16-scale grey pattern

823 White Balance Adjustment

Adjust the NORMAL WARM COOL temperature in White balance according to company regular Make sure ADC adjustments have done successfully before doing white balance adjustments and use the ldquoNaturalrdquo picture mode White balance adjustment should be performed with three different sources1 AVTVSVIDEO source reunification under the AV

adjustment apply a NTSC-M system signal with 8-scale grey pattern

2 YPbPrHDMI source reunification under the YPbPr adjustment apply an 8-scale grey pattern

3 PC source should adjust single apply a 8-scale grey pattern

If case of manual adjustment please use the WB page in SAMWhile adjusting White Balance do not change White G or Black G only adjust White R White B Black R and Black B

Table 8-1 Color Temperature Setting 19

Table 8-2 Color Temperature Setting 26

Color mode X Y Color Temperature (K)

Normal 296plusmn4 299plusmn4 8000

Warm 314plusmn4 319plusmn4 6500

Cool 289plusmn4 291plusmn4 9000

Color mode X Y Color Temperature (K)

Normal 289plusmn4 291plusmn4 9000

Warm 314plusmn4 319plusmn4 6500

Cool 278plusmn4 278plusmn4 11000

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data SheetsEN 50 TCS10L LA9

9 Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data Sheets

Index of this chapter91 Introduction92 Abbreviation List93 IC Data Sheets

Notes bull Only new circuits (circuits that are not published recently)

are described bull Figures can deviate slightly from the actual situation due

to different set executions

91 Introduction

This chassis uses the MStar MST9U19A main chip with the following features bull Multi-Standard TV decoding with 2-D comb filterbull Multi-Standard TV sound demodulator and decoderbull Triple ADC fro TV and RGBYPbPrbull Integrated DVIHDCPHDMI compliant receiverbull High quality scaling enginebull 3-D video de-interlacer and video noise reductionbull Embedded On Screen Display controllerbull NTSCPALSecam Video decoder with automatic standard

detectionbull CVBS video outputbull Multi standard TV sound decoderbull FM stereo and SAP demodulationbull Digital audio interfacebull Analog RGB Compliant Input Portsbull DVIHDCPHDMI Compliant input portbull Auto tuning function including phasing positioning offset

gain and jitter detectionbull Automatic color correction

The MST9U19A is a high performance and fully integrated IC for multi-function LCD monitorTV with resolutions up to WSXGA (1680 times 1050) It is configured with an integrated triple-ADCPLL an integrated DVIHDCPHDMI receiver a multi standard TV video and audio decoder a video de-interlacer a scaling engine the MStarACE-3 color engine an On Screen Display controller an 8-bit MCU and a built-in output panel interface It also incorporates an intelligent power management control system for green-mode requirements and spread-spectrum support for EMI management

For a block diagram refer to chapter 6 ldquoBlock diagrams Test Point Overviews and Waveformsrdquo

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data Sheets EN 51TCS10L LA 9

92 Abbreviation List

1080i 1080 visible lines interlaced1080p 1080 visible lines progressive scan2CS 2 Carrier Sound2DNR Spatial (2D) Noise Reduction3DNR Temporal (3D) Noise Reduction480i 480 visible lines interlaced480p 480 visible lines progressive scanAARA Automatic Aspect Ratio Adaptation

algorithm that adapts aspect ratio to remove horizontal black bars keeping up the original aspect ratio

ACI Automatic Channel Installation algorithm that installs TV channels directly from a cable network by means of a predefined TXT page

ADC Analogue to Digital ConverterAFC Automatic Frequency Control control

signal used to tune to the correct frequency

AGC Automatic Gain Control algorithm that controls the video input of the feature box

AM Amplitude ModulationAUO Acer Unipack OptronicsAP Asia PacificAR Aspect Ratio 4 by 3 or 16 by 9ASD Automatic Standard DetectionAV Audio VideoB-SC1-IN Blue SCART1 inB-SC2-IN Blue SCART2 inB-TXT Blue teletextBG Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 55 MHzBTSC Broadcast Television System

CommitteeC-FRONT Chrominance front inputCBA Circuit Board Assembly (or PWB)CL Constant Level audio output to

connect with an external amplifierCLUT Color Look Up TableComPair Computer aided rePairCSM Customer Service ModeCVBS Composite Video Blanking and

SynchronizationCVBS-EXT CVBS signal from external source

(VCR VCD etc)CVBS-INT CVBS signal from TunerCVBS-MON CVBS monitor signalCVBS-TER-OUT CVBS terrestrial outDAC Digital to Analogue ConverterDBE Dynamic Bass Enhancement extra

low frequency amplificationDFU Directions For Use owners manualDNR Dynamic Noise ReductionDRAM Dynamic RAMDSP Digital Signal ProcessingDST Dealer Service Tool special

(European) remote control designed for service technicians

DTS Digital Theatre SoundDVD Digital Versatile DiscDVI Digital Visual InterfaceDW Double WindowED Enhanced Definition 480p 576pEEPROM Electrically Erasable and

Programmable Read Only MemoryEU EUropeEXT EXTernal (source) entering the set by

SCART or by cinches (jacks)FBL Fast Blanking DC signal

accompanying RGB signalsFBL-SC1-IN Fast blanking signal for SCART1 in

FBL-SC2-IN Fast blanking signal for SCART2 inFBL-TXT Fast Blanking TeletextFLASH FLASH memoryFM Field Memory Frequency ModulationFMR FM RadioFRC Frame Rate ConverterFRONT-C Front input chrominance (SVHS)FRONT-DETECT Front input detectionFRONT-Y_CVBS Front input luminance or CVBS

(SVHS)FTV Flat TeleVisionG-SC1-IN Green SCART1 inG-SC2-IN Green SCART2 inG-TXT Green teletextH H_sync to the module HD High Definition 720p 1080i 1080pHDMI High Definition Multimedia Interface

digital audio and video interfaceHP Head PhoneI Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 60 MHzI2C Integrated IC busI2S Integrated IC Sound busIC Integrated CircuitIF Intermediate FrequencyInterlaced Scan mode where two fields are used

to form one frame Each field contains half the number of the total amount of lines The fields are written in ldquopairsrdquo causing line flicker

IR Infra RedIRQ Interrupt ReQuestLast Status The settings last chosen by the

customer and read and stored in RAM or in the NVM They are called at start-up of the set to configure it according the customers wishes

LATAM LATin AMericaLC04 Philips chassis name for LCD TV 2004

projectLCD Liquid Crystal DisplayLED Light Emitting DiodeLL Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 65 MHz L is Band I L is all bands except for Band I

LPL LG Philips LCDLS Loud SpeakerLVDS Low Voltage Differential Signalling

data transmission system for high speed and low EMI communication

MN Monochrome TV system Sound carrier distance is 45 MHz

MOSFET Metal Oxide Semiconductor Field Effect Transistor

MPEG Motion Pictures Experts GroupMSP Multi-standard Sound Processor ITT

sound decoderMUTE MUTE LineNAFTA North American Free Trade

Association Trade agreement between Canada USA and Mexico

NC Not ConnectedNICAM Near Instantaneous Compounded

Audio Multiplexing This is a digital sound system used mainly in Europe

NTSC National Television Standard Committee Color system used mainly in North America and Japan Color carrier NTSC MN = 3579545 MHz NTSC 443 = 4433619 MHz (this is a VCR norm it is not transmitted off-air)

NVM Non Volatile Memory IC containing TV related data (for example options)

OC Open CircuitONOFF LED OnOff control signal for the LED

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data SheetsEN 52 TCS10L LA9

OSD On Screen DisplayPAL Phase Alternating Line Color system

used mainly in Western Europe (color carrier = 4433619 MHz) and South America (color carrier PAL M = 3575612 MHz and PAL N = 3582056 MHz)

PC Personal ComputerPCB Printed Circuit Board (or PWB)PDP Plasma Display PanelPIG Picture In GraphicPIP Picture In PicturePLL Phase Locked Loop Used for

example in FST tuning systems The customer can directly provide the desired frequency

Progressive Scan Scan mode where all scan lines are displayed in one frame at the same time creating a double vertical resolution

PWB Printed Wiring Board (or PCB)RAM Random Access MemoryRC Remote Control transmitterRC5 (6) Remote Control system 5 (6) the

signal from the remote control receiver RGB Red Green and Blue The primary

color signals for TV By mixing levels of R G and B all colors (YC) are reproduced

RGBHV Red Green Blue Horizontal sync and Vertical sync

ROM Read Only MemorySAM Service Alignment ModeSC SandCastle two-level pulse derived

from sync signalsSC1-OUT SCART output of the MSP audio ICSC2-B-IN SCART2 Blue inSC2-C-IN SCART2 chrominance inSC2-OUT SCART output of the MSP audio ICSC Short CircuitSCL Clock signal on I2C busSD Standard Definition 480i 576iSDA Data signal on I2C busSDI Samsung Display IndustrySDM Service Default ModeSDRAM Synchronous DRAMSECAM SEequence Couleur Avec Memoire

Color system used mainly in France and Eastern Europe Color carriers = 4406250 MHz and 4250000 MHz

SIF Sound Intermediate FrequencySMPS Switch Mode Power SupplySND SouNDSNDL-SC1-IN Sound left SCART1 inSNDL-SC1-OUT Sound left SCART1 outSNDL-SC2-IN Sound left SCART2 inSNDL-SC2-OUT Sound left SCART2 outSNDR-SC1-IN Sound right SCART1 inSNDR-SC1-OUT Sound right SCART1 outSNDR-SC2-IN Sound right SCART2 outSNDR-SC2-OUT Sound right SCART2 outSNDS-VL-OUT Surround sound left variable level outSNDS-VR-OUT Surround sound right variable level outSOPS Self Oscillating Power SupplySPDIF Sony Philips Digital InterFaceSRAM Static RAMSTBY Stand-bySVHS Super Video Home SystemSW Sub Woofer SoftWareTHD Total Harmonic DistortionTXT TeleteXTuP MicroprocessorVL Variable Level out processed audio

output toward external amplifierVCR Video Cassette Recorder

VGA Video Graphics ArrayWD Watch DogWYSIWYR What You See Is What You Record

record selection that follows main picture and sound

XTAL Quartz crystalYPbPr Component video (Y= Luminance Pb

Pr= Color difference signals B-Y and R-Y other amplitudes wrt to YUV)

YC Video related signals Y consists of luminance signal blanking level and sync C consists of color signal

Y-OUT Luminance-signalYUV Baseband component video (Y=

Luminance UV= Color difference signals)

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data Sheets EN 53TCS10L LA 9

93 IC Data Sheets

This section shows the internal block diagrams and pin layouts of ICs that are drawn as ldquoblack boxesrdquo in the electrical diagrams (with the exception of ldquomemoryrdquo and ldquologicrdquo ICs)

931 Diagram B MST9U19A

Figure 9-1 Pin configuration

Pin 1

123

45

7

9

11

1314

1718

21

23

25

2728

30

32

34

36

39

41

43

6

8

10

12

1516

1920

22

24

26

29

31

33

35

3738

40

42

4445464748

505152

49

53 54 55 56 57 59 61 63 65 66 69 70 73 75 77 79 80 82 84 86 88 91 93 9558 60 62 64 67 68 71 72 74 76 78 81 83 85 87 89 90 92 94 96 97 98 99 100

102

103

104

101

208

207

206

205

204

202

200

198

196

195

192

191

188

186

184

182

181

179

177

175

173

170

168

166

203

201

199

197

194

193

190

189

187

185

183

180

178

176

174

172

171

169

167

165

164

163

162

161

159

158

157

160

156155154

153152

150

148

146

144143

140139

136

134

132

130129

127

125

123

121

118

116

114

151

149

147

145

142141

138137

135

133

131

128

126

124

122

120119

117

115

113112111110109

107106105

108

MST9U19A

XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX

GN

D

AUR1

AUL2

AUL3

AUL1

AUCO

M

AUR2

AUR3

DIGO[8]

GNDAVDD_MEMPLL

PWM3PWM2DIGO[9]

SIF1

MSI

F1P

AVD

D_S

IF

AUO

UTL

AUO

UTR

AUO

UTS

VDD

CG

PIO

F[2]

GPI

OF[

3]G

PIO

F[4]

GPI

OF[

5]G

PIO

F[6]

GPI

OF[

7]G

PIO

F[8]

GPI

OF[

9]G

PIO

F[10

]G

PIO

F[11

]VD

DP

GN

DG

PIO

F[12

]

GPI

OF[

14]

GPI

OF[

15]

GPI

OF[

16]

GPI

OF[

17]

GPI

OF[

18]

GN

D

GPI

OF[

19]

VDD

C

VDD

PG

ND

VDD

PVD

DP

GPI

OF[

13]

GN

D

DIGO[7]

DIGO[5]

DIGO[3]

DIGO[1]

VDDC

VDDPPWM_SENSE

DIGO[6]

DIGO[4]

DIGO[2]

DIGO[0]

GND

PWM_DRVPWM_FBIRININT

PWM1PWM0

GNDVDDPALERDZWRZ

VDDC

GNDVDDP

VDD

PLV

A0M

LVA0

PLV

A1M

LVA1

PLV

A2M

LVA2

PLV

ACKM

LVAC

KPLV

A3M

LVA4

PVD

DP

VDD

CAV

DD

_MPL

L

LVA3

PLV

A4M

GPI

OE[

0]

IHSY

NC

ICLK

DI[

1]D

I[0]

IVYS

NC

GPI

OE[

1]G

PIO

E[2]

GPI

OE[

3]G

ND

VDD

P

AVD

D_M

PLL

XIN

XOU

TH

WR

ESET

GN

D

DI[

7]D

I[6]

DI[

5]D

I[4]

DI[

2]D

I[3]

VDD

C

AUO

UTL

3AU

OU

TR3

RXCKPGND

RX0NRX0P

AVDD_DVIRX1NRX1P

RX2P

REXT

DDCD_CK

VSYNC1

VCLAMP

REFM

BIN1M

GNDRX2N

AVDD_DVI

DDCD_DA

HSYNC1

RMID

REFP

BIN1P

SOGIN1GIN1PGIN1MRIN1PRIN1MBIN0MBIN0PGIN0MGIN0P

SOGIN0RIN0MRIN0P

HSYNC0VSYNC0

RXCKN

AVDD_ADCGND

C1Y1C0Y0

CVBS2CVBS1

VCOM1CVBS0

VCOM0CVBSOUT

GND

VCOM2CVBS3

GN

D

AVD

D_A

UAU

L0AU

R0

AUVR

EFAU

VRAD

PAU

VRAD

N

AUO

UTL

2AU

OU

TR2

AD[7]AD[6]AD[5]AD[4]AD[3]AD[2]AD[1]AD[0]

SDOCSZSDISCK

SAR3

SAR1SAR2

SAR0

DDCA_CK

DDCR_CKDDCA_DA

DDCR_DA

LVB0

MLV

B0P

LVB1

MLV

B1P

LVB2

MLV

B2P

LVBC

KMLV

BCKP

LVB3

M

LVB4

P

LVB3

PLV

B4M

I_18130_008eps200608

Pin Configuration

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data SheetsEN 54 TCS10L LA9

932 Diagram B TDA1308

Figure 9-2 Block diagram and pin configuration

Block diagram

Pinning information

2

1

3

4

8

7

65

INA(neg)

TDA1308(A)OUTA

VSS

VDD

INA(pos)

INB(neg)

INB(pos)

OUTB

TDA1308(A)

VATUO DD

BTUO)gen(ANI

)gen(BNI)sop(ANI

VSS INB(pos)

1

2

3

4

6

5

8

7

I_18130_007eps190608

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data Sheets EN 55TCS10L LA 9

933 Diagram B NCP1377B

Figure 9-3 Block diagram and pin configuration

Block diagram

Pinning information

I_18130_009eps190608

HV

VCC

GND

Demag

4 mA

To InternalSupply

+

+

125 V75 V56 V (Fault)

FaultMngt

PON

5 V+

OVP

+

144

45 usDelay

15 us for B Version

Demag

8 usBlanking

S

SR R

Q

Q

+

3 us forB Version

+minus

Overload

5 usTimeout

TimeReset

Demag

380 nsLEB

1 V3

200 Awhen DRV

is OFF

FB

42 V

Driver src = 20 sink = 10

DrvVCC

CS

+50 mV 10 V Rint

1Dmg 8 HV

7 NC2FB

3CS

4GND

6 VCC

5 Drv

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data SheetsEN 56 TCS10L LA9

934 Diagram B TDA7266

Figure 9-4 Block diagram and pin configuration

1

2

4

Vref

7YB-TS

IN1

022microF

VCC

133

+

-

-

+

OUT1+

OUT1-

15

14

12

6ETUM

IN2

022microF

+

-

-

+

OUT2+

OUT2-

8

9S-GND

PW-GND

470microF 100nF

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

9

10

11

8

NC

NC

S-GND

PW-GND

OUT2+

OUT2-

VCC

IN2

ST-BY

MUTE

NC

IN1

VCCOUT1-

OUT1+

13

14

15

12

I_17950_054eps090508

Block Diagram

Pin Configuration

Spare Parts List amp CTN Overview EN 57TCS10L LA 10

10 Spare Parts List amp CTN OverviewFor the latest spare part overview please consult the Philips Service website

Table 10-1 Sets described in this manual

11 Revision ListManual xxxx xxx xxxx0bull First release

CTN Styling

19PFL340355 MG8

19PFL340377 MG8

19PFL340378 MG8

19PFL340385 MG8

26PFL340385 MG8

  • Content
  • 1 Technical Specifications Connections and Chassis Overview
    • 11 Technical Specifications
      • 111 Vision
      • 112 Sound
      • 113 Miscellaneous
        • 12 Connection Overview
          • Figure 1-1 Rear and side IO connections
          • 121 Rear Connections
            • 1 - HDMI Digital Video Digital Audio - In
              • Figure 1-2 HDMI (type A) connector
                • 2 - VGA AUDIO Mini Jack VGA Audio - In
                • 3 - VGA PC Video RGB - In and Service UART
                  • Figure 1-3 VGA Connector
                    • 4 - Cinch Video YPbPr - In
                    • 5 - AV1 Cinch Video CVBS - In Audio - In
                    • 6 - Aerial - In
                    • 7 - Service Connector (ComPair)
                      • 122 Side connections
                        • 8 - Cinch Video CVBS - In Audio - In
                        • 9 - S-Video (Hosiden) Video YC - In
                        • 10 - Mini Jack Audio Head phone - Out
                            • 13 Chassis Overview
                              • Figure 1-4 PWBCBA locations
                                  • 2 Safety Instructions Warnings and Notes
                                    • 21 Safety Instructions
                                    • 22 Warnings
                                    • 23 Notes
                                      • 231 General
                                      • 232 Schematic Notes
                                      • 233 BGA (Ball Grid Array) ICs
                                        • Introduction
                                        • BGA Temperature Profiles
                                          • 234 Lead-free Soldering
                                          • 235 Alternative BOM identification
                                            • Figure 2-1 Serial number (example)
                                              • 236 Board Level Repair (BLR) or Component Level Repair (CLR)
                                              • 237 Practical Service Precautions
                                                  • 3 Directions for Use
                                                  • 4 Mechanical Instructions
                                                    • 41 Cable Dressing
                                                      • Figure 4-1 Cable dressing (19 model)
                                                      • Figure 4-2 Cable dressing (26 model)
                                                        • 42 Service Positions
                                                          • 421 Foam Bars
                                                            • Figure 4-3 Foam bars
                                                                • 43 AssyPanel Removal
                                                                  • 431 Stand
                                                                    • Figure 4-4 Stand
                                                                      • 432 Rear Cover
                                                                        • Figure 4-5 LVDS release
                                                                        • Figure 4-6 Speaker and IRLED panel cable release
                                                                          • 433 Keyboard Control Board
                                                                            • Figure 4-7 Keyboard control board
                                                                              • 434 IRLED Board and Speakers
                                                                                • Figure 4-8 IRLED Board and Speakers
                                                                                  • 435 Power Supply Board
                                                                                    • Figure 4-9 Power Supply Unit(s)
                                                                                      • 436 Inverter Board (19 and 22 versions)
                                                                                        • Figure 4-10 Inverter Board
                                                                                          • 437 Small Signal Board (SSB)
                                                                                            • Removing the SSB
                                                                                              • Figure 4-11 SSB connector plate
                                                                                              • Figure 4-12 SSB
                                                                                                • 44 Set Re-assembly
                                                                                                  • 5 Service Modes Error Codes and Fault Finding
                                                                                                    • 51 Test Points
                                                                                                    • 52 Service Mode
                                                                                                      • 521 Service Alignment Mode (SAM)
                                                                                                        • How to Enter
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-1 SAM menu
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-2 SAM menu White Balance Normal
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-3 SAM menu White Balance Cool
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-4 SAM menu White Balance Warm
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-5 SAM menu Volume Curve
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-6 SAM menu Picture Curve
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-7 SAM menu Picture Mode Natural
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-8 SAM menu Picture Mode Personal
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-9 SAM menu Picture Mode Rich
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-10 SAM menu Picture Mode Soft
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-11 SAM menu Producting
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-12 SAM menu Country
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-13 SAM menu Setup
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-14 SAM menu Shop Init Do
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-15 SAM menu Clear Code gt
                                                                                                            • How to Exit
                                                                                                            • Factory Mode Descriptions
                                                                                                              • ltTABLEgt
                                                                                                              • Virgin Settings
                                                                                                                • Table 5-1 Country setting
                                                                                                                • Table 5-2 Virgin settings
                                                                                                                  • 522 Customer Service Mode (CSM)
                                                                                                                    • Purpose
                                                                                                                    • How to Activate CSM
                                                                                                                    • Contents of CSM
                                                                                                                      • Figure 5-16 CSM Menu
                                                                                                                        • Menu Explanation
                                                                                                                        • How to Exit
                                                                                                                          • 523 Blinking LED Procedure
                                                                                                                            • 53 Error Codes
                                                                                                                              • ltTABLEgt
                                                                                                                                • 54 Fault Finding
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-17 No Picture No sound no Back light (19 sets)
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-18 Picture OK No sound (19 sets)
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-19 No Picture Back light amp Sound OK (19 and 26 sets)
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-20 No color (19 and 26 sets)
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-21 No Picture No sound no Back light (26 sets)
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-22 Picture OK No sound (26 sets)
                                                                                                                                    • 55 Service Tools
                                                                                                                                      • 551 ComPair
                                                                                                                                        • Introduction
                                                                                                                                        • Specifications
                                                                                                                                        • How to Connect
                                                                                                                                        • How to Order
                                                                                                                                          • Figure 5-23 ComPair II interface connection
                                                                                                                                            • 56 Software Upgrading
                                                                                                                                              • 561 Introduction
                                                                                                                                                  • 6 Block Diagrams Test Point Overview and Waveforms
                                                                                                                                                    • Wiring Diagram of Connector for MS19-PH 19
                                                                                                                                                    • Wiring Diagram of Connector for MS19-PH 26
                                                                                                                                                    • Block Diagram MS19P Chipset
                                                                                                                                                    • I2C overview
                                                                                                                                                      • 7 Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts
                                                                                                                                                        • Main Power Supply (19)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Main Power Supply (19) (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Main Power Supply (19) (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Main Power Supply (26)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Main Power Supply (26) (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Main Power Supply (26) (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Standby Power Supply (26)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Standby Power Supply (26) (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Standby Power Supply (26) (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB Control
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB DC - DC
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB MST9E19A Controller
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB HDMI Interface
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB VGA Interface
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB Cinch
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB Tuner
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB Audio Amplifier
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB LVDS Interface
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Small Signal Board (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Small Signal Board (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Keyboard Control Panel
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Keyboard Control Panel (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Keyboard Control Panel (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Inverter Panel
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Inverter Panel (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Inverter Panel (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • IR LED Panel
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout IR LED Panel (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout IR LED Panel (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                          • 8 Alignments
                                                                                                                                                            • 81 Electrical Alignments
                                                                                                                                                            • 82 Hardware Alignments
                                                                                                                                                              • 821 Aging
                                                                                                                                                              • 822 ADC Adjustment
                                                                                                                                                              • 823 White Balance Adjustment
                                                                                                                                                                • Table 8-1 Color Temperature Setting 19
                                                                                                                                                                • Table 8-2 Color Temperature Setting 26
                                                                                                                                                                  • 9 Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data Sheets
                                                                                                                                                                    • 91 Introduction
                                                                                                                                                                    • 92 Abbreviation List
                                                                                                                                                                    • 93 IC Data Sheets
                                                                                                                                                                      • 931 Diagram B MST9U19A
                                                                                                                                                                        • Figure 9-1 Pin configuration
                                                                                                                                                                          • 932 Diagram B TDA1308
                                                                                                                                                                            • Figure 9-2 Block diagram and pin configuration
                                                                                                                                                                              • 933 Diagram B NCP1377B
                                                                                                                                                                                • Figure 9-3 Block diagram and pin configuration
                                                                                                                                                                                  • 934 Diagram B TDA7266
                                                                                                                                                                                    • Figure 9-4 Block diagram and pin configuration
                                                                                                                                                                                      • 10 Spare Parts List amp CTN Overview
                                                                                                                                                                                        • Table 10-1 Sets described in this manual
                                                                                                                                                                                          • 11 Revision List
Page 46: Philips 19PFL3403-55 TCS1[1].0L_LA

46TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout Inverter Panel (Top Side)

Layout Inverter Panel (Bottom Side)

I_18130_034eps190608

I_18130_035eps190608

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 47TCS10L LA 7

IR LED Panel

AGND

AGND

AGNDIRVC

C

GN

D

RW

R20

031K

2

R20

04

1K2

LED1

1

2

3

4

5

CN2001

E

C

B

BC847AQ2001

B

C

E

Q2002

BC847A

2

13

D2001

LED2

G2001

R20024K7

5V16

V10

0UC

2001

5V

IR

IR

C20

03 47P

LED1R2001

4K7

C2002

47P

LED2

I_18130_036eps180608

J JIR amp LED PANELLayout IR LED Panel (Top Side)

Layout IR LED Panel (Bottom Side)

I_18130_037eps180608

I_18130_038eps180608

48TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Personal Notes

E_06532_013eps131004

Alignments EN 49TCS10L LA 8

8 Alignments

Index of this chapter81 Electrical Alignments82 Hardware Alignments

NoteThe Service Modes are described in chapter 5 Menu navigation is done with the CURSOR UP DOWN LEFT or RIGHT keys of the remote control transmitter

81 Electrical Alignments

Perform all electrical adjustments under the following conditionsbull Power supply voltage (depends on region)

ndash AP-NTSC 120 VAC or 230 VAC 50 Hz (plusmn 10)ndash AP-PAL-multi 120 - 230 VAC 50 Hz (plusmn 10)ndash EU 230 VAC 50 Hz (plusmn 10)ndash LATAM-NTSC 120 - 230 VAC 50 Hz (plusmn 10)ndash US 120 VAC 60 Hz (plusmn 10)

bull Connect the set to the mains via an isolation transformer with low internal resistance

bull Allow the set to warm up for approximately 60 minutesbull Measure voltages and waveforms in relation to correct

ground (eg measure audio signals in relation to AUDIO_GND) Caution It is not allowed to use heatsinks as ground

bull Test probe Ri gt 10 MΩ Ci lt 20 pFbull Use an isolated trimmerscrewdriver to perform

alignments

82 Hardware Alignments

Not applicable

821 Aging

Enter TV mode Set warm up status to ldquoOnrdquo Aging time at least 12 minutes

822 ADC Adjustment

The chassis can execute ADC auto-tune in YPbPr amp PC sourcing modes Enter SAM select YPbPr or PC as source then select AUTOTUNE in ADC ADJ press ldquoRight keyrdquo to run waiting for about 5 seconds until ldquoOKrdquo is displayed which means the set finished the ADC adjustment With an YPbPr source use a 100 color bar pattern with a PC source use a 16-scale grey pattern

823 White Balance Adjustment

Adjust the NORMAL WARM COOL temperature in White balance according to company regular Make sure ADC adjustments have done successfully before doing white balance adjustments and use the ldquoNaturalrdquo picture mode White balance adjustment should be performed with three different sources1 AVTVSVIDEO source reunification under the AV

adjustment apply a NTSC-M system signal with 8-scale grey pattern

2 YPbPrHDMI source reunification under the YPbPr adjustment apply an 8-scale grey pattern

3 PC source should adjust single apply a 8-scale grey pattern

If case of manual adjustment please use the WB page in SAMWhile adjusting White Balance do not change White G or Black G only adjust White R White B Black R and Black B

Table 8-1 Color Temperature Setting 19

Table 8-2 Color Temperature Setting 26

Color mode X Y Color Temperature (K)

Normal 296plusmn4 299plusmn4 8000

Warm 314plusmn4 319plusmn4 6500

Cool 289plusmn4 291plusmn4 9000

Color mode X Y Color Temperature (K)

Normal 289plusmn4 291plusmn4 9000

Warm 314plusmn4 319plusmn4 6500

Cool 278plusmn4 278plusmn4 11000

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data SheetsEN 50 TCS10L LA9

9 Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data Sheets

Index of this chapter91 Introduction92 Abbreviation List93 IC Data Sheets

Notes bull Only new circuits (circuits that are not published recently)

are described bull Figures can deviate slightly from the actual situation due

to different set executions

91 Introduction

This chassis uses the MStar MST9U19A main chip with the following features bull Multi-Standard TV decoding with 2-D comb filterbull Multi-Standard TV sound demodulator and decoderbull Triple ADC fro TV and RGBYPbPrbull Integrated DVIHDCPHDMI compliant receiverbull High quality scaling enginebull 3-D video de-interlacer and video noise reductionbull Embedded On Screen Display controllerbull NTSCPALSecam Video decoder with automatic standard

detectionbull CVBS video outputbull Multi standard TV sound decoderbull FM stereo and SAP demodulationbull Digital audio interfacebull Analog RGB Compliant Input Portsbull DVIHDCPHDMI Compliant input portbull Auto tuning function including phasing positioning offset

gain and jitter detectionbull Automatic color correction

The MST9U19A is a high performance and fully integrated IC for multi-function LCD monitorTV with resolutions up to WSXGA (1680 times 1050) It is configured with an integrated triple-ADCPLL an integrated DVIHDCPHDMI receiver a multi standard TV video and audio decoder a video de-interlacer a scaling engine the MStarACE-3 color engine an On Screen Display controller an 8-bit MCU and a built-in output panel interface It also incorporates an intelligent power management control system for green-mode requirements and spread-spectrum support for EMI management

For a block diagram refer to chapter 6 ldquoBlock diagrams Test Point Overviews and Waveformsrdquo

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data Sheets EN 51TCS10L LA 9

92 Abbreviation List

1080i 1080 visible lines interlaced1080p 1080 visible lines progressive scan2CS 2 Carrier Sound2DNR Spatial (2D) Noise Reduction3DNR Temporal (3D) Noise Reduction480i 480 visible lines interlaced480p 480 visible lines progressive scanAARA Automatic Aspect Ratio Adaptation

algorithm that adapts aspect ratio to remove horizontal black bars keeping up the original aspect ratio

ACI Automatic Channel Installation algorithm that installs TV channels directly from a cable network by means of a predefined TXT page

ADC Analogue to Digital ConverterAFC Automatic Frequency Control control

signal used to tune to the correct frequency

AGC Automatic Gain Control algorithm that controls the video input of the feature box

AM Amplitude ModulationAUO Acer Unipack OptronicsAP Asia PacificAR Aspect Ratio 4 by 3 or 16 by 9ASD Automatic Standard DetectionAV Audio VideoB-SC1-IN Blue SCART1 inB-SC2-IN Blue SCART2 inB-TXT Blue teletextBG Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 55 MHzBTSC Broadcast Television System

CommitteeC-FRONT Chrominance front inputCBA Circuit Board Assembly (or PWB)CL Constant Level audio output to

connect with an external amplifierCLUT Color Look Up TableComPair Computer aided rePairCSM Customer Service ModeCVBS Composite Video Blanking and

SynchronizationCVBS-EXT CVBS signal from external source

(VCR VCD etc)CVBS-INT CVBS signal from TunerCVBS-MON CVBS monitor signalCVBS-TER-OUT CVBS terrestrial outDAC Digital to Analogue ConverterDBE Dynamic Bass Enhancement extra

low frequency amplificationDFU Directions For Use owners manualDNR Dynamic Noise ReductionDRAM Dynamic RAMDSP Digital Signal ProcessingDST Dealer Service Tool special

(European) remote control designed for service technicians

DTS Digital Theatre SoundDVD Digital Versatile DiscDVI Digital Visual InterfaceDW Double WindowED Enhanced Definition 480p 576pEEPROM Electrically Erasable and

Programmable Read Only MemoryEU EUropeEXT EXTernal (source) entering the set by

SCART or by cinches (jacks)FBL Fast Blanking DC signal

accompanying RGB signalsFBL-SC1-IN Fast blanking signal for SCART1 in

FBL-SC2-IN Fast blanking signal for SCART2 inFBL-TXT Fast Blanking TeletextFLASH FLASH memoryFM Field Memory Frequency ModulationFMR FM RadioFRC Frame Rate ConverterFRONT-C Front input chrominance (SVHS)FRONT-DETECT Front input detectionFRONT-Y_CVBS Front input luminance or CVBS

(SVHS)FTV Flat TeleVisionG-SC1-IN Green SCART1 inG-SC2-IN Green SCART2 inG-TXT Green teletextH H_sync to the module HD High Definition 720p 1080i 1080pHDMI High Definition Multimedia Interface

digital audio and video interfaceHP Head PhoneI Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 60 MHzI2C Integrated IC busI2S Integrated IC Sound busIC Integrated CircuitIF Intermediate FrequencyInterlaced Scan mode where two fields are used

to form one frame Each field contains half the number of the total amount of lines The fields are written in ldquopairsrdquo causing line flicker

IR Infra RedIRQ Interrupt ReQuestLast Status The settings last chosen by the

customer and read and stored in RAM or in the NVM They are called at start-up of the set to configure it according the customers wishes

LATAM LATin AMericaLC04 Philips chassis name for LCD TV 2004

projectLCD Liquid Crystal DisplayLED Light Emitting DiodeLL Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 65 MHz L is Band I L is all bands except for Band I

LPL LG Philips LCDLS Loud SpeakerLVDS Low Voltage Differential Signalling

data transmission system for high speed and low EMI communication

MN Monochrome TV system Sound carrier distance is 45 MHz

MOSFET Metal Oxide Semiconductor Field Effect Transistor

MPEG Motion Pictures Experts GroupMSP Multi-standard Sound Processor ITT

sound decoderMUTE MUTE LineNAFTA North American Free Trade

Association Trade agreement between Canada USA and Mexico

NC Not ConnectedNICAM Near Instantaneous Compounded

Audio Multiplexing This is a digital sound system used mainly in Europe

NTSC National Television Standard Committee Color system used mainly in North America and Japan Color carrier NTSC MN = 3579545 MHz NTSC 443 = 4433619 MHz (this is a VCR norm it is not transmitted off-air)

NVM Non Volatile Memory IC containing TV related data (for example options)

OC Open CircuitONOFF LED OnOff control signal for the LED

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data SheetsEN 52 TCS10L LA9

OSD On Screen DisplayPAL Phase Alternating Line Color system

used mainly in Western Europe (color carrier = 4433619 MHz) and South America (color carrier PAL M = 3575612 MHz and PAL N = 3582056 MHz)

PC Personal ComputerPCB Printed Circuit Board (or PWB)PDP Plasma Display PanelPIG Picture In GraphicPIP Picture In PicturePLL Phase Locked Loop Used for

example in FST tuning systems The customer can directly provide the desired frequency

Progressive Scan Scan mode where all scan lines are displayed in one frame at the same time creating a double vertical resolution

PWB Printed Wiring Board (or PCB)RAM Random Access MemoryRC Remote Control transmitterRC5 (6) Remote Control system 5 (6) the

signal from the remote control receiver RGB Red Green and Blue The primary

color signals for TV By mixing levels of R G and B all colors (YC) are reproduced

RGBHV Red Green Blue Horizontal sync and Vertical sync

ROM Read Only MemorySAM Service Alignment ModeSC SandCastle two-level pulse derived

from sync signalsSC1-OUT SCART output of the MSP audio ICSC2-B-IN SCART2 Blue inSC2-C-IN SCART2 chrominance inSC2-OUT SCART output of the MSP audio ICSC Short CircuitSCL Clock signal on I2C busSD Standard Definition 480i 576iSDA Data signal on I2C busSDI Samsung Display IndustrySDM Service Default ModeSDRAM Synchronous DRAMSECAM SEequence Couleur Avec Memoire

Color system used mainly in France and Eastern Europe Color carriers = 4406250 MHz and 4250000 MHz

SIF Sound Intermediate FrequencySMPS Switch Mode Power SupplySND SouNDSNDL-SC1-IN Sound left SCART1 inSNDL-SC1-OUT Sound left SCART1 outSNDL-SC2-IN Sound left SCART2 inSNDL-SC2-OUT Sound left SCART2 outSNDR-SC1-IN Sound right SCART1 inSNDR-SC1-OUT Sound right SCART1 outSNDR-SC2-IN Sound right SCART2 outSNDR-SC2-OUT Sound right SCART2 outSNDS-VL-OUT Surround sound left variable level outSNDS-VR-OUT Surround sound right variable level outSOPS Self Oscillating Power SupplySPDIF Sony Philips Digital InterFaceSRAM Static RAMSTBY Stand-bySVHS Super Video Home SystemSW Sub Woofer SoftWareTHD Total Harmonic DistortionTXT TeleteXTuP MicroprocessorVL Variable Level out processed audio

output toward external amplifierVCR Video Cassette Recorder

VGA Video Graphics ArrayWD Watch DogWYSIWYR What You See Is What You Record

record selection that follows main picture and sound

XTAL Quartz crystalYPbPr Component video (Y= Luminance Pb

Pr= Color difference signals B-Y and R-Y other amplitudes wrt to YUV)

YC Video related signals Y consists of luminance signal blanking level and sync C consists of color signal

Y-OUT Luminance-signalYUV Baseband component video (Y=

Luminance UV= Color difference signals)

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data Sheets EN 53TCS10L LA 9

93 IC Data Sheets

This section shows the internal block diagrams and pin layouts of ICs that are drawn as ldquoblack boxesrdquo in the electrical diagrams (with the exception of ldquomemoryrdquo and ldquologicrdquo ICs)

931 Diagram B MST9U19A

Figure 9-1 Pin configuration

Pin 1

123

45

7

9

11

1314

1718

21

23

25

2728

30

32

34

36

39

41

43

6

8

10

12

1516

1920

22

24

26

29

31

33

35

3738

40

42

4445464748

505152

49

53 54 55 56 57 59 61 63 65 66 69 70 73 75 77 79 80 82 84 86 88 91 93 9558 60 62 64 67 68 71 72 74 76 78 81 83 85 87 89 90 92 94 96 97 98 99 100

102

103

104

101

208

207

206

205

204

202

200

198

196

195

192

191

188

186

184

182

181

179

177

175

173

170

168

166

203

201

199

197

194

193

190

189

187

185

183

180

178

176

174

172

171

169

167

165

164

163

162

161

159

158

157

160

156155154

153152

150

148

146

144143

140139

136

134

132

130129

127

125

123

121

118

116

114

151

149

147

145

142141

138137

135

133

131

128

126

124

122

120119

117

115

113112111110109

107106105

108

MST9U19A

XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX

GN

D

AUR1

AUL2

AUL3

AUL1

AUCO

M

AUR2

AUR3

DIGO[8]

GNDAVDD_MEMPLL

PWM3PWM2DIGO[9]

SIF1

MSI

F1P

AVD

D_S

IF

AUO

UTL

AUO

UTR

AUO

UTS

VDD

CG

PIO

F[2]

GPI

OF[

3]G

PIO

F[4]

GPI

OF[

5]G

PIO

F[6]

GPI

OF[

7]G

PIO

F[8]

GPI

OF[

9]G

PIO

F[10

]G

PIO

F[11

]VD

DP

GN

DG

PIO

F[12

]

GPI

OF[

14]

GPI

OF[

15]

GPI

OF[

16]

GPI

OF[

17]

GPI

OF[

18]

GN

D

GPI

OF[

19]

VDD

C

VDD

PG

ND

VDD

PVD

DP

GPI

OF[

13]

GN

D

DIGO[7]

DIGO[5]

DIGO[3]

DIGO[1]

VDDC

VDDPPWM_SENSE

DIGO[6]

DIGO[4]

DIGO[2]

DIGO[0]

GND

PWM_DRVPWM_FBIRININT

PWM1PWM0

GNDVDDPALERDZWRZ

VDDC

GNDVDDP

VDD

PLV

A0M

LVA0

PLV

A1M

LVA1

PLV

A2M

LVA2

PLV

ACKM

LVAC

KPLV

A3M

LVA4

PVD

DP

VDD

CAV

DD

_MPL

L

LVA3

PLV

A4M

GPI

OE[

0]

IHSY

NC

ICLK

DI[

1]D

I[0]

IVYS

NC

GPI

OE[

1]G

PIO

E[2]

GPI

OE[

3]G

ND

VDD

P

AVD

D_M

PLL

XIN

XOU

TH

WR

ESET

GN

D

DI[

7]D

I[6]

DI[

5]D

I[4]

DI[

2]D

I[3]

VDD

C

AUO

UTL

3AU

OU

TR3

RXCKPGND

RX0NRX0P

AVDD_DVIRX1NRX1P

RX2P

REXT

DDCD_CK

VSYNC1

VCLAMP

REFM

BIN1M

GNDRX2N

AVDD_DVI

DDCD_DA

HSYNC1

RMID

REFP

BIN1P

SOGIN1GIN1PGIN1MRIN1PRIN1MBIN0MBIN0PGIN0MGIN0P

SOGIN0RIN0MRIN0P

HSYNC0VSYNC0

RXCKN

AVDD_ADCGND

C1Y1C0Y0

CVBS2CVBS1

VCOM1CVBS0

VCOM0CVBSOUT

GND

VCOM2CVBS3

GN

D

AVD

D_A

UAU

L0AU

R0

AUVR

EFAU

VRAD

PAU

VRAD

N

AUO

UTL

2AU

OU

TR2

AD[7]AD[6]AD[5]AD[4]AD[3]AD[2]AD[1]AD[0]

SDOCSZSDISCK

SAR3

SAR1SAR2

SAR0

DDCA_CK

DDCR_CKDDCA_DA

DDCR_DA

LVB0

MLV

B0P

LVB1

MLV

B1P

LVB2

MLV

B2P

LVBC

KMLV

BCKP

LVB3

M

LVB4

P

LVB3

PLV

B4M

I_18130_008eps200608

Pin Configuration

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data SheetsEN 54 TCS10L LA9

932 Diagram B TDA1308

Figure 9-2 Block diagram and pin configuration

Block diagram

Pinning information

2

1

3

4

8

7

65

INA(neg)

TDA1308(A)OUTA

VSS

VDD

INA(pos)

INB(neg)

INB(pos)

OUTB

TDA1308(A)

VATUO DD

BTUO)gen(ANI

)gen(BNI)sop(ANI

VSS INB(pos)

1

2

3

4

6

5

8

7

I_18130_007eps190608

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data Sheets EN 55TCS10L LA 9

933 Diagram B NCP1377B

Figure 9-3 Block diagram and pin configuration

Block diagram

Pinning information

I_18130_009eps190608

HV

VCC

GND

Demag

4 mA

To InternalSupply

+

+

125 V75 V56 V (Fault)

FaultMngt

PON

5 V+

OVP

+

144

45 usDelay

15 us for B Version

Demag

8 usBlanking

S

SR R

Q

Q

+

3 us forB Version

+minus

Overload

5 usTimeout

TimeReset

Demag

380 nsLEB

1 V3

200 Awhen DRV

is OFF

FB

42 V

Driver src = 20 sink = 10

DrvVCC

CS

+50 mV 10 V Rint

1Dmg 8 HV

7 NC2FB

3CS

4GND

6 VCC

5 Drv

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data SheetsEN 56 TCS10L LA9

934 Diagram B TDA7266

Figure 9-4 Block diagram and pin configuration

1

2

4

Vref

7YB-TS

IN1

022microF

VCC

133

+

-

-

+

OUT1+

OUT1-

15

14

12

6ETUM

IN2

022microF

+

-

-

+

OUT2+

OUT2-

8

9S-GND

PW-GND

470microF 100nF

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

9

10

11

8

NC

NC

S-GND

PW-GND

OUT2+

OUT2-

VCC

IN2

ST-BY

MUTE

NC

IN1

VCCOUT1-

OUT1+

13

14

15

12

I_17950_054eps090508

Block Diagram

Pin Configuration

Spare Parts List amp CTN Overview EN 57TCS10L LA 10

10 Spare Parts List amp CTN OverviewFor the latest spare part overview please consult the Philips Service website

Table 10-1 Sets described in this manual

11 Revision ListManual xxxx xxx xxxx0bull First release

CTN Styling

19PFL340355 MG8

19PFL340377 MG8

19PFL340378 MG8

19PFL340385 MG8

26PFL340385 MG8

  • Content
  • 1 Technical Specifications Connections and Chassis Overview
    • 11 Technical Specifications
      • 111 Vision
      • 112 Sound
      • 113 Miscellaneous
        • 12 Connection Overview
          • Figure 1-1 Rear and side IO connections
          • 121 Rear Connections
            • 1 - HDMI Digital Video Digital Audio - In
              • Figure 1-2 HDMI (type A) connector
                • 2 - VGA AUDIO Mini Jack VGA Audio - In
                • 3 - VGA PC Video RGB - In and Service UART
                  • Figure 1-3 VGA Connector
                    • 4 - Cinch Video YPbPr - In
                    • 5 - AV1 Cinch Video CVBS - In Audio - In
                    • 6 - Aerial - In
                    • 7 - Service Connector (ComPair)
                      • 122 Side connections
                        • 8 - Cinch Video CVBS - In Audio - In
                        • 9 - S-Video (Hosiden) Video YC - In
                        • 10 - Mini Jack Audio Head phone - Out
                            • 13 Chassis Overview
                              • Figure 1-4 PWBCBA locations
                                  • 2 Safety Instructions Warnings and Notes
                                    • 21 Safety Instructions
                                    • 22 Warnings
                                    • 23 Notes
                                      • 231 General
                                      • 232 Schematic Notes
                                      • 233 BGA (Ball Grid Array) ICs
                                        • Introduction
                                        • BGA Temperature Profiles
                                          • 234 Lead-free Soldering
                                          • 235 Alternative BOM identification
                                            • Figure 2-1 Serial number (example)
                                              • 236 Board Level Repair (BLR) or Component Level Repair (CLR)
                                              • 237 Practical Service Precautions
                                                  • 3 Directions for Use
                                                  • 4 Mechanical Instructions
                                                    • 41 Cable Dressing
                                                      • Figure 4-1 Cable dressing (19 model)
                                                      • Figure 4-2 Cable dressing (26 model)
                                                        • 42 Service Positions
                                                          • 421 Foam Bars
                                                            • Figure 4-3 Foam bars
                                                                • 43 AssyPanel Removal
                                                                  • 431 Stand
                                                                    • Figure 4-4 Stand
                                                                      • 432 Rear Cover
                                                                        • Figure 4-5 LVDS release
                                                                        • Figure 4-6 Speaker and IRLED panel cable release
                                                                          • 433 Keyboard Control Board
                                                                            • Figure 4-7 Keyboard control board
                                                                              • 434 IRLED Board and Speakers
                                                                                • Figure 4-8 IRLED Board and Speakers
                                                                                  • 435 Power Supply Board
                                                                                    • Figure 4-9 Power Supply Unit(s)
                                                                                      • 436 Inverter Board (19 and 22 versions)
                                                                                        • Figure 4-10 Inverter Board
                                                                                          • 437 Small Signal Board (SSB)
                                                                                            • Removing the SSB
                                                                                              • Figure 4-11 SSB connector plate
                                                                                              • Figure 4-12 SSB
                                                                                                • 44 Set Re-assembly
                                                                                                  • 5 Service Modes Error Codes and Fault Finding
                                                                                                    • 51 Test Points
                                                                                                    • 52 Service Mode
                                                                                                      • 521 Service Alignment Mode (SAM)
                                                                                                        • How to Enter
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-1 SAM menu
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-2 SAM menu White Balance Normal
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-3 SAM menu White Balance Cool
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-4 SAM menu White Balance Warm
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-5 SAM menu Volume Curve
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-6 SAM menu Picture Curve
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-7 SAM menu Picture Mode Natural
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-8 SAM menu Picture Mode Personal
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-9 SAM menu Picture Mode Rich
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-10 SAM menu Picture Mode Soft
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-11 SAM menu Producting
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-12 SAM menu Country
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-13 SAM menu Setup
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-14 SAM menu Shop Init Do
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-15 SAM menu Clear Code gt
                                                                                                            • How to Exit
                                                                                                            • Factory Mode Descriptions
                                                                                                              • ltTABLEgt
                                                                                                              • Virgin Settings
                                                                                                                • Table 5-1 Country setting
                                                                                                                • Table 5-2 Virgin settings
                                                                                                                  • 522 Customer Service Mode (CSM)
                                                                                                                    • Purpose
                                                                                                                    • How to Activate CSM
                                                                                                                    • Contents of CSM
                                                                                                                      • Figure 5-16 CSM Menu
                                                                                                                        • Menu Explanation
                                                                                                                        • How to Exit
                                                                                                                          • 523 Blinking LED Procedure
                                                                                                                            • 53 Error Codes
                                                                                                                              • ltTABLEgt
                                                                                                                                • 54 Fault Finding
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-17 No Picture No sound no Back light (19 sets)
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-18 Picture OK No sound (19 sets)
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-19 No Picture Back light amp Sound OK (19 and 26 sets)
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-20 No color (19 and 26 sets)
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-21 No Picture No sound no Back light (26 sets)
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-22 Picture OK No sound (26 sets)
                                                                                                                                    • 55 Service Tools
                                                                                                                                      • 551 ComPair
                                                                                                                                        • Introduction
                                                                                                                                        • Specifications
                                                                                                                                        • How to Connect
                                                                                                                                        • How to Order
                                                                                                                                          • Figure 5-23 ComPair II interface connection
                                                                                                                                            • 56 Software Upgrading
                                                                                                                                              • 561 Introduction
                                                                                                                                                  • 6 Block Diagrams Test Point Overview and Waveforms
                                                                                                                                                    • Wiring Diagram of Connector for MS19-PH 19
                                                                                                                                                    • Wiring Diagram of Connector for MS19-PH 26
                                                                                                                                                    • Block Diagram MS19P Chipset
                                                                                                                                                    • I2C overview
                                                                                                                                                      • 7 Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts
                                                                                                                                                        • Main Power Supply (19)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Main Power Supply (19) (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Main Power Supply (19) (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Main Power Supply (26)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Main Power Supply (26) (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Main Power Supply (26) (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Standby Power Supply (26)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Standby Power Supply (26) (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Standby Power Supply (26) (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB Control
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB DC - DC
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB MST9E19A Controller
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB HDMI Interface
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB VGA Interface
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB Cinch
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB Tuner
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB Audio Amplifier
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB LVDS Interface
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Small Signal Board (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Small Signal Board (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Keyboard Control Panel
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Keyboard Control Panel (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Keyboard Control Panel (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Inverter Panel
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Inverter Panel (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Inverter Panel (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • IR LED Panel
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout IR LED Panel (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout IR LED Panel (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                          • 8 Alignments
                                                                                                                                                            • 81 Electrical Alignments
                                                                                                                                                            • 82 Hardware Alignments
                                                                                                                                                              • 821 Aging
                                                                                                                                                              • 822 ADC Adjustment
                                                                                                                                                              • 823 White Balance Adjustment
                                                                                                                                                                • Table 8-1 Color Temperature Setting 19
                                                                                                                                                                • Table 8-2 Color Temperature Setting 26
                                                                                                                                                                  • 9 Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data Sheets
                                                                                                                                                                    • 91 Introduction
                                                                                                                                                                    • 92 Abbreviation List
                                                                                                                                                                    • 93 IC Data Sheets
                                                                                                                                                                      • 931 Diagram B MST9U19A
                                                                                                                                                                        • Figure 9-1 Pin configuration
                                                                                                                                                                          • 932 Diagram B TDA1308
                                                                                                                                                                            • Figure 9-2 Block diagram and pin configuration
                                                                                                                                                                              • 933 Diagram B NCP1377B
                                                                                                                                                                                • Figure 9-3 Block diagram and pin configuration
                                                                                                                                                                                  • 934 Diagram B TDA7266
                                                                                                                                                                                    • Figure 9-4 Block diagram and pin configuration
                                                                                                                                                                                      • 10 Spare Parts List amp CTN Overview
                                                                                                                                                                                        • Table 10-1 Sets described in this manual
                                                                                                                                                                                          • 11 Revision List
Page 47: Philips 19PFL3403-55 TCS1[1].0L_LA

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 47TCS10L LA 7

IR LED Panel

AGND

AGND

AGNDIRVC

C

GN

D

RW

R20

031K

2

R20

04

1K2

LED1

1

2

3

4

5

CN2001

E

C

B

BC847AQ2001

B

C

E

Q2002

BC847A

2

13

D2001

LED2

G2001

R20024K7

5V16

V10

0UC

2001

5V

IR

IR

C20

03 47P

LED1R2001

4K7

C2002

47P

LED2

I_18130_036eps180608

J JIR amp LED PANELLayout IR LED Panel (Top Side)

Layout IR LED Panel (Bottom Side)

I_18130_037eps180608

I_18130_038eps180608

48TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Personal Notes

E_06532_013eps131004

Alignments EN 49TCS10L LA 8

8 Alignments

Index of this chapter81 Electrical Alignments82 Hardware Alignments

NoteThe Service Modes are described in chapter 5 Menu navigation is done with the CURSOR UP DOWN LEFT or RIGHT keys of the remote control transmitter

81 Electrical Alignments

Perform all electrical adjustments under the following conditionsbull Power supply voltage (depends on region)

ndash AP-NTSC 120 VAC or 230 VAC 50 Hz (plusmn 10)ndash AP-PAL-multi 120 - 230 VAC 50 Hz (plusmn 10)ndash EU 230 VAC 50 Hz (plusmn 10)ndash LATAM-NTSC 120 - 230 VAC 50 Hz (plusmn 10)ndash US 120 VAC 60 Hz (plusmn 10)

bull Connect the set to the mains via an isolation transformer with low internal resistance

bull Allow the set to warm up for approximately 60 minutesbull Measure voltages and waveforms in relation to correct

ground (eg measure audio signals in relation to AUDIO_GND) Caution It is not allowed to use heatsinks as ground

bull Test probe Ri gt 10 MΩ Ci lt 20 pFbull Use an isolated trimmerscrewdriver to perform

alignments

82 Hardware Alignments

Not applicable

821 Aging

Enter TV mode Set warm up status to ldquoOnrdquo Aging time at least 12 minutes

822 ADC Adjustment

The chassis can execute ADC auto-tune in YPbPr amp PC sourcing modes Enter SAM select YPbPr or PC as source then select AUTOTUNE in ADC ADJ press ldquoRight keyrdquo to run waiting for about 5 seconds until ldquoOKrdquo is displayed which means the set finished the ADC adjustment With an YPbPr source use a 100 color bar pattern with a PC source use a 16-scale grey pattern

823 White Balance Adjustment

Adjust the NORMAL WARM COOL temperature in White balance according to company regular Make sure ADC adjustments have done successfully before doing white balance adjustments and use the ldquoNaturalrdquo picture mode White balance adjustment should be performed with three different sources1 AVTVSVIDEO source reunification under the AV

adjustment apply a NTSC-M system signal with 8-scale grey pattern

2 YPbPrHDMI source reunification under the YPbPr adjustment apply an 8-scale grey pattern

3 PC source should adjust single apply a 8-scale grey pattern

If case of manual adjustment please use the WB page in SAMWhile adjusting White Balance do not change White G or Black G only adjust White R White B Black R and Black B

Table 8-1 Color Temperature Setting 19

Table 8-2 Color Temperature Setting 26

Color mode X Y Color Temperature (K)

Normal 296plusmn4 299plusmn4 8000

Warm 314plusmn4 319plusmn4 6500

Cool 289plusmn4 291plusmn4 9000

Color mode X Y Color Temperature (K)

Normal 289plusmn4 291plusmn4 9000

Warm 314plusmn4 319plusmn4 6500

Cool 278plusmn4 278plusmn4 11000

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data SheetsEN 50 TCS10L LA9

9 Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data Sheets

Index of this chapter91 Introduction92 Abbreviation List93 IC Data Sheets

Notes bull Only new circuits (circuits that are not published recently)

are described bull Figures can deviate slightly from the actual situation due

to different set executions

91 Introduction

This chassis uses the MStar MST9U19A main chip with the following features bull Multi-Standard TV decoding with 2-D comb filterbull Multi-Standard TV sound demodulator and decoderbull Triple ADC fro TV and RGBYPbPrbull Integrated DVIHDCPHDMI compliant receiverbull High quality scaling enginebull 3-D video de-interlacer and video noise reductionbull Embedded On Screen Display controllerbull NTSCPALSecam Video decoder with automatic standard

detectionbull CVBS video outputbull Multi standard TV sound decoderbull FM stereo and SAP demodulationbull Digital audio interfacebull Analog RGB Compliant Input Portsbull DVIHDCPHDMI Compliant input portbull Auto tuning function including phasing positioning offset

gain and jitter detectionbull Automatic color correction

The MST9U19A is a high performance and fully integrated IC for multi-function LCD monitorTV with resolutions up to WSXGA (1680 times 1050) It is configured with an integrated triple-ADCPLL an integrated DVIHDCPHDMI receiver a multi standard TV video and audio decoder a video de-interlacer a scaling engine the MStarACE-3 color engine an On Screen Display controller an 8-bit MCU and a built-in output panel interface It also incorporates an intelligent power management control system for green-mode requirements and spread-spectrum support for EMI management

For a block diagram refer to chapter 6 ldquoBlock diagrams Test Point Overviews and Waveformsrdquo

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data Sheets EN 51TCS10L LA 9

92 Abbreviation List

1080i 1080 visible lines interlaced1080p 1080 visible lines progressive scan2CS 2 Carrier Sound2DNR Spatial (2D) Noise Reduction3DNR Temporal (3D) Noise Reduction480i 480 visible lines interlaced480p 480 visible lines progressive scanAARA Automatic Aspect Ratio Adaptation

algorithm that adapts aspect ratio to remove horizontal black bars keeping up the original aspect ratio

ACI Automatic Channel Installation algorithm that installs TV channels directly from a cable network by means of a predefined TXT page

ADC Analogue to Digital ConverterAFC Automatic Frequency Control control

signal used to tune to the correct frequency

AGC Automatic Gain Control algorithm that controls the video input of the feature box

AM Amplitude ModulationAUO Acer Unipack OptronicsAP Asia PacificAR Aspect Ratio 4 by 3 or 16 by 9ASD Automatic Standard DetectionAV Audio VideoB-SC1-IN Blue SCART1 inB-SC2-IN Blue SCART2 inB-TXT Blue teletextBG Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 55 MHzBTSC Broadcast Television System

CommitteeC-FRONT Chrominance front inputCBA Circuit Board Assembly (or PWB)CL Constant Level audio output to

connect with an external amplifierCLUT Color Look Up TableComPair Computer aided rePairCSM Customer Service ModeCVBS Composite Video Blanking and

SynchronizationCVBS-EXT CVBS signal from external source

(VCR VCD etc)CVBS-INT CVBS signal from TunerCVBS-MON CVBS monitor signalCVBS-TER-OUT CVBS terrestrial outDAC Digital to Analogue ConverterDBE Dynamic Bass Enhancement extra

low frequency amplificationDFU Directions For Use owners manualDNR Dynamic Noise ReductionDRAM Dynamic RAMDSP Digital Signal ProcessingDST Dealer Service Tool special

(European) remote control designed for service technicians

DTS Digital Theatre SoundDVD Digital Versatile DiscDVI Digital Visual InterfaceDW Double WindowED Enhanced Definition 480p 576pEEPROM Electrically Erasable and

Programmable Read Only MemoryEU EUropeEXT EXTernal (source) entering the set by

SCART or by cinches (jacks)FBL Fast Blanking DC signal

accompanying RGB signalsFBL-SC1-IN Fast blanking signal for SCART1 in

FBL-SC2-IN Fast blanking signal for SCART2 inFBL-TXT Fast Blanking TeletextFLASH FLASH memoryFM Field Memory Frequency ModulationFMR FM RadioFRC Frame Rate ConverterFRONT-C Front input chrominance (SVHS)FRONT-DETECT Front input detectionFRONT-Y_CVBS Front input luminance or CVBS

(SVHS)FTV Flat TeleVisionG-SC1-IN Green SCART1 inG-SC2-IN Green SCART2 inG-TXT Green teletextH H_sync to the module HD High Definition 720p 1080i 1080pHDMI High Definition Multimedia Interface

digital audio and video interfaceHP Head PhoneI Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 60 MHzI2C Integrated IC busI2S Integrated IC Sound busIC Integrated CircuitIF Intermediate FrequencyInterlaced Scan mode where two fields are used

to form one frame Each field contains half the number of the total amount of lines The fields are written in ldquopairsrdquo causing line flicker

IR Infra RedIRQ Interrupt ReQuestLast Status The settings last chosen by the

customer and read and stored in RAM or in the NVM They are called at start-up of the set to configure it according the customers wishes

LATAM LATin AMericaLC04 Philips chassis name for LCD TV 2004

projectLCD Liquid Crystal DisplayLED Light Emitting DiodeLL Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 65 MHz L is Band I L is all bands except for Band I

LPL LG Philips LCDLS Loud SpeakerLVDS Low Voltage Differential Signalling

data transmission system for high speed and low EMI communication

MN Monochrome TV system Sound carrier distance is 45 MHz

MOSFET Metal Oxide Semiconductor Field Effect Transistor

MPEG Motion Pictures Experts GroupMSP Multi-standard Sound Processor ITT

sound decoderMUTE MUTE LineNAFTA North American Free Trade

Association Trade agreement between Canada USA and Mexico

NC Not ConnectedNICAM Near Instantaneous Compounded

Audio Multiplexing This is a digital sound system used mainly in Europe

NTSC National Television Standard Committee Color system used mainly in North America and Japan Color carrier NTSC MN = 3579545 MHz NTSC 443 = 4433619 MHz (this is a VCR norm it is not transmitted off-air)

NVM Non Volatile Memory IC containing TV related data (for example options)

OC Open CircuitONOFF LED OnOff control signal for the LED

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data SheetsEN 52 TCS10L LA9

OSD On Screen DisplayPAL Phase Alternating Line Color system

used mainly in Western Europe (color carrier = 4433619 MHz) and South America (color carrier PAL M = 3575612 MHz and PAL N = 3582056 MHz)

PC Personal ComputerPCB Printed Circuit Board (or PWB)PDP Plasma Display PanelPIG Picture In GraphicPIP Picture In PicturePLL Phase Locked Loop Used for

example in FST tuning systems The customer can directly provide the desired frequency

Progressive Scan Scan mode where all scan lines are displayed in one frame at the same time creating a double vertical resolution

PWB Printed Wiring Board (or PCB)RAM Random Access MemoryRC Remote Control transmitterRC5 (6) Remote Control system 5 (6) the

signal from the remote control receiver RGB Red Green and Blue The primary

color signals for TV By mixing levels of R G and B all colors (YC) are reproduced

RGBHV Red Green Blue Horizontal sync and Vertical sync

ROM Read Only MemorySAM Service Alignment ModeSC SandCastle two-level pulse derived

from sync signalsSC1-OUT SCART output of the MSP audio ICSC2-B-IN SCART2 Blue inSC2-C-IN SCART2 chrominance inSC2-OUT SCART output of the MSP audio ICSC Short CircuitSCL Clock signal on I2C busSD Standard Definition 480i 576iSDA Data signal on I2C busSDI Samsung Display IndustrySDM Service Default ModeSDRAM Synchronous DRAMSECAM SEequence Couleur Avec Memoire

Color system used mainly in France and Eastern Europe Color carriers = 4406250 MHz and 4250000 MHz

SIF Sound Intermediate FrequencySMPS Switch Mode Power SupplySND SouNDSNDL-SC1-IN Sound left SCART1 inSNDL-SC1-OUT Sound left SCART1 outSNDL-SC2-IN Sound left SCART2 inSNDL-SC2-OUT Sound left SCART2 outSNDR-SC1-IN Sound right SCART1 inSNDR-SC1-OUT Sound right SCART1 outSNDR-SC2-IN Sound right SCART2 outSNDR-SC2-OUT Sound right SCART2 outSNDS-VL-OUT Surround sound left variable level outSNDS-VR-OUT Surround sound right variable level outSOPS Self Oscillating Power SupplySPDIF Sony Philips Digital InterFaceSRAM Static RAMSTBY Stand-bySVHS Super Video Home SystemSW Sub Woofer SoftWareTHD Total Harmonic DistortionTXT TeleteXTuP MicroprocessorVL Variable Level out processed audio

output toward external amplifierVCR Video Cassette Recorder

VGA Video Graphics ArrayWD Watch DogWYSIWYR What You See Is What You Record

record selection that follows main picture and sound

XTAL Quartz crystalYPbPr Component video (Y= Luminance Pb

Pr= Color difference signals B-Y and R-Y other amplitudes wrt to YUV)

YC Video related signals Y consists of luminance signal blanking level and sync C consists of color signal

Y-OUT Luminance-signalYUV Baseband component video (Y=

Luminance UV= Color difference signals)

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data Sheets EN 53TCS10L LA 9

93 IC Data Sheets

This section shows the internal block diagrams and pin layouts of ICs that are drawn as ldquoblack boxesrdquo in the electrical diagrams (with the exception of ldquomemoryrdquo and ldquologicrdquo ICs)

931 Diagram B MST9U19A

Figure 9-1 Pin configuration

Pin 1

123

45

7

9

11

1314

1718

21

23

25

2728

30

32

34

36

39

41

43

6

8

10

12

1516

1920

22

24

26

29

31

33

35

3738

40

42

4445464748

505152

49

53 54 55 56 57 59 61 63 65 66 69 70 73 75 77 79 80 82 84 86 88 91 93 9558 60 62 64 67 68 71 72 74 76 78 81 83 85 87 89 90 92 94 96 97 98 99 100

102

103

104

101

208

207

206

205

204

202

200

198

196

195

192

191

188

186

184

182

181

179

177

175

173

170

168

166

203

201

199

197

194

193

190

189

187

185

183

180

178

176

174

172

171

169

167

165

164

163

162

161

159

158

157

160

156155154

153152

150

148

146

144143

140139

136

134

132

130129

127

125

123

121

118

116

114

151

149

147

145

142141

138137

135

133

131

128

126

124

122

120119

117

115

113112111110109

107106105

108

MST9U19A

XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX

GN

D

AUR1

AUL2

AUL3

AUL1

AUCO

M

AUR2

AUR3

DIGO[8]

GNDAVDD_MEMPLL

PWM3PWM2DIGO[9]

SIF1

MSI

F1P

AVD

D_S

IF

AUO

UTL

AUO

UTR

AUO

UTS

VDD

CG

PIO

F[2]

GPI

OF[

3]G

PIO

F[4]

GPI

OF[

5]G

PIO

F[6]

GPI

OF[

7]G

PIO

F[8]

GPI

OF[

9]G

PIO

F[10

]G

PIO

F[11

]VD

DP

GN

DG

PIO

F[12

]

GPI

OF[

14]

GPI

OF[

15]

GPI

OF[

16]

GPI

OF[

17]

GPI

OF[

18]

GN

D

GPI

OF[

19]

VDD

C

VDD

PG

ND

VDD

PVD

DP

GPI

OF[

13]

GN

D

DIGO[7]

DIGO[5]

DIGO[3]

DIGO[1]

VDDC

VDDPPWM_SENSE

DIGO[6]

DIGO[4]

DIGO[2]

DIGO[0]

GND

PWM_DRVPWM_FBIRININT

PWM1PWM0

GNDVDDPALERDZWRZ

VDDC

GNDVDDP

VDD

PLV

A0M

LVA0

PLV

A1M

LVA1

PLV

A2M

LVA2

PLV

ACKM

LVAC

KPLV

A3M

LVA4

PVD

DP

VDD

CAV

DD

_MPL

L

LVA3

PLV

A4M

GPI

OE[

0]

IHSY

NC

ICLK

DI[

1]D

I[0]

IVYS

NC

GPI

OE[

1]G

PIO

E[2]

GPI

OE[

3]G

ND

VDD

P

AVD

D_M

PLL

XIN

XOU

TH

WR

ESET

GN

D

DI[

7]D

I[6]

DI[

5]D

I[4]

DI[

2]D

I[3]

VDD

C

AUO

UTL

3AU

OU

TR3

RXCKPGND

RX0NRX0P

AVDD_DVIRX1NRX1P

RX2P

REXT

DDCD_CK

VSYNC1

VCLAMP

REFM

BIN1M

GNDRX2N

AVDD_DVI

DDCD_DA

HSYNC1

RMID

REFP

BIN1P

SOGIN1GIN1PGIN1MRIN1PRIN1MBIN0MBIN0PGIN0MGIN0P

SOGIN0RIN0MRIN0P

HSYNC0VSYNC0

RXCKN

AVDD_ADCGND

C1Y1C0Y0

CVBS2CVBS1

VCOM1CVBS0

VCOM0CVBSOUT

GND

VCOM2CVBS3

GN

D

AVD

D_A

UAU

L0AU

R0

AUVR

EFAU

VRAD

PAU

VRAD

N

AUO

UTL

2AU

OU

TR2

AD[7]AD[6]AD[5]AD[4]AD[3]AD[2]AD[1]AD[0]

SDOCSZSDISCK

SAR3

SAR1SAR2

SAR0

DDCA_CK

DDCR_CKDDCA_DA

DDCR_DA

LVB0

MLV

B0P

LVB1

MLV

B1P

LVB2

MLV

B2P

LVBC

KMLV

BCKP

LVB3

M

LVB4

P

LVB3

PLV

B4M

I_18130_008eps200608

Pin Configuration

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data SheetsEN 54 TCS10L LA9

932 Diagram B TDA1308

Figure 9-2 Block diagram and pin configuration

Block diagram

Pinning information

2

1

3

4

8

7

65

INA(neg)

TDA1308(A)OUTA

VSS

VDD

INA(pos)

INB(neg)

INB(pos)

OUTB

TDA1308(A)

VATUO DD

BTUO)gen(ANI

)gen(BNI)sop(ANI

VSS INB(pos)

1

2

3

4

6

5

8

7

I_18130_007eps190608

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data Sheets EN 55TCS10L LA 9

933 Diagram B NCP1377B

Figure 9-3 Block diagram and pin configuration

Block diagram

Pinning information

I_18130_009eps190608

HV

VCC

GND

Demag

4 mA

To InternalSupply

+

+

125 V75 V56 V (Fault)

FaultMngt

PON

5 V+

OVP

+

144

45 usDelay

15 us for B Version

Demag

8 usBlanking

S

SR R

Q

Q

+

3 us forB Version

+minus

Overload

5 usTimeout

TimeReset

Demag

380 nsLEB

1 V3

200 Awhen DRV

is OFF

FB

42 V

Driver src = 20 sink = 10

DrvVCC

CS

+50 mV 10 V Rint

1Dmg 8 HV

7 NC2FB

3CS

4GND

6 VCC

5 Drv

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data SheetsEN 56 TCS10L LA9

934 Diagram B TDA7266

Figure 9-4 Block diagram and pin configuration

1

2

4

Vref

7YB-TS

IN1

022microF

VCC

133

+

-

-

+

OUT1+

OUT1-

15

14

12

6ETUM

IN2

022microF

+

-

-

+

OUT2+

OUT2-

8

9S-GND

PW-GND

470microF 100nF

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

9

10

11

8

NC

NC

S-GND

PW-GND

OUT2+

OUT2-

VCC

IN2

ST-BY

MUTE

NC

IN1

VCCOUT1-

OUT1+

13

14

15

12

I_17950_054eps090508

Block Diagram

Pin Configuration

Spare Parts List amp CTN Overview EN 57TCS10L LA 10

10 Spare Parts List amp CTN OverviewFor the latest spare part overview please consult the Philips Service website

Table 10-1 Sets described in this manual

11 Revision ListManual xxxx xxx xxxx0bull First release

CTN Styling

19PFL340355 MG8

19PFL340377 MG8

19PFL340378 MG8

19PFL340385 MG8

26PFL340385 MG8

  • Content
  • 1 Technical Specifications Connections and Chassis Overview
    • 11 Technical Specifications
      • 111 Vision
      • 112 Sound
      • 113 Miscellaneous
        • 12 Connection Overview
          • Figure 1-1 Rear and side IO connections
          • 121 Rear Connections
            • 1 - HDMI Digital Video Digital Audio - In
              • Figure 1-2 HDMI (type A) connector
                • 2 - VGA AUDIO Mini Jack VGA Audio - In
                • 3 - VGA PC Video RGB - In and Service UART
                  • Figure 1-3 VGA Connector
                    • 4 - Cinch Video YPbPr - In
                    • 5 - AV1 Cinch Video CVBS - In Audio - In
                    • 6 - Aerial - In
                    • 7 - Service Connector (ComPair)
                      • 122 Side connections
                        • 8 - Cinch Video CVBS - In Audio - In
                        • 9 - S-Video (Hosiden) Video YC - In
                        • 10 - Mini Jack Audio Head phone - Out
                            • 13 Chassis Overview
                              • Figure 1-4 PWBCBA locations
                                  • 2 Safety Instructions Warnings and Notes
                                    • 21 Safety Instructions
                                    • 22 Warnings
                                    • 23 Notes
                                      • 231 General
                                      • 232 Schematic Notes
                                      • 233 BGA (Ball Grid Array) ICs
                                        • Introduction
                                        • BGA Temperature Profiles
                                          • 234 Lead-free Soldering
                                          • 235 Alternative BOM identification
                                            • Figure 2-1 Serial number (example)
                                              • 236 Board Level Repair (BLR) or Component Level Repair (CLR)
                                              • 237 Practical Service Precautions
                                                  • 3 Directions for Use
                                                  • 4 Mechanical Instructions
                                                    • 41 Cable Dressing
                                                      • Figure 4-1 Cable dressing (19 model)
                                                      • Figure 4-2 Cable dressing (26 model)
                                                        • 42 Service Positions
                                                          • 421 Foam Bars
                                                            • Figure 4-3 Foam bars
                                                                • 43 AssyPanel Removal
                                                                  • 431 Stand
                                                                    • Figure 4-4 Stand
                                                                      • 432 Rear Cover
                                                                        • Figure 4-5 LVDS release
                                                                        • Figure 4-6 Speaker and IRLED panel cable release
                                                                          • 433 Keyboard Control Board
                                                                            • Figure 4-7 Keyboard control board
                                                                              • 434 IRLED Board and Speakers
                                                                                • Figure 4-8 IRLED Board and Speakers
                                                                                  • 435 Power Supply Board
                                                                                    • Figure 4-9 Power Supply Unit(s)
                                                                                      • 436 Inverter Board (19 and 22 versions)
                                                                                        • Figure 4-10 Inverter Board
                                                                                          • 437 Small Signal Board (SSB)
                                                                                            • Removing the SSB
                                                                                              • Figure 4-11 SSB connector plate
                                                                                              • Figure 4-12 SSB
                                                                                                • 44 Set Re-assembly
                                                                                                  • 5 Service Modes Error Codes and Fault Finding
                                                                                                    • 51 Test Points
                                                                                                    • 52 Service Mode
                                                                                                      • 521 Service Alignment Mode (SAM)
                                                                                                        • How to Enter
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-1 SAM menu
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-2 SAM menu White Balance Normal
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-3 SAM menu White Balance Cool
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-4 SAM menu White Balance Warm
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-5 SAM menu Volume Curve
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-6 SAM menu Picture Curve
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-7 SAM menu Picture Mode Natural
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-8 SAM menu Picture Mode Personal
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-9 SAM menu Picture Mode Rich
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-10 SAM menu Picture Mode Soft
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-11 SAM menu Producting
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-12 SAM menu Country
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-13 SAM menu Setup
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-14 SAM menu Shop Init Do
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-15 SAM menu Clear Code gt
                                                                                                            • How to Exit
                                                                                                            • Factory Mode Descriptions
                                                                                                              • ltTABLEgt
                                                                                                              • Virgin Settings
                                                                                                                • Table 5-1 Country setting
                                                                                                                • Table 5-2 Virgin settings
                                                                                                                  • 522 Customer Service Mode (CSM)
                                                                                                                    • Purpose
                                                                                                                    • How to Activate CSM
                                                                                                                    • Contents of CSM
                                                                                                                      • Figure 5-16 CSM Menu
                                                                                                                        • Menu Explanation
                                                                                                                        • How to Exit
                                                                                                                          • 523 Blinking LED Procedure
                                                                                                                            • 53 Error Codes
                                                                                                                              • ltTABLEgt
                                                                                                                                • 54 Fault Finding
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-17 No Picture No sound no Back light (19 sets)
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-18 Picture OK No sound (19 sets)
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-19 No Picture Back light amp Sound OK (19 and 26 sets)
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-20 No color (19 and 26 sets)
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-21 No Picture No sound no Back light (26 sets)
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-22 Picture OK No sound (26 sets)
                                                                                                                                    • 55 Service Tools
                                                                                                                                      • 551 ComPair
                                                                                                                                        • Introduction
                                                                                                                                        • Specifications
                                                                                                                                        • How to Connect
                                                                                                                                        • How to Order
                                                                                                                                          • Figure 5-23 ComPair II interface connection
                                                                                                                                            • 56 Software Upgrading
                                                                                                                                              • 561 Introduction
                                                                                                                                                  • 6 Block Diagrams Test Point Overview and Waveforms
                                                                                                                                                    • Wiring Diagram of Connector for MS19-PH 19
                                                                                                                                                    • Wiring Diagram of Connector for MS19-PH 26
                                                                                                                                                    • Block Diagram MS19P Chipset
                                                                                                                                                    • I2C overview
                                                                                                                                                      • 7 Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts
                                                                                                                                                        • Main Power Supply (19)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Main Power Supply (19) (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Main Power Supply (19) (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Main Power Supply (26)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Main Power Supply (26) (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Main Power Supply (26) (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Standby Power Supply (26)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Standby Power Supply (26) (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Standby Power Supply (26) (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB Control
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB DC - DC
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB MST9E19A Controller
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB HDMI Interface
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB VGA Interface
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB Cinch
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB Tuner
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB Audio Amplifier
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB LVDS Interface
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Small Signal Board (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Small Signal Board (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Keyboard Control Panel
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Keyboard Control Panel (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Keyboard Control Panel (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Inverter Panel
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Inverter Panel (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Inverter Panel (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • IR LED Panel
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout IR LED Panel (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout IR LED Panel (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                          • 8 Alignments
                                                                                                                                                            • 81 Electrical Alignments
                                                                                                                                                            • 82 Hardware Alignments
                                                                                                                                                              • 821 Aging
                                                                                                                                                              • 822 ADC Adjustment
                                                                                                                                                              • 823 White Balance Adjustment
                                                                                                                                                                • Table 8-1 Color Temperature Setting 19
                                                                                                                                                                • Table 8-2 Color Temperature Setting 26
                                                                                                                                                                  • 9 Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data Sheets
                                                                                                                                                                    • 91 Introduction
                                                                                                                                                                    • 92 Abbreviation List
                                                                                                                                                                    • 93 IC Data Sheets
                                                                                                                                                                      • 931 Diagram B MST9U19A
                                                                                                                                                                        • Figure 9-1 Pin configuration
                                                                                                                                                                          • 932 Diagram B TDA1308
                                                                                                                                                                            • Figure 9-2 Block diagram and pin configuration
                                                                                                                                                                              • 933 Diagram B NCP1377B
                                                                                                                                                                                • Figure 9-3 Block diagram and pin configuration
                                                                                                                                                                                  • 934 Diagram B TDA7266
                                                                                                                                                                                    • Figure 9-4 Block diagram and pin configuration
                                                                                                                                                                                      • 10 Spare Parts List amp CTN Overview
                                                                                                                                                                                        • Table 10-1 Sets described in this manual
                                                                                                                                                                                          • 11 Revision List
Page 48: Philips 19PFL3403-55 TCS1[1].0L_LA

48TCS10L LA 7Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Personal Notes

E_06532_013eps131004

Alignments EN 49TCS10L LA 8

8 Alignments

Index of this chapter81 Electrical Alignments82 Hardware Alignments

NoteThe Service Modes are described in chapter 5 Menu navigation is done with the CURSOR UP DOWN LEFT or RIGHT keys of the remote control transmitter

81 Electrical Alignments

Perform all electrical adjustments under the following conditionsbull Power supply voltage (depends on region)

ndash AP-NTSC 120 VAC or 230 VAC 50 Hz (plusmn 10)ndash AP-PAL-multi 120 - 230 VAC 50 Hz (plusmn 10)ndash EU 230 VAC 50 Hz (plusmn 10)ndash LATAM-NTSC 120 - 230 VAC 50 Hz (plusmn 10)ndash US 120 VAC 60 Hz (plusmn 10)

bull Connect the set to the mains via an isolation transformer with low internal resistance

bull Allow the set to warm up for approximately 60 minutesbull Measure voltages and waveforms in relation to correct

ground (eg measure audio signals in relation to AUDIO_GND) Caution It is not allowed to use heatsinks as ground

bull Test probe Ri gt 10 MΩ Ci lt 20 pFbull Use an isolated trimmerscrewdriver to perform

alignments

82 Hardware Alignments

Not applicable

821 Aging

Enter TV mode Set warm up status to ldquoOnrdquo Aging time at least 12 minutes

822 ADC Adjustment

The chassis can execute ADC auto-tune in YPbPr amp PC sourcing modes Enter SAM select YPbPr or PC as source then select AUTOTUNE in ADC ADJ press ldquoRight keyrdquo to run waiting for about 5 seconds until ldquoOKrdquo is displayed which means the set finished the ADC adjustment With an YPbPr source use a 100 color bar pattern with a PC source use a 16-scale grey pattern

823 White Balance Adjustment

Adjust the NORMAL WARM COOL temperature in White balance according to company regular Make sure ADC adjustments have done successfully before doing white balance adjustments and use the ldquoNaturalrdquo picture mode White balance adjustment should be performed with three different sources1 AVTVSVIDEO source reunification under the AV

adjustment apply a NTSC-M system signal with 8-scale grey pattern

2 YPbPrHDMI source reunification under the YPbPr adjustment apply an 8-scale grey pattern

3 PC source should adjust single apply a 8-scale grey pattern

If case of manual adjustment please use the WB page in SAMWhile adjusting White Balance do not change White G or Black G only adjust White R White B Black R and Black B

Table 8-1 Color Temperature Setting 19

Table 8-2 Color Temperature Setting 26

Color mode X Y Color Temperature (K)

Normal 296plusmn4 299plusmn4 8000

Warm 314plusmn4 319plusmn4 6500

Cool 289plusmn4 291plusmn4 9000

Color mode X Y Color Temperature (K)

Normal 289plusmn4 291plusmn4 9000

Warm 314plusmn4 319plusmn4 6500

Cool 278plusmn4 278plusmn4 11000

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data SheetsEN 50 TCS10L LA9

9 Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data Sheets

Index of this chapter91 Introduction92 Abbreviation List93 IC Data Sheets

Notes bull Only new circuits (circuits that are not published recently)

are described bull Figures can deviate slightly from the actual situation due

to different set executions

91 Introduction

This chassis uses the MStar MST9U19A main chip with the following features bull Multi-Standard TV decoding with 2-D comb filterbull Multi-Standard TV sound demodulator and decoderbull Triple ADC fro TV and RGBYPbPrbull Integrated DVIHDCPHDMI compliant receiverbull High quality scaling enginebull 3-D video de-interlacer and video noise reductionbull Embedded On Screen Display controllerbull NTSCPALSecam Video decoder with automatic standard

detectionbull CVBS video outputbull Multi standard TV sound decoderbull FM stereo and SAP demodulationbull Digital audio interfacebull Analog RGB Compliant Input Portsbull DVIHDCPHDMI Compliant input portbull Auto tuning function including phasing positioning offset

gain and jitter detectionbull Automatic color correction

The MST9U19A is a high performance and fully integrated IC for multi-function LCD monitorTV with resolutions up to WSXGA (1680 times 1050) It is configured with an integrated triple-ADCPLL an integrated DVIHDCPHDMI receiver a multi standard TV video and audio decoder a video de-interlacer a scaling engine the MStarACE-3 color engine an On Screen Display controller an 8-bit MCU and a built-in output panel interface It also incorporates an intelligent power management control system for green-mode requirements and spread-spectrum support for EMI management

For a block diagram refer to chapter 6 ldquoBlock diagrams Test Point Overviews and Waveformsrdquo

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data Sheets EN 51TCS10L LA 9

92 Abbreviation List

1080i 1080 visible lines interlaced1080p 1080 visible lines progressive scan2CS 2 Carrier Sound2DNR Spatial (2D) Noise Reduction3DNR Temporal (3D) Noise Reduction480i 480 visible lines interlaced480p 480 visible lines progressive scanAARA Automatic Aspect Ratio Adaptation

algorithm that adapts aspect ratio to remove horizontal black bars keeping up the original aspect ratio

ACI Automatic Channel Installation algorithm that installs TV channels directly from a cable network by means of a predefined TXT page

ADC Analogue to Digital ConverterAFC Automatic Frequency Control control

signal used to tune to the correct frequency

AGC Automatic Gain Control algorithm that controls the video input of the feature box

AM Amplitude ModulationAUO Acer Unipack OptronicsAP Asia PacificAR Aspect Ratio 4 by 3 or 16 by 9ASD Automatic Standard DetectionAV Audio VideoB-SC1-IN Blue SCART1 inB-SC2-IN Blue SCART2 inB-TXT Blue teletextBG Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 55 MHzBTSC Broadcast Television System

CommitteeC-FRONT Chrominance front inputCBA Circuit Board Assembly (or PWB)CL Constant Level audio output to

connect with an external amplifierCLUT Color Look Up TableComPair Computer aided rePairCSM Customer Service ModeCVBS Composite Video Blanking and

SynchronizationCVBS-EXT CVBS signal from external source

(VCR VCD etc)CVBS-INT CVBS signal from TunerCVBS-MON CVBS monitor signalCVBS-TER-OUT CVBS terrestrial outDAC Digital to Analogue ConverterDBE Dynamic Bass Enhancement extra

low frequency amplificationDFU Directions For Use owners manualDNR Dynamic Noise ReductionDRAM Dynamic RAMDSP Digital Signal ProcessingDST Dealer Service Tool special

(European) remote control designed for service technicians

DTS Digital Theatre SoundDVD Digital Versatile DiscDVI Digital Visual InterfaceDW Double WindowED Enhanced Definition 480p 576pEEPROM Electrically Erasable and

Programmable Read Only MemoryEU EUropeEXT EXTernal (source) entering the set by

SCART or by cinches (jacks)FBL Fast Blanking DC signal

accompanying RGB signalsFBL-SC1-IN Fast blanking signal for SCART1 in

FBL-SC2-IN Fast blanking signal for SCART2 inFBL-TXT Fast Blanking TeletextFLASH FLASH memoryFM Field Memory Frequency ModulationFMR FM RadioFRC Frame Rate ConverterFRONT-C Front input chrominance (SVHS)FRONT-DETECT Front input detectionFRONT-Y_CVBS Front input luminance or CVBS

(SVHS)FTV Flat TeleVisionG-SC1-IN Green SCART1 inG-SC2-IN Green SCART2 inG-TXT Green teletextH H_sync to the module HD High Definition 720p 1080i 1080pHDMI High Definition Multimedia Interface

digital audio and video interfaceHP Head PhoneI Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 60 MHzI2C Integrated IC busI2S Integrated IC Sound busIC Integrated CircuitIF Intermediate FrequencyInterlaced Scan mode where two fields are used

to form one frame Each field contains half the number of the total amount of lines The fields are written in ldquopairsrdquo causing line flicker

IR Infra RedIRQ Interrupt ReQuestLast Status The settings last chosen by the

customer and read and stored in RAM or in the NVM They are called at start-up of the set to configure it according the customers wishes

LATAM LATin AMericaLC04 Philips chassis name for LCD TV 2004

projectLCD Liquid Crystal DisplayLED Light Emitting DiodeLL Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 65 MHz L is Band I L is all bands except for Band I

LPL LG Philips LCDLS Loud SpeakerLVDS Low Voltage Differential Signalling

data transmission system for high speed and low EMI communication

MN Monochrome TV system Sound carrier distance is 45 MHz

MOSFET Metal Oxide Semiconductor Field Effect Transistor

MPEG Motion Pictures Experts GroupMSP Multi-standard Sound Processor ITT

sound decoderMUTE MUTE LineNAFTA North American Free Trade

Association Trade agreement between Canada USA and Mexico

NC Not ConnectedNICAM Near Instantaneous Compounded

Audio Multiplexing This is a digital sound system used mainly in Europe

NTSC National Television Standard Committee Color system used mainly in North America and Japan Color carrier NTSC MN = 3579545 MHz NTSC 443 = 4433619 MHz (this is a VCR norm it is not transmitted off-air)

NVM Non Volatile Memory IC containing TV related data (for example options)

OC Open CircuitONOFF LED OnOff control signal for the LED

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data SheetsEN 52 TCS10L LA9

OSD On Screen DisplayPAL Phase Alternating Line Color system

used mainly in Western Europe (color carrier = 4433619 MHz) and South America (color carrier PAL M = 3575612 MHz and PAL N = 3582056 MHz)

PC Personal ComputerPCB Printed Circuit Board (or PWB)PDP Plasma Display PanelPIG Picture In GraphicPIP Picture In PicturePLL Phase Locked Loop Used for

example in FST tuning systems The customer can directly provide the desired frequency

Progressive Scan Scan mode where all scan lines are displayed in one frame at the same time creating a double vertical resolution

PWB Printed Wiring Board (or PCB)RAM Random Access MemoryRC Remote Control transmitterRC5 (6) Remote Control system 5 (6) the

signal from the remote control receiver RGB Red Green and Blue The primary

color signals for TV By mixing levels of R G and B all colors (YC) are reproduced

RGBHV Red Green Blue Horizontal sync and Vertical sync

ROM Read Only MemorySAM Service Alignment ModeSC SandCastle two-level pulse derived

from sync signalsSC1-OUT SCART output of the MSP audio ICSC2-B-IN SCART2 Blue inSC2-C-IN SCART2 chrominance inSC2-OUT SCART output of the MSP audio ICSC Short CircuitSCL Clock signal on I2C busSD Standard Definition 480i 576iSDA Data signal on I2C busSDI Samsung Display IndustrySDM Service Default ModeSDRAM Synchronous DRAMSECAM SEequence Couleur Avec Memoire

Color system used mainly in France and Eastern Europe Color carriers = 4406250 MHz and 4250000 MHz

SIF Sound Intermediate FrequencySMPS Switch Mode Power SupplySND SouNDSNDL-SC1-IN Sound left SCART1 inSNDL-SC1-OUT Sound left SCART1 outSNDL-SC2-IN Sound left SCART2 inSNDL-SC2-OUT Sound left SCART2 outSNDR-SC1-IN Sound right SCART1 inSNDR-SC1-OUT Sound right SCART1 outSNDR-SC2-IN Sound right SCART2 outSNDR-SC2-OUT Sound right SCART2 outSNDS-VL-OUT Surround sound left variable level outSNDS-VR-OUT Surround sound right variable level outSOPS Self Oscillating Power SupplySPDIF Sony Philips Digital InterFaceSRAM Static RAMSTBY Stand-bySVHS Super Video Home SystemSW Sub Woofer SoftWareTHD Total Harmonic DistortionTXT TeleteXTuP MicroprocessorVL Variable Level out processed audio

output toward external amplifierVCR Video Cassette Recorder

VGA Video Graphics ArrayWD Watch DogWYSIWYR What You See Is What You Record

record selection that follows main picture and sound

XTAL Quartz crystalYPbPr Component video (Y= Luminance Pb

Pr= Color difference signals B-Y and R-Y other amplitudes wrt to YUV)

YC Video related signals Y consists of luminance signal blanking level and sync C consists of color signal

Y-OUT Luminance-signalYUV Baseband component video (Y=

Luminance UV= Color difference signals)

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data Sheets EN 53TCS10L LA 9

93 IC Data Sheets

This section shows the internal block diagrams and pin layouts of ICs that are drawn as ldquoblack boxesrdquo in the electrical diagrams (with the exception of ldquomemoryrdquo and ldquologicrdquo ICs)

931 Diagram B MST9U19A

Figure 9-1 Pin configuration

Pin 1

123

45

7

9

11

1314

1718

21

23

25

2728

30

32

34

36

39

41

43

6

8

10

12

1516

1920

22

24

26

29

31

33

35

3738

40

42

4445464748

505152

49

53 54 55 56 57 59 61 63 65 66 69 70 73 75 77 79 80 82 84 86 88 91 93 9558 60 62 64 67 68 71 72 74 76 78 81 83 85 87 89 90 92 94 96 97 98 99 100

102

103

104

101

208

207

206

205

204

202

200

198

196

195

192

191

188

186

184

182

181

179

177

175

173

170

168

166

203

201

199

197

194

193

190

189

187

185

183

180

178

176

174

172

171

169

167

165

164

163

162

161

159

158

157

160

156155154

153152

150

148

146

144143

140139

136

134

132

130129

127

125

123

121

118

116

114

151

149

147

145

142141

138137

135

133

131

128

126

124

122

120119

117

115

113112111110109

107106105

108

MST9U19A

XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX

GN

D

AUR1

AUL2

AUL3

AUL1

AUCO

M

AUR2

AUR3

DIGO[8]

GNDAVDD_MEMPLL

PWM3PWM2DIGO[9]

SIF1

MSI

F1P

AVD

D_S

IF

AUO

UTL

AUO

UTR

AUO

UTS

VDD

CG

PIO

F[2]

GPI

OF[

3]G

PIO

F[4]

GPI

OF[

5]G

PIO

F[6]

GPI

OF[

7]G

PIO

F[8]

GPI

OF[

9]G

PIO

F[10

]G

PIO

F[11

]VD

DP

GN

DG

PIO

F[12

]

GPI

OF[

14]

GPI

OF[

15]

GPI

OF[

16]

GPI

OF[

17]

GPI

OF[

18]

GN

D

GPI

OF[

19]

VDD

C

VDD

PG

ND

VDD

PVD

DP

GPI

OF[

13]

GN

D

DIGO[7]

DIGO[5]

DIGO[3]

DIGO[1]

VDDC

VDDPPWM_SENSE

DIGO[6]

DIGO[4]

DIGO[2]

DIGO[0]

GND

PWM_DRVPWM_FBIRININT

PWM1PWM0

GNDVDDPALERDZWRZ

VDDC

GNDVDDP

VDD

PLV

A0M

LVA0

PLV

A1M

LVA1

PLV

A2M

LVA2

PLV

ACKM

LVAC

KPLV

A3M

LVA4

PVD

DP

VDD

CAV

DD

_MPL

L

LVA3

PLV

A4M

GPI

OE[

0]

IHSY

NC

ICLK

DI[

1]D

I[0]

IVYS

NC

GPI

OE[

1]G

PIO

E[2]

GPI

OE[

3]G

ND

VDD

P

AVD

D_M

PLL

XIN

XOU

TH

WR

ESET

GN

D

DI[

7]D

I[6]

DI[

5]D

I[4]

DI[

2]D

I[3]

VDD

C

AUO

UTL

3AU

OU

TR3

RXCKPGND

RX0NRX0P

AVDD_DVIRX1NRX1P

RX2P

REXT

DDCD_CK

VSYNC1

VCLAMP

REFM

BIN1M

GNDRX2N

AVDD_DVI

DDCD_DA

HSYNC1

RMID

REFP

BIN1P

SOGIN1GIN1PGIN1MRIN1PRIN1MBIN0MBIN0PGIN0MGIN0P

SOGIN0RIN0MRIN0P

HSYNC0VSYNC0

RXCKN

AVDD_ADCGND

C1Y1C0Y0

CVBS2CVBS1

VCOM1CVBS0

VCOM0CVBSOUT

GND

VCOM2CVBS3

GN

D

AVD

D_A

UAU

L0AU

R0

AUVR

EFAU

VRAD

PAU

VRAD

N

AUO

UTL

2AU

OU

TR2

AD[7]AD[6]AD[5]AD[4]AD[3]AD[2]AD[1]AD[0]

SDOCSZSDISCK

SAR3

SAR1SAR2

SAR0

DDCA_CK

DDCR_CKDDCA_DA

DDCR_DA

LVB0

MLV

B0P

LVB1

MLV

B1P

LVB2

MLV

B2P

LVBC

KMLV

BCKP

LVB3

M

LVB4

P

LVB3

PLV

B4M

I_18130_008eps200608

Pin Configuration

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data SheetsEN 54 TCS10L LA9

932 Diagram B TDA1308

Figure 9-2 Block diagram and pin configuration

Block diagram

Pinning information

2

1

3

4

8

7

65

INA(neg)

TDA1308(A)OUTA

VSS

VDD

INA(pos)

INB(neg)

INB(pos)

OUTB

TDA1308(A)

VATUO DD

BTUO)gen(ANI

)gen(BNI)sop(ANI

VSS INB(pos)

1

2

3

4

6

5

8

7

I_18130_007eps190608

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data Sheets EN 55TCS10L LA 9

933 Diagram B NCP1377B

Figure 9-3 Block diagram and pin configuration

Block diagram

Pinning information

I_18130_009eps190608

HV

VCC

GND

Demag

4 mA

To InternalSupply

+

+

125 V75 V56 V (Fault)

FaultMngt

PON

5 V+

OVP

+

144

45 usDelay

15 us for B Version

Demag

8 usBlanking

S

SR R

Q

Q

+

3 us forB Version

+minus

Overload

5 usTimeout

TimeReset

Demag

380 nsLEB

1 V3

200 Awhen DRV

is OFF

FB

42 V

Driver src = 20 sink = 10

DrvVCC

CS

+50 mV 10 V Rint

1Dmg 8 HV

7 NC2FB

3CS

4GND

6 VCC

5 Drv

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data SheetsEN 56 TCS10L LA9

934 Diagram B TDA7266

Figure 9-4 Block diagram and pin configuration

1

2

4

Vref

7YB-TS

IN1

022microF

VCC

133

+

-

-

+

OUT1+

OUT1-

15

14

12

6ETUM

IN2

022microF

+

-

-

+

OUT2+

OUT2-

8

9S-GND

PW-GND

470microF 100nF

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

9

10

11

8

NC

NC

S-GND

PW-GND

OUT2+

OUT2-

VCC

IN2

ST-BY

MUTE

NC

IN1

VCCOUT1-

OUT1+

13

14

15

12

I_17950_054eps090508

Block Diagram

Pin Configuration

Spare Parts List amp CTN Overview EN 57TCS10L LA 10

10 Spare Parts List amp CTN OverviewFor the latest spare part overview please consult the Philips Service website

Table 10-1 Sets described in this manual

11 Revision ListManual xxxx xxx xxxx0bull First release

CTN Styling

19PFL340355 MG8

19PFL340377 MG8

19PFL340378 MG8

19PFL340385 MG8

26PFL340385 MG8

  • Content
  • 1 Technical Specifications Connections and Chassis Overview
    • 11 Technical Specifications
      • 111 Vision
      • 112 Sound
      • 113 Miscellaneous
        • 12 Connection Overview
          • Figure 1-1 Rear and side IO connections
          • 121 Rear Connections
            • 1 - HDMI Digital Video Digital Audio - In
              • Figure 1-2 HDMI (type A) connector
                • 2 - VGA AUDIO Mini Jack VGA Audio - In
                • 3 - VGA PC Video RGB - In and Service UART
                  • Figure 1-3 VGA Connector
                    • 4 - Cinch Video YPbPr - In
                    • 5 - AV1 Cinch Video CVBS - In Audio - In
                    • 6 - Aerial - In
                    • 7 - Service Connector (ComPair)
                      • 122 Side connections
                        • 8 - Cinch Video CVBS - In Audio - In
                        • 9 - S-Video (Hosiden) Video YC - In
                        • 10 - Mini Jack Audio Head phone - Out
                            • 13 Chassis Overview
                              • Figure 1-4 PWBCBA locations
                                  • 2 Safety Instructions Warnings and Notes
                                    • 21 Safety Instructions
                                    • 22 Warnings
                                    • 23 Notes
                                      • 231 General
                                      • 232 Schematic Notes
                                      • 233 BGA (Ball Grid Array) ICs
                                        • Introduction
                                        • BGA Temperature Profiles
                                          • 234 Lead-free Soldering
                                          • 235 Alternative BOM identification
                                            • Figure 2-1 Serial number (example)
                                              • 236 Board Level Repair (BLR) or Component Level Repair (CLR)
                                              • 237 Practical Service Precautions
                                                  • 3 Directions for Use
                                                  • 4 Mechanical Instructions
                                                    • 41 Cable Dressing
                                                      • Figure 4-1 Cable dressing (19 model)
                                                      • Figure 4-2 Cable dressing (26 model)
                                                        • 42 Service Positions
                                                          • 421 Foam Bars
                                                            • Figure 4-3 Foam bars
                                                                • 43 AssyPanel Removal
                                                                  • 431 Stand
                                                                    • Figure 4-4 Stand
                                                                      • 432 Rear Cover
                                                                        • Figure 4-5 LVDS release
                                                                        • Figure 4-6 Speaker and IRLED panel cable release
                                                                          • 433 Keyboard Control Board
                                                                            • Figure 4-7 Keyboard control board
                                                                              • 434 IRLED Board and Speakers
                                                                                • Figure 4-8 IRLED Board and Speakers
                                                                                  • 435 Power Supply Board
                                                                                    • Figure 4-9 Power Supply Unit(s)
                                                                                      • 436 Inverter Board (19 and 22 versions)
                                                                                        • Figure 4-10 Inverter Board
                                                                                          • 437 Small Signal Board (SSB)
                                                                                            • Removing the SSB
                                                                                              • Figure 4-11 SSB connector plate
                                                                                              • Figure 4-12 SSB
                                                                                                • 44 Set Re-assembly
                                                                                                  • 5 Service Modes Error Codes and Fault Finding
                                                                                                    • 51 Test Points
                                                                                                    • 52 Service Mode
                                                                                                      • 521 Service Alignment Mode (SAM)
                                                                                                        • How to Enter
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-1 SAM menu
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-2 SAM menu White Balance Normal
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-3 SAM menu White Balance Cool
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-4 SAM menu White Balance Warm
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-5 SAM menu Volume Curve
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-6 SAM menu Picture Curve
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-7 SAM menu Picture Mode Natural
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-8 SAM menu Picture Mode Personal
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-9 SAM menu Picture Mode Rich
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-10 SAM menu Picture Mode Soft
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-11 SAM menu Producting
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-12 SAM menu Country
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-13 SAM menu Setup
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-14 SAM menu Shop Init Do
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-15 SAM menu Clear Code gt
                                                                                                            • How to Exit
                                                                                                            • Factory Mode Descriptions
                                                                                                              • ltTABLEgt
                                                                                                              • Virgin Settings
                                                                                                                • Table 5-1 Country setting
                                                                                                                • Table 5-2 Virgin settings
                                                                                                                  • 522 Customer Service Mode (CSM)
                                                                                                                    • Purpose
                                                                                                                    • How to Activate CSM
                                                                                                                    • Contents of CSM
                                                                                                                      • Figure 5-16 CSM Menu
                                                                                                                        • Menu Explanation
                                                                                                                        • How to Exit
                                                                                                                          • 523 Blinking LED Procedure
                                                                                                                            • 53 Error Codes
                                                                                                                              • ltTABLEgt
                                                                                                                                • 54 Fault Finding
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-17 No Picture No sound no Back light (19 sets)
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-18 Picture OK No sound (19 sets)
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-19 No Picture Back light amp Sound OK (19 and 26 sets)
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-20 No color (19 and 26 sets)
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-21 No Picture No sound no Back light (26 sets)
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-22 Picture OK No sound (26 sets)
                                                                                                                                    • 55 Service Tools
                                                                                                                                      • 551 ComPair
                                                                                                                                        • Introduction
                                                                                                                                        • Specifications
                                                                                                                                        • How to Connect
                                                                                                                                        • How to Order
                                                                                                                                          • Figure 5-23 ComPair II interface connection
                                                                                                                                            • 56 Software Upgrading
                                                                                                                                              • 561 Introduction
                                                                                                                                                  • 6 Block Diagrams Test Point Overview and Waveforms
                                                                                                                                                    • Wiring Diagram of Connector for MS19-PH 19
                                                                                                                                                    • Wiring Diagram of Connector for MS19-PH 26
                                                                                                                                                    • Block Diagram MS19P Chipset
                                                                                                                                                    • I2C overview
                                                                                                                                                      • 7 Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts
                                                                                                                                                        • Main Power Supply (19)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Main Power Supply (19) (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Main Power Supply (19) (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Main Power Supply (26)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Main Power Supply (26) (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Main Power Supply (26) (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Standby Power Supply (26)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Standby Power Supply (26) (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Standby Power Supply (26) (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB Control
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB DC - DC
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB MST9E19A Controller
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB HDMI Interface
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB VGA Interface
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB Cinch
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB Tuner
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB Audio Amplifier
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB LVDS Interface
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Small Signal Board (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Small Signal Board (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Keyboard Control Panel
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Keyboard Control Panel (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Keyboard Control Panel (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Inverter Panel
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Inverter Panel (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Inverter Panel (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • IR LED Panel
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout IR LED Panel (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout IR LED Panel (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                          • 8 Alignments
                                                                                                                                                            • 81 Electrical Alignments
                                                                                                                                                            • 82 Hardware Alignments
                                                                                                                                                              • 821 Aging
                                                                                                                                                              • 822 ADC Adjustment
                                                                                                                                                              • 823 White Balance Adjustment
                                                                                                                                                                • Table 8-1 Color Temperature Setting 19
                                                                                                                                                                • Table 8-2 Color Temperature Setting 26
                                                                                                                                                                  • 9 Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data Sheets
                                                                                                                                                                    • 91 Introduction
                                                                                                                                                                    • 92 Abbreviation List
                                                                                                                                                                    • 93 IC Data Sheets
                                                                                                                                                                      • 931 Diagram B MST9U19A
                                                                                                                                                                        • Figure 9-1 Pin configuration
                                                                                                                                                                          • 932 Diagram B TDA1308
                                                                                                                                                                            • Figure 9-2 Block diagram and pin configuration
                                                                                                                                                                              • 933 Diagram B NCP1377B
                                                                                                                                                                                • Figure 9-3 Block diagram and pin configuration
                                                                                                                                                                                  • 934 Diagram B TDA7266
                                                                                                                                                                                    • Figure 9-4 Block diagram and pin configuration
                                                                                                                                                                                      • 10 Spare Parts List amp CTN Overview
                                                                                                                                                                                        • Table 10-1 Sets described in this manual
                                                                                                                                                                                          • 11 Revision List
Page 49: Philips 19PFL3403-55 TCS1[1].0L_LA

Alignments EN 49TCS10L LA 8

8 Alignments

Index of this chapter81 Electrical Alignments82 Hardware Alignments

NoteThe Service Modes are described in chapter 5 Menu navigation is done with the CURSOR UP DOWN LEFT or RIGHT keys of the remote control transmitter

81 Electrical Alignments

Perform all electrical adjustments under the following conditionsbull Power supply voltage (depends on region)

ndash AP-NTSC 120 VAC or 230 VAC 50 Hz (plusmn 10)ndash AP-PAL-multi 120 - 230 VAC 50 Hz (plusmn 10)ndash EU 230 VAC 50 Hz (plusmn 10)ndash LATAM-NTSC 120 - 230 VAC 50 Hz (plusmn 10)ndash US 120 VAC 60 Hz (plusmn 10)

bull Connect the set to the mains via an isolation transformer with low internal resistance

bull Allow the set to warm up for approximately 60 minutesbull Measure voltages and waveforms in relation to correct

ground (eg measure audio signals in relation to AUDIO_GND) Caution It is not allowed to use heatsinks as ground

bull Test probe Ri gt 10 MΩ Ci lt 20 pFbull Use an isolated trimmerscrewdriver to perform

alignments

82 Hardware Alignments

Not applicable

821 Aging

Enter TV mode Set warm up status to ldquoOnrdquo Aging time at least 12 minutes

822 ADC Adjustment

The chassis can execute ADC auto-tune in YPbPr amp PC sourcing modes Enter SAM select YPbPr or PC as source then select AUTOTUNE in ADC ADJ press ldquoRight keyrdquo to run waiting for about 5 seconds until ldquoOKrdquo is displayed which means the set finished the ADC adjustment With an YPbPr source use a 100 color bar pattern with a PC source use a 16-scale grey pattern

823 White Balance Adjustment

Adjust the NORMAL WARM COOL temperature in White balance according to company regular Make sure ADC adjustments have done successfully before doing white balance adjustments and use the ldquoNaturalrdquo picture mode White balance adjustment should be performed with three different sources1 AVTVSVIDEO source reunification under the AV

adjustment apply a NTSC-M system signal with 8-scale grey pattern

2 YPbPrHDMI source reunification under the YPbPr adjustment apply an 8-scale grey pattern

3 PC source should adjust single apply a 8-scale grey pattern

If case of manual adjustment please use the WB page in SAMWhile adjusting White Balance do not change White G or Black G only adjust White R White B Black R and Black B

Table 8-1 Color Temperature Setting 19

Table 8-2 Color Temperature Setting 26

Color mode X Y Color Temperature (K)

Normal 296plusmn4 299plusmn4 8000

Warm 314plusmn4 319plusmn4 6500

Cool 289plusmn4 291plusmn4 9000

Color mode X Y Color Temperature (K)

Normal 289plusmn4 291plusmn4 9000

Warm 314plusmn4 319plusmn4 6500

Cool 278plusmn4 278plusmn4 11000

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data SheetsEN 50 TCS10L LA9

9 Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data Sheets

Index of this chapter91 Introduction92 Abbreviation List93 IC Data Sheets

Notes bull Only new circuits (circuits that are not published recently)

are described bull Figures can deviate slightly from the actual situation due

to different set executions

91 Introduction

This chassis uses the MStar MST9U19A main chip with the following features bull Multi-Standard TV decoding with 2-D comb filterbull Multi-Standard TV sound demodulator and decoderbull Triple ADC fro TV and RGBYPbPrbull Integrated DVIHDCPHDMI compliant receiverbull High quality scaling enginebull 3-D video de-interlacer and video noise reductionbull Embedded On Screen Display controllerbull NTSCPALSecam Video decoder with automatic standard

detectionbull CVBS video outputbull Multi standard TV sound decoderbull FM stereo and SAP demodulationbull Digital audio interfacebull Analog RGB Compliant Input Portsbull DVIHDCPHDMI Compliant input portbull Auto tuning function including phasing positioning offset

gain and jitter detectionbull Automatic color correction

The MST9U19A is a high performance and fully integrated IC for multi-function LCD monitorTV with resolutions up to WSXGA (1680 times 1050) It is configured with an integrated triple-ADCPLL an integrated DVIHDCPHDMI receiver a multi standard TV video and audio decoder a video de-interlacer a scaling engine the MStarACE-3 color engine an On Screen Display controller an 8-bit MCU and a built-in output panel interface It also incorporates an intelligent power management control system for green-mode requirements and spread-spectrum support for EMI management

For a block diagram refer to chapter 6 ldquoBlock diagrams Test Point Overviews and Waveformsrdquo

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data Sheets EN 51TCS10L LA 9

92 Abbreviation List

1080i 1080 visible lines interlaced1080p 1080 visible lines progressive scan2CS 2 Carrier Sound2DNR Spatial (2D) Noise Reduction3DNR Temporal (3D) Noise Reduction480i 480 visible lines interlaced480p 480 visible lines progressive scanAARA Automatic Aspect Ratio Adaptation

algorithm that adapts aspect ratio to remove horizontal black bars keeping up the original aspect ratio

ACI Automatic Channel Installation algorithm that installs TV channels directly from a cable network by means of a predefined TXT page

ADC Analogue to Digital ConverterAFC Automatic Frequency Control control

signal used to tune to the correct frequency

AGC Automatic Gain Control algorithm that controls the video input of the feature box

AM Amplitude ModulationAUO Acer Unipack OptronicsAP Asia PacificAR Aspect Ratio 4 by 3 or 16 by 9ASD Automatic Standard DetectionAV Audio VideoB-SC1-IN Blue SCART1 inB-SC2-IN Blue SCART2 inB-TXT Blue teletextBG Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 55 MHzBTSC Broadcast Television System

CommitteeC-FRONT Chrominance front inputCBA Circuit Board Assembly (or PWB)CL Constant Level audio output to

connect with an external amplifierCLUT Color Look Up TableComPair Computer aided rePairCSM Customer Service ModeCVBS Composite Video Blanking and

SynchronizationCVBS-EXT CVBS signal from external source

(VCR VCD etc)CVBS-INT CVBS signal from TunerCVBS-MON CVBS monitor signalCVBS-TER-OUT CVBS terrestrial outDAC Digital to Analogue ConverterDBE Dynamic Bass Enhancement extra

low frequency amplificationDFU Directions For Use owners manualDNR Dynamic Noise ReductionDRAM Dynamic RAMDSP Digital Signal ProcessingDST Dealer Service Tool special

(European) remote control designed for service technicians

DTS Digital Theatre SoundDVD Digital Versatile DiscDVI Digital Visual InterfaceDW Double WindowED Enhanced Definition 480p 576pEEPROM Electrically Erasable and

Programmable Read Only MemoryEU EUropeEXT EXTernal (source) entering the set by

SCART or by cinches (jacks)FBL Fast Blanking DC signal

accompanying RGB signalsFBL-SC1-IN Fast blanking signal for SCART1 in

FBL-SC2-IN Fast blanking signal for SCART2 inFBL-TXT Fast Blanking TeletextFLASH FLASH memoryFM Field Memory Frequency ModulationFMR FM RadioFRC Frame Rate ConverterFRONT-C Front input chrominance (SVHS)FRONT-DETECT Front input detectionFRONT-Y_CVBS Front input luminance or CVBS

(SVHS)FTV Flat TeleVisionG-SC1-IN Green SCART1 inG-SC2-IN Green SCART2 inG-TXT Green teletextH H_sync to the module HD High Definition 720p 1080i 1080pHDMI High Definition Multimedia Interface

digital audio and video interfaceHP Head PhoneI Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 60 MHzI2C Integrated IC busI2S Integrated IC Sound busIC Integrated CircuitIF Intermediate FrequencyInterlaced Scan mode where two fields are used

to form one frame Each field contains half the number of the total amount of lines The fields are written in ldquopairsrdquo causing line flicker

IR Infra RedIRQ Interrupt ReQuestLast Status The settings last chosen by the

customer and read and stored in RAM or in the NVM They are called at start-up of the set to configure it according the customers wishes

LATAM LATin AMericaLC04 Philips chassis name for LCD TV 2004

projectLCD Liquid Crystal DisplayLED Light Emitting DiodeLL Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 65 MHz L is Band I L is all bands except for Band I

LPL LG Philips LCDLS Loud SpeakerLVDS Low Voltage Differential Signalling

data transmission system for high speed and low EMI communication

MN Monochrome TV system Sound carrier distance is 45 MHz

MOSFET Metal Oxide Semiconductor Field Effect Transistor

MPEG Motion Pictures Experts GroupMSP Multi-standard Sound Processor ITT

sound decoderMUTE MUTE LineNAFTA North American Free Trade

Association Trade agreement between Canada USA and Mexico

NC Not ConnectedNICAM Near Instantaneous Compounded

Audio Multiplexing This is a digital sound system used mainly in Europe

NTSC National Television Standard Committee Color system used mainly in North America and Japan Color carrier NTSC MN = 3579545 MHz NTSC 443 = 4433619 MHz (this is a VCR norm it is not transmitted off-air)

NVM Non Volatile Memory IC containing TV related data (for example options)

OC Open CircuitONOFF LED OnOff control signal for the LED

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data SheetsEN 52 TCS10L LA9

OSD On Screen DisplayPAL Phase Alternating Line Color system

used mainly in Western Europe (color carrier = 4433619 MHz) and South America (color carrier PAL M = 3575612 MHz and PAL N = 3582056 MHz)

PC Personal ComputerPCB Printed Circuit Board (or PWB)PDP Plasma Display PanelPIG Picture In GraphicPIP Picture In PicturePLL Phase Locked Loop Used for

example in FST tuning systems The customer can directly provide the desired frequency

Progressive Scan Scan mode where all scan lines are displayed in one frame at the same time creating a double vertical resolution

PWB Printed Wiring Board (or PCB)RAM Random Access MemoryRC Remote Control transmitterRC5 (6) Remote Control system 5 (6) the

signal from the remote control receiver RGB Red Green and Blue The primary

color signals for TV By mixing levels of R G and B all colors (YC) are reproduced

RGBHV Red Green Blue Horizontal sync and Vertical sync

ROM Read Only MemorySAM Service Alignment ModeSC SandCastle two-level pulse derived

from sync signalsSC1-OUT SCART output of the MSP audio ICSC2-B-IN SCART2 Blue inSC2-C-IN SCART2 chrominance inSC2-OUT SCART output of the MSP audio ICSC Short CircuitSCL Clock signal on I2C busSD Standard Definition 480i 576iSDA Data signal on I2C busSDI Samsung Display IndustrySDM Service Default ModeSDRAM Synchronous DRAMSECAM SEequence Couleur Avec Memoire

Color system used mainly in France and Eastern Europe Color carriers = 4406250 MHz and 4250000 MHz

SIF Sound Intermediate FrequencySMPS Switch Mode Power SupplySND SouNDSNDL-SC1-IN Sound left SCART1 inSNDL-SC1-OUT Sound left SCART1 outSNDL-SC2-IN Sound left SCART2 inSNDL-SC2-OUT Sound left SCART2 outSNDR-SC1-IN Sound right SCART1 inSNDR-SC1-OUT Sound right SCART1 outSNDR-SC2-IN Sound right SCART2 outSNDR-SC2-OUT Sound right SCART2 outSNDS-VL-OUT Surround sound left variable level outSNDS-VR-OUT Surround sound right variable level outSOPS Self Oscillating Power SupplySPDIF Sony Philips Digital InterFaceSRAM Static RAMSTBY Stand-bySVHS Super Video Home SystemSW Sub Woofer SoftWareTHD Total Harmonic DistortionTXT TeleteXTuP MicroprocessorVL Variable Level out processed audio

output toward external amplifierVCR Video Cassette Recorder

VGA Video Graphics ArrayWD Watch DogWYSIWYR What You See Is What You Record

record selection that follows main picture and sound

XTAL Quartz crystalYPbPr Component video (Y= Luminance Pb

Pr= Color difference signals B-Y and R-Y other amplitudes wrt to YUV)

YC Video related signals Y consists of luminance signal blanking level and sync C consists of color signal

Y-OUT Luminance-signalYUV Baseband component video (Y=

Luminance UV= Color difference signals)

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data Sheets EN 53TCS10L LA 9

93 IC Data Sheets

This section shows the internal block diagrams and pin layouts of ICs that are drawn as ldquoblack boxesrdquo in the electrical diagrams (with the exception of ldquomemoryrdquo and ldquologicrdquo ICs)

931 Diagram B MST9U19A

Figure 9-1 Pin configuration

Pin 1

123

45

7

9

11

1314

1718

21

23

25

2728

30

32

34

36

39

41

43

6

8

10

12

1516

1920

22

24

26

29

31

33

35

3738

40

42

4445464748

505152

49

53 54 55 56 57 59 61 63 65 66 69 70 73 75 77 79 80 82 84 86 88 91 93 9558 60 62 64 67 68 71 72 74 76 78 81 83 85 87 89 90 92 94 96 97 98 99 100

102

103

104

101

208

207

206

205

204

202

200

198

196

195

192

191

188

186

184

182

181

179

177

175

173

170

168

166

203

201

199

197

194

193

190

189

187

185

183

180

178

176

174

172

171

169

167

165

164

163

162

161

159

158

157

160

156155154

153152

150

148

146

144143

140139

136

134

132

130129

127

125

123

121

118

116

114

151

149

147

145

142141

138137

135

133

131

128

126

124

122

120119

117

115

113112111110109

107106105

108

MST9U19A

XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX

GN

D

AUR1

AUL2

AUL3

AUL1

AUCO

M

AUR2

AUR3

DIGO[8]

GNDAVDD_MEMPLL

PWM3PWM2DIGO[9]

SIF1

MSI

F1P

AVD

D_S

IF

AUO

UTL

AUO

UTR

AUO

UTS

VDD

CG

PIO

F[2]

GPI

OF[

3]G

PIO

F[4]

GPI

OF[

5]G

PIO

F[6]

GPI

OF[

7]G

PIO

F[8]

GPI

OF[

9]G

PIO

F[10

]G

PIO

F[11

]VD

DP

GN

DG

PIO

F[12

]

GPI

OF[

14]

GPI

OF[

15]

GPI

OF[

16]

GPI

OF[

17]

GPI

OF[

18]

GN

D

GPI

OF[

19]

VDD

C

VDD

PG

ND

VDD

PVD

DP

GPI

OF[

13]

GN

D

DIGO[7]

DIGO[5]

DIGO[3]

DIGO[1]

VDDC

VDDPPWM_SENSE

DIGO[6]

DIGO[4]

DIGO[2]

DIGO[0]

GND

PWM_DRVPWM_FBIRININT

PWM1PWM0

GNDVDDPALERDZWRZ

VDDC

GNDVDDP

VDD

PLV

A0M

LVA0

PLV

A1M

LVA1

PLV

A2M

LVA2

PLV

ACKM

LVAC

KPLV

A3M

LVA4

PVD

DP

VDD

CAV

DD

_MPL

L

LVA3

PLV

A4M

GPI

OE[

0]

IHSY

NC

ICLK

DI[

1]D

I[0]

IVYS

NC

GPI

OE[

1]G

PIO

E[2]

GPI

OE[

3]G

ND

VDD

P

AVD

D_M

PLL

XIN

XOU

TH

WR

ESET

GN

D

DI[

7]D

I[6]

DI[

5]D

I[4]

DI[

2]D

I[3]

VDD

C

AUO

UTL

3AU

OU

TR3

RXCKPGND

RX0NRX0P

AVDD_DVIRX1NRX1P

RX2P

REXT

DDCD_CK

VSYNC1

VCLAMP

REFM

BIN1M

GNDRX2N

AVDD_DVI

DDCD_DA

HSYNC1

RMID

REFP

BIN1P

SOGIN1GIN1PGIN1MRIN1PRIN1MBIN0MBIN0PGIN0MGIN0P

SOGIN0RIN0MRIN0P

HSYNC0VSYNC0

RXCKN

AVDD_ADCGND

C1Y1C0Y0

CVBS2CVBS1

VCOM1CVBS0

VCOM0CVBSOUT

GND

VCOM2CVBS3

GN

D

AVD

D_A

UAU

L0AU

R0

AUVR

EFAU

VRAD

PAU

VRAD

N

AUO

UTL

2AU

OU

TR2

AD[7]AD[6]AD[5]AD[4]AD[3]AD[2]AD[1]AD[0]

SDOCSZSDISCK

SAR3

SAR1SAR2

SAR0

DDCA_CK

DDCR_CKDDCA_DA

DDCR_DA

LVB0

MLV

B0P

LVB1

MLV

B1P

LVB2

MLV

B2P

LVBC

KMLV

BCKP

LVB3

M

LVB4

P

LVB3

PLV

B4M

I_18130_008eps200608

Pin Configuration

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data SheetsEN 54 TCS10L LA9

932 Diagram B TDA1308

Figure 9-2 Block diagram and pin configuration

Block diagram

Pinning information

2

1

3

4

8

7

65

INA(neg)

TDA1308(A)OUTA

VSS

VDD

INA(pos)

INB(neg)

INB(pos)

OUTB

TDA1308(A)

VATUO DD

BTUO)gen(ANI

)gen(BNI)sop(ANI

VSS INB(pos)

1

2

3

4

6

5

8

7

I_18130_007eps190608

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data Sheets EN 55TCS10L LA 9

933 Diagram B NCP1377B

Figure 9-3 Block diagram and pin configuration

Block diagram

Pinning information

I_18130_009eps190608

HV

VCC

GND

Demag

4 mA

To InternalSupply

+

+

125 V75 V56 V (Fault)

FaultMngt

PON

5 V+

OVP

+

144

45 usDelay

15 us for B Version

Demag

8 usBlanking

S

SR R

Q

Q

+

3 us forB Version

+minus

Overload

5 usTimeout

TimeReset

Demag

380 nsLEB

1 V3

200 Awhen DRV

is OFF

FB

42 V

Driver src = 20 sink = 10

DrvVCC

CS

+50 mV 10 V Rint

1Dmg 8 HV

7 NC2FB

3CS

4GND

6 VCC

5 Drv

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data SheetsEN 56 TCS10L LA9

934 Diagram B TDA7266

Figure 9-4 Block diagram and pin configuration

1

2

4

Vref

7YB-TS

IN1

022microF

VCC

133

+

-

-

+

OUT1+

OUT1-

15

14

12

6ETUM

IN2

022microF

+

-

-

+

OUT2+

OUT2-

8

9S-GND

PW-GND

470microF 100nF

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

9

10

11

8

NC

NC

S-GND

PW-GND

OUT2+

OUT2-

VCC

IN2

ST-BY

MUTE

NC

IN1

VCCOUT1-

OUT1+

13

14

15

12

I_17950_054eps090508

Block Diagram

Pin Configuration

Spare Parts List amp CTN Overview EN 57TCS10L LA 10

10 Spare Parts List amp CTN OverviewFor the latest spare part overview please consult the Philips Service website

Table 10-1 Sets described in this manual

11 Revision ListManual xxxx xxx xxxx0bull First release

CTN Styling

19PFL340355 MG8

19PFL340377 MG8

19PFL340378 MG8

19PFL340385 MG8

26PFL340385 MG8

  • Content
  • 1 Technical Specifications Connections and Chassis Overview
    • 11 Technical Specifications
      • 111 Vision
      • 112 Sound
      • 113 Miscellaneous
        • 12 Connection Overview
          • Figure 1-1 Rear and side IO connections
          • 121 Rear Connections
            • 1 - HDMI Digital Video Digital Audio - In
              • Figure 1-2 HDMI (type A) connector
                • 2 - VGA AUDIO Mini Jack VGA Audio - In
                • 3 - VGA PC Video RGB - In and Service UART
                  • Figure 1-3 VGA Connector
                    • 4 - Cinch Video YPbPr - In
                    • 5 - AV1 Cinch Video CVBS - In Audio - In
                    • 6 - Aerial - In
                    • 7 - Service Connector (ComPair)
                      • 122 Side connections
                        • 8 - Cinch Video CVBS - In Audio - In
                        • 9 - S-Video (Hosiden) Video YC - In
                        • 10 - Mini Jack Audio Head phone - Out
                            • 13 Chassis Overview
                              • Figure 1-4 PWBCBA locations
                                  • 2 Safety Instructions Warnings and Notes
                                    • 21 Safety Instructions
                                    • 22 Warnings
                                    • 23 Notes
                                      • 231 General
                                      • 232 Schematic Notes
                                      • 233 BGA (Ball Grid Array) ICs
                                        • Introduction
                                        • BGA Temperature Profiles
                                          • 234 Lead-free Soldering
                                          • 235 Alternative BOM identification
                                            • Figure 2-1 Serial number (example)
                                              • 236 Board Level Repair (BLR) or Component Level Repair (CLR)
                                              • 237 Practical Service Precautions
                                                  • 3 Directions for Use
                                                  • 4 Mechanical Instructions
                                                    • 41 Cable Dressing
                                                      • Figure 4-1 Cable dressing (19 model)
                                                      • Figure 4-2 Cable dressing (26 model)
                                                        • 42 Service Positions
                                                          • 421 Foam Bars
                                                            • Figure 4-3 Foam bars
                                                                • 43 AssyPanel Removal
                                                                  • 431 Stand
                                                                    • Figure 4-4 Stand
                                                                      • 432 Rear Cover
                                                                        • Figure 4-5 LVDS release
                                                                        • Figure 4-6 Speaker and IRLED panel cable release
                                                                          • 433 Keyboard Control Board
                                                                            • Figure 4-7 Keyboard control board
                                                                              • 434 IRLED Board and Speakers
                                                                                • Figure 4-8 IRLED Board and Speakers
                                                                                  • 435 Power Supply Board
                                                                                    • Figure 4-9 Power Supply Unit(s)
                                                                                      • 436 Inverter Board (19 and 22 versions)
                                                                                        • Figure 4-10 Inverter Board
                                                                                          • 437 Small Signal Board (SSB)
                                                                                            • Removing the SSB
                                                                                              • Figure 4-11 SSB connector plate
                                                                                              • Figure 4-12 SSB
                                                                                                • 44 Set Re-assembly
                                                                                                  • 5 Service Modes Error Codes and Fault Finding
                                                                                                    • 51 Test Points
                                                                                                    • 52 Service Mode
                                                                                                      • 521 Service Alignment Mode (SAM)
                                                                                                        • How to Enter
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-1 SAM menu
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-2 SAM menu White Balance Normal
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-3 SAM menu White Balance Cool
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-4 SAM menu White Balance Warm
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-5 SAM menu Volume Curve
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-6 SAM menu Picture Curve
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-7 SAM menu Picture Mode Natural
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-8 SAM menu Picture Mode Personal
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-9 SAM menu Picture Mode Rich
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-10 SAM menu Picture Mode Soft
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-11 SAM menu Producting
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-12 SAM menu Country
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-13 SAM menu Setup
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-14 SAM menu Shop Init Do
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-15 SAM menu Clear Code gt
                                                                                                            • How to Exit
                                                                                                            • Factory Mode Descriptions
                                                                                                              • ltTABLEgt
                                                                                                              • Virgin Settings
                                                                                                                • Table 5-1 Country setting
                                                                                                                • Table 5-2 Virgin settings
                                                                                                                  • 522 Customer Service Mode (CSM)
                                                                                                                    • Purpose
                                                                                                                    • How to Activate CSM
                                                                                                                    • Contents of CSM
                                                                                                                      • Figure 5-16 CSM Menu
                                                                                                                        • Menu Explanation
                                                                                                                        • How to Exit
                                                                                                                          • 523 Blinking LED Procedure
                                                                                                                            • 53 Error Codes
                                                                                                                              • ltTABLEgt
                                                                                                                                • 54 Fault Finding
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-17 No Picture No sound no Back light (19 sets)
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-18 Picture OK No sound (19 sets)
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-19 No Picture Back light amp Sound OK (19 and 26 sets)
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-20 No color (19 and 26 sets)
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-21 No Picture No sound no Back light (26 sets)
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-22 Picture OK No sound (26 sets)
                                                                                                                                    • 55 Service Tools
                                                                                                                                      • 551 ComPair
                                                                                                                                        • Introduction
                                                                                                                                        • Specifications
                                                                                                                                        • How to Connect
                                                                                                                                        • How to Order
                                                                                                                                          • Figure 5-23 ComPair II interface connection
                                                                                                                                            • 56 Software Upgrading
                                                                                                                                              • 561 Introduction
                                                                                                                                                  • 6 Block Diagrams Test Point Overview and Waveforms
                                                                                                                                                    • Wiring Diagram of Connector for MS19-PH 19
                                                                                                                                                    • Wiring Diagram of Connector for MS19-PH 26
                                                                                                                                                    • Block Diagram MS19P Chipset
                                                                                                                                                    • I2C overview
                                                                                                                                                      • 7 Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts
                                                                                                                                                        • Main Power Supply (19)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Main Power Supply (19) (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Main Power Supply (19) (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Main Power Supply (26)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Main Power Supply (26) (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Main Power Supply (26) (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Standby Power Supply (26)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Standby Power Supply (26) (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Standby Power Supply (26) (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB Control
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB DC - DC
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB MST9E19A Controller
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB HDMI Interface
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB VGA Interface
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB Cinch
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB Tuner
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB Audio Amplifier
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB LVDS Interface
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Small Signal Board (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Small Signal Board (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Keyboard Control Panel
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Keyboard Control Panel (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Keyboard Control Panel (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Inverter Panel
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Inverter Panel (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Inverter Panel (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • IR LED Panel
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout IR LED Panel (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout IR LED Panel (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                          • 8 Alignments
                                                                                                                                                            • 81 Electrical Alignments
                                                                                                                                                            • 82 Hardware Alignments
                                                                                                                                                              • 821 Aging
                                                                                                                                                              • 822 ADC Adjustment
                                                                                                                                                              • 823 White Balance Adjustment
                                                                                                                                                                • Table 8-1 Color Temperature Setting 19
                                                                                                                                                                • Table 8-2 Color Temperature Setting 26
                                                                                                                                                                  • 9 Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data Sheets
                                                                                                                                                                    • 91 Introduction
                                                                                                                                                                    • 92 Abbreviation List
                                                                                                                                                                    • 93 IC Data Sheets
                                                                                                                                                                      • 931 Diagram B MST9U19A
                                                                                                                                                                        • Figure 9-1 Pin configuration
                                                                                                                                                                          • 932 Diagram B TDA1308
                                                                                                                                                                            • Figure 9-2 Block diagram and pin configuration
                                                                                                                                                                              • 933 Diagram B NCP1377B
                                                                                                                                                                                • Figure 9-3 Block diagram and pin configuration
                                                                                                                                                                                  • 934 Diagram B TDA7266
                                                                                                                                                                                    • Figure 9-4 Block diagram and pin configuration
                                                                                                                                                                                      • 10 Spare Parts List amp CTN Overview
                                                                                                                                                                                        • Table 10-1 Sets described in this manual
                                                                                                                                                                                          • 11 Revision List
Page 50: Philips 19PFL3403-55 TCS1[1].0L_LA

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data SheetsEN 50 TCS10L LA9

9 Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data Sheets

Index of this chapter91 Introduction92 Abbreviation List93 IC Data Sheets

Notes bull Only new circuits (circuits that are not published recently)

are described bull Figures can deviate slightly from the actual situation due

to different set executions

91 Introduction

This chassis uses the MStar MST9U19A main chip with the following features bull Multi-Standard TV decoding with 2-D comb filterbull Multi-Standard TV sound demodulator and decoderbull Triple ADC fro TV and RGBYPbPrbull Integrated DVIHDCPHDMI compliant receiverbull High quality scaling enginebull 3-D video de-interlacer and video noise reductionbull Embedded On Screen Display controllerbull NTSCPALSecam Video decoder with automatic standard

detectionbull CVBS video outputbull Multi standard TV sound decoderbull FM stereo and SAP demodulationbull Digital audio interfacebull Analog RGB Compliant Input Portsbull DVIHDCPHDMI Compliant input portbull Auto tuning function including phasing positioning offset

gain and jitter detectionbull Automatic color correction

The MST9U19A is a high performance and fully integrated IC for multi-function LCD monitorTV with resolutions up to WSXGA (1680 times 1050) It is configured with an integrated triple-ADCPLL an integrated DVIHDCPHDMI receiver a multi standard TV video and audio decoder a video de-interlacer a scaling engine the MStarACE-3 color engine an On Screen Display controller an 8-bit MCU and a built-in output panel interface It also incorporates an intelligent power management control system for green-mode requirements and spread-spectrum support for EMI management

For a block diagram refer to chapter 6 ldquoBlock diagrams Test Point Overviews and Waveformsrdquo

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data Sheets EN 51TCS10L LA 9

92 Abbreviation List

1080i 1080 visible lines interlaced1080p 1080 visible lines progressive scan2CS 2 Carrier Sound2DNR Spatial (2D) Noise Reduction3DNR Temporal (3D) Noise Reduction480i 480 visible lines interlaced480p 480 visible lines progressive scanAARA Automatic Aspect Ratio Adaptation

algorithm that adapts aspect ratio to remove horizontal black bars keeping up the original aspect ratio

ACI Automatic Channel Installation algorithm that installs TV channels directly from a cable network by means of a predefined TXT page

ADC Analogue to Digital ConverterAFC Automatic Frequency Control control

signal used to tune to the correct frequency

AGC Automatic Gain Control algorithm that controls the video input of the feature box

AM Amplitude ModulationAUO Acer Unipack OptronicsAP Asia PacificAR Aspect Ratio 4 by 3 or 16 by 9ASD Automatic Standard DetectionAV Audio VideoB-SC1-IN Blue SCART1 inB-SC2-IN Blue SCART2 inB-TXT Blue teletextBG Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 55 MHzBTSC Broadcast Television System

CommitteeC-FRONT Chrominance front inputCBA Circuit Board Assembly (or PWB)CL Constant Level audio output to

connect with an external amplifierCLUT Color Look Up TableComPair Computer aided rePairCSM Customer Service ModeCVBS Composite Video Blanking and

SynchronizationCVBS-EXT CVBS signal from external source

(VCR VCD etc)CVBS-INT CVBS signal from TunerCVBS-MON CVBS monitor signalCVBS-TER-OUT CVBS terrestrial outDAC Digital to Analogue ConverterDBE Dynamic Bass Enhancement extra

low frequency amplificationDFU Directions For Use owners manualDNR Dynamic Noise ReductionDRAM Dynamic RAMDSP Digital Signal ProcessingDST Dealer Service Tool special

(European) remote control designed for service technicians

DTS Digital Theatre SoundDVD Digital Versatile DiscDVI Digital Visual InterfaceDW Double WindowED Enhanced Definition 480p 576pEEPROM Electrically Erasable and

Programmable Read Only MemoryEU EUropeEXT EXTernal (source) entering the set by

SCART or by cinches (jacks)FBL Fast Blanking DC signal

accompanying RGB signalsFBL-SC1-IN Fast blanking signal for SCART1 in

FBL-SC2-IN Fast blanking signal for SCART2 inFBL-TXT Fast Blanking TeletextFLASH FLASH memoryFM Field Memory Frequency ModulationFMR FM RadioFRC Frame Rate ConverterFRONT-C Front input chrominance (SVHS)FRONT-DETECT Front input detectionFRONT-Y_CVBS Front input luminance or CVBS

(SVHS)FTV Flat TeleVisionG-SC1-IN Green SCART1 inG-SC2-IN Green SCART2 inG-TXT Green teletextH H_sync to the module HD High Definition 720p 1080i 1080pHDMI High Definition Multimedia Interface

digital audio and video interfaceHP Head PhoneI Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 60 MHzI2C Integrated IC busI2S Integrated IC Sound busIC Integrated CircuitIF Intermediate FrequencyInterlaced Scan mode where two fields are used

to form one frame Each field contains half the number of the total amount of lines The fields are written in ldquopairsrdquo causing line flicker

IR Infra RedIRQ Interrupt ReQuestLast Status The settings last chosen by the

customer and read and stored in RAM or in the NVM They are called at start-up of the set to configure it according the customers wishes

LATAM LATin AMericaLC04 Philips chassis name for LCD TV 2004

projectLCD Liquid Crystal DisplayLED Light Emitting DiodeLL Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 65 MHz L is Band I L is all bands except for Band I

LPL LG Philips LCDLS Loud SpeakerLVDS Low Voltage Differential Signalling

data transmission system for high speed and low EMI communication

MN Monochrome TV system Sound carrier distance is 45 MHz

MOSFET Metal Oxide Semiconductor Field Effect Transistor

MPEG Motion Pictures Experts GroupMSP Multi-standard Sound Processor ITT

sound decoderMUTE MUTE LineNAFTA North American Free Trade

Association Trade agreement between Canada USA and Mexico

NC Not ConnectedNICAM Near Instantaneous Compounded

Audio Multiplexing This is a digital sound system used mainly in Europe

NTSC National Television Standard Committee Color system used mainly in North America and Japan Color carrier NTSC MN = 3579545 MHz NTSC 443 = 4433619 MHz (this is a VCR norm it is not transmitted off-air)

NVM Non Volatile Memory IC containing TV related data (for example options)

OC Open CircuitONOFF LED OnOff control signal for the LED

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data SheetsEN 52 TCS10L LA9

OSD On Screen DisplayPAL Phase Alternating Line Color system

used mainly in Western Europe (color carrier = 4433619 MHz) and South America (color carrier PAL M = 3575612 MHz and PAL N = 3582056 MHz)

PC Personal ComputerPCB Printed Circuit Board (or PWB)PDP Plasma Display PanelPIG Picture In GraphicPIP Picture In PicturePLL Phase Locked Loop Used for

example in FST tuning systems The customer can directly provide the desired frequency

Progressive Scan Scan mode where all scan lines are displayed in one frame at the same time creating a double vertical resolution

PWB Printed Wiring Board (or PCB)RAM Random Access MemoryRC Remote Control transmitterRC5 (6) Remote Control system 5 (6) the

signal from the remote control receiver RGB Red Green and Blue The primary

color signals for TV By mixing levels of R G and B all colors (YC) are reproduced

RGBHV Red Green Blue Horizontal sync and Vertical sync

ROM Read Only MemorySAM Service Alignment ModeSC SandCastle two-level pulse derived

from sync signalsSC1-OUT SCART output of the MSP audio ICSC2-B-IN SCART2 Blue inSC2-C-IN SCART2 chrominance inSC2-OUT SCART output of the MSP audio ICSC Short CircuitSCL Clock signal on I2C busSD Standard Definition 480i 576iSDA Data signal on I2C busSDI Samsung Display IndustrySDM Service Default ModeSDRAM Synchronous DRAMSECAM SEequence Couleur Avec Memoire

Color system used mainly in France and Eastern Europe Color carriers = 4406250 MHz and 4250000 MHz

SIF Sound Intermediate FrequencySMPS Switch Mode Power SupplySND SouNDSNDL-SC1-IN Sound left SCART1 inSNDL-SC1-OUT Sound left SCART1 outSNDL-SC2-IN Sound left SCART2 inSNDL-SC2-OUT Sound left SCART2 outSNDR-SC1-IN Sound right SCART1 inSNDR-SC1-OUT Sound right SCART1 outSNDR-SC2-IN Sound right SCART2 outSNDR-SC2-OUT Sound right SCART2 outSNDS-VL-OUT Surround sound left variable level outSNDS-VR-OUT Surround sound right variable level outSOPS Self Oscillating Power SupplySPDIF Sony Philips Digital InterFaceSRAM Static RAMSTBY Stand-bySVHS Super Video Home SystemSW Sub Woofer SoftWareTHD Total Harmonic DistortionTXT TeleteXTuP MicroprocessorVL Variable Level out processed audio

output toward external amplifierVCR Video Cassette Recorder

VGA Video Graphics ArrayWD Watch DogWYSIWYR What You See Is What You Record

record selection that follows main picture and sound

XTAL Quartz crystalYPbPr Component video (Y= Luminance Pb

Pr= Color difference signals B-Y and R-Y other amplitudes wrt to YUV)

YC Video related signals Y consists of luminance signal blanking level and sync C consists of color signal

Y-OUT Luminance-signalYUV Baseband component video (Y=

Luminance UV= Color difference signals)

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data Sheets EN 53TCS10L LA 9

93 IC Data Sheets

This section shows the internal block diagrams and pin layouts of ICs that are drawn as ldquoblack boxesrdquo in the electrical diagrams (with the exception of ldquomemoryrdquo and ldquologicrdquo ICs)

931 Diagram B MST9U19A

Figure 9-1 Pin configuration

Pin 1

123

45

7

9

11

1314

1718

21

23

25

2728

30

32

34

36

39

41

43

6

8

10

12

1516

1920

22

24

26

29

31

33

35

3738

40

42

4445464748

505152

49

53 54 55 56 57 59 61 63 65 66 69 70 73 75 77 79 80 82 84 86 88 91 93 9558 60 62 64 67 68 71 72 74 76 78 81 83 85 87 89 90 92 94 96 97 98 99 100

102

103

104

101

208

207

206

205

204

202

200

198

196

195

192

191

188

186

184

182

181

179

177

175

173

170

168

166

203

201

199

197

194

193

190

189

187

185

183

180

178

176

174

172

171

169

167

165

164

163

162

161

159

158

157

160

156155154

153152

150

148

146

144143

140139

136

134

132

130129

127

125

123

121

118

116

114

151

149

147

145

142141

138137

135

133

131

128

126

124

122

120119

117

115

113112111110109

107106105

108

MST9U19A

XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX

GN

D

AUR1

AUL2

AUL3

AUL1

AUCO

M

AUR2

AUR3

DIGO[8]

GNDAVDD_MEMPLL

PWM3PWM2DIGO[9]

SIF1

MSI

F1P

AVD

D_S

IF

AUO

UTL

AUO

UTR

AUO

UTS

VDD

CG

PIO

F[2]

GPI

OF[

3]G

PIO

F[4]

GPI

OF[

5]G

PIO

F[6]

GPI

OF[

7]G

PIO

F[8]

GPI

OF[

9]G

PIO

F[10

]G

PIO

F[11

]VD

DP

GN

DG

PIO

F[12

]

GPI

OF[

14]

GPI

OF[

15]

GPI

OF[

16]

GPI

OF[

17]

GPI

OF[

18]

GN

D

GPI

OF[

19]

VDD

C

VDD

PG

ND

VDD

PVD

DP

GPI

OF[

13]

GN

D

DIGO[7]

DIGO[5]

DIGO[3]

DIGO[1]

VDDC

VDDPPWM_SENSE

DIGO[6]

DIGO[4]

DIGO[2]

DIGO[0]

GND

PWM_DRVPWM_FBIRININT

PWM1PWM0

GNDVDDPALERDZWRZ

VDDC

GNDVDDP

VDD

PLV

A0M

LVA0

PLV

A1M

LVA1

PLV

A2M

LVA2

PLV

ACKM

LVAC

KPLV

A3M

LVA4

PVD

DP

VDD

CAV

DD

_MPL

L

LVA3

PLV

A4M

GPI

OE[

0]

IHSY

NC

ICLK

DI[

1]D

I[0]

IVYS

NC

GPI

OE[

1]G

PIO

E[2]

GPI

OE[

3]G

ND

VDD

P

AVD

D_M

PLL

XIN

XOU

TH

WR

ESET

GN

D

DI[

7]D

I[6]

DI[

5]D

I[4]

DI[

2]D

I[3]

VDD

C

AUO

UTL

3AU

OU

TR3

RXCKPGND

RX0NRX0P

AVDD_DVIRX1NRX1P

RX2P

REXT

DDCD_CK

VSYNC1

VCLAMP

REFM

BIN1M

GNDRX2N

AVDD_DVI

DDCD_DA

HSYNC1

RMID

REFP

BIN1P

SOGIN1GIN1PGIN1MRIN1PRIN1MBIN0MBIN0PGIN0MGIN0P

SOGIN0RIN0MRIN0P

HSYNC0VSYNC0

RXCKN

AVDD_ADCGND

C1Y1C0Y0

CVBS2CVBS1

VCOM1CVBS0

VCOM0CVBSOUT

GND

VCOM2CVBS3

GN

D

AVD

D_A

UAU

L0AU

R0

AUVR

EFAU

VRAD

PAU

VRAD

N

AUO

UTL

2AU

OU

TR2

AD[7]AD[6]AD[5]AD[4]AD[3]AD[2]AD[1]AD[0]

SDOCSZSDISCK

SAR3

SAR1SAR2

SAR0

DDCA_CK

DDCR_CKDDCA_DA

DDCR_DA

LVB0

MLV

B0P

LVB1

MLV

B1P

LVB2

MLV

B2P

LVBC

KMLV

BCKP

LVB3

M

LVB4

P

LVB3

PLV

B4M

I_18130_008eps200608

Pin Configuration

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data SheetsEN 54 TCS10L LA9

932 Diagram B TDA1308

Figure 9-2 Block diagram and pin configuration

Block diagram

Pinning information

2

1

3

4

8

7

65

INA(neg)

TDA1308(A)OUTA

VSS

VDD

INA(pos)

INB(neg)

INB(pos)

OUTB

TDA1308(A)

VATUO DD

BTUO)gen(ANI

)gen(BNI)sop(ANI

VSS INB(pos)

1

2

3

4

6

5

8

7

I_18130_007eps190608

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data Sheets EN 55TCS10L LA 9

933 Diagram B NCP1377B

Figure 9-3 Block diagram and pin configuration

Block diagram

Pinning information

I_18130_009eps190608

HV

VCC

GND

Demag

4 mA

To InternalSupply

+

+

125 V75 V56 V (Fault)

FaultMngt

PON

5 V+

OVP

+

144

45 usDelay

15 us for B Version

Demag

8 usBlanking

S

SR R

Q

Q

+

3 us forB Version

+minus

Overload

5 usTimeout

TimeReset

Demag

380 nsLEB

1 V3

200 Awhen DRV

is OFF

FB

42 V

Driver src = 20 sink = 10

DrvVCC

CS

+50 mV 10 V Rint

1Dmg 8 HV

7 NC2FB

3CS

4GND

6 VCC

5 Drv

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data SheetsEN 56 TCS10L LA9

934 Diagram B TDA7266

Figure 9-4 Block diagram and pin configuration

1

2

4

Vref

7YB-TS

IN1

022microF

VCC

133

+

-

-

+

OUT1+

OUT1-

15

14

12

6ETUM

IN2

022microF

+

-

-

+

OUT2+

OUT2-

8

9S-GND

PW-GND

470microF 100nF

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

9

10

11

8

NC

NC

S-GND

PW-GND

OUT2+

OUT2-

VCC

IN2

ST-BY

MUTE

NC

IN1

VCCOUT1-

OUT1+

13

14

15

12

I_17950_054eps090508

Block Diagram

Pin Configuration

Spare Parts List amp CTN Overview EN 57TCS10L LA 10

10 Spare Parts List amp CTN OverviewFor the latest spare part overview please consult the Philips Service website

Table 10-1 Sets described in this manual

11 Revision ListManual xxxx xxx xxxx0bull First release

CTN Styling

19PFL340355 MG8

19PFL340377 MG8

19PFL340378 MG8

19PFL340385 MG8

26PFL340385 MG8

  • Content
  • 1 Technical Specifications Connections and Chassis Overview
    • 11 Technical Specifications
      • 111 Vision
      • 112 Sound
      • 113 Miscellaneous
        • 12 Connection Overview
          • Figure 1-1 Rear and side IO connections
          • 121 Rear Connections
            • 1 - HDMI Digital Video Digital Audio - In
              • Figure 1-2 HDMI (type A) connector
                • 2 - VGA AUDIO Mini Jack VGA Audio - In
                • 3 - VGA PC Video RGB - In and Service UART
                  • Figure 1-3 VGA Connector
                    • 4 - Cinch Video YPbPr - In
                    • 5 - AV1 Cinch Video CVBS - In Audio - In
                    • 6 - Aerial - In
                    • 7 - Service Connector (ComPair)
                      • 122 Side connections
                        • 8 - Cinch Video CVBS - In Audio - In
                        • 9 - S-Video (Hosiden) Video YC - In
                        • 10 - Mini Jack Audio Head phone - Out
                            • 13 Chassis Overview
                              • Figure 1-4 PWBCBA locations
                                  • 2 Safety Instructions Warnings and Notes
                                    • 21 Safety Instructions
                                    • 22 Warnings
                                    • 23 Notes
                                      • 231 General
                                      • 232 Schematic Notes
                                      • 233 BGA (Ball Grid Array) ICs
                                        • Introduction
                                        • BGA Temperature Profiles
                                          • 234 Lead-free Soldering
                                          • 235 Alternative BOM identification
                                            • Figure 2-1 Serial number (example)
                                              • 236 Board Level Repair (BLR) or Component Level Repair (CLR)
                                              • 237 Practical Service Precautions
                                                  • 3 Directions for Use
                                                  • 4 Mechanical Instructions
                                                    • 41 Cable Dressing
                                                      • Figure 4-1 Cable dressing (19 model)
                                                      • Figure 4-2 Cable dressing (26 model)
                                                        • 42 Service Positions
                                                          • 421 Foam Bars
                                                            • Figure 4-3 Foam bars
                                                                • 43 AssyPanel Removal
                                                                  • 431 Stand
                                                                    • Figure 4-4 Stand
                                                                      • 432 Rear Cover
                                                                        • Figure 4-5 LVDS release
                                                                        • Figure 4-6 Speaker and IRLED panel cable release
                                                                          • 433 Keyboard Control Board
                                                                            • Figure 4-7 Keyboard control board
                                                                              • 434 IRLED Board and Speakers
                                                                                • Figure 4-8 IRLED Board and Speakers
                                                                                  • 435 Power Supply Board
                                                                                    • Figure 4-9 Power Supply Unit(s)
                                                                                      • 436 Inverter Board (19 and 22 versions)
                                                                                        • Figure 4-10 Inverter Board
                                                                                          • 437 Small Signal Board (SSB)
                                                                                            • Removing the SSB
                                                                                              • Figure 4-11 SSB connector plate
                                                                                              • Figure 4-12 SSB
                                                                                                • 44 Set Re-assembly
                                                                                                  • 5 Service Modes Error Codes and Fault Finding
                                                                                                    • 51 Test Points
                                                                                                    • 52 Service Mode
                                                                                                      • 521 Service Alignment Mode (SAM)
                                                                                                        • How to Enter
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-1 SAM menu
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-2 SAM menu White Balance Normal
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-3 SAM menu White Balance Cool
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-4 SAM menu White Balance Warm
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-5 SAM menu Volume Curve
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-6 SAM menu Picture Curve
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-7 SAM menu Picture Mode Natural
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-8 SAM menu Picture Mode Personal
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-9 SAM menu Picture Mode Rich
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-10 SAM menu Picture Mode Soft
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-11 SAM menu Producting
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-12 SAM menu Country
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-13 SAM menu Setup
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-14 SAM menu Shop Init Do
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-15 SAM menu Clear Code gt
                                                                                                            • How to Exit
                                                                                                            • Factory Mode Descriptions
                                                                                                              • ltTABLEgt
                                                                                                              • Virgin Settings
                                                                                                                • Table 5-1 Country setting
                                                                                                                • Table 5-2 Virgin settings
                                                                                                                  • 522 Customer Service Mode (CSM)
                                                                                                                    • Purpose
                                                                                                                    • How to Activate CSM
                                                                                                                    • Contents of CSM
                                                                                                                      • Figure 5-16 CSM Menu
                                                                                                                        • Menu Explanation
                                                                                                                        • How to Exit
                                                                                                                          • 523 Blinking LED Procedure
                                                                                                                            • 53 Error Codes
                                                                                                                              • ltTABLEgt
                                                                                                                                • 54 Fault Finding
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-17 No Picture No sound no Back light (19 sets)
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-18 Picture OK No sound (19 sets)
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-19 No Picture Back light amp Sound OK (19 and 26 sets)
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-20 No color (19 and 26 sets)
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-21 No Picture No sound no Back light (26 sets)
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-22 Picture OK No sound (26 sets)
                                                                                                                                    • 55 Service Tools
                                                                                                                                      • 551 ComPair
                                                                                                                                        • Introduction
                                                                                                                                        • Specifications
                                                                                                                                        • How to Connect
                                                                                                                                        • How to Order
                                                                                                                                          • Figure 5-23 ComPair II interface connection
                                                                                                                                            • 56 Software Upgrading
                                                                                                                                              • 561 Introduction
                                                                                                                                                  • 6 Block Diagrams Test Point Overview and Waveforms
                                                                                                                                                    • Wiring Diagram of Connector for MS19-PH 19
                                                                                                                                                    • Wiring Diagram of Connector for MS19-PH 26
                                                                                                                                                    • Block Diagram MS19P Chipset
                                                                                                                                                    • I2C overview
                                                                                                                                                      • 7 Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts
                                                                                                                                                        • Main Power Supply (19)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Main Power Supply (19) (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Main Power Supply (19) (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Main Power Supply (26)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Main Power Supply (26) (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Main Power Supply (26) (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Standby Power Supply (26)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Standby Power Supply (26) (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Standby Power Supply (26) (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB Control
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB DC - DC
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB MST9E19A Controller
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB HDMI Interface
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB VGA Interface
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB Cinch
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB Tuner
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB Audio Amplifier
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB LVDS Interface
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Small Signal Board (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Small Signal Board (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Keyboard Control Panel
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Keyboard Control Panel (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Keyboard Control Panel (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Inverter Panel
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Inverter Panel (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Inverter Panel (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • IR LED Panel
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout IR LED Panel (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout IR LED Panel (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                          • 8 Alignments
                                                                                                                                                            • 81 Electrical Alignments
                                                                                                                                                            • 82 Hardware Alignments
                                                                                                                                                              • 821 Aging
                                                                                                                                                              • 822 ADC Adjustment
                                                                                                                                                              • 823 White Balance Adjustment
                                                                                                                                                                • Table 8-1 Color Temperature Setting 19
                                                                                                                                                                • Table 8-2 Color Temperature Setting 26
                                                                                                                                                                  • 9 Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data Sheets
                                                                                                                                                                    • 91 Introduction
                                                                                                                                                                    • 92 Abbreviation List
                                                                                                                                                                    • 93 IC Data Sheets
                                                                                                                                                                      • 931 Diagram B MST9U19A
                                                                                                                                                                        • Figure 9-1 Pin configuration
                                                                                                                                                                          • 932 Diagram B TDA1308
                                                                                                                                                                            • Figure 9-2 Block diagram and pin configuration
                                                                                                                                                                              • 933 Diagram B NCP1377B
                                                                                                                                                                                • Figure 9-3 Block diagram and pin configuration
                                                                                                                                                                                  • 934 Diagram B TDA7266
                                                                                                                                                                                    • Figure 9-4 Block diagram and pin configuration
                                                                                                                                                                                      • 10 Spare Parts List amp CTN Overview
                                                                                                                                                                                        • Table 10-1 Sets described in this manual
                                                                                                                                                                                          • 11 Revision List
Page 51: Philips 19PFL3403-55 TCS1[1].0L_LA

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data Sheets EN 51TCS10L LA 9

92 Abbreviation List

1080i 1080 visible lines interlaced1080p 1080 visible lines progressive scan2CS 2 Carrier Sound2DNR Spatial (2D) Noise Reduction3DNR Temporal (3D) Noise Reduction480i 480 visible lines interlaced480p 480 visible lines progressive scanAARA Automatic Aspect Ratio Adaptation

algorithm that adapts aspect ratio to remove horizontal black bars keeping up the original aspect ratio

ACI Automatic Channel Installation algorithm that installs TV channels directly from a cable network by means of a predefined TXT page

ADC Analogue to Digital ConverterAFC Automatic Frequency Control control

signal used to tune to the correct frequency

AGC Automatic Gain Control algorithm that controls the video input of the feature box

AM Amplitude ModulationAUO Acer Unipack OptronicsAP Asia PacificAR Aspect Ratio 4 by 3 or 16 by 9ASD Automatic Standard DetectionAV Audio VideoB-SC1-IN Blue SCART1 inB-SC2-IN Blue SCART2 inB-TXT Blue teletextBG Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 55 MHzBTSC Broadcast Television System

CommitteeC-FRONT Chrominance front inputCBA Circuit Board Assembly (or PWB)CL Constant Level audio output to

connect with an external amplifierCLUT Color Look Up TableComPair Computer aided rePairCSM Customer Service ModeCVBS Composite Video Blanking and

SynchronizationCVBS-EXT CVBS signal from external source

(VCR VCD etc)CVBS-INT CVBS signal from TunerCVBS-MON CVBS monitor signalCVBS-TER-OUT CVBS terrestrial outDAC Digital to Analogue ConverterDBE Dynamic Bass Enhancement extra

low frequency amplificationDFU Directions For Use owners manualDNR Dynamic Noise ReductionDRAM Dynamic RAMDSP Digital Signal ProcessingDST Dealer Service Tool special

(European) remote control designed for service technicians

DTS Digital Theatre SoundDVD Digital Versatile DiscDVI Digital Visual InterfaceDW Double WindowED Enhanced Definition 480p 576pEEPROM Electrically Erasable and

Programmable Read Only MemoryEU EUropeEXT EXTernal (source) entering the set by

SCART or by cinches (jacks)FBL Fast Blanking DC signal

accompanying RGB signalsFBL-SC1-IN Fast blanking signal for SCART1 in

FBL-SC2-IN Fast blanking signal for SCART2 inFBL-TXT Fast Blanking TeletextFLASH FLASH memoryFM Field Memory Frequency ModulationFMR FM RadioFRC Frame Rate ConverterFRONT-C Front input chrominance (SVHS)FRONT-DETECT Front input detectionFRONT-Y_CVBS Front input luminance or CVBS

(SVHS)FTV Flat TeleVisionG-SC1-IN Green SCART1 inG-SC2-IN Green SCART2 inG-TXT Green teletextH H_sync to the module HD High Definition 720p 1080i 1080pHDMI High Definition Multimedia Interface

digital audio and video interfaceHP Head PhoneI Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 60 MHzI2C Integrated IC busI2S Integrated IC Sound busIC Integrated CircuitIF Intermediate FrequencyInterlaced Scan mode where two fields are used

to form one frame Each field contains half the number of the total amount of lines The fields are written in ldquopairsrdquo causing line flicker

IR Infra RedIRQ Interrupt ReQuestLast Status The settings last chosen by the

customer and read and stored in RAM or in the NVM They are called at start-up of the set to configure it according the customers wishes

LATAM LATin AMericaLC04 Philips chassis name for LCD TV 2004

projectLCD Liquid Crystal DisplayLED Light Emitting DiodeLL Monochrome TV system Sound

carrier distance is 65 MHz L is Band I L is all bands except for Band I

LPL LG Philips LCDLS Loud SpeakerLVDS Low Voltage Differential Signalling

data transmission system for high speed and low EMI communication

MN Monochrome TV system Sound carrier distance is 45 MHz

MOSFET Metal Oxide Semiconductor Field Effect Transistor

MPEG Motion Pictures Experts GroupMSP Multi-standard Sound Processor ITT

sound decoderMUTE MUTE LineNAFTA North American Free Trade

Association Trade agreement between Canada USA and Mexico

NC Not ConnectedNICAM Near Instantaneous Compounded

Audio Multiplexing This is a digital sound system used mainly in Europe

NTSC National Television Standard Committee Color system used mainly in North America and Japan Color carrier NTSC MN = 3579545 MHz NTSC 443 = 4433619 MHz (this is a VCR norm it is not transmitted off-air)

NVM Non Volatile Memory IC containing TV related data (for example options)

OC Open CircuitONOFF LED OnOff control signal for the LED

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data SheetsEN 52 TCS10L LA9

OSD On Screen DisplayPAL Phase Alternating Line Color system

used mainly in Western Europe (color carrier = 4433619 MHz) and South America (color carrier PAL M = 3575612 MHz and PAL N = 3582056 MHz)

PC Personal ComputerPCB Printed Circuit Board (or PWB)PDP Plasma Display PanelPIG Picture In GraphicPIP Picture In PicturePLL Phase Locked Loop Used for

example in FST tuning systems The customer can directly provide the desired frequency

Progressive Scan Scan mode where all scan lines are displayed in one frame at the same time creating a double vertical resolution

PWB Printed Wiring Board (or PCB)RAM Random Access MemoryRC Remote Control transmitterRC5 (6) Remote Control system 5 (6) the

signal from the remote control receiver RGB Red Green and Blue The primary

color signals for TV By mixing levels of R G and B all colors (YC) are reproduced

RGBHV Red Green Blue Horizontal sync and Vertical sync

ROM Read Only MemorySAM Service Alignment ModeSC SandCastle two-level pulse derived

from sync signalsSC1-OUT SCART output of the MSP audio ICSC2-B-IN SCART2 Blue inSC2-C-IN SCART2 chrominance inSC2-OUT SCART output of the MSP audio ICSC Short CircuitSCL Clock signal on I2C busSD Standard Definition 480i 576iSDA Data signal on I2C busSDI Samsung Display IndustrySDM Service Default ModeSDRAM Synchronous DRAMSECAM SEequence Couleur Avec Memoire

Color system used mainly in France and Eastern Europe Color carriers = 4406250 MHz and 4250000 MHz

SIF Sound Intermediate FrequencySMPS Switch Mode Power SupplySND SouNDSNDL-SC1-IN Sound left SCART1 inSNDL-SC1-OUT Sound left SCART1 outSNDL-SC2-IN Sound left SCART2 inSNDL-SC2-OUT Sound left SCART2 outSNDR-SC1-IN Sound right SCART1 inSNDR-SC1-OUT Sound right SCART1 outSNDR-SC2-IN Sound right SCART2 outSNDR-SC2-OUT Sound right SCART2 outSNDS-VL-OUT Surround sound left variable level outSNDS-VR-OUT Surround sound right variable level outSOPS Self Oscillating Power SupplySPDIF Sony Philips Digital InterFaceSRAM Static RAMSTBY Stand-bySVHS Super Video Home SystemSW Sub Woofer SoftWareTHD Total Harmonic DistortionTXT TeleteXTuP MicroprocessorVL Variable Level out processed audio

output toward external amplifierVCR Video Cassette Recorder

VGA Video Graphics ArrayWD Watch DogWYSIWYR What You See Is What You Record

record selection that follows main picture and sound

XTAL Quartz crystalYPbPr Component video (Y= Luminance Pb

Pr= Color difference signals B-Y and R-Y other amplitudes wrt to YUV)

YC Video related signals Y consists of luminance signal blanking level and sync C consists of color signal

Y-OUT Luminance-signalYUV Baseband component video (Y=

Luminance UV= Color difference signals)

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data Sheets EN 53TCS10L LA 9

93 IC Data Sheets

This section shows the internal block diagrams and pin layouts of ICs that are drawn as ldquoblack boxesrdquo in the electrical diagrams (with the exception of ldquomemoryrdquo and ldquologicrdquo ICs)

931 Diagram B MST9U19A

Figure 9-1 Pin configuration

Pin 1

123

45

7

9

11

1314

1718

21

23

25

2728

30

32

34

36

39

41

43

6

8

10

12

1516

1920

22

24

26

29

31

33

35

3738

40

42

4445464748

505152

49

53 54 55 56 57 59 61 63 65 66 69 70 73 75 77 79 80 82 84 86 88 91 93 9558 60 62 64 67 68 71 72 74 76 78 81 83 85 87 89 90 92 94 96 97 98 99 100

102

103

104

101

208

207

206

205

204

202

200

198

196

195

192

191

188

186

184

182

181

179

177

175

173

170

168

166

203

201

199

197

194

193

190

189

187

185

183

180

178

176

174

172

171

169

167

165

164

163

162

161

159

158

157

160

156155154

153152

150

148

146

144143

140139

136

134

132

130129

127

125

123

121

118

116

114

151

149

147

145

142141

138137

135

133

131

128

126

124

122

120119

117

115

113112111110109

107106105

108

MST9U19A

XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX

GN

D

AUR1

AUL2

AUL3

AUL1

AUCO

M

AUR2

AUR3

DIGO[8]

GNDAVDD_MEMPLL

PWM3PWM2DIGO[9]

SIF1

MSI

F1P

AVD

D_S

IF

AUO

UTL

AUO

UTR

AUO

UTS

VDD

CG

PIO

F[2]

GPI

OF[

3]G

PIO

F[4]

GPI

OF[

5]G

PIO

F[6]

GPI

OF[

7]G

PIO

F[8]

GPI

OF[

9]G

PIO

F[10

]G

PIO

F[11

]VD

DP

GN

DG

PIO

F[12

]

GPI

OF[

14]

GPI

OF[

15]

GPI

OF[

16]

GPI

OF[

17]

GPI

OF[

18]

GN

D

GPI

OF[

19]

VDD

C

VDD

PG

ND

VDD

PVD

DP

GPI

OF[

13]

GN

D

DIGO[7]

DIGO[5]

DIGO[3]

DIGO[1]

VDDC

VDDPPWM_SENSE

DIGO[6]

DIGO[4]

DIGO[2]

DIGO[0]

GND

PWM_DRVPWM_FBIRININT

PWM1PWM0

GNDVDDPALERDZWRZ

VDDC

GNDVDDP

VDD

PLV

A0M

LVA0

PLV

A1M

LVA1

PLV

A2M

LVA2

PLV

ACKM

LVAC

KPLV

A3M

LVA4

PVD

DP

VDD

CAV

DD

_MPL

L

LVA3

PLV

A4M

GPI

OE[

0]

IHSY

NC

ICLK

DI[

1]D

I[0]

IVYS

NC

GPI

OE[

1]G

PIO

E[2]

GPI

OE[

3]G

ND

VDD

P

AVD

D_M

PLL

XIN

XOU

TH

WR

ESET

GN

D

DI[

7]D

I[6]

DI[

5]D

I[4]

DI[

2]D

I[3]

VDD

C

AUO

UTL

3AU

OU

TR3

RXCKPGND

RX0NRX0P

AVDD_DVIRX1NRX1P

RX2P

REXT

DDCD_CK

VSYNC1

VCLAMP

REFM

BIN1M

GNDRX2N

AVDD_DVI

DDCD_DA

HSYNC1

RMID

REFP

BIN1P

SOGIN1GIN1PGIN1MRIN1PRIN1MBIN0MBIN0PGIN0MGIN0P

SOGIN0RIN0MRIN0P

HSYNC0VSYNC0

RXCKN

AVDD_ADCGND

C1Y1C0Y0

CVBS2CVBS1

VCOM1CVBS0

VCOM0CVBSOUT

GND

VCOM2CVBS3

GN

D

AVD

D_A

UAU

L0AU

R0

AUVR

EFAU

VRAD

PAU

VRAD

N

AUO

UTL

2AU

OU

TR2

AD[7]AD[6]AD[5]AD[4]AD[3]AD[2]AD[1]AD[0]

SDOCSZSDISCK

SAR3

SAR1SAR2

SAR0

DDCA_CK

DDCR_CKDDCA_DA

DDCR_DA

LVB0

MLV

B0P

LVB1

MLV

B1P

LVB2

MLV

B2P

LVBC

KMLV

BCKP

LVB3

M

LVB4

P

LVB3

PLV

B4M

I_18130_008eps200608

Pin Configuration

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data SheetsEN 54 TCS10L LA9

932 Diagram B TDA1308

Figure 9-2 Block diagram and pin configuration

Block diagram

Pinning information

2

1

3

4

8

7

65

INA(neg)

TDA1308(A)OUTA

VSS

VDD

INA(pos)

INB(neg)

INB(pos)

OUTB

TDA1308(A)

VATUO DD

BTUO)gen(ANI

)gen(BNI)sop(ANI

VSS INB(pos)

1

2

3

4

6

5

8

7

I_18130_007eps190608

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data Sheets EN 55TCS10L LA 9

933 Diagram B NCP1377B

Figure 9-3 Block diagram and pin configuration

Block diagram

Pinning information

I_18130_009eps190608

HV

VCC

GND

Demag

4 mA

To InternalSupply

+

+

125 V75 V56 V (Fault)

FaultMngt

PON

5 V+

OVP

+

144

45 usDelay

15 us for B Version

Demag

8 usBlanking

S

SR R

Q

Q

+

3 us forB Version

+minus

Overload

5 usTimeout

TimeReset

Demag

380 nsLEB

1 V3

200 Awhen DRV

is OFF

FB

42 V

Driver src = 20 sink = 10

DrvVCC

CS

+50 mV 10 V Rint

1Dmg 8 HV

7 NC2FB

3CS

4GND

6 VCC

5 Drv

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data SheetsEN 56 TCS10L LA9

934 Diagram B TDA7266

Figure 9-4 Block diagram and pin configuration

1

2

4

Vref

7YB-TS

IN1

022microF

VCC

133

+

-

-

+

OUT1+

OUT1-

15

14

12

6ETUM

IN2

022microF

+

-

-

+

OUT2+

OUT2-

8

9S-GND

PW-GND

470microF 100nF

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

9

10

11

8

NC

NC

S-GND

PW-GND

OUT2+

OUT2-

VCC

IN2

ST-BY

MUTE

NC

IN1

VCCOUT1-

OUT1+

13

14

15

12

I_17950_054eps090508

Block Diagram

Pin Configuration

Spare Parts List amp CTN Overview EN 57TCS10L LA 10

10 Spare Parts List amp CTN OverviewFor the latest spare part overview please consult the Philips Service website

Table 10-1 Sets described in this manual

11 Revision ListManual xxxx xxx xxxx0bull First release

CTN Styling

19PFL340355 MG8

19PFL340377 MG8

19PFL340378 MG8

19PFL340385 MG8

26PFL340385 MG8

  • Content
  • 1 Technical Specifications Connections and Chassis Overview
    • 11 Technical Specifications
      • 111 Vision
      • 112 Sound
      • 113 Miscellaneous
        • 12 Connection Overview
          • Figure 1-1 Rear and side IO connections
          • 121 Rear Connections
            • 1 - HDMI Digital Video Digital Audio - In
              • Figure 1-2 HDMI (type A) connector
                • 2 - VGA AUDIO Mini Jack VGA Audio - In
                • 3 - VGA PC Video RGB - In and Service UART
                  • Figure 1-3 VGA Connector
                    • 4 - Cinch Video YPbPr - In
                    • 5 - AV1 Cinch Video CVBS - In Audio - In
                    • 6 - Aerial - In
                    • 7 - Service Connector (ComPair)
                      • 122 Side connections
                        • 8 - Cinch Video CVBS - In Audio - In
                        • 9 - S-Video (Hosiden) Video YC - In
                        • 10 - Mini Jack Audio Head phone - Out
                            • 13 Chassis Overview
                              • Figure 1-4 PWBCBA locations
                                  • 2 Safety Instructions Warnings and Notes
                                    • 21 Safety Instructions
                                    • 22 Warnings
                                    • 23 Notes
                                      • 231 General
                                      • 232 Schematic Notes
                                      • 233 BGA (Ball Grid Array) ICs
                                        • Introduction
                                        • BGA Temperature Profiles
                                          • 234 Lead-free Soldering
                                          • 235 Alternative BOM identification
                                            • Figure 2-1 Serial number (example)
                                              • 236 Board Level Repair (BLR) or Component Level Repair (CLR)
                                              • 237 Practical Service Precautions
                                                  • 3 Directions for Use
                                                  • 4 Mechanical Instructions
                                                    • 41 Cable Dressing
                                                      • Figure 4-1 Cable dressing (19 model)
                                                      • Figure 4-2 Cable dressing (26 model)
                                                        • 42 Service Positions
                                                          • 421 Foam Bars
                                                            • Figure 4-3 Foam bars
                                                                • 43 AssyPanel Removal
                                                                  • 431 Stand
                                                                    • Figure 4-4 Stand
                                                                      • 432 Rear Cover
                                                                        • Figure 4-5 LVDS release
                                                                        • Figure 4-6 Speaker and IRLED panel cable release
                                                                          • 433 Keyboard Control Board
                                                                            • Figure 4-7 Keyboard control board
                                                                              • 434 IRLED Board and Speakers
                                                                                • Figure 4-8 IRLED Board and Speakers
                                                                                  • 435 Power Supply Board
                                                                                    • Figure 4-9 Power Supply Unit(s)
                                                                                      • 436 Inverter Board (19 and 22 versions)
                                                                                        • Figure 4-10 Inverter Board
                                                                                          • 437 Small Signal Board (SSB)
                                                                                            • Removing the SSB
                                                                                              • Figure 4-11 SSB connector plate
                                                                                              • Figure 4-12 SSB
                                                                                                • 44 Set Re-assembly
                                                                                                  • 5 Service Modes Error Codes and Fault Finding
                                                                                                    • 51 Test Points
                                                                                                    • 52 Service Mode
                                                                                                      • 521 Service Alignment Mode (SAM)
                                                                                                        • How to Enter
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-1 SAM menu
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-2 SAM menu White Balance Normal
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-3 SAM menu White Balance Cool
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-4 SAM menu White Balance Warm
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-5 SAM menu Volume Curve
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-6 SAM menu Picture Curve
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-7 SAM menu Picture Mode Natural
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-8 SAM menu Picture Mode Personal
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-9 SAM menu Picture Mode Rich
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-10 SAM menu Picture Mode Soft
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-11 SAM menu Producting
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-12 SAM menu Country
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-13 SAM menu Setup
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-14 SAM menu Shop Init Do
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-15 SAM menu Clear Code gt
                                                                                                            • How to Exit
                                                                                                            • Factory Mode Descriptions
                                                                                                              • ltTABLEgt
                                                                                                              • Virgin Settings
                                                                                                                • Table 5-1 Country setting
                                                                                                                • Table 5-2 Virgin settings
                                                                                                                  • 522 Customer Service Mode (CSM)
                                                                                                                    • Purpose
                                                                                                                    • How to Activate CSM
                                                                                                                    • Contents of CSM
                                                                                                                      • Figure 5-16 CSM Menu
                                                                                                                        • Menu Explanation
                                                                                                                        • How to Exit
                                                                                                                          • 523 Blinking LED Procedure
                                                                                                                            • 53 Error Codes
                                                                                                                              • ltTABLEgt
                                                                                                                                • 54 Fault Finding
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-17 No Picture No sound no Back light (19 sets)
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-18 Picture OK No sound (19 sets)
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-19 No Picture Back light amp Sound OK (19 and 26 sets)
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-20 No color (19 and 26 sets)
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-21 No Picture No sound no Back light (26 sets)
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-22 Picture OK No sound (26 sets)
                                                                                                                                    • 55 Service Tools
                                                                                                                                      • 551 ComPair
                                                                                                                                        • Introduction
                                                                                                                                        • Specifications
                                                                                                                                        • How to Connect
                                                                                                                                        • How to Order
                                                                                                                                          • Figure 5-23 ComPair II interface connection
                                                                                                                                            • 56 Software Upgrading
                                                                                                                                              • 561 Introduction
                                                                                                                                                  • 6 Block Diagrams Test Point Overview and Waveforms
                                                                                                                                                    • Wiring Diagram of Connector for MS19-PH 19
                                                                                                                                                    • Wiring Diagram of Connector for MS19-PH 26
                                                                                                                                                    • Block Diagram MS19P Chipset
                                                                                                                                                    • I2C overview
                                                                                                                                                      • 7 Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts
                                                                                                                                                        • Main Power Supply (19)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Main Power Supply (19) (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Main Power Supply (19) (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Main Power Supply (26)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Main Power Supply (26) (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Main Power Supply (26) (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Standby Power Supply (26)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Standby Power Supply (26) (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Standby Power Supply (26) (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB Control
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB DC - DC
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB MST9E19A Controller
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB HDMI Interface
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB VGA Interface
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB Cinch
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB Tuner
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB Audio Amplifier
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB LVDS Interface
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Small Signal Board (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Small Signal Board (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Keyboard Control Panel
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Keyboard Control Panel (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Keyboard Control Panel (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Inverter Panel
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Inverter Panel (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Inverter Panel (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • IR LED Panel
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout IR LED Panel (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout IR LED Panel (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                          • 8 Alignments
                                                                                                                                                            • 81 Electrical Alignments
                                                                                                                                                            • 82 Hardware Alignments
                                                                                                                                                              • 821 Aging
                                                                                                                                                              • 822 ADC Adjustment
                                                                                                                                                              • 823 White Balance Adjustment
                                                                                                                                                                • Table 8-1 Color Temperature Setting 19
                                                                                                                                                                • Table 8-2 Color Temperature Setting 26
                                                                                                                                                                  • 9 Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data Sheets
                                                                                                                                                                    • 91 Introduction
                                                                                                                                                                    • 92 Abbreviation List
                                                                                                                                                                    • 93 IC Data Sheets
                                                                                                                                                                      • 931 Diagram B MST9U19A
                                                                                                                                                                        • Figure 9-1 Pin configuration
                                                                                                                                                                          • 932 Diagram B TDA1308
                                                                                                                                                                            • Figure 9-2 Block diagram and pin configuration
                                                                                                                                                                              • 933 Diagram B NCP1377B
                                                                                                                                                                                • Figure 9-3 Block diagram and pin configuration
                                                                                                                                                                                  • 934 Diagram B TDA7266
                                                                                                                                                                                    • Figure 9-4 Block diagram and pin configuration
                                                                                                                                                                                      • 10 Spare Parts List amp CTN Overview
                                                                                                                                                                                        • Table 10-1 Sets described in this manual
                                                                                                                                                                                          • 11 Revision List
Page 52: Philips 19PFL3403-55 TCS1[1].0L_LA

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data SheetsEN 52 TCS10L LA9

OSD On Screen DisplayPAL Phase Alternating Line Color system

used mainly in Western Europe (color carrier = 4433619 MHz) and South America (color carrier PAL M = 3575612 MHz and PAL N = 3582056 MHz)

PC Personal ComputerPCB Printed Circuit Board (or PWB)PDP Plasma Display PanelPIG Picture In GraphicPIP Picture In PicturePLL Phase Locked Loop Used for

example in FST tuning systems The customer can directly provide the desired frequency

Progressive Scan Scan mode where all scan lines are displayed in one frame at the same time creating a double vertical resolution

PWB Printed Wiring Board (or PCB)RAM Random Access MemoryRC Remote Control transmitterRC5 (6) Remote Control system 5 (6) the

signal from the remote control receiver RGB Red Green and Blue The primary

color signals for TV By mixing levels of R G and B all colors (YC) are reproduced

RGBHV Red Green Blue Horizontal sync and Vertical sync

ROM Read Only MemorySAM Service Alignment ModeSC SandCastle two-level pulse derived

from sync signalsSC1-OUT SCART output of the MSP audio ICSC2-B-IN SCART2 Blue inSC2-C-IN SCART2 chrominance inSC2-OUT SCART output of the MSP audio ICSC Short CircuitSCL Clock signal on I2C busSD Standard Definition 480i 576iSDA Data signal on I2C busSDI Samsung Display IndustrySDM Service Default ModeSDRAM Synchronous DRAMSECAM SEequence Couleur Avec Memoire

Color system used mainly in France and Eastern Europe Color carriers = 4406250 MHz and 4250000 MHz

SIF Sound Intermediate FrequencySMPS Switch Mode Power SupplySND SouNDSNDL-SC1-IN Sound left SCART1 inSNDL-SC1-OUT Sound left SCART1 outSNDL-SC2-IN Sound left SCART2 inSNDL-SC2-OUT Sound left SCART2 outSNDR-SC1-IN Sound right SCART1 inSNDR-SC1-OUT Sound right SCART1 outSNDR-SC2-IN Sound right SCART2 outSNDR-SC2-OUT Sound right SCART2 outSNDS-VL-OUT Surround sound left variable level outSNDS-VR-OUT Surround sound right variable level outSOPS Self Oscillating Power SupplySPDIF Sony Philips Digital InterFaceSRAM Static RAMSTBY Stand-bySVHS Super Video Home SystemSW Sub Woofer SoftWareTHD Total Harmonic DistortionTXT TeleteXTuP MicroprocessorVL Variable Level out processed audio

output toward external amplifierVCR Video Cassette Recorder

VGA Video Graphics ArrayWD Watch DogWYSIWYR What You See Is What You Record

record selection that follows main picture and sound

XTAL Quartz crystalYPbPr Component video (Y= Luminance Pb

Pr= Color difference signals B-Y and R-Y other amplitudes wrt to YUV)

YC Video related signals Y consists of luminance signal blanking level and sync C consists of color signal

Y-OUT Luminance-signalYUV Baseband component video (Y=

Luminance UV= Color difference signals)

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data Sheets EN 53TCS10L LA 9

93 IC Data Sheets

This section shows the internal block diagrams and pin layouts of ICs that are drawn as ldquoblack boxesrdquo in the electrical diagrams (with the exception of ldquomemoryrdquo and ldquologicrdquo ICs)

931 Diagram B MST9U19A

Figure 9-1 Pin configuration

Pin 1

123

45

7

9

11

1314

1718

21

23

25

2728

30

32

34

36

39

41

43

6

8

10

12

1516

1920

22

24

26

29

31

33

35

3738

40

42

4445464748

505152

49

53 54 55 56 57 59 61 63 65 66 69 70 73 75 77 79 80 82 84 86 88 91 93 9558 60 62 64 67 68 71 72 74 76 78 81 83 85 87 89 90 92 94 96 97 98 99 100

102

103

104

101

208

207

206

205

204

202

200

198

196

195

192

191

188

186

184

182

181

179

177

175

173

170

168

166

203

201

199

197

194

193

190

189

187

185

183

180

178

176

174

172

171

169

167

165

164

163

162

161

159

158

157

160

156155154

153152

150

148

146

144143

140139

136

134

132

130129

127

125

123

121

118

116

114

151

149

147

145

142141

138137

135

133

131

128

126

124

122

120119

117

115

113112111110109

107106105

108

MST9U19A

XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX

GN

D

AUR1

AUL2

AUL3

AUL1

AUCO

M

AUR2

AUR3

DIGO[8]

GNDAVDD_MEMPLL

PWM3PWM2DIGO[9]

SIF1

MSI

F1P

AVD

D_S

IF

AUO

UTL

AUO

UTR

AUO

UTS

VDD

CG

PIO

F[2]

GPI

OF[

3]G

PIO

F[4]

GPI

OF[

5]G

PIO

F[6]

GPI

OF[

7]G

PIO

F[8]

GPI

OF[

9]G

PIO

F[10

]G

PIO

F[11

]VD

DP

GN

DG

PIO

F[12

]

GPI

OF[

14]

GPI

OF[

15]

GPI

OF[

16]

GPI

OF[

17]

GPI

OF[

18]

GN

D

GPI

OF[

19]

VDD

C

VDD

PG

ND

VDD

PVD

DP

GPI

OF[

13]

GN

D

DIGO[7]

DIGO[5]

DIGO[3]

DIGO[1]

VDDC

VDDPPWM_SENSE

DIGO[6]

DIGO[4]

DIGO[2]

DIGO[0]

GND

PWM_DRVPWM_FBIRININT

PWM1PWM0

GNDVDDPALERDZWRZ

VDDC

GNDVDDP

VDD

PLV

A0M

LVA0

PLV

A1M

LVA1

PLV

A2M

LVA2

PLV

ACKM

LVAC

KPLV

A3M

LVA4

PVD

DP

VDD

CAV

DD

_MPL

L

LVA3

PLV

A4M

GPI

OE[

0]

IHSY

NC

ICLK

DI[

1]D

I[0]

IVYS

NC

GPI

OE[

1]G

PIO

E[2]

GPI

OE[

3]G

ND

VDD

P

AVD

D_M

PLL

XIN

XOU

TH

WR

ESET

GN

D

DI[

7]D

I[6]

DI[

5]D

I[4]

DI[

2]D

I[3]

VDD

C

AUO

UTL

3AU

OU

TR3

RXCKPGND

RX0NRX0P

AVDD_DVIRX1NRX1P

RX2P

REXT

DDCD_CK

VSYNC1

VCLAMP

REFM

BIN1M

GNDRX2N

AVDD_DVI

DDCD_DA

HSYNC1

RMID

REFP

BIN1P

SOGIN1GIN1PGIN1MRIN1PRIN1MBIN0MBIN0PGIN0MGIN0P

SOGIN0RIN0MRIN0P

HSYNC0VSYNC0

RXCKN

AVDD_ADCGND

C1Y1C0Y0

CVBS2CVBS1

VCOM1CVBS0

VCOM0CVBSOUT

GND

VCOM2CVBS3

GN

D

AVD

D_A

UAU

L0AU

R0

AUVR

EFAU

VRAD

PAU

VRAD

N

AUO

UTL

2AU

OU

TR2

AD[7]AD[6]AD[5]AD[4]AD[3]AD[2]AD[1]AD[0]

SDOCSZSDISCK

SAR3

SAR1SAR2

SAR0

DDCA_CK

DDCR_CKDDCA_DA

DDCR_DA

LVB0

MLV

B0P

LVB1

MLV

B1P

LVB2

MLV

B2P

LVBC

KMLV

BCKP

LVB3

M

LVB4

P

LVB3

PLV

B4M

I_18130_008eps200608

Pin Configuration

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data SheetsEN 54 TCS10L LA9

932 Diagram B TDA1308

Figure 9-2 Block diagram and pin configuration

Block diagram

Pinning information

2

1

3

4

8

7

65

INA(neg)

TDA1308(A)OUTA

VSS

VDD

INA(pos)

INB(neg)

INB(pos)

OUTB

TDA1308(A)

VATUO DD

BTUO)gen(ANI

)gen(BNI)sop(ANI

VSS INB(pos)

1

2

3

4

6

5

8

7

I_18130_007eps190608

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data Sheets EN 55TCS10L LA 9

933 Diagram B NCP1377B

Figure 9-3 Block diagram and pin configuration

Block diagram

Pinning information

I_18130_009eps190608

HV

VCC

GND

Demag

4 mA

To InternalSupply

+

+

125 V75 V56 V (Fault)

FaultMngt

PON

5 V+

OVP

+

144

45 usDelay

15 us for B Version

Demag

8 usBlanking

S

SR R

Q

Q

+

3 us forB Version

+minus

Overload

5 usTimeout

TimeReset

Demag

380 nsLEB

1 V3

200 Awhen DRV

is OFF

FB

42 V

Driver src = 20 sink = 10

DrvVCC

CS

+50 mV 10 V Rint

1Dmg 8 HV

7 NC2FB

3CS

4GND

6 VCC

5 Drv

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data SheetsEN 56 TCS10L LA9

934 Diagram B TDA7266

Figure 9-4 Block diagram and pin configuration

1

2

4

Vref

7YB-TS

IN1

022microF

VCC

133

+

-

-

+

OUT1+

OUT1-

15

14

12

6ETUM

IN2

022microF

+

-

-

+

OUT2+

OUT2-

8

9S-GND

PW-GND

470microF 100nF

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

9

10

11

8

NC

NC

S-GND

PW-GND

OUT2+

OUT2-

VCC

IN2

ST-BY

MUTE

NC

IN1

VCCOUT1-

OUT1+

13

14

15

12

I_17950_054eps090508

Block Diagram

Pin Configuration

Spare Parts List amp CTN Overview EN 57TCS10L LA 10

10 Spare Parts List amp CTN OverviewFor the latest spare part overview please consult the Philips Service website

Table 10-1 Sets described in this manual

11 Revision ListManual xxxx xxx xxxx0bull First release

CTN Styling

19PFL340355 MG8

19PFL340377 MG8

19PFL340378 MG8

19PFL340385 MG8

26PFL340385 MG8

  • Content
  • 1 Technical Specifications Connections and Chassis Overview
    • 11 Technical Specifications
      • 111 Vision
      • 112 Sound
      • 113 Miscellaneous
        • 12 Connection Overview
          • Figure 1-1 Rear and side IO connections
          • 121 Rear Connections
            • 1 - HDMI Digital Video Digital Audio - In
              • Figure 1-2 HDMI (type A) connector
                • 2 - VGA AUDIO Mini Jack VGA Audio - In
                • 3 - VGA PC Video RGB - In and Service UART
                  • Figure 1-3 VGA Connector
                    • 4 - Cinch Video YPbPr - In
                    • 5 - AV1 Cinch Video CVBS - In Audio - In
                    • 6 - Aerial - In
                    • 7 - Service Connector (ComPair)
                      • 122 Side connections
                        • 8 - Cinch Video CVBS - In Audio - In
                        • 9 - S-Video (Hosiden) Video YC - In
                        • 10 - Mini Jack Audio Head phone - Out
                            • 13 Chassis Overview
                              • Figure 1-4 PWBCBA locations
                                  • 2 Safety Instructions Warnings and Notes
                                    • 21 Safety Instructions
                                    • 22 Warnings
                                    • 23 Notes
                                      • 231 General
                                      • 232 Schematic Notes
                                      • 233 BGA (Ball Grid Array) ICs
                                        • Introduction
                                        • BGA Temperature Profiles
                                          • 234 Lead-free Soldering
                                          • 235 Alternative BOM identification
                                            • Figure 2-1 Serial number (example)
                                              • 236 Board Level Repair (BLR) or Component Level Repair (CLR)
                                              • 237 Practical Service Precautions
                                                  • 3 Directions for Use
                                                  • 4 Mechanical Instructions
                                                    • 41 Cable Dressing
                                                      • Figure 4-1 Cable dressing (19 model)
                                                      • Figure 4-2 Cable dressing (26 model)
                                                        • 42 Service Positions
                                                          • 421 Foam Bars
                                                            • Figure 4-3 Foam bars
                                                                • 43 AssyPanel Removal
                                                                  • 431 Stand
                                                                    • Figure 4-4 Stand
                                                                      • 432 Rear Cover
                                                                        • Figure 4-5 LVDS release
                                                                        • Figure 4-6 Speaker and IRLED panel cable release
                                                                          • 433 Keyboard Control Board
                                                                            • Figure 4-7 Keyboard control board
                                                                              • 434 IRLED Board and Speakers
                                                                                • Figure 4-8 IRLED Board and Speakers
                                                                                  • 435 Power Supply Board
                                                                                    • Figure 4-9 Power Supply Unit(s)
                                                                                      • 436 Inverter Board (19 and 22 versions)
                                                                                        • Figure 4-10 Inverter Board
                                                                                          • 437 Small Signal Board (SSB)
                                                                                            • Removing the SSB
                                                                                              • Figure 4-11 SSB connector plate
                                                                                              • Figure 4-12 SSB
                                                                                                • 44 Set Re-assembly
                                                                                                  • 5 Service Modes Error Codes and Fault Finding
                                                                                                    • 51 Test Points
                                                                                                    • 52 Service Mode
                                                                                                      • 521 Service Alignment Mode (SAM)
                                                                                                        • How to Enter
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-1 SAM menu
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-2 SAM menu White Balance Normal
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-3 SAM menu White Balance Cool
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-4 SAM menu White Balance Warm
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-5 SAM menu Volume Curve
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-6 SAM menu Picture Curve
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-7 SAM menu Picture Mode Natural
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-8 SAM menu Picture Mode Personal
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-9 SAM menu Picture Mode Rich
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-10 SAM menu Picture Mode Soft
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-11 SAM menu Producting
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-12 SAM menu Country
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-13 SAM menu Setup
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-14 SAM menu Shop Init Do
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-15 SAM menu Clear Code gt
                                                                                                            • How to Exit
                                                                                                            • Factory Mode Descriptions
                                                                                                              • ltTABLEgt
                                                                                                              • Virgin Settings
                                                                                                                • Table 5-1 Country setting
                                                                                                                • Table 5-2 Virgin settings
                                                                                                                  • 522 Customer Service Mode (CSM)
                                                                                                                    • Purpose
                                                                                                                    • How to Activate CSM
                                                                                                                    • Contents of CSM
                                                                                                                      • Figure 5-16 CSM Menu
                                                                                                                        • Menu Explanation
                                                                                                                        • How to Exit
                                                                                                                          • 523 Blinking LED Procedure
                                                                                                                            • 53 Error Codes
                                                                                                                              • ltTABLEgt
                                                                                                                                • 54 Fault Finding
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-17 No Picture No sound no Back light (19 sets)
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-18 Picture OK No sound (19 sets)
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-19 No Picture Back light amp Sound OK (19 and 26 sets)
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-20 No color (19 and 26 sets)
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-21 No Picture No sound no Back light (26 sets)
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-22 Picture OK No sound (26 sets)
                                                                                                                                    • 55 Service Tools
                                                                                                                                      • 551 ComPair
                                                                                                                                        • Introduction
                                                                                                                                        • Specifications
                                                                                                                                        • How to Connect
                                                                                                                                        • How to Order
                                                                                                                                          • Figure 5-23 ComPair II interface connection
                                                                                                                                            • 56 Software Upgrading
                                                                                                                                              • 561 Introduction
                                                                                                                                                  • 6 Block Diagrams Test Point Overview and Waveforms
                                                                                                                                                    • Wiring Diagram of Connector for MS19-PH 19
                                                                                                                                                    • Wiring Diagram of Connector for MS19-PH 26
                                                                                                                                                    • Block Diagram MS19P Chipset
                                                                                                                                                    • I2C overview
                                                                                                                                                      • 7 Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts
                                                                                                                                                        • Main Power Supply (19)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Main Power Supply (19) (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Main Power Supply (19) (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Main Power Supply (26)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Main Power Supply (26) (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Main Power Supply (26) (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Standby Power Supply (26)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Standby Power Supply (26) (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Standby Power Supply (26) (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB Control
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB DC - DC
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB MST9E19A Controller
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB HDMI Interface
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB VGA Interface
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB Cinch
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB Tuner
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB Audio Amplifier
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB LVDS Interface
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Small Signal Board (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Small Signal Board (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Keyboard Control Panel
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Keyboard Control Panel (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Keyboard Control Panel (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Inverter Panel
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Inverter Panel (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Inverter Panel (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • IR LED Panel
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout IR LED Panel (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout IR LED Panel (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                          • 8 Alignments
                                                                                                                                                            • 81 Electrical Alignments
                                                                                                                                                            • 82 Hardware Alignments
                                                                                                                                                              • 821 Aging
                                                                                                                                                              • 822 ADC Adjustment
                                                                                                                                                              • 823 White Balance Adjustment
                                                                                                                                                                • Table 8-1 Color Temperature Setting 19
                                                                                                                                                                • Table 8-2 Color Temperature Setting 26
                                                                                                                                                                  • 9 Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data Sheets
                                                                                                                                                                    • 91 Introduction
                                                                                                                                                                    • 92 Abbreviation List
                                                                                                                                                                    • 93 IC Data Sheets
                                                                                                                                                                      • 931 Diagram B MST9U19A
                                                                                                                                                                        • Figure 9-1 Pin configuration
                                                                                                                                                                          • 932 Diagram B TDA1308
                                                                                                                                                                            • Figure 9-2 Block diagram and pin configuration
                                                                                                                                                                              • 933 Diagram B NCP1377B
                                                                                                                                                                                • Figure 9-3 Block diagram and pin configuration
                                                                                                                                                                                  • 934 Diagram B TDA7266
                                                                                                                                                                                    • Figure 9-4 Block diagram and pin configuration
                                                                                                                                                                                      • 10 Spare Parts List amp CTN Overview
                                                                                                                                                                                        • Table 10-1 Sets described in this manual
                                                                                                                                                                                          • 11 Revision List
Page 53: Philips 19PFL3403-55 TCS1[1].0L_LA

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data Sheets EN 53TCS10L LA 9

93 IC Data Sheets

This section shows the internal block diagrams and pin layouts of ICs that are drawn as ldquoblack boxesrdquo in the electrical diagrams (with the exception of ldquomemoryrdquo and ldquologicrdquo ICs)

931 Diagram B MST9U19A

Figure 9-1 Pin configuration

Pin 1

123

45

7

9

11

1314

1718

21

23

25

2728

30

32

34

36

39

41

43

6

8

10

12

1516

1920

22

24

26

29

31

33

35

3738

40

42

4445464748

505152

49

53 54 55 56 57 59 61 63 65 66 69 70 73 75 77 79 80 82 84 86 88 91 93 9558 60 62 64 67 68 71 72 74 76 78 81 83 85 87 89 90 92 94 96 97 98 99 100

102

103

104

101

208

207

206

205

204

202

200

198

196

195

192

191

188

186

184

182

181

179

177

175

173

170

168

166

203

201

199

197

194

193

190

189

187

185

183

180

178

176

174

172

171

169

167

165

164

163

162

161

159

158

157

160

156155154

153152

150

148

146

144143

140139

136

134

132

130129

127

125

123

121

118

116

114

151

149

147

145

142141

138137

135

133

131

128

126

124

122

120119

117

115

113112111110109

107106105

108

MST9U19A

XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX

GN

D

AUR1

AUL2

AUL3

AUL1

AUCO

M

AUR2

AUR3

DIGO[8]

GNDAVDD_MEMPLL

PWM3PWM2DIGO[9]

SIF1

MSI

F1P

AVD

D_S

IF

AUO

UTL

AUO

UTR

AUO

UTS

VDD

CG

PIO

F[2]

GPI

OF[

3]G

PIO

F[4]

GPI

OF[

5]G

PIO

F[6]

GPI

OF[

7]G

PIO

F[8]

GPI

OF[

9]G

PIO

F[10

]G

PIO

F[11

]VD

DP

GN

DG

PIO

F[12

]

GPI

OF[

14]

GPI

OF[

15]

GPI

OF[

16]

GPI

OF[

17]

GPI

OF[

18]

GN

D

GPI

OF[

19]

VDD

C

VDD

PG

ND

VDD

PVD

DP

GPI

OF[

13]

GN

D

DIGO[7]

DIGO[5]

DIGO[3]

DIGO[1]

VDDC

VDDPPWM_SENSE

DIGO[6]

DIGO[4]

DIGO[2]

DIGO[0]

GND

PWM_DRVPWM_FBIRININT

PWM1PWM0

GNDVDDPALERDZWRZ

VDDC

GNDVDDP

VDD

PLV

A0M

LVA0

PLV

A1M

LVA1

PLV

A2M

LVA2

PLV

ACKM

LVAC

KPLV

A3M

LVA4

PVD

DP

VDD

CAV

DD

_MPL

L

LVA3

PLV

A4M

GPI

OE[

0]

IHSY

NC

ICLK

DI[

1]D

I[0]

IVYS

NC

GPI

OE[

1]G

PIO

E[2]

GPI

OE[

3]G

ND

VDD

P

AVD

D_M

PLL

XIN

XOU

TH

WR

ESET

GN

D

DI[

7]D

I[6]

DI[

5]D

I[4]

DI[

2]D

I[3]

VDD

C

AUO

UTL

3AU

OU

TR3

RXCKPGND

RX0NRX0P

AVDD_DVIRX1NRX1P

RX2P

REXT

DDCD_CK

VSYNC1

VCLAMP

REFM

BIN1M

GNDRX2N

AVDD_DVI

DDCD_DA

HSYNC1

RMID

REFP

BIN1P

SOGIN1GIN1PGIN1MRIN1PRIN1MBIN0MBIN0PGIN0MGIN0P

SOGIN0RIN0MRIN0P

HSYNC0VSYNC0

RXCKN

AVDD_ADCGND

C1Y1C0Y0

CVBS2CVBS1

VCOM1CVBS0

VCOM0CVBSOUT

GND

VCOM2CVBS3

GN

D

AVD

D_A

UAU

L0AU

R0

AUVR

EFAU

VRAD

PAU

VRAD

N

AUO

UTL

2AU

OU

TR2

AD[7]AD[6]AD[5]AD[4]AD[3]AD[2]AD[1]AD[0]

SDOCSZSDISCK

SAR3

SAR1SAR2

SAR0

DDCA_CK

DDCR_CKDDCA_DA

DDCR_DA

LVB0

MLV

B0P

LVB1

MLV

B1P

LVB2

MLV

B2P

LVBC

KMLV

BCKP

LVB3

M

LVB4

P

LVB3

PLV

B4M

I_18130_008eps200608

Pin Configuration

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data SheetsEN 54 TCS10L LA9

932 Diagram B TDA1308

Figure 9-2 Block diagram and pin configuration

Block diagram

Pinning information

2

1

3

4

8

7

65

INA(neg)

TDA1308(A)OUTA

VSS

VDD

INA(pos)

INB(neg)

INB(pos)

OUTB

TDA1308(A)

VATUO DD

BTUO)gen(ANI

)gen(BNI)sop(ANI

VSS INB(pos)

1

2

3

4

6

5

8

7

I_18130_007eps190608

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data Sheets EN 55TCS10L LA 9

933 Diagram B NCP1377B

Figure 9-3 Block diagram and pin configuration

Block diagram

Pinning information

I_18130_009eps190608

HV

VCC

GND

Demag

4 mA

To InternalSupply

+

+

125 V75 V56 V (Fault)

FaultMngt

PON

5 V+

OVP

+

144

45 usDelay

15 us for B Version

Demag

8 usBlanking

S

SR R

Q

Q

+

3 us forB Version

+minus

Overload

5 usTimeout

TimeReset

Demag

380 nsLEB

1 V3

200 Awhen DRV

is OFF

FB

42 V

Driver src = 20 sink = 10

DrvVCC

CS

+50 mV 10 V Rint

1Dmg 8 HV

7 NC2FB

3CS

4GND

6 VCC

5 Drv

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data SheetsEN 56 TCS10L LA9

934 Diagram B TDA7266

Figure 9-4 Block diagram and pin configuration

1

2

4

Vref

7YB-TS

IN1

022microF

VCC

133

+

-

-

+

OUT1+

OUT1-

15

14

12

6ETUM

IN2

022microF

+

-

-

+

OUT2+

OUT2-

8

9S-GND

PW-GND

470microF 100nF

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

9

10

11

8

NC

NC

S-GND

PW-GND

OUT2+

OUT2-

VCC

IN2

ST-BY

MUTE

NC

IN1

VCCOUT1-

OUT1+

13

14

15

12

I_17950_054eps090508

Block Diagram

Pin Configuration

Spare Parts List amp CTN Overview EN 57TCS10L LA 10

10 Spare Parts List amp CTN OverviewFor the latest spare part overview please consult the Philips Service website

Table 10-1 Sets described in this manual

11 Revision ListManual xxxx xxx xxxx0bull First release

CTN Styling

19PFL340355 MG8

19PFL340377 MG8

19PFL340378 MG8

19PFL340385 MG8

26PFL340385 MG8

  • Content
  • 1 Technical Specifications Connections and Chassis Overview
    • 11 Technical Specifications
      • 111 Vision
      • 112 Sound
      • 113 Miscellaneous
        • 12 Connection Overview
          • Figure 1-1 Rear and side IO connections
          • 121 Rear Connections
            • 1 - HDMI Digital Video Digital Audio - In
              • Figure 1-2 HDMI (type A) connector
                • 2 - VGA AUDIO Mini Jack VGA Audio - In
                • 3 - VGA PC Video RGB - In and Service UART
                  • Figure 1-3 VGA Connector
                    • 4 - Cinch Video YPbPr - In
                    • 5 - AV1 Cinch Video CVBS - In Audio - In
                    • 6 - Aerial - In
                    • 7 - Service Connector (ComPair)
                      • 122 Side connections
                        • 8 - Cinch Video CVBS - In Audio - In
                        • 9 - S-Video (Hosiden) Video YC - In
                        • 10 - Mini Jack Audio Head phone - Out
                            • 13 Chassis Overview
                              • Figure 1-4 PWBCBA locations
                                  • 2 Safety Instructions Warnings and Notes
                                    • 21 Safety Instructions
                                    • 22 Warnings
                                    • 23 Notes
                                      • 231 General
                                      • 232 Schematic Notes
                                      • 233 BGA (Ball Grid Array) ICs
                                        • Introduction
                                        • BGA Temperature Profiles
                                          • 234 Lead-free Soldering
                                          • 235 Alternative BOM identification
                                            • Figure 2-1 Serial number (example)
                                              • 236 Board Level Repair (BLR) or Component Level Repair (CLR)
                                              • 237 Practical Service Precautions
                                                  • 3 Directions for Use
                                                  • 4 Mechanical Instructions
                                                    • 41 Cable Dressing
                                                      • Figure 4-1 Cable dressing (19 model)
                                                      • Figure 4-2 Cable dressing (26 model)
                                                        • 42 Service Positions
                                                          • 421 Foam Bars
                                                            • Figure 4-3 Foam bars
                                                                • 43 AssyPanel Removal
                                                                  • 431 Stand
                                                                    • Figure 4-4 Stand
                                                                      • 432 Rear Cover
                                                                        • Figure 4-5 LVDS release
                                                                        • Figure 4-6 Speaker and IRLED panel cable release
                                                                          • 433 Keyboard Control Board
                                                                            • Figure 4-7 Keyboard control board
                                                                              • 434 IRLED Board and Speakers
                                                                                • Figure 4-8 IRLED Board and Speakers
                                                                                  • 435 Power Supply Board
                                                                                    • Figure 4-9 Power Supply Unit(s)
                                                                                      • 436 Inverter Board (19 and 22 versions)
                                                                                        • Figure 4-10 Inverter Board
                                                                                          • 437 Small Signal Board (SSB)
                                                                                            • Removing the SSB
                                                                                              • Figure 4-11 SSB connector plate
                                                                                              • Figure 4-12 SSB
                                                                                                • 44 Set Re-assembly
                                                                                                  • 5 Service Modes Error Codes and Fault Finding
                                                                                                    • 51 Test Points
                                                                                                    • 52 Service Mode
                                                                                                      • 521 Service Alignment Mode (SAM)
                                                                                                        • How to Enter
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-1 SAM menu
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-2 SAM menu White Balance Normal
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-3 SAM menu White Balance Cool
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-4 SAM menu White Balance Warm
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-5 SAM menu Volume Curve
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-6 SAM menu Picture Curve
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-7 SAM menu Picture Mode Natural
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-8 SAM menu Picture Mode Personal
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-9 SAM menu Picture Mode Rich
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-10 SAM menu Picture Mode Soft
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-11 SAM menu Producting
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-12 SAM menu Country
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-13 SAM menu Setup
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-14 SAM menu Shop Init Do
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-15 SAM menu Clear Code gt
                                                                                                            • How to Exit
                                                                                                            • Factory Mode Descriptions
                                                                                                              • ltTABLEgt
                                                                                                              • Virgin Settings
                                                                                                                • Table 5-1 Country setting
                                                                                                                • Table 5-2 Virgin settings
                                                                                                                  • 522 Customer Service Mode (CSM)
                                                                                                                    • Purpose
                                                                                                                    • How to Activate CSM
                                                                                                                    • Contents of CSM
                                                                                                                      • Figure 5-16 CSM Menu
                                                                                                                        • Menu Explanation
                                                                                                                        • How to Exit
                                                                                                                          • 523 Blinking LED Procedure
                                                                                                                            • 53 Error Codes
                                                                                                                              • ltTABLEgt
                                                                                                                                • 54 Fault Finding
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-17 No Picture No sound no Back light (19 sets)
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-18 Picture OK No sound (19 sets)
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-19 No Picture Back light amp Sound OK (19 and 26 sets)
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-20 No color (19 and 26 sets)
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-21 No Picture No sound no Back light (26 sets)
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-22 Picture OK No sound (26 sets)
                                                                                                                                    • 55 Service Tools
                                                                                                                                      • 551 ComPair
                                                                                                                                        • Introduction
                                                                                                                                        • Specifications
                                                                                                                                        • How to Connect
                                                                                                                                        • How to Order
                                                                                                                                          • Figure 5-23 ComPair II interface connection
                                                                                                                                            • 56 Software Upgrading
                                                                                                                                              • 561 Introduction
                                                                                                                                                  • 6 Block Diagrams Test Point Overview and Waveforms
                                                                                                                                                    • Wiring Diagram of Connector for MS19-PH 19
                                                                                                                                                    • Wiring Diagram of Connector for MS19-PH 26
                                                                                                                                                    • Block Diagram MS19P Chipset
                                                                                                                                                    • I2C overview
                                                                                                                                                      • 7 Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts
                                                                                                                                                        • Main Power Supply (19)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Main Power Supply (19) (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Main Power Supply (19) (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Main Power Supply (26)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Main Power Supply (26) (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Main Power Supply (26) (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Standby Power Supply (26)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Standby Power Supply (26) (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Standby Power Supply (26) (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB Control
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB DC - DC
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB MST9E19A Controller
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB HDMI Interface
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB VGA Interface
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB Cinch
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB Tuner
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB Audio Amplifier
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB LVDS Interface
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Small Signal Board (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Small Signal Board (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Keyboard Control Panel
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Keyboard Control Panel (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Keyboard Control Panel (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Inverter Panel
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Inverter Panel (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Inverter Panel (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • IR LED Panel
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout IR LED Panel (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout IR LED Panel (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                          • 8 Alignments
                                                                                                                                                            • 81 Electrical Alignments
                                                                                                                                                            • 82 Hardware Alignments
                                                                                                                                                              • 821 Aging
                                                                                                                                                              • 822 ADC Adjustment
                                                                                                                                                              • 823 White Balance Adjustment
                                                                                                                                                                • Table 8-1 Color Temperature Setting 19
                                                                                                                                                                • Table 8-2 Color Temperature Setting 26
                                                                                                                                                                  • 9 Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data Sheets
                                                                                                                                                                    • 91 Introduction
                                                                                                                                                                    • 92 Abbreviation List
                                                                                                                                                                    • 93 IC Data Sheets
                                                                                                                                                                      • 931 Diagram B MST9U19A
                                                                                                                                                                        • Figure 9-1 Pin configuration
                                                                                                                                                                          • 932 Diagram B TDA1308
                                                                                                                                                                            • Figure 9-2 Block diagram and pin configuration
                                                                                                                                                                              • 933 Diagram B NCP1377B
                                                                                                                                                                                • Figure 9-3 Block diagram and pin configuration
                                                                                                                                                                                  • 934 Diagram B TDA7266
                                                                                                                                                                                    • Figure 9-4 Block diagram and pin configuration
                                                                                                                                                                                      • 10 Spare Parts List amp CTN Overview
                                                                                                                                                                                        • Table 10-1 Sets described in this manual
                                                                                                                                                                                          • 11 Revision List
Page 54: Philips 19PFL3403-55 TCS1[1].0L_LA

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data SheetsEN 54 TCS10L LA9

932 Diagram B TDA1308

Figure 9-2 Block diagram and pin configuration

Block diagram

Pinning information

2

1

3

4

8

7

65

INA(neg)

TDA1308(A)OUTA

VSS

VDD

INA(pos)

INB(neg)

INB(pos)

OUTB

TDA1308(A)

VATUO DD

BTUO)gen(ANI

)gen(BNI)sop(ANI

VSS INB(pos)

1

2

3

4

6

5

8

7

I_18130_007eps190608

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data Sheets EN 55TCS10L LA 9

933 Diagram B NCP1377B

Figure 9-3 Block diagram and pin configuration

Block diagram

Pinning information

I_18130_009eps190608

HV

VCC

GND

Demag

4 mA

To InternalSupply

+

+

125 V75 V56 V (Fault)

FaultMngt

PON

5 V+

OVP

+

144

45 usDelay

15 us for B Version

Demag

8 usBlanking

S

SR R

Q

Q

+

3 us forB Version

+minus

Overload

5 usTimeout

TimeReset

Demag

380 nsLEB

1 V3

200 Awhen DRV

is OFF

FB

42 V

Driver src = 20 sink = 10

DrvVCC

CS

+50 mV 10 V Rint

1Dmg 8 HV

7 NC2FB

3CS

4GND

6 VCC

5 Drv

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data SheetsEN 56 TCS10L LA9

934 Diagram B TDA7266

Figure 9-4 Block diagram and pin configuration

1

2

4

Vref

7YB-TS

IN1

022microF

VCC

133

+

-

-

+

OUT1+

OUT1-

15

14

12

6ETUM

IN2

022microF

+

-

-

+

OUT2+

OUT2-

8

9S-GND

PW-GND

470microF 100nF

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

9

10

11

8

NC

NC

S-GND

PW-GND

OUT2+

OUT2-

VCC

IN2

ST-BY

MUTE

NC

IN1

VCCOUT1-

OUT1+

13

14

15

12

I_17950_054eps090508

Block Diagram

Pin Configuration

Spare Parts List amp CTN Overview EN 57TCS10L LA 10

10 Spare Parts List amp CTN OverviewFor the latest spare part overview please consult the Philips Service website

Table 10-1 Sets described in this manual

11 Revision ListManual xxxx xxx xxxx0bull First release

CTN Styling

19PFL340355 MG8

19PFL340377 MG8

19PFL340378 MG8

19PFL340385 MG8

26PFL340385 MG8

  • Content
  • 1 Technical Specifications Connections and Chassis Overview
    • 11 Technical Specifications
      • 111 Vision
      • 112 Sound
      • 113 Miscellaneous
        • 12 Connection Overview
          • Figure 1-1 Rear and side IO connections
          • 121 Rear Connections
            • 1 - HDMI Digital Video Digital Audio - In
              • Figure 1-2 HDMI (type A) connector
                • 2 - VGA AUDIO Mini Jack VGA Audio - In
                • 3 - VGA PC Video RGB - In and Service UART
                  • Figure 1-3 VGA Connector
                    • 4 - Cinch Video YPbPr - In
                    • 5 - AV1 Cinch Video CVBS - In Audio - In
                    • 6 - Aerial - In
                    • 7 - Service Connector (ComPair)
                      • 122 Side connections
                        • 8 - Cinch Video CVBS - In Audio - In
                        • 9 - S-Video (Hosiden) Video YC - In
                        • 10 - Mini Jack Audio Head phone - Out
                            • 13 Chassis Overview
                              • Figure 1-4 PWBCBA locations
                                  • 2 Safety Instructions Warnings and Notes
                                    • 21 Safety Instructions
                                    • 22 Warnings
                                    • 23 Notes
                                      • 231 General
                                      • 232 Schematic Notes
                                      • 233 BGA (Ball Grid Array) ICs
                                        • Introduction
                                        • BGA Temperature Profiles
                                          • 234 Lead-free Soldering
                                          • 235 Alternative BOM identification
                                            • Figure 2-1 Serial number (example)
                                              • 236 Board Level Repair (BLR) or Component Level Repair (CLR)
                                              • 237 Practical Service Precautions
                                                  • 3 Directions for Use
                                                  • 4 Mechanical Instructions
                                                    • 41 Cable Dressing
                                                      • Figure 4-1 Cable dressing (19 model)
                                                      • Figure 4-2 Cable dressing (26 model)
                                                        • 42 Service Positions
                                                          • 421 Foam Bars
                                                            • Figure 4-3 Foam bars
                                                                • 43 AssyPanel Removal
                                                                  • 431 Stand
                                                                    • Figure 4-4 Stand
                                                                      • 432 Rear Cover
                                                                        • Figure 4-5 LVDS release
                                                                        • Figure 4-6 Speaker and IRLED panel cable release
                                                                          • 433 Keyboard Control Board
                                                                            • Figure 4-7 Keyboard control board
                                                                              • 434 IRLED Board and Speakers
                                                                                • Figure 4-8 IRLED Board and Speakers
                                                                                  • 435 Power Supply Board
                                                                                    • Figure 4-9 Power Supply Unit(s)
                                                                                      • 436 Inverter Board (19 and 22 versions)
                                                                                        • Figure 4-10 Inverter Board
                                                                                          • 437 Small Signal Board (SSB)
                                                                                            • Removing the SSB
                                                                                              • Figure 4-11 SSB connector plate
                                                                                              • Figure 4-12 SSB
                                                                                                • 44 Set Re-assembly
                                                                                                  • 5 Service Modes Error Codes and Fault Finding
                                                                                                    • 51 Test Points
                                                                                                    • 52 Service Mode
                                                                                                      • 521 Service Alignment Mode (SAM)
                                                                                                        • How to Enter
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-1 SAM menu
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-2 SAM menu White Balance Normal
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-3 SAM menu White Balance Cool
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-4 SAM menu White Balance Warm
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-5 SAM menu Volume Curve
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-6 SAM menu Picture Curve
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-7 SAM menu Picture Mode Natural
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-8 SAM menu Picture Mode Personal
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-9 SAM menu Picture Mode Rich
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-10 SAM menu Picture Mode Soft
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-11 SAM menu Producting
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-12 SAM menu Country
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-13 SAM menu Setup
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-14 SAM menu Shop Init Do
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-15 SAM menu Clear Code gt
                                                                                                            • How to Exit
                                                                                                            • Factory Mode Descriptions
                                                                                                              • ltTABLEgt
                                                                                                              • Virgin Settings
                                                                                                                • Table 5-1 Country setting
                                                                                                                • Table 5-2 Virgin settings
                                                                                                                  • 522 Customer Service Mode (CSM)
                                                                                                                    • Purpose
                                                                                                                    • How to Activate CSM
                                                                                                                    • Contents of CSM
                                                                                                                      • Figure 5-16 CSM Menu
                                                                                                                        • Menu Explanation
                                                                                                                        • How to Exit
                                                                                                                          • 523 Blinking LED Procedure
                                                                                                                            • 53 Error Codes
                                                                                                                              • ltTABLEgt
                                                                                                                                • 54 Fault Finding
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-17 No Picture No sound no Back light (19 sets)
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-18 Picture OK No sound (19 sets)
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-19 No Picture Back light amp Sound OK (19 and 26 sets)
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-20 No color (19 and 26 sets)
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-21 No Picture No sound no Back light (26 sets)
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-22 Picture OK No sound (26 sets)
                                                                                                                                    • 55 Service Tools
                                                                                                                                      • 551 ComPair
                                                                                                                                        • Introduction
                                                                                                                                        • Specifications
                                                                                                                                        • How to Connect
                                                                                                                                        • How to Order
                                                                                                                                          • Figure 5-23 ComPair II interface connection
                                                                                                                                            • 56 Software Upgrading
                                                                                                                                              • 561 Introduction
                                                                                                                                                  • 6 Block Diagrams Test Point Overview and Waveforms
                                                                                                                                                    • Wiring Diagram of Connector for MS19-PH 19
                                                                                                                                                    • Wiring Diagram of Connector for MS19-PH 26
                                                                                                                                                    • Block Diagram MS19P Chipset
                                                                                                                                                    • I2C overview
                                                                                                                                                      • 7 Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts
                                                                                                                                                        • Main Power Supply (19)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Main Power Supply (19) (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Main Power Supply (19) (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Main Power Supply (26)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Main Power Supply (26) (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Main Power Supply (26) (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Standby Power Supply (26)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Standby Power Supply (26) (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Standby Power Supply (26) (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB Control
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB DC - DC
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB MST9E19A Controller
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB HDMI Interface
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB VGA Interface
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB Cinch
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB Tuner
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB Audio Amplifier
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB LVDS Interface
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Small Signal Board (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Small Signal Board (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Keyboard Control Panel
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Keyboard Control Panel (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Keyboard Control Panel (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Inverter Panel
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Inverter Panel (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Inverter Panel (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • IR LED Panel
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout IR LED Panel (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout IR LED Panel (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                          • 8 Alignments
                                                                                                                                                            • 81 Electrical Alignments
                                                                                                                                                            • 82 Hardware Alignments
                                                                                                                                                              • 821 Aging
                                                                                                                                                              • 822 ADC Adjustment
                                                                                                                                                              • 823 White Balance Adjustment
                                                                                                                                                                • Table 8-1 Color Temperature Setting 19
                                                                                                                                                                • Table 8-2 Color Temperature Setting 26
                                                                                                                                                                  • 9 Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data Sheets
                                                                                                                                                                    • 91 Introduction
                                                                                                                                                                    • 92 Abbreviation List
                                                                                                                                                                    • 93 IC Data Sheets
                                                                                                                                                                      • 931 Diagram B MST9U19A
                                                                                                                                                                        • Figure 9-1 Pin configuration
                                                                                                                                                                          • 932 Diagram B TDA1308
                                                                                                                                                                            • Figure 9-2 Block diagram and pin configuration
                                                                                                                                                                              • 933 Diagram B NCP1377B
                                                                                                                                                                                • Figure 9-3 Block diagram and pin configuration
                                                                                                                                                                                  • 934 Diagram B TDA7266
                                                                                                                                                                                    • Figure 9-4 Block diagram and pin configuration
                                                                                                                                                                                      • 10 Spare Parts List amp CTN Overview
                                                                                                                                                                                        • Table 10-1 Sets described in this manual
                                                                                                                                                                                          • 11 Revision List
Page 55: Philips 19PFL3403-55 TCS1[1].0L_LA

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data Sheets EN 55TCS10L LA 9

933 Diagram B NCP1377B

Figure 9-3 Block diagram and pin configuration

Block diagram

Pinning information

I_18130_009eps190608

HV

VCC

GND

Demag

4 mA

To InternalSupply

+

+

125 V75 V56 V (Fault)

FaultMngt

PON

5 V+

OVP

+

144

45 usDelay

15 us for B Version

Demag

8 usBlanking

S

SR R

Q

Q

+

3 us forB Version

+minus

Overload

5 usTimeout

TimeReset

Demag

380 nsLEB

1 V3

200 Awhen DRV

is OFF

FB

42 V

Driver src = 20 sink = 10

DrvVCC

CS

+50 mV 10 V Rint

1Dmg 8 HV

7 NC2FB

3CS

4GND

6 VCC

5 Drv

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data SheetsEN 56 TCS10L LA9

934 Diagram B TDA7266

Figure 9-4 Block diagram and pin configuration

1

2

4

Vref

7YB-TS

IN1

022microF

VCC

133

+

-

-

+

OUT1+

OUT1-

15

14

12

6ETUM

IN2

022microF

+

-

-

+

OUT2+

OUT2-

8

9S-GND

PW-GND

470microF 100nF

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

9

10

11

8

NC

NC

S-GND

PW-GND

OUT2+

OUT2-

VCC

IN2

ST-BY

MUTE

NC

IN1

VCCOUT1-

OUT1+

13

14

15

12

I_17950_054eps090508

Block Diagram

Pin Configuration

Spare Parts List amp CTN Overview EN 57TCS10L LA 10

10 Spare Parts List amp CTN OverviewFor the latest spare part overview please consult the Philips Service website

Table 10-1 Sets described in this manual

11 Revision ListManual xxxx xxx xxxx0bull First release

CTN Styling

19PFL340355 MG8

19PFL340377 MG8

19PFL340378 MG8

19PFL340385 MG8

26PFL340385 MG8

  • Content
  • 1 Technical Specifications Connections and Chassis Overview
    • 11 Technical Specifications
      • 111 Vision
      • 112 Sound
      • 113 Miscellaneous
        • 12 Connection Overview
          • Figure 1-1 Rear and side IO connections
          • 121 Rear Connections
            • 1 - HDMI Digital Video Digital Audio - In
              • Figure 1-2 HDMI (type A) connector
                • 2 - VGA AUDIO Mini Jack VGA Audio - In
                • 3 - VGA PC Video RGB - In and Service UART
                  • Figure 1-3 VGA Connector
                    • 4 - Cinch Video YPbPr - In
                    • 5 - AV1 Cinch Video CVBS - In Audio - In
                    • 6 - Aerial - In
                    • 7 - Service Connector (ComPair)
                      • 122 Side connections
                        • 8 - Cinch Video CVBS - In Audio - In
                        • 9 - S-Video (Hosiden) Video YC - In
                        • 10 - Mini Jack Audio Head phone - Out
                            • 13 Chassis Overview
                              • Figure 1-4 PWBCBA locations
                                  • 2 Safety Instructions Warnings and Notes
                                    • 21 Safety Instructions
                                    • 22 Warnings
                                    • 23 Notes
                                      • 231 General
                                      • 232 Schematic Notes
                                      • 233 BGA (Ball Grid Array) ICs
                                        • Introduction
                                        • BGA Temperature Profiles
                                          • 234 Lead-free Soldering
                                          • 235 Alternative BOM identification
                                            • Figure 2-1 Serial number (example)
                                              • 236 Board Level Repair (BLR) or Component Level Repair (CLR)
                                              • 237 Practical Service Precautions
                                                  • 3 Directions for Use
                                                  • 4 Mechanical Instructions
                                                    • 41 Cable Dressing
                                                      • Figure 4-1 Cable dressing (19 model)
                                                      • Figure 4-2 Cable dressing (26 model)
                                                        • 42 Service Positions
                                                          • 421 Foam Bars
                                                            • Figure 4-3 Foam bars
                                                                • 43 AssyPanel Removal
                                                                  • 431 Stand
                                                                    • Figure 4-4 Stand
                                                                      • 432 Rear Cover
                                                                        • Figure 4-5 LVDS release
                                                                        • Figure 4-6 Speaker and IRLED panel cable release
                                                                          • 433 Keyboard Control Board
                                                                            • Figure 4-7 Keyboard control board
                                                                              • 434 IRLED Board and Speakers
                                                                                • Figure 4-8 IRLED Board and Speakers
                                                                                  • 435 Power Supply Board
                                                                                    • Figure 4-9 Power Supply Unit(s)
                                                                                      • 436 Inverter Board (19 and 22 versions)
                                                                                        • Figure 4-10 Inverter Board
                                                                                          • 437 Small Signal Board (SSB)
                                                                                            • Removing the SSB
                                                                                              • Figure 4-11 SSB connector plate
                                                                                              • Figure 4-12 SSB
                                                                                                • 44 Set Re-assembly
                                                                                                  • 5 Service Modes Error Codes and Fault Finding
                                                                                                    • 51 Test Points
                                                                                                    • 52 Service Mode
                                                                                                      • 521 Service Alignment Mode (SAM)
                                                                                                        • How to Enter
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-1 SAM menu
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-2 SAM menu White Balance Normal
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-3 SAM menu White Balance Cool
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-4 SAM menu White Balance Warm
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-5 SAM menu Volume Curve
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-6 SAM menu Picture Curve
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-7 SAM menu Picture Mode Natural
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-8 SAM menu Picture Mode Personal
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-9 SAM menu Picture Mode Rich
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-10 SAM menu Picture Mode Soft
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-11 SAM menu Producting
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-12 SAM menu Country
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-13 SAM menu Setup
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-14 SAM menu Shop Init Do
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-15 SAM menu Clear Code gt
                                                                                                            • How to Exit
                                                                                                            • Factory Mode Descriptions
                                                                                                              • ltTABLEgt
                                                                                                              • Virgin Settings
                                                                                                                • Table 5-1 Country setting
                                                                                                                • Table 5-2 Virgin settings
                                                                                                                  • 522 Customer Service Mode (CSM)
                                                                                                                    • Purpose
                                                                                                                    • How to Activate CSM
                                                                                                                    • Contents of CSM
                                                                                                                      • Figure 5-16 CSM Menu
                                                                                                                        • Menu Explanation
                                                                                                                        • How to Exit
                                                                                                                          • 523 Blinking LED Procedure
                                                                                                                            • 53 Error Codes
                                                                                                                              • ltTABLEgt
                                                                                                                                • 54 Fault Finding
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-17 No Picture No sound no Back light (19 sets)
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-18 Picture OK No sound (19 sets)
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-19 No Picture Back light amp Sound OK (19 and 26 sets)
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-20 No color (19 and 26 sets)
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-21 No Picture No sound no Back light (26 sets)
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-22 Picture OK No sound (26 sets)
                                                                                                                                    • 55 Service Tools
                                                                                                                                      • 551 ComPair
                                                                                                                                        • Introduction
                                                                                                                                        • Specifications
                                                                                                                                        • How to Connect
                                                                                                                                        • How to Order
                                                                                                                                          • Figure 5-23 ComPair II interface connection
                                                                                                                                            • 56 Software Upgrading
                                                                                                                                              • 561 Introduction
                                                                                                                                                  • 6 Block Diagrams Test Point Overview and Waveforms
                                                                                                                                                    • Wiring Diagram of Connector for MS19-PH 19
                                                                                                                                                    • Wiring Diagram of Connector for MS19-PH 26
                                                                                                                                                    • Block Diagram MS19P Chipset
                                                                                                                                                    • I2C overview
                                                                                                                                                      • 7 Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts
                                                                                                                                                        • Main Power Supply (19)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Main Power Supply (19) (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Main Power Supply (19) (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Main Power Supply (26)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Main Power Supply (26) (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Main Power Supply (26) (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Standby Power Supply (26)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Standby Power Supply (26) (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Standby Power Supply (26) (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB Control
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB DC - DC
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB MST9E19A Controller
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB HDMI Interface
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB VGA Interface
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB Cinch
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB Tuner
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB Audio Amplifier
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB LVDS Interface
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Small Signal Board (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Small Signal Board (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Keyboard Control Panel
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Keyboard Control Panel (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Keyboard Control Panel (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Inverter Panel
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Inverter Panel (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Inverter Panel (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • IR LED Panel
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout IR LED Panel (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout IR LED Panel (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                          • 8 Alignments
                                                                                                                                                            • 81 Electrical Alignments
                                                                                                                                                            • 82 Hardware Alignments
                                                                                                                                                              • 821 Aging
                                                                                                                                                              • 822 ADC Adjustment
                                                                                                                                                              • 823 White Balance Adjustment
                                                                                                                                                                • Table 8-1 Color Temperature Setting 19
                                                                                                                                                                • Table 8-2 Color Temperature Setting 26
                                                                                                                                                                  • 9 Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data Sheets
                                                                                                                                                                    • 91 Introduction
                                                                                                                                                                    • 92 Abbreviation List
                                                                                                                                                                    • 93 IC Data Sheets
                                                                                                                                                                      • 931 Diagram B MST9U19A
                                                                                                                                                                        • Figure 9-1 Pin configuration
                                                                                                                                                                          • 932 Diagram B TDA1308
                                                                                                                                                                            • Figure 9-2 Block diagram and pin configuration
                                                                                                                                                                              • 933 Diagram B NCP1377B
                                                                                                                                                                                • Figure 9-3 Block diagram and pin configuration
                                                                                                                                                                                  • 934 Diagram B TDA7266
                                                                                                                                                                                    • Figure 9-4 Block diagram and pin configuration
                                                                                                                                                                                      • 10 Spare Parts List amp CTN Overview
                                                                                                                                                                                        • Table 10-1 Sets described in this manual
                                                                                                                                                                                          • 11 Revision List
Page 56: Philips 19PFL3403-55 TCS1[1].0L_LA

Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data SheetsEN 56 TCS10L LA9

934 Diagram B TDA7266

Figure 9-4 Block diagram and pin configuration

1

2

4

Vref

7YB-TS

IN1

022microF

VCC

133

+

-

-

+

OUT1+

OUT1-

15

14

12

6ETUM

IN2

022microF

+

-

-

+

OUT2+

OUT2-

8

9S-GND

PW-GND

470microF 100nF

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

9

10

11

8

NC

NC

S-GND

PW-GND

OUT2+

OUT2-

VCC

IN2

ST-BY

MUTE

NC

IN1

VCCOUT1-

OUT1+

13

14

15

12

I_17950_054eps090508

Block Diagram

Pin Configuration

Spare Parts List amp CTN Overview EN 57TCS10L LA 10

10 Spare Parts List amp CTN OverviewFor the latest spare part overview please consult the Philips Service website

Table 10-1 Sets described in this manual

11 Revision ListManual xxxx xxx xxxx0bull First release

CTN Styling

19PFL340355 MG8

19PFL340377 MG8

19PFL340378 MG8

19PFL340385 MG8

26PFL340385 MG8

  • Content
  • 1 Technical Specifications Connections and Chassis Overview
    • 11 Technical Specifications
      • 111 Vision
      • 112 Sound
      • 113 Miscellaneous
        • 12 Connection Overview
          • Figure 1-1 Rear and side IO connections
          • 121 Rear Connections
            • 1 - HDMI Digital Video Digital Audio - In
              • Figure 1-2 HDMI (type A) connector
                • 2 - VGA AUDIO Mini Jack VGA Audio - In
                • 3 - VGA PC Video RGB - In and Service UART
                  • Figure 1-3 VGA Connector
                    • 4 - Cinch Video YPbPr - In
                    • 5 - AV1 Cinch Video CVBS - In Audio - In
                    • 6 - Aerial - In
                    • 7 - Service Connector (ComPair)
                      • 122 Side connections
                        • 8 - Cinch Video CVBS - In Audio - In
                        • 9 - S-Video (Hosiden) Video YC - In
                        • 10 - Mini Jack Audio Head phone - Out
                            • 13 Chassis Overview
                              • Figure 1-4 PWBCBA locations
                                  • 2 Safety Instructions Warnings and Notes
                                    • 21 Safety Instructions
                                    • 22 Warnings
                                    • 23 Notes
                                      • 231 General
                                      • 232 Schematic Notes
                                      • 233 BGA (Ball Grid Array) ICs
                                        • Introduction
                                        • BGA Temperature Profiles
                                          • 234 Lead-free Soldering
                                          • 235 Alternative BOM identification
                                            • Figure 2-1 Serial number (example)
                                              • 236 Board Level Repair (BLR) or Component Level Repair (CLR)
                                              • 237 Practical Service Precautions
                                                  • 3 Directions for Use
                                                  • 4 Mechanical Instructions
                                                    • 41 Cable Dressing
                                                      • Figure 4-1 Cable dressing (19 model)
                                                      • Figure 4-2 Cable dressing (26 model)
                                                        • 42 Service Positions
                                                          • 421 Foam Bars
                                                            • Figure 4-3 Foam bars
                                                                • 43 AssyPanel Removal
                                                                  • 431 Stand
                                                                    • Figure 4-4 Stand
                                                                      • 432 Rear Cover
                                                                        • Figure 4-5 LVDS release
                                                                        • Figure 4-6 Speaker and IRLED panel cable release
                                                                          • 433 Keyboard Control Board
                                                                            • Figure 4-7 Keyboard control board
                                                                              • 434 IRLED Board and Speakers
                                                                                • Figure 4-8 IRLED Board and Speakers
                                                                                  • 435 Power Supply Board
                                                                                    • Figure 4-9 Power Supply Unit(s)
                                                                                      • 436 Inverter Board (19 and 22 versions)
                                                                                        • Figure 4-10 Inverter Board
                                                                                          • 437 Small Signal Board (SSB)
                                                                                            • Removing the SSB
                                                                                              • Figure 4-11 SSB connector plate
                                                                                              • Figure 4-12 SSB
                                                                                                • 44 Set Re-assembly
                                                                                                  • 5 Service Modes Error Codes and Fault Finding
                                                                                                    • 51 Test Points
                                                                                                    • 52 Service Mode
                                                                                                      • 521 Service Alignment Mode (SAM)
                                                                                                        • How to Enter
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-1 SAM menu
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-2 SAM menu White Balance Normal
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-3 SAM menu White Balance Cool
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-4 SAM menu White Balance Warm
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-5 SAM menu Volume Curve
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-6 SAM menu Picture Curve
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-7 SAM menu Picture Mode Natural
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-8 SAM menu Picture Mode Personal
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-9 SAM menu Picture Mode Rich
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-10 SAM menu Picture Mode Soft
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-11 SAM menu Producting
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-12 SAM menu Country
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-13 SAM menu Setup
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-14 SAM menu Shop Init Do
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-15 SAM menu Clear Code gt
                                                                                                            • How to Exit
                                                                                                            • Factory Mode Descriptions
                                                                                                              • ltTABLEgt
                                                                                                              • Virgin Settings
                                                                                                                • Table 5-1 Country setting
                                                                                                                • Table 5-2 Virgin settings
                                                                                                                  • 522 Customer Service Mode (CSM)
                                                                                                                    • Purpose
                                                                                                                    • How to Activate CSM
                                                                                                                    • Contents of CSM
                                                                                                                      • Figure 5-16 CSM Menu
                                                                                                                        • Menu Explanation
                                                                                                                        • How to Exit
                                                                                                                          • 523 Blinking LED Procedure
                                                                                                                            • 53 Error Codes
                                                                                                                              • ltTABLEgt
                                                                                                                                • 54 Fault Finding
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-17 No Picture No sound no Back light (19 sets)
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-18 Picture OK No sound (19 sets)
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-19 No Picture Back light amp Sound OK (19 and 26 sets)
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-20 No color (19 and 26 sets)
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-21 No Picture No sound no Back light (26 sets)
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-22 Picture OK No sound (26 sets)
                                                                                                                                    • 55 Service Tools
                                                                                                                                      • 551 ComPair
                                                                                                                                        • Introduction
                                                                                                                                        • Specifications
                                                                                                                                        • How to Connect
                                                                                                                                        • How to Order
                                                                                                                                          • Figure 5-23 ComPair II interface connection
                                                                                                                                            • 56 Software Upgrading
                                                                                                                                              • 561 Introduction
                                                                                                                                                  • 6 Block Diagrams Test Point Overview and Waveforms
                                                                                                                                                    • Wiring Diagram of Connector for MS19-PH 19
                                                                                                                                                    • Wiring Diagram of Connector for MS19-PH 26
                                                                                                                                                    • Block Diagram MS19P Chipset
                                                                                                                                                    • I2C overview
                                                                                                                                                      • 7 Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts
                                                                                                                                                        • Main Power Supply (19)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Main Power Supply (19) (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Main Power Supply (19) (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Main Power Supply (26)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Main Power Supply (26) (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Main Power Supply (26) (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Standby Power Supply (26)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Standby Power Supply (26) (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Standby Power Supply (26) (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB Control
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB DC - DC
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB MST9E19A Controller
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB HDMI Interface
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB VGA Interface
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB Cinch
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB Tuner
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB Audio Amplifier
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB LVDS Interface
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Small Signal Board (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Small Signal Board (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Keyboard Control Panel
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Keyboard Control Panel (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Keyboard Control Panel (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Inverter Panel
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Inverter Panel (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Inverter Panel (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • IR LED Panel
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout IR LED Panel (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout IR LED Panel (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                          • 8 Alignments
                                                                                                                                                            • 81 Electrical Alignments
                                                                                                                                                            • 82 Hardware Alignments
                                                                                                                                                              • 821 Aging
                                                                                                                                                              • 822 ADC Adjustment
                                                                                                                                                              • 823 White Balance Adjustment
                                                                                                                                                                • Table 8-1 Color Temperature Setting 19
                                                                                                                                                                • Table 8-2 Color Temperature Setting 26
                                                                                                                                                                  • 9 Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data Sheets
                                                                                                                                                                    • 91 Introduction
                                                                                                                                                                    • 92 Abbreviation List
                                                                                                                                                                    • 93 IC Data Sheets
                                                                                                                                                                      • 931 Diagram B MST9U19A
                                                                                                                                                                        • Figure 9-1 Pin configuration
                                                                                                                                                                          • 932 Diagram B TDA1308
                                                                                                                                                                            • Figure 9-2 Block diagram and pin configuration
                                                                                                                                                                              • 933 Diagram B NCP1377B
                                                                                                                                                                                • Figure 9-3 Block diagram and pin configuration
                                                                                                                                                                                  • 934 Diagram B TDA7266
                                                                                                                                                                                    • Figure 9-4 Block diagram and pin configuration
                                                                                                                                                                                      • 10 Spare Parts List amp CTN Overview
                                                                                                                                                                                        • Table 10-1 Sets described in this manual
                                                                                                                                                                                          • 11 Revision List
Page 57: Philips 19PFL3403-55 TCS1[1].0L_LA

Spare Parts List amp CTN Overview EN 57TCS10L LA 10

10 Spare Parts List amp CTN OverviewFor the latest spare part overview please consult the Philips Service website

Table 10-1 Sets described in this manual

11 Revision ListManual xxxx xxx xxxx0bull First release

CTN Styling

19PFL340355 MG8

19PFL340377 MG8

19PFL340378 MG8

19PFL340385 MG8

26PFL340385 MG8

  • Content
  • 1 Technical Specifications Connections and Chassis Overview
    • 11 Technical Specifications
      • 111 Vision
      • 112 Sound
      • 113 Miscellaneous
        • 12 Connection Overview
          • Figure 1-1 Rear and side IO connections
          • 121 Rear Connections
            • 1 - HDMI Digital Video Digital Audio - In
              • Figure 1-2 HDMI (type A) connector
                • 2 - VGA AUDIO Mini Jack VGA Audio - In
                • 3 - VGA PC Video RGB - In and Service UART
                  • Figure 1-3 VGA Connector
                    • 4 - Cinch Video YPbPr - In
                    • 5 - AV1 Cinch Video CVBS - In Audio - In
                    • 6 - Aerial - In
                    • 7 - Service Connector (ComPair)
                      • 122 Side connections
                        • 8 - Cinch Video CVBS - In Audio - In
                        • 9 - S-Video (Hosiden) Video YC - In
                        • 10 - Mini Jack Audio Head phone - Out
                            • 13 Chassis Overview
                              • Figure 1-4 PWBCBA locations
                                  • 2 Safety Instructions Warnings and Notes
                                    • 21 Safety Instructions
                                    • 22 Warnings
                                    • 23 Notes
                                      • 231 General
                                      • 232 Schematic Notes
                                      • 233 BGA (Ball Grid Array) ICs
                                        • Introduction
                                        • BGA Temperature Profiles
                                          • 234 Lead-free Soldering
                                          • 235 Alternative BOM identification
                                            • Figure 2-1 Serial number (example)
                                              • 236 Board Level Repair (BLR) or Component Level Repair (CLR)
                                              • 237 Practical Service Precautions
                                                  • 3 Directions for Use
                                                  • 4 Mechanical Instructions
                                                    • 41 Cable Dressing
                                                      • Figure 4-1 Cable dressing (19 model)
                                                      • Figure 4-2 Cable dressing (26 model)
                                                        • 42 Service Positions
                                                          • 421 Foam Bars
                                                            • Figure 4-3 Foam bars
                                                                • 43 AssyPanel Removal
                                                                  • 431 Stand
                                                                    • Figure 4-4 Stand
                                                                      • 432 Rear Cover
                                                                        • Figure 4-5 LVDS release
                                                                        • Figure 4-6 Speaker and IRLED panel cable release
                                                                          • 433 Keyboard Control Board
                                                                            • Figure 4-7 Keyboard control board
                                                                              • 434 IRLED Board and Speakers
                                                                                • Figure 4-8 IRLED Board and Speakers
                                                                                  • 435 Power Supply Board
                                                                                    • Figure 4-9 Power Supply Unit(s)
                                                                                      • 436 Inverter Board (19 and 22 versions)
                                                                                        • Figure 4-10 Inverter Board
                                                                                          • 437 Small Signal Board (SSB)
                                                                                            • Removing the SSB
                                                                                              • Figure 4-11 SSB connector plate
                                                                                              • Figure 4-12 SSB
                                                                                                • 44 Set Re-assembly
                                                                                                  • 5 Service Modes Error Codes and Fault Finding
                                                                                                    • 51 Test Points
                                                                                                    • 52 Service Mode
                                                                                                      • 521 Service Alignment Mode (SAM)
                                                                                                        • How to Enter
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-1 SAM menu
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-2 SAM menu White Balance Normal
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-3 SAM menu White Balance Cool
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-4 SAM menu White Balance Warm
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-5 SAM menu Volume Curve
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-6 SAM menu Picture Curve
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-7 SAM menu Picture Mode Natural
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-8 SAM menu Picture Mode Personal
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-9 SAM menu Picture Mode Rich
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-10 SAM menu Picture Mode Soft
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-11 SAM menu Producting
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-12 SAM menu Country
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-13 SAM menu Setup
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-14 SAM menu Shop Init Do
                                                                                                          • Figure 5-15 SAM menu Clear Code gt
                                                                                                            • How to Exit
                                                                                                            • Factory Mode Descriptions
                                                                                                              • ltTABLEgt
                                                                                                              • Virgin Settings
                                                                                                                • Table 5-1 Country setting
                                                                                                                • Table 5-2 Virgin settings
                                                                                                                  • 522 Customer Service Mode (CSM)
                                                                                                                    • Purpose
                                                                                                                    • How to Activate CSM
                                                                                                                    • Contents of CSM
                                                                                                                      • Figure 5-16 CSM Menu
                                                                                                                        • Menu Explanation
                                                                                                                        • How to Exit
                                                                                                                          • 523 Blinking LED Procedure
                                                                                                                            • 53 Error Codes
                                                                                                                              • ltTABLEgt
                                                                                                                                • 54 Fault Finding
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-17 No Picture No sound no Back light (19 sets)
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-18 Picture OK No sound (19 sets)
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-19 No Picture Back light amp Sound OK (19 and 26 sets)
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-20 No color (19 and 26 sets)
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-21 No Picture No sound no Back light (26 sets)
                                                                                                                                  • Figure 5-22 Picture OK No sound (26 sets)
                                                                                                                                    • 55 Service Tools
                                                                                                                                      • 551 ComPair
                                                                                                                                        • Introduction
                                                                                                                                        • Specifications
                                                                                                                                        • How to Connect
                                                                                                                                        • How to Order
                                                                                                                                          • Figure 5-23 ComPair II interface connection
                                                                                                                                            • 56 Software Upgrading
                                                                                                                                              • 561 Introduction
                                                                                                                                                  • 6 Block Diagrams Test Point Overview and Waveforms
                                                                                                                                                    • Wiring Diagram of Connector for MS19-PH 19
                                                                                                                                                    • Wiring Diagram of Connector for MS19-PH 26
                                                                                                                                                    • Block Diagram MS19P Chipset
                                                                                                                                                    • I2C overview
                                                                                                                                                      • 7 Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts
                                                                                                                                                        • Main Power Supply (19)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Main Power Supply (19) (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Main Power Supply (19) (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Main Power Supply (26)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Main Power Supply (26) (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Main Power Supply (26) (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Standby Power Supply (26)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Standby Power Supply (26) (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Standby Power Supply (26) (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB Control
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB DC - DC
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB MST9E19A Controller
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB HDMI Interface
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB VGA Interface
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB Cinch
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB Tuner
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB Audio Amplifier
                                                                                                                                                        • SSB LVDS Interface
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Small Signal Board (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Small Signal Board (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Keyboard Control Panel
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Keyboard Control Panel (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Keyboard Control Panel (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Inverter Panel
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Inverter Panel (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout Inverter Panel (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • IR LED Panel
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout IR LED Panel (Top Side)
                                                                                                                                                        • Layout IR LED Panel (Bottom Side)
                                                                                                                                                          • 8 Alignments
                                                                                                                                                            • 81 Electrical Alignments
                                                                                                                                                            • 82 Hardware Alignments
                                                                                                                                                              • 821 Aging
                                                                                                                                                              • 822 ADC Adjustment
                                                                                                                                                              • 823 White Balance Adjustment
                                                                                                                                                                • Table 8-1 Color Temperature Setting 19
                                                                                                                                                                • Table 8-2 Color Temperature Setting 26
                                                                                                                                                                  • 9 Circuit Descriptions Abbreviation List and IC Data Sheets
                                                                                                                                                                    • 91 Introduction
                                                                                                                                                                    • 92 Abbreviation List
                                                                                                                                                                    • 93 IC Data Sheets
                                                                                                                                                                      • 931 Diagram B MST9U19A
                                                                                                                                                                        • Figure 9-1 Pin configuration
                                                                                                                                                                          • 932 Diagram B TDA1308
                                                                                                                                                                            • Figure 9-2 Block diagram and pin configuration
                                                                                                                                                                              • 933 Diagram B NCP1377B
                                                                                                                                                                                • Figure 9-3 Block diagram and pin configuration
                                                                                                                                                                                  • 934 Diagram B TDA7266
                                                                                                                                                                                    • Figure 9-4 Block diagram and pin configuration
                                                                                                                                                                                      • 10 Spare Parts List amp CTN Overview
                                                                                                                                                                                        • Table 10-1 Sets described in this manual
                                                                                                                                                                                          • 11 Revision List